Metric Standards For Worldwide Manufacturing 2007 PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 807
At a glance
Powered by AI
The document discusses metric standards and their importance for worldwide manufacturing and trade.

Standards provide consensus on quantities and units which enables efficient trade both locally and globally.

The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) is responsible for maintaining the SI.

METRIC STANDARDS

FOR WORLDWIDE
MANUFACTURING
2007 Edition

By
Knut O. Kverneland

Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use


© 2007 by ASME, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016, USA (www.asme.org)

All rights reserved. Printed in the United States of America. Except as permitted under the United States Copyright
Act of 1976, no part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a
database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission of the publisher.

INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS WORK HAS BEEN OBTAINED BY THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF
MECHANICAL ENGINEERS FROM SOURCES BELIEVED TO BE RELIABLE. HOWEVER, NEITHER
ASME NOR ITS AUTHORS OR EDITORS GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY
INFORMATION PUBLISHED IN THIS WORK. NEITHER ASME NOR ITS AUTHORS AND EDITORS
SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS INFORMATION. THE WORK IS PUBLISHED WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ASME AND
ITS AUTHORS AND EDITORS ARE SUPPLYING INFORMATION BUT ARE NOT ATTEMPTING TO
RENDER ENGINEERING OR OTHER PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. IF SUCH ENGINEERING OR
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ARE REQUIRED, THE ASSISTANCE OF AN APPROPRIATE PROFESSIONAL
SHOULD BE SOUGHT.

ASME shall not be responsible for statements or opinions advanced in papers or . . . printed in its publications
(B7.1.3). Statement from the Bylaws.

For authorization to photocopy material for internal or personal use under those circumstances not falling within the
fair use provisions of the Copyright Act, contact the Copyright Clearance Center (CCC), 222 Rosewood Drive,
Danvers, MA 01923, tel: 978-750-8400, www.copyright.com.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Kverneland Knut O., 1937-


METRIC STANDARDS for Worldwide Manufacturing / by Knut O. Kverneland.
Includes indexes.
ISBN 0-9744477-6-5 (e-book)

1. Manufacturers – Standards. 2. Metric System. 3. Standards, Engineering

Tables and figures where a standards reference or a company abbreviation is shown in parenthesis have been
reprinted with the permission of the organization that hold the copyright of the works cited.

All standards identified by an ANSI number are reproduced with the permission by the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers (ASME). ASTM standards are reproduced with the permission by the American Society for
Testing and Materials. For a complete list of copyright holding organizations or companies see Acknowledgements
and Table 1-1 for their addresses.

Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use


FOREWORD

ISO Metric Standards: A Key to World Trade

There is an old and wise saying, “No standards-no trade.” This is certainly true for standard quantities
and units. Without consensus on these, trade, from shopping at the supermarket to exporting goods
worldwide, would be very haphazard affair indeed.
Most industrialized countries have long recognized the necessity, and advantage, of adopting the metric
system of measurement-or to give it its official title, the International System of Units (SI, for short-derived
from its French title, Système international d’unités), which ISO (the International Organization for
Standardization) is responsible for maintaining.
The SI is contained in the International Standard ISO 31, Quantities and Units, which consist of 14
separate parts. It is not only an important standard in itself, but it also serves as a basis and guideline for
many other International Standards, ISO 31 is the work of ISO Technical Committee ISO/TC 12,
Quantities, Units, Symbols, Conversion Factors, which has also produced the accompanying standard,
ISO 1000, SI Units and Recommendations for the Use of Their Multiples and of Certain Other Units.
The reasons for aligning with the international consensus for worldwide use of the SI system become
even more compelling as the relative importance of trade over production continues to grow. In nearly
every year since the end of the Second World War, the volume of world trade has increased more rapidly
than that of world production.
More than 20 years after most of the industrialized world has gone over to metric measurements, many
in my own home country, the USA, are still dragging behind. Quite apart from the USA government’s pro-
metric stance, the USA is being forced by market pressure to change.
The pressure is coming from American exporters who have to bear the expense of incorporating two
systems of basic measurements into their offering: one for the home market, and one for the rest of the
world. Pressure will also increase from American clients as the presence of incompatible systems denies
them the possibility to mix and match products, deprives them of the greatest freedom of choice, or ties
them to one supplier because they cannot integrate new equipment with what they already have.
There are, however certain sectors which have been completely metric, even in the USA For example,
dimensions for film have always been metric: 8 mm, 16 mm, 35 mm, etc. In electrotechnology, the SI
units such as ampere, volt, watt, ohm, etc., have been used since the beginning of this country.
In industry outside electrotechnology is also going metric step by step rather than inch by inch, even in
the USA All specifications for the defense industry have long been in metric units. It has been decided
that all Federal orders to industry from now on shall be given in metric units. All certificates from NIST,
the National Institute for Standards and Technology, have also, for many years now, been given only in SI
units. Thus, it is certain that the largest industrial nation will eventually become metric-maybe, I dare to
hope, in my lifetime!
It is a particular pleasure for me, as ISO Secretary-General, and as an American, to be invited to
provide the Foreword for this second edition of Knut O. Kverneland’s book. Like ISO’s International
Standards, it contributes to a common basis for the international exchange of goods, services, and
technological know-how, as well as promoting common understanding in the scientific and engineering
communities worldwide.

Dr. Lawrence D. Eicher


Former ISO Secretary-General

Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use


INTRODUCTION

The publication of Knut O. Kverneland’s book is most timely for the USA and Canada. It should prove
to be a valuable reference volume as well in other English speaking countries which are in the midst of or
are completing the transition to the metric system.
National standards having a metric base have been virtually unknown in the USA. Although many
standards-developing groups use dual measurement notation, the standard sizing and rating practices
are still based on the conventional inch-pound-gallon, USA customary system. USA technical
committees are now coming to grips with the problem of developing metric-based standards. As
references in their work, they will be using the standards of ISO and IEC, as well as those of
industrialized nations which are already on the metric system.
Knut O. Kverneland’s METRIC STANDARDS for Worldwide Manufacturing will provide a very useful
bridge for those engineers who are required to develop components to metric specifications in advance of
availability of applicable American National Standards. The book will also be a valuable tool in guiding
the many technical committees and subcommittees which will be working on the new metric American
National Standards.
A native of Norway, Mr. Kverneland received his early education in that country and graduated with a
Masters of Science in Mechanical Engineering from the Technical University of Hannover, Germany. He
has been fully conversant with the metric measurement units since childhood and is completely familiar
with their use in engineering.
The author joined Massey Ferguson in 1966 as a design engineer, and has risen through consecutive
positions as Engineering Analyst and Standards Engineer until being appointed to the position of
Supervisor of Standards. In this capacity, Mr. Kverneland was responsible for Massey Ferguson’s North
American standards.
Mr. Kverneland also maintains a heavy outside professional commitment. He was a member of the
Society of Automotive Engineers, Director of the Detroit Section of the Standards Engineering Society,
and Chairman of the American National Standards Committee B4 on Standards for Limits and Fits.
In 1972 and 1973, Mr. Kverneland participated as a member of an ad hoc metric study committee of the
SAE Off-Road Vehicle Council. He also served on the engineering standards evaluation and promotion
subcommittee of the group. Because of its international manufacturing operations, Massey Ferguson’s
need for world metric standards information was apparent. Mr. Kverneland was thus aided in his SAE
committee work by the high degree of interest of his company’s management, which provided him with
ready access to the computer and to standards data accumulated in its many manufacturing operations
around the world. It was this work which prompted him to undertake writing of this book.
Mr. Kverneland is to be commended for his dedication to this project, and a well-deserved vote of
thanks must be given to Massey Ferguson for the management support it provided the author in this
undertaking,

Roy P. Trowbridge
Past Director, Engineering Standards
General Motors Corporation
Past President, American National Standards Institute

Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use


PREFACE

The change to the metric system offers North American manufacturing unique opportunities to introduce
new thinking to the old ways products were made. The metric system requires new fastener sizes, new
material stock sizes, new cutting tools, new gages, etc., to be used in production. This is where
tremendously rewarding opportunities come into play. For example, 11 or less threaded fastener sizes
may be selected to replace more than 50 sizes used in the old systems (see Table 8-1). Multiply the
number of unique fastener sizes that can be eliminated by several thousand dollars each (automotive
actual savings), and the total dollar savings for your company can very well become quite impressive.
The selection of metric material and components must be based on existing international and national
metric standards. Therefore, in providing a foundation for this volume, the author has compared
standards in the eight largest industrial countries of the world, which together produce the majority of the
worlds products.
The preferred numbering system, coupled with the preferred metric sizes, preferred metric tolerances
for holes (4) and shafts (4), and the preferred fits (10) (see Table 6-1), is another powerful tool available
to you.
This highly integrated ISO tolerancing system has been in use in the European continent for 60 years,
where it has saved industry there millions, if not billions, of dollars in reduced costs in manufacturing,
engineering, purchasing, and inspection.
Among other things, this volume is also one of the most powerful rationalization tools available (see
Table 4-1). It is now up to the reader to make the rationalized selection of standard parts and components
listed in this book that will return the most benefits. The motto the author supports is “SELL AMERICAN”
rather than the negative promotion we frequently hear. “BUY AMERICAN.”

PREFACE to the 2005 edition:

Chapter 10 on Steel Material Data and Chapter 11 on Nonferrous Material show data from the recently
released American National Standards ANSI B32.100-2005 on Preferred Metric Sizes for Flat, Round, Square,
Rectangular, and Hexagonal Metal Products. The proposed drafts ANSI B32.200-200X Preferred Metric Sizes
for Round, Square, and Rectangular Tubular Metal Products Other Than Pipe, and ANSI B32.300-200X
Preferred Metric Sizes for Equal and Unequal Leg Angles, T- and Channel Sections, IPN- and Wide Flange-
Beams Structural Steel are also referenced and they are pending approvals. All these material standards reflect
existing ISO standards for nominal sizes and tolerances. They are therefore well suited for global design,
manufacturing and marketing, and will help create USA manufacturing jobs. Use the METRIC STANDARDS for
Worldwide Manufacturing latest book edition to find ways to cut costs and to increase export of manufactured
Products from the company you work for.

PREFACE to the 2006 edition:

Chapter 2 International System of Measuring Units (SI) and Chapter 17 Conversion Factors and Program are
now made available free of charge from the web site http://www.kok.com/. This public service feature help
educate Americans on the correct use of the global metric system.
Several companies now make the electronic version of the METRIC STANDARDS for Worldwide Manufacturing
book available on their Intranet. Contact Rosemary Maginniss <[email protected]> at ANSI for quotes. This will
help companies reduce the cost of metric training and implementation. It also makes the top quality METRIC
STANDARDS material immediately available throughout the organization in marketing, manufacturing and
engineering.

PREFACE to the 2007 edition:

Data from the new standard for Metric Continuous and Double End Studs ANSI B18.31-2005 was
added to Chapter 9 and the tables in Chapter 11 now have the preference ratings specified in the
American National Standards ANSI B32.100-2005 on Preferred Metric Sizes for Flat, Round, Square,
Rectangular, and Hexagonal Metal Products.
The latest national and international standards references are shown in this edition as well as new links
to national and international standard documentations sources.

Knut O. Kverneland

Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The completion of the large project of writing the first edition of this book was possible only because of
the extensive cooperation of top management people within the Massey Ferguson organization.
Standards engineers, working for this multi-national company throughout the world, have provided
substantial input to this publication in the form of national standards information and other data. The
author, therefore, wishes to express his appreciation to Massey Ferguson, his former employer, for its
encouragement and exceptional support in enabling him to undertake and complete the first edition of this
volume. Without Massey Ferguson worldwide resources, without access to the company’s computer
capabilities, and without the company’s generous backing in stenographic assistance, the time required
for researching and preparing this manuscript would have been many times greater.
The third electronic edition has been completed with the help of my own resources through the
company KOK metricUSATM.org, Inc. Countless hours have been spent typing and updating the
manuscript.

I would like to extend special thanks to the family of the late Dr. Lawrence D. Eicher, Secretary-General
of ISO (International Organization for Standardization), who has expressed his views in the foreword. In
addition, the ISO Central Secretariat in Geneva has helped update several chapters of this book, for
which I am most grateful.
My sincerest thanks also to Mr. Roy P. Trowbridge, former president of the American National
Standards Institute who, during the initial planning stages of the first edition of this book, visualized the
need for such a publication and gave the author encouragement and support.
My sincere thanks to the publisher of the second edition of my book, ASME Press, that had the vision to
take on this large project and to grant me permission to publish the following electronic editions.
The author wishes to express his sincere appreciation to the following individuals and organizations:

KOK metricUSATM.org, Inc., Statesville, North Carolina, USA

Massey Ferguson Inc., Detroit, Michigan, USA


E. J. Flewelling, Manager (Former Supervisor); J. W. Carson, Standards Engineer

Major American Contributing Organizations1

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)


American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
Industrial Fastener Institute (IFI)

Other Contributing American Organizations1


American Gear Manufacturing Association (AGMA)
American National Metric Council (ANMC)
American Society for Quality (ASQ)
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA)
Cemented Carbide Producers Association (CCPA)
Institute of Electrical and Electronics (IEEE)
Rubber Manufacturers Association (RMA)
Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE)

Contributing International and National Standards Organizations1


British Standards Institute (BSI)
Committee of the Russian Federation for Standardizations (GOST R)
European Committee for Standardization (CEN)

Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use


1
Addresses of the organizations listed are shown in Chapter 1 Table 1-1.
German Standards Organization (DIN)
French Standards Organization (AFNOR)
Italian Standards Organization (UNI)
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
International Organization for Standardization (ISO)
Japanese Industrial Standards Committee (JISC)
Standards Australia International (SAI)
Standards Council of Canada (SCC)

Contributing Individuals and their Organizations

Chapter 1
Anke Varcin-Head of Promotion and Press Services, ISO Central Secretariat, Geneva
W. A. McAdams-Past President, USA National Committee of the International Electrotechnical
Commission, General Electric Company

Chapter 3
PERA Training Charts, Ford Motor Company, Ltd.
L. W. Foster-Vice Chairman ANSI Y14.5; Honeywell Inc.

Chapter 5
R. G. Lenz - Past Chairman, USA Technical Advisory Group (TAG); ISO/Technical Committee (TC) 57;
General Motors Corporation

Chapter 6
F. H. Briggs - Computer Program Consultant, Massey Ferguson Inc

Chapter 8
T. C. Baumgartner - Past Chairman, ANSI B1; Standard Pressed Steel Company

Chapter 9
R. B. Belford - Past Chairman, USA TAG ISO/TC2

Chapter 10
E. A. Domzal – Past Senior Project Engineer, Materials, Massey Ferguson Inc
F. V. Kupchak – Past Chairman, USA TAG ISO/TC62; Chairman, ANSI B32; Westinghouse Electric
Corporation
Japanese Standards Association; Japan Iron and Steel Exporters’ Association
German Steel Trade Association – VDEH

Chapter 12
P. S. Given – Past Director, SKF Industries, Inc
J. R. Hull – Past Chief Engineer, The Torrington Company
C. A. Moyer – Past USA Delegate , ISO/TC4 SC9; Assistant Chief Engineer, The Timken Company
A. O. Dehart – Past USA Observer, ISO/TC123; General Motors Corporation
W. G Looft – Past USA Delegate, ISO/TC4 SC7; Manager of Engineering, REXNORD

Chapter 13
B. C. Cummins – Past Manager, The Louis Allis Company, Litton Industries
W. D. Erickson – Past Chief Engineer, The Gates Rubber Company
Dr. F. Buchsbaum – Past President, Stock Drive Products
G. W. Michalec – Author and Professor
C. K. Reece – Past USA Delegate, ISO/TC32; Vice Chairman, ANSI B92; John Deere Waterloo Tractor
Works

Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use


Chapter 14
J. I. Morgan – Past Chairman, USA TAG ISO/TC131; Executive Vice President, National Fluid Power
Association

Chapter 15
W. Jenninck – Past Assistant Chief Engineer, Illinois/Eclipse, A Division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc
R. W. Berry – Member, ANSI B94; Director, Cutting Tool Research, VR/Wesson Company

Chapter 16
Donald Marquardt – ISO/TC176 Ad Hoc Task Force
Maureen Breitenberg – USA Department of Commerce, NIST
Roger Frost – Press and Communication Manager, ISO
David Zimmerman – Interim Secretary, ISO/TC176 - Quality Management and Quality Assurance

Special Courtesy Note to Contributing Standards Bodies and Companies

Tables and figures where a standards reference or a company abbreviation is shown in parenthesis
have been reprinted with the permission of the organization that hold the copyright of the works cited.
Tables and figures without any reference have been reproduced courtesy Massey Ferguson Inc.,
Detroit, Michigan, and KOK metricUSATM.org, Inc. , Statesville, North Carolina.
The author also wishes to express his sincere appreciation to the referenced organizations for granting
permission to use their tables, figures and standards in this publication. Special thanks go to the
American National Standards
Institute (ANSI), the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), the International Organization
for Standardization (ISO), and Industrial Fastener Institute (IFI). Without their comprehensive support, the
publication of METRIC STANDARDS for Worldwide Manufacturing , with its extensive standards material,
would not have been possible.
Finally, the author’s sincere gratitude is extended to the following organizations and companies for
granting permission to republish their standards, figures, or tables: the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM), Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Ford Motor Company, Ltd., Brentwood, Essex, United
Kingdom; Chrysler Corporation, Detroit, Michigan; Gates Rubber Company, Denver, Colorado; Stock
Drive Products, New Hyde Park, New York; and the Metric and Multistandard Components Corporation,
Hawthorne, New York.
Please always refer to the most recent edition of the referenced standards. In the United States,
American National Standards, International Standards, and national standards of other countries may be
obtained from the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), New York, NY. Outside of the United
States, sales of standards are transacted through the national standardizing body for the particular
country.

Knut O. Kverneland

Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use


CONTENTS
Foreword
Introduction
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents

Chapter 1
World Standards Organizations

Chapter 2
The International System of Measuring Units (SI)

Chapter 3
Engineering Drawing Practice

Chapter 4
Preferred Numbers

Chapter 5
Surface Texture

Chapter 6
The ISO System of Limits and Fits - Tolerances and Deviations

Chapter 7
The ISO System of Limits and Fits – Inspection of Workpieces

Chapter 8
Screw Threads

Chapter 9
Fasteners

Chapter 10
Steel Material Data

Chapter 11
Nonferrous Material

Chapter 12
Bearings

Chapter 13
Mechanical Power Transmission Systems

Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use


Chapter 14
Fluid Power Systems and Components

Chapter 15
Manufacturing Engineering

Chapter 16
Quality and Environmental Management System (ISO 9000 and ISO 14000)

Chapter 17
Conversion Factors and Program

General Index

ANSI Index

ISO Index

Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use


Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 1

World Standards Organizations


SUMMARY
International standards are herein listed and compared to major industrial (63% of global GDP) national standards throughout
this book (see Fig. 1-1). American National Standards for metric products are the basis for all tables in this publication when
available. Pertinent global ISO (International Organization for Standardization) standard numbers are shown for each product,
and related ISO and national standards are shown with hyperlinks to the standards organizations at the end of each chapter.
Acronyms, standard prefixes, name and addresses as well as email and telephone numbers to a number of important national
and international standards sources are shown in Table 1-1. Key standards groupings with links to ISO search engines are
shown in Tables 1-2 and 1-3. ISO Members Worldwide list provide contact information for standards organization in each
country.
A strong emphasis on cost savings and rationalization of parts and material has been stressed; Chapter 4, Preferred Numbers,
provides detailed descriptions of the best tools to help rationalize metric sizes and products.

ROLE OF STANDARDIZATION: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE


By definition, standards are rules set up and established by authority, often for the measure of quantity, weight, extent, value,
or quality. Monetary standards, used in determining the weight of silver and gold pieces for the exchange of goods, were among
the first to be developed.
During the industrialization period, manufacturing plants developed and became more and more specialized. A need for
standards to control such simple parts as fasteners evolved, hereby making them industrially interchangeable. The demand for
company and trade organization standards grew apace with the formation of larger plants and the wider distribution of
manufactured products.
The basis for most standards is a uniform unit of measure to check mass, length, volume, time, and other physical quantities.
Many systems were developed over the years, and the original metric system was developed in France after the French
Revolution. Since 1875, all international matters concerning the metric system have been the responsibility of the Conférence
Générale des Poids et Mesures (CGPM), which was constituted following the Metric Convention signed in Paris that same year.
Before the invention of the metric system, a number of inch systems were used throughout the world, one of which is
commonly known as the customary inch system. National and international standards were developed, however, based on both
measuring systems. This made the worldwide interchangeability of simple standard components, such as fasteners, impossible.

WORLD STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS

MEMBER COUNTRIES

LISTED IN ORDER OF
GNP

ANSI USA
JISC Japan
DIN Germany
AFNOR France
BSI UK
UNI Italy
SCC Canada
SAA Australia

FIG. 1-1 PARTIAL ISO MEMBERSHIP STRUCTURE

METRIC AND INCH STANDARDS


An increasing number of multinational corporations and their local suppliers operating with two systems of measures and
standards have found expenses to be continually increasing. In order to use available expertise in a central location, one
machine might be designed in an “inch” nation, only to be produced later in a “metric” country, or vice versa. This obviously
generates additional costs in the conversion of drawings, substitutions of standard steel sizes and fasteners, the conversion of
testing and material specifications, etc.

11
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO METRIC STANDARDS – THE KEY TO WORLD TRADE
The WTO (World Trade Organization), which is supported by more than 120 countries, now replaces the GATT (General
Agreement on Trade and Tariffs) with the result being a considerable strengthening of its standards codes. The WTO urges
governments to make maximum use of International Standards to prevent unnecessary obstacles to the free flow of goods.

The EU (European Union) has been in existence for a few years now, and they have published a large number of European
Standards identified by the prefix EN (European Norm)1 Approximately 41% of these standards conform to an existing ISO or
IEC standard on the subject.
For example, ISO 898-1 on Mechanical Properties of Fasteners is now identified within EU as: DIN EN ISO 898-1 (Germany);
NF EN ISO 898-1 (France); BS EN ISO 898-1 (United Kingdom); and UNI EN ISO 898-1 (Italy).
ISO standards adopted as EN standards are put into effect with a minimum effort on the part of EU, and two important goals
are met such as:
1. allow free flow of goods among the EU countries; and
2. allow free flow of goods to and from EU meeting the ISO standards.

Regional trade agreements and related activities in other parts of the world are similarly leading to greater use of international
standards. For example, the Pan American Standards Commission, which is trying to develop uniform standards for the Latin-
American Free Trade Association, has now agreed to use the ISO and IEC standards wherever possible. Also, the countries of
Eastern Europe have become increasingly active in the development of international standards; apparently they are using them
as the basis for trade in that region and in opening trade channels with the rest of the world as well.
Another factor in the use of international standards is the increasing number of international cooperation programs. A prime
example is the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), which has been ordering a great deal of its equipment in terms of ISO
and IEC standards. This also is happening within many of the social and economic programs of the UN. and other world
organizations. One result is the adoption of many ISO and IEC standards by the developing countries.
1
Norm means standard in English, German, and French

ACCELERATING PACE IN PUBLICATION OF ISO STANDARDS


The above-mentioned factors have accelerated the speed with which ISO develops international standards.2 As an example,
only 100 ISO Recommendations were published in the 1950s, yet approximately 1400 international standards agreements were
reached in the following decade. See ISO in Figures.
Today, there are over 16 000 ISO standards, half of which have been published only in the last ten years. A further 9000
drafts and proposals are in preparation, and around 1250 new projects are added annually.
The time required to develop a standard in the Technical Committee has been reduced from an average of 76.8 months to
52.9 months. The central Secretariat has reduced the processing time for a proposed standard from 10.2 months to 7.5 months.
The ISO target is to reduce standards development to three years from start to finish by the end of 1996.
How many international standards are needed is a matter of opinion. It has been suggested that in a highly industrialized
society, the total requirement for national and international standards is on the order of 15 000, or a maximum of 20 000. This
number is also suggested if all national standards were to be replaced by ISO standards. (When more than that number is
found in a single country, there is usually some duplication and overlapping, which is the case in the USA, or, as is the case in
socialist countries, what could be called “company standards” are listed as “national standards.”)
Other suggest that in the future, as industries merge and multinational companies further develop, some of the present
national standards will become company standards, but there will always be a demand for some national standards to cater to
specific local needs.
However, recent experience indicates that as new technologies emerge, there is an accompanying demand for new standards
that have never existed at a national level. The scope for new international standards is, therefore, increasing continuously.
2
Since ISO documents are constantly being upgraded, for simplicity the author refers to all ISO publications in the text of this
book as “standards,” designating a particular document as “ISO…” followed by the appropriate identification number.
However, the actual status of a particular ISO document might be: (a) Recommendation, in which case it would be officially
designated by “ISO/R…” preceding the appropriate identification number. (b) Draft International Standards, (“ISO/DIS…”). (c)
An officially adopted international standard, in which case the initials “ISO” followed by the identification number is the
appropriate designation. The ISO references given at the end of each chapter describe the current status of the standard.
Information on the various designations is given at the website http://www.iso.org or in ISO catalogs and supplements available
from: American National Standards Institute, 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York NY 10036
.

12
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
A VISION OF THE FUTURE
Since 1986, the leadership of ISO and IEC has placed increasing importance on the necessity to understand and respond
effectively to new needs for international standards. In 1987, approval was given to establish two important new groups for this
purpose.

THE ISO/IEC PRESIDENTS’ ADVISORY BOARD ON TECHNOLOGICAL TRENDS (ABTT)


This is a group of top-level industrial and technology policy leaders invited by the two Presidents to advise ISO and IEC on
global trends in technology and industrial development, and their consequential impact on the demand for global
standardization.

THE ISO/IEC AD HOC GROUP ON LONG-RANGE PLANNING (LRPG)


This is a new group of individuals nominated by the ISO and IEC members for Canada, France, Japan, UK, USA, and the
former USSR. The group undertook the task of forecasting future needs for international standardization in specific sectors.
These two groups have worked interactively since they started operating in 1988, and the results of their efforts are presented in
the publication A Vision for the Future- Standards Need for Emerging Technologies.

ISO DEFINITION OF STANDARDIZATION AND STANDARD


The definition of standardization and standard differ in the many publications on the subject. The following are the excerpts
from the ISO/IEC Guide 2: 1991- General Terms and Their Definitions Concerning Standardization and Related Activities.
Standardization- activity of establishing, with regard to actual or potential problems, provisions for common and repeated use,
aimed at the achievement of the optimum degree of order in a given context

NOTES:
(1) In particular, the activity consists of the processes of formulating, issuing and implementing standards
(2) Important benefits of standardization are improvement of the suitability of products, processes, and services for their
intended purposes, prevention of barriers to trade, and facilitation of technological cooperation.

subject of standardization — topic to be standardized

NOTES:
(1) The expression “product, process or service” has been adopted throughout to encompass the subject of standardization in a
broad sense, and should be understood equally to cover, for example, any material, component, equipment, system, interface,
protocol, procedure, function, method, or activity.
(2) Standardization may be limited to particular aspects of any subject. For example, in the case of shoes, sizes and durability
criteria could be standardized separately.

field of standardization — (deprecated: domain of standardization) — group of related subjects of standardization

NOTE: Engineering, transport, agriculture, quantities, and Units, for example, could be regarded as fields of standardization.

state of the art — developed stage of technical capability at a given time as regards products, processes, and services, based
on the relevant consolidated findings of science, technology, and experience
acknowledged rule of technology — technical provision acknowledged by a majority of representative experts as reflecting the
state of the art

NOTE: A normative document on a technical subject, if prepared with the cooperation of concerned interests by consultation and
consensus procedures, is presumed to constitute an acknowledged rule of technology at the time of its approval.

level of standardization — geographical, political, or economic extent of involvement in standardization


international standardization — standardization in which involvement is open to relevant bodies from all countries
regional standardization — standardization in which involvement is open to relevant bodies from countries from only one
geographical, political, or economic area of the world
national standardization — standardization that takes place at the level of one specific country
provincial standardization — standardization that takes place at the level of a territorial division of a country

NOTE: Within a country or a territorial division of a country, standardization may also take place on a branch or sectoral basis
(e.g., ministries), at local levels, at association and company levels in industry, and in individual factories, workshops, and
offices.

13
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
consensus — general agreement, characterized by the absence of sustained opposition to substantial issues by any important
part of the concerned interests and by a process that involves seeking to take into account the views of all parties concerned
and to reconcile any conflicting arguments
NOTE: Consensus need not imply unanimity.

IMPORTANT OBJECTIVES OF STANDARDIZATION


A primary purpose of standardization is to manufacture goods for less direct and indirect incurred costs and to adapt the
finished products to the demands of the marketplace.
A more detailed description of the objectives is as follows:
(a) Lower the production costs, when the aim is to:
(1) facilitate and systematize the skilled work of designing
(2) ensure optimum selection of materials, components, and semifinished products
(3) reduce stocks of materials, semifinished products and finished products
(4) minimize the number of different products sold
(5) facilitate and economize the procurement of purchased goods

(b) Meet the demands of the marketplace, when the objective is to:
(1) conform to regulations imposed by governments and trade organizations
(2) stay within safety regulations set forth by governments
(3) facilitate interchangeability requirements with existing products

DEVELOPMENT OF STANDARDS
The Conditions for a Standard. When there is a question of working out a standard, the conditions must first be analyzed
before actual technical standardization work can be carried out. Preparatory analysis must be as comprehensive as possible and
must take into account both technical and economic conditions. It is not sufficient to study only the internal circumstances. It
must also be understood that, with regard to standards, the company is dependent on such external factors as the suppliers’
stocks of products, the production program of competitors, the customers’ wishes, existing standards, governmental
requirements, etc.
Waiting for the right moment to begin a particular standardization is most important. An investigation should be made as to
whether an intended standard could possibly impede any technical development already under way. Lack of a standard is more
often the condition, and it is important to engage in standardization at an early stage, at least to the extent of working out an
experimental standard of a temporary nature.
A certain type of regularly recurrent part may, for example, be used in many products in functionally equivalent, but
constructionally different, forms. In such a case, the task of standardization will be to create order out of chaos through variety-
reduction, size standardization, etc. The work should be started as soon as the possibilities of direct cost savings in purchasing,
production, inventory, etc., and indirect cost savings in engineers’ time can be established.

STANDARDIZATION TECHNIQUES
Two basic principles for the preparation of a standard are commonly used; these are as follows. analytical standardization —
standard developed from scratch
conservative standardization — standard based, as far as possible, on existing practice
In practice, it appears that a standard cannot often be a completely prepared in one or the other of these two methods, but
emerges from a compromise between the two. The quintessence of the standardization technique should be to utilize the basic
material, the rules, and the aids available, in such way that a valid and practical compromise solution is reached.
The basic material could be comprised of such items as:

• former company standards


• vendor catalogs
• national and international standards
• requirements of the company’s customers
• competitors’ material

Increasingly important are the national and international standards in existence on the subject; they should always play an
important role in any conservative standardization work. It would be foolish to create a unique new metric standard without first
considering some existing European metric standards.

14
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
NORMAL DEVELOPMENT LEVELS OF A STANDARD
The most common standardization levels are:

• company standard
• professional society or trade standard
• national standard
• regional standard
• international standard

The normal path through which a standard must pass in the developmental stages depends on the organization level and the
standardization technique applied. A new international standard generated by applying the analytical principle follows the
organization levels in a numerical order, while a company standard prepared after the conservative principle might be based
directly on the applicable international standard.
A more recent trend in international standardization is to draft a new standard directly when a need for it has been established.

USER ACCEPTANCE OF STANDARDS


The development cycle of the standards is completed when the user applies the standards in his or her work. The designer
should, whenever possible, use internationally standardized parts and components. This would result in an increase of the
demand for the standard sizes and a decrease in manufacturing costs for the parts. With the above principle applied to the
increasing world flow of material and products, a substantial increase in worldwide productivity can be visualized.

STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS INTERNATIONAL LEVEL


ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national standards bodies, at present
comprising 146 members. The objective of ISO is to promote the development of standardization and related activities in the
world with a view to facilitating international exchange of goods and services, and to developing cooperation in the sphere of
intellectual, scientific, technological, and economic activity. The results of ISO technical work are published as International
Standards. The scope of ISO covers standardization in all fields except electrical and electronic engineering standards, which
are the responsibility of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).
ISO brings together the interests of producers, users (including consumers), governments worldwide, and the scientific
community, in the preparation of International Standards. Its technical work is carried out through 2940 technical bodies utilizing
more than 30 000 experts, resulting in the publication of 14 000 ISO standards.
A listing of acronyms and addresses for standards organizations is found in Table 1-1.

Origin
International standardization started in the electrotechnical field some 90 years ago. While some attempts were made in the
1930s to develop international standards in other technical fields, it was not until ISO was created that an international standards
organization devoted to standardization as a whole came into existence.
Following a meeting in London in 1946, delegates from 25 countries decided to create a new international organization “the
object of which would be to facilitate the international coordination and unification of industrial standards.” The new organization,
ISO, began to function officially on February 23, 1947.

Members
A member body of ISO is the national body “most representative of standardization in its country.” It follows that only one such
body for each country is accepted for membership in ISO. Member bodies are entitled to participate and exercise full voting
rights on any technical committee of ISO, are eligible for Council membership, and have seats in the General Assembly.
By January 2003, the number of member bodies was 94.
More than 70% of the ISO member bodies are governmental institutions or organizations incorporated by public law. The
remainder have close links with the public administration in their own countries.
A correspondent member is normally an organization in a developing country which does not yet have its own national
standards body. Correspondent members do not take an active part in the technical work, but are entitled to be kept fully
informed about the work of interest to them. They may attend the General Assembly as observers. Nearly all the present
correspondent members are governmental institutions.
By January 2003, the number of correspondent members was 37.

Technical Work
The technical work of ISO is carried out through technical committees (TC). The decision to establish a technical committee is
taken by the ISO Technical Management Board which also approves ISO scope. Within this scope, the committee determines its
own program of work.
Work in the field of information technology is carried out through a joint ISO/IEC technical committee, ISO/IEC JTC I

15
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Information Technology, established in 1987 by the ISO and IEC Councils.
Each technical committee may, in turn, establish subcommittees (SC) and working groups (WG) to cover different aspects of
its work.
Each technical committee or sub-committee has a secretariat, assigned to an ISO member body: in the case of technical
committees, by the Technical Board on behalf of Council, and in the case of subcommittees, by the parent committee. For each
working group, a convener is appointed by the parent committee.
By January 2003, there were 188 technical committees, 550 subcommittees, 2175 working groups, and 24 ad hoc study
groups.
A proposal to begin work in a new field of technical activity normally comes from within ISO itself, but it may also originate from
some other international organization. Since the resources are limited, priorities must be considered. Therefore, all new
proposals are submitted for consideration by the ISO member bodies. If accepted, either the new work will be referred to the
appropriate existing technical committee, or a new technical committee will be established.
To ensure coordination of work in all matters of common interest, liaisons are established between related technical
committees.
Each member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been authorized has the right to be
represented on that committee.
subcommittees (ISO/TC/SC) — This is the level at which most of the technical decisions are made and is also the level at which
much of the technical liaison takes place. Subcommittees are charged with the study of one or several items within the scope of
the technical committee.
working groups (ISO/TC/SC/WG) —The technical committees and subcommittees may set up working groups composed of a
restricted number of individuals to prepare working drafts for standards development. The group may function between meetings
of the parent committee, but it is automatically disbanded on completion of its task.
ad-hoc working group — a group that may be formed to deal with a matter on which it is required to report to the parent
committee at the same meeting in which it is formed.

EVOLUTION OF AN INTERNATIONAL STANDARD


Prior to July 1971, subjects proposed and approved by ISO were known as “ISO Recommendations.” Although the ISO charter
included provision for the approval and publication as ISO standards, the procedure had never been invoked. In mid-1971, a
decision was made to publish all ISO draft Recommendations as draft international standards and, subsequently, as
international standards. At the same time a new category of document, to be known as a “Technical Report,” was introduced.
The descriptions which follow reflect current terminology.

draft proposals — a draft submitted to the participating (P) members of a technical committee for study which is intended
eventually to become an International Standard. A given subject may undergo several successive committee drafts, i.e., first
draft, second draft, etc.
draft international standard (DIS) — a committee draft which has received substantial support from the participating members of
the technical committee and is transmitted to the Central Secretariat for registration. This is then circulated to the P-members
and all the other Member Bodies for final letter ballot.
international standard — a draft international standard which has been adopted by a two-thirds majority vote of the P-members
of the technical committee and approved by 75% of all the Member Bodies voting
technical report — there are three types of technical reports, as follows
(a) When the required support cannot be obtained for a DIS to pass the approval stage, or in case of doubt concerning
consensus, the committee may decide, by a simple majority vote of its P-members, that the document should be published in the
form of a technical report.
(b) When the subject in question is still under technical development or where for any other reason there is the future but not
immediate possibility of an agreement on an international standard, the committee may decide that the publication of a technical
report would be appropriate. The decision to publish the technical report requires a simple majority vote of the P-members of the
committee. A technical report of type (b) may be used for “prestandardization” purposes.
(c) When a committee has collected data of a different kind from that which is normally published as an international standard
(this may include, for example, data obtained from a survey carried out among the national bodies, data on work in other
international organizations, or data on the “state of the art” in relation to standards of national bodies on a particular subject), the
committee may decide, by a simple majority vote of its P-members, to publish such data in the form of a technical report. Such a
document will be entirely informative in nature.
Technical reports of types (a) and (b) are subject to review not later than three years after their publication. The aim of such a
review is to reexamine the situation, and if possible, to achieve the agreement necessary for the publication of an international
standard to replace the technical report.

FINANCE
ISO is maintained by the financial contributions of its members; the amount varies according to the circumstances of the
country concerned. Additional revenue, however, is gained from the sale of international standards and other publications.

16
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION (IEC)
The International Electrotechnical Commission came into being in 1906.
ISO and JEC have established a formal agreemer4, stating the relationship between the two organizations. In accordance with
this agreement, ISO and IEC form the specialized system for worldwide standardization.
It is agreed that questions related to international standardization in the electrical and electronic engineering fields are the
concern of IEC. Other subject areas are the responsibility of ISO. In matters of international standardization not related to any
particular technology, ISO undertakes, in consultation with IEC, to safeguard any electrotechnical interests which may be
involved. To ensure the necessary technical coordination, ISO and IEC have established a joint ISO/IEC Technical Programming
Committee.
The members of the IEC are the national committees, one for each country, which are required to be as representative as
possible of all electrical interests in the country concerned:
manufacturers, users, governmental authorities, teaching, and professional bodies. They are composed of representatives of the
various organizations which deal with questions of electrical standardization at the national level. Most of them are recognized
and supported by their governments.
In the technical work, numerous liaisons have been established between ISO and IEC committees, and a joint ISO/IEC
technical committee has been established in the field of information technology.

REGIONAL STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS


ASAC (Asian Standards Advisory Committee) — setup in 1966 under ECAFE (Economic Commission for Asia and the Far
East). Regional standards are not envisaged.
COPANT (Pan American Standards Commission) — comprises national standards bodies of USA and 11 Latin American
countries. Regional standards published and available from ANSI in the Spanish language.
CEN (European Committee for Standardization) — comprises national standards bodies of the EU (Austria, Belgium, Denmark,
Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, The Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, and United
Kingdom) and EFTA (Iceland, Norway and Switzerland). Over 1300 working groups prepare European standards which, if
accepted by 71% of CEN members, are published without variation of text in the countries accepting them as the national
standard.
CENELEC (European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization) — electrotechnical counterpart of CEN. Comprises
national elcctrotechnical committees of EEC and EFTA countries. The CENELEC Electronic Components Committee produces
harmonization documents with which national standards can be brought into line, with built-in quality assessment. There are 12
working groups.
ECSC (European Coal and Steel Community) — the ECSC has produced more than 150 steel material (EURONORM)
standards, some of which are referred to in this publication
ECISS (European Committee for Iron and Steel Standardization) — revised and republished most of the EURONORM standards
as EN standards.
PASC (Pacific Area Standards Congress) — comprises national standards bodies from the USA, Canada, Japan, Australia, and
New Zealand.

NATIONAL STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS


ANSI (American National Standards Institute) — Only a brief review of the various functions ANSI fulfills will be presented in
this book. More details about the ANSI organization are available from the institute upon request.
ANSI provides the machinery for creating voluntary standards. It serves to eliminate duplication of standards activities and to
weld conflicting standards into single, nationally accepted standards under the designation “American National Standards.”
The Standards Institute, under whose auspices this work is being done, is the USA clearinghouse and coordinating body for
standards activity on the national level. It is a federation of trade associations, technical societies, professional groups, and
consumer organizations. Some 1000 companies are affiliated with the Institute as company members.
The American National Standards Institute is the USA member of the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), the Pan American Standards Commission (COPANT), and the Pacific Area
Standards Congress (PASC). Through these channels American interests make their position felt on the international level.
other national standards bodies at the ISO — The eight national standards organizations with the largest gross national products
are listed in Fig. 1-1 and their addresses are given in Table 1-1. ANSI has the distribution of their national standards in the USA.

17
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 1-1 ACRONYMS AND LINKS TO IMPORTANT STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS

Acronyms Organization Email Phone


Std Prefix Address Web Page Fax
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association [email protected] 202 367 1155
2025 M Street NW Suite 800 http://www.americanbearings.org 202 367 2155
Washington DC 20036
AFNOR, Association française de normalisation [email protected] 33 1 41 62 80 00
NF 11, avenue Francis de Pressensé http://www.afnor.fr 33 1 49 17 90 00

FR-93571 Saint-Denis La Plaine Cedex

AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association [email protected] 703 684 0211


500 Montgomery Street, Suite 350 http://www.agma.org 703 684 0242
Alexandria, VA 22314-1581 USA
AISI* American Iron & Steel Institute [email protected] 202 452 7100
1140 Connecticut Ave., NW Suite 705 http://www.steel.org

Washington, DC 20036
ANMC* American National Metric Council [email protected] 301 718 6508
4340 EW Highway, Suite 401 http://lamar.colostate.edu/~hillger/anmc.htm 301 656 0989
Bethesda MD 20814-4411
ANSI American National Standards Institute [email protected] 212 642 49 00
25 West 43rd Street 4 floor http://www.ansi.org 212 398 00 23
New York, NY 10036 http://webstore.ansi.org
API American Petroleum Institute [email protected]. 202 682 8000
1220 L Street NW http://www.api.org 202 962 4739

Washington DC 20005-4070 202 682 8114


ASAC Asian Standards Advisory Committee

ASABE American Society for Agricultural and [email protected] 269 429 0300
Biological Engineers
2950 Niles Road http://www.asae.org 269 429 3852
St Joseph MI 49085-9659
American Society for Metals International [email protected] 800 336 5152
9639 Kinsman Rd http://www.asm-intl.org 440 338 5151
ASM*
Metals Park OH 44073 440 338 4634
ASME American Society for Mechanical Engineers [email protected] 1 800 843 2763
3 Park Ave 22S1 http://www.asme.org 973 882 1170
New York NY 10016-5990 973 882 1717
ASQ American Society for Quality [email protected] 800 248 1946
600 North Plankinton Ave http://www.asq.org 414 272 8575
Milwaukee, WI 53203 414 272 1734
NOTE *Books but no standards

18
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 1-1 ACRONYMS AND LINKS TO IMPORTANT STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS (CONT'D)

Acronyms Organization Email Phone


Std Prefix Address Web Page Fax
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials [email protected] 610 832 9585
100 Barr Harbor Drive http://www.astm.org 610 832 9555
West Conshohocken PA 19428-2959
BSI, BS British Standards Institution [email protected] 44 20 89 96 90 00
389 Chiswick High Road http://www.bsi-global.com 44 20 89 96 74 00
GB-London W4 4AL
CCPA Cemented Carbide Producers Association [email protected] 440 899 0010

30200 Detroit Road http://www.ccpa.org 440 892 1404


Cleveland OH 44145
CDA* Copper Development Association, Inc [email protected] 212 251 7200
260 Madison Avenue 16th Floor http://www.copper.org 212 251 7234
New York NY 10016
CEE International Commission on Rules for the
Approval of Electrical Equipment http://www.cee-nl.org.mx/default.asp
NL-310 Utrechtseweg Arnhem
CEN, EN European Committee for Standardization [email protected] 32 25 50 08 11
36 rue de Strassart http://www.cenorm.be 32 25 50 08 19
B-1050 Brussels
CENELEC, European Committee for Electrotechnical [email protected] 32 25 19 68 71
EN Standardization http://www.cenelec.org 32 25 19 69 19
35 rue de Stassart
B-1050 Brussels
CGPM Central Conference of Weights
and Measures (see OIML) http://www.sizes.com/units/cgpm.htm
CIPM International Conference on Weights
and Measures (see OIML) http://www.bipm.fr/en/committees/cipm
COPANT Pan American Standards Commision [email protected] 58 25 74 29 41
Manuel Díaz Portocarrero http://www.copant.org 58 25 74 29 41
Torre Fondo Común. Piso 11 (Refer to ANSI)
Caracas Venezuela
DIN DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung [email protected] 49 30 26 01 0
Burggrafenstrasse 6 http://www.din.de 49 30 26 01 12 31
DE-10787 Berlin Order; http://www.din.de/beuth

ECSC European Coal and Steel Community http://www.cordis.lu/ecsc/home.html


EURO- EURONORM standards issued in German,
NORM French, Italian, Dutch. Contact DIN-Beuth
NOTE *Books but no standards

19
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 1-1 ACRONYMS AND LINKS TO IMPORTANT STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS (CONT'D)

Acronyms Organization Email Phone


Std Prefix Address Web Page Fax
IEC International Electrotechnical Commision [email protected] 41 22 919 0211
Central Office, 3 rue de Varembe http://www.iec.ch 41 22 919 0300
CH-1211 Geneva 20
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics [email protected] 800 678 4333
Engineers, Inc http://standards.ieee.org 732 981 0060
445 Hoes Lane POB 1331 732 981 9667
Piscataway NJ 08855-1331
IFI Industrial Fastener Institute [email protected] 216 241 1482
6363 Oak Tree Boulevard http://www.industrial-fasteners.org 216 241 5901

Independence, Ohio 44131


ISO International Organization for Standardizn [email protected] 41 22 749 01 11
1, rue de Varembé, Case postale 56 http://www.iso.org 41 22 733 34 30
CH-1211 Geneva 20
JISC, JIS Japanese Industrial Standards Committee [email protected] 81 3 35 01 9471
1-3-1, Kasumigaseki Chiyoda-ku http://www.jisc.go.jp 81 3 35 80 86 37
JP-Tokyo 100 - 8901 Order; http://www.jsa.or.jp
JSA* Japanese Standards Association [email protected] 81 3 35 83 80 05
4-1-24 Akasaka Minato-ku http://www.jsa.or.jp/default_english.asp 81 3 35 86 20 14
JP-Tokyo 107-8440
JSA* Japanese Standards Association [email protected]
16, Chemin de la Voie-Greuse
CH-1202 Geneva
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Assocn [email protected] 703 841 3200
1300 North 17th Street Suite 1752 http://www.nema.org 703 841 5900
Rosslyn, VA 22209
NFPA National Fluid Power Association [email protected] 414 778 3344
3333 N Mayfair Road Suite 211 http://www.nfpa.com 414 778 3361
Milwaukee WI 53222-3219
NIST National Institute of Standards & Technology [email protected] 301 975 6478
USA Department of Commerce http://www.nist.gov 301 975 8295
Gaithersburg MD 20899
OIML International Organization of Legal Metrology [email protected] 33 1 48 78 12 82
Rue Turgot 11 http://www.oiml.org 33 1 42 82 17 27
F - 75009 Paris
NOTE *Books but no standards

20
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 1-1 ACRONYMS AND LINKS TO IMPORTANT STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS (CONT'D)

Acronyms Organization Email Phone


Std Prefix Address Web Page Fax
PASC Pacific Area Standards Congress (USA, [email protected]
Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand) http://www.pascnet.org
RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association [email protected] 202 682 4800
1400 K Street NW Suite 900 http://www.rma.org 202 682 4854
Washington DC 20005
SAA, AS Standards Australia [email protected] 612 8206 6000
286 Sussex Street http://www.standards.org.au 612 8206 6001
Sydney NSW 2001 Australia
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc [email protected] 724 776 4841
400 Commonwealth Drive http://www.sae.org 724 776 0790
Warrendale PA 15096
SCC Standards Council of Canada [email protected] 613 238 32 22
270 Albert Street, Suite 200 http://www.scc.ca 613 569 78 08
CA-Ottawa, Ontario K1P 6N7
SES* Standards Engineers Society [email protected] 305 971 4798
13340 SW 96th Ave http://www.ses-standards.org 305 971 4799
Miami FL 33176
SME* Society of Manufacturing Engineers [email protected] 800 733 4763
One SME Drive http://www.sme.org 313 271 1500
Dearborn MI 48121 313 425 3400
ULI Underwriters Laboratories, Inc [email protected] 847 272 8800
333 Pfingsten Road http://www.ul.com 847 272 8129
Northbrook, IL 60062-2096
UNI Ente Nazionale Italiano di Unificazione [email protected] 39 02 70 02 41
Via Battistotti Sassi 11/b http://www.uni.com 39 02 70 10 61 49
IT-20133 Milano
USCTI* United States Cutting Tool Institute [email protected] 216 241 7333
1300 Sumner Avenue http://www.uscti.com 216 241 0105
Cleveland OH 44115
USMA US Metric Association [email protected] 818 715 2382
10245 Andasol Ave http://lamar.colostate.edu/~hillger 818 368 7443
Northridge CA 91325-1504
NOTE *Books but no standards

ISO Members Worldwide

21
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FROM ANSI
ANSI Catalog Contains listing with prices of ANSI standards published annually.
ISO General Information Publications;
http://www.iso.org/iso/en/prods-services/otherpubs/General.PublicationList?CLASSIFICATION=GENERAL

ISO Technical Program Information on the titles and stages of development of all draft standards. (Biannual)

ISO/IEC Directives Part 1 Procedures for technical work


Part 2 Methodology for the development of International Standards.
Part 3 Drafting and presentation of International Standards.
ISO Memento Information, English and French, on the scope of responsibility, organizational structure, and secretariats for
each technical committee. In addition, the Memento contains general information on the organization and administration of
the work of ISO. (Annual)

ISO Participation This table indicates the membership of technical committees, technical divisions, and committees
reporting to the ISO Council. (Biannual)

ISO Bulletin Standardization news; calendar of ISO meetings; list of all new draft ISO standards and newly published ISO
standards. (Monthly)

ISO/IEC Guide 2: 1991 General terms and their definitions concerning standardization and related activities. Approximately
40 Guides, designated ISO/IEC Guide Nos. 2-57, cover subjects related to international standardization, and are listed in
the ISO catalog.

ISO Video Film International standardization 18 min video cassette VHS. Other video films are also available.

CEN Catalog Complete list of EN standards and tables of corresponding material standards for CEN National Affiliate
Members. See website; Welcome to the On-line Catalogue of European Standards with links to most European national
standards organizations and their standards catalogs.

HOW TO FIND AND ORDER INTERNATIONAL AND NATIONAL STANDARDS


Grouping of International Standards by Technical Committees (TC) see Table 1-2 and by International Classification for
Standards (ICS) see Table 1-3. Order international or national standards from ANSI or the applicable web page shown in
Table 1-1. For all EN and national standards in Europe see CEN above and use websites shown.

TABLE 1-2 TECHNICAL COMMITTEES (TC)


TC 1 Information technology
TC 1 Screw threads
TC 2 Fasteners
TC 4 Rolling bearings
TC 5 Ferrous metal pipes and metallic fittings
TC 6 Paper, board and pulps
TC 8 Ships and marine technology
TC 10 Technical product documentation
TC 11 Boilers and pressure vessels
TC 12 Quantities, units, symbols, conversion factors
TC 14 Shafts for machinery and accessories
TC 17 Steel
TC 18 Zinc and zinc alloys
TC 19 Preferred numbers - STAND BY
TC 20 Aircraft and space vehicles
TC 21 Equipment for fire protection and fire fighting
TC 22 Road vehicles
TC 23 Tractors and machinery for agriculture and forestry
TC 24 Sieves, sieving and other sizing methods

22
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TC 25 Cast irons and pig irons
TC 26 Copper and copper alloys
TC 27 Solid mineral fuels
TC 28 Petroleum products and lubricants
TC 29 Small tools
TC 30 Measurement of fluid flow in closed conduits
TC 31 Tyres, rims and valves
TC 33 Refractories
TC 34 Food products
TC 35 Paints and varnishes
TC 36 Cinematography
TC 37 Terminology and other language and content resources
TC 38 Textiles
TC 39 Machine tools
TC 41 Pulleys and belts (including veebelts)
TC 42 Photography
TC 43 Acoustics
TC 44 Welding and allied processes
TC 45 Rubber and rubber products
TC 46 Information and documentation
TC 47 Chemistry
TC 48 Laboratory equipment
TC 51 Pallets for unit load method of materials handling
TC 52 Light gauge metal containers
TC 54 Essential oils
TC 58 Gas cylinders
TC 59 Building construction
TC 60 Gears
TC 61 Plastics
TC 63 Glass containers
TC 67 Materials, equipment and offshore structures for petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas industries
TC 68 Financial services
TC 69 Applications of statistical methods
TC 70 Internal combustion engines
TC 71 Concrete, reinforced concrete and pre-stressed concrete
TC 72 Textile machinery and accessories
TC 74 Cement and lime
TC 76 Transfusion, infusion and injection equipment for medical and pharmaceutical use
TC 77 Products in fibre reinforced cement
TC 79 Light metals and their alloys
TC 81 Common names for pesticides and other agrochemicals
TC 82 Mining - STAND BY
TC 83 Sports and recreational equipment
TC 84 Devices for administration of medicinal products and intravascular catheters
TC 85 Nuclear energy
TC 86 Refrigeration and air-conditioning
TC 87 Cork
TC 89 Wood-based panels
TC 91 Surface active agents
TC 92 Fire safety
23
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TC 93 Starch (including derivatives and by-products)
TC 94 Personal safety -- Protective clothing and equipment
TC 96 Cranes
TC 98 Bases for design of structures
TC 100 Chains and chain sprockets for power transmission and conveyors
TC 101 Continuous mechanical handling equipment
TC 102 Iron ore and direct reduced iron
TC 104 Freight containers
TC 105 Steel wire ropes
TC 106 Dentistry
TC 107 Metallic and other inorganic coatings
TC 108 Mechanical vibration and shock
TC 109 Oil and gas burners
TC 110 Industrial trucks
TC 111 Round steel link chains, chain slings, components and accessories
TC 112 Vacuum technology
TC 113 Hydrometry
TC 114 Horology
TC 115 Pumps
TC 116 Space heating appliances
TC 117 Industrial fans
TC 118 Compressors and pneumatic tools, machines and equipment
TC 119 Powder metallurgy
TC 120 Leather
TC 121 Anaesthetic and respiratory equipment
TC 122 Packaging
TC 123 Plain bearings
TC 126 Tobacco and tobacco products
TC 127 Earth-moving machinery
TC 128 Glass plant, pipeline and fittings - STAND BY
TC 129 Aluminium ores - STAND BY
TC 130 Graphic technology
TC 131 Fluid power systems
TC 132 Ferroalloys
TC 133 Sizing systems and designations for clothes - STAND BY
TC 134 Fertilizers and soil conditioners - STAND BY
TC 135 Non-destructive testing
TC 136 Furniture
TC 137 Sizing system, designations and marking for boots and shoes
TC 138 Plastics pipes, fittings and valves for the transport of fluids
TC 142 Cleaning equipment for air and other gases
TC 144 Air distribution and air diffusion - STAND BY
TC 145 Graphical symbols
TC 146 Air quality
TC 147 Water quality
TC 148 Sewing machines
TC 149 Cycles
TC 150 Implants for surgery
TC 152 Gypsum, gypsum plasters and gypsum products - STAND BY
TC 153 Valves
24
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TC 154 Processes, data elements and documents in commerce, industry and administration
TC 155 Nickel and nickel alloys
TC 156 Corrosion of metals and alloys
TC 157 Mechanical contraceptives
TC 158 Analysis of gases
TC 159 Ergonomics
TC 160 Glass in building
TC 161 Control and protective devices for gas and oil burners and gas and oil burning appliances
TC 162 Doors and windows
TC 163 Thermal performance and energy use in the built environment
TC 164 Mechanical testing of metals
TC 165 Timber structures
TC 166 Ceramic ware, glassware and glass ceramic ware in contact with food
TC 167 Steel and aluminium structures
TC 168 Prosthetics and orthotics
TC 170 Surgical instruments
TC 171 Document management applications
TC 172 Optics and photonics
TC 173 Assistive products for persons with disability
TC 174 Jewellery
TC 175 Fluorspar - STAND BY
TC 176 Quality management and quality assurance
TC 177 Caravans
TC 178 Lifts, escalators and moving walks
TC 179 Masonry - STAND BY
TC 180 Solar energy
TC 181 Safety of toys
TC 182 Geotechnics
TC 183 Copper, lead, zinc and nickel ores and concentrates
TC 184 Industrial automation systems and integration
TC 185 Safety devices for protection against excessive pressure
TC 186 Cutlery and table and decorative metal hollow-ware
TC 188 Small craft
TC 189 Ceramic tile
TC 190 Soil quality
TC 191 Animal (mammal) traps - STAND BY
TC 192 Gas turbines
TC 193 Natural gas
TC 194 Biological evaluation of medical devices
TC 195 Building construction machinery and equipment
TC 196 Natural stone - STAND BY
TC 197 Hydrogen technologies
TC 198 Sterilization of health care products
TC 199 Safety of machinery
TC 201 Surface chemical analysis
TC 202 Microbeam analysis
TC 203 Technical energy systems
TC 204 Intelligent transport systems
TC 205 Building environment design
TC 206 Fine ceramics
25
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TC 207 Environmental management
TC 208 Thermal turbines for industrial application (steam turbines, gas expansion turbines) - STAND BY
TC 209 Cleanrooms and associated controlled environments
TC 210 Quality management and corresponding general aspects for medical devices
TC 211 Geographic information/Geomatics
TC 212 Clinical laboratory testing and in vitro diagnostic test systems
TC 213 Dimensional and geometrical product specifications and verification
TC 214 Elevating work platforms
TC 215 Health informatics
TC 216 Footwear
TC 217 Cosmetics
TC 218 Timber
TC 219 Floor coverings
TC 220 Cryogenic vessels
TC 221 Geosynthetics
TC 222 Personal financial planning
TC 223 Societal Security (provisional)
TC 224 Service activities relating to drinking water supply systems and wastewater systems - Quality criteria of the service and
performance indicators
TC 225 Market, opinion and social research
TC 226 Materials for the production of primary aluminium
TC 227 Springs
TC 228 Tourism and related services
TC 229 Nanotechnologies

TABLE 1-3 INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION FOR STANDARDS (ICS)


01 Generalities. Terminology. Standardization. Documentation
01.120 Standardization. General rules

01.140 Information sciences. Publishing


Information technology applications in information, documentation and publishing, see 35.240.30
03 Sociology. Services. Company organization and management. Administration. Transport
07 Mathematics. Natural Sciences
11 Health care technology
13 Environment. Health protection. Safety
17 Metrology and measurement. Physical phenomena
19 Testing
Analytical chemistry, see 71.040
21 Mechanical systems and components for general use
23 Fluid systems and components for general use
Measurement of fluid flow, see 17.120
25 Manufacturing engineering
27 Energy and heat transfer engineering
29 Electrical engineering
31 Electronics
33 Telecommunications. Audio and video engineering
35 Information technology. Office machines
37 Image technology
39 Precision mechanics. Jewellery
43 Road vehicles engineering
26
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
45 Railway engineering
47 Shipbuilding and marine structures
49 Aircraft and space vehicle engineering
53 Materials handling equipment
55 Packaging and distribution of goods
59 Textile and leather technology
61 Clothing industry
65 Agriculture
67 Food technology
71 Chemical technology
73 Mining and minerals
75 Petroleum and related technologies
77 Metallurgy
79 Wood technology
81 Glass and ceramics industries
83 Rubber and plastic industries
85 Paper technology

87 Paint and colour industries


91 Construction materials and building
93 Civil engineering
95 Military engineering
97 Domestic and commercial equipment. Entertainment. Sports

ISO Handbook 1 Documentation and information.


A number of ISO books (formerly named Handbooks) are available and listed on the following ISO link:
http://www.iso.org/iso/en/prods-services/otherpubs/Handbooks.PublicationList?CLASSIFICATION=HANDBOOKS

ISO Focus
News and views on ISO's activity in international standardization over almost the entire range of technology, from multimedia
applications, safety requirements, interchangeability and compatibility of equipment to the movement of goods, people and
services.

Year of publication: 2006


Periodicity: 11 issues per year

ISO in brief
A four-page introduction to the ISO standardization system, the ISO system's output, ISO's partners and ISO's path forward.

Year of publication: 2006

ISO in figures for the year 2006


Year of publication: 2007, Periodicity: Annual, English, Paper, 4 pages, ISBN 92-67-10418-7

ISO Annual Report 2006


Year of publication: 2007, Periodicity: Annual
27
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO Strategic Plan 2005-2010
Year of publication: 2004

ISO Catalogue 2007


List of all published ISO standards and other ISO publications at 31 December 2006.
Year of publication: 2006, Periodicity: Annual

CataloguePlus 2006 on CD-ROM


This CD-ROM contains information on all published ISO standards and other publications, plus the ISO technical work programme of
draft standards. The listings are presented by subject according to the International Classification for Standards (ICS). Lists in numerical
order and in technical committee order are also given. In addition, there is an alphabetical index and a list of withdrawn standards.

Year of publication: 2006

ISO's 50th anniversary: Friendship among equals - Recollections from ISO's first fifty years
Half a century of recollections from seven people who have been deeply involved in the shaping of ISO during the last 50
years. Each of the reminiscences is preceded by an introduction giving background information about the topics covered.

Year of publication: 1997

Online version

28
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 2

The International System of Measuring Units (SI)

SUMMARY
The metric system is simple and easy to learn. Do not become confused with all the details given in this chapter. You
probably will not see most of the units in practical use. You should, however, learn the most common units for length, area,
volume, mass, and temperature shown in Table 2-1. Prefixes are shown in Table 2-2. Preferred units are shown in bold.
How the metric units relate to inch units are covered in Chapter 17. See conversion program.
TABLE 2-1 SI UNITS
Quantity Symbol (Name) Prefix and Symbol* Other Metric Unit
-9
nm (nanometer) = 10 m
-6
µm (micrometer) = 10 m micron = µm = 0.001 mm
-3
mm (millimeter) = 10 m
-2
Length m cm (centimeter) = 10 m
-1
(meter) dm (decimeter) = 10 m
2
hm (hectometer) = 10 m
3
km (kilometer) = 10 m
2 -6 2
mm (square millimeter) = 10 m
2 -4 2 2
cm (square centimeter) = 10 m 1 a (are) = 100 m
2 2
dm (square decimeter) = 10 m
-2 2 2
1 hm = 1 ha (hectare) = 10 000 m
2
Area m
2 4 2
(square meter) hm (square hectometer) = 10 m
2 6 2
km (square kilometer) = 10 m
3 -9 3 3
mm (cubic millimeter) = 10 m 1 µL (microliter) = 1 mm

m3
3 -6 3 3
Volume cm (cubic centimeter) = 10 m 1 mL (milliliter) = 1 cm
3 -3 3 3
(cubic meter) dm (cubic decimeter) = 10 m 1 L (liter) = 1 dm
3
1 kL (kiloliter) = 1 m
-9
µg (microgram) = 10 kg Mass of water;
-6 3
mg (milligram) = 10 kg 1 mg = 1 µL = 1 mm
-3 3
kg g (gram) = 10 kg 1g= 1 mL = 1 cm
Mass(1)
3 3
(kilogram) Mg (megagram) = 10 kg 1 kg = 1 L = 1 dm
3
1 Mg = 1 kL = 1 m
1 tmetric = 1000 kg
o
Temperature K The absolute temperature C (degree Celsius)
o
(kelvin) TK = TO + tC = 273.15 + C

Speed m/s 1 km/h = 1/3.6 m/s


(meter per second)
Acceleration m/s2
(meter per second squared)
-6
µN (micronewton) = 10 N
-3 (1)
mN (millinewton) = 10 N See NOTE for Mass
(2)
Force N daN (dekanewton) = 10 N
3
(newton) kN (kilonewton) = 10 N
6
MN (meganewton) = 10 N

29
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 2-1 SI UNITS (CONT’D)
Quantity Symbol (Name) Prefix and Symbol* Other Metric Unit
-6
µN•m (micronewton x meter) = 10 N•m
-3
Torque N•m mN•m (millinewton x meter) = 10 N•m
3
kN•m (kilonewton x meter) = 10 N•m
6
MN•m (meganewton x meter) = 10 N•m
-6 2
µPa (micropascal) = 10 N/m
-3 2
Pressure, Pa mPa (millipascal) = 10 N/m 1 mbar (millibar) = 100 Pa

(pascal = N/m2)
3 2
kPa (kilopascal) = 10 N/m 1 bar = 100 kPa
Stress
6 2 2
MPa (megapascal) = 10 N/m 10 bar = 1 MPa = 1 N/mm
9 2
GPa (gigapascal) = 10 N/m
-3
mJ (millijoule) = 10 J
3
Energy, J kJ (kilojoule) = 10 J 1 kWh (kilowatthour) =
6
Work, Heat (joule) MJ (megajoule) = 10 J 1000 W x 3600 s = 3.6 106 J = 3.6 MJ
9
GJ (gigajoule) = 10 J
-6
µW (microwatt) 10 W
-3
Power W mW (milliwatt) 10 W 1 W = 1 J/s = 1 N•m/s
3
(watt = J/s = N•m/s) kW (kilowatt) 10 W metric horsepower,
6
MW (megawatt) 10 W 1 hpmetric = 75 kgf•m/s = 735 W
9
GW (gigawatt) 10 W
Notes: *Preferred in bold
1. In the metric system there are separate distinct units for mass and force. The kilogram is restricted to mass. The newton
is the unit of force and should be used in place of the “kilogram-force.” The newton instead of the kilogram-force should be
used in combination units which include force, for example, pressure or stress (N/m2 = Pa), energy (N•m = J), and power
(N•m/s = W).
Considerable confusion exist in the use of the term “mass” and “weight.” Mass is the property of matter to which it owes
its inertia. If a body at rest on the earth’s surface is released from the forces holding it at rest, it will experience the
acceleration of free fall (acceleration of gravity, g). The force required to restrain it against free fall is commonly called
weight. The acceleration of free fall varies in time and space, and weight is proportional to it. While at any point in time and
space, weight can therefore vary, mass does not. Observed g can differ by over 0.5% between various points on the
earth’s surface. Therefore, the difference of local g from the agreed standard value, 9.80665 m/s2, must be taken into
account for precise measurements where g is involved, such as delicate weigh
The term “mass” should be used to indicate the quantity of matter in an object. The term “weight” is commonly used
where the technically correct word is mass. Because of this widespread nontechnical use, the word weight should be
avoided in technical reports. In converting quantities that has been presented as weight, care must be taken to determine
whether force or mass is intended.
2. The dekanewton has some usage in EU since 1 daN = 1.02 kg (force).

30
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Units and symbols
SI prefixes
The prefixes listed in Table 2-2 are used to form names and symbols of the decimal multiples and submultiples of the SI
units. These prefixes or their symbols are attached to names or symbols of units, forming what are properly called
“multiples and submultiples of metric units”. For recommended application of prefixes, see Table 2-1

TABLE 2-2 SI PREFIXES


SI prefix name Symbol Multiplication factor
yotta Y 1024
zetta Z 1021
exa E 1018
peta P 1015
tera T 1012
giga G 109
mega M 106
kilo k 103 = 1000 = E+03
hecto h 102 = 100 = E+02
deka da 101 = 10 = E+01
deci d 10-1 = 0.1 = E-01
centi c 10-2 = 0.01 = E-02
milli m 10-3 = 0.001 = E-03
micro µ 10-6
nano n 10-9
pico p 10-12
femto f 10-15
atto a 10-18
zepto z 10-21
yocto y 10-24

Classes of units
The metric units are divided into two classes: base units and derived units. See definitions.

Base units
The metric system is built upon the seven well-defined base units of Table 2-3, which by convention are regarded as
independent. Note that throughout this publication the word “quantity” means a measurable attribute of a phenomenon or
of matter.

TABLE 2-3 SI BASE UNITS (ANSI SI 10)


Quantity Unit Symbol
length meter m
mass kilogram kg
time second s
electric current ampere A
thermodynamic temperature* kelvin K
amount of substance mole mol
luminous intensity candela cd
*See discussion of Celsius temperature

31
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Derived units
Derived SI units are shown in Table 2-4. Those SI derived units that have special names and symbols are listed in Table
2-5 and 6. Derived units are formed by combining base units according to the algebraic relations linking the corresponding
quantities. The symbols for derived units are obtained by means of the mathematical signs for multiplication, division, and
use of exponents. For example, the SI unit for speed is the meter per second (m/s or m•s-1) and that for density is kilogram
per cubic meter (kg/m3 or kg•m-3).

TABLE 2-4 SI DERIVED UNITS WITH SPECIAL NAMES AND SYMBOLS (ANSI SI 10)
Expression in terms
Quantity SI unit Name Symbol of other SI units
angle, plane radian* rad m/m = 1
angle, solid steradian* sr m2/m2 = 1
o
Celsius temperature** degree Celsius C K
electric capacitance farad F C/V
electric charge, quantity of electricity coulomb C A•s
electric conductance siemens S A/V
electric inductance henry H Wb/A
electric potential difference, electromotive force volt V W/A
electric resistance ohm Ω V/A
energy, work, quantity of heat joule J N•m
force newton N kg•m/s2
frequency (of a periodic phenomenon) hertz Hz 1/s
illuminance lux lx lm/m2
luminous flux lumen lm cd•sr
magnetic flux weber Wb V•s
magneric flux density tesla T Wb/m2
power, radiant flux watt W J/s
pressure, stress pascal Pa N/m2

It is frequently advantageous to express derived units in terms of other derived units with special names; for example, the
metric unit for surface tension is usually expressed as N/m instead of kg/s2 and that for electric dipole moment is usually
expressed as C•m instead of A•s•m.

TABLE 2-5 SI DERIVED UNITS WITH SPECIAL NAMES FOR HUMAN HEALTH (ANSI SI 10)
SI unit
Quantity Name Symbol Expression in terms
of other SI units

activity (of a radionuclide) becquerel Bq 1/s

absorbed dose, specific energy imparted gray Gy J/kg


kerma, absorbed dose index

dose equivalent, dose equivalent index sievert Sv J/kg

32
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 2-6 SI DERIVED UNITS WITHOUT SPECIAL NAMES (ANSI SI 10)
SI unit
Quantity Name Symbol
absorbed dose rate gray per second Gy/s
acceleration meter per second squared m/s2
angular acceleration radian per second squared rad/s2
angular velocity radian per second rad/s
area square meter m2
concentration (of amount of substance) mole per cubic meter mol/m3
current density ampere per square meter A/m2
density (mass density) kilogram per cubic meter kg/m3
electric charge density coulomb per cubic meter C/m3
electric field strength volt per meter V/m
electric flux density coulomb per square meter C/m2
energy density joule per cubic meter J/m3
entropy joule per kelvin J/K
exposure (x and gamma rays) coulomb per kilogram C/kg
heat capacity joule per kelvin J/K
heat flux density, irradiance watt per square meter W/m2
luminance candela per square meter cd/m2
magnetic field strength ampere per meter A/m
molar energy joule per mole J/mol
molar entropy joule per mole kelvin J/(mol•K)
molar heat capacity joule per mole kelvin J/(mol•K)
moment of force newton meter N•m
permeability (magnetic) henry per meter H/m
permittivity farad per meter F/m
power density watt per square meter W/m2
radiance watt per square meter steradian W/(m2•sr)
radiant intensity watt per steradian W/sr
specific heat capacity joule per kilogram kelvin J/(kg•K)
specific energy joule per kilogram J/kg
specific entropy joule per kilogram kelvin J/(kg•K)
specific volume cubic meter per kilogram m3/kg
surface tension newton per meter N/m
thermal conductivity watt per meter kelvin W/(m•K)
velocity meter per second m/s
viscosity, dynamic pascal second Pa•s
viscosity, kinematic square meter per second m2/s
volume cubic meter m3
wave number 1 per meter 1/m

Unit of mass
Among the base and derived units of SI, the unit of mass (kilogram) is the only one whose name, for historical reasons,
contains a prefix. Names and symbols of decimal multiples and submultiples of the unit of mass are formed by attaching
prefixes to the word gram or prefix symbols to the symbol g.

33
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Other units
Units from other systems
To preserve the advantage of SI as a coherent system, minimize the use of units from other systems with SI. Such use
should be limited to those listed in Table 2-7.

TABLE 2-7 UNITS IN USE WITH SI (ANSI SI 10)

Quantity Unit Symbol Value in SI units


minute min 1 min = 60 s
time1 hour h 1 h = 60 min = 3600 s
day d 1 d = 24 h = 86 400 s
week, month, etc.
o
degree 1o = (π/180) rad
plane angle minute ' 1' = (1/60)o = (π/10 800) rad
second " 1" = (1/60)' = (π/648 000) rad
volume liter L, l 1 L = 1 dm3 = 10-3 m3
mass metric ton or tonne t 1 t = 1 Mg = 103 kg
energy electronvolt eV 1 eV = 1.602 177 33(49) x 10-19 J
mass unified atomic mass unit u 1 u = 1.660 540 2(10) x 10-27 kg
NOTE:
1. TIME: The international (military) designation is: 13:32 (instead of 1:32 p.m.); 11:15 (instead of 11:15 a.m.)
DATE: The all-numeric writing of dates varies in different parts of the world. The date April 2, 2007 is written as follows;
ISO 8601 : 2007-04-02
. USA : 4-2-2007
Europe : 2-4-2007
EU and many other countries have adopted the ISO standard for the writing of all-numeric dates in their standards, and it is
recommended for use in all international communications.
use of second (s) – the SI base unit s (second) is recommended in all applications where energy or power might be
calculated (torque, flow, speed).

Time
The SI unit for time is the second (s), which should be used in technical calculations. However, where time relates to life
customs or calendar cycles, the minute, hour, day, and other calendar units may be necessary. For example, vehicle
speed is often expressed in unit kilometer per hour (km/h)

Plane angle
The SI unit for plane angle is the number 1, which is also called by its special name radian (rad). Use of the degree and
its decimal submultiples is permissible when the radian is not a convenient value. Do not use the minute and second
except for special fields such as astronomy and cartography.

Volume
The SI unit for volume is the cubic meter (m3). Use this unit, or a multiple or submultiple of it such as cubic kilometer
(km3), cubic centimeter (cm3), etc. The liter (L) has the exact volume of one cubic decimeter (dm3). The name liter with its
new symbol and SI prefixes are easy to write and speak, and the author recommend its use in USA.

Mass
The SI unit for mass is the kilogram (kg). This unit, or a multiple or submultiple formed by attaching a SI prefix to gram
(g), is preferred in all applications. The name “ton” has been given to several large mass units that are widely used in
commerce and technology: the long ton of 2240 lb, the short ton of 2000 lb, and the metric ton of 1000 kg, which is almost
2205 lb. None of these terms is SI. The terms “metric ton” and “tonne” are restricted to commercial usage. The ton is also
used for volume (register ton) and power ratings (air conditioning). The author therefore recommends using the SI prefix
mega with gram, thus 1 Mg = 1000 kg.

Energy
The SI unit of energy, the joule, together with its multiples and submultiples, is preferred for all applications. The
kilowatthour is widely used as a measure of electric energy. This unit should not be introduced into any new fields, and
eventually it should be replaced. The unit to use is the megajoule.

34
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Units in use temporarily with SI
Units in use temporarily with SI are shown in Table 2-8. These units should not be introduced where they are not
presently used.

TABLE 2-8 UNITS IN USE TEMPORARILY WITH SI (ANSI SI 10)

Name Symbol Value in SI units


nautical mile 1 nautical mile = 1852 m
knot 1 nautical mile per hour = (1852/3600) m/s
hectare ha 1 ha = 1 hm2 = 104 m2
bar bar 1 bar = 100 kPa
barn b 1 b = 100 fm2 = 10-28 m2
curie Ci 1 Ci = 3.7 x 1010 Bq
roentgen R 1 R = 2.58 x 10-4 C/kg
rad rad, rd 1 rad = 1 cGy = 10-2 Gy
rem rem 1 rem = 1 cSv = 10-2 Sv

Length
The International nautical mile is now defined as 1852 m long, and it is used in nautical and aerial navigation to express
distance and speed.

Area
The SI unit for area is the square meter (m2). The hectare (ha) is a special name for the square hectometer (hm2). Large
land or water areas are generally expressed in hectares or in square kilometers (km2).

Pressure, stress and vacuum


The SI unit for pressure and stress is the pascal (newton per square meter), and with proper SI prefixes it should be used
in all applications. Do not use old metric units for pressure and stress such as kilogram-force per square centimeter
(kgf/cm2), or other non-SI units, such as torr and millimeter of mercury, for pressure. Because one bar equals 105 Pa, the
millibar should be called by its SI name, the hectopascal (1 mbar = 1 hPa).
Pressure and vacuum . Gage pressure is absolute pressure minus ambient pressure (usually atmospheric pressure).
Both gage pressure and absolute pressure are expressed in pascals, using SI prefixes as appropriate. Gage pressure is
positive if above ambient pressure and negative if below. Pressure below ambient is often called vacuum; if the term
“vacuum” is applied to numerical measure it should be made clear whether negative gage pressure or absolute gage
pressure is meant. See Editorial guide, Attachments to unit symbols for methods of designating gage pressure and
absolute pressure.

Centimeter-gram-second (cgs) units


Avoid all units with special names peculiar to the various cgs systems (measurement systems constructed by using the
centimeter, gram, and second as base units). Among these units are the following, defined for mechanics, fluid mechanics,
and photometry: the erg, dyne, gal, poise, stokes, stilb, phot, and lambert.
Further, avoid the cgs units for electricity and magnetism. This statement applies to the units designated by the general
abbreviation “esu” (for electrostatic cgs unit) and “emu” (for electromagnetic cgs unit), including those units that have been
given special names – gauss, oersted, maxwell, gilbert, biot, and franklin. It also applies to the unit names formed with the
prefixes ab and stat, for example, the abampere and statvolt.

35
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Units and names that are not to be used
Table 2-9 lists deprecated units and, in many cases, units with which they may be replaced. These are examples of
several metric and related units other than those of SI that have been defined over the years. These include all units
defined only in the cgs, esu, and emu systems. Some of these are used only in special fields; others have found broad
application outside the USA. Except for the special cases discussed in the previous text, do not use units that are not part
of SI (as well as non-SI names for multiples and submultiples of SI units, such as micron for micrometer).

TABLE 2-9 EXAMPLES OF UNITS AND NAMES THAT ARE NOT TO BE USED (ANSI SI 10)
Name Symbol Value in SI units

ångström Å 1 Å = 0.1 nm = 10-10 m


are a 1 a = 1 dam2 = 100 m2
atmosphere, standard atm 1 atm = 101.325 kPa
atmosphere, technical at 1 at = 98.0665 kPa
calorie (physics) cal 1 cal = 4.184 J
calorie (nutrition) Cal 1 Cal = 4.184 kJ
candle 1 cd
candlepower cp 1 cp = 1 cd
dyne dyn 1 dyn = 10-5 N
erg erg 1 erg = 10-7 J
fermi fermi 1 fm = 10-15 m
G, g (as a unit) 1 g = 9.806 65 m/s2
gal Gal 1 Gal = cm/s2 = 10-2 m/s2
gamma γ 1 γ = 1 nT = 10-9 T
gauss G 1 G = 10-4 T
gon, grad, grade gon 1 gon = (π/200) rad
kilocalorie kcal 1 kcal = 4.184 kJ
kilogram-force kgf 1 kgf = 9.806 65 N
langley cal/cm2 1 cal/cm2 = 41.84 kJ/m2 = 4.184 x 104 J/m2
maxwell Mx 1 Mx = 10-8 Wb
metric carat 1 carat = 200 mg = 2 x 10-4 kg
metric horsepower 75 kgf/s 1 hpm = 735.5 W
micron µ 1 µm = 10-6 m
millimeter of mercury mmHg 1 mmHg = 133.3 Pa
mm, cm, or m of water mmH2O, etc. 1 mmH2O = 9.806 65 Pa, etc.
millimicron mµ 1 mµ = 1 nm = 10-9 m
mho mho 1 mho = 1 S
oersted Oe 1 Oe = (1000/4π) A/m
phot ph 1 ph = 104 lx
poise P 1 P = dyn•s/cm2 = 0.1 Pa•s
stere st 1 st = 1 m3
stilb sb 1 sb = 1 cd/cm2 = 104 cd/m2
stokes St 1 St = cm2/s = 10-4 m2/s
torr Torr 1Torr = (101 325/760) Pa
x unit 1 x unit = 1.0021 x 10-13 m
γ (mass) γ 1 γ = µg = 10-9 kg
λ (volume) λ 1 λ = mm3 = 10-9 m3

36
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Some comments concerning quantities and units
Mass, force and weight
For a discussion of the treatment of these and related quantities in SI, see note (1) Table 2-1.

Temperature
The SI unit of thermodynamic temperature is the kelvin (K). Use this unit to express thermodynamic temperature and
temperature intervals. Wide use is also made of the degree Celsius (oC), which is equal to the unit kelvin; it is a special
name for expressing Celsius temperature and temperature intervals. Celsius temperature t (which replace centigrade
temperature) is related to thermodynamic temperature T by the equation
t = T – To, where To = 273.15 K by definition.
In practice, the International Temperature Scale of 1990(ITS-90) serves as the basis for high-accuracy temperature
measurements in science and technology.

Nominal dimensions
Many dimensions used to identify commercial products are nominal values – values like “2 by 4” lumber and one-inch
pipe that exist in name only and are used for the purpose of convenient designation. Others, like the inch-based trade sizes
of nuts and bolts, designate one of the critical dimensions of the product. Although individuals should not convert such
designations into SI units, trade associations and other organizations that are responsible for standardizing such products
may adopt, without changing the product, nominal metric designations as deemed appropriate.

Quantities and units used in rotational machines

Angle, angular velocity, and angular acceleration


The coherent SI unit of plane angle is the number one; thus the SI units of the quantities of angle, angular velocity, and
angular acceleration are, respectively, 1, 1/s, and 1/s2. However, it is often convenient to use the special name “radian”
(rad), instead of the number 1 when expressing the values of these quantities. Thus, for clarity, the unit rad, rad/s, and
rad/s2 are usually used, as shown in Table 6. Similar comments apply to solid angle; its coherent SI unit is also the number
1, which has the special name “steradian” (sr).

Moment of force (bending moment)


Because moment of force (bending moment) and torque are equal to a force times a distance (moment arm or lever arm),
their SI unit is N•m. The joule (J = N•m), which is a special name for the SI unit of energy and work, shall not be used as a
name for the unit of moment of force or of torque.

Moment of inertia
This quantity (Ι ) is a property of the mass distribution of a body about an axis (Ι = ∑m•r 2); its SI unit is kg•m2.

Angular momentum
Angular momentum (moment of momentum) is linear momentum (SI unit kg•m/s) times moment arm; its SI unit is
kg•m2/s. The total angular momentum of a body of moment of inertia Ι (SI unit kg•m2) rotating with angular velocity ω (SI
unit 1/s) is Ι•ω (SI unit kg•m2/s).

Kinetic energy
The kinetic energy of a body of moment of inertia Ι (SI unit kg•m2) rotating with angular velocity ω (SI unit 1/s) is Ι•ω2/2;
its SI unit is joule.

Work
The work done by a moment of force or by a torque (SI unit N•m) in a rotation through an angle (SI unit 1) is moment of
force or torque times angle of rotation; its SI unit is joule.
Note that if the unit of rotational work is written as N•m rather than as J, possible confusion may occur because in its form
it appears identical to the unit of moment of force or torque. In vector algebraic expressions or vector diagrams, the
distinction between work and moment of force or torque is obvious because work is the scalar product of force and
displacement while moment of force or torque involves the vector product of force and moment arm, but no such distinction
is possible in the associated units.

Impact energy absorption


This quantity, often incorrectly called “impact resistance” or “impact strength”, is measured in terms of work required to
break a standard specimen; the SI unit is joule.

37
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Editorial guide
Introduction
The metric system is the international language of measurement. Its symbols are identical in all languages. Just as the
English language is governed by rules of spelling, punctuation and pronunciation, so is the language of measurement.
Uniformity of usage facilitates comprehension and leads to clarity in communications.
This Editorial guide is a recommended practice intended to serve as a guide to accepted and consistent USA usage of
the metric system, and does not constitute a standard.

Rules for writing SI unit symbols


Recommended use of SI units with names and symbols are shown in Table 2-1 and prefixes in Table 2-2.

Symbols. The short form for metric units and prefixes are called symbols. The first letter of a symbol is capitalized when
the name of the unit is derived from the name of a person. Other symbols are generally lower case*.

Examples:
Unit Name Symbol
meter m
liter L*
kilogram kg
newton N
pascal Pa

*In 1979. the CGPM approved “L” and “l” as alternative symbols for liter. Since the letter symbol “l” can easily be confused
with the numeral “1”, the symbol “L” is recommended for USA use. Any use of the script “ell” as a symbol for liter is
deprecated.
1. Print unit symbols in upright type regardless of the typestyle used in the surrounding text. Italic letters are reserved for
quantity symbols, such as A for area, m for mass, g for gravity acceleration and t for time. In typewriting or longhand,
underlining may be used as a substitute for italics.
2. Do not alter unit symbols in the plural. Examples: 1 m, 100 m. Plural name usage. Names of units may be plural for
numeric values greater than 1, equal to 0 or less than -1. All other values take only the singular form of the unit name.
Examples: 100 meters, 1.1 meters, 0 degrees Celsius, -4 degrees Celsius or
1.1 meter, 0 degree Celsius, 0.5 meter, ½ liter, -0.2 degree Celsius, -1 degree Celsius.
3. Do not follow unit symbols by a period except when used at the end of a sentence.
Examples: When you add 15 g of salt … The length of the field is 350 m.
4. Write letter unit symbols in lowercase (e.g., cd) unless the unit name has been derived from a proper name, in which
case the first letter of the symbol is capitalized (e.g., W, Pa). The exception is the symbol for liter, L. Prefix symbols use
either lowercase or uppercase letters as shown in Table 2-7. The importance of precise use of capital and lowercase
letters is shown by the following examples.
Examples:
G stands for giga; g for gram
K for kelvin; k for kilo
M for mega; m for milli
N for newton; n for nano

Names of units and prefixes are not capitalized except at the beginning of a sentence and in those titles, headings and
other instances in which all main words are capitalized.
Example: Meter is the unit used for some Olympic events. Force is measured in newtons.

Note: In “degree Celsius”, “degree” is lower case and “Celsius” is capitalized; “degree centigrade” is obsolete. Unit
symbols retain their prescribed form regardless of the surrounding typography.

5. If the value of a quantity is expressed as a numerical value and a unit symbol, a space shall be left between them. For
o o
example, write 35 mm, not 35mm, 2.37 lm (for 2.37 lumens), not 2.37lm, and 20 C, not 20 C.

EXCEPTION – No space is left between the number and the symbol for degree, minute, and second of plain angle.

6. Do not leave any space between the prefix and unit symbols.

7. Use symbols, not abbreviations, for units. For example, use “A”, and not “amp”, for ampere.

38
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Rules for writing unit names
The handling of unit names varies internationally because of language differences. The following rules should be followed
in USA:

1. Spelled-out unit names are treated as common nouns in English. Thus, the first letter of a unit name is not capitalized
except at the beginning of a sentence or in capitalized material such as a title.

2. Use plurals as required by the rules of English grammar, for example, henries for the plural of henry.

EXCEPTION – The names for hertz, lux and siemens remain unchanged in plural.

3. Do not leave a space or place a hyphen between the prefix and unit name.

In three cases, the final vowel in the prefix is commonly omitted: “megohm,” “kilohm,” and “hectare.” In all other cases
where the unit name begins with a vowel, both vowels are retained and both are pronounced.

Units formed by multiplication and division

Unit names
1. Product. Use a space (preferred) or a hyphen:
Examples: newton meter or newton-meter
In the case of watt hour the space may be omitted, thus:
Examples: watthour
2. Quotient. Use the word “per” and not a solidus:
Examples: meter per second, not meter/second
3. Powers. Use the modifier “squared” or “cubed” placed after the unit name:
Examples: meter per second squared
In case of area or volume, a modifier may be placed before the unit name:
Examples: square millimeters, cubic meter, watt per square meter
4. Symbols. To avoid ambiguity in complicated expressions, unit symbols are preferred over unit names.

Unit symbols
The symbol for a compound unit that is the product of two or more units is indicated by either a raised dot, which is
preferred, or by a space; thus, for newton meter
Examples: N•m or N m

For limited character sets where the raised dot is not possible, use a space. In the case of kW•h, kilowatthour (a non-SI
unit), the raised dot is often omitted, as is the space; thus, kWh.

The symbol for a quotient of two or more units is indicated in one of the following ways:
Examples: m/s or m•s-1 or m
s
Do not use more than one solidus in the same expression unless parentheses are inserted to avoid ambiguity.
Examples: J/(mol•K) or J•mol-1•K-1 or (J/mol)/K, but not J/mol/K

Mixtures
Do not mix symbols and unit names in the same expression.
Examples: joules per kilogram or J/kg
Do not write: joules/kilogram nor joules/kg nor joules•kg-1

Attachments to unit symbols


Attachment of letters to a unit symbol as a means of giving information about the nature of the quantity under
consideration is incorrect. Thus, do not use MWe, Vac, VAC, kJt, “megawatt electrical (power),” “volts ac,” nor kilojoules
thermal (energy).” If the context leaves any doubt as to what is meant, qualify the name of the quantity appropriately. For
example, “ … an electric power of 1.4 MW.”
For the same reason, do not attempt to construct SI equivalents of the abbreviations “psia” (pounds per square inch,
absolute) and “psig,” which are often used to distinguish between absolute and gage pressure. Use instead “ … at a gage
pressure of 13 kPa” or “ … at an absolute pressure of 13 kPa.”
Where space is limited, such as on gages, nameplates, graph labels, and in table headings, the use of a modifier in
parentheses, such as “kPa (gage),” “kPa (absolute),” or “V (ac),” is permitted.

39
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Rules for writing SI prefixes
In general, use the SI prefixes to indicate orders of magnitude. Thus, one can eliminate zeros (i.e., 12 300 m becomes
12.3 km) and leading zeros in decimal numbers (i.e., 0.001 23 µm becomes 1.23 nm). SI prefixes, therefore, provide a
convenient alternative to powers-of-ten notation preferred in computation (i.e., 12.3 x 103 m becomes 12.3 km). Never use
prefix alone.
A common unit-multiple is preferable even when some of the numerical values may require up to five or six digits before
the decimal point.
Examples:
mm for dimensions on engineering drawings
MPa for stress, except in very weak materials, for which kPa may be more convenient
GPa for modulus of elasticity in most materials, except elastomers
kg/m3 for mass density
In a table of values for the same quantity, or in a discussion of such values within a given context, the same unit multiple
should be used for all items even when some of the numerical values may require up to five or six digits before the decimal
point.

Mixing prefixes should be avoided unless the difference in size is extreme.


Examples: 40 mm wide and 1500 mm long, not 40 mm wide and 1.5 m long; but 1500 meters of 2-mm diameter wire.

Two units should not be used for one quantity.


Examples: 3.5 m, not 3 m 50 cm or 3 m 500 mm; 13.58 L, not 13 L 580 mL

Slang. A prefix should not be used without a unit.


Examples: kilogram, not kilo; 10 kilometer run or 10 km run, not 10 K run.

Roman numerals. Do not use M to indicate thousands (as in MCF for thousands of cubic feet or in MCM for thousands of
circular mills) nor MM to indicate millions, nor C to indicate hundreds, etc., because of conflicts with the SI prefixes.

Selection
When expressing a quantity by a numerical value and a unit, give preference to a prefix that yields a numerical value
between 0.1 and 1000. For simplicity, give preference to prefixes representing 1000 raised to a positive or negative integral
power. However, the following factors may justify deviation from these prefixes:
1. In expressing area and volume, the prefixes hecto, deka, deci and centi may be required; for example, cubic decimeter,
square hectometer, cubic centimeter.
2. In tables of values of the same quantity, or in a discussion of such values within a given context, it is preferable to use
the same unit multiple throughout.
3. For certain quantities in particular applications, one particular multiple or submultiple is often used. For example, the
millimeter is used for linear dimensions in engineering drawings even when the values lie far outside the range of 0.1
mm to 1000 mm; the centimeter is usually used for body measurements and clothing sizes.

Prefixes in compound units


A compound unit is a derived unit that is expressed in terms of two or more units, rather than by a single special name.
Ordinarily, only one prefix should be used in forming a multiple or submultiple of a compound unit. Normally the prefix
should be attached to a unit in the numerator. An exception to this is when the kilogram occurs in the denominator.
Examples: kV/m is usually preferable to V/mm
MJ/kg is usually preferable to kJ/g
kg/m3 is usually preferable to g/cm3 (NOTE – 1000 kg/m3 = 1 kg/dm3 = 1 g/cm3)

Compound prefixes
Do not use prefixes formed by the juxtaposition of two or more SI prefixes.
Examples: 1.3 nm, not 1.3 mµm
2.4 pF, not 2.4 µµF
If a value is required outside the range covered by the prefixes, express it by using a power of ten applied to the unit.
Examples: 2 MJ = 2 x 106 J

Powers of units
An exponent attached to a symbol containing a prefix indicates that the multiple or submultiple of the unit (the unit with its
prefix) is raised to the power expressed by the exponent.
Examples: 1 cm3 = (10-2 m)3 = 10-6 m3
2.5 ns-1 = 2.5(10-9 s)-1 = 2.5 x 109 s-1
7 mm2/s = 7(10-3 m)2/s = 7 x 10-6 m2/s

40
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Prefixes defined as powers of two
In the computer field the SI prefixes kilo, mega, giga, etc. have sometimes been defined as powers of two. That is, kilo
has been used to mean 1024 (i.e., 210), mega has been used to mean 1048 576 (i.e., 220), etc. This practice frequently
leads to confusion and is deprecated.

Numbers
Decimal marker
In the USA, the decimal marker is a dot on the line. When writing numbers less than one, write a zero before the decimal
marker.
Outside the USA, the comma is widely used as the decimal marker. In some applications, therefore, the common
practice in the USA of using a comma to separate digits into groups of three (as in 23,478; EU use 23.478) may cause
ambiguity. To avoid this potential source of confusion, recommended international practice calls for separating the digits
into groups of three, counting from the decimal marker toward the left and the right, and using a thin, fixed space to
separate the groups. In numbers of four digits on either side of the decimal marker the space is usually not necessary,
except for uniformity in tables.
Examples: 2.141 596 73 722 0.1334

Where this practice is followed, the width of the space should be constant even if, as is often the case in printing, justified
spacing is used between words. In certain special applications, such as in engineering drawings and financial statements,
the practice of inserting spaces to separate groups of numbers is not customary.

Decimal notation is preferred with metric measurements, but simple fractions are acceptable (except on engineering
drawings), such as those where the denominator is 2, 3 or 4.
Examples: 0.5 g, 1.75 kg and 0.7 L are preferred;
½ g, is acceptable (except on engineering drawings)

Nonsignificant zeros are normally not used.


Examples: 25 not 25.0
EXCEPTION – Uniformity of inscription on drawings with limit dimensions.

Examples: 25.00 25
not
24.46 24.46
Hyphens are used when a quantity is placed in an adjectival sense.
Examples: A 3-meter pole … The length is 3 meters.
A 35-mm film … The width is 35 mm.

Billion . Because billion means a thousand million in the USA but a million million in most other countries, avoid the term
and similar terms for large numbers in international communications. How the terms billion, trillion, etc. relate throughout the
world is well outlined at the following site: http://www.jimloy.com/math/billion.htm.
Examples:
Multiplication factor Prefix Symbol Term
USA Other countries
1 000 000 000 000=1012 tera T trillion billion
1 000 000 000=109 giga G billion milliard

Quantities expressed as pure numbers


Certain so-called dimensionless quantities, as for example refractive index, relative permeability, relative mass density, or
the friction factor, are defined as the ratio of two compatible quantities. Such quantities have a dimensional product – or
dimension – equal to 1 and are therefore expressed by pure numbers. The coherent SI unit is then the ratio of two identical
SI units and may be expressed by the number one (for example, m/m = 1). More generally, a quantity of dimension one
may be expressed by the ratio of units (for example, mm/m = 10-3). The number one is generally not written out explicitly
when a quantity of dimension one is expressed numerically.
The percent symbol (%) may be used for the number 0.01. Avoid, however, the abbreviations ppm for parts per million
and ppb for parts per billion. Because the names for numbers one billion and larger are not uniform worldwide, do not use
terms such as parts per billion and parts per trillion.
When expressing the values of quantities of dimension one, the meaning has to be clear. Expressions like "The mass
fraction of Pt in the sample is 90% (or 0.9),” “the volume fraction of CO2 in the sample is 1.2 x 10-6,” or “the amount-of-
substance fraction Pb in the sample is 2.7 x 10-3,” are permissible; but they would not be permissible if the words “mass”,
“volume,” and “amount of substance,” respectively, were not in the three expressions. These three fractions can also be
expressed as 0.9 kg/kg, 1.2 cm3/m3, and 2.7 mmol/mol, respectively, which are more understandable and, therefore,
preferred.
41
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
History
Development of the International System of Units (SI)
The decimal system of units was conceived in the 16th century, when there was a great confusion and a jumble of units of
weights and measures. It was not until 1790, however, that the French National Assembly requested the French Academy
of Sciences to work out a system of units suitable for adoption by the entire world. This system was based on the meter as
a unit of length. The mass of a cubic centimeter of water, the gram, was adopted as a practical measure to benefit industry
and commerce. Physicists soon realized the system’s advantages, and it was adopted also in scientific and technical
circles. The importance of the regulation of weights and measures was recognized in Article 1, Section 8, when the United
States Constitution was written in 1787. The metric system was legalized in this country in 1866. In 1893, the international
meter and kilogram became the fundamental standards of length and mass in the United States, both for metric and
customary weights and measures.
Meanwhile, international standardization began with an 1870 meeting of 17 nations in Paris that lead to the May 20, 1875
Convention du Mètre and the establishment of a permanent International Bureau of Weights and Measures near Paris. A
General Conference on Weights and Measures (CGPM) was also constituted to handle all international matters concerning
the metric system. The CGPM meets at least every six years in Paris and controls the International Bureau of Weights and
Measures, which in turn preserves the metric standards, compares national standards with them, and conducts research to
establish new standards. The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) represents the United States in these
activities.
The metric system of 1875 provide a set of units for the measurement of length, area, volume, capacity, and mass.
Measurement of additional quantities required for science and commerce has necessitated development of additional
fundamental and derived units. Numerous other systems based on the meter and gram have been used. A unit of time
was added to produce the centimeter-gram-second (CGS) system, adopted in 1881 by the International Electrical
Congress. About the year 1900, practical measurements in metric units began to be based on the meter-kilogram-second
(MKS) system. In 1935, the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) acted favorably on a proposal originally made
by Professor Giovanni Giorgi in 1901 and recommended that the MKS system of mechanics be linked with the
electromagnetic system of units by adoption of one of the units-ampere, coulomb, ohm, or volt-for a fourth base unit.
Subsequently the ampere, the unit of electric current, was selected as a base unit, thus defining the MKSA system.
th
The 10 CGPM in 1954 adopted a rationalized and coherent system of units based on the four MKSA units, plus the
Kelvin as the unit of temperature and the candela as the unit of luminous intensity. The 11th CGPM in 1960 formally gave it
the full title, International System of Units, for which the abbreviation is “SI” in all languages. Thirty-six countries, including
the United States, participated in this conference. The 12th CGPM in 1964 made some refinements, and the 13th CGPM in
1967 redefined the second, renamed the unit of temperature as the kelvin (K), and revised the definition of the candela.
The 14th CGPM in 1971 added a seventh base unit, the mole, and approved the pascal (Pa) as a special name for the SI
unit of pressure or stress, the newton per square meter, and the siemens (S) as a special name for the unit of electric
conductance, the recipocal ohm or the ampere per volt.
The 15th CGPM in 1975 added prefixes for 1018 and 1015, exa (E) and peta (P) respectively, and approved two special
names: the gray (Gy) as a special name for the SI unit of absorbed dose, the joule per kilogram; and the becquerel (Bq) as
a special name for the SI unit of activity of a radionuclide, one per second.
Because of the experimental difficulties in realizing a Planck radiator at high temperatures and the new possibilities offered
by radiometry, i.e., the measurement of optical radiation power, the 16th CGPM in 1979 adopted a new definition of the SI
base unit candela. It also adopted a special name sievert (Sv) for the SI unit of dose equivalent in the field of
radioprotection. In order to increase the precision of realization of the SI base unit meter, the definition based upon the
wavelength of a krypton-86 radiation was replaced by one based on the speed of light by the 17th CGPM in 1983. The 19th
CGPM in 1991 added the prefix zetta (Z) for 1021, zepto (z) for 10-21, yotta (Y) for 1024, and yocto (y) for 10-24.
When SI was established by the 11th CGPM in 1960, it had three classes of units; base units, derived units, and
supplementary units. The class of supplementary units contained two units: the radian (rad) for plane angle and the
steradian (sr) for solid angle (see Table 3). However, at the time of the introduction of the International System, the 11th
CGPM left open the question of the nature of these supplementary units. Considering that plane angle is generally
expressed as the ratio between two lengths and a solid angle as the ratio between an area and the square of a length, in
1980 the CIPM (the International Committee for Weights and Measures of the CGPM) specified that in the International
System the supplementary units radian and steradian are dimensionless derived units that may be used or omitted in
expressing the values of physical quantities. This implies that the quantities plane angle and solid angle are considered
dimensionless derived quantities.
Because of this interpretation, the 20th CGPM in 1995 eliminated supplementary units as a separate class in SI. Since
then, SI consists of only two classes of units: base units and derived units, with the radian and steradian classified as
derived units. The option of using them or not using them in expressions for other SI derived units, as is convenient, remain
unchanged,

42
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
The International Bureau of Weights and Measures (BIPM)
The International Bureau of Weights and Measures (BIPM, Bureau International des Poids et Mesures) has its
headquarter near Paris, in the grounds of the Pavillon de Breteuil (parc de Saint-Cloud), placed at its disposal by the
French Government; its upkeep is financed jointly by the member nations of the Convention du Mètre.
In October 1995, 48 nations were members of this Convention: Argentina (Republic of), Australia, Austria, Belgium,
Brazil, Bulgaria, Cameroon, Canada, Chile, China (People’s Republic of), Czech Republic, Denmark, Dominican Republic
Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Iran, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Korea (Democratic People’s
Republic of), Korea (Republic of), Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
Russian Federation, Singapore, Slovak Republic, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, Turkey, United
Kingdom, the United States of America, Uruguay, Venezuela.
The task of BIPM is to ensure worldwide unification of physical measurements; it is responsible for
• Establishing the fundamental standards and scales for measurement of the principal physical quantities and
maintaining the international prototypes;
• Carrying out comparisons of national and international standards;
• Ensuring the coordination of corresponding measuring techniques;
• Carrying out and coordinating the determinations relating to the fundamental physical constants that are involved in the
above-mentioned activities.
The BIPM operates under the exclusive supervision of the International Committee for Weight and Measures (CIPM,
Comité, International des Poids et Mesures), which itself comes under the authority of the General Conference on Weights
and Measures (CGPM, Conférence Générale des Poids et Mesures).

The General Conference consists of delegates from all the member nations of the Convention du Mètre meets at present
every four years. At each meeting it receives the Report of the International Committee on the work accomplished, and it is
responsible for
• Discussing and instigating the arrangements required to ensure the propagation and improvement of the International
System of Units (SI, Système International d’Unités), which is the modern form of the metric system;
• Confirming the results of new fundamental metrological determinations and the various scientific resolutions of
international scope;
• Adopting the important decisions concerning the organization and development of the BIPM.

STANDARD CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONSTANTS

STANDARD CONDITIONS
Standard gravity acceleration g = 9.80665 m/s2 = 32.1740 ft/s2
Absolute temperature (Thermodynamic temperature)
K (kelvin) = (oC + 273.15) = (Celsius degrees + 273.15 exactly)

MISCELLANEOUS PRESSURE BASES


International standard atmosphere
= 0.101325 MPa (megapascal)
= 1.01325 bar
= 1.01325 105 N/m2
= 1.0332 kgf/cm2
= 14.697 lbf/in2.

1 technical atmospheric pressure1 = 1 at


= 0.98067 bar
= 1 kgf/cm2
= 1 kp/cm2
= 14.223 lbf/in2
= 735.6 mm Hg
= 28.96 in Hg
absolute pressure = atmospheric pressure + recorded pressure
ata = at + atϋ (gauge)
atϋ = atmospheric overpressure (Germany)
NOTE 1. The technical atmospheric pressure is defined in the German standard DIN 1314 as 1 kg-force/cm2, and it
approximates the barometric pressure at sea level.

43
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Definition of SI Base Units
Translation of the original French definitions of the seven base units of the International System are given in the following
item 1 through 7.
1. meter: The meter is the length of the path traveled by light in vacuum during a time interval of 1/299 792 458 of a
second. (Adopted by the 17th CGPM in 1983.)
2. kilogram: The kilogram is the unit of mass; it is equal to the mass of the international prototype of the kilogram.
(Adopted by the 1st and 3rd CGPMs in 1889 and 1901.)
3. second: The second is the duration of 9 192 631 770 periods of the radiation corresponding to the transition
between the two hyperfine levels of the ground state of the cesium-133 atom. (Adopted by the 13th CGPM in 1967.)
4. ampere: The ampere is that constant current that, if maintained in two straight parallel conductors of infinite length,
of negligible circular cross section, and placed one meter apart in vacuum, would produce between these
conductors a force equal to 2 x 10-7 newtons per meter of length. (Adopted by the 9th CGPM in 1948.)
5. kelvin: The kelvin, unit of thermodynamic temperature, is the fraction 1/273.16 of the thermodynamic temperature
of the triple point of water. (Adopted by the 13th CGPM in 1967.) NOTE-It follows from this definition that the
temperature of the triple point of water is 273.16 K (0.01 oC). The freezing point of water at standard atmospheric
pressure is approximately 0.01 K below the triple point of water.
6. mole: The mole is the amount of substance of a system that contains as many elementary entries as there are
atoms in 0.012 kilogram of carbon-12. (Adopted by the 14th CGPM in 1971.) When the mole is used, the
elementary entries must be specified and may be atoms, molecules, ions, electrons, other particles, or specified
groups of such particles.
7. candela: The candela is the luminous intensity, in a given direction, of a source that emits monochromatic
radiation of frequency 540 x 1012 hertz and that has a radiant intensity in that direction of 1/683 watt per steradian.
(Adopted by the 16th CGPM in 1979.)

The metric system is covered in national standards as shown in Table 2-10.

TABLE 2-10 SI SYSTEM STANDARDS


Global ISO 1000
USA ANSI SI 10
Japan JIS Z8203
Germany DIN 1301
France NF X02-004
UK BS 3763
Italy UNI 10003
Canada CSA Z234.2
Australia AS 1000

44
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO (TC 12) STANDARDS

ISO/IEC
IEC Publication 27-1: 1992. Letter symbols to be used in electrical technology - Part 1-General.
IEC Publication 27-2: 1972. Letter symbols to be used in electrical technology - Part 2 - Telecommunications and
electronics.
IEC Publication 27-3: 1989. Letter symbols to be used in electrical technology - Part 3 - Logarithmic quantities and units.
IEC Publication 27-4 : 1985 Letter symbols to be used in electrical technology - Part 4 - Symbols for quantities to be used
for rotating electrical machines.
ISO 31-0:1992/Amd 1 1998, Amd 2 2005 Quantities and units – Part 0: General principles.
ISO 31-1:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 1: Space and time.
ISO 31-2:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 2: Periodic and related phenomena.
ISO 31-3:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 3: Mechanics.
ISO 31-4:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 4: Heat.
ISO 31-5:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 5: Electricity and magnetism.
ISO 31-6:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 6: Light and related electromagnetic radiations.
ISO 31-7:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 7: Acoustics.
ISO 31-8:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 8: Physical chemistry and molecular physics.
ISO 31-9:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 9: Atomic and nuclear physics.
ISO 31-10:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 10: Nuclear reactions and ionizing radiations.
ISO 31-11:1992, Quantities and units – Part 11: Mathematical signs and symbols for use in the physical sciences and
technology.
ISO 31-12:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 12: Characteristic numbers.
ISO 31-13:1992/Amd 1 1998, Quantities and units – Part 13: Solid state physics.
ISO 370:1975, Toleranced dimensions - Conversion from inches into millimetres and vice versa.
ISO 1000:1992/Amd 1 1998, SI units and recommendations for the use of their multiples and of certain other units.
ISO 8601:1988, Writing of calendar dates in all numeric form.
ISO Standards Handbook: Quantities and units, 1993. (reprint of ISO 31-0: 1992 through 31-13: 1992 and ISO 1000:
1992.)
ISO 80000-3:2006 Quantities and units -- Part 3: Space and time
ISO 80000-4:2006 Quantities and units -- Part 4: Mechanics

National USA
ANMC Metric Editorial Guide, 1993 Fifth Edition
ANSI/IEEE/ASTM SI 10-1997 Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern Metric System
ANSI/IEEE Std 260.1-1993 American National Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Units, Customary
Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units)
AS 1000 Metric (SI) System (Australia)
ASTM E 29-93a, Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine Conformance with Specifications
BIPM. 1991 Le Systeme International d’Unites (SI), 6th edition. (This publication is in two parts: the official French text
followed by an English-language translation.)
BS 3763 Metric (SI) System (UK)
CSA Z234.2 Metric (SI) System (Canada)
DIN 1301 Metric (SI) System (Germany)
JIS Z8203 Metric (SI) System (Japan)
NF X02-004 Metric (SI) System (France)
NIST Special Publication 304, 1991 Edition, The Modernized Metric System – International System of Units.
NIST Special Publication 330, 1991 Edition, The International System of Units (SI).
NIST Special Publication 811, 1995 Edition, Guide for the Use of the International System of Units (SI).
NIST Special Publication 814, 1992 Edition, Interpretation of SI for the United States and Metric Conversion Policy for
Federal Agencies.
NIST Technical Note 1265, Guidelines for Realizing the International Temperature Scale of 1990 (ITS-90).
UNI 10003 Metric (SI) System (Italy)

RELATED PUBLICATIONS
ISO STANDARDS HANDBOOK Quantities and units (1993 3rd Ed 345 p ISBN 92-67-10185-4)

SI units and recommendations for the use of their multiples and of certain other units, general
principles concerning quantities, units and symbols. Individual standards dealing with
quantities in space and time, periodic phenomena, mechanics, heat, electricity and
magnetism, electromagnetic radiation, chemistry, molecular physics, nuclear physics, etc.
More information.
45
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 3

Engineering Drawing Practice


SUMMARY
The following are some suggestions for rationalizing and reducing cost in the drawing practice area.

Metric. Prepare drawings with metric dimensions only.

Inch. Do not change existing inch-dimensioned drawings unless necessary. Show linear dimensions in inches and decimals on
inch drawings. Do not use feet and fractions.

Use of Symbols. The internationally recognized symbols shown in Fig. 3-1 are recommended used whenever practical.
Symbols need no translations and take minimal drawing space.

Computer Drafting. Computer drafting is recommended. A number of excellent CAE/CAD/CAM computer software are
available now, which will save time and reduce costly errors.

GENERAL INFORMATION ON ENGINEERING DRAWINGS

INTRODUCTION
The material presented in this chapter is intended to serve as a general guide in finding national and international standards on
the subject of Engineering Drawing. It is of great importance for multinational companies to use internationally recognized
drawing practices. Where a machine is initially designed and manufactured in one country, and at a future date must be
produced in another nation, the company will avoid substantial extra expense by producing the machine from the initial
drawings.

ISO PAPER SIZES (ISO 216)


The familiar letter-paper size, 8.5 x 11 in., used in the USA, still captures a large percentage of the world market. The ISO
paper size, A4, is principally used in Europe and in most of the emerging nations, and is estimated to represent an increasing
portion of the world usage of letter-size paper. Some of the considerations made before including the ISO paper sizes in ISO
216 were as follows.
In many countries, far more sizes of paper are used than are really necessary. Many of them came into existence under
conditions different from those prevailing today, while the origin of others was due to chance. Consequently, they do not fulfill the
present need for consistency between the sizes of paper and printed matter for various purposes, nor do they meet the many
requirements for a coherent relationship between the sizes of paper, printed or not, papermaking, printing and converting
machinery and equipment, and storage and filing equipment.
The purpose of the ISO standard is to improve the present position by providing a rationally designed ISO system of trimmed
sizes which can bring about a reduction in the number of sizes and create more rational, clear, and consistent ranges. This will
simplify and cheapen ordering, production, use, dispatch, and storage, and will also provide a sound basis for standardization in
related fields.

46
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
NOTES:
1. International and national dimen-
sioning and tolerancing standards.
GLOBAL ISO 1101,2692,5458,5459,7083
USA ANSI Y14.5M
JAPAN JIS B0021
GERMANY DIN 7184
FRANCE NF E04-121
UK BS 308-PART 3
ITALY UNI 7226
CANADA CSA B78.2
AUSTRALIA AS 1100.201

2.The ISO symbols are specified in the


above national standards. The Canadian
standard CSA B78.2 shows the three
machining symbols not yet adopted by
ISO.
3. Rule No. 1. Where no geometric
tolerance is specified, the size tole-
rances control the geometric form of a
feature, as well as its size.

FIG 3-1 COMPARISON OF SYMBOLS (ANSI Y14.5M)

47
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
One of the considerations leading to the present ISO standard was the fact that the standards bodies in the following
countries had already adopted this system of sizes in their national standards, and others were known to be using the sizes.
Year of Adoption Country Standard No. Year of Adoption Country Standard No.
1922 Germany DIN 476 1948 Austria A 1001
1924 Belgium NBN 18 1949 Romania STAS 570-52
1925 Netherlands NEN 381 1951 Japan JIS P 0138
1926 Norway NS 20 1953 Denmark DS 910
1927 Finland SFS P.1. 1 1953 Czechoslovakia CSN 01 0402
1929 Switzerland SNV 10120 1954 Israel S.I. 117
1934 USSR GOST 9327 1954 Portugal NP-4 and NP-17
1938 Hungary MOS z16 1957 India IS 1064
1939 Italy UNI 923-924 1957 Poland PN-55/P-02001
1941 Sweden SIS 73 01 01 1959 UK BS 3176
1943 Argentina IRAM 3001-N.P. 1959 China GB 148-59
1943 Brazil — 1972 France NF Q02-003
1947 Spain UNE 1011 1974 Australia AS 1612
NOTE: The Universal Postal Union has specified certain of these sizes.

RANGE OF ISO TRIMMED PAPER SIZES


The range of ISO standard paper sizes is based on a rectangle of 1 in 2, the sides of which are in the ratio 1:√2. The sizes are
obtained by dividing the next larger size into two equal parts, the division being parallel to the shorter side, so that the area of
two successive sizes is in the ratio of 2:1. (See Figs. 3-2 and 3-3).
The ISO-A Series of standard paper sizes is given in Table 3-1.

TABLE 3-1 ISO STANDARD TRIMMED PAPER SIZES (A-SERIES) (ISO 216)
Designation Millimeters Inches Designation Millimeters Inches
4A0: 1682 X 2378 66.22 X 93.62 A5 148 X 210 5.83 X 8.27
2A0: 1189 X 1682 46.81 X 66.22 A6 105 X 148 4.13 X 5.83
A0 841 X 1189 33.11 X 46.81 A7 74 X 105 2.91 X 4.13
A1 594 X 841 23.39 X 33.11 A8 52 X 74 2.05 X 2.91
A2 420 X 594 16.54 X 23.39 A9 37 X 52 1.46 X 2.05
A3 297 X 420 11.69 X 16.54 A10 26 X 37 1.02 X 1.46
A4 210 X 297 8.27 X 11.69

FIG. 3-2 RATIO BETWEEN SIDES FIG. 3-3 DIVISION OF ISO TRIMMED PAPER SIZES
OF ISO TRIMMED PAPER
48
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GENERAL RULES FOR LINE USAGE (ISO 128)
This portion of the drawing practice section defines line conventions to be used on engineering drawings which are universally
recognized and are acceptable for microfilm.
The most important requirements for line work are legibility and consistency. Lines should be correctly formed, clean, and
dense enough to ensure good reproduction. In the preparation of a drawing, it is necessary to employ various widths of lines to
clarify different features and elements of a component. Three widths of lines are commonly used: (a) thin (0.35 mm nominal), (b)
medium (0.5 mm nominal), and (c) thick (0.7 mm nominal).
Actual line widths should be governed by the size and style of the drawings; however, the relative width of lines should be
approximately as above. Uniform line widths should be maintained throughout the drawing.
The line width may be freely selected in most computer programs now. There is no necessity in using standard sizes with
lettering guides, templates, etc. If you use a plotter on your drawing printout, you will probably have some restrictions there. It
would be wise to use standard letter height and line sizes if you have to make changes on a drawing already in the system.

CONTINUOUS THICK LINES


The outline of the object is represented by a visible line and should be the most prominent part of the drawing. Therefore, it
must be drawn with a dense, heavy width line (see Example A in Table 3-2).

CONTINUOUS THIN LINES


Continuous thin lines are used for dimension and leader lines and hatching. The ISO recommends the use of a continuous thin
line to represent a fictitious (phantom) outline. These and other usages of continuous thin lines are shown in Table 3-2,
Examples B and C.
Phantom lines in use in North America normally consist of a medium-width line interrupted by two short lines or dots.

SHORT DASHES (MEDIUM)

Hidden Lines. These are medium-width, dashed lines used to show the hidden features of an object, as in Fig. 3-4. The
dashes are approximately 3 mm long and the spaces approximately 0.7 mm, but may vary slightly, according to the size of the
drawing (see Example D in Table 3-2).
Hidden lines should always begin and end with a dash in contact with the visible or hidden line at which they start or end,
except where such a dash would form a continuation of a visible line. Dashes should join at corners. Arcs should start with
dashes at the tangent points, as in Fig. 3-4. Hidden lines should be omitted whenever they are not needed for clarity.

LONG DASHES
Thin Chain Lines. These should be composed of long dashes alternating with short dashes. The proportions should be
generally as shown in E, in Table 3-2, but the lengths and spacing may be increased when very lengthy lines are needed. Note
special instructions in F of Table 3-2 for cutting planes.

Thick Chain Lines. The lengths and spacing of the elements of thick chain lines, as in G, in Table 3-2, should be similar to
those of thin chain lines.

General. All chain lines should start and finish with a long dash; when thin chain lines are used as center lines, they should
cross one another at solid portions of the line. Center lines should extend only a short distance beyond the feature unless
required for dimensioning or other purposes. They should not extend through the spaces between views and should not
terminate at another line of the drawing. Where angles are formed in chain lines, long dashes should meet at corners. Arcs
should join at tangent points. Dashed lines should also meet at corners and at tangent points with dashes. See Fig. 3-4.

49
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 3-2 TYPES OF LINE (ISO 128)

FIG. 3-4 APPLICATION OF VARIOUS TYPES OF LINES (ISO 128)


50
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
LETTERING (ISO 3098-1)
It is important that characters should be simple, uniform, and capable of being produced by hand, stencil, machine, or other
means at reasonable speed. The characters on the drawing should remain legible not only in the direct photocopy print, but also
in the form of reduced copy or as an image on a microfilm viewing screen.
Clarity, style, size, and spacing are important, particularly for figures. Unlike letters, figures rarely fall into identifiable patterns
and must be read individually. Characters should be of open form and devoid of serifs and other embellishments. All strokes
should be black and of consistent density compatible with the line work. Care should be taken that sufficient space exists
between characters and parts of characters to ensure that “filling in” will not take place during reproduction.

STYLE
No particular style for hand lettering is recommended; the aim should be to produce legible and unambiguous characters.
Vertical or sloping characters are suitable for general use, but the presentation should be consistent on any one drawing, i.e.,
vertical and sloping letters should not be mixed. The examples in Fig. 3-5 are provided as a guide only.
Capital letters are preferred to lower case as they are less congested and are less likely to be misread when reduced in size. It
is recommended that lower case letters be restricted to instances where they form part of a standard symbol, code or
abbreviation (for example, in numerous metric units — mm, kg, MPa, etc.).

Character Height. Figure 3-6 lists the


recommended minimum character heights. It is
stressed that these recommendations are for
minimum sizes. When lower case letters are used,
they should be proportioned so that the body height
is approximately 0.7 times the capital letter height.
The stroke thickness should be approximately 0.1
times the character height, and the clear space
between characters and parts of characters should
be approximately 0.2 times the character height.
Space between lines of lettering should be not
less than 1.8 times the character height, but in the
case of titles, closer spacing may be sometimes
1
unavoidable.
Application of the computer helps us to become
more flexible here. Notes may be enlarged or
reduced in size to fit a particular requirement.
1
FIG. 3-5 EXAMPLES OF SUITABLE While ISO 3098-1 specifies 1.4 times the character height, the
LETTERS FOR DRAWINGS author recommends the larger factor of 1.8 for greater clarity.

ORIENTATION OF LETTERING
To facilitate reading, all notes should be placed so that they can be read in the same direction as the format of the drawing.
Underlining of notes is not recommended. Where it is required to emphasize a note or heading, larger characters should be
used. Underlining of dimensions indicates it is out of proportion or not to scale.
mm
Item Preferred Letter Heights for All Drawings
Sizes
All drawing dimension, notes, tables, change numbers, change record 5
entries, and component callout letters.
Part numbers in drawing number block and section, tabulation and flag 7
letters for features such as surfaces, intersections or special diameters.

FIG. 3-6 RECOMMENDED MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHTS (ISO 3098-1)

51
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RECOMMENDED SCALE RATIOS
Scale multipliers and divisors of 2, 5, and 10 are recommended. The resultant representative fractions will be:
1000: 1 1:1
500:1 1:2
200:1 1:5
100:1 1:10
50:1 1:20
20:1 1:50
10:1 1:100
5:1 1:200
2:1 1:500
1:1000
The scale of the drawing should be indicated in the same manner, e.g., 10:1 on a drawing made at ten times full size.

TITLE BLOCK
The title block is generally preprinted and contains the essential information required for the identification, administration, and
interpretation of the drawing (see ISO 7200).
It is recommended that the title block be at the bottom of the sheet with the drawing number in the lower right-hand corner.
Adjacent to this drawing number should be the title and issue (alteration) information. For convenience, the drawing number may
also appear elsewhere on the drawing. (See ISO drawing example in Fig. 3-10 for the general layout of a typical title block.)

BASIC INFORMATION IN THE TITLE BLOCK


It is recommended that spaces be provided in title blocks for the following basic information:
1. Name of firm 7. Issue information
2. Drawing number 8. Copyright clause
3. Descriptive title of depicted part or assembly 9. Projection (third or first angle and/or symbol)
4. Original scale 10. Unit of measurement
5. Date of the drawing 11. Reference to drawing practice standards
6. Signature(s)

52
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
PROJECTION
Symbols of Projection. Two systems of projection, known respectively as First Angle (ISO Method E) and Third Angle (ISO
Method A), are approved internationally and are regarded as being of equal status in the ISO technical drawing standards.
The system of projections used on a drawing should be indicated by the appropriate symbol (Figs. 3-7, 3-8, or 3-9), and this is
placed clearly in a space provided for the purpose in the title block of the drawing near the indication of the scale; otherwise the
direction in which the views are taken should be clearly indicated.

view in direction A = view from the front


view in direction B = view from above
view in direction C = view from the left
view in direction D = view from the right
view in direction E = view from below
view in direction F view from the rear

NOTE: The front view (principal view


(having been chosen, the other usual views make
with it and between themselves angles of 90 deg.
or multiples of 90 deg.

FIG. 3-7 DESIGNATION OF VIEWS (ISO 128)

NOTE: With reference to the front view the


other views are arranged as follows:
The view from above is placed underneath;
the view from below is placed above; the
view from the left is placed on the right;
the view from the right is placed on the left;
the view from the rear may normally be
placed on the left or on the right, as may
be found convenient. The distinctive
symbol of this method is shown to the
right in this figure.

FIG. 3-8 AMERICAN PRACTICE—SYMBOL TO RIGHT DENOTES THIRD ANGLE PROJECTIONS (ISO 128)

NOTE: With reference to the front view the


other views underneath; are arranged as follows:
The view from above is placed underneath;
the view from below is placed above;
the view from the left is placed on the right;
the view from the right is placed on the left;
the view from the rear may normally be
placed on the left or on the right, as may be
found convenient. The distinctive symbol of
this method is shown to the right in this figure.

FIG. 3-9 EUROPEAN PRACTICE— SYMBOL TO RIGHT DENOTES FIRST ANGLE PROJECTION (ISO 128)

53
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
SYSTEMS OF MEASURE FOR ENGINEERING DRAWINGS
Design in Millimeters (No Conversion). An increasing number of drawings issued by large multinational companies are now
produced to metric dimensions only without any attempt to present equivalent dimensions in customary inch units. A purely
metric design is the ultimate goal for most North American industry. However, a more conservative approach might prove to be
advantageous for smaller companies until metric standard material, parts, and tooling have become readily available.
It is quite simple to state that the drawings are to be designed only in millimeters. Without the support of metric standards, the
so-called “metric drawing” is merely a soft conversion of existing customary standards and components. The main purpose here
is to supply the designer with the metric standards, and thereby enable him or her to think metric and to produce a true metric
drawing (see Figs. 3-10, 3-11, or 3-21).

Design in Inches (No Conversion). It is assumed that the reader is familiar with the customary inch design. No attempt is
made in this publication to present any customary inch design guide or inch standards.

FIG. 3-10 ISO METRIC DESIGN DRAWING EXAMPLE

Dual System of Measure on a Drawing. Using both the metric and customary systems of measure on one drawing is not
recommended unless there is definite need for it. The inch drawing of an existing production part can be left as is, unless the
particular part is interfacing with millimeter-dimensioned components or is to be produced in a predominantly “metric” country.
The most economical and practical conversion process is Single Dimensioning Computer Conversion. The computer can
minimize the cost of conversion, and human errors are avoided. Engineers’ time and talents then are used to improve the
products rather than to laboriously apply conversion factors.

54
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
PRIME MEASURING UNIT ON DRAWING
It is normal to design a part in one system of measure, and then later make the conversion, if any, to the other measuring
system. The conversion of the linear dimensions on one part, from one system of measure to another, will involve some
rounding-off of the converted values. In order to secure interchangeability, some tolerance limits may have to be rounded off
inward. That is, the numerical value of the upper limit is decreased, and the lower limit is increased. When tolerance limits are
closer, the part is more expensive to produce. Existing gages can no longer be used when the part is to meet the converted
dimensions.
It must be clearly understood that there is a difference between the original dimension and the converted dimension —
some sacrifices are made in the conversion process. The prime dimension on a drawing, to which the part is to be made and
inspected, should be clearly identified as such. The converted linear dimensions should be used for information and references
only. An example of a note applied to drawings with two systems of measure follows:

METRIC
(NON-METRIC DIMENSIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY)

FIG. 3-11 METRIC DESIGN USING STANDARD METRIC OR INCH MATERIAL


(FOR WORLDWIDE USE)

CONVERSION OF PRIME DIMENSIONS


In the computer conversion of drawings, the designer and detailer produce the layout, detail, and assembly drawings in one
system of measure. When the drawing is finished, checked, and approved, each linear dimension and other units are fed to a
computer that converts from SI Units to USA Customary Units or vice versa, and rounds converted values to the degree of
accuracy required.
A more complex computer programming effort could follow the SAE Standard J390 for Dual Dimensioning. The computer
would test the total tolerance for a given dimension and print out the converted value to the number of decimal places shown in
the above-mentioned standard.
The conversion of dimensions in one system of measure to the other requires no engineering skill and can be processed by
clerical help, typists, and computer personnel. The dimensions to which the part is to be made and inspected should be shown
on the drawing with a conversion for information shown on the conversion chart. If a dimension on a part is changed, the
computer conversion might be rerun, or might simply be omitted.
55
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Dual Dimensioning (Designer Conversion). The practice of dual dimensioning is not recommended, but if it is considered
necessary to quote a dimension in both metric and inch units, the dimension to which the part is to be made and inspected
should be shown first with a conversion for information shown after it in parentheses (see Fig. 3-12). Dual dimensioning is time-
consuming for the engineers when producing the drawings, and confusing for the factory personnel to read. In this case, no real
metric conversion is achieved, since both engineers and machine operators will use customary units only.

FIG. 3-12 TYPICAL EXAMPLE OF DUAL DIMENSIONING DRAWING

TOLERANCING
Tolerancing of Size. Chapter 6 of this book will describe in detail the ISO system of limits and fits, and is recommended to be
used for tolerancing of size.

Tolerancing of Form and Position Using Symbols (ISO Geometric Tolerancing). A tolerance of size (the traditional
method of linear tolerancing), when specified alone, effects a degree of control of form. However, in some circumstances,
dimensions and tolerances of size, no matter how well applied, would not impose the desired control. If a different degree of
control of form is required, form tolerances should be specified and such form tolerances take precedence over the form control
implied by the size tolerance (See Fig. 3-18). Geometrical tolerances should be specified for all requirements critical to
functioning and interchangeability, except when it is certain that the machinery and techniques which will be used can be relied
upon to achieve the required standard of accuracy. How necessary specifying geometrical tolerances is in any particular
instance can only be decided in the light of functional requirements, interchangeability, and probable manufacturing
circumstances. Drawings prepared for widespread quantity production at home or abroad, or for sub-contracting in workshops of
widely varying equipment and experience, are specific instances where the most complete and explicit tolerancing is necessary.
This demands that the information given on the drawing be so complete in dimensional and geometrical requirements that the
part may be made and inspected to suit the full requirements of the designer. On the other hand, such detail may be
unnecessary when adequate control is exercised by other means; for instance, where the method of production has been proved
to produce parts of the required tolerances for satisfactory functioning.
A sample drawing, with numerous examples of how the form and position tolerancing symbols are used, is shown in Fig. 3-21.
The drawing sample has been provided by Deere & Co. In the USA geometrical tolerancing symbols are given in ANSI Y14.5M.
They agree with the ISO 1101 symbols except as noted. The geometrical tolerancing system is replacing the written instruction
which, in turn, may have required translation (see Fig. 3-21). NOTE: The ANSI B92.2M specified on the drawing has now been
withdrawn. The new ISO 4156 standard replaces the former ISO 4156:1981 (ANSI B92.2M) standards with two additional spline
fit classes (see Fig. 13-10).
56
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GEOMETRIC TOLERANCING TRAINING CHARTS
It is of the greatest importance for multinational companies to use symbols instead of written notes on drawings whenever
possible. The writer recommends the use of the ISO Datum Identification symbol shown in Fig. 3-11.
Figures 3-13—3-20 were developed in the UK for the Ford Motor Company, Ltd., for training their engineers in the use of the
geometric tolerancing system. The illustrations are self-explanatory. However, if the meaning of the various symbols is desired,
please refer to any of the international or national standards shown in Fig. 3-1. The ANSI Y14.5M-1994 provides a complete
description with more than 230 pages on dimensioning and tolerancing of engineering drawings.

FIG. 3-13 FEATURES OF A COMPONENT


(Courtesy Ford Motor Company Ltd.)

FIG. 3-14 USE OF CONTROL FRAMES


(Courtesy Ford Motor Company Ltd.)

57
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 3-15 TRUE POSITION, TRUE PROFILE (T.P.)
(Courtesy Ford Motor Company Ltd.)

58
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 3-16 SIGNIFICANCE OF ARROWHEAD POSITION
(Courtesy Ford Motor Company Ltd.)

59
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 3-17 MAXIMUM MATERIAL CONDITIONS
(Courtesy Ford Motor Company Ltd.)

FIG. 3-18 TYPICAL EXAMPLES OF FORM CONTROL


(Courtesy Ford Motor Company Ltd.)

60
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 3-19 APPLICATION OF SYMBOLS (INDIVIDUAL FEATURES)
(Courtesy Ford Motor Company Ltd.)

61
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 3-20 APPLICATION OF SYMBOLS (RELATED FEATURES)
(Courtesy Ford Motor Company Ltd.)

62
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 3-21 DRAWING EXAMPLE OF GEOMETRIC TOLERANCING (Deere & Co)

63
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS
TC 10 Technical product documentation

ISO 1101:1983/Ext 1:1983 Toleranced characteristics and symbols -- Examples of indication and interpretation

ISO 9175-1:1988 Tubular tips for hand-held technical pens using India ink on tracing paper -- Part 1: Definitions, dimensions,
designation and marking
ISO 9177-1:1989 Mechanical pencils -- Part 1: Classification, dimensions, performance requirements and testing

ISO 9177-2:1989 Mechanical pencils -- Part 2: Black leads -- Classification and dimensions

ISO 9177-3:1994 Mechanical pencils -- Part 3: Black leads -- Bending strengths of HB leads

ISO 9180:1988 Black leads for wood-cased pencils -- Classification and diameters

ISO 9957-1:1992 Fluid draughting media -- Part 1: Water-based India ink -- Requirements and test conditions

ISO 9957-2:1995 Fluid draughting media -- Part 2: Water-based non-India ink -- Requirements and test conditions

ISO 9957-3:1997 Fluid draughting media -- Part 3: Water-based coloured draughting inks -- Requirements and test conditions
ISO 9958-1:1992 Draughting media for technical drawings -- Draughting film with polyester base -- Part 1: Requirements and
marking
ISO 9958-2:1992 Draughting media for technical drawings -- Draughting film with polyester base -- Part 2: Determination of
properties
ISO 9959-1:1992 Numerically controlled draughting machines -- Drawing test for the evaluation of performance -- Part 1: Vector
plotters
ISO 9960-1:1992 Draughting instruments with or without graduation -- Part 1: Draughting scale rules
ISO 9961:1992 Draughting media for technical drawings -- Natural tracing paper
ISO 9962-1:1992 Manually operated draughting machines -- Part 1: Definitions, classification and designation
ISO 9962-2:1992 Manually operated draughting machines -- Part 2: Characteristics, performance, inspection and marking
ISO 11540:1993 Caps for writing and marking instruments intended for use by children up to 14 years of age -- Safety
requirements
ISO 12756:1998 Drawing and writing instruments -- Ball point pens and roller ball pens -- Vocabulary
ISO 12757-1:1998 Ball point pens and refills -- Part 1: General use
ISO 12757-2:1998 Ball point pens and refills -- Part 2: Documentary use (DOC)
ISO 14145-1:1998 Roller ball pens and refills -- Part 1: General use
ISO 14145-2:1998 Roller ball pens and refills -- Part 2: Documentary use (DOC)
IEC 82045-1:2001 Document management -- Part 1: Principles and methods
IEC 82045-2:2004 Document management -- Part 2: Metadata elements and information reference model

TC 10/SC 1
ISO 128-1:2003 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 1: Introduction and index
ISO 128-20:1996 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 20: Basic conventions for lines
ISO 128-21:1997 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 21: Preparation of lines by CAD systems
ISO 128-22:1999 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 22: Basic conventions and applications for leader
lines and reference lines
ISO 128-30:2001 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 30: Basic conventions for views
ISO 128-40:2001 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 40: Basic conventions for cuts and sections
ISO 128-50:2001 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 50: Basic conventions for representing areas on
cuts and sections
ISO 129-1:2004 Technical drawings -- Indication of dimensions and tolerances -- Part 1: General principles
ISO 3098-0:1997 Technical product documentation -- Lettering -- Part 0: General requirements
ISO 3098-2:2000 Technical product documentation -- Lettering -- Part 2: Latin alphabet, numerals and marks
ISO 3098-3:2000 Technical product documentation -- Lettering -- Part 3: Greek alphabet
ISO 3098-4:2000 Technical product documentation -- Lettering -- Part 4: Diacritical and particular marks for the Latin alphabet
ISO 3098-5:1997 Technical product documentation -- Lettering -- Part 5: CAD lettering of the Latin alphabet, numerals and marks
ISO 3098-6:2000 Technical product documentation -- Lettering -- Part 6: Cyrillic alphabet
ISO 5261:1995 Technical drawings -- Simplified representation of bars and profile sections

64
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 5455:1979 Technical drawings -- Scales
ISO 5456-1:1996 Technical drawings -- Projection methods -- Part 1: Synopsis
ISO 5456-2:1996 Technical drawings -- Projection methods -- Part 2: Orthographic representations
ISO 5456-3:1996 Technical drawings -- Projection methods -- Part 3: Axonometric representations
ISO 5456-4:1996 Technical drawings -- Projection methods -- Part 4: Central projection
ISO 5457:1999 Technical product documentation -- Sizes and layout of drawing sheets
ISO 6428:1982 Technical drawings -- Requirements for microcopying
ISO 6433:1981 Technical drawings -- Item references
ISO 7200:2004 Technical product documentation -- Data fields in title blocks and document headers
ISO 7573:1983 Technical drawings -- Item lists
ISO 10209-1:1992 Technical product documentation -- Vocabulary -- Part 1: Terms relating to technical drawings: general and types
of drawings
ISO 10209-2:1993 Technical product documentation -- Vocabulary -- Part 2: Terms relating to projection methods
ISO 11442:2006 Technical product documentation -- Document management
ISO 15226:1999 Technical product documentation -- Life cycle model and allocation of documents
ISO 16016:2000 Technical product documentation -- Protection notices for restricting the use of documents and products

TC 10/SC 6
ISO 128-24:1999 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 24: Lines on mechanical engineering drawings
ISO 128-25:1999 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 25: Lines on shipbuilding drawings
ISO 128-34:2001 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 34: Views on mechanical engineering drawings
ISO 128-44:2001 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 44: Sections on mechanical engineering drawings
ISO 2162-1:1993 Technical product documentation -- Springs -- Part 1: Simplified representation
ISO 2162-2:1993 Technical product documentation -- Springs -- Part 2: Presentation of data for cylindrical helical compression
springs
ISO 2162-3:1993 Technical product documentation -- Springs -- Part 3: Vocabulary
ISO 2203:1973 Technical drawings -- Conventional representation of gears
ISO 3952-1:1981 Kinematic diagrams -- Graphical symbols
ISO 3952-2:1981 Kinematic diagrams -- Graphical symbols
ISO 3952-3:1979 Kinematic diagrams -- Graphical symbols
ISO 3952-4:1984 Kinematic diagrams -- Graphical symbols
ISO 5845-1:1995 Technical drawings -- Simplified representation of the assembly of parts with fasteners -- Part 1: General
principles
ISO 5845-2:1995 Technical drawings -- Simplified representation of the assembly of parts with fasteners -- Part 2: Rivets for
aerospace equipment
ISO 6410-1:1993 Technical drawings -- Screw threads and threaded parts -- Part 1: General conventions
ISO 6410-2:1993 Technical drawings -- Screw threads and threaded parts -- Part 2: Screw thread inserts
ISO 6410-3:1993 Technical drawings -- Screw threads and threaded parts -- Part 3: Simplified representation
ISO 6411:1982 Technical drawings -- Simplified representation of centre holes
ISO 6413:1988 Technical drawings -- Representation of splines and serrations
ISO 6414:1982 Technical drawings for glassware
ISO 8826-1:1989 Technical drawings -- Rolling bearings -- Part 1: General simplified representation
ISO 8826-2:1994 Technical drawings -- Rolling bearings -- Part 2: Detailed simplified representation
ISO 9222-1:1989 Technical drawings -- Seals for dynamic application -- Part 1: General simplified representation
ISO 9222-2:1989 Technical drawings -- Seals for dynamic application -- Part 2: Detailed simplified representation
ISO 10135:1994 Technical drawings -- Simplified representation of moulded, cast and forged parts
ISO 13715:2000 Technical drawings -- Edges of undefined shape -- Vocabulary and indications
ISO 15785:2002 Technical drawings -- Symbolic presentation and indication of adhesive, fold and pressed joints
ISO 15787:2001 Technical product documentation -- Heat-treated ferrous parts -- Presentation and indications

65
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TC 10/SC 8
ISO 128-23:1999 Technical drawings -- General principles of presentation -- Part 23: Lines on construction drawings

ISO 2594:1972 Building drawings -- Projection methods

ISO 3766:2003 Construction drawings -- Simplified representation of concrete reinforcement

ISO 4067-2:1980 Building and civil engineering drawings -- Installations -- Part 2: Simplified representation of sanitary appliances

ISO 4157-1:1998 Construction drawings -- Designation systems -- Part 1: Buildings and parts of buildings

ISO 4157-2:1998 Construction drawings -- Designation systems -- Part 2: Room names and numbers

ISO 4157-3:1998 Construction drawings -- Designation systems -- Part 3: Room identifiers

ISO 4172:1991 Technical drawings -- Construction drawings -- Drawings for the assembly of prefabricated structures

ISO 6284:1996 Construction drawings -- Indication of limit deviations

ISO 7437:1990 Technical drawings -- Construction drawings -- General rules for execution of production drawings for
prefabricated structural components
ISO 7518:1983 Technical drawings -- Construction drawings -- Simplified representation of demolition and rebuilding

ISO 7519:1991 Technical drawings -- Construction drawings -- General principles of presentation for general arrangement and
assembly drawings
ISO 8048:1984 Technical drawings -- Construction drawings -- Representation of views, sections and cuts

ISO 8560:1986 Technical drawings -- Construction drawings -- Representation of modular sizes, lines and grids

ISO 9431:1990 Construction drawings -- Spaces for drawing and for text, and title blocks on drawing sheets

ISO 10209-4:1999 Technical product documentation -- Vocabulary -- Part 4: Terms relating to construction documentation

ISO 11091:1994 Construction drawings -- Landscape drawing practice


ISO 13567-1:1998 Technical product documentation -- Organization and naming of layers for CAD -- Part 1: Overview and principles
ISO 13567-2:1998 Technical product documentation -- Organization and naming of layers for CAD -- Part 2: Concepts, format and
codes used in construction documentation
ISO/TR 13567-3:1999 Technical product documentation -- Organization and naming of layers for CAD -- Part 3: Application of ISO
13567-1 and ISO 13567-2
ISO/TR 19033:2000 Technical product documentation -- Metadata for construction documentation
ISO 82045-5:2005 Document management -- Part 5: Application of metadata for the construction and facility management sector

TC 10/SC 10
ISO 3511-1:1977 Process measurement control functions and instrumentation -- Symbolic representation -- Part 1: Basic
requirements
ISO 3511-2:1984 Process measurement control functions and instrumentation -- Symbolic representation -- Part 2: Extension of
basic requirements
ISO 3511-3:1984 Process measurement control functions and instrumentation -- Symbolic representation -- Part 3: Detailed
symbols for instrument interconnection diagrams
ISO 3511-4:1985 Industrial process measurement control functions and instrumentation -- Symbolic representation -- Part 4: Basic
symbols for process computer, interface, and shared display/control functions
ISO 6412-1:1989 Technical drawings -- Simplified representation of pipelines -- Part 1: General rules and orthogonal representation

ISO 6412-2:1989 Technical drawings -- Simplified representation of pipelines -- Part 2: Isometric projection

ISO 6412-3:1993 Technical drawings -- Simplified representation of pipelines -- Part 3: Terminal features of ventilation and
drainage systems
ISO 7083:1983 Technical drawings -- Symbols for geometrical tolerancing -- Proportions and dimensions

ISO 10628:1997 Flow diagrams for process plants -- General rules

ISO 14617-1:2005 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 1: General information and indexes

ISO 14617-2:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 2: Symbols having general application

ISO 14617-3:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 3: Connections and related devices

ISO 14617-4:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 4: Actuators and related devices

ISO 14617-5:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 5: Measurement and control devices
66
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 14617-6:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 6: Measurement and control functions

ISO 14617-7:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 7: Basic mechanical components

ISO 14617-8:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 8: Valves and dampers

ISO 14617-9:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 9: Pumps, compressors and fans

ISO 14617-10:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 10: Fluid power converters

ISO 14617-11:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 11: Devices for heat transfer and heat engines

ISO 14617-12:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 12: Devices for separating, purification and mixing

ISO 14617-13:2004 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 13: Devices for material processing

ISO 14617-14:2004 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 14: Devices for transport and handling of material

ISO 14617-15:2002 Graphical symbols for diagrams -- Part 15: Installation diagrams and network maps

ISO/TS 16952-1:2006 Technical product documentation -- Reference designation system -- Part 1: General application rules

ISO 81714-1:1999 Design of graphical symbols for use in the technical documentation of products -- Part 1: Basic rules

IEC 81714-2:2006 Design of graphical symbols for use in the technical documentation of products -- Part 2: Specification for
graphical symbols in a computer sensible form, including graphical symbols for a reference library, and
requirements for their interchange
IEC 81714-3:2004 Design of graphical symbols for use in the technical documentation of products -- Part 3: Classification of connect
nodes, networks and their encoding

TC 46 Information and documentation

ISO 8:1977 Documentation -- Presentation of periodicals

ISO 9:1995 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Cyrillic characters into Latin characters -- Slavic and non-
Slavic languages
ISO 18:1981 Documentation -- Contents list of periodicals

ISO 214:1976 Documentation -- Abstracts for publications and documentation

ISO 215:1986 Documentation -- Presentation of contributions to periodicals and other serials

ISO 233:1984 Documentation -- Transliteration of Arabic characters into Latin characters

ISO 233-2:1993 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Arabic characters into Latin characters -- Part 2: Arabic
language -- Simplified transliteration
ISO 233-3:1999 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Arabic characters into Latin characters -- Part 3: Persian
language -- Simplified transliteration
ISO 259:1984 Documentation -- Transliteration of Hebrew characters into Latin characters
ISO 259-2:1994 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Hebrew characters into Latin characters -- Part 2:
Simplified transliteration
ISO 843:1997 Information and documentation -- Conversion of Greek characters into Latin characters
ISO 1086:1991 Information and documentation -- Title leaves of books
ISO 2145:1978 Documentation -- Numbering of divisions and subdivisions in written documents
ISO 2384:1977 Documentation -- Presentation of translations
ISO 3166-1:1997 Codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions -- Part 1: Country
codes
ISO 3166-2:1998 Codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions -- Part 2: Country
subdivision code
ISO 3166-3:1999 Codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions -- Part 3: Code for
formerly used names of countries
ISO 3602:1989 Documentation -- Romanization of Japanese (kana script)
ISO 5122:1979 Documentation -- Abstract sheets in serial publications
ISO 5123:1984 Documentation -- Headers for microfiche of monographs and serials
ISO 5127:2001 Information and documentation -- Vocabulary

ISO 6357:1985 Documentation -- Spine titles on books and other publications

ISO 7098:1991 Information and documentation -- Romanization of Chinese


67
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 7144:1986 Documentation -- Presentation of theses and similar documents

ISO 7154:1983 Documentation -- Bibliographic filing principles

ISO 7220:1996 Information and documentation -- Presentation of catalogues of standards

ISO 7275:1985 Documentation -- Presentation of title information of series

ISO/TR 8393:1985 Documentation -- ISO bibliographic filing rules (International Standard Bibliographic Filing Rules) --
Exemplification of Bibliographic filing principles in a model set of rules
ISO 9706:1994 Information and documentation -- Paper for documents -- Requirements for permanence

ISO 9984:1996 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Georgian characters into Latin characters

ISO 9985:1996 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Armenian characters into Latin characters

ISO 11108:1996 Information and documentation -- Archival paper -- Requirements for permanence and durability

ISO 11798:1999 Information and documentation -- Permanence and durability of writing, printing and copying on paper --
Requirements and test methods
ISO 11799:2003 Information and documentation -- Document storage requirements for archive and library materials

ISO 11800:1998 Information and documentation -- Requirements for binding materials and methods used in the manufacture
of books
ISO 11940:1998 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Thai

ISO/TR 11941:1996 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Korean script into Latin characters

ISO 14416:2003 Information and documentation -- Requirements for binding of books, periodicals, serials and other paper
documents for archive and library use -- Methods and materials
ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters

ISO 15924:2004 Information and documentation -- Codes for the representation of names of scripts

TC 46/SC 4
ISO 2709:1996 Information and documentation -- Format for Information Exchange
ISO 6630:1986 Documentation -- Bibliographic control characters
ISO 8459-1:1988 Documentation -- Bibliographic data element directory -- Part 1: Interloan applications
ISO 8459-2:1992 Information and documentation -- Bibliographic data element directory -- Part 2: Acquisitions applications
ISO 8459-3:1994 Information and documentation -- Bibliographic data element directory -- Part 3: Information retrieval
applications
ISO 8459-4:1998 Information and documentation -- Bibliographic data element directory -- Part 4: Circulation applications
ISO 8459-5:2002 Information and documentation -- Bibliographic data element directory -- Part 5: Data elements for the
exchange of cataloguing and metadata
ISO 8777:1993 Information and documentation -- Commands for interactive text searching
ISO 10160:1997 Information and documentation -- Open Systems Interconnection -- Interlibrary Loan Application Service
Definition
ISO 10160:1997/Amd 1:2002 Addition of annex D acknowledging the National Library of Canada as the Maintenance Agency
ISO 10161-1:1997 Information and documentation -- Open Systems Interconnection -- Interlibrary Loan Application Protocol
Specification -- Part 1: Protocol specification
ISO 10161-1:1997/Amd 1:2002 Support for Use of Object Identifier in "identifier" Parameter of the Extension Data
ISO 10161-1:1997/Amd 2:2002 Addition of annex I acknowledging the National Library of Canada as the Maintenance Agency and
Registration Authority
ISO 10161-2:1997 Information and documentation -- Open Systems Interconnection -- Interlibrary Loan Application Protocol
Specification -- Part 2: Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
ISO 10754:1996 Information and documentation -- Extension of the Cyrillic alphabet coded character set for non-Slavic
languages for bibliographic information interchange
ISO 12083:1994 Information and documentation -- Electronic manuscript preparation and markup
ISO 15511:2003 Information and documentation -- International Standard Identifier for Libraries and Related Organizations
(ISIL)
ISO 15836:2003 Information and documentation - The Dublin Core metadata element set
ISO 17933:2000 GEDI -- Generic Electronic Document Interchange
ISO 21127:2006 Information and documentation -- A reference ontology for the interchange of cultural heritage information

68
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 23950:1998 Information and documentation -- Information retrieval (Z39.50) -- Application service definition and protocol
specification
TC 46/SC 8
ISO 2789:2006 Information and documentation -- International library statistics

ISO 9230:1991 Information and documentation -- Determination of price indexes for books and serials purchased by libraries

ISO 9707:1991 Information and documentation -- Statistics on the production and distribution of books, newspapers,
periodicals and electronic publications
ISO 11620:1998 Information and documentation -- Library performance indicators

ISO/TR 20983:2003 Information and documentation -- Performance indicators for electronic library services

TC 46/SC 9
ISO 4:1997 Information and documentation -- Rules for the abbreviation of title words and titles of publications

ISO 690:1987 Documentation -- Bibliographic references -- Content, form and structure

ISO 690-2:1997 Information and documentation -- Bibliographic references -- Part 2: Electronic documents or parts thereof

ISO 832:1994 Information and documentation -- Bibliographic description and references -- Rules for the abbreviation of
bibliographic terms
ISO 999:1996 Information and documentation -- Guidelines for the content, organization and presentation of indexes

ISO 2108:2005 Information and documentation -- International standard book number (ISBN)

ISO 2788:1986 Documentation -- Guidelines for the establishment and development of monolingual thesauri

ISO 3297:1998 Information and documentation -- International standard serial number (ISSN)

ISO 3901:2001 Information and documentation -- International Standard Recording Code (ISRC)

ISO 5963:1985 Documentation -- Methods for examining documents, determining their subjects, and selecting indexing
terms
ISO 5964:1985 Documentation -- Guidelines for the establishment and development of multilingual thesauri

ISO 10324:1997 Information and documentation -- Holdings statements -- Summary level

ISO 10444:1994 Information and documentation -- International standard technical report number (ISRN)

ISO 10957:1993 Information and documentation -- International standard music number (ISMN)

ISO 15706:2002 Information and documentation -- International Standard Audiovisual Number (ISAN)

ISO 15707:2001 Information and documentation -- International Standard Musical Work Code (ISWC)

ISO/TR 21449:2004 Content Delivery and Rights Management: Functional requirements for identifiers and descriptors for use in
the music, film, video, sound recording and publishing industries
TC 46/SC 11
ISO 15489-1:2001 Information and documentation -- Records management -- Part 1: General
ISO/TR 15489-2:2001 Information and documentation -- Records management -- Part 2: Guidelines
ISO 22310:2006 Information and documentation -- Guidelines for standards drafters for stating records management
requirements in standards
ISO 23081-1:2006 Information and documentation -- Records management processes -- Metadata for records -- Part 1:
Principles

TC 213 Dimensional and geometrical product specifications and verification

ISO 1:2002 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Standard reference temperature for
geometrical product specification and verification
ISO 286-1:1988 ISO system of limits and fits -- Part 1: Bases of tolerances, deviations and fits
ISO 286-2:1988 ISO system of limits and fits -- Part 2: Tables of standard tolerance grades and limit
deviations for holes and shafts
ISO 406:1987 Technical drawings -- Tolerancing of linear and angular dimensions
ISO 463:2006 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Dimensional measuring equipment -- Design
and metrological characteristics of mechanical dial gauges
ISO 1101:2004 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Geometrical tolerancing -- Tolerances of
69
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
form, orientation, location and run-out
ISO 1119:1998 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Series of conical tapers and taper angles
ISO 1302:2002 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Indication of surface texture in technical
product documentation
ISO 1660:1987 Technical drawings -- Dimensioning and tolerancing of profiles
ISO 1829:1975 Selection of tolerance zones for general purposes
ISO/R 1938-1:1971 ISO system of limits and fits -- Part 1: Inspection of plain workpieces
ISO 2538:1998 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Series of angles and slopes on prisms
ISO 2692:1988 Technical drawings -- Geometrical tolerancing -- Maximum material principle
ISO 2768-1:1989 General tolerances -- Part 1: Tolerances for linear and angular dimensions without
individual tolerance indications
ISO 2768-2:1989 General tolerances -- Part 2: Geometrical tolerances for features without individual
tolerance indications
ISO 3040:1990 Technical drawings -- Dimensioning and tolerancing -- Cones
ISO 3274:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method -- Nominal
characteristics of contact (stylus) instruments
ISO 3599:1976 Vernier callipers reading to 0,1 and 0,05 mm
ISO 3611:1978 Micrometer callipers for external measurement
ISO 3650:1998 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Length standards -- Gauge blocks
ISO 4287:1997 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method -- Terms,
definitions and surface texture parameters
ISO 4288:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method -- Rules and
procedures for the assessment of surface texture
ISO 4291:1985 Methods for the assessement of departure from roundness -- Measurement of variations
in radius
ISO 4292:1985 Methods for the assessment of departure from roundness -- Measurement by two- and
three-point methods
ISO 5436-1:2000 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method;
Measurement standards -- Part 1: Material measures
ISO 5436-2:2001 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method;
Measurement standards -- Part 2: Software measurement standards
ISO 5458:1998 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Geometrical tolerancing -- Positional
tolerancing
ISO 5459:1981 Technical drawings -- Geometrical tolerancing -- Datums and datum-systems for
geometrical tolerances
ISO/TR 5460:1985 Technical drawings -- Geometrical tolerancing -- Tolerancing of form, orientation,
location and run-out -- Verification principles and methods -- Guidelines
ISO 6906:1984 Vernier callipers reading to 0,02 mm
ISO 7863:1984 Height setting micrometers and riser blocks
ISO 8015:1985 Technical drawings -- Fundamental tolerancing principle
ISO 8062:1994 Castings -- System of dimensional tolerances and machining allowances
ISO 8512-1:1990 Surface plates -- Part 1: Cast iron
ISO 8512-2:1990 Surface plates -- Part 2: Granite
ISO 8785:1998 Geometrical Product Specification (GPS) -- Surface imperfections -- Terms, definitions
and parameters
ISO 10360-1:2000 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Acceptance and reverification tests for
coordinate measuring machines (CMM) -- Part 1: Vocabulary
ISO 10360-2:2001 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Acceptance and reverification tests for
coordinate measuring machines (CMM) -- Part 2: CMMs used for measuring size
ISO 10360-3:2000 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Acceptance and reverification tests for
coordinate measuring machines (CMM) -- Part 3: CMMs with the axis of a rotary table as
the fourth axis
ISO 10360-4:2000 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Acceptance and reverification tests for
coordinate measuring machines (CMM) -- Part 4: CMMs used in scanning measuring
70
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
mode
ISO 10360-5:2000 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Acceptance and reverification tests for
coordinate measuring machines (CMM) -- Part 5: CMMs using multiple-stylus probing
systems
ISO 10360-6:2001 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Acceptance and reverification tests for
coordinate measuring machines (CMM) -- Part 6: Estimation of errors in computing
Gaussian associated features
ISO 10578:1992 Technical drawings -- Tolerancing of orientation and location -- Projected tolerance zone
ISO 10579:1993 Technical drawings -- Dimensioning and tolerancing -- Non-rigid parts
ISO 11562:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method --
Metrological characteristics of phase correct filters
ISO 12085:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method -- Motif
parameters
ISO 12179:2000 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method --
Calibration of contact (stylus) instruments
ISO/TS 12180-1:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Cylindricity -- Part 1: Vocabulary and
parameters of cylindrical form
ISO/TS 12180-2:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Cylindricity -- Part 2: Specification operators
ISO/TS 12181-1:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Roundness -- Part 1: Vocabulary and
parameters of roundness
ISO/TS 12181-2:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Roundness -- Part 2: Specification operators
ISO/TS 12780-1:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Straightness -- Part 1: Vocabulary and
parameters of straightness
ISO/TS 12780-2:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Straightness -- Part 2: Specification
operators
ISO/TS 12781-1:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Flatness -- Part 1: Vocabulary and
parameters of flatness
ISO/TS 12781-2:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Flatness -- Part 2: Specification operators
ISO 13565-1:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method; Surfaces
having stratified functional properties -- Part 1: Filtering and general measurement
conditions
ISO 13565-2:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method; Surfaces
having stratified functional properties -- Part 2: Height characterization using the linear
material ratio curve
ISO 13565-3:1998 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method; Surfaces
having stratified functional properties -- Part 3: Height characterization using the
material probability curve
ISO 14253-1:1998 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Inspection by measurement of workpieces
and measuring equipment -- Part 1: Decision rules for proving conformance or non-
conformance with specifications
ISO/TS 14253-2:1999 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Inspection by measurement of workpieces
and measuring equipment -- Part 2: Guide to the estimation of uncertainty in GPS
measurement, in calibration of measuring equipment and in product verification
ISO/TS 14253-3:2002 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Inspection by measurement of workpieces
and measuring equipment -- Part 3: Guidelines for achieving agreements on
measurement uncertainty statements
ISO/TR 14638:1995 Geometrical product specification (GPS) -- Masterplan
ISO 14660-1:1999 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Geometrical features -- Part 1: General
terms and definitions
ISO 14660-2:1999 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Geometrical features -- Part 2: Extracted
median line of a cylinder and a cone, extracted median surface, local size of an extracted
feature
ISO 14978:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- General concepts and requirements for GPS
measuring equipment
ISO/TS 15530-3:2004 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Coordinate measuring machines (CMM):
Technique for determining the uncertainty of measurement -- Part 3: Use of calibrated
workpieces or standards
71
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO/TR 16015:2003 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Systematic errors and contributions to
measurement uncertainty of length measurement due to thermal influences
ISO/TR 16570:2004 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Linear and angular dimensioning and
tolerancing: +/- limit specifications -- Step dimensions, distances, angular sizes and radii
ISO/TS 16610-1:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 1: Overview and basic
concepts
ISO/TS 16610-20:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 20: Linear profile filters:
Basic concepts
ISO/TS 16610-22:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 22: Linear profile filters:
Spline filters
ISO/TS 16610-29:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 29: Linear profile filters:
Spline wavelets
ISO/TS 16610-40:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 40: Morphological profile
filters: Basic concepts
ISO/TS 16610-41:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 41: Morphological profile
filters: Disk and horizontal line-segment filters
Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 49: Morphological profile
filters: Scale space techniques
ISO/TS 17450-1:2005 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- General concepts -- Part 1: Model for
geometrical specification and verification
ISO/TS 17450-2:2002 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- General concepts -- Part 2: Basic tenets,
specifications, operators and uncertainties
ISO/TS 23165:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Guidelines for the evaluation of coordinate
measuring machine (CMM) test uncertainty

DRAWING PRACTICE STANDARDS GROUPED BY


INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION FOR STANDARDS (ICS) CODES
01.100 Technical drawings
Computer-aided design, see 35.240.10
Graphical symbols for use on technical drawings, see 01.080.30

01.110 Technical product documentation Including rules for preparation of user guides, manuals, product specifications, etc

NATIONAL DRAWING PRACTICE STANDARDS


USA
American National Standard Drafting Practices <http://catalog.asme.org/home.cfm?Category=CS>
Decimal Inch Drawing Sheet Sizes and Format (2005 Ed in Publication) ANSI/ASME Y14.1-1995(R2002)
Metric Drawing Sheet Size and Format (2005 Ed in Publication) ANSI/ASME Y14.1M-1995(R2002)
Line Conventions and Lettering ANSI/ASME Y14.2M-1992(R1998)
Multiview and Sectional View Drawings ANSI/ASME Y14.3M-1994(R1999)
Pictorial Drawing ANSI/ASME Y14.4M-1989(R1999)
Dimensioning and Tolerancing ANSI/ASME Y14.5M-1994(R1999)
Mathematical Definition of Dimensioning and Tolerancing Principles ANSI/ASME Y14.5.1M-1994(R1999)
Certification of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing Professionals ANSI/ASME Y14.5.2-2000
Screw Threads Representation ANSI/ASME Y14.6-2001
Gears and Splines: Spur, Helical, Double Helical and Racks ANSI/ASME Y14.7.1-1971(R1998)
Gears and Splines: Bevel and Hypoid ANSI/ASME Y14.7.2-1978(R1999)
Castings and Forgings ANSI/ASME Y14.8M-1996(R2002)
Mechanical Spring Representation ANSI/ASME Y14.13M-1981(R1998)
Optical Parts ANSI/ASME Y14.18M-1986(R1998)
Types and Applications of Engineering Drawings ANSI/ASME Y14.24-1999
Chassis Frames-Passenger Car and Light Truck-Ground Vehicle Practices ANSI/ASME Y14.32.1M-1994(R1999)
Associated Lists ANSI/ASME Y14.34M-1996(R2002)
Revision of Engineering Drawings and Associated Documents ANSI/ASME Y14.35M-1997
Surface Texture Symbols ANSI/ASME Y14.36M-1996(R2002)
Abbreviations and Acronyms ANSI/ASME Y14.38-1999
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.0-2002
Basic Rules for the Design of Graphical Symbols for use in the Technical Documentation of Products
Withdrawn
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.2-2002
Graphical Symbols for Diagrams, Part 2: Symbols Having General Applications
Withdrawn
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.3-2002
Graphical Symbols for Diagrams, Part 3: Connections and Related Devices
Withdrawn
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.5-2002
Graphical Symbols for Diagrams, Part 5: Measurement and Control Devices
Withdrawn
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.7-2002
Graphical Symbols for Diagrams, Part 7: Basic Mechanical Components
Withdrawn

72
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.9-2002
Graphical Symbols for Diagrams, Part 9: Pumps, Compressors and Fans
Withdrawn
Graphical Symbols for Diagrams, Part 12: Devices for Separating, Purification and Mixing ANSI/ASME Y14.40.12-2002 Withdrn
Digital Product Definition Data Practices ANSI/ASME Y14.41-2003
Digital Approval Systems ANSI/ASME Y14.42-2002
Dimensioning and Tolerancing of Functional Gages ANSI/ASME Y14.43-2003
Engineering Drawing Practices ANSI/ASME Y14.100-2004
Graphic Symbols for: Plumbing Fixtures Diagrams Used in Architecture and Building Construction ANSI/ASME Y32.4-1977(R1999)
Graphic Symbols for: Railroad Maps and Profiles ANSI/ASME Y32.7-1972(R1999)
Graphic Symbols for: Mechanical and Acoustical Elements as Used in Schematic Diagrams ANSI/ASME Y32.18-1972(R1998)

UK
BS EN ISO 1660:1996 (BS 308-2.3:1995) Technical drawings. Dimensioning and tolerancing of profiles Current 14p.
BS EN ISO 2162-1:1996 (BS 308-1.17:1996) Technical product documentation. Springs. Simplified representation Current 16p.
BS EN ISO 2162-2:1996 (BS 308-1.18:1996) Technical product documentation. Springs. Presentation of data for cylindrical helical compression springs
Current 18p.
BS EN ISO 2162-3:1996 (BS 308-1.19:1996) Technical product documentation. Springs. Vocabulary Current 14p.
BS EN ISO 2203:1997 (BS 308-1.16:1997) Technical drawing. Conventional representation of gears Current 14p.
BS EN ISO 1660:1996 (BS 308-2.3:1995) Technical drawings. Dimensioning and tolerancing of profiles Current 14p.
BS EN ISO 2162-1:1996 (BS 308-1.17:1996) Technical product documentation. Springs. Simplified representation Current 16p.
BS EN ISO 2162-2:1996 (BS 308-1.18:1996) Technical product documentation. Springs. Presentation of data for cylindrical helical compression springs
Current 18 p.
BS EN ISO 2162-3:1996 (BS 308-1.19:1996) Technical product documentation. Springs. Vocabulary Current 14p.
BS EN ISO 2203:1997 (BS 308-1.16:1997) Technical drawing. Conventional representation of gears Current 14p.
BS EN ISO 6410-2:1996 (BS 308-1.11:1996) Technical drawings. Screw threads and threaded parts. Screw thread
inserts Current 14p.
BS EN ISO 6412-2:1995 (BS 308-4.7:1995) Technical drawings. Simplified representation of pipelines. Isometric projection Current 20p.
BS EN ISO 8826-2:1997 (BS 308-1.13:1997) Technical drawings. Roller bearings. Detailed simplified representation.
Current 22p.
BS EN ISO 9222-2:1995 (BS 308-1.15:1995) Technical drawings. Seals for dynamic application. Detailed simplified representation. Current 20p.
BS EN ISO 10209-2:1996 (BS 308-1.7:1996) Technical product documentation. Vocabulary. Terms relating to projection methods. Current 22p.
BS EN ISO 11442-2:1996 (BS 308-4.12:1996) Technical product documentation. Handling of computer-based technical information. Original documentation.
Current 10p.
BS 308:Part 2:1972 Engineering drawing practice. Dimensioning and tolerancing of size Revised, Withdrawn 48p.
BS 308-2:1985 Engineering drawing practice. Recommendations for dimensioning and tolerancing of size Superseded, Withdrawn 54p.
BS EN ISO 2162-1:1996 (BS 308-1.17:1996) Technical product documentation. Springs. Simplified representation Current 16p.
BS EN ISO 2162-2:1996 (BS 308-1.18:1996) Technical product documentation. Springs. Presentation of data for cylindrical helical compression springs.
Current 18p.
BS EN ISO 2162-3:1996 (BS 308-1.19:1996) Technical product documentation. Springs. Vocabulary. Current 14p.
BS EN ISO 2203:1997 (BS 308-1.16:1997) Technical drawing. Conventional representation of gears. Current 14p.
BS EN ISO 6410-2:1996 (BS 308-1.11:1996) Technical drawings. Screw threads and threaded parts. Screw thread inserts. Current 14p.
BS EN ISO 6412-2:1995 (BS 308-4.7:1995) Technical drawings. Simplified representation of pipelines. Isometric projection. Current 20p.
BS EN ISO 8826-2:1997 (BS 308-1.13:1997) Technical drawings. Roller bearings. Detailed simplified representation.
Current 22p.
BS EN ISO 9222-2:1995 (BS 308-1.15:1995) Technical drawings. Seals for dynamic application. Detailed simplified representation. Current 20p.
BS EN ISO 10209-2:1996 (BS 308-1.7:1996) Technical product documentation. Vocabulary. Terms relating to projection methods. Current 22p.
BS EN ISO 11442-2:1996 (BS 308-4.12:1996) Technical product documentation. Handling of computer-based technical information. Original documentation.
Current 10p.
BS 308:Part 2:1972 Engineering drawing practice. Dimensioning and tolerancing of size Revised, Withdrawn 48p.
BS 308-2:1985 Engineering drawing practice. Recommendations for dimensioning and tolerancing of size. Superseded, Withdrawn 54p.

CANADA
CAN3-B78.1-M83 Technical Drawings - General Principles (R 1990)

CAN/CSA-B78.2-M91 Dimensioning and Tolerancing of Technical Drawings

AUSTRALIA
AS 1100 See also under Handbooks - HB1, HB3, Technical drawing HB6
AS 1100.101 - 1984 General principles - Amdt 1 April 1987 Sets out the basic principles of technical drawing practice, and covers terminology
and abbreviations used in technical drawings; materials, sizes and layout of drawing
sheets; types and thicknesses of lines; types and dimension of letters, numerals and
symbols; drawing scales; projectioning and sectioning. Appendices provide information on the development of pictorial draw-
ings for catalogues and similar purposes.
AS 1100.201 - 1984 Mechanical drawing - Amdt 1 November 1986 Sets out recommendations for the dimensioning of mechanical drawings,
including tolerancing of size, form, location and orientation. The tolerancing of form, location, and orientation commonly referred to as 'geometry
tolerancing' relates to one or more factors on a drawing. It also gives information on methods and symbols for indicating surface texture and
conventional representation of various mechanical features or parts used on mechanical drawings.

73
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO HANDBOOKS
Technical drawings (2 volumes)

Standards for architectural and engineering drawing and for related graphic activities that are used in drawing offices and in
planning and communication. General drawing standards and standards for technical product documentation. Deals with
dimensioning, tolerancing and surface texture, specific rules for building, architectural and civil engineering drawings.

Volume 1: Technical drawings in general. English, Paper, 826 pages, ISBN 92-67-10370-9, Year of publication 2002 Edition 4 See table
of content
Volume 2: Mechanical engineering drawings; construction drawings; drawing equipment, Year of publication 2002 Edition
4 See table of content. Available from ANSI or ISO; see Table 1-1.

GERMANY
DIN Handbook 2 (in German). Vol. 1: DIN5-DIN 6773. Vol. 2:. DIN 6774-DIN 58555; DIN ISO 225-DIN ISO 8015.
Available from ANSI or DIN. See Table 1-1.

74
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 4

Preferred Numbers
SUMMARY
The preferred numbering system has played a major role in the development of metric standards. This is a geometrical series
of numbers adopted worldwide. Its first known application was in the 1870’s by Charles Renard, a French army captain who
reduced the different diameters of rope for military balloons from 425 to 17. The R5, R10 and R20 series refers to the Renard 5
(first-choice sizes 60 % increments), Renard 10 (second-choice sizes 25 % increments) and Renard 20 (third-choice sizes 12
% increments) series of preferred numbers standardized in ISO 3. Preferred sizes are shown in ANSI B4.2 and ISO 497.

You might want to extend the preferred metric size range, which, is shown from 4 to 40, simply by multiplying or dividing the
numbers shown in Table 4-1 by 10 or multiples of 10.
The preferred metric sizes are used for nominal sizes in countries where the metric system has been in use for several years.
Here is how the preferred metric nominal sizes were developed and how these chosen sizes reflect preferred metric standard
sizes for threaded fasteners, steel plates, sheets, bars, etc already in use throughout the world.

How do the preferred metric sizes relate to the inch sizes and the preferred numbers are shown in Table 4-1.

TABLE 4-1 PREFERRED SIZES (ANSI B4.2)


Preferred Size mm (ISO 497) Preferred Size Inch Preferred Numbers (ISO 3)
R5’ R10’ R20’ mm Fractions Decimals R5 R10 R20
4 4 4 3.97 5/32 0.156 4 4 4
4.5 4.37 11/64 0.172 4.5
5 5 4.76 3/16 0.188 5 5
5.5 5.56 7/32 0.219 5.6
6 6 6 6.35 1/4 0.25 6.3 6.3 6.3
7 7.14 9/32 0.281 7.1
8 8 7.94 5/16 0.313 8 8
9 8.73 11/32 0.344 9
10 10 10 9.53 3/8 0.375 10 10 10
11 11.11 7/16 0.438 11.2
12 12 12.7 1/2 0.5 12.5 12.5
14 14.29 9/16 0.563 14
16 16 16 15.88 5/8 0.625 16 16 16
18 17.46 11/16 0.688 18
20 20 19.05 3/4 0.75 20 20
22 22.23 7/8 0.875 22.4
25 25 25 25.4 1 25 25 25
28 28.58 1 1/8 1.125 28
30 30 30.16 1 3/16 1.188 31.5 31.5
35 34.93 1 3/8 1.375 35.5
40 40 40 39.69 1 9/16 1.563 40 40 40
GO STOP CAUTION

75
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
INTRODUCTION
Preferred numbers are a geometrical series of numbers adopted worldwide for standardization1 purposes. They have been in
use for many years, but were used in connection with standardization for the first time during the 1870s by Charles Renard, a
French army captain, who was able to reduce the number of different dimensions of rope for military balloons from 425 to 17,
with the aid of the series. In today’s world it has become increasingly important, from a cost standpoint, to reduce the number of
different standard parts, materials, and components used in products. The preferred numbering system can provide the tool
needed to achieve this goal.
The preferred numbering system is independent of the system of measure used. However, it has played an important role in
those countries now on the metric system.
Design in millimeters differs from the customary inch design in that 1 in. has 25 integer (whole) sizes to choose from. The inch
fractions have functioned to some extent as a preferred numbering system. The fraction 1/2 is preferred over 1/4; 1/4 is
preferred over 1/8; 1/8 is preferred over 1/16, etc.
This feature has helped to reduce the number of standard inch fastener sizes, inch tube sizes, etc., currently in use in
America. Since a guide similar to inch fractions does not exist in the metric system, you should think preferred numbers when
you Think Metric.
Specific areas where the use of preferred numbers can be applied to your advantage are as follows:
Inventory Reduction by applying preferred numbers to sizes for such items as: holes, pipes, cylinders, shafts, fasteners, steel
material, drills, reamers, motors, pumps, tanks, pressure gages, wires, etc.
Product Line Simplification and Planning by choice of preferred numbers in planning production of model sizes to cover a
given range of performance such as: lift capacity, fill capacity, rotating speeds, power ratings, etc.
Efforts to minimize cost by reducing the number of manufactured sizes help reduce inventory for the consumer of semifinished
products, down the line to inventory at the hardware store.
1
For information about the term “standard” as used in this book, see Chapter 1.

SCOPE
This publication offers preferred numbers in four principal series,2 R5, R10, R20, and R40, as well as in the additional R80
series, intended for special applications, and gives their derivation, together with definitions of the terms used.
These numbers are those internationally agreed upon by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) in New York,
June 1952, and published as ISO 3. The same numbers are specified in ANSI Z17.1 and corresponding standards in all major
industrial countries of the world. (Japan: Z860l-1954; Germany: DIN 323; France: R 962-06; UK: BS 2045; Italy: UNI 2016;
Australia: AS MP19.)
2
R stands for Renard

DERIVATION
Preferred numbers are derived from a geometric series having one of the following common ratios:

√10
5 10
√10 20
√10 40
√10 or 80
√10

These ratios are approximately equal to 1.58, 1.26, 1.12, 1.06, and 1.03, respectively. Thus, successive terms in the respective
series increase by approximately 58% for the R5 series, 26% for R10, 12% for R20, 6% for R40, and 3% for R80. The
calculated values of these progressions are arbitrarily rounded off to give terms which are, in general, doubled every three terms
in the R10 series, every six terms in the R20 series, and every 12 terms in the R40 series. The maximum roundings off are +
1.26% and — 1.01%.
It should be noted that any series can be extended indefinitely upward or downward by multiplying or dividing repeatedly by
10.

NOMENCLATURE AND DEFINITIONS


The terms used in this section and defined below are in accordance with ISO 3 and ISO 17.
Theoretical Values. The values of the terms of ( 5√10)N , ( 10√10)N , etc. These values have an infinite number of decimal
places and are not suitable for practical use.
Calculated Values. Values approximating to the theoretical values, expressed to five significant figures and having a relative
error in comparison with the theoretical values of less than 1/20 000.
Preferred Number. Values rounded off as explained in “Derivation” above and given in Tables 4-2 and 4-3.
Serial Numbers. An arithmetic series of consecutive numbers indicating the preferred numbers starting with 0 for the
preferred number 1.00.

76
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
DESIGNATION
The series of preferred numbers are designated respectively R5, R10, R20, R40, and R80, in which the “R” stands for Renard
and the number indicates the particular root of 10 on which the series is based.

Example:
R20 is based on the series having the ratio 20√10.

SERIES OF PREFERRED NUMBERS


Basic Series. The basic series of preferred numbers, R5, R10, R20, and R40, are given in Table 4-2; their relation to the
calculated values in the corresponding geometric series is shown in Table 4-3.

Order of preferred values for usage is as follows:

R5 Series First Choice


R10 Series Second Choice
R20 Series Third Choice
R40 Series Fourth Choice
R80 Series Not Preferred

77
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 4-2 BASIC SERIES OF PREFERRED NUMBERS WITH DEVIATIONS (ISO 3)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Basic Series Serial Theoretical Values Percentage Difference
Number Calculated Mantissae of between Basic Series
R5 R10 R20 R40 Values Logarithms and Calculated Values
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0 1.0000 000 0
1.06 1 1.0593 025 + 0.07
1.12 1.12 2 1.1220 050 -0.18
1.18 3 1.1885 075 -0.71
1.25 1.25 1.25 4 1.2589 100 -0.71
1.32 5 1.3335 125 -1.01
1.40 1.40 6 1.4125 150 -0.88
1.50 7 1.4962 175 + 0.25
1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 8 1.5849 200 + 0.95
1.70 9 1.6788 225 + 1.26
1.80 1.80 10 1.7783 250 + 1.22
1.90 11 18836 275 + 0.87
2.00 2.00 2.00 12 1.9953 300 + 0.24
2.12 13 2.1135 325 + 0.31
2.24 2.24 14 2.2387 350 + 0.06
2.36 15 2.3714 375 -0.48
2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 16 2.5119 400 -0.47
2.65 17 2.6607 425 -0.40
2.80 2.80 18 2.8184 450 -0.65
3.00 19 2.9854 475 + 0.49
3.15 3.15 3.15 20 3.1623 500 -0.39
3.35 21 3.3497 525 + 0.01
3.55 3.55 22 3.5481 550 + 0.05
3.75 23 3.7584 575 -0.22
4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 24 3.9811 600 + 0.47
4.25 25 4.2170 625 +0.78
4.50 4.50 26 4.4668 650 +0.74
4.75 27 4.7315 675 + 0.39
5.00 5.00 5.00 28 5.0119 700 -0.24
5.30 29 5.3088 725 -0.17
5.60 5.60 30 5.6234 750 -0.42
6.00 31 5.9566 775 + 0.73
6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 32 6.3096 800 -0.15
6.70 33 6.6834 825 + 0.25
7.10 7.10 34 7.0795 850 + 0.29
7.50 35 7.4989 875 + 0.01
8.00 8.00 8.00 36 7.9433 900 + 0.71
8.50 37 8.4140 925 + 1.02
9.00 9.00 38 8.9125 950 + 0.98
9.50 39 9.4406 975 + 0.63
10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 40 10.0000 0.00 0.00

78
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
R80 Series — the values for the R80 series, which are intended for use only in exceptional cases, are given in Table 4-3
derived series Additional series can be obtained by taking the terms at every second, third, fourth step, etc., of the basic series.
These series are designated R5/2, R10/3, R20/4, etc., where the step number is designated after a slash separating it from the
basic series designation.

TABLE 4-3 R80 SERIES OF PREFERRED NUMBERS FOR EXCEPTIONAL USE (ISO 3)
1.00 1.80 3.15 5.60
1.03 1.85 3.25 5.80
1.06 1.90 3.35 6.00
1.09 1.95 3.45 6.15
1.12 2.00 3.55 6.30
1.15 2.06 3.65 6.50
1.18 2.12 3.75 6.70
1.22 2.18 3.87 6.90
1.25 2.24 4.00 7.10
1.28 2.30 4.12 7.30
1.32 2.36 4.25 7.50
1.36 2.43 4.37 7.75
1.40 2.50 4.50 8.00
1.45 2.58 4.62 8.25
1.50 2.65 4.75 8.50
1.55 2.72 4.87 8.75
1.60 2.80 5.00 9.00
1.65 2.90 5.15 9.25
1.70 3.00 5.30 9.50
1.75 3.07 5.45 9.75

Example: R10/3 denotes a series which is at the third step in the basic R10 (see Choice of Series and Table 4-4).
shifted series — a series having the same gradations as the basic series, but beginning with a term not belonging to that series

GUIDANCE IN USE OF PREFERRED NUMBERS AND SERIES OF PREFERRED


NUMBERS

CHOICE OF SERIES
basic series — It is of the greatest importance to use the internationally accepted preferred numbers in the design and planning
of products as shown in Table 4-2, in the order of preference, R5, R10, R20, and R40.
derived series — A derived or supplementary series should only be used when none of the scales of the basic series is
satisfactory and preference should be given to such of those series as, whether extended upwards or downwards, include the
number 1. Further, as in the case of the basic series, derived series should be selected in the same order of preference, e.g.,
R5, R10, etc.
As stated under “Series of Preferred Numbers,” these series are obtained by taking every third step, every fourth step, etc., of
a basic series. For example a convenient series with a step ratio of 2 can be derived from every third step in the R10 series, or
with a ratio of 1.4 from every third step in the R20 series.
It will be noted that there is always more than one supplementary series with a given ratio, other than the normal series
containing the number 1, the additional series being based on one or other of the numbers in the primary series which are
omitted from the normal supplementary series. Thus, there are three supplementary series (R10/3), derived from the R10 series,
as follows:

Normal series: 1 ,2 ,4 ,8 , 16...


Other series 1.25 , 2.5 , 5 , 10 , 20 , 40...
1.6 , 3.15 , 6.3 , 12.5 , 25 , 50...

each with an increment step of approximately 100%.


It will be apparent that a supplementary series with any desired step ratio can be derived, provided the ratio required
corresponds to a preferred number. For example, if a ratio of 1.25 (25%) is required, this will be seen to correspond to every
second term in the R20 series.

79
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Percentage Increments. The percentage steps desired will determine the choice of series. The available percentage
increments for the various series are as shown in Table 4-4.

TABLE 4-4 PERCENTAGE INCREMENTS

NOTES: *Series shown in brackets are non-preferred.


†q =40√10 = f40 = 1.06, where ‘f ‘ designates the ratio for the Renard basic series given
by the subscript number.

MULTIPLICATION OR DIVISION
All preferred numbers in the R40 series can be expressed as an exponential function where the base number is
q (or q1) = 40√10 = f40
and the exponent applied to q equals the serial number shown in Table 4-2. Multiplication or division of two preferred numbers
will yield a third preferred number.

Numerical Exponential
1.6 X 2.5 = 4 q8 x q16 = q(8+16) = q24 = 4
6.3/4 = 1.6 q32/q24 = q(32-24) = q8 = 1.6

Example:
Cylindrical containers dimensioned to preferred numbers:

Size number 1 2 3 4 ……
Diameter d(R10) mm 100 125 160 200 ……
Height h(R10) mm 125 160 200 250 ……
Volume v (R10/3) L 1 2 4 8 ……

NOTE: The constant π is approximately equal to 3.15 = q20 (a preferred number in the basic R10 series, see Table 4-2.)

SINGLE NUMERICAL VALUE


In the selection of a single value, irrespective of any idea of scaling, a number of the R5, R10, R20, R40 basic series should be
chosen, in the same order of preference as listed. The first prototype machine might be designed to the lift capacity of 4 Mg (1
Mg = 1000 kg). The lift capacity for other models in the same production series could be, from the R5 basic series, 4 Mg, 6.3 Mg,
10 Mg, etc., or the R10 series could be used giving: 4 Mg, 5 Mg, 6.3 Mg, 10 Mg, etc.

Designation of Series. A lower or upper limit, or both, might be added as follows:

R5 (160 ....) is the series 160 250 400 630 …..


R10/3 (... 16) is the series …. 1 2 4 8 16
R20/3 (2 .... 8) is the series 2 2.8 4 5.6 8
R10/3 (.... 5 ....) is the series .... 1.25 2.5 5 10 20 …..
80
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Logarithmic Paper. The preferred numbering system can be used to produce a logarithmic scale from an equal-distance
marked paper, or scale (see Fig. 4-1). The desired measuring range and the spread of the logarithmic scale can be adjusted to
fit each application.

FIG. 4-1 HOW TO MAKE LOGARITHMIC SCALE PAPER WITH THE HELP OF PREFERRED NUMBERS

Grading by Means of Preferred Numbers. Since preferred numbers may differ from the calculated values by + 1.26% to —
1.01%, it follows that sizes graded according to preferred numbers are not exactly proportional to each other.

RELATED ISO STANDARDS


TC 19 Preferred numbers - STAND BY
ISO 3:1973 Preferred numbers -- Series of preferred numbers
ISO 17:1973 Guide to the use of preferred numbers and of series of preferred numbers
ISO 497:1973 Guide to the choice of series of preferred numbers and of series containing more rounded values of preferred
numbers

81
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 5

Surface Texture
SUMMARY
The internationally adopted system of measuring surface texture is to use the roughness average parameter designated Ra
(Table 5-1).

TABLE 5-1 ROUGHNESS NUMBERS (ISO 1302)


Nominal micrometers: 50 25 12.5 6.3 3.2 1.6 0.8 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.05 0.025
value of Ra microinches: 2000 1000 500 250 125 63 32 16 8 4 2 1
ISO Roughness number: N12 N11 N10 N9 N8 N7 N6 N5 N4 N3 N2 N1

In order to choose the optimum roughness average level, consider tolerance required as shown in Chapter 6 and Table 5-3.
Cost or machining time increases with finer surfaces as shown in Fig. 5-3.

SURFACE TEXTURE VS. PRODUCTION COSTS


A typical relationship of surface texture and production time (cost) is shown in Fig. 5-3. The chart, Fig. 5-3, shows a series of
curves displaying production time in relation to Ra values for the range of common machining processes, and is based on
research carried out on machine tools from 1 to 10 years old. The chart, however, is not intended to be used for making
comparisons between different processes.
Results obtained from common production processes in terms of Ra values (micrometers) are shown in Table 5-4.

SYMBOLS USED FOR INDICATION OF SURFACE TEXTURE


The basic surface texture symbol, as in Fig. 5-1A, consists of two legs of unequal length inclined at approximately 60 deg. to
the line representing the considered surface. Machining of the surface is optional. A horizontal bar, as in Fig. 5-1B, indicates that
removal of material by machining is required. A circle, as in Fig. 5-1C, indicates that removal of material by machining is not
permitted, and Fig. 5-1D indicates the position of the surface-texture specifications (listed below) in the symbol.
a = roughness value Ra (CLA) or in grade numbers N1 through N12 (see Table 5-1). Maximum (a1) and minimum (a2)
surface roughness limits (if required) are shown here.
b = production method, treatment or coating
c = sampling length (see Table 5-7)
d = direction of lay (see Table 5-8)
e = machining allowance
f = other roughness values (in brackets, as in Fig. 5-1D).

FIG. 5-1 SURFACE TEXTURE SYMBOLS (ISO 1302)


A. Machining of surface is optional; C. Machining of surface is not permitted; and
B. Machining of surface is required; D. Position of specifications in the symbol (ISO 1302).
NOTE: The symbols in “D” deviate slightly from the ANSI B46.1 standard.

Use of the N Series of Roughness Numbers1


Instead of the micrometer values, roughness numbers, N1 to N12, maybe quoted on drawings. The use of the “N” series of
roughness numbers is recommended to avoid possible misinterpretation on drawings that are apt to be internationally
exchanged.
1
The roughness numbers in the N Series are not recognized by ANSI B46.

82
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Typical Examples of Symbols
Table 5-2 gives typical examples of symbols used with micrometer texture values and roughness numbers (see also Fig. 5-3).
All surface-texture Ra values are in micrometers (1 µm = 0.001 mm).

TABLE 5-2 EXAMPLES OF SURFACE-TEXTURE SYMBOLS (BS 1134)

FIG. 5-2 DRAWING EXAMPLE

SURFACE TEXTURE DEFINITIONS


There are two basic systems mentioned in ISO 468, designated ”M” and ”E,” of indicating and defining the surface finish on
drawings. The difference between the two systems lies in reference being made to two distinct lines for measuring the ordinates
characterizing the roughness of each point of the surface profile, the criteria of roughness being defined with reference to the
mean line in the “M” system (see Fig. 5-4) and with reference to the envelope line in the “E” system (see Table 5-5). The
preferred system in ISO 468 is the “M” method. German drawings sometimes specify surface roughness in the “E” system.
Also recognized on an international level is the Ten Point Height of Irregularities system designated by the symbol Rz.
The RMS-value (Root Mean Square = Geometrical Average) is not recommended, being from 10 to 30% larger than the R,
value recorded for the same surface.
Some European drawings might specify the maximum height, Rmax, of the roughness irregularities, as shown later in Table 5-6.
maximum height Rmax of irregularities — the distance between two lines parallel to the mean line and touching the profile at the
highest and lowest points, respectively, within the sampling length (see Fig. 5-4)
The above system is sometimes used on foreign drawings, and the German standard defines the symbols in Table 5-5.

TABLE 5-3 TOLERANCES COMPARED TO FINISHES (UNI 3963)


ISO grade* IT2 IT3 IT4 IT5 IT6 IT7 IT8 IT9 IT10 IT11 IT12
Tolerance
(µm)** 2.5 4 7 11 16 25 39 62 100 160 250

values R (µm) 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2 0.3 12.5
Finish
grade number N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8 N9 N10
*IT stands for International Tolerance grade.
**Values shown are for nominal sizes over 18 mm up to and including 80 mm.

83
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 5-3 SURFACE TEXTURE VERSUS PRODUCTION TIME (BS 1134)

NOTE: Example: Should a given area of surface be surface ground to 3.2 µm Ra taking approximately 1 min, then to achieve 0.2
µm would take approximately 2.5 min.

84
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 5-4 SURFACE ROUGHNESS PRODUCED BY COMMON PRODUCTION METHODS AND
MATERIALS (BS 1134)
NOTES: The ranges shown above are Typical of the processes listed. Higher or lower values may be obtained under special conditions.

85
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 5-5 MAXIMUM ROUGHNESS HEIGHT SYSTEM

*The title block of the drawing should contain the following note: Finish series 3 DIN 3141 (German: Oberflächen Reihe 3 DIN 3141).

COMPARISON OF Rmax TO ROUGHNESS NUMBER


A rough comparison of the height of irregularities Rmax to the roughness number is shown in Table 5-6.

TABLE 5-6 MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF IRREGULARITIES (Rmax) COMPARED WITH ROUGHNESS NUMBERS (DIN
4767)

NOTE: The comparisons shown in Table 5-6 represent mean values. When converting a maximum height irregularity (Rmax) to a
roughness average (Ra) number or vice versa, select the value shown to the right.
Example 1: Rmax = 100 µm Select Ra = N10
Example 2: Ra = N10 Select Rmax = 25 µm

86
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
SAMPLING LENGTHS
The specifications of the sampling length are normally not required by the engineer. The range of standard sampling lengths
associated with Ra values are as follows (in mm):

0.08 0.8 8
0.25 2.5 25

Table 5-7 gives typical process designations and gives some guidance by indicating the meter cutoffs (equal to the sampling
lengths) found by experience to be suitable for each process listed.

p = effective profile
l = sampling length
m = mean line

FIG. 5-4 SAMPLING LENGTH, “I” (ISO 468)

TABLE 5-7 SAMPLING LENGTHS FOR VARIOUS MACHINING PROCESSES (BS 1134)
Typical finishing process Designation Meter cut-off (mm)
0.25 0.8 2.5 8 25
Milling Mill X X X
Boring Bore X X X
Turning Turn X X
Grinding Grind X X X
Planing Plane X X X
Reaming Ream X X
Broaching Broach X X
Diamond boring D. bore X X
Diamond turning D. turn X X
Honing Hone X X
Lapping Lap X X
Superfinishing S. S. fin. X X
Buffing Buff X X
Polishing Pol. X X
Shaping Shape X X X
Electro-discharge machining EDM X X
Burnishing Burnish X X
Drawing Drawn X X
Extruding Extrude X X
Moulding Mould X X
Electro-polishing El-pol. X X

87
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
SYMBOLS FOR THE DIRECTION OF LAY
The direction of lay is the direction of the predominant surface pattern, ordinarily determined by the production method
employed. The series of symbols given in Table 5-8 specifies the common direction of lay.

TABLE 5-8 DIRECTION OF LAY SYMBOLS (ISO 1302)

NOTE: Should it be necessary to specify a direction of lay not clearly defined by these symbols, then this must be achieved by a suitable note on the drawing.

88
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS
17.040.20 Properties of surfaces
ISO 1302:2002 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Indication of surface texture in technical product documentation
ISO 4287:1997 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method -- Terms, definitions and surface texture parameters
ISO 4288:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method -- Rules and procedures for the assessment of surface
texture
ISO 4291:1985 Methods for the assessement of departure from roundness -- Measurement of variations in radius
ISO 4292:1985 Methods for the assessment of departure from roundness -- Measurement by two- and three-point methods
ISO 8785:1998 Geometrical Product Specification (GPS) -- Surface imperfections -- Terms, definitions and parameters
ISO 11562:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method -- Metrological characteristics of phase correct filters
ISO 12085:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method -- Motif parameters
ISO/TS 12180-1:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Cylindricity -- Part 1: Vocabulary and parameters of cylindrical form
ISO/TS 12180-2:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Cylindricity -- Part 2: Specification operators
ISO/TS 12181-1:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Roundness -- Part 1: Vocabulary and parameters of roundness
ISO/TS 12181-2:2003 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Roundness -- Part 2: Specification operators
ISO 13565-1:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method; Surfaces having stratified functional properties -- Part 1:
Filtering and general measurement conditions
ISO 13565-2:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method; Surfaces having stratified functional properties -- Part 2:
Height characterization using the linear material ratio curve
ISO 13565-3:1998 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method; Surfaces having stratified functional properties -- Part 3:
Height characterization using the material probability curve
ISO/TS 16610-1:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 1: Overview and basic concepts
ISO/TS 16610-20:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 20: Linear profile filters: Basic concepts
ISO/TS 16610-22:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 22: Linear profile filters: Spline filters
ISO/TS 16610-29:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 29: Linear profile filters: Spline wavelets
ISO/TS 16610-40:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 40: Morphological profile filters: Basic concepts
ISO/TS 16610-41:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 41: Morphological profile filters: Disk and horizontal line-segment filters
ISO/TS 16610-49:2006 Geometrical product specifications (GPS) -- Filtration -- Part 49: Morphological profile filters: Scale space techniques

USA
ANSI B 46.1-1985 Surface texture

Japan
JIS B0601: 1970 Surface roughness

Germany
DIN 140: SHEET 1,3,4,7 Drawing practice — Surfaces
DIN 3141:1960 Surface symbols on drawings — Peak-to-valley height
DIN 3142: 1960 Indication of surfaces on drawings by means of roughness grades
DIN 4767: 1970 Relationship between Ra (CLA, AA) and Rt (Rmax) surface texture values

UK
BS 1134: Part 1:1972 Method for the assessment of surface texture — Method and instrumentation
BS 1134: Part 2:1988 Method for the assessment of surface texture — General information and guidance

Italy
UNI 3963: 1960 Surface texture definitions
UNI 4600: 1960 Surface texture drawing symbols

Australia
AS B131: 1962 Center-line-average height method (M-system) for the assessment of surface texture
AS 1100: Part 11: 1974 Indication of surface texture.

ISO Standards Handbook - Limits, fits and surface properties


This handbook contains a comprehensive collection of ISO standards for: general limits and fits; limits and fits for screw threads; limits
and fits for gears and involute splines; properties of surfaces. Standards on relevant terminology complete the collection. (Year of
nd
publication:1999 2 Ed) See table of content

89
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 6

The ISO System of Limits and Fits -


Tolerances and Deviations
SUMMARY*
The ISO System of Limits and Fits is a coordinated system of hole and shaft tolerances for engineering and manufacturing
used for cutting tools, material stock, gages, etc. If held to these tolerances, cutting tools, material stock, and gages are
available throughout the world.
The hole basis fits have four preferred hole tolerances (H11, H9, H8, and H7); the shaft basis fits have four preferred shaft
tolerances (h11, h9, h7, and h6) as shown in Table 6-1. The above shaft tolerances are now covered in the new ANSI B32.100-
2005 standard.
Select the basic size from Table 4-1 and one of the ten fits from Table 6-1 and read or cut and paste limit dimensions and
clearances (interferences) from Tables 6-2 through 6-6 or CD’s.
Tolerance Zones for holes are shown in Fig. 6-1 and for shafts in Fig. 6-2.
TM TM
NOTE *Complete ISO System of Limits and Fits now available on two CD’s, KOK ISOTOL Computer Tolerancing Software and KOK ISOGAGE Computer
Software for Gages now available from ANSI or KOK.

TABLE 6-1 DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED FITS (ANSI B4.2)


ISO SYMBOL
Hole Shaft DESCRIPTION
Basis Basis
H11/c11 C11/h11 Loose running fit for wide commercial tolerances or allowances
on external members. More
H9/d9 D9/h9 Free running fit not for use where accuracy is essential, but good for large Clearance
Clearance temperature variations, high running speeds, or heavy journal pressures.
H8/f7 F8/h7 Close running fit for running on accurate machines and for accurate
Fits location at moderate speeds and journal pressures.
H7/g6 G7/h6 Sliding fit not intended to run freely, but to move and turn freely
and locate accurately.
H7/h6 H7/h6 Locational clearance fit provides snug fit for locating stationary parts;
but can be freely assembled and disassembled.
Transition H7/k6 K7/h6 Locational transition fit for accurate location, a compromise
between clearance and interference.
Fits H7/n6 N7/h6 Locational transition fit for more accurate location where
greater interference is permissible.
1
H7/p6 P7/h6 Locational interference fit for parts requiring rigidity and alignment with
prime accuracy of location but without special bore pressure requirements.
Interference H7/s6 S7/h6 Medium drive fit for ordinary steel parts or shrink fits on light sections, the
tightest fit usable with cast iron. More
Fits H7/u6 U7/h6 Force fit suitable for parts which can be highly stressed or for shrink fits Interference
where the heavy pressing forces required are impractical.
1
Transition fit for basic sizes in range from 0 through 3 mm.

90
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-2 PREFERRED HOLE BASIS CLEARANCE FITS (ANSI B4.2)
mm
LOOSE FREE CLOSE SLIDING LOCATIONAL
RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING CLEARANCE
BASIC HOLE SHAFT HOLE SHAFT HOLE SHAFT HOLE SHAFT HOLE SHAFT
DIFF DIFF DIFF DIFF DIFF
SIZE H11 c11 H9 d9 H8 f7 H7 g6 H7 h6
S7 MAX 7.090 6.920 0.260 7.036 6.960 0.112 7.022 6.987 0.050 7.015 6.995 0.029 7.015 7.000 0.024
MIN 7.000 6.830 0.080 7.000 6.924 0.040 7.000 6.972 0.013 7.000 6.986 0.005 7.000 6.991 0.000
F8 MAX 8.090 7.920 0.260 8.036 7.960 0.112 8.022 7.987 0.050 8.015 7.995 0.029 8.015 8.000 0.024
MIN 8.000 7.830 0.080 8.000 7.924 0.040 8.000 7.972 0.013 8.000 7.986 0.005 8.000 7.991 0.000
S9 MAX 9.090 8.920 0.260 9.036 8.960 0.112 9.022 8.987 0.050 9.015 8.995 0.029 9.015 9.000 0.024
MIN 9.000 8.830 0.080 9.000 8.924 0.040 9.000 8.972 0.013 9.000 8.986 0.005 9.000 8.991 0.000
F10 MAX 10.090 9.920 0.260 10.036 9.960 0.112 10.022 9.987 0.050 10.015 9.995 0.029 10.015 10.000 0.024
MIN 10.000 9.830 0.080 10.000 9.924 0.040 10.000 9.972 0.013 10.000 9.986 0.005 10.000 9.991 0.000
S11 MAX 11.110 10.905 0.315 11.043 10.950 0.136 11.027 10.984 0.061 11.018 10.994 0.035 11.018 11.000 0.029
MIN 11.000 10.795 0.095 11.000 10.907 0.050 11.000 10.966 0.016 11.000 10.983 0.006 11.000 10.989 0.000
F12 MAX 12.110 11.905 0.315 12.043 11.950 0.136 12.027 11.984 0.061 12.018 11.994 0.035 12.018 12.000 0.029
MIN 12.000 11.795 0.095 12.000 11.907 0.050 12.000 11.966 0.016 12.000 11.983 0.006 12.000 11.989 0.000
T13 MAX 13.110 12.905 0.315 13.043 12.950 0.136 13.027 12.984 0.061 13.018 12.994 0.035 13.018 13.000 0.029
MIN 13.000 12.795 0.095 13.000 12.907 0.050 13.000 12.966 0.016 13.000 12.983 0.006 13.000 12.989 0.000
S14 MAX 14.110 13.905 0.315 14.043 13.950 0.136 14.027 13.984 0.061 14.018 13.994 0.035 14.018 14.000 0.029
MIN 14.000 13.795 0.095 14.000 13.907 0.050 14.000 13.966 0.016 14.000 13.983 0.006 14.000 13-989 0.000
T15 MAX 15.110 14.905 0.315 15.043 14.950 0.136 15.027 14.984 0.061 15.018 14.994 0.035 15.018 15.000 0.029
MIN 15.000 14.795 0.095 15.000 14.907 0.050 15.000 14.966 0.016 15.000 14.983 0.006 15.000 14.989 0.000
F16 MAX 16.110 15.905 0.315 16.043 15.950 0.136 16.027 15.984 0.061 16.018 15.994 0.035 16.018 16.000 0.029
MIN 16.000 15.795 0.095 16.000 15.907 0.050 16.000 15.966 0.016 16.000 15.983 0.006 16.000 15.989 0.000
T17 MAX 17.110 16.905 0.315 17.043 16.950 0.136 17.027 16.984 0.061 17.018 16.994 0.035 17.018 17.000 0.029
MIN 17.000 16.795 0.095 17.000 16.907 0.050 17.000 16.966 0.016 17.000 16.983 0.006 17.000 16.989 0.000
S18 MAX 18.110 17.905 0.315 18.043 17.950 0.136 18.027 17.984 0.061 18.018 17.994 0.035 18.018 18.000 0.029
MIN 18.000 17.795 0.095 18.000 17.907 0.050 18.000 17.966 0.016 18.000 17.983 0.006 18.000 17.989 0.000
T19 MAX 19.130 18.890 0.370 19.052 18.935 0.169 19.033 18.980 0.074 19.021 18.993 0.041 19.021 19.000 0.034
MIN 19.000 18.760 0.110 19.000 18.883 0.065 19.000 18.959 0.020 19.000 18.980 0.007 19.000 18.987 0.000
F20 MAX 20.130 19.890 0.370 20.052 19.935 0.169 20.033 19.980 0.074 20.021 19.993 0.041 20.021 20.000 0.034
MIN 20.000 19.760 0.110 20.000 19.883 0.065 20.000 19.959 0.020 20.000 19.980 0.007 20.000 19.987 0.000
T21 MAX 21.130 20.890 0.370 21.052 20.935 0.169 21.033 20.980 0.074 21.021 20.993 0.041 21.021 21.000 0.034
MIN 21.000 20.760 0.110 21.000 20.883 0.065 21.000 20.959 0.020 21.000 20.980 0.007 21.000 20.987 0.000
S22 MAX 22.130 21.890 0.370 22.052 21.935 0.169 22.033 21.980 0.074 22.021 21.993 0.041 22.021 22.000 0.034
MIN 22.000 21.760 0.110 22.000 21.883 0.065 22.000 21.959 0.020 22.000 21.980 0.007 22.000 21.987 0.000
T23 MAX 23.130 22.890 0.370 23.052 22.935 0.169 23.033 22.980 0.074 23.021 22.993 0.041 23.021 23.000 0.034
MIN 23.000 22.760 0.110 23.000 22.883 0.065 23.000 22.959 0.020 23.000 22.980 0.007 23.000 22.987 0.000
T24 MAX 24.130 23.890 0.370 24.052 23.935 0.169 24.033 23.980 0.074 24.021 23.993 0.041 24.021 24.000 0.034
MIN 24.000 23.760 0.110 24.000 23.883 0.065 24.000 23.959 0.020 24.000 23.980 0.007 24.000 23.987 0.000
NOTES: 1. Select nominal sizes to preference rating as follows: F = First Choice, S = Second Choice, T = Third Choice.
2. ANSI B4.2 lists limit dimensions for nominal sizes marked "F" (First Choice) only. A cost penalty for material stock,
tooling and gages is anticipated for sizes marked with "S" (Second Choice) and "T" (Third Choice).

91
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-3 PREFERRED HOLE BASIS TRANSITION AND INTERFERENCE FITS (ANSI B4.2)
mm
LOCATIONAL TRANSN LOCATIONAL TRANSN LOCATIONAL INTERF MEDIUM DRIVE FORCE
BASIC HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF
SIZE H7 k6 H7 n6 H7 p6 H7 s6 H7 u6
S7 MAX 7.015 7.010 0.014 7.015 7.019 0.005 7.015 7.024 0.000 7.015 7.032 -0.008 7.015 7.037 -0.013
MIN 7.000 7.001 -0.010 7.000 7.010 -0.019 7.000 7.015 -0.024 7.000 7.023 -0.032 7.000 7.028 -0.037
F8 MAX 8.015 8.010 0.014 8.015 8.019 0.005 8.015 8.024 0.000 8.015 8.032 -0.008 8.015 8.037 -0.013
MIN 8.000 8.001 -0.010 8.000 8.010 -0.019 8.000 8.015 -0.024 8.000 8.023 -0.032 8.000 8.028 -0.037
S9 MAX 5.015 9.010 0.014 9.015 9.019 0.005 9.015 9.024 0.000 9.015 9.032 -0.008 9.015 9.037 -0.013
MIN 9.000 9.001 -0.010 9.000 9.010 -0.019 9.000 9.015 -0.024 9.000 9.023 -0.032 9.000 9.028 -0.037
F10 MAX 10.015 10.010 0.014 10.015 10.019 0.005 10.015 10.024 0.000 10.015 10.032 -0.008 10.015 10.037 -0.013
MIN 10.000 10.001 -0.010 10.000 10.010 -0.019 10.000 10.015 -0.024 10.000 10.023 -0.032 10.000 10.028 -0.037
S11 MAX 11.018 11.012 0.017 11.018 11.023 0.006 11.018 11.029 0.000 11.018 11.039 -0.010 11.018 11.044 -0.015
MIN 11.000 11.001 -0.012 11.000 11.012 -0.023 11.000 11.018 -0.029 11.000 11.028 -0.039 11.000 11.033 -0.044
F12 MAX 12.018 12.012 0.017 12.018 12.023 0.006 12.018 12.029 0.000 12.018 12.039 -0.010 12.018 12.044 -0.015
MIN 12.000 12.001 -0.012 12.000 12.012 -0.023 12.000 12.018 -0.029 12.000 12.028 -0.039 12.000 12.033 -0.044
T13 MAX 13.018 13.012 0.017 13.018 13.023 0.006 13.018 13.029 0.000 13.018 13.039 -0.010 13.018 13.044 -0.015
MIN 13.000 13.001 -0.012 13.000 13.012 -0.023 13.000 13.018 -0.029 13.000 13.028 -0.039 13.000 13.033 -0.044
S14 MAX 14.018 14.012 0.017 14.018 14.023 0.006 14.018 14.029 0.000 14.018 14.039 -0.010 14.018 14.044 -0.015
MIN 14.000 14.001 -0.012 14.000 14.012 -0.023 14.000 14.018 -0.029 14.000 14.028 -0.039 14.000 14.033 -0.044
T15 MAX 15.018 15.012 0.017 15.018 15.023 0.006 15.018 15.029 0.000 15.018 15.039 -0.010 15.018 15.044 -0.015
MIN 15.000 15.001 -0.012 15.000 15.012 -0.023 15.000 15.018 -0.029 15.000 15.028 -0.039 15.000 15.033 -0.044
F16 MAX 16.018 16.012 0.017 16.018 16.029 0.006 16.018 16.029 0.000 16.018 16.039 -0.010 16.018 16.044 -0.015
MIN 16.000 16.001 -0.012 16.000 16.012 -0.023 16.000 16.018 -0.029 16.000 16.028 -0.039 16.000 16.033 -0.044
T17 MAX 17.018 17.012 0.017 17.018 17.023 0.006 17.018 17.029 0.000 17.018 17.039 -0.010 17.018 17.044 -0.015
MIN 17.000 17.001 -0.012 17.000 17.012 -0.023 17.000 17.018 -0.029 17.000 17.028 -0.039 17.000 17.033 -0.044
S18 MAX 18.018 18.012 0.017 18.018 18.023 0.006 18.018 18.029 0.000 18.018 18.039 -0.010 18.018 18.044 -0.015
MIN 18.000 18.001 -0.012 18.000 18.012 -0.023 18.000 18.018 -0.029 18.000 18.028 -0.039 18.000 18.033 -0.044
T19 MAX 19.021 19.015 0.019 19.021 19.028 0.006 19.021 19.035 -0.001 19.021 19.048 0.014 19.021 19.054 -0.020
MIN 19.000 19.002 -0.015 19.000 19.015 -0.028 19.000 19.022 -0.035 19.000 19.035 -0.048 19.000 19.041 -0.054
F20 MAX 20.021 20.015 0.019 20.021 20.028 0.006 20.021 20.035 -0.001 20.021 20.048 0.014 20.021 20.054 -0.020
MIN 20.000 20.002 -0.015 20.000 20.015 -0.028 20.000 20.022 -0.035 20.000 20.035 -0.048 20.000 20.041 -0.054
T21 MAX 21.021 21.015 0.019 21.021 21.028 0.006 21.021 21.035 -0.001 21.021 21.048 0.014 21.021 21.054 -0.020
MIN 21.000 21.002 -0.015 21.000 21.015 -0.028 21.000 21.022 -0.035 21.000 21.035 -0.048 21.000 21.041 -0.054
S22 MAX 22.021 22.015 0.019 22.021 22.028 0.006 22.021 22.035 -0.001 22.021 22.048 0.014 22.021 22.054 -0.020
MIN 22.000 22.002 -0.015 22.000 22.015 -0.028 22.000 22.022 -0.035 22.000 22.035 -0.048 22.000 22.041 -0.054
T23 MAX 23.021 23.015 0.019 23.021 23.028 0.006 23.021 23.035 -0.001 23.021 23.048 0.014 23.021 23.054 -0.020
MIN 23.000 23.002 -0.015 23.000 23.015 -0.028 23.000 23.022 -0.035 23.000 23.035 -0.048 23.000 23.041 -0.054
T24 MAX 24.021 24.015 0.019 24.021 24.028 0.006 24.021 24.035 -0.001 24.021 24.048 0.014 24.021 24.054 -0.020
MIN 24.000 24.002 -0.015 24.000 24.015 -0.028 24.000 24.022 -0.035 24.000 24.035 -0.048 24.000 24.041 -0.054
NOTES: 1. Select nominal sizes to preference rating as follows: F = First Choice, S = Second Choice, T = Third Choice.
2. ANSI B4.2 lists limit dimensions for nominal sizes marked "F" (First Choice) only. A cost penalty for material stock,
tooling and gages is anticipated for sizes marked with "S" (Second Choice) and "T" (Third Choice).

92
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-4 PREFERRED SHAFT BASIS CLEARANCE FITS (ANSI B4.2)
mm
BASIC LOOSE RUNNING FREE RUNNING CLOSE RUNNING SLIDING LOC CLEARANCE
SIZE HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF
C11 h11 D9 h9 F8 h7 G7 h6 H7 h6
S7 MAX 7.170 7.000 0.260 7.076 7.000 0.112 7.035 7.000 0.050 7.020 7.000 0.029 7.015 7.000 0.024
MIN 7.080 6.910 0.080 7.040 6.964 0.040 7.013 6.985 0.013 7.005 6.991 0.005 7.000 6.991 0.000
F8 MAX 8.170 8.000 0.260 8.076 8.000 0.112 8.035 8.000 0.050 8.020 8.000 0.029 8.015 8.000 0.024
MIN 8.080 7.910 0.080 8.040 7.964 0.040 8.013 7.985 0.013 8.005 7.991 0.005 8.000 7.991 0.000
S9 MAX 9.170 9.000 0.260 9.076 9.000 0.112 9.035 9.000 0.050 9.020 9.000 0.029 9.015 9.000 0.024
MIN 9.080 8.910 0.080 9.040 8.964 0.040 9.013 8.985 0.013 9.005 8.991 0.005 9.000 8.991 0.000
F10 MAX 10.170 10.000 0.260 10.076 10.000 0.112 10.035 10.000 0.050 10.020 10.000 0.029 10.015 10.000 0.024
MIN 10.080 9.910 0.080 10.040 9.964 0.040 10.013 9.985 0.013 10.005 9.991 0.005 10.000 9.991 0.000
S11 MAX 11.205 11.000 0.315 11.093 11.000 0.136 11.043 11.000 0.061 11.024 11.000 0.035 11.018 11.000 0.029
MIN 11.095 10.890 0.095 11.050 10.957 0.050 11.016 10.982 0.016 11.006 10.989 0.006 11.000 10.989 0.000
F12 MAX 12.205 12.000 0.315 12.093 12.000 0.136 12.043 12.000 0.061 12.024 12.000 0.035 12.018 12.000 0.029
MIN 12.095 11.890 0.095 12.050 11.957 0.050 12.016 11.982 0.016 12.006 11.989 0.006 12.000 11.989 0.000
T13 MAX 13.205 13.000 0.315 13.093 13.000 0.136 13.043 13.000 0.061 13.024 13.000 0.035 13.018 13.000 0.029
MIN 13.095 12.890 0.095 13.050 12.957 0.050 13.016 12.982 0.016 13.006 12.989 0.006 13.000 12.989 0.000
S14 MAX 14.205 14.000 0.315 14.093 14.000 0.136 14.043 14.000 0.061 14.024 14.000 0.035 14.018 14.000 0.029
MIN 14.095 13.890 0.095 14.050 13.957 0.050 14.016 13.982 0.016 14.006 13.989 0.006 14.000 11-989 0.000
T15 MAX 15.205 15.000 0.315 15.093 15.000 0.136 15.043 15.000 0.061 15.024 15.000 0.035 15.018 15.000 0.029
MIN 15.095 14.890 0.095 15.050 14.957 0.050 15.016 14.982 0.016 15.006 14.989 0.006 15.000 44.989 0.000
F16 MAX 16.205 16.000 0.315 16.093 16.000 0.136 16.043 16.000 0.061 16.024 16.000 0.035 16.018 16.000 0.029
MIN 16.095 15.890 0.095 16.050 15.957 0.050 16.016 15.982 0.016 16.006 15.989 0.006 16.000 15.989 0.000
T17 MAX 17.205 17.000 0.315 17.093 17.000 0.136 17.043 17.000 0.061 17.024 17.000 0.035 17.018 17.000 0.029
MIN 17.095 16.890 0.095 17.050 16.957 0.050 17.016 16.982 0.016 17.006 16.989 0.006 17.000 16.989 0.000
S18 MAX 18.205 18.000 0.315 18.093 18.000 0.136 18.043 18.000 0.061 18.024 18.000 0.035 18.018 18.000 0.029
MIN 18.095 17.890 0.095 18.050 17.957 0.050 18.016 17.982 0.016 18.006 17.989 0.006 18.000 17.989 0.000
T19 MAX 19.240 19.000 0.370 19.117 19.000 0.169 19.053 19.000 0.074 19.028 19.000 0.041 19.021 19.000 0.034
MIN 19.110 18.870 0.110 19.065 18.948 0.065 19.020 18.979 0.020 19.007 18.987 0.007 19.000 18.987 0.000
F20 MAX 20.240 20.000 0.370 20.117 20.000 0.169 20.053 20.000 0.074 20.028 20.000 0.041 20.021 20.000 0.034
MIN 20.110 19.870 0.110 20.065 19.948 0.065 20.020 19.979 0.020 20.007 19.987 0.007 20.000 19.987 0.000
T21 MAX 21.240 21.000 0.370 21.117 21.000 0.169 21.053 21.000 0.074 21.028 21.000 0.041 21.021 21.000 0.034
MIN 21.110 20.870 0.110 21.065 20.948 0.065 21.020 20.979 0.020 21.007 20.987 0.007 21.000 20.987 0.000
S22 MAX 22.240 22.000 0.370 22.117 22.000 0.169 22.053 22.000 0.074 22.028 22.000 0.041 22.021 22.000 0.034
MIN 22.110 21.870 0.110 22.065 21.948 0.065 22.020 21.979 0.020 22.007 21.987 0.007 22.000 21.987 0.000
T23 MAX 23.240 23.000 0.370 23.117 23.000 0.169 23.053 23.000 0.074 23.028 23.000 0.041 23.021 23.000 0.034
MIN 23.110 22.870 0.110 23.065 22:948 0.065 23.020 22.979 0.020 23.007 22.987 0.007 23.000 22.987 0.000
T24 MAX 24.240 24.000 0.370 24.117 24.000 0.169 24.053 24.000 0.074 24.028 24.000 0.041 24.021 24.000 0.034
MIN 24.110 23.870 0.110 24.065 23.948 0.065 24.020 23.979 0.020 24.007 23.987 0.007 24.000 23.987 0.000
NOTES: 1. Select nominal sizes to preference rating as follows: F = First Choice, S = Second Choice, T = Third Choice.
2. ANSI B4.2 lists limit dimensions for nominal sizes marked "F" (First Choice) only. A cost penalty for material stock,
tooling and gages is anticipated for sizes marked with "S" (Second Choice) and "T" (Third Choice).

93
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-5 PREFERRED SHAFT BASIS TRANSITION AND INTERFERENCE FITS (ANSI B4.2)
mm
BASIC LOCATIONAL TRANSN LOCATIONAL TRANSN LOCATIONAL INTERF MEDIUM DRIVE FORCE
SIZE HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF HOLE SHAFT DIFF
K7 h6 N7 h6 P7 h6 S7 h6 U7 h6
S7 MAX 7.005 7.000 0.014 6.996 7.000 0.005 6.991 7.000 0.000 6.983 7.000 -0.008 6.978 7.000 -0.013
MIN 6.990 6.991 -0.010 6.981 6.991 -0.019 6.976 6.991 -0.024 6.968 6.991 -0.032 6.963 6.991 -0.037
F8 MAX 8.005 8.000 0.014 7.996 8.000 0.005 7.991 8.000 0.000 7.983 8.000 -0.008 7.978 8.000 -0.013
MIN 7.990 7.991 -0.010 7.981 7.991 -0.019 7.976 7.991 -0.024 7.968 7.991 -0.032 7.963 7.991 -0.037
S9 MAX 9.005 9.000 0.014 8.996 9.000 0.005 8.991 9.000 0.000 8.983 9.000 -0.008 8.978 9.000 -0.013
MIN 8.990 8.991 -0.010 8.981 8.991 -0.019 8.976 8.991 -0.024 8.968 8.991 -0.032 8.963 8.991 -0.037
F10 MAX 10.005 10.000 0.014 9.996 10.000 0.005 9.991 10.000 0.000 9.983 10.000 -0.008 9.978 10.000 -0.013
MIN 9.990 9.991 -0.010 9.981 9.991 -0.019 9.976 9.991 -0.024 9.968 9.991 -0.032 9.963 9.991 -0.037
S11 MAX 11.006 11.000 0.017 10.995 11.000 0.006 10.989 11.000 0.000 10.979 11.000 -0.010 10.974 11.000 -0.015
MIN 10.988 10.989 -0.012 10.977 10.989 -0.023 10.971 10.989 -0.029 10.961 10.989 -0.039 10.956 10.989 -0.044
F12 MAX 12.006 12.000 0.017 11.995 12.000 0.006 11.989 12.000 0.000 11.979 12.000 -0.010 11.974 12.000 -0.015
MIN 11.988 11.989 -0.012 11.977 11.989 -0.023 11.971 11.989 -0.029 11.961 11.989 -0.039 11.956 11.989 -0.044
T13 MAX 13.006 13.000 0.017 12.995 13.000 0.006 12.989 13.000 0.000 12.979 13.000 -0.010 12.974 13.000 -0.015
MIN 12.988 12.989 -0.012 12.977 12.989 -0.023 12.971 12.989 -0.029 12.961 12.989 -0.039 12.956 12.989 -0.044
S14 MAX 14.006 14.000 0.017 13.995 14.000 0.006 13.989 14.000 0.000 13.979 14.000 -0.010 13.974 14.000 0.015
MIN 13.988 13.989 -0.012 13.977 13.989 -0.023 13.971 13.989 -0.029 13.961 13.989 -0.039 13.956 13.989 -0.044
T15 MAX 15.006 15.000 0.017 14.995 15.000 0.006 14.989 15.000 0.000 14.979 15.000 -0.010 14.974 15.000 -0.015
MIN 14.988 14.989 -0.012 14.977 14.989 -0.023 14.971 14.989 -0.029 14.961 14.989 -0.039 14.956 14.989 -0.044
F16 MAX 16.006 16.000 0.017 15.995 16.000 0.006 15.989 16.000 0.000 15.979 16.000 -0.010 15.974 16.000 -0.015
MIN 15.988 15.989 -0.012 15.977 15.989 -0.023 15.971 15.989 -0.029 15.961 15.989 -0.039 15.956 15.989 -0.044
T17 MAX 17.006 17.000 0.017 16.995 17.000 0.006 16.989 17.000 0.000 16.979 17.000 -0.010 16.974 17.000 -0.015
MIN 16.988 16.989 -0.012 16.977 16.989 -0.023 16.971 16.989 -0.029 16.961 16.989 -0.039 16.956 16.989 -0.044
S18 MAX 18.006 18.000 0.017 17.995 18.000 0.006 17.989 18.000 0.000 17.979 18.000 -0.010 17.974 18.000 -0.015
MIN 17.988 17.989 -0.012 17.977 17.989 -0.023 17.971 17.989 -0.029 17.961 17.989 -0.039 17.956 17.989 -0.044
T19 MAX 19.006 19.000 0.019 18.993 19.000 0.006 18.986 19.000 -0.001 18.973 19.000 -0.014 18.967 19.000 -0.020
MIN 18.985 18.987 -0.015 18.972 18.987 -0.028 18.965 18.987 -0.035 18.952 18.987 -0.048 18.946 18.987 -0.054
F20 MAX 20.006 20.000 0.019 19.993 20.000 0.006 19.986 20.000 -0.001 19.973 20.000 -0.014 19.967 20.000 -0.020
MIN 19.985 19.987 -0.015 19.972 19.987 -0.028 19.965 19.987 -0.035 19.952 19.987 -0.048 19.946 19.987 -0.054
T21 MAX 21.006 21.000 0.019 20.993 21.000 0.006 20.986 21.000 -0.001 20.973 21.000 -0.014 20.967 21.000 -0.020
MIN 20.985 20.987 -0.015 20.972 20.987 -0.028 20.965 20.987 -0.035 20.952 20.987 -0.048 20.946 20.987 -0.054
S22 MAX 22.006 22.000 0.019 21.993 22.000 0.006 21.986 22.000 -0.001 21.973 22.000 -0.014 21.967 22.000 -0.020
MIN 21.985 21.987 -0.015 21.972 21.987 -0.028 21.965 21.987 -0.035 21.952 21.987 -0.048 21.946 21.987 -0.054
T23 MAX 23.006 23.000 0.019 22.993 23.000 0.006 22.986 23.000 -0.001 22.973 23.000 -0.014 22.967 23.000 -0.020
MIN 22.985 22.987 -0.015 22.972 22.987 -0.028 22.965 22.987 -0.035 22.952 22.987 -0.048 22.946 22.987 -0.054
T24 MAX 24.006 24.000 0.019 23.993 24.000 0.006 23.986 24.000 -0.001 23.973 24.000 -0.014 23.967 24.000 -0.020
MIN 23.985 23.987 -0.015 23.972 23.987 -0.028 23.965 23.987 -0.035 23.952 23.987 -0.048 23.946 23.987 -0.054
NOTES: 1. Select nominal sizes to preference rating as follows: F = First Choice, S = Second Choice, T = Third Choice.
2. ANSI B4.2 lists limit dimensions for nominal sizes marked "F" (First Choice) only. A cost penalty for material stock,
tooling and gages is anticipated for sizes marked with "S" (Second Choice) and "T" (Third Choice).

94
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
H1 JS1
H2 JS2
H3 JS3
H4 JS4
G5 H5 JS5 K5 M5 N5 P5 R5 S5 T5 U5 V5 X5 Y5 Z5
F6 G6 H6 J6 JS6 K6 M6 N6 P6 R6 S6 T6 U6 V6 X6 Y6 Z6
D7 E7 F7 G7 H7 J7 JS7 K7 M7 N7 P7 R7 S7 T7 U7 V7 X7 Y7 Z7
C8 D8 E8 F8 G8 H8 J8 JS8 K8 MS N8 P8 R8 S8 T8 U8 V8 XS Y8 Z8
A9 B9 C9 D9 E9 F9 G9 H9 JS9 K9 M9 N9 Y9 R9 S9 T9 U9 V9 X9 Y9 Z9
A10 B10 C10 D10 E10 F10 G10 H10 JS10 K10 M10 N10 P10 R10 S10 T10 U10 V10 X10 Y10 Z10
A11 B11 C11 D11 E11 F11 H11 JS11
A12 B12 C12 D12 E12 H12 JS12
A13 B13 C13 H13 JS13
A14 B14 H14 JS14
H15 JS15
H16 JS16
See Table No.
6- 6 7 8 9 10 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Legend: First choice tolerance zones are printed in bold (ANSI B4.2 preferred)

FIG. 6-1 TOLERANCE ZONES FOR INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES)


(ANSI B4.2)

h1 js1
h2 js2
h3 js3
g4 h4 js4 k4 m4 n4 p4 r4 s4 t4 u4 v4 x4 y4 z4
f5 g5 h5 j5 js5 k5 m5 n5 p5 r5 s5 t5 u5 v5 x5 y5 z5
e6 f6 g6 h6 j6 js6 k6 m6 n6 p6 r6 s6 t6 u6 v6 x6 y6 z6
d7 e7 f7 g7 h7 j7 js7 k7 m7 n7 p7 r7 s7 t7 u7 v7 x7 y7 z7
c8 d8 e8 f8 g8 h8 js8 k8 m8 n8 p8 r8 s8 t8 u8 v8 x8 y8 z8
a9 b9 c9 d9 e9 f9 g9 h9 js9 k9 m9 n9 p9 r9 s9 t9 u9 v9 x9 y9 z9
a10 b10 c10 d10 e10 f10 h10 js10
a11 b11 c11 d11 e11 h11 js11
a12 b12 c12 d12 h12 js12
a13 b13 c13 h13 js13
a14 b14 h14 js14
h15 js15
h16 js16
See Table No.
6- 18 19 20 21 22 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

Legend: First choice tolerance zones are printed in bold (ANSI B4.2 preferred)

FIG. 6-2 TOLERANCE ZONES FOR EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS)


(ANSI B4.2)

95
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-6 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (A14 ... A9, B14 ...B9) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10 B9
OVER 0 +0.520 +0.410 +0.370 +0.330 +0.310 +0.295 +0.390 +0.280 0.240 +0.200 +0.180 0.165
TO 3 +0.270 +0.270 +0.270 +0.270 +0.270 +0.270 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140
OVER 3 +0.570 +0.500 +0.390 +0.345 +0.318 +0.300 +0.440 +0.320 +0.260 +0.215 +0.188 +0.170
TO 6 +0.270 +0.270 +0.270 +0.270 +0.270 +0.270 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140
OVER 6 +0.640 +0.500 +0.430 +0.370 +0.338 +0.316 +0.510 +0.370 +0.300 +0.240 +0.208 +0.186
TO 10 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150
OVER 10 +0.720 +0.560 +0.470 +0.400 +0.360 +0.338 +0.580 +0.420 +0.330 +0.260 +0.220 +0.193
TO 14 +0.290 +0.290 +0.290 +0.290 +0.290 +0.290 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150
OVER 14 +0.720 +0.560 +0.470 +0.400 +0.360 +0.333 +0.580 +0.420 +0.330 +0.260 0.220 +0.193
TO 18 +0.290 +0.290 +0.290 +0.290 +0.290 +0.290 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150
OVER 18 +0.820 +0.630 +0.510 +0.430 +0.384 +0.352 +0.680 +0.490 +0.370 +0.290 +0.244 +0.212
TO 24 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.160 +0.160 +0.160 +0.160 +0.160 +0.160
OVER 24 +0.820 +0.630 +0.510 +0.430 +0.384 +0.352 +0.680 +0.490 +0.370 +0.290 +0.244 +0.212
TO 30 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.160 +0.160 +0.160 +0.160 +0.160 +0.160
OVER 30 +0.930 +0.700 +0.560 +0.470 +0.410 +0.372 +0.790 +0.560 +0.420 +0.330 +0.270 +0.232
TO 40 +0.310 +0.310 +0.310 +0.310 +0.310 +0.310 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170
OVER 40 +0.940 +0.710 +0.570 +0.480 +0.420 +0.382 +0.800 +0.570 +0.430 +0.340 +0.280 +0.242
TO 50 +0.320 +0.320 +0.320 +0.320 +0.320 +0.320 +0.180 +0.180 +0.180 +0.180 +0.180 +0.180
OVER 50 +1.080 +0.800 +0.640 +0.530 +0.460 +0.414 +0.930 +0.650 +0.490 +0.380 +0.310 +0.264
TO 65 +0.340 +0.340 +0.340 +0.340 +0.340 +0.340 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190
OVER 65 +1.100 +0.820 +0.660 +0.550 +0.480 +0.434 +0.940 +0.660 +0.500 +0.390 +0.320 +0.274
TO 80 +0.360 +0.360 +0.360 +0.360 +0.360 +0.360 +0.200 +0.200 +0.200 +0.200 +0.200 +0.200
OVER 80 +1.250 +0.920 +0.730 +0.600 +0.520 +0.467 +1.090 +0.760 +0.570 +0.440 +0.360 +0.307
TO 100 +0.380 +0.380 +0.380 +0.380 +0.380 +0.380 +0.220 +0.220 +0.220 +0.220 +0.220 +0.220
OVER 100 1.280 +0.950 +0.760 +0.630 +0.550 +0.497 +1.110 +0.780 +0.590 +0.460 +0.380 +0.327
TO 120 +0.410 +0.410 +0.410 +0.410 +0.410 +0.410 +0.240 +0.240 +0.240 +0.240 +0.240 +0.240
OVER 120 +1.460 +1.090 +0.860 +0.710 +0.620 +0.560 +1.260 +0.890 +0.660 +0.510 +0.420 +0.360
TO 140 +0.460 +0.460 +0.460 +0.460 +0.460 +0.460 +0.260 +0.260 +0.260 +0.260 +0.260 +0.260
OVER 140 +1.520 +1.150 +0.920 +0.770 +0.680 +0.620 +1.280 +0.910 +0.680 +0.530 +0.440 +0.380
TO 160 +0.520 +0.520 +0.520 +0.520 +0.520 +0.520 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280
OVER 160 +1.580 +1.210 +0.980 +0.830 +0.740 +0.680 +1.310 +0.940 +0.710 +0.560 +0.470 +0.410
TO 180 +0.580 +0.580 +0.580 +0.580 +0.580 +0.580 +0.310 +0.310 +0.310 +0.310 +0.310 +0.310
OVER 180 +1.810 +1.380 +1.120 +0.950 +0.845 +0.775 +1.490 +1.060 +0.800 +0.630 +0.525 +0.455
TO 200 +0.660 +0.660 +0.660 +0.660 +0.660 +0.660 +0.340 +0.340 +0.340 +0.340 +0.340 +0.340
OVER 200 +1.890 +1.460 +1.200 +1.030 +0.925 +0.855 +1.530 +1.100 +0.840 +0.670 +0.565 +0.495
TO 225 +0.740 +0.740 +0.740 +0.740 +0.740 +0.740 +0.380 +0.380 +0.380 +0.380 +0.380 +0.380
OVER 225 +1.970 +1.540 +1.280 +1.110 +1.005 +0.935 +1.570 +1.140 +0.880 +0.710 +0.605 +0.535
TO 250 +0.820 +0.820 +0.820 +0.820 +0.820 +0.820 +0.420 +0.420 +0.420 +0.420 +0.420 +0.420
OVER 250 +2.220 +1.730 +1.440 +1.240 +1.130 +1.050 +1.780 +1.290 +1.000 +0.800 +0.690 +0.610
TO 280 +0.920 +0.920 +0.920 +0.920 +0.920 +0.920 +0.480 +0.480 +0.480 +0.480 +0.480 +0.480
OVER 280 +2.350 +1.860 +1.570 +1.370 +1.260 +1.180 +1.840 +1.350 +1.060 +0.860 +0.750 +0.670
TO 315 +1.050 +1.050 +1.050 +1.050 +1.050 +1.050 +0.540 +0.540 +0.540 +0.540 +0.540 +0.540
OVER 315 +2.600 +2.090 +1.770 +1.560 +1.430 +1.340 +2.000 +1.490 +1.170 +0.960 +0.830 +0.740
TO 355 +1.200 +1.200 +1.200 +1.200 +1.200 +1.200 +0.600 +0.600 +0.600 +0.600 +0.600 +0.600
OVER 355 +2.750 +2.240 +1.920 +1.710 +1.580 +1.490 +2.080 +1.570 +1.250 +1.040 +0.910 +0.820
TO 400 +1.350 +1.350 +1.350 +1.350 +1.350 +1.350 +0.680 +0.680 +0.680 +0.680 +0.680 +0.680
OVER 400 +3.050 +2.470 +2.130 +1.900 +1.750 +1.655 2.310 +1.730 +1.390 +1.160 +1.010 +0.915
TO 450 +1.500 +1.500 +1.500 +1.500 +1.500 +1.500 +0.760 +0.760 +0.760 +0.760 +0.760 +0.760
OVER 450 +3.200 +2.620 +2.280 +2.050 +1.900 +1.805 1.500 +1.810 +1.470 +1.240 +1.090 +0.995
TO 500 +1.650 +1.650 +1.650 +1.650 +1.650 +1.650 +0.840 +0.840 +0.840 +0.840 +0.840 +0.840

96
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-7 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (C13... C8, D12 ... D7) (ANSI B4.2)
mm

SIZE C13 C12 C11 C10 C9 C8 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7


OVER 0 0.200 0.160 0.120 0.100 0.085 0.074 0.120 0.080 0.060 0.045 0.034 0.030
TO 3 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020
OVER 3 +0.250 +0.190 +0.145 0.118 0.100 0.088 0.150 0.105 0.078 +0.060 +0.048 +0.042
TO 6 +0.070 +0.070 +0.070 +0.070 +0.070 +0.070 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030
OVER 6 +0.300 +0.230 0.170 +0.138 +0.116 0.102 +0.190 +0.130 +0.098 +0.076 +0.062 +0.055
TO 10 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040
OVER 10 +0.365 +0.275 +0.205 +0.165 0.138 0.122 0.230 0.160 0.120 0.093 +0.077 +0.068
TO 14 +0.095 +0.095 +0.095 +0.095 +0.095 +0.095 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050
OVER 14 +0.365 +0.275 +0.205 +0.165 0.138 0.122 0.230 0.160 0.120 0.093 +0.077 +0.068
TO 18 +0.095 +0.095 +0.095 +0.095 +0.099 +0.095 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050
OVER 18 +0.440 0.320 +0.240 +0.194 +0.162 +0.143 0.275 +0.195 0.149 +0.117 +0.098 +0.086
TO 24 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.065 +0.065 +0.065 +0.065 +0.065 +0.065
OVER 24 +0.440 0.320 +0.240 +0.194 +0.162 +0.143 0.275 +0.195 0.149 +0.117 +0.098 +0.086
TO 30 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.065 +0.065 +0.065 +0.065 +0.065 +0.065
OVER 30 +0.510 +0.370 +0.280 0.220 0.182 0.159 +0.330 0.240 +0.180 +0.142 +0.119 +0.105
TO 40 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080
OVER 40 +0.520 +0.380 +0.290 0.230 +0.192 0.169 +0.330 0.240 +0.180 +0.142 +0.119 +0.105
TO 50 +0.130 +0.130 +0.130 +0.130 +0.130 +0.130 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080 +0.080
OVER 50 1.600 +0.440 +0.330 0.260 +0.214 0.186 +0.400 +0.290 +0.220 +0.174 0.146 +0.130
TO 65 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140 +0.140 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100
OVER 65 +0.610 0.450 +0.340 0.270 +0.224 0.196 +0.400 +0.290 +0.220 +0.174 0.146 +0.130
TO 80 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.150 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100
OVER 80 0.710 0.520 +0.390 +0.310 +0.257 0.224 0.470 +0.340 +0.260 +0.207 +0.174 +0.155
TO 100 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120
OVER 100 +0.720 +0.530 +0.400 0.320 0.267 0.234 0.470 +0.340 +0.260 +0.207 +0.174 +0.155
TO 120 +0.180 +0.180 +0.180 +0.180 +0.180 +0.180 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120 +0.120
OVER 120 0.830 +0.600 +0.450 0.360 +0.300 0.263 +0.545 0.395 +0.305 +0.245 +0.208 +0.185
TO 140 +0.200 +0.200 +0.200 +0.200 +0.200 +0.200 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145
OVER 140 +0.840 +0.610 0.460 +0.370 +0.310 0.273 +0.545 0.395 +0.305 +0.245 +0.208 +0.185
TO 160 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145
OVER 160 +0.860 +0.630 +0.480 +0.390 +0.330 0.293 +0.545 0.395 +0.305 +0.245 +0.208 +0.185
TO 180 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145 +0.145
OVER 180 +0.960 +0.700 +0.530 0.425 0.355 +0.312 +0.630 +0.460 0.355 +0.285 0.242 0.216
TO 200 +0.240 +0.240 +0.240 +0.240 +0.240 +0.240 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170
OVER 200 +0.980 +0.720 +0.550 0.445 +0.375 0.332 +0.630 +0.460 0.355 +0.285 0.242 0.216
TO 225 +0.260 +0.260 +0.260 +0.260 +0.260 +0.260 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170
OVER 225 1.000 +0.740 +0.570 +0.465 0.395 0.352 +0.630 .0.460 0.355 +0.285 0.242 0.216
TO 250 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.280 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170 +0.170
OVER 250 +1.110 0.820 +0.620 0.510 +0.430 0.381 0.710 0.510 0.400 0.320 0.271 +0.242
TO 280 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.300 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190
OVER 280 +1.140 +0.850 +0.650 +0.540 +0.460 +0.411 0.710 0.510 0.400 0.320 0.271 +0.242
TO 315 +0.330 +0.330 +0.330 +0.330 +0.330 +0.330 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190 +0.190
OVER 315 +1.250 0.930 +0.720 0.590 +0.500 +0.449 +0.780 +0.570 0.440 +0.350 +0.299 +0.267
TO 355 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210
OVER 355 +1.290 0.970 +0.760 0.630 +0.540 0.489 +0.780 +0.570 0.440 +0.350 +0.299 +0.267
TO 400 +0.400 +0.400 +0.400 +0.400 +0.400 +0.400 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210 +0.210
OVER 400 +1.410 1.070 +0.840 0.650 +0.595 0.537 0.860 0.630 0.480 +0.385 +0.327 +0.293
TO 450 +0.440 +0.440 +0.440 +0.440 +0.440 +0.440 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230
OVER 450 +1.450 1.110 +0.980 0.730 +0.635 0.577 0.860 0.630 0.480 +0.385 +0.327 +0.293
TO 500 +0.480 +0.480 +0.480 +0.480 +0.480 +0.480 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230 +0.230

97
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-8 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (E12 ... E7, F11 ... F6) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE E12 E11 E10 E9 E8 E7 F11 F10 F9 F8 F7 F6
OVER 0 +0.114 0.074 0.054 0.039 0.028 0.024 0.066 0.046 0.031 0.020 0.016 +0.012
TO 3 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.006 +0.006 +0.006 +0.006 +0.006 +0.006
OVER 3 0.140 +0.095 +0.068 +0.050 0.038 0.032 0.085 +0.058 0.040 +0.028 0.022 +0.019
TO 6 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010
OVER 6 +0.175 0.115 0.083 0.061 0.047 +0.040 0.103 0.071 0.049 0.035 0.028 +0.022
TO 10 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 +0.013 +0.013 +0.013 +0.013 +0.013 +0.013
OVER 10 0.212 0.142 0.102 0.075 0.059 +0.050 0.126 +0.086 0.059 +0.043 0.034 +0.027
TO 14 +0.032 +0.032 +0.032 +0.032 +0.032 +0.032 +0.016 +0.016 +0.016 +0.016 +0.016 +0.016
OVER 14 +0.212 +0.142 0.102 +0.075 +0.059 +0.050 0.126 +0.086 0.059 +0.043 0.034 +0.027
TO 18 +0.032 +0.032 +0.032 +0.032 +0.032 +0.032 +0.016 +0.016 +0.016 +0.016 +0.016 +0.016
OVER 18 0.250 +0.170 +0.124 +0.092 +0.073 .061 0.150 +0.104 0.072 +0.053 0.041 0.033
TO 24 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020
OVER 24 0.250 +0.170 +0.124 +0.092 +0.073 .061 0.150 +0.104 0.072 +0.053 0.041 0.033
TO 30 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.040 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020
OVER 30 +0.300 +0.210 0.150 0.112 +0.089 +0.075 0.185 0.125 +0.087 +0.064 0.050 +0.041
TO 40 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.025 +0.025 +0.025 +0.025 +0.025 +0.025
OVER 40 +0.300 +0.210 0.150 0.112 +0.089 +0.075 0.185 0.125 +0.087 +0.064 0.050 +0.041
TO 50 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.025 +0.025 +0.025 +0.025 +0.025 +0.025
OVER 50 +0.360 +0.250 +0.180 0.134 0.106 0.090 0.220 +0.150 0.104 +0.076 0.060 +0.049
TO 65 +0.060 +0.060 +0.060 +0.060 +0.060 +0.060 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030
OVER 65 +0.360 +0.250 +0.180 0.134 0.106 0.090 0.220 +0.150 0.104 +0.076 0.060 +0.049
TO 80 +0.060 +0.060 +0.060 +0.060 +0.060 +0.060 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030 +0.030
OVER 80 +0.422 +0.292 +0.212 +0.159 +0.126 +0.107 0.256 +0.176 0.123 +0.090 0.071 0.058
TO 100 +0.072 +0.072 +0.072 +0.072 +0.072 +0.072 +0.036 +0.036 +0.036 +0.036 +0.036 +0.036
OVER 100 +0.422 +0.292 +0.212 +0.159 +0.126 +0.107 0.256 +0.176 0.123 +0.090 0.071 0.058
TO 120 +0.072 +0.072 +0.072 +0.072 +0.072 +0.072 +0.036 +0.036 +0.036 +0.036 +0.036 +0.036
OVER 120 +0.485 +0.335 0.245 0.185 0.148 +0.125 0.293 0.203 +0.143 0.106 +0.083 0.068
TO 140 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043
OVER 140 +0.485 +0.335 0.245 0.185 0.148 +0.125 0.293 0.203 +0.143 0.106 +0.083 0.068
TO 160 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043
OVER 160 +0.485 +0.335 0.245 0.185 0.148 +0.125 0.293 0.203 +0.143 0.106 +0.083 0.068
TO 180 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.085 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043 +0.043
OVER 180 0.560 0.390 +0.285 +0.215 +0.172 +0.146 0.340 +0.235 0.165 +0.122 0.096 +0.079
TO 200 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050
OVER 200 0.560 0.390 +0.285 +0.215 +0.172 +0.146 0.340 +0.235 0.165 +0.122 0.096 +0.079
TO 225 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050
OVER 225 0.560 0.390 +0.285 +0.215 +0.172 +0.146 0.340 +0.235 0.165 +0.122 0.096 +0.079
TO 250 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.100 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050 +0.050
OVER 250 +0.630 0.430 +0.320 +0.240 +0.191 +0.162 0.376 0.266 0.186 +0.137 0.108 0.089
TO 280 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.056 +0.056 +0.056 +0.056 +0.056 +0.056
OVER 290 +0.630 0.430 +0.320 +0.240 +0.191 +0.162 0.376 0.266 0.186 +0.137 0.108 0.089
TO 315 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.110 +0.056 +0.056 +0.056 +0.056 +0.056 +0.056
OVER 315 +0.695 +0.485 +0.355 0.265 0.214 0.182 0.422 +0.292 0.202 +0.151 0.119 +0.098
TO 355 +0.125 +0.125 +0.125 +0.125 +0.125 +0.125 +0.062 +0.062 +0.062 +0.062 +0.062 +0.062
OVER 355 +0.695 +0.485 +0.355 0.265 0.214 0.182 0.422 +0.292 0.202 +0.151 0.119 +0.098
TO 400 +0.125 +0.125 +0.125 +0.125 +0.125 +0.125 +0.062 +0.062 +0.062 +0.062 +0.062 +0.062
OVER 400 +0.765 +0.535 0.385 0.290 0.232 +0.198 +0.468 +0.318 0.223 +0.165 0.131 +0.108
TO 450 +0.135 +0.135 +0.135 +0.135 +0.135 +0.135 +0.068 +0.068 +0.068 +0.068 +0.068 +0.068
OVER 450 +0.765 +0.535 0.385 0.290 0.232 +0.198 +0.468 +0.318 0.223 +0.165 0.131 +0.108
TO 500 +0.135 +0.135 +0.135 +0.135 +0.135 +0.135 +0.068 +0.068 +0.068 +0.068 +0.068 +0.068

98
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-9 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (G10 ... G5, J8 . . . J6) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE G10 G9 G8 G7 G6 G5 J8 J7 J6
OVER 0 0.042 0.027 +0.016 +0.012 +0.008 +0.006 +0.006 +0.004 +0.002
TO 3 +0.002 +0.002 +0.002 +0.002 +0.002 +0.002 -0.008 -0.006 -0.004
OVER 3 +0.052 +0.034 +0.022 +0.016 +0.012 +0.009 0.010 +0.006 +0.005
TO 6 +0-004 +0.004 +0.004 +0.004 +0.004 +0.004 -0.008 -0.006 -0.003
OVER 6 +0.063 +0.041 +0.027 +0.020 +0.014 +0.011 +0.012 +0.008 +0.005
TO 10 +0.005 +0.005 +0.005 +0.005 +0.005 +0.005 -0.010 -0.007 -0.004
OVER 10 +0.076 +0.049 +0.033 +0.024 0.017 +0.014 0.015 0.010 +0.006
TO 14 +0.006 +0.006 +0.006 +0.006 +0.006 +0-006 -0.012 -0.008 -0.005
OVER 14 +0.076 +0.049 +0.033 +0.024 0.017 +0.014 0.015 0.010 +0.006
TO 18 +0.006 +0.006 +0.006 +0.006 +0-006 +0.006 -0.012 -0.008 -0.005
OVER 18 +0.091 +0.059 +0.040 +0.028 +0.020 +0.016 +0.020 +0.012 +0.008
TO 24 +0.007 +0.007 +0.007 +0.007 +0.007 +0.007 -0.013 -0.009 -0.005
OVER 24 +0.091 +0.059 +0.040 +0.028 +0.020 +0.016 +0.020 +0.012 +0.008
TO 30 +0.007 +0.007 +0.007 +0.007 +0.007 +0.007 -0.013 -0.009 -0.005
OVER 30 +0.109 +0.071 +0.048 +0.034 +0.025 +0.020 0.024 0.014 0.010
TO 40 +0.009 +0.009 +0.009 +0.009 +0.009 +0.009 -0.015 -0.011 -0.006
OVER 40 +0.109 +0.071 +0.048 +0.034 +0.025 +0.020 0.024 0.014 0.010
TO 50 +0.009 +0.009 +0.009 +0.009 +0.009 +0.009 -0.015 -0.011 -0.006
OVER 50 +0.130 +0.084 +0.056 +0.040 0.029 +0.023 +0.028 0.018 0.013
TO 65 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 -0.018 -0.012 -0.006
OVER 65 +0.130 +0.084 +0.056 +0.040 +0.029 +0.023 +0.028 0.018 0.013
TO 80 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 +0.010 -0.018 -0.012 -0.006
OVER 80 +0.152 +0.099 +0.066 +0.047 +0.034 +0.027 0.034 0.022 0.016
TO 100 +0.012 +0.012 +0.012 +0.012 +0.012 +0.012 -0.020 -0.013 -0.006
OVER 100 +0.152 +0.099 +0.066 +0.047 +0.034 +0.027 0.034 0.022 0.016
TO 120 +0.012 +0.012 +0.012 +0.012 +0.012 +0.012 -0.020 -0.013 -0.006
OVER 120 +0.174 +0.114 +0.077 +0.054 +0.039 +0.032 0.041 0.026 +0.018
TO 140 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 -0.022 -0.014 -0.007
OVER 140 +0.174 +0.114 +0.077 +0.054 +0.039 +0.032 0.041 0.026 +0.018
TO 160 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 -0.022 -0.014 -0.007
OVER 160 +0.174 +0.114 +0.077 +0.054 +0.039 +0-032 0.041 0.026 +0.018
TO 180 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 +0.014 -0.022 -0.014 -0.007
OVER 180 +0.200 +0.130 +0.087 +0.061 +0.044 +0.035 0.047 0.030 +0.022
TO 200 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 -0.025 -0.016 -0.007
OVER 200 +0.200 +0.130 +0.087 +0.061 +0.044 +0-035 0.047 0.030 +0.022
TO 225 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 -0.025 -0.016 -0.007
OVER 225 +0-200 +0.130 +0.087 +0.061 +0.044 +0.035 0.047 0.030 +0.022
TO 250 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 +0.015 -0.025 -0.016 -0.007
OVER 250 +0.227 +0.147 +0.098 +0.069 +0.049 +0.040 0.055 +0.036 0.025
TO 280 +0.017 +0.017 +0.017 +0.017 +0.017 +0.017 -0.026 -0.016 -0.007
OVER 280 +0.227 +0.147 +0.098 +0.069 +0.049 +0.040 0.055 +0.036 0.025
TO 315 +0.017 +0.017 +0.017 +0.017 +0.017 +0.017 -0.026 -0.016 -0.007
OVER 315 +0.248 +0.158 +0.107 +0.075 +0.054 +0.043 0.060 0.039 0.029
TO 355 +0.018 +0.018 +0.018 +0.018 +0.018 +0.018 -0.029 -0.018 -0.007
OVER 355 +0.248 +0.158 +0.107 +0.075 +0.054 +0.043 0.060 0.039 0.029
TO 400 +0.018 +0.018 +0.018 +0.018 +0.018 +0.018 -0.029 -0.018 -0.007
OVER 400 +0.270 +0.175 +0.117 +0.083 +0.060 +0.047 0.066 +0.043 +0.033
TO 450 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 -0.031 -0.020 -0.007
OVER 450 +0.270 +0.175 +0.117 +0.083 +0.060 +0.047 0.066 +0.043 +0.033
TO 500 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 +0.020 -0.031 -0.020 -0.007

99
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-10 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (H16 ... H1) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE H16 H15 H14 H13 H12 H11 H10 H9 H8 H7 H6 H5 H4 H3 H2 H1
OVER 0 0.600 0.400 0.250 0.140 0.100 0.060 0.040 0.025 0.014 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.0008
TO 3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 3 0.750 0.480 0.300 0.180 0.120 0.075 0.048 0.030 0.018 0.012 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.0010
TO 6 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 6 0.900 0.580 0.360 0.220 0.150 0.090 0.058 0.036 0.022 0.015 0.009 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.0010
TO 10 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 10 1.100 0.700 0.300 0.270 0.180 0.110 0.070 .0.043 0.027 0.013 0.011 0.008 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.0012
TO 14 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 14 1.100 0.700 0.300 0.270 0.180 0.110 0.070 .0.043 0.027 0.013 0.011 0.008 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.0012
TO 16 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 18 1.300 0.840 0.520 0.330 0.210 0.130 0.084 0.052 0.033 0.021 0.013 0.009 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.0015
TO 24 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 24 1.300 0.840 0.520 0.330 0.210 0.130 0.084 0.052 0.033 0.021 0.013 0.009 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.0015
TO 30 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 30 1.600 1.000 0.620 0.390 0.250 0.160 0.100 0.062 0.039 0.025 0.016 0.011 0.007 0.004 0.003 0.0015
TO 40 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 40 1.600 1.000 0.620 0.390 0.250 0.160 0.100 0.062 0.039 0.025 0.016 0.011 0.007 0.004 0.003 0.0015
TO 50 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 50 1.900 1.200 0.740 0.460 0.300 0.190 0.120 0.074 0.046 0.030 0.019 0.013 0.008 0.005 0.003 0.0020
TO 65 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 65 1.900 1.200 0.740 0.460 0.300 0.190 0.120 0.074 0.046 0.030 0.019 0.013 0.008 0.005 0.003 0.0020
TO 80 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 80 2.200 1.400 0.870 0.540 0.350 0.220 0.140 0.087 0.054 0.035 0.022 0.015 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.0025
TO 100 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 100 2.200 1.400 0.870 0.540 0.350 0.220 0.140 0.087 0.054 0.035 0.022 0.015 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.0025
TO 120 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 120 2.500 1.600 1.000 0.630 0.400 0.250 0.160 0.100 0.063 0.040 0.025 0.018 0.012 0.008 0.005 0.0035
TO 140 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 140 2.500 1.600 1.000 0.630 0.400 0.250 0.160 0.100 0.063 0.040 0.025 0.018 0.012 0.008 0.005 0.0035
TO 160 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 160 2.500 1.600 1.000 0.630 0.400 0.250 0.160 0.100 0.063 0.040 0.025 0.018 0.012 0.008 0.005 0.0035
TO 180 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 180 2.900 1.850 1.150 0.720 0.460 0.290 0.185 0.115 0.072 0.046 0.029 0.020 0.014 0.010 0.007 0.0045
TO 200 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 200 2.900 1.850 1.150 0.720 0.460 0.290 0.185 0.115 0.072 0.046 0.029 0.020 0.014 0.010 0.007 0.0045
TO 225 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 225 2.900 1.850 1.150 0.720 0.460 0.290 0.185 0.115 0.072 0.046 0.029 0.020 0.014 0.010 0.007 0.0045
TO 250 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000
OVER 230 3.200 2.100 1.300 0.310 0.520 0.320 0.210 0.130 0.081 0.052 0.032 0.023 0.016 0.012 0.008 0.006
TO 280 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
OVER 280 3.200 2.100 1.300 0.310 0.520 0.320 0.210 0.130 0.081 0.052 0.032 0.023 0.016 0.012 0.008 0.006
TO 315 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
OVER 315 3.600 2.300 1.400 0.890 0.570 0.360 0.230 0.140 0.089 0.057 0.036 0.025 0.018 0.013 0.009 0.007
TO 355 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
OVER 355 3.600 2.300 1.400 0.890 0.570 0.360 0.230 0.140 0.089 0.057 0.036 0.025 0.018 0.013 0.009 0.007
TO 400 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
OVER 600 4.000 2.500 1.550 0.970 0.630 0.400 0.250 0.155 0.097 0.063 0.040 0.027 0.020 0.015 0.010 0.008
TO 450 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
OVER 450 4.000 2.500 1.550 0.970 0.630 0.400 0.250 0.155 0.097 0.063 0.040 0.027 0.020 0.015 0.010 0.008
TO 500 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

100
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-11 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (JS16...JS1) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE JS16 JS15 JS14 JS13 JS12 JS11 JS10 JS9 JS8 JS7 JS6 JS5 JS4 JS3 JS2 JS1
OVER 0 0.300 0.200 0.125 0.070 0.050 0.030 0.020 0.013 0.007 0.0050 0.0030 0.0020 0.0015 0.0010 0.00060 0.00040
TO 3 -0.300 -0.200 -0.125 -0.070 -0.050 -0.030 -0.020 -0.013 -0.007 -0.0050 -0.0030 -0.0020 -0.0015 -0.0010 -0.00060 -0.00040
OVER 3 0.375 0.240 0.150 0.090 0.060 0.038 0.024 0.015 0.009 0.0060 0.0040 0.0025 0.0020 0.0013 0.00075 0.00050
TO 6 -0.375 -0.240 -0.150 -0.090 -0.060 -0.038 -0.024 -0.015 -0.009 -0.0060 -0.0040 -0.0025 -0.0020 -0.0013 -0.00075 -0.00050
OVER 6 0.450 0.290 0.180 0.110 0.075 0.045 0.029 0.018 0.011 0.0075 0.0045 0.0030 0.0020 0.0013 0.00075 0.00050
TO 10 -0.450 -0.290 -0.180 -0.110 -0.075 -0.045 -0.029 -0.018 -0.011 -0.0075 -0.0045 -0.0030 -0.0020 -0.0013 -0.00075 -0.00050
OVER 10 0.550 0.350 0.215 0.135 0.090 0.055 0.035 0.022 0.014 0.0090 0.0055 0.0040 0.0025 0.0015 0.00100 0.00060
TO 14 -0.550 -0.350 -0.215 -0.135 -0.090 -0.055 -0.035 -0.022 -0.014 -0.0090 -0.0055 -0.0040 -0.0025 -0.0015 -0.00100 -0.00060
OVER 14 0.550 0.350 0.215 0.135 0.090 0.055 0.035 0.022 0.014 0.0090 0.0055 0.0040 0.0025 0.0015 0.00100 0.00060
TO 18 -0.550 -0.350 -0.215 -0.135 -0.090 -0.055 -0.035 -0.022 -0.014 -0.0090 -0.0055 -0.0040 -0.0025 -0.0015 -0.00100 -0.00060
OVER 18 0.650 0.420 0.260 0.165 0.105 0.065 0.042 0.026 0.017 0.0105 0.0065 0.0045 0.0030 0.0020 0.00125 0.00075
TO 24 -0.650 -0.420 -0.260 -0.165 -0.105 -0.065 -0.042 -0.026 -0.017 -0.0105 -0.0065 -0.0045 -0.0030 -0.0020 -0.00125 -0.00075
OVER 24 0.650 0.420 0.260 0.165 0.105 0.065 0.042 0.026 0.017 0.0105 0.0065 0.0045 0.0030 0.0020 0.00125 0.00075
TO 30 -0.650 -0.420 -0.260 -0.165 -0.105 -0.065 -0.042 -0.026 -0.017 -0.0105 -0.0065 -0.0045 -0.0030 -0.0020 -0.00125 -0.00075
OVER 30 0.800 0.500 0.310 0.195 0.125 0.080 0.050 0.031 0.020 0.0125 0.0080 0.0055 0.0035 0.0020 0.00125 0.00075
TO 40 -0.800 -0.500 -0.310 -0.195 -0.125 -0.080 -0.050 -0.031 -0.020 -0.0125 -0.0080 -0.0055 -0.0035 -0.0020 -0.00125 -0.00075
OVER 40 0.800 0.500 0.310 0.195 0.125 0.080 0.050 0.031 0.020 0.0125 0.0080 0.0055 0.0035 0.0020 0.00125 0.00075
TO 50 -0.800 -0.500 -0.310 -0.195 -0.125 -0.080 -0.050 -0.031 -0.020 -0.0125 -0.0080 -0.0055 -0.0035 -0.0020 -0.00125 -0.00075
OVER 50 0.950 0.600 0.370 0.230 0.150 0.095 0.060 0.037 0.023 0.0150 0.0095 0.0065 0.0040 0.0025 0.00150 0.00100
TO 65 -0.950 -0.600 -0.370 -0.230 -0.150 -0.095 -0.060 -0.037 -0.023 -0.0150 -0.0095 -0.0065 -0.0040 -0.0025 -0.00150 -0.00100
OVER 65 0.950 0.600 0.370 0.230 0.150 0.095 0.060 0.037 0.023 0.0150 0.0095 0.0065 0.0040 0.0025 0.00150 0.00100
TO 80 -0.950 -0.600 -0.370 -0.230 -0.150 -0.095 -0.060 -0.037 -0.023 -0.0150 -0.0095 -0.0065 -0.0040 -0.0025 -0.00150 -0.00100
OVER 80 1.100 0.700 0.435 0.270 0.175 0.110 0.070 0.044 0.027 0.0175 0.0110 0.0075 0.0050 0.0030 0.00200 0.00125
TO 100 -1.100 -0.700 -0.435 -0.270 -0.175 -0.110 -0.070 -0.044 -0.027 -0.0175 -0.0110 -0.0075 -0.0050 -0.0030 -0.00200 -0.00125
OVER 100 1.100 0.700 0.435 0.270 0.175 0.110 0.070 0.044 0.027 0.0175 0.0110 0.0075 0.0050 0.0030 0.00200 0.00125
TO 120 -1.100 -0.700 -0.435 -0.270 -0.175 -0.110 -0.070 -0.044 -0.027 -0.0175 -0.0110 -0.0075 -0.0050 -0.0030 -0.00200 -0.00125
OVER 120 1.250 0.800 0.500 0.315 0.200 0.125 0.080 0.050 0.032 0.0200 0.0125 0.0090 0.0060 0.0040 0.00250 0.00175
TO 140 -1.250 -0.800 -0.500 -0.315 -0.200 -0.125 -0.080 -0.050 -0.032 -0.0200 -0.0125 -0.0090 -0.0060 -0.0040 -0.00250 -0.00175
OVER 140 1.250 0.800 0.500 0.315 0.200 0.125 0.080 0.050 0.032 0.0200 0.0125 0.0090 0.0060 0.0040 0.00250 0.00175
TO 160 -1.250 -0.800 -0.500 -0.315 -0.200 -0.125 -0.080 -0.050 -0.032 -0.0200 -0.0125 -0.0090 -0.0060 -0.0040 -0.00250 -0.00175
OVER 160 1.250 0.800 0.500 0.315 0.200 0.125 0.080 0.050 0.032 0.0200 0.0125 0.0090 0.0060 0.0040 0.00250 0.00175
TO 180 -1.250 -0.800 -0.500 -0.315 -0.200 -0.125 -0.080 -0.050 -0.032 -0.0200 -0.0125 -0.0090 -0.0060 -0.0040 -0.00250 -0.00175
OVER 180 1.450 0.925 0.575 0.360 0.230 0.145 0.093 0.058 0.036 0.0230 0.0145 0.0100 0.0070 0.0050 0.00350 0.00225
TO 200 -1.450 -0.925 -0.575 -0.360 -0.230 -0.145 -0.093 -0.058 -0.036 -0.0230 -0.0145 -0.0100 -0.0070 -0.0050 -0.00350 -0.00225
OVER 200 1.450 0.925 0.575 0.360 0.230 0.145 0.093 0.058 0.036 0.0230 0.0145 0.0100 0.0070 0.0050 0.00350 0.00225
TO 225 -1.450 -0.925 -0.575 -0.360 -0.230 -0.145 -0.093 -0.058 -0.036 -0.0230 -0.0145 -0.0100 -0.0070 -0.0050 -0.00350 -0.00225
OVER 225 1.450 0.925 0.575 0.360 0.230 0.145 0.093 0.058 0.036 0.0230 0.0145 0.0100 0.0070 0.0050 0.00350 0.00225
TO 250 -1.450 -0.925 -0.575 -0.360 -0.230 -0.145 -0.093 -0.058 -0.036 -0.0230 -0.0145 -0.0100 -0.0070 -0.0050 -0.00350 -0.00225
OVER 250 1.600 1.050 0.650 0.405 0.260 0.160 0.105 0.065 0.041 0.0260 0.0160 0.0115 0.0080 0.0060 0.0040 0.0030
TO 280 -1.600 -1.050 -0.650 -0.405 -0.260 -0.160 -0.105 -0.065 -0.041 -0.0260 -0.0160 -0.0115 -0.0080 -0.0060 -0.0040 -0.0030
OVER 280 1.600 1.050 0.650 0.405 0.260 0.160 0.105 0.065 0.041 0.0260 0.0160 0.0115 0.0080 0.0060 0.0040 0.0030
TO 315 -1.600 -1.050 -0.650 -0.405 -0.260 -0.160 -0.105 -0.065 -0.041 -0.0260 -0.0160 -0.0115 -0.0080 -0.0060 -0.0040 -0.0030
OVER 315 1.800 1.150 0.700 0.445 0.285 0.180 0.115 0.070 0.045 0.0285 0.0180 0.0125 0.0090 0.0065 0.0045 0.0035
TO 355 -1.800 -1.150 -0.700 -0.445 -0.285 -0.180 -0.115 -0.070 -0.045 -0.0285 -0.0180 -0.0125 -0.0090 -0.0065 -0.0045 -0.0035
OVER 355 1.800 1.150 0.700 0.445 0.285 0.180 0.115 0.070 0.045 0.0285 0.0180 0.0125 0.0090 0.0065 0.0045 0.0035
TO 400 -1.800 -1.150 -0.700 -0.445 -0.285 -0.180 -0.115 -0.070 -0.045 -0.0285 -0.0180 -0.0125 -0.0090 -0.0065 -0.0045 -0.0035
OVER 400 2.000 1.250 0.775 0.485 0.315 0.200 0.125 0.078 0.049 0.0315 0.0200 0.0135 0.0100 0.0075 0.0050 0.0040
TO 450 -2.000 -1.250 -0.775 -0.485 -0.315 -0.200 -0.125 -0.078 -0.049 -0.0315 -0.0200 -0.0135 -0.0100 -0.0075 -0.0050 -0.0040
OVER 450 2.000 1.250 0.775 0.485 0.315 0.200 0.125 0.078 0.049 0.0315 0.0200 0.0135 0.0100 0.0075 0.0050 0.0040
TO 500 -2.000 -1.250 -0.775 -0.485 -0.315 -0.200 -0.125 -0.078 -0.049 -0.0315 -0.0200 -0.0135 -0.0100 -0.0075 -0.0050 -0.0040
NOTE: Some js deviations in the grades 7 to 11 have been rounded off to 1/2(IT - 0.001) when IT values is odd.

101
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-12 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (K10 ... K5, M10 ... M5) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE K10 K9 K8 K7 K6 K5 M10 M9 M8 M7 M6 M5
OVER 0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 -0.002 -0.002 -0.002 -0.002 -0.002 -0.002
TO 3 -0.040 -0.025 -0.014 -0.010 -0.006 -0.004 -0.042 -0.027 -0.016 -0.012 -0.008 -0.006
OVER 3 +0.005 +0.003 +0.002 0.000 -0.004 -0.004 +0.002 0.000 -0.001 -0.003
TO 6 -0.013 -0.009 -0.006 -0.005 -0.052 -0.034 -0.016 -0.012 -0.009 -0.008
OVER 6 +0.006 +0.005 +0.002 +0.001 -0.006 -0.006 +0.001 0.000 -0.003 -0.004
TO 10 -0.016 -0.010 -0.007 -0.005 -0.064 -0.042 -0.021 -0.015 -0.012 -0.010
OVER 10 +0.008 +0.006 +0.002 +0.002 -0.007 -0.007 +0.002 0.000 -0.004 -0.004
TO 14 -0.019 -0.012 -0.009 -0.006 -0-077 -0.050 -0.025 -0.018 -0.015 -0.012
OVER 14 +0.008 +0.006 +0.002 +0.002 -0.007 -0.007 +0.002 0.000 -0.004 -0.004
TO 18 -0.019 -0.012 -0.009 -0.006 -0-077 -0.050 -0.025 -0.018 -0.015 -0.012
OVER 18 +0.010 +0.006 +0.002 +0.001 -0.008 -0.008 +0.004 0.000 -0.004 -0.005
TO 24 NUMERICAL -0.023 -0.015 -0.011 -0.008 -0.092 -0.060 -0.029 -0.021 -0.017 -0.014
OVER 24 VALUES FOR +0.010 +0.006 +0.002 +0.001 -0.008 -0.008 +0.004 0.000 -0.004 -0.005
TO 30 TOLERANCE -0.023 -0.015 -0.011 -0.008 -0.092 -0.060 -0-029 -0.021 -0.017 -0.014
OVER 30 ZONES IN THIS +0.012 +0.007 +0.003 +0.002 -0.009 -0.009 +0.005 0.000 -0.004 -0.005
TO 40 AREA NOT -0.027 -0.018 -0.013 -0.009 -0.109 -0.071 -0.034 -0.025 -0.020 -0.016
OVER 40 DEFINED +0.012 +0.007 +0.003 +0.002 -0.009 -0.009 +0.005 0.000 -0.004 -0.005
TO 50 -0.027 -0.018 -0.013 -0.009 -0.109 -0.071 -0.034 -0.025 -0.020 -0.016
OVER 50 +0.014 +0.009 +0.004 +0.003 -0.011 -0.011 +0.005 0.000 -0.005 -0.006
TO 65 -0.032 -0-021 -0.015 -0.010 -0.131 -0.085 -0.041 -0.030 -0.024 -0.019
OVER 65 +0.014 +0.009 +0.004 +0.003 -0.011 -0.011 +0.005 0.000 -0.005 -0.006
TO 80 -0.032 -0-021 -0.015 -0.010 -0.131 -0.085 -0.041 -0.030 -0.024 -0.019
OVER 80 +0.016 +0.010 +0.004 +0.002 -0.013 -0.013 +0.006 0.000 -0.006 -0.008
TO 100 -0.038 -0.025 -0.018 -0.013 -0.153 -0.100 -0.048 -0.035 -0.028 -0.023
OVER 100 +0.016 +0.010 +0.004 +0.002 -0.013 -0.013 +0.006 0.000 -0.006 -0.008
TO 120 -0.038 -0.025 -0.018 -0.013 -0.153 -0.100 -0.048 -0.035 -0.028 -0.023
OVER 120 +0.020 +0.012 +0.004 +0.003 -0.015 -0.015 +0.008 0.000 -0.008 -0.009
TO 140 -0.043 -0.028 -0.021 -0.015 -0.175 -0.115 -0.055 -0.040 -0.033 -0.027
OVER 140 +0.020 +0.012 +0.004 +0.003 -0.015 -0.015 +0.008 0.000 -0.008 -0.009
TO 160 -0.043 -0.028 -0.021 -0.015 -0.175 -0.115 -0.055 -0.040 -0.033 -0.027
OVER 160 +0.020 +0.012 +0.004 +0.003 -0.015 -0.015 +0.008 0.000 -0.008 -0.009
TO 180 -0.043 -0.028 -0.021 -0.015 -0.175 -0.115 -0.055 -0.040 -0.033 -0.027
OVER 180 +0.022 +0.013 +0.005 +0.002 -0.017 -0.017 +0.009 0.000 -0.008 -0.011
TO 200 -0.050 -0.033 -0.024 -0.018 -0.202 -0.132 -0.063 -0.046 -0.037 -0.031
OVER 200 +0.022 +0.013 +0.005 +0.002 -0.017 -0.017 +0.009 0.000 -0.008 -0.011
TO 225 -0.050 -0.033 -0.024 -0.018 -0.202 -0.132 -0.063 -0.046 -0.037 -0.031
OVER 225 +0.022 +0.013 +0.005 +0.002 -0.017 -0.017 +0.009 0.000 -0.008 -0.011
TO 250 -0.050 -0.033 -0.024 -0.018 -0.202 -0.132 -0.063 -0.046 -0.037 -0.031
OVER 250 +0.025 +0.016 +0.005 +0.003 -0.020 -0.020 +0.009 0.000 -0.009 -0.013
TO 280 -0.056 -0.036 -0.027 -0.020 -0.230 -0.150 -0.072 -0.052 -0.041 -0.036
OVER 280 +0.025 +0.016 +0.005 +0.003 -0.020 -0.020 +0.009 0.000 -0.009 -0.013
TO 315 -0.056 -0.036 -0.027 -0.020 -0.230 -0.150 -0.072 -0.052 -0.041 -0.036
OVER 315 +0.028 +0.017 +0.007 +0.003 -0.021 -0.021 +0.011 0.000 -0.010 -0.014
TO 355 -0.061 -0-040 -0.029 -0.022 -0.251 -0.161 -0.078 -0.057 -0.046 -0.039
OVER 355 +0.028 +0.017 +0.007 +0.003 -0.021 -0.021 +0.011 0.000 -0.010 -0.014
TO 400 -0.061 -0.040 -0.029 -0.022 -0.251 -0.161 -0.078 -0.057 -0.046 -0.039
OVER 400 +0.029 +0.018 +0.008 +0.002 -0.023 -0.023 +0.011 0.000 -0.010 -0.016
TO 450 -0.068 -0.045 -0.032 -0.025 -0.273 -0.178 -0.086 -0.063 -0.050 -0.043
OVER 450 +0.029 +0.018 +0.008 +0.002 -0.023 -0-023 +0.011 0.000 -0.010 -0.016
TO 500 -0.068 -0.045 -0.032 -0.025 -0.273 -0.178 -0.086 -0.063 -0.050 -0.043

102
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-13 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (N10 ... N5, P10 ... P5) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE N10 N9 N8 N7 N6 N5 P10 P9 P8 P7 P6 P5
OVER 0 -0.004 -0.004 -0.004 -0.004 -0.004 -0.004 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006
TO 3 -0.044 -0.029 -0.018 -0.014 -0.010 -0.008 -0.046 -0.031 -0.020 -0.016 -0.012 -0.010
OVER 3 0.000 0.000 -0.002 -0.004 -0.005 -0.007 -0.012 -0.012 -0.012 -0.008 -0.009 -0.011
TO 6 -0.048 -0.030 -0.020 -0.016 -0.013 -0.012 -0.060 -0.042 -0.030 -0.020 -0.017 -0.016
OVER 6 0.000 0.000 -0.003 -0.004 -0.007 -0.008 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.009 -0.012 -0.013
TO 10 -0.058 -0.036 -0.025 -0.019 -0.016 -0.014 -0.073 -0.051 -0.037 -0.024 -0.021 -0.019
OVER 10 0.000 0.000 -0.003 -0.005 -0.009 -0.009 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.011 -0.015 -0.015
TO 14 -0.070 -0.013 -0.030 -0.023 -0.020 -0.017 -0.088 -0.061 -0.045 -0.029 -0.026 -0.023
OVER 14 0.000 0.000 -0.003 -0.005 -0.009 -0.009 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.011 -0.015 -0.015
TO 18 -0.070 -0.013 -0.030 -0.023 -0.020 -0.017 -0.088 -0.061 -0.045 -0.029 -0.026 -0.023
OVER 18 0.000 0.000 -0.003 -0.007 -0.011 -0.012 -0.022 -0.022 -0.022 -0.014 -0.018 -0.019
TO 24 -0.084 -0.052 -0.036 -0.028 -0.024 -0.021 -0.106 -0.074 -0.055 -0.035 -0.031 -0.028
OVER 24 0.000 0.000 -0.003 -0.007 -0.011 -0.012 -0.022 -0.022 -0.022 -0.014 -0.018 -0.019
TO 30 -0.084 -0.052 -0.036 -0.028 -0.024 -0.021 -0.106 -0.074 -0.055 -0.035 -0.031 -0.028
OVER 30 0.000 0.000 -0.003 -0.008 -0.012 -0.013 -0.026 -0.026 -0.026 -0.017 -0.021 -0.022
TO 40 -0.100 -0.062 -0.042 -0.033 -0.028 -0.024 -0.126 -0.088 -0.065 -0.042 -0.037 -0.033
OVER 10 0.000 0.000 -0.003 -0.008 -0.012 -0.013 -0.026 -0.026 -0.026 -0.017 -0.021 -0.022
TO 50 -0.100 -0.062 -0.042 -0.033 -0.028 -0.024 -0.126 -0.088 -0.065 -0.042 -0.037 -0.033
OVER 50 0.000 0.000 -0.004 -0.009 -0.014 -0.015 -0.032 -0.032 -0.032 -0.021 -0.026 -0.027
TO 65 -0.120 -0.074 -0.050 -0.039 -0.033 -0.028 -0.152 -0.106 -0.078 -0.051 -0.045 -0.040
OVER 65 0.000 0.000 -0.004 -0.009 -0.014 -0.015 -0.032 -0.032 -0.032 -0.021 -0.026 -0.027
TO 80 -0.120 -0.074 -0.050 -0.039 -0.033 -0.028 -0.152 -0.106 -0.078 -0.051 -0.045 -0.040
OVER 80 0.000 0.000 -0.004 -0.010 -0.016 -0.018 -0.037 -0.037 -0.037 -0.024 -0.030 -0.032
TO 100 -0.140 -0.087 -0.058 -0.045 -0.038 -0.033 -0.177 -0.124 -0.091 -0.059 -0.052 -0.047
OVER 100 0.000 0.000 -0.004 -0.010 -0.016 -0.018 -0.037 -0.037 -0.037 -0.024 -0.030 -0.032
TO 120 -0.140 -0.087 -0.058 -0.045 -0.038 -0.033 -0.177 -0.124 -0.091 -0.059 -0.052 -0.047
OVER 120 0.000 0.000 -0.004 -0.012 -0.020 -0.021 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.028 -0.036 -0.037
TO 140 -0.160 -0.100 -0.067 -0.052 -0.045 -0.039 -0.203 -0.143 -0.106 -0.068 -0.061 -0.055
OVER 140 0.000 0.000 -0.004 -0.012 -0.020 -0.021 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.028 -0.036 -0.037
TO 160 -0.160 -0.100 -0.067 -0-052 -0.045 -0.039 -0.203 -0.143 -0.106 -0.068 -0.061 -0.055
OVER 160 0.000 0.000 -0.004 -0.012 -0.020 -0.021 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.028 -0.036 -0.037
TO 180 -0.160 -0.100 -0.067 -0.052 -0.045 -0.039 -0.203 -0.143 -0.106 -0.068 -0.061 -0.055
OVER 180 0.000 0.000 -0.005 -0.014 -0.022 -0.025 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.033 -0.041 -0.044
TO 200 -0.185 -0.115 -0.077 -0.060 -0.051 -0.045 -0.235 -0.165 -0.122 -0.079 -0.070 -0.064
OVER 200 0.000 0.000 -0.005 -0.014 -0.022 -0.025 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.033 -0.041 -0.044
TO 225 -0.185 -0.115 -0.077 -0.060 -0.051 -0.045 -0.235 -0.165 -0.122 -0.079 -0.070 -0.064
OVER 225 0.000 0.000 -0.005 -0.014 -0.022 -0.025 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.033 -0.041 -0.044
TO 250 -0.185 -0.115 -0.077 -0.060 -0.051 -0.045 -0.235 -0.165 -0.122 -0.079 -0.070 -0.064
OVER 250 0.000 0.000 -0.005 -0.014 -0.025 -0.027 -0.056 -0.056 -0.056 -0.036 -0.047 -0.049
TO 280 -0.210 -0.130 -0.086 -0.066 -0.057 -0.050 -0.266 -0.186 -0.137 -0.088 -0.079 -0.072
OVER 280 0.000 0.000 -0.005 -0.014 -0.025 -0.027 -0.056 -0.056 -0.056 -0.036 -0.047 -0.049
TO 315 -0.210 -0.130 -0.086 -0.066 -0.057 -0.050 -0.266 -0.186 -0.137 -0.088 -0.079 -0.072
OVER 315 0.000 0.000 -0.005 -0.016 -0.026 -0.030 -0.062 -0.062 -0.062 -0.041 -0.051 -0.055
TO 355 -0.230 -0.140 -0.094 -0.073 -0.062 -0.055 -0.292 -0.202 -0.151 -0.058 -0.087 -0.080
OVER 355 0.000 0.000 -0.005 -0.016 -0.026 -0.030 -0.062 -0.062 -0.062 -0.041 -0.051 -0.055
TO 400 -0.230 -0.140 -0.094 -0.073 -0.062 -0.055 -0.292 -0.202 -0.151 -0.058 -0.087 -0.080
OVER 400 0.000 0.000 -0.006 -0.017 -0.027 -0.033 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068 -0.045 -0.055 -0.061
TO 450 -0.250 -0.155 -0.103 -0.080 -0.067 -0.060 -0.318 -0.223 -0.165 -0.108 -0.095 -0.088
OVER 450 0.000 0.000 -0.006 -0.017 -0.027 -0.033 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068 -0.045 -0.055 -0.061
TO 500 -0.250 -0.155 -0.103 -0.080 -0.067 -0.060 -0.318 -0.223 -0.165 -0.108 -0.095 -0.088

103
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-14 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (R10 ... R5, S10 ... S5) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE R10 R9 R8 R7 R6 R5 S10 S9 S8 S7 S6 S5
OVER 0 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014
TO 3 -0.050 -0.035 -0.024 -0.020 -0.016 -0.014 -0.054 -0.039 -0.028 -0.024 -0.020 -0.018
OVER 3 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.011 -0.012 -0.014 -0.019 -0.019 -0.019 -0.015 -0.016 -0.018
TO 6 -0.063 -0.045 -0.033 -0.023 -0.020 -0.019 -0.067 -0.049 -0.037 -0.027 -0.024 -0.023
OVER 6 -0.019 -0.019 -0.019 -0.013 -0.016 -0.017 -0.023 -0.023 -0.023 -0.017 -0.020 -0.021
TO 10 -0.077 -0.055 -0.041 -0.028 -0.025 -0.023 -0.081 -0.059 -0.045 -0.032 -0.029 -0.027
OVER 10 -0.023 -0.023 -0.023 -0.016 -0.020 -0.020 -0.028 -0.028 -0.028 -0.021 -0.025 -0.025
TO 14 -0.093 -0.066 -0.050 -0.034 -0.031 -0.028 -0.098 -0.071 -0.055 -0.039 -0.036 -0.033
OVER 14 -0.023 -0.023 -0.023 -0.016 -0.020 -0.020 -0.028 -0.028 -0.028 -0.021 -0.025 -0.025
TO 18 -0.093 -0.066 -0.050 -0.034 -0.031 -0.028 -0.098 -0.071 -0.055 -0.039 -0.036 -0.033
OVER 18 -0.028 -0.028 -0.028 -0.020 -0.024 -0.025 -0.035 -0.035 -0.035 -0.027 -0.031 -0.032
TO 24 -0.112 -0.080 -0.061 -0.041 -0.037 -0.034 -0.119 -0.087 -0.068 -0.048 -0.044 -0.041
OVER 24 -0.028 -0.028 -0.028 -0.020 -0.024 -0.025 -0.035 -0.035 -0.035 -0.027 -0.031 -0.032
TO 30 -0.112 -0.080 -0.061 -0.041 -0.037 -0.034 -0.119 -0.087 -0.068 -0.048 -0.044 -0.041
OVER 30 -0.034 -0.034 -0.034 -0.025 -0.029 -0.030 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.034 -0.038 -0.039
TO 40 -0.134 -0.096 -0.073 -0.050 -0.045 -0.041 -0.143 -0.105 -0.082 -0.059 -0.054 -0.050
OVER 40 -0.034 -0.034 -0.034 -0.025 -0.029 -0.030 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.034 -0.038 -0.039
TO 50 -0.134 -0.096 -0.073 -0-050 -0.045 -0.041 -0.143 -0.105 -0.082 -0.059 -0.054 -0.050
OVER 50 -0.041 -0.041 -0.041 -0.030 -0.035 -0.036 -0.053 -0.053 -0.053 -0.042 -0.047 -0.048
TO 65 -0.161 -0.115 -0.087 -0.060 -0.054 -0.049 -0.173 -0.127 -0.099 -0.072 -0.066 -0.061
OVER 65 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.032 -0.037 -0.038 -0.059 -0.059 -0.059 -0.048 -0.053 -0.054
TO 80 -0.163 -0.117 -0.089 -0.062 -0.056 -0.051 -0.179 -0.133 -0.105 -0.078 -0.072 -0.067
OVER 80 -0.051 -0.051 -0.051 -0.038 -0.044 -0.046 -0.071 -0.071 -0.071 -0.058 -0.064 -0.066
TO 100 -0.191 -0.138 -0.105 -0.073 -0.066 -0.061 -0.211 -0.158 -0.125 -0.093 -0.086 -0.081
OVER 100 -0.054 -0.054 -0.054 -0.041 -0.047 -0.049 -0.079 -0.079 -0.079 -0.066 -0.072 -0.074
TO 120 -0.194 -0.141 -0.108 -0.076 -0.069 -0.064 -0.219 -0.166 -0.133 -0.101 -0.094 -0.089
OVER 120 -0.063 -0.063 -0.063 -0.048 -0.056 -0.057 -0.092 -0.092 -0.092 -0.077 -0.085 -0.086
TO 140 -0.223 -0.163 -0.126 -0.088 -0.081 -0.075 -0.252 -0.192 -0.155 -0.117 -0.110 -0.104
OVER 140 -0.065 -0.065 -0.065 -0.050 -0.058 -0.059 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.085 -0.093 -0.094
TO 160 -0.225 -0.165 -0.128 -0.090 -0.083 -0.077 -0.260 -0.200 -0.163 -0.125 -0.118 -0.112
OVER 160 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068 -0.053 -0.061 -0.062 -0.108 -0.108 -0.108 -0.093 -0-101 -0.102
TO 180 -0.228 -0.168 -0.131 -0.093 -0.086 -0.080 -0.268 -0.208 -0.171 -0.133 -0.126 -0.120
OVER 180 -0.077 -0.077 -0.077 -0.060 -0.068 -0.071 -0.122 -0.122 -0.122 -0.105 -0.113 -0.116
TO 200 -0.262 -0.192 -0.149 -0.106 -0.097 -0.091 -0.307 -0.237 -0.194 -0.151 -0.142 -0.136
OVER 200 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.063 -0.071 -0.074 -0.130 -0.130 -0.130 -0.113 -0.121 -0.124
TO 225 -0.265 -0.195 -0.152 -0.109 -0.100 -0.094 -0.315 -0.245 -0.202 -0.139 -0.150 -0.144
OVER 225 -0.084 -0.084 -0.084 -0.067 -0.075 -0.078 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.123 -0.131 -0.134
TO 250 -0.269 -0.199 -0.156 -0.113 -0.104 -0.098 -0.325 -0.255 -0.212 -0.169 -0.160 -0.154
OVER 250 -0.094 -0.094 -0.094 -0.074 -0.085 -0.087 -0.158 -0.158 -0.158 -0.138 -0.149 -0.151
TO 280 -0.304 -0.224 -0.175 -0.126 -0.117 -0.110 -0.368 -0.288 -0.239 -0.190 -0.181 -0.174
OVER 280 -0.098 -0.098 -0.098 -0.078 -0.089 -0.091 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.150 -0.161 -0.163
TO 315 -0-308 -0.228 -0.179 -0.130 -0.121 -0.114 -0.380 -0.300 -0.251 -0.202 -0.193 -0.186
OVER 315 -0.108 -0.108 -0.108 -0.087 -0.097 -0.101 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.169 -0.179 -0.183
TO 355 -0.338 -0.248 -0.197 -0.144 -0.133 -0.126 -0.420 -0.330 -0.279 -0.226 -0.215 -0.208
OVER 355 -0.114 -0.114 -0.114 -0.093 -0.103 -0.107 -0.208 -0.208 -0.208 -0.187 -0.197 -0.201
TO 400 -0.344 -0.254 -0.203 -0.150 -0.139 -0.132 -0.438 -0.348 -0.297 -0.244 -0.233 -0.226
OVER 400 -0.126 -0.126 -0.126 -0.103 -0.113 -0.119 -0.232 -0.232 -0.232 -0.209 -0.219 -0.225
TO 450 -0.376 -0.281 -0.223 -0.166 -0.153 -0.146 -0.482 -0.387 -0.329 -0.272 -0.259 -0.252
OVER 450 -0.132 -0.132 -0.132 -0.109 -0.119 -0.125 -0.252 -0.252 -0.252 -0.229 -0.239 -0.245
TO 500 -0.382 -0.287 -0.229 -0.172 -0.159 -0.152 -0.502 -0.407 -0.349 -0.292 -0.279 -0.272

104
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-15 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (T10 ... T5, U10... U5) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE T10 T9 T8 T7 T6 T5 U10 U9 U8 U7 U6 U5
OVER 0 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018
TO 3 -0.058 -0.043 -0.032 -0.028 -0.024 -0.022
OVER 3 -0.023 -0.023 -0.023 -0.019 -0.020 -0.022
TO 6 -0.071 -0.053 -0.041 -0.031 -0.028 -0.027
OVER 6 NUMERICAL VALUES FOR -0.028 -0.028 -0.028 -0.022 -0.025 -0.026
TO 10 TOLERANCE ZONES IN -0.086 -0.064 -0.050 -0.037 -0.034 -0.032
OVER 10 THIS AREA NOT DEFINED -0.033 -0.033 -0.033 -0.026 -0.030 -0.030
TO 14 -0.103 -0.076 -0.060 -0.044 -0.041 -0.038
OVER 14 -0.033 -0.033 -0.033 -0.026 -0.030 -0.030
TO 18 -0.103 -0.076 -0.060 -0.044 -0.041 -0.038
OVER 18 -0.041 -0.041 -0.041 -0.033 -0.037 -0.038
TO 24 -0.125 -0.093 -0.074 -0.054 0.000 -0.047
OVER 24 -0.041 -0.041 -0.041 -0.033 -0.037 -0.038 -0.048 -0.048 -0.048 -0.040 -0.044 -0.045
TO 30 -0.125 -0.093 -0.074 -0.054 -0.050 -0.047 -0.132 -0.100 -0.081 -0.061 -0.057 -0.054
OVER 30 -0.048 -0.048 -0.048 -0.039 -0.043 -0.044 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.051 -0.055 -0.056
TO 40 -0.148 -0.110 -0.087 -0.064 -0.059 -0.055 -0.160 -0.122 -0.099 -0.076 -0.071 -0.067
OVER 40 -0.054 -0.054 -0.054 -0.045 -0.049 -0.050 -0.070 -0.070 -0.070 -0.061 -0.065 -0.066
TO 50 -0.154 -0.116 -0.093 -0.070 -0.065 -0.061 -0.170 -0.132 -0.109 -0.086 -0.081 -0.077
OVER 50 -0.066 -0.066 -0.066 -0.055 -0.060 -0.061 -0.087 -0.087 -0.087 -0.076 -0.081 -0.082
TO 65 -0.186 -0.140 -0.112 -0.085 -0.079 -0.074 -0.207 -0.161 -0.133 -0.106 -0.100 -0.095
OVER 65 -0.075 -0.075 -0.075 -0.064 -0.069 -0.070 -0.102 -0.102 -0.102 -0.091 -0.096 -0.097
TO 80 -0.195 -0.149 -0.121 -0.094 -0.088 -0.080 -0.222 -0.176 -0.148 -0.121 -0.115 -0.110
OVER 80 -0.091 -0.091 -0.091 -0.078 -0.084 -0.086 -0.124 -0.124 -0.124 -0.111 -0.117 -0.119
TO 100 -0.231 -0.178 -0.145 -0.113 -0.106 -0.101 -0.264 -0.211 -0.178 -0.146 -0.139 -0.134
OVER 100 -0.104 -0.104 -0.104 -0.091 -0.097 -0.090 -0.144 -0.144 -0.144 -0.131 -0.137 -0.139
TO 120 -0.244 -0.191 -0.158 -0.126 -0.119 -0.114 -0.284 -0.231 -0.198 -0.166 -0.159 -0.154
OVER 120 -0.122 -0.122 -0.122 -0.107 -0.115 -0.116 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.155 -0.163 -0.164
TO 140 -0.282 -0.222 -0.185 -0.147 -0.140 -0.134 -0.330 -0.270 -0.233 -0.195 -0.188 -0.182
OVER 140 -0.134 -0.134 -0.134 -0.119 -0.127 -0.128 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.175 -0.183 -0.184
TO 160 -0.294 -0.234 -0.197 -0.159 -0.152 -0.146 -0.350 -0.290 -0.253 -0.215 -0.208 -0.202
OVER 160 -0.146 -0.146 -0.146 -0.131 -0.139 -0.140 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.195 -0.203 -0.204
TO 180 -0.306 -0.246 -0.209 -0.171 -0.164 -0.158 -0.370 -0.310 -0.273 -0.235 -0.228 -0.222
OVER 180 -0.166 -0.166 -0.166 -0.149 -0.157 -0.160 -0.236 -0.236 -0.236 -0.219 -0.227 -0.230
TO 200 -0.351 -0.281 -0.238 -0.195 -0.186 -0.180 -0.421 -0.351 -0.308 -0.265 -0.256 -0.250
OVER 200 -0.180 -0.180 -0.180 -0.163 -0.171 -0.174 -0.258 -0.258 -0.258 -0.241 -0.249 -0.252
TO 225 -0.365 -0.295 -0.252 -0.209 -0.200 -0.194 -0.443 -0.373 -0.330 -0.287 -0.278 -0.272
OVER 225 -0.196 -0.196 -0.196 -0.179 -0.187 -0.190 -0.284 -0.284 -0.284 -0.267 -0.275 -0.278
TO 250 -0.381 -0.311 -0.268 -0.225 -0.216 -0.210 -0.469 -0.399 -0.356 -0.313 -0.304 -0.298
OVER 250 -0.218 -0.218 -0.218 -0.198 -0.209 -0.211 -0.315 -0.315 -0.315 -0.295 -0.306 -0.308
TO 280 -0.428 -0.348 -0.299 -0.250 -0.241 -0.234 -0.525 -0.445 -0.396 -0.347 -0.338 -0.331
OVER 280 -0.240 -0.240 -0.240 -0.220 -0.231 -0.233 -0.350 -0.350 -0.350 -0.330 -0.341 -0.343
TO 315 -0.450 -0.370 -0.321 -0.272 -0.263 -0.256 -0.560 -0.480 -0.431 -0.382 -0.373 -0.366
OVER 315 -0.268 -0.268 -0.268 -0.247 -0.257 -0.261 -0.390 -0.390 -0.390 -0.369 -0.379 -0.383
TO 355 -0.498 -0.408 -0.357 -0.304 -0.293 -0.286 -0.620 -0.530 -0.479 -0.426 -0.415 -0.408
OVER 355 -0.294 -0.294 -0.294 -0.273 -0.283 -0.287 -0.435 -0.435 -0.435 -0.414 -0.424 -0.428
TO 400 -0.524 -0.434 -0.383 -0.330 -0.319 -0.312 -0.665 -0.575 -0.524 -0.471 -0.460 -0.453
OVER 400 -0.330 -0.330 -0.330 -0.307 -0.317 -0.323 -0.490 -0.490 -0.490 -0.467 -0.477 -0.483
TO 450 -0.580 -0.485 -0.427 -0.370 -0.357 -0.350 -0.740 -0.645 -0.587 -0.530 -0.517 -0.510
OVER 450 -0.360 -0.360 -0.360 -0.337 -0.347 -0.353 -0.540 -0.540 -0.540 -0.517 -0.527 -0.533
TO 500 -0.610 -0.515 -0.457 -0.400 -0.387 -0.380 -0.790 -0.695 -0.637 -0.580 -0.567 -0.560

105
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-16 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (V10 ... V5, X10 ... X5) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE V10 V9 V8 V7 V6 V5 X10 X9 X8 X7 X6 X5
OVER 0 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020
TO 3 -0.060 -0.045 -0.034 -0.030 -0.026 -0.024
OVER 3 -0.028 -0.028 -0.028 -0.024 -0.025 -0.027
TO 6 NUMERICAL VALUES FOR -0.076 -0.058 -0.046 -0.036 -0.033 -0.032
OVER 6 TOLERANCE ZONES IN -0.034 -0.034 -0.034 -0.028 -0.031 -0.032
TO 10 THIS AREA NOT DEFINED. -0.092 -0.070 -0.056 -0.043 -0.040 -0.038
OVER 10 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.033 -0.037 -0.037
TO 14 -0.110 -0.083 -0.067 -0.051 -0.048 -0.045
OVER 14 -0.039 -0.039 -0.039 -0.032 -0.036 -0.036 -0.045 -0.045 -0.045 -0.038 -0.042 -0.042
TO 18 -0.109 -0.082 -0.066 -0.050 -0.047 -0.044 -0.115 -0.088 -0.072 -0.056 -0.053 -0.050
OVER 18 -0.047 -0.047 -0.047 -0.039 -0.043 -0.044 -0.054 -0.054 -0.054 -0.046 -0.050 -0.051
TO 24 -0.131 -0.099 -0.080 -0.060 -0.056 -0.053 -0.138 -0.106 -0.087 -0.067 -0.063 -0.060
OVER 24 -0.055 -0.055 -0.055 -0.047 -0.051 -0.052 -0.064 -0.064 -0.064 -0.056 -0.060 -0.061
TO 30 -0.139 -0.107 -0.088 -0.068 -0.064 -0.061 -0.148 -0.116 -0.097 -0.077 -0.073 -0.070
OVER 30 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068 -0.059 -0.063 -0.064 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.071 -0.075 -0.076
TO 40 -0.168 -0.130 -0.107 -0.084 -0.079 -0.075 -0.180 -0.142 -0.119 -0.096 -0.091 -0.087
OVER 40 -0.081 -0.081 -0.081 -0.072 -0.076 -0.077 -0.097 -0.097 -0.097 -0.088 -0.092 -0.093
TO 50 -0.181 -0.143 -0.120 -0.097 -0.092 -0.088 -0.197 -0.159 -0.136 -0.113 -0.108 -0.104
OVER 50 -0.102 -0.102 -0.102 -0.091 -0.096 -0.097 -0.122 -0.122 -0.122 -0.111 -0.116 -0.117
TO 65 -0.222 -0.176 -0.148 -0.121 -0.115 -0.110 -0.242 -0.196 -0.168 -0.141 -0.135 -0.130
OVER 65 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.109 -0.114 -0.115 -0.146 -0.146 -0.146 -0.135 -0.140 -0.141
TO 80 -0.240 -0.194 -0.166 -0.139 -0.133 -0.128 -0.266 -0.220 -0.192 -0.165 -0.159 -0.154
OVER 80 -0.146 -0.146 -0.146 -0.133 -0.139 -0.141 -0.178 -0.178 -0.178 -0.165 -0.171 -0.173
TO 100 -0.286 -0.233 -0.200 -0.168 -0.161 -0.156 -0.318 -0.265 -0.232 -0.200 -0.193 -0.188
OVER 100 -0.172 -0.172 -0.172 -0.159 -0.165 -0.167 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.197 -0.203 -0.205
TO 120 -0.312 -0.259 -0.226 -0.194 -0.187 -0.182 -0.350 -0.297 -0.264 -0.232 -0.225 -0.220
OVER 120 -0.202 -0.202 -0.202 -0.187 -0.195 -0.196 -0.248 -0.248 -0.248 -0.233 -0.241 -0.242
TO 140 -0.362 -0.302 -0.265 -0.227 -0.220 -0.214 -0.408 -0.348 -0.311 -0.273 -0.266 -0.260
OVER 140 -0.228 -0.228 -0.228 -0.213 -0.221 -0.222 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.265 -0.273 -0.274
TO 160 -0.388 -0.328 -0.291 -0.253 -0.246 -0.240 -0.440 -0.380 -0.343 -0.305 -0.298 -0.292
OVER 160 -0.252 -0.252 -0.252 -0.237 -0.245 -0.246 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310 -0.295 -0.303 -0.304
TO 180 -0.412 -0.352 -0.315 -0.277 -0.270 -0.264 -0.470 -0.410 -0.373 -0.335 -0.328 -0.322
OVER 180 -0.284 -0.284 -0.284 -0.267 -0.275 -0.278 -0.350 -0.350 -0.350 -0.333 -0.341 -0.344
TO 200 -0.469 -0.399 -0.356 -0.313 -0.304 -0.298 -0.535 -0.465 -0.422 -0.379 -0.370 -0.364
OVER 200 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310 -0.293 -0.301 -0.304 -0.385 -0.385 -0.385 -0.368 -0.376 -0.379
TO 225 -0.495 -0.425 -0.382 -0.339 -0.330 -0.324 -0.570 -0.500 -0.457 -0.414 -0.405 -0.399
OVER 225 -0.340 -0.340 -0.340 -0.323 -0.331 -0.334 -0.425 -0.425 -0.425 -0.408 -0.416 -0.419
TO 250 -0.525 -0.455 -0.412 -0.369 -0.360 -0.354 -0.610 -0.540 -0.497 -0.454 -0.445 -0.439
OVER 250 -0.385 -0.385 -0.385 -0.365 -0.376 -0.378 -0.475 -0.475 -0.475 -0.455 -0.466 -0.468
TO 280 -0.595 -0.515 -0.466 -0.417 -0.408 -0.401 -0.685 -0.605 -0.556 -0.507 -0.498 -0.491
OVER 280 -0.425 -0.425 -0.425 -0.405 -0.416 -0.418 -0.525 -0.525 -0.525 -0.505 -0.516 -0.518
TO 315 -0.635 -0.555 -0.506 -0.457 -0.448 -0.441 -0.735 -0.655 -0.606 -0.557 -0.548 -0.541
OVER 315 -0.475 -0.475 -0.475 -0.454 -0.464 -0.468 -0.590 -0.590 -0.590 -0.569 -0.579 -0.583
TO 355 -0.705 -0.615 -0.564 -0.511 -0.500 0.493 -0.820 -0.730 -0.679 -0.626 -0.615 -0.608
OVER 355 -0.530 -0.530 -0.530 -0.509 -0.519 -0.522 -0.660 -0.660 -0.660 -0.639 -0.649 -0.653
TO 400 -0.760 -0.670 -0.619 -0.566 -0.555 -0.548 -0.890 -0.800 -0.749 -0.696 -0.685 -0.678
OVER 400 -0.595 -0.595 -0.595 -0.572 -0.582 -0.588 -0.740 -0.740 -0.740 -0.717 -0.727 -0.733
TO 450 -0.845 -0.750 -0.692 -0.635 -0.622 -0.615 -0.990 -0.895 -0.837 -0.780 -0.767 -0.760
OVER 450 -0.660 -0.660 -0.660 -0.637 -0.647 -0.653 -0.820 -0.820 -0.820 -0.797 -0.807 -0.813
TO 500 -0.910 -0.815 -0.757 -0.700 -0.687 -0.680 -1.070 -0.975 -0.917 -0.860 -0.847 -0.840

106
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-17 TOLERANCE ZONES - INTERNAL DIMENSIONS (HOLES) (Y10 ... Y5, Z10 ... Z5) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE Y10 Y9 Y8 Y7 Y6 Y5 Z10 Z9 Z8 Z7 Z6 Z5
OVER 0 -0.026 -0.026 -0.026 -0.026 -0.026 -0.026
TO 3 -0.066 -0.051 -0.040 -0.036 -0.032 -0.030
OVER 3 NUMERICAL VALUES FOR -0.035 -0.035 -0.035 -0.031 -0.032 -0.034
TO 6 -0.083 -0.065 -0.053 -0.043 -0.040 -0.039
OVER 6 TOLERANCE ZONES IN -0.042 -0.042 -0.042 -0.036 -0.039 -0.040
TO 10 -0.100 -0.078 -0.064 -0.051 -0.048 -0.046
OVER 10 THIS AREA NOT DEFINED. -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.043 -0.047 -0.047
TO 14 -0.120 -0.093 -0.077 -0.061 -0.058 -0.055
OVER 14 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.053 -0.057 -0.057
TO 18 -0.130 -0.103 -0.087 -0.071 -0.068 -0.065
OVER 18 -0.063 -0.063 -0.063 -0.055 -0.059 -0.060 -0.073 -0.073 -0.073 -0.065 -0.069 -0.070
TO 24 -0.147 -0.115 -0.096 -0.076 -0.072 -0.069 -0.157 -0.125 -0.106 -0.086 -0.082 -0.079
OVER 24 -0.075 -0.075 -0.075 -0.067 -0.071 -0.072 -0.088 -0.088 -0.088 -0.080 -0.084 -0.085
TO 30 -0.159 -0.127 -0.108 -0.088 -0.084 -0.081 -0.172 -0.140 -0.121 -0.101 -0.097 -0.094
OVER 30 -0.094 -0.094 -0.094 -0.085 -0.089 -0.090 -0.112 -0.112 -0.112 -0.103 -0.107 -0.108
TO 40 -0.194 -0.156 -0.133 -0.110 -0.105 -0.101 -0.212 -0.174 -0.151 -0.128 -0.123 -0.119
OVER 40 -0.114 -0.114 -0.114 -0.105 -0.109 -0.110 -0.136 -0.136 -0.136 -0.127 -0.131 -0.132
TO 50 -0.214 -0.176 -0.153 -0.130 -0.125 -0.121 -0.236 -0.198 -0.175 -0.152 -0.147 -0.143
OVER 50 -0.144 -0.144 -0.144 -0.133 -0.138 -0.139 -0.172 -0.172 -0.172 -0.161 -0.166 -0.167
TO 65 -0.264 -0.218 -0.190 -0.163 -0.157 -0.152 -0.292 -0.246 -0.218 -0.191 -0.185 -0.180
OVER 65 -0.174 -0.174 -0.174 -0.163 -0.168 -0.169 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.159 -0.204 -0.205
TO 80 -0.294 -0.248 -0.220 -0.193 -0.187 -0.182 -0.330 -0.284 -0.256 -0.229 -0.223 -0.218
OVER 80 -0.214 -0.214 -0.214 -0.201 -0.207 -0.209 -0.258 -0.258 -0.258 -0.245 -0.251 -0.253
TO 100 -0.354 -0.301 -0.268 -0.236 -0.229 -0.224 -0.398 -0.345 -0.312 -0.280 -0.273 -0.268
OVER 100 -0.254 -0.254 -0.254 -0.241 -0.247 -0.248 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310 -0.297 -0.303 -0.305
TO 120 -0.394 -0.341 -0.308 -0.276 -0.269 -0.264 -0.450 -0.397 -0.364 -0.332 -0.325 -0.320
OVER 120 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.285 -0.293 -0.294 -0.365 -0.365 -0.365 -0.350 -0.358 -0.359
TO 140 -0.460 -0.400 -0.363 -0.325 -0.318 -0.312 -0.525 -0.465 -0.428 -0.390 -0.383 -0.377
OVER 140 -0.340 -0.340 -0.340 -0.325 -0.333 -0.334 -0.415 -0.415 -0.415 -0.400 -0.408 -0.409
TO 160 -0.500 -0.440 -0.403 -0.365 -0.358 -0.352 -0.575 -0.515 -0.478 -0.440 -0.433 -0.427
OVER 160 -0.380 -0.380 -0.380 -0.365 -0.373 -0.374 -0.465 -0.465 -0.465 -0.450 -0.458 -0.459
TO 180 -0.540 -0.480 -0.443 -0.405 -0.398 -0.392 -0.625 -0.565 -0.528 -0.490 -0.483 -0.477
OVER 180 -0.425 -0.425 -0.425 -0.408 -0.416 -0.419 -0.520 -0.520 -0.520 -0.503 -0.511 -0.514
TO 200 -0.610 -0.540 -0.497 -0.454 -0.445 -0.439 -0.705 -0.635 -0.592 -0.549 -0.540 -0.534
OVER 200 -0.470 -0.470 -0.470 -0.453 -0.461 -0.464 -0.575 -0.575 -0.575 -0.558 -0.566 -0.569
TO 225 -0.655 -0.585 -0.542 -0.499 -0.490 -0.484 -0.760 -0.690 -0.647 -0.604 -0.595 -0.589
OVER 225 -0.520 -0.520 -0.520 -0.503 -0.511 -0.514 -0.640 -0.640 -0.640 -0.623 -0.631 -0.634
TO 250 -0.705 -0.635 -0.592 -0.549 -0.540 -0.534 -0.825 -0.755 -0.712 -0.669 -0.660 -0.654
OVER 250 -0.580 -0.580 -0.580 -0.560 -0.571 -0.573 -0.710 -0.710 -0.710 -0.690 -0.701 -0.703
TO 280 -0.790 -0.710 -0.661 -0.612 -0.603 -0.596 -0.920 -0.840 -0.791 -0.742 -0.733 -0.726
OVER 280 -0.650 -0.650 -0.650 -0.630 -0.641 -0.643 -0.790 -0.790 -0.790 -0.770 -0.781 -0.783
TO 315 -0.860 -0.780 -0.731 -0.682 -0.673 -0.666 -1.000 -0.920 -0.871 -0.822 -0.813 -0.806
OVER 315 -0.730 -0.730 -0.730 -0.709 -0.719 -0.723 -0.900 -0.900 -0.900 -0.879 -0.889 -0.893
TO 355 -0.960 -0.870 -0.819 -0.766 -0.755 -0.748 -1.130 -1.040 -0.989 -0.936 -0.925 -0.918
OVER 355 -0.820 -0.820 -0.820 -0.799 -0.809 -0.813 -1.000 -1.000 -1.000 -0.979 -0.989 -0.993
TO 400 -1.050 -0.960 -0.909 -0.856 -0.845 -0.838 -1.230 -1.140 -1.089 -1.036 -1.025 -1.018
OVER 400 -0.920 -0.920 -0.920 -0.897 -0.907 -0.913 -1.100 -1.100 -1.100 -1.077 -1.087 -1.093
TO 450 -1.170 -1.075 -1.017 -0.960 -0.947 -0.940 -1.350 -1.255 -1.197 -1.140 -1.127 -1.120
OVER 450 -1.000 -1.000 -1.000 -0.977 -0.987 -0.993 -1.250 -1.250 -1.250 -1.227 -1.237 -1.243
TO 500 -1.250 -1.155 -1.097 -1.040 -1.027 -1.020 -1.500 -1.405 -1.347 -1.250 -1.277 -1.270

107
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-18 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (a14 ... a9, b14 ... b9) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE a14 a13 a12 a11 a10 a9 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9
OVER 0 -0.270 -0.270 -0.270 -0.270 -0.270 -0.270 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140
TO 3 -0.520 -0.410 -0.370 -0.330 -0.310 -0.295 -0.390 -0.280 -0.240 -0.200 -0.180 -0.165
OVER 3 -0.270 -0.270 -0.270 -0.270 -0.270 -0.270 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140
TO 6 -0.570 -0.450 -0.390 -0.345 -0.318 -0.300 -0.440 -0.320 -0.260 -0.215 -0.188 -0.170
OVER 6 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150
TO 10 -0.640 -0.500 -0.430 -0.370 -0.338 -0.316 -0.510 -0.370 -0.300 -0.240 -0.208 -0.186
OVER 10 -0.290 -0.290 -0.290 -0.290 -0.290 -0.290 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150
TO 14 -0.720 -0.560 -0.470 -0.400 -0.360 -0.333 -0.580 -0.420 -0.330 -0.260 -0.220 -0.193
OVER 14 -0.290 -0.290 -0.290 -0.290 -0.290 -0.290 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150
TO 18 -0.720 -0.560 -0.470 -0.400 -0.360 -0.333 -0.580 -0.420 -0.330 -0.260 -0.220 -0.193
OVER 18 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.160 -0.160 -0.160 -0.160 -0.160 -0.160
TO 24 -0.820 -0.630 -0.510 -0.430 -0.384 -0.352 -0.680 -0.490 -0.370 -0.290 -0.244 -0.212
OVER 24 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.160 -0.160 -0.160 -0.160 -0.160 -0.160
TO 30 -0.820 -0.630 -0.510 -0.430 -0.384 -0.352 -0.680 -0.490 -0.370 -0.290 -0.244 -0.212
OVER 30 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170
TO 40 -0.930 -0.700 -0.560 -0.470 -0.410 -0.372 -0.790 -0.560 -0.420 -0.330 -0.270 -0.232
OVER 40 -0.320 -0.320 -0.320 -0.320 -0.320 -0.320 -0.180 -0.180 -0.180 -0.180 -0.180 -0.180
TO 50 -0.940 -0.710 -0.570 -0.480 -0.420 -0.382 -0.800 -0.570 -0.430 -0.340 -0.280 -0.242
OVER 50 -0.340 -0.340 -0.340 -0.340 -0.340 -0.340 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190
TO 65 -1.080 -0.800 -0.640 -0.530 -0.460 -0.414 -0.930 -0.650 -0.490 -0.380 -0.310 -0.264
OVER 65 -0.360 -0.360 -0.360 -0.360 -0.360 -0.360 -0.200 -0.200 -0.200 -0.200 -0.200 -0.200
TO 90 -1.100 -0.820 -0.660 -0.550 -0.480 -0.434 -0.940 -0.660 -0.500 -0.390 -0.320 -0.274
OVER 90 -0.380 -0.380 -0.380 -0.380 -0.380 -0.380 -0.220 -0.220 -0.220 -0.220 -0.220 -0.220
TO 100 -1.250 -0.920 -0.730 -0.600 -0.520 -0.467 -1.090 -0.760 -0.570 -0.440 -0.360 -0.307
OVER 100 -0.410 -0.410 -0.410 -0.410 -0.410 -0.410 -0.240 -0.240 -0.240 -0.240 -0.240 -0.240
TO 120 -1.280 -0.950 -0.760 -0.630 -0.550 -0.497 -1.110 -0.780 -0.590 -0.460 -0.380 -0.327
OVER 120 -0.460 -0.460 -0.460 -0.460 -0.460 -0.460 -0.260 -0.260 -0.260 -0.260 -0.260 -0.260
TO 140 -1.460 -1.090 -0.860 -0.710 -0.620 -0.560 -1.260 -0.890 -0.660 -0.510 -0.420 -0.360
OVER 140 -0.520 -0.520 -0.520 -0.520 -0.520 -0.520 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280
TO 160 -1.520 -1.150 -0.920 -0.770 -0.680 -0.620 -1.280 -0.910 -0.680 -0.530 -0.440 -0.380
OVER 160 -0.580 -0.580 -0.580 -0.580 -0.580 -0.580 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310 -0.310
TO 180 -1.580 -1.210 -0.980 -0.830 -0.740 -0.680 -1.310 -0.940 -0.710 -0.560 -0.470 -0.410
OVER 180 -0.660 -0.660 -0.660 -0.660 -0.660 -0.660 -0.340 -0.340 -0.340 -0.340 -0.340 -0.340
TO 200 -1.810 -1.380 -1.120 -0.950 -0.845 -0.775 -1.490 -1.060 -0.800 -0.630 -0.525 -0.455
OVER 200 -0.740 -0.740 -0.740 -0.740 -0.740 -0.740 -0.380 -0.380 -0.380 -0.380 -0.380 -0.380
TO 225 -1.890 -1.460 -1.200 -1.030 -0.925 -0.855 -1.530 -1.100 -0.840 -0.670 -0.565 -0.495
OVER 225 -0.820 -0.820 -0.820 -0.820 -0.820 -0.820 -0.420 -0.420 -0.420 -0.420 -0.420 -0.420
TO 256 -1.970 -1.540 -1.280 -1.110 -1.005 -0.935 -1.570 -1.140 -0.880 -0.710 -0.605 -0.535
OVER 250 -0.920 -0.920 -0.920 -0.920 -0.920 -0.920 -0.480 -0.480 -0.480 -0.480 -0.480 -0.480
TO 280 -2.220 -1.730 -1.440 -1.240 -1.130 -1.050 -1.780 -1.290 -1.000 -0.800 -0.690 -0.610
OVER 290 -1.050 -1.050 -1.050 -1.050 -1.050 -1.050 -0.540 -0.540 -0.540 -0.540 -0.540 -0.540
TO 315 -2.350 -1.860 -1.570 -1.370 -1.260 -1.180 -1.840 -1.350 -1.060 -0.860 -0.750 -0.670
OVER 315 -1.200 -1.200 -1.200 -1.200 -1.200 -1.200 -0.600 -0.600 -0.600 -0.600 -0.600 -0.600
TO 355 -2.600 -2.090 -1.770 -1.560 -1.430 -1.340 -2.000 -1.490 -1.170 -0.960 -0.830 -0.740
OVER 355 -1.350 -1.350 -1.350 -1.350 -1.350 -1.350 -0.680 -0.680 -0.680 -0.680 -0.680 -0.680
TO 400 -2.750 -2.240 -1.920 -1.710 -1.580 -1.490 -2.080 -1.570 -1.250 -1.040 -0.910 -0.820
OVER 400 -1.500 -1.500 -1.500 -1.500 -1.500 -1.500 -0.760 -0.760 -0.760 -0.760 -0.760 -0.760
TO 450 -3.050 -2.470 -2.130 -1.900 -1.750 -1.655 -2.310 -1.730 -1.390 -1.160 -1.010 -0.915
OVER 450 -1.650 -1.650 -1.650 -1.650 -1.650 -1.650 -0.840 -0.840 -0.840 -0.840 -0.840 -0.840
TO 500 -3.200 -2.620 -2.280 -2.050 -1.900 -1.805 -2.390 -1.810 -1.470 -1.240 -1.090 -0.995

108
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-19 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (c13 ... c8, d12 ... d7) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE c13 c12 c11 c10 c9 c8 d12 d11 d10 d9 d8 d7
OVER 0 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020
TO 3 -0.200 -0.160 -0.120 -0.100 -0.085 -0.074 -0.120 -0.080 -0.060 -0.045 -0.034 -0.030
OVER 3 -0.070 -0.070 -0.070 -0.070 -0.070 -0.070 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030
TO 6 -0.250 -0.190 -0.145 -0.118 -0.100 -0.088 -0.150 -0.105 -0.078 -0.060 -0.048 -0.042
OVER 6 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040
TO 10 -0.300 -0.230 -0.170 -0.138 -0.116 -0.102 -0.190 -0.130 -0.098 -0.076 -0.062 -0.055
OVER 10 -0.095 -0.095 -0.095 -0.095 -0.095 -0.095 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050
TO 14 -0.365 -0.275 -0.205 -0.165 -0.138 -0.122 -0.230 -0.160 -0.120 -0.093 -0.077 -0.068
OVER 14 -0.095 -0.095 -0.095 -0.095 -0.095 -0.095 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050
TO 18 -0.365 -0.275 -0.205 -0.165 -0.138 -0.122 -0.230 -0.160 -0.120 -0.093 -0.077 -0.068
OVER 18 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.065 -0.065 -0.065 -0.065 -0.065 -0.065
TO 24 -0.440 -0.320 -0.240 -0.194 -0.162 -0.143 -0.275 -0.195 -0.149 -0.117 -0.098 -0.086
OVER 24 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.065 -0.065 -0.065 -0.065 -0.065 -0.065
TO 30 -0.440 -0.320 -0.240 -0.194 -0.162 -0.143 -0.275 -0.195 -0.149 -0.117 -0.098 -0.086
OVER 30 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080
TO 40 -0.510 -0.370 -0.280 -0.220 -0.182 -0.159 -0.330 -0.240 -0.180 -0.142 -0.119 -0.105
OVER 40 -0.130 -0.130 -0.130 -0.130 -0.130 -0.130 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080 -0.080
TO 50 -0.520 -0.380 -0.290 -0.230 -0.192 -0.169 -0.330 -0.240 -0.180 -0.142 -0.119 -0.105
OVER 50 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.140 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100
TO 65 -0.600 -0.440 -0.330 -0.260 -0.214 -0.186 -0.400 -0.290 -0.220 -0.174 -0.146 -0.130
OVER 65 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.150 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100
TO 80 -0.610 -0.450 -0.340 -0.270 -0.224 -0.196 -0.400 -0.290 -0.220 -0.174 -0.146 -0.130
OVER 80 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120
TO 100 -0.710 -0.520 -0.390 -0.310 -0.257 -0.224 -0.470 -0.340 -0.260 -0.207 -0.174 -0.155
OVER 100 -0.180 -0.180 -0.180 -0.180 -0.180 -0.180 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120 -0.120
TO 120 -0.720 -0.530 -0.400 -0.320 -0.267 -0.234 -0.470 -0.340 -0.260 -0.207 -0.174 -0.155
OVER 120 -0.200 -0.200 -0.200 -0.200 -0.200 -0.200 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145
TO 140 -0.830 -0.600 -0.450 -0.360 -0.300 -0.263 -0.545 -0.395 -0.305 -0.245 -0.208 -0.185
OVER 140 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145
TO 160 -0.840 -0.610 -0.460 -0.370 -0.310 -0.273 -0.545 -0.395 -0.305 -0.245 -0.208 -0.185
OVER 160 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145 -0.145
TO 180 -0.860 -0.630 -0.480 -0.390 -0.330 -0.293 -0.545 -0.395 -0.305 -0.245 -0.208 -0.185
OVER 180 -0.240 -0.240 -0.240 -0.240 -0.240 -0.240 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170
TO 200 -0.960 -0.700 -0.530 -0.425 -0.355 -0.312 -0.630 -0.460 -0.355 -0.285 -0.242 -0.216
OVER 200 -0.260 -0.260 -0.260 -0.260 -0.260 -0.260 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170
TO 225 -0.980 -0.720 -0.550 -0.445 -0.375 -0.332 -0.630 -0.460 -0.355 -0.285 -0.242 -0.216
OVER 225 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.280 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170 -0.170
TO 250 -1.000 -0.740 -0.570 -0.465 -0.395 -0.352 -0.630 -0.460 -0.355 -0.285 -0.242 -0.216
OVER 250 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.300 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190
TO 280 -1.110 -0.820 -0.620 -0.510 -0.430 -0.381 -0.710 -0.510 -0.400 -0.320 -0.271 -0.242
OVER 280 -0.330 -0.330 -0.330 -0.330 -0.330 -0.330 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190 -0.190
TO 315 -1.140 -0.850 -0.650 -0.540 -0.460 -0.411 -0.710 -0.510 -0.400 -0.320 -0.271 -0.242
OVER 315 -0.360 -0.360 -0.360 -0.360 -0.360 -0.360 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210
TO 355 -1.250 -0.930 -0.720 -0.590 -0.500 -0.449 -0.780 -0.570 -0.440 -0.350 -0.299 -0.267
OVER 355 -0.400 -0.400 -0.400 -0.400 -0.400 -0.400 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210 -0.210
TO 400 -1.290 -0.970 -0.760 -0.630 -0.540 -0.489 -0.780 -0.570 -0.440 -0.350 -0.299 -0.267
OVER 400 -0.440 -0.440 -0.440 -0.440 -0.440 -0.440 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230
TO 450 -1.410 -1.070 -0.840 -0.690 -0.595 -0.537 -0.860 -0.630 -0.480 -0.385 -0.327 -0.293
OVER 450 -0.480 -0.480 -0.480 -0.480 -0.480 -0.480 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230 -0.230
TO 500 -1.450 -1.110 -0.880 -0.730 -0.635 -0.577 -0.860 -0.630 -0.480 -0.385 -0.327 -0.293

109
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-20 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (e11 ... e6, f10 ... f5) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE e11 e10 e9 e8 e7 e6 f10 f9 f8 f7 f6 f5
OVER 0 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006
TO 3 -0.074 -0.054 -0.039 -0.028 -0.024 -0.020 -0.046 -0.031 -0.020 -0.016 -0.012 -0.010
OVER 3 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010
TO 6 -0.095 -0.068 -0.050 -0.038 -0.032 -0.028 -0.058 -0.040 -0.028 -0.022 -0.018 -0.015
OVER 6 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.013 -0.013 -0.013 -0.013 -0.013 -0.013
TO 10 -0.115 -0.083 -0.061 -0.047 -0.040 -0.034 -0.071 -0.049 -0.035 -0.028 -0.022 -0.019
OVER 10 -0.032 -0.032 -0.032 -0.032 -0.032 -0.032 -0.016 -0.016 -0.016 -0.016 -0.016 -0.016
TO 14 -0.142 -0.102 -0.075 -0.059 -0.050 -0.043 -0.086 -0.059 -0.043 -0.034 -0.027 -0.024
OVER 14 -0.032 -0.032 -0.032 -0.032 -0.032 -0.032 -0.016 -0.016 -0.016 -0.016 -0.016 -0.016
TO 18 -0.142 -0.102 -0.075 -0.059 -0.050 -0.043 -0.086 -0.059 -0.043 -0.034 -0.027 -0.024
OVER 18 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020
TO 24 -0.170 -0.124 -0.092 -0.073 -0.061 -0.053 -0.104 -0.072 -0.053 -0.041 -0.033 -0.029
OVER 24 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.040 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020
TO 30 -0.170 -0.124 -0.092 -0.073 -0.061 -0.053 -0.104 -0.072 -0.053 -0.041 -0.033 -0.029
OVER 30 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
TO 40 -0.210 -0.150 -0.112 -0.089 -0.075 -0.066 -0.125 -0.087 -0.064 -0.050 -0.041 -0.036
OVER 40 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
TO 50 -0.210 -0.150 -0.112 -0.089 -0.075 -0.066 -0.125 -0.087 -0.064 -0.050 -0.041 -0.036
OVER 50 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030
TO 65 -0.250 -0.180 -0.134 -0.106 -0.090 -0.079 -0.150 -0.104 -0.076 -0.060 -0.049 -0.043
OVER 65 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.060 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030 -0.030
TO 80 -0.250 -0.180 -0.134 -0.106 -0.090 -0.079 -0.150 -0.104 -0.076 -0.060 -0.049 -0.043
OVER 80 -0.072 -0.072 -0.072 -0.072 -0.072 -0.072 -0.036 -0.036 -0.036 -0.036 -0.036 -0.036
TO 100 -0.292 -0.212 -0.159 -0.126 -0.107 -0.094 -0.176 -0.123 -0.090 -0.071 -0.058 -0.051
OVER 100 -0.072 -0.072 -0.072 -0.072 -0.072 -0.072 -0.036 -0.036 -0.036 -0.036 -0.036 -0.036
TO 120 -0.292 -0.212 -0.159 -0.126 -0.107 -0.094 -0.176 -0.123 -0.090 -0.071 -0.058 -0.051
OVER 120 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043
TO 140 -0.335 -0.245 -0.185 -0.148 -0.125 -0.110 -0.203 -0.143 -0.106 -0.083 -0.068 -0.061
OVER 140 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043
TO 160 -0.335 -0.245 -0.185 -0.148 -0.125 -0.110 -0.203 -0.143 -0.106 -0.083 -0.068 -0.061
OVER 160 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.085 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043 -0.043
TO 180 -0.335 -0.245 -0.185 -0.148 -0.125 -0.110 -0.203 -0.143 -0.106 -0.083 -0.068 -0.061
OVER 180 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050
TO 200 -0.390 -0.285 -0.215 -0.172 -0.146 -0.129 -0.235 -0.165 -0.122 -0.096 -0.079 -0.070
OVER 200 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050
TO 225 -0.390 -0.285 -0.215 -0.172 -0.146 -0.129 -0.235 -0.165 -0.122 -0.096 -0.079 -0.070
OVER 225 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.100 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050 -0.050
TO 250 -0.390 -0.285 -0.215 -0.172 -0.146 -0.129 -0.235 -0.165 -0.122 -0.096 -0.079 -0.070
OVER 250 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.056 -0.056 -0.056 -0.056 -0.056 -0.056
TO 280 -0.430 -0.320 -0.240 -0.191 -0.162 -0.142 -0.266 -0.186 -0.137 -0.108 -0.088 -0.079
OVER 280 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.110 -0.056 -0.056 -0.056 -0.056 -0.056 -0.056
TO 315 -0.430 -0.320 -0.240 -0.191 -0.162 -0.142 -0.266 -0.186 -0.137 -0.108 -0.088 -0.079
OVER 315 -0.125 -0.125 -0.125 -0.125 -0.125 -0.125 -0.062 -0.062 -0.062 -0.062 -0.062 -0.062
TO 355 -0.485 -0.355 -0.265 -0.214 -0.182 -0.161 -0.292 -0.202 -0.151 -0.119 -0.098 -0.087
OVER 355 -0.125 -0.125 -0.125 -0.125 -0.125 -0.125 -0.062 -0.062 -0.062 -0.062 -0.062 -0.062
TO 400 -0.485 -0.355 -0.265 -0.214 -0.182 -0.161 -0.292 -0.202 -0.151 -0.119 -0.098 -0.087
OVER 400 -0.135 -0.135 -0.135 -0.135 -0.135 -0.135 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068
TO 450 -0.535 -0.385 -0.290 -0.232 -0.198 -0.175 -0.318 -0.223 -0.165 -0.131 -0.108 -0.095
OVER 450 -0.135 -0.135 -0.135 -0.135 -0.135 -0.135 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068 -0.068
TO 500 -0.535 -0.385 -0.290 -0.232 -0.198 -0.175 -0.318 -0.223 -0.165 -0.131 -0.108 -0.095

110
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-21 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (g9 ... g4, j7 ... j5) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE g9 g8 g7 g6 g5 g4 j7 j6 j5
OVER 0 -0.002 -0.002 -0.002 -0.002 -0.002 -0.002 0.006 0.004 0.002
TO 3 -0.027 -0.016 -0.012 -0.008 -0.006 -0.005 -0.004 -0.002 -0.002
OVER 3 -0.004 -0.004 -0.004 -0.004 -0.004 -0.004 0.008 0.006 0.003
TO 6 -0.034 -0.022 -0.016 -0.012 -0.009 -0.008 -0.004 -0.002 -0.002
OVER 6 -0.005 -0.005 -0.005 -0.005 -0.005 -0.005 0.010 0.007 0.004
TO 10 -0.041 -0.027 -0.020 -0.014 -0.011 -0.009 -0.005 -0.002 -0.002
OVER 10 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 0.012 0.008 0.005
TO 14 -0.049 -0.033 -0.024 -0.017 -0.014 -0.011 -0.006 -0.003 -0.003
OVER 14 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 -0.006 0.012 0.008 0.005
TO 18 -0.049 -0.033 -0.024 -0.017 -0.014 -0.011 -0.006 -0.003 -0.003
OVER 18 -0.007 -0.007 -0.007 -0.007 -0.007 -0.007 0.013 0.009 0.005
TO 24 -0.059 -0.040 -0.028 -0.020 -0.016 -0.013 -0.008 -0.004 -0.004
OVER 24 -0.007 -0.007 -0.007 -0.007 -0.007 -0.007 0.013 0.009 0.005
TO 30 -0.059 -0.040 -0.028 -0.020 -0.016 -0.013 -0.008 -0.004 -0.004
OVER 30 -0.009 -0.009 -0.009 -0.009 -0.009 -0.009 0.015 0.011 0.006
TO 40 -0.071 -0.048 -0.034 -0.025 -0.020 -0.016 -0.010 -0.005 -0.005
OVER 40 -0.009 -0.009 -0.009 -0.009 -0.009 -0.009 0.015 0.011 0.006
TO 50 -0.071 -0.048 -0.034 -0.025 -0.020 -0.016 -0.010 -0.005 -0.005
OVER 50 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 0.018 0.012 0.006
TO 65 -0.084 -0.056 -0.040 -0.029 -0.023 -0.018 -0.012 -0.007 -0.007
OVER 65 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 -0.010 0.018 0.012 0.006
TO 80 -0.084 -0.056 -0.040 -0.029 -0.023 -0.018 -0.012 -0.007 -0.007
OVER 80 -0.012 -0.012 -0.012 -0.012 -0.012 -0.012 0.020 0.013 0.006
TO 100 -0.099 -0.066 -0.047 -0.034 -0.027 -0.022 -0.015 -0.009 -0.009
OVER 100 -0.012 -0.012 -0.012 -0.012 -0.012 -0.012 0.020 0.013 0.006
TO 120 -0.099 -0.066 -0.047 -0.034 -0.027 -0.022 -0.015 -0.009 -0.009
OVER 120 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 0.022 0.014 0.007
TO 140 -0.114 -0.077 -0.054 -0.039 -0.032 -0.026 -0.018 -0.011 -0.011
OVER 140 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 0.022 0.014 0.007
TO 160 -0.114 -0.077 -0.054 -0.039 -0.032 -0.026 -0.018 -0.011 -0.011
OVER 160 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 -0.014 0.022 0.014 0.007
TO 180 -0.114 -0.077 -0.054 -0.039 -0.032 -0.026 -0.018 -0.011 -0.011
OVER 180 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 0.025 0.016 0.007
TO 200 -0.130 -0.087 -0.061 -0.044 -0.035 -0.029 -0.021 -0.013 -0.013
OVER 200 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 0.025 0.016 0.007
TO 225 -0.130 -0.087 -0.061 -0.044 -0.035 -0.029 -0.021 -0.013 -0.013
OVER 225 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 -0.015 0.025 0.016 0.007
TO 250 -0.130 -0.087 -0.061 -0.044 -0.035 -0.029 -0.021 -0.013 -0.013
OVER 250 -0.017 -0.017 -0.017 -0.017 -0.017 -0.017 0.026 0.016 0.007
TO 280 -0.147 -0.098 -0.069 -0.049 -0.040 -0.033 -0.026 -0.016 -0.016
OVER 280 -0.017 -0.017 -0.017 -0.017 -0.017 -0.017 0.026 0.016 0.007
TO 315 -0.147 -0.098 -0.069 -0.049 -0.040 -0.033 -0.026 -0.016 -0.016
OVER 315 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 0.029 0.018 0.007
TO 355 -0.158 -0.107 -0.075 -0.054 -0.043 -0.036 -0.028 -0.018 -0.018
OVER 355 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 -0.018 0.029 0.018 0.007
TO 400 -0.158 -0.107 -0.075 -0.054 -0.043 -0.036 -0.028 -0.018 -0.018
OVER 400 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 0.031 0.020 0.007
TO 450 -0.175 -0.117 -0.083 -0.060 -0.047 -0.040 -0.032 -0.020 -0.020
OVER 450 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 -0.020 0.031 0.020 0.007
TO 500 -0.175 -0.117 -0.083 -0.060 -0.047 -0.040 -0.032 -0.020 -0.020

111
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-22 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (h16 ... h1) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE h16 h15 h14 h13 h12 h11 h10 h9 h8 h7 h6 h5 h4 h3 h2 h1
OVER 0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 3 -0.600 -0.400 -0.250 -0.140 -0.100 -0.060 -0.040 -0.025 -0.014 -0.010 -0.006 -0.004 -0.003 -0.002 -0.0012 -0.0008
OVER 3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 6 -0.750 -0.480 -0.300 -0.180 -0.120 -0.075 -0.048 -0.030 -0.018 -0.012 -0.008 -0.005 -0.004 -0.003 -0.0015 -0.0010
OVER 6 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 10 -0.900 -0.580 -0.360 -0.220 -0.150 -0.090 -0.058 -0.036 -0.022 -0.015 -0.009 -0.006 -0.004 -0.003 -0.0015 -0.0010
OVER 10 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 14 -1.100 -0.700 -0.430 -0.270 -0.180 -0.110 -0.070 -0.043 -0.027 -0.018 -0.011 -0.008 -0.005 -0.003 -0.0020 -0.0012
OVER 14 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 18 -1.100 -0.700 -0.430 -0.270 -0.180 -0.110 -0.070 -0.043 -0.027 -0.018 -0.011 -0.008 -0.005 -0.003 -0.0020 -0.0012
OVER 18 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 24 -1.300 -0.840 -0.520 -0.330 -0.210 -0.130 -0.084 -0.052 -0.033 -0.021 -0.013 -0.009 -0.006 -0.004 -0.0025 -0.0015
OVER 24 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 30 -1.300 -0.840 -0.520 -0.330 -0.210 -0.130 -0.084 -0.052 -0.033 -0.021 -0.013 -0.009 -0.006 -0.004 -0.0025 -0.0015
OVER 30 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 40 -1.600 -1.000 -0.620 -0.390 -0.250 -0.160 -0.100 -0.062 -0.039 -0.025 -0.016 -0.011 -0.007 -0.004 -0.0025 -0.0015
OVER 40 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 50 -1.600 -1.000 -0.620 -0.390 -0.250 -0.160 -0.100 -0.062 -0.039 -0.025 -0.016 -0.011 -0.007 -0.004 -0.0025 -0.0015
OVER 50 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 65 -1.900 -1.200 -0.740 -0.460 -0.300 -0.190 -0.120 -0.074 -0.046 -0.030 -0.019 -0.013 -0.008 -0.005 -0.0030 -0.0020
OVER 65 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 80 -1.900 -1.200 -0.740 -0.460 -0.300 -0.190 -0.120 -0.074 -0.046 -0.030 -0.019 -0.013 -0.008 -0.005 -0.0030 -0.0020
OVER 80 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 100 -2.200 -1.400 -0.870 -0.540 -0.350 -0.220 -0.140 -0.087 -0.054 -0.035 -0.022 -0.015 -0.010 -0.006 -0.0040 -0.0025
OVER 100 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 120 -2.200 -1.400 -0.870 -0.540 -0.350 -0.220 -0.140 -0.087 -0.054 -0.035 -0.022 -0.015 -0.010 -0.006 -0.0040 -0.0025
OVER 120 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 140 -2.500 -1.600 -1.000 -0.630 -0.400 -0.250 -0.160 -0.100 -0.063 -0.040 -0.025 -0.018 -0.012 -0.008 -0.0050 -0.0035
OVER 140 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 160 -2.500 -1.600 -1.000 -0.630 -0.400 -0.250 -0.160 -0.100 -0.063 -0.040 -0.025 -0.018 -0.012 -0.008 -0.0050 -0.0035
OVER 160 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 180 -2.500 -1.600 -1.000 -0.630 -0.400 -0.250 -0.160 -0.100 -0.063 -0.040 -0.025 -0.018 -0.012 -0.008 -0.0050 -0.0035
OVER 180 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 200 -2.900 -1.850 -1.150 -0.720 -0.460 -0.290 -0.185 -0.115 -0.072 -0.046 -0.029 -0.020 -0.014 -0.010 -0.0070 -0.0045
OVER 200 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 225 -2.900 -1.850 -1.150 -0.720 -0.460 -0.290 -0.185 -0.115 -0.072 -0.046 -0.029 -0.020 -0.014 -0.010 -0.0070 -0.0045
OVER 225 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 250 -2.900 -1.850 -1.150 -0.720 -0.460 -0.290 -0.185 -0.115 -0.072 -0.046 -0.029 -0.020 -0.014 -0.010 -0.0070 -0.0045
OVER 250 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 280 -3.200 -2.100 -1.300 -0.810 -0.520 -0.320 -0.210 -0.130 -0.081 -0.052 -0.032 -0.023 -0.016 -0.012 -0.0080 -0.0060
OVER 280 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 315 -3.200 -2.100 -1.300 -0.810 -0.520 -0.320 -0.210 -0.130 -0.081 -0.052 -0.032 -0.023 -0.016 -0.012 -0.0080 -0.0060
OVER 315 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 355 -3.600 -2.300 -1.400 -0.890 -0.570 -0.360 -0.230 -0.140 -0.089 -0.057 -0.036 -0.025 -0.018 -0.013 -0.0090 -0.0070
OVER 355 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 400 -3.600 -2.300 -1.400 -0.890 -0.570 -0.360 -0.230 -0.140 -0.089 -0.057 -0.036 -0.025 -0.018 -0.013 -0.0090 -0.0070
OVER 400 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 450 -4.000 -2.500 -1.550 -0.970 -0.630 -0.400 -0.250 -0.155 -0.097 -0.063 -0.040 -0.027 -0.020 -0.015 -0.0100 -0.0080
OVER 450 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000 0.0000
TO 500 -4.000 -2.500 -1.550 -0.970 -0.630 -0.400 -0.250 -0.155 -0.097 -0.063 -0.040 -0.027 -0.020 -0.015 -0.0100 -0.0080

112
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-23 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (js16 ... js1) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE js16 js15 js14 js13 js12 js11 js10 js9 js8 js7 js6 js5 js4 js3 js2 js1
OVER 0 0.300 0.200 0.125 0.070 0.050 0.030 0.0200 0.0125 0.0070 0.0050 0.0030 0.0020 0.0015 0.00100 0.00060 0.00040

TO 3 -0.300 -0.200 -0.125 -0.070 -0.050 -0.030 -0.0200 -0.0125 -0.0070 -0.0050 -0.0030 -0.0020 -0.0015 -0.00100 -0.00060 -0.00040

OVER 3 0.375 0.240 0.150 0.090 0.060 0.0375 0.0240 0.0150 0.0090 0.0060 0.0040 0.0025 0.0020 0.00125 0.00075 0.00050

TO 6 -0.375 -0.240 -0.150 -0.090 -0.060 -0.0375 -0.0240 -0.0150 -0.0090 -0.0060 -0.0040 -0.0025 -0.0020 -0.00125 -0.00075 -0.00050
OVER 6 0.450 0.290 0.180 0.110 0.075 0.045 0.0290 0.0180 0.0110 0.0075 0.0045 0.0030 0.0020 0.00125 0.00075 0.00050

TO 10 -0.450 -0.290 -0.180 -0.110 -0.075 -0.045 -0.0290 -0.0180 -0.0110 -0.0075 -0.0045 -0.0030 -0.0020 -0.00125 -0.00075 -0.00050
OVER 10 0.550 0.350 0.215 0.135 0.090 0.055 0.0350 0.0215 0.0135 0.0090 0.0055 0.0040 0.0025 0.00150 0.00100 0.00060

TO 14 -0.550 -0.350 -0.215 -0.135 -0.090 -0.055 -0.0350 -0.0215 -0.0135 -0.0090 -0.0055 -0.0040 -0.0025 -0.00150 -0.00100 -0.00060

OVER 14 0.550 0.350 0.215 0.135 0.090 0.055 0.0350 0.0215 0.0135 0.0090 0.0055 0.0040 0.0025 0.00150 0.00100 0.00060

TO 18 -0.550 -0.350 -0.215 -0.135 -0.090 -0.055 -0.0350 -0.0215 -0.0135 -0.0090 -0.0055 -0.0040 -0.0025 -0.00150 -0.00100 -0.00060

OVER 18 0.650 0.420 0.260 0.165 0.105 0.065 0.0420 0.0260 0.0165 0.0105 0.0065 0.0045 0.0030 0.00200 0.00125 0.00075

TO 24 -0.650 -0.420 -0.260 -0.165 -0.105 -0.065 -0.0420 -0.0260 -0.0165 -0.0105 -0.0065 -0.0045 -0.0030 -0.00200 -0.00125 -0.00075

OVER 24 0.650 0.420 0.260 0.165 0.105 0.065 0.0420 0.0260 0.0165 0.0105 0.0065 0.0045 0.0030 0.00200 0.00125 0.00075

TO 30 -0.650 -0.420 -0.260 -0.165 -0.105 -0.065 -0.0420 -0.0260 -0.0165 -0.0105 -0.0065 -0.0045 -0.0030 -0.00200 -0.00125 -0.00075

OVER 30 0.800 0.500 0.310 0.195 0.125 0.080 0.0500 0.0310 0.0195 0.0125 0.0080 0.0055 0.0035 0.00200 0.00125 0.00075

TO 40 -0.800 -0.500 -0.310 -0.195 -0.125 -0.080 -0.0500 -0.0310 -0.0195 -0.0125 -0.0080 -0.0055 -0.0035 -0.00200 -0.00125 -0.00075

OVER 40 0.800 0.500 0.310 0.195 0.125 0.080 0.0500 0.0310 0.0195 0.0125 0.0080 0.0055 0.0035 0.00200 0.00125 0.00075

TO 50 -0.800 -0.500 -0.310 -0.195 -0.125 -0.080 -0.0500 -0.0310 -0.0195 -0.0125 -0.0080 -0.0055 -0.0035 -0.00200 -0.00125 -0.00075

OVER 50 0.950 0.600 0.370 0.230 0.150 0.095 0.0600 0.0370 0.0230 0.0150 0.0095 0.0065 0.0040 0.00250 0.00150 0.00100

TO 65 -0.950 -0.600 -0.370 -0.230 -0.150 -0.095 -0.0600 -0.0370 -0.0230 -0.0150 -0.0095 -0.0065 -0.0040 -0.00250 -0.00150 -0.00100

OVER 65 0.950 0.600 0.370 0.230 0.150 0.095 0.0600 0.0370 0.0230 0.0150 0.0095 0.0065 0.0040 0.00250 0.00150 0.00100

TO 80 -0.950 -0.600 -0.370 -0.230 -0.150 -0.095 -0.0600 -0.0370 -0.0230 -0.0150 -0.0095 -0.0065 -0.0040 -0.00250 -0.00150 -0.00100

OVER 80 1.100 0.700 0.435 0.270 0.175 0.110 0.0700 0.0435 0.0270 0.0175 0.0110 0.0075 0.0050 0.00300 0.00200 0.00125
TO 100 -1.100 -0.700 -0.435 -0.270 -0.175 -0.110 -0.0700 -0.0435 -0.0270 -0.0175 -0.0110 -0.0075 -0.0050 -0.00300 -0.00200 -0.00125

OVER 100 1.100 0.700 0.435 0.270 0.175 0.110 0.0700 0.0435 0.0270 0.0175 0.0110 0.0075 0.0050 0.00300 0.00200 0.00125

TO 120 -1.100 -0.700 -0.435 -0.270 -0.175 -0.110 -0.0700 -0.0435 -0.0270 -0.0175 -0.0110 -0.0075 -0.0050 -0.00300 -0.00200 -0.00125

OVER 120 1.250 0.800 0.500 0.315 0.200 0.125 0.0800 0.0500 0.0315 0.0200 0.0125 0.0090 0.0060 0.00400 0.00250 0.00175

TO 140 -1.250 -0.800 -0.500 -0.315 -0.200 -0.125 -0.0800 -0.0500 -0.0315 -0.0200 -0.0125 -0.0090 -0.0060 -0.00400 -0.00250 -0.00175
OVER 140 1.250 0.800 0.500 0.315 0.200 0.125 0.0800 0.0500 0.0315 0.0200 0.0125 0.0090 0.0060 0.00400 0.00250 0.00175
TO 160 -1.250 -0.800 -0.500 -0.315 -0.200 -0.125 -0.0800 -0.0500 -0.0315 -0.0200 -0.0125 -0.0090 -0.0060 -0.00400 -0.00250 -0.00175

OVER 160 1.250 0.800 0.500 0.315 0.200 0.125 0.0800 0.0500 0.0315 0.0200 0.0125 0.0090 0.0060 0.00400 0.00250 0.00175

TO 180 -1.250 -0.800 -0.500 -0.315 -0.200 -0.125 -0.0800 -0.0500 -0.0315 -0.0200 -0.0125 -0.0090 -0.0060 -0.00400 -0.00250 -0.00175

OVER 180 1.450 0.925 0.575 0.360 0.230 0.145 0.0925 0.0575 0.0360 0.0230 0.0145 0.0100 0.0070 0.00500 0.00350 0.00225

TO 200 -1.450 -0.925 -0.575 -0.360 -0.230 -0.145 -0.0925 -0.0575 -0.0360 -0.0230 -0.0145 -0.0100 -0.0070 -0.00500 -0.00350 -0.00225
OVER 200 1.450 0.925 0.575 0.360 0.230 0.145 0.0925 0.0575 0.0360 0.0230 0.0145 0.0100 0.0070 0.00500 0.00350 0.00225

TO 225 -1.450 -0.925 -0.575 -0.360 -0.230 -0.145 -0.0925 -0.0575 -0.0360 -0.0230 -0.0145 -0.0100 -0.0070 -0.00500 -0.00350 -0.00225
OVER 225 1.450 0.925 0.575 0.360 0.230 0.145 0.0925 0.0575 0.0360 0.0230 0.0145 0.0100 0.0070 0.00500 0.00350 0.00225

TO 250 -1.450 -0.925 -0.575 -0.360 -0.230 -0.145 -0.0925 -0.0575 -0.0360 -0.0230 -0.0145 -0.0100 -0.0070 -0.00500 -0.00350 -0.00225

OVER 250 1.600 1.050 0.650 0.405 0.260 0.160 0.1050 0.0650 0.0405 0.0260 0.0160 0.0115 0.0080 0.00600 0.00400 0.00300
TO 280 -1.600 -1.050 -0.650 -0.405 -0.260 -0.160 -0.1050 -0.0650 -0.0405 -0.0260 -0.0160 -0.0115 -0.0080 -0.00600 -0.00400 -0.00300

OVER 280 1.600 1.050 0.650 0.405 0.260 0.160 0.1050 0.0650 0.0405 0.0260 0.0160 0.0115 0.0080 0.00600 0.00400 0.00300
TO 315 -1.600 -1.050 -0.650 -0.405 -0.260 -0.160 -0.1050 -0.0650 -0.0405 -0.0260 -0.0160 -0.0115 -0.0080 -0.00600 -0.00400 -0.00300

OVER 315 1.800 1.150 0.700 0.445 0.285 0.180 0.1150 0.0700 0.0445 0.0285 0.0180 0.0125 0.0090 0.00650 0.00450 0.00350
TO 355 -1.800 -1.150 -0.700 -0.445 -0.285 -0.180 -0.1150 -0.0700 -0.0445 -0.0285 -0.0180 -0.0125 -0.0090 -0.00650 -0.00450 -0.00350

OVER 355 1.800 1.150 0.700 0.445 0.285 0.180 0.1150 0.0700 0.0445 0.0285 0.0180 0.0125 0.0090 0.00650 0.00450 0.00350
TO 400 -1.800 -1.150 -0.700 -0.445 -0.285 -0.180 -0.1150 -0.0700 -0.0445 -0.0285 -0.0180 -0.0125 -0.0090 -0.00650 -0.00450 -0.00350

OVER 400 2.000 1.250 0.775 0.485 0.315 0.200 0.1250 0.0775 0.0485 0.0315 0.0200 0.0135 0.0100 0.00750 0.00500 0.00400
TO 450 -2.000 -1.250 -0.775 -0.485 -0.315 -0.200 -0.1250 -0.0775 -0.0485 -0.0315 -0.0200 -0.0135 -0.0100 -0.00750 -0.00500 -0.00400

OVER 450 2.000 1.250 0.775 0.485 0.315 0.200 0.1250 0.0775 0.0485 0.0315 0.0200 0.0135 0.0100 0.00750 0.00500 0.00400
TO 500 -2.000 -1.250 -0.775 -0.485 -0.315 -0.200 -0.1250 -0.0775 -0.0485 -0.0315 -0.0200 -0.0135 -0.0100 -0.00750 -0.00500 -0.00400
NOTE: Some js deviations in the grades 7 to 11 have been rounded off to 1/2(IT - 0.001) when IT values is odd.

113
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-24 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (k9 ... k4, m9 ... m4) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE k9 k8 k7 k6 k5 k4 m9 m8 m7 m6 m5 m4
OVER 0 0.025 0.014 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.027 0.016 0.012 0.008 0.006 0.005
TO 3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
OVER 3 0.030 0.018 0.013 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.034 0.022 0.016 0.012 0.009 0.008
TO 6 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004
OVER 6 0.036 0.022 0.016 0.010 0.007 0.005 0.042 0.028 0.021 0.015 0.012 0.010
TO 10 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006
OVER 10 0.043 0.027 0.019 0.012 0.009 0.006 0.050 0.034 0.025 0.018 0.015 0.012
TO 14 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007
OVER 14 0.043 0.027 0.019 0.012 0.009 0.006 0.050 0.034 0.025 0.018 0.015 0.012
TO 18 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007
OVER 18 0.052 0.033 0.023 0.015 0.011 0.008 0.060 0.041 0.029 0.021 0.017 0.014
TO 24 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008
OVER 24 0.052 0.033 0.023 0.015 0.011 0.008 0.060 0.041 0.029 0.021 0.017 0.014
TO 30 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008
OVER 30 0.062 0.039 0.027 0.018 0.013 0.009 0.071 0.048 0.034 0.025 0.020 0.016
TO 40 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009
OVER 40 0.062 0.039 0.027 0.018 0.013 0.009 0.071 0.048 0.034 0.025 0.020 0.016
TO 50 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009
OVER 50 0.074 0.046 0.032 0.021 0.015 0.010 0.085 0.057 0.041 0.030 0.024 0.019
TO 65 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.011
OVER 65 0.074 0.046 0.032 0.021 0.015 0.010 0.085 0.057 0.041 0.030 0.024 0.019
TO 80 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.011
OVER 80 0.087 0.054 0.038 0.025 0.018 0.013 0.100 0.067 0.048 0.035 0.028 0.023
TO 100 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013
OVER 100 0.087 0.054 0.038 0.025 0.018 0.013 0.100 0.067 0.048 0.035 0.028 0.023
TO 120 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013
OVER 120 0.100 0.063 0.043 0.028 0.021 0.015 0.115 0.078 0.055 0.040 0.033 0.027
TO 140 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015
OVER 140 0.100 0.063 0.043 0.028 0.021 0.015 0.115 0.078 0.055 0.040 0.033 0.027
TO 160 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015
OVER 160 0.100 0.063 0.043 0.028 0.021 0.015 0.115 0.078 0.055 0.040 0.033 0.027
TO 180 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015
OVER 180 0.115 0.072 0.050 0.033 0.024 0.018 0.132 0.089 0.063 0.046 0.037 0.031
TO 200 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017
OVER 200 0.115 0.072 0.050 0.033 0.024 0.018 0.132 0.089 0.063 0.046 0.037 0.031
TO 225 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017
OVER 225 0.115 0.072 0.050 0.033 0.024 0.018 0.132 0.089 0.063 0.046 0.037 0.031
TO 250 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017
OVER 250 0.130 0.081 0.056 0.036 0.027 0.020 0.150 0.101 0.072 0.052 0.043 0.036
TO 280 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020
OVER 280 0.130 0.081 0.056 0.036 0.027 0.020 0.150 0.101 0.072 0.052 0.043 0.036
TO 315 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020
OVER 315 0.140 0.089 0.061 0.040 0.029 0.022 0.161 0.110 0.078 0.057 0.046 0.039
TO 355 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021
OVER 355 0.140 0.089 0.061 0.040 0.029 0.022 0.161 0.110 0.078 0.057 0.046 0.039
TO 400 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021
OVER 400 0.155 0.097 0.068 0.045 0.032 0.025 0.178 0.120 0.086 0.063 0.050 0.043
TO 450 0.000 0.000 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023
OVER 450 0.155 0.097 0.068 0.045 0.032 0.025 0.178 0.120 0.086 0.063 0.050 0.043
TO 500 0.000 0.000 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023

114
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-25 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (n9 ... n4, p9 ... p4) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE n9 n8 n7 n6 n5 n4 p9 p8 p7 p6 p5 p4
OVER 0 0.029 0.018 0.014 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.031 0.020 0.016 0.012 0.010 0.009
TO 3 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006
OVER 3 0.038 0.026 0.020 0.016 0.013 0.012 0.042 0.030 0.024 0.020 0.017 0.016
TO 6 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012
OVER 6 0.046 0.032 0.025 0.019 0.016 0.014 0.051 0.037 0.030 0.024 0.021 0.019
TO 10 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015
OVER 10 0.055 0.039 0.030 0.023 0.020 0.017 0.061 0.045 0.036 0.029 0.026 0.023
TO 14 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018
OVER 14 0.055 0.039 0.030 0.023 0.020 0.017 0.061 0.045 0.036 0.029 0.026 0.023
TO 18 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018
OVER 18 0.067 0.048 0.036 0.028 0.024 0.021 0.074 0.055 0.043 0.035 0.031 0.028
TO 24 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022
OVER 24 0.067 0.048 0.036 0.028 0.024 0.021 0.074 0.055 0.043 0.035 0.031 0.028
TO 30 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022
OVER 30 0.079 0.056 0.042 0.033 0.028 0.024 0.088 0.065 0.051 0.042 0.037 0.033
TO 40 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026
OVER 40 0.079 0.056 0.042 0.033 0.028 0.024 0.088 0.065 0.051 0.042 0.037 0.033
TO 50 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026
OVER 50 0.094 0.066 0.050 0.039 0.033 0.028 0.106 0.078 0.062 0.051 0.045 0.040
TO 65 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032
OVER 65 0.094 0.066 0.050 0.039 0.033 0.028 0.106 0.078 0.062 0.051 0.045 0.040
TO 80 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032
OVER 80 0.110 0.077 0.058 0.045 0.038 0.033 0.124 0.091 0.072 0.059 0.052 0.047
TO 100 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037
OVER 100 0.110 0.077 0.058 0.045 0.038 0.033 0.124 0.091 0.072 0.059 0.052 0.047
TO 120 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037
OVER 120 0.127 0.090 0.067 0.052 0.045 0.039 0.143 0.106 0.083 0.068 0.061 0.055
TO 140 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043
OVER 140 0.127 0.090 0.067 0.052 0.045 0.039 0.143 0.106 0.083 0.068 0.061 0.055
TO 160 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043
OVER 160 0.127 0.090 0.067 0.052 0.045 0.039 0.143 0.106 0.083 0.068 0.061 0.055
TO 180 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043
OVER 180 0.146 0.103 0.077 0.060 0.051 0.045 0.165 0.122 0.096 0.079 0.070 0.064
TO 200 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050
OVER 200 0.146 0.103 0.077 0.060 0.051 0.045 0.165 0.122 0.096 0.079 0.070 0.064
TO 225 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050
OVER 225 0.146 0.103 0.077 0.060 0.051 0.045 0.165 0.122 0.096 0.079 0.070 0.064
TO 250 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050
OVER 250 0.164 0.115 0.086 0.066 0.057 0.050 0.186 0.137 0.108 0.088 0.079 0.072
TO 280 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.056 0.056 0.056 0.056 0.056 0.056
OVER 280 0.164 0.115 0.086 0.066 0.057 0.050 0.186 0.137 0.108 0.088 0.079 0.072
TO 315 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.056 0.056 0.056 0.056 0.056 0.056
OVER 315 0.177 0.126 0.094 0.073 0.062 0.055 0.202 0.151 0.119 0.098 0.087 0.080
TO 355 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062
OVER 355 0.177 0.126 0.094 0.073 0.062 0.055 0.202 0.151 0.119 0.098 0.087 0.080
TO 400 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062
OVER 400 0.195 0.137 0.103 0.080 0.067 0.060 0.223 0.165 0.131 0.108 0.095 0.088
TO 450 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068
OVER 450 0.195 0.137 0.103 0.080 0.067 0.060 0.223 0.165 0.131 0.108 0.095 0.088
TO 500 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068

115
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-26 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (r9 ... r4, s9 ... s4) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE r9 r8 r7 r6 r5 r4 s9 s8 s7 s6 s5 s4
OVER 0 0.035 0.024 0.020 0.016 0.014 0.013 0.039 0.028 0.024 0.020 0.018 0.017
TO 3 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.014 0.014 0.014 0.014 0.014 0.014
OVER 3 0.045 0.033 0.027 0.023 0.020 0.019 0.049 0.037 0.031 0.027 0.024 0.023
TO 6 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019
OVER 6 0.055 0.041 0.034 0.028 0.025 0.023 0.059 0.045 0.038 0.032 0.029 0.027
TO 10 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023
OVER 10 0.066 0.050 0.041 0.034 0.031 0.028 0.071 0.055 0.046 0.039 0.036 0.033
TO 14 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028
OVER 14 0.066 0.050 0.041 0.034 0.031 0.028 0.071 0.055 0.046 0.039 0.036 0.033
TO 18 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028
OVER 18 0.080 0.061 0.049 0.041 0.037 0.034 0.087 0.068 0.056 0.048 0.044 0.041
TO 24 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035
OVER 24 0.080 0.061 0.049 0.041 0.037 0.034 0.087 0.068 0.056 0.048 0.044 0.041
TO 30 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035
OVER 30 0.096 0.073 0.059 0.050 0.045 0.041 0.105 0.082 0.068 0.059 0.540 0.050
TO 40 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043
OVER 40 0.096 0.073 0.059 0.050 0.045 0.041 0.105 0.082 0.068 0.059 0.540 0.050
TO 50 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043
OVER 50 0.115 0.087 0.071 0.060 0.054 0.049 0.127 0.099 0.083 0.072 0.066 0.061
TO 65 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.053 0.053 0.053 0.053 0.053 0.053
OVER 65 0.117 0.089 0.073 0.062 0.056 0.051 0.133 0.105 0.089 0.078 0.072 0.067
TO 80 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059
OVER 80 0.138 0.105 0.086 0.073 0.066 0.061 0.158 0.125 0.106 0.093 0.086 0.081
TO 100 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.071 0.071 0.071 0.071 0.071 0.071
OVER 100 0.141 0.108 0.089 0.076 0.069 0.064 0.166 0.133 0.114 0.101 0.094 0.089
TO 120 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.079 0.079 0.079 0.079 0.079 0.079
OVER 120 0.163 0.126 0.103 0.088 0.081 0.075 0.192 0.155 0.132 0.117 0.110 0.104
TO 140 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.092 0.092 0.092 0.092 0.092 0.092
OVER 140 0.165 0.128 0.105 0.090 0.083 0.077 0.200 0.163 0.140 0.125 0.118 0.112
TO 160 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100
OVER 160 0.168 0.131 0.108 0.093 0.086 0.080 0.208 0.171 0.148 0.133 0.126 0.120
TO 180 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.108 0.108 0.108 0.108 0.108 0.108
OVER 180 0.192 0.149 0.123 0.106 0.097 0.091 0.237 0.194 0.168 0.151 0.142 0.136
TO 200 0.077 0.077 0.077 0.077 0.077 0.077 0.122 0.122 0.122 0.122 0.122 0.122
OVER 200 0.195 0.152 0.126 0.109 0.100 0.094 0.245 0.202 0.176 0.159 0.150 0.144
TO 225 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.130 0.130 0.130 0.130 0.130 0.130
OVER 225 0.199 0.156 0.130 0.113 0.104 0.098 0.255 0.212 0.186 0.169 0.160 0.154
TO 250 0.084 0.084 0.084 0.084 0.084 0.084 0.140 0.140 0.140 0.140 0.140 0.140
OVER 250 0.224 0.175 0.146 0.126 0.117 0.110 0.288 0.239 0.210 0.190 0.181 0.174
TO 280 0.094 0.094 0.094 0.094 0.094 0.094 0.158 0.158 0.158 0.158 0.158 0.158
OVER 280 0.228 0.179 0.150 0.130 0.121 0.114 0.300 0.251 0.222 0.202 0.193 0.186
TO 315 0.098 0.098 0.098 0.098 0.098 0.098 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170
OVER 315 0.248 0.197 0.165 0.144 0.133 0.126 0.330 0.279 0.247 0.226 0.215 0.208
TO 355 0.108 0.108 0.108 0.108 0.108 0.108 0.190 0.190 0.190 0.190 0.190 0.190
OVER 355 0.254 0.203 0.171 0.150 0.139 0.132 0.348 0.297 0.265 0.244 0.233 0.226
TO 400 0.114 0.114 0.114 0.114 0.114 0.114 0.208 0.208 0.208 0.208 0.208 0.208
OVER 400 0.281 0.223 0.189 0.166 0.153 0.146 0.387 0.329 0.295 0.272 0.259 0.252
TO 450 0.126 0.126 0.126 0.126 0.126 0.126 0.232 0.232 0.232 0.232 0.232 0.232
OVER 450 0.287 0.229 0.195 0.172 0.159 0.152 0.407 0.349 0.315 0.292 0.279 0.272
TO 500 0.132 0.132 0.132 0.132 0.132 0.132 0.252 0.252 0.252 0.252 0.252 0.252

116
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-27 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (t9 ... t4, u9 ... u4) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE t9 t8 t7 t5 t5 t4 u9 u8 u7 u6 u6 u4
OVER 0 0.043 0.032 0.028 0.024 0.022 0.021
TO 3 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018
OVER 3 0.053 0.041 0.035 0.031 0.028 0.027
TO 6 NUMERICAL VALUES FOR 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023
OVER 6 0.064 0.050 0.043 0.037 0.034 0.032
TO 10 TOLERANCE ZONES IN 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028
OVER 10 0.076 0.060 0.051 0.044 0.041 0.038
TO 14 THIS AREA NOT DEFINED. 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033
OVER 14 0.076 0.060 0.051 0.044 0.041 0.038
TO 18 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033
OVER 18 0.093 0.074 0.062 0.054 0.050 0.047
TO 24 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041
OVER 24 0.093 0.074 0.062 0.054 0.050 0.047 0.100 0.081 0.069 0.061 0.057 0.054
TO 30 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.048 0.048 0.048 0.048 0.048 0.048
OVER 30 0.110 0.087 0.073 0.064 0.059 0.055 0.122 0.099 0.085 0.076 0.071 0.067
TO 40 0.048 0.048 0.048 0.048 0.048 0.048 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060
OVER 40 0.116 0.093 0.079 0.070 0.065 0.061 0.132 0.109 0.095 0.086 0.081 0.077
TO 50 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.070 0.070 0.070 0.070 0.070 0.070
OVER 50 0.140 0.112 0.096 0.085 0.079 0.074 0.161 0.133 0.117 0.106 0.100 0.095
TO 65 0.066 0.066 0.066 0.066 0.066 0.066 0.087 0.087 0.087 0.087 0.087 0.087
OVER 65 0.149 0.121 0.105 0.094 0.088 0.083 0.176 0.148 0.132 0.121 0.115 0.110
TO 80 0.075 0.075 0.075 0.075 0.075 0.075 0.102 0.102 0.102 0.102 0.102 0.102
OVER 80 0.178 0.145 0.126 0.113 0.106 0.101 0.211 0.178 0.159 0.146 0.139 0.134
TO 100 0.091 0.091 0.091 0.091 0.091 0.091 0.124 0.124 0.124 0.124 0.124 0.124
OVER 100 0.191 0.158 0.139 0.126 0.119 0.114 0.231 0.198 0.179 0.166 0.159 0.154
TO 120 0.104 0.104 0.104 0.104 0.104 0.104 0.144 0.144 0.144 0.144 0.144 0.144
OVER 120 0.222 0.185 0.162 0.147 0.140 0.134 0.270 0.233 0.210 0.195 0.188 0.182
TO 140 0.122 0.122 0.122 0.122 0.122 0.122 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170
OVER 140 0.234 0.197 0.174 0.159 0.152 0.146 0.290 0.253 0.230 0.215 0.208 0.202
TO 160 0.134 0.134 0.134 0.134 0.134 0.134 0.190 0.190 0.190 0.190 0.190 0.190
OVER 160 0.246 0.209 0.186 0.171 0.164 0.158 0.310 0.273 0.250 0.235 0.228 0.222
TO 180 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.210
OVER 180 0.281 0.238 0.212 0.195 0.186 0.180 0.351 0.308 0.282 0.265 0.256 0.250
TO 200 0.166 0.166 0.166 0.166 0.166 0.166 0.236 0.236 0.236 0.236 0.236 0.236
OVER 200 0.295 0.252 0.226 0.209 0.200 0.194 0.373 0.330 0.304 0.287 0.278 0.272
TO 225 0.180 0.180 0.180 0.180 0.180 0.180 0.258 0.258 0.258 0.258 0.258 0.258
OVER 225 0.311 0.268 0.242 0.225 0.216 0.210 0.399 0.356 0.330 0.313 0.304 0.298
TO 250 0.196 0.196 0.196 0.196 0.196 0.196 0.284 0.284 0.284 0.284 0.284 0.284
OVER 250 0.348 0.299 0.270 0.250 0.241 0.234 0.445 0.396 0.367 0.347 0.338 0.331
TO 280 0.218 0.218 0.218 0.218 0.218 0.218 0.315 0.315 0.315 0.315 0.315 0.315
OVER 280 0.370 0.321 0.292 0.272 0.263 0.256 0.480 0.431 0.402 0.382 0.373 0.366
TO 315 0.240 0.240 0.240 0.240 0.240 0.240 0.350 0.350 0.350 0.350 0.350 0.350
OVER 315 0.408 0.357 0.325 0.304 0.293 0.286 0.530 0.479 0.447 0.426 0.415 0.408
TO 355 0.268 0.268 0.268 0.268 0.268 0.268 0.390 0.390 0.390 0.390 0.390 0.390
OVER 355 0.434 0.383 0.351 0.330 0.319 0.312 0.575 0.524 0.492 0.471 0.460 0.453
TO 400 0.294 0.294 0.294 0.294 0.294 0.294 0.435 0.435 0.435 0.435 0.435 0.435
OVER 400 0.485 0.427 0.393 0.370 0.357 0.350 0.645 0.587 0.553 0.530 0.517 0.510
TO 450 0.330 0.330 0.330 0.330 0.330 0.330 0.490 0.490 0.490 0.490 0.490 0.490
OVER 450 0.515 0.457 0.423 0.400 0.387 0.380 0.695 0.637 0.603 0.580 0.567 0.560
TO 500 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.540 0.540 0.540 0.540 0.540 0.540

117
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-28 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (v9 ... v4, x9 ... x4) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE v9 v8 v7 v6 V5 v4 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4
OVER 0 0.045 0.034 0.030 0.026 0.024 0.023
TO 3 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020
OVER 3 NUMERICAL VALUES FOR 0.058 0.046 0.040 0.036 0.033 0.032
TO 6 TOLERANCE ZONES IN 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028
OVER 6 THIS AREA NOT DEFINED. 0.070 0.056 0.049 0.043 0.040 0.038
TO 10 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.034
OVER 10 0.083 0.067 0.058 0.051 0.048 0.045
TO 14 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040
OVER 14 0.082 0.066 0.057 0.050 0.047 0.044 0.088 0.072 0.063 0.056 0.053 0.050
TO 18 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045
OVER 18 0.099 0.080 0.068 0.060 0.056 0.053 0.106 0.087 0.075 0.067 0.063 0.060
TO 24 0.047 0.047 0.047 0.047 0.047 0.047 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.054
OVER 24 0.107 0.088 0.076 0.068 0.064 0.061 0.116 0.097 0.085 0.077 0.073 0.070
TO 30 0.055 0.055 0.055 0.055 0.055 0.055 0.064 0.064 0.064 0.064 0.064 0.064
OVER 30 0.130 0.107 0.093 0.084 0.079 0.075 0.142 0.119 0.105 0.096 0.091 0.087
TO 40 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.080
OVER 40 0.143 0.120 0.106 0.097 0.092 0.088 0.159 0.136 0.122 0.113 0.108 0.104
TO 50 0.081 0.081 0.081 0.081 0.081 0.081 0.097 0.097 0.097 0.097 0.097 0.097
OVER 50 0.176 0.148 0.132 0.121 0.115 0.110 0.196 0.168 0.152 0.141 0.135 0.130
TO 65 0.102 0.102 0.102 0.102 0.102 0.102 0.122 0.122 0.122 0.122 0.122 0.122
OVER 65 0.194 0.166 0.150 0.139 0.133 0.128 0.220 0.192 0.176 0.165 0.159 0.154
TO 80 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.146
OVER 80 0.233 0.200 0.181 0.168 0.161 0.156 0.265 0.232 0.213 0.200 0.193 0.188
TO 100 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.146 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178
OVER 100 0.259 0.226 0.207 0.194 0.187 0.182 0.297 0.264 0.245 0.232 0.225 0.220
TO 120 0.172 0.172 0.172 0.172 0.172 0.172 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.210
OVER 120 0.302 0.265 0.242 0.227 0.220 0.214 0.348 0.311 0.288 0.273 0.266 0.260
TO 140 0.202 0.202 0.202 0.202 0.202 0.202 0.248 0.248 0.248 0.248 0.248 0.248
OVER 140 0.328 0.291 0.268 0.253 0.246 0.240 0.380 0.343 0.320 0.305 0.298 0.292
TO 160 0.228 0.228 0.228 0.228 0.228 0.228 0.280 0.280 0.280 0.280 0.280 0.280
OVER 160 0.352 0.315 0.292 0.277 0.270 0.264 0.410 0.373 0.350 0.335 0.328 0.322
TO 180 0.252 0.252 0.252 0.252 0.252 0.252 0.310 0.310 0.310 0.310 0.310 0.310
OVER 180 0.399 0.356 0.330 0.313 0.304 0.298 0.465 0.422 0.396 0.379 0.370 0.364
TO 200 0.284 0.284 0.284 0.284 0.284 0.284 0.350 0.350 0.350 0.350 0.350 0.350
OVER 200 0.425 0.382 0.356 0.339 0.330 0.324 0.500 0.457 0.431 0.414 0.405 0.399
TO 225 0.310 0.310 0.310 0.310 0.310 0.310 0.385 0.385 0.385 0.385 0.385 0.385
OVER 225 0.455 0.412 0.386 0.369 0.360 0.354 0.540 0.497 0.471 0.454 0.445 0.439
TO 250 0.340 0.340 0.340 0.340 0.340 0.340 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.425
OVER 250 0.515 0.466 0.437 0.417 0.408 0.401 0.605 0.556 0.527 0.507 0.498 0.491
TO 280 0.385 0.385 0.385 0.385 0.385 0.385 0.475 0.475 0.475 0.475 0.475 0.475
OVER 280 0.555 0.506 0.477 0.457 0.448 0.441 0.655 0.606 0.577 0.557 0.548 0.541
TO 315 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.525 0.525 0.525 0.525 0.525 0.525
OVER 315 0.615 0.564 0.532 0.511 0.500 0.493 0.730 0.679 0.647 0.626 0.615 0.608
TO 355 0.475 0.475 0.475 0.475 0.475 0.475 0.590 0.590 0.590 0.590 0.590 0.590
OVER 355 0.670 0.619 0.587 0.566 0.555 0.548 0.800 0.749 0.717 0.696 0.685 0.678
TO 400 0.530 0.530 0.530 0.530 0.530 0.530 0.660 0.660 0.660 0.660 0.660 0.660
OVER 400 0.750 0.692 0.658 0.635 0.622 0.615 0.895 0.837 0.803 0.780 0.767 0.760
TO 450 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.740 0.740 0.740 0.740 0.740 0.740
OVER 450 0.815 0.757 0.723 0.700 0.687 0.680 0.975 0.917 0.883 0.860 0.847 0.840
TO 500 0.660 0.660 0.660 0.660 0.660 0.660 0.820 0.820 0.820 0.820 0.820 0.820

118
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-29 TOLERANCE ZONES - EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SHAFTS) (y9 ... y4, z9 ... z4) (ANSI B4.2)
mm
SIZE y9 y8 y7 y6 y5 y4 z9 z8 z7 z6 z5 z4
OVER 0 0.051 0.040 0.036 0.032 0.030 0.029
TO 3 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026
OVER 3 0.065 0.053 0.047 0.043 0.040 0.039
TO 6 NUMERICAL VALUES FOR 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035
OVER 6 0.078 0.064 0.057 0.051 0.048 0.046
TO 10 TOLERANCE ZONES IN 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.042
OVER 10 0.093 0.077 0.068 0.061 0.058 0.055
TO 14 THIS AREA NOT DEFINED. 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050
OVER 14 0.103 0.087 0.078 0.071 0.068 0.065
TO 18 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060
OVER 18 0.115 0.096 0.084 0.076 0.072 0.069 0.125 0.106 0.094 0.086 0.082 0.079
TO 24 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.073 0.073 0.073 0.073 0.073 0.073
OVER 24 0.127 0.108 0.096 0.088 0.084 0.081 0.140 0.121 0.109 0.101 0.097 0.094
TO 30 0.075 0.075 0.075 0.075 0.075 0.075 0.088 0.088 0.088 0.088 0.088 0.088
OVER 30 0.156 0.133 0.119 0.110 0.105 0.101 0.174 0.151 0.137 0.128 0.123 0.119
TO 40 0.094 0.094 0.094 0.094 0.094 0.094 0.112 0.112 0.112 0.112 0.112 0.112
OVER 40 0.176 0.153 0.139 0.130 0.125 0.121 0.198 0.175 0.161 0.152 0.147 0.143
TO 50 0.114 0.114 0.114 0.114 0.114 0.114 0.136 0.136 0.136 0.136 0.136 0.136
OVER 50 0.218 0.190 0.174 0.163 0.157 0.152 0.246 0.218 0.202 0.191 0.185 0.180
TO 65 0.144 0.144 0.144 0.144 0.144 0.144 0.172 0.172 0.172 0.172 0.172 0.172
OVER 65 0.248 0.220 0.204 0.193 0.187 0.182 0.284 0.256 0.240 0.229 0.223 0.218
TO 80 0.174 0.174 0.174 0.174 0.174 0.174 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.210
OVER 80 0.301 0.268 0.249 0.236 0.229 0.224 0.345 0.312 0.293 0.280 0.273 0.268
TO 100 0.214 0.214 0.214 0.214 0.214 0.214 0.258 0.258 0.258 0.258 0.258 0.258
OVER 100 0.341 0.308 0.289 0.276 0.269 0.264 0.397 0.364 0.345 0.332 0.325 0.320
TO 120 0.254 0.254 0.254 0.254 0.254 0.254 0.310 0.310 0.310 0.310 0.310 0.310
OVER 120 0.400 0.363 0.340 0.325 0.318 0.312 0.465 0.428 0.405 0.390 0.383 0.377
TO 140 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.365 0.365 0.365 0.365 0.365 0.365
OVER 140 0.440 0.403 0.380 0.365 0.358 0.352 0.515 0.478 0.455 0.440 0.433 0.427
TO 160 0.340 0.340 0.340 0.340 0.340 0.340 0.415 0.415 0.415 0.415 0.415 0.415
OVER 160 0.480 0.443 0.420 0.405 0.398 0.392 0.565 0.528 0.505 0.490 0.483 0.477
TO 180 0.380 0.380 0.380 0.380 0.380 0.380 0.465 0.465 0.465 0.465 0.465 0.465
OVER 180 0.540 0.497 0.471 0.454 0.445 0.439 0.635 0.592 0.566 0.549 0.540 0.534
TO 200 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.425 0.520 0.520 0.520 0.520 0.520 0.520
OVER 200 0.585 0.542 0.516 0.499 0.490 0.484 0.690 0.647 0.621 0.604 0.595 0.589
TO 225 0.470 0.470 0.470 0.470 0.470 0.470 0.575 0.575 0.575 0.575 0.575 0.575
OVER 225 0.635 0.592 0.566 0.549 0.540 0.534 0.755 0.712 0.686 0.669 0.660 0.654
TO 250 0.520 0.520 0.520 0.520 0.520 0.520 0.640 0.640 0.640 0.640 0.640 0.640
OVER 250 0.710 0.661 0.632 0.612 0.603 0.596 0.840 0.791 0.762 0.742 0.733 0.726
TO 280 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.710 0.710 0.710 0.710 0.710 0.710
OVER 280 0.780 0.731 0.702 0.682 0.673 0.666 0.920 0.871 0.842 0.822 0.813 0.806
TO 315 0.650 0.650 0.650 0.650 0.650 0.650 0.790 0.790 0.790 0.790 0.790 0.790
OVER 315 0.870 0.819 0.787 0.766 0.755 0.748 1.040 0.989 0.957 0.936 0.925 0.918
TO 355 0.730 0.730 0.730 0.730 0.730 0.730 0.900 0.900 0.900 0.900 0.900 0.900
OVER 355 0.960 0.909 0.877 0.856 0.845 0.838 1.140 1.089 1.057 1.036 1.025 1.018
TO 400 0.820 0.820 0.820 0.820 0.820 0.820 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
OVER 400 1.075 1.017 0.983 0.960 0.947 0.940 1.255 1.197 1.163 1.140 1.127 1.120
TO 450 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100
OVER 456 1.155 1.097 1.063 1.040 1.027 1.020 1.405 1.347 1.313 1.290 1.277 1.270
TO 500 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.250 1.250 1.250 1.250 1.250 1.250

119
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 6-3 ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEFINITIONS

INTRODUCTION
The ISO System of Limits and Fits (referred to as the ISO system) is covered in national standards throughout the world, as
shown by the following list:

Global ISO 286


USA ANSI B4.2
Japan JIS B0401
Germany DIN 7160//61
France NF E 02-100-122
UK BSI 4500
Italy UNI 6388
Australia AS 1654

HISTORY OF THE ISO SYSTEM


The present ISO system is based on the ISA System of Limits and Fits published in ISA Bulletin 25 (1940), and on comments
included in the Draft Final Report of ISA Committee 3, December 1935. The unification of the various national systems of limits
and fits was one of the essential tasks discussed at the initial conference of the ISA in New York, in April, 1926. The same year
the Secretariat of ISA Committee 3, Limits and Fits, was entrusted to the Germany Standardizing Association, and needless to
say, the system was all metric from the start.

USAGE
The ISO System of Limits and Fits is now in extensive use in Europe.
An increasing number of drawings issued throughout the world specify the tolerances with the ISO symbols only. The ISO
system for tolerances and gages is fully covered in ANSI B4.2 and B4.4M.
Cutting tools, material stock, and gages held to ISO tolerances are available in many major industrial countries. It is
recommended that a similar specification in USA standards be provided if the worldwide manufacture of products is a defined
goal.

120
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
BASES
Temperature. The standard reference temperature for industrial length measurement is 200C (680F).

DEFINITIONS
The most important terms relating to limits and fits are as shown in Fig. 6-3. The terms are defined below.
basic size — the size to which limits or deviations are assigned. The basic size is the same for both members of a fit. It is
designated by the number 40 in 40H7.
deviation — the algebraic difference between a size and the corresponding basic size
upper deviation — the algebraical difference between the maximum limit of size and the corresponding basic size
lower deviation — the algebraic difference between the minimum limit of size and the corresponding basic size
fundamental deviation — the one of the two deviations closest to the basic size. It is designated by the letter H in 40H7
tolerance — the difference between the maximum and minimum size limits on a part
tolerance zone — a zone representing the tolerance and its position in relation to the basic size
international tolerance grade (IT) — a group of tolerances which vary depending on the basic size, but which provide the same
relative level of accuracy within a given grade. It is designated by the number 7 in 40H7 (IT7).
hole basis — the system of fits where the minimum hole size is basic. The fundamental deviation for a hole basis system is “H”.
shaft basis — the system of fits where the maximum shaft size is basic. The fundamental deviation for a shaft basis system is
“h”.
clearance fit — the relationship between assembled parts when clearance occurs under all tolerance conditions
interference fit — the relationship between assembled parts when interference occurs under all tolerance conditions
transition — the relationship between assembled parts when either a clearance or interference fit can result depending on the
tolerance conditions of the mating parts

DESCRIPTION OF TOLERANCE DESIGNATION


An “International Tolerance grade” establishes the magnitude of the tolerance zone or the amount of part size variation
allowed for internal and external dimensions alike (see Fig. 6-3). Tolerances are expressed in “grade number,” which are
consistent with International Tolerance grades identified by the prefix IT, i.e., “IT6,” “IT11,” etc. A smaller grade number provides
a smaller tolerance zone.
A fundamental deviation establishes the position of the tolerance zone with respect to the basic size (see Fig. 6-3).
Fundamental deviations are expressed by “tolerance position letters.” Capital letters are used for internal dimensions, and lower
case or small letters are used for external dimensions.

Symbols
By combining the IT grade number and the tolerance position letter, the tolerance symbol is established which identifies the
actual maximum and minimum limits of the part. The toleranced sizes are thus defined by the basic size of the part followed by a
symbol composed of a letter and a number.

121
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
A fit is indicated by the basic size common to both components, followed by a symbol corresponding to each component, the
internal part symbol preceding the external part symbol.

Some methods of designating tolerances on drawings gages, etc. are shown in the following three examples.
(a) 40H8 (b) 40H8(40.039/40.000) (c) 40.039/40.000(40H8)

NOTE: Values in parentheses indicate reference only.

BILATERAL TOLERANCE SYSTEM


The ISO system of limits and fits has a full range of bilateral (two-sided) tolerances designated js and JS. The two symmetrical
deviations are ± IT/2 (one half of the International Tolerances grade).

UNILATERAL TOLERANCE SYSTEM


The ISO system of limits and fits, with all its possible combinations, includes two unilateral (one-sided) tolerancing methods
that are in common use. One tolerancing practice is based on a nominal hole (H, hole basis), the other on a nominal shaft (h,
shaft basis). The ISO system has been in use in Germany for over 60 years, and standards for selected fits have influenced the
European market for metric standard material sizes, measuring tools, couplings, collars, bearings, etc.

HOLE-BASIS OR SHAFT-BASIS FITS


The nominal H, hole-basis fit and h, shaft-basis fit tolerancing systems are both used, depending on each specific application.
The hole-basis system is used with stepped shaft designs. Standard gages for checking the hole-basis fits cost less than those
required for checking shaft-basis fits. In designs where a uniform-diameter shaft is used it is advantageous to employ the shaft-
basis system. For example, in the case of driving shafts, a single shaft may have to accommodate a variety of accessories —
such as couplings, bearings, collars, etc. Steel products toleranced to the shaft-basis system are supplied in a number of steel
grades and finishes throughout Europe. Both types of fits might be used on the same design.

122
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
PREFERRED FITS
ANSI B4.2 specifies the ten hole and shaft basis fits as shown in Table 6-1 and as illustrated in Fig. 6-4. Each of the ten hole
basis fits corresponds to a shaft basis fit with equal clearances for the same nominal size.

FIG. 6-4 PREFERRED HOLE BASIS FITS (ANSI B4.2)

The ten hole-basis preferred fits use the following tolerances:

Hole: H7, H8, H9, H11


Shaft: c11, d9, f7, g6, h6, k6, n6, p6, s6, u6

It might be desirable for a user to standardize on three, or even two, of the above hole tolerances. The shaft tolerances might
also be reduced to fit the requirements of certain types of products.
The ten shaft-basis preferred fits use the following tolerances:

Hole: C11, D9, F8, G7, H7, K7, N7, P7, S7, U7
Shaft: h6, h7, h9, h11

Note that many steel products shown in Chapter 10 are produced worldwide to the shaft tolerances shown above. The new
ANSI B32.100 standard specifies the above four shaft tolerances. An illustration of the ten shaft fits is shown in Fig. 6-5.

123
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 6-5 PREFERRED SHAFT BASIS FITS (ANSI B4.2)

124
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
PRACTICAL USE OF IT GRADES
The machining process shown in Fig. 6-6 can, under normal conditions, produce the IT grades indicated. Practical usage of
the various IT tolerance grades is shown in Fig. 6-7. Numerical values for IT grades from IT1 through IT18 for basic series up to
3150 mm are shown in Table 6-30.

FIG. 6-6 MACHINING PROCESSES (ANSI B4.2)

FIG. 6-7 PRACTICAL USE OF INTERNATIONAL TOLERANCE GRADES (ANSI B4.2)

NON-TOLERANCED DIMENSIONS
The ISO system of limits and fits can be used on a great number of applications from the finest tolerances to the coarsest. The
tolerances are increasing with the nominal size in the ISO system. It is common practice in those countries that have used the
ISO system to apply a somewhat related system
to the non-toleranced dimensions on a drawing. It is now part of ISO 2768-1. The tolerances are dependent on the nominal sizes
and are shown in the following table.

125
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 6-30 INTERNATIONAL TOLERANCE GRADES FOR BASIS SIZES UP TO 3150 mm AND IT GRADES
FROM IT1 THROUGH IT18 (ISO 286)
International tolerance (IT) grades
Basic size
mm IT1 IT2 IT3 IT4 IT5 IT6 IT7 IT8 IT9 IT10 IT11 IT12 IT13 IT14 IT15 IT16 IT17 IT18

Up to Tolerances
Above and in-
cluding micrometers millimeters
- 3 0.8 1.2 2 3 4 6 10 14 25 40 60 0.1 0.14 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 1.4
3 6 1 1.5 2.5 4 5 8 12 18 30 48 75 0.12 0.18 0.3 0.48 0.75 1.2 1.8
6 10 1 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 15 22 36 58 90 0.15 0.22 0.36 0.58 0.9 1.5 2.2
10 18 1.2 2 3 5 8 11 18 27 43 70 110 0.18 0.27 0.43 0.7 1.1 1.8 2.7
18 30 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 13 21 33 52 84 130 0.21 0.33 0.52 0.84 1.3 2.1 3.3
30 50 1.5 2.5 4 7 11 16 25 39 62 100 160 0.25 0.39 0.62 1 1.6 2.5 3.9
50 80 2 3 5 8 13 19 30 46 74 120 190 0.3 0.46 0.74 1.2 1.9 3 4.6
80 120 2.5 4 6 10 15 22 35 54 87 140 220 0.35 0.54 0.87 1.4 2.2 3.5 5.4
120 180 3.5 5 8 12 18 25 40 63 100 160 250 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 14 6.3
180 250 4.5 7 10 14 20 29 46 72 115 185 290 0.46 0.72 1.15 1.85 2.9 4.6 7.2
250 315 6 8 12 16 23 32 52 81 130 210 320 0.52 0.81 1.3 2.1 3.2 5.2 8.1
315 400 7 9 13 18 25 36 57 89 140 230 360 0.57 0.89 1.4 2.3 3.6 5.7 8.9
400 500 8 10 15 20 27 40 63 97 155 250 400 0.63 0.97 1.55 2.5 4 6.3 9.7
500 630 9 11 16 22 32 44 70 110 175 280 440 0.7 1.1 1.75 2.8 4.4 7 11
630 800 10 13 18 25 36 50 80 125 200 320 500 0.8 1.25 2 3.2 5 8 12.5
B00 1000 11 15 21 28 40 56 90 140 230 360 560 0.9 1.4 2.3 3.6 5.6 9 14
1000 1250 13 18 24 33 47 66 105 165 260 420 660 1.05 1.65 2.6 4.2 6.6 10.5 16.5
1250 1600 15 21 29 39 55 78 125 195 310 500 780 1.25 1.95 3.1 5 7.8 12.5 19.5
1600 2000 18 25 35 46 65 92 150 230 370 600 920 1.5 2.3 3.7 6 9.2 15 23
2000 2500 22 30 41 55 78 110 175 280 440 700 1100 1.75 2.8 4.4 7 11 17.5 28
2500 3150 26 36 50 68 96 135 210 330 540 860 1350 2.1 3.3 5.4 8.6 13.5 21 33
NOTES:
1. Values for international tolerance grades IT01 and IT0 for basic sizes less than or equal to 500 mm are given in ISO 286-1, annex A, table 5.
2. Values for international tolerance grades IT1 to IT5 (incl) for basic sizes over 500 mm are included for experimental use.
3. International tolerance grades IT14 to IT18 (incl) shall not be used for basic sizes less than or equal to 1 mm.

TABLE 6-31 GENERAL TOLERANCE - LINEAR DIMENSIONS (ISO 2768-1)


mm

Tolerance class Permissible deviations for basic size range

over over over over over over over


1
0.5 3 6 30 120 400 1000 2000
Designation Description
up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to
3 6 30 120 400 1000 2000 4000
f fine ± 0.05 ± 0.05 ± 0.1 ± 0.15 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 -
m medium ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 ±2
c coarse ± 0.2 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 ±2 ±3 ±4
v very coarse - ± 0.5 ±1 ± 1.5 ± 2.5 ±4 ±6 ±8
1. For nominal sizes below 0,5 mm, the deviations shall be indicated adjacent to the relevant nominal size(s).

126
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TOLERANCES ON ANGLES
The nominal size for an angle is the length (in mm) of the short leg.
Tolerances shown in Table 6-31 apply to the fine, medium, and coarse, and very coarse series specified in ISO 2768-1. Radii
and chamfer tolerances are shown in Table 6-32 and angular tolerances are given in Table 6-33.

TABLE 8-32 GENERAL TOLERANCE - RADII AND CHAMFERS (ISO 2768-1)


mm
Tolerance class Permissible deviations for basic size range
1
Description Designation 0.5 up to 3 over 3 up to 6 over 6
f fine
± 0.2 ± 0.5 ±1
m medium

c coarse
± 0.4 ±1 ±2
v very coarse
NOTE: 1. For nominal sizes below 0.5 mm, the deviations shall be indicated adjacent to the relevant nominal size(s).

TABLE 6-33 GENERAL TOLERANCE - ANGLES (ISO 2768-1)


Permissible deviations for ranges of lengths, in millimeters,
Tolerance class
of the shorter side of the angle concerned

Description Designation up to 10 over 10 up to 50 over 50 up to 120 over 120 up to 400 over 400

f fine o
± 1° ± 0°30' ± 0°20' ± 0 10' ± 0°5'
m medium
c coarse ± 1°30' ± 1° ± 0°30' ± 0°15' ± 0°10'
v very coarse ± 3° ± 2° ±1° ± 0°30' ± 0°20'

127
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS
17.040.10 Limits and fits
ISO 286-1:1988 ISO system of limits and fits -- Part 1: Bases of tolerances, deviations and fits

ISO 286-2:1988 ISO system of limits and fits -- Part 2: Tables of standard tolerance grades and limit deviations for holes and shafts

ISO 1829:1975 Selection of tolerance zones for general purposes

ISO/R 1938:1971 ISO system of limits and fits -- Part 1: Inspection of plain workpieces

ISO 2768-1:1989 General tolerances -- Part 1: Tolerances for linear and angular dimensions without individual tolerance indications

ISO 2768-2:1989 General tolerances -- Part 2: Geometrical tolerances for features without individual tolerance indications

ISO 5458:1998 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Geometrical tolerancing -- Positional tolerancing

ISO 8062:1994 Castings -- System of dimensional tolerances and machining allowances

ISO 13920:1996 Welding -- General tolerances for welded constructions -- Dimensions for lengths and angles -- Shape and position

17.020 Metrology and measurement in general


ISO 2533:1975 Standard Atmosphere
ISO 2533:1975/Add 1:1985 Hypsometrical tables
ISO 2533:1975/Add 2:1997 Extension to - 5000 m and standard atmosphere as a function of altitude in feet
ISO 5479:1997 Statistical interpretation of data -- Tests for departure from the normal distribution
ISO 5725-1:1994 Accuracy (trueness and precision) of measurement methods and results -- Part 1: General principles and definitions
ISO 5725-2:1994 Accuracy (trueness and precision) of measurement methods and results -- Part 2: Basic method for the determination of
repeatability and reproducibility of a standard measurement method
ISO 5725-3:1994 Accuracy (trueness and precision) of measurement methods and results -- Part 3: Intermediate measures of the precision of a
standard measurement method
ISO 5725-4:1994 Accuracy (trueness and precision) of measurement methods and results -- Part 4: Basic methods for the determination of the
trueness of a standard measurement method
ISO 5725-5:1998 Accuracy (trueness and precision) of measurement methods and results -- Part 5: Alternative methods for the determination of the
precision of a standard measurement method
ISO 5725-6:1994 Accuracy (trueness and precision) of measurement methods and results -- Part 6: Use in practice of accuracy values
ISO 10012-1:1992 Quality assurance requirements for measuring equipment -- Part 1: Metrological confirmation system for measuring equipment
ISO 10012-2:1997 Quality assurance for measuring equipment -- Part 2: Guidelines for control of measurement processes
ISO 11095:1996 Linear calibration using reference materials
ISO 11843-1:1997 Capability of detection -- Part 1: Terms and definitions
ISO 11843-2:2000 Capability of detection -- Part 2: Methodology in the linear calibration case
ISO/TS 21748:2004 Guidance for the use of repeatability, reproducibility and trueness estimates in measurement uncertainty estimation
ISO/TS 21749:2005 Measurement uncertainty for metrological applications -- Repeated measurements and nested experiments
ISO/TR 22971:2005 Accuracy (trueness and precision) of measurement methods and results -- Practical guidance for the use of ISO 5725-2:1994 in
designing, implementing and statistically analysing interlaboratory repeatability and reproducibility results

ISO HANDBOOKS

ISO Standards Handbook - Limits, fits and surface properties


This handbook contains a comprehensive collection of ISO standards for: general limits and fits; limits and fits for screw threads; limits
and fits for gears and involute splines; properties of surfaces. Standards on relevant terminology complete the collection. (Year of
nd
publication:1999 2 Ed) See table of content

128
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 7
The ISO System of Limits and Fits -
Inspection of Workpieces
SUMMARY*
This chapter specifies gages to ANSI B4.4M for use with the ISO System of Limits and Fits in ANSI B4.2. It is in full agreement
with American gaging practices where all gagemakers tolerances, wear allowances, measurement uncertainties and form
controls are held within the workpiece limits of size.
Select the Gagemakers Tolerance Class from Fig. 7-1 and the appropriate gage limit dimension from the table referred to.
Most of the gages shown here will most likely be off-the-shelf items from some gagemakers in the near future.
The ISO 1938 series, covering Inspection of Plain Workpieces, do not adhere to the American gaging practices, and are not
recommended for use in the USA.
TM TM
NOTE *Complete ISO System of Limits and Fits now available on two CD’s, KOK ISOTOL Computer Tolerancing Software and KOK ISOGAGE Computer
Software for Gages now available from ANSI or KOK.

GAGEMAKERS
WORKPIECE TOLERANCE
TOLERANCE
ISO
Class IT Recommended Usage
Symbol1
Rejection Low precison gages recommended used to inspect workpieces held to
of Good ZM 0.05IT11 IT11 internal (hole) tolerances C11 and H11 (see Table 7-1) and to
Parts external (shaft) tolerances c11 and h11 (see Table 7-3).
Increase
Gages recommended used to inspect workpieces held to internal (hole)
YM 0.05IT9 IT9
tolerances D9 and H9 (see Table 7-1) and to external (shaft) tolerances
d9 and h9 (see Table 7-3).
Precision gages recommended used to inspect workpieces held to internal
XM 0.05IT8 IT8
(hole) tolerances F8 and H8 (see Table 7-1).

Recommended used for gages to inspect workpieces held to internal (hole)


XXM 0.05IT7 IT7 tolerances G7, H7, K7, N7, P7, S7 and U7 (see Table 7-2) and to external
(shaft) tolerances f7 and h7 (see Table 7-3).
Gage
Cost High precision gages recommended used to inspect workpieces held to
Increase
XXXM 0.05IT6 IT6 external (shaft) tolerances g6, h6, k6, n6, p6, s6 and u6 (see Table 7-4).

NOTE: 1. Gagemakers tolerance is equal to 5% of workpiece tolerance or 5% of applicable IT grade value (see Table 7-5).

FIG. 7-1 GAGEMAKERS TOLERANCE CLASSES (ANSI B4.4M)

TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

General Terms
absolute tolerance — a practice of tolerancing workpieces that ensures complete random interchangeability of parts by applying
the gagemakers tolerances, the wear allowances, the measurement uncertainties, and the form controls all within the workpiece
limits of size (see Fig. 7-2)
gagemakers tolerance — a manufacturing tolerance allowed a gagemaker. Applied to fixed gages and comparator setting
masters (see Fig. 7-2).
wear allowance — an optional allowance which is normally 5% of the workpiece tolerance. It is usually applied to the GO gage
only (see Fig. 7-2).

NOTE: The wear allowances and the gagemakers tolerances are normally equal in size (5%) and combined they make up the
total gage allowances applied to the MMC(GO) limits of size. (See Fig. 7-2.) The wear allowances are placed adjacent to the
GO sizes in Fig. 7-2 for gage wear checking purposes. When GO gage limit dimensions are calculated for gages with wear
allowances, the applicable gagemakers tolerances from Table 7-5 must be added to or subtracted from GO gage limits of sizes
shown in Table 7-1 through 7-4. The wear allowance will extend the useful life of the gage, and should be used in applications
where gage wear is critical.

129
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
NOTE: *Wear allowances and/or measurement uncertainties must be held within the workpiece size limits.

FIG. 7-2 ABSOLUTE TOLERANCE (ANSI B4.4M)

measurement uncertainty — the algebraic difference between the corrected measured size and the correct size

NOTE: In cases where there is adequate information based on a statistical distribution, the estimate may be associated with a
specified probability. In other cases, an alternative form of numerical expression of the degree of confidence to be attached to
the estimate may be given.

measurement — there are two definitions for the term measurement as follows:
(a) The process of determining the value of a measurable quantity in terms of the appropriate unit of measurement, and
(b) the result of a measuring process.

uncorrected measurement — the result of a measurement before any corrections are applied

NOTE: In a series of measurements of the same length, the uncorrected result of the measurement is taken to be the arithmetic
mean of the uncorrected results of the individual measurements unless otherwise qualified.

130
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 7-1 PLUG GAGE LIMIT DIMENSIONS - CLASSES ZM, YM, AND XM (Massey Ferguson)
mm
1
BASIC CLASS ZM(0.05IT11) CLASS YM(0.05IT9) CLASS XM(0.05IT8)
SIZE C11 H11 D9 H9 F8 H8
GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO
7 MAX 7.0845 7.1700 7.0045 7.0900 7.0418 7.0760 7.0018 7.0360 7.0141 7.0350 7.0011 7.0220
MIN 7.0800 7.1655 7.0000 7.0855 7.0400 7.0742 7.0000 7.0342 7.0130 7.0339 7.0000 7.0209
6 MAX 8.0845 8.1700 8.0045 8.0900 8.0418 8.0760 8.0018 8.0360 8.0141 8.0350 8.0011 8.0220
MIN 8.0800 8.1655 8.0000 8.0855 8.0400 8.0742 8.0000 8.0342 8.0130 8.0339 8.0000 8.0209
9 MAX 9.0845 9.1700 9.0045 9.0900 9.0416 9.0760 9.0018 9.0360 9.0141 9.0350 9.0011 9.0220
MIN 9.0800 9.1655 9.0000 9.0855 9.0400 9.0742 9.0000 9.0342 9.0130 9.0339 9.0000 9.0209
10 MAX 10.0845 10.1700 10.0045 10.0900 10.0418 10.0760 10.0018 10.0360 10.0141 10.0350 10.0011 10.0220
MIN 10.0800 10.1655 10.0000 10.0855 10.0400 10.0742 10.0000 10.0342 10.0130 10.0339 10.0000 10.0209
11 MAX 11.1005 11.2050 11.0055 11.1100 11.0521 11.0930 11.0021 11.0430 11.0173 11.0430 11.0013 11.0270
MIN 11.0950 11.1995 11.0000 11.1045 11.0500 11.0909 11.0000 11.0409 11.0160 11.0417 11.0000 11.0257
12 MAX 12.1005 12.2050 12.0055 12.1100 12.0521 12.0930 12.0021 12.0430 12.0173 12.0430 12.0013 12.0270
MIN 12.0950 12.1995 12.0000 12.1045 12.0500 12.0909 12.0000 12.0409 12.0160 12.0417 12.0000 12.0257
13 MAX 13.1005 13.2050 13.0055 13.1100 13.0521 13.0930 13.0021 13.0430 13.0173 13.0430 13.0013 13.0270
HIM 13.0950 13.1995 13.0000 13.1045 13.0500 13.0909 13.0000 13.0409 13.0160 13.0417 13.0000 13.0257
14 MAX 14.1005 14.2050 14.0055 14.1100 14.0521 14.0930 14.0021 14.0430 14.0173 14.0430 14.0013 14.0270
HIM 14.0950 14.1995 14.0000 14.1045 14.0500 14.0909 14.0000 14.0409 14.0160 14.0417 14.0000 14.0257
15 MAX 15.1005 15.2050 15.0055 15.1100 15.0521 15.0930 15.0021 15.0430 15.0173 15.0430 15.0013 15.0270
MIN 15.0950 15.1995 15.0000 15.1045 15.0500 15.0909 15.0000 15.0409 15.0160 15.0417 15.0000 15.0257
16 MAX 16.1005 16.2050 16.0055 16.1100 16.0521 16.0930 16.0021 16.0430 16.0173 16.0430 16.0013 16.0270
MIN 16.0950 16.1995 16.0000 16.1045 16.0500 16.0909 16.0000 16.0409 16.0160 16.0417 16.0000 16.0257
17 MAX 17.1005 17.2050 17.0055 17.1100 17.0521 17.0930 17.0021 17.0430 17.0173 17.0430 17.0013 17.0270
HIM 17.0950 17.1995 17.0000 17.1045 17.0500 17.0909 17.0000 17.0409 17.0160 17.0417 17.0000 17.0257
18 MAX 18.1005 18.2050 18.0055 18.1100 18.0521 18.0930 18.0021 18.0430 18.0173 18.0430 18.0013 18.0270
MIN 18.0950 18.1995 18.0000 18.1045 16.0500 18.0909 18.0000 18.0409 18.0160 18.0417 18.0000 18.0257
19 MAX 19.1165 19.2400 19.0065 19.1300 19.0676 19.1170 19.0026 19.0520 19.0216 19.0530 19.0016 19.0330
MIN 19.1100 19.2335 19.0000 19.1235 19.0650 19.1144 19.0000 19.0494 19.0200 19.0514 19.0000 19.0314
20 MAX 20.1165 20.2400 20.0065 20.1300 20.0676 20.1170 20.0026 20.0520 20.0216 20.0530 20.0016 20.0330
MIN 20.1100 20.2335 20.0000 20.1235 20.0650 20.1144 20.0000 20.0494 20.0200 20.0514 20.0000 20.0314
21 MAX 21.1165 21.2400 21.0065 21.1300 21.0676 21.1170 21.0026 21.0520 21.0216 21.0530 21.0016 21.0330
MIN 21.1100 21.2335 21.0000 21.1235 21.0650 21.1144 21.0000 21.0494 21.0200 21.0514 21.0000 21.0314
22 MAX 22.1165 22.2400 22.0065 22.1300 22.0676 22.1170 22.0026 22.0520 22.0216 22.0530 22.0016 22.0330
MIN 22.1100 22.2335 22.0000 22.1235 22.0650 22.1144 22.0000 22.0494 22.0200 22.0514 22.0000 22.0314
23 MAX 23.1165 23.2400 23.0065 23.1300 23.0676 23.1170 23.0026 23.0520 23.0216 23.0530 23.0016 23.0330
MIN 23.1100 23.2335 23.0000 23.1235 23.0650 23.1144 23.0000 23.0494 23.0200 23.0514 23.0000 23.0314
24 MAX 24.1165 24.2400 24.0065 24.1300 24.0676 24.1170 24.0026 24.0520 24.0216 24.0530 24.0016 24.0330
MIN 24.1100 24.2335 24.0000 24.1235 24.0650 24.1144 24.0000 24.0494 24.0200 24.0514 24.0000 24.0314
NOTE:1. Plug gage tolerance Class ZM which is equal to the rounded 5% of International Tolerance IT11 (see Table 7-5).

131
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 7-2 PLUG GAGE LIMIT DIMENSIONS - CLASS XXM (Massey Ferguson)
mm
1
BASIC CLASS XXM (0.05IT7)
SIZE G7 N7 K7 N7 P7 S7 U7
GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO
7 MAX 7.0057 7.0200 7.0007 7.0150 6.9907 7.0050 6.9817 6.9960 6.9767 6.9910 6.9687 6.9830 6.9637 6.9780
MIN 7.0050 7.0193 7.0000 7.0143 6.9900 7.0043 6.9810 6.9953 6.9760 6.9903 6.9680 6.9823 6.9630 6.9773
8 MAX 8.0057 8.0200 8.0007 8.0150 7.9907 8.0050 7.9817 7.9960 7.9767 7.9910 7.9687 7.9830 7.9637 7.9780
MIN 8.0050 8.0193 8.0000 8.0143 7.9900 8.0043 7.9810 7.9953 7.9760 7.9903 7.9680 7.9823 7.9630 7.9773
9 MAX 9.0057 9.0200 9.0007 9.0150 8.9907 9.0050 8.9817 8.9960 8.9767 8.9910 8.9687 8.9830 8.9637 8.9780

MIN 9.0050 9.0193 9.0000 9.0143 8.9900 9.0043 8.9810 8.9953 8.9760 8.9903 8.9680 8.9823 8.9630 8.9773
10 MAX 10.0057 10.0200 10.0007 10.0150 9.9907 10.0050 9.9817 9.9960 9.9767 9.9910 9.9687 9.9830 9.9637 9.9780

MIN 10.0050 10.0193 10.0000 10.0143 9.9900 10.0043 9.9810 9.9953 9.9760 9.9903 9.9680 9.9823 9.9630 9.9773
11 MAX 11.0069 11.0240 11.0009 11.0180 10.9889 11.0060 10.9779 10.9950 10.9719 10.9690 10.9619 10.9790 10.9569 10.9740

MIN 11.0060 11.0231 11.0000 11.0171 10.9880 11.0051 10.9770 10.9941 10.9710 10.9881 10.9610 10.9781 10.9560 10.9731

12 MAX 12.0069 12.0240 12.0009 12.0180 11.9889 12.0060 11.9779 11.9930 11.9719 11.9890 11.9619 11.9790 11.9569 11.9740

MIN 12.0060 12.0231 12.0000 12.0171 11.9880 12.0051 11.9770 11.9941 11.9710 11.9881 11.9610 11.9781 11.9560 11.9731

13 MAX 13.0069 13.0240 13.0009 13.0180 12.9889 13.0060 12.9779 12.9950 12.9719 12.9890 12.9619 12.9790 12.9569 12.9740

MIN 13.0060 13.0231 13.0000 13.0171 12.9880 13.0051 12.9770 12.9941 12.9710 12.9881 12.9610 12.9781 12.9560 12.9731

14 MAX 14.0069 14.0240 14.0009 14.0180 13.9869 14.0060 13.9779 13.9950 13.9719 13.9890 13.9619 13.9790 13.9569 13.9740

MIN 14.0060 14.0231 14.0000 14.0171 13.9880 14.0051 13.9770 13.9941 13.9710 13.9881 13.9610 13.9781 13.9560 13.9731

15 MAX 15.0069 15.0240 15.0009 15.0180 14.9889 15.0060 14.9779 14.9950 14.9719 14.9890 14.9619 14.9790 14.9569 14.9740

MIN 15.0060 15.0231 15.0000 15.0171 14.9880 15.0051 14.9770 14.9941 14.9710 14.9881 14.9610 14.9781 14.9560 14.9731

16 MAX 16.0069 16.0240 16.0009 16.0180 15.9889 16.0060 15.9779 15.9950 15.9719 15.9890 15.9619 15.9790 15.9569 15.9740

MIN 16.0060 16.0231 16.0000 16.0171 15.9880 16.0051 15.9770 15.9941 15.9710 15.9881 15.9610 15.9781 15.9560 15.9731
17 MAX 17.0069 17.0240 17.0009 17.0180 16.9889 17.0060 16.9779 16.9950 16.9719 16.9890 16.9619 16.9790 16.9569 16.9740
MIN 17.0060 17.0231 17.0000 17.0171 16.9880 17.0051 16.9770 16.9941 16.9710 16.9881 16.9610 16.9781 16.9560 16.9731

18 MAX 18.0069 18.0240 18.0009 18.0180 17.9889 18.0060 17.9779 17.9950 17.9719 17.9890 17.9619 17.9790 17.9569 17.9740

MIN 18.0060 18.0231 18.0000 18.0171 17.9880 18.0051 17.9770 17.9941 17.9710 17.9881 17.9610 17.9781 17.9560 17.9731

19 MAX 19.0080 19.0280 19.0010 19.0210 18.9860 19.0060 18.9730 18.9930 18.9660 18.9860 18.9530 18.9730 18.9470 18.9670

MIN 19.0070 19.0270 19.0000 19.0200 18.9850 19.0050 18.9720 18.9920 18.9650 18.9850 18.9520 18.9720 18.9460 18.9660

20 MAX 20.0080 20.0280 20.0010 20.0210 19.9860 20.0060 19.9730 19.9930 19.9660 19.9860 19.9530 19.9730 19.9470 19.9670
MIN 20.0070 20.0270 20.0000 20.0200 19.9850 20.0050 19.9720 19.9920 19.9650 19.9850 19.9520 19.9720 19.9460 19.9660

21 MAX 21.0080 21.0280 21.0010 21.0210 20.9860 21.0060 20:9730 20.9930 20.9660 20.9860 20.9530 20.9730 20.9470 20.9670

MIN 21.0070 21.0270 21.0000 21.0200 20.9850 21.0030 20.9720 20.9920 20.9650 20.9850 20.9520 20.9720 20.9460 20.9660

22 MAX 22.0080 22.0280 22.0010 22.0210 21.9860 22.0060 21.9730 21.9930 21.9660 21.9660 21.9530 21.9730 21.9470 21.9670

MIN 22.0070 22.0270 22.0000 22.0200 21.9850 22.0050 21.9720 21.9920 21.9650 21.9850 21.9520 21.9720 21.9460 21.9660

23 MAX 23.0080 23.0280 23.0010 23.0210 22.9860 23.0060 22.9730 22.9930 22.9660 22.9860 22.9530 22.9730 22.9470 22.9670

MIN 23.0070 23.0270 23.0000 23.0200 22.9850 23.0050 22.9720 22.9920 22.9650 22.9850 22.9520 22.9720 22.9460 22.9660

24 MAX 24.0080 24.0280 24.0010 24.0210 23.9860 24.0060 23.9730 23.9930 23.9660 23.9860 23.9530 23.9730 23.9470 23.9670
MIN 24.0070 24.0270 24.0000 24.0200 23.9850 24.0050 23.9720 23.9920 23.9650 23.9850 23.9520 23.9720 23.9460 23.9660
NOTE: 1Plug gage tolerance Class ZM which is equal to the rounded 5% of International Tolerance IT11 (see Table 7-5).

132
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 7-3 RING AND SNAP GAGE LIMIT DIMENSIONS - CLASSES ZM, YM, AND XXM (Massey Ferguson)
mm
1
BASIC CLASS ZM (0.05IT11) CLASS YM (0.051T9) CLASS XXM (0.05IT7)

SIZE c11 h11 d9 h9 f7 h7


NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO
7 MAX 6.8345 6.9200 6.9145 7.0000 6.9258 6.9600 6.9658 7.0000 6.9727 6.9870 6.9857 7.0000
MIN 6.8300 6.9155 6.9100 6.9955 6.9240 6.9582 6.9640 6.9982 6.9720 6.9863 6.9850 6.9993
8 MAX 7.8345 7.9200 7.9145 8.0000 7.9258 7.9600 7.9658 8.0000 7.9727 7.9870 7.9857 8.0000
MIN 7.8300 7.9155 7.9100 7.9955 7.9240 7.9582 7.9640 7.9982 7.9720 7.9863 7.9850 7.9993
9 MAX 8.8345 8.9200 8.9145 9.0000 8.9258 8.9600 8.9658 9.0000 8.9727 8.9870 8.9857 9.0000
MIN 8.8300 8.9155 8.9100 8.9955 8.9240 8.9582 8.9640 8.9982 8.9720 8.9863 8.9850 8.9993
10 MAX 9.8345 9.9200 9.9145 10.0000 9.9258 9.9600 9.9658 10.0000 9.9727 9.9870 9.9857 10.0000
MIN 9.8300 9.9155 9.9100 9.9955 9.9240 9.9582 9.9640 9.9982 9.9720 9.9863 9.9850 9.9993
11 MAX 10.6005 10.9050 10.8955 11.0000 10.9091 10.9500 10.9591 11.0000 10.9669 10.9840 10.9829 11.0000
MIN 10.7950 10.8995 10.8900 10.9945 10.9070 10.9479 10.9570 10.9979 10.9660 10.9831 10.9820 10.9991

12 MAX 11.8005 11.9050 11.8955 12.0000 11.9091 11.9500 11.9591 12.0000 11.9669 11.9840 11.9829 12.0000
MIN 11.7950 11.8995 11.8900 11.9945 11.9070 11.9479 11.9570 11.9979 11.9660 11.9831 11.9820 11.9991
13 MAX 12.8005 12.9050 12.8955 13.0000 12.9091 12.9500 12.9591 13.0000 12.9669 12.9840 12.9829 13.0000
MIN 12.7950 12.8995 12.8900 12.9945 12.9070 12.9479 12.9570 12.9979 12.9660 12.9831 12.9820 12.9991
14 MAX 13.8005 13.9050 13.8955 14.0000 13.9091 13.9500 13.9591 14.0000 13.9669 13.9840 13.9829 14.0000
MIN 13.7950 13.8995 13.8900 13.9945 13.9070 13.9479 13.9570 13.9979 13.9660 13.9831 13.9820 13.9991
15 MAX 14.8005 14.9050 14.8955 15.0000 14.9091 14.9500 14.9591 15.0000 14.9669 14.9840 14.9829 15.0000
MIN 14.7950 14.8995 14.8900 14.9945 14.9070 14.9479 14.9570 14.9979 14.9660 14.9831 14.9820 14.9991
16 MAX 15.8005 15.9050 15.8955 16.0000 15.9091 15.9500 15.9591 16.0000 15.9669 15.9840 15.9829 16.0000
MIN 15.7950 15.8995 15.8900 15.9945 15.9070 15.9479 15.9570 15.9979 15.9660 15.9831 15.9820 15.9991
17 MAX 16.8005 16.9050 16.8955 17.0000 16.9091 16.9500 16.9591 17.0000 16.9669 16.9840 16.9829 17.0000
MIN 16.7950 16.8995 16.8900 16.9945 16.9070 16.9479 16.9570 16.9979 16.9660 16.9831 16.9820 16.9991
18 MAX 17.8005 17.9050 17.8955 18.0000 17.9091 17.9500 17.9591 18.0000 17.9669 17.9840 17.9829 18.0000
MIN 17.7950 17.8995 17.8900 17.9945 17.9070 17.9479 17.9570 17.9979 17.9660 17.9831 17.9820 17.9991
19 MAX 18.7665 18.8900 18.8765 19.0000 18.8856 18.9350 18.9506 19.0000 18.9600 18.9800 18.9800 19.0000
MIN 18.7600 18.8835 18.8700 18.9935 18.8830 18.9324 18.9480 18.9974 18.9590 18.9790 18.9790 18.9990
20 MAX 19.7665 19.8900 19.8765 20.0000 19.8856 19.9350 19.9506 20.0000 19.9600 19.9800 19.9800 20.0000
MIN 19.7600 19.8835 19.8700 19.9935 19.8830 19.9324 19.9480 19.9974 19.9590 19.9790 19.9790 19.9990
21 MAX 20.7665 20.8900 20.8765 21.0000 20.8856 20.9350 20.9506 21.0000 20.9600 20.9800 20.9800 21.0000
MIN 20.7600 20.8635 20.8700 20.9935 20.8830 20.9324 20.9480 20.9974 20.9590 20.9790 20.9790 20.9990
22 MAX 21.7665 21.8900 21.8765 22.0000 21.8856 21.9350 21.9506 22.0000 21.9600 21.9800 21.9800 22.0000
MIN 21.7600 21.8835 21.8700 21.9935 21.8830 21.9324 21.9480 21.9974 21.9590 21.9790 21.9790 21.9990

23 MAX 22.7665 22.8900 22.8765 23.0000 22.8856 22.9350 22.9506 23.0000 22.9600 22.9800 22.9800 23.0000
MIN 22.7600 22.8835 22.8700 22.9935 22.8830 22.9324 22.9480 22.9974 22.9590 22.9790 22.9790 22.9990
24 MAX 23.7665 23.8900 23.8765 24.0000 23.8856 23.9350 23.9506 24.0000 23.9600 23.9800 23.9800 24.0000
MIN 23.7600 23.8835 23.8700 23.9935 23.8830 23.9324 23.9480 23.9974 23.9590 23.9790 23.9790 23.9990
1
NOTE: Plug gage tolerance Class ZM which is equal to the rounded 5% of International Tolerance IT11 (see Table 7-5).

133
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 7-4 RING AND SNAP GAGE LIMIT DIMENSIONS - CLASSES XXXM (Massey Ferguson)
mm
1
BASIC CLASS XXXM (0.05IT6)
SIZE g6 h6 k6 n6 p6 s6 u6
NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO NOGO GO
7 MAX 6.9865 6.9950 6.9915 7.0000 7.0015 7.0100 7.0105 7.0190 7.0155 7.0240 7.0235 7.0320 7.0285 7.0370
MIN 6.9860 6.9945 6.9910 6.9995 7.0010 7.0095 7.0100 7.0185 7.0150 7.0235 7.0230 7.0315 7.0280 7.0365
8 MAX 7.9865 7.9950 7.9915 8.0000 8.0015 8.0100 8.0105 8.0190 8.0155 8.0240 8.0235 8.0320 8.0285 8.0370
MIN 7.9860 7.9945 7.9910 7.9995 8.0010 8.0095 8.0100 8.0185 8.0150 8.0235 8.0230 8.0315 8.0280 8.0365
9 MAX 8.9865 8.9950 8.9915 9.0000 9.0015 9.0100 9.0105 9.0190 9.0155 9.0240 9.0235 9.0320 9.0285 9.0370
MIN 8.9860 8.9945 8.9910 8.9995 9.0010 9.0095 9.0100 9.0185 9.0150 9.0235 9.0230 9.0315 9.0280 9.0365
10 MAX 9.9865 9.9950 9.9915 10.0000 10.0015 10.0100 10.0105 10.0190 10.0155 10.0240 10.0235 10.0320 10.0285 10.0370
MIN 9.9860 9.9945 9.9910 9.9995 10.0010 10.0095 10.0100 10.0185 10.0150 10.0235 10.0230 10.0315 10.0280 10.0365
11 MAX 10.9836 10.9940 10.9896 11.0000 11.0016 11.0120 11.0126 11.0230 11.0186 11.0290 11.0286 11.0390 11.0336 11.0440
MIN 10.9830 10.9934 10.9890 10.9994 11.0010 11.0114 11.0120 11.0224 11.0180 11.0284 11.0280 11.0384 11.0330 11.0434
12 MAX 11.9836 11.9940 11.9896 12.0000 12.0016 12.0120 12.0126 12.0230 12.0186 12.0290 12.0286 12.0390 12.0336 12.0440
MIN 11.9830 11.9934 11.9890 11.9994 12.0010 12.0114 12.0120 12.0224 12.0180 12.0284 12.0280 12.0384 12.0330 12.0434
13 MAX 12.9836 12.9940 12.9896 13.0000 13.0016 13.0120 13.0126 13.0230 13.0186 13.0290 13.0286 13.0390 13.0336 13.0440
MIN 12.9830 12.9934 12.9890 12.9994 13.0010 13.0114 13.0120 13.0224 13.0180 13.0284 13.0280 13.0384 13.0330 13.0434
14 MAX 13.9836 13.9940 13.9896 14.0000 14.0016 14.0120 14.0126 14.0230 14.0186 14.0290 14.0286 14.0390 14.0336 14.0440
MIN 13.9830 13.9934 13.9890 13.9994 14.0010 14.0114 14.0120 14.0224 14.0180 14.0284 14.0280 14.0384 14.0330 14.0434
15 MAX 14.9836 14.9940 14.9896 15.0000 15.0016 15.0120 15.0126 15.0230 15.0186 15.0290 15.0286 15.0390 15.0336 15.0440
MIN 14.9830 14.9934 14.9890 14.9994 15.0010 15.0114 15.0120 15.0224 15.0180 15.0284 15.0280 15.0384 15.0330 15.0434
16 MAX 15.9836 15.9940 15.9896 16.0000 16.0016 16.0120 16.0126 16.0230 16.0186 16.0290 16.0286 16.0390 16.0336 16.0440
MIN 15.9830 15.9934 15.9890 15.9994 16.0010 16.0114 16.0120 16.0224 16.0180 16.0284 16.0280 16.0384 16.0330 16.0434
17 MAX 16.9836 16.9940 16.9896 17.0000 17.0016 17.0120 17.0126 17.0230 17.0186 17.0290 17.0286 17.0390 17.0336 17.0440
MIN 16.9830 16.9934 16.9890 16.9994 17.0010 17.0114 17.0120 17.0224 17.0180 17.0284 17.0280 17.0384 17.0330 17.0434
18 MAX 17.9836 17.9940 17.9896 18.0000 18.0016 18.0120 18.0126 18.0230 18.0186 18.0290 18.0286 18.0390 18.0336 18.0440
MIN 17.9830 17.9934 17.9890 17.9994 18.0010 18.0114 18.0120 18.0224 18.0180 18.0284 18.0280 18.0384 18.0330 18.0434
19 MAX 18.9807 18.9930 18.9877 19.0000 19.0027 19.0150 19.0157 19.0280 19.0227 19.0350 19.0357 19.0480 19.0417 19.0540
MIN 18.9800 18.9923 18.9870 18.9993 19.0020 19.0143 19.0150 19.0273 19.0220 19.0343 19.0350 19.0473 19.0410 19.0533
20 MAX 19.9807 19.9930 19.9877 20.0000 20.0027 20.0150 20.0157 20.0280 20.0227 20.0350 20.0357 20.0480 20.0417 20.0540
MIN 19.9800 19.9923 19.9870 19.9993 20.0020 20.0143 20.0150 20.0273 20.0220 20.0343 20.0350 20.0473 20.0410 20.0533
21 MAX 20.9807 20.9930 20.9877 21.0000 21.0027 21.0150 21.0157 21.0280 21.0227 21.0350 21.0357 21.0480 21.0417 21.0540
MIN 20.9800 20.9923 20.9870 20.9993 21.0020 21.0143 21.0150 21.0273 21.0220 21.0343 21.0350 21.0473 21.0410 21.0533
22 MAX 21.9807 21.9930 21.9877 22.0000 22.0027 22.0150 22.0157 22.0280 22.0227 22.0350 22.0357 22.0480 22.0417 22.0540
MIN 21.9600 21.9923 21.9870 21.9993 22.0020 22.0143 22.0150 22.0273 22.0220 22.0343 22.0350 22.0473 22.0410 22.0533
23 MAX 22.9807 22.9930 22.9877 23.0000 23.0027 23.0150 23.0157 23.0280 23.0227 23.0350 23.0357 23.0480 23.0417 23.0540
MIN 22.9800 22.9923 22.9870 22.9993 23.0020 23.0143 23.0150 23.0273 23.0220 23.0343 23.0350 23.0473 23.0410 23.0533
24 MAX 23.9807 23.9930 23.9877 24.0000 24.0027 24.0150 24.0157 24.0280 24.0227 24.0350 24.0357 24.0480 24.0417 24.0540
MIN 23.9800 23.9923 23.9870 23.9993 24.0020 24.0143 24.0150 24.0273 24.0220 24.0343 24.0350 24.0473 24.0410 24.0533
1
NOTE: Plug gage tolerance Class ZM which is equal to the rounded 5% of International Tolerance IT11 (see Table 7-5).

134
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Examples:

(a) A dimension of an object is measured; the indication, 14.7 mm, read on the instrument, represents the uncorrected result.
(b) If in a series of ten measurements of the same length (in mm) the values obtained are:
14.9 14.6 14.8 14.6 14.9 14.7 14.7
14.8 14.9 14.8
the uncorrected result of this series of measurements will be:

14.9 + 14.6... + 14.8


--------------------------- = 14.77 mm
10

d = 14.8 mm

corrected measurement — the result of a measurement obtained after having made the necessary corrections to the
uncorrected result in order to take account of known systematic errors. When appropriate, the result must be accompanied by an
indication of the uncertainty of measurement.

NOTE: In a series of measurements of the same length, the corrected result, unless otherwise qualified, is taken to be the
arithmetic mean of the uncorrected results of individual measurements to which the necessary corrections have been applied.

Example:
A length of an object is measured; the indication, 14.7 mm, read on the instrument, represents the uncorrected result.
It has already been established by calibration that the correction to be applied to the results given by the instrument for this
indication is —0.2 mm. In addition, it is known that the random error component of the uncertainty of a single measurement is
equal to ± 0.35 mm (with a probability of 99.7%).
The corrected result of the single measurement is therefore:

d = (14.7 — 0.2 ± 0.35) = (14.5 ± 0.35) mm

The random error component of the uncertainty of the result of a series of measurements is the random error component of the
uncertainty of a single result divided by the square root of the number of results. Therefore, for the series of 10 measurements of
Example (b) of uncorrected measurements, the corrected result of the series of measurements is:
0 35
d = (14.77 — 0.2 ± —-——) = (14.57 ± 0.11) mm
V10

repeatability (of a measurement) — a quantitative expression of the closeness of the agreement between the results of
successive measurements of the same length carried out by the same method, by the same observer, with the same measuring
instruments, at the same location, at appropriately short intervals of time
reproducibility (of a measurement) — a quantitative expression of the closeness of the agreement between the results of
measurements of the same length carded out by the same method, where the observer, the measuring instrument, the location,
and the time may vary

NOTE: The results of individual measurements are assumed to be appropriately corrected.

traceability — the concept of establishing a valid calibration of a measuring instrument or setting master by step-by-step
comparison with standards that refer to an appropriate national or international calibration standard
calibration — all the operations for the purpose of determining the values of the errors of measuring instruments or
measurement standards

NOTE: The general usage of the term calibration is often extended to include operations such as adjustment, gaging, scale
graduation, etc. Such usage is discouraged and is avoided in this standard.

verification — testing of instruments or measurement standards for conformance to a specification

Terms Applicable to Fixed Limit and Limit Indicating Gages


fixed limit gage — a device of defined geometric form and size used to assess the conformance of a feature or features of a
workpiece to a dimensional specification. Also referred to as a limit gage
limit indicating gage (comparator) — a device used to assess the conformance of a feature of a workpiece to a length
specification, and incorporating a sensing element provided with limit markers or signals

135
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
NOTE: The Envelope Principle (symbol E, see ANSI Yl4.5M) applies to the maximum material condition limits of size, unless
otherwise noted on the workpiece drawing.

GO gage — a fixed gage that checks a workpiece at the maximum material condition (MMC)
NOGO gage — a fixed gage that checks a workpiece at the least material condition (LMC). Also referred to as a NOT GO gage.

Terms Applicable to Measuring Instruments


measuring instrument — a device intended for the purpose of measurement which may satisfy one or more of the following
criteria:
(a) provide known elements of measuring systems
(b) incorporate a material measure and/or a standard
(c) represent the physical embodiment of a unit or length
(d) reproduce one or more known values of a given length, and
(e) provide an indication of the value of the measured length.

Example:

(1) Graduated rule


(2) Micrometer caliper
(3) Vernier caliper
(4) Dial gage
(5) Laser interferometer
(6) Surface texture measuring instrument

NOTE: In general, measuring instruments, which may include material measures and standards, are not independent of physical
or environmental conditions, and may only be valid with respect to criteria (c) and (d) under specific conditions of use.

measurement allowance (A) — the measurement allowance takes into account errors which are inherent in the measuring
instrument, together with possible workpiece form errors. The location and size of the measurement allowance should be held
within the limits of a given gagemakers tolerance class as shown in Fig. 7-2.
scale interval — the increment of the measured length shown by a change in indication from one scale mark to the next
scale range — the difference between the nominal values of the measured length corresponding to the terminal scale marks

NOTE: Scale range is conveniently expressed in the form “A to B” where A is the minimum scale value and B is the maximum
scale value.

repeatability (of a measuring instrument) — the property which characterizes the ability of a measuring instrument to give
identical indications, for repeated applications of the same length, over a short interval of time, under stated conditions of use

NOTE: Lack of repeatability is exhibited by a measuring instrument when scatter or dispersion of indications is observed in a
series of measurements of the same given length.

resolution (discrimination) — the property which characterizes the ability of a measuring instrument to respond to small changes
of the length measured
hysteresis — that property of a measuring instrument whereby it gives different indications, or responses, for the same value of
the measured length, according to whether that value has been reached by an increasing change or a decreasing change of that
length
stability — the degree to which a measuring instrument maintains its metrological properties as a function of time

NOTE: Although it is usual to describe stability in terms of lapse of time, lack of stability may arise from other properties of the
instrument and external influences.

accuracy — a general term describing the degree of closeness with which the indications of an instrument approach the correct
size of the length measured

systematic error — an error which, in the course of a number of measurements of the same length, is considered to remain
constant when measurements are made under the same conditions, and is considered to remain constant or vary according to a
definite law when the conditions change

NOTES:
1. The causes of systematic error may be known or unknown.
2. Absence of systematic error is sometimes referred to as “freedom from bias.”

136
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
random error — an error which varies in an unpredictable manner in magnitude and sign, when a number of measurements of
the same length are made under effectively identical conditions

NOTE: It is not possible to take account of random error by the application of a correction to the uncorrected result of the
measurement; it is only possible to fix limits within which, with a stated probability, the error will lie, on completion of a series of
measurements made under effectively identical conditions (using the same measuring instrument, with the same observer and
under the same environmental conditions, etc.).

parallax error — an error which is produced when, the index being at a certain distance from the surface of the scale, the
reading of the indication of the instrument is not made in the appropriate direction

GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF INSPECTION

Reference Temperature
The temperature at which the dimensions are specified for both workpieces and limit gages is 200C. To compensate for
variations from reference temperature, see ANSI B4.2, Appendix D.

Principle of GO and NOGO Gaging1


The maximum metal limits of as many related dimensions as possible or convenient should be incorporated in the GO gage,
whereas the minimum metal limits of these dimensions should be gaged by a separate NOGO gage.
NOTE: 1Sometimes referred to as the Taylor Principle.
Strict application of the above principle entails the following gaging procedure.

(a) The maximum material limit of the workpiece is checked with a plug gage or ring gage of a length equal to the length of the
workpiece, or the length of engagement of the workpiece to its mating part, and a diameter exactly equal to the maximum
material limit of the workpiece. This GO gage should be able to fully pass into or over the workpiece.
(b) The least material limit of the workpiece is checked with a gage designed to contact the workpiece at two diametrically
opposite points separated by a distance exactly equal to the least material limit of the workpiece. This NOGO gage should not
be able to pass into or over the workpiece at any position.

For practical reasons, the following departure from the strict application of the above principle is permitted with this
standard.

gaging at the maximum material limit — at the maximum material limit a full form gage is not always necessary or used

Examples:

(a) The length of a GO cylindrical plug or ring gage may be less than the length of engagement of the mating workpieces if it is
known that, with the manufacturing process used, the error of straightness of the hole or shaft is so small that it does not affect
the character of fit of the assembled workpieces. This deviation from the ideal facilitates the use of standard gage blocks (see
Gage Blocks).
(b) For gaging a large hole, a GO cylindrical plug gage may be too heavy for convenient use, and it is permissible to use a
segmental cylindrical bar or spherical gage if it is known that, with the manufacturing process used, the error of roundness or
straightness of the hole is so small that it does not affect the character of fit of the assembled workpieces.
(c) A GO cylindrical ring gage is often inconvenient for gaging shafts and may be replaced by a snap gage if it is known that,
with the manufacturing process used, the errors of roundness and straightness of the shaft are so small that they do not affect
the character of fit of the assembled workpieces. The straightness of long shafts which have a small diameter should be checked
separately.
gaging at the least material limit — at the least material limit, a two-point checking device is not always necessary or used

Examples:

(a) Point contacts are subject to rapid wear, and in most cases may be replaced where appropriate by small plane, cylindrical,
or spherical surfaces.
(b) For gaging very small holes, a two-point checking device is difficult to design and manufacture. NOGO plug gages of full
cylindrical form may have to be used, but the user must be aware that there is a possibility of accepting workpieces having
diameters outside the NOGO limit.
(c) Nonrigid workpieces may be deformed to an oval by a two-point mechanical contact device operated under a finite contact
force. If it is not possible to reduce the contact force almost to zero, then it is necessary to use a NOGO ring or plug gage of full
cylindrical form.

137
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Principle of Alignment2
The principle of alignment should be followed as closely as possible in all instruments for measuring linear dimensions,
namely, that the axis or line of the dimension being measured should be aligned with the scale or other dimensional reference of
the measuring instrument.

NOTE: 2Sometimes referred to as the Abbe Principle.

Measuring Force
All measuring operations given in or in any way associated with this standard are understood as being referred to a zero
measuring force.
If a measurement is carried out with a measuring force other than zero, its result should be corrected accordingly. A
correction, however, is not required for comparative measurements carried out with the same comparison methods and the
same comparison force between similar items of identical material and identical surface roughness.

Interpretation of Workpiece Limits of Size


The workpiece limits of size are interpreted in the following ways within the prescribed lengths:
(a) For holes. The diameter of the largest perfect imaginary cylinder, which can be inscribed within the hole so that it just
contacts the high points of the surface, should be no smaller than the maximum material limit of size. The maximum diameter at
any position in the hole must not exceed the least material limit of size.
(b) For shafts. The diameter of the smallest perfect imaginary cylinder, which can be circumscribed about the shaft so that it
just contacts the high points of the surface, should be no larger than the maximum material limit of size. The minimum diameter
at any position on the shaft must not be less than the least material limit of size.
The above interpretations mean that if the workpiece is everywhere at its maximum material limit, that workpiece should be
perfectly round and straight, that is, a perfect cylinder.
Unless otherwise specified, and subject to the above requirements, departures from a perfect cylinder may reach the full value
of the diametral tolerance specified.
In special cases, the maximum errors of form permitted by the above interpretation may be too large to allow satisfactory
functioning of the assembled parts. In such cases, separate tolerances should be given for the form, for example, separate
tolerances on circularity or straightness.

Choice of Inspection Method


Workpieces may be inspected by fixed limit gages, limitindicating gages, or measuring instruments. Some of the main factors
which may influence the choice of inspection methods are:
(a) the purpose of the inspection;
(b) the number of workpieces to be checked should be great enough to justify the cost of manufacture of the required gages;
(c) plain limit gages may be designed to match the shape of the workpiece;
(d) measuring instruments may give the workpiece size in the measuring position only and do not normally check the geometry
of the workpiece;
(e) direct measurement or limit-indicating gages may be preferred to plain limit gages because:
(1) generally these permit sampling inspection (by variables) which gives warning when the sizes approach one of the
workpiece limits during a continuous manufacturing process; and
(2) there is a requirement of one workpiece sample, or a few workpieces.

FIXED LIMIT GAGES

INTRODUCTION
This section describes gages and gaging procedures to be used for the inspection of workpieces in the tolerance range from
0.006 mm (IT6) to 0.4 mm (IT11). This section covers a size range up to 500 mm for internal (hole) gages and for external
(shaft) gages, and is presented as applicable for cylindrical surfaces, but the principles may also be used for other geometric
shapes. Terms and definitions used are given in Chapter 1 and in ANSI B4.2.

138
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GAGEMAKERS TOLERANCES
The gagemakers tolerances are described in Fig. 7-1, and limit dimensions for gages to first choice sizes and tolerances are
shown in Tables 7-1 through 7-4. Gagemakers tolerances are given in Table 7-5. All gagemakers tolerances, wear allowances,
and measurement uncertainties must be held within
the workpiece size limits as defined in absolute tolerance.

TABLE 7-5 GAGEMAKERS TOLERANCE CHART (ANSI B4.4M)


mm
Basic Class ZM Class YM Class XM Class XXM Class XXXM
Site (0.05IT11) (0.05IT9) (0.05IT8) (0.05IT7) (0.05IT6)
Over To
0 3 0.0030 0.0012 0.0007 0.0005 0.0003
3 6 0.0037 0.0015 0.0009 0.0006 0.0004
6 10 0.0045 0.0018 0.0011 0.0007 0.0005
10 18 0.0055 0.0021 0.0013 0.0009 0.0006

18 30 0.0065 0.0026 0.0016 0.0010 0.0007


30 50 0.0080 0.0031 0.0019 0.0012 0.0008
50 80 0.0095 0.0037 0.0023 0.0015 0.0010
80 120 0.0110 0.0043 0.0027 0.0017 0.0011

120 180 0.0125 0.0050 0.0031 0.0020 0.0013


180 250 0.0145 0.0057 0.0036 0.0023 0.0015
250 315 0.0160 0.0065 0.0040 0.0026 0.0016
315 400 0.0180 0.0070 0.0044 0.0028 0.0018
400 500 0.0200 0.0077 0.0048 0.0031 0.0020
NOTES:
1. See Table 7-7 for customary inch gagemakers tolerance classes Z, Y, X, XX, XXX, and XXXX.
2. For closer gagemakers tolerance classes than class XXXM specify 5% of IT5, IT4, or IT3 (see Table 6-30)
and use the designation 0.05IT5, 0.05IT4, etc.

FUNCTION AND USE OF GAGES

General
Fixed limit gages should accept all workpieces dimensionally conforming to specification and reject all workpieces which do
not conform. The GO gage should perfectly assemble with the workpiece to be inspected and the NOGO gage should not be
able to pass over or in the workpiece in any consecutive position in the various diametrical directions on the workpiece length.
See p. 7-25 for allowed departures from the above principles.

Gages for Holes

GO Gages. A GO cylindrical plug gage should enter the hole over its full length when applied by hand without using excessive
force and the hole should be checked throughout its length. A GO segmental gage should be applied to the hole in axial planes
uniformly distributed around the circumference. When non rigid workpieces such as thin-walled parts are gaged, considerable
care is required as the application of too great a force may distort the hole and give a false result.

NOGO Gages. A NOGO cylindrical or spherical plug gage should not enter the hole when applied by hand without using
excessive force. The hole should be checked from both ends if possible.

A NOGO Gage with segmental spherical gaging surfaces should be introduced into the hole by tilting it and, when erected in
the hole and contacting on a diameter, it should not be possible to pass it through the hole by hand without using excessive
force. This test should be performed around and along the hole at not less than four positions.

139
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Gages for Shafts

GO Cylindrical Ring Gage. A GO cylindrical ring gage should pass over the complete length of the shaft when applied by
hand without using excessive force.

GO Snap Gage. A GO snap gage should:


(a) pass over a shaft, the axis of which is horizontal, under its own weight or the force marked on the gage;
(b) pass over a shaft, the axis of which is vertical, when applied by hand without using excessive force;
(c) be applied at not less than four positions along and around the shaft.

NOGO Snap Gages. A NOGO snap gage should:


(a) not pass over a shaft, the axis of which is horizontal, under its own weight or the force marked on the gage;
(b) not pass over a shaft, the axis of which is vertical, when applied by hand without using excessive force;
(c) be applied at not less than four positions along and around the shaft.

DESIGN FEATURES AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Design Features
General. No complete recommendation is given for the design of gages. Recommendations are given, however, for certain
features in ANSI B47.1.
It is recommended that gages be insulated as far as possible against the warmth of the hand of the user, particularly in larger
sizes, where this is likely to significantly affect the gage dimensions.
It is also desirable that GO and NOGO gages should be easily distinguishable. This may be achieved by using different
shapes or lengths of gaging elements, such as a short NOGO cylindrical plug as compared with a long GO plug. Alternatively, a
colored marker, preferably red, or a groove, could be used to indicate the NOGO.

Full Form Cylindrical Plug Gages. A full form cylindrical plug gage has a gaging surface in the form of an external cylinder.
The method of attaching the gage to the handle should not affect the size and form of the gage by producing an undesirable
stress.
A small circumferential groove near the leading end of the gage and a slight reduction in diameter of the remaining short
cylindrical surface at the end are recommended to serve as a pilot to facilitate the insertion of the gage into the workpiece hole.

Segmental Cylindrical Plug Gage (Not in common use in the U.S.). a segmental cylindrical plug gage has a gaging surface
in the form of an external cylinder, from which two axial segments are either relieved or removed.

Segmental Spherical Plug Gage (Not in common use in the U.S.). A segmental spherical plug gage is similar to full form
spherical plug gages, but has two equal segments cut off by planes normal to the axis of the handle. In the transverse plane, the
diameter shall everywhere conform to the limiting dimensions of the gage.

Segmental Cylindrical Plug Gage With Reduced Measuring Faces (Not in common use in the U.S.). Segmental cylindrical
plug gages with reduced measuring faces are similar to segmental cylindrical plug gages, but have reduced measuring faces in
a plane parallel to the axis of the handle. In the transverse plane, the diameter shall everywhere conform to the limiting
dimensions for the gage.

Spherical Ended Rod Gages (Not in common use in the U.S.). For spherical end gaging faces, the contact radius of each
must not be greater than 50% of the minimum workpiece dimension. The gage shall be sufficiently rigid so as not to flex
significantly in use. Rod gages may be either fixed or adjustable.

Full Form Cylindrical Ring Gage. A full form cylindrical ring gage has a gaging surface in the form of an internal cylinder. The
wall of the ring gage shall be thick enough to avoid deformation under normal conditions of use.

Snap Gage. A snap gage has for its working size flat and parallel gaging surfaces. The GO and NOGO gaps may lie on the
same side of the snap gage. The snap may be either fixed or adjustable.

Setting Master Disc. A setting master disc has a gaging surface in the form of an external cylinder.

Material and Properties


General. The material used for gages should be selected with due consideration to stability, durability, and rigidity.

Material. Gaging members shall normally be manufactured from a high quality tool steel suitably selected to provide a high
degree of wear resistance after heat treatment. Other wear-resistant materials, e.g., tungsten carbide, may be used, provided
that their wear qualities are not less than those of the tool steel specified above.
Hard chromium plating may also be applied to gaging surfaces, but the thickness of deposit should at least accommodate the
normal wear of the gage.

140
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
There may be specific applications where the use of special materials (e.g., glass) are necessitated by the nature of the
workpiece or the manufacturing environment. In such applications, care must be taken to establish gage calibration procedures
at sufficient frequency such that wear of the gages is adequately controlled.

Hardness. The hardness of the gaging surface shall be at least 700 HV (60 HRC).

Stabilization. The gage manufacturer shall ensure that gages are adequately stabilized by a method appropriate to the
material, and to their shape and size.

Surface Texture. The surface texture must be consistent with the accuracy of gage desired. Table 7-6 lists the maximum
roughness values expressed in roughness average values known as Ra. ANSI B46. 1 should be consulted for reference
information.

TABLE 7-6 SURFACE TEXTURE FOR


FIXED LIMIT GAGES (ANSI B4-4M)

Gagemakers Roughness Average (Ra)


Tolerance
Class Micrometers ISO 1302 Number
ZM 0.2 N4
YM 0.1 N3
XM 0.1 N3
XXM 0.05 N2
XXXM 0.05 N2

Form Control
The composite tolerance on form control of fixed gages shall not exceed 50% of the applicable gagemakers tolerance. See
Table 7-5. The form control must be held within the workpiece size limit dimensions. Typical form controls used on gages are as
follows:

Straightness, Flatness, Roundness, Cylindricity, Parallelism, Runout, etc. See ANSI Y14.5.

Gage Blocks
It is recommended that the total uncertainty of the gage block combination selected should not exceed 25% of the total
tolerance of the plug gage being measured. See ANSI B89.l.9, Fed. Spec. GGG-G-15C, or ISO 3650, for further information.

Fixed Limit Gage Size Checking


There are many methods which may be used to determine the gage size.
It is important that the gaging surfaces of the snap gage, the gage block, and the setting master disc (depending on the
method used), be carefully wiped clean before any measurements are performed. For setting master discs, it is also
recommended that the disc should be greased with a thin film of petroleum jelly and then carefully wiped, without rubbing off the
petroleum jelly.
Four basic methods are as follows.
(a) Setting Master Disc Method. For a GO snap gage, two setting master discs are used. The snap gage should pass over the
setting master disc for a new GO snap gage in a vertical direction, under the working load, after having been brought carefully to
rest in contact with the disc and then released. Inertia forces are thus avoided.
The GO snap gage should not pass over the wear check disc when this is applied in the same manner described above.
For a NOGO snap gage, the snap gage should just pass over the appropriate setting master disc when this is applied in the
same manner described above.

NOTE: If the GO snap gage passes over the wear check reference disc, then the gage should be reworked or replaced.

(b) Gage Block Method. This method utilizes a set of gage blocks and is appropriate to both GO and NOGO snap gages. A
combination of gage blocks is wrung to the appropriate workpiece limit. The gage block combination is then progressively
increased or decreased as required until the snap gage just passes over the gage block combination in a vertical direction,
under the working load. An acceptable alternative is for the gage blocks, applied vertically to the snap gage, to just pass through
the gap under their own weight.
The size of the gage block combination should be noted and compared with the GO or NOGO gage limits as appropriate.

141
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
(c) Setting Master Disc and Gage Block Method. This method utilizes a setting master disc with a diameter smaller than the
working size of the snap gage used in conjunction with a set of gage blocks and is appropriate to both GO and NOGO snap
gages. The gage block combination is adjusted such that the gap gage just passes over the combined width of the gage block(s)
and the setting master disc in a vertical direction, under the working load.
The sum of the sizes of the gage block(s) and the setting master disc should be noted and compared with the GO and NOGO
gage limit as appropriate.
(d) Comparison to Setting Masters by Indication. A right angle plate is placed on a surface plate, and the snap gage to be
calibrated is mounted on the right-angle plate with its gaging surfaces parallel to the surface plate. An indicator (mechanical or
electronic, depending on accuracy requirement) mounted on a transfer stand is used to transfer the known size from the
calibrated setting master to the gaging surfaces of the snap gage, and any deviation from the known size may be recorded from
the indicator reading.

NOTE: All of the preceding methods are applicable for fixed or adjustable snap gages, except method (a) which is mainly used
for fixed snap gages.

Marking
Each gage and its associated handle shall be legibly and permanently marked with the particulars listed below. The marking
shall be on surfaces other than gaging surfaces and shall not affect the accuracy of the gages.
(a) The workpiece limits or, alternatively, the value of the basic size and the symbol designating the tolerance zone of the
workpiece (for example, 25H7 for holes and 25h6 for shafts).
(b) The gagemakers tolerance class (for example, ZM, YM, XM, XXM or XXXM).
(c) GO or NOGO as applicable.
(d) The manufacturer’s name or trademark.
(e) Serial or part number (optional).

NOTE: For plug gages with renewable ends, marking should appear on the handle and on the renewable ends.

LIMIT- INDICATING GAGES (COMPARATORS)

INTRODUCTION
This section specifies gages and gaging procedures to be used for the inspection of workpieces using limit-indicating gages
with mechanical, electronic, or pneumatic magnification, and covering workpiece tolerances from 0.006 mm (IT6) to 0.4 mm
(IT11) in diameters up to 500 mm. The limit-indicating gage shall incorporate one of the following features.

1. An analog scale with adjustable limit pointers.


2. An analog scale with a limit signal device.
3. A digital readout with a limit signal device.
4. A limit signal device.

This section does not give detailed specifications for the limit-indicating gages themselves, these being the subject of other
standards.
The principles given in this section are mainly intended to apply to manual inspection operations, but may also be used where
automatic measurement is an integral part of the production process.
Terms and definitions used in this section are shown on p. 101 and in ANSI B4.2. Gagemakers tolerances and measurement
uncertainties must be held within the workpiece size limits as defined in Absolute Tolerance.

LIMIT- INDICATING GAGE TOLERANCES


Limit-indicating gages are allowed the same tolerances as described in Gagemakers Tolerances. If more precise tolerances
than XXXM are required, 5% of the next finer IT grades should be used, such as 0.05 IT5, 0.05 IT4, etc. (See Table 6-30 or
ANSI B4.2, Table 6-31).

TYPES OF LIMIT- INDICATING GAGES


This section relates to limit-indicating gages of the following types.
(a) Contact limit-indicating gages with mechanical, electronic, or pneumatic magnification.
(1) Gages for Shafts. Indicating caliper gages, vertical comparators, or horizontal comparators, having the common
features of a fixed anvil (or worktable), and a single sensor (measuring head).
(2) Gages for Holes. Bore gages which feature either a fixed anvil and a single sensor, or small hole gages which feature
essentially two sensors acting on a single scale.
(b) Noncontact limit-indicating gages using pneumatic sensing.
(1) Gages for Shafts.
Examples:

• Ring gages incorporating two or more sensors.

142
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
• Snap gages, vertical comparators, or horizontal comparators, having the common features of a fixed anvil (or worktable), and
a single sensor (measuring head).

(2) Gages for Holes. Cylindrical plug gages, incorporating two or more sensors.

NOTES: (1) All of the preceding types give a diametral size only except for those ring gages and cylindrical plug gages with
pneumatic sensing, having sensors positioned at other than 180 deg. separation.
(2) Limit-indicating gages for holes, except cylindrical plug gages, shall have some means of self-centering the sensor
(measuring head) in the hole being measured so that the size is taken across the diameter.

MAIN FEATURES OF LIMIT- INDICATING GAGES

General
Limit-indicating gages can generally be classified as comparators which are used to compare the size of a workpiece
(unknown quantity) with that of a setting master (known quantity).

Magnification of Limit - Indicating Gages


It should be noted that, in general, the use of a limit-indicating gage with too high a magnification relative to the workpiece
tolerance is not recommended because the magnitude of errors introduced by influence quantities, such as environmental
effects, vibration, etc., tend to negate any advantages which may occur in observing the value of the reading.
For normal measuring applications, the magnification of a measuring device should be such that there are at least 10 scale
intervals between the limits of size being measured. For example, a scale interval of 0.05 mm should be selected for a 0.50 mm
tolerance. If the measurement is being made for purposes of selective assembly or to classify in increments of size (matching), a
smaller scale interval (0.02 mm) may be more appropriate.

Form of Stylus
It is recommended that the sensor of contact limit-indicating gages used for diametral measurement should have a spherical
contact surface. The radius should be as large as practicable relative to the size of the workpiece, bearing in mind that for
internal measurement the radius must not exceed the radius of the workpiece.

GAGING THE WORKPIECE

Setting Procedure
Limit-indicating gages should be set using either MMC and LMC setting masters, or a mean size setting master. Irrespective of
the type of setting master used, when setting the limit-indicating gage, the setting master should be presented at several
positions around and along its diameter, and the mean reading used for setting purposes.
Limit-indicating gages used for shafts and which have a fixed anvil with a flat contact face may be set using gage blocks if
cylindrical setting masters are not available.
The limit-indicating gages should be set as follows:
(a) Using MMC and LMC setting masters. At the workpiece maximum material limit the MMC setting master is used and the
limit pointer or limit signal device is set to the setting master.
At the workpiece least material limit, the LMC setting master is used and the limit pointer or limit signal device is set to the
setting master.
(b) Using mean size setting masters. It is important that when using mean size setting masters the actual measured size be
used for setting purposes.
Having set the index of the limit-indicating gage to give a convenient reading on the mean size setting gage, the limit pointers
or signal devices are then set to the readings equivalent to the gaging limits.
(c) Using gage blocks. Appropriate combinations of gage blocks are made up equal to the workpiece maximum material and
least material limit.
At the workpiece maximum material limit, the limit pointer or limit signal device is set to the mean reading on the appropriate
gage block combination.
At the workpiece least material limit, the limit pointer or limit signal device is set to the mean reading on the appropriate gage
block combination.

Gaging Procedure
The limit-indicating gage is set in accordance with the procedures given in Setting Procedure as appropriate. The limit-
indicating gage should be offered to the workpiece, or vice versa, at several positions along and around the diameter and at no
point shall the reading be outside the boundaries given by the limit pointer or limit signal device. In automatic gaging
applications, the workpiece may only be offered at one position to the limit-indicating gage. This is permissible, but particular
care must be taken in evaluating the manufacturing process for possible introduction of errors of form (see Sources of Error in
the Measuring System).

143
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
SETTING MASTERS

General
Setting masters should preferably be of the same geometric form as the workpiece being measured, and the measuring
surface shall have a surface roughness not exceeding the values given in Table 7-6.

MMC, LMC, and Mean Setting Masters


MMC, LMC, and mean setting masters shall be made to a gagemakers tolerance that shall not exceed 5% of the workpiece
tolerance, and may be specified to one gagemakers tolerance class finer than the recommended class shown in Fig. 7-1.

UNCERTAINTY OF MEASUREMENT USING LIMIT - INDICATING GAGES

Sources of Error in the Measuring System


As stated in on p. 101, Terms and Definitions, no measurement can be given an absolute value because each measuring
system and measuring instrument contains inherent sources of error. In addition, most types of limit-indicating gages primarily
give diametral sizes and may or may not measure form errors, which may be present in the workpiece. The major factors which
must be taken into account in arriving at the conventional true value for the size of the workpiece are:
(a) errors in the measuring instrumentation;
(b) errors and uncertainty in the size of the setting master;
(c) errors introduced by the environment;
(d) observer errors;
(e) possible errors in the geometry of the workpiece; and
(f) deformation of the workpiece by the measuring force.

Errors in Limit - Indicating Gages


Every limit-indicating gage has inherent error which is independent of the external conditions under which the measurement is
made and of the workpiece measurement. This inherent error may be assumed to be made up of a systematic error and a
random error.
A systematic error may generally be suppressed in that it may be measured and subsequently eliminated by correcting the
setting of the instrument. Typical causes of systematic errors are errors in the spacing of the scale marks, and errors of
manufacture or adjustment in the magnifying mechanism.
The random error of a measuring instrument is also referred to as the repeatability or consistency of reading of the instrument.
It is caused, e.g., by variations in bearing friction, and backlash in gears and linkages resulting from the manufacturing
tolerances. The random error is an irregular error the magnitude of which it is not possible to predict for any one reading,
although it is possible to estimate its most probable value from a number of consecutive readings. The frequency distribution of
these consecutive readings approximates to a normal distribution, and for such a distribution it is easy to determine, from
standard tables, the percentage of readings which fall within certain limits of the mean reading.
It is not practical in the workshop to make correction for suppressing the systematic error at each position (even if a curve of
calibrated errors has been plotted initially for each position of the measuring anvil), nor to carry out a sufficient number of
readings at this position to deduce an average reading and thus suppress the random error. For these reasons, it is more
practicable to use the maximum permissible error for the instruments themselves as a component in the total uncertainty. For
example, dial gages as given in ISO 463 are allowed a maximum permissible error over any movement in the order of 1% of the
scale value and the same is true for dial gages reading to 0.002 mm. Similarly, comparators with mechanical, electronic, or
pneumatic magnification may have a maximum error over any movement in the order of 3% of the scale reading. It is therefore
reasonable to assume the component for errors in the limit-indicating gages to be 3% of the workpiece tolerance.

INSPECTION BY MEASUREMENT

INTRODUCTION
This section covers inspection of plain workpieces where the sizes of the workpieces are measured. The acceptance limits are
based on the use of relatively simple measuring instruments, such as micrometers, vernier calipers, and comparators with
magnification less than 2000, used in a normal
workshop environment. Information is given on the factors which affect these measurements, and recommendations are made
for the application of acceptance limits to be associated with specific workpiece tolerances.
The use of more sophisticated measuring instruments of higher accuracy in well-controlled laboratory conditions is not
precluded, and the acceptance limits in this case may, with agreement between manufacturer and purchaser, differ from those
specified in this section.

144
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
INSPECTION PRINCIPLES

General
No measurement can be given an absolute value because each measuring system and measuring instrument contains
inherent sources of error. In addition, most measuring instruments only give diametral sizes and, therefore, do not measure any
form errors which may be present in the workpiece. Complete inspection of the workpiece to verify that no part of the surface
infringes the maximum material envelope therefore requires separate measurement of geometric form, such as roundness and
straightness, and these measurements must be correlated with the diametral measurements.
In the practical situation of a workshop, reliance is usually placed on the accuracy of the manufacturing process to produce
workpieces having negligible errors of geometric form.
It is assumed, as the basis of this standard, that the acceptability or otherwise of a workpiece will be determined by only one
measurement. It is also assumed that no corrections will be applied for temperature, condition of measuring instrument,
compression effects, etc., or for any systematic errors in the measuring instrument and/or standards.

Inspection by Measurement Tolerances


The inspection by measurement tolerance, which is reflected in the measurement allowance or gagemakers tolerance, must
be held within the workpiece size limits as shown in Fig. 7-2. The MMC and LMC size limits (GO and NOGO) are allowed a
tolerance for measurement uncertainty and other influences, which are equivalent to the applicable gagemakers tolerance
shown in Fig. 7-1 and Table 7-5. The specific maximum and minimum GO and NOGO size limits for a number of sizes and
workpiece tolerance zones are given in Tables 7-1 through 7-4.

METRIC TRANSLATION OF CUSTOMARY INCH GAGEMAKERS TOLERANCES


The customary inch gagemakers tolerances for plain gages are specified in the FED-STD-H28/6, Table 6.10, and shown
converted to millimeter dimensions in Table 7-7.

TABLE 7-7 METRIC TRANSLATION OF CUSTOMARY INCH GAGEMAKERS TOLERANCES (ANSI B4.4M)
mm
Basic Size Class Z Class Y Class X Class XX Class XXX Class XXXX
Over To
0.13 0.25 0.0025 0.0018 0.0010 0.0005 0.0003 0.0001
0.25 0.74 0.0025 0.0018 0.0010 0.0005 0.0003 0.0001
0.74 20.96 0.0025 0.0018 0.0010 0.0005 0.0003 0.0001

20.96 38.35 0.0030 0.0023 0.0015 0.0008 0.0004 0.0002


38.35 63.75 0.0041 0.0030 0.0020 0.0010 0.0005 0.0003
63.75 114.55 0.0051 0.0038 0.0025 0.0013 0.0006 0.0003

114.55 165.35 0.0064 0.0048 0.0033 0.0017 0.0008 0.0004


165.35 228.85 0.0081 0.0061 0.0041 0.0020 0.0010 0.0005
228.85 311.4 0.0102 0.0076 0.0051 0.0025 0.0013 0.0006
NOTES:
1. Refer to Table 7-5 for preferred metric gagemakers tolerances and to Mi) Spec 120 for gagemakers tolerances expressed in inches.
2. Class XXXX has no corresponding metric tolerance class in Table 7-5 and it is beyond the highest precision obtained from current manufacturing practices. If
the class XXXXM is required specify 5% of IT3 (0.05 IT3, see Table 6-30).

145
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS

17 Metrology and measurement. Physical phenomena


17.020 Metrology and measurement in general
Including measuring instruments in general, preferred numbers, standard measures, general aspects of reference materials, etc.
Chemical reference materials, see 71.040.30
Quantities and units, see 01.060
17.040 Linear and angular measurements
Including Geometrical Product Specification (GPS)
17.060 Measurement of volume, mass, density, viscosity
Including measuring instruments
Volumetric measurements of petroleum products and natural gas, see 75.180.30
17.080 Measurement of time, velocity, acceleration, angular velocity
Including measuring instruments
Time-measuring instruments, see 39.040
17.100 Measurement of force, weight and pressure
Including measuring instruments
17.120 Measurement of fluid flow
Including measuring instruments and installations
17.140 Acoustics and acoustic measurements
Including measuring instruments and testing equipment
Acoustics in building, see 91.120.20
Noise with respect to human beings, see 13.140
17.160 Vibrations, shock and vibration measurements
Including measuring instruments and installations
Balancing and balancing machines, see 21.120.40
Vibration and shock with respect to human beings, see 13.160
Vibration protection of buildings, see 91.120.25
17.180 Optics and optical measurements
17.200 Thermodynamics and temperature measurements
17.220 Electricity. Magnetism. Electrical and magnetic measurements
17.240 Radiation measurements
Radiation protection, see 13.280

17.040.30 Measuring instruments


ISO 463:2006 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Dimensional measuring equipment -- Design and metrological characteristics of
mechanical dial gauges.

ISO 1502:1996 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- Gauges and gauging

ISO 3274:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method -- Nominal characteristics of contact (stylus)
instruments

ISO 3274:1996/Cor 1:1998

ISO 3599:1976 Vernier callipers reading to 0,1 and 0,05 mm

ISO 3611:1978 Micrometer callipers for external measurement

ISO 3650:1998 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Length standards -- Gauge blocks

ISO 5436:1985 Calibration specimens -- Stylus instruments -- Types, calibration and use of specimens

ISO 5436-1:2000 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method; Measurement standards -- Part 1: Material
measures

ISO 6906:1984 Vernier callipers reading to 0,02 mm

ISO 7863:1984 Height setting micrometers and riser blocks


146
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 8322-2:1989 Building construction -- Measuring instruments -- Procedures for determining accuracy in use -- Part 2: Measuring tapes

ISO 8322-7:1991 Building construction -- Measuring instruments -- Procedures for determining accuracy in use -- Part 7: Instruments when
used for setting out

ISO 8322-8:1992 Building construction -- Measuring instruments -- Procedures for determining accuracy in use -- Part 8: Electronic distance-
measuring instruments up to 150 m

ISO 8322-10:1995 Building construction -- Measuring instruments -- Procedures for determining accuracy in use -- Part 10: Difference between
non-glass reflectors and electronic distance-measuring prisms (traditional glass prisms) for distances up to 150 m

ISO 8512-1:1990 Surface plates -- Part 1: Cast iron

ISO 8512-2:1990 Surface plates -- Part 2: Granite

ISO 10360-2:1994 Coordinate metrology -- Part 2: Performance assessment of coordinate measuring machines

ISO 10360-3:2000 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Acceptance and reverification tests for coordinate measuring machines (CMM)
-- Part 3: CMMs with the axis of a rotary table as the fourth axis

ISO 10360-4:2000 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Acceptance and reverification tests for coordinate measuring machines (CMM)
-- Part 4: CMMs used in scanning measuring mode

ISO 12179:2000 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) -- Surface texture: Profile method -- Calibration of contact (stylus) instruments

NATIONAL STANDARDS

USA
See the ASME Catalog for the latest standard: <http://catalog.asme.org/home.cfm?Category=CS>

Japan
JIS B 7502-1963 External micrometers
JIS B 7504-1963 Micrometer heads
JIS B 7505-1968 Bourdon tube pressure gages
JIS B 7506-1961 Block gages
JIS B 7507-1963 Vernier calipers
JIS B 7508-1963 Tubular internal micrometers
JIS B 7516-1959 Steel ruler
JIS B 7519-1961 Microindicators
JIS B 7523-1961 Sine bars
JIS B 7524-1962 Feeler gages
JIS B 7526-1962 Squares
JIS B 7533-1966 Lever type dial test indicators

JIS B 7535-1967 Flow type air gages

Germany
DIN 861 Sheet 1: Gage blocks measuring jaws, slip gage holders; slip gages, definitions, finish, permissible variations

Sheet 2: Measuring jaws, gage block holders, definitions, finish, permissible variations

DIN 862 Vernier calipers and depth gages; definitions, requirements, permissible variations, testing

DIN 863 External micrometers; definitions, requirements, permissible variations, testing

DIN 878 Dial gages (5)

DIN 879 Dial indicator for linear measurement (5)

DIN 2231 Limit gap gages and forged gage bodies for nominal dimension range above 3, up to 100 mm

DIN 2232 “Go” gap gages with forged gage body for nominal dimension range above 3, up to 100 mm

DIN 2233 “Go” gap gages with forged gage body for nominal dimension range above 3, up to 100 mm

DIN 2243 Measuring instruments; handles for radial end measuring rods
147
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
DIN 2245 Sheet 1: Limit plug gages for bores from 1 to 30 mm, nominal diameter

Sheet 2: Limit plug gages for bores over 30 mm and up to 50 mm, nominal diameter

DIN 2250 “Go” ring gages and setting ring gages

DIN 2253 Sheet 1: Measuring instruments; check gages for gap gages from 1 to 10mm, nominal dimension

Sheet 2: Check gages for gap gages above 10, and up to 315 mm, nominal dimension

DIN 2280 Measuring instruments; thread limit plug gages for threads with metric profile from 1 to 30 mm, nominal diameter of
thread

DIN 2281 Sheet 1: Thread “Go” plug gages and thread mating plug gages for threads with metric profile from 1 to 30 mm,
nominal diameter of thread

DIN 3970 Sheet 1: Master gears for checking spur gears; gear blank and tooth system

DIN 7150 Sheet 1:ISO system of limits and fits for sizes from 1 to 500 mm, introduction ISO standard tolerances for sizes from 1
to 500 mm, introduction

DIN 7151 ISO standard tolerances for sizes from 1 to 500 mm

DIN 7152 Formation of tolerance zones from ISO fundamental deviations for nominal sizes from 1 to 500 mm

DIN 7157 Recommended selection of fits; tolerance zones, allowances, fit tolerances

DIN 7160 ISO allowances for external dimensions (shafts) for nominal dimensions from 1 to 500 mm

DIN 7161 ISO allowances for internal dimensions (holes) for nominal dimensions from 1 to 500 mm

DIN 7162 Plain workshop and inspection gages; manufacturing tolerances and permissible wear

DIN 7163 Workshop gap gages and check gages for ISO fit sizes from 1 to 500 mm, nominal dimensions; gage dimensions,
and manufacturing tolerances

DIN 7164 Workshop plug gages and spherical end measuring rods for ISO fit dimensions from 1 to 500 mm, nominal
dimension; gage dimensions, and manufacturing tolerances

DIN 7168 Sheet 1: Permissible variations for dimensions without tolerance indications; variations on length measurements, radii
of curvature and chamfers, angular dimensions

DIN 7172 Sheet 1: ISO tolerances and ISO variations for linear dimensions above 500, up to 3150 mm; standard tolerances

DIN 7182 Sheet 2: Classes of fit; clearance fits, terminology and notation

DIN 7186 Sheet 1: Statistical tolerancing; distribution of actual sizes in the tolerance zone

DIN 7962 Sheet 2: Recesses; recess penetration gages (Kreuzschlitze; Tiefenlehren)

DIN 40401 Sheet 1: Electro screw thread; “go” and “not-go” thread ring gages

Sheet 2: thread plug gages

DIN 40437 Sheet 1: Steel conduit thread; thread gages, “go” and “not-go” thread ring gages

UK
BS 817 Surface plates and tables

BS 818 Cast iron straightedges

BS 887 Vernier calipers

BS 870 External micrometers

BS 906: Part 1 Engineers’ parallels

BS 957: Part 2 Feeler gages


148
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
BS 958 Spirit levels for use in precision engineering

BS 959 Internal micrometers

BS 1347: Part 3 Architects’, engineers’, and surveyors’ scales

BS 1643 Vernier height gages

BS 1734 Micrometer heads

BS 1790 Length bars and their accessories

BS 2795: Part 1 Dial test indicators (level type) for linear measurement

BS 3064 Sine bars and sine tables

BS 4311 Gage blocks

BS 4372 Engineers’ steel measuring rules

BS Draft Inspection of plain products (similar to ISO 1938)

Plain workshop and inspection gages; manufacturing tolerances and permissible wear

RELATED ISO HANDBOOKS


ISO Standards Handbook - Limits, fits and surface properties. See end of Chapter 6 for details about the book.

149
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 8

Screw Threads

SUMMARY
The change to the metric system in screw threads gives us a unique opportunity to rationalize the screw thread and fastener
sizes. For example, the six first choice thread sizes shown in Table 8-1 are recommended to replace the 61 other thread
sizes listed. The first choice sizes are according to the R5’ series of preferred sizes shown in Table 4-1. Less savings will be
achieved if you select the twelve ISO first choice sizes shown or the 14 ANSI (bold) first choice sizes. The cost reduction
becomes substantial when you figure thousands of dollars savings for each unique fastener size that can be eliminated from the
product design.

TABLE 8-1 PREFERRED THREAD SIZES


ISO 262 Metric (mm) Unified Inch
Coarse (1) Coarse Fine Coarse Fine
R5’ R10’ R20’ mm Inch
M2.5 2.51 #3-48 #3-56
M3 2.8 #4-40 #4-48
3.2 #5-40 #5-44
M3.5 (2) 3.5 #6-32 #6-40
M4 4.2 #8-32 #8-36
M4.5 (3) 4.8 #10-24 #10-32
M5 5.5 #12-24 #12-28
M6 6.3 1/4-20 1/4-28
M8 M8x1 7.9 5/16-18 5/16-24
M10 M10x1.25 9.5 3/8-16 3/8-24
10.9 7/16-14 7/16-20
M12 M12x1.25 12.7 1/2-13 1/2-20
M14 (2) M14x1.5 14.3 9/16-12 9/16-18
M16 M16x1.5 15.9 5/8-11 5/8-18
M18 (3) M18x1.5
M20 M20x1.5 19.1 3/4-10 3/4-16
M22 (3) M22x1.5 22.2 7/8-9 7/8-14
M24 M24x2 25.4 1-8 1-12
M27 (3) M27x2 28.6 1 1/8-7 1 1/8-12
M30 M30x2 31.8 1 1/4-7 1 1/4-12

GO CAUTION STOP
NOTES:
1. The Metric Coarse Thread designation shown in this table is according to ISO. ANSI standards may specify the thread pitch for both coarse and fine thread
pitches.
2. ANSI B1.13M shows the ISO preference rating.
3. Not recommended to be used in the USA.

The metric coarse thread pitch is slightly smaller (finer) compared to the customary unified coarse thread pitch. For example;
the metric coarse thread M8 has the thread pitch 1.25 mm and the inch thread 5/16-18 has the thread pitch 1.41 mm.

150
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
THREAD DESIGNATIONSS (ISO)1
Coarse threads are designated in accordance with the following examples:

A fit between a pair of threaded parts is indicated by the internal thread (nut) tolerance class designation followed by the
external thread (bolt) class designation, the two separated by a stroke, e.g.,

M8 — 6H/6g
M5 — 6H/6g

Fine threads are designated in accordance with the following examples:

A fit between a pair of threaded parts is indicated by the internal thread (nut) tolerance class designation followed by the
external thread (bolt) class designation, the two separated by a stroke; e.g.,

M8 X 1 — 6H/6g
M16 X 1.5 — 6H/6g

In the example for the bolt M8-6g, the tolerance 6g applies to both the pitch and the major diameters. If the tolerances are
different for the two diameters, they are designated as follows:

1
NOTE: ANSI thread designations may show the thread pitch for coarse thread.

DEVELOPMENT OF ISO GENERAL METRIC SCREW THREADS


The ISO diameter pitch and basic profile of screw threads were agreed upon in 1955; the basic profile is defined in ISO 68.
This worldwide approved standard was a compromise of existing profiles, and generally permitted interchangeability between
existing product and new product with a minimum of interference. Subsequently, the ISO technical committee TC 1 standardized
diameter-pitch combinations for both inch and metric series threads, and designed tolerancing and gaging systems.
The nominal diameters in ISO 261 range from 1 mm through 300 mm (see Table 8-2) and are grouped into three preference
ratings as follows: first choice, second choice, and third choice. The ISO standard coarse and fine thread pitches are specified
for each nominal size and listed in Table 8-2. The selected sizes for screws, bolts, and nuts are specified in the world (ISO 262),
regional (CEN 11/U1), and national standards as shown in Table 8-2 and in the section on related standards. The ISO metric
screw threads are described in detail in ANSI B1.13M.
The Industrial Fastener Institute (IFI) is an association of leading North American manufacturers of bolts, nuts, screws, rivets,
and all types of special industrial fasteners.
The IFI Fastener Handbooks (metric and inch) and IFI standards are in wide use by North American industries. In 1970, the IFI
established a policy relative to metric and a Task Group of Fastener Design and Simplification was appointed followed by a
published report.
The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) appointed a Special Committee to Study Development of an Optimum

151
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Metric Fastener System (OMFS). This committee was strengthened by the addition of a number of leading fastener people from
the automotive industries and other companies and organizations that used fasteners. After some years of intensive research,
and with many meetings here and abroad, the OMFS committee developed a fastener system with some advantages over the
existing ISO system.
The main advantages are in the recommended use of the ISO system, and the following describes the key elements.
(a) Standardization on one, the ISO coarse thread pitch. The ISO coarse thread pitch is slightly finer than the customary UNC
series. The number of standard fasteners is reduced to 25 in the range from 1.6 to 100 mm, and it is less than 25% of the
existing standard fasteners in the metric and customary inch system combined (see Table 8-1). The economic benefits derived
from the reduction of standard fasteners to be installed and inventoried by manufacturing companies throughout the world could
very well run into the millions of dollars in savings for some companies.
(b) Standardization on one, the ISO medium thread fit (6H/6g).
(c) The OMFS started the development of an improved gaging system for screw threads by which an improvement of fastener
uniformity and quality is expected.
(d) Upgrading the strength properties for the most commonly used fastener grades without increasing the manufacturing cost.
(e) Increasing the proof load and the fatigue life for the fasteners by increasing the thread root radius.
(f) Designation. Metric coarse screw threads are defined by both the nominal diameter and the pitch in the USA. International
and national standards omit the pitch for coarse thread and define the coarse screw thread as follows M10. The fine screw
thread, such as M10 x 1.25, must show the appropriate pitch.
The standard metric M profile has the minimum thread root radius equal to 0.125P. ANSI B1.13M covers the metric M profile
and the diameter-pitch combinations are in agreement with the ISO sizes shown in Table 8-2. ANSI B1.13M preferred pitches
are shown in Tables 8-4 and 8-5.
The MJ profile is a hard, metric version similar to the UNJ inch, MIL-S-8879, which has a 0.15P—0. 18P controlled radius root
in the external thread and the internal thread minor diameter truncated to accommodate the external thread maximum root
radius. ANSI B1.21M covers the metric MJ profile, and the diameter-pitch combinations are, except for a few preference ratings,
in agreement with the ISO sizes shown in Table 8-2.
A wide selection of diameter-pitch combinations are covered in the ISO and numerous national standards throughout the
world, as shown in Table 8-2. It is, however, most important to keep the number of sizes down to a minimum, which is reflected
for fastener sizes shown in the column marked USA ANSI B1.13.

ISO BASIC THREAD PROFILE


D = major diameter of internal thread
d = major diameter of external thread
D2 = pitch diameter of internal thread
d2 = pitch diameter of external thread
D1 = minor diameter of internal thread
d1 = minor diameter of external thread
P = pitch
H = height of fundamental triangle

The basic thread profile is specified in ISO 68 and shown in Fig. 8-1. The tolerances and deviations for external and internal
screw threads are applied to the basic sizes, for which the numerical values are listed in Table 8-2 for all ISO general metric
screw thread diameter-pitch combinations.

WORLD METRIC SCREW THREAD STANDARDS


Table 8-2 is developed with the objective of specifying the ISO screw thread basic dimensions, and at the same time relating
the ISO standards to the national standards in the major industrial countries of the world. This is an important piece of
information to use when designing for possible export or foreign production.
The international standards used to develop Table 8-2 are as follows: ISO general purpose screw threads — basic profile and
metric diameters and pitches as given in ISO 261, and the selected sizes for screws, bolts, and nuts in ISO 262 for nominal
diameters less than 40 mm.
The thread pitch name, e.g., Coarse, Fine, etc., indicates the nominal size is a selected size within the European Standards
Coordinating Committee (CEN) CEN 11/U1 standard, and the national screw thread standards numbers are shown for each
country listed.
The design profiles for ISO metric internal and external threads are shown in Fig. 8-2, and the numerical dimensions for the
various ISO screw threads in Table 8-2. These represent the profiles of the threads in their maximum metal conditions. It will be
noted that the root of each thread is deepened so as to clear the basic flat crest of the other thread. The contact between the
threads is thus confined to their sloping flanks.

152
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-2 WORLD STANDARDS FOR GENERAL - PURPOSE METRIC SCREW THREADS (ISO 261) WITH SELECTED
SIZES FOR SCREWS, BOLTS AND NUTS (ISO 262 AND CEN 11/U1)

I NOM GER PITCH MINOR THREAD RAD TENSILE USA AUST JAPAN EU
S SIZE PITCH DIN DIA DIAMETER HEIGHT MIN STR AREA ANSI AS JIS B ISO
2
O d=D P 13 d2=D2 d3 D1 h3 H1 R AS mm B1.13 1275 0205-7 262

F* 1 0.25 COARSE 0.838 0.693 0.729 0.153 0.135 0.031 4.600E-01 F* F*


0.2 0.870 0.755 0.783 0.123 0.108 0.025 5.180E-01 F F
S* 1.1 0.25 0.938 0.793 O.829 0.153 0.135 0.031 5.880E-01 S* S*
0.2 0.970 0.855 0.883 0.123 0.108 0.025 6.540E-01 S S
F* 1.2 0.25 COARSE 1.038 0.893 0.929 0.153 0.125 0.031 7.320E-01 F F*
0.2 1.070 0.955 0.983 0.123 0.108 0.025 8.05E-01 F F
S* 1.4 0.3 COARSE 1.205 1.022 1.075 0.184 0.162 0.038 9.83E-01 S* S*
0.2 1.270 1.155 1.183 0.123 0.108 O.025 1.150E+00 S S
F* 1.6 0.35 COARSE 1.373 1.171 1.221 0.215 0.189 0.044 1.27E+00 F* F* F* F*
0.2 1.470 1.355 1.383 0.123 0.108 0.025 1.570E+00 F F F
S* 1.8 0.35 COARSE 1.573 1.371 1.421 0.215 0.189 0.044 1.700E+00 S S* S*
0.2 1.670 1.555 1.583 0.123 0.108 0.025 2.04E+00 S S S
F* 2 0.4 COARSE 1.740 1.509 1.567 0.245 0.217 0.050 2.070E+00 F* F* F* F*
0.25 1.838 1.693 1.729 0.153 0.135 0.031 2.450E+00 F F F
S* 2.2 0.45 COARSE 1.908 1.648 1.713 0.276 0.244 0.056 2.480E+00 S S* S*
0.25 2.038 1.893 1.929 0.153 0.135 0.031 3.030E+00 S S T
F* 2.5 0.45 COARSE 2.208 1.949 2.013 0.276 0.244 0.056 3.390E+00 F* F* F* F*
0.35 2.273 2.071 2.121 0.215 0.189 0.044 3.700E+00 F F F
F* 3 0.9 COARSE 2.675 2.387 2.459 0.307 0.271 0.063 5.030E+00 F* F* F* F*
0.35 2.773 2.571 2.621 0.215 0.189 0.044 5.610E+00 F F F
S* 3.5 0.6 COARSE 3.110 2.764 2.850 0.368 0.325 0.075 6.780E+00 S* S* S* S*
0.35 3.273 3.071 3.121 0.215 0.189 0.044 7.900E+00 S S S
F* 4 0.7 COARSE 3.545 3.141 3.242 0.429 0.379 0.087 8.780E+00 F* F* F* F*
0.5 3.675 3.387 3.459 0.307 0.271 0.063 9.790E+00 F F F
S* 4.5 0.75 4.013 3.580 3.688 0.460 0.406 0.094 1.13E+01 S S* S*
0.5 4.175 3.887 3.759 0.307 0.271 0.063 1.280E+01 S S S
F* 5 0.8 COARSE 4.480 4.018 4.134 0.491 0.433 0.100 1.420E+01 F* F* F* F*
0.5 4.675 4.387 4.459 0.307 0.271 0.063 1.610E+01 F F F
T 5.5 0.5 5.175 4.887 4.959 0.307 0.271 0.063 1.990E+01 T T T
F* 6 1 COARSE 5.353 4.773 4.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 2.010E+01 F* F* F* F*
0.75 5.513 5.080 5.189 0.460 0.466 0.054 2.200E+01 F F* F*
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-2 and below for key to symbols.
2. All values for threads in their maximum metal condition.
3. The nominal size is national standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.
*Selected size for screws, bolts, and nuts.

153
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-2 WORLD STANDARDS FOR GENERAL - PURPOSE METRIC SCREW THREADS (ISO 261) WITH SELECTED
SIZES FOR SCREWS, BOLTS AND NUTS (ISO 262 AND CEN 11/U1) (CONT’D)

I NOM PITCH GER PITCH MINOR THREAD RAD TENSILE USA AUST JAPAN EU
S SIZE DIN DIA DIAMETER HEIGHT MIN STR. AREA ANSI AS JIS B ISO
2
O d=D P 13 d2=D2 d3 DI h3 HI R AS mm B1.13 1275 0205-7 262

T* 7 1 6.350 5.773 5.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 2.890E+01 T T* T*


0.75 6.513 6.080 6.188 0.460 0.406 0.094 3.110E+01 T T T
F* 8 1.25 COARSE 7.188 6.466 6.647 0.767 0.677 0.156 3.660E+01 F* F* F* F*
* 1 FINE 7.350 6.773 6.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 3.920E+01 F F* F*
0.75 1.513 7-080 7.188 0.460 0.406 0.094 4.180E+01 F F F
T 9 1.25 8.188 7.466 7.647 0.767 0.677 0.156 4.810E+01 T T T
1 8.350 7.773 7.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 5.100E+01 T T T
0.75 8.513 8.080 8.188 0.460 0.406 0.094 5.410E+01 T T T
F* 10 1.5 COARSE 9.026 8.160 8.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 5.800E+01 F* F* F* F*
* 1.25 FINE 9.188 8.466 8.647 0.767 0.677 0.156 6.120E+01 F F* F*
1 9.350 8.773 8.017 0.613 0.541 0.125 6.450E+01 F F F
0.75 EX FIN 9.513 9.080 9.189 0.460 0.406 0.094 6.790E+01 F F F*
T 11 1.5 10.026 9.160 9.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 0.723L+02 T T T
1 10.350 9.773 9.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 7.950E+01 T T T
0.75 10.513 10.080 10.188 0.460 0.406 0.094 8.130E+01 T T T
F* 12 1.75 COARSE 10.863 9.853 10.106 1.074 0.947 0.219 8.430E+01 F* F* F* F*
1.5 11.026 10.163 10.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 8.810E+01 F F F
* 1.25 FINE 11.188 10.446 10.647 0.767 0.677 0.156 9.210E+01 F F* F*
1 EX FIN 11.350 10.773 10.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 9.610E+01 F F F*
S* 14 2 COARSE 12.701 11.546 11.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.150E+02 S* S* S* S*
* 1.5 FINE 13.026 12.160 12.376 0.927 0.812 0.188 1.250E+02 S S* S*
1.25 13.188 12.466 12.647 0.767 0.677 0.156 1.290E+02 S S S
1 EX FIN 13.350 12.773 12.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 1.340E+02 S S S*
T 15 1.5 14.026 13.160 13.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 1.450E+02 T T T
1 EX FIN 14.350 13.773 13.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 1.550E+02 T T T*
F* 16 2 COARSE 14.701 13.546 13.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.570E+02 F* F* F* F*
* 1.5 FINE 15.026 14.160 14.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 1.670E+02 F F* F*
1 EX FIN 15.350 14.773 14.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 0.178L+03 F F F*
T 17 1.5 16.026 15.160 15.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 1.910E+02 T T T
1 EX FIN 16.350 15.773 15.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 2.030E+02 T T T*
S* 18 2.5 COARSE 16.376 14.933 15.294 1.534 1.353 0.313 1.920E+02 S S* S* S*
2 16.701 15.546 15.835 1.227 1.383 0.250 2.040E+02 S S S
* 1.5 FINE 17.026 16.160 16.376 0.920 0.812 0.168 2.160E+02 S S* S*
1 EX FIN 17.350 16.773 16.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 2.290E+02 S S S*
F* 20 2.5 COARSE 18.376 16.933 17.294 1.534 1.353 0.313 2.450E+02 F* F* F* F*
2 18.701 17.546 17.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 2.580E+02 F F F
* 1.5 FINE 19.026 18.160 19.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 2.720E+02 F F* F*
1 EX FIN 19.350 18.773 18.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 2.850E+02 F F F*
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-2 and below for key to symbols.
2. All values for threads in their maximum metal condition.
3. The nominal size is national standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.
*Selected size for screws, bolts, and nuts.

154
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-2 WORLD STANDARDS FOR GENERAL - PURPOSE METRIC SCREW THREADS (ISO 261) WITH SELECTED
SIZES FOR SCREWS, BOLTS AND NUTS (ISO 262 AND CEN 11/U1) (CONT’D)

I NOM GER PITCH MINOR THREAD RAD TENSILE USA AUST JAPAN EU
PITCH
S SIZE DIN DIA DIAMETER HEIGHT MIN STR. AREA ANSI AS JIS B ISO
2
O d=D P 13 d2=D2 d3 D1 h3 H1 R AS mm B1.13 1275 0205-7 262

S* 22 2.5 COARSE 20.376 18.933 19.294 1.534 1.353 0.313 3.030E+02 S S* S* S*


2 20.701 19.546 19.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 3.180E+02 S S S
* 1.5 FINE 21.026 20.140 20.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 3.330E+02 S S* S*
1 EX FIN 21.350 20.773 20.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 3.480E+02 S S S
F* 24 3 COARSE 22.051 20.319 20.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 3.530E+02 F* F* F* F*
* 2 FINE 22.701 21.546 21.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 3.840E+02 F F* F*
1.5 EX FIN 23.026 22.160 22.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 4.010E+02 F F F
1 23.350 22.773 22.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 4.180E+02 F F F
T 25 2 23.701 22.546 22.335 1.227 1.083 0.250 4.200E+02 T T T
1.5 EX FIN 24.026 23.160 23.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 4.37E+02 T T T
1 24.350 23.773 23.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 4.550E+02 T T T
T 26 1.5 25.026 24.160 24.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 4.750E+02 T T T
S* 27 3 COARSE 25.051 23.319 23.752 1.840 1.624 0.975 4.590E+02 S S* S* S*
* 2 FINE 25.701 24.546 24.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 4.960E+02 S S* S*
1.5 EX FIN 26.026 25.169 25.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 5.140E+02 S S S
1 26.350 25.773 25.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 5.330E+02 S S S
T 28 2 26.701 25.546 25.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 5.360E+02 T T T
1.5 27.026 26.160 26.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 5.550E+02 T T T
1 27.350 26.773 26.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 5.750E+02 T T T
F* 30 3.5 COARSE 27.727 25.706 26.211 2.147 1.894 0.438 5.610E+02 F* F* F* F*
3 28.051 26.319 26.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 5.900E+02 F F F
* 2 FINE 23.701 27.546 27.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 6.210E+02 F F* F*
1.5 EX FIN 29.926 28.160 28.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 6.420E+02 F F F
1 29.350 28.773 28.917 0.613 0.541 0.125 6.630E+02 F F F
T 32 2 30.701 29.546 29.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 7.130E+02 T T T
1.5 31.026 30.160 30.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 7.350E+02 T T T
S* 33 3.5 COARSE 30.727 28.706 29.211 2.147 1.894 0.438 6.940E+02 S S* S* S*
3 31.051 29.319 29.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 7.160E+02 S T T
2 FINE 31.701 30.546 30.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 7.610E+02 S S S
1.5 EX FIN 32.026 31.160 31.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 7.840E+02 S S S
T 35 1.5 EX FIN 34.026 33.160 33.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 8.860E+02 T T T
F* 36 4 COARSE 33.402 31.092 31.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 8.170E+02 F* F* F* F*
* 3 FINE 34.051 32.319 32.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 8.650E+02 F F* F*
2 34.701 33.546 33.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 0-9lbE+03 F F F
1.5 EX FIN 35.026 34.160 34.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 9.400E+02 F F F
T 38 1.5 37.026 36.160 36.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 1.050E+03 T T T
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-2 and below for key to symbols.
2. All values for threads in their maximum metal condition.
3. The nominal size is national standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.
*Selected size for screws, bolts, and nuts.

155
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-2 WORLD STANDARDS FOR GENERAL - PURPOSE METRIC SCREW THREADS (ISO 261) WITH SELECTED
SIZES FOR SCREWS, BOLTS AND NUTS (ISO 262 AND CEN 11/U1) (CONT’D)

I NOM GER PITCH MINOR THREAD RAD TENSILE USA AUST JAPAN EU
PITCH
S SIZE DIN DIA DIAMETER HEIGHT MIN STR. AREA ANSI AS JIS B ISO

O d=D P 13 d2=D2 d3 D1 h3 H1 R AS mm2 B1.13 1275 0205-7 262

S* 39 4 COARSE 36.402 34.092 34.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 9.760E+02 S S* S* S*


* 3 FINE 37.051 35.319 35.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.030E+03 S S* S*
2 37.701 36.566 36.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.080E+03 S S
1.5 EX FIN 33.026 37.160 37.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 1.110E+03 S S S*
T 40 3 38.051 36.319 36.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.090E+03 T T
2 58.701 37.546 37.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.140E+03 T T
1.5 EX FIN 39.026 38.160 38.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 1.170E+03 T T T*
F 42 4.5 COARSE 39.077 36.479 37.129 2.760 2.436 0.563 1.120E+03 F* F* F F*
4 39.402 37.092 37.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.150E+03 F F
3 FINE 40.051 38.319 38.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.210E+03 F F F*
2 40.701 39.546 39.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.260E+03 F F
1.5 EX FlN 41.026 40.160 40.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 1.290E+03 F F F*
S 45 4.5 COARSE 42.077 39.479 40.179 2.760 2.436 0.563 1.310E+03 S S S*
4 42.402 40.092 40.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.340E+03 S S
3 FINE 43.051 41.319 41.752 1.840 1.624 0;375 1.400E+03 S S S*
2 43.701 42.546 42.835 1.227 1.033 0.250 1.460E+03 S S
1.5 EX FIN 44.026 43.160 43.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 1.490E+03 S S S*
F 48 5 COARSE 44.752 41.866 42.500 3.067 2.706 0.625 1.48E+03 F* F* F F*
4 45.402 43.092 43.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.540E+03 F F S
3 FINE 46.051 44.319 44.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.600E+03 F F F*
2 46.701 45.546 4;.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.670E+03 F F S
1.5 EX FIN 47.026 46.160 46.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 1.710E+03 F F F*
T 50 3 48.051 46.319 46.752 1.840 1.621 0.375 1.750E+03 T T
2 48.701 47.546 47.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.920E+03 T T
1.5 EX FIN 49.026 48.160 48.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 1.850E+03 T T T*
S 52 5 COARSE 48.752 45.866 46.597 3.067 2.706 0.625 1.760E+03 S S S*
4 49.402 47.092 4,7.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.830E+03 S S
3 FINE 50.051 48.319 48.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.900E+03 S S S*
2 EX FIN 50.701 49.546 49.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.970E+03 S S S*
1.5 51.026 50.160 50.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 2.010E+03 S S
T 55 4 52.402 50.092 50.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.060E+03 T T
3 53.051 51.319 51.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.140E+03 T T
2 EX FIN 53.701 52.546 52.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 2.220E+03 T T T*
1.5 54.026 53.160 53.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 2.260E+03 T T
F 56 5.5 COARSE 52.428 49.252 50.046 3.374 2.977 0.688 2.030E+03 F* F* F F*
4 FINE 53.402 51.092 51.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.140E+03 F F F*
3 54.051 52.319 52.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.220E+03 F F
2 EX FIN 54.701 53.546 53.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 0.230F+04 F F F*
1.5 55.026 54.160 54.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 2.340E+03 F F
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-2 and below for key to symbols.
2. All values for threads in their maximum metal condition.
3. The nominal size is national standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.
*Selected size for screws, bolts, and nuts.

156
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-2 WORLD STANDARDS FOR GENERAL - PURPOSE METRIC SCREW THREADS (ISO 261) WITH SELECTED
SIZES FOR SCREWS, BOLTS AND NUTS (ISO 262 AND CEN 11/U1) (CONT’D)

I NOM GER PITCH MINOR THREAD RAD TENSILE USA AUST JAPAN EU
PITCH
S SIZE DIN DIA DIAMETER HEIGHT MIN STR. AREA ANSI AS JIS B ISO
2
O d=D P 13 d2=D2 d3 D1 h3 H1 R AS mm B1.13 1275 0205-7 262
T 58 4 55.402 53.092 53.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.310E+03 T T T
3 56.051 54.319 54.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.390E+03 T T T
2 56.701 55.546 55.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 2.470E+03 T T T
1.5 57.026 56.160 56.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 2.920E+03 T T T
S 60 5.5 COARSE 56.429 53.252 54.046 3.374 2.977 0.688 2.360E+03 S S S*
4 FINE 51.402 55.092 55.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.480E+03 S S S*
3 58.051 56.319 56.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.570E+03 S S S
2 EX FIN 59.701 57.546 57.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 2.650E+03 S S S*
1.5 59.026 58.160 68.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 2.700E+03 S S T
T 62 4 59.402 51.092 57.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.660E+03 T T T
3 60.051 58.319 58.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.750E+03 T T T
2 60.701 59.546 59.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 2.84E+03 T T T
1.5 61.026 60.160 60.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 2.88E+03 T T T
F 64 6 COARSE 60.103 56.639 57.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 2.680E+03 F* F* F F*
4 FINE 61.402 59.092 59.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.850E+03 F F F*
3 62.051 60.319 60.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.940E+03 F F F
2 EX FIN 62.701 61.546 61.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 3.030E+03 F F F*
1.5 63.026 62.140 62.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 3.080E+03 F F F
T 65 4 62.402 60.092 60.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.95E+03 T T T
3 63.051 61.319 61.752 1.940 1.624 0.375 3.04E+03 T T T
2 EX FIN 63.701 62.546 62.935 1.227 1.083 0.250 3.13E+03 T T T*
1.5 64.026 63.160 63.376 0.920 0.812 0.198 3.180E+03 T T T
S 68 6 COARSE 64.103 60.639 61.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 3.060E+03 S S S*
4 FINE 65.402 63.092 63.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 3.240E+03 S S S*
3 66.051 64.319 64.752 t.840 1.624 0.375 3.340E+03 S S S
2 EX FIN 66.701 65.546 65.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 3.430E+03 S S S*
1.5 67.026 66.160 66.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 3.480E+03 S S S
T 70 6 66'103 62.639 63.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 3.750E+03 T T T
4 67.402 65.092 65.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 3.450E+03 T T T
3 68.051 66.319 66.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 3.550E+03 T T T
2 EX FIN 68.701 67.546 67.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 3.640E+03 T T T*
1.5 69.026 68.160 68.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 3.700E+03 T T T
F 72 6 FINE 1 68.103 04'639 65.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 3.460E+03 F* F F*
4 FINE 2 69.402 67.092 67.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 3.660E+03 F F F*
3 70.051 68.319 68.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 3.760E+03 F F F
2 EX FIN 70.701 69.546 69.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 3.860E+03 F F F*
1.5 71.026 70.160 70.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 3.910E+03 F F F
T 75 4 72.402 70.092 70.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 3.990E+03 T T T
3 73.051 71.319 71.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 4.090E+03 T T T
2 EX FIN 73.701 72.546 72.935 1.227 1.083 0.250 4.200E+03 T T T*
1.5 74.026 73.160 73.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 4.250E+03 T T T
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-2 and below for key to symbols.
2. All values for threads in their maximum metal condition.
3. The nominal size is national standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.
*Selected size for screws, bolts, and nuts.

157
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-2 WORLD STANDARDS FOR GENERAL - PURPOSE METRIC SCREW THREADS (ISO 261) WITH SELECTED
SIZES FOR SCREWS, BOLTS AND NUTS (ISO 262 AND CEN 11/U1) (CONT’D)

I NOM GER PITCH MINOR THREAD RAD TENSILE USA AUST JAPAN EU
PITCH
S SIZE DIN DIA DIAMETER HEIGHT MIN STR. AREA ANSI AS JIS B ISO
O d=D P 13 d2=D2 d3 D1 h3 H1 R AS mm2 B1.13 1275 0205-7 262
S 76 6 FINE 1 72.103 68.639 69.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 3.890E+03 S S S*
4 FINE 2 73.402 71.092 71.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 4.100E+03 S S S*
3 74.051 72.319 72.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 4.210E+03 S S S
2 EX FIN 74.701 73.546 73.935 1.227 1.083 0.250 4.320E+03 S S S*
1.5 75.026 74.160 74.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 4.370E+03 S S S
T 78 2 76.701 76.546 75.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 4.550E+03 T T
F 80 6 FINE 1 76.103 72.639 73.505 3.691 3.248 0.750 4.340E+03 F* F F*
4 FINE 2 77.402 75.092 75.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 4.570E+03 F F F*
3 78.051 76.319 76.762 1.840 1.624 0.375 4.680E+03 F
2 EX FIN 78.701 77.546 77.835 1.221 1.083 0.250 4.790E+03 F F F*
1.5 79.02.6 78.161 78.376 0.920 0.812 0.188 4.85E+03 F F F
T 82 2 80.701 79.546 79.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 5.040E+03 T
S 85 6 FINE 1 81.103 77.639 78.505 3.681 3.249 0.750 4.950E+03 S S S*
4 FINE 2 82.402 80.092 80.670 2.454 2.165 0-500 5.180E+03 S S S*
3 83.051 81.319 81.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 5.300E+03 S S S
2 EX FIN 83.701 82.546 82.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 5.430E+03 S S S*
F 90 6 FINE 1 86.103 82.639 83.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 5.590E+03 F* F F*
4 FINE 2 87.402 85.092 85.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 5.84E+03 F F F*
3 84.051 86.319 86.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 5.970E+03 F F F
2 EX FIN 88.701 87.546 87.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 6.100E+03 F F F*
S 95 6 FINE 1 91.103 87.639 88.505 3.681 3.248 0.760 6.270E+03 S S S*
4 FINE 2 92.402 90.092 90.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 6.640E+03 S S S*
3 93.051 91.319 91.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 6.670E+03 S S S
2 EX FIN 93.701 92.546 92.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 6.810E+03 S S S*
F 100 6 FINE 1 96.103 92.639 93.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 6.99E+03 F* F F*
4 FINE 2 97.402 95.092 94-670 2.454 2.165 0.500 7.280E+03 F F F*
3 93.051 96.319 96.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 7.420E+03 F F F
2 EX FIN 98.701 97.546 97.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 7.560E+03 F F F*
S 105 6 FINE 1 101.103 97.639 98.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 7.760E+03 S S S*
4 FINE 2 102.402 100.092 100.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 8.050E+03 S S S*
3 103.051 101.319 101.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 8.200E+03 S S S
2 EX FIN 103.701 102.546 102.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 8.350E+03 S S S*
F 110 6 FINE 1 106.103 102.439 103.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 8.560E+03 F F F*
4 FINE 2 107.402 105.092 105.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 8.870E+03 F F F*
3 109.051 106.319 106.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 9.020E+03 F F F
2 EX FIN 101.701 107.566 107.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 9.180E+03 F F F*
S 115 6 FINE 1 111.103 107.639 108.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 9.390E+03 S S S*
4 FINE 2 112.402 110.092 110.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 9.720E+03 S S S*
3 113.051 111.319 111.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 9.880E+03 S S S
2 EX FIN 113.701 112.546 112.825 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.01E+04 S S S*
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-2 and below for key to symbols.
2. All values for threads in their maximum metal condition.
3. The nominal size is national standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.
*Selected size for screws, bolts, and nuts.

158
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-2 WORLD STANDARDS FOR GENERAL - PURPOSE METRIC SCREW THREADS (ISO 261) WITH SELECTED
SIZES FOR SCREWS, BOLTS AND NUTS (ISO 262 AND CEN 11/U1) (CONT’D)

I NOM GER PITCH MINOR THREAD RAD TENSILE USA AUST JAPAN EU
PITCH
S SIZE DIN DIA DIAMETER HEIGHT MIN STR. AREA ANSI AS JIS B ISO
2
O d=D P 13 d2=D2 d3 D1 h3 H1 R AS mm B1.13 1275 0205-7 262

S 120 6 FINE 1 116.103 112.639 113.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 1.030E+04 S S S*


4 FINE 2 117.402 115.092 115.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.06E+04 S S S*
3 118.051 116.319 116.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.080E+04 S S S
2 EX FIN 118.101 117.545 117.835 1.227 I.083 0.250 1.100E+04 S S S*
F 125 6 FINE 1 121.103 117.639 118.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 1.120E+04 F F F*
4 FINE 2 122.402 120.092 120.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.150E+04 F F F*
3 123.051 121.319 121.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.170E+04 F F
2 EX FIN 123.701 122.546 122.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.190E+04 F F F*
S 130 6 FINE 1 126.103 122.639 123.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 1.210E+04 S S S*
4 FINE 2 127.402 125.092 125.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.25E+04 S S S*
3 128.051 126.319 126.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.270E+04 S S S
2 EX FIN 128.701 127.546 127.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.290E+04 S S S*
T 135 6 FINE 1 131.103 127.639 128.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 1.310E+04 T T T*
4 132.402 130.092 130.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.350E+04 T T T
3 133.051 131.319 131.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.370E+04 T T T
2 EX FIN 133.701 132.546 132.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.390E+04 T T T*
F 140 6 FINE 1 136.103 132.639 139.605 3.681 3.248 0.750 1.420E+04 F F F*
4 FINE 2 137.402 135.',152 135.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.460E+04 F F F*
3 138.051 136.319 136.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.480E+04 F F F
2 EX FIN 138.701 137.546 137.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.500E+04 F F F*
T 145 6 141.103 137.639 138.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 1.530E+04 T T T
4 142.402 140.092 140.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.570E+04 T T T
3 143.051 141.319 141.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.590E+04 T T T
2 EX FIN 143.701 142.546 142.714 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.610E+04 T T T*
S 150 6 FINE 1 146.103 142.639 143.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 1.640E+04 S S S*
4 FINE 2 147.402 145.092 145.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.68E+04 S S S*
3 148.051 146.319 146.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.700E+04 S S S
2 EX FIN 148.701 147.546 147.835 1.227 1.083 0.250 1.720E+04 S S S*
T 155 6 151.103 147.639 148.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 1.750E+04 T T T
4 152.402 150.092 150.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.80E+04 T T T
3 EX FIN 153.051 151.319 151.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.820E+04 T T T*
F 160 6 FINE 2 156.103 152.639 153.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 1.870E+04 F F F*
4 157.402 155.092 155.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 1.920E+04 F F F
3 EX FIN 158.051 156.319 156.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 1.940E+04 F F F*
T 165 6 161.103 157.639 158.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 1.990E+04 T T T
4 162.402 160.092 160.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.040E+04 T T T
3 EX FIN 163.051 161.319 161.762 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.07E+04 T T T*
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-2 and below for key to symbols.
2. All values for threads in their maximum metal condition.
3. The nominal size is national standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.
*Selected size for screws, bolts, and nuts.

159
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-2 WORLD STANDARDS FOR GENERAL - PURPOSE METRIC SCREW THREADS (ISO 261) WITH SELECTED
SIZES FOR SCREWS, BOLTS AND NUTS (ISO 262 AND CEN 11/U1) (CONT’D)

I NOM GER PITCH MINOR THREAD RAD TENSILE USA AUST JAPAN EU
PITCH
S SIZE DIN DIA DIAMETER HEIGHT MIN STR. AREA ANSI AS JIS B ISO
2
O d=D P 13 d2=D2 d3 D1 h3 H1 R AS mm B1.13 1275 0205-7 262

S 170 6 FINE 2 166.103 162.639 163.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 2.120E+04 S S S*


4 167.402 165.092 165.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.170E+04 S S S
3 EX FIN 169.051 166.314 166.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.200E+04 S S S*
T 175 6 171.103 167.639 168.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 2.250E+04 T T T
4 172.402 170.992 170.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.300E+04 T T T
3 173.051 171.319 171.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.330E+04 T T T
F 180 6 FINE 2 176.103 172.639 173.505 3.691 3.248 0.750 2.390E+04 F F F*
4 177.402 175.092 175.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.44E+04 F F F
3 EX FIN 178.051 176.319 176.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.470E+04 F F F*
T 185 6 181.103 177.639 179.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 2.530E+04 T T T
4 182.402 180.092 180.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.58E+04 T T T
3 123.051 121.319 181.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.610E+04 T T T
S 190 6 FINE 2 126.103 182.633 183.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 2.670E+04 S S S*
4 187.402 185.092 185.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.720E+04 S S S
3 EX FIN 184.051 186.319 186.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.750E+04 S S S*
T 195 6 191.103 187.639 184.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 2.92E+04 T T T
4 192.402 190.092 190.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 2.870E+04 T T T
3 143.051 191.319 191.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 2.900E+04 T T T
F 200 6 FINE 2 106.103 192.639 193.505 3.691 3.248 0.750 2.970E+04 F F F*
4 197.402 195.092 195.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 3.020E+04 F F F
3 EX FIN 198.051 196.319 196.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 3.050E+04 F F F*
T 205 6 201.103 197.639 198.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 3.120E+04 T T T
4 202.402 200.092 200.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 3.180E+04 T T T
3 203.051 201.319 201.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 3.210E+04 T T T
S 210 6 FINE 2 206.103 202.539 203.505 3.691 3.248 0.750 3.280E+04 S S S*
4 EX FIN 207.402 205.092 205.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 3.340E+04 S S S*
3 209.051 206.319 205.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 3.370E+04 S S S
T 215 6 211.103 207.639 208.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 3.440E+04 T T T
4 212.402 210.092 210.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 3.500E+04 T T T
3 213.051 211.319 211.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 3.540E+04 T T T
F 220 6 FINE 2 216.103 212.539 213.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 3.610E+04 F F F*
4 EX FIN 217.402 215.092 215.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 3.670E+04 F F F*
3 218.051 216.319 216.752 1.940 1.624 0.375 3.700E+04 F F F
T 225 6 221.103 217.639 219.505 3.691 3.248 0.750 3.780E+04 T T T
4 222.402 220.092 220.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 3.840E+04 T T T
3 223.051 221.319 221.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 3.880E+04 T T T
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-2 and below for key to symbols.
2. All values for threads in their maximum metal condition.
3. The nominal size is national standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.
*Selected size for screws, bolts, and nuts.

160
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-2 WORLD STANDARDS FOR GENERAL - PURPOSE METRIC SCREW THREADS (ISO 261) WITH SELECTED
SIZES FOR SCREWS, BOLTS AND NUTS (ISO 262 AND CEN 11/U1) (CONT’D)

I NOM GER PITCH MINOR THREAD RAD TENSILE USA AUST JAPAN EU
S SIZE PITCH DIN DIA DIAMETER HEIGHT MIN STR. AREA ANSI AS JIS B ISO
2
O d=D P 13 d2=D2 d3 D1 h3 H1 R AS mm B1.13 1275 0205-7 262

T 230 6 FINE 2 226.103 222.639 223.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 3.950E+04 T T T*


4 EX FIN 227.402 225.092 225.570 2.454 2.165 0.500 4.020E+04 T T T*
3 228.051 226.319 226.752 1.940 1.624 0.375 4.050E+04 T T T
T 235 6 231.103 227.639 228.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 4.130E+04 T T T
4 232.402 230.092 230.610 2.454 2.165 0.500 4.200E+04 T T T
3 233.051 231.319 231.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 4.230E+04 T T T
S 240 6 FINE 2 236.103 232.639 233.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 4.310E+04 S S S*
4 EX FIN 237.402 235.092 235.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 4.380E+04 S S S*
3 239.051 236.319 236.752 1.940 1.624 0.375 4.420E+04 S S S
T 245 6 241.103 237.639 238.505 3.691 3.248 0.750 4.500E+04 T T T
4 242.402 240.092 240.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 4.570E+04 T T T
3 243.051 241.319 241.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 4.610E+04 T T T
F 250 6 FINE 2 246.103 242.639 243.505 3.681 3.249 0.750 4.690E+04 F F F*
4 EX FIN 247.402 245.092 245.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 4.760E+04 F F F*
3 244.051 246.219 246.752 1.840 1.624 0.375 4.800E+04 F F F
T 255 6 251.103 247.639 249.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 4.880E+04 T T T
4 252.402 250.092 250.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 4.960E+04 T T T
S 260 6 FINE 2 256.103 252.639 253.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 5.080E+04 S S S*
4 EX FIN 257.402 255.092 255.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 5.160E+04 S S S*
T 265 6 261.103 257.639 258.505 3.681 3.249 0.750 5.290E+04 T T T
4 262.402 260.092 260.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 5.360E+04 T T T
T 270 6 FINE 2 266.103 262.639 263.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 5.490E+04 T T T*
4 EX FIN 267.402 265.052 265.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 5.570E+04 T T T*
T 275 6 271.103 267.639 268.505 3.691 3.249 0.750 5.700E+04 T T T
4 272.402 270.092 270.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 5.780E+04 T T T
F 280 6 FINE 2 276.103 272.639 273.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 5.910E+04 F F F*
4 EX FIN 277.402 275.092 275.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 5.990E+04 F F F*
T 285 6 281.103 277.639 278.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 6.130E+04 T T T
4 282.402 280.052 280.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 6.21E+04 T T T
T 290 6 FINE 2 286.103 202.639 283.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 6.350E+04 T T T*
4 EX FIN 287.402 285.092 285.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 6.440E+04 T T T*
T 295 6 291.303 287.639 288.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 6.580E+04 T T T
4 292.402 290.192 290.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 6.660E+04 T T T
S 300 6 FINE 2 296.103 292.639 293.505 3.681 3.248 0.750 6.910E+04 F S S*
4 EX FIN 297.402 295.092 295.670 2.454 2.165 0.500 6.890E+04 F S S*
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-2 and below for key to symbols.
2. All values for threads in their maximum metal condition.
3. The nominal size is national standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.
*Selected size for screws, bolts, and nuts.

Key to Symbols and Formulas Used to Compute Values in Table 8-2


nominal diameter d = D (from Standard)
thread pitch P (from Standard)
height of fundamental triangle H = 0.86603P
pitch diameter d2 = D2 = d — 0.75H = d — 0.64953 P
minor diameter (bolt) d3 = d — 2h3 = d — 1.22687P
minor diameter (nut) D1 = d — 2H1 = d — 1.08253P
thread depth (bolt) h3= (d — d3)/2
thread depth (nut) H1 = (D — D1)/2
thread root radius R min = 0.125 P
tensile stress area AS = (π/4)((d2 + d3)/2)2 = 0.7854 (D — 0.9382P)2

161
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 8-1 ISO BASIC THREAD PROFILE (ISO 68)

FIG. 8-2 DESIGN FORMS OF INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL ISO METRIC SCREW THREADS
(maximum metal conditions)

THREAD FIT
Specify the medium fit (6H/6g), which is approximately equivalent to the customary unified class 2 (2A/2B), in most threaded
fastener applications. See Table 8-3. Standardization on medium thread fit will save you production cost, and is, according to
most fastener experts (including the author), the best choice.
The following will describe how former nonpreferred thread fits were specified.

162
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
CLASSES OF THREAD FIT (ISO)
The system of classes of fit described here is used throughout the world for controlling the dimensions for ISO general metric
screw threads and fasteners, and it uses a system similar to the ISO system of limits and fits (see Chapter 6) applied to the
basic sizes for screw threads listed in Table 8-2.
The ISO general purpose metric screw threads tolerances are described in ISO 965 Parts 1-3, which form the basis of the
national standards in the major industrial countries of the world. See ANSI B1.13M or Table 8-2 for the national screw threads
standards number from the country of your choice.
A brief introduction to the system of limits and fits as it applies to fasteners is as follows:
A tolerance zone must be specified both in magnitude and position in relation to the basic size. The nature of a fit is dependent
on both the magnitudes of the tolerances and the positions of the tolerance zone for the two members. The position of a
tolerance zone is defined by the distance between the basic size and the nearest end of the tolerance zone. This distance is
known as the allowance or the “fundamental deviation.” In the ISO metric screw thread system, allowances are designated by
letters — capitals for internal threads and small letters for external threads. The magnitudes of tolerance zones are designated
by tolerance grades (figures). A combination of a tolerance grade (figure) and a fundamental deviation (letter) forms a tolerance
class designation, e.g., “6g.”
Three classes of fits similar to the unified thread classes 1A/1B, 2A/2B, and 3A/3B are in general use by countries on the
metric system, and they are as follows:

For external threads (bolts): 8g, 6g, 4h (Unified Class; 1A, 2A, 3A)
For internal threads (nuts): 7H, 6H, 5H (Unified Class; 1B, 2B, 3B)

The medium fit (6H/6g) is approximately equivalent to the customary unified class 2 (2A/2B) fit, and it is used in most screw
thread applications. Figure 8-3 shows the relationship between classes of fits and the tolerance zones.

TABLE 8-3 PREFERRED TOLERANCES FOR SCREW THREADS

NEW OLD
Tolerance
Metric Metric Inch
Class Nut Bolt Nut Bolt Nut Bolt
Close 6H 4g6g 5H 4h 3B 3A
Medium 6H 6g 6H 6g 2B 2A
Free None None 7H 8g 1B 1A
NOTE: Some special fasteners may be supplied to the close tolerance 4g6g.

NOTE: 1. Allowance or fundamental deviation.

FIG. 8-3 DIAGRAM SHOWING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN TOLERANCE ZONES AND CLASSES OF FITS

163
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
MATERIAL LIMITS FOR COATED THREADS
Unless otherwise specified, size limits for standard external thread tolerance classes 6g and 4g6g apply prior to coating. The
external thread allowance may thus be used to accommodate the coating thickness on coated parts, provided that the maximum
coating thickness is no more than one quarter of the allowance. For more details, see ANSI B1.13M.

LIMITS OF SIZE

STANDARD THREAD SERIES


The limiting M profile for internal threads is shown in Fig. 8-4 with the associated dimensions in Table 8-4. for thread sizes
M1.6 - M42. For larger sizes, see ANSI B1.13M and Table 8-2 for standard thread sizes used throughout the world.
The limiting M profiles for external threads are shown in Fig. 8-5 with the associated dimensions listed in Table 8-5 for thread
sizes M1 .6 - M39. For larger sizes, see ANSI B1.13M and Table 8-2 for standard thread sizes used throughout the world.

164
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-4 INTERNAL THREAD - LIMITING DIMENSIONS M PROFILE (ANSI B1.13M)

Basic Major Dia D


Tolerance Minor Dia D1 Pitch Dia D2 1
Thread Min Max
Designation Class Min Max Min Max Tol (For Reference)
M1.6 x 0.35 6H 1.221 1.321 1.373 1.458 0.085 1.6 1.736
M2 x 0.4 6H 1.567 1.679 1.740 1.830 0.090 2 2.148
M2.5 x 0.45 6H 2.013 2.138 2.208 2.303 0.095 2.5 2.660
M3 x 0.5 6H 2.459 2.599 2.675 2.775 0.100 3 3.172
M3.5 x 0.6 6H 2.850 3.010 3.110 3.222 0.112 3.5 3.699
M4 x 0.7 6H 3.242 3.422 3.545 3.663 0.118 4 4.219
M5 x 0.8 6H 4.134 4.334 4.480 4.605 0.125 5 5.240
M6 x 1 6H 4.917 5.153 5.350 5.500 0.150 6 6.294
M8 x 1.25 6H 6.647 6.912 7.188 7.348 0.160 8 8.340
M8 x 1 6H 6.917 7.153 7.350 7.500 0.150 8 8.294
M10 x 1.5 6H 8.376 8.676 9.026 9.206 0.180 10 10.396
M10 x 1.25 6H 8.647 8.912 9.188 9.348 0.160 10 10.340
M10 x 0.75 6H 9.188 9.378 9.513 9.645 0.132 10 10.240
M12 x 1.75 6H 10.106 10.441 10.863 11.063 0.200 12 12.453
M12 x 1.5 6H 10.376 10.676 11.026 11.216 0.190 12 12.406
M12 x 1.25 6H 10.647 10.912 11.188 11.368 0.180 12 12.360
M12 x 1 6H 10.917 11.153 11.350 11.510 0.160 12 12.304
M14 x 2 6H 11.835 12.210 12.701 12.913 0.212 14 14.501
M14 x 1.5 6H 12.376 12.676 13.026 13.216 0.190 14 14.406
M15 x 1 6H 13.917 14.153 14.350 14.510 0.160 15 15.304
M16 x 2 6H 13.835 14.210 14.701 14.913 0.212 16 16.501
M16 x 1.5 6H 14.376 14.676 15.026 15.216 0.190 16 16.406
M17 x 1 6H 15.917 16.153 16.350 16.510 0.160 17 17.304
M18 x 1.5 6H 16.376 16.676 17.026 17.216 0.190 18 18.406
M20 x 2.5 6H 17.294 17.744 18.376 18.600 0.224 20 20.585
M20 x 1.5 6H 18.376 18.676 19.026 19.216 0.190 20 20.406
M20 x 1 6H 18.917 19.153 19.350 19.510 0.160 20 20.304
M22 x 2.5 6H 19.294 19.744 20.376 20.600 0.224 22 22.585
M22 x 1.5 6H 20.376 20.676 21.026 21.216 0.190 22 22.406
M24 x 3 6H 20.752 21.252 22.051 22.316 0.265 24 24.698
M24 x 2 6H 21.835 22.210 22.701 22.925 0.224 24 24.513
M25 x 1.5 6H 23.376 23.676 24.026 24.226 0.200 25 25.416
M27 x 3 6H 23.752 24.252 25.051 25.316 0.265 27 27.698
M27 x 2 6H 24.835 25.210 25.701 25.925 0.224 27 27.513
M30 x 3.5 6H 26.211 26.771 27.727 28.007 0.280 30 30.785
M30 x 2 6H 27.835 28.210 28.701 28.925 0.224 30 30.513
M30 x 1.5 6H 28.376 28.676 29.026 29.226 0.200 30 30.416
M33 x 2 6H 30.835 31.210 31.701 31.925 0.224 33 33.513
M35 x 1.5 6H 33.376 33.676 34.026 34.226 0.200 35 35.416
M36 x 4 6H 31.670 32.270 33.402 33.702 0.300 36 36.877
M36 x 2 6H 33.835 34.210 34.701 34.925 0.224 36 36.513
M39 x 2 6H 36.835 37.210 37.701 37.925 0.224 39 39.513
M40 x 1.5 6H 38.376 38.676 39.026 39.226 0.200 40 40.416
M42 x 4.5 6H 37.129 37.799 39.077 39.392 0.315 42 42.965
NOTE: 1. Dimension is used in the design of tools, etc. In dimensioning internal threads, it is not normally specified.
Generally, major diameter acceptance is based upon maximum material condition gaging.

165
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-5 EXTERNAL THREAD - LIMITING DIMENSIONS M PROFILE (ANSI B1.13M) (CONT'D)

3
1 Minor Dia
Basic Minor Dia
1 1 d3
Tolerance Allowance Major Dia d Pitch Dia d2
(Round
Thread (Flat Form)
Form)
Min (For
Designation Class es2 Max Min Max Min Tol d1 Max
Ref)
M1.6 x 0.35 6g 0.019 1.581 1.496 1.354 1.291 0.063 1.202 1.075
M1.6 x 0.35 4g fig 0.019 1.581 1.496 1.354 1.314 0.040 1.202 1.098
M2 x 0.4 6g 0.019 1.981 1.886 1.721 1.654 0.067 1.548 1.408
M2 x 0.4 4g6g 0.019 1.981 1.886 1.721 1.679 0.042 1.548 1.433
M2.5 x 0.45 6g 0.020 2.480 2.380 2.188 2.117 0.071 1.993 1.840
M2.5 x 0.45 4g6g 0.020 2.480 2.380 2.188 2.143 0.045 1.993 1.866
M3 x 0.5 6g 0.020 2.980 2.874 2.655 2.580 0.075 2.439 2.272
M3 x 0.5 4g6g 0.020 2.980 2.874 2.655 2.607 0.048 2.439 2.299
M3.5 x 0.6 6g 0.021 3.479 3.354 3.089 3.004 0.085 2.829 2.635
M3,5 x 0.6 4g6g 0.021 3.479 3.354 3.089 3.036 0.053 2.829 2.667
M4 x 0.7 6g 0.022 3.978 3.838 3.523 3.433 0.090 3.220 3.002
M4 x 0.7 4g6g 0.022 3.978 3.838 3.523 3.467 0.056 3.220 3.036
M5 x 0.8 6g 0.024 4.976 4.826 4.456 4.361 0.095 4.110 3.869
M5 x 0.8 4g 6g 0.024 4.976 4.826 4.456 4.396 0.060 4.110 3.904
M6 x 1 6g 0.026 5.974 5.794 5.324 5.212 0.112 4.891 4.596
M6x 1 4g 6g 0.026 5.974 5.794 5.324 5.253 0.071 4.891 4.637
M8 x 1.25 6g 0.028 7.972 7.760 7.160 7.042 0.118 6.619 6.272
M8 x 1.25 4g6g 0.028 7.972 7.760 7.160 7.085 0.075 6.619 6.315
M8 x 1 6g 0.026 7.974 7.794 7.324 7.212 0.112 6.891 6.596
M8 x 1 4g 6g 0.026 7.974 7.794 7.324 7.253 0.071 6.891 6.637
M10 x 1.5 6g 0.032 9.968 9.732 8.994 8.862 0.132 8.344 7.938
M10 x 1.5 4g6g 0.032 9.968 9.732 8.994 8.909 0.085 8.344 7.985
M10 x 1.25 6g 0.028 9.972 9.760 9.160 9.042 0.118 8.619 8.272
M10 x 1.25 4g6g 0.028 9.972 9.760 9.160 9.085 0.075 8.619 8.315
M10 x 0.75 6g 0.022 9.978 9.838 9.491 9.391 0.100 9.166 8.929
M10 x 0.75 4g6g 0.022 9.978 9.838 9.491 9.428 0.063 9.166 8.966
M12 x 1.75 6g 0.034 11.966 11.701 10.829 10.679 0.150 10.072 9.601
NOTES:
1. For screw threads at maximum limits of tolerance position h, see Appendix D in ANSI B1.13M.
2. es is absolute value.
3. Dimension used in the design of tools, etc. In dimensioning external threads it is not normally specified.
Generally, minor diameter acceptance is based upon maximum material condition gaging.

166
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-5 EXTERNAL THREAD - LIMITING DIMENSIONS M PROFILE (ANSI B1.13M) (CONT'D)

3
1 Minor Dia
Basic Minor Dia
1 1 d3
Tolerance Allowance Major Dia d Pitch Dia d2
(Round
Thread (Flat Form)
Form)
Min (For
Designation Class es2 Max Min Max Min Tol d1 Max
Ref)
M12 x 1.75 4g6g 0.034 11.966 11.701 10.829 10.734 0.095 10.072 9.656
M12 x 1.5 6g 0.032 11.968 11.732 10.994 10.854 0.140 10.344 9.930
M12 x 1.25 6g 0.028 11.972 11.760 11.160 11.028 0.132 10.619 10.258
M12 x 1.25 4g6g 0.028 11.972 11.760 11.160 11.075 0.085 10.619 10.305
M12 x 1 6g 0.026 11.974 11.794 11.324 11.206 0.118 10.891 10.590
M12 x 1 4g6g 0.026 11.974 11.794 11.324 11.249 0.075 10.891 10.633
M14 x 2 6g 0.038 13.962 13.682 12.663 12.503 0.160 11.797 11.271
M14 x 2 4g6g 0.038 13.962 13.682 12.663 12.563 0.100 11.797 11.331
M14 x 1.5 6g 0.032 13.968 13.732 12.994 12.854 0.140 12.344 11.930
M14 x 1.5 4g6g 0.032 13.968 13.732 12.994 12.904 0.090 12.344 11.980
M15 x 1 6g 0.026 14.974 14.794 14.324 14.206 0.118 13.891 13.590
M15 x 1 4g6g 0.026 14.974 14.794 14.324 14.249 0.075 13.891 13.633
M16 x 2 6g 0.038 15.962 15.682 14.663 14.503 0.160 13.797 13.271
M16 x 2 4g6g 0.038 15.962 15.682 14.663 14.563 0.100 13.797 13.331
M16 x 1.5 6g 0.032 15.968 15.732 14.994 14.854 0.140 14.344 13.930
M16 x 1.5 4g6g 0.032 15.968 15.732 14.994 14.904 0.090 14.344 13.980
M17 x 1 6g 0.026 16.974 16.794 16.324 16.206 0.118 15.891 15.590
M17 x 1 4g6g 0.026 16.974 16.794 16.324 16.249 0.075 15.891 15.633
M18 x 1.5 6g 0.032 17.968 17.732 16.994 16.854 0.140 16.344 15.930
M18 x 1.5 4g6g 0.032 17.968 17.732 16.994. 16.904 0.090 16.344 15.980
M20 x 2.5 6g 0.042 19.958 19.623 18.334 18.164 0.170 17.252 16.624
M20 x 2.5 4g6g 0.042 19.958 19.623 18.334 18.228 0.106 17.252 16.688
M20 x 1.5 6g 0.032 19.968 19.732 18.994 18.854 0.140 18.344 17.930
M20 x 1.5 4g6g 0.032 19.968 19.732 18.994 18.904 0.090 18.344 17.980
M20 x 1 6g 0.026 19.974 19.794 19.324 19.206 0.118 18.891 18.590
M20 x 1 4g6g 0.026 19.974 19.794 19.324 19.249 0.075 18.891 18.633
NOTES:
1. For screw threads at maximum limits of tolerance position h, see Appendix D in ANSI B1.13M.
2. es is absolute value.
3. Dimension used in the design of tools, etc. In dimensioning external threads it is not normally specified.
Generally, minor diameter acceptance is based upon maximum material condition gaging.

167
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-5 EXTERNAL THREAD - LIMITING DIMENSIONS M PROFILE (ANSI B1.13M) (CONT'D)

1 3
Basic Minor Dia Minor Dia d3
1 1
Tolerance Allowance Major Dia d Pitch Dia d2
(Round
Thread (Flat Form)
Form)

Designation Class es2 Max Min Max Min Tol d1 Max Min (For Ref)

M22 x 2.5 6g 0.042 21.958 21.623 20.334 20.164 0.170 19.252 18.624
M22 x 1.5 6g 0.032 21.968 21.732 20.994 20.854 0.140 20.344 19.930
M22 x 1.5 4g 6g 0.032 21.968 21.732 20.994 20.904 0.090 20.344 19.980
M24 x 3 6g 0.048 23.952 23.577 22.003 21.803 0.200 20.704 19.955
M24 x 3 4g6g 0.048 23.952 23.577 22.003 21.878 0.125 20.704 20.030
M24 x 2 6g 0.038 23.962 23.682 22.663 22.493 0.170 21.797 21.261
M24 x 2 4g6g 0.038 23.962 23.682 22.663 22.557 0.106 21.797 21.325
M25 x 1.5 6g 0.032 24.968 24.732 23.994 23.844 0.150 23.344 22.920
M25 x 1.5 4g6g 0.032 24.968 24.732 23.994 23.899 0.095 23.344 22.975
M27 x 3 6g 0.048 26.952 26.577 25.003 24.803 0.200 23.744 22.955
M27 x 2 6g 0.038 26.962 26.682 25.663 25.493 0.170 24.797 24.261
M27 x 2 4g6g 0.038 26.962 26.682 25.663 25.557 0.106 24.797 24.325
M30 x 3.5 6g 0.053 29.947 29.522 27.674 27.462 0.212 26.158 25.306
M30 x 3.5 4g6g 0.053 29.947 29.522 27.674 27.542 0.132 26.158 25.386
M30 x 2 6g 0.038 29.962 29.682 28.663 28.493 0.170 27.797 27.261
M30 x 2 4g 6g 0.038 29.962 29.682 28.663 28.557 0.106 27.797 27.325
M30 x 1.5 6g 0.032 29.968 29.732 28.994 28.844 0.150 28.344 27.920
M30 x 1.5 4g6g 0.032 29.968 29.732 28.994 28.899 0.095 28.344 27.975
M33 x 2 6g 0.038 32.962 32.682 31.663 31.493 0.170 30.797 30.261
M33 x 2 4g6g 0.038 32.962 32.682 31.663 31.557 0.106 30.797 30.325
M35 x 1.5 6g 0.032 34.968 34.732 33.994 33.844 0.150 33.344 33.920
M36 x 4 6g 0.060 35.940 35.465 33.342 33.118 0.224 31.610 30.654
M36 x 4 4g6g 0.060 35.940 35.465 33.342 33.202 0.140 31.610 30.738
M36 x 2 6g 0.038 35.962 35.682 34.663 34.493 0.170 33.797 33.261
M36 x 2 4g6g 0.038 35.962 35.682 34.663 34.557 0.106 33.797 33.325
M39 x 2 6g 0.038 38.962 38.682 37.663 37.493 0.170 36.797 36.261
M39 x 2 4g 6g 0.038 38.962 38.682 37.663 37.557 0.106 36.797 36.325
NOTES:
1. For screw threads at maximum limits of tolerance position h, see Appendix D in ANSI B1.13M.
2. es is absolute value.
3. Dimension used in the design of tools, etc. In dimensioning external threads it is not normally specified.
Generally, minor diameter acceptance is based upon maximum material condition gaging.

GAGES FOR ISO METRIC SCREW THREADS


The gages and gaging equipment most commonly used in North America when inspecting the dimensional conformance of
metric screw threads are described in ANSI B1.16M Gages and Gaging for Metric M Screw Threads. ISO 1502 Gaging of ISO
General Purpose Metric Screw Threads is the international standard describing the gages and gaging practice used elsewhere
throughout the world. There are fundamental differences between B1.16M and ISO 1502. See p.101 discussing ISO and ANSI
gaging practices.
The most notable difference is that North American gage design practice is to place gage tolerances entirely within product
tolerances, while ISO gage design practice is to place the gage tolerances partially within and partially outside of the specified
product limit of size. The effect of this difference is most evident when inspecting the minimum material condition of a product
thread. The maximum material of the LO thread ring gage as specified in B1.16M is coincident with the minimum material limit
specified for an externally threaded product; and the maximum material limit of the HI thread plug gage is coincident with the
minimum material limit specified for an internally threaded product. Theoretically, when the gage wears, it may reject conforming
product. To compensate for this possibility, when HI and LO thread gages are used, the gage is permitted to enter the product
providing that within two full turns of gage entry a definite drag (interference between gage and product threads) is experienced.
ISO 1502 gages are more favorably toleranced in respect to the product threads they examine. However, when used, they are
applied using the NOT GO concept, which means that the gage is not permitted to enter beyond two full threads. If it engages
the product thread beyond two full turns, even with definite drag, the product is subject to rejection.
The ANSI B1.16M provides for the type of gages listed in Table 8-6.

168
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GENERAL NOTE: Section lined portions identify tolerance zone.
NOTE: 1. Dimension is used in the design of tools, etc. In dimensioning internal threads it is not normally specified. Generally
major diameter acceptance is based upon maximum material condition gaging.

FIG. 8-4 INTERNAL THREAD-LIMITING M PROFILE, TOLERANCE POSITION H (ANSI B1.13M)

BASIC PRINCIPLES (ANSI B1.16M) - OBJECT OF CONFORMANCE GAGING


The object of conformance gaging of product threads is to determine the extent they conform dimensionally to prescribed limits
of size, and to segregate or reject product threads that are outside of prescribed limitations.
There are two general methods of approach to dimensional inspection of product threads, namely, inspection by attributes and
inspection by variables.
Inspection by attributes involves the application of limit gages. Inspection by attributes forms the basis of conformance gaging
except as noted below.
Inspection by variables involves the application of indicating gages or measuring instruments (optical, mechanical, pneumatic,
or electrical) to determine the extent of deviations of product threads and their individual elements relative to prescribed limits.
Inspection by variables forms the basis of conformance gaging where it is required by supplemental specifications that individual
elements of product threads be controlled. Dimensional inspection by variables is most useful in the control of manufacturing
tools and processes and to collect manufacturing data for the analysis of product thread deviations.

SCREW THREAD CONFORMANCE


Dimensional acceptance of product threads shall be in accordance with the limits of size as determined by the conformance
gages recommended herein. It is important that the method of conformance gaging be understood by both the producer and
user. See page 149 for gaging and verification of product threads.

Accuracy in Gaging. Thread plug gages are controlled by direct measuring methods. Thread ring, thread snap limit gages,
and indicating thread gages are controlled by reference to the appropriate setting gages.

Limitations of Gaging. Product threads accepted by a gage of one type may be verified by other types. It is possible,
however, that parts which are near either rejection limit may be accepted by one type and rejected by another. Also, it is possible
for two individual limit gages of the same type to be at the opposite extremes of the gage tolerances permitted, and borderline
product threads accepted by one gage could be rejected by another (see p. 149).
Large product external and internal threads above 158.8 mm (6.25 in.) nominal size may present additional problems for
technical and economic reasons. In these instances, verification may be based on use of gages or measurement of thread
elements. Various types of gages or measuring devices (refer to ANSI B1.16M), in addition to those defined in this document,
are available and acceptable when properly correlated to this document. It is essential to achieve agreement between producer
and consumer with respect to method and equipment used.

169
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
NOTE: Section lined portions identify tolerance zone and un-shaded portions identify allowance (fundamental deviation)

FIG. 8-5 EXTERNAL THREAD - LIMITING M THREAD PROFILE, TOLERANCE POSITION g (ANSI B1.13M)

Surveillance of Gages. Periodic rechecking and surveillance of gages are necessary precautions to assure satisfactory
product thread conformance.

DETERMINING SIZE OF GAGES

Determining Pitch Diameter. The three-wire method of determining pitch diameter of thread plug gages is standard for gages
to this specification. Refer to ANSI B1.16M Appendix B.
Sizes of ring thread gages are determined by their fit on their respective setting plugs so measured. Other thread gages for
product external threads are controlled by reference to appropriate setting plugs so measured.

STANDARD TEMPERATURE (ISO 1)

200C (680F) is the standard temperature used internationally for linear measurements. Nominal dimensions of gages and
product as specified, and actual dimensions as measured, shall be within specified limits at this temperature.
As product threads are frequently checked at temperatures which are not controlled, it is desirable that the coefficient of
thermal expansion of gages be the same as that of the product on which they are used. Inasmuch as the majority of threaded
product consists of iron or steel, and screw-thread gages are ordinarily made of hardened steel, this condition is usually fulfilled
without special attention. When the materials of the product thread and the gage are dissimilar, the differing thermal coefficients
can cause serious complications and must be taken into account. The acceptable tolerance on the standard temperature is ±
10C (± 20F).

170
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-6 GAGING

Product Internal Thread


GO Working Thread Plug Gages
HI Thread Plug Gages
Thread Snap Gages—GO Segments or Rolls
Thread Snap Gages—HI Segments or Rolls
Thread Snap Gages—Minimum Material: Pitch Diameter Cone and Vee
Thread Snap Gages—Minimum Material: Thread Groove Diameter Type
Thread-Setting Solid Ring Gages
Plain Plug, Snap, and Indicating Gages to Check Minor Diameter of Internal Thread
Snap and Indicating Gages to Check Major Diameter of Internal Thread
Functional Indicating Thread Gages for Internal Thread
Minimum Material Indicating Thread Gages for Internal Thread
Indicating Runout Thread Gage for Internal Thread
Differential Gaging
Pitch Micrometers
Thread-Measuring Balls
Optical Comparator and Toolmaker’s Microscope
Profile Tracing Instrument
Surface Roughness Equipment
Roundness Equipment
Miscellaneous Gages and Gaging Equipment

Product External Thread


GO Working Thread Ring Gages
LO Thread Ring Gages
Thread Snap Gages—GO Segments or Rolls
Thread Snap Gages—LO Segments or Rolls
Thread Snap Gages—Cone and Vee
Thread Snap Gages—Minimum Material: Thread Groove Diameter Type

Plain Ring and Snap Gages to Check Major Diameter of Product External Threads
Snap Gages for Minor Diameter of Product—External Threads
Functional Indicating Thread Gages for External Thread
Minimum Material indicating Thread Gages for External Thread
Indicating Runout Gage for External Threads
Differential Gaging
W Tolerance Thread-Setting Plug Gages
Plain Check Plug Gages for Thread Ring Gages
Indicating Plain Diameter Gages — Major Diameter of Product External Threads
Indicating Gages to Check Minor Diameter of External Thread
Thread Micrometers
Thread-Measuring Wires
Optical Comparator and Toolmaker’s Microscope
Profile Tracing Instrument
Electromechanical Lead Tester
Helical Path Attachment Used With GO-Type Thread-Indicating Gage
Helical Path Analyzer
Surface Roughness Equipment
Roundness Equipment
Miscellaneous Gages and Gaging Equipment

Reference Documents
ANSI B1.2 Gages and gaging for unified inch screw threads
ANSI B1.6M Screw thread gaging systems for dimensional acceptability
ANSI B1.7 Nomenclature, definitions, and letter symbols for screw threads
ANSI B1.13M Metric screw threads—M profile
ANSI B46.1 Surface texture
ANSI B89.1.6 Measurement of qualified plain internal diameters for use as master rings and ring gages
ANSI B89.1.9 Precision inch gage blocks for length measurement (through 20 in.)
ANSI B89.3.1 Measurement of out-of-roundness

171
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
MEASURING FORCE FOR WIRE MEASUREMENTS OF 60-deg. THREADS
In measuring the pitch diameter of screw thread gages by means of wires, the following measuring forces shall be used:

Measuring Force (±10%)

Pitch Range, mm N lb (Ref.)


0.8—1.25 1.1 0.250
1.25—3 1.7 0.375
3 and larger 2.2 0.500

The thread wires should be calibrated by the procedure specified in ANSI B1.16M.

GAGING AND VERIFICATION OF PRODUCT THREADS (ANSI B1.16M)

TYPES OF GAGES
Gages are classified as to type and use in this section, together with specific details of gaging practice applicable to each type.
GO thread gages check the maximum-material size, to ensure interchangeable assembly. HI and L0 thread gages check the
minimum-material size.
The thread form of GO thread gages corresponds to maximum product thread depth of engagement to ensure clearance at the
major diameter of the product internal thread or the minor diameter of the product external thread.
GO and NOT GO plain cylindrical plug or ring gages, snap or indicating gages, check the limits of size of the minor diameter of
product internal threads and the major diameter of product external threads respectively.
At the product thread maximum-material limit, the gages used for final conformance gaging are within the limits of size of the
product thread. At the product thread minimum-material limit, the usual practice for gages used for final conformance gaging is
to have the gage tolerance within the extreme limits of size of the product thread. However, to ensure that usable product thread
at the extreme limit of size (minimum-material limit) is not rejected, in borderline cases, the consumer may elect to use HIILO
gages having pitch diameter tolerances outside the product thread limits.

USE OF GAGES: THREADED AND PLAIN GAGES FOR VERIFICATION OF PRODUCT INTERNAL THREADS
Unless otherwise specified, all thread gages which directly check the product thread shall be X tolerance for all classes.

GO Thread Plug Gages. GO thread plug gages must enter the full threaded length of the product freely. The GO thread plug
gage is a cumulative check of all thread elements except the minor diameter.

HI Thread Plug Gages. HI thread plug gages, when applied to the product internal thread, may engage only the end threads
(which may not be representative of the complete thread). Entering threads on product are incomplete and permit gage to start.
Starting threads on HI plugs are subject to greater wear than the remaining threads. Such wear, in combination with the
incomplete product threads, permits further entry of the gage. Surveillance facilities ordinarily available in the field are often
inadequate for fully determining such gage wear. Also, it is not practical to control or limit the torque applied by operators, or that
utilized by a specific operator at various times and under varying conditions. For these reasons, the following standard practice
has been adopted with respect to permissible entry. Threads are acceptable when the Hi thread plug gage is applied to the
product and internal thread if: (a) it does not enter, or if (b) all complete product threads can be entered, provided that a definite
drag from contact with the product material results on or before the second turn of entry. The gage should not be forced after the
drag is definite. Special requirements, such as exceptionally thin or ductile material, or a small number of threads, may
necessitate modification of this practice.

GO and NOT GO Plain Plug Gages for Minor Diameter of Product Internal Thread. GO plain plug gages must completely
enter the product internal thread to ensure that the minor diameter does not exceed the maximum-material-limit. NOT GO plain
plug gages must not enter the product internal thread to provide adequate assurance that the minor diameter does not exceed
the minimum-material limit.

THREAD SETTING PLUG GAGES

GO and LO Truncated Setting Plugs. W tolerance truncated setting plugs are recommended for setting adjustable thread
ring gages to and including 158.8 mm (6.25 in.) nominal size and may be used for setting thread snap gages and indicating
thread gages. Above 158.8 mm (6.25 in.) nominal size, the difference in feel between the full form and truncated sections in
setting thread ring gages is insignificant, and the basic crest setting plug may be used.
When setting adjustable thread ring gages to size, the truncated portion of the setting plug controls the functional size, and the
full form portion ensures that adequate clearance is provided at the major diameter of the ring gage. The full form portion, in
conjunction with the truncated portion, checks, to some degree, the half-angle accuracy of the gage. The same procedure may
be applied to detect uneven angle wear of ring gages in use.

172
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GO and LO Basic-Crest (Full Form) Setting Plugs. W tolerance basic crest setting plugs are frequently used for setting
thread snap limit gages and indicating thread gages. They may also be used for setting large adjustable thread ring gages,
especially those above 158.8 mm (6.25 in.) nominal size. When they are so used, it may be desirable to take a cast of the ring
thread form to check the half-angle and profile.

GO and NOT GO Plain Plug Acceptance Check Gages for Checking Minor Diameter of Thread Ring Gages. The GO
plain plug gage is made to the minimum minor diameter specified for the thread ring gage (GO or LO), while the NOT GO gage
is made to the maximum minor diameter specified for the thread ring gage (GO or LO). After the adjustable thread ring gages
have been set to the applicable thread setting plugs, the GO and NOT GO plain plug acceptance check gages are applied to
check the minor diameter of the ring gage to ensure that it is within the specified limits. An alternate method for checking minor
diameter of thread ring gages is by the use of measuring equipment.

THREADED AND PLAIN RING, SNAP, AND INDICATING THREAD GAGES FOR VERIFICATION OF PRODUCT
EXTERNAL THREAD

Adjustable GO Thread Ring Gages. Adjustable GO thread ring gages must be set to the applicable W tolerance setting
plugs. The product thread must freely enter the GO thread ring gage for the entire length of the threaded portion. The GO thread
ring gage is a cumulative check of all thread elements except the major diameter.

LO Thread Snap Limit Gages or Indicating Thread Gages. LO thread snap limit gages (or indicating thread gages) must be
set to the applicable W tolerance setting plugs. The gage is then applied to the product thread at various points around the
circumference, and over the entire length of complete product threads. In applying the thread snap limit gage, threads are
dimensionally acceptable when the gaging elements do not pass over the product thread or just pass over the product thread
with perceptible drag from contact with the product material and the gage. Indicating thread gages provide a numerical value for
the product thread size. Product external threads are dimensionally acceptable when the value derived in applying the gage (as
described above) is not less than the specified minimum-material limit.

LO Thread Ring Gage. LO thread ring gages must be set to the applicable W tolerance setting plugs. LO thread ring gages,
when applied to the product external thread, may engage only the end threads (which may not be representative of the complete
product thread).
Starting threads on LO rings are subject to greater wear than the remaining threads. Such wear, in combination with the
incomplete threads at the end of the product thread, permit further entry in the gage. Surveillance facilities ordinarily available in
the field are often inadequate for fully determining such gage wear. Also, it is not practical to control or limit the torque applied by
operators, or that utilized by a specific operator at various times and under varying conditions. For these reasons, the following
standard practice has been adopted with respect to permissible entry. Threads are acceptable when the LO thread ring gage is
applied to the product external thread if (a) it is not entered, or if (b) all complete product threads can enter, provided that a
definite drag from contact with the product material results on or before the second turn of entry. The gage should not be forced
after the drag is definite. Special requirements, such as exceptionally thin or ductile material, small number of threads, etc., may
necessitate modification of this practice.

Check of Effect of Lead and Flank Angle Deviations on Product Thread. When this check is specified, there are two
general methods available for the inspection procedures involved, as follows.

Direct Measurement of Deviations. The lead and flank angle of the product thread may be measured by means of available
measuring equipment, such as projection comparators, measuring microscopes, graduated cone points, lead measuring
machines, helix variation measuring machines, and thread flank charting equipment. Diameter equivalents of such deviations
3
are calculated by applying well-known formulas.
Differential Gaging Utilizing Indicating Thread Gages with appropriate gaging elements, as outlined in ANSI B1.16M, may be
used.

GO and NOT GO Plain Rings and Adjustable Snap Limit and Indicating Gages for Checking Major Diameter of Product
External Thread. The GO gage must completely receive or pass over the major diameter of the product external thread to
ensure that the major diameter does not exceed the maximum-material limit. The NOT GO gage must not pass over the major
diameter of the product external thread to assure that the major diameter is not less than the minimum-material limit.
3
Each 0.0001 variation in lead amounts to 0.00017 (1.732 x 0.0001) Increase in effective pitch diameter, (differential reading) for
60-deg. screw threads.
The tangent of half-angle variation times 1.5p equals the increase in effective pitch diameter, based on a height of thread
engagement of 0.625H (Differential reading-diameter equivalent).

173
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
LIMITATIONS
Product threads accepted by a gage of one type may be verified by other types. It is possible, however, that parts which are
near either rejection limit may be accepted by one type and rejected by another. Also, it is possible for two individual limit gages
of the same type to be at the opposite extremes of the gage tolerances permitted, and borderline product threads accepted by
one gage could be rejected by another. In such instances, the applicable gages outlined in this document (limit plug and ring, LO
thread snap or indicating thread gages) that approximate as closely as practicable the extreme maximum-material-product limit
and minimum-material-product limit shall be used to determine whether or not the product threads under inspection are within
the specified limits of size.
Large product external and internal threads above 158.8 mm (6.25 in.) nominal size may present additional problems for
technical and economic reasons. In these instances, verification may be based on use of gages or measurement of thread
elements. Various types of gages or measuring devices (refer to ANSI Bl.16M), in addition to those defined in this standard, are
available and acceptable when properly correlated to this standard. Producer and user should agree on the method and
equipment used.

Surveillance. Gages are subject to wear and/or damage from normal usage. Periodic rechecking and surveillance are
necessary precautions to ensure product thread conformance.

MARKING OF GAGES
Each gage shall be plainly and permanently marked with the minimum marking essential for positive identification. In the case
of plug gages of the renewable-end type, in addition to marking the handle, the marking shall also appear on the face of the
gaging member where practicable.
Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, the following particulars shall be included in the gage marking.
The designation of the corresponding product thread in accordance with the recommendations in ANSI B1.13M Metric Screw
Threads: M Profile.

NOTE: In the case of left-hand screw gages, the symbol “L.H.” follows the designation.

EXAMPLES OF GAGE MARKING (ANSI B1.16M)

Internal Thread
(a) The GO thread plugs should be marked by the metric nominal size, pitch-tolerance class, GO, PD, and pitch diameter in
millimeters (if PD is basic size, tolerance class may be eliminated).

Example:

M8 x 1-6H GO PD7.350 (see Table 8-4, PD min.)


(b) The HI thread plug gage should be marked with the metric nominal size, pitch-tolerance class, HI, PD, and pitch diameter
in millimeters.

Example:

M8 x l-6H HI PD7.500 (see Table 8-4, PD max.)

(c) The assembled gage should be marked by the metric nominal size, pitch-tolerance class, GO, PD, and pitch diameter in
millimeters.

Example:

M8 x 1-6H GO PD7.350 (see Table 8-4, PD min.)

(d) The assembled gage should be marked by the metric nominal size, pitch-tolerance class, HI, PD, and pitch diameter in
millimeters.

Example:

M8 x 1-6H HI PD7.500 (see Table 8-4, PD max.)

External Thread
(e) The GO thread ring gage should be marked by the metric nominal size, pitch-tolerance class, GO, PD, and pitch diameter
in millimeters.

Example:

M8 x 1-6g GO PD7.324 (see Table 8-5, PD max.)


174
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
(f) The LO thread gage should be marked by the metric nominal size, pitch-tolerance class, LO, PD, and pitch diameter in
millimeters.

Example:

M8 x 1-6g LO PD7.212 (see Table 8-5, PD min.)

(g) The assembled gage should be marked by the metric nominal size, pitch-tolerance class, GO, PD, and pitch diameter in
millimeters.

Example:

M8 x 1-6g GO PD7.324 (see Table 8-5, PD max.)

(h) The assembled gage should be marked by the metric nominal size, pitch-tolerance class, LO, PD, and pitch diameter in
millimeters.

Example:

M8 x 1-6g LO PD7.212 (see Table 8-5, PD min.)

TRAPEZOIDAL SCREW THREADS


The ISO Technical Committee (TC1) has developed four International Standards, ISO 2901, 2902, 2903, and 2904, on metric
module trapezoidal screw threads. The material in these international and national standards from other major industrial
countries serves as a basis for the material in this subsection.
Trapezoidal screw threads are used for lead spindles in machine tool design, and the ISO general plan of diameter-pitch
combinations with references to other national standards should prove to be useful when customary inch module machines are
converted or new metric module lead spindles are produced. The above standards drafts could be subject to some future
changes in the tolerancing area; however, they are useful in their present form.

Basic Trapezoidal Thread Profile. The basic trapezoidal thread profile is specified in the ISO 2901 standard and shown in
Fig. 8-6. The tolerances and deviations for external and internal trapezoidal screw threads are applied to the basic sizes for
which the numerical values are listed in Table 8-7.

World Metric Trapezoidal Screw Threads Standards. Table 8-7 lists the general dimensions for the ISO metric trapezoidal
screw threads, and at the same time, relates the ISO international standards to the national standards in some major industrial
countries.
ISO 2902 specifies the nominal diameters and pitches for metric module trapezoidal screw threads, and the table is based on
the material presented in the above standard. The dimensions shown in the table are valid for the national standard in the UK,
and are slightly different for the nut crest clearances, and therefore also for the minor nut diameters in the German and Italian
standards. The basic thread profile is identical, however, and trapezoidal screw threads produced to one standard should
interchange with those produced to the other national standards listed.
The design profiles for the ISO metric internal and external trapezoidal screw threads are shown in Fig. 8-7, and the most
important general dimensions are computed and shown in Table 8-7. All dimensions represent the profiles of the threads in the
maximum metal conditions.

Key to Symbols and Formulas Used to Compute Values in Table 8-7


Nominal Diameter d = D (from Standard)
Thread Pitch P (from Standard)
Pitch Diameter d2 = D2 = d — 0.5P
Minor Diameter (Bolt) d3 = d — 2h3
Minor Diameter (Nut) D 1 = d — 2H1 = d — P
Major Diameter (Nut) D 4 = d + 2ac
Crest Clearance ac (from Standard)
Radius R1max = 0.5 ac
Radius R2max = ac
Thread Height (Bolt) h3 = 0.5P + ac
Thread Height (Nut) H 4 = 0.5P + ac
Area of Minor Diameter Section (Bolt) A — d3 = (d3)2 • (π/4)

175
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Classes of Trapezoidal Thread Fit. The tolerance system for trapezoidal screw threads is similar to the one used on ISO
general metric fasteners, and it is described in the ISO 2903 standard, which has been based on ISO 965 Part 1 completed with
tolerance positions c and e. The recommended tolerance classes are, however, not the same for the two tolerance systems.
The position of a tolerance zone is defined by the distance between the basic size and the nearest end of the tolerance zone.
This distance is known as the fundamental deviation, and it is designated with capital letters for nuts and small letters for bolts.
The magnitudes of tolerance zones are designated by tolerance grades (figures). A combination of a tolerance grade (figure)
and a fundamental deviation (letter) forms a tolerance class designation, e.g., 7H (see Fig. 8-8).
Symbols used, other than those shown above, are as follows:
N = designation for thread engagement group Normal (see Table 8-8)
L = designation for thread engagement group Long (see Table 8-8)
T = tolerance
TD1 TD2 = tolerances for D1, D2, d, d3, d2 (see key to symbols above)
Td T d3 Td2 = (for D4 no tolerances are specified)
ei El = lower deviations (El for the nut threads is equal to zero)
es ES = upper deviations

D = major diameter of internal thread D1 = minor diameter of internal thread


d = major diameter of external thread d1 = minor diameter of external thread
D2 = pitch diameter of internal thread P = pitch
d2 = pitch diameter of external thread H = height of fundamental triangle
H1 = height of basic profile

FIG. 8-6 BASIC TRAPEZOIDAL THREAD PROFILE (ISO 2901)

176
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 8-7 DESIGN FORMS OF INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL TRAPEZOIDAL THREADS
(ISO 2901) (Maximum Metal Conditions)

177
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-7 WORLD STANDARDS FOR METRIC TRAPEZOIDAL SCREW THREADS (ISO 2901, 2902, 2903, and 2904)
mm
I NOM PITCH MINOR MAJOR CREST THREAD STR AREA
PITCH RADIUS
S SIZE DIA DIAMETER DIA CLEAR HEIGHT AT MINOR
2
O d P d2 = D2 d3 D1 D4 ac R1max R2max H4 = h3 DIA mm
F 8 1.5 NORMAL 7.25 6.2 6.5 8.3 0.15 0.075 0.15 0.9 3.020E+01
S 9 2 NORMAL 8 6.5 7 9.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.25 3.32E+01
1.5 FINE 8.25 7.2 7.5 9.3 0.15 0.075 0.15 0.9 4.07E+01
F 10 2 NORMAL 9 7.5 8 10.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.25 4.420E+01
1.5 FINE 9.25 8.2 8.5 10.3 0.15 0.075 0.15 0.9 5.280E+01
S 11 3 COARSE 9.5 7.5 8 11.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 4.420E+01
2 NORMAL 10 8.5 9 11.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.25 5.67E+01
F 12 3 NORMAL 10.5 8.5 9 12.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 5.670E+01
2 FINE 11 9.5 10 12.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.25 7.09E+01
S 14 3 NORMAL 12.5 10.5 11 14.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 8.660E+01
2 FINE 13 11.5 12 14.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.25 1.04E+02
F 16 4 NORMAL 14 11.5 12 16.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 1.040E+02
2 FINE 15 13.5 14 16.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.25 1.430E+02
S 18 4 NORMAL 16 13.5 14 18.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 1.430E+02
2 FINE 17 15.5 16 19.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.25 1.890E+02
F 20 4 NORMAL 18 15.5 16 20.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 1.890E+02
2 FINE 19 17.5 18 20.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.25 2.410E+02
S 22 8 COARSE 18 13 14 23 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 1.33E+01
5 NORMAL 19.5 16.5 17 22.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.75 2.14E+02
3 FINE 20.5 18.5 19 22.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 2.690E+02
F 24 8 COARSE 20 15 16 25 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 1.77E+01
5 NORMAL 21.5 18.5 19 24.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.75 2.690E+02
3 FINE 22.5 20.5 21 24.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 3.30E+02
S 26 8 COARSE 22 17 18 27 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 2.270E+02
5 NORMAL 23.5 20.5 21 26.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.75 3.300E+02
3 FINE 24.5 22.5 23 26.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 3.98E+02
F 28 9 COARSE 24 19 20 29 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 2.840E+02
5 NORMAL 25.5 22.5 23 29.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.75 3.990E+02
3 FINE 26.5 24.5 25 28.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 4.71E+02
S 30 10 COARSE 25 19 20 31 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 2.840E+00
6 NORMAL 27 23 24 31 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 4.150E+02
3 FINE 28.5 26.5 27 30.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 5.520E+02
F 32 10 COARSE 27 21 22 33 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 3.46E+02
6 NORMAL 25 25 26 33 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 4.910E+02
3 FINE 30.5 28.5 29 32.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 6.38E+02
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-7 and the key to symbols.
2. The nominal size is ISO standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.

178
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-7 WORLD STANDARDS FOR METRIC TRAPEZOIDAL SCREW THREADS (CONT'D) (ISO 2901, 2902, 2903, and 2904)
mm
I NOM PITCH MINOR MAJOR CREST THREAD STR AREA
PITCH RADIUS
S SIZE DIA DIAMETER DIA CLEAR HEIGHT AT MINOR
2
O d P d2 = D2 d3 D1 D4 ac R1max R2max H4 = h3 DIA mm
S 34 10 COARSE 29 23 24 35 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 4.150E+02
6 NORMAL 31 27 28 35 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 5.73E+02
3 FINE 32.5 30.5 31 34.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 7.310E+02
F 36 10 COARSE 31 25 26 47 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 4.910E+02
6 NORMAL 33 29 30 37 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 6.610E+02
3 FINE 34.5 32.5 33 36.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 8.30E+02
S 38 10 COARSE 33 27 28 39 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 5.73E+02
7 NORMAL 34.5 30 31 39 0.5 0.25 0.5 4 7.070E+02
3 FINE 36.5 34.5 35 39.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 9.35E+02
F 40 10 COARSE 35 29 30 41 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 6.610E+02
7 NORMAL 36.5 32 33 41 0.5 0.25 0.5 4 8.04E+02
3 FINE 38.5 36.5 37 40.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 1.050E+03
S 42 10 COARSE 37 31 32 43 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 7.55E+02
7 NORMAL 38.5 34 35 43 0.5 0.25 0.5 4 9.080E+02
3 FINE 40.5 38.5 39 42.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 1.16E+03
F 44 12 COARSE 38 31 32 45 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 7.550E+02
7 NORMAL 40.5 36 37 45 0.5 0.25 0.5 4 1.020E+03
3 FINE 42.5 40.5 41 44.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 1.29E+03
S 46 12 COARSE 40 33 34 47 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 8.55E+02
8 NORMAL 42 37 38 47 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 1.08E+03
3 FINE 44.5 42.5 43 46.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 1.42E+03
F 48 12 COARSE 42 35 36 49 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 9.62E+02
8 NORMAL 44 39 40 49 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 1.190E+03
3 FINE 46.5 44.5 45 48.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 1.560E+03
S 50 12 COARSE 44 37 38 51 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 1.080E+03
a NORMAL 46 41 42 51 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 1.320E+03
3 FINE 48.5 46.5 47 50.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 1.700E+03
F 52 12 COARSE 46 39 40 53 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 1.190E+03
8 NORMAL 48 43 44 53 0.5 0.29 0.5 4.5 1.450E+03
3 FINE 50.5 48.5 49 52.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 1.850E+03
S 55 14 COARSE 48 39 41 57 1 0.5 1 8 1.190E+03
9 NORMAL 50.5 45 46 56 0.5 0.25 0.5 5 1.59E+03
3 FINE 53.5 51.5 52 55.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 2.08E+03
F 60 14 COARSE 53 44 46 62 1 0.5 1 8 1.520E+03
9 NORMAL 55.5 50 51 61 0.5 0.25 0.5 9 1.96E+03
3 FINE 58.5 56.5 57 60.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 1.75 2.510E+03
S 65 16 COARSE 57 47 49 67 1 0.5 1 9 1.73E+03
10 NORMAL 60 54 55 66 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 2.290E+03
4 FINE 63 60.5 61 65.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 2.87E+03
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-7 and the key to symbols.
2. The nominal size is ISO standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.

179
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-7 WORLD STANDARDS FOR METRIC TRAPEZOIDAL SCREW THREADS (CONT'D) (ISO 2901, 2902, 2903, and 2904)
mm
I NOM PITCH MINOR MAJOR CREST THREAD STR AREA
PITCH RADIUS
S SIZE DIA DIAMETER DIA CLEAR HEIGHT AT MINOR
2
O d P d2 = D2 d3 D1 D4 ac R1max R2max H4 = h3 DIA mm
F 70 16 COARSE 62 52 54 72 1 0.5 1 9 2.12E+03
10 NORMAL 65 55 60 71 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 2.730E+03
4 FINE 68 65.5 66 70.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 3.370E+03
S 75 16 COARSE 67 57 59 77 1 0.5 1 9 2.550E+03
10 NORMAL 70 64 65 76 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 3.22E+03
4 FINE 73 70.5 71 75.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 3.90E+03
F 80 16 COARSE 72 62 64 82 1 0.5 1 9 3.02E+03
10 NORMAL 75 69 70 81 0.5 0.25 0.5 5.5 3.740E+03
4 FINE 78 75.5 76 80.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 4.48E+03
S 85 18 COARSE 76 65 67 87 1 0.5 1 10 3.320E+03
12 NORMAL 79 72 73 86 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 4.070E+03
4 FINE 83 80.5 81 85.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 5.090E+03
F 90 18 COARSE 81 70 72 92 1 0.5 1 10 3.850E+03
12 NORMAL 84 77 78 91 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 4.66E+03
4 FINE 88 85.5 86 90.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 5.740E+03
S 95 18 COARSE 86 75 77 97 1 0.5 1 10 4.420E+03
12 NORMAL 89 82 83 96 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 5.280E+03
4 FINE 93 90.5 91 95.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 6.430E+03
F 100 20 COARSE 90 78 80 102 1 0.5 1 11 4.78E+03
12 NORMAL 94 87 84 101 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 5.940E+03
4 FlNE 98 95.5 96 100.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 7.160E+03
T 105 20 COARSE 95 83 85 107 1 0.5 1 11 5.41E+03
12 NORMAL 99 92 93 106 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 6.65E+03
4 FINE 103 100.5 101 105.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 2.25 7.93E+03
S 110 20 COARSE 100 88 90 112 1 0.5 1 11 6.080E+03
12 NORMAL 104 97 98 111 1 0.25 0.5 6.5 7.39E+03
4 FINE 108 105.5 106 110.5 0.5 0.125 0.25 2.25 8.74E+03
T 115 22 COARSE 104 91 93 117 1 0.5 1 12 6.500E+03
14 NORMAL 108 99 101 117 1 0.5 1 8 7.70E+03
6 FINE 112 108 109 116 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 9.160E+03
F 120 22 COARSE 109 96 98 122 1 0.5 1 12 7.240E+03
14 NORMAL 113 104 106 122 1 0.5 1 8 8.490E+03
6 FINE 117 113 114 121 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 1.00E+04
T 125 22 COARSE 114 101 103 127 1 0.5 1 12 8.010E+03
14 NORMAL 118 109 111 127 1 0.5 1 8 9.330E+03
6 FINE 122 118 119 126 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 1.09E+04
S 133 22 COARSE 119 106 108 132 1 0.5 1 12 8.820E+03
14 NORMAL 123 114 116 132 1 0.5 1 8 1.02E+04
6 FINE 127 123 124 131 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 1.19E+04
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-7 and the key to symbols.
2. The nominal size is ISO standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.

180
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-7 WORLD STANDARDS FOR METRIC TRAPEZOIDAL SCREW THREADS (CONT'D) (ISO 2901, 2902, 2903, and 2904)
mm
I NOM PITCH MINOR MAJOR CREST THREAD STR AREA
PITCH RADIUS
S SIZE DIA DIAMETER DIA CLEAR HEIGHT AT MINOR
2
O d P d2 = D2 d3 D1 D4 ac R1max R2max H4 = h3 DIA mm
T 135 24 COARSE 123 109 111 137 1 0.5 1 13 9.33E+03
14 NORMAL 128 119 121 137 1 0.5 1 8 1.110E+04
6 FINE 132 128 129 136 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 1.290E+04
F 145 24 COARSE 128 114 116 142 1 0.5 1 13 1.02E+04
14 NORMAL 133 124 126 142 1 0.5 1 8 1.21E+04
6 FINE 137 133 134 141 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 1.39E+04
T 145 24 COARSE 133 119 121 147 1 0.5 1 13 1.110E+04
14 NORMAL 138 129 131 147 1 0.5 1 8 1.31E+04
6 FINE 142 138 139 146 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 1.500E+04
S 150 24 COARSE 138 124 126 152 1 0.5 1 13 1.21E+04
16 NORMAL 142 132 134 152 1 0.5 1 9 1.37E+04
6 FINE 147 143 144 151 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 1.61E+04
T 155 24 COARSE 143 129 131 157 1 0.5 1 13 1.310E+04
16 NORMAL 147 137 139 157 1 0.5 1 9 1.47E+04
6 FINE 152 148 149 156 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 1.72E+04
F 160 28 COARSE 146 130 132 162 1 0.5 1 15 1.33E+04
16 NORMAL 152 142 144 162 1 0.5 1 9 1.58E+04
6 FINE 157 153 154.6 161 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 1.84E+04
T 165 28 COARSE 151 135 137 167 1 0.5 1 15 1.430E+04
16 NORMAL 157 147 149 167 1 0.5 1 9 1.70E+04
6 FINE 162 158 159 166 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 1.96E+04
S 170 28 COARSE 156 140 142 172 1 0.5 1 15 1.540E+04
16 NORMAL 162 152 154 172 1 0.5 1 9 1.81E+04
6 FINE 167 163 164 171 0.5 0.25 0.5 3.5 2.09E+04
T 175 28 COARSE 161 145 147 177 1 0.5 1 15 1.65E+04
16 NORMAL 167 157 159 177 1 0.5 1 9 1.94E+04
8 FINE 171 166 167 176 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 2.16E+04
F 180 28 COARSE 166 150 152 182 1 0.5 1 15 1.77E+04
18 NORMAL 171 160 162 182 1 0.5 1 10 2.01E+04
8 FINE 176 171 172 181 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 2.300E+04
T 185 32 COARSE 169 151 153 187 1 0.5 1 17 1.790E+04
18 NORMAL 176 165 167 187 1 0.5 1 10 2.140E+04
8 FINE 181 176 177 186 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 2.43E+04
S 190 32 COARSE 174 156 158 192 1 0.5 1 17 1.910E+04
18 NORMAL 181 170 172 192 1 0.5 1 10 2.27E+04
8 FINE 186 181 182 191 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 2.57E+04
T 195 32 COARSE 179 161 163 197 1 0.5 1 17 2.04E+04
I8 NORMAL 196 175 177 197 1 0.5 1 10 2.41E+04
8 FINE 191 186 187 196 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 2.72E+04
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-7 and the key to symbols.
2. The nominal size is ISO standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.

181
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-7 WORLD STANDARDS FOR METRIC TRAPEZOIDAL SCREW THREADS (CONT'D) (ISO 2901, 2902, 2903, and 2904)
mm
I NOM PITCH MINOR MAJOR CREST THREAD STR AREA
PITCH RADIUS
S SIZE DIA DIAMETER DIA CLEAR HEIGHT AT MINOR
2
O d P d2 = D2 d3 D1 D4 ac R1max R2max H4 = h3 DIA mm
F 200 32 COARSE 184 166 168 202 1 0.5 1 17 2.16E+04
18 NORMAL 191 180 182 202 1 0.5 1 10 2.54E+04
8 FINE 196 191 192 201 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 2.87E+04
S 210 36 COARSE 192 172 174 212 1 0.5 1 19 2.32E+04
20 NORMAL 200 188 190 212 1 0.5 1 11 2.780E+04
8 FINE 206 201 202 211 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 3.17E+04
F 220 36 COARSE 202 182 184 222 1 0.5 1 19 2.600E+04
20 NORMAL 210 198 200 222 1 0.5 1 11 3.08E+04
8 FINE 216 211 212 221 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 3.50E+04
S 230 36 COARSE 212 192 194 232 1 0.5 1 19 2.90E+04
20 NORMAL 220 208 210 232 1 0.5 1 11 3.40E+04
8 FINE 226 221 222 231 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 4.84E+04
F 240 36 COARSE 222 202 204 242 1 0.5 1 19 3.20E+04
22 NORMAL 229 216 218 242 1 0.5 1 12 3.66E+04
8 FINE 236 231 232 241 0.5 0.25 0.5 4.5 4.19E+04
S 250 40 COARSE 230 208 210 252 1 0.5 1 21 3.40E+04
22 NORMAL 239 226 228 252 1 0.5 1 12 4.010E+04
12 FINE 244 237 238 251 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 4.410E+04
F 260 40 COARSE 240 218 220 262 1 0.5 1 21 3.730E+04
22 NORMAL 249 236 238 262 1 0.5 1 12 4.37E+04
12 FINE 254 247 248 261 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 4.79E+04
S 270 40 COARSE 250 228 230 272 1 0.5 1 21 4.080E+04
24 NORMAL 258 244 246 272 1 0.5 1 13 4.68E+04
12 FINE 264 257 258 271 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 5.190E+04
F 280 40 COARSE 260 238 240 282 1 0.5 1 21 4.450E+04
24 NORMAL 268 254 256 282 1 0.5 1 13 5.070E+04
12 FINE 274 267 268 281 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 5.600E+04
S 290 44 COARSE 268 244 246 292 1 0.5 1 23 4.68E+04
24 NORMAL 278 264 266 292 1 0.5 1 13 5.470E+04
12 FINE 284 277 278 291 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 6.030E+04
F 300 44 COARSE 278 254 256 302 1 0.5 1 23 5.070E+04
24 NORMAL 288 274 276 302 1 0.5 1 13 5.900E+04
12 FINE 294 287 288 301 0.5 0.25 0.5 6.5 6.470E+04
NOTES:
1. See Fig. 8-7 and the key to symbols.
2. The nominal size is ISO standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice, T = Third choice.

FIG. 8-8 TOLERANCE POSITIONS FOR TRAPEZOIDAL SCREW THREADS WITH RESPECT TO ZERO LINE
(Basic Size)

182
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RECOMMENDED TOLERANCES
The following general rules can be formulated for the choice of tolerance quality:

1. Medium: For general use.


2. Coarse: For cases where manufacturing difficulties can arise.

If the actual length of thread engagement is unknown, group N is recommended.

RECOMMENDED TOLERANCES FOR NUT THREADS (ISO 2903)

Tolerances for
the Pitch Diameter
Tolerance Quality N L
Medium 7H 8H
Coarse 8H 9H

RECOMMENDED TOLERANCES FOR BOLT THREADS (ISO 2903)

Tolerances for
the Pitch Diameter
Tolerance Quality N L
Medium 7e 8e
Coarse 8c 9c

Dimension Fundamental Tolerance


Name (symbol) Deviation (letter) Grade (number)

Minor diameter of nut threads (D1) zero TD1 see Table 8-10

Pitch diameter of nut threads (D2) zero TD2 see Table 8-13

Major diameter of bolt threads (d) zero Td see Table 8-11

Minor diameter of bolt threads (d3) use d2 values - see Table 8-9 Td3 see Table 8-12

Pitch diameter of bolt threads (d2) see Table 8-9 Td2 see Table 8-14

FIG. 8-9 GUIDE TO CALCULATING THREAD LIMITS

183
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-8 LENGTH OF TRAPEZOIDAL THREAD ENGAGEMENT (ISO 2903)
mm
Basic major diameter Groups of lengths of thread engagement
Pitch
d N L
up to up to
over P over over
and incl and incl
1.5 5 15 15
5.6 11.2 2 6 19 19
3 10 28 28
2 8 24 24
3 11 32 32
11.2 22.4 4 15 43 43
5 18 53 53
8 30 85 85
3 12 36 36
5 21 63 63
6 25 75 75
22.4 45 7 30 85 85
8 34 100 100
10 42 125 125
12 50 150 150
3 15 45 45
4 19 56 56
8 38 118 118
9 43 132 132
45 90 10 50 140 140
12 60 170 170
14 67 200 200
16 75 236 236
18 85 265 265
4 24 71 71
6 36 106 106
8 45 132 132
12 67 200 200
14 75 236 236
16 90 265 265
90 180 18 100 300 300
20 112 335 335
22 118 355 355
24 132 400 400
28 150 450 450
8 50 150 150
12 75 224 224
18 112 335 335
20 125 375 375
180 355 22 140 425 425
24 150 450 450
32 200 600 600
36 224 670 670
40 250 750 750
44 280 850 850

184
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TOLERANCE GRADES (ISO 2903)
The following tolerance grades are established in the ISO standard.

Dimension Tolerance grade


Minor diameter of nut threads D1 4
Major diameter of bolt threads d 4
Pitch diameter of nut threads D2 7 8 9
Pitch diameter of bolt threads d2 7 8 9
Minor diameter of bolt threads d3 7 8 9

The classification of the trapezoidal thread engagement as long (L), and normal (N), is dependent on the nominal diameter and
the pitch. It is necessary to determine this differentiation before selecting the tolerances for bolt and nut threads. The length of
thread engagement is classified into the groups N or L, as shown in Table 8-8.

Calculation of Limits. In order to calculate the upper and lower limits for a trapezoidal screw thread size, proceed as follows:
1. Determine nominal thread size and tolerance designation.
2. Find the basic dimension in Table 8-7.
3. Use the guide shown in Fig. 8-9 and find the fundamental deviation (see Table 8-9) and
tolerance grade in referenced Tables 8-10 through 8-14.
4. Calculate upper and lower limits.

Example Nut Tr 40 X 7 — 7H
The minor diameter of nut threads (D1):

Basic size (see Table 8-7): D1 = 33


Fundamental deviation (see Fig. 8-9): EI = 0
Tolerance grade (see Table 8-10): TD1 = 0.560

+ 0.560 33.560 upper limit


thus: 33 =
+0 33.000 lower limit

Example Bolt Tr 16 X 4 — 7e
The minor diameter of bolt threads (d3):
Basic size (see Table 8-7): d3 = 11.5
Fundamental deviation (see Table 8-9): es = — 0.095
Tolerance grade (see Table 8-12): T d3 = 0.426

— 0.095 11.405 upper limit


thus: 11.5 =
—0.521 10.979 lower limit

Trapezoidal Thread Designation. The one-start metric trapezoidal screw thread conforming to the ISO standard is
designated by the letters Tr, followed by the values of the nominal diameter and of the pitch expressed in millimeters and
separated by the sign X.

Example: Tr 40 X 7

The multiple-start metric trapezoidal screw threads conforming to the ISO standard are designated by the letters Tr followed by
the values of the nominal diameter and of the lead for the multiple-start threads, separated by the sign x, and, in brackets, the
letter P and the value of the pitch, all expressed in millimeters.

185
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-9 FUNDAMENTAL DEVIATIONS FOR THE PITCH DIAMETER OF NUT THREADS AND BOLT THREADS (ISO 2903)

Fundamental deviation

Nut thread Bolt thread

Pitch D2 d2
P H c e
El es es
mm µm µm µm*
1.5 0 -140 -67
2 0 -150 -71
3 0 -170 -85
4 0 -190 -95
5 0 -212 -106
6 0 -236 -118
7 0 -250 -125
8 0 -265 -132
9 0 -280 -140
10 0 -300 -150
12 0 -335 -170
14 0 -355 -180
16 0 -375 -190
18 0 -400 -200
20 0 -425 -212
22 0 -450 -224
24 0 -475 -236
28 0 -500 -250
32 0 -530 -265
36 0 -560 -280
40 0 -600 -300
44 0 -630 -315
*1 µm = 0.001 mm

186
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-10 MINOR DIAMETER TOLERANCE OF TABLE 8-11 MAJOR DIAMETER TOLERANCE OF
TRAPEZOIDAL NUT THREADS (TD1) (ISO 2903) TRAPEZOIDAL BOLT THREAD (Td)* (ISO 2903)

Pitch Pitch
Tolerance grade 4 Tolerance grade 4
P P

mm µm** mm µm**

1.5 190 1.5 150


2 236 2 180
3 315 3 236
4 375 4 300
5 450 5 335
6 500 6 375
7 560 7 425
8 630 8 450
9 670 9 500
10 710 10 530
12 800 12 600
14 900 14 670
16 1000 16 710
18 1120 18 800
20 1180 20 850
22 1250 22 900
24 1320 24 950
28 1500 28 1060
32 1600 32 1120
36 1800 36 1250
40 1900 40 1320
44 2000 44 1400
*The fundamental deviation for the minor *The fundamental deviation for the
diameter of nut threads is zero. minor diameter of nut threads is zero.
** µm = 0.001 mm ** µm = 0.001 mm

Example: Tr 40 X 14 (P7)

(Number of starts = Lead /Pitch = 14/7 = 2 defines a screw thread of 40 diameters with 2 starts)

For left-hand metric trapezoidal screw threads, the letters LH should be added to the thread designation.

Example: Tr 40 x 14 (P7) LH
The designations for thread tolerances are as follows:

Examples: Tr 40 X 7 — 7H (for nuts)


Tr 40 x 7 — 7e (for bolts)
A fit between threaded parts is indicated by the nut thread tolerance designation followed by the bolt thread tolerance
designation separated by a stroke.

Example: Tr 40 X 7 — 7H/7e

187
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-12 MINOR DIAMETER TOLERANCE OF TRAPEZOIDAL BOLT THREAD (Td3) (ISO 2903)

Basic major Pitch Tolerance position c Tolerance position e


diameter of the pitch diameter of the pitch diameter
d p tolerance tolerance
Tolerance grade Tolerance grade
over up to 7 8 9 7 8 9
mm mm mm µm µm µm µm µm µm*
1.5 352 405 471 279 332 398
5.6 11.2 2 388 445 525 309 366 446
3 435 501 589 350 416 504
2 400 462 544 321 383 465
3 450 520 614 365 435 529
11.2 22.4 4 521 609 690 426 514 595
5 562 656 775 456 550 669
8 709 828 965 576 695 832
3 482 564 670 397 479 585
5 587 681 806 481 575 700
6 655 767 899 537 649 781
22.4 45 7 694 813 950 569 688 825
8 734 859 1015 601 726 882
10 800 925 1087 650 775 937
12 866 998 1223 691 823 1048
3 501 589 701 416 504 616
4 565 659 784 470 564 689
8 765 890 1052 632 757 919
9 811 943 1118 671 803 978
45 90 10 831 963 1138 681 813 988
12 929 1085 1273 754 910 1098
14 970 1142 1355 805 967 1180
16 1038 1213 1438 853 1028 1253
18 1100 1288 1525 900 1088 1320
4 584 690 815 489 595 720
6 705 830 986 587 712 868
8 796 928 1103 663 795 970
12 960 1122 1335 785 947 1160
14 1018 1193 1418 843 1018 1243
90 180 16 1075 1263 1500 890 1078 1315
18 1150 1338 1588 950 1138 1388
20 1175 1363 1613 962 1150 1400
22 1232 1450 1700 1011 1224 1474
24 1313 1538 1800 1074 1299 1561
28 1388 1625 1900 1138 1375 1650
8 828 965 1153 695 832 1020
12 998 1173 1398 823 998 1223
18 1187 1400 1650 987 1200 1450
20 1263 1488 1750 1050 1275 1537
22 1288 1513 1775 1062 1287 1549
180 355 24 1363 1600 1875 1124 1361 1636
32 1530 1780 2092 1265 1515 1827
36 1623 1885 2210 1343 1605 1930
40 1663 1925 2250 1363 1625 1950
44 1755 2030 2380 1440 1715 2065
* µm = 0.001 mm

188
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-13 PITCH DIAMETER TOLERANCE OF TRAPEZOIDAL NUT THREAD (TD2) (ISO 2903)

Basic major diameter


Tolerance grade
d Pitch
up to
over 7 8 9
and incl P
mm mm mm µm µm µm*
1.5 224 280 355
5.6 11.2 2 250 315 400
3 280 355 450
2 265 335 425
3 300 375 475
11.2 22.4 4 355 450 560
5 375 475 600
8 475 600 750
3 335 425 530
5 400 500 630
6 450 560 710
22.4 45 7 475 600 750
8 500 630 800
10 530 670 850
12 560 710 900
3 355 450 550
4 400 500 630
8 530 670 850
9 560 710 900
45 90 10 560 710 900
12. 630 800 1000
14 670 850 1060
16 710 900 1120
18 750 950 1180
4 425 530 670
6 500 630 800
8 560 710 900
12 670 850 1060
14 710 900 1120
90 180 16 750 950 1180
18 800 1000 1250
20 800 1000 1250
22 850 1060 1320
24 900 1120 1400
28 950 1180 1500
8 600 750 950
12 710 900 1120
18 850 1060 1320
20 900 1120 1400
180 355 22 900 1120 1400
24 950 1180 1500
32 1060 1320 1700
36 1120 1400 1800
40 1120 1400 1800
44 1250 1500 1900
* µm = 0.001 mm

189
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-14 PITCH DIAMETER TOLERANCE OF TRAPEZOIDAL BOLT THREAD (TD2) (ISO 2903)

Basic major diameter


Pitch Tolerance grade
d
up to
over P 6 7 8 9
and incl
mm mm mm µm µm µm µm*
1.5 132 170 212 265
5.6 11.2 2 150 190 236 300
3 170 212 265 335
2 160 200 250 315
3 180 224 280 355
11.2 22.4 4 212 265 335 400
5 224 280 355 450
8 280 355 450 560
3 200 250 315 400
5 236 300 375 475
6 265 335 425 530
22.4 45 7 280 355 450 560
8 300 375 475 600
10 315 400 500 630
12 335 425 530 710
3 212 265 335 425
4 236 300 375 475
8 315 400 500 630
9 335 425 530 670
45 90 10 335 425 530 670
12 375 475 600 750
14 400 500 630 800
16 425 530 670 850
18 450 560 710 900
4 250 315 400 500
6 300 375 475 600
8 33S 425 530 670
12 400 500 630 800
14 425 530 670 850
90 180 16 450 560 710 900
18 475 600 750 950
20 475 600 750 950
22 500 630 800 1000
24 530 670 850 1060
28 560 710 900 1120
8 355 450 560 710
12 425 530 670 850
18 500 630 800 1000
20 530 670 850 1060
22 530 670 850 1060
180 355 24 560 710 900 1120
32 630 800 1000 1250
36 670 850 1060 1320
40 670 850 1060 1320
44 710 900 1120 1400
* µm = 0.001 mm

MINIATURE SCREW THREADS


The miniature metric screw threads have 14 nominal diameter sizes ranging from 0.3 through 1.4 mm, and they are specified
in ISO 1501. The basic thread profile is identical to the ISO general screw thread form (ISO 68) except for the thread height,
which equals 0.48 X pitch.
The ISO diameter pitch combinations are standardized in ANSI B1.10, but the basic thread height is slightly different and it
equals 0.52P (ISO 68 thread height is equal to 0.54P). It is expected that the diameter-pitch combinations outlined in ISO 1501
will remain as is. However, one standard thread height is anticipated. This should not result in any difficulty in interchangeability
of threaded fasteners with the same diameter-pitch combination in the miniature sizes.

Basic Miniature Thread Profile. The basic miniature thread profile is specified in ISO 1501 and is shown in Fig. 8-10. The
tolerances and deviations for external and internal miniature screw threads are applied to the basic sizes, for which the
numerical values are listed in Table 8-15.
190
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 8-10 BASIC MINIATURE THREAD PROFILE (ISO 1501)

D = major diameter of internal thread


d = major diameter of external thread
D2 = pitch diameter of internal thread
d2 = pitch diameter of external thread
D1 = minor diameter of internal thread
d1 = minor diameter of external thread
P = pitch; and
H = height of fundamental triangle

WORLD METRIC MINIATURE SCREW THREADS STANDARD

Table 8-15 tabulates the basic general dimensions for the ISO metric miniature screw threads, and at the same time, relates
the ISO standards to the national standards in some major industrial countries.

Designation of Miniature Screw Threads. A complete designation of a miniature screw thread is shown in the following
example:

ISO miniature screw thread S-0.6 mm diameter designation (Nut/Bolt combination)

Refer to ISO 1501, or other national standards listed for thread - fit details.

191
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 8-15 WORLD STANDARDS FOR METRIC MINIATURE SCREW THREADS (ISO 1501)
mm
I NOM PITCH MINOR THREAD RADIUS TENSILE USA EU
PITCH
S SIZE DIA DIAMETER HEIGHT MAX STR AREA ANSI ISO
2
O d=D P d2=D2 d3 D1 h3 H1 R AS mm B1.10 1501
F 0.3 0.08 0.248 0.223 0.223 0.038 0.038 0.012 0.0436 F F

S 0.35 0.09 0.292 0.264 0.264 0.043 0.043 0.013 0.0605 S S

F 0.4 0.1 0.335 0.304 0.304 0.048 0.048 0.014 0.0802 F F

S 0.45 0.1 0.385 0.354 0.354 0.048 0.048 0.014 0.107 S S

F 0.5 0.125 0.419 0.380 0.380 0.060 0.060 0.018 0.125 F F

S 0.55 0.125 0.469 0.430 0.430 0.060 0.060 0.018 0.159 S S

F 0.6 0.15 0.503 0.456 0.456 0.072 0.072 0.022 0.18 F F

S 0.7 0.175 0.586 0.532 0.532 0.084 0.084 0.025 0.246 S S

F 0.8 0.2 0.670 0.608 0.608 0.096 0.096 0.029 0.321 F F

S 0.9 0.225 0.754 0.684 0.684 0.108 0.108 0.032 0.406 S S

F 1 0.25 0.838 0.760 0.760 0.120 0.120 0.036 0.501 F F

S 1.1 0.25 0.938 0.860 0.860 0.120 0.120 0.036 0.635 S S

F 1.2 0.25 1.038 0.960 0.960 0.120 0.120 0.036 0.784 F F

S 1.4 0.3 1.205 1.112 1.112 0.144 0.144 0.043 1.05 S S


NOTES: 1. See Fig 8-10 for key to symbols.
2. The nominal size is national standard as indicated: F = First choice, S = Second choice.
3. The ISO 1501 is now specified in EU. Former standards are DIN 14 for Germany and BS 4827 for UK.

INTERNATIONAL PIPE THREADS


The material presented here is based on a report from the ISO Technical Committee (TC5) Metal Pipes and Fittings chairman,
and a study conducted by the Society of Automotive Engineers — Off Road Vehicle Council (SAE-ORVC) metric standards
study group.
Inch standard pipes have been supplied to the world market for more than 150 years. Most of the pipe thread and fitting
standards are therefore based on the inch system.

NON-SEALING PIPE THREADS


ISO 228, “Pipe Threads Where Pressure-Tight Joints Are Not Made on the Threads,” is based on the British Whitworth
standard. The thread angle is 55 deg. and an additional sealing compound or gasket is required to stop leakage through threads.
The ISO thread is only suitable for transmitting axial pipe loads. ANSI B2.1, “Straight Pipe Threads in Pipe Couplings,” and B2.2,
“Straight Pipe Threads for Mechanical Joints,” differ from ISO 228, in thread pitch and thread angle, and the threads are not
interchangeable.

DRYSEAL PIPE THREADS


There are three major national standards covering the above type screw thread, and they are as follows: American (ANSI
B2.2), British (BS 21), and German (DIN 158).
The above standards have a 1:16 taper, and the thread angle is 55 deg. for the British and 60 deg. for the other standards.
The thread pitches for the American and the British dryseal pipe threads differ slightly, and the threads are not interchangeable.
ISO 7, “Pipe Threads for Gas List Tubes and Screwed Fittings Where Pressure-Tight Joints Are Made on the Threads,” is based
on BS 21.
British (BS 21) — The Whitworth standard is the basis for the ISO 7 dryseal standard. The British standard is adopted in many
national standards in Europe, and it is in general use in the European Union countries as well as in many British Commonwealth
countries. The ISO Technical Committee (TC5) is in the process of revising ISO 7 and will include a complete gaging
specification for this screw thread in the revised issue.
German (DIN 158) — This standard is most frequently used on tapered male threaded parts screwed into ISO 261 general
screw thread tapped holes. Both threaded parts can be tapered for improved mechanical support. It is used for lubricating
fittings, plugs, and connector ends screwed into machine parts. The following ISO 261 thread sizes are standardized: M6, M8 X
1, M10 X 1, M12 X 1, M12 X 1.5, M14 x 1.5, M16 x 1.5, M18 x 1.5, M20 x 1.5, M22 x 1.5, M24 x 1.5, M26 x 1.5, M30 x 1.5, M36
x 1.5, M38 x 1.5, M42 x 1.5, M45 x 1.5, M48 x 1.5, M52 x 1.5, M27 x 2, M30 x 2, M33 x 2, M36 x 2, M39 x 2, M42 x 2, M45 x 2,
M48 X 2, M52 X 2, M56 X 2, and M60 x 2.
The DIN 158 thread has a 1:16 taper, and the male screw thread is available in two standard lengths. Metric valves and
lubricating fittings produced to this standard are available in Europe.

192
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
AMERICAN (ANSI B2.2)
American National Standard ANSI B2.2 covers four types of Dryseal Threads. They are designated:

1. NPTF - Dryseal ANSI Standard Pipe Thread


2. PTF - SAE SHORT - Dryseal SAE Short Taper Pipe Thread
3. NPSF - Dryseal ANSI Standard Fuel Internal Straight Pipe Thread
4. NPSI - Dryseal ANSI Standard Intermediate Internal Straight Pipe Thread

The full designation gives in sequence the nominal size, number of threads per inch, form (Dryseal), and symbol, as: 1/8-27
DRYSEAL NPTF.

Type 1 - Dryseal ANSI Standard Taper Pipe Thread, NPTF. This series of threads applies to both external and internal
threads of full length and is suitable for pipe joints in practically every type of service. These threads are generally conceded to
be superior for strength and seal. Use of the internal tapered thread in hard or brittle materials having thin sections will minimize
trouble from fracture.

Type 2 - Dryseal SAE Short Taper Pipe Thread, PTF-SAE SHORT. External threads of this series conform in all respects to
the NPTF threads except that the full thread length has been shortened by eliminating one thread at the small end for increased
clearance and economy of material.
Internal threads of this series conform in all respects to NPTF threads except that the full thread length has been shortened by
one thread at the large end.

Type 3 - Dryseal ANSI Standard Fuel Internal Straight Pipe Threads, NPSF. Threads of this series are straight instead of
tapered. They are generally used in soft or ductile materials which will adjust at assembly to the taper of external threads but
may also be used in hard or brittle materials where the section is heavy.

Type 4 - Dryseal ANSI Standard Intermediate Internal Straight Pipe Threads, NPSI. Threads of this series are straight
instead of tapered. They are generally used in hard or brittle materials where the section is heavy and where there is little
expansion at assembly with the external taper threads. The SAE-ORVC metric standards study group conducted a survey in
1973 among its industry groups’ licensed companies located throughout the world. All countries included in the survey indicated
they use NPTF (Dryseal) threads per ANSI B2.2. Components and tooling for the ANSI dryseal pipe thread are readily available
throughout the world according to the above survey. This is partially due to the strong, worldwide influence from industry groups
such as the American Petroleum Institute and the Society of Automotive Engineers.
Future ISO standards to cover these important screw thread standards will be needed.

193
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS
TC 1 Screw threads
ISO 68-1:1998 ISO general purpose screw threads -- Basic profile -- Part 1: Metric screw threads
ISO 68-2:1998 ISO general-purpose screw threads -- Basic profile -- Part 2: Inch screw threads
ISO 261:1998 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- General plan
ISO 262:1998 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- Selected sizes for screws, bolts and nuts
ISO 263:1973 ISO inch screw threads -- General plan and selection for screws, bolts and nuts -- Diameter range 0.06 to 6 in
ISO 724:1993 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- Basic dimensions
ISO 965-1:1998 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- Tolerances -- Part 1: Principles and basic data
ISO 965-2:1998 ISO general purpose metric screw threads -- Tolerances -- Part 2: Limits of sizes for general purpose external and internal screw threads --
Medium quality
ISO 965-3:1998 ISO general purpose metric screw threads -- Tolerances -- Part 3: Deviations for constructional screw threads
ISO 965-4:1998 ISO general purpose metric screw threads -- Tolerances -- Part 4: Limits of sizes for hot-dip galvanized external screw threads to mate with
internal screw threads tapped with tolerance position H or G after galvanizing
ISO 965-5:1998 ISO general purpose metric screw threads -- Tolerances -- Part 5: Limits of sizes for internal screw threads to mate with hot-dip galvanized
external screw threads with maximum size of tolerance position h before galvanizing
ISO 1502:1996 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- Gauges and gauging
ISO 2901:1993 ISO metric trapezoidal screw threads -- Basic profile and maximum material profiles
ISO 2902:1977 ISO metric trapezoidal screw threads -- General plan
ISO 2903:1993 ISO metric trapezoidal screw threads -- Tolerances
ISO 2904:1977 ISO metric trapezoidal screw threads -- Basic dimensions
ISO 5408:1983 Cylindrical screw threads -- Vocabulary
ISO 5864:1993 ISO inch screw threads -- Allowances and tolerances

21.40.10 Metric screw threads


ISO 68-1:1998 ISO general purpose screw threads -- Basic profile -- Part 1: Metric screw threads
ISO 261:1998 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- General plan
ISO 262:1998 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- Selected sizes for screws, bolts and nuts
ISO 724:1993 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- Basic dimensions
ISO 965-1:1998 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- Tolerances -- Part 1: Principles and basic data
ISO 965-2:1998 ISO general purpose metric screw threads -- Tolerances -- Part 2: Limits of sizes for general purpose external and internal screw threads --
Medium quality
ISO 965-3:1998 ISO general purpose metric screw threads -- Tolerances -- Part 3: Deviations for constructional screw threads
ISO 965-4:1998 ISO general purpose metric screw threads -- Tolerances -- Part 4: Limits of sizes for hot-dip galvanized external screw threads to mate with
internal screw threads tapped with tolerance position H or G after galvanizing
ISO 965-5:1998 ISO general purpose metric screw threads -- Tolerances -- Part 5: Limits of sizes for internal screw threads to mate with hot-dip galvanized
external screw threads with maximum size of tolerance position h before galvanizing
ISO 1502:1996 ISO general-purpose metric screw threads -- Gauges and gauging
ISO 2901:1993 ISO metric trapezoidal screw threads -- Basic profile and maximum material profiles
ISO 2902:1977 ISO metric trapezoidal screw threads -- General plan
ISO 2903:1993 ISO metric trapezoidal screw threads -- Tolerances
ISO 2904:1977 ISO metric trapezoidal screw threads -- Basic dimensions

21.040.30 Special screw threads Including miniature screw threads, pipe threads, etc.
ISO 7-1:1994 Pipe threads where pressure-tight joints are made on the threads -- Part 1: Dimensions, tolerances and designation
ISO 7-2:2000 Pipe threads where pressure-tight joints are made on the threads -- Part 2: Verification by means of limit gauges
ISO 228-1:2000 Pipe threads where pressure-tight joints are not made on the threads -- Part 1: Dimensions, tolerances and designation
ISO 228-2:1987 Pipe threads where pressure-tight joints are not made on the threads -- Part 2: Verification by means of limit gauges
ISO 1478:1999 Tapping screws thread

NATIONAL SCREW THREAD STANDARDS


USA
See the ASME Catalog for the latest standard: <http://catalog.asme.org/home.cfm?Category=CS>
ANSI B1.3M-1992 (R2001)Screw thread gaging systems for dimensional acceptability (inch and metric screw threads UN, UNR, UNJ, M, and MJ)
ANSI B1.7M-1984 (R2001) Nomenclature, definitions and letter symbols for screw threads
ASME B1.10-2004 Unified miniature screw threads (ISO/R1501)
ASME B1.13M-2005 Metric screw threads — M profile
ANSI B1.16M-1984 (R2006) Gages and gaging for metric M screw threads
ANSI B1.18M-l982 Metric screw threads for commercial mechanical fasteners — boundary profile defined Withdrawn 1994
ANSI B1.19M-1984 Gages for metric screw threads for commercial mechanical fasteners — boundary profile defined Withdrawn 1994

194
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ANSI B1.20.1-1983 (R2006) Pipe threads, general purpose (inch)
ANSI B1.20.3-1976 (R2003) Dryseal pipe threads (inch)
ANSI B1.20.5-l991 (R2004) Gaging for dryseal pipe threads (inch)
ANSI B1.20.7-l991 (R2003) Hose coupling screw threads (redesignation of B2.4)
ASME B1.21M-l978 1997 (R2003) Metric screw threads — MJ profile
ANSI B1.22M-1985 (R2006) Gages and gaging practice for “MJ” series metric screw threads
ASME B1.30-2002 Screw threads—Standard practice for calculating and rounding dimensions
ASME B1.20.1-1983 (R2006) Pipe threads (except Dryseal) Redesignated B1.20.1
ASME B1.20.3-1976 (R2003) Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch)
ASME B1.20.5-1991 (R2004) Gaging for Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch)

Japan
JIS B 0205-1973 Metric coarse screw threads
JIS B 0207-1973 Metric fine screw threads
JIS B 0123-1970 Designation of screw threads
JIS B 0202-1966 Parallel pipe threads
JIS B B203-1966 Taper pipe threads
NOTE: For national standards listed contact ANSI or the National Standards Association for each country (see Table 1-1).

Germany
Metric Screw Threads
DIN 13-1973 Sheet 1:150 metric threads; coarse threads from 1 to 68 mm thread diameters, basic sizes
DIN 13-1970 Sheet 2: Fine threads with pitches 0.2, 0.25, 0.35 mm and thread diameters from 1 to 50 mm, basic sizes
DIN 13-1970 Sheet 3: Fine threads with pitch 0.5 mm and thread diameters from 3.5 to 90 mm, basic sizes
DIN 13-1970 Sheet 6: Fine thread with 1.5 mm pitch in thread diameters from 12 to 300 mm, basic sizes
DIN 13-1970 Sheet 7: ISO metric threads; fine thread with 2 mm pitch in thread diameters from 17 to 300 mm, basic sizes
DIN 13-1970 Sheet 8: Fine thread with 3 mm pitch in thread diameters from 28 to 300 mm, basic sizes
DIN 13-1970 Sheet 9: Fine thread with 4 mm pitch in thread diameters from 40 to 300 mm, basic sizes
DIN 13-1970 Sheet 10: Fine thread with 6 mm pitch in thread diameters from 70 to 500 mm, basic sizes
DIN 13-1969 Sheet 12: Coarse and fine pitches from 1 to 300mm diameter, selection of diameters and pitches
DIN 13-1972 Sheet 13: Review of threads for bolts and nuts from 1 to 52 mm thread diameter, and limiting sizes (5)
DIN 13-1972 Sheet 14: Bases of the tolerance system for threads of 1 mm diameter and larger (6)
DIN 13-1972 Sheet 15: Basic allowances and tolerances for threads of 1 mm diameter and larger (7)
DIN 13-1972 Sheet 19: Basic profile and production profiles
DIN 13-1972 Sheet 20: Limiting sizes for coarse threads from I to 68 mm nominal diameters with commonly used tolerance zones
DIN 13-1944 Suppl. Sheet 14: Metric screw threads; screw threads for interference fit fastenings without sealing action (for inserted ends of studs)
DIN 13-1944 Suppl. Sheet 15: Metric screw threads; screw threads for interference fit fastenings with sealing action (for inserted ends of studs)
DIN 14-1971 Sheet 1: ISO metric screw thread; threads under 1 mm diameter, basic profile
Whitworth Screw Threads
DIN 259-1966 Sheet 1: Whitworth pipe thread; parallel internal and parallel external thread, nominal dimensions
DIN 259-1966 Sheet 2: Parallel internal and parallel external thread, tolerances
DIN 259-1966 Sheet 3: Parallel internal and parallel external thread, limits
DIN 2999-1960 Whitworth pipe threads for threaded tubes and fittings; parallel internal thread and tapered external thread
DIN 3858-1970 Whitworth pipe threads; parallel internal thread and tapered external thread for pipe unions
Acme Screw Threads, Buttress Threads and Knuckle Threads
DIN 103-1970 Sheet 1: ISO metric trapezoidal screw thread; profiles
DIN 103-1970 Sheet 2: General plan
DIN 103-1970 Sheet 3: Allowances and tolerances for general purpose trapezoidal screw threads (6)
DIN 103-1971 Sheet 4: Basic sizes
DIN 405-1928 Knuckle thread
DIN 513-1927 Buttress thread; single-start
DIN 514-1927 Sheet 2: Fine pitch, single-start
DIN 515-1927 Coarse pitch, single-start
DIN 7273-1970 Sheet 1: Knuckle threads for steel sheet pieces up to 0.5 mm thickness and appropriated couplings; dimensions, tolerances

UK
BS 21-1985 Pipe threads for tubes and fittings where pressure-tight joints are made on the threads
BS 919 Part 3-1968 Gages for ISO metric screw threads
BS 2779-1986 Pipe threads where pressure-tight joints are made on the threads
BS 3643 ISO metric screw threads
Part 1-1981 Thread data and standard thread series
Part 2-1981 Limits and tolerances for coarse and fine pitch series threads
BS 4827-1972 ISO Miniature screw threads

Australia
AS 1014-1986 Gaging of metric screw threads
AS 1098-1972 Roller-type screw caliper gages
AS 1275-1985 Metric screw threads for fasteners

ISO Standards Handbook - Fasteners and screw threads


3 parts in 2 volumes. This handbook gathers together more than 150 International Standards relating to fasteners and screw threads.
Standards for terminology, nomenclature and other general reference standards, such as those for technical drawings for screw threads
and threaded parts are included in volume 1. The second volume contains product standards for fasteners such as bolts, screws, nuts,
washers, pins and rivets.
Volume 1: Part 1: Terminology and nomenclature, and Part 2: General reference standards. See table of content
th
Year of publication: 2001 5 Ed

195
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 9

Fasteners
SUMMARY
Rationalization — The change to the metric system opens up a tremendous opportunity for USA industry to rationalize on
fewer metric fastener sizes used in new products. For preferred metric thread sizes, see Table 8-1 and Table 9-1 for fastener
length. Apply the preferred metric sizes shown in Table 4-1 to the fastener length to the extent practical. (Except for the
length 250 mm where either 240 or 260 mm should be specified.) Rationalization on fewer standard parts released for
production could save your company large sums of money. Each unique standard part creates additional cost in
documentation, spare parts, handling, purchasing, quality assurance, inventory, etc., and for many large companies the
cost runs into several thousand dollars and more.

INTRODUCTION
The national standards1 for fasteners are shown in a World Metric Fastener Standards Index, which follows, and the
comparison of standards on metric screw threads around the world can be found in Table 8-2. A comprehensive description
of the existing ISO fasteners will be given later in this chapter.
The following index provides an illustration of each type of fastener with its name in English (E), German (G), French (F),
and Italian (I). The applicable national standard number is shown with references as to where to find specific information.
1
For information about the term “standard” as used in this book, please see p. 12.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FASTENERS

HOW TO ORDER METRIC HARDWARE


An Order Check List. The proper designation of metric bolts, screws, and nuts should include the following information:

1. General product description such as: bolts, hex cap screws, tapping screws, machine screws, nuts,
slotted nuts, rivets, etc., and material if other than steel. Refer to the world index for the fastener
name in the required language.
2. The letter M is used for a product with ISO metric screw threads followed by the thread pitch. The
designations are as follows:
ANSI: M10 X 1.5 10 mm nominal diameter ISO metric screw thread with standard 1.5 mm coarse
thread pitch.
ISO: M10 10 mm nominal diameter ISO metric screw thread with standard 1.5 mm coarse thread pitch.
M10 X 1.25 10 mm nominal diameter ISO metric screw thread with standard 1.25 mm fine thread
pitch.
3. Thread fit designation. Refer to Chapter 8, p. 141 for thread fit details.
ANSI: M12 X 1.75 - Designates standard thread fit 6H/6g approximately equal to SAE class 2 fit.
6H/6g
M12 x 1.75 - Designates close thread fit — 6H/4g6g approximately equal to SAE class 3 fit.
6H/4g6g
The medium thread fit is customary in most countries, and need not be specified when ordering
fasteners to a specific standard.
4. The length designation is shown in millimeters. Refer to Table 9-1 for the preferred fastener lengths.
5. The standard thread length conforms to ISO recommendations worldwide, and no special call-out for
thread length is required (Table 9-3).
6. National standards reference. The threaded fasteners details are defined in industry or national the
standards, and a reference to the desired standards must be made when ordering fasteners outside
of USA.
7. The strength grade which applies to steel products only, must be specified. See p. 187 for details on
strength properties.
8. The surface protection (if required) should be in accordance with company practice or other standards.

196
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


N0. 1 ISO 4014-4016 (E) HEX HEAD CAP SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.2.3.1M TABLE 9-31 (CAP SCREW)

JAPAN JIS B1180 (G) SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE TABLE 9-32 (FORMED SCR)

GERMANY DIN 931, 960 MIT SHAFT TABLE 9-34 (BOLT)

FRANCE NF E27-311 (F) VIS A TETE NOTE: THE ISO

UK BS 3692 HEXAGONALE DESIGNATES PRODUCTS

ITALY UNI 5737, 5738 (I) VITE A TESTA PARTIALLY THREADED

AUSTRAL AS 1110 ESAGONALE AS BOLTS.

N0. 2 ISO 4017, 4018 (E) HEX HEAD CAP SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.2.3.1M THREADED TO HEAD TABLE 9-31

JAPAN JIS (G) SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE NOTE: THE ISO DESIGNATES

GERMANY DIN 933, 961 MIT GEWINDE BIS KOPF PRODUCTS THREADED TO

FRANCE NF E27-310 (F) VIS A TETE HEXAGONALE FILETEE HEAD AS SCREWS

UK BS 4190 (BOLTS) JUSQU'A PROXIMITE DE LA TETE

ITALY UNI 5739, 5740 (I) VITE A TESTA

AUSTRAL AS 1111 (BOLTS) ESAGONALE

NO. 3 ISO 272.0000 (E) HEX HEAD BOLT WITH LARGE FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.2.3.1M HEAD (HIGH STRENGTH STRUCTURAL) TABLE 9-33 (HEAVY SCREW)

JAPAN JIS B1186 (G) SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE

GERMANY DIN 6914 MIT GROSSER SCHLUSSELWEITE TABLE 9-35 (HEAVY BOLT)

FRANCE NF E27-711 (F) VIS A TETE HEXAGONALE

UK BS 4395 LARGE, A COLERETTE TABLE 9-36

ITALY UNI 5712 (I) VITE A TESTA (HEAVY STRUCTURAL BOLT)

AUSTRAL AS 1252 ESAGONALE LARGO

NO. 4 ISO 8677 (E) ROUND HEAD SQUARE NECK FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.5.2.1M BOLT (CARRIAGE BOLT) TABLE 9-39 (SHORT NECK)

JAPAN JIS B1171 (G) FLACHRUNDSCHRAUBE

GERMANY DIN 603 MIT VIERKANTANSATZ TABLE 9-40 (LONG NECK)

FRANCE NF E27-350 (F) VIS A TETE BOMBEE

UK BS 4933 A COLLET CARRE TABLE 9-41 (LARGE HEAD)

ITALY UNI 5731. 5732 (I) VITE A TESTA TONDO

AUSTRAL AS 1390 LARGO CON QUARDRA SOTTOTESTA

NO. 5 ISO 5713 (E) ROUND HEAD COUNTERSUNK FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.5.1 SQUARE NECK BOLT (PLOW BOLT) TABLE 9-43

JAPAN JIS B1179 (G) SENKSCHRAUBE MIT

GERMANY DIN 608 VIERKANTANSATZ

FRANCE NF E27-354 (F) VIS A TETE FRAISEE

UK BS 4933 COLLET CARRE

ITALY UNI 5735, 6104 (I) VITE A TESTA SVASATA

AUSTRAL AS CON QUADRA SOTTOTESTA

197
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 6 ISO 8104, 8102 (E) HEX FLANGE SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.2.3.4M TABLE 9-37 (FLANGE SCREW)

JAPAN JIS B1182 (G) SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE

GERMANY DIN (6921, 6922) MIT FLANSCH TABLE 9-38 (HVY FLG SCREW)

FRANCE NF (F) VIS A EMBASE TETE

UK BS CRANTEE

ITALY UNI (I) VITE A TESTA CON

AUSTRAL AS BORDINO

N0. 7 ISO (E) 12 POINT SPLINE FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.2.5M FLANGE SCREW TABLE 9-51

JAPAN JIS (G) 12 PUNKT SCHRAUBE

GERMANY DIN MIT BUND

FRANCE NF (F) VIS A EMBASE TETE

UK BS CRANTEE

ITALY UNI (I) VITE A TESTA CON

AUSTRAL AS BORDINO

NO. 8 ISO 861, 4762 (E) HEX SOCKET HEAD FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.3.1M (NORMAL) CAP SCREW TABLE 9-50 (NORMAL)

JAPAN JIS B1176 (G) ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE

GERMANY DIN 912 MIT INNENSECHSKANT TABLE 9-52 (SHLDR SCREW)

FRANCE NF E27-161 (F) VIS A TETE CYLI.NDRIQUE

UK BS 4168 A SIX PANS CREUX TABLE 9-53 (BUTTON HEAD)

ITALY UNI 5931, 5932 (I) VITE A TESTA CILINDRICA

AUSTRAL AS 1420 CON ESAGONO INCASSATO

NO. 9 ISO (E) HEX SOCKET HEAD (LOW) CAP SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.3.1M NATIONAL STANDARD

JAPAN JIS (G) ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE MIT AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 7984, 6912 INNENSECHSKANT UND NIEDRIGEM KOPFANSI

FRANCE NF (F) VIS A TETE CYLINDRIQUE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS A SIX PANS CREUX (TETE REDUITE) NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI (I) VITE A TESTA CILINDRICA CON

AUSTRAL AS ESAGONO INCAS SATO (TESTA RIDOTTA)

NO. 10 ISO (E) HEX SOCKET COUNTER- FOR DETAILS SEE

USA. ANSI B18.3.5M SUNK (FLAT) HEAD SCREW TABLE 9-54 (FLAT SCREW)

JAPAN JIS (G) SENKSCHRAUBE MIT

GERMANY DIN 7991 INNENSECHSKANT

FRANCE NF (F) VIS A TETE FRAISEE

UK BS 4168 A SIX PANS CREUX

ITALY UNI 5933, 5934 (I) VITE A TESTA SVASATA

AUSTRAL AS CAN ESAGONO INCASSATO

198
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 11 ISO 2009, 7046 (E) COUNTERSUNK FLAT HEAD MACHINE FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.6.7M SCREW WITH SLOT OR CROSS RECESS TABLE 9-56 (SLOTTED)

JAPAN JIS B1101, B1111 (G) SENKSCHRAUBEN MIT

GERMANY DIN 963, 965 SCHLITZ ODER KREUZ SCHLITZ TABLE 9-57 (RECESSED)

FRANCE NF E27-113 (F) VIS A TETE FRAISEE AVEC FENDUE OU

UK BS 4183
EMPREINTE CRUCIFORME
ITALY UNI 6109 (I) VITE A TESTA SVASATA CON
AUSTRAL AS 1427 INTAGLIO 0 INTAGLIO A CROCE

N0. 12 ISO 2010, 7047 (E) COUNTERSUNK OVAL HEAD MACHINE FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.6.7M SCREW WITH SLOT OR CROSS RECESS TABLE 9-58 (SLOTTED)

JAPAN JIS B1101, B1111 (G) LINSENSENKSCHRAUBE TABLE 9-59 (RECESSED)

GERMANY DIN 964, 966 MIT SCHLITZ ODER KREUZSCHLITZ

FRANCE NF E27-113 (F) VIS A TEIE FRAISEE BOMBEE AVEC

UK BS 4183 FENDUE OU EMPREINTE CRUCIFORME

ITALY UNI 6110 (I) VITE A TESTA SVASATA CON CALOTTA

AUSTRAL AS 1427 INTAGLIO 0 INTAGLIO A CROCE


(E) PAN HEAD MACHINE SCREW WITH SLAT
NO. 13 ISO 1580, 7045 FOR DETAILS SEE
OR CROSS RECESS
(G) FIACHKOPFSCHRAUBE MIT SCHLITZ
USA ANSI B18.6.7M TABLE 9-60 (SLOTTED)
ODER KREUZSCHLITZ
(F) VIS A TETE CYLINDRI-QUE A DEPOUILLE
JAPAN JIS B1101, B1111
AVEC

GERMANY DIN 85, 7986 FENDUE OU EMP CRUCIFORME TABLE 9-61 (RECESSED)

FRANCE NF E27-116 (I) VITE A TESTA CILIN

UK BS 4183 DRICA CON CALOTTA

ITALY UNI 6107 INTAGLIO 0 INTAGLIO A

AUSTRAL AS 1427 CROCE


(E) HEX HEAD MACHINE SCREW WITH PLAIN
NO. 14 ISO 272 FOR DETAILS SEE
OR FLANGE HEAD
(G) SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE OHNE BUND
USA ANSI B18.6.7M TABLE 9-62 (PLAIN HEX)
ODER MIT BUND
JAPAN JIS (F) VIS A TETE HEXAGONALE

GERMANY DIN SANS EMBASE OU AVEC TABLE 9-63 (HEX FLANGE)

FRANCE NF FMBASE

UK BS (I) VITE A TESTA ESAG

ITALY UNI ONALE SENZA BORDINA 0

AUSTRAL AS 1427 CAN BORDINA

NO. 15 ISO (E) WING SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.17.1 (G) FLUGELSCHRAUBE NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS B1184 (F) VIS A OREILLES AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 316 (I) VITE AD ALETTE ANSI

FRANCE NF 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 5449

AUSTRAL AS

199
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 16 ISO 272 (E) HEX HEAD SCREW AND FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.13.1M WASHER ASSEMBLY (SEMS) TABLE 9-66

JAPAN JIS (G) KOMBI-SCHRAUBEN (HELICAL LW)

GERMANY DIN 6900 TABLE 9-67

FRANCE NF (F) VIS A TETE HEXAGOALE (EXT TOOTH LW)

UK BS AVEC RONDELLE TABLE 9-68

ITALY UNI (I) VITE A TESTA (CONICAL SPRING)

AUSTRAL AS ESAGONALE CON ROSETTA

N0. 17 ISO (E) STUD FOR DETAILS SEE

TABLE 9-71

USA. ANSI B18.31.1M (G) STIFTSCHRAUSE

JAPAN JIS B1173

GERMANY DIN 938, 939 (F) GOUJON

FRANCE NF E27-241

UK BS 4439 (I) VITE PRIGIONIERA

ITALY UNI 5909-5919


AS
AUSTRAL
1111

NO. 18 ISO 272 (E) SQUARE HEAD SET SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA. ANSI NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS B1118 (G) VIERKANTSCHRAUBE AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 478, 479, 480 ANSI

FRANCE NF E27-110 (F) VIS A TETE CARREE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 6050-6053 (I) VITE A TESTA QUADRA

AUSTRAL AS

NO. 19 ISO 2342 (E) SLOTTED HEADLESS SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA. ANSI NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS B1117 (G) SCHAFTSCHRAUBE MIT SCHLITZ AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 551, 553, 417 ANSI

FRANCE WF E27-110 (F) VIS SANS TETE FENDU 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS 4219 NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 6113-6119 (I) VITE SENZA TESTA

AUSTRAL AS CON INTAGLIO

NO. 20 ISO 2343 (E) HEX SOCKET HEADLESS SET FOR DETAILS SEE

USA. ANSI B18.3.6M SCREW TABLE 9-69

JAPAN JIS B1177 (G) GEWINDESTIFT MIT (SET SCREW)

GERMANY DIN 913-916 INNENSECHSKANT TABLE 9-70

FRANCE NF E27-162 (F) VIS SANS TETE A SIX (SCREW POINTS)

UK BS 4168 PANS CREUX

ITALY UNI 5923-5930 (I) VITE SENZA TESTA

AUSTRAL AS 1421 CON ESAGONO INCASSATO

200
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 21 ISO 1478, 2770 (E) TAPPING SCREW TYPE DESIGNATION, FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.6.5M THREAD AND POINT DETAILS TABLE 9-81 (DESIGNATION)

JAPAN JIS (G) BLECH UND SCHNEID - SCHRAUBE BENEN- TABLE 9-84 (LARGE PITCH)
TABLE 9-85 (ISO METRIC
GERMANY DIN 7970, 7513, 7516
NUNG, GEWINDE UND ANSATZ EINZELHEITEN PITCH)

FRANCE NF E27-131-3 (F) VIS A TOLE-DESIGNATION, FILETAGE TABLE 9-86 (THREAD ROLLING)

UK BS 4174 ET POINTU DETAILS


ITALY UNI (I) VITI AUTOFILETTANTI TIPO, FILETTATURA E TABLE 9-87 (SELF DRILLING)

AUSTRAL AS B194 PUNTE PARTICOLARI

N0. 22 ISO 1482, 7050 (E) COUNTERSUNK FLAT HEAD TAPPING SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.6.5M TABLE 9-72 (SLOTTED)


WITH SLOT OR CROSS RECESS
JAPAN JIS B1115, B1122 (G) SENK-BLECHSCHRAUBE

GERMANY DIN 7972, 7982, 7513 TABLE 9-73 (RECESSED)


MIT SCHLITZ ODER KREUZSCHLITZ
FRANCE NF E27-132 (F) VIS A TOLE A TETE FRAISEE AVEC FENDUE

UK BS 4174 OU EMPREINIE CRUCIFORME

ITALY UNI 6952, 6955 (I) VITI AUTOFILETTANTI A TESTA SVASATA

AUSTRAL AS B194 CON INTAGLIO 0 INTAGLIO A CROCE

NO. 23 ISO 1483, 7051 (E) COUNTERSUNK OVAL HEAD TAPPING SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.6.5M TABLE 9-74 (SLOTTED)


WITH SLOT OR CROSS RECESS
JAPAN JIS B1115, B1122 (G) LINSENSENK - BLECH - SCHRAUBE

GERMANY DIN 7973.7983, 7513 TABLE 9-75 (RECESSED)


MIT SCHLITZ ODER KREUZSCHLITZ
FRANCE NF E27-132 (F) VIS A TOLE A TETE FRAISEE BOMBEE AVEC

UK BS 4174 FENDUE OU EMP CRUCIFORME

ITALY UNI 6953, 6956 (I) VITI AUTOFILETTANTI A TESTA SVASATA

AUSTRAL AS B194 CON INTAGLIO 0 INTAGLIO A CROCE

NO. 24 ISO 1481, 7049 (E) PAN HEAD TAPPING SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.6.5M TABLE 9-76 (SLOTTED)


WITH SLOT OR CROSS RECESS
JAPAN JIS B1115, B1122 (G) FLACHKOPF-BLECH-SCHRAUBE

GERMANY DIN 7971.7981, 7513 TABLE 9-77 (RECESSED)


MIT SCHLITZ ODER KREUZSCHLITZ
FRANCE NF E27-131 (F) VIS A TOLE A TETE CYLINDRIQUE AVEC

UK BS 4174 FENDUE OU EMPREINTE CRUCIFORME

ITALY UNI 6951, 6954 (I) VITI AUTOFILETTANTI A TESTA CILINDRICA

AUSTRAL AS B194 CON CALOTTA INTAGLIO 0 A CROCE

NO. 25 ISO 1479, 2770 (E) HEX HEAD TAPPING SCREW FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.6.5M TABLE 9-78 (PLAIN HEX)


WITH PLAIN OR FLANGE HEAD
JAPAN JIS B1123 (G) SECHSKANT-BLECH-SCHRAUBE

GERMANY DIN 7976, 7513 TABLE 9-79 (HEX FLANGE)


OHNE BUND ODER MIT BUND
FRANCE NF E27-133 (F) VIS A TOLE A TETE REXAOONALE SANS

UK BS 4174 EMBASE OU AVEC EMBASE

ITALY UNI 6949 (I) VITI AUTOFILETTANTI A TESTA

AUSTRAL AS B194 ESAGONALE SENZA BORDINA 0 CON BORDINA

201
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 26 ISO (E) ROUND HEAD DRIVE FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.6.4 SCREW NATIONAL STANDARD

JAPAN JIS (G) HALBRUND-NAGEL- AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 7514 SCHRAUBE ANSI

FRANCE NF (F) FAUSSE-VIS A TETE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS 4174 ROUNE NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 5241 (I) CHIODO FILETTATO A

AUSTRAL AS TESTA TONDA

N0. 27 ISO (E) PROJECTION WELD FOR DETAILS

USA ANSI STUD - ANSI TYPE U3 CONTACT

JAPAN JIS (G) SCHWEISS-BOLZEN INDUSTRIAL FASTENER

GERMANY DIN INSTITUTE,

FRANCE NF (F) VIS SOUDABLE 1505 EAST OHIO BUILDING

UK BS CLEVELAND OH 44114 USA

ITALY UNI (I) VITE SALDATURA

AUSTRAL AS

NO.28 ISO (E) PROJECTION WELD FOR DESIGN DETAILS

USA ANSI STUD - ANSI TYPE T3 CONTACT

JAPAN JIS (G) SCHWEISS-BOLZEN INDUSTRIAL FASTENER

GERMANY DIN INSTITUTE,

FRANCE NF (F) VIS SOUDABLE 1505 EAST OHIO BUILDING

UK BS CLEVELAND OH 44114 USA

ITALY UNI (I) VITE SALDATURA

AUSTRAL AS

NO. 29 ISO (E) COUNTERSUNK FLAT AND OVAL HEAD WOOD FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI NATIONAL STANDARD


SCREW WITH SLOT OR CROSS RECESS
JAPAN JIS B1135, B1112 (G) SENK-UND LINSENSENK HOLZSCHRAUBE AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 97.7997, 95, 7995 ANSI


MIT SCHLITZ ODER KREUZSCHLITZ
FRANCE NF E27-142,3 (F) VIS A BOIS A TETE FRAISEE OU BOMBEE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS AVEC FENDUE OU CRUCIFORME NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 702 (I) VITE PER LEGNO A TESTA SVASATA

AUSTRAL AS 1476 0 CON 0 INTAGLIO 0 A CROCE

NO. 30 ISO (E) ROUND HEAD WOOD SCREWS FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI WITH SLOT OR CROSS RECESS NATIONAL STANDARD

JAPAN JIS B1135 (G) HALBRUND-HOLZSCHRAUBE AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 96, 7996 MIT SCHLITZ ODER KREUZSCHLITZ ANSI

FRANCE NF E27-141 (F) VIS A BOIS A TETE RONDE AVEC 25 WEST 43rd ST.

UK BS FENDUE OU EMPREINTE CRUCIFORME NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 701 (I) VITE PER LEGNO A TESTA TONDA

AUSTRAL AS 1476 CON INTAGLIO O INTAGLIO A CROCE

202
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 31 ISO (E) HEX AND SQUARE HEAD FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.2.3.8M WOOD SCREW TABLE 9-42

JAPAN JIS (G) SECHS-UND VIER-KANT

GERMANY DIN 571, 570 HOLZSCHRAUBE

FRANCE NF E27-140, 4 (F) VIS A BOIS A TETE

UK BS HEXAGONAL ET CARREE

ITALY UNI 704, 705 (I) VITE PER LEGNO A

AUSTRAL AS 1393 TESTA ESAGONALE 0 QUADRA

N0. 32 ISO 4035, .4036 (E) HEXAGON NUT FOR DETAILS SEE

TABLE 9-90

USA ANSI B18.2.4.5M (G) SEMSKANTMUTTER (STYLE 1)

JAPAN JIS TABLE 9-91

GERMANY DIN 439,936 (F) ECROU HEXAGONALE (STYLE 2)

FRANCE NF E27-411

UK BS 3692 (I) DADO ESAGONALE

ITALY UNI 5589.5590

AUSTRAL AS 1112

NO.33 ISO (E) HEXAGON JAM (LOW) NUT FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI BI8.2.4.6M TABLE 9-94

JAPAN JIS B1186 (G) FLACHE SECHSKANTMUTTER

GERMANY DIN 6915

FRANCE NF E27-711 (F) ECROU HEXAGONALE

UK BS 4395 BAS

ITALY UNI 5713 (I) DADO ESAGONALE BASSO

AUSTRAL AS 1252

NO. 34 ISO 4161 (E) LARGE HEX NUTS (HIGH FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.2.4.1M STRENGTH STRUCTURAL) TABLE 9-95

JAPAN JIS 81183 (G) SECHSKANTMUTTER MIT

GERMANY DIN 6331 GROSSER SCHLUSSEL-WEITE

FRANCE WF E27-452 (F) ECROU HEXAGONALE

UK BS LARGE

ITALY UNI 702 (I) DADO ESAOONALE LARGO

AUSTRAL AS 1476

NO. 35 ISO (E) HEXAGON NUT WITH FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI FLANGE TABLE 9-93

JAPAN JIS B1135 (G) SECHSKANTMUTTER MIT

GERMANY DIN 96.7996 BOND

FRANCE NF E27-141 (F) ECROU HEXAGONALE A

UK BS EMBASE

ITALY UNI 701 (I) DADO ESAGONALE ALTO

AUSTRAL AS 1476 CON BORDINO

203
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 36 ISO (E) SQUARE NUT FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS B1163 (G) VIERKANIMUTTER AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 557, 562 ANSI

FRANCE NF E27-411 (F) ECROU CARRE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 5596, 5597 (I) DADO QUADRO

AUSTRAL AS

N0. 37 ISO 2320, 7719 (E) PREVAILING TORQUE FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.16.3M STEEL HEX LOCKNUT TABLE 9-96

JAPAN JIS (G) SELBSTSICHERENDE (HEX)

GERMANY DIN 980-V (STAHL) SECHSKANTMUTTER TABLE 9-97

FRANCE NF (F) ECROUS DE BLOCAGE (HEX FLANGE)

UK BS 4929 (DEFORME)

ITALY UNI (I) DADO ESAGONALE DI

AUSTRAL AS 1285 BLOCCAGGIO

NO.38 ISO 2320, 7719 (E) HEX LOCKNUT WITH NYLON INSERT FOR DETAILS SEE
(G) SELBSTSTCHERENDE
USA ANSI B18.16.3M TABLE 9-96
SECHSKANTMUTTER
JAPAN JIS (SICH &R-UNGSTEIL AUS NICHTMETAL) (HEX)

GERMANY DIN 980-N (F) ECROU DE SECURITE

FRANCE NF (NYLON) TABLE 9-97

UK BS 4929 (I) DADO ESAGONALE DI (HEX FLANGE)

ITALY UNI BLOCCAGGIO CON INSERTO

AUSTRAL AS DI NYLON

NO. 39 ISO 288 (E) HEX SLOTTED AND FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.2.4.3M CASTLE NUT TABLE 9-92

JAPAN JIS B1170 (G) KRONENMUITER

GERMANY DIN 935, 979

FRANCE NF E27-414 (F) ECROU A CRENEAUX

UK BS 3692

ITALY UNI 5593, .5594 (I) DADO ESA(DNALE AD

AUSTRAL AS 1112 INTAGLI

NO. 40 ISO (E) WING NUT FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.17.1 NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS B1185 (G) FLUCELMUITER AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 315 ANSI

FRANCE NF E27-454 (F) ECROU A OREILLES 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS 856 NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 5448 (I) DADO AD ALETTE

AUSTRAL AS

204
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 41 ISO (E) PROJECTION HEX WELD FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI NUT TABLE 9-98

JAPAN JIS (G) SECHSKANT-

GERMANY DIN 929 SCHWEISSMUTTER

FRANCE NF (F) ECROU SOUDABLE

UK BS

ITALY UNI (I) DADO SALDATURA

AUSTRAL AS ESAGDNALE

N0. 42 ISO 887 (E) FLAT WASHER FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.22 M TABLE 9-101

JAPAN JIS B1256 (G) SCHEIBE (REGULAR FW)

GERMANY DIN 125, 126

FRANCE NF E27-611 (F) ROUNDELLE PLATE

UK BS 4320 (I) ROSETTA PLANA

ITALY UNI 6592, 6593

AUSTRAL AS 1237

NO.43 ISO (E) SPRING LACK WASHER FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.21.2M TABLE 9-102

JAPAN JIS B1251 (G) FEDERRING (REGULAR)

GERMANY DIN 127, 7980

FRANCE NF E27-622 (F) RONDELLE A RFSSORT TABLE 9-103

UK BS 4464, 856 (GROWER) (HEAVY)

ITALY UNI 1751, 1752

AUSTRAL AS (I) ROSETTA ELASTICA

NO. 44 ISO (E) CONICAL SPRING LACK FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.23.2 WASHER NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS B1252 (G) SPANNSCHEIBE AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 6796.691 (F) RONDELLE RESSORT ANSI

FRANCE WF ( RONDELLE BELLEVILLE) 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS (I) ROSEITA ELASTICA DI NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI FORMA CONICA

AUSTRAL AS

NO. 45 ISO (E) CURVED SPRING FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.23.2 WASHER NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (C) GEWELLTE FEDER- AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 137 SCHEIBE ANSI

FRANCE NF (F) RONDELLE ELASTIQUE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS 4463 ONDULEE NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI (I) ROSETTA ELASTICA

AUSTRAL AS ONDULATA

205
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 46 ISO (E) LOCK WASHER WITH INTERNAL OR FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.21.2M EXTERNAL TEETH TABLE 9-104

JAPAN JIS B1255 (G) FEDERNDE ZAHNSCHEIBE EXTERNAL TEETH


GERMANY DIN 6797, 6798 INNENGEZAHNT ODER AUSSENGEZAHNT
FRANCE NF E27-618 (F) ROUNDELLE ELASTIQUE A DENTURE

UK BS INTERIEURE OU EXTERIEURE

ITALY UNI 3703 - 3706 (I) ROSETTA ELASTICA PIANA CON

AUSTRAL AS DENTURA INTERNA 0 ESTERNA

N0. 47 ISO (E) WASHER WITH ONE OR FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI TWO LOCKING TABS NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) SICHERUNGSBLECH MIT AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 93, 463 LAPPEN (EIN ODER ZWEI LAPPEN) ANSI

FRANCE NF E27-614 (F) FREIN D'ECROU A 25 WEST 43rd ST.

UK BS AILERON (UN OU DEUX(AILERONS) NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 6599, 6560 (I) ROSETTA DI SICLRFZZA

AUSTRAL AS CON UNA 0 DUE LINGUETTE

NO.48 ISO (E) PRECISION FLAT SHIM FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI WASHER NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) PASS-SCHEIBE AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 988 (F) CALE DE REGLAGE ANSI

FRANCE NF (I) ROSETTA PIANA DI 25 WEST 43rd ST.

UK BS PRICISIONE NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI

AUSTRAL AS

NO. 49 ISO (E) SQUARE TAPER WASHER FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.23.2 FOR U AND I STRUCTURAL SECTION NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) VIERKANTSCHEIBE FUR AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 434, 435, 6917, 6918 U- AND I- TRAGER ANSI

FRANCE WF E27-681 (F) PLAQUETTE OBLIQUE 25 WEST 43rd ST.

UK BS 4395 (POUR PROFILES U ET I) NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 5716, 5715 (I) PIASTRINA DE

AUSTRAL AS 1252 APPOGGIO SU ALI DI TRAVE

NO. 50 ISO (E) SQUARE WASHER FOR FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI WOOD CONNECTION NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) VIERKANTSCHEIBE FUR AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 436 HOLZ VERBINDUNGEN ANSI

FRANCE NF E27-682 (F) PLAQUETTE CARREE 25 WEST 43rd ST.

UK BS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 6596 (I) ROSETTA QUADRA

AUSTRAL AS

206
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 51 ISO 1051 (E) FLAT COUNTERSUNK FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.1.3M HEAD RIVET TABLE 9-105

JAPAN JIS B1213 (G) SENKNIETE AND

GERMANY DIN 661, 675 (F) RIVET TETE FRAISEE NATIONAL STANDARDS

FRANCE NF E27-154 AVAILABLE FROM

UK BS 4620 (I) RIBATTINI A TESTA ANSI

ITALY UNI 139, 2513, 752, 753 SVASATA PIANA 25 WEST 43rd ST.

AUSTRAL AS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

N0. 52 ISO 1051 (E) OVAL COUNTERSUNK FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.1.3M HEAD RIVET TABLE 9-105

JAPAN JIS B1213 (G) LINSEN SENKNIETE AND

GERMANY DIN 302, 662 (F) RIVET TETE FRAISEE NATIONAL STANDARDS

FRANCE NF E27-154 BOMBEE AVAILABLE FROM

UK BS 4620 (I) RIBATTINI A TESTA ANSI

ITALY UNI 140, .2514, 754, 755 SVASATA CON CALOTTA 25 WEST 43rd ST.

AUSTRAL AS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

NO.53 ISO 1051 (E) BUTTON HEAD RIVET FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.1.3M TABLE 9-106

JAPAN JIS B1213 (G) HALBRUND NIET£ (SEMI-TUB)

GERMANY DIN 124, 123

FRANCE NF E27-153 (F) RIVET TETE RONDE

UK BS 4620 (I) RIBATTINI A TESTA

ITALY UNI 134, 136, 748, 749

AUSTRAL AS TONDA

NO. 54 ISO 1051 (E) FLAT HEAD RIVET FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.1.3M (G) NIETE FUR BREAS- UND TABLE 9-105

JAPAN JIS KUPPLUNGSBELAG AND

GERMANY DIN 7338 (F) RIVET A TETE PLATE NATIONAL STANDARDS

FRANCE WF E27-151 (I) RIBATTINI A TESTA AVAILABLE FROM

UK BS 4620 CILINDRICA ANSI

ITALY UNI 756 25 WEST 43rd ST.

AUSTRAL AS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

NO. 55 ISO (E) PROTRUDING OR FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.7.1 COUNTERSUNK HEAD BREAK TABLE 9-108

JAPAN JIS MANDREL BLIND RIVET (PROTRUDING)

GERMANY DIN (G) BLIND ROHRNIETE MIT

FRANCE NF HALBRUND ODER SENKKOPF TABLE 9-110


(F) RIVET AVEUGLES (POP) AVEC TETE
UK BS (COUNTERSUNK)
RONDE OU FRAISEE
(I) RIBATTINI (CIECHI) CON TESTA
ITALY UNI
TONDA 0 SVASTA
AUSTRAL AS

207
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE

NO. 56 ISO (E) PROTRUDING OR COUNTERSUNK HEAD FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.7.1 BREAK MANDREL CLOSED END BLIND RIVET TABLE 9-115
JAPAN JIS (G) GESCHLOSSEN BLIND NIETE MIT (PROTRUDING)

GERMANY DIN HALBRUND ODER SENKKOPF


FRANCE NF (F) RIVET AVEUGLE (POP TABLE 9-117

UK BS FERME) AVEC TETE RONDE OU FRAISEE (COUNTERSUNK)

ITALY UNI (I) RIBATTINI (CIECHI)

AUSTRAL AS CON TESTA TONDO 0 SVASATA

N0. 57 ISO 1234 (E) SPLIT COTTER PIN FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.8.6M TABLE 9-121

JAPAN JIS B1351 (G) SPLINTS

GERMANY DIN 94

FRANCE NF E27-487 (F) GOUPILLE CYLINDRIQUE

UK BS 1574 FENDUE

ITALY UNI 1336 (I) COPICLLA

AUSTRAL AS 1236

NO.58 ISO 8752 (E) SLOTTED SPRING PIN FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.8.4M TABLE 9-122

JAPAN JIS (G) SPANNHULSE

GERMANY DIN 7346, 1481

FRANCE NF (F) GOUPILLE ELASTIQUE

UK BS

ITALY UNI 6873, 6874 (I) SPINA ELASTICA

AUSTRAL AS

NO. 59 ISO 8750 (E) COILED SPRING PIN FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.8.3M TABLE 9-125

JAPAN JIS (G) SPIRAL-SPANNSTIFT

GERMANY DIN 7343

FRANCE WF (F) GOUPILLE SPIRALS

UK BS

ITALY UNI 6875, 6876 (I) SPINA EIASTICA A

AUSTRAL AS SPIRALS

NO. 60 ISO 2338, 8734 (E) PARALLEL STEEL FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.8.5M DOWEL PIN TABLE 9-126

JAPAN JIS B1354 (G) ZYLINDERSTIFT (HARDENED)

GERMANY DIN 7, 6325

FRANCE NF (F) GOUPILLE CYLINDRIQUE TABLE 9-129

UK BS 1804 (UNHARDENED)

ITALY UNI 1707 (I) SPINA CILINDRICA

AUSTRAL AS

208
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 61 ISO 2339 (E) TAPER PIN FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI TABLE 9-130

JAPAN JIS B1352 (G) KEGELSTIFT

GERMANY DIN 1

FRANCE NF E27-481 (F) GOUPILLE CONIQUE

UK BS

ITALY UNI 129 (I) SPINR CONICA

AUSTRAL AS

N0. 62 ISO (E) GROOVE PIN FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) PASSKERBSTIFT AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 1472, 1473 ANSI

FRANCE NF (F) GOUPILLE CANNELEE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI (I) SPINA CON INTAGLIO

AUSTRAL AS

NO.63 ISO 2340 (E) CYLINDRICAL CLEVIS FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.8.7M PIN WITHOUT HEAD TABLE 9-131

JAPAN JIS (G) BOLZEN OHNE KOPF

GERMANY DIN 1433

FRANCE NF R126.09 (F) AXE LISSE

UK BS

ITALY UNI 1707, 1709 (I) PERNO SENZA TESTA

AUSTRAL AS

NO. 64 ISO 2341 (E) CYLINDRICAL CLEVIS FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B18.8.8M WITH HEAD TABLE 9-132

JAPAN JIS (G) BOLZEN MIT KOPF

GERMANY DIN 1434-1436

FRANCE NF R126.09 (F) AXE EPAULE

UK BS

ITALY UNI 1710 -1715 (I) PERM CON TESTA

AUSTRAL AS

NO. 65 ISO (E) BASIC RETAINING FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B27.7M FOR HOLE TABLE 9-133

JAPAN JIS B2804 (G) SICHERUNGSRING FUR

GERMANY DIN 472 BOHRUNGEN

FRANCE NF E22-165 (F) SEGMENT D'ARRET

UK BS 3673 ALESAGE

ITALY UNI 3654 (I) ANELLO ELASTICO DI


AUSTRAL AS SICUREZZA PER FORO

209
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 66 ISO (E) BASIC RETAINING FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B27.7M RING FOR SHAFT TABLE 9-134

JAPAN JIS B2804 (G) SICHERUNGSRING FUR

GERMANY DIN 471 WELLE

FRANCE NF E22-164 (F) SEGMENT D'ARRET POUR

UK BS 3673 ARBRE

ITALY UNI 3653 (I) ANELLO ELASTICD DI

AUSTRAL AS SICUREZZA PER ALBERO

N0. 67 ISO (E) RETAINING RING FOR FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B27.7M SHAFT TYPE E-RING TABLE 9-135

JAPAN JIS B2805 (G) SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE

GERMANY DIN 6799 FUR WELLE

FRANCE NF PRL 23203 (F) SEGMENT D'ARRET POUR

UK BS 3673 ARBRE

ITALY UNI (I) ANELLO DI SICUREZZA

AUSTRAL AS PER PERNO TIPO E

NO.68 ISO (E) RETAINING RING FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI ROUND SECTION NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) RUNDDRAHTSPRENG- AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 9045, 7993 RING ANSI

FRANCE NF (F) JONC D'ARRET SECTION 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS CYLINDRIQUE NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 3656 (I) ANELLO ELASTICO DI

AUSTRAL AS ARRESTO

NO. 69 ISO (E) EXPANSION PLUG FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) VERSCHLUSS-SCHEIBE AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 470 ANSI

FRANCE WF E29-584 (F) BOUCHON EXPANSIBLE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI (I) TAPPO SPANSIBILE

AUSTRAL AS

NO. 70 ISO (E) CUPPED PLUG FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) VERSCHLUSS-DECKEI. AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 442, 443 ANSI

FRANCE NF R939-10 (F) BOUCHON CUVEITE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI (I) TAPPO SVASATO

AUSTRAL AS

210
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD METRIC FASTENER STANDARDS INDEX (CONT'D)

STANDARD FIGURE NAME REFERENCE


NO. 71 ISO 3290 (E) STEEL BALL FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI B3.12 NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS B1501 (G) STAHL KUGEL AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 5401 ANSI

FRANCE NF E22-381 (F) BILLE ACIER 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI (I) PALLA D'ACCIAIO

AUSTRAL AS

N0. 72 ISO (E) HEX SOCKET PIPE FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI PLUG NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) VERSCHLUSS-SCHRAUBE AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 906 MIT KEGLIGEM GEWINDE ANSI

FRANCE NF E29-583 (F) BOUCHON FILETE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS CONIQUE A SIX PANS CREUX NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI (I) TAPPO CONICO CON

AUSTRAL AS ESAGONO INCASSATO

NO.73 ISO (E) HEX HEAD PIPE PLUG FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) VERSCHLUSS-SCHRAUBE MIT AUSSEN- AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 909 SECHSKANT UND KEGLIGEM GEWINDE ANSI

FRANCE NF E29-583 (F) BOUCHON FILETE CONIQUE A TERTE 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS HEXAGONALE NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI 5210 (I) TAPPO CONICO A TESTA

AUSTRALIA AS ESAGONALE

NO. 74 ISO (E) HEX HEAD GASKET PLUG FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS (G) VERSCHLUSS-SCHRAUBE AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 910.7604 MIT BUND UND AUSSENSECHSKANT ANSI

FRANCE WF (F) BOUCHON FILETE A 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS EPAULEMENT A TETE HEXAGONALE NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI (I) TAPPO A TESTA

AUSTRAL AS ESAGONALE CON BORDINO

NO. 75 ISO (E) LUBRICATION FITTING FOR DETAILS SEE

USA ANSI NATIONAL STANDARDS

JAPAN JIS 81575 (G) KEGEL SCHMIERNIPPEL AVAILABLE FROM

GERMANY DIN 71412 ANSI

FRANCE NF R16-521 (F) GRAISSEUR 25 WEST 43rd ST

UK BS NEW YORK NY 10035 USA

ITALY UNI (I) INGRASSATORE

AUSTRAL AS

211
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-1 FASTENER LENGTHS (ISO 888)

Lengths (mm)
2 60
2.5 65*
3 70
4 75*
5 80
6 85*
7S 90
8 95S
9S 100
10 105S
11S 110
12 115S
14 120
16 125S
18S 130
20 140
22S 150
25 160
28S 170*
30 180
32S 190*
35 200
38S 220
40 240
45 260
50 280
55* 300

S = ISO 888 second choice fastener lengths and not standard


lengths in the American standards.
* = American second choice fastener lengths.

Examples for Ordering ISO Fasteners:

1. Hex cap screw 10 mm diameter, with standard coarse threads 50 mm long, produced from grade 9.8 steel and having a
medium thread fit, are designated as follows: Hex cap screw, Ml0 X 1.5 X 50, class 9.8.
2. Hex nut style 1 12 mm in diameter with standard coarse threads, produced from steel of grade 5 strength, and having a
medium thread fit should be designated as follows: Hex nut, Style 1, M12 x 1.75, class 5.

FASTENER LENGTH SPECIFICATIONS


Nominal Lengths for Bolts, Screws, and Studs. The preferred metric fastener lengths are shown in Table 9-1. The
recommended minimum bolt lengths are 2d (2 x nominal diameter). A further reduction of the preferred fastener lengths should
be considered by the user, in order to minimize the number of different standard parts used in the product See Table 4-1.

212
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-2A LENGTH TOLERANCES (ANSI B18.2.3.1M)

Nominal Length Nominal Screw Diameter


over thru M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16-M24 > M24
6 10 ± 0.29 ± 0.29 ± 0.29 ± 0.29
10 18 ± 0.35 ± 0.35 ± 0.35 ± 0.35 ± 0.35 ± 0.35 ± 0.35
18 30 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 1.05
30 50 ± 0.50 ± 0.50 ± 0.50 ± 0.50 ± 0.50 ± 0.50 ± 0.50 ± 1.25
50 60 ± 0.60
± 1.50 ± 0.60 ± 0.60 ± 0.60 ± 0.60 ± 0.60 ± 1.50
60 80 ± 1.50
80 100 ± 0.70
± 1.75 ± 1.75 ± 1.75 ± 0.70 ± 0.70 ± 0.70 ± 1.75
100 120 ± 1.75
120 140 ± 0.80
± 0.80
140 150 ± 2.00 ± 2.00 ± 2.00 ± 2.00 ± 2.00 ± 2.00
± 2.00
150 180 ± 2.00
180 250 ± 2.30 ± 2.30 ± 2.30 ± 2.30 ± 2.30 ± 2.30 ± 2.30 ± 2.30
250 315 ± 2.60 ± 2.60 ± 2.60 ± 2.60 ± 2.60 ± 2.60 ± 2.60 ± 2.60
315 400 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85
400 500 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15

TABLE 9-2B ISO FASTENER TOLERANCES (ISO 4759-1)

Nominal Tolerance field


dimension

over to h13 h14 h15 h16 h17 js14 js15 js16 js17

0 0 0 0 0
0 3 ± 0,125 ± 0,20 ± 0,30 ± 0,50
- 0,14 - 0,25 - 0,40 - 0,60 - 1,00
0 0 0 0 0
3 6 ± 0.15 ± 0,24 ± 0,375 ± 0,60
- 0,18 - 0,30 - 0,48 - 0,75 - 1,20

0 0 0 0 0
6 10 ± 0.18 ± 0,29 ± 0.45 ± 0,75
- 0,22 - 0,36 - 0,58 - 0,90 - 1,50

0 0 0 0 0
10 18 ± 0,215 ± 0,35 ± 0,55 ± 0,90
- 0,27 - 0,43 - 0,70 - 1,10 - 1,80

0 0 0 0 0
18 30 ± 0,26 ± 0.42 ± 0,65 ± 1,05
- 0,33 - 0,52 - 0,84 - 1,30 - 2 ,10

0 0 0 0 0
30 50 ± 0.31 ± 0,50 ± 0,80 ± 1,25
- 0,46 - 0,74 - 1,20 - 1,90 - 2,50

0 0 0 0 0
50 80 ± 0.37 ± 0,60 ± 0,95 ± 1,50
- 0,39 - 0,62 - 1,00 - 1,60 - 3,00

0 0 0 0 0
80 120 ± 0,435 ± 0,70 ± 1,10 ± 1,75
- 0,54 - 0,87 - 1,40 - 2,20 - 3,50

0 0 0 0 0
120 180 ± 0,50 ± 0,80 ± 1,25 ± 2,00
- 0,63 - 1,00 - 1,60 - 2,50 - 4,00

0 0 0 0 0
180 250 ± 0,575 ± 0,925 ± 1,45 ± 2,30
- 0,72 - 1,15 - 1,85 - 2,90 - 4,60

0 0 0 0 0
250 315 ± 0,65 ± 1,05 ± 1,60 ± 2,60
- 0,81 - 1,30 - 2,10 - 3,20 - 5,20
0 0 0 0 0
315 400 ± 0,70 ± 1,15 ± 1,80 ± 2,85
- 0,89 - 1,40 - 2 ,30 - 3,60 - 5,70
0 0 0 0 0
400 500 ± 0,775 ± 1,25 ± 2,00 ± 3,15
- 0 97 - 1,55 - 2,50 - 4,00 - 6 ,30

213
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TOLERANCE FOR FASTENERS
ANSI tolerances — The tolerances for fasteners are fully defined in each applicable ANSI product standard. When purchasing
fasteners in North America, specify the proper product name. The fasteners should be supplied to the correct ANSI standard.
The length tolerances for hex cap screws are specified in ANSI B18.2.3.1M and shown in Table 9-2A.
ISO tolerances —International tolerances for fasteners are specified in ISO 4759-1, 2, and 3. The ISO standard defines three
product grades, A, B, and C, with the closest tolerances for product grade A and the coarsest tolerances for product grade C.
Fasteners made to any European standard will probably meet the ISO standard.
length tolerance — The ISO 4759-1 length tolerance for product grade A bolts, screws, flat socket screws and machine screws
is js15 (js16 for longer than 50-mm machine screws). See Table 9-2B. Product grades B and C for similar fasteners are held to
the js17 tolerance (2 x js17 for longer than 150 mm product grade C fasteners).
width across flats tolerances — The ISO width across fiats tolerances for product grade A is h13 for widths of 32 mm or less and
hl4 for larger sizes. Product grades B and C have tolerances h14 for widths of 19 mm or less and h15 for across flats up to 60
mm.
body diameter tolerances — The ISO body diameter tolerances for bolts, screws and studs are h13 for product grade A, h14 for
product grade B, and js15 for product grade C.
threaded lengths — The standard minimum thread lengths for general purpose bolts are based on the ISO 888 recommended
formula given in Table 9-3.

STRENGTH PROPERTIES FOR THREADED FASTENERS

GENERAL
The strength properties for externally threaded fasteners are specified in ISO 898-1, SAE J1199, and ASTM F568. ISO 898-1
and SAE J1199 cover fasteners in nominal thread diameters of M1.6—M36: ASTM F568 covers the above sizes and also sizes
from M42 through M100.
A brief description of the fastener grading system is as follows:

Designation System. Property classes are designated by numbers, whereas increasing numbers generally represent
increasing tensile strengths. The designation symbol consists of two parts: (1) the first numeral of a two-digit symbol or the first
two numerals of a three-digit symbol will approximate 1/100 of the minimum tensile strengths in MPa; (2) the last numeral
approximates 1/10 of the ratio expressed as a percentage between minimum yield stress and minimum tensile stress.

TABLE 9-3 ISO STANDARD THREAD LENGTHS (ISO 888)

Nominal Length of Bolt Length of Thread


L b
Up to and including 125 min 2d + 6 mm
Over 125 mm up to and including
200 mm 2d + 12 mm

Over 200 mm 2d + 25 mm
NOTES:
1. d = nominal diameter of the bolt or screw.
2. The ISO tolerance on thread length is b + 2P - 0.

Property Classes2. SAE J1199 recognizes seven property classes out of the ten ISO grades as follows; 4.6, 4.8, 5.8, 8.8, 9.8,
10.9, and 12.9. Omitted are ISO classes 3.6, 5.6, and 6.8. The ASTM specification includes the same seven plus two classes
8.8.3 and 10.9.3 which are “weathering” steels intended primarily for atmospherically exposed structural fasteners. Machine
screws are normally available only in classes 4.8 and 9.8; other bolts, screws, and studs are available in all classes within the
specified product size limitations given in Table 9-4. At the option of the manufacturer, class 5.8 may be supplied when either
classes 4.6 or 4.8 are ordered, and class 4.8 may be supplied when class 4.6 is ordered.
2
CONVERSION GUIDANCE. For guidance purposes only, to assist designers in selecting a property class: Class 4.6 is
approximately equivalent to SAE Grade 1 and ASTM A307, Grade A. Class 5.8 is approximately equivalent to SAE Grade 2.
Class 8.8 is approximately equivalent to SAE Grade 5, and ASTM A449. Class 9.8 has properties approximately 9% stronger
than SAE Grade 5, and ASTM A449. Class 10.9 is approximately equivalent to SAE Grade 8 and ASTM A354 Grade BD.

214
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
MATERIALS AND PROCESSES
Steel Characteristics. Bolts, screws, and studs are made of steel conforming to the description and chemical composition
requirements specified in Table 9-5 for the applicable property class.

Heading Practice. Methods other than upsetting and/or extrusion are permitted only by special agreement between purchaser
and producer. Class 4.6 may be hot- or cold-headed at the option of the manufacturer. Classes 4.8, 5.8, 8.8, 9.8, 10.9, and 12.9
bolts and screws in sizes up to 20 mm inclusive and of lengths up to 10 times the nominal product size or 150 mm, whichever is
shorter, are cold-headed at the option of the manufacturer.

Threading Practice. Classes 4.8, 5.8, 8.8, 9.8, 10.9, and 12.9 bolts and screws in sizes up to 20 mm inclusive and of lengths
up to 150 mm inclusive, are roll-threaded, except by special agreement. Threads of all sizes of classes 4.8, 5.8, 8.8, 9.8, 10.9,
and 12.9 bolts and screws in sizes over 20 mm and/or lengths longer than 150 mm may be rolled, cut or ground, at the option of
the manufacturer. Threads of all classes and sizes of studs may be rolled, cut or ground at the option of the manufacturer.

Heat Treatment Practice. Class 4.6 bolts and screws and classes 4.6, 4.8, and 5.8 studs need not be heat-treated. Classes
4.8 and 5.8 bolts and screws shall be stress-relieved if necessary to ensure the soundness of the head to shank junction. When
0
specified by the purchaser, class 5.8 bolts and screws will be stress-relieved at a minimum stress relief temperature of 470 C.
Where higher temperatures are necessary to relieve stress in severely upset heads, mechanical requirements will be agreed
upon by producer and purchaser.
Classes 8.8, 8.8.3, and 9.8 bolts, screws, and studs shall be heat treated by quenching in a liquid medium from above the
transformation temperature and reheating to the tempering temperature given in Table 9-5.
Classes 10.9, 10.9.3, and 12.9 bolts, screws, and studs shall be heat treated by quenching in oil from above the transformation
temperature and reheating to the tempering temperature given in Table 9-5.

REQUIREMENTS

Mechanical. Bolts, screws, and studs are tested in accordance with the mechanical testing requirements for the applicable
type, property class, size, and length of product as specified in Table 9-6. They must meet the mechanical requirements
specified in Tables 9-4 and 9-7.

METHODS OF TESTING

Product Hardness. For routine inspection, hardness of bolts, screws, and studs may be determined on head, end, or shank
after removal of any plating or other coating. For reference purposes, the hardness of bolts, screws, and studs is determined at
mid-radius of a transverse section through the threaded portion of the product taken at a distance of one diameter from the end
of the product. The reported hardness is the average of four hardness readings located at 90 deg. to one another. The
preparation of test specimens and the performance of hardness tests should conform with the requirements of SAE J4l7.

Surface Hardness. Tests to determine surface hardness conditions are conducted on the ends, hexagon flats, or unthreaded
shanks which have been prepared by lightly grinding or polishing to ensure accurate reproducible readings in accordance with
SAE J417. Proper correction factors are made on curved surfaces, per ASTM E18.

215
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-4 MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BOLTS, SCREWS AND STUDS (ASTM F568)

Full-Size Bolts, Screws, and Studs Machined Test Specimens of Surface Product Hardness
A
Proof Load Tensile Bolts, Screws, and Studs Hardness
Prop- Nominal Length Yield Strength Yield Tensile Elonga- Reduction
erty Diameter Measuremt Strength MPaA Strength Strength tion % of Area Rockwell Rockwell Vickers
B
Class of Method Method MPa MPa % 30N
Product MPa MPa
Min Min Min Min Min Max Min Max Min Max
4.6 M5-M100 225 240 400 240 400 22 35 ... B67 B95 120 220
4.8 M1.6-M16 310 340 420 340 420 14 35 ... B71 B95 130 220
D
5.8 M5-M24 380 420 520 420 520 10 35 ... B82 B95 160 220
8.8 M16-M72 600 660 830 660 830 12 35 53 C23 C34 255 336
8.8.3 M16-M36 600 660 830 660 830 12 35 53 C23 C34 255 336
9.8 M1.6-M16 650 720 900 720 900 10 35 56 C27 C36 280 360
10.9 M5-M100 830 940 1040 940 1040 9 35 59 C33 C39 327 382
10.9.3 M16-M36 830 940 1040 940 1040 9 35 59 C33 C39 327 382
E
12.9 M1.6-M100 970 1100 1220 1100 1220 8 35 63 C38 C44 372 434

NOTES:
A
Proof load and tensile strength values for full size products of each property class are given in Table 9-7.
B
Yield strength is stress at which a permanent set of 0.2% of gage length occurs.
C
Yield point shall apply instead of yield strength at 0.2% offset for Class 4.6 products.
D
Class 5.8 applies only to bolts and screws with lengths 150 mm and shorter and to studs of all lengths.
E
Caution is advised when considering the use of Class 12.9 bolts, screws. and studs. Capability of bolt manufacturer, as well as the anticipated in-us
environment, should be considered. High strength products of Class 12.9 require rigid control of heat treating operations and careful monitoring of
as-quenched hardness, surface discontinuities, depth of partial decarburization, and freedom from carburization. Some environments may cause
stress corrosion cracking of nonplated as well as electroplated products.

Proof Load. The proof load test consists of stressing the bolt, screw, or stud with a specified load which the product must
withstand without permanent set. The proof load and tensile strength values are shown in Table 9-7, and a detailed description
of test methods can be found in the ASTM F606.

Basis for Calculating Proof and Ultimate Bolt Load. The proof and ultimate bolt loads for nominal diameter-pitch
combinations not shown in Table 9-7 can be calculated by following these simple steps:

1. Read the tensile stress area (AS) for the applicable diameter pitch combination in Table 8-2
(Chapter 8).
2. Find the appropriate proof stress or ultimate stress value for the bolt strength grade to be
determined in Table 9-4.
3. Multiply the tensile stress area (AS) with the proof or ultimate stress, and the product is the load
in newtons (N).

Example:

Calculate the proof load for a grade 8.8 bolt with 7 mm nominal diameter and 0.75 mm pitch.
AS = 31.1 mm2 (Table 8-2)
Sp = 600 MPa (MPa = N/mm2) (Table 9-4)
Proof Load = AS X Sp = 31.1 X 600 N = 18 660 N = 18.7 kN

MARKING
Bolts and Screws. All bolts and screws except slotted and cross-recessed head screws, with nominal diameters of 5 mm and
larger, are marked to identify the property class. The symbols used are those given in Table 9-8. In addition, bolts and screws
are marked with the manufacturer’s identification symbol. Markings are located on the top of the head of bolts and screws, and
may be either raised or depressed at the option of the manufacturer. Alternatively, for hex head products, the markings may be
indented on the side of the head.

Studs. All studs with nominal diameters of 5 mm and larger are marked to identify the property class. The symbols used are
those given in Table 9-8. Markings are located at the extreme end of the stud, and may be raised or depressed. Interference fit
threads are marked at the nut end. Studs smaller than 12 mm nominal diameter may be marked using the property class
symbols given in Table 9-8.
216
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
SCREWS AND WASHER ASSEMBLIES (SEMS)
Mechanical and material requirements for screw and washer assemblies (sems) are specified for each product type going into
the assemblies. For example, see ANSI B18.6.5M for tapping screws (Table 9-78) and ANSI B 18.21 .2M for lock washers
(Table 9-104) specifications.

TABLE 9-5 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION REQUIREMENTS (ASTM F568)

Product Analysis Element Temp-


Prop- Nominal (% by weight) ering
erty Product Tempera-
Class Diameter Material and Treatment C Mn B P S ture °C
mm Min Max Min Min Max Max Min
4.6 M5-M100 low or medium carbon steel ... 0.55 ... ... 0.048 0.058 ...
M1.6-M16 low or medium carbon steel, partially or fully ... 0.55 ... ... 0.048 0.058 ...
4.8
annealed as required
A
5.8 M5-M24 low or medium carbon steel, cold worked 0.13 0.55 ... ... 0.048 0.058 ...
C
M16-M72 medium carbon steel, product is quenched 0.25 0.55 ... ... 0.048 0.058 425
8.8 B
and tempered
M16-M36 low carbon martensite steel, product is 0.15 0.40 0.74 0.0005 0.048 0.058 425
8.8 D
quenched and tempered
M16-M36 atmospheric corrosion resistant steel, product see ASTM F568 425
8.8.3
is quenched and tempered Table 2
M1.6-M16 medium carbon steel, product is quenched 0.25 0.55 ... ... 0.048 0.058 425
9.8
and tempered
M1.6-M16 low carbon martensite steel, product is 0.15 0.40 0.74 0.0005 0.048 0.058 425
9.8 D
quenched and tempered
M5-M20 medium carbon steel, product is quenched 0.25 0.55 ... ... 0.048 0.058 425
10.9 E, F
and tempered
M5-M100 medium carbon alloy steel, product is 0.20 0.55 ... ... 0.040 0.045 425
10.9 E
quenched and tempered
M5-M36 low carbon martensite steel, product is 0.15 0.40 0.74 0.0005 0.048 0.058 340
10.9 E, F
quenched and tempered
M16-M36 atmospheric corrosion resistant steel, product see ASTM F568 425
10.9.3 E
is quenched and tempered Table 2
E,
alloy steel, product is quenched and tempered
12.9 M1.6-M100 G 0.31 0.65 ... ... 0.045 0.045 380

A
For studs only, sulfur content may be 0.33%, max.
B
At the manufacturer's option, medium carbon alloy steel may be used for nominal thread diameters over M24.
C
For studs only, sulfur content may be 0.13%, max.
D
Products made using this material shall be specially identified as specified in Section 12.
E
Steel for Classes 10.9, 10.9.3, and 12.9 products shall be fine grain and have a hardenability that will achieve a structure of approximately 90%

martensite at the center of a transverse section one diameter from the threaded end of the product after oil quenching.
F
Carbon steel may be used at the option of the manufacturer for products of nominal thread diameters M12 and smaller. When approved by the

purchaser, carbon steel may be used for products of diameters larger than M12 through M20, inclusive.
G
Alloy steel shall be used. Steel is considered to be alloy by the American Iron and Steel Institute when the maximum of the range given for the

content of alloying elements exceeds one or more of the following limits: manganese, 1.65%; silicon, 0.60%; copper, 0.60%; or in which a

definite range or a definite minimum quantity of any of the following elements is specified or required within the limits of the recognized field of

constructional alloy steels: aluminum, chromium up to 3.99%, cobalt, columbium, molybdenum, nickel, titanium, tungsten, vanadium, zirco-

nium, or any other alloying elements added to obtain a desired alloying effect.

217
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-6 MECHANICAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR BOLTS, SCREWS AND STUDS" (ASTM F568)

A
? denotes a mandatory test. For each product all mandatory tests (?) shall be performed. In addition, either all tests denoted A (apply to full-size products) or all
tests denoted B (which apply to machined test specimens) shall be performed. o denotes tests to be performed when specifically required in the original inquiry and
purchase order. In case arbitration is necessary, A tests and proof load test shall be performed. Leaders (... ) indicate tests that are not required.
B
D equals nominal diameter of product. xequals the minimum length of product subject to tensile testing. Values of x are as follows:
Nominal Product x, mm Nominal Product x, mm
Diameter Diameter
M5 12 M12 30
M6 14 M14 35
M8 20 M16 40
M10 25 M24 and larger 3D
C
Surface hardness requirements apply only to Property Classes 8.8, 8.8.3, 9.8, 10.9, 10.9.3, and 12.9.
D
Tensile test wedge angles are specified in ASTM F568M Table 6.
E
Special head bolts and screws are those with special configurations or with drilled heads which are weaker than the threaded section.

TAPPING SCREWS
Mechanical and material requirements for self tapping screws of types shown in Table 9-81 will be briefly described here.
Thread forming and cutting tapping screws are specified in ANSI B18.6.5M; thread rolling screws are specified in SAE J1237
and self-drilling tapping screws are specified in IFI 504 (SAE J78 to be revised).
Material — Steel. Tapping screws are normally fabricated from carbon steel and suitably processed to meet the performance
and test requirements shown in Tables 9-9 and 9-10.
Thread-rolling and self-drilling tapping screws must meet the performance requirements shown in Tables 9-11—9-14.

material and chemistry — Type 2• thread rolling and self-drilling screws shall be made from cold heading quality, killed steel
wire, conforming to the following chemical composition requirements:

218
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-7 PROOF LOAD AND TENSILE STRENGTH VALUES, VALUES IN kNA (ASTM F568)

Class Class
Class 4.6 Class 4.8 Class 5.8 Class 9.8 Class 12.9
Nom 8.8 and 8.8.3 10.9 and 10.9.3
Prod Stress Proof Ten- Proof Ten- Proof Ten- Proof Ten- Proof Ten- Proof Ten- Proof Ten-
B
Dia Area Load sile Load sile Load sile Load sile Load sile Load sile Load sile

and Thd Stren- Stren- Stren- Stren- Stren- Stren- Stren-


Method Method Method Method Method Method Method
Pitch gth gth gth gth gth gth gth
2
mm 1 2 min 1 2 min 1 2 min 1 2 min 1 2 min 1 2 min 1 2 min
M1.6 x 0.35 1.27 ... ... ... 0.39 0.43 0.53 ... ... ... ... ... ... 0.83 0.91 1.14 ... ... ... 1.23 1.40 1.55
M2 x 0.4 2.07 ... ... ... 0.64 0.70 0.87 ... ... ... ... ... ... 1.35 1.49 1.86 ... ... ... 2.01 2.28 2.53
M2.5 x 0.45 3.39 ... ... ... 1.05 1.15 1.42 ... ... ... ... ... ... 2.20 2.44 3.05 ... ... ... 3.29 3.73 4.14
M3 x 0.5 5.03 ... ... ... 1.56 1.71 2.11 ... ... ... ... ... ... 3.27 3.62 4.53 ... ... ... 4.88 5.53 6.14
M3.5 x 0.6 6.78 ... ... ... 2.10 2.31 2.85 ... ... ... ... ... ... 4.41 4.88 6.10 ... ... ... 6.58 7.13 8.27
M4 x 0.7 8.78 ... ... ... 2.72 2.99 3.69 ... ... ... ... ... ... 5.71 6.32 7.90 ... ... ... 8.52 9.66 10.7
M5 x 0.8 14.2 3.20 3.41 5.68 4.40 4.83 5.96 5.40 5.96 7.38 ... ... ... 9.23 10.2 12.8 11.8 13.3 14.8 13.8 15.6 17.3
M6 x 1 20.1 4.52 4.82 8.04 6.23 6.83 8.44 7.64 8.44 10.5 ... ... ... 13.1 14.5 18.1 16.7 18.9 20.9 19.5 22.1 24.5
M8 x 1.25 36.6 8.24 8.78 14.6 11.3 12.4 15.4 13.9 15.4 19.0 ... ... ... 23.8 26.4 32.9 30.4 34.4 38.1 35.5 40.3 44.7
M10 x 1.5 58.0 13.1 13.9 23.2 18.0 19.7 24.4 22.0 24.4 30.2 ... ... ... 37.7 41.8 52.2 48.1 54.5 60.3 56.3 63.8 70.8
M12 x 1.75 84.3 19.0 20.2 33.7 26.1 28.7 35.4 32.0 35.4 43.8 ... ... ... 54.8 60.7 72.9 70.0 79.2 87.7 81.8 92.7 103
M14 x 2 115 25.9 27.6 46.0 35.7 39.1 48.3 43.7 48.3 59.8 ... ... ... 74.8 82.8 104 95.5 108 120 112 127 140
M16 x 2 157 35.3 37.7 62.8 48.7 53.4 65.9 59.7 65.9 81.6 94.2 104 130 102 113 141 130 148 163 152 173 192
M20 x 2.5 245 55.1 58.8 98.0 ... ... ... 93.1 103 127 147 162 203 ... ... ... 203 230 255 238 270 299
D
M22 x 2.5 303 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 182 200 251 ... ... ... 251 285 315 ... ... ...
M24 x 3 353 79.4 84.7 141 ... ... ... 134 148 184 212 233 293 ... ... ... 293 332 367 342 388 431
D
M27 x 3 459 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 275 303 381 ... ... ... 381 431 477 ... ... ...
M30 x 3.5 561 126 135 224 ... ... ... ... ... ... 337 370 466 ... ... ... 466 527 583 544 617 684
M36 x 4 817 184 196 327 ... ... ... ... ... ... 490 539 678 ... ... ... 678 763 850 792 899 997
M42 x 4.5 1120 252 269 448 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 930 1050 1160 1090 1230 1370
M48 x 5 1470 331 353 588 ... ... ... ... ... .._ ... ... ... ... ... ... 1220 1380 1530 1430 1620 1790
M56 x 5.5 2030 457 487 812 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1680 1910 2110 1970 2230 2480
M64 x 6 2680 603 643 1070 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2600 2850 3270
M72 x 6 3460 779 830 1380 ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... 3360 3810 4220
M80 x 6 4340 977 1040 1740 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4210 4770 5290
M90 x 6 5590 1260 1340 2240 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5420 6150 6820
M100 x 6 6990 1570 1680 2800 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... 6780 7690 8530
A
Proof loads and tensile strengths are computed by multiplying the stresses given in Table 9-4 by the stress area of the thread. (See example, p. 216)
B
Stress area, mm2 = 0.7854 (D - 0.9382 P)2, where D = nominal product size, mm, and P = thread pitch, mm. (See Table 8-2.)
C
Proof load, Method 1, is the length measurement method as described in ASTM F606. Proof load, Method 2, is the yield
strength method as described in ASTM F606.
D
M22 and M27 are standard sizes for high-strength structural bolts only as covered in Specifications A325M and A490M.

Composition Limits1, Percent by Mass


Carbon Manganese
Analysis Min. Max. Min. Max.
Cast or Heat 0.15 0.25 0.70 1.65
Product 0.13 0.27 0.64 1.71
NOTE: 1. Boron permitted in the range of 0.0005—0.003.

Unless otherwise specified by purchaser, Type 9• and 10• screws shall be made from cold heading quality, killed alloy steel
wire conforming to the following chemical composition requirements (SAE 4037):

219
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Cast or Heat Analysis Product Analysis
Percent by Mass

Carbon 0.35—0.40 0.33—0.42


Manganese 0.70—0.90 0.67—0.93
Phosphorus 0.035 max 0.040 max
Sulfur 0.040 max 0.045 max
Silicon 0.15—0.30 0.13—0.32
Molybdenum 0.20—0.30 0.18—0.32

marking — When so specified by the purchaser, metric hex and hex flange head steel tapping screws shall be permanently and
legibly marked with the numeral “2” on the top of the head.
thread rolling screws — The following head identification markings may be specified as an option by the purchaser on hex or
similar non-recessed or non-slotted head styles.

Type Identification Mark


2• 2•
9• 9•
10• 10•

self-drilling screws — No marking required.

NUTS3

REQUIREMENTS
Mechanical and material requirements for internally threaded steel fasteners of the metric series are specified in ASTM A563M
and ISO 898 Parts 2 and 4. ISO 898 Part 2 specifies nine strength grades for nuts with effective heights of thread greater than or
equal to 0.6 times the nominal diameter, and ISO 898 Part 4 specifies requirements of nuts with effective heights of thread from
0.4d to <0.6d. ASTM A563M covers the mechanical and material requirements for eight property classes of metric series steel
nuts in sizes from 1.6 to 100 mm, inclusive, and suitable for general engineering applications.
3
The total nut height is approximately equal to 0.8 times the nominal diameter in traditional metric standards. The above ratio is
increased in ANSI B18.2.4.1M to 0.9 for Style 1 nuts and to 1 for Style 2 nuts (ANSI B 18.2.4.2M) in order to ensure detectable
stripping of the bolt rather than the nut.

DESIGNATION
Property Classes. The eight property classes are designated by the numbers 5, 9, 10, 12, 8S, 8S3, 10S, and 10S3, and are
normally available in the sizes specified in Table 9-15. The following ISO classes have been omitted; 4, 6, 8, and for low nuts, 04
and 06. As applicable, hex jam nuts are included in an appendix of ASTM A563M. When agreed upon by supplier and
customer, nuts of a higher strength property class may be substituted when nuts of a lower strength property class are ordered.

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS
Steel for nuts of each class shall conform in chemical composition to the limits given in Table 9-15.
Resulfurized steel is not subject to rejection based on product analysis for sulfur unless misapplication is clearly indicated.
Rephosphorized steel is not subject to rejection based on product analysis for phosphorus unless misapplication is clearly
indicated.
Application of heats of steel to which bismuth, selenium, tellurium, or lead has been intentionally added shall not be permitted
for classes 10, 12, 10S, and 10S3.

MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
The hardness of nuts of each class shall not exceed the maximum hardness specified for the class in Table 9-16. This shall be
the only hardness requirement for nuts that are proof load tested.
Unless proof load testing is specified in the inquiry and purchase order, nuts of all classes in nominal thread diameters M4 and
smaller, and nuts of all classes with proof loads greater than 530 kN, as specified in Table 9-17, may be furnished on the basis
of having a hardness not less than the minimum hardness specified in Table 9-16.
Nuts of all classes, except those covered in the above, shall withstand the proof load stress specified for the diameter and
class of nut in Table 9-16.

DIMENSIONS
Unless otherwise specified, nuts shall be furnished plain (non-coated nor plated).
Class 5 nuts in nominal thread diameters M36 and smaller shall conform to dimensions for hex nuts, Style 1, given in ANSI
B18.2.4.1M, p. 312.

220
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
MARKING
Nuts in nominal thread diameters M4 and smaller need not be marked.
Nuts of all classes, in nominal thread diameters M5 and larger, shall be marked with the property class designation (5, 9, 10,
12, 8S, 10S, 8S3, or 10S3) on the top or bearing surface, on the top of flange, or on one of the wrenching flats of the nuts.
Markings located on the top or bearing surface or on the top of the flange shall be positioned with the base of the numeral(s)
oriented toward the nut periphery. Class 9 nuts marked on one of the wrenching flats shall have the numeral 9 underlined.
Additionally, nuts of classes 10, 12, 8S, 8S3, 10S, and 10S3 shall be marked with a symbol to identify the manufacturer. The
manufacturer’s identification symbol shall be of the manufacturer’s design.
For classes 8S3 and 10S3 nuts, the manufacturer may add other distinguishing marks to indicate the nut is atmospheric
corrosion resistant and of a weathering grade of steel.
Markings may be raised or depressed at the option of the manufacturer. However, if markings are located on the bearing
surface or on one of the wrenching flats, they shall be depressed.

TABLE 9-8 PROPERTY CLASS IDENTIFICATION SYMBOLS (ASTM F568)

Identification Symbol

Property Specification Specification Other Bolts Studs

Class A325M Bolts A490M Bolts and Screws M4 and M5 to M10 M12 and

Smaller Incl Larger


4.6 A A 4.6 A A 4.6
4.8 A A 4.8 A A 4.8
5.8 A A 5.8 A A 5.8
B
8.8 8S A 8.8 A A 8.8
8.8.3 8S3 A 8.8.3 A A 8.8.3
B
9.8 A A 9.8 A + 9.8
B
10.9 A 10S 10.9 A 10.9
10.9.3 A 10S3 10.9.3 A A 10.9.3
12.9 A A 12.9 A ∆ 12.9
A
Not applicable.
B
Producls made of low carbon martensite steel shall be additionally marked by underlining the property
class symbol.

221
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-9 STANDARD TEST PLATE THICKNESSES AND HOLE SIZES FOR DRIVE TEST INSPECTION OF
TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

Nominal Test Plate Test Hole


Screw Size Thickness, Diameter,
and Thread mm mm
Pitch Max Min ±0.03
For Types AB and B
2.2 x 0.8 1.27 1.17 1.9
2.9 x 1 1.27 1.17 2.2
3.5 x 1.3 1.96 1.85 2.9
4.2 x 1.4 1.96 1.85 3.5
4.8 x 1.6 3.22 3.12 4
5.5 x 1.8 3.22 3.12 4.8
6.3 x 1.8 4.84 4.69 5.5
8 x 2.1 4.84 4.69 6.9
9.5 x 2.1 4.84 4.69 8.3
For Types D, F and T
2 x 0.4 2.03 1.93 1.7
2.5 x 0.45 2.44 2.33 2.1
3 x 0.5 2.82 2.71 2.6
3.5 x 0.6 3.62 3.51 3.1
4x0.7 3.62 3.51 3.5
5 x 0.8 4.84 4.68 4.5
6x1 6.43 6.27 5.4
8 x 1.25 8.02 7.86 7.4
10 x 1.5 9.60 9.44 9.3

TABLE 9-10 TORSIONAL STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

Nominal
Screw Size Torsional Strength
and Thread N·m
Pitch Min
For Types AB, B, BF and BT
2.2 x 0.8 0.4
2.9 x 1 1.5
3.5 x 1.3 2.7
4.2 x 1.4 4.4
4.8 x 1.6 6.3
5.5 x 1.8 9.9
6.3 x 1.8 16
8 x 2.1 33
9.5 x 2.1 67
For Types D, F and T
2 x 0.4 0.5
2.5 x 0.45 1.1
3 x 0.5 2.0
3.5 x 0.6 3.1
4 x 0.7 4.6
5 x 0.8 9.4
6x1 16
8 x 1.25 40
10 x 1.5 78

222
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-11 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR THREAD ROLLING SCREWS - TYPES 2•, 9•, AND 10•
(SAE J1237)

Hydrogen
Test Plate Drive Torque Clamp Load Proof Torque Embrittlement
Basic Torque Torque
Dia and Pilot For ZPC For ZP Clamp For ZPC For ZPC
For ZP For ZP For CP For ZP
Thread Thickness Hole and CP Screws Load and CP and CP
Pitch Dia Screws Screws
mm mm mm max N·m max N·m kN max N·m max N·m N·m N·m N·m N·m
M2 x 0.4 3 1.77 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.4 0.5
M2.5 x 0.45 3 2.25 0.8 1 1.3 1.4 0.9 1
M3 x 0.5 3 2.7 1.3 1.7 2.4 2.5 1.7 1.9
M3.5 x 0.6 3 3.15 1.9 2.4 3.7 4 2.6 3
M4 x 0.7 5 3.6 2.6 3.4 3.1 4.2 4.8 5.4 5.8 3.8 4.4
M5 x0.8 5 4.55 4.8 6 5 8 10 11 12 7.8 9
M6 x 1 6 5.4 7.5 9.2 6.9 15 16 19 20 13 15
M8 x 1.25 8 7.3 16 20 12.6 34 40 46 48 32 36
M10 x 1.5 10 9.2 28 35 20 68 81 92 96 65 74
M12 x 1.75 12 11 46 55 29.5 110 130 160 170 110 130
Legend: CP - Cadmium Electroplated
ZP - Zinc Electroplated
ZPC - Zinc Phosphate Coated - (Commonly known as Phosphate and oil)
NOTE - Values shown in Table 9-11 are intended for specification purposes and for determination of acceptability of screws to the requirements of this
standard. These values are not valid for use in design or assembly unless all conditions of the application are identical with those specified for the
inspection tests.

TABLE 9-12 MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPE 2• THREAD ROLLING SCREWS (SAE J1237)

Basic Dia Min Min


and Tensile Torsional
Thread Pitch Strength Strength
mm kN N·m
M2 x 0.4 1.9 0.7
M2.5 x 0.45 3.15 1.2
M3 x 0.5 4.68 2.2
M3.5 x 0.6 6.3 3.5
M4 x 0.7 8.17 5.2
M5 x 0.8 13.2 10.5
M6 x 1 18.7 17.7
M8 x 1.25 34 43
M10 x 1.5 53.9 87
M12 x 1.75 78.4 152

TABLE 9-13 MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPES 9• AND 10• THREAD ROLLING SCREWS
(SAE J1237)

Nominal Type 9 • Type 10 •


Thread Min Min
Dia and Tensile Tensile
Thread Strength Strength
Pitch kN kN
M2 x 0.4 1.86
M2.5 x 0.45 3.05
M3 x 0.5 4.53
M3.5 x 0.6 6.10
M4 x 0.7 7.90
M5 x 0.8 12.8 14.8
M6 x 1 18.1 20.9
M8 x 1.25 32.9 38.1
M10 x 1.5 52.2 60.3
M12 x 1.75 75.9 87.7

223
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-14 MECHANICAL AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPES BSD AND CSD SELF-
DRILLING TAPPING SCREWS (IFI-504)

Hydrogen
Torsional Embrittlement
Strength Test Torque
Nom Min N·m
Screw N·m Zinc Plated Screws
Size
Type Type Type Type
BSD CSD BSD CSD
2.9 1.6 - 1.3 -
3 - 2.2 - ?
3.5 2.7 3.5 2.3 ?
4 - 5.2 - ?
4.2 4.7 - 4.6 -
4.8 6.9 - 6.2 -
5 - 10.5 - ?
5.5 10.4 - 9.6 -
6 - 17.7 - ?
6.3 16.9 21 14.9 ?
? Values are under development.

TABLE 9-15 CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS (ASTM A563M)

Composition, %
Property
Class of Nut Analysis Carbon Manganese, Phosphorus Sulfur
min max max
5, 9, 8S heat 0.55 max ... 0.04 0.15A
product 0.58 max ... 0.048 ...
B
10,10S heat 0.55 max 0.30 0.04 0.05
product 0.58 max 0.27 0.048 0.058
12B heat 0.20-0.55 0.60 0.04 0.05
product 0.18-0.58 0.57 0.048 0.058

8S3, 10S3 See ASTM A563M Table 2


A
Sulfur content may be 0.23 percent max for classes 5 and 9 if agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
B
For Classes 10 and 12 nuts, sulfur content may be 0.15 percent max with a 1.35 percent manganese min.

224
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-16 MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS OF NUTS (ASTM A563M)

Property Class

5 5 (Overtapped) 9

Nominal Dia Proof Hardness Proof Hardness Proof Hardness


Load Load Load
Rockwell Vickers Rockwell Vickers Rockwell Vickers
Stress Stress Stress
MPa Min Max Min Max MPa Min Max Min Max MPa Min Max Min Max

M1.6 to M2.5 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
520
M3 to M4 ... ... ... ... ... 900 B85 C30 170 302

M5 and M6 580 B70 C30 130 302 465 915

M8 and M10 590 470 B70 C30 130 302 940

M12 to M16 610 490 950 B89 C30 188 302

M20 to M36 630 B78 C30 146 302 500 B78 C30 146 302 920

M42 to M100 630 B70 C30 128 302 500 B70 C30 128 302 920

Property Class

10 12 12 (Overtapped)

Nominal Dia Proof Hardness Proof Hardness Proof Hardness


Load Load Load
Rockwell Vickers Rockwell Vickers Rockwell Vickers
Stress, Stress, Stress,
MPa Min Max Min Max MPa Min Max Min Max MPa Min Max Min Max

M1.6 to M2.5 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

M3 to M4 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
1040
M5 and M6 1150 920
C26 C36 272 353
M8 and M10 1160 930

M12 to M16 1050 1190 C26 C36 272 353 950 C26 C36 272 353

M20 to M36 1060 1200 960

M42 to M100 ... ... ... ... ... 1200 960

Property Class

8S and 8S3 10S and 10S3 10S (Overtapped)

Nominal Dia Proof Hardness Proof Hardness Proof Hardness


Load Load Load
Rockwell Vickers Rockwell Vickers Rockwell Vickers
Stress Stress Stress
MPa Min Max Min Max MPa Min Max Min Max M Pa Min Max Min Max

M12 to M36 1075 B89 C38 188 372 1245 C26 C38 272 372 1165 C26 C38 272 372

225
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-17 NUT PROOF LOAD VALUES, kN (ASTM A563M)

Nominal Thread Property Class of Nut


Diameter Stress 5 12 8S 10S 10
and Thread Area 5 (Over- 9 10 12 (Over- and and (Over-
Pitch mm2 tapped) tapped) 8S3 10S3 tapped)
M1.6 x 0.35 1.27 0.66 ... ... 1.32 ... ... ... ...
M2 x 0.4 2.07 1.08 ... ... 2.15 ... ... ... ...
M2.5 x 0.45 3.39 1.76 ... ... 3.53 ... ... ... ...
M3 x 0.5 5.03 2.62 ... 4.53 5.23 ... ... ... ...
M3.5 x 0.6 6.78 3.53 ... 6.10 7.05 ... ... ...
M4 x 0.7 8.78 4.57 ... 7.90 9.13 ... ... ...
M5 x 0.8 14.2 8.23 6.60 13.0 14.8 16.3 13.1 ... ... ...
M6 x 1 20.1 11.7 9.35 18.4 20.9 23.1 18.5 ... ... ...
M8 x 1.25 36.6 21.6 17.2 34.4 38.1 42.5 34.0 ... ... ...
M10 x 1.5 58.0 34.2 27.3 54.5 60.3 67.3 53.9 ... ... ...
M12 x 1.75 84.3 51.4 41.3 80.1 88.5 100 80.1 90.6 105 98.2
M 14 x 2 115 70.2 56.4 109 121 137 109 124 143 134
M16 x 2 157 95.8 76.9 149 165 187 149 169 195 183
M20 x 2.5 245 154 123 225 260 294 235 263 305 285
M22 x 2.5 303 ... ... ... ... ... 291 326 377 353
M24 x 3 353 222 177 325 374 424 339 379 439 411
M27 x 3 459 ... ... ... ... ... ... 493 571 535
M30 x 3.5 561 353 281 516 595 673 539 603 698 654
M36 x 4 817 515 409 752 866 980 784 878 1020 952
M42 x 4.5 1120 706 560 1030 ... 1340 1080 ... ... ...
M48 x 5 1470 920 735 1350 ... 1760 1410 ... ..
M56 x 5.5 2030 1280 1020 1870 ... 2440 1950 ... ... ...
M64 x 6 2680 1690 1340 2470 ... 3220 2570 ... ... ...
M72 x 6 3460 2180 1730 3180 ... 4150 3320 .. ... ...
M80 x 6 4340 2730 2170 3990 ... 5210 4170 ... ..
M90 x 6 5590 3520 2800 5140 .. 6710 5370 ... ...
M100 x 6 6990 4400 3500 6430 ... 8390 6710 ... ... ...

NOTES: 1. Nuts of diameters and classes where no proof loads are given are nonstandard.
2. Proof loads are computed by multiplying proof load stress (Table 9-16) by thread stress area and dividing by 1000.
3. The proof load of a nut is the axially applied load the nut must withstand without thread stripping or rupture. Proof loads
(Table 9-17) are computed by multiplying proof load stress (Table 9-16) by the nut thread stress area.

LOW NUTS
A563M covers nuts with effective heights of thread from 0.4 to 0.6 times the nominal thread diameter. The two property
classes, 04 and 05, are specified in this standard.
Class 04 nuts are made of carbon steel conforming to the chemical composition requirements specified for class 9 nuts in
Table 9-15. Class 05 nuts are made of carbon or alloy steel conforming to the chemical composition requirements specified for
class 10 nuts in Table 9-15 and are heat treated.
Class 04 nuts have a proof load stress of 380 MPa, and a hardness of HV 188/302 for all diameters. Class 05 nuts have a
proof load stress of 500 MPa, and a hardness of HV 272/353 for all diameters. Hex jam nuts are not normally proof load tested.

INSTALLATION OF THREADED FASTENERS

CLEARANCE HOLES FOR METRIC BOLTS AND SCREWS


The clearance holes for bolts and screws are based on the ISO 273: Parts 1 and 2 and IFI 527. Clearance hole diameters for
bolts, screws, and studs are given in Table 9-19, and for tapping screws in Table 9-18.
normal clearance — Normal clearance hole sizes are preferred for general purpose applications, and are recommended unless
special design considerations dictate the need for either a close or loose clearance. close clearance — Close clearance hole
sizes should be specified only where conditions such as critical alignment of assembled parts, wall thickness, or other
limitations. necessitate the use of a minimal hole.
loose clearance — Loose clearance hole sizes should be specified only for applications where maximum adjustment capability
between components being assembled is necessary.

226
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TAP DRILL SIZES
The sizes shown in the column for 77% thread agree with those specified in ISO 2306. For non-critical applications, the author
recommends sizes shown in the 60% thread column (see Table 9-20). For other thread sizes and pitches, calculate drill size
using equations and factors shown in Table 9-20, General Note (a).

HOLES FOR TAPPING SCREWS


The recommended hole sizes for tapping screws to be fastened into steel plates and other materials are covered in the ANSI
B18.6.5M and shown in Tables 9-22 through 9-27. Table 9-28 cover Type D, F, G and T thread cutting screws, which are shown
here courtesy Industrial Fastener Institute (IFI). Data in Table 9-29 for Type SF, SW, TR-3 and TT thread rolling screws were
developed by Massey Ferguson and published in their Corporate Design Standard. Recommended holes for tapping screws are
shown in Tables 9-22—9-29. All dimensions in these tables are in millimeters unless otherwise noted.

ASSEMBLY CONSIDERATIONS

Finishes and Installation Hole Sizes. The finish (plating or coating) on tapping screws and the material composition and
hardness of the mating component are factors which affect assembly torques in individual applications. Although the
recommended installation hole sizes shown were originally based on the use of plain unfinished carbon steel tapping screws,
experience has shown that the specified holes are also suitable for screws having most types of commercial finishes. However,
it should be noted that, due to various finishes providing different degrees of lubricity, some adjustment of installation torques
may be necessary to suit individual applications. Also, where exceptionally heavy finishes are involved or screws are to be
assembled into materials of higher hardness, some deviation from the specified hole sizes may be required to provide optimum
assembly. The necessity and extent of such deviations can best be determined by experiment in the particular assembly
environment.

RECOMMENDED TORQUE VALUES FOR METRIC FASTENERS


The torque values for metric threaded fasteners have been based on existing inch practices, and the nominal torque values for
five strength grades are shown in Table 9-30.

BOLTS AND SCREWS


World and national standards for hexagon head screws and bolts are shown in the fastener index, p. 197. The material
presented in this chapter has been based entirely on the ANSI/ASME fastener standards published with the permission of The
American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ASME International, Three Park Avenue, 22S1, New York, NY 10016-5990.
The only recognized thread pitch in the ANSI fastener standards is the ISO metric coarse thread. This publication is in full
agreement with this contribution to our rationalization efforts, and there is a clear trend to standardize on the ISO metric coarse
thread worldwide.

BOLTS AND SCREWS SELECTION GUIDE


A wide variety of different types of screws and bolts are shown in this Chapter. The most popular and economical types to
select will probably be the hex cap screws shown in Table 9-31, and the hex flange screws shown in Table 9-37. Formed hex
screws shown in Table 9-32 are headed with one blow operations (non-trimmed heads). The heads have slightly larger
tolerances and the fastener is anticipated to be faster and cheaper to produce, and may become the best future selection to
make.
For round head square neck bolts the short square neck with unilateral (+ 0 - tol) toleranced body diameters shown in Table 9-
39, is recommended specified for assembly into a sheet metal square hole. The carriage bolts shown in Table 9-40 have larger
square depths and bilateral (+ and -) toleranced body diameters. The large head and long square neck bolt should be best
suited for use in soft (wood) mating material.
Other special types such as heavy hex screws, hex bolts, heavy hex bolts, heavy hex structural bolts, and heavy hex flange
screws should be specified in special applications.

227
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-18 CLEARANCE HOLES FOR TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

Nom Dh - Clearance Hole Dia, Basic


Screw Close Normal Loose
Size Clearance Clearance Clearance
(Preferred)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8
2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5
3.5 3.7 3.9 4.2
4.2 4.5 4.7 5
4.8 5.1 5.3 5.6
5.5 5.9 6.1 6.5
6.3 6.7 6.9 7.3
8 8.4 9 10
9.5 10 10.5 11.5

HEX CAP SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.3.1M)


Hex cap screws are specified in ANSI B18.2.3.1M and shown in size range from M5 through M100 in Table 9-31.

FORMED HEX SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.3.2M)


Formed hex screws are specified in ANSI B18.2.3.2M and shown in size range from M5 through M24 in Table 9-32.

HEAVY HEX SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.3.3M)


Heavy hex screws are specified in ANSI B18.2.3.3M and shown in size range from M12 through M36 in Table 9-33.

HEX BOLTS (ANSI B18.2.3.5M)


Hex bolts are specified in ANSI B18.2.3.5M and shown in size range from M5 through M100 in Table 9-34.

HEAVY HEX BOLTS (ANSI B18.2.3.6M)


Heavy hex bolts are specified in ANSI B18.2.3.6M and shown in size range from M12 through M36 in Table 9-35.

HEAVY HEX STRUCTURAL BOLTS (ANSI B18.2.3.7M)


Heavy hex structural bolts are specified in ANSI B 18.2.3 .7M and shown in size range from M16 through M36 in Table 9-36.
Two ISO second choice sizes, namely M22 and M27, are included in this standard.

HEX FLANGE SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.3.4M)


Hex flange screws are specified in ANSI B18.2.3.4M and shown in size range from M5 through M16 in Table 9-37.

HEAVY HEX FLANGE SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.3.9M)


Heavy hex flange screws are specified in ANSI B18.2.3.9M and shown in size range from M1O through M20 in Table 9-38.

ROUND HEAD SHORT SQUARE NECK BOLTS (ANSI B18.5.2.1M)


Round head short square neck bolts (carriage bolts) are specified in ANSI B18.5.2.1M and shown in size range from M6
through M20 in Table 9-39.

228
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-19 CLEARANCE HOLES FOR METRIC BOLTS AND SCREWS (ISO 273-1 and -2)

D - Clearance hole diameter (Basic = min), mm


Nominal
Close Normal Loose
Fastener Clearance Clearance Clearance
Size Min Max Min Max Min Max
1.6 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.94 2 2.25
2 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.54 2.6 2.85
2.5 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.04 3.1 3.3
3 3.2 3.32 3.4 3.58 3.6 3.9
4 4.3 4.42 4.5 4.68 4.8 5.1
5 5.3 5.42 5.5 5.68 5.8 6.1
6 6.4 6.55 6.6 6.82 7 7.36
8 8.4 8.55 9 9.22 10 10.36
10 10.5 10.68 11 11.27 12 12.43
12 13 13.18 14 (13.5) 14.27 15 (14.5) 15.43
14 15 15.18 16 (15.5) 16.27 17 (16.5) 17.43
16 17 17.18 18 (17.5) 18.27 19 (18.5) 19.52
18 19 19.21 20 20.33 21 21.52
20 21 21.21 22 22.33 24 24.52
22 23 23.21 24 24.33 26 26.52
24 25 25.21 26 26.33 28 28.52
27 28 28.21 30 30.33 32 32.62
30 31 31.25 33 33.39 35 35.62
33 34 34.25 36 36.39 38 38.62
36 37 37.25 39 39.39 42 42.62
39 40 40.25 42 42.39 45 45.62
42 43 43.25 45 45.39 48 48.62
45 46 46.25 48 48.39 52 52.74
48 50 50.25 52 52.46 56 56.74
52 54 54.3 56 56.46 62 62.74
56 58 58.3 62 62.46 66 66.74
60 62 62.3 66 66.46 70 70.74
64 66 66.3 70 70.46 74 74.74
68 70 70.3 74 74.46 78 78.74
72 74 74.3 78 78.46 82 82.87
76 78 78.3 82 82.54 86 86.87
80 82 80.35 86 86.54 91 91.87
85 87 87.35 91 91.54 96 96.87
90 93 93.35 96 96.54 101 101.87
95 98 98.35 101 101.54 107 107.87
100 104 104.35 107 107.54 112 112.87
105 109 109.35 112 112.54 117 117.87
110 114 114.35 117 117.54 122 123
115 119 119.35 122 122.63 127 128
120 124 124.4 127 127.63 132 133
125 129 129.4 132 132.63 137 138
130 134 134.4 137 137.63 144 145
140 144 144.4 147 147.63 155 156
150 155 155.4 158 158.63 165 166
NOTES:
1. IFI 527 is in agreement with ISO 273 except as marked and for the ANSI B4.2 tolerances shown here.
2. The maximum hole limits shown are based on ISO 273 recommended tolerances H12-close clearance, H13-normal clearance and H14-
coarse clearance. See Table 6-10.

ROUND HEAD SQUARE NECK BOLTS (ANSI B18.5.2.2M)


Round head square neck bolts (carriage bolts) are specified in ANSI B18.5.2.2M and shown in size range from M5 through
M24 in Table 9-40.

ROUND HEAD SQUARE NECK BOLTS WITH LARGE HEAD (ANSI B18.5.2.3M)
Round head square neck bolts with large head is specified in ANSI B18.5.2.3M and shown in size range from M5 through M20
in Table 9-41. The ISO second choice size M14 is not specified in this standard.

HEX LAG SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.3.8M)


Hex lag screws are specified in ANSI B18.2.3.8M and shown in size range from 5 through 24 mm in Table 9-42. The metric
second choice size 14 mm is not covered in the standard.

229
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
PLOW BOLTS (ISO 5713)
Round head countersunk square neck bolts (plow bolts) are specified in ISO 5713 and shown in size range from M8 through
M20 in Table 9-43. The M14 size is not a standard fastener. Oval head countersunk square neck bolts and double nibbed
countersunk bolts are also specified in ISO 5713.

GENERAL DATA ON HEX HEAD CAP SCREWS


Dimensions. All dimensions in the tables and notes are in millimeters unless otherwise stated.

Top of Head. This should be full form and chamfered or rounded with the diameter of chamfer circle or start of rounding being
equal to the maximum width across flats, within a tolerance of minus 15%.

Head Height. The head height is the distance, as measured parallel to the axis of the screw, from the top of the head to the
plane of the bearing surface.

TABLE 9-20 TAP DRILL SIZES

Drill Size (mm)


Thread
77% 60%
Size Thread Thread
M 1.6 1.25 1.3
M2 1.6 1.65
M2.5 2.05 2.15
M3 2.5 2.6
M3.5 2.9 3
M4 3.3 3.4
M5 4.2 4.3
M6 5 5.2
M8 6.8 7
M10 8.5 8.8
M12 10.2 10.5
M14 12 12.4
M16 14 14.5
M20 17.5 18
M22 19.5 20
M24 21 21.5
M27 24 24.5
M30 26.5 27.25
M36 32 32.75
M42 37.5 38.5
M48 43 44
M56 50.5 51.75
M64 58 59.25
M72 66 67.25
M80 74 75.25
M90 84 85.25
M100 94 95.25

NOTES:
1. Tap drill formula:
Drill Size = Thread Size — Factor x Pitch
Use factor 0.65 to get 50% of thread
0.71 55%
0.78 60% See Table 9-20
0.84 65%
0.91 70%
0.97 75%
1 77% (ISO 2306)
1.04 80%
1.10 85%
2. Thread tap life will be extended when smaller factors are used.
3. Recommended tolerance on drilled holes H12 (see Table 6-10).

230
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Wrenching Height. The wrenching height is the distance, measured at a corner of the hex, from the plane of the bearing
surface to the last plane of full-formed hex, i.e., the plane closest to the top of head at which the width across corners of the hex
is within its specified limits.

Corner Fill. The rounding due to lack of fill at the six corners of the head shall be reasonably uniform.

True Position of Head. The axis of the hex head shall be located at true position with respect to the axis of the screw
(determined over a distance under the head equal to one screw diameter) within a tolerance zone of diameter specified in Table
9-48.

Bearing Surface. The bearing surface shall be flat and washer-faced. The diameter of bearing surface shall not exceed the
width across flats nor be less than the specified minimum washer face diameter. For reference purposes, the measurement of
the bearing surface diameter shall be taken at the mid-thickness of the washer face. The plane of the bearing surface shall be
perpendicular to the axis of the body within the total runout specified in Table 9-31. The measurement of bearing face runout
shall be made as close to the periphery of the washer face as possible, while the screw is held in a collet or other gripping
device at a distance equal to one screw diameter from the underside of the head.

Fillet. The fillet configuration at the junction of the head and shank shall be as shown in Figs. 9-1 and 9-2, and shall have limits
as specified in Table 9-49. The fillet shall be a smooth and continuous curve fairing smoothly into the under head bearing
surface and the shank within the limits specified. No radius in the fillet contour shall be less than R minimum.

Body Diameter. The diameter of the body on screws which are not threaded full length shall be within the limits specified in
Table 9-31. For screws threaded full length, the diameter of the unthreaded shank under the head shall not exceed the specified
maximum body diameter nor be less than the minimum body diameter specified in Table 9-48.

Length. The length of the screw shall be measured parallel to the axis of the screw from the under head bearing surface to the
extreme end of the shank. Tolerances for screw lengths are given in Table 9-46.

Points. The end of the screw shall be chamfered from a diameter equal to or slightly less than the thread root diameter to
produce a length of chamfer or incomplete thread within the limits for Z specified in Table 9-47. The end of the screw shall be
reasonably square with the axis of the screw, and where pointed blanks are used, the slight rim or cup resulting from roll-
threading shall be permissible. At the manufacturer’s option, the end of the screw may have a rounded point of radius V as
specified in Table 9-47.

Straightness. Shanks of screws shall be straight within a maximum camber of 0.006 mm/mm of screw length for screws
having nominal lengths of 300 mm or shorter, and within 0.008 mm/mm of screw length for screws having nominal lengths over
300 mm to 600 mm. The reference gage and gaging procedure for checking screw straightness is given in ANSI B18.2.3.1M.

TABLE 9-21 DIAMETERS AND THREAD PITCHES FOR STEEL TAPPING SCREWS (Massey Ferguson)

Thread Types
Thread Types
Inch Screw D, F, T, SW, SF, TT, TR-3, CSD
AB, B, BF, BT, BSD Inch Metric
Size Number Dia x Pitch Dia x Pitch Dia x Pitch
#2 2.2 x 0.8
#3 2.5 x 0.53 M2.5 x 0.45
#4 2.9 x 1 2.8 x 0.64 M3 x 0.5
#6 3.5 x 1.3 3.5 x 0.79 M3.5 x 0.6
#8 4.2 x 1.4 4.2 x 0.79 M4 x 0.7
#10 4.8 x 1.6 4.8 x 1.06 M5 x 0.8
#14 6.3 x 1.8 6.3 x 1.27 M6 x 1
#16 7.9 x 2.1 7.9 x 1.41 M8 x 1.25
#18 9.5 x 2.1 9.5 x 1.59 M10 x 1.5

THREAD LENGTH
The length of thread on screws shall be controlled by the maximum grip gaging length (Lg) and the minimum body length (Ls)
as set forth in the following:
Grip gaging length, Lg max., is the distance measured parallel to the axis of the screw, from the under head bearing surface to
the face of a non-counterbored or non-countersunk standard GO thread ring gage assembled by hand as far as the thread will
permit. For standard diameter-length combinations of screws, the values for Lg max. are specified in Table 9-44. For diameter-
length combinations not listed in Table 9-44, the maximum grip gaging length, as calculated and
231
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
rounded to one decimal place, shall be equal to the nominal screw length, L, minus the basic thread length, B, as specified in
Table 9-45 (Lg max. = L — B). Lg max. shall be used as a criterion for inspection.
Body length, Ls mm., is the distance, measured parallel to the axis of the screw, from the under head bearing surface to the
last scratch of thread or top of the extrusion angle, whichever is closest to the head. For standard diameter-length combinations
of screws, the values of Ls mm. are specified in Table 9-44. For diameter-length combinations not listed in Table 9-44, the
minimum body length, as calculated and rounded to one decimal place, shall be equal to the maximum grip gaging length as
computed minus the maximum transition thread length as specified in Table 9-45 (Ls min. = Lg max. — X max.). Ls min. shall be
used as a criterion for inspection. Screws of nominal lengths which have a calculated Ls min. value equal to or less than the
length, Lu, as specified in Table 9-45 shall be threaded full length. For screws which are threaded full length, the distance from
the under head bearing surface to the face of a noncounterbored or noncountersunk standard GO thread ring gage assembled
by hand as far as the thread will permit shall not exceed the length, Lu, as specified in Table 9-45.
Basic thread length, B, as specified in Table 9-45 is a reference dimension intended for calculation purposes only, and is the
distance, measured parallel to the axis of the screw, from the extreme end of the screw to the last complete (full form) thread.
Transition thread length, X max., as specified in Table 9-45, is a reference dimension intended for calculation purposes only. It
includes the length of incomplete threads and tolerances on grip gaging and body length. The transition from full to incomplete
thread shall be smooth and uniform. The major diameter of the incomplete threads shall not exceed the actual major diameter of
the complete (full form) threads. For screws of property class 10.9 and higher strength materials (tensile strength 1040 MPa and
higher), the transition threads shall have a rounded root contour, no radius of which shall be less than the specified minimum
radius at the root of the full form thread.

Thread Runout. The runout of the thread with respect to the axis of the screw shank shall be within the limits specified in
Table 9-48 when measured at a distance of one screw diameter from the last complete thread. The referee gage and gaging
procedure for checking thread runout are given in ANSI B18.2.3.1M.

Thread Series. Threads shall be metric coarse thread series conforming to dimensions for general purpose external threads
given in ANSI B1.13M, p. 164, unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. The class 6g tolerance shall apply to plain finish
(unplated or uncoated) screws, and to plated or coated screws before plating or coating. For screws with additive finish, the 6g
diameters may be exceeded by the amount of the allowance, i.e., the basic diameters shall apply to screws after plating or
coating.

232
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-22 HOLE SIZES FOR STEEL TYPES AB THREAD FORMING SCREWS IN SHEET METALS
(ANSI B18.6.5M)
mm
Steel, Stainless
Metal Steel, Monel, Brass Aluminum Alloy
Nominal Pierced or Drilled or Pierced or Drilled or
Extruded Extruded
Screw Size Metal Clean-Punched Hole Clean-Punched Hole
Hole Hole
and Thickness
Drill Size Drill Size
Thread Pitch Hole Dia Hole Dia 2 Hole Dia Hole Dia 2
No. No.
0.38 - 1.63 52 - - -
0.46 - 1.63 52 - - -
0.61 - 1.70 51 - 1.63 52
2.2 x 0.8 0.76 - 1.78 50 - 1.63 52
0.91 - 1.85 49 - 1.63 52
1.22 - 1.85 49 - 1.70 51
1.52 - 1.93 48 - 1.78 50
0.38 2.18 2.18 44 - - -
0.46 2.18 2.18 44 - - -
0.61 2.49 2.26 43 2.18 - -
0.76 2.49 2.39 42 2.18 2.18 44
2.9 x 1
0.91 2.49 2.39 42 2.18 2.18 44
1.22 - 2.44 41 2.18 2.18 44
1.52 - 2.54 39 - 2.26 43
1.90 - 2.59 38 - 2.26 43
0.38 2.82 2.64 37 - - -
0.46 2.82 2.64 37 - - -
0.61 2.82 2.69 36 2.82 - -
0.76 2.82 2.69 36 2.82 2.64 37
3.5 x 1.3 0.91 2.82 2.79 35 2.82 2.64 37
1.22 - 2.82 34 2.82 2.64 37
1.52 - 2.95 32 - 2.69 36
1.90 - 3.05 31 - 2.79 35
0.46 3.45 - - - - -
0.61 3.45 3.18 - 3.45 - -
0.76 3.45 3.18 - 3.45 2.95 32
4.2 x 1.4 0.91 3.45 3.18 - 3.45 3.05 31
1.22 3.45 3.25 30 3.45 3.25 30
1.52 - 3.45 29 - 3.45 29
1.90 - 3.56 28 - 3.56 28
0.46 3.99 3.66 27 - - -
0.61 3.99 3.66 27 3.99 - -
0.76 3.99 3.66 27 3.99 - -
4.8 x 1.6 0.91 3.99 3.73 26 3.99 3.66 27
1.22 3.99 3.78 25 3.99 3.66 27
1.52 - 3.91 23 - 3.66 27
1.90 - 3.99 22 - 3.73 26
0.46 - - - - - -
0.61 4.70 4.22 19 - - -
0.76 4.70 4.22 19 - - -
5.5 x 1.8 0.91 4.70 4.22 19 - - -
1.22 4.70 4.32 18 - 4.09 20
1.52 - 4.50 16 - 4.22 19
1.90 - 4.62 14 - 4.39 17
0.46 - 4.98 9 - - -
0.61 - 4.98 9 - - -
0.76 5.31 4.98 9 - - -
6.3 x 1.8 0.91 5.31 4.98 9 - - -
1.22 5.31 5.21 W - - -
1.52 - 5.79 1 - 5.05 8
1.90 - 5.89 - - 5.11 7
NOTES:
1. Because conditions differ widely, it may he necessary to vary the hole size to suit a particular application.
2. See Table 15-1 for metric or customary inch drill sizes.

233
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-23 HOLE SIZES FOR STEEL TYPES AB THREAD FORMING SCREWS IN PLYWOOD
(ANSI B18.6.5M)
In Plywoods (Resin Impregnated)
Compreg, Pregwood, etc. mm

Nominal Screw Material Penetration in


Size and Hole Drill Thickness Blind Holes
2
Thread Pitch Dia Size No.
Min Min Max
2.2 x 0.8 1.85 49 3.18 4.78 12.70
2.9 x 1 2.54 39 4.78 6.35 15.88
3.5 x 1.3 3.18 - 4.78 6.35 15.88
4.2 x 1.4 3.66 27 4.78 6.35 19.05
4.8 x 1.6 4.39 17 6.35 7.92 25.40
5.5 x 1.8 4.93 10 7.92 9.52 25.40
6.3 x 1.8 5.79 1 7.92 9.52 25.40
NOTES:
1. Because conditions differ widely, it may he necessary to vary the hole size to suit a particular application.
2. See Table 15-1 for metric or customary inch drill sizes.

234
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-24 HOLE SIZES FOR STEEL TYPES B THREAD FORMING SCREWS IN SHEET METALS
(ANSI B18.6.5M)
mm
Steel, Stainless
Metal Aluminum Alloy
Steel, Monel, Brass
Nominal Screw Pierced or Drilled or Pierced or Drilled or
Metal
Size and Extruded Hole Clean-Punched Hole Extruded Hole Clean-Punched Hole
2 2
Thread Pitch Thickness Hole Dia Hole Dia Drill Size No. Hole Dia Hole Dia Drill Size No.
0.38 - 1.63 52 - - -
0.46 - 1.63 52 - - -
0.61 - 1.70 51 - 1.63 52
2.2 x 0.8 0.76 - 1.78 50 - 1.63 52
0.91 - 1.85 49 - 1.63 52
1.22 - 1.85 49 - 1.70 51
1.52 - 1.93 48 - 1.78 50
0.38 2.18 2.18 44 - - -
0.46 2.18 2.18 44 - - -
0.61 2.49 2.26 43 2.18 - -
0.76 2.49 2.39 42 2.18 2.18 44
2.9 x 1 0.91 2.49 2.39 42 2.18 2.18 44
1.22 - 2.44 41 2.18 2.18 44
1.52 - 2.54 39 - 2.26 43
1.90 - 2.59 38 - 2.26 43
2.67 - - - - 2.39 42
0.38 2.82 2.64 37 - - -
0.46 2.82 2.64 37 - - -
0.61 2.82 2.69 36 2.82 - -
0.76 2.82 2.69 36 2.82 2.64 37
0.91 2.82 2.79 35 2.82 2.64 37
3.5 x 1.3
1.22 - 2.82 34 2.82 2.64 37
1.52 - 2.95 32 - 2.69 36
1.90 - 3.05 31 - 2.79 35
2.67 - 3.25 30 - 2.82 34
3.25 to 6.35 - - - - 3.05 31
0.46 3.45 - - - - -
0.61 3.45 3.18 - 3.45 - -
0.76 3.45 3.18 - 3.45 2.95 32
91 345 3.18 - 3.45 3.05 31
1.22 345 3.25 30 3.45 3.25 30
42x14 1.52 - 3.45 29 - 3.45 29
1.90 - 3.56 28 - 3.56 28
267 - 3.81 25 - 3.73 26
3.18 - 3.81 25 - 3.73 26
343 - 386 24 - 3.78 25
4 11 to 9.52 - - - - 3.86 24
NOTES:
1. Because conditions differ widely, it may he necessary to vary the hole size to suit a particular application.
2. See Table 15-1 for metric or customary inch drill sizes.

235
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-24 HOLE SIZES FOR STEEL TYPES B THREAD FORMING SCREWS IN SHEET METALS(CONT’D)
(ANSI B18.6.5M)

Steel, Stainless
Metal Aluminum Alloy mm
Steel, Monel, Brass
Nominal Screw Pierced or Drilled or Pierced or Drilled or
Metal
Size and Extruded Hole Clean-Punched Hole Extruded Hole Clean-Punched Hole
2 2
Thread Pitch Thickness Hole Dia Hole Dia Drill Size No. Hole Dia Hole Dia Drill Size No.
0.38 - 1.63 52 - - -
0.46 - 1.63 52 - - -
0.61 - 1.70 51 - 1.63 52
2.2 x 0.8 0.76 - 1.78 50 - 1.63 52
0.91 - 1.85 49 - 1.63 52
1.22 - 1.85 49 - 1.70 51
1.52 - 1.93 48 - 1.78 50
0.38 2.18 2.18 44 - - -
0.46 2.18 2.18 44 - - -
0.61 2.49 2.26 43 2.18 - -
0.76 2.49 2.39 42 2.18 2.18 44
2.9 x 1 0.91 2.49 2.39 42 2.18 2.18 44
1.22 - 2.44 41 2.18 2.18 44
1.52 - 2.54 39 - 2.26 43
1.90 - 2.59 38 - 2.26 43
2.67 - - - - 2.39 42
0.38 2.82 2.64 37 - - -
0.46 2.82 2.64 37 - - -
0.61 2.82 2.69 36 2.82 - -
0.76 2.82 2.69 36 2.82 2.64 37
0.91 2.82 2.79 35 2.82 2.64 37
3.5 x 1.3
1.22 - 2.82 34 2.82 2.64 37
1.52 - 2.95 32 - 2.69 36
1.90 - 3.05 31 - 2.79 35
2.67 - 3.25 30 - 2.82 34
3.25 to 6.35 - - - - 3.05 31
0.46 3.45 - - - - -
0.61 3.45 3.18 - 3.45 - -
0.76 3.45 3.18 - 3.45 2.95 32
91 345 3.18 - 3.45 3.05 31
1.22 345 3.25 30 3.45 3.25 30
42x14 1.52 - 3.45 29 - 3.45 29
1.90 - 3.56 28 - 3.56 28
267 - 3.81 25 - 3.73 26
3.18 - 3.81 25 - 3.73 26
343 - 386 24 - 3.78 25
4 11 to 9.52 - - - - 3.86 24
NOTES:
1. Because conditions differ widely, it may he necessary to vary the hole size to suit a particular application.
2. See Table 15-1 for metric or customary inch drill sizes.

236
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-25 HOLE SIZES FOR STEEL TYPES B THREAD FORMING SCREWS IN PLYWOODS, CAST METALS
AND PLASTICS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

In Plywoods (Resin Impregnated)


Compreg,
Pregwood, etc.
Nominal Screw Material Penetration in
Size and Hole Drill Thickness Blind Holes
2
Thread Pitch Dia Size No. Min Min Max
2.2 x 0.8 1.85 49 3.18 4.78 12.70
2.9 x 1 2.54 39 4.78 6.35 15.88
3.5 x 1.3 3.18 - 4.78 6.35 15.88
4.2 x 1.4 3.66 27 4.78 6.35 19.05
4.8 x 1.6 4.39 17 6.35 7.92 25.40
5.5 x 1.8 4.93 10 7.92 9.52 25.40
6.3 x 1.8 5.79 1 7.92 9.52 25.40

In Cast Metals
Aluminum, Magnesium, Zinc, Brass, Bronze
Nominal Penetration in
Screw Size Hole Drill Blind Holes
2
and Thread Pitch Dia Size No. Min
2.2 x 0.8 1.98 47 3.18
2.9 x 1 2.64 37 4.78
3.5 x 1.3 3.25 30 6.35
4.2 x 1.4 3.86 24 6.35
4.8 x 1.6 4.50 16 6.35
5.5x1.8 5.05 8 7.14
6.3 x 1.8 5.94 - 7.92

In Plastics
Phenol Cellulose Acetate, Cellulose Nitrate,
Plastic
Formaldehyde Acrylic Resin and Styrene Resin
Nominal Penetration Penetration
Screw Size Hole Drill in Hole Drill in
2 2
and Thread Dia Size No. Blind Holes Dia Size No. Blind Holes
Pitch Min Min
2.2 x 0.8 1.98 47 4.78 1.98 47 4.78
2.9 x 1 2.54 39 6.35 2.39 42 6.35
3.5 x 1.3 3.25 30 6.35 3.05 32 6.35
4.2 x 1.4 3.81 25 7.92 3.66 27 7.92
4.8 x 1.6 4.50 16 7.92 4.32 18 7.92
5.5 x 1.8 5.05 8 9.52 4.85 11 9.52
6.3 x 1.8 5.94 - 9.52 5.61 2 9.52
NOTES:
1. Because conditions differ widely, it may he necessary to vary the hole size to suit a particular application.
2. See Table 15-1 for metric or customary inch drill sizes.

237
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-26 HOLE SIZES FOR STEEL TYPES BF AND BT THREAD CUTTING SCREWS IN CAST METALS
(ANSI B18.6.5M)
In Cast Metals mm
Die Cast Zinc and Aluminum
Nominal Screw Material Hole Drill Nominal Screw Material Hole Drill
2 2
Size and Thickness Dia Size No. Size and Thickness Dia Size No.
Thread Pitch Thread Pitch
1.52 1.85 49 3.18 4.85 11
2.11 1.85 49 3.56 4.85 11
2.2 x 0.8 2.77 1.93 48 5.5 x 1.8 4.78 4.85 11
3.18 1.93 48 6.35 4.98 9
3.56 1.93 48 7.92 4.98 9
9.52 4.98 9
2.77 2.49 40 3.18 5.61 2
3.18 2.54 39 3.56 5.61 2
2.9 x 1 3.56 2.54 39 6.3 x 1.8 4.78 5.61 2
4.78 2.54 39 6.35 5.79 1
6.35 2.59 38 7.92 5.79 1
9.52 5.79 1
3.18 3.05 31 3.18 7.14 K
3.56 3.05 31 3.56 7.14 K
3.5 x 1.3 4.78 3.05 31 8 x 2.1 4.78 7.14 K
6.35 3.18 - 6.35 7.14 K
7.92 3.18 - 7.92 7.37 L
9.52 7.37 L
3.18 3.78 25 3.18 8.74 -
3.56 3.78 25 3.56 8.74 -
4.2 x 1.4 4.78 3.78 25 9.5 x 2.1 4.78 8.74 -
6.35 3.86 24 6.35 8.74
7.92 3.86 24 7.92 8.84 S
9.52 8.84 S
3.18 4.22 19
3.56 4.22 19
4.8 x 1.6 4.78 4.22 19
6.35 4.32 18
7.92 4.37 -
9.52 4.37 -
NOTES:
1. Because conditions differ widely, it may he necessary to vary the hole size to suit a particular application.
2. See Table 15-1 for metric or customary inch drill sizes.

238
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-27 HOLE SIZES FOR STEEL TYPES BF AND BT THREAD CUTTING SCREWS IN PLASTICS
(ANSI B18.6.5M)

In Plastics mm
Nominal Phenol Cellulose Acetate, Cellulose Nitrate,
Screw Formaldehyde Acrylic Resin and Styrene Resin
Size and Hole Drill Depth of Hole Drill Depth of
2 2
Thread Pitch Dia Size No. Penetration Dia Size No. Penetration
Min Max Min Max
2.2 x 0.8 1.98 - 2.39 6.35 1.93 48 2.39 6.35
2.9 x 1 2.64 37 3.18 7.92 2.54 39 3.18 7.92
3.5 x 1.3 3.18 - 4.78 9.52 3.05 31 4.78 9.52
4.2 x 1.4 3.73 26 6.35 12.70 3.66 27 6.35 12.70
4.8 x 1.6 4.32 18 7.92 15.88 4.22 19 7.92 15.88
5.5 x 1.8 4.93 10 9.52 15.88 4.80 12 9.52 15.88
6.3 x 1.8 5.79 1 9.52 19.05 5.61 2 9.52 19.05
NOTES:
1. Because conditions differ widely, it may he necessary to vary the hole size to suit a particular application.
2. See Table 15-1 for metric or customary inch drill sizes.

Thread Acceptability. Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, gaging for screw thread dimensional acceptability shall be
in accordance with Gaging System 21 as specified in ANSI B1.3M.

Material and Mechanical Properties. Unless otherwise specified, steel screws shall conform to the requirements specified in
SAE J1199 or ASTM F568, p. 214. Screws of other materials such as stainless steel, brass, bronze, and aluminum alloys shall
have properties as agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser.
Chemical and mechanical properties of stainless steel screws are covered in ASTM F738, and of nonferrous screws in ASTM
F468M.

Finish. Unless otherwise specified, screws shall be supplied with a natural (as processed) finish, unplated or uncoated.

Identification Symbols. Steel screws shall be marked with the property class symbol and with the manufacturer’s
identification symbol. Minimum height of property class symbols shall be 1.5 mm for M5 and M6 screws, 2.3 mm for M8 and M10
screws, 3.2 mm for M12 and M14 screws, and 4 mm for M16 and larger screws. Markings shall be located on the top of the
head and maybe raised or recessed unless otherwise ordered by the purchaser. When raised, markings shall project not less
than 0.1 mm for M14 and smaller screws, and 0.3 mm for M16 and larger screws, above the surface of the head, and the total
head height (head plus markings) shall not exceed the specified maximum head height plus 0.1 mm for M5 and M6 screws, 0.2
mm for M8 and M10 screws, 0.3 mm for M12 and M14 screws, and 0.4 mm for M16 and larger screws.

239
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-28 HOLE SIZES FOR METRIC TYPES D, F, G AND T THREAD CUTTING SCREWS IN SHEETS AND
CAST MATERIALS (IFI)

Material Steel Drill Aluminum Drill Cast Iron Drill Die Cast - Zinc, or Alum
Size Thickness Hole Size Size Hole Size Size Hole Size Size Hole Size Drill Size
1.27 1.69 51 1.61 52 1.74 1.75 mm 1.69 51
1.52 1.69 51 1.69 51 1.74 1.75 mm 1.69 51
2.11 1.69 51 1.69 51 1.74 1.75 mm 1.76 1.75 mm
M2 - 0.4 2.77 1.69 51 1.69 51 1.81 1.81 mm 1.76 1.75 mm
3.18 1.74 1.75 mm 1.69 51 1.81 1.81 mm 1.76 1.75 mm
3.56 1.74 1.75 mm 1.69 51 1.81 1.81 mm 1.76 1.75 mm
1.27 2.09 45 2.04 2.05 mm 2.26 43 2.12 2.1 mm
1.52 2.09 45 2.09 45 2.26 43 2.12 2.1 mm
2.11 2.12 2.1 mm 2.12 2.1 mm 2.26 43 2.20 2.2 mm
M2.5 - 0.45 2.77 2.20 2.1 mm 2.12 2.1 mm 2.26 43 2.26 43
3.18 2.20 2.2 mm 212 2.1 mm 2.26 43 2.26 43
3.56 2.20 2.2 mm 2.20 2.2 mm 2.31 2.3 mm 2.26 43
4.78 2.26 43 2.20 2.2 mm 2.31 2.3 mm 2.26 43
1.27 2.52 39 2.52 39 2.73 2.75 mm 2.64 37
1.52 2.52 39 2.52 39 2.73 2.75 mm 2.64 37
2.11 2.61 2.6 mm 2.52 39 2.77 35 2.64 37
M3 - 0.5 2.77 2.64 37 2.61 2.6 mm 2.77 35 2.64 37
3.18 2.70 2.7 mm 2.61 2.6 mm 2.77 35 2.73 2.75 mm
3.56 2.7 2.7 mm 2.61 2.6 mm 2.77 35 2.73 2.75 mm
4.78 2.77 35 2.70 2.7 mm 2.80 2.8 mm 2.73 2.75 mm
1.27 2.93 32 2.93 32 3.15 3.2 mm 3.04 31
1.52 3.00 3 mm 2.93 32 3.15 3.2 mm 3.15 3.2 mm
2.11 3.04 31 2.96 32 3.22 3.2 mm 3.15 3.2 mm
2.77 3.04 31 3.00 3 mm 3.22 3.2 mm 3.15 3.2 mm
M3.5 - 0.6
3.18 3.04 31 3.04 31 3.22 3.2 mm 3.15 3.2 mm
3.56 3.15 3.2 mm 3.04 31 3.22 3.2 mm 3.15 3.2 mm
4.78 3.22 3.2 mm 3.15 3.2 mm 3.26 30 3.15 3.2 mm
6.35 3.22 3.2 mm 3.22 3.2 mm 3.26 30 3.15 3.2 mm
NOTES:
1. Because conditions differ widely, it may he necessary to vary the hole size to suit a particular application.
2. See Table 15-1 for metric or customary inch drill sizes.

240
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-28 HOLE SIZES FOR METRIC TYPES D, F, G AND T THREAD CUTTING SCREWS IN SHEETS AND
CAST MATERIALS (CONT’D)(IFI)

Material Steel Drill Aluminum Drill Cast Iron Drill Die Cast - Zinc, or Alum
Size Thickness Hole Size Size Hole Size Size Hole Size Size Hole Size Drill Size
1.27 3.33 3.3 mm 3.33 3.3 mm 3.59 3.6 mm 3.46 29
1.52 3.38 3.4 mm 3.33 3.3 mm 3.68 3.7 mm 3.51 3.5 mm
2.11 3.42 29 3.33 3.3 mm 3.68 3.7 mm 3.51 3.5 mm
2.77 3.51 3.5 mm 3.42 29 3.68 3.7 mm 3.51 3.5 mm
M4 - 0.7 3.18 3.51 3.5 mm 3.42 29 3.68 3.7 mm 3.59 3.6 mm
3.56 3.59 3.6 mm 3.51 3.5 mm 3.68 3.7 mm 3.59 3.6 mm
4.78 3.68 3.7 mm 3.59 3.6 mm 3.68 3.7 mm 3.59 3.6 mm
6.35 3.68 3.7 mm 3.68 3.7 mm 3.72 26 3.68 3.7 mm
7.92 3.68 3.7 mm 3.68 3.7 mm 3.72 26 3.68 3.7 mm
1.27 4.24 4.25 mm 4.19 4.2 mm 4.58 15 4.44 4.4 mm
1.52 4.29 4.3 mm 4.24 4.25 mm 4.58 15 4.53 4.5 mm
2.11 4.44 4.4 mm 4.29 4.3 mm 4.63 14 4.53 4.5 mm
2.77 4.44 4.4 mm 4.34 18 4.63 14 4.53 4.5 mm
3.18 4.53 4.5 mm 4.39 17 4.63 14 4.53 4.5 mm
M5 - 0.8
3.56 4.58 15 4.44 4.4 mm 4.63 14 4.53 4.5 mm
4.78 4.63 14 4.53 4.5 mm 4.68 13 4.58 15
6.35 4.63 14 4.63 14 4.68 13 4.58 15
7.92 4.63 14 4.63 14 4.68 13 4.63 14
9.52 4.63 14 4.63 14 4.68 13 4.63 14
2.11 5.24 5.25 mm 5.12 7 5.54 5.5 mm 5.36 5.4 mm
2.77 5.36 5.4 mm 5.18 6 5.54 5.5 mm 5.36 5.4 mm
3.18 5.36 5.4 mm 5.24 5.25 mm 5.54 5.5 mm 5.36 5.4 mm
3.56 5.36 5.4 mm 5.24 5.25 mm 5.54 5.5 mm 5.36 5.4 mm
M6 - 1 4.78 5.54 5.5 mm 5.36 5.4 mm 5.61 2 5.36 5.4 mm
6.35 5.54 5.5 mm 5.54 5.5 mm 5.61 2 5.54 5.5 mm
7.92 5.54 5.5 mm 5.54 5.5 mm 5.61 2 5.54 5.5 mm
9.52 5.54 5.5 mm 5.54 5.5 mm 5.61 2 5.54 5.5 mm
12.70 5.54 5.5 mm 5.54 5.5 mm 5.61 2 5.54 5.5 mm
2.77 7.13 K 6.90 6.9 mm 7.44 7.4 mm 7.13 K
3.18 7.13 K 7.05 1 7.44 7.4 mm 7.28 7.3 mm
3.56 7.28 7.3 mm 7.05 1 7.44 7.4 mm 7.28 7.3 mm
4.78 7.44 7.4 mm 7.28 7.3 mm 7.51 7.5 mm 7.28 7.3 mm
M8 - 1.25
6.35 7.44 7.4 mm 7.44 7.4 mm 7.51 7.5 mm 7.28 7.3 mm
7.92 7.44 7.4 mm 7.44 7.4 mm 7.51 7.5 mm 7.44 7.4 mm
9.52 7.44 7.4 mm 7.44 7.4 mm 7.51 7.5 mm 7.44 7.4 mm
12.70 7.44 7.4 mm 7.44 7.4 mm 7.51 7.5 mm 7.44 7.4 mm
3.18 9.14 9.1 mm 8.86 9 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.14 9.1 mm
3.56 9.14 9.1 mm 8.96 9 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.14 9.1 mm
4.78 9.32 9.3 mm 9.14 9.1 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.14 9.1 mm
M10 - 1.5 6.35 9.42 9.4 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.23 9.25 mm
7.92 9.42 9.4 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.23 9.25 mm
9.52 9.42 9.4 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.32 9.3 mm
12.70 9.42 9.4 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.32 9.3 mm 9.32 9.3 mm
NOTES:
1. Because conditions differ widely, it may he necessary to vary the hole size to suit a particular application.
2. See Table 15-1 for metric or customary inch drill sizes.

241
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-29 HOLE SIZES FOR METRIC TYPES SF, SW, TR-3, AND TT THREAD ROLLING SCREWS IN
SHEETS AND BARS (Massey Ferguson)
mm
Hole Diameter
Screw
Metal Steel Aluminum
Thickness Sheet and Bar Sheet and Bar
Size x Pitch
HRB 55-75 HRB 40-70
1.2 2.7 2.7
1.6 2.7 2.7
2 2.7 2.7
M3 x 0.5
2.5 2.7 2.7
3 2.8 2.8
4 2.8 2.8
1.6 3.7 3.6
2 3.7 3.6
M4 x 0.7 2.5 3.7 3.6
3 3.7 3.6
4 3.8 3.7
5 3.8 3.7
2 4.5 4.5
2.5 4.5 4.5
M5 x 0.8 3 4.6 4.5
4 4.6 4.5
5 4.6 4.5
6 4.7 4.6
2.5 5.4 5.4
3 5.5 5.4
4 5.5 5.4
M6 x 1
5 5.5 5.4
6 5.6 5.5
8 5.6 5.5
3 7.3 7.3
4 7.4 7.3
5 7.4 7.3
M8 x 1.25
6 7.5 7.4
8 7.6 7.5
10 7.6 7.5
4 9.3 9.2
5 9.3 9.2
6 9.3 9.2
M10 x 1.5
8 9.4 9.3
10 9.4 9.3
12 9.4 9.3
NOTES:
1. Because conditions differ widely, it may he necessary to vary the hole size to suit a particular application.
2. See Table 15-1 for metric or customary inch drill sizes.

Options. Options, where specified, shall be at the discretion of the manufacturer unless otherwise agreed upon by the
manufacturer and the purchaser.

Terminology. For definitions of terms relating to fasteners or component features thereof used in this standard, refer to
American National Standard, Glossary of Terms for Mechanical Fasteners, ANSI B18.12.

SOCKET SCREWS

GENERAL
A number of different type socket screws are covered in international and national standards throughout the world as shown in
the fastener index. The most important types are covered in the referenced ANSI standards.

242
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-30 RECOMMENDED TORQUE VALUES FOR METRIC FASTENERS (Massey Ferguson)

CLASS 4.6 CLASS 8.8 CLASS 9.8 CLASS 10.9 CLASS 12.9
NOMINAL STRESS
400 MPa 830 MPa 900 MPa 1040 MPa 1220 MPa
AREA MIN TENSILE STR MIN TENSILE STR MIN TENSILE STR MIN TENSILE STR MIN TENSILE STR
SIZE 2
mm N•m Ib • ft N•m Ib • ft N•m Ib • ft N•m Ib • ft N•m Ib • ft
M2 2.1 0.14 0.10 0.37 0.27 0.4 0.3 0.52 0.38 0.61 0.45
M2.5 3.4 0.28 0.21 0.76 0.56 0.82 0.61 1.06 0.78 1.24 0.92
M3 5 0.51 0.37 1.35 1 1.47 1.08 1.16 1.39 2.21 1.63
M3.5 6.8 0.80 0.59 2.13 1.57 2.31 1.7 2.96 2.18 3.47 2.56
M4 8.8 1.18 0.87 3.15 2.32 3.41 2.52 4.38 3.23 5.14 3.79
M5 14.2 2.39 1.76 6.36 4.69 6.9 5.09 8.86 6.54 10.4 7.67
M6 20.1 4.05 2.99 10.8 7.97 11.7 8.65 15 11.1 17.7 13
M6.3 22.6 4.78 3.53 12.8 9.41 13.8 10.2 18 13.1 20.8 15.4
M8 36.6 9.84 7.26 26.3 19.4 28.5 21 37 27 43 32
M10 58 19.5 14.4 52 38.4 56 42 72 53 85 63
M12 84.3 34 25 91 67 98 73 126 93 148 101
M14 115 54 40 144 106 156 115 200 148 235 180
M16 157 84 62 225 166 244 180 310 230 370 270
M20 245 165 121 439 324 476 350 610 450 720 530
M24 353 285 210 760 560 823 607 1060 780 1240 910
M30 561 565 417 1510 1110 1640 1210 2100 1550 2460 1820
M36 817 988 730 2640 1940 2860 2110 3670 2710 4310 3180
M42 1120 1580 1165 4220 3110 4570 3370 5870 4330 6890 5080
NOTES:
1. 1 Ib (force) x foot = 1.355818 N • m (newton x meter).
2. The minimum recommended torque values shown are valid for zinc coated fasteners assembled in rigid joints to 75% of proof
loads. For maximum or 100% proof torques, multiply table values by 1.33. Reduce torque values for fasteners with less friction
or non-rigid (gasket) joints.

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.1M)


Socket head cap screws are specified in ANSI B18.3.1M and shown in Size range from M1.6 through M48 in Table 9-50. The
M14 size is not recommended for use in new design. Hexagon socket heads as well as spline sockets are specified in the above
standard. Body and grip length dimensions are shown in Table 9-55.

12-SPLINE FLANGE SCREWS (ANSI 18.2.7.1M)


12-spline flange screws are specified in ANSI 18.2.7.1M and shown in size range from M5 through M20 in Table 9-51. They
are interchangeable with the standard socket head cap screws. The 12-point screws are assembled with the help of standard
metric sockets, and the wrenching surface is approximately three times that of comparable internal hex sockets. Use of 12-spline
screws should speed up assembly time, reduce weight, and improve torqueability and cost. The 12-spline screws have a good
appearance and would look different from the customary inch socket screws.

SOCKET HEAD SHOULDER SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.3M)


Socket head shoulder screws are specified in ANSI B18.3.3M and shown in size range from 6.5 through 25 in Table 9-52.

SOCKET BUTTON HEAD CAP SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.4M)


Socket button head cap screws are specified in ANSI B18.3.4M and shown in size range from M3 through M16 in Table 9-53.

SOCKET COUNTERSUNK (FLAT) HEAD CAP SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.5M)


Flat socket countersunk head cap screws are specified in ANSI B18.3.5M and shown in size range from M3 through M20 in
Table 9-54.

243
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-31 HEX CAP SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.3.1M)

D DS S E K KW C DW
Nominal Width Width Washer Washer
Body Wrenching
Screw Across Across Face Face
Head Height
Dia and Flats Corners Height Thickness Dia
Diameter
Thread
Pitch Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Min
M5 x 0.8 5 4.82 8 7.78 9.24 8.79 3.65 3.35 2.4 0.5 0.2 7
M6 x 1 6 5.82 10 9.78 11.55 11.05 4.15 3.85 2.8 0.5 0.2 8.9
M8 x 1.125 8 7.78 13 12.73 15.01 14.38 5.5 5.1 3.7 0.6 0.3 11.6
M10 x 1.5 15 14.73 17.32 16.64 13.6
10 9.78 6.63 6.17 4.5 0.6 0.3
M10 x 1.5 16* 15.73 18.48 17.77 14.6
M12 x 1.75 12 11.73 18 17.73 20.78 20.03 7.76 7.24 5.2 0.6 0.3 16.6
M 14 x 2 14 13.73 21 20.67 24.25 23.35 9.09 8.51 6.2 0.6 0.3 19.6
M 16 x 2 16 15.73 24 23.67 27.71 26.75 10.32 9.68 7 0.8 0.4 22.49
M20 x 2.5 20 19.67 30 29.16 34.64 32.95 12.88 12.12 8.8 0.8 0.4 27.7
M24 x 3 24 23.67 36 35 41.57 39.55 15.44 14.56 10.5 0.8 0.4 33.2
M30 x 3.5 30 29.67 46 45 53.12 50.85 19.48 17.92 13.1 0.8 0.4 42.7
M36 x 4 36 35.61 55 53.8 63.51 60.79 23.38 21.62 15.8 0.8 0.4 51.1
M42 x 4.5 42 41.38 65 62.9 75.06 71.71 26.97 25.03 18.2 1 0.5 59.8
M48 x 5 48 47.38 75 72.6 86.6 82.76 31.07 28.93 21 1 0.5 69
M56 x 5.5 56 55.26 85 82.2 98.15 93.71 36.2 33.8 24.5 1 0.5 78.1
M64 x 6 64 63.26 95 91.8 109.7 104.65 41.32 38.68 28 1 0.5 87.2
M72 x 6 72 71.26 105 101.4 121.24 115.6 46.45 43.55 31.5 1.2 0.6 96.3
M80 x 6 80 79.26 115 111 132.72 126.54 51.58 48.42 35 1.2 0.6 105.4
M90 x 6 90 89.13 130 125.5 150.11 143.07 57.74 54.26 39.2 1.2 0.6 119.2
M100 x 6 100 99.13 145 140 167.43 159.6 63.9 60.1 43.4 1.2 0.6 133
*M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 4014, product grade A.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 5.8, 9.8, and 10.9 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Hex cap screw, M6 x 1 x 40, class 9.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

244
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-32 FORMED HEX SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.3.2M)

mm
D DS S E K K1 C DW Runout
of
Nom Width Width Wrench- Washer Washer Bearing
Body Head
Screw Across Across ing Face Face Surface
Diameter Height
Dia and Flats Corners Height Thickness Dia FIM
Thread
Pitch Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Min Max
M5 x 0.8 5 4.82 8 7.64 9.24 8.56 3.65 3.35 2.4 0.5 0.2 6.9 0.22
M6 x 1 6 5.82 10 9.64 11.55 10.8 4.15 3.85 2.6 0.5 0.2 8.9 0.25
M8 x 1.25 8 7.78 13 12.57 15.01 14.08 5.5 5.1 3.7 0.6 0.3 11.6 0.28
M 10 x 1.5 15 14.57 17.32 16.32 13.6 0.31
10 9.78 6.63 6.17 4.5 0.6 0.3
M10 x 1.5 16* 15.57 18.48 17.43 14.6 0.32
M12 x 1.75 12 11.73 18 17.57 20.78 19.68 7.76 7.24 5.2 0.6 0.3 16.6 0.35
M 14 x 2 14 13.73 21 20.16 24.25 22.58 9.09 8.51 6.2 0.6 0.3 19.6 0.39
M 16 x 2 16 15.73 24 23.16 27.71 25.94 10.32 9.68 7 0.8 0.4 22.5 0.43
M20 x 2.5 20 19.67 30 29.16 34.64 32.66 12.88 12.12 8.8 0.8 0.4 27.7 0.53
M24 x 3 24 23.67 36 35 41.57 39.2 15.44 14.56 10.5 0.8 0.4 33.2 0.63
*M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 4015. Reduced shank product grade B.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 5.8, 9.8, and 10.9 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Formed hex screw, M10 x 1.5 x 40, class 9.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

245
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-33 HEAVY HEX SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.3.3M)

mm
DS S E K K1 C DW
Nom Runout
Screw of
Dia and Width Width Wrench- Washer Washer Bearing
Thread Body Across Across Head ing Face Face Surface
Pitch Diameter Flats Corners Height Height Thickness Dia FIM
Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Min Max
M12 x 1.75 12 11.73 21 20.7 24.25 23.35 7.76 7.24 5.2 0.6 0.3 19.6 0.39
M14 x 2 14 13.73 24 23.7 27.71 26.75 9.09 8.51 6.2 0.6 0.3 22.5 0.43
M 16 x 2 16 15.73 27 26.7 31.18 30.14 10.32 9.68 7 0.8 0.4 25.3 0.48
M20 x 2.5 20 19.67 34 33 39.26 37.29 12.88 12.12 8.8 0.8 0.4 31.4 0.59
M24 x 3 24 23.67 41 40 47.34 45.2 15.44 14.56 10.5 0.8 0.4 38 0.7
M30 x 3.5 30 29.67 50 49 57.74 55.37 19.48 17.92 13.1 0.8 0.4 46.6 0.85
M36 x 4 36 35.61 60 58.8 69.28 66.44 23.38 21.72 15.8 0.8 0.4 55.9 1.01
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 5.8, 8.8, 9.8, and 10.9 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Heavy hex screw, M36 x 4 x 180, class 8.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

246
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-34 HEX BOLTS (ANSI B18.2.3.5M)

D DS S E K K1 Da R B (Ref) mm
Thread Length (Basic)
Nominal Fillet Bolt
Bolt Body Width Width Head Wrench- Transi- Radius Lengths
Dia and Diameter Across Across Height ing tion of Bolt > 125 Bolt
Thread Flats Corners Height Dia Fillet Lengths and Lengths
Pitch < 125 < 200 > 200
Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min
M5 x 0.8 5.48 4.52 8 7.64 9.24 8.63 3.58 3.35 2.4 5.7 0.2 16 22 35
M6 x 1 6.19 5.52 10 9.64 11.55 10.89 4.38 3.55 2.8 6.8 0.3 18 24 37
M8 x 1.25 8.58 7.42 13 12.57 15.01 14.2 5.68 5.1 3.7 9.2 0.4 22 28 41
M10 x 1.5 15 14.57 17.32 16.46
10.58 9.42 6.85 6.17 4.5 11.2 0.4 26 32 45
M10 x 1.5 16* 15.57 18.48 17.59
M12 x 1.75 12.7 11.3 18 17.57 20.78 19.85 7.95 7.24 5.2 13.7 0.6 30 36 49
M14 x 2 14.7 13.3 21 20.16 24.25 22.78 9.25 8.51 6.2 15.7 0.6 34 40 53
M16 x 2 16.7 15.3 24 23.16 27.71 26.17 10.75 9.68 7 17.7 0.6 38 44 57
M20 x 2.5 20.84 19.16 30 29.16 34.64 32.95 13.4 12.12 8.8 22.4 0.8 46 52 65
M24 x 3 24.84 23.16 36 35 41.57 39.55 15.9 14.56 10.5 26.4 0.8 54 60 73
M30 x 3.5 30.84 29.16 46 45 53.12 50.55 19.75 17.92 13.1 33.4 1 66 72 85
M36 x 4 37 35 55 53.8 63.51 60.79 23.55 21.72 15.8 39.4 1 78 84 97
M42 x 4.5 43 41 65 62.9 75.06 71.71 27.05 25.03 18.2 45.4 1.2 90 96 109
M48 x 5 49 47 75 72.6 86.6 82.76 31.07 28.93 21 52 1.5 102 108 121
M56 x 5.5 57.2 54.8 85 82.2 98.15 93.71 36.2 33.8 24.5 62 2 - 124 137
M64 x 6 65.52 62.8 95 91.8 109.7 104.65 41.32 38.68 28 70 2 - 140 153
M72 x 6 73.84 70.8 105 101.4 121.24 115.6 46.45 43.55 31.5 78 2 - 156 169
M80 x 6 82.16 78.8 115 111 132.79 126.54 51.58 48.42 35 86 2 - 172 185
M90 x 6 92.48 88.6 130 125.5 150.11 143.07 57.74 54.26 39.2 96 2 - 192 205
M100 x 6 102.8 98.6 145 140 167.43 159.6 63.9 60.1 43.4 107 2.5 - 212 225
*M10 *M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 4016, product grade C.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 4.6, 5.8, 8.8, 9.8, and 10.9 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Hex bolt, M20 x 2.5 x 160, class 4.6, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

GENERAL DATA FOR SOCKET SCREWS


dimensions — Unless otherwise noted, all dimensions are in millimeters.
screw thread — Screw thread details are shown in Table 8-2 and the standard thread tolerance in the ANSI standard is 4g6g.
The general purpose tolerance class 6g is sometimes specified in other countries.
strength property class — The strength property class 12.9 is specified in ASTM A 574M. Lower strength grades are sometimes
specified in other countries.
standard lengths — The standard screw lengths are shown in each product type table notes. Body and grip lengths for hex
socket screws are shown in Table 9-55. Tolerance on length is as follows:
surface finish — Black oxide (thermal or chemical) is most frequently used for socket screws. Zinc plating is also frequently
used. Extra care should be taken to avoid dangerous hydrogen embrittlement for the high strength screws.

247
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Socket Head Cap Screws

Nominal Screw Size M1.6-M1O M12-M20 Over M20


Nominal Screw Length Tolerance on Length, mm
Up to 16 mm, incI. 0.3 0.3 —
Over 16—50 mm, incI. 0.4 0.4 0.7
Over 50—120 mm, incI. 0.7 1.0 1.5
Over 120—200 mm, incI. 1.0 1.5 2.0
Over 200 mm 2.0 2.5 3.0

All tolerances are plus and minus.

TABLE 9-35 HEAVY HEX BOLTS (ANSI B18.2.3.6M)

D DS S E K K1 Da R B (Ref)
Nominal Fillet Thread L (Basic)
Bolt Size Width Width Wrench- Transi- Radius Bolt
and Body Across Across Head ing tion of Lengths
Thread Diameter Flats Corners Height Height Dia Fillet < 125 >125 > 200
Pitch and
Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min < 200
M12 x 1.75 12.7 11.3 21 20.16 24.25 22.78 7.95 7.24 5.2 13.7 0.6 30 36 49
M14 x 2 14.7 13.3 24 23.16 27.71 26.17 9.25 8.51 6.2 15.7 0.6 34 40 53
M16 x 2 16.7 15.3 27 26.16 31.18 29.56 10.75 9.68 7 17.7 0.6 38 44 57

M20 x 2.5 20.84 19.16 34 33 39.26 37.29 13.4 12.12 8.8 22.4 0.8 46 52 65
M24 x 3 24.84 23.16 41 40 47.34 45.2 15.9 14.56 10.5 26.4 0.8 54 60 73
M30 x 3.5 30.84 29.16 50 49 57.74 55.37 19.75 17.92 13.1 33.4 1 66 72 85
M36 x 4 37 35 60 58.8 69.28 66.44 23.55 21.72 15.8 39.4 1 78 84 97
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 4.6. 5.8, 8.8, 9.8, and 10.9 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Heavy hex bolt, M20 x 2.5 x 160, class 4.6, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

248
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-36 HEAVY HEX STRUCTURAL BOLTS (ANSI B18.2.3.7M)

mm
D DS S E K K1 DW C Da F R B (Ref) X (Ref)
Nom Runout Thread
Bolt Width Width Wrench- Washer of Washer Fillet Length Transi-
Dia Body Across Across Head ing Face Bearing Face Transi- Fillet Fillet Bolt tion
and Diameter Flats Corners Height Height Dia Surface Thickness tion Length Radius Length Thread
Thread FIM Dia < 100 > 100 Length
Pitch Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Min Max Max Min Max Max Min Basic Max
M16 x 2 16.7 15.3 27 26.16 31.18 29.56 10.75 9.25 6.5 24.9 0.48 0.8 0.4 18.2 3 0.6 31 38 6
M20 x 2.5 20.84 19.16 34 33 39.26 37.29 13.4 11.6 8.1 31.4 0.59 0.8 0.4 22.4 4 0.8 36 43 7.5
M22 x 2.5 22.84 21.16 36 35 41.57 39.55 14.9 13.1 9.2 33.3 0.63 0.8 0.4 24.4 4 0.8 38 45 7.5
M24 x 3 24.84 23.16 41 40 47.34 45.2 15.9 14.1 9.9 38 0.7 0.8 0.4 26.4 4 1 41 48 9
M27 x 3 27.84 26.16 46 45 53.12 50.85 17.9 16.1 11.3 42.8 0.77 0.8 0.4 30.4 5 1.2 44 51 9
M30 x 3.5 30.84 29.16 50 49 57.74 55.37 19.75 17.65 12.4 46.5 0.85 0.8 0.4 33.4 6 1.2 49 56 10.5
M36 x 4 37 35 60 58.8 69.28 66.44 23.55 21.45 15 55.9 1.01 0.8 0.4 39.4 6 1.5 56 63 12
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 8.8S and 10.9S (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Heavy hex structural bolt, M24 x 3 x 80, ASTM A325M 8.8S, zinc galvanized.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

249
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-37A HEX FLANGE SCREWS - TYPE F FILLETS (ANSI B18.2.3.4M)

Da Ds Lf R1
Nominal Filet Transition Body Fillet Fillet
Screw Diameter Diameter Length Radius
Diameter
a a
and For Short For For For For For Short
a a a
Thread and Long Short Short Long Short and Long
Pitch Screws Screws Screws Screws Screws Screws
Max Min Min Max Max Min
M5 x 0.8 5.7 5.1 4.36 1.4 0.7 0.2
M6 x 1 6.8 6.2 5.21 1.6 0.9 0.25
M8 x 1.25 9.2 8.3 7.04 2.1 1.1 0.4
M10 x 1.5 11.2 10.2 8.86 2.1 1.2 0.4
M12 x 1.75 13.7 12.2 10.68 2.1 1.3 0.6
M14 x 2 15.7 14.1 12.5 2.1 1.4 0.6
M16 x 2 17.7 16.5 14.5 3.2 1.6 0.6
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 8104, product grade A.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 9.8, and 10.9 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Hex flange screw, M10 x 1.5 x 50, class 9.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p.230 or referenced standard.

250
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-37B HEX FLANGE SCREWS - TYPE U FILLETS (ANSI B18.2.3.4M)

mm
Dad Dvd DSb Lf R3 V
Nominal Body
Screw Undercut Fillet Diameter
Diameter Diameter Diameter For Fillet Undercut Undercut
and Short Length Radius Depth
Thread Screwsa
Pitch Max Max Min Max Max Min Max Min
M5 x 0.8 6.2 5.5 4.36 1.4 0.25 0.1 0.15 0.05
M6 x 1 7.5 6.6 5.21 1.6 0.26 0.11 0.2 0.05
M8 x 1.25 10 8.8 7.04 2.1 0.36 0.16 0.25 0.1
M10 x 1.5 12.5 10.8 8.86 2.1 0.45 0.2 0.3 0.15
M12 x 1.75 15.2 12.8 10.68 2.1 0.54 0.24 0.35 0.15
M14 x 2 17.7 14.8 12.5 2.1 0.63 0.28 0.45 0.2
M16 x 2 20.5 17.2 14.5 3.2 0.72 0.32 0.5 0 25
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 8104, product grade A.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 9.8, and 10.9 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Hex flange screw, M10 x 1.5 x 50, class 9.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

251
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-38 HEAVY HEX FLANGE SCREWS (ANSI 18.2.3.9M)

mm
DS S E DC Dw C K Kw R2
Nominal
Screw Body Width Width Flange Bearing Flange Head Wrench- Flange
Diameter Diameter Across Across Diamet Circle Edge Height ing Top Fillet
and Flats Corners Diameter Thickness Height Radius
Thread
Pitch Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max
M5 x 0.8 5 4.82 8 7.64 9.24 8.56 11.8 9.8 1 5.8 2.4 0.3
M6 x 1 6 5.82 10 9.64 11.55 10.8 14.2 12.2 1.1 6.6 2.7 0.4
M8 x 1.25 8 7.78 13 12.57 15.01 14.08 18 15.8 1.2 8.1 3.6 0.5
M10 x 1.5 10 9.78 15 14.57 17.32 16.32 22.3 19.6 1.5 10.4 4.6 0.6
M12 x 1.75 12 11.73 18 17.57 20.78 19.68 26.6 23.8 1.8 11.8 5.2 0.7
M14 x 2 14 13.73 21 20.16 24.25 22.58 30.5 27.6 2.1 13.7 6.3 0.9
M16 x 2 16 15.73 24 23.16 27.71 25.94 35 31.9 2.4 15.4 7.1 1
M20 x 2.5 20 19.67 30 29.16 34.64 32.66 43 39.9 3 18.9 8.8 1.2
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 8102, product grade B.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 9.8 and 10.9 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Heavy hex flange screw, M10 x 1.5 x 50, class 9.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

252
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-39 ROUND HEAD SHORT SQUARE NECK BOLTS (ANSI B18.5.2.1M)

mm
DXP DS Dk DW K C E V F F1 (Rk) R
Nominal Square
Square
Bolt Body Head Bearing Head
Head Width Width Square Head Fillet
and
Size Surface Edge Across Across
Diameter
Thread Dia Height Thickness Corners Flats Depth Radius
Pitch Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Ref Max Min
M6 x 1 6 5.21 14.2 12.2 3.6 3 1.9 1.1 9.16 7.64 6.48 5.88 3 2.4 1.9 10.7 0.5 0.3
M8 x 1.25 8 7.04 18 15.8 4.8 4 2.2 1.2 12.13 10.2 8.58 7.85 3 2.4 1.9 12.5 0.8 0.4
M10 x 1.5 10 8.86 22.3 23.8 5.8 5 2.5 1.5 14.96 12.8 10.58 9.85 4 3.2 2.6 15.5 0.8 0.4
M12 x 1.75 12 10.68 26.6 27.6 6.8 6 2.8 1.8 17.96 15.37 12.7 11.82 4 3.2 2.6 19 1.2 0.6
M14 x 2 14 12.5 30.5 27.6 7.9 7 3.3 2.1 20.79 17.97 14.7 13.82 4 3.2 2.6 21.9 1.2 0.6
M16 x 2 16 14.5 35 31.9 8.9 8 3.6 2.4 23.62 20.57 16.7 15.82 5 4.2 3.4 25.5 1.2 0.6
M20 x 2.5 20 18.16 43 39.9 11 10 4.2 3 29.47 25.73 20.84 19.79 5 4.2 3.4 31.9 1.6 0.8
NOTES;
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are. 5.8 and 9.8 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Round head short square neck bolt, M10 x 1.5 x 40, class 9.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

253
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-40 ROUND HEAD SQUARE NECK BOLTS (ANSI 18.5.2.2M)

mm
D DS (Rk) K C DC DW F F1 V E R
Head
Nominal Dia Head Head Bearg Square Square Square Square Fillet
Bolt of Full Rad Height Edge Dia Surf Depth Corner Width Width Radius
Size and Body Thick Dia Depth Across Across
Thread Flats Corners
Pitch Max Min Ref Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

M5 x 0.8 5.48 4.52 8.8 3.1 2.5 1.8 1 11.8 9.8 3.1 2.5 1.6 5.48 4.88 7.75 6.34 0.4 0.2
M6 x 1 6.48 5.52 10.7 3.6 3 1.9 1.1 14.2 12.2 3.6 3 1.9 6.48 5.88 9.16 7.64 0.5 0.2
M8 x 1.25 8.58 7.42 12.5 4.8 4 2.2 1.2 18 15.8 4.8 4 2.5 8.58 7.85 12.13 10.2 0.8 0.4
M10 x 1.5 10.58 9.42 15.5 5.8 5 2.5 1.5 22.3 19.6 5.8 5 3.2 10.58 9.85 14.96 12.8 0.8 0.4
M12 x 1.75 12.7 11.3 19 6.8 6 2.8 1.8 26.6 23.8 6.8 6 3.8 12.7 11.82 17.96 15.37 0.8 0.4
M 14 x 2 14.7 13.3 21.9 7.9 7 3.3 2.1 30.5 27.6 7.9 7 4.4 14.7 13.82 20.79 17.97 1.2 0.6
M16 x 2 16.7 15.3 25.5 8.9 8 3.6 2.4 35 31.9 8.9 8 5 16.7 15.82 23.62 20.57 1.2 0.6
M20 x 2.5 20.84 19.16 31.9 10.9 10 4.2 3 43 39.9 10.9 10 6.3 20.84 19.79 29.47 25.73 1.6 0.8
M24 x 3 24.84 23.16 37.9 13.1 12 5.1 3.6 51 47.6 13.1 12 7.6 24.84 23.79 35.13 30.93 1.6 0.8
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 5.8 and 9.8 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Round head square neck bolt, M10 x 1.5 x 50, class 5.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

254
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-41 ROUND HEAD SQUARE NECK BOLTS WITH LARGE HEAD (ANSI B18.5.2.3M)

Mm m
mm
D P Dk Ds E F K R (Rk) U V

Head Body Width Neck Head Fillet Head Incom- Width


Thread Thread Diameter Diameter Across Depth Height Radius Radius plete Across
Size Pitch Corners (approx) Thread Flats
(Bolt Dia) Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max (Ref) Max Max Min
M5 0.8 13 11.9 5.48 4.36 5.9 4.1 2.9 3.1 2.5 0.4 10.7 1.6 5.48 4.52
M6 1 16 14.9 6.48 5.21 7.2 4.6 3.4 3.6 3 0.5 12.6 2 6.48 5.52
M8 1.25 20 18.7 8.58 7.04 9.6 5.6 4.4 4.8 4 0.8 16 2.5 8.58 7.42
M10 1.5 24 22.7 10.58 8.86 12.2 6.6 5.4 5.8 5 0.8 19.2 3 10.58 9.42
M12 1.75 30 28.7 12.7 10.7 14.7 8.8 7.2 6.8 6 1.2 24.1 3.5 12.7 11.3
M16 2 38 36.4 16.7 14.5 19.9 12.9 11.1 8.9 8 1.2 29.3 4 16.7 15.3
M20 2.5 46 44.4 20.84 18.2 24.9 15.9 14.1 10.9 10 1.6 33.9 5 20.84 19.16
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 8677, product grade C.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 5.8, 9.8 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: Round head square neck bolt with large head, M12 x 1.75 x 60, class 9.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

Socket Button Head Screws


Nominal Screw Length Tolerance on Length, mm
Up to 16 mm, incl. ±0.3
Over 16—60 mm, incl. ±0.5

Socket Countersunk (Flat) Head Cap Screws


Nominal Screw Length Tolerance on Length, mm
Up to 16mm, incl. ±0.3
Over 16—60 mm, incl. ±0.5
Over 60—150 mm, incl. ±0.8

MACHINE SCREWS
A number of different types head designs with various drive types are covered in national standards in the major industrial
countries of the world. Some of the preferred head and drive types are shown in the world fastener index, and ISO standards
exist for the types shown in this section. ANSI B 18.6.7M for machine screws, on which the tables presented here have been
based, are courtesy of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ASME International, Three Park Avenue, 22S1, New
York, NY 10016-5990.
255
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FLAT COUNTERSUNK HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)
Flat countersunk head machine screws are specified in ANSI B18.6.7M and shown in size range from M2 through M1O in
Table 9-56. Standard drive types are slotted, recess Type 1 (Phillips or ISO Type H), Type 1A (Pozidriv or ISO Type Z), and
Type 3 (Square) shown in Table 9-57.

OVAL COUNTERSUNK HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)


Oval countersunk head machine screws are specified in ANSI B18.6.7M and shown in size range from M2 through M1O in
Table 9-58. Standard drive types are slotted, recess Type 1 (Phillips or ISO Type H). Type 1A (Pozidriv or ISO Type Z) and Type
3 (Square) shown in Table 9-59.

TABLE 9-42 HEX LAG SCREWS (ANSI 18.2.3.8M)

mm
D DS S E K K1 R P V T D1
Nom Body Width Width Head Wrench- Radius Thread Dimensions

Screw Diameter Across Across Height ing of Thread Flat Depth Root
Dia Flats Corners Height Fillet Pitch at of Dia
mm Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Root Thread
5 5.48 4.52 8 7.64 9.24 8.63 3.9 3.1 2.4 0.6 0.2 2.3 1 0.9 3.2
6 6.48 5.52 10 9.64 11.55 10.89 4.4 3.6 2.8 0.9 0.3 2.5 1.1 1 4
8 8.58 7.42 13 12.57 15.01 14.2 5.7 4.9 3.7 1.2 0.4 2.8 1.2 1.1 5.8
10 10.58 9.42 16 15.57 18.48 17.59 6.9 5.9 4.5 1.2 0.4 3.6 1.6 1.4 7.2
12 12.7 11.3 18 17.57 20.78 19.85 8 7 5.2 1.8 0.6 4.2 1.8 1.6 8.7
16 16.7 15.3 24 23.16 27.71 26.17 10.8 9.3 7 1.8 0.6 5.1 2.2 2 12
20 20.84 19.16 30 29.16 34.64 32.95 13.4 11.6 8.8 2.4 0.8 5.6 2.4 2.2 15.6
24 24.84 23.16 36 35 41.57 39.55 15.9 14.1 10.5 2.4 0.8 7.3 3.1 2.8 18.4
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: Steel, silicon, bronze, etc.
3. Designation example: Hex lag screw, M10 x 50 steel, zinc galvanized.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

256
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-43 PLOW BOLTS (ISO 5713)

mm
Thread size, d M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
dk h15 14 18 21 30 36
k h14 5.5 7 8 10.5 13.5
v h14 8 10 12 16 20
b 22 26 30 38 46
C approx. 1 1.2 1.2 1.4 2.5
r1 max. 0.8 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.6
r2 max. 0.8 1 1.2 1.6 2
l js17 Standard lengths are indicated by crosses
20 x
25 x x
30 x x x
35 x x x
40 x x x
45 x x x x
50 x x x x
60 x x x
70 - x x
60 x x
90 x x
100 x x
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 5713, product grade C.
2. Lengths over 45 to be threaded up to the head. Standard strength property classes are: 9.8 (see Table 9-4).
3. Designation example: ISO 5713, Plow bolt, M12 x 30, class 9.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 230 or referenced standard.

257
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-44 MAXIMUM GRIP GAGING LENGTHS AND MINIMUM BODY LENGTHS FOR HEX CAP SCREWS
(ANSI B18.2.3.1M)
mm
Nom Dia
and Thd M5x0.8 M6x1 M8x1.25 M10x1.5 M12x1.75 M14x2 M16x2 M20x2.5 M24x3 M30x3.5 M36x4
Pitch
L
Lg Ls Lg Ls Lg Ls Lg Ls Lg Ls Lg Ls Lg Ls Lg Ls Lg Ls Lg Ls Lg Ls
Nom
Lgt Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

8 1.2
10 2.4 1.5
12 2.4 3 1.9
16 2.4 3 4 2.2 2.6 3
20 2.4 3 4 4.5 2.6 3
25 9 5 3 4 4.5 5.3 3 3
30 14 10 12 7 4 4.5 5.3 6 3 3.8
35 19 15 17 12 4 4.5 5.3 6 6 3.8 9
40 24 20 22 17 18 11.75 4.5 5.3 6 6 7.5 9 10.5
45 29 25 27 22 23 16.75 19 12 5.3 6 6 7.5 9 10.5
50 34 30 32 27 28 21.75 24 17 20 11 6 6 7.5 9 10.5 12
55 37 32 33 26.75 29 22 25 16 6 6 7.5 9 10.5 12
60 42 37 38 31.75 34 27 30 21 26 16 6 7.5 9 10.5 12
65 43 36.75 39 32 35 26 31 21 27 17 7.5 9 10.5 12
70 48 41.75 44 37 40 31 36 26 32 22 7.5 9 10.5 12
80 58 51.75 54 47 50 41 46 36 42 32 34 21.5 9 10.5 12

90 64 57 60 51 56 46 52 42 44 31.5 36 21 10.5 12
100 74 67 70 61 66 56 62 52 54 41.5 46 31 10.5 12
110 80 71 76 66 72 62 64 51.5 56 41 44 27 12
120 90 81 86 76 82 72 74 61.5 66 51 54 37 12
130 90 80 86 76 78 65.5 70 55 58 41 12
140 100 90 96 86 88 75.5 80 65 68 51 56 36
150 106 96 98 85.5 90 75 78 61 66 46
160 106 108 95.5 90 85 88 71 76 56
180 128 116 120 105 108 91 96 76
200 148 136 140 125 128 111 116 96
220 147 132 135 118 123 103
240 137 152 155 138 143 123
260 175 158 163 143
280 195 178 183 163
300 215 198 203 183
NOTES:
1. Lg is grip gaging length; Ls is body length.
2. Diameter-length combinations between the stepped lines are recommended.
3. Screws with lengths above the heavy solid line are threaded full length.
4. For screws of larger sizes and/or with lengths longer than the lower dashed lines,
Lg and Ls values shall be computed from formulas as given in general data.

PAN HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)


Pan head machine screws are specified in ANSI B18.6.7M and shown in size range from M2 through M1O in Table 9-60.
Standard drive types are slotted, recess Type 1 (Phillips or ISO Type H). Type 1A (Pozidriv or ISO Type Z) and Type 3 (Square)
shown in Table 9-61.

HEX HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)


Hex flange head machine screws are specified in ANSI B18.6.7M and shown in size range from M2 through M12 in Table 9-
63. Hex head machine screws are covered in the same standard and shown in size range from M2 through M12 in Table 9-62.

GENERAL DATA ON MACHINE SCREWS


dimensions — All dimensions in this section are given in millimeters, unless stated otherwise.

head types — The head types covered by this standard include those commonly recognized as being applicable to machine
screws and are enumerated and described in the following:
258
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
flat countersunk head — The flat countersunk head shall have a flat top surface and a conical bearing surface with a head angle
of 90—92 deg.
oval countersunk head — The oval countersunk head shall have a rounded top surface and a conical bearing surface with a
head angle of 90—92 deg.
pan head — The slotted pan head shall have a flat top surface rounded into cylindrical sides and a flat bearing surface. The
recessed pan head shall have a rounded top surface blending into cylindrical sides and a flat bearing surface.
hex head — The hex head shall have a flat or indented top surface, six flat sides and a flat bearing surface.

TABLE 9-45 THREAD LENGTHS (ANSI B18.2.3.1M)


mm
(B) (X) Screws Threaded Full Length
Thread Length, Ref A A
Nominal Transition
Screw Dia Screw Thread Screw Unthreaded Screw Unthreaded
and Lengths Length, Lengths Length Lengths Length
Thread L L L Ref L Under Head L Under Head
Pitch < 125 > 125 & > 200
< 200 Under Max At Least Under Max
M5 x 0.8 16 22 35 4 10 1.2 10 25 2.4
M6 x 1 18 24 37 5 12 1.5 12 30 3
M8 x 1.25 22 28 41 6.25 16 1.9 16 40 4
M10 x 1.5 26 32 45 7.5 20 2.2 20 45 4.5
M12 x 1.75 30 36 49 8.75 24 2.6 24 50 5.3
M 14 x 2 34 40 53 10 28 3 28 60 6
M 16 x 2 38 44 57 10 32 3 32 65 6
M20 x 2.5 46 52 65 12.5 40 3.8 40 80 7.5
M24 x 3 54 60 73 15 - - - 90 9
M30 x 3.5 66 72 85 17.5 - - - 110 10.5
M36 x 4 - 84 97 20 - - - 140 12
M42 x 4.5 - 96 109 22.5 - - - 160 13.5
M48 x 5 - 108 121 25 - - - 180 15
M56 x 5.5 - - 137 27.5 - - - 220 16.5
M64 x 6 - - 153 30 - - - 260 18
M72 x 6 - - 169 30 - - - 280 18
M80 x 6 - - 185 30 - - - 300 18
M90 x 6 - - 205 30 - - - 340 18
M100 x 6 - - 225 30 - - - 360 18

TABLE 9-46 LENGTH TOLERANCES (ANSI B18.2.3.1M)


mm
Nominal Length Nominal Screw Diameter
over thru M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16-M24 > M24
6 10 ± 0.29 ± 0.29 ± 0.29 ± 0.29
10 18 ± 0.35 ± 0.35 ± 0.35 ± 0.35 ± 0.35 ± 0.35 ± 0.35
18 30 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 0.42 ± 1.05
30 50 ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 1.25
50 60 ± 1.5 ± 0.6 ± 0.6 ± 0.6 ± 0.6 ± 0.6 ± 0.6 ± 1.5
60 80 ± 1.5 ±1.5 ± 0.6 ± 0.6 ± 0.6 ± 0.6 ± 0.6 ± 1.5
80 100 ± 1.75 ± 1.75 ± 1.75 ± 0.7 ± 0.7 ± 0.7 ± 0.7 ± 1.75
100 120 ± 1.75 ± 1.75 ± 1.75 ± 1.75 ± 0.7 ± 0.7 ± 0.7 ± 1.75
120 140 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ± 0.8 ± 0.8 ±2
140 150 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ± 0.8 ±2
150 180 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2
180 250 ± 2.3 ± 2.3 ± 2.3 ± 2.3 ± 2.3 ± 2.3 ± 2.3 ± 2.3
250 315 ± 2.6 ± 2.6 ± 2.6 ± 2.6 ± 2.6 ± 2.6 ± 2.6 ± 2.6
315 400 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85 ± 2.85
400 500 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15 ± 3.15

259
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-47 POINT LENGTHS AND RADII (ANSI B18.2.3.1M)

Nominal Re U
Screw Dia Point Point
and Thread Radius Length
Pitch Approx Max
M5 x 0.8 7 1.6
M6 x 1 8.4 2
M8 x 1.25 11.2 2.5
M10 x 1.5 14 3
M12 x 1.75 16.8 3.5
M14 x 2 19.6 4
M 16 x 2 22.4 4
M20 x 2.5 28 5
M24 x 3 33.6 6
M30 x 3.5 42 7
M36 x 4 50.4 8
M42 x 4.5 58.8 9
M48 x 5 67.2 10
M56 x 5.5 78.4 11
M64 x 6 89.6 12
M72 x 6 100.8 12
M80 x 6 112 12
M90 x 6 126 12
M100 x 6 140 12
Re (approx) equals 1.4 times the nominal screw diameter, and agrees with ISO 4753. U max equals 2 times the thread pitch.

TABLE 9-48 GEOMETRIC TOLERANCES (ANSI B18.2.3.1M)


mm
Nominal Position of Circular Runout of Position of
Screw Dia Head-to-Shank Bearing Body-to-Thread
and Tolerance Zone Dia Surface-to-Shank Tolerance Zone Dia
Thread Pitch at MMC FIM at MMC
M5 x0.8 0.35 0.15 0.18
M6 x1 0.44 0.15 0.18
M8 x 1.25 0.56 0.17 0.22
M10 x 1.5 0.7 0.21 0.22
M12 x 1.75 0.84 0.25 0.27
M 14 x 2 0.98 0.29 0.27
M16x2 1.12 0.34 0.27
M20 x 2.5 1.4 0.42 0.33
M24 x 3 1.68 0.5 0.33
M30 x 3.5 2.1 0.63 0.52
M36 x 4 2.52 0.76 0.62
M42 x 4.5 2.94 0.44 0.62
M48 x 5 3.36 0.5 0.62
M56 x 5.5 3.92 0.59 0.74
M64 x 6 4.48 0.67 0.74
M72 x 6 5.04 0.75 0.74
M80 x 6 5.6 0.84 0.74
M90 x 6 6.3 0.94 0.87
M100 x 6 7 1.05 0.87

260
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-49 DIMENSIONS OF UNDERHEAD FILLETS (ANSI B18.2.3.1M)

FIG. 9-1 FILLET DETAIL FOR SHORT SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.3.1M)


mm
Da Da1 Lf Lf1 R Dsi
Nominal Fillet Fillet Fillet Body
Screw Dia Transition Diameter Length Radius Diameter
and For Short1 For For For For Short1 For
Thread and Long Short Long Short and Long Short
Pitch Screws Screws1 Screws Screws1 Screws Screws1
Max Min Max Max Min Min
M5 x 0.8 5.7 5.1 1.2 0.7 0.2 4.36
M6 x 1 6.8 6.2 1.4 0.9 0.25 5.21
M8 x 1.25 9.2 8.3 2 1.1 0.4 7.04
M10x1.5 11.2 10.2 2 1.2 0.4 8.86
M12 x 1.75 13.7 12.2 3 1.3 0.6 10.68
M14 x 2 15.7 14.1 3 1.4 0.6 12.5
M16x2 17.7 16.5 3 1.6 0.6 14.5
M20 x 2.5 22.4 20.7 4 2.1 0.8 18.16
M24 x 3 26.4 24.5 4 2.3 0.8 21.8
M30 x 3.5 33.4 30.8 6 3 1 27.46
M36 x 4 39.4 36.6 6 3.1 1 33.12
M42 x 4.5 45.6 - 8 3.4 1.2 38.78
M48 x 5 52.6 - 10 4 1.6 44.43
M56 x 5.5 63 - 12 4.8 2 52.09
M64 x 6 71 - 13 5 2 59.74
M72 x 6 79 - 13 5 2 67.74
M80 x 6 87 - 13 5 2 75.74
M90 x 6 97 - 13 5 2.5 85.74
M100 x 6 107 - 13 5.5 2.5 95.72

NOTES
1 Short screws are screws which are threaded full length.
2 DSI min is the minimum pitch diameter.

261
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-50 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.1M)

mm
D A H S J T G B E F K
Nom Screw Hex- Under Head Fillet
Dia and Body Head Head Cham- agon Key Wall Transi- Transi- Junc- Cham -
Thread Diameter Diameter Height fer or Socket Engage- Thick- tion tion ture fer or
Pitch Radius Size ment ness Diameter Length Radius Radius
Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Nom Min Min Max Min Max Min Max
M1.6 x 0.35 1.6 1.46 3 2.87 1.6 1.52 0.16 15 0.8 0.54 2 1.8 0.34 0.1 0.08
M2 x 0.4 2 1.86 3.8 3.65 2 1.91 0.2 1.5 1 0.68 2.6 2.2 0.51 0.1 0.08
M2.5 x 0.45 2.5 2.36 4.5 4.33 2.5 2.4 0.25 2 1.25 0.85 3.1 2.7 0.51 0.1 0.08
M3 x 0.5 3 2.86 5.5 5.32 3 2.89 0.3 2.5 1.5 1.02 3.6 3.2 0.51 0.1 0.13
M4 x 0.7 4 3.82 7 6.8 4 3.88 0.4 3 2 1.52 4.7 4.4 0.6 0.2 0.13
M5 x 0.8 5 4.82 8.5 8.27 5 4.86 0.5 4 2.5 1.9 5.7 5.4 0.6 0.2 0.13
M6 x 1 6 5.82 10 9.74 6 5.85 0.6 5 3 2.28 6.8 6.5 0.68 0.25 0.2
M8 x 1.25 8 7.78 13 12.7 8 7.83 0.8 6 4 3.2 9.2 8.8 1.02 0.4 0.2
M10 x 1.5 10 9.78 16 15.67 10 9.81 1 8 5 4 11.2 10.8 1.02 0.4 0.2
M12 x 1.75 12 11.7 18 17.63 12 11.79 1.2 10 6 4.8 14.2 13.2 1.87 0.6 0.25
(1) M14 x 2 14 13.7 21 20.6 14 13.77 1.4 12 7 5.6 16.2 15.2 1.87 0.6 0.25
M16 x 2 16 15.7 24 23.58 16 15.76 1.6 14 8 6.4 18.2 17.2 1.87 0.6 0.25
M20 x 2.5 20 19.7 30 29.53 20 19.73 2 17 10 8 22.4 21.6 2.04 0.8 0.4
M24 x 3 24 23.7 36 35.48 24 23.7 2.4 19 12 9.6 26.4 25.6 2.04 0.8 0.4
M30 x 3.5 30 29.7 45 44.42 30 29.67 3 22 15 12 33.4 32 2.89 1 0.4
M36 x 4 36 35.6 54 53.37 36 35.64 3.6 27 18 14.4 39.4 38 2.89 1 0.4
M42 x 4.5 42 41.6 63 62.31 42 41.61 4.2 32 21 16.8 45.6 44.4 3.06 1.2 0.4
M48 x 5 48 47.6 72 72.27 48 47.58 4.8 36 24 19.2 52.6 51.2 3.91 1.6 0.4
NOTES:
1. Parts made to. this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 861 and 4762.
2. Standard strength property classes are: ASTM A574M 12.9.
3. Standard lengths: 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130,
140, 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 240, 260, and 300.
4. Designation example: ANSI B18 3.1M, M10 x 1.5 x 40 SHCS, zinc plated.
5. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: M1.6 5IP, M2 6IP, M2.5 8IP, 3M 10IP, M4 25IP, M5
27IP, M6 30IP, M8 45IP, M10 50IP, M12 55IP, M14 60IP, M16 70IP, M20 90IP, M24 100IP. See drive types – p.289.
6. See general data on p.247 or referenced standard.

262
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
hex flange head — The hex flange head shall have an indented top surface and six flat sides formed integrally with a flat flange
which projects beyond the sides and provides a flat bearing surface.
options — Options, where specified, shall be at the discretion of the manufacturer unless otherwise agreed upon by the
manufacturer and the purchaser.
terminology — For definitions of terms relating to fasteners or component features used here, refer to the American National
Standard, Glossary of Terms for Mechanical Fasteners, ANSI B18.12.
height of head — The height of head indicated in the dimensional tables represents a metal-to-metal measurement. In other
words, on heads having rounded top surfaces, the truncation of the rounded surface due to recess or slot is not considered part
of the head height.
On countersunk type heads, the height of head is a reference dimension measured parallel to the axis of the screw from the
largest diameter of the bearing surface of the head to the point of intersection of the bearing surface of the head and basic major
diameter of the screw. This point of intersection may not necessarily be the same as the actual junction of head and shank.
bearing surface — The bearing surface of perpendicular bearing surface type screw heads shall be at right angles to the axis of
the screw shanks within 2 deg.
depth of recess — The depth of recess in recessed head screws shall be measured parallel to the axis of the screw from the
intersection of the maximum diameter of the recess with the head surface to the bottom of the recess.
Recess penetration gaging depth values are included in the dimensional tables and the method of gaging and specifications
for gages are covered in ANSI Bl8.6.7M Appendix.
Recess wobble gaging procedures and operating limits are given in ANSI B18.6.7M Appendix.
depth of slot — The depth of slot in slotted head screws shall be measured parallel to the axis of the screw from the top of the
head to the intersection of the bottom of the slot with the head surface or bearing surface.
positional tolerances — The positional relationship between the heads and driving provisions of screws and the shanks of
screws (formerly defined as Eccentricity) shall be as follows:
position of head — The axis of the head shall be located at true position relative to the axis of the screw shank within a
tolerance zone having a diameter equivalent to 6% of the maximum head diameter, or the maximum width across flats of hex
and hex washer heads, regardless of feature size.
position of recess — The recess in cross recessed head screws shall be located at true position relative to the axis of the screw
shank within a tolerance zone having a diameter equivalent to 12% of the basic screw diameter or 0.75 mm, whichever is
greater, regardless of feature size.
position of slot — The slot in slotted head screws shall be located at true position relative to the axis of the screw shank within a
tolerance zone having a diameter equivalent to 12% of the basic screw diameter or 0.50 mm, whichever is greater, regardless of
feature size.
underhead fillets — All screws shall have a fillet radius at the junction of the head to shank within the limits as specified in the
dimensional tables. For flat and oval countersunk head screws, the maximum fillet radius equals 0.4D and minimum radius
equals 0.2D, rounded to one decimal place. For pan, hex, and hex flange screws, the fillet shall be a smooth and continuous
curve fairing smoothly into the under head bearing surface with a diameter of tangency not to exceed the tabulated DA maximum
and with no radius in the fillet contour being less than R minimum.
length measurement — The length of screw shall be measured parallel to the axis of the screw from the extreme point to largest
diameter of the bearing surface of the head. Recommended lengths of machine screws are given in Table 9-65.
tolerance on length — The tolerance on length of screws shall conform to the following:

Nominal Screw Length Tolerance on Length, mm


Up to 3 mm, incl. ±0.2
Over 3 to 10 mm, incl. ±0.3
Over 10 to 16 mm, incl. ±0.4
Over 16 to 50 mm, incl. ±0.5
Over 50mm ±1.0

threads — Threads shall be metric coarse thread series conforming to dimensions for general purpose external threads given in
ANSI B1.13M, p. 142, unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. Class 6g tolerances shall apply to plain finish (unplated or
uncoated) screws of all nominal thread diameters and to plated or coated screws before plating or coating for screws of nominal
thread diameters M5 and larger. For screws of nominal thread diameters M4 and smaller, which are to be plated or coated, class
6g tolerances shall apply before plating or coating, except that the allowance shall be increased to 0.024 mm and the maximum
thread diameters adjusted accordingly. For screws with additive finish, the 6g diameters may be exceeded by the amount of the
allowance, i.e., the basic diameters shall apply to screws after plating or coating.
points — Unless otherwise specified, machine screws shall have plain sheared ends. When specified, header points shall be
obtainable as shown in Table 9-64. Other points or pointing of longer lengths to header point dimensions may require machining.
diameter of body — The diameter of the body of machine screws shall be within the limits specified in the dimensional tables.
material — Low carbon steel machine screws shall conform to the requirements of property class 4.8, and the heat-treated
carbon steel screws shall conform to the requirements of property class 9.8 as covered in ASTM F568, p. 190. Hex and hex
flange screws shall be marked on the top of the head with the property class numerals. Other head types need not be marked.
Machine screws may also be made from higher strength steels, corrosion-resistant steel, brass, monel, aluminum alloys or
other materials, as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser. (For guidance refer to ASTM F738 and ASTM
F468M.)

263
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-51 12-SPLINE FLANGE SCREWS (ANSI B18.2.7.1M)

mm
DS Dc DW C M KW K S R2 (B) (X)
Thread Length, Ref
Nom Bear- Flange Spline For Transi-
Screw Spline Flange ing Edge Flange Wrench Head Chamfer Junc- For Screw For tion
Size & Size Body Dia Dia Circle Thick- Height ing Height Height lion Screw Lengths Screw Thread
Thread Dia ness Height Radius Lengths > 125 mm Lengths Length
Pitch < 125 mm and > 200
Max Min Max Min Min Min Min Max Max Min < 200 mm mm Ref
M5 x 0.8 5 5 4.82 9.4 8.4 1 1.7 1.8 5 0.6 0.4 16 22 35 4
M6 x 1 6 6 5.82 11.3 10.2 1.2 2.1 2.2 6 0.7 0.5 18 24 37 5
M8 x 1 25 8 8 7.78 15 13.7 1.5 2.7 3 8 1 0.6 22 28 41 6.2
M10 x 1.5 10 10 9.78 18.6 17.1 2 3.4 3.8 10 1.2 0.7 26 32 45 7.5
M12 x 1.75 12 12 11.73 22.8 21.1 2.3 4.1 4.5 12 1.5 0.8 30 36 49 8.8
(M14 x 2) 14 14 13.73 26.4 24.5 2.7 4.8 5.4 14 1.8 0.9 34 40 53 10
M16 x 2 16 16 15.73 30.3 28.1 3.2 5.7 5.8 16 2.1 1 38 44 57 10
M20 x 2.5 20 20 19.67 37.4 34.9 4.1 7.2 7.2 20 2.5 1.2 46 52 65 12.5
NOTES:
1. Second choice sizes are shown in parenthesis ( ).
2. Standard strength property classes are: ASTM A574M 12.9.
3. Standard lengths: 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 240, 260,
and 300.
4. Designation example: 12-Spline flange screws, M10 x 1.5 x 40, class 12.9, zinc plated.
5. See general data on p. 247 or referenced standard.

264
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-51B 12-SPLINE FLANGE SCREWS WRENCHING CONFIGURATIONS (ANSI B18.2.7.1M)

mm
Max Material Condition Min Material Condition
Spline AS BS CS RS AS BS CS RS
Size Dia Dia Rad Rad Dia Dia Rad Rad
Max Max Min Min Min Min Max Max
5 5.86 5.22 0.55 0.13 5.71 5.07 0.7 0.26
6 7.02 6.26 0.61 0.13 6.82 6.06 0.76 0.26
8 9.37 8.34 0.75 0.23 9.17 8.14 0.9 0.39
10 11.7 10.42 0.95 0.23 11.5 10.22 1.1 0.39
12 14.04 12.5 1.1 0.36 13.84 12.3 1.25 0.52
14 16.29 14.59 1.3 0.48 16.06 14.36 1.45 0.64
16 18.71 16.66 1.4 0.48 18.48 16.43 1.55 0.64
20 23.4 20.83 1.75 0.74 23.17 20.6 1.9 0.9

TABLE 9-51C 12-SPLINE FLANGE SCREWS GEOMETRIC TOLERANCES (ANSI B18.2.7.1M)

Position of Circular Runout Minimum Body


Nom Head-to-Shank of Dia for Screws
Screw Tolerance Zone Bearing Circle Threaded
Size Diameter at MMC FIM to Head
M5 x 0.8 0.35 0.15 4.38
M6 x 1 0.44 0.18 5.28
M8 x 1.25 0.44 0.24 7.07
M10 x 1.5 0.54 0.3 8.89
M12 x 1.75 0.54 0.37 10.71
M14 x 2 0.54 0.43 12.54
M16 x 2 0.66 0.49 14.54
M20 x 2.5 0.66 0.61 18.2

265
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-51D 12-SPLINE FLANGE SCREWS FILLET DETAILS (ANSI B18.2.7.1M)

mm
Nom Style A Style B
Screw Da Dv V Lf R1 R4 Da Xf Lf R3
Size Max Max Max Min Max Max Min Ref Max Min Max Min Min
M5 x 0.8 6.1 5.5 0.15 0.05 1.4 0.25 0.1 4.05 5.6 0.2 1.4 0.7 0.15
M6 x 1 7.4 6.6 0.18 0.07 1.6 0.29 0.12 4.6 6.7 0.25 1.6 0.8 0.18
M8 x 1.25 10.1 8.8 0.24 0.11 2.1 0.36 0.16 5.71 9 0.35 2.1 1 0.25
M10 x 1.5 12.5 10.8 0.31 0.13 2.1 0.45 0.2 5.71 11 0.35 2.1 1 0.25
M12 x 1.75 15.7 12.8 0.37 0.16 2.1 0.54 0.24 5.71 13 0.35 2.1 1 0.25
M 14 x 2 18.1 14.8 0.43 0.19 2.1 0.63 0.28 5.71 15 0.35 2.1 1 0.25
M 16 x 2 20.5 17.2 0.51 0.23 3.2 0.72 0.32 8.83 17.5 0.55 3.2 1.6 0.37
M20 x 2.5 26.1 21.6 0.65 0.29 4.2 0.9 0.4 11.4 22 0.8 4.2 2.1 0.5

266
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-52 HEX SOCKET HEAD SHOULDER SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.3M)

mm
Nominal D A H S J T M R
Screw Head Shoulder
Size Shoulder Head Head Chamfer Hexagon Key Fillet Neck
or Basic Diameter Diameter Height or Socket Engage- Extension Fillet
Shoulder Radius Size ment Dia Radius
Diameter Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Nom Min Max Min
6.5 6.487 6.451 10 9.78 4.5 4.32 0.6 3 2.4 7.5 0.2
8 7.987 7.951 13 12.73 5.5 5.32 0.8 4 3.3 9.2 0.4
10 9.987 9.951 16 15.73 7 6.78 1 5 4.2 11.2 0.4
13 12.984 12.941 18 17.73 9 8.78 1.2 6 4.9 15.2 0.6
16 15.984 15.941 24 23.67 11 10.73 1.6 8 6.6 18.2 0.6
20 19.98 19.928 30 29.67 14 13.73 2 10 8.5 22.4 0.8
25 24.98 24.928 36 35.61 16 15.73 2.4 12 10 27.4 0.8

mm
Nominal K F D1 G I N E
Screw Nominal
Size Shoulder Shoulder Thread Size Thread Thread Neck Thread Thread Neck Thread
or Basic
or Basic Neck Neck Pitch Diameter Neck Fillet Length
Thread
Shoulder Diameter Width Diameter Width Radius
Diameter Min Max Max Min Max Max Min Max
6.5 5.92 2.5 5 0.8 3.86 3.68 2.4 0.66 0.5 9.75
8 7.42 2.5 6 1 4.58 4.4 2.6 0.69 0.53 11.25
10 9.42 2.5 8 1.25 6.25 6.03 2.8 0.8 0.64 13.25
13 12.42 2.5 10 1.5 7.91 7.69 3 0.93 0.77 16.4
16 15.42 2.5 12 1.75 9.57 9.35 4 1.03 0.87 18.4
20 19.42 2.5 16 2 13.23 12.96 4.8 1.3 1.14 22.4
25 24.42 3 20 2.5 16.57 16.3 5.6 1.46 1.3 27.4
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: ASTM F835M, alloy steel.
3. Standard lengths: 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, and 120 mm.
4. Designation example: ANSI B18.3.3M 10 x 40 SHSS, plain.
5. See general data on p. 247 or referenced standards.

267
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-53 HEX SOCKET BUTTON HEAD CAP SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.4M)

mm
D A H S J T G B E F L
Under Head Fillet
Nom Head Hex Key Wall Transi- Junc- Max
Size Thd Head Head Side Socket Engage- Thick- Transition tion ture Std
or Basic Pitch Diameter Height Height Size ment ness Diameter Length Radius Length
Screw
Dia max min max min ref nom min min max min max min nom
3 0.5 5.7 5.4 1.65 1.43 0.38 2 1.04 0.2 3.6 3.2 0.51 0.1 12
4 0.7 7.6 7.24 2.2 1.95 0.38 2.5 1.3 0.3 4.7 4.4 0.6 0.2 20
5 0.8 9.5 9.14 2.75 2.5 0.5 3 1.56 0.38 5.7 5.4 0.6 0.2 30
6 1 10.5 10.07 3.3 3 0.8 4 2.08 0.74 6.8 6.5 0.68 0.25 30
8 1.25 14 13.57 4.4 4.05 0.8 5 2.6 1.05 9.2 8.8 1.02 0.4 40
10 1.5 17.5 17.07 5.5 5.2 0.8 6 3.12 1.45 11.2 11 1.02 0.4 40
12 1.75 21 20.48 6.6 6.24 0.8 8 4.16 1.63 14.2 13 1.87 0.6 60
16 2 28 27.48 8.8 8.44 1.5 10 5.2 2.25 18.2 17 1.87 0.6 60
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: ASTM A574M 12.9.
3. Standard lengths: 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, and 60.
4. Designation example: ANSI B18.3.4M, M10 x 1.5 x 40 SBHCS, zinc plated.
5. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: 3M 8IP, M4 15IP, M5 25IP, M6 27IP, M8 40IP, M10 45IP, M12 55IP, M16 60IP. See drive
types – p.289.
6. See general data on p. 247 or referenced standard.

finish — Unless otherwise specified, machine screws shall be supplied with a naturally bright unplated or uncoated finish. When
corrosion preventative treatment is required, screws shall be plated or coated as agreed upon between the manufacturer and
purchaser. However, where heat-treated carbon steel screws are plated or coated and subject to hydrogen embrittlement, they
shall be suitably treated subsequent to the plating or coating operation to obviate such embrittlement.
designation — Machine screws shall be designated by the following data in the sequence shown: nominal size and thread pitch;
nominal length; product name, including head type and driving provision; header point, if desired; material (and property class, if
steel); and protective finish, if required. See examples below:
M8 x 1.25 x 30 slotted pan head machine screw, class 4.8 steel, zinc plated.
M3.5 X 0.6 x 20 Type 1A cross recessed oval countersunk head machine screw, header pointed, brass.

268
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-54 HEX SOCKET COUNTER (FLAT) HEAD CAP SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.5M)

mm
D A H J T G F M
Nom Screw Head Diameter Head Height
Body
Dia and Theo- Flush- Hex Key Wall Fillet Drill
Thread retical Abs Refer- ness Socket Engage- Thick- Extension Allow-
Dia
Pitch Sharp Min ence Toler- Size ment ness Above D ance
Max Min Max ance Nom Min Min Max Max
M3 x 0.5 3 2.86 6.72 5.35 1.86 0.3 2 1.1 0.25 0.25 0.3
M4 x 0.7 4 3.82 8.96 7.8 2.48 0.3 2.5 1.5 0.45 0.35 0.4
M5 x 0.8 5 4.82 11.2 9.75 3.1 0.35 3 1.9 0.66 0.4 0.5
M6 x 1 6 5.82 13.44 11.7 3.72 0.35 4 2.2 0.7 0.5 0.6
M8 x 1.25 8 7.78 17.92 15.65 4.96 0.4 5 3 1.16 0.6 0.8
M10 x 1.5 10 9.78 22.4 19.5 6.2 0.5 6 3.6 1.62 0.8 0.9
M12 x 1.75 12 11.73 26.88 23.4 7.44 0.6 8 4.3 1.8 0.9 1.2
M14 x 2 14 13.73 30.24 26.18 8.12 0.7 10 4.7 1.62 1 1.5
M16 x 2 16 15.73 33.6 23.76 8.8 0.8 10 4.8 2.2 1 1.5
M20 x 2.5 20 19.67 40.32 34.6 10.16 1 12 5.6 2.2 1.2 1.8
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property class is: ASTM A574M 12.9.
3. Standard lengths: 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140 and 150 mm.
4. Designation example: ANSI B18.3.5M, M10 x 1.5 x 40, SFHCS, zinc plated.
5. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: 3M 10IP, M4 20IP, M5 25IP, M6 30IP, M8 40IP, M10 50IP, M12 55IP. See drive types - p.289.
6. See general data on p. 247 or referenced standard.

SCREW AND WASHER ASSEMBLIES (SEMS)

Dimensional data for various types of screw and captive washer assemblies, otherwise known as sems, are specified in ANSI
B18.13.1M. Chemical and mechanical requirements are specified in each product standard as for tapping screws (ANSI
B18.6.5M) and washers (ANSI B18.13.1M or referenced specifications from SAE, ASTM).

269
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-55 BODY AND GRIP LENGTHS FOR HEX SOCKET SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.1M)

Nom Size M1.6 M2 M2.5 M3 M4 M5 M6


Nom mm
Lengths LG LB LG LB LG LB LG LB LG LB LG LB LG LB
20 4.8 3 4 2
25 9.8 8 9 7 8 5.7 7 4.5
30 14.8 13 14 12 13 10.7 12 9.5 10 6.5
35 - - 19 17 18 15.7 17 14.5 15 11.5 13 9 11 6
40 - - 24 22 23 20.7 22 19.5 20 16.5 18 14 16 11
45 - - 0 28 25.7 27 24.5 25 21.5 23 19 21 16
50 - - - - 33 30.7 32 29.5 30 26.5 28 24 26 21
55 - - - - - - 37 34.5 35 31.5 33 29 31 26
60 - - - - - - 42 39.5 40 36.5 38 34 36 31
65 - - - - - - 47 44.5 45 41.5 43 39 41 36
70 - - - - - - - - 50 46.5 48 44 46 41
80 - - - - - - - - 60 56.5 58 54 56 51
90 - - - - - - - - - - 68 64 66 61
100 - - - - - - - - - - 78 74 76 71
110 - - - - - - - - - - - - 86 81
120 - - - - - - - - - - - - 96 91
130 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
140 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
150 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
160 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
180 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Nom Size M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20 M24


Nom
Lengths LG LB LG LB LG LB LG LB LG LB LG LB LG LB
35
40
45 17 10.7
50 22 15.7 18 10.5
55 27 20.7 23 15.5
60 32 25.7 28 20.5 24 15.2
65 37 30.7 33 25.5 29 20.2 25 15
70 42 35.7 38 30.5 34 25.2 30 20 26 16
80 52 45.7 48 40.5 44 35.2 40 30 36 26
90 62 55.7 58 50.5 54 45.2 50 40 46 36 38 25.5
100 72 65.7 68 60.5 64 55.2 60 50 56 46 48 35.5 40 25
110 82 75.7 78 70.5 74 65.2 70 60 66 56 58 45.5 50 35
120 92 85.7 88 80.5 84 75.2 80 70 76 66 68 55.5 60 45
130 102 95.7 98 90.5 94 85.2 90 80 86 76 78 65.5 70 55
140 112 105.7 108 100.5 104 95.2 100 90 96 86 88 75.5 80 65
150 122 115.7 118 110.5 114 105.2 110 100 106 96 98 85.5 90 75
160 132 125.7 128 120.5 124 115.2 120 110 116 106 108 95.5 100 85
180 - - 148 140.5 144 135.2 140 130 136 126 128 116 1201 105
200 - - 168 160.5 164 155.2 160 150 156 146 148 136 140 125
220 - - - - 184 175.2 180 170 176 166 168 156 160 145
240 - - - - 204 195.2 200 190 196 186 188 176 180 165
260 - - - - - - 220 210 216 206 208 196 200 185
300 - - - - - - - - 256 246 248 236 240 225
NOTE: Screws of diameter/length combinations above upper heavy line shall be threaded full length.

270
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-56 SLOTTED FLAT COUNTERSUNK HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)

mm
Nom DS DK K R N T F G
Screw Protrusion
Body Head Dia
Size Head Fillet Slot Slot of Head Gage
and Theoretical Actual Heigh Radius Width Depth Above
Dia
Thread Sharp Gage Dia Dia
Pitch Max Min Max Min Min Ref Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
M2 x 0.4 2 1.65 4.4 4.1 3.5 1.2 0.8 0.4 0.7 0.5 0.6 0.4 0.79 0.62 2.82
M2.5 x 0.45 2.5 2.12 5.5 5.1 4.4 1.5 1 0.5 0.8 0.6 0.7 0.5 0.88 0.66 3.74
M3 x 0.5 3 2.58 6.3 5.9 5.2 1.7 1.2 0.6 1 0.8 0.9 0.6 0.83 0.6 4.65
M3.5 x 0.6 3.5 3 8.2 7.7 6.9 2.3 1.4 0.7 1.2 1 1.2 0.9 1.32 1.03 5.57
M4 x 0.7 4 3.43 9.4 8.9 8 2.7 1.6 0.8 1.5 1.2 1.3 1 1.46 1.17 6.48
M5 x 0.8 5 4.36 10.4 9.8 8.9 2.7 2 1 1.5 1.2 1.4 1.1 1.05 0.72 8.31
M6 x 1 6 5.21 12.6 11.9 10.9 3.3 2.4 1.2 1.9 1.6 1.6 1.2 1.23 0.85 10.14
M8 x 1.25 8 7.04 17.3 16.5 15.4 4.6 3.2 1.6 2.3 2 2.3 1.8 1.75 1.3 13.8
M10 x 1.5 10 8.86 20 19.2 17.8 5 4 2 2.8 2.5 2.6 2 2.23 1.77 15.54
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 2009 and ISO 7046.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 4.8, 9.8.
3. Designation example: M8 x 1.25 x 30, Type 1A Cross recessed flat countersunk head machine screw, class 4.8 steel, zinc plated.
4. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: M2 6IP, M2.5 8IP, 3M 10IP, M3.5 15IP, M4 20IP, M5 25IP, M6 30IP, M8 40IP, M10 50IP. See
drive types – p.289.
5. See general data on p. 258 or referenced standard.

271
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-57 RECESS DIMENSIONS OF FLAT COUNTERSUNK HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)

mm
Type 1 Type 1A Type III
M T N Recess M T N Recess M TP
Nom Dri- Pene- Dri- Pene- Dri- Pene-
Recess Recess Recess
Screw ver tration ver tration ver tration
Size Size Gaging Size Gaging Size Gaging
Dia Depth Width Dia Depth Width Square Depth
Depth Depth Depth
Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
M2 2.31 1.98 1.69 1.39 0.53 0 1.55 1.25 2.37 2.04 1.74 1.39 0.47 0 1.55 1.2 - - - - - - -
M2.5 2.97 2.64 1.98 1.58 0.74 1 1.8 1.4 2.94 2.61 2.03 1.63 0.73 1 1.75 1.35 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.59 0 0.96 0.81
M3 3.27 2.94 2.28 1.88 0.79 1 2.1 1.7 3.24 2.91 2.28 1.88 0.73 1 2 1.6 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.59 0 0.96 0.81
M3.5 4.22 3.89 2.5 2 0.91 2 2.2 1.7 4.31 3.98 2.61 2.16 1.03 2 2.2 1.75 2.32 2.29 2.98 2.56 1 1.65 1.45
M4 4.62 4.29 2.9 2.4 0.96 2 2.6 2.1 4.6 4.27 2.9 2.45 1.03 2 2.5 2.05 2.86 2.82 3.55 3.03 2 1.91 1.65
M5 5.22 4.89 3.5 3 1.04 2 3.2 2.7 5.15 4.82 3.46 3.01 1.04 2 3.05 2.6 2.86 2.82 3.65 3.13 2 2.01 1.75
M6 6.79 6.46 3.96 3.46 1.12 3 3.5 3 6.82 6.49 4.01 3.56 1.44 3 3.45 3 3.38 3.34 4.36 3.73 3 2.41 2.11
M8 8.95 8.62 5.18 4.58 1.8 4 4.6 4 8.98 8.65 5.29 4.84 2.18 4 4.6 4.15 4.86 4.81 5.39 4.62 4 2.59 2.29
M10 10.05 9.72 6.28 5.68 1.98 4 5.7 5.1 10.01 9.68 6.34 5.89 2.19 4 5.65 5.2 4.86 4.81 5.79 5.03 4 3 2.69
NOTES:
1. Head dimensions not shown are the same as those of slotted heads given in Table 9-56.
2. For penetration gaging and wobble gaging, see ANSI B18.6.7M, Appendix.
3. See general data on p. 258 or referenced standard.

RATIONALIZATION
The primary purpose for use of sems is cost reduction in manufacturing. In-place cost of screw and washer assemblies is
lower when properly applied in mass production and the speed in assembly operations in increased.

TYPES OF SEMS
Included in specifications are sems composed of the following types of screws and washers:
(a) Helical Spring Lock Washers and
(1) socket head cap screws (see Table 9-66)
(2) machine screws (see Table 9-66)
(3) tapping screws (see Table 9-66)
(b) Tooth Lock Washers and
(1) machine screws (see Table 9-67)
(2) tapping screws (see Table 9-67)
(c) Conical Spring Washers and
(1) machine screws (see Table 9-68)
(2) tapping screws (see Table 9-68)
(d) Plain Washers and
(1) machine screws (see ANSI B18.13.1M Table 6).
(2) tapping screws (see ANSI B18.13.1M Table 6).
Hex head cap screws or formed hex screws may be used for sizes up to and including 12 mm.

272
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-58 SLOTTED OVAL COUNTERSUNK HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)

DS DK K F RF R N T
Nom
Body Head Dia Head Fillet Slot Slot
Screw Head Raised
Size Theoretical Side Head
Dia Actual Radius Radius Width Depth
and Thd Sharp Height Height
Pitch Max Min Max Min Min Ref Max Approx Max Min Max Min Max Min
M2 x 0.4 2 1.65 4.4 4.1 3.5 1.2 0.5 5 0.8 0.4 0.7 0.5 1 0.8
M2.5 x 0.45 2.5 2.12 5.5 5.1 4.4 1.5 0.6 6.6 1 0.5 0.8 0.6 1.2 1
M3 x 0.5 3 2.58 6.3 5.9 5.2 1.7 0.7 7.4 1.2 0.6 1 0.8 1.5 1.2
M3.5 x 0.6 3.5 3 8.2 7.7 6.9 2.3 0.8 10.9 1.4 0.7 1.2 1 1.7 1.4
M4 x 0.7 4 3.43 9.4 8.9 8 2.7 1 11.6 1.6 0.8 1.5 1.2 1.9 1.6
M5 x 0.8 5 4.36 10.4 9.8 8.9 2.7 1.2 11.9 2 1 1.5 1.2 2.4 2
M6 x 1 6 5.21 12.6 11.9 10.9 3.3 1.4 14.9 2.4 1.2 1.9 1.6 2.8 2.4
M8 x 1.25 8 7.04 17.3 16.5 15.4 4.6 2 19.7 3.2 1.6 2.3 2 3.7 3.2
M10 x 1.5 10 8.86 20 19.2 17.8 5 2.3 22.9 4 2 2.8 2.5 4.4 3.8
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 2010 and ISO 7047.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 4.8, 9.8.
3. Designation example: M6 x 1 x 20 Slotted oval countersunk head machine screw, class 9.8 steel, zinc plated.
4. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: M2 6IP, M2.5 8IP, 3M 10IP, M3.5 15IP, M4 20IP, M5 25IP, M6 30IP, M8 40IP, M10 50IP. See
drive types – p.289.
5. See general data on p. 258 or referenced standard.

273
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-59 RECESS DIMENSIONS OF OVAL COUNTERSUNK HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)

mm

Type 1 Type 1A Type III


M T N Recess M T N Recess M T P
Nom Dri- Pene- Dri- Pene- Dri- Pene-
Recess Recess Recess
Screw ver tration ver tration ver tration
Size Size Gaging Size Gaging Size Gaging
Dia Depth Width Dia Depth Width Square Depth
Depth Depth Depth
Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
M2 2.52 2.19 1.84 1.54 0.56 0 1.7 1.4 2.56 2.23 1.9 1.55 0.48 0 1.72 1.37 - - - - - - -
M2.5 3.22 2.89 2.15 1.75 0.77 1 1.96 1.56 2.78 2.45 2.14 1.74 0.73 1 1.98 1.58 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.59 0 0.96 0.81
M3 3.61 3.28 2.53 2.13 0.83 1 2.43 2.03 3.15 2.82 2.51 2.11 0.74 1 2.32 1.92 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.59 0 0.96 0.81
M3.5 4.54 4.21 2.73 2.23 0.94 2 2.43 1.93 4.62 4.29 2.88 2.43 1.03 2 2.48 2.03 2.32 2.29 2.98 2.56 1 1.65 1.45
M4 5.09 4.76 3.24 2.74 1.01 2 2.98 2.48 5.07 4.74 3.33 2.88 1.04 2 2.93 2.48 2.86 2.82 3.55 3.03 2 1.91 1.65
M5 5.82 5.49 3.99 3.49 1.1 2 3.69 3.19 5.74 5.41 4 3.55 1.05 2 3.6 3.15 2.86 2.82 3.65 3.13 2 2.01 1.75
M6 7.47 7.14 4.51 4.01 1.19 3 4.05 3.55 7.48 7.15 4.61 4.16 1.45 3 4.05 3.6 3.38 3.34 4.36 3.73 3 2.41 2.11
M8 10.02 9.69 6.11 5.51 1.95 4 5.53 4.93 10.06 9.73 6.31 5.86 2.19 4 5.62 5.17 4.86 4.81 5.39 4.62 4 2.59 2.29
M10 11.41 11.08 7.45 6.85 2.17 4 6.87 6.27 11.34 11.01 7.61 7.16 2.2 4 6.92 6.47 4.86 4.81 5.79 5.03 4 3 2.69
NOTES:
1. Head dimensions not shown are the same as those of slotted heads given in Table 9-58.
2. For penetration gaging and wobble gaging, see ANSI B18.6.7M, Appendix.
3. See general data on p. 258 or referenced standard.

GENERAL DATA FOR SEMS


dimensions — Dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise shown.

MACHINE AND TAPPING SCREWS FOR SEMS


The machine and tapping screw component of sems shall conform to the specifications for the respective types of screws
published in ANSI B18.6.7M or ANSI B18.6.5M except that:
(a) the maximum diameter of the unthreaded shank shall be less than the major diameter of the thread by an amount
sufficient to prevent disassembly of the washer from the screw;
(b) on screws threaded full length, the extent of the unthreaded length shall be as measured to the contacting face of the
washer instead of to the underside of the screw head (see Fig. 9-3);
(c) the minimum underhead fillet radius shall be equivalent to 5% of the basic screw diameter on protruding head styles
and 20% of the basic screw diameter on countersunk head styles.

274
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-60 SLOTTED AND RECESSED PAN HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)

Nom Ds DK K1 K2 R1 R2 DA R N T W
Screw Fillet Un-
Head Height
Size Body Head Head Head Transi- Fillet Slot Slot slotted
and Dia Dia Slotted Recessed Radius Radius tion Radius Width Depth Thick
Thread Head Head (Slttd) (Rcssd) Dia ness
Pitch Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Ref Max Min Max Min Min Min
M2 x 0.4 2 1.65 4 3.7 1.3 1.1 1.6 1.4 0.8 3.2 2.6 0.1 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.4
M2.5 x 0.45 2.5 2.12 5 4.7 1.5 1.3 2.1 1.9 1 4 3.1 0.1 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.5
M3 x 0.5 3 2.58 5.6 5.3 1.8 1.6 2.4 2.2 1.2 5 3.6 0.1 1 0.8 0.7 0.7
M3.5 x 0.6 3.5 3 7 6.6 2.1 1.9 2.6 2.3 1.4 6 4.1 0.1 1.2 1 0.8 0.8
M4 x 0.7 4 3.43 8 7.6 2.4 2.2 3.1 2.8 1.6 6.5 4.7 0.2 1.5 1.2 1 0.9
M5 x 0.8 5 4.36 9.5 9.1 3 2.7 3.7 3.4 2 8 5.7 0.2 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2
M6 x 1 6 5.21 12 11.5 3.6 3.3 4.6 4.3 2.5 10 6.8 0.3 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.4
M8 x 1.25 8 7.04 16 15.5 4.8 4.5 6 5.6 3.2 13 9.2 0.4 2.3 2 1.9 1.9
M10 x 1.5 10 8.86 20 19.4 6 5.7 7.5 7.1 4 16 11.2 0.4 2.8 2.5 2.4 2.4
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 1580 and ISO 7045.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 4.8, 9.8.
3. Designation example: M5 x 0.8 x 10 Type 1, cross-recessed pan head machine screw, class 4.8 steel, plain.
4. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: M2 6IP, M2.5 8IP, 3M 10IP, M3.5 15IP, M4 20IP, M5 25IP, M6 30IP, M8 40IP, M10 50IP.
See drive types – p.289.
5. See general data on p. 258 or referenced standard.

275
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-61 RECESS DIMENSIONS OF PAN HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)

Type 1 Type 1 A Type III


M T N Recess M T N Recess M T P
Nom Pene- Pene- Pene-
Recess Recess Recess
Screw Driver tration Driver tration Driver tration
Size Size Gaging Size Gaging Size Gaging
Dia Depth Width Dia Depth Width Square Depth
Depth Depth Depth
Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
M2 1.99 1.66 1.34 1.04 0.48 0 1.2 0.95 2.08 1.75 1.4 1.05 0.47 0 1.2 0.85 - - - - - - -

M2.5 2.85 2.52 1.73 1.33 0.7 1 1.55 1.15 2.79 2.46 1.78 1.38 0.73 1 1.5 1.1 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.59 0 0.96 0.81

M3 3.06 2.73 1.96 1.56 0.74 1 1.8 1.4 3.03 2.7 2.03 1.63 0.73 1 1.75 1.35 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.59 0 0.96 0.81

M3.5 4.08 3.75 2.2 1.7 0.87 2 1.9 1.4 4.06 3.73 2.36 1.91 1.03 2 1.9 1.45 2.32 2.29 2.98 2.56 1 1.65 1.45

M4 4.57 4.24 2.7 2.2 0.93 2 2.4 1.9 4.53 4.2 2.76 2.31 1.03 2 2.35 1.9 2.86 2.82 3.55 3.03 2 1.91 1.65

5.07 4.74 3.2 2.7 1 2 2.9 2.4 4.92 4.59 3.16 2.71 1.04 2 2.75 2.3 2.86 2.82 3.65 3.13 2 2.01 1.75
M5
M6 7.09 6.76 4.06 3.56 1.14 3 3.6 3.1 6.97 6.64 4.07 3.62 1.44 3 3.5 3.05 3.38 3.34 4.36 3.73 3 2.41 2.11

M8 9.18 8.85 5.18 4.58 1.69 4 4.6 4 8.98 8.65 5.19 4.74 2.18 4 4.5 4.05 4.86 4.81 5.39 4.62 4 2.59 2.29

10.35 10.02 6.39 5.79 1.84 4 5.8 5.2 10.2 9.87 6.39 5.94 2.19 4 5.7 5.25 4.86 4.81 5.79 5.03 4 3 2.69
M10
NOTES:
1. Head dimensions not shown are the same as those of slotted heads given in Table 9-60.
2. For penetration gaging and wobble gaging, see ANSI B18.6.7M, Appendix.
3. See general data on p. 258 or referenced standard.

DATA FOR CONICAL SPRING WASHER SEMS

APPLICATION
The conical spring washer sems covered herein are intended for general application where it is desirable to: compensate for
loss of screw tension due to such factors as smoothing out or wearing of parts; thermal expansion or compression set of
gaskets; distribute load over larger areas; span large or elongated clearance holes.

WASHER COMPONENTS
Dimensions
The dimensions of Types L and H conical spring washer components of sems are given in Table 9-68.

Types
Conical spring washers are available in a light series (Type L) and heavy series (Type H) for use with screws as described in
the following:
(a) Type L conical spring washers are intended for use on machine screw sems with screw components of materials having a
specified minimum ultimate tensile strength of 520 MPa or less. They shall also be used on tapping screw sems capable of
safely accommodating these tensile requirements.
(b) Type H conical spring washers are intended for use on heat treated sems with screw components of materials having a
specified minimum ultimate tensile strength of 800 MPa or greater.
(c) Spur tooth conical washers. Spur tooth conical washers having the same dimensions and characteristics as those defined
above may also be used on sems for nonslip or positive electrical grounding purposes. Unless designated otherwise by the
purchaser, when spur tooth conical washers are specified, they shall be furnished with six sharp-edged teeth equally spaced
about the outer periphery on the bottom face of washer conforming with the dimensions shown in Fig. 9-4.
Material — Helical spring lock washers are normally made from carbon steel AISI 1055—1065. See Table lO-42C, col. 14 or
10-44, col. 12. Other types of material may be specified (see ANSI B18.21.2M or ANSI B18.13.1M).
Tooth lock washers are made from carbon steel, fabricated and heat treated to hardness of 40—50 HRC (392—513 HV) or
equivalent.
Conical spring washers are normally made from carbon steel and heat treated to hardness of 40—48 HRC (392—484 HV) or
equivalent.
Plain washers for sems may be steel, soft or hardened; nonferrous metals; plastics; or other suitable materials as specified by
the purchaser.
276
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-62 HEX HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)

mm
DS S E K DA R F
Nom
Screw Protrusion
Size Body Width Width Head Fillet Fillet Beyond
and Dia Across Across Height Transition Radius Gaging
Thread Flats Corners Dia Ring
Pitch
Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Min
M2 x 0.4 2 1.65 3.2 3.02 3.38 1.6 1.3 2.6 0.1 0.78
M2.5 x 0.45 2.5 2.12 4 3.82 4.28 2.1 1.8 3.1 0.1 1.08
M3 x 0.5 3 2.58 5 4.82 5.4 2.3 2 3.6 0.1 1.2
M3.5 x 0.6 3.5 3 5.5 5.32 5.96 2.6 2.3 4.1 0.1 1.38
M4 x 0.7 4 3.43 7 6.78 7.59 3 2.6 4.7 0.2 1.56
M5 x 0.8 5 4.36 8 7.78 8.71 3.8 3.3 5.7 0.2 1.98
M6 x 1 6 5.21 10 9.78 10.95 4.7 4.1 6.8 0.3 2.46
M8 x 1.25 8 7.04 13 12.73 14.26 6 5.2 9.2 0.4 3.12
M10 x 1.5 15 14.73 16.5
10 8.86 7.5 6.5 11.2 0.4 3.9
M10 x 1.5 16* 15.73 17.62
M12 x 1.75 12 10.68 18 17.73 19.86 9 7.8 13.2 0.4 4.68
*M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 4.8, 9.8.
3. Designation example: M8 x 1.25 x 40. Hex head machine screw, class 4.8, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 258 or referenced standard.

277
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-63 HEX FLANGE HEAD MACHINE SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.7M)

mm
DS S E DC K K1 C R1 DA R EA KA EB KB
Nominal Underhead
GAGE A GAGE B
Screw Hex Hex Over- Flange Flange Fillet
Size Body Width Width Flange all Hex Edge Top Gage Gage Gage Gage
and Diameter Across Across Diameter Head Height Thick- Fillet Trans- Inside Thick- Inside Thick-
Thread Flats Cor- Height ness Radius ition Rad- Dia- ness Dia- ness
Pitch ners Dia ius meter
+0.01 +0 +0
Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Max Min -0 -0.01 -0.01 Min
M2 x 0.4 2 1.65 3 2.84 3.16 4.5 4.1 2.2 1.3 0.3 0.1 2.6 0.1 3.47 0.85 3.15 2
M2.5 x 0.45 2.5 2.12 3.2 3.04 3.39 5.4 5 2.7 1.6 0.3 0.2 3.1 0.1 3.7 1.05 3.38 2
M3 x 0.5 3 2.58 4 3.84 4.27 6.4 5.9 3.2 1.9 0.4 0.2 3.6 0.1 4.62 1.25 4.26 2
M3.5 x 0.6 3.5 3 5 4.82 5.36 7.5 6.9 3.8 2.4 0.5 0.2 4.1 0.1 5.77 1.6 5.35 2
M4 x 0.7 4 3.43 5.5 5.32 5.92 8.5 7.8 4.3 2.8 0.6 0.2 4.7 0.2 6.35 1.8 5.91 3
M5 x 0.8 5 4.36 7 6.78 7.55 10.6 9.8 5.4 3.5 0.7 0.3 5.7 0.2 8.06 2.3 7.54 3
M6 x 1 6 5.21 8 7.78 8.66 12.8 11.8 6.7 4.2 1 0.4 6.8 0.3 9.24 2.8 8.65 3
M8 x 1.25 8 7.04 10 9.78 10.89 16.8 15.5 8.6 5.6 1.2 0.5 9.2 0.4 11.55 3.7 10.88 4
M10 x 1.5 10 8.86 13 12.72 14.16 21 19.3 10.7 7 1.4 0.6 11.2 0.4 15.01 4.6 14.15 4
M12 x 1.75 12 10.68 15 14.72 16.38 24.8 23.3 13.7 8.4 1.8 0.7 13.2 0.4 17.32 5.6 16.37 5
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 4.8, 9.8.
3. Designation example: M10 x 1.5 x 20, Hex flange head machine screw, class 9.8, phosphate coated.
4. See general data on p. 258 or referenced standard.

278
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-64 HEADER POINTS FOR MACHINE SCREWS BEFORE THREADING (ANSI B18.6.7M)

P Lb
Nom Point Nom
Screw Size Dia Screw
Length
Max Min Max
M2 x 0.4 1.33 1.21 13
M2.5 x 0.45 1.73 1.57 13
M3 x 0.5 2.12 1.93 16
M3.5 x 0.6 2.46 2.24 20
M4 x 0.7 2.8 2.55 25
M5 x 0.8 3.6 3.28 30
M6 x 1 4.25 3.85 40
M8 x 1.25 5.82 5.3 40
M10 x 1.5 7.36 6.71 40
M12 x 1.75 8.9 8.11 45
NOTES:
1. Edges of point may be rounded and end of point need not be flat nor perpendicular to axis of shank.
2. Header points apply to these nominal lengths or shorter. The pointing of longer lengths may require machining to the dimensions specified.
3. See general data on p. 258 or referenced standard.

SET SCREWS AND DOUBLE END STUDS

GENERAL
Set screws with square, hex, hex socket and slotted heads are generally matched up with points such as flat, cone, short and
long dog, and cup points in national standards listed in the world fastener index, p. 175.

HEX SOCKET SET SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.6M)


Set screws are specified in ANSI B18.3.6M and shown in size range from M1 .6 through M24 in Table 9-69. Dimensions of
points for socket set screws are shown in Table 9-70.

CONTINUOUS AND DOUBLE END STUDS (ANSI B18.31.1M)


Continuous, double end (clamping) and tap end studs in nominal sizes from M1.6 through M100 are covered in ANSI
B18.31.1M and shown in Table 9-71.

GENERAL DATA FOR SET SCREWS


dimensions — All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise noted.

Length:
measurement — The length of the screw shall be measured overall, parallel to the axis of screw.
tolerance on length — The tolerance on screw length shall be as tabulated below:

Nominal Screw Length, mm Tolerance on Length


Up to 12, incl. 0.3
Over 12 to 50, incl . 0.5
Over 50 0.8

standard lengths — The standard nominal screw lengths are 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55,
60, 70, 80, 90, and 100 mm. The minimum practical screw length for the respective screw sizes and point styles is represented
by the shortest lengths listed in Table 9-69 for which T values are shown.
threads — Screw thread details are shown in Table 8-2. The standard thread tolerance is 4g6g.
surface finish — black oxide (thermal or chemical)
Set screws in size range from Ml.6 through M24 are specified in the ANSI B18.3.6M standard and shown in Table 9-69. The
flat, cone, short and long dog and cup points are covered in ISO 4026—4029. Dimensions for these and other points are shown
in Table 9-70.
material — socket set screws shall be made from alloy steel per ASTM F912M, Class 45H.
The ISO 898-5 standard for set screws and similar parts without specified proof load values gives three property classes as
follows: 14H (140), 22H (220), and 45H (450). The values shown in parentheses are the minimum Vickers hardness values for
the screws.

279
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-65 RECOMMENDED MACHINE SCREW LENGTHS (ANSI B18.6.7M)

Nominal
Nominal Screw Size
Screw
Length M2 M2.5 M3 M3.5 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12
2.5 PH

3 A PH

4 A A PH

5 A A A PH PH

6 A A A A A PH

8 A A A A A A A

10 A A A A A A A A

13 A A A A A A A A A

16 A A A A A A A A A H

20 A A A A A A A A A H

25 A A A A A A A A H

30 A A A A A A A H

35 A A A A A A H

40 A A A A A H

45 A A A A H

50 A A A A H

55 A A A H

60 A A A H

65 A A H

70 A A H

80 A A H

90 A H
NOTES:
1. Lengths included between the heavy lines are recommended for the applicable screw size and head style. “A” means screws of all head styles; “P” means pan
head screws; and “H” means hex and hex flange head screws.
2. Nominal screw lengths of 12 mm and 14 mm are recognized as ISO standard lengths; the 13 mm shown in this table is not.

GENERAL DATA FOR STUDS


Types:
Continuous Thread
Clamping (Double End) with Full or Reduced Body
Tap End with Full or Reduced Body

Body Diameter Tolerance. Reduced body studs shall have an unfinished body with diameter limits as shown in Table 9-71.
Full body studs shall have a maximum body diameter equal to the basic major diameter of the thread, and a minimum body
diameter equal to the rolled thread blank size. Tap end studs shall have a maximum body diameter equal to basic major
diameter of the thread, and a minimum body diameter equal to the specified minimum major diameter of the thread. Tap end
reduced body studs shall have an unfinished body with diameter limits as shown in Table 9-71.

Short Studs. Continuous thread studs shall be supplied for all studs too short to accommodate the standard thread length on
each end. Continuous thread studs shall be supplied when the specified stud length is shorter than 4D + 8P + 12 mm for stud
lengths 125 mm and shorter, 4D + 8P + 24 mm for stud lengths over 125 mm to and including 200 mm, and 4D + 8P + 50 mm
for stud lengths over 200 mm. D equals basic stud diameter, and P is thread pitch.

280
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-66 DIMENSIONS OF HELICAL SPRING LOCK WASHERS FOR SEMS WITH MACHINE AND TAPPING
SCREWS (ANSI B18.13.1 M)

mm
Nom Socket Head Cap Screw Hex Flange Head
Pan Head Screw Hex Head Screw
Size Hex Cap Screw Screw
or Washer Washer Washer Washer Washer Washer Washer Washer Washer
Basic
Inside Section Outside Section Outside Section Outside Section Outside
Screw
Dia Diameter Thick- Dia Thick- Dia Thick- Dia Thick- Dia
Width Width Width Width
ness ness ness ness
Max Min Min Min Max Min Min Min Max Min Min Min Max Min Min Min Max Min
M2.5 2.35 2.22 1.19 0.79 4.81 4.6 0.86 0.73 4.15 3.94 1.02 0.64 4.47 4.26 1.19 0.79 4.81 4.6

M3 2.84 2.69 1.4 1.02 5.73 5.49 1.08 0.92 5.09 4.85 1.19 0.79 5.31 5.07 1.4 1.02 5.73 5.49

M3.5 3.3 3.15 1.4 1.02 6.19 5.95 ... ... ... ... 1.19 0.79 5.77 5.53 1.4 1.02 6.19 5.95

M4 3.76 3.6 1.57 1.19 7 6.74 1.33 1.13 6.52 6.26 1.4 1.02 6.66 6.4 1.57 1.19 7 6.74

M5 4.67 4.52 1.78 1.42 8.34 8.08 1.57 1.33 7.92 7.66 1.57 1.19 7.92 7.66 1.78 1.42 8.34 8.08

M6 5.62 5.44 2.79 1.96 11.3 11.02 1.82 1.55 9.36 9.08 2.77 1.57 11.26 10.98 2.79 1.96 11.3 11.02

M8 5.75 7.36 3.3 2.46 14.29 13.96 2.32 1.97 12.33 12 3.18 1.98 14.05 13.72 3.3 2.46 14.29 13.96

M10 9.41 9.17 .. ... ... 2.78 2.36 15.1 14.73 3.58 2.39 16.7 16.33 ... ... .. ..

M12 11.33 11.08 ... ... ... ... 2.78 2.36 17.05 16.64 4.34 3.18 20.17 19.76 .. ... ... ...

NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 4.8, 9.8, and 12.9.
3. Designation example: M4 x 0.7 x 10, Type T Hex head tapping screw and helical spring lock washer screws, steel.
4. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: M2.5 8IP, 3M 10IP, M3.5 15IP, M4 20IP (25IP socket head), M5 25IP (27IP socket head),
M6 30IP, M8 40IP (45IP socket head), M10 50IP, M12 55IP. See drive types – p.289.
5. See general data on p. 274 or referenced standard.

281
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-67 DIMENSIONS OF EXTERNAL TOOTH LOCK WASHERS FOR SEMS (ANSI B18.13.1M)

mm
Flat and Oval Head Screws Pan Head and Hex Head Screws Hex Flange Head Screws
Nominal V Washer Washer
Screw Washer Flush Washer Outside Washer
Size Thickness to Minus Outside Thickness Diameter Thickness
Tolerance Diameter
Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
2.9 ... ... ... 5.85 5.45 0.45 0.3 5.85 5.45 0.45 0.3
3 ... ... ... 5.85 5.45 0.45 0.3 5.85 5.45 0.45 0.3
3.5 0.55 0.4 0.75 7.35 6.85 0.55 0.4 7.35 6.85 0.55 0.3
4 0.55 0.4 0.5 8.25 7.75 0.6 0.45 8.25 7.75 0.6 0.45
4.2 0.55 0.4 0.75 8.25 7.75 0.6 0.45 8.25 7.75 0.6 0.45
4.8 0.65 0.5 0.5 9.7 9.2 0.6 0.45 10.5 10 0.6 0.45
5 0.65 0.5 0.75 10.5 10 0.65 0.5 10.5 10 0.65 0.5
5.5 0.65 0.5 0.5 10.5 10 0.65 0.5 10.5 10 0.65 0.5
6 0.65 0.5 0.5 12.1 11.6 0.75 0.6 14.8 14.3 0.75 0.6
6.3 0.65 0.5 0.5 12.1 11.6 0.75 0.6 14.8 14.3 0.75 0.6
8 0.7 0.55 0.5 16 15.25 0.85 0.7 17 16.25 0.85 0.7
9.5 0.8 0.65 1.5 19.3 18.55 1 0.8 19.3 18.55 1 0.8
10 0.8 0.65 0.65 19.3 18.55 1 0.8 19.3 18.55 1 0.8
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 4.8, 9.8.
3. Designation example: 6.3 x 1.81 x 30 Type AB. Slotted pan head tapping screw and external tooth lock washer Sems, steel, zinc plated.
4. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: 2.9 10IP, 3 10IP, 3.5 15IP, 4 20IP, 4.2 20IP, 4.8 25IP, 5 25IP, 5.5 27IP, 6 30IP, 6.3 30IP, 8
40IP, 9.5 45IP, 10 50IP. See drive types – p.289.
5. See general data on p. 274 or referenced standard.

282
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-68 DIMENSIONS OF CONICAL SPRING WASHERS FOR SEMS (ANSI B18.13.1 M)

Nominal Pan, Hex, and Flange Head Screws


Size or Washer Type L Washer Type H Washer
Basic Washer Outside
Screw Series Diameter Thickness Crown Height Thickness Crown Height
Diameter Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
Narrow 9 8.64 0.8 0.65 0.63 0.38 1.1 0.95 0.63 0.38
3.5 Regular 10 9.64 0.85 0.7 0.63 0.38 1.1 0.95 0.63 0.38
Wide 15 14.57 0.9 0.75 0.78 0.53 1.15 0.95 0.74 0.48
Narrow 10 9.64 1.15 0.95 0.63 0.38 1.25 1.05 0.63 0.38
4 Regular 12 11.57 0.95 0.8 0.75 0.5 1.2 1 0.65 0.4
Wide 16 15.57 0.95 0.8 0.95 0.7 1.2 1 1.04 0.78
Narrow 10 9.64 1.15 0.95 0.63 0.38 1.25 1.05 0.63 0.38
4.2 Regular 12 11.57 0.95 0.8 0.75 0.5 1.2 1 0.65 0.4
Wide 16 15.57 0.95 0.8 0.95 0.7 1.2 1 1.04 0.78
Narrow 11 10.57 1.05 0.85 0.63 0.38 1.5 1.3 0.63 0.38
4.8 Regular 15 14.57 1.15 0.95 0.68 0.43 1.55 1.3 0.65 0.4
Wide 20 19.48 1.2 1 0.92 0.67 1.5 1.3 0.88 0.63
Narrow 11 10.57 1.05 0.85 0.63 0.38 1.5 1.3 0.63 0.38
5 Regular 15 14.57 1.15 0.95 0.68 0.43 1.55 1.3 0.65 0.4
Wide 20 19.48 1.2 1 0.92 0.67 1.5 1.3 0.88 0.63
Narrow 11 10.57 1.15 0.95 0.63 0.38 1.6 1.35 0.63 0.38
5.5 Regular 18.8 18.28 1.25 1.05 0.84 0.58 1.6 1.35 0.66 0.41
Wide 22 21.48 1.25 1.05 1.1 0.84 1.8 1.5 0.84 0.58
Narrow 13 12.57 1.25 1.05 0.63 0.38 1.85 1.55 0.63 0.38
6 Regular 18.8 18.28 1.5 1.3 0.82 0.56 2.25 1.9 0.79 0.54
Wide 25.4 24.88 1.55 1.3 1 0.75 2.3 1.95 0.96 0.71
Narrow 13 12.57 1.25 1.05 0.63 0.38 1.85 1.55 0.63 0.38
6.3 Regular 18.8 18.28 1.5 1.3 0.82 0.56 2.25 1.9 0.79 0.54
Wide 25.4 24.88 1.55 1.3 1 0.75 2.3 1.95 0.96 0.71
Narrow 18.8 18.28 1.6 1.35 0.68 0.43 2.35 2 0.68 0.43
8 Regular 25.4 24.88 1.85 1.55 1.05 0.8 2.75 2.4 0.75 0.48
Wide 32 31.38 1.8 1.5 1.15 0.9 2.6 2.25 1.05 0.8
Narrow 20 19.48 2 1.7 0.65 0.4 2.6 2.25 0.63 0.38
9.5 Regular 28 27.48 2 1.7 1.08 0.83 3.15 2.8 0.83 0.58
Wide 39 38.38 2.15 1.8 1.26 1.01 3.1 2.75 1.18 0.93
Narrow 20 19.48 2 1.7 0.65 0.4 2.6 2.25 0.63 0.38
10 Regular 28 27.48 2 1.7 1.08 0.83 3.15 2.8 0.83 0.58
Wide 39 38.38 2.15 1.8 1.26 1.01 3.1 2.75 1.18 0.93
Narrow 25.4 24.88 2.3 1.95 0.73 0.48 3.55 3.2 0.68 0.42
12 Regular 34 33.38 2.65 2.3 1.09 0.84 3.5 3.15 1.01 0.75
Wide 44 43.38 2.65 2.3 1.55 1.3 3.65 3.3 1.3 1.04
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 4.8, 9.8.
3. Designation example: M6 x 1 x 20 Type T Hex flange head tapping screw and Type H regular conical spring washer Sems, steel.
4. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: 3.5 15IP, 4 20IP, 4.2 20IP, 4.8 25IP, 5 25IP, 5.5 27IP, 6 30IP, 6.3 30IP, 8 40IP, 9.5 45IP,
10 50IP, 12 55IP. See drive types – p.289.
5. See general data on p. 274 or referenced standard.

283
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Length. The length of stud, measured parallel to the axis of stud, shall be the distance from extreme end to extreme end. The
tolerance on length shall be as follows: Continuous Thread js16 (6-50), js17 (>50-500). Clamping & Tap End js15 (6-50), js16
(>50-500) (See p. 213, Table 9-2B).

Threads. Threads are general purpose threads in accordance with dimensions given in Chapter 8. ISO Fastener Screw
Threads (p. 131) class 6g thread fit unless otherwise specified by the customer.

Full Thread Length, B. The full thread length is the distance, measured parallel to the axis of stud, from the extreme end of
the study to the opposite face of a GO thread ring gage, having the chamfer and/or counterbore removed, which has been
assembled by hand as far as the thread will permit. Tap end thread length, BM, shall be as specified in Table 9-71.

Total Thread Length, B + 2P. The total thread length is the distance, measured parallel to the axis of stud, from the extreme
end of the stud to the last scratch on cut threads or to the top of the extrusion angle on rolled threads.

Point. Both ends of the stud shall be pointed. At manufacturer’s option, points may be rounded (oval) or flat and chamfered.
When rounded, the stud shall have an oval point with a radius equal to approximately one times the basic stud diameter. When
flat and chamfered, the end shall be chamfered from a diameter approximately 0.4 mm below the minor diameter of the thread to
produce a length of chamfer or incomplete thread equivalent to 1 to 1.5 times the thread pitch.

FIG. 9-3 UNTHREADED LENGTH ON TAPPING SCREWS WITH SPACED THREAD DIAMETER-PITCH
COMBINATIONS

TAPPING SCREWS
There are four basic types of tapping screws: thread-forming, thread-cutting, thread-rolling, and self drilling. Also, there is one
type of drive screw, Type U. Thread-forming screws, when installed and driven in preformed holes, form a mating internal thread
through the displacement of material adjacent to the hole.
The tapping screws described here are based on ANSI 18.6.5M and IFI-504. The dimensions shown are for “hard metric” or
“soft converted” inch fasteners as specified in Tables 9-80 and 9-81.
Tapping screw head types shown in Tables 9-72—9-79 can be specified with thread forming and thread cutting (ANSI
B18.6.5M), thread rolling (SAE J1237) or self-drilling (SAE J78) point styles as shown in Table 9-81. Select thread rolling screws
from Table 9-86 and self-drilling screws from Table 9-87 and Table 9-83.

FLAT COUNTERSUNK HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)


Slotted flat countersunk head tapping screws are specified in ANSI B18.6.5M and shown in size range from M2 through M10
or from #2 through #18 in Table 9-72. Flat head screws with other drive types as shown in Table 9-73 can also be specified with
flat heads as shown in Table 9-72.

284
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 9-4 ENLARGED CONICAL SPRING WASHER SECTION AND TOOTH WASHER DIMENSIONS

OVAL COUNTERSUNK HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)


Slotted oval countersunk head tapping screws are specified in ANSI B18.6.5M and shown in size range from M2 through M10
or from #2 through #18 in Table 9-74. Oval head screws with other drive types as shown in Table 9-75 can also be specified with
oval heads as shown in Table 9-74.

PAN HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)


Slotted and recessed pan head tapping screws are specified in ANSI B18.6.5M and shown in size range from M2 through M12
or from #2 through #18 in Table 9-76. Pan head screws with other drive types as shown in Table 9-77 can also be specified with
pan heads as shown in Table 9-76.

HEX HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)


Hex head tapping screws are specified in ANSI B18.6.5M and shown in size range from M2 through M12 or from #2 through
#18 in Table 9-78.

HEX FLANGE HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B 18.6.5M)


Hex flange head tapping screws are specified in ANSI B18.6.5M and shown in size range from M2 through M10 or from #2
through #18 in Table 9-79. Thread rolling (see Table 9-86) and self drilling (see Table 9-87 or Table 9-83) screws with flange
heads are frequently used.

285
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-69 SOCKET SET SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.6M)

D J M L T
Hexa- Minimum Key Engagement
Nom gon Spline Nominal Cup and Cone and Half Dog
Size or Thread Socket Socket Screw Flat Oval Points
Basic Pitch Size Size Lengths Points Points
Screw Hex Spl Hex Spl Hex Spl
Dia Th Ts Th Ts Th Ts
Nom Nom Min Min Min Min Min Min
1.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 ... ...
1.6 0.35 0.7 0.84 2 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6
2.5 1 0.7 1 0.7 0.7 0.7
3 1.25 0.7 1.25 0.7 1.25 0.7
1.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 ... ...
2 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.7 ... ...
2 0.4 0.9 0.84 2.5 1 0.7 1 0.7 0.8 0.7
3 1.2 0.7 1.2 0.7 1.2 0.7
4 1.5 0.7 1.5 0.7 1.5 0.7
2 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 ... ...
2.5 0.45 1.3 1.22 2.5 1.1 1 1 1 0.9 0.9
3 1.5 1 1.3 1 1.2 1
4 1.8 1 1.8 1 1.8 1
2 0.6 0.6 .. ... ... ...
2.5 1.1 1.1 0.7 0.7 ... ...
3 0.5 1.5 1.52 3 1.5 1.2 1 1 1 1
4 2.1 1.2 1.5 1.2 2 1.2
5 2.1 1.2 2.1 1.2 2.1 1.2
2.5 1 1 ... ... ... ...
3 1.3 1.3 1 1 1 1
4 0.7 2 2.44 4 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
5 2.3 2 2 2 2 2
6 2.3 2 2.3 2 2.3 2
3 1.2 1.2 ... ... ... ...
4 2 2 1.2 1.2 ... ...
5 0.8 2.5 2.82 5 2.7 2.3 1.7 1.7 2 2
6 2.7 2.3 2 2 2.5 2.3
8 2.7 2.3 2.7 2.3 2.7 2.3
For notes see end of table.

286
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-69 SOCKET SET SCREWS (CONT'D) (ANSI B18.3.6M)

D J M L T
Minimum Key Engagement
Nom Hexa- Cup and Cone and Half Dog
Size or Thread gon Spline Nominal Flat Points Oval Points
Basic Pitch Socket Socket Screw Points
Screw Size Size Lengths Hex Spl Hex Spl Hex Spl
Dia Th Ts Th Ts Th Ts
Nom Nom Min Min Min Min Min Min
4 1.8 1.8 ... ... ... ...
6 1 3 3.68 5 2.5 2.5 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5
6 3 3 2.7 2.7 2 2
8 3 3 3 3 3 3
5 1.8 1.8 ... ... ... ...
8 1.25 4 4.65 6 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.3 1.8 1.8
8 4 4 3.5 3.5 3 3
10 4 4 4 4 4 4
6 2 2 ... ... ... ...
10 1.5 5 5.49 8 3.6 3.6 3 3 2.5 2.5
10 5 5 4 4 4 4
12 5 5 5 5 5 5
8 3 3 ... ... ... ...
12 1.75 6 6.38 10 4.5 4.5 3.8 3.8 3.5 3.5
12 6 6 5 5 5 5
16 6 6 6 6 6 6
10 3 3 ... ... ... ...
16 2 8 9.45 12 4.8 4.8 3 3 3 3
16 8 8 6 6 6 6
20 8 8 8 8 8 8
20 2.5 10 11.53 16 6 6 5 5 5 5
20 9 9 8 8 8 8
25 10 10 10 10 10 10
16 5 5 ... ... ... ...
24 3 12 15.11 20 8 8 7 7 6 6
25 12 12 10 10 10 10
30 12 12 12 12 12 12
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO 4026, 4027, 4028, and 4029 standards.
2. Standard strength property classes are ASTM F 912M.
3. Designation example: ANSI B18.3.6M, M10 x 1.5 x 25 Cup Point Socket Set Screw.
4. See general data on p. 279 or referenced standard.

287
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-70 DIMENSIONS OF POINTS FOR SOCKET SET SCREWS (ANSI B18.3.6M)

mm

D C C1 C2 R Y A P Q
Cone Point Half Dog Point
Nominal Cup Point Cu p Point Flat Oval Angle 90 deg Flat of
Size or Diameter for Diameter for Point Point for These Truncation
Basic Types I and III Types II, IV, Diameter Radius Lengths and on Diameter Length
Screw and V Over; 118 deg Cone Point
Diameter for Shorter
Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Lengths Max Min Max Min Max Min
1.6 0.8 0.55 0.8 0.64 0.8 0.55 1.6 1.2 3 0.16 0 0.8 0.55 0.53 0.4
2 1 0.75 1 0.82 1 0.75 1.9 1.5 3 0.2 0 1 0.75 0.64 0.5
2.5 1.2 0.95 1.25 1.05 1.5 1.25 2.28 1.88 4 0.25 0 1.5 1.25 0.78 0.63
3 1.4 1.15 1.5 1.28 2 1.75 2.65 2.25 4 0.3 0 2 1.75 0.92 0.75
4 2 1.75 2 1.75 2.5 2.25 3.8 3 5 0.4 0 2.5 2.25 1.2 1
5 2.5 2.25 2.5 2.22 3.5 3.2 4.55 3.75 6 0.5 0 3.5 3.2 1.37 1.25
6 3 2.75 3 2.69 4 3.7 5.3 4.5 8 1.5 1.2 4 3.7 1.74 1.5
8 5 4.7 4 3.65 5.5 5.2 6.8 6 10 2 1.6 5.5 5.2 2.28 2
10 6 5.7 5 4.6 7 6.64 8.3 7.5 12 2.5 2 7 6.64 2.82 2.5
12 8 7.64 6 5.57 8.5 8.14 9.8 9 16 3 2.4 8.5 8.14 3.35 3
16 10 9.64 8 7.5 12 11.57 12.8 12 20 4 3.2 12 11.57 4.4 4
20 14 13.57 10 9.44 15 14.57 15.8 15 25 5 4 15 14.57 5.45 5
24 16 15.57 12 11.39 18 17.57 18.8 18 30 6 4.8 18 17.57 6.49 6
See Table 9-69 for notes.

GENERAL DATA ON TAPPING SCREWS


dimensions — All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise shown.
Thread-cutting screws have cutting edges and chip cavities at their points. When installed and driven in a preformed hole,
these screws cut a mating internal thread through removal of material adjacent to the hole.
Thread-rolling screws have performance capabilities exceeding those of other types of self-tapping screws. When installed and
driven in preformed holes, thread-rolling screws form a mating internal thread through displacement of material; and because of
a special cross-sectional design through the threaded section, driving torques are reduced.
Self-drilling screws have a special point design which permits the screw to drill its own hole through the material to be joined.
As the screw is driven in, it forms or cuts a mating internal thread.
Driving screws (ANSI B18.6.4) are driven with a hammer or press into a preformed hole in ferrous and nonferrous materials.
The drive screws form their own mating threads. Table 9-81 shows the type designations and illustrates the thread and point
design of each tapping screw type. Table 9-82 presents the basic diameters and thread pitches for the various types of threads,
and Table 9-82 outlines standard tapping screw lengths specified in ANSI B18.6.5M.

288
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-71 STUDS, CONTINUOUS THREAD, CLAMPING TYPE & TAP END (ANSI B18.31.1M)

CONTINUOUS THREAD CLAMPING (DOUBLE END) TAP END U=2P


Nominal Body Diameter, DS Thread Length, B BM Standard Length
Stud Reduced Body Full Body Clamping (Double End) LT
Size & Overall Overall LT<250 250< LT<400 LT >400 Tap End Contin- Clamp-
Thread Length Length Tap End uous ing &
Pitch <150 >150 <150 >150 L<125 125< L<200 L>200 Thread Tap End
Max Max Min Max Min Min Min Max Min Max Min Min Min-Max
M1.6 x 0.35 1.6 1.29 1.29 9.2 9.9 2.1-2.7 25-50
M2 x 0.4 2 1.65 1.65 10 10.8 2.7-3.3 25-50
M2.5 x 0.45 2.5 2.12 2.12 11 11.9 3.375-4.125 30-50
M3 x 0.5 3 2.58 2.58 12 13 4.125-4.875 30-50
M4 x 0.7 4 3.43 3.43 14 15.4 5.625-6.375 35-90
M5 x 0.8 5 4.36 4.36 16 17.6 7.05-7.95 12 40-90
M6 x 1 5.39 5.51 5.21 6 5.82 5.7 18 20 24 26 8.55-9.45 16 50-160
M8 x 1.25 7.26 7.4 7.04 8 7.78 7.64 18 20.5 24 26.5 11.45-12.55 25 <50
M10 x 1.5 9.08 9.22 8.86 10 9.78 9.64 26 29 32 35 45 48 14.45-15.55 30 <60
M12 x 1.75 10.95 11.11 10.68 12 11.73 11.57 30 33.5 36 39.5 49 52.5 17.45-18.55 40 <60
(M14 x 2) 12.77 12.93 12.5 14 13.73 13.57 34 38 40 44 53 57 20.35-21.65 60 <80
M16 x 2 14.77 14.93 14.5 16 15.73 15.57 38 42 44 48 57 61 23.35-30.65 60 <90
M20 x 2.5 18.49 18.68 18.16 20 19.67 19.48 46 51 52 57 65 70 29.35-30.65 60 <100
M24 x 3 22.13 22.32 21.8 24 23.67 23.48 54 60 60 66 73 79 35.2-36.8 70 <130
M30 x 3.5 27.98 27.46 30 29.48 66 73 72 79 85 92 43.75-46.25 90 <150
M36 x 4 33.74 33.12 36 35.38 78 86 84 92 97 105 52.5-55.5 110 <200
M42 x 4.5 39.4 38.78 42 41.38 90 99 96 105 109 118 61.5-64.5 120 <240
M48 x 5 45.05 44.43 48 47.38 108 118 121 131 70.5-73.5 150 <280
M56 x 5.5 52.83 52.09 56 55.26 124 135 137 148 82.25-85.75 180 <300
M64 x 6 60.48 59.74 64 63.26 140 152 153 165 94.5-97.5 180 <340
M72 x 6 68.48 67.74 72 71.26 156 168 169 181 106.5-109.5 200 <380
M80 x 6 76.48 75.74 80 79.26 172 184 185 197 118.5-121.5 200 <400
M90 x 6 86.61 85.74 90 89.13 205 217 133-137 200 <440
M100 x 6 96.59 95.72 100 99.13 225 237 148-152 200 <480
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard stud lengths are: 12, 16, 20, 25….100, 110….170, 180, 200….500.
3. Length tolerance: Continuous Thread js16 (6-50), js17 (>50-500). Clamping & Tap End js15 (6-50), js16 (>50-500) (See p. 213, Table 9-2B).
4. Standard strength property classes are: 4.6, M5-M100; 9.8, M5-M16; 8.8, M20-M36; 10.9, M5-M56.
5. Designation example: Continuous Thread stud, M10 x 1.5 x 100. ASTM F568 class 9.8, zinc plated.
6. See general data on p. 280 or referenced standard.

HEAD TYPES
The head types covered by the ANSI B 18.6.5 include those commonly recognized as being applicable to tapping screws and are described
as follows:
flat countersunk head — The flat countersunk head has a flat top surface and a conical bearing surface with a head angle of approximately 90
deg.
oval trim countersunk head — The oval countersunk head shall have a rounded top surface and a conical bearing surface with a head angle of
approximately 90 deg.
pan head — The slotted pan head has a flat top surface rounded into cylindrical sides and a flat bearing surface. The recessed pan head has a
rounded top surface blending into cylindrical sides and a flat bearing surface.
hex head — The hex head has a flat or indented top surface, six flat sides, and a flat bearing surface.
hex head flange — The hex flange head has an indented top surface and six flat sides formed integrally with a flange which projects beyond
the sides and provides a flat bearing surface.

289
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
drive types — The head styles shown in Tables 9-78 and 9-79 transmitting the highest torques are the hexagon and the hexagon flange heads.
Consider specifying the internal TORX PLUS drive as noted in the table and manufactured by the TEXTRON Fastening Systems. The TORX
PLUS drive system has been proven to outperform every other drive system available, even at high RPM. Cross recess screws of Type IA
4
(Pozidriv) provide the second best screw drive condition, followed by cross-recess Type I (Phillips) and slotted heads. Tests conducted by a
leading USA fastener producer concluded the following:
(1) End-load pressure for Type IA (Pozidriv) is less than 50% of that required with Type I (Phillips) drive screws.
(2) Maximum torque values achieved before cam-out with Type IA (Pozidriv) screws are approximately three times those reached with Type I
(Phillips) cross-recessed screws.
4
Z is the new ISO designation for Pozidriv; H is the new ISO designation for Phillips drive. The ANSI designation for Phillips cross recess is
Type I and for Pozidriv is Type IA.

TABLE 9-72 SLOTTED FLAT COUNTERSUNK HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
Nom Screw DK DSH K LSH R N T F G
Head
Size
Head Diameter Height
Types Protrusion
Thread
Shoulder AB, B D,F Shoulder Fillet Slot Slot Above Gag-
Types Theoretical Act- Dia BF, BT T Length Radius Width Depth Gaging ing
AB, B D, F Sharp ual Max Max Dia Dia
BF, BT T Max Min Min Max Min Ref Ref Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
2.2 2 4.4 4.1 3.5 2 1.86 1.1 1.2 0.5 0.3 0.8 0.4 0.7 0.5 0.6 0.4 0.79 0.62 2.82
- 2.5 5.5 5.1 4.4 2.5 2.36 - 1.5 0.55 0.35 1 0.5 0.8 0.6 0.7 0.5 0.88 0.66 3.74
2.9 3 6.3 5.9 5.2 3 2.86 1.7 1.7 0.6 0.4 1.2 0.6 1 0.8 0.9 0.6 0.83 0.6 4.65
3.5 3.5 8.2 7.7 6.9 3.5 3.32 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.5 1.4 0.7 1.2 1 1.2 0.9 1.32 1.03 5.57
4.2 4 9.4 8.9 8 4 3.82 2.6 2.7 0.8 0.6 1.6 0.8 1.5 1.2 1.3 1 1.46 1.17 6.48
4.8 5 10.4 9.8 8.9 5 4.82 2.8 2.7 0.9 0.7 2 1 1.5 1.2 1.4 1.1 1.05 0.72 8.31
5.5 - 11.5 10.9 9.9 - - 3 - - - 2.2 1.1 1.9 1.6 1.5 1.1 1.14 0.81 9.23
6.3 6 12.6 11.9 10.9 6 5.82 3.1 3.3 1.1 0.9 2.4 1.2 1.9 1.6 1.6 1.2 1.23 0.85 10.14
8 8 17.3 16.5 15.4 8 7.78 4.6 4.6 1.4 1.1 3.2 1.6 2.3 2 2.3 1.8 1.75 1.3 13.8
9.5 10 20 19.2 17.8 10 9.78 5.2 5 1.7 1.3 4 2 2.8 2.5 2.6 2 2.23 1.77 15.54
NOTES:
1. See Tables 9-84 and 9-85 for thread and point dimensions and minimum practical screw lengths.
2. See Tables 9-88 and 9-89 for thread lengths.
3. Recessed head (Table 9-73) tapping screws with Types D, F or T threads and recessed head thread rolling screws (see SAE J1237) shall have Style B head
form. All slotted head screws and recessed head screws with Types AB, B, BF or BT threads shall have Style A head form. The under head shoulder on Style B
screws is mandatory, other head dimensions are the same for Styles A and B.
4. Acceptability of minimum head diameter shall be determined by using a plain ring gage having a hole diameter equal to the specified actual DK minimum
within a tolerance of plus 0.00 mm and minus 0.01 mm. The head shall not enter the gage.
5. For protrusion gaging, see ANSI B18.6.5M Appendix I.
6. No tolerance for gaging diameter is given. If the gaging diameter of the gage used differs from the tabulated value, the protrusion will be affected accordingly
and the proper protrusion values must be recalculated using the formulas given in ANSI B18.6.5M, Appendix I.
7. See Table 9-82 for recommended screw lengths.
8. Comparable ISO standards:
ISO 1482: Slotted countersunk (flat) head tapping screws.
ISO 7050: Recessed countersunk head tapping screws.
9. Designation example: 6.3 x 1.8 x 30, type AB, Slotted flat countersunk head tapping screw, steel, zinc plated.
10. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: 2.2 6IP, 2.5 8IP, 2.9 10IP, 3 10IP, 3.5 15IP, 4 20IP, 4.2 20IP, 4.8 25IP, 5 25IP, 5.5 27IP, 6
30IP, 6.3 30IP, 8 40IP, 9.5 45IP, 10 50IP. See drive types – p.289.
11. See general data on p. 288 or referenced standard.
290
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-73 RECESS DIMENSIONS OF FLAT COUNTERSUNK HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
Nom Screw Type I Type 1A Type III
Size M T N Recess M T N Recess M T P
Thread Pene- Pene- Pene-
Recess Recess Recess
Types Dri- tration Dri- tration Dri- tration
AB, B, D, F, T Dia Depth Wdh ver Gaging Dia Depth Wdh ver Gaging Square Depth ver Gaging
BF, BT Size Depth Size Depth Size Depth
Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

2.2 2 2.31 1.98 1.69 1.39 0.53 0 1.55 1.3 2.37 2.04 1.74 1.39 47 0 1.55 1.2 - - - - - - -

- 2.5 2.97 2.64 1.98 1.58 0.74 1 1.8 1.4 2.94 2.61 2.03 1.63 73 1 1.75 1.4 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.6 0 0.96 0.81
2.9 3 3.27 2.94 2.28 1.88 0.79 1 2.1 1.7 3.24 2.91 2.28 1.88 0.73 1 2 1.6 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.6 0 0.96 0.81

3.5 3.5 4.22 3.89 2.5 2 0.91 2 2.2 1.7 4.31 3.98 2.61 2.16 1.03 2 2.2 1.8 2.32 2.29 2.98 2.6 1 1.65 1.45

4.2 4 4.62 4.29 2.9 2.4 0.96 2 2.6 2.1 4.6 4.27 2.9 2.45 1.03 2 2.5 2.1 2.86 2.82 3.55 3 2 1.91 1.65

4.8 5 5.22 4.89 3.5 3 1.04 2 3.2 2.7 5.15 4.82 3.46 3.01 1.04 2 3.05 2.6 2.86 2.82 3.65 3.1 2 2.01 1.75

5.5 - 6.49 6.16 3.66 3.16 1.08 3 3.2 2.7 6.57 6.24 3.76 3.31 1.43 3 3.2 2.8 3.38 3.34 3.98 3.6 3 2.03 1.98

6.3 6 6.79 6.46 3.96 3.46 1.12 3 3.5 3 6.82 6.49 4.01 3.56 1.44 3 3.45 3 3.38 3.34 4.36 3.7 3 2.41 2.11

8 8 8.95 8.62 5.18 4.58 1.8 4 4.6 4 8.98 8.65 5.29 4.84 2.18 4 4.6 4.2 4.86 4.81 5.39 4.6 4 2.59 2.29
9.5 10 10.05 9.72 6.28 5.68 1.98 4 5.7 5.1 10.01 9.68 6.34 5.89 2.19 4 5.65 5.2 4.86 4.81 5.79 5 4 3 2.69
NOTES:
1. Types 1 and 1A cross recesses of ANSI B18.6.5M, are designated Types H and Z, respectively, in the ISO standard.
2. Head dimensions not shown are the same as those of slotted heads given in Table 9-72.
3. For penetration gaging and wobble gaging, see ANSI B18.6.7M, Appendix.
4. See general data on p. 288 or referenced standard.

291
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-74 SLOTTED OVAL COUNTERSUNK HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
Nom Screw DK K F RF R N T
Head Side
Size Head Diameter
Height Raised Head Fillet Slot Slot
Theoretical Thread Types Head Radius Radius Width Depth
Thread Types Sharp Actual AB, B Height
D, T, F
BF, BT
AB, B Max Min Min Max Max Max Approx Max Min Max Min Max Min
D, F, T
BF, BT Ref Ref
2.2 2 4.4 4.1 3.5 1.1 1.2 0.5 5 0.8 0.4 0.7 0.5 1 0.8
- 2.5 5.5 5.1 4.4 - 1.5 0.6 6.6 1 0.5 0.8 0.6 1.2 1
2.9 3 6.3 5.9 5.2 1.7 1.7 0.7 7.4 1.2 0.6 1 0.8 1.5 1.2
3.5 3.5 8.2 7.7 6.9 2.3 2.3 0.8 10.9 1.4 0.7 1.2 1 1.7 1.4
4.2 4 9.4 8.9 8 2.6 2.7 1 11.6 1.6 0.8 1.5 1.2 1.9 1.6
4.8 5 10.4 9.8 8.9 2.8 2.7 1.2 11.9 2 1 1.5 1.2 2.4 2
5.5 - 11.5 10.9 9.9 3 - 1.3 13.4 2.2 1.1 1.9 1.6 2.6 2.2
6.3 6 12.6 11.9 10.9 3.1 3.3 1.4 14.9 2.4 1.2 1.9 1.6 2.8 2.4
8 8 17.3 16.5 15.4 4.6 4.6 2 19.7 3.2 1.6 2.3 2 3.7 3.2
9.5 10 20 19.2 17.8 5.2 5 2.3 22.9 4 2 2.8 2.5 4.4 3.8
NOTES:
1. See Tables 9-84 and 9-85 for thread and point dimensions and minimum practical screw lengths.
2. See Tables 9-88 and 9 89 for thread lengths.
3. Acceptability of minimum head diameter shall be determined by using a plain ring gage having a hole diameter equal to
the specified actual DK minimum within a tolerance of plus 0 mm and minus 0.01 mm. The head shall not enter the gage.
4. See Table 9-82 for recommended screw lengths.
5. Comparable ISO standards: ISO 1483: Slotted raised countersunk head tapping screw. ISO 7051: Recessed raised countersunk head tapping screw.
6. Designation example: 6 x 1 x 20 Type T, Type 1A, cross-recessed oval countersunk head tapping screw, corrosion resistant steel
7. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: 2 6IP, 2.2 6IP, 2.5 8IP, 2.9 10IP, 3 10IP, 3.5 15IP, 4 20IP, 4.2 20IP, 4.8 25IP, 5 25IP, 5.5 27IP,
6 30IP, 6.3 30IP, 8 40IP, 9.5 45IP, 10 50IP. See drive types – p.289.
8. See general data on p.288 or referenced standard.

292
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-75 RECESS DIMENSIONS OF OVAL COUNTERSUNK HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
Nom Screw Type I Type IA Type III
Size M T N Recess M T N Recess M T P
Thread Dri- Penetration Dri- Penetration Dri- Penetration
Recess Recess Recess
Types ver Gaging ver Gaging ver Gaging
AB, B D, F, Dia Depth Width Size Depth Dia Depth Width Size Depth Square Depth Size Depth
BF, BT T Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
2.2 2 2.52 2.19 1.84 1.54 0.56 0 1.7 1.4 2.56 2.23 1.9 1.55 0.48 0 1.72 1.37 - - - - - - -

- 2.5 3.22 2.89 2.15 1.75 0.77 1 1.96 1.56 2.78 2.45 2.14 1.74 0.73 1 1.98 1.58 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.59 0 0.96 0.81

2.9 3 3.61 3.28 2.53 2.13 0.83 1 2.43 2.03 3.15 2.82 2.51 2.11 0.74 1 2.32 1.92 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.59 0 0.96 0.81

3.5 3.5 4.54 4.21 2.73 2.23 0.94 2 2.43 1.93 4.62 4.29 2.88 2.43 1.03 2 2.48 2.03 2.32 2.29 2.98 2.56 1 1.65 1.45

4.2 4 5.09 4.76 3.24 2.74 1.01 2 2.98 2.48 5.07 4.74 3.33 2.88 1.04 2 2.93 2.48 2.86 2.82 3.55 3.03 2 1.91 1.65

4.6 5 5.82 5.49 3.99 3.49 1.1 2 3.69 3.19 5.74 5.41 4 3.55 1.05 2 3.6 3.15 2.86 2.82 3.65 3.13 2 2.01 1.75

5.5 - 7.08 6.75 4.09 3.59 1.14 3 3.63 3.13 7.15 6.82 4.28 3.83 1.44 3 3.72 3.27 3.38 3.34 4.16 3.53 3 2.21 1.91

6.3 6 7.47 7.14 4.51 4.01 1.19 3 4.05 3.55 7.48 7.15 4.61 4.16 1.45 3 4.05 3.6 3.38 3.34 4.36 3.72 3 2.41 2.11

8 8 10.02 9.69 6.11 5.51 1.95 4 5.53 4.93 10.06 9.73 6.31 5.86 2.19 4 5.62 5.17 4.86 4.81 5.39 4.62 4 2.59 2.29

9.5 10 11.41 11.08 7.45 6.85 2.17 4 6.87 6.27 11.34 11.01 7.61 7.16 2.2 4 6.92 6.47 4.86 4.81 5.79 5.03 4 3 2.69

NOTES:
1. Types 1 and 1A cross recesses of ANSI B18.6.5M are designated types H and Z, respectively, in the ISO standard.
2. Head dimensions not shown are the same as those of slotted heads given in Table 9-74.
3. For penetration gaging and wobble gaging, see ANSI B18.6.7M Appendix.
4. See general data on p. 288 or referenced standard.

293
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-76 TYPE I RECESSED PAN HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
Nominal DK K R1 DA R M T N Recess
Screw Head Underhead Fillet Recess Penetration
Size Trans- Driver Gaging
and Diameter Height Radius ition Radius Dia Depth Width Size Depth
Thread Dia
Pitch Max Min Max Min Ref Max Min Ref Ref Ref Max Min
1
For Types AB, B, BF and BT
2.2 x 0.8 4 3.7 1.6 1.4 3.2 2.8 0.1 1.82 1.19 0.48 0 1.2 0.95
2.9 x 1 5.6 5.3 2.4 2.2 5 3.5 0.1 2.9 1.76 0.74 1 1.8 1.4
3.5 x 1.3 7 6.6 2.6 2.3 6 4.1 0.1 3.92 1.95 0.87 2 1.9 1.4
4.2 x 1.4 8 7.6 3.1 2.8 6.5 4.9 0.2 4.4 2.45 0.93 2 2.4 1.9
4.8 x 1.6 9.5 9.1 3.7 3.4 8 5.5 0.2 4.9 2.95 1 2 2.9 2.4
5.5 x 1.8 11 10.5 4 3.7 9 6.3 0.2 6.44 2.31 1.07 3 3.1 2.6
6.3 x 1.8 12 11.5 4.6 4.3 10 7.1 0.3 6.92 3.81 1.14 3 3.6 3.1
8 x 2.1 16 15.5 6 5.6 13 9.2 0.4 9.02 4.88 1.69 4 4.6 4
9.5 x 2.1 20 19.4 7.5 7.1 16 10.7 0.4 10.18 6.09 1.84 4 5.8 5.2
1
For Types D, F and T
2 x 0.4 4 3.7 1.6 1.4 3.2 2.6 0.1 1.82 1.19 0.48 0 1.2 0.95
2.5 x 0.45 5 4.7 2.1 1.9 4 3.1 0.1 2.68 1.53 0.7 1 1.55 1.15
3 x 0.5 5.6 5.3 2.4 2.2 5 3.6 0.1 2.9 1.76 0.74 1 1.8 1.4
3.5 x 0.6 7 6.6 2.6 2.3 6 4.1 0.1 3.92 1.95 0.87 2 1.9 1.4
4 x 0.7 8 7.6 3.1 2.8 6.5 4.7 0.2 4.4 2.45 0.93 2 2.4 1.9
5 x 0.8 9.5 9.1 3.7 3.4 8 5.7 0.2 4.9 2.95 1 2 2.9 2.4
6x1 12 11.5 4.6 4.3 10 6.8 0.3 6.92 3.81 1.14 3 3.6 3.1
8 x 1.25 16 15.5 6 5.6 13 9.2 0.4 9.02 4.88 1.69 4 4.6 4
10 x 1.5 20 19.4 7.5 7.1 16 11.2 0.4 10.18 6.09 1.84 4 5.8 5.2
NOTES:
1. See Tables 9-84 and 9-85 for thread and point dimensions and minimum practical screw lengths.
2. See Tables 9-88 and 9-89 for thread lengths.
3. See Table 9-82 for recommended screw lengths.
4. Dimensions for 12 x 1.75 recessed head screws apply only to thread rolling screws, see SAE J1237, p. 218.
5. Comparable ISO standards: ISO 1481: Slotted pan head tapping screws. ISO 7049: Recessed pan head tapping screws.
6. Designation example: 4.2 x 1.4 x 13, type BSD, Type 1 cross-recessed pan head, self-drilling style 2 point tapping screw, steel, zinc plated
7. Consider specifying the TORX PLUS internal drives as follows: 2 6IP, 2.2 6IP, 2.5 8IP, 2.9 10IP, 3 10IP, 3.5 15IP, 4 20IP, 4.2 20IP, 4.8 25IP, 5 25IP, 5.5 27IP,
6 30IP, 6.3 30IP, 8 40IP, 9.5 45IP, 10 50IP. See drive types – p.289.
8. See general data on p. 288 or referenced standard.

294
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-77 RECESS DIMENSIONS OF PAN HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
Nom Screw Type I Type 1A Type III
Size M T N M T N M T P
Recess Recess
Recess Recess Recess
Thread Thread Dri- Penetratn Dri- Penetratn Dri- Penetration
Types Types ver Gaging ver Gaging ver Gaging
Dia Depth Wd Dia Depth Wd Square Depth
AB, B, D, F, T Size Depth Size Depth Size Depth
BF, BT Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
2.2 2 1.99 1.66 1.34 1.04 0.48 0 1.2 0.95 2.08 1.75 1.4 1.05 0.47 0 1.2 0.85 - - - - - - -

- 2.5 2.85 2.52 1.73 1.33 0.7 1 1.55 1.15 2.79 2.46 1.78 1.38 0.73 1 1.5 1.1 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.59 0 0.96 0.81

2.9 3 3.06 2.73 1.96 1.56 0.74 1 1.8 1.4 3.03 2.7 2.03 1.63 0.73 1 1.75 1.35 1.8 1.77 1.86 1.59 0 0.96 0.81

3.5 3.5 4.08 3.75 2.2 1.7 0.87 2 1.9 1.4 4.06 3.73 2.36 1.91 1.03 2 1.9 1.45 2.32 2.29 2.98 2.56 1 1.65 1.45

4.2 4 4.57 4.24 2.7 2.2 0.93 2 2.4 1.9 4.53 4.2 2.76 2.31 1.03 2 2.35 1.9 2.86 2.82 3.55 3.03 2 1.91 1.65

4.8 5 5.07 4.74 3.2 2.7 1 2 2.9 2.4 4.92 4.59 3.16 2.71 1.04 2 2.75 2.3 2.86 2.82 3.65 3.13 2 2.01 1.75

5.5 - 6.6 6.27 3.56 3.06 1.07 3 3.1 2.6 6.46 6.13 3.56 3.11 1.43 3 3 2.55 3.38 3.34 4.16 3.53 3 2.21 1.91

6.3 6 7.09 6.76 4.06 3.56 1.14 3 3.6 3.1 6.97 6.64 4.07 3.62 1.44 3 3.5 3.05 3.38 3.34 4.36 3.73 3 2.41 2.11

8 8 9.18 8.85 5.18 4.58 1.69 4 4.6 4 8.98 8.65 5.19 4.74 2.18 4 4.5 4.05 4.86 4.81 5.39 4.62 4 2.59 2.29

9.5 10 10.35 10.02 6.39 5.79 1.84 4 5.8 5.2 10.2 9.87 6.39 5.94 2.19 4 5.7 5.25 4.86 4.81 5.79 5.03 4 3 2.69

- 12 11.16 10.83 7.25 6.65 1.96 4 6.67 6.07 11.05 10.72 7.32 6.87 2.2 4 6.62 6.17 - - - - - - -

NOTES:
1. Types 1 and 1A cross recesses of ANSI B18.6.5M standard are designated Types H and Z, respectively, in the ISO standard.
2. Head dimensions not shown are the same as those of slotted heads given in Table 9-76.
3. For penetration gaging and wobble gaging, see ANSI B18.6.7M, Appendix.
4. See general data on p. 288 or referenced standard.

295
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-78 HEX HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
S E K DA R F
Nominal Underhead Fillet
Screw Hex Width Head
Size Hex Width Across Head Transition Radius Protrusion
and Across Flats Corners Height Diameter Beyond
Thread Gaging Ring
Pitch Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Min
1
For Types AB, B, BF and BT
2.2 x 0.8 3.2 3.02 3.38 1.6 1.3 2.8 0.1 0.78
2.9 x 1 5 4.82 5.4 2.3 2 3.5 0.1 1.2
3.5 x 1.3 5.5 5.32 5.96 2.6 2.3 4.1 0.1 1.38
4.2 x 1.4 7 6.78 7.59 3 2.6 4.9 0.2 1.56
4.8 x 1.6 8 7.78 8.71 3.8 3.3 5.5 0.2 1.98
5.5 x 1.8 8 7.78 8.71 4.1 3.6 6.3 0.2 2.16
6.3 x 1.8 10 9.78 10.95 4.7 4.1 7.1 0.3 2.46
8 x 2.1 13 12.73 14.26 6 5.2 9.2 0.4 3.12
9.5 x 2.1 15 14.73 16.5 7.5 6.5 10.7 0.4 3.9
1
For Types D, F and T
2 x 0.4 3.2 3.02 3.38 1.6 1.3 2.6 0.1 0.78
2.5 x 0.45 4 3.82 4.28 2.1 1.8 3.1 0.1 1.08
3 x 0.5 5 4.82 5.4 2.3 2 3.6 0.1 1.2
3.5 x 0.6 5.5 5.32 5.96 2.6 2.3 4.1 0.1 1.38
4 x 0.7 7 6.78 7.59 3 2.6 4.7 0.2 1.56
5 x 0.8 8 7.78 8.71 3.8 3.3 5.7 0.2 1.98
6x1 10 9.78 10.95 4.7 4.1 6.8 0.3 2.46
8 x 1.25 13 12.73 14.26 6 5.2 9.2 0.4 3.12
10 x 1.5 15 14.73 16.5 7.5 6.5 11.2 0.4 3.9
10 x 1.5 16* 15.73 17.62
*M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. See Tables 9-84 and 9-85 for thread and point dimensions and minimum practical screw lengths.
2. See Tables 9-88 and 9-89 for thread lengths.
3. Dimensions for 12 mm screws apply only to thread rolling screws, see SAE J1237.
4. A slight rounding of all edges of the hex surfaces of indented hex heads is permissible, provided the diameter of the bearing circle is not less than 90% of the
minimum across flats dimension.
5. Dimensions across flats and across corners of the head shall be measured at the point of maximum metal. Taper of sides of hex (angle between one side and
the axis) shall not exceed 2 deg. or 0.10 mm, whichever is greater, the specified width across flats being the large dimension.
6. The rounding due to lack of fill on all six corners of the head shall be reasonably uniform, and the width across corners of the head shall be such that when a
sharp ring having an inside diameter equal to the specified minimum width across corners is placed on the top and bottom of the head, the head shall protrude by
an amount equal to, or greater than, the F value tabulated. For across corners gaging, see ANSI B18.6.5M, Appendix II.
7. Heads may be indented, trimmed, or fully upset at the option of the manufacturer.
8. See Table 9-82 for recommended screw lengths.
9. Comparable ISO standard: ISO 1479: Hexagon head tapping screws.
10. Designation example: 6 x 1 x 30 Type D Hex head tapping screw, steel.
11. See general data on p.288 or referenced standard.

296
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-79 HEX FLANGE HEAD TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

S E DC K K1 C R1 DA R EA KA EB KB
Nominal Hex Flange Flange Underhead
Gage A Gage B
Screw Hex Width Width Overall Edge To Fillet
Size Across Across Head Hex Thick- Fillet Trans- Gage Gage Gage Gage
and Flats Corners Diameter Height Height ness Radius ition Radius Inside Thick- Inside Thick-
Thread Dia ness Dia ness
Dia
Pitch 0.01 0 0
Min
Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Max Min -0 -0.01 -0.01

For Types AB, B, BF and BT


2.2 x 0.8 3 2.84 3.16 4.5 4.1 2.2 1.3 3 0.1 2.8 0.1 3.47 0.85 3.15 2
2.9 x 1 4 3.84 4.27 6.4 5.9 3.2 1.9 0.4 0.2 3.5 0.1 4.62 1.25 4.26 2
3.5 x 1.3 5 4.82 5.36 7.5 6.9 3.8 2.4 0.5 0.2 4.1 0.1 5.77 1.6 5.35 2
4.2 x 1.4 5.5 5.32 5.92 8.5 7.8 4.3 2.8 6 0.2 4.9 0.2 6.35 1.8 5.91 3
4.8 x 1.6 7 6.78 7.55 10 9.3 5.2 3.3 0.6 0.3 5.5 0.2 8.08 2.2 7.54 3
5 5 x 1.8 7 6.78 7.55 11.2 10.3 6 3.8 0.8 0.3 6.3 0.2 8.08 2.5 7.54 3
6 3 x 1.8 8 7.78 8.66 12.8 11.8 6.7 4.2 1 0.4 7.1 0.3 9.24 2.8 8.65 3
8 x 2.1 10 9.78 10.89 16.8 15.5 8.6 5.6 1.2 0.5 9.2 0.4 11.55 3.7 10.88 4
9.5 x 2.1 13 12.72 14.16 21 19.3 10.7 7 1.4 0.6 10.7 0.4 15.01 4.6 14.15 4
For Types D, F and T
2 x 0.4 3 2.84 3.16 4.5 4.1 2.2 1.3 0.3 0.1 2.6 0.1 3.47 0.85 3.15 2
2.5 x 0.45 3.2 3.04 3.39 5.4 5 2.7 1.6 0.3 0.2 3.1 0.1 3.7 1.05 3.38 2
3 x 0.5 4 3.84 4.27 6.4 5.9 3.2 1.9 0.4 0.2 3.6 0.1 4.62 1.25 4.26 2
3 5 x 0.6 5 4.82 5.36 7.5 6.9 3.8 2.4 0.5 0.2 4.1 0.1 5.77 1.6 5.35 2
4 x 0.7 5.5 5.32 5.92 8.5 7.8 4.3 2.8 0.6 0.2 4.7 0.2 6.35 1.8 5.91 3
5 x 0.8 7 6.78 7.55 10.6 9.8 5.4 3.5 0.7 0.3 5.7 0.2 8.08 2.3 7.54 3
6x1 8 7.78 8.66 12.8 11.8 6.7 4.2 1 0.4 6.8 0.3 9.24 2.8 8.65 3
8 x 1.25 10 9.78 10.89 16.8 15.5 8.6 5.6 1.2 0.5 9.2 0.4 11.55 3.7 10.88 4
10 x 1.5 13 12.72 14.16 21 19.3 10.7 7 1.4 0.6 11.2 0.4 15.01 4.6 14.15 4
NOTES:
1. See Tables 9-84 and 9-85 for thread and point dimensions and minimum practical screw lengths.
2. See Tables 9-88 and 9-89 for thread lengths.
3. A slight rounding of all edges and corners of the hexagon surfaces of heads shall be permissible and the rounding due to the lack of fill at all six corners of the head shall
be reasonably uniform.
4. Dimensions across flats and across corners of the head shall be measured at the point of maximum metal. Taper of sides of head (angle between one side and the axis)
shall not exceed 2 deg. or 0.10 mm, whichever is greater, the specified width across flats being the large dimension.
5. The acceptability of hex height, wrenching height, corner fill, and width across corners shall be determined using two ring gages, A and B. Gage A shall be placed over
the hex and shall seat on the flange. Gage B shall be placed on the top of the head with the faces perpendicular to the screw axis. The two gages shall not be in contact.
6. The contour of the edge at periphery of flange shall be optional provided the minimum flange thickness is maintained at the minimum flange diameter. The top surface of
flange may be straight or slightly rounded (convex) upward.
7. The ISO 10509 includes C and F, (AB and B Types) which are directly compatible.
8. See Table 9-82 for recommended screw lengths.
9. Designation example: 8 x 1.25 x 20, type 10•, hex flange head thread rolling screw, zinc plated.
10. See general data on p. 288 or referenced standard.

297
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Length. Nominal lengths are as follows:
Measurement. The length of the screw is measured parallel to the axis of the screw from the largest diameter of the bearing
surface of the head to the extreme point. Recommended lengths of tapping screws are given in Table 9-82.

Tolerance on Length. The tolerance on length of tapping screws and metallic drive screws must conform to the following:

Tapping Screws, Type AB. The tolerance on length is as tabulated below:

Nom Tolerance
Screw Length, mm on Length, mm
Up to 25 incl. ±0.8
Over 25 ±1.3
Tapping Screws, Types B, BE, BT, D, F, and T. The tolerance on length is as tabulated below:

Nom Tolerance
Screw Length, mm on Length, mm
Up to 20 incl. — 0.8
Over 20 to 40 — 1.3
Over 40 — 1.5

Finish. Screws may be furnished plain or with a protective coating (electrodeposited, mechanical plating, or chemical
conversion coating) as specified by the user. At the option of the manufacturer, screws may be provided with an additional
supplementary lubricant as necessary to meet the performance requirements.

Thread Rolling. Screws are cadmium or zinc electroplated with a coating thickness of 0.005—0.010 mm or have a zinc
phosphate and oil coating, as specified by the purchaser. At the option of the manufacturer, screws may be provided with an
additional supplementary lubricant as necessary to meet the performance requirements. Electroplated screws must be baked for
0
a minimum of 1 h within the temperature range of 190—230 C as soon as practicable after plating to avoid hydrogen
embrittlement.

SCREW THREADS
Thread-Forming Tapping Screws. Thread-forming tapping screws are generally used for application in materials where large
internal stresses are permissible. These greater stresses are often desired to increase resistance to loosening. The thread-
forming screw threads are of the following types:

Type AB. Type AB tapping screws have spread threads, with the same pitches as Type B, and a gimlet point. They are
primarily intended for use in thin metal, resin-impregnated plywood, and asbestos compositions.

Type B. Type B tapping screws have spaced threads and a blunt point with incomplete entering threads. They are intended for
use in material such as thin metal, nonferrous castings, plastics, resin impregnated plywood and asbestos compositions.

Thread-Cutting and Rolling Tapping Screws. Thread-cutting tapping screws are generally for application in materials where
disruptive internal stresses are undesirable or where excessive driving torques are encountered with thread-forming screws.
Thread-rolling (high-performance) screws are for applications requiring high clamp loads (similar to those of ISO grade 10.9
fasteners). They are of the following types:

Types BE and BT. Types BF and BT tapping screws should have spaced threads with a blunt point and tapered entering
threads as on Type B, with one or more cutting edges and chip cavities. These screws are intended for use in plastics, asbestos,
and other similar compositions.

Types D, F, T, SE, SW, TR-3, TT, and CSD. Screws of these types have threads of machine screw diameter-pitch combination
approximating a 60 deg. basic thread form (not necessarily ISO thread profile) with a blunt point and tapered entering
threads having one or more cutting edges and chip cavities (except for Types SF, SW, and TT). Tapping screws are not
subject to thread gaging, but must meet dimensions specified in the following tables. These screws are intended
for use in materials such as aluminum, zinc, and lead die castings, steel sheets, and shapes, cast iron, brass, plastics,
weld nuts, etc.

298
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-80 DIAMETERS AND THREAD PITCHES FOR STEEL TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

Thread Types
Thread Types
Inch Screw D, F, T, SW, SF, TT, TR-3, CSD
AB, B, BF, BT, BSD Inch Metric
Size Number Dia x Pitch Dia x Pitch Dia x Pitch
#2 2.2 x 0.8
#3 2.5 x 0.53 M2.5 x 0.45
#4 2.9 x 1 2.8 x 0.64 M3 x 0.5
#6 3.5 x 1.3 3.5 x 0.79 M3.5 x 0.6
#8 4.2 x 1.4 4.2 x 0.79 M4 x 0.7
#10 4.8 x 1.6 4.8 x 1.06 M5 x 0.8
#14 6.3 x 1.8 6.3 x 1.27 M6 x 1
#16 7.9 x 2.1 7.9 x 1.41 M8 x 1.25
#18 9.5 x 2.1 9.5 x 1.59 M10 x 1.5
NOTE:
1. Nominal sizes are designated as numbers which are adopted in ISO 1478.
2. The metric thread letter M is not used for metric tapping screws in the ANSI standard.
3. See also the original Table 9-21 developed by Massey Ferguson.

TABLE 9-81 TYPE DESIGNATIONS OF TAPPING SCREWS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

NOTES:
1. ▲ metric standard thread pitches. Fastener type interchangeable with ISO metric screw threads.
2. Type AB and B thread forming screws are designated Types C and F, respectively, in ISO.
299
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Thread Lengths. Tapping screws must have thread lengths conforming to the following:
Types AB, B, BE, and BT. For screws of nominal lengths equal to or shorter than those shown in Column L of Table 9-88, the
full form threads shall extend close to the head such that the specified thread minor diameter limits are maintained to within A
distance from the underside of the head, or closer if practicable. See figure in Table 9-88. Screws of longer nominal lengths than
those tabulated, unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, shall have a minimum length of full form thread as shown in
column B of Table 9-88.

Types D, F, T, SF, SW, TR-3, and TT. For screws of nominal lengths within the ranges listed under column A of Table 9-89,
the full form threads shall extend close to the head such that the specified thread major diameter limits are maintained to within
the respective A distance from the underside of the head, or closer if practicable. See figure in Table 9-89. Screws of longer
nominal lengths, unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, shall have a minimum length of full form thread as specified in
column B.

Type BSD Screws. For screws of nominal lengths equal to or shorter than 40 mm, the full form threads shall extend close to
the head so that the specified minor diameter limits are maintained to within one pitch (thread), or closer if practicable, of the
underside of the head. See the figure in Table 9-88. For screws of nominal lengths longer than 40 mm, the length of full form
thread is as specified by the purchaser.

Type CSD Screws. For screws of nominal lengths equal to or shorter than 40 mm, the full form threads shall extend close to
the head so that the specified major diameter limits are maintained to within two pitches (threads), or closer if practicable of the
underside of the head. See the figure in Table 9-89. For screws of nominal lengths longer than 40mm, the length of full form
thread is as specified by the purchaser.

Strength Grades. Tapping screws, thread cutting screws, and self-drilling and drive screws do not follow the ISO system. As a
guide, tapping and self drilling screws can be torqued to produce an ISO grade 9.8 clamping load, and the thread-rolling (high
performance) screws a 10.9 clamping load.

Assembly Considerations. The finish (plating or coating) on tapping screws and the material composition and hardness of the
mating components are factors which affect assembly torques in individual applications. It should be noted that, because of
various finishes providing different degrees of lubricity, some adjustment of installation torques may be necessary to suit
individual applications. Also, where exceptionally heavy finishes are involved or screws are to be assembled into materials of
higher hardness, some deviation in hole sizes may be required to provide optimum assembly. The necessity and extent of such
deviations can best be determined by experiment in the particular assembly environment.

Type BSD and CSD Screws

Screw Selection Chart. Table 9-83 represents a screw selection chart recommending panel thicknesses which can be
fastened with various screw types and sizes.

Bits and Sockets. Magnetic bits and sockets are not recommended for sealing applications or when material thickness is near
the maximum drilling limit of the particular screw (see Table 9-83) because of possible chip collection around the area being
sealed and in the socket.

Driving Technique. End pressures of 110 to 290 N are required for efficient drilling of self-drilling tapping screws. Excessive
pressure, especially during the initial penetration of the drill point, increases the amount of material being removed by the flutes,
and could result in drilling torques in excess of the strength of the drill point.

Designation. Tapping screws shall be designated by the following data in the sequence shown: Nominal size; thread pitch;
nominal length; thread and point type; product name, including head type and driving provision; material; and protective finish, if
required. See examples below:

5.5 X 1.81 x 30 Type AB, slotted pan head tapping screw, steel.

3.5 x 1.27 x 20 Type B, Type IA cross-recessed oval countersunk head tapping screw, corrosion resistant steel.

8 X 1.25 X 40 Type F, hex flange head tapping screw, steel.

300
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-82 RECOMMENDED TAPPING SCREW LENGTHS (ANSI B18.6.5M)

Nominal Nominal Screw Size for Types AB, B, BF and BT


Screw 2.2 - 2.9 3.5 4.2 4.8 5.5 6.3 8 9.5

Length Nominal Screw Size for Types D, F and T

2 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 - 6 8 10

4 PH PH

5 PH PH

6 A A PH

8 A A A PH PH

10 A A A A A PH

13 A A A A A A PH PH

16 A A A A A A A PH

20 A A A A A A PH

25 A A A A A A A

30 A A A A A

35 A A A A A

40 A A A A

45 A A

50 A A

55 A

60 A
NOTES:
1. Lengths included between the heavy lines are recommended. “PH” means the length is recommended only for pan, hex, and hex washer head screws. “A”
means the length is recommended for all head styles. When shorter length screws are required, refer to Tables 9-84 and 9-85 for guidance on minimum practical
lengths.
2. Nominal screw lengths of 12 mm and 14 mm are recognized as ISO standard lengths: the 13 mm length shown in this table is not.

NUTS
The National and International standards for nuts are shown in the world fastener index, p. 197.
The hexagon nuts in this chapter are interchangeable with the corresponding ISO standard nuts as shown for each table note.
The design of Style 1 and 2 nuts is based on providing sufficient nut strength to reduce the possibility of thread stripping rather
than bolt or screw fracture as the failure mode in an overtightened or overstressed assembly. Nut proof loads (the axial load the
nut can support without evidence of failure) were established equal to or higher than the minimum specified tensile strength of
the highest strength property class of bolt or screw with which the nut would normally be assembled.

HEX NUTS STYLE 1 (ANSI B18.2.4.1M)


Hex nuts style 1 are specified in ANSI B18.2.4.1M and shown in size range from M1.6 through M36 in Table 9-90.

HEX NUTS STYLE 2 (ANSI B18.2.4.2M)


Hex nuts style 2 are specified in ANSI B18.2.4.2M and shown in size range from M3 through M36 in Table 9-91.

SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS (ANSI B18.2.4.3M)


Slotted and castle nuts are specified in ANSI B18.2.4.3M and shown in size range from M5 through M36 in Table 9-92.

HEX FLANGE NUTS (ANSI B18.2.4.4M)


Hex flange nuts are specified in ANSI B18.2.4.4M and shown in size range from M5 through M20 in Table 9-93.

HEX JAM NUTS (ANSI B18.2.4.5M)


Hex jam nuts are specified in ANSI B18.2.4.5M and shown in size range from M5 through M36 in Table 9-94.

301
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-83 SELF-DRILLING TAPPING SCREW SELECTION CHART (IFI-504)

P (a)
Nom Recom-
Screw Point Screw mended
Type Style Size Panel
mm Thickness
mm
2.9 and 3 2.0
3.5 2.3
4and4.2 2.5
2 4.8 and 5 2.8
BSD 5.5 3.6
and 6 and 6.3 4.4
CSD 3.5 2.3-2.8
4 and 4.2 2.5-3.6
3 4.8 and 5 2.8-4.4
5.5 to 6.3 2.8-5.3

FIG. 9-5 SELF - DRILLING SCREWS IN SINGLE PANEL, DOUBLE PANEL, AND SPACED PANEL

HEAVY HEX NUTS (ANSI B18.2.4.6M)


Heavy hex nuts are specified in ANSI B18.2.4.6M and shown in size range from M12 through Ml00 in Table 9-95.

PREVAILING - TORQUE TYPE STEEL HEX NUTS (ANSI B18.16.3M)


Prevailing-Torque type steel hex nuts are specified in ANSI B18.16.3M and shown in size range from M3 through M36 in Table
9-96.

PREVAILING - TORQUE TYPE STEEL HEX FLANGE NUTS (ANSI B18.16.3M)


Prevailing-Torque type steel hex flange nuts are specified in ANSI B18.16.3M and shown in size range from M6 through M20
in Table 9-97.

PROJECTION WELD NUT (CHRYSLER CORP.)


Projection weld nuts are not specified in my ANSI standard yet. Weld nuts in sizes from M5 through M16 are shown in Table 9-
98.

GENERAL DATA ON HEX NUTS


dimensions — All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise noted.

302
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
STANDARD PROPERTY CLASSES
There are four main standard property classes for hex nuts. Style 1 nuts have class 5 nonheat-treated and class 10 heat-
treated nuts while Style 2 nuts come with class 9 nonheat-treated and class 12 heat-treated nuts. Jam nuts are supplied to
strength class 04 nonheat-treated and class 05 heat-treated. Other strength classes for nuts are 8S, 8S3, 10S and 10S3 as
specified in ASTM A563M and shown on p. 225.
width across flats — Maximum width across flats of nuts shall not be exceeded; except that for milled-from-bar nonferrous nuts,
the tabulated maximum width across flats dimensions may be exceeded to conform with the commercial tolerances of drawn or
rolled stock material. For nuts of all materials, no transverse section through the nut between 25 and 75% of the actual nut
thickness as measured from the bearing surface shall be less than the minimum width across flats.
corner fill — A rounding or lack of fill at function of hex corners with chamfer shall be permissible provided the width across
corners is within specified limits at and beyond a distance equal to 17.5% of the nominal nut size from the chamfered face(s).
tops and bearing surfaces — Nuts in sizes 16 mm nominal size and smaller shall be double chamfered. Nuts of larger sizes, at
the manufacturer’s option, shall be either double chamfered or have a washer-faced bearing surface and chamfered top. The
diameter of chamfer circle on double chamfered nuts and the diameter of washer face shall be within the maximum width across
flats and minimum bearing circle diameter. The tops of washer-faced nuts shall be flat, and the diameter of chamfer circle shall
be equal to the maximum width across flats within a tolerance of minus 15%. The length of the chamfer at hex corners shall be
from 5 to 15% of the nominal nut size. The surface of the chamfer may be slightly convex or rounded. Bearing surfaces shall be
flat and perpendicular to the axis of the threaded hole within the FIR limit specified.
concentricity of tapped hole — The axis of tapped hole shall be concentric with the axis of the nut body within a tolerance of 3%
(6% FIR) of the maximum width across flats.
countersink — The tapped hole shall be countersunk on the bearing face(s). The maximum countersink diameter shall be the
thread basic major diameter (nominal nut size) plus 0.75 mm for 8 mm nominal size nuts and smaller, and 1.08 times the thread
basic major diameter for 10 mm nominal size nuts and larger. No part of threaded portion shall project beyond the bearing
surface.
threads — Threads shall be ISO internal threads, class 6H, as given in Chapter 8.

303
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-84A THREAD FORMING TAPPING TYPE AB AND TYPE B (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
D1 D2 D3 Y Z L
Minimum Practical
Nominal Basic Point Nominal Screw Length
Screw Screw Thread Thread Thread Point Length Type AB Type B
Size Dia Pitch Major Minor Point Taper Factor Pan, Pan,
and Diameter Diameter Diameter Length Type Hex Flat Hex Flat
Thread Type B AB and and and and
Pitch Hex Oval Hex Oval
Flange Csunk Flange Csunk
Heads Heads Heads Heads
Ref Ref Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Ref
2.2 x 0.8 2.184 0.79 2.24 2.1 1.63 1.52 1.47 1.37 1.6 1.2 2 4 6 4 5
2.9 x 1 2.845 1.06 2.9 2.76 2.18 2.08 2.01 1.88 2.1 1.6 2.6 6 7 5 7
3.5 x 1.3 3.505 1.27 3.53 3.35 2.64 2.51 2.41 2.26 2.5 1.9 3.2 7 9 6 8
4.2 x 1.4 4.166 1.41 4.22 4.04 3.1 2.95 2.84 2.69 2.8 2.1 3.7 8 10 7 10
4.8 x 1.6 4.826 1.59 4.8 4.62 3.58 3.43 3.3 3.12 3.2 2.4 4.3 9 12 8 11
5.5 x 1.8 5.486 1.81 5.46 5.28 4.17 3.99 3.86 3.68 3.6 2.7 5 11 14 9 12
6.3 x 1.8 6.35 1.81 6.25 6.03 4.88 4.7 4.55 4.34 3.6 2.7 6 12 16 10 13
8 x 2.1 7.938 2.12 8 7.78 6.2 5.99 5.84 5.64 4.2 3.2 7.5 16 20 12 17
9.5 x 2.1 9.525 2.12 9.65 9.43 7.85 7.59 7.44 7.24 4.2 3.2 8 19 24 14 19
NOTES:
1. No extrusion of excess metal beyond apex of the Type AB point resulting from thread rolling is permissible; a slight rounding
truncation of the point is desirable.
2. The width of flat at crest of thread shall not exceed 0.1 mm for sizes up to and including 4.2 mm and 0.15 mm for larger sizes.
3. Tapered threads on Type B shall have unfinished crests.
4. The tabulated values of point diameter apply to screw blanks before thread rolling.
5. Tabulated max values equal approximately two times basic thread pitch.
6. Points of screws shall be tapered and fluted or slotted as illustrated. The flute on Type BT screws shall have an included
angle of 90-95 deg. and the thread cutting edge located above the axis of screw. Tapered threads shall have unfinished crests
and the flutes of Type BF may extend through the first full thread, whereas the slot of Type BT shall extend through the first
full thread beyond the taper. Other details of taper and flute design shall be optional with the manufacturer, provided the screws
meet the specified performance requirements.
7. Thread and point dimensions are in agreement with those given in ISO 1478.
8. See general data on p. 288 or referenced standard.

304
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-84B THREAD CUTTING TAPPING SCREWS TYPE AF AND TYPE BT (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
D1 D2 D3 Y L
Nominal Basic
Screw Screw Thread Thread Thread Point Point Minimum Practical
Size Dia Pitch Major Minor Dia Taper Screw Length
and Dia Dia Length Pan, Hex Flat and
Thread and Hex Oval
Pitch Flange Csunk
Ref Ref Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Heads Heads
2.2 x 0.8 2.184 0.79 2.24 2.1 1.63 1.52 1.47 1.37 1.6 1.2 4 5
2.9 x 1 2.845 1.06 2.9 2.76 2.18 2.08 2.01 1.88 2.1 1.6 5 7
3.5 x 1.3 3.505 1.27 3.53 3.35 2.64 2.51 2.41 2.26 2.5 1.9 6 8
4.2 x 1.4 4.166 1.41 4.22 4.04 3.1 2.95 2.84 2.69 2.8 2.1 7 10
4.8 x 1.6 4.826 1.59 4.8 4.62 3.58 3.43 3.3 3.12 3.2 2.4 8 11
5.5 x 1.8 5.486 1.81 5.46 5.28 4.17 3.99 3.86 3.68 3.6 2.7 9 12
6.3 x 1.8 6.35 1.81 6.25 6.03 4.88 4.7 4.55 4.34 3.6 2.7 10 13
8 x 2.1 7.938 2.12 8 7.78 6.2 5.99 5.84 5.64 4.2 3.2 12 17
9.5 x 2.1 9.525 2.12 9.65 9.43 7.85 7.59 7.44 7.24 4.2 3.2 14 19
NOTES:
1. No extrusion of excess metal beyond apex of the Type AB point resulting from thread rolling is permissible; a slight rounding
truncation of the point is desirable.
2. The width of flat at crest of thread shall not exceed 0.1 mm for sizes up to and including 4.2 mm and 0.15 mm for larger sizes.
3. Tapered threads on Type B shall have unfinished crests.
4. The tabulated values of point diameter apply to screw blanks before thread rolling.
5. Tabulated max values equal approximately two times basic thread pitch.
6. Points of screws shall be tapered and fluted or slotted as illustrated. The flute on Type BT screws shall have an included
angle of 90-95 deg. and the thread cutting edge located above the axis of screw. Tapered threads shall have unfinished crests
and the flutes of Type BF may extend through the first full thread, whereas the slot of Type BT shall extend through the first
full thread beyond the taper. Other details of taper and flute design shall be optional with the manufacturer, provided the screws
meet the specified performance requirements.
7. Thread and point dimensions are in agreement with those given in ISO 1478.
8. See general data on p. 288 or referenced standard.

305
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-85 THREADS AND POINTS FOR THREAD-CU1TING TAPPING SCREWS TYPES D, F, AND T
(ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
D1 D3 DS Y L
Nominal Minimum Practical
Point Taper Length
Screw Thread Point Body Nominal Screw Length
Size Major Pan, Hex Flat and
and Diameter Diameter Diameter For Short For Long and Hex Oval
Thread Screws Screws Flange Csunk
Pitch Heads Heads
Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min
2 x 0.4 2 1.88 1.45 1.39 1.65 1.4 1 1.8 1.4 4 5
2.5 x 0.45 2.5 2.37 1.88 1.82 2.12 1.6 1.1 2 1.6 4 6
3 x 0.5 3 2.87 2.32 2.26 2.58 1.8 1.3 2.3 1.8 5 6
3.5 x 0.6 3.5 3.35 2.68 2.6 3 2.1 1.5 2.7 2.1 5 8
4 x 0.7 4 3.83 3.07 2.97 3.43 2.5 1.8 3.2 2.5 6 9
5 x 0.8 5 4.82 3.94 3.84 4.36 2.8 2 3.6 2.8 7 10
6x1 6 5.79 4.69 4.55 5.21 3.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 9 12
8 x 1.25 8 7.76 6.4 6.24 7.04 4.4 3.1 5.6 4.4 11 16
10 x 1.5 10 9.73 8.08 7.88 8.86 5.3 3.8 6.8 5.3 13 18
NOTES:
1. Points of screws shall be tapered and fluted or slotted as illustrated. The flute on Type T screws shall have an included angle of 90—95 deg. and the thread
cutting edge located above the axis of screw. Tapered threads shall have unfinished crests and the flutes or slots may extend through the first full thread beyond
the taper. Other details of taper and flute design shall be optional with the manufacturer provided the screws meet the specified performance requirements.
2. The tabulated values apply to screw blanks before roll threading.
3. Point diameter values equal basic major diameter of thread minus the thread pitch diameter tolerance within a tolerance equal to 0.065 times the thread pitch
or 0.1 mm, whichever is greater.
4. Tabulated max values equal 4.5 times and mm values equal 3.5 times the thread pitch rounded upward to nearest 0.1 mm.
5. Threads of tapping screws are not normally subjected to thread gaging requirements.
6. Lengths shown are theoretical minimums. Refer to Table 9-82 for recommended diameter-length combinations. Shorter length screws are available with point
taper lengths shortened to limits equal to 3.5—2.5 times thread pitch.
7. See general data on p. 288 or referenced standard.

306
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-86 THREAD AND POINT DIMENSIONS OF THREAD ROLLING SCREWS (SAE J1237)

mm
Major Point Dia of Circumscribing
Nom Dia Dia Circumscribing Circle Point Min Practical
Screw Dia (1) (1) Circle (Point) Length Nom Screw Length
and (2) (2)
Thread Pan, Hex, Flat and
Pitch Max Max Max Max Max (3) Min (4) Hex Washer Oval Ctsk
Heads Heads
M2 x 0.4 2 1.6 - - 1.4 0.8 4 5
M2.5 x 0.45 2.5 2.1 2.57 2.13 1.6 0.9 4 6
M3 x 0.5 3 2.5 3.07 2.58 1.8 1 5 8
M3.5 x 0.6 3.5 2.9 3.58 2.99 2.1 1.2 6 8
M4 x 0.7 4 3.4 4.08 3.4 2.4 1.4 8 10
M5 x 0.8 5 4.4 5.09 4.31 2.8 1.6 8 10
M6 x 1 6 5.3 6.1 5.12 3.5 2 10 12
M8 x 1.25 8 7.1 8.13 6.92 4.4 2.5 10 16
M10 x 1.5 10 9 10.15 8.69 5.2 3 13 16
M12 x 1.75 12 10.5 12.18 10.48 6.1 3.5 16 20
NOTES:
1. These dimensions are applicable to types of screws where periphery of the thread approximates a circle.
2. These dimensions are applicable to types of screws where some portions of the periphery of the thread are farther
from the screw axis than others (lobular, triroundular, etc.).
3. These values are equal to 3.5 times the pitch distance rounded off to 1 decimal place.
4. These values are equal to 2 times the pitch distance rounded off to 1 decimal place.
5. SF, SW, TR-3, and TT are representatives of thread rolling screws.
6. Lengths shown are theoretical minimums. Refer to Table 9-82 for recommended diameter-length combinations.

307
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-87 DIMENSIONS OF THREADS AND POINTS FOR TYPES BSD AND CSD SELF-DRILLING TAPPING
SCREWS (IFI-504)

Type BSD mm
(b) L
D d Z Minimum Practical Nom Screw Length (Ref)
Major Minor Protrusion
Nom Dia Dia Allowance Style 2 Points (c) Style 3 Points (c)
Screw Thread (Ref)
Size Pitch Formed Milled Formed Milled
Style Style Pan Flat & Pan Flat & Pan Flat & Pan Flat &
Max Min Max Min 2 3 & Hex Oval & Hex Oval & Hex Oval & Hex Oval
Point Point Washer CTSK Washer CTSK Washer CTSK Washer CTSK
Heads Heads Heads Heads Heads Heads Heads Heads
2.9 1.06 2.90 2.79 2.18 2.08 4.1 - 8 9.5 9.5 11 - - - -
3.5 1.27 3.53 3.43 2.64 2.51 4.8 5.6 8 9.5 9.5 11 9.5 11 11 12.5
4.2 1.41 4.22 4.09 3.10 2.95 5.4 6.4 9.5 11 11 12.5 11 12.5 12.5 14
4.8 1.59 4.80 4.65 3.58 3.43 6 7.6 11 12.5 12 15 12.5 14 14 16.5
5.5 1.81 5.46 5.31 4.17 3.99 7 9 12.5 16 13.5 16.5 12.5 16 16.5 20
6.3 1.81 6.25 6.10 4.88 4.70 8.1 10 12.5 16 13.5 17.5 12.5 16 17.5 21.5

Type CSD
(b) L
D Z Minimum Practical Nom Screw Length (Ref)
Major Protrusion
Nom Dia Allowance Style 2 Points (c) Style 3 Points (c)
Screw Thread (Ref)
Size Pitch Formed Milled Formed Milled
Style Style Pan Flat & Pan Flat & Pan Flat & Pan Flat &
Max Min 2 3 & Hex Oval & Hex Oval & Hex Oval & Hex Oval
Point Point Washer CTSK Washer CTSK Washer CTSK Washer CTSK
Heads Heads Heads Heads Heads Heads Heads Heads
3 0.5 3 2.87 4.8 - 9.5 11 11 12.7 - - - -
3.5 0.6 3.5 3.35 5.4 6.3 9.5 11 11 12.7 11 12.7 12.7 14
4 0.7 4 3.84 5.9 7.3 11 12.7 12.7 14 13.5 15 15 16.7
5 0.8 5 4.83 6.7 8.2 12.7 14 13.5 16.7 14 16 16 18.3
6 1 6 5.8 9.9 11.6 16 19 16.7 19.8 15 18.3 19.8 23
NOTES:
1. Drill portion of points may be milled and/or cold formed and details of point taper and flute design shall be optional with
the manufacturer provided the screws meet the performance requirements specified in IFI-504 and are capable of drilling
the maximum panel thicknesses shown in Table 9-83 prior to thread pick-up.
2. Protrusion allowance Z is the distance, measured parallel to the axis of screw, from the extreme end of the point to the
first full form thread beyond the point and encompasses the length of drill point and the tapered incomplete threads. It is
intended for use in calculating the maximum effective design grip length Y on the screw in accordance with the following: Y= L min. - Z.
3. Style 3 points have larger diameters and longer flutes than Style 2 in order to accommodate the drilling and tapping of thicker materials.
308
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
SLOTTED NUTS
Chemical composition, mechanical properties and identification markings of Style 1 steel nuts shall conform with either
property class 5 or property class 10 as applicable and as specified on p. 225, except that proof load values of hex slotted nuts
shall be 80% of those specified for hex nuts. Chemical composition, mechanical properties and identification markings of Style 2
steel nuts shall conform with property class 9 as specified on p. 225, except that proof load values of hex slotted nuts shall be
80% of those specified for hex nuts. Nuts of other materials shall be of chemical composition and have mechanical properties as
agreed upon by manufacturer and purchaser.

TABLE 9-88 THREAD DISTANCE FROM HEAD (TYPES AB, B, BF, AND BT) (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
L A B
Nom Nom Unthreaded Full Form
Screw Screw Length Thread
Size Length Under Head Length
2 1
Max Min
2.2 16 0.8 13
2.9 20 1.1 17
3.5 25 1.3 21
4.2 30 1.4 25
4.8 35 1.6 29
5.5 40 1.8 33
6.1 45 1.8 38
8 45 2.1 38
9.5 50 2.1 38
NOTES:
1. Tabulated values through 6.3 mm size are equal to 6 times the basic screw diameter rounded to nearest millimeter.
2. Tabulated values are equal to 1 times the basic thread pitch, rounded to nearest 0.1 mm.

GENERAL DATA FOR LOCK-NUTS

COMPARISON WITH ISO STANDARDS


The requirements of the new edition of ISO 2320 and B18.16.1M are in essential agreement. The dimensional requirements
given in B18.16.3M are essentially identical to those covered in the ISO standards 7040, 7041, 7043, 7044, 7719, and 7720.
ISO 7042 covers a style of prevailing-torque nut for which no North American usage has yet been identified. See p. 316 for the
title of the referenced ISO standard.
property classes — The three property classes of nuts are designated by the numbers 5, 9, and 10, and are normally available in
the sizes specified in Table 9-99. The property classes of bolts, screws, and studs suitable for use with each property class of
nut are also shown in the same table.
basic dimensions — Dimensions for nuts are given in Table 9-90. Classes 5 and 10 nuts shall conform to the dimensions of
Style 1 nuts, and classes 9 and 12 shall conform to the dimensions of Style 2 nuts. The portion of the nut containing the
prevailing-torque feature may have a special contour within the maximum permitted width across flats and thickness. The
minimum width across flats shall not apply at depressed portion of nut at prevailing-torque feature.
proof-load — Nuts shall withstand the proof loads specified in Table 9-100 for the applicable class.
hardness — Nuts shall have a hardness conforming to the limits specified for the applicable class in Table 9-99.
material — Nuts shall be made of carbon or alloy steel of a grade adequate for the nut to meet the mechanical and performance
requirements of this recommendation. The prevailing-torque element of insert-type nuts may be of a material other than steel.
309
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
heat treatment — Class 5 nuts need not be heat treated. Class 9 nuts may be heat treated as necessary, and class 10 nuts shall
be heat treated to meet the mechanical and performance requirements of this recommendation. Case hardening is not allowed
for any property class.
finish — Nuts may be furnished plain (bare metal) or with a protective coating (electrodeposited plating or chemical conversion
coating) as specified by the user.
All nuts shall be provided with a supplementary lubricant if necessary to meet the stated performance requirements without
galling and shall be clean and dry to the touch.
The performance of nuts which are furnished with a protective coating shall not deteriorate when the nuts are stored indoors
for a period of six months.
prevailing-torque type nut — A nut which is frictionally resistant to rotation due to a self-contained prevailing-torque feature, and
not because of a compressive load developed against the bearing surface of the nut.
prevailing-torque developed by a nut — The torque necessary to rotate the nut on its mating externally threaded component,
with the torque being measured while the nut is in motion, and with no axial load in the mating component.
prevailing-torque — The prevailing-torque developed by nuts during their first installation, or any subsequent installation or
removal, shall not exceed the maximum first installation torque specified for the applicable class in Table 9-100. In addition, the
maximum and minimum prevailing-torque developed by nuts during their first and fifth removals shall not be less than the
respective “highest” and “lowest” readings removal torques specified in Table 9-100.

NOTE: The purpose of this requirement is to verify that the nut’s resistance to removal is at least equal to or greater than a specified prevailing-torque (“highest”)
in at least one location during a full 360 deg. of rotation, and also, that at no location during that same full rotation is the resistance to removal less than a
specified prevailing torque (“lowest”).

310
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-89 THREAD DISTANCE FROM HEAD (TYPES D, F, T, SF, SW, TR-3, AND TT) (ANSI B18.6.5M)

mm
L A L A L B
Nom Nom Incomplete Incomplete Nom Full
Screw Screw Thread Nom Thread Screw Form
Size Length See See Screw Length See See Length Thread
Notes 1, 2 Notes 1, 3 Notes 1, 2 Notes 1, 3 Length
< than Max Max > than < than Max Max > than Min
2 6 1 0.4 6 16 1 0.8 16 12
2.5 8 1.1 0.5 8 20 1.1 0.9 20 15
3 9 1.2 0.5 9 25 1.2 1 25 18
3.5 10 1.6 0.6 10 30 1.5 1.2 30 21
4 12 1.8 0.7 12 35 1.8 1.4 35 24
5 15 2 0.8 15 40 2 1.6 40 30
6 18 2.5 1 18 45 2.5 2 45 38
8 24 3.1 1.2 24 45 3.1 2.5 45 38
10 30 3.8 1.5 30 45 3.8 3 45 38
12 36 4.4 1.8 36 50 4.4 3.5 50 38
NOTES:
1. ‘A’ is the distance from the underside of head to the first major diameter of thread within its specified limits.
2. ‘A’ values apply only to recessed head flat countersunk screws.
3. ‘A’ values apply to all screws except those excluded by note 2.

311
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-90 HEX NUTS STYLE 1 (ANSI B18.2.4.1M)

mm
S E M DW C Total
Nominal Runout
Nut Dia of
and Width Width Bearing Washer Bearing
Thread Across Across Thickness Face Face Surface
Pitch Flats Corners Dia Thickness FIM
Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max
M1.6 x 0.35 3.2 3.02 3.7 3.41 1.3 1.05 2.3 - - ---
M2 x 0.4 4 3.82 4.62 4.32 1.6 1.35 3.1 - -- --
M2.5 x 0.45 5 4.82 5.77 5.45 2 1.75 4.1 - - --
M3 x 0.5 5.5 5.32 6.35 6.01 2.4 2.15 4.6 -- --
M3.5 x 0.6 6 5.82 6.93 6.58 2.8 2.55 5.1 -- -- -
M4 x 0.7 7 6.78 8.08 7.66 3.2 2.9 6 -- - ---
M5 x 0.8 8 7.78 9.24 8.79 4.7 4.4 7 - - 0.3
M6 x 1 10 9.78 11.55 11.05 5.2 4.9 8.9 -- - 0.33
M8 x 1.25 13 12.73 15.01 14.38 6.8 6.44 11.6 - - 0.36
M10 x 1.5 15 14.73 17.32 16.64 9.1 8.7 13.6 - - 0.39
M10 x 1.5 16* 15.73 18.45 17.77 8.4 8.04 14.6 0.39
M12 x 1.75 18 17.73 20.78 20.03 10.8 10.37 16.6 -- --- 0.42
M 14 x 2 21 20.67 24.25 23.35 12.8 12.1 19.4 -- -- 0.45
M16 x 2 24 23.67 27.71 26.7 14.8 14.1 22.4 -- - 0.48
M20 x 2.5 30 29.16 34.64 32.95 18 16.9 27.9 0.8 0.4 0.56
M24 x 3 36 35 41.57 39.55 21.5 20.2 32.5 0.8 0.4 0.64
M30 x 3.5 46 45 53.12 50.85 25.6 24.3 42.5 0.8 0.4 0.76
M36 x 4 55 53.8 63.51 60.79 31 29.4 50.8 0.8 0.4 0.89
*M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 4032.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 5 and heat-treated 10.
3. Designation example: Hex nut, style 1, M10 x 1.5, ASTM A563M class 10, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 302 or referenced standard.

312
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-91 HEX NUTS STYLE 2 (ANSI B18.2.4.2M)

mm
S E M DW C Total
Nominal Runout
Nut Dia of
and Width Width Bearing Washer Bearing
Thread Across Across Thickness Face Face Surface
Pitch Flats Corners Dia Thickness FIM
Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max
M3 x 0.5 5.5 5.32 6.35 6.01 2.9 2.65 4.6 - - -
M3.5 x 0.6 6 5.82 6.93 6.58 3.3 3 5.1 - - -
M4 x 0.7 7 6.78 8.08 7.66 3.8 3.5 6 - - -
M5 x 0.8 8 7.78 9.24 8.79 5.1 4.8 7 - - 0.3
M6 x 1 10 9.78 11.55 11.05 5.7 5.4 8.9 - - 0.33
M8 x 1.25 13 12.73 15.01 14.38 7.5 7.14 11.6 - - 0.36
M10 x 1.5 15 14.73 17.32 16.64 10 9.6 13.6 0.6 0.3 0.39
M10 x 1.5 16* 15.73 18.48 17.77 9.3 8.94 14.6 0.39
M12 x 1.75 18 17.73 20.78 20.03 12 11.57 16.6 - - 0.42
M 14 x 2 21 20.67 24.25 23.36 14.1 13.4 19.4 - - 0.45
M16 x 2 24 23.67 27.71 26.75 16.4 15.7 22.4 - - 0.48
M20 x 2.5 30 29.16 34.64 32.95 20.3 19 27.9 0.8 0.4 0.56
M24 x 3 36 35 41.57 39.55 23.9 22.6 32.5 0.8 0.4 0.64
M30 x 3.5 46 45 53.12 50.85 28.6 27.3 42.5 0.8 0.4 0.76
M36 x 4 55 53.8 63.51 60.79 34.7 33.1 50.8 0.8 0.4 0.89
*M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 4033.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 9 and heat-treated 12.
3. Designation example: Hex nut, style 2, M10 x 1.5, ASTM A563M class 9, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 302 or referenced standard.

313
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-92 SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS (ANSI B18.2.4.3M)

mm
S E M Dw F N C Total
Nominal Runout
Nut Dia Width Width Bear- Washer of
and Across Across Thickness ing Unslotted Width Face Bearing
Thread Flats Corners Face Thickness of Slot Thickness Surface
Pitch Dia FIM
Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
M5 x 0.8 8 7.78 9.24 8.79 5.1 4.8 7 3.2 2.9 2 1.4 - - 0.3
M6 x 1 10 9.78 11.55 11.05 5.7 5.4 8.9 3.5 3.2 2.4 1.8 - - 0.33
M8 x 1.25 13 12.73 15.01 14.38 7.5 7.14 11.6 4.4 4.1 2.9 2.3 - - 0.36
M10 x 1.5 15 14.73 17.32 16.64 10 9.6 13.6 5.7 5.4 3.4 2.8 0.6 0.3 0.39
M10 x 1.5 16* 15.73 18.48 17.77 9.3 8.94 14.6 5.2 4.9 3.4 2.8 0.39
M12 x 1.75 18 17.73 20.78 20.03 12 11.57 16.6 7.3 6.9 4 3.2 - - 0.42
M14 x 2 21 20.67 24.25 23.36 14.1 13.4 19.4 8.6 8 4.3 3.5 - - 0.45
M 16 x 2 24 23.67 27.71 26.75 16.4 15.7 22.4 9.9 9.3 5.3 4.5 - - 0.48
M20 x 2.5 30 29.16 34.64 32.95 20.3 19 27.9 13.3 12.2 5.7 4.5 0.8 0.4 0.56
M24 x 3 36 35 41.57 39.55 23.9 22.6 32.5 15.4 14.3 6.7 5.5 0.8 0.4 0.64
M30 x 3.5 46 45 53.12 50.85 28.6 27.3 42.5 18.1 16.8 8.5 7 0.8 0.4 0.76
M36 x 4 55 53.8 63.51 60.79 34.7 33.1 50.8 23.7 22.4 8.5 7 0.8 0.4 0.89
*M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 5 and heat-treated 10.
3. Designation example: Slotted hex nut, M8 x 1.25, ASTM A563M class 10, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 302 or referenced standard.

314
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-93 HEX FLANGE NUTS (ANSI B18.2.4.4M)

mm
S E DC DW C M R Wa Ta Wb Tb WC TC
Nominal Circular
Gage A Gage B Gage C
Nut Width Width Flan- Bear- Flan- Runout Flan-
Dia Across Across ge ing ge of ge
and Flats Corners Dia Circle Edge Bearing Thick- Top Inside Thick- Inside Thk Inside Thick-
Thread Dia Thk Circle ness Fillet Dia ness Dia ness Dia ness
Pitch ness FIM Rad
Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Max Min Max Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min

M5 x 0.8 8 7.78 9.24 8.79 11.8 9.8 1 0.31 5 4.7 0.3 9.25 9.24 2.2 2.19 8.78 8.77 3 12 11.9 1.08 1.07

M6 x 1 10 9.78 11.55 11.05 14.2 12.2 1.1 0.34 6 5.7 0.4 11.56 11.55 3.1 3.09 11.04 11.03 4 14.4 14.3 1.19 1.18

M8 x 1.25 13 12.73 15.01 14.38 17.9 15.8 1.2 0.38 8 7.6 0.5 15.02 15.01 4.5 4.49 14.37 14.36 4 18.1 18 1.31 1.3

M10 x 1.5 15 14.73 17.32 16.64 21.8 19.6 1.5 0.43 10 9.6 6 17.33 17.32 5.5 5.49 16.63 16.62 5 22 21.9 1.81 1.8

M12 x 1.75 18 17.73 20.78 20.03 26 23.8 1.8 0.5 12 11.6 7 20.79 20.78 6.7 6.69 20.02 20.01 5 26.2 26.1 2.2 2.19

M14 x 2 21 20.67 24.25 23.35 29.9 27.6 2.1 0.55 14 13.3 0.9 24.26 24.25 7.8 7.79 23.34 23.33 6 30.1 30 2.55 2.54

M16 x 2 24 23.67 27.71 26.75 34.5 31.9 2.4 0.61 16 15.3 1 27.72 27.71 9 8.99 26.74 26.73 6 34.7 34.6 2.96 2.95

M20 x 2.5 30 29.16 34.64 32.95 42.8 39.9 3 0.76 20 18.9 1.2 34.65 34.64 11.1 11.09 32.94 32.93 6 43 42.9 3.7 3.69

NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 4161.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 9 and heat-treated 10 and 12.
3. Designation example: Hex flange nut, M10 x 1.5, ASTM A563M class 10, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 302 or referenced standard.

315
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-94 HEX JAM NUT (ANSI B18.2.4.5M)

mm
S E M Dw C Total
Nominal Runout
Nut Dia of
and Width Width Bearing Washer Bearing
Thread Across Across Thickness Face Face Surface
Pitch Flats Corners Dia Thickness FIM
Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max
M5 x 0.8 8 7.78 9.24 8.79 2.7 2.45 7 - - 0.3
M6 x 1 10 9.78 11.55 11.05 3.2 2.9 8.9 - - 0.33
M8 x 1.25 13 12.73 15.01 14.38 4 3.7 11.6 - - 0.36
M10 x 1.5 15 14.73 17.32 16.64 5 4.7 13.6 - - 0.39
M10 x 1.5 16* 15.73 18.48 17.77 5 4.7 14.6 - - 0.39
M12 x 1.75 18 17.73 20.78 20.03 6 5.7 16.6 - - 0.42
M14 x 2 21 20.67 24.25 23.35 7 6.64 19.4 - - 0.45
M16 x 2 24 23.67 27.71 26.75 8 7.64 22.4 - - 0.48
M20 x 2.5 30 29.16 34.64 32.95 10 9.42 27.9 0.8 0.4 0.56
M24 x 3 36 35 41.57 39.55 12 11.3 32.5 0.8 0.4 0.64
M30 x 3.5 46 45 53.12 50.85 15 14.3 42.5 0.8 0.4 0.76
M36 x 4 55 53.8 63.51 60.79 18 17.3 50.8 0.8 0.4 0.89
*M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 4035.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 04 and heat-treated 05.
3. Designation example: Hex jam nut, M10 x 1.5, ASTM A563M class 04, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 302 or referenced standard.

316
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-95 HEAVY HEX NUTS (ANSI B18.2.4.6M)

mm
S E M DW C Total
Nominal Runout
Nut Dia Width Width Bearing Washer of
and Across Across Thickness Face Face Bearing
Thread Flats Corners Dia Thickness Surface
Pitch FIM
Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max
M12 x 1.75 21 20.16 24.25 22.78 12.3 11.9 19.2 0.8 0.4 0.38
M14 x 2 24 23.16 27.71 26.17 14.3 13.6 22 0.8 0.4 0.42
M 16 x 2 27 26.16 31.18 29.56 17.1 16.4 24.9 0.8 0.4 0.47
M20 x 2.5 34 33 39.26 37.29 20.7 19.4 31.4 0.8 0.4 0.58
M22 x 2.5 36 35 41.57 39.55 23.6 22.3 33.3 0.8 0.4 0.63
M24 x 3 41 40 47.34 45.2 24.2 22.9 38 0.8 0.4 0.72
M27 x 3 46 45 53.12 50.85 27.6 26.3 42.8 0.8 0.4 0.8
M30 x 3.5 50 49 57.74 55.37 30.7 29.1 46.6 0.8 0.4 0.87
M36 x 4 60 58.8 69.28 66.44 36.6 35 55.9 0.8 0.4 1.05
M42 x 4.5 70 67.9 80.83 77.41 42 40.4 64.5 1 0.5 1.22
M48 x 5 80 77.6 92.38 88.46 48 46.4 73.7 1 0.5 1.4
M56 x 5.5 90 87.2 103.92 99.41 56 54.1 82.8 1 0.5 1.57
M64 x 6 100 96.8 115.47 110.35 64 62.1 92 1 0.5 1.75
M72 x 6 110 106.4 127.02 121.3 72 70.1 101.1 1.2 0.6 1.92
M80 x 6 120 116 138.56 132.24 80 78.1 110.2 1.2 0.6 2.09
M90 x 6 135 130.5 155.88 148.77 90 87.8 124 1.2 0.6 2.36
M100 x 6 150 145 173.21 165.3 100 97.8 137.8 1.2 0.6 2.62
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 5, 9, 8S, 8S3, and heat-treated 10S, 10S3, 12.
3. Designation example: Heavy hex nut, M30 x 3.5, ASTM A563M class 10S, hot dip galvanized.
4. See general data on p. 302 or referenced standard.

317
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-96 PREVAILING-TORQUE TYPE STEEL HEX NUTS (ANSI B18.16.3M)

mm
S E M M1 DW
Nominal Thickness Total
Wrenching Height
Nut Property Classes Property Class Runout
Thread Width Width 5 and 10 Nuts 9 Nuts Property Property Bearing of
Dia Across Across Classes Class 9 Face Bearing
and Flats Corners All Top All Top 5 and 10 Nuts Dia Surface
1
Thread Metal Insert Metal Insert Nuts FIM
Pitch Type Type Type Type
Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Min Min Max
M3 x 0.5 5.5 5.32 6.35 6.01 3.1 2.65 4.5 3.9 3.1 2.65 4.5 3.9 1.4 1.4 4.6 -
M3.5 x 0.6 6 5.82 6.93 6.58 3.5 3 5 4.3 3.5 3 5 4.3 1.7 1.7 5.1 -
M4 x 0.7 7 6.78 8.08 7.66 4 3.5 6 5.3 4 3.5 6 5.3 1.9 1.9 5.9 -
M5 x 0.8 8 7.78 9.24 8.79 5.3 4.8 6.8 6 5.3 4.8 7.2 6.4 2.7 2.7 6.9 0.3
M6 x 1 10 9.78 11.55 11.05 5.9 5.4 8 7.2 6.7 5.4 8.5 7.7 3 3 8.9 0.33
M8 x 1.25 13 12.73 15.01 14.38 7.1 6.44 9.5 8.5 8 7.14 10.2 9.2 3.7 4.3 11.6 0.36
M10 x 1.5 15 14.73 17.32 16.64 9.7 8.7 12.5 11.5 11.2 9.6 13.5 12.5 5.6 6.2 13.6 0.39
M10 x 1.5 16* 15.73 18.48 17.77 9 8.04 11.9 10.9 10.5 8.94 12.8 11.8 4.8 5.6 14.6 0.39
M12 x 1.75 18 17.73 20.78 20.03 11.6 10.37 14.9 13.9 13.3 11.57 16.1 15.1 6.7 7.7 16.6 0.42
M14 x 2 21 20.67 24.25 23.35 13.2 12.1 17 15.8 15.4 13.4 18.3 17.1 7.8 8.9 19.6 0.45
M 16 x 2 24 23.67 27.71 26.75 15.2 14.1 19.1 17.9 17.9 15.7 20.7 19.5 9.1 10.5 22.5 0.48
M20 x 2.5 30 29.16 34.64 32.95 19 16.9 22.8 21.5 21.8 19 25.1 23.8 10.9 12.7 27.7 0.56
M24 x 3 36 35 41.57 39.55 23 20.2 27.1 25.6 26.4 22.6 29.5 28 13 15.1 33.2 0.64
M30 x 3.5 46 45 53.12 50.85 26.9 24.3 32.6 30.6 31.8 27.3 35.6 33.6 15.7 18.2 42.7 0.76
M36 x 4 55 53.8 63.51 60.79 32.5 29.4 38.9 36.9 38.5 33.1 42.6 40.6 19 22.1 51.1 0.89
1
Also includes metal nuts with nonmetallic inserts, plugs or patches in their threads.
*M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 7719 and 7720.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 5, 9, and 10.
3. Designation example: Prevailing-Torque Type Nut Style 1 M8 x 1.25, ASTM A563M class 10, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p. 302 or referenced standard.

318
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-97 PREVAILING-TORQUE TYPE STEEL HEX FLANGE NUTS (ANSI B18.16.3M)

mm
S E M DC DW C R Wa Ta Wb Tb Wc Tc
Circ-
Nominal Thickness Fla- Bear- Fla- ular Fla-
Nut (All Nut nge ing nge Run- nge Gage A Gage B Gage C
Thread Width Width Property Classes) Dia Circle Edge out Top
Dia Across Across Dia Thick- of Fillet
and Flats Corners ness Brg Rad-
Thread All Metal Top Inst Circle ius Inside Thick- Inside Thick- Inside Thick-
1
Pitch Type Type FIM Dia ness Dia ness Dia ness
Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Max Max Min Max Min Max Min Min Max Min Max Min
M6 x 1 10 9.78 11.55 11.05 7.3 5.7 8.8 8 14.2 12.2 1.1 0.34 0.4 11.56 11.55 3.1 3.09 11.04 11.03 4 14.4 14.3 1.19 1.18

M8 x 1.25 13 12.73 15.01 14.38 9.4 7.6 10.7 9.7 17.9 15.8 1.2 0.38 0.5 15.02 15.01 4.5 4.49 14.37 14.36 4 18.1 18 1.31 1.3

M10 x 1.5 15 14.73 17.32 16.64 11.4 9.6 13.5 12.5 21.8 19.6 1.5 0.43 0.6 17.33 17.32 5.5 5.49 16.63 16.62 5 22 21.9 1.81 1.8

M12 x 1.75 18 17.73 20.78 20.03 13.8 11.6 16.1 15.1 26 23.8 1.8 0.5 0.7 20.79 20.78 6.7 6.69 20.02 20.01 5 26.2 26.1 2.2 2.19

M 14 x 2 21 20.67 24.25 23.35 15.9 13.3 18.2 17 29.9 27.6 2.1 0.55 0.9 24.26 24.25 7.8 7.79 23.34 23.33 6 30.1 30 2.55 2.54

M 16 x 2 24 23.67 27.71 26.75 18.3 15.3 20.3 19.1 34.5 31.9 2.4 0.61 1 27.72 27.71 9 8.99 26.74 26.73 6 34.7 34.6 2.96 2.95

M20 x 2.5 30 29.16 34.64 32.95 22.4 18.9 24.8 23.5 42.8 39.9 3 0.76 1.2 34.65 34.64 11.1 11.09 32.94 32.93 6 43 42.9 3.7 3.69
1
Also includes metal nuts with nonmetallic inserts, plugs or patches in their threads.
*M10 x 1.5 with 16 mm WAF will be supplied unless the ISO 15 mm WAF is specified.
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 7044.
2. Standard strength property classes are: 5, 9, and 10.
3. Designation example: Prevailing-Torque Type Flange Nut. M10 x 1.5, ASTM A563M class 10, zinc plated.
4. See general data on p.302 or referenced standard.

319
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-98 PROJECTION WELD NUT (Chrysler Corp)

mm
S C Q J K M N P R Y Z CHRYSLER

NOM THD NUT ACROSS NUT PILOT PILOT CSINK CBORE LOC- RAD- PROJ PROD PANEL PART #
SIZE PITCH WIDTH CORNERS THICK- HEIGHT* DIA DIA DIA ATING IUS WIDTH HEIGHT HOLE STEEL/
Ref NESS 0 0 HEIGHT 0 COPPER
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max* -0.3 Min -0.25 Min Ref +0.25 +.075 -0.3 COAT
M5 0.8 9.76 10 11.03 11.55 6 6.5 0.63 0.8 7 6 6.6 0.25 2.8 2.75 0.4 7.5 6100057
M6 1 12.73 13 14.38 15.01 7 7.5 0.63 0.8 9 7 8.4 0.25 2.8 2.75 0.4 9.5 6100058
1.75 2 9 7 8.4 0.65 2.8 3.5 1 9.5 6100059
M8 1.25 14.7 15 16.61 17.32 8 8.5 0.63 0.8 11 9 10.5 0.25 2.8 2.75 0.4 11.5 6100060
1.75 2 11 9 10.5 0.65 2.8 4 1 11.5 6100061
M10 1.5 17.67 18 19.97 20.78 8.5 9 0.63 0.8 13.5 11 12.8 0.25 2.8 3 0.4 14 6100062
1.75 2 13.5 11 12.8 0.65 2.8 4.25 1 14 6100063
M12 1.75 20.64 21 23.32 24.25 10.5 11 1 1.25 16 13.5 15.3 0.5 3.25 3 0.65 16.5 6100064
1.75 2 16 13.5 15.3 0.65 3.25 4.75 1 16.5 6100065
M14 2 23.61 24 26.68 27.71 12.5 13 1 1.25 19.5 16 17.3 0.5 4 4.5 0.65 20 6100066
1.75 2 19.5 16 17.3 0.65 4 5 1 20 6100067
M16 2 25.48 26 28.79 30.02 14.5 15 1.75 2 20.5 18 19.5 0.65 4.5 5.25 1 21 6100068
NOTES:
1. Screw thread details are shown in Table 8-2, and gage dimensions for the preferred tolerance class 6H are shown in Table 8-3.
2. Material: Strength grade 9 with mechanical requirements as specified in Tables 9-16 and 9-17.
3. Surface finish: Plain or copper coated.
4. Designation: Example for the designation of a projection weld nut with thread size M10 x 1.5 and property class 9; projection
weld nut (long pilot) M10 x 1.5, steel class 9, plain finish (Ref. Chrysler part no. 6100063).
5. 0.80 pilot for sheet metal thickness 0.8 min. through 1.9 min.; 1.25 pilot for sheet metal thickness 1.2 min. through 1.9 min.;
2.0 pilot for sheet metal thickness 2.0 min. through 4.8 min.

320
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-99 MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NUTS (ANSI B18.16.1M)

Nominal Proof Load Nut Hardness


Property Nut Stress Vickers Rockwell
Class Dia MPa Min Max Min Max
M3 and M4 520
M5 and M6 580 130 302 B70 C30
5 M8 and M10 590
M12 thru M16 610
M20 thru M36 630 146 302 B78 C30
M3 and M4 900 170 302 B85 C30
M5 and M6 915
9 M8 and M10 940 188 302 B89 C30
M12 thru M16 950
M20 thru M36 920
M3 thru M10 1040
10 M12 thru M16 1050 272 353 C26 C36
M20 thru M36 1060

TABLE 9-100 PROOF LOADS, CLAMP LOADS, AND PREVAILING-TORQUES FOR NUTS (ANSI B18.16.1M)

Nominal Prevailing-Torque, N·m


Proof Load, kN Proof Load, kN
Nut Dia
Classes 5 and 9 Class 10
and
Thread Class Class Class Class Class Class First First Fifth First First Fifth
Pitch 5 9 10 5 9 10 Installation Removal Removal Installation Removal Removal
M3 x 0.5 2.62 4.53 5.23 1.43 2.45 3.13 0.43 0.12 0.08 0.6 0.15 0.1
M4 x 0.7 4.57 7.9 9.13 2.5 4.28 5.47 0.9 0.18 0.12 1.2 0.22 0.15
M5 x 0.8 8.23 13 14.8 4.05 6.92 8.84 1.6 0.29 0.2 2.1 0.35 0.24
M6 x 1 11.7 18.4 20.9 5.73 9.8 12.5 3 0.45 0.3 4 0.55 0.4
M8 x 1.25 21.6 34.4 38.1 10.4 17.8 22.8 7 0.85 0.6 9 1.15 0.8
M10 x 1.5 34.2 54.5 60.3 16.5 28.3 36.1 10.5 1.5 1 14 2 1.4
M12 x 1.75 51.4 80.1 88.5 24 41.1 52.5 15.5 2.3 1.6 21 3.1 2.1
M 14 x 2 70.2 109 121 32.8 56.1 71.6 24 3.3 2.3 31 4.4 3
M 16 x 2 95.8 149 165 44.8 76.5 97.5 32 4.5 3 42 6 4.2
M20 x 2.5 154 225 260 69.8 110 152 54 7.5 5.3 72 10.5 7
M24 x 3 222 325 374 101 159 220 80 11.5 8 106 15 10.5
M30 x 3.5 353 516 595 94.5 252 349 108 16 12 140 19 14
M36 x 4 515 752 866 138 368 509 136 21 16 180 24 17.5
NOTES:
1. The clamp loads for class 5 nuts are equal to 75% of the proof load of property class 5.8 bolts for diameters M3 through M24, and 75% of the proof load of
property class 4.6 bolts for diameters larger than M24. The clamp loads for class 9 nuts are equal to 75% of the proof load of property class 9.8 bolts for
diameters M3 through M16, and 75% of the proof load of property class 8.8 bolts for diameters larger than M16. The clamp loads for class 10 nuts are equal to
75% of the proof load of property class 10.9 bolts. Proof loads of bolts are given in Table 9-7.
2. First installation torque is the torque occurring while the nut is being assembled on the test bolt for the first time. The torque is measured through the first 360
deg. of nut rotation after two full bolt threads protrude through the nut. For the nut to be acceptable, the maximum torque reading shall be greater than the
tabulated value. First and fifth removal torques are the torques occurring during the first and fifth times the nut is disassembled from the test bolt. The torque is
measured through the first 360 deg. of nut removal rotation after (for first removal only) the clamp load has been fully relieved. For the nut to be acceptable, the
maximum torque reading shall not be less than the tabulated value.

WASHERS
A great number of flat, locking and special purpose washers of various shapes are covered in national standards throughout
the world, some of which are shown in the world fastener index on p. 180.

FLAT WASHERS (ANSI B18.22M)


ANSI B18.22M specifies dimensions for narrow, regular, and wide soft washers and narrow and regular hardened washers for
use with metric threaded fasteners. ISO 887 show similar outside diameters and thicknesses for flat washers, but the inside
diameters are different.
Flat washers in the fastener size range from 1.6 to 36 mm are shown in Table 9-101.

321
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-101 PLAIN WASHERS (ANSI B18.22M) mm
Nom Washer A B C
Washer Series Inside Dia Outside Dia Thickness
Size Max Min Max Min Max Min
Narrow 2.09 1.95 4 3.7 0.7 0.5
1.6 Regular 2.09 1.95 5 4.7 0.7 0.5
Wide 2.09 1.95 6 5.7 0.9 0.6
Narrow 2.64 2.5 5 4.7 0.9 0.6
2 Regular 2.64 2.5 6 5.7 0.9 0.6
Wide 2.64 2.5 8 7.64 0.9 0.6
Narrow 3.14 3 6 5.7 0.9 0.6
2.5 Regular 3.14 3 8 7.64 0.9 0.6
Wide 3.14 3 10 9.64 1.2 0.8
Narrow 3.68 3.5 7 6.64 0.9 0.6
3 Regular 3.68 3.5 10 9.64 1.2 0.8
Wide 3.68 3.5 12 11.57 1.4 1
Narrow 4.16 4 9 8.64 1.2 0.8
3.5 Regular 4.18 4 10 9.64 1.4 1
Wide 4.18 4 15 14.57 1.75 1.2
Narrow 4.88 4.7 10 9.64 1.2 0.8
4 Regular 4.88 4.7 12 11.57 1.4 1
Wide 4.88 4.7 16 15.57 2.3 1.6
Narrow 5.78 5.5 11 10.57 1.4 1
5 Regular 5.78 5.5 15 14.57 1.75 1.2
Wide 5.78 5.5 20 19.48 2.3 1.6
Narrow 6.87 6.65 13 12.57 1.75 1.2
6 Regular 6.87 6.65 18.8 18.37 1.75 1.2
Wide 6.87 6.65 25.4 24.88 2.3 1.6
Narrow 9.12 8.9 18.8 18.37 2.3 1.6
8 Regular 9.12 8.9 25.4 24.48 2.3 1.6
Wide 9.12 8.9 32 31.38 2.8 2
Narrow 11.12 10.85 20 19.48 2.3 1.6
10 Regular 11.12 10.85 28 27.48 2.8 2
Wide 11.12 10.85 39 38.38 3.5 2.5
Narrow 13.57 13.3 25.4 24.88 2.8 2
12 Regular 13.57 13.3 34 33.38 3.5 2.5
Wide 13.57 13.3 44 43.38 3.5 2.5
Narrow 15.52 15.25 28 27.48 2.8 2
14 Regular 15.52 15.25 39 38.38 3.5 2.5
Wide 15.52 15.25 50 49.38 4 3
Narrow 17.52 17.25 32 31.38 3.5 2.5
16 Regular 17.52 17.25 44 43.38 4 3
Wide 17.52 17.25 56 54.8 4.6 3.5
Narrow 22.32 21.8 39 38.38 4 3
20 Regular 22.32 21.8 50 49.38 4.6 3.5
Wide 22.32 21.8 66 64.8 5.1 4
Narrow 26.12 25.6 44 43.38 4.6 3.5
24 Regular 26.12 25.6 56 54.8 5.1 4
Wide 26.12 25.6 72 70.8 5.6 4.5
Narrow 33.02 32.4 56 54.8 5.1 4
30 Regular 33.02 32.4 72 70.8 5.6 4.5
Wide 33.02 32.4 90 88.6 6.4 5
Narrow 38.92 38.3 66 64.8 5.6 4.5
36 Regular 38.92 38.3 90 88.6 6.4 5
Wide 38.92 38.3 110 108.6 8.5 7
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to the ISO standard.
2. Tolerances: Inside Diameter: C < 4 mm H13
C > 4 mm H14
Outside Diameter: C < 4 mm h14
C > 4 mm h15
Thickness: See Table 9-101
3. Designation: Typical washer designation is as follows: Plain washer, 6 mm, narrow, soft, steel, zinc coated.
4. Material - Soft (as fabricated) washers shall be made of non-hardened steel; hardened washers made of carbon steel and
through-hardened to 38-45 HRC (372-446 HV); if hot-dip galvanized harden to 26-45 HRC (271-446 HV).
322
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-102 REGULAR HELICAL SPRING LOCK WASHERS (ANSI B18.21.2M)

mm
A B W T BW
Nominal Mean
Washer Inside Outside Section Section Bearing
Size Diameter Diameter Width Thickness Width
(ti + to)/2
mm Max Min Max Min Min Min
2 2.20 2.05 4.18 0.89 0.51 0.62
2.5 2.70 2.55 4.94 1.02 0.64 0.71
3 3.21 3.06 5.83 1.19 0.79 0.83
3.5 3.76 3.58 6.35 1.19 0.79 0.83
4 4.26 4.08 7.28 1.40 1.02 0.98
5 5.26 5.08 8.66 1.57 1.19 1.10
6 6.29 6.10 12.08 2.77 1.57 1.94
8 8.36 8.13 14.96 3.18 1.98 2.23
10 10.38 10.13 17.83 3.58 2.39 2.51
12 12.45 12.15 21.47 4.34 3.18 3.04
14 14.50 14.20 24.39 4.78 3.58 2.49
16 16.63 16.25 27.53 5.16 3.96 3.61
20 20.66 20.28 33.26 5.94 4.78 4.16
24 24.81 24.30 39.79 7.14 5.94 5.00
30 31.25 30.51 49.36 8.74 7.54 6.12
36 37.50 36.61 58.76 10.31 9.12 7.22
NOTES:
1. Nominal washer sizes are standard for use with comparable nominal screw, bolt, and nut sizes.
2. Material-Carbon Steel-AISI 1055-1065 or equivalent. See Table 10-42C, col. 14, or Table 10-44, col. 12. Other materials such
as Boron Steel-AISI 10855-101365; Stainless Steel-AISI 302-305; Aluminum Alloy-ASTM B211,7075; Phosphor Bronze-ASTM
8159; Copper Alloy No. 510; Silicon Bronze-ASTM B99; Copper Alloy No. 651 or 655; Nickel-Copper-Aluminum (Monel
K500)-Federal Specification QQ-N-286; or Alloy Steel-AISI 4037.
3. Designation: Regular Helical Spring Lock Washer 10 mm, steel, zinc coated.

323
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-103 HEAVY HELICAL SPRING LOCK WASHERS (ANSI B18.21.2M)

mm
A B W T BW
Nominal Mean
Washer Inside Outside Section Section Bearing
Size Diameter Diameter Width Thickness Width
(ti + to)/2
mm Max Min Max Min Min Min
2 2.20 2.05 4.44 1.02 0.64 0.71
2.5 2.70 2.55 5.29 1.19 0.79 0.83
3 3.21 3.06 6.24 1.40 1.02 0.98
3.5 3.76 3.58 6.76 1.40 1.02 0.98
4 4.26 4.08 7.64 1.57 1.19 1.10
5 5.26 5.08 9.07 1.78 1.42 1.25
6 6.29 6.10 12.12 2.79 1.96 1.95
8 8.36 8.13 15.22 3.30 2.46 2.31
10 10.38 10.13 18.03 3.68 2.92 2.58
12 12.45 12.15 21.73 4.47 3.84 3.13
14 14.50 14.20 24.64 4.90 4.32 3.43
16 16.63 16.25 27.88 5.33 4.80 3.73
20 20.66 20.28 33.77 6.20 5.74 4.34
24 24.81 24.30 40.66 7.57 7.21 5.30
30 31.25 30.51 50.81 9.47 9.25 6.63
36 37.50 36.61 60.60 11.23 11.18 7.86
NOTES:
1. Nominal washer sizes are intended for use with comparable nominal screw, bolt, and nut sizes.
2. Material - Carbon Steel - AlSl 1055-1065 or equivalent. See Table 10-42C, col. 14, or Table 10-44, col. 12. Other materials such
as Boron Steel-AlSl 10B55-10B65; Stainless Steel - AISl 302-305; Aluminum Alloy-ASTM B211, 7075; Phosphor Bronze - ASTM
B159; Copper Alloy No. 510; Silicon Bronze-ASTM B99; Copper Alloy No. 651 or 655; Nickel-Copper-Aluminum (Monel
K500) - Federal Specification QQ-N-286; or Alloy Steel - AlSl 4037.
3. Designation: Heavy Helical Spring Lock Washer 10 mm, steel, phosphate coated.

REGULAR HELICAL LOCK WASHERS (ANSI B18.21.2M)


Regular helical spring lock washers are specified in ANSI B18.21.2M and shown in sizes from 2 through 36 mm in Table 9-
102.

HEAVY HELICAL LOCK WASHERS (ANSI B18.21.2M)


Heavy helical spring lock washers are specified in ANSI B18.21.2M and shown in sizes from 2 through 36 mm in Table 9-103.

EXTERNAL-INTERNAL TOOTH LOCK WASHERS (ANSI B18.21.2M)


External—internal tooth lock washers are specified in ANSI B18.21.2M and shown in size range from 2.9 through 16 mm in
Table 9-104.

324
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-104 EXTERNAL-INTERNAL TOOTH LOCK WASHERS (ANSI B18.21.2M)

mm
Nom A B C
Washer
Inside Dia Outside Dia Material Thickness
Size (1)
Max Min Max Min Max Min
12.1 11.35 0.5 0.35
2.9 3.12 2.92 13 12.25 0.55 0.4
15.5 14.75 0.55 0.4
12.1 11.35 0.5 0.35
3 3.3 3.15 13 12.25 0.55 0.4
15.5 14.75 0.55 0.4
12.9 12.15 0.7 0.55
3.5 3.8 3.65 15.5 14.75 0.7 0.55
17.55 16.8 0.7 0.55
15.25 14.5 0.85 0.7
4 4.3 4.15 17.7 17.05 0.85 0.7
19.3 18.55 0.85 0.7
15.25 14.5 0.85 0.7
4.2• 4.47 4.27 17.7 17.05 0.85 0.7
19.3 18.55 0.85 0.7
15.25 14.5 0.85 0.7
17.75 17.05 1 0.8
4.8• 5.18 4.95
19.3 18.55 1 0.8
22.9 21.9 1 0.8
15.25 14.5 0.85 0.7
17.75 17.05 1 0.8
5 5.35 5.15
19.3 18.55 1 0.8
22.9 21.9 1 0.8
17.75 17 1 0.8
1930 18.55 1 0.8
5,5 • 5.87 5.61
22.9 21.9 1 0.8
25 24 1 0.8
19.3 18.55 1 0.8
22.9 21.9 1 0.8
6 6.5 6.2
25 24 1.15 0.95
27.2 26.2 1.15 0.95
19.3 18.55 1 0.8
22.9 21.9 1 0.8
6.3• 6.8 6.5
25 24 1.15 0.95
27.2 26.2 1.15 0.95
22.9 21.9 1 0.8
25 24 1.15 0.95
8 8.5 8.2
27.2 26.2 1.25 1.05
29.35 28.05 1.25 1.05
25 24 1.15 0.95
9 5• 10.11 9.75 27.2 26.2 1.25 1.05
29.35 28.35 1.25 1.05
32 30.7 1.25 1.05
25 24 1.15 0.95
27.2 26.2 1.25 1.05
10 10.6 10.2
29.35 28.35 1.25 1.05
32 30.7 1.25 1.05
32 30.7 1.4 1.2
33.5 32.2 1.4 1.2
12 12.7 12.3
36 34.3 1.5 1.3
41.35 39.65 1.7 1.5
33.5 32.2 1.4 1.2
36 34.3 1.5 1.3
14 14.8 14.3
41.35 39.65 1.7 1.5
46.5 45.3 1.7 1.5
36 34.3 1.5 1.3
41.35 39.65 1.7 1.5
16 17 16.4
46.5 45.3 1.7 1.5
50.2 48.5 1.7 1.5

325
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RIVETS
Two basic types of rivets are in use: the tubular type most frequently used in the U.S. and the solid type mostly used in other
countries. Very little ISO standardization work has been done in this area, and the main publication is the ISO 1051 standard
which specifies the nominal rivet shank diameters from 1 to 36 mm as shown in Table 9-105. Existing national standards
numbers for solid metric rivets of various types can be found in the world fastener index on p. 182. Publications are available
from American National Standards Institute, 25 West 43rd, 4th Floor, New York, New York, 10036, USA.

SEMI-TUBULAR RIVETS
General purpose semi-tubular rivets are specified in ANSI B18.7.1M and shown in Table 9 -106 for sizes 1.6 - 8 mm.

Heads
Because the heads of these rivets are not machined or trimmed, the circumference may be somewhat irregular and the edges
may be rounded or flat.
The bearing surface of oval head rivets shall be perpendicular to the axis of the rivet shank within 2 deg.
The rivet head and the rivet shank shall be concentric with 11% of the nominal shank diameter on the basis of full indicator
movement (FIM).

Underhead Fillets. Oval head rivets shall be furnished with a fillet of not less than 0.1 mm under the head; however, the radius
of the fillet shall not exceed the values specified in Table 9-106.

Length
Measurement. The length of oval head rivets shall be measured parallel to the axis of the rivet from the underside of the head
to the extreme end of the rivet.

Length Increments. The minimum lengths and increments applicable to longer lengths shall be as specified in Table 9-106.

Tolerance on Length. The tolerance on length of rivets shall be as specified in Table 9-106.

Material. Semi-tubular rivets are made from low carbon steel (0.1% carbon or less), commercial yellow brass, copper,
aluminum, stainless steel, or other materials as agreed to by the manufacturer and the purchaser.

The following raw materials are in common use.


Steel Aluminum
1
(AISI) Brass (Alum. Assoc.)
C1006 CDA26O 5052-H32
C1008 CDA27O 5056-H32
1100-H14
2117-H15

Stainless Steel
Copper (AISI) Monel
CDA1O2 Type 430 AMS 7233
CDA110 Series 300 (302, 305)

NOTE:
1. Rivets made from Type 2117 aluminum are heat treated and supplied in the T-4 condition.

BLIND RIVETS
Tubular break mandrel blind rivets are specified in IFI-505 for regular types and in the IFI-509 standard for closed end types.
The above standards have complete description of test methods and inspection of blind rivets. The standards are available from
Industrial Fasteners Institute, 1505 East Ohio Building, Cleveland, Ohio 44114, USA.
Portions of the IFI-505 and IFI-509 standards are reprinted here with permission from IFI.

BREAK MANDREL BLIND RIVETS


Break mandrel blind rivets are pull mandrel type blind rivets where during the setting operation the mandrel is pulled into or
against the rivet body and breaks at or near the junction of the mandrel shank and its upset end.
The two basic styles of break mandrel blind rivets are designed as protruding head and flush head. Protruding head rivets are
available in two styles: regular head and large head. Flush head rivets are available in two styles: 100 deg. countersunk head
and 120 deg. countersunk head.
grades — The material combinations of break mandrel blind rivets are designated as grades, with each material combination
representing a different combination of rivet body material and mandrel material as given in Table 9-107.
rivet dimensions — Protruding and flush head break mandrel blind rivets shall conform to the dimensions given in Tables 9-108
and 9-110, respectively.

326
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
application data — Recommendations on the selection and application of protruding and flush head break mandrel blind rivets
are given in Tables 9-109 and 9-1 11 respectively.
shear strength — Rivets, except Grade 20, shall have ultimate shear strengths not less than the minimum ultimate share
strengths specified for the applicable size and grade given in Table 9-112.
tensile strength — Rivets, except Grade 20, shall have ultimate tensile strengths not less than the minimum ultimate tensile
strengths specified for the applicable size and grade given in Table 9-112.
mandrel break load — While the rivet is being set, the axially applied load necessary to break the mandrel shall be within the
limits specified for the applicable rivet size and grade in Table 9-113.

BREAK MANDREL CLOSED-END BLIND RIVETS


Break mandrel closed-end blind rivets are pull mandrel type blind rivets where, during the setting operation, the mandrel is
pulled within the rivet body and breaks at or near the junction of the mandrel shank and its upset end.
closed end — The end of the rivet, as manufactured, is solid and remains closed on the blind side after setting.
The two basic styles of break mandrel closed-end blind rivets are designated as protruding head and flush head. Flush head
rivets are available only in the 120 deg. Countersunk head style.
grades — The material combinations of break mandrel closed end blind rivets are designated as grades, with each material
combination representing a different combination of rivet body material and mandrel material as given in Table 9-114.
rivet dimensions — Protruding and flush head break mandrel closed end blind rivets shall conform to the dimensions given in
Table 9-115 and 9-116, respectively.
application data — Recommendations on the selection and application of protruding and flush head break mandrel closed end
blind rivets are given in Table 9-116 and 9-118, respectively.
shear strength — Rivets, except those described below, shall have ultimate shear strengths not less than the minimum ultimate
shear strengths specified for the applicable size and grade given in Table 9-119.
tensile strength — Rivets, except those described below, shall have ultimate tensile strengths not less than the minimum
ultimate tensile strengths specified for the applicable size and grade given in Table 9-114.
Protruding head rivets with specified maximum grip lengths shorter than 1.0 times the nominal rivet diameter, and flush head
rivets with specified maximum grip lengths shorter than 1.5 times the nominal rivet diameter shall not be subject to either shear
or tensile testing.

327
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-105 RIVET SHANK DIAMETERS (ISO 1051)

Nominal diameters (mm)


Main series Secondary series
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
27
30
33
36

TABLE 9-106 SEMI-TUBULAR RIVETS (ANSI B18.7.1M)


mm
Tolerance on Length
Minimum For Nominal Lengths
Over 4 Times
Nominal Length Nominal Up to and
Shank
Size Increment Rivet Including 4 Dia and up to and Over 8
Length, L Times Shank, Including 8 Times Times Shank,
dia Shank, dia dia
1.6 0.5 2 ±0.18 ±0.20 ±0.25
2 0.5 2 ±0.18 ±0.20 ±0.25
2.5 0.5 2 ±0.18 ±0.20 ±0.25
3 0.5 2.5 ±0.18 ±0.25 ±0.38
3.5 1 3 ±0.25 ±0.30 ±0.38
4 1 3 ±0.25 ±0.30 ±0.38
5 1 4 ±0.25 ±0.30 ±0.38
6 2 5 ±0.25 ±0.38 ±0.50
7 2 6 ±0.25 ±0.38 ±0.50
8 2 6 ±0.25 ±0.38 ±0.50

Nominal Body Size Head Dia Head Head Radius Underhead Hole Dia Hole Dept Work Hole
Thickness Reference Radius Dia
Length B C D E Max, R J K
1.6 1.56/1.64 2.75/3.01 0.43/0.53 3.09 0.15 1.15/1.25 1.20 ± 0.15 1.71
2 1.95/2.05 3.47/3.73 0.52/0.68 3.83 0.20 1.45/1.55 1.50 ± 0.15 2.14
2.5 2.45/2.55 4.37/4.63 0.67/0.83 4.84 0.25 1.83/1.93 1.88 ± 0.20 2.67
3 2.94/3.06 5.27/5.53 0.80/1.00 5.78 0.32 2.20/2.30 2.25 ± 0.20 3.21
3.5 3.44/3.56 6.17/6.43 0.92/1.18 6.80 0.38 2.58/2.68 2.63 ± 0.20 3.75
4 3.93/4.07 7.07/7.33 1.07/1.33 7.81 0.43 2.95/3.05 3.00 ± 0.20 4.28
5 4.92/5.08 8.85/9.15 1.37/1.63 9.74 0.53 3.70/3.80 3.75 ± 0.20 5.35
6 5.91/6.09 10.62/10.98 1.62/1.98 11.72 0.65 4.43/4.57 4.50 ± 0.20 6.42
7 6.90/7.10 12.42/12.78 1.92/2.28 13.68 0.76 5.18/5.32 5.25 ± 0.38 7.49
8 7.90/8.10 14.20/14.60 2.22/2.58 15.71 0.88 5.93/6.07 6.00 ± 0.38 8.56
NOTES: 1. Designation: Semi-tubular rivets shall be designated by the following data in the sequence shown: nominal size; length (in millimeters); product
name; material; and protective finish, if required.
2. Example: 3 x 4 mm Semi-Tubular Rivet, Oval Head, Steel, Zinc Plated per ANSI B18.7.1M.

328
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-107 GRADES OF BREAK MANDREL BLIND RIVETS (IFI-505)

Grade Designation Rivet Body Material Mandrel Material

10 Aluminum Alloy 5050 Aluminum Alloy


11 Aluminum Alloy 5052 Aluminum Alloy
16 Aluminum Alloy 5154 Carbon Steel
18 Aluminum Alloy 5052 Carbon Steel
19 Aluminum Alloy 5056 Carbon Steel
20 Copper Alloy No. 110 Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
26 Aluminum Alloy 5052
(400 Series)
30 Low Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
Nickel Copper Alloy
40 Carbon Steel
(Monel)
Stainless Steel
50 Carbon Steel
(300 Series)
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
51 (300 Series) (300 Series, A286
or equivalent)

TABLE 9-108 DIMENSIONS OF REGULAR AND LARGE PROTRUDING HEAD STYLE BREAK MANDREL
(IFI-505)

mm
D H E H E R W P F
Style 1 - Style 2 - Man- Blind
Rivet Nom Body Radius Man-
Regular Head Large Head drel Side
Series Rivet Head Head Head Head of drel Protru- Protru-
Dia
No. Size Dia Height Dia Height Fillet Dia sion sion
Max Min Max Min Max Max Min Max Max Nom Min Max
3 2.4 2.44 2.29 5.03 4.52 0.81 7.44 6.83 1.02 0.4 1.45 25 L + 2.5
4 3.2 3.25 3.10 6.65 6.05 1.02 9.91 9.14 1.65 0.5 1.93 25 L + 3.0
5 4.0 4.04 3.89 8.33 7.52 1.27 12.40 11.38 1.90 0.5 2.41 27 L + 3.5
6 4.8 4.85 4.65 10.01 9.04 1.52 16.51 15.24 2.34 0.7 2.90 27 L + 4.0
8 6.3 6.48 6.25 13.33 12.07 2.03 19.81 18.29 2.72 0.8 3.84 31 L + 4.5
NOTES:
1. For application data, see Table 9-109.
2. The junction of head and shank shall have a fillet with a max radius as shown. For Grades 40, 50, 51, and 52 rivets, the max fillet radius for No. 6 rivets
shall be 0.9 mm, and for No. 8 rivets shall be 1.5 mm.
3. When computing the blind side protrusion (F), the max length of rivet (L), as given in Table 9-109 for the applicable grip shall be used. Minimum blind
side clearance may be calculated by subtracting the actual grip (G) (i.e. total thickness of the material to be joined), from the specified blind side protrusion
(F). (Example: To join two plates, each 2.5 mm thick, with a No. 5 rivet, a No. 54 rivet would be used. Minimum blind side clearance necessary to permit
proper rivet setting would be L + 3.5 - G, which is 10.8 + 3.5 - 5.0, and equals 9.3 mm.)

329
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-109 APPLICATION DATA FOR PROTRUDING HEAD STYLE BREAK MANDREL BLIND RIVETS
(IFI-505)

mm
Rivet Nom Recom- Recommended Rivet Length
Series Rivet mended Hole Size Rivet Grip L
No. Size Metric No. Range
Drill Size Max Min Max
32 0.5 to 3.2 6.4
34 3.3 to 6.4 9.5
3 2.4 2.5 2.54 2.46 36 6.5 to 9.5 12.7
38 9.6 to 12.7 15.97
310 12.8 to 15.9 19.11
41 0.5 to 1.6 5.4
42 1.7 to 3.2 7.0
43 3.3 to 4.8 8.6
44 4.9 to 6.4 10.2
4 3.2 3.3 3.38 3.28 45 6.5 to 7.9 11.7
46 8.0 to 9.5 13.4
48 9.6 to 12.7 16.5
410 12.8 to 15.9 19.7
412 16.0 to 19.1 22.9
414 19.2 to 22.2 26.0
52 0.5 to3.2 7.6
53 3.3 to 4.8 9.2
54 4.9 to 6.4 10.8
56 6.5 to 9.5 14.0
58 9.6 to 12.7 17.2
5 4 4.1 4.16 4.06
510 12.8 to 15.9 20.3
512 16.0 to 19.1 23.5
514 19.2 to 22.2 26.7
516 22.3 to 25.4 29.8
518 25.5 to 28.5 33.0
62 0.5 to3.2 8.3
63 3.3 to 4.8 9.8
64 4.9 to 6.4 11.5
66 6.5 to 9.5 14.6
68 9.6 to 12.7 17.8
610 12.8 to 15.9 21.0
6 4.8 4.9 4.98 4.88
612 16.0 to 19.1 24.2
614 19.2 to 22.2 27.3
616 22.3 to 25.4 30.5
618 25.5 to 28.6 33.7
620 28.7 to 31.8 36.8
622 31.9 to 34.8 40.0
82 0.5 to 3.2 9.5
84 3.3 to 6.4 12.7
86 6.5 to 9.5 15.9
88 9.6 to 12.7 19.1
810 12.8 to 15.9 22.2
812 16.0 to 19.1 25.4
8 6.3 6.5 6.63 6.53
814 19.2 to 22.2 28.6
816 22.3 to 25.4 31.8
818 25.5 to 28.6 . 34.9
820 28.7 to 31.8 38.1
822 31.9 to 34.8 41.3
824 34.9 to 38.0 44.5
NOTES:
1. Recommended drill sizes are those which normally produce holes within the specified hole size limits. (See TABLE 15-1).

330
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-110 DIMENSIONS OF 100 deg. AND 120 deg. FLUSH HEAD STYLE BREAK MANDREL BLIND
RIVETS (IFI-505)

mm
D A H E A H E R W P F
Style 3 - Style 4 - Radius Mandrel Blind
Rivet Nom Body Mandrel
100 Deg Head 120 Deg Head of Protru- Side
Series Rivet Head Head Head Head Head Head Protru-
Dia Fillet Dia sion
No. Size Angle Dia Height Angle Dia Height sion
Deg Deg
Fax Min Max Min Ref Max Min Ref Max Nom Min Max
Nom Nom
3 2.4 2.44 2.29 100 4.75 4.09 0.99 120 4.75 4.09 0.69 0.5 1.45 25 L + 2.5
4 3.2 3.25 3.10 100 5.92 5.26 1.14 120 5.92 5.26 0.79 0.7 1.93 25 L + 3.0
5 4.0 4.04 3.89 100 7.47 6.81 1.47 120 7.47 6.81 1.02 0.8 2.41 27 L + 3.5
6 4.8 4.85 4.65 100 9.17 8.51 1.85 120 9.17 8.51 1.27 0.9 2.90 27 L + 4.0
8 6.3 6.48 6.25 100 12.3 11.6 2.5 120 12.3 11.6 1.5 1.0 3.84 31 L + 4.5
NOTES:
1. For application data see Table 9-111.
2. Maximum head diameter is calculated on nominal rivet diameter and nominal head angle extended to sharp corner.
Minimum head diameters is absolute.
3. Head height is given for reference purposes only. Variations in this dimension are controlled by the diameters (H)
and (D) and the included angle of the head.
4. When computing the blind side protrusion (F), the max length of rivet (L) as given in Table 9-111 for the applicable grip
shall be used. Minimum blind side clearance may be calculated by subtracting the actual grip (G) (i.e. total thickness of the
material to be joined) from the specified blind side protrusion (F). (Example: To join two plates, each 4.7 mm thick, with a
No. 6 rivet, a No. 66 rivet would be used. Minimum blind side clearance necessary to permit proper rivet setting would be
L + 4.0 - G, which is 14.6 + 4.0 - 9.4, which equals 9.2 mm).

331
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-111 APPLICATION DATA FOR FLUSH HEAD STYLE BREAK MANDREL BLIND RIVETS (IFI-505)

mm
Recom- Rivet
Rivet Nom mended Recommended Rivet Grip Length
Series Rivet Drill Hole Size No. Range L
No. Size Size
Max Min Max
32 2.0 to 3.2 6.4
3 2.4 2.5 2.54 2.46
34 3.3 to 6.4 9.5
42 2.3to3.2 7.0
43 3.3 to 4.8 8.6
4 3.2 3.3 3.38 3.28 44 4.9 to 6.4 10.2
45 6.5 to 7.9 11.7
46 8.0 to 9.5 13.4
48 9.6 to 12.7 16.5
53 3.0 to 4.8 9.2

5 4.0 4.1 4.16 4.06 54 4.9 to 6.4 10.8


56 6.5 to 9.5 14.0
58 9.6 to 12.7 17.2
63 3.8 to 4.8 9.8
64 4.9 to 6.4 11.5
6 4.8 4.9 4.98 4.88 66 6.5 to 9.5 14.6
68 9.6 to 12.7 17.8
610 12.8 to 15.9 21.0
84 3.3 to 6.4 12.7
8 6.3 6.5 6.63 6.53 86 6.5 to 9.5 15.9
88 9.6 to 12.7 19.1
NOTES:
1. Recommended drill sizes are those which normally produce holes within the specified hole size limits. (See TABLE 15-1).

TABLE 9-112 ULTIMATE SHEAR AND TENSILE STRENGTHS OF BREAK MANDREL BLIND RIVETS (IFI-505)

Nom Ultimate Shear Strength Ultimate Tensile Strength


Rivet Newtons, min Newtons, min
Size Grades Grade Grade Grade Grade Grades Grades Grade Grade Grade Grade Grades
mm 10, 11, 18 16.19 26 30 40 50.51 10, 11, 18 16.19 26 30 40 50.51
2.4 310 400 - 580 890 1020 360 530 - 760 1110 1250
3.2 530 760 690 1160 1560 1870 670 980 940 1380 2000 2360
4 850 1160 1160 1650 2450 2890 1020 1560 1510 2090 3110 3650
4.8 1160 1690 1340 2400 3560 4230 1420 2220 2070 3020 4450 5340
6.3 2050 3110 - 4450 6230 7560 2490 4090 - 5520 8230 9340
NOTE: Grade 20 rivets are not subject to shear and tensile testing.

332
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-113 MANDREL BREAK LOADS OF BREAK MANDREL BLIND RIVETS (IFI-505)

Grade 10, 11 16, 18, 19 20, 21 26 30 40 50 51

Nom Rivet Body Stainless Stainless


Aluminum Aluminum Copper Aluminum Steel Monel
Rivet Material Steel Steel
Size Mandrel Stainless Stainless
Aluminum Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
mm Material Steel Steel
Min 620 780 780 - 1160 1330 1330 1330
2.4
Max 1070 1220 1220 - 1600 2000 2220 2220
Min 1110 1780 1780 2290 2670 2890 2890 2890
3.2
Max 1780 2670 2670 2690 3560 3780 4230 4230
Min 1890 2670 2670 3200 3340 4230 5120 5120
4
Max 2670 3780 3780 3780 4450 5340 6450 6450
Min 2446 3340 3340 4620 5120 6450 6230 6230
4.8
Max 3670 4670 4670 5380 6450 7780 8450 8450
Min 4004 6450 6450 - 8670 11100 13300 13300
6.3
Max 6230 8230 8230 - 10500 12900 16000 16000
NOTES:
1. All loads in newtons.
2. Mandrel break load is defined as the load in newtons necessary to break the mandrel when setting break mandrel types of pull mandrel blind rivets.

TABLE 9-114 GRADES OF BREAK MANDREL CLOSED-END BLIND RIVETS (IFI-509)

Grade Designation Rivet Body Material Mandrel Material


15 Aluminum Alloy 1100 Aluminum Alloy
19 Aluminum Alloy 5056 Carbon Steel
20 Copper Alloy No. 110 Carbon Steel
26 Aluminum Alloy Stainless Steel
30 Low Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
50 Stainless Steel Carbon Steel
51 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel

TABLE 9-115 DIMENSION OF PROTRUDING HEAD STYLE BREAK MANDREL CLOSED-END BLIND RIVETS
(IFI-509)

mm
D H E R W P F
Rivet Nom Style 1 - Man- Blind
Series Rivet Body Regular Head Radius Man- drel Side
No. Size Dia Head Head of drel Protru- Protru-
Dia Height Fillet Dia sion sion
Max Min Max Min Max Max Max Min Max
4 3.2 3.25 3.10 6.40 5.69 1.27 0.7 1.85 25 Equal to
5 4.0 4.04 3.89 8.33 7.52 1.65 0.7 2.31 27 L
6 4.8 4.85 4.65 10.01 9.04 2.03 0.7 2.77 27 Rivet
8 6.3 6.48 6.25 13.33 12.07 2.54 0.7 3.71 27 Length
NOTES:
1. For application data see Table 9-116.
2. The junction of head and shank shall have a fillet with a maximum radius as shown.
3. The blind side protrusion (F) equals the max length of rivet (L) as given in Table 9-116 for application grip. Minimum blind
side clearance may be calculated by subtracting the actual grip (G) (i.e. the total thickness of the material to be joined) from
the blind side protrusion (F). (Example: To join two plates each 2.5 mm thick with a No. 5 rivet, a No. 54 rivet would be
used. Minimum blind side clearance necessary to permit proper rivet setting would be L- G, which is 12.7 - 5.0 and equals 7.7 mm).

333
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-116 APPLICATION DATA FOR PROTRUDING HEAD STYLE BREAK MANDREL CLOSED - END
BLIND RIVETS (IFI-509)
mm
Rivet Nom Recom- Recommended Rivet Grip Rivet
Series Rivet mended Hole Size No Range Length
No. Size Drill L
Size Max Min Max
41 0.5 to 1.6 7.5
42 1.7 to 3.2 9.1
43 3.3 to 4.8 10.7
4 3.2 3.3 3.38 3.28 44 4.9 to 6.4 12.3
45 6.5 to 7.9 13.9
46 8.0 to 9.5 15.5
48 9.6 to 12.7 18.7
52 0.5 to 3.2 9.5
53 3.3 to 4.8 11.1
54 4.9 to 6.4 12.7
5 4.0 4.1 4.16 4.06 55 6.5 to 7.9 14.3
56 8.0 to 9.5 15.9
58 9.6 to 12.7 19.1
62 0.5 to 3.2 10.3
63 3.3 to 4.8 11.9
64 4.9 to 6.4 13.5
6 4.8 4.9 4.98 4.88 66 6.5 to 9.5 16.7
68 9.6 to 12.7 19.8
610 12.8 to 15.9 23.0
612 16.0 to 19.1 26.1
82 0.5 to 3.2 11.3
84 3.3 to 6.4 14.5
86 6.5 to 9.5 17.7
88 9.6 to 12.7 20.8
8 6.3 6.5 6.63 6.53 810 12.8 to 15.9 24.0
812 16.0 to 19.1 27.2
814 19.2 to 22.2 30.4
816 22.3 to 25.4 33.5
NOTES:
1. Recommended drill sizes are those which normally produce holes within the specified hole size limits. (See TABLE 15-1).

334
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-117 DIMENSIONS OF 120 deg. FLUSH HEAD STYLE BREAK MANDREL CLOSED - END BLIND
RIVETS (IFI-509)

mm
D H E R W P F
Style 4 - Man- Blind
Rivet Nom Body Radius Man-
120 Deg Head drel Side
Series Rivet Head Head of drel Protru- Protru-
Dia
No. Size Dia Height Fillet Dia sion sion
Max Min Max Min Ref Max Max Min Max
4 3.2 3.25 3.10 6.22 5.61 1.07 0.7 1.85 25 Equal to
5 4.0 4.04 3.89 8.33 7.52 1.30 0.7 2.31 27 L
6 4.8 4.85 4.65 10.01 9.04 1.52 0.7 2.77 27 Rivet
8 6.3 6.48 6.25 13.33 12.07 2.03 0.7 3.71 27 Length
NOTES:
1. For application data see Table 9-118.
2. Max head diameter is calculated on nominal rivet diameter and nominal head angle extended to sharp corner. Min head diameter is absolute.
3. Head height is given for reference purposes only. Variations in this dimension are controlled by the diameters (H) and (D) and the included angle of the head.
4. The blind side protrusion (F) equals the max length of rivet (L) as given in Table 9-118 for the applicable grip. Minimum
blind side clearance may be calculated by subtracting the actual grip (G) (i.e., the total thickness of the material to be joined)
from the blind side protrusion (F). (Example: To join two plates each 2.5 mm thick with a No. 5 rivet, a No. 54 rivet would
be used. Minimum blind side clearance necessary to permit proper rivet setting would be L-G, which is 14 - 5 and equals 9 mm).

335
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-118 APPLICATION DATA FOR FLUSH HEAD STYLE BREAK MANDREL CLOSED - END BLIND
RIVETS (IFI-509)

mm
Rivet Nom Recom- Recommended Rivet Grip Rivet
Series Rivet mended Hole Size No. Range Length
No. Size Drill L
Size Max Min Max
41 0.9 to 1.6 8.4
42 1.7 to 3.2 10
43 3.3 to 4.8 11.6
4 3.2 3.3 3.38 3.28 44 4.9 to 6.4 13.2
45 6.5 to 7.9 14.8
46 8.0 to 9.5 16.4
48 9.6 to 12.7 19.6
52 1.7 to 3.2 10.8
53 3.3 to 4.8 12.4
54 4.9 to 6.4 14
5 4.0 4.1 4.16 4.06
55 6.5 to 7.9 15.5
56 8.0 to 9.5 17.1
58 9.6 to 12.7 20.3
62 1.6 to 3.2 12
63 3.3 to 4.8 13.7
64 4.9 to 6.4 15.3
6 4.8 4.9 4.98 4.88 66 6.5 to 7.9 18.7
68 8.0 to 12.7 21.6
610 12.8 to 15.9 26.1
612 16.0 to 19.1 28
NOTE:
1. Recommended drill sizes are those which normally produce holes within the specified hole size limits. See Table 15-1 for metric or inch drill sizes.

336
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-119 ULTIMATE SHEAR AND TENSILE STRENGTH OF BREAK MANDREL CLOSED - END BLIND
RIVETS (IFI-509)

Nom Ultimate Shear Strength Ultimate Tensile Strength


Rivet Newtons, min Newtons, min

Size Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade
mm 15 19 20 26 30 50 51 15 19 20 26 30 50 51

3.2 440 1070 980 * * * * 490 1240 1330 * * * *

4.0 580 1560 * * * * * 710 2130 * * * * *

4.8 930 2220 * * * * * 1110 3070 * * * * *

6.3 * 4000 * * * * * * 4890 * * * * *


*Value as agreed between manufacturer and purchaser.

TABLE 9-120 MANDREL BREAK LOADS OF BREAK MANDREL CLOSED - END BLIND RIVETS (IFI-509)

Grade 15 19 20 26 30 50 51
Nom Rivet Body Stainless Stainless
Aluminum Aluminum Copper Aluminum Steel
Rivet Material Steel Steel
Size Mandrel Stainless Stainless
Aluminum Steel Steel Steel Steel
mm Material Steel Steel
Min 1110 2450 2450 * * * *
3.2
Max 1780 3340 3340 * * * *
Min 1890 3110 * * * * *
4.0
Max 2670 4890 * * * * *
Min 2670 4000 * * * * *
4.8
Max 3560 6340 * * * * *
Min * 8450 * * * * *
6.3
Max * 10230 * * * * *
*Value as agreed between manufacturer and purchaser.
NOTES:
1. All loads in newtons.
2. Mandrel break load is defined as the load in newtons necessary to break the mandrel when setting the rivet.

PINS
National and international standards for pins of various types are shown in the world metric fastener standards index. Design
details for most popular type pins shown in this book are covered either in an ANSI or ISO standard. All dimensions in the tables
are in millimeters unless otherwise noted.

COTTER PINS (ANSI B18.8.6M)


Cotter pins are specified in ANSI B18.8.6M, and pins in nominal sizes from 0.6 to 20 mm are shown in Table 9-121.

SLOTTED SPRING PINS (ANSI B18.8.4M)


Slotted spring pins are specified in ANSI B18.8.4M and shown in size range from 1.5 through 3 mm for Type A and from 1.5
through 12 mm for Type B in Table 9-122. Hardness requirements for slotted pins are shown in Table 9-123 and the double
shear force is shown in Table 9-124.

COILED SPRING PINS (ANSI B18.8.3M)


Coiled spring pins are covered in ANSI B18.8.3M. ISO 8748 covers the heavy duty, ISO 8750 covers the standard duty, and
ISO 8751 covers the light duty. ANSI B18.8.3M includes all three duties. Nominal pin sizes from 0.8 to 20 mm are shown in
Table 9-125.

DOWEL PINS (ANSI B18.8.5M)


Hardened dowel pins are specified in ANSI B18.8.5M and shown in size range from 1.5 through 25 mm in Table 9-126. The
suggested hole sizes for dowel pins are shown in Table 9-127 and the shear strength in Table 9-128.

PARALLEL PINS, UNHARDENED (ISO 2338)


Dowel pins of Types A, B, and C are specified in ISO 2338, and nominal diameters from 2 to 60 mm are shown in Table 9-129.
National standards for dowel pins are in general agreement with the ISO standard worldwide.
337
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TAPER PINS (ISO 2339)
Table 9-130 shows ISO 2339 standard 1:50 taper pins with small diameters from 0.6 to 75 mm. Similar taper pins are covered
in national standards throughout the world, as shown in the index.

CLEVIS PINS (ISO 2340)


Plain clevis pins without heads of Type A (without holes) and Type B (with holes) are specified in ISO 2340, and nominal sizes
from 3 to 200 mm are shown in Table 9-131.

CLEVIS PINS WITH HEAD (ISO 2341)


ISO 2341 defines clevis pins with head of Type A (without hole) and Type B (with hole). Pins with nominal diameters from 3 to
100 mm are shown in Table 9-132.

TABLE 9-121 COTTER PINS (ANSI B18.8.200M)

mm
Extended
Nominal Size Total Shank Wire Width Head Prong Gage Hole
or Basic Diameter A B Diameter Length Diameter
Diameter C D ±0.03
Max Min Max Min Min Min
0.6 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.9 0.8 0.6
0.8 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.6 1.2 0.8 0.8
1 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.7 1.6 0.8 1
1.2 1 0.9 1 0.8 1.7 1.2 1.2
1.6 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.1 2.4 1.2 1.6
2 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.4 3.2 1.2 2
2.5 2.3 2.1 2.3 1.7 4 1.2 2.5
3.2 2.9 2.7 2.9 2.2 5.1 1.6 3.2
4 3.7 3.5 3.7 2.8 6.5 2 4
5 4.6 4.4 4.6 3.5 8 2 5
6.3 5.9 5.7 5.9 4.6 10.3 2 6.3
8 7.5 7.3 7.5 5.9 13.1 2 8
10 9.5 9.3 9.5 6.7 16.6 3.2 10
13 12.4 12.1 12.4 9.4 21.7 3.2 13
16 15.4 15.1 15.4 12 27 3.2 16
20 19.3 19 19.3 14.5 33.8 3.2 20
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 1234.
2. Preferred lengths in the ANSI standard are underlined. The standard ISO lengths are as follows: L = 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
16, 18, 20, 22, 25, 28, 32, 36, 40, 45, 50, 56, 63, 71, 80, 90, 100, 112, 125, 140, 160, 180, 200, 224, 250, 280.
3. Tolerance on length: ANSI: 28 or less ± 1; over 28 through 80 ± 1.5; over 80 ± 2. ISO: js17 shown in Table 9-2B.
4. Material: Steel (St) [See Table 10-44, col. 2, Table 10-42C, cols. 3 and 4, Brass, Copper (Cu), and Aluminum (AI)].
5. Nominal size = diameter of the split pin hole.
6. Typical designation: Cotter Pin 3.2 x 36. Extended prong type, steel, zinc plated.
338
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-122 SLOTTED SPRING PINS (ANSI B18.8.4M)

mm
B C S
D
Nominal Chamfer Chamfer Stock Recommended
Pin Size Diameter Diameter Length Thickness Hole Size
Max Min Max Max Min Nom Max Min
Type A
1.5 1.69 1.62 1.4 0.7 0.15 0.3 1.6 1.5
2 2.2 2.12 1.9 0.8 0.2 0.4 2.1 2
2.5 2.72 2.63 2.4 0.9 0.2 0.5 2.6 2.5
3 3.25 3.15 2.9 1 0.2 0.6 3.1 3
Type B
1.5 1.66 1.58 1.4 0.7 0.15 0.35 1.56 1.5
2 2.19 2.1 1.9 0.8 0.2 0.45 2.07 2
2.5 2.72 2.62 2.4 0.9 0.2 0.55 2.58 2.5
3 3.25 3.14 2.9 1 0.2 0.65 3.1 3
4 4.3 4.16 3.9 1.2 0.3 0.8 4.12 4
5 5.33 5.17 4.8 1.4 0.3 1 5.12 5
6 6.36 6.18 5.8 1.6 0.4 1.2 6.12 6
8 8.45 8.22 7.8 2 0.4 1.6 8.15 8
10 10.51 10.25 9.7 2.4 0.5 2 10.15 10
12 12.55 12.28 11.7 2.8 0.6 2.5 12.18 12
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable: with parts made to ISO 8752 except for a few minor limitations specified
in ANSI B18.8.4M. The recommended hole sizes are equal to the nominal diameter of the pin with the tolerance H12, except
for Type B pin sizes 1.5, 2, and 2.5, which are held tighter in the ANSI standard as shown in Table 9-122.
2. The ISO standard lengths are as follows: L = 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, (14), 16, (18), 20, (22), 24, 26, (28), 30, (32), 35, 40, 45, 50,
(55), 60, (65), 70, (75), 80, (85), 90, (95), 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200; above 200 in increments of 20. The ANSI preferred lengths
are underlined except those shown in parenthesis which are not a preferred length.
3. Tolerance on length: ANSI: 24 or less , ± 0.4; over 24 through 50 ± 0.5; over 50 through 75 ± 0.6; over 75 ± 0.75. Tolerance
on nominal hole diameter: ANSI: See Table; ISO: 10 or less , ± 0.25; over 10 to 50 ± 0.5; over 50 ± 0.75.
4. Material: ANSI: AISI 1070 - 1095 Carbon Steel; see Table 10-44, columns 14, 15, and 16.
AISI 302 Stainless Steel; see Table 10-50, column 5.
ISO: C > 0.65, Mn > 0.5; see Table 10-44, Column 13. or C > 0 5, Si > 1.5, Mn > 0.7.
5. Typical designation: Slotted spring pin 6 x 30 AISI 1070-1095 carbon steel, phosphate coated, ANSI B18.8.4M.

339
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-123 HARDNESS REQUIREMENTS (ANSI B18.8.4M)

Nominal Size Range To 1.5 2-3 4-6 8-12


Hardness Test Vickers HR 15N HR A HR C
Material Hardness Values

AISI 1070 (UNS G 10700)


to 458-560 83.5-86.9 73.6-77.4 46-53
AISI 1095 (UNS G 10950)

AISI 410 (UNS S 41000)


to 423-544 82.0-86.4 72.0-76.8 43-52
AISI 420 (UNS S 42000)

2 2 2 2
AISI 302 (UNS S 30200) WH WH WH WH

Beryllium Copper (UNS C 17200) 354-412 78.3-81.5 68.4-71.5 36-42


NOTES:
1. Vickers Hardness Test is to be conducted in accordance with ASTM E92 and Rockwell Hardness Tests are to be conducted
in accordance with ASTM E18.
2. WH = work hardened.

TABLE 9-124 DOUBLE SHEAR FORCE - kN (ANSI B18.8.4M)

Material
Nominal Carbon & 400 302 Beryllium
Pin Series Corrosion Series Corrosion Copper
Size Resistant Steel Resistant Steel
Type A
1.5 1.6 0.9 1.0
2 2.8 1.6 1.7
2.5 4.4 2.6 2.7
3 6.3 3.7 3.9
Type B
1.5 1.8 1.0 1.1
2 3.5 2.0 2.2
2.5 5.5 3.2 3.5
3 7.8 4.5 4.9
4 12.3 7.2 7.7
5 19.6 11.4 12.3
6 28.5 16.6 17.8
8 48.8 28.4 30.5
10 79.1 46.1 49.4
12 104.1 60.7 65.0

340
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-125 COILED SPRING PINS (ANSI B18.8.3M)

mm
A B C Minimum Double Shear, kN
Pin Diameter Chamfer Recom- Standard Duty Heavy Duty Light Duty
Nom mended
UNS Material Designation Number
Pin Standard Heavy Light Hole
Size Duty Duty Duty Dia Length Size G10700 S30200 G10700 S30200 G10700 S30200
G10950 or G10950 or G10950 or
Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Ref Max Min S42000 S30400 S42000 S30400 S42000 S30400
0.8 0.91 0.85 ... ... ... ... 0.75 0.3 0.84 0.8 0.41 0.3 ... ... ... ...
1 1.15 1.05 .. ... ... ... 0.95 0.3 1.04 1 0.61 0.45 ... ... ...
1.2 1.35 1.25 ... ... ... ... 1.15 0.4 1.24 1.2 0.91 0.65 ... ... ... ...
1.5 1.73 1.62 1.71 1.61 1.75 1.62 1.4 0.5 1.6 1.5 1.45 1.05 1.9 1.45 0.8 0.65
2 2.25 2.13 2.21 2.11 2.28 2.13 1.9 0.7 2.1 2 2.5 1.9 3.5 2.5 1.5 1.1
2.5 2.78 2.65 2.73 2.62 2.82 2.65 2.4 0.7 2.6 2.5 3.9 2.9 5.5 3.8 2.3 1.8
3 3.3 3.15 3.25 3.12 3.35 3.15 2.9 0.9 3.1 3 5.5 4.2 7.6 5.7 3.3 2.5
3.5 3.84 3.67 3.79 3.64 3.87 3.67 3.4 1 3.62 3.5 7.5 5.7 10 7.6 4.5 3.4
4 4.4 4.2 4.3 4.15 4.45 4.2 3.9 1.1 4.12 4 9.6 7.6 13.5 10 5.7 4.4
5 5.5 5.25 5.35 5.15 5.5 5.2 4.85 1.3 5.12 5 15 11.5 20 15.5 9 7
6 6.5 6.25 6.4 6.18 6.55 6.25 5.85 1.5 6.12 6 22 16.8 30 23 13 10
8 8.63 8.3 8.55 8.25 8.65 8.3 7.8 2 8.15 8 39 30 53 41 23 18
10 10.8 10.4 10.7 10.3 ... ... 9.75 2.5 10.2 10 62 48 84 64 ... ...
12 12.9 12.4 12.8 12.4 ... ... 11.7 3 12.2 12 89 67 120 91 ... ..
14 15 14.5 14.9 14.4 ... ... 13.6 3.5 14.2 14 120 ... 165 ... ... ...
16 17 16.5 16.9 16.4 ... ... 15.6 4 16.2 16 155 ... 210 ... ... ...
20 21.1 20.4 21 20.4 ... ... 19.6 4.5 20.2 20 250 ... 340 .. ... ...
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are interchangeable with parts made to ISO 8748 for heavy duty; ISO 8750 for standard duty;
and ISO 8751 for light duty.
2. The ISO and ANSI standard lengths are as follows: L = 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 35, 40, 45, 50,
55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200. Above 200 in increments of 20.
3. Tolerance on length: ANSI and ISO: 10 or less ± 0.25; Over 10 to 50 ± 0.5; Over 50 ± 0.75.
4. Material: AISI 1070-1095 (UNS G10700-G10950) Carbon Steel, Hardness 420-545 HV. See Table 10-44, columns 14, 15, and
16.
AISI 420 (UNS S42000-UNS S30200) Stainless Steel, Hardness 458-562HV. See Table 10-49, column 9.
AISI 302 (UNS S30200) Stainless Steel, Work Hardened. See Table 10-50, column 5.
ISO: C > 0.65, Mn > 0.5.
(1) Sizes 0.8 through 1.2 are not available in 1070-1095 carbon steel (UNS 610700-UNS 610950)
(2) Sizes 14 and larger are produced from 6150 alloy steel (UNS H61500), not UNS G10700-G10950.
5. Typical designation: Coiled spring pin 5 x 20 AISI 1070-1095 Carbon steel, phosphate coated - ANSI B18.8.3M.

341
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-126 DOWEL PINS (ANSI B18.8.5M)

mm
Nominal Pin Diameter - A B C R L
Pin Standard Series Oversize Series Point Diameter Crown Radius Nom
Size Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Min
1.5 1.508 1.503 1.530 1.525 1.4 1.2 0.6 0.2 3.5
2 2.008 2.003 2.030 2.025 1.9 1.7 0.6 0.2 3.5
2.5 2.508 2.503 2.530 2.525 2.4 2.2 0.7 0.3 4
3 3.008 3.003 3.030 3.025 2.9 2.6 0.8 0.3 4
4 4.009 4.004 3.031 4.026 3.9 3.6 0.9 0.4 4.5
5 4.009 5.004 5.031 5.026 4.9 4.6 1 0.4 4.5
6 6.010 6.004 6.032 6.026 5.8 5.4 1.1 0.4 5
8 8.012 8.006 8.034 8.028 7.8 7.4 1.3 0.5 5.5
10 10.012 10.006 10.034 10.028 9.8 9.4 1.4 0.6 6
12 12.013 12.007 12.035 12.029 11.8 11.4 1.6 0.6 6
16 16.013 16.007 16.035 16.029 15.8 15.3 1.8 0.8 7
20 20.014 20.008 20.036 20.030 19.8 19.3 2 0.8 7
25 25.014 25.008 25.036 25.030 24.8 24.3 2.3 1 7.5
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are not interchangeable with parts made to ISO 8734 where the tolerance class m6 is recommended
to be used. Other tolerances, as agreed upon between customer and supplier, are an approved option, and pins specified here
would fall into that category. The ISO pins are also different in dowel pin end design.
2. Nominal pin sizes: ISO: 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, and 20. Standard pin lengths: ANSI: 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 30,
35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150. ISO: 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 35, 40,
45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100. Above 100 in increments of 20.
3. Tolerance on length: ANSI 24 or less ± 0.4; over 24 to 50 ± 0.5; over 50 to 75 ± 0.6; over 75 ± 0.75. ISO: 10 or less
± 0.25; over 10 to 50 ± 0.5; over 50 ± 0.75.
4. Material: (1) Any carbon or alloy steel capable of being heat-treated to a core hardness of 50 HRC minimum and having
sulfur and phosphorous content not in excess of 0.05 and 0.04%, respectively. (2) Case-hardened pins shall have a minimum
case depth of 0.25 mm for nominal pin sizes 4 mm or smaller and 0.38 mm for nominal pins larger than 4 mm. The case shall
have a minimum surface hardness of 60 HRC and a core hardness of 50-58 HRC. Material: ISO Type A, C = 0.95-1.1-Hardness
550-650 HV30. Type B, Case harden; surface hardness 600-700 HV1. Hardness at case depth 0.25-0.4 mm 550 HV1 minimum.
5. Typical designation: 1.5 x 12, Oversize dowel pin per ANSI B18.8.5M, or 16 x 45, Standard dowel pin, zinc coated per ANSI B18.8.5M.

342
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-127 SUGGESTED HOLE SIZES TABLE 9-128 SHEAR STRENGTH - kN
(ANSI B18.8.5M) (ANSI B18.8.5M)
Nominal Hole Diameter Nominal Calculated Single
Pin Standard Series Pins Pin Shear Load for
Size Max Min Size Steel Material
1.5 1.5 1.487 1.5 1.86
2 2 1.987 2 3.3
2.5 2.5 2.487 2.5 5.15
3 3 2.987 3 7.4
4 4 3.987 4 13.2
5 5 4.987 5 20.6
6 6 5.987 6 29.7
8 8 7.987 8 52.5
10 10 9.987 10 82.5
12 12 11.985 12 119
16 16 15.985 16 211
20 20 19.983 20 330
25 25 24.983 25 515

TABLE 9-129 PARALLEL PINS, UNHARDENED (ISO 2338)


Type A Type B Type C

mm
d 0.6 0,8 1 1.2 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
a 0.08 0,1 0.12 0.16 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.5 3 4 5 6.3
c 0.12 0.16 0.2 0.25 0.3 0,35 0,4 0.5 0.63 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2,5 3 3.5 4 5 6.3 8
Length, l
nom min max
2 1.75 2.25 x x
3 2.75 3.25 x x x x x
4 3.75 4.25 x x x x x
5 4.75 5.25 x x x x x
6 5.75 6.25 x x x x x x x
8 7.75 8.25 x x x x x x x x
10 9.75 10.25 x x x x x x x x
12 11.5 12.5 x x x x x x x x
14 13.5 14.5 x x x x x x x x
16 15.5 16.5 x x x x x x x x
18 17.5 18.5 x x x x x x x x
20 19.5 20.5 x x x x x x x x
22 21.5 22.5 x x x x x x x x
24 23.5 24.5 x x x x x x x x
26 25.5 26.5 x x x x x x x x
28 27.5 28.5 x x x x x x x x
30 29.5 30.5 x x x x x x x x
32 31.5 32.5 x x x x x x x
35 34.5 35.5 x x x x x x x x
40 39.5 40.5 x x x x x x x x
45 44.5 45.5 x x x x x x x
50 49.5 50.5 x x x x x x x x
55 54.25 55.75 x x x x x x x
60 59.25 60.75 x x x x x x x x
NOTES:
1. Standard lengths over 60 are 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200 and in increments of 20.
2. Tolerance on length is ± 0.75 for lengths shown in note 1.
3. Tolerance on nominal diameters m6, h6, h11 (see Tables 6-24 and 6-22).
4. Material: See Table 10-46 cols. 1 and 6; Table 10-43A, col. 5; Table 10-42C, col. 4.
5. The surface finish is in micrometers.
6. Steel bars to tolerance h11 for Type C pins are shown in Table 10-12.
7. Typical designation for a parallel pin with d = 4 to ISO tolerance m6, I = 20, Steel quality AISI 1211. Parallel pin 4 m6 x 20 ISO 2238 Type A AISI 1211
8. Hardened dowel pins are specified in ANSI 818.8.5M (see Table 9-126).
343
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-130 TAPER PINS (ISO 2339)

mm
d h10 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
a 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.16 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.63 0.8 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.5 3 4 5 6.3
Length, l
nom min max
2 1.75 2.25
3 2.75 3.25
4 3.75 4.25 x
5 4.75 5.25 x x
6 5.75 6.25 x x x x
8 7.75 8.25 x x x x x
10 9.75 10.25 x x x x x x
12 11.5 12.5 x x x x x x x
14 13.5 14.5 x x x x x x x
16 15.5 16.5 x x x x x x x
18 17.5 18.5 x x x x x x x
20 19.5 20.5 x x x x x x x
22 21.5 22.5 x x x x x x x x
24 23.5 24.5 x x x x x x x x
26 25.5 26.5 x x x x x x x x
28 27.5 28.5 x x x x x x x x
30 29.5 30.5 x x x x x x x x
32 31.5 32.5 x x x x x x x x x
35 34.5 35.5 x x x x x x x x x
40 39.5 40.5 x x x x x x x x
45 44.5 45.5 x x x x x x x x x
50 49.5 50.5 x x x x x x x x x
55 54.25 55.75 x x x x x x x x x x
60 59.25 60.75 x x x x x x x x x x
65 64.3 65.8 x x x x x x x x x x
70 69.25 70.75 x x x x x x x x x x
75 74.25 75.75 x x x x x x x x x x
NOTES:
1. Standard lengths over 75 are 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200 and in increments of 20.
2. Tolerance on length is ± 0.75 for lengths shown in note a.
3. The taper shall be inspected by use of an adequate optical comparator.
4. Material: St = Free-cutting steel, hardness 125-245 HV. Other materials as agreed on between customer and supplier.
5. The surface finish is micrometers.
6. Order example for a ground taper pin d - 4 mm, 40 mm long, Type A, steel type AISI 1108, taper pin Type A 4 x 40 ISO 2339 AISI1108.
7. Tolerance on nominal diameters m6, h6, h11 (see Tables 6-24 and 6-22).
8. Material: See Table 10-46 cols. 1 and 6; Table 10-43A, col. 5; Table 10-42C, col. 4.
9. Steel bars to tolerance h11 for Type C pins are shown in Table 10-12.
10. Order example for a ground taper pin with d = 4, 40 mm long, Type A, steel quality AISI 1108, taper pin Type A 4 x 40 ISO 2339 AISI 1108.

344
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-131A HEADLESS CLEVIS PINS (ANSI B18.8.200M)

mm
Types A (without split pin holes) and B (with holes) Type B Only
D Dp D1
Pin Diameter Point Diameter Hole Diameter
Nominal Max Min Max Min Nominal Max Min
3 3 2.94 2.2 1.8 0.8 0.94 0.8
4 4 3.925 3.2 2.8 1 1.14 1
5 5 4.925 3.3 2.7 1.2 1.34 1.2
6 6 5.925 4.3 3.7 1.6 1.74 1.6
8 8 7.91 6.3 5.7 2 2.14 2
10 10 9.91 8.3 7.7 3.2 3.38 3.2
12 12 11.9 9.5 8.5 3.2 3.38 3.2
14 14 13.9 11.5 10.5 4 4.18 4
16 16 15.9 13.5 12.5 4 4.18 4
18 18 17.9 15.5 14.5 5 5.18 5
20 20 19.87 16.6 15.4 5 5.18 5
22 22 21.87 18.6 17.4 5 5.18 5
24 24 23.87 20.6 19.4 6.3 6.52 6.3
27 27 26.87 23.6 22.4 6.3 6.52 6.3
30 30 29.87 26.6 25.4 8 8.22 8
33 33 32.84 29.6 28.4 8 8.22 8
36 36 35.84 32.6 31.4 8 8.22 8
40 40 39.84 36.6 35.4 8 8.22 8
45 45 44.84 41.6 40.4 10 10.22 10
50 50 49.84 46.6 45.4 10 10.22 10
55 55 54.81 50 48 10 10.22 10
60 60 59.81 55 53 10 10.22 10
70 70 69.81 65 63 13 13.27 13
80 80 79.81 75 73 13 13.27 13
90 90 89.78 85 83 13 13.27 13
100 100 99.78 95 93 13 13.27 13
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are functionally interchangeable with parts made to the ISO 2340 standard.
2. Standard lengths are shown in Table 9-131B.
3. Tolerances on lengths are as follows; ± 0.25 mm for lengths equal or less than 10 mm,
± 0.5 mm for lengths over 10 through 50 mm, and ± 0.75 mm for lengths over 50 mm.
4. The distances between holes, Lh, are shown in Table 9-131B. The length between hole center tolerances
are shown in Table 9-131C. The hole to pin tolerances are shown in Table 9-131D.
5. Material: Unhardened clevis pins are furnished and made from low carbon (C=0.28% max) unless hardened
pins are specified. Hardened pins are made from AISI E52100 or equivalent. Case hardened pins are made
from AISI 1010 or equivalent (see Table 10-47 col . 5).
6. Holes are for split cotter pins shown in Table 9-121.
7. Designation example; headless clevis pin with two holes type A to ANSI B18.8.200M, D=16 mm,
tolerance class if other than standard, L=100 mm, D1=4 mm, Lh=85 mm, zinc plated.
345
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-131B HEADLESS CLEVIS PINS - LENGTH BETWEEN HOLE CENTERS (ANSI B18.8.200M)
mm
D 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 27 30 33 36 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100

L Lh Nominal Length Between Hole Centers

8 3 2.8
10 4.9 4.8 2.3
12 6.5 6.4 4.2 3.8
14 8.5 8.4 6.2 5.8
16 10.5 10.5 8.2 7.7 6.4
18 12.5 12.5 10 9.7 8.4
20 14.5 14.5 12 11.5 10.5 8.9
22 16.5 16.5 14 13.5 12.5 11
24 18.5 18.5 16 15.5 14.5 13 10.5
26 20.5 20 18 17.5 16.5 15 12.5
28 22.5 22 20 19.5 18.5 17 14.5 14
30 24.5 24 22 21.5 20.5 18.5 16.5 16
32 26 24 23.5 22.5 20.5 18.5 18 17.5
35 29 27 26.5 25.5 23.5 21.5 21 20.5 19.5
40 34 32 31.5 30.5 28.5 26.5 26 25.5 24.5 22.5
45 37 36.5 35 33.5 31.5 31 30.5 29.5 27.5 27.5
50 42 41.5 40 38.5 36.5 36 35.5 34 32.5 32.5 31
55 46 45 43 41 40 40 39 37 37 35.5 35.5
60 51 50 48 46 45 45 44 42 42 40.5 40.5 38.5
65 54.5 53 50.5 50 50 49 47 47 45.5 45.5 43.5 44
70 59.5 58 55.5 55 55 53.5 52 52 50.5 50.5 48.5 49 49
75 64.5 63 60.5 60 60 58.5 57 57 55.5 55.5 53.5 54 53.5
80 69.5 68 65.5 65 65 63.5 62 62 60.5 60.5 58.5 59 58.5 59
85 73 70.5 70 70 68.5 67 67 65.5 65.5 63.5 64 63.5 63.5
90 78 75.5 75 75 73.5 72 72 70.5 70.5 68.5 69 68.5 68.5 67
95 83 80.5 80 80 78.5 77 77 75.5 75.5 73.5 74 73.5 73.5 72
100 88 85.5 85 85 83.5 81.5 82 80 80 78.5 79 78.5 79 77 75.5
120 106 105 105 104 102 102 100 100 98.5 99 98.5 98.5 97 95.5 91.5 91.5
140 125 125 123 122 122 120 120 118 118 118 119 116 115 111 111 108
160 145 143 142 142 140 140 138 138 138 139 136 135 131 131 128 128
180 163 162 162 160 160 158 158 158 159 156 155 151 151 148 148 148
200 181 182 180 180 178 178 178 178 176 175 171 171 168 168 168 169
220 202 200 200 198 198 198 198 196 195 191 191 188 188 188 188
240 220 220 218 218 218 218 216 215 211 211 208 208 208 208
260 240 238 238 238 238 236 235 231 231 228 228 228 228
280 258 258 258 258 256 255 251 251 248 248 248 248
300 278 278 278 278 276 275 271 271 268 268 268 268

346
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-131C HEADLESS CLEVIS PINS - LENGTH BETWEEN HOLE CENTERS TOLERANCE
(ANSI B18.8.200M)

Lh mm
Nominal Length Length Between Hole Centers
Between Hole Tolerance Plus
Centers (Nothing Minus)
over thru
- 3 0.25
3 6 0.3
6 10 0.36
10 18 0.43
18 30 0.52
30 50 0.62
50 80 0.74
80 120 0.87
120 180 1
180 250 1.15
250 315 1.3
315 400 1.4
400 500 1.55

TABLE 9-131D HEADLESS CLEVIS PINS - HOLE TO PIN POSITION TOLERANCE (ANSI B18.8.200M)

D Hole to Pin
Nominal Pin Diameter Position Tolerance
at MMC
over thru (Max Width)
3 0.28
3 6 0.36
6 10 0.44
10 18 0.54
18 30 0.66
30 50 0.78
50 80 0.92
80 100 1.08

347
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-132A HEADED CLEVIS PINS - DIMENSIONS OF TYPES A AND B (ANSI B18.8.200M)

Type A Type B
Without split pin hole With split pin hole

mm
D Dk K E R t1 t2 DP D1
Shank Head Head Head Head
Chamfer Fillet Bearing Periphery Point Hole
Diameter Diameter Height or Radius Radius Surface Circular Diameter Diameter
Runout
Nom Max Min Max Min Max Min Approx Nom Max Max Max Min Nom Max Min
3 3 2.94 5 4.7 1.2 0.8 0.5 0.6 0.14 0.6 2.2 1.8 0.8 0.94 0.8
4 4 3.925 6 5.7 1.2 0.8 0.5 0.6 0.17 0.6 3.2 2.8 1 1.14 1
5 5 4.925 8 7.64 1.8 1.4 1 0.6 0.22 0.72 3.3 2.7 1.2 1.34 1.2
6 6 5.925 10 9.64 2.2 1.8 1 0.6 0.28 0.72 4.3 3.7 1.6 1.74 1.6
8 8 7.91 14 13.57 3.2 2.8 1 0.6 0.39 0.86 6.3 5.7 2 2.14 2
10 10 9.91 18 17.57 4.2 3.8 1 0.6 0.5 0.86 8.3 7.7 3 3.38 3.2
12 12 11.9 20 19.48 4.2 3.8 1.5 0.6 0.56 1.04 9.5 8.5 3 3.38 3.2
14 14 13.9 22 21.48 4.2 3.8 1.5 0.6 0.61 1.04 11.5 10.5 4 4.18 4
16 16 15.9 25 24.48 4.7 4.3 1.5 0.6 0.7 1.04 13.5 12.5 4 4.18 4
18 18 17.9 28 27.48 5.2 4.8 1.5 1 0.78 1.04 15.5 14.5 5 5.18 5
20 20 19.87 30 29.48 5.2 4.8 2 1 0.84 1.04 16.6 15.4 5 5.18 5
22 22 21.87 33 32.38 5.7 5.3 2 1 0.92 1.24 18.6 17.4 5 5.18 5
24 24 23.87 36 35.38 6.2 5.8 2 1 1.01 1.24 20.6 19.4 6.3 6.52 6.3
27 27 26.87 40 39.38 6.2 5.8 2 1 1.12 1.24 23.6 22.4 6.3 6.52 6.3
30 30 29.87 44 43.38 8.3 7.7 2 1 1.23 1.24 26.6 25.4 8 8.22 8
33 33 32.84 47 46.38 8.3 7.7 2 1 1.31 1.24 29.6 28.4 8 8.22 8
36 36 35.84 50 49.38 8.3 7.7 2 1 1.4 1.24 32.6 31.4 8 8.22 8
40 40 39.84 55 54.26 8.3 7.7 2 1 0.77 1.48 36.6 35.4 8 8.22 8
45 45 44.84 60 59.26 9.3 8.7 2 1 0.84 1.48 41.6 40.4 10 10.22 10
50 50 49.84 66 65.26 9.3 8.7 2 1 0.92 1.48 46.6 45.4 10 10.22 10
55 55 54.81 72 71.26 11.4 10.6 3 1 1.01 1.48 50 48 10 10.22 10
60 60 59.81 78 77.26 12.4 11.6 3 1 1.09 1.48 55 53 10 13.27 10
70 70 69.81 90 89.13 13.4 12.6 3 1 1.26 1.74 65 63 13 13.27 13
80 80 79.81 100 99.13 13.4 12.6 3 1 1.4 1.74 75 73 13 13.27 13
90 90 89.78 110 109.13 13.4 12.6 3 1 1.54 1.74 85 83 13 13.27 13
100 100 99.78 120 119.13 13.4 12.6 3 1 1.68 1.74 95 93 13 13.27 13
NOTES:
1. Parts made to this standard are functionally interchangeable with parts made to the ISO 2341 standard.
2. Standard lengths are shown in Table 9-132B.
3. Tolerances on lengths are as follows; ± 0.25 mm for lengths equal or less than 10 mm,
± 0.5 mm for lengths over 10 through 50 mm, and ± 0.75 mm for lengths over 50 mm.
4. The distances from head to hole, Lh, are shown in Table 9-132B. The length hole tolerances
are shown in Table 9-132C. The hole to pin tolerances are shown in Table 9-132D.
5. Material: Unhardened clevis pins are furnished and made from low carbon (C=0.28% max) unless hardened
pins are specified. Hardened pins are made from AISI E52100 or equivalent. Case hardened pins are made
from AISI 1010 or equivalent (see Table 10-47 col. 5).
6. Holes are for split cotter pins shown in Table 9-121.
7. Designation example; headed clevis pin with hole type B to ANSI B18.8.200M, D=16 mm,
tolerance class if other than standard, L=100 mm, D1=4 mm, Lh=92 mm, zinc plated.

348
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-132B HEADED CLEVIS PINS - HOLE LOCATION (ANSI B18.8.200M)
mm
D 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 27 30 33 36 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100

L
Lh Nominal Head to Hole Center
6 3.2
8 5.2 5.2
10 7.2 7.1 6
12 8.9 8.9 8 7.5
14 11 11 10 9.5
16 13 13 12 12 11
18 15 15 14 15 13
20 17 17 16 17 15 14
22 19 19 18 19 17 16
24 21 21 20 20 19 18 17
26 23 23 22 22 21 20 19
28 25 25 24 24 23 22 21 21
30 28 27 26 26 25 24 23 23
32 29 28 28 27 26 25 25 25
35 32 31 31 30 29 28 28 28 27
40 37 36 36 35 34 33 32 33 32 31
45 41 41 40 39 38 37 38 39 36 36
50 46 46 45 44 43 42 43 42 41 41 40
55 51 50 49 48 47 47 47 46 46 45 45
60 56 55 54 53 52 52 52 51 51 50 50 49
65 60 59 58 57 57 57 56 56 55 55 54 54
70 65 64 63 62 62 62 61 61 60 60 59 59 59
75 70 69 68 67 67 67 66 66 65 65 64 64 64
80 75 74 73 72 72 72 71 71 70 70 69 69 70 69
85 79 78 77 77 77 76 76 75 75 74 74 75 74
90 84 82 82 82 82 80 80 80 80 79 79 80 79 78
95 89 87 87 87 86 85 85 85 85 84 84 85 85 83
100 94 92 92 92 91 90 90 90 90 89 89 89 89 88 87
120 112 112 112 111 110 110 110 110 109 109 110 110 108 107 105 105
140 132 132 131 130 130 129 129 128 128 129 129 127 127 125 125 123
160 152 151 150 150 149 149 148 148 149 149 147 147 145 145 143 143
180 171 170 170 169 169 168 168 169 169 167 167 165 165 163 163 164
200 190 190 189 189 168 168 189 189 187 187 185 185 183 183 183 183
220 209 209 208 206 209 209 207 207 205 205 203 203 203 203
240 229 229 228 228 229 229 227 227 225 225 223 223 223 223
260 249 248 248 249 249 247 247 245 245 243 243 243 243
280 268 268 268 268 267 267 265 265 263 263 263 263
300 288 288 288 288 287 287 285 285 283 283 283 283

349
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-132C HEADED CLEVIS PINS - LENGTH FROM TABLE 9-132D HEADED CLEVIS PINS - HOLE TO
HEAD TO HOLE CENTER (ANSI B18.8.200M) SHANK POSITION TOLERANCE (ANSI B18.8.200M)
mm mm
Lh D Hole to Shank
Nominal Length Head to Hole Center Nominal Shank Diameter Position Tolerance at MMC
From Head to Tolerance Plus over thru (Max Width)
Hole Center (Nothing Minus) - 3 0.28
over thru 3 6 0.36
- 3 0.25 6 10 0.44
3 6 0.3 10 18 0.54
6 10 0.36 18 30 0.66
10 18 0.43 30 50 0.78
18 30 0.52 50 80 0.92
30 50 0.62 80 100 1.08
50 80 0.74
80 120 0.87
120 180 1
180 250 1.15
250 315 1.3
315 400 1.4
400 500 1.55

RETAINING RINGS
There is no ISO standard for retaining rings yet. National standards covering various types of retaining rings, are shown in the
world fastener index. The first German standards of this type of fastener were published in 1941, and other national standards
have followed the basic principles of the DIN standards.
The following is a brief analysis of some of the advantages and disadvantages of the European and American designs for
retaining rings, based on technical data from countries throughout the world.
In comparison with their American counterparts, shown in this book, European-type retaining rings covered by the DIN
standards are thicker, less flexible, held to closer thick-ness tolerances, are seated in shallower grooves, and are more difficult
to assemble. The American-type retaining rings generally are thinner and utilize flexibility and a hysteresis principle of design,
which permits the use of deeper grooves for higher thrust load capacity.
In both instances, the rings are made of hardened material while the shaft or housing in which the rings are installed generally
is of softer material, making the groove wall the limiting factor for allowable thrust loads in the assembly. The greater the area of
contact between groove wall and ring, the higher the load capacity.
For optimum ring performance, groove specifications prescribed by individual retaining ring manufacturers should be adhered
to. Grooves that are cut too shallow could cause a ring to deflect to a point of failure. Because of stress concentrations, grooves
cut too deep could reduce the strength of the shaft or housing in areas subjected to dynamic torsional and bending moments.

BASIC RETAINING RINGS FOR HOLES (ANSI B27.7M)


Axially assembled basic internal retaining rings are shown for nominal hole diameters from 8 to 65 mm in Table 9-133.

BASIC RETAINING RINGS FOR SHAFTS (ANSI B27.7M)


Axially assembled basic external retaining rings for nominal shafts from 4 to 46 mm are shown in Table 9-134.

E-RINGS FOR SHAFTS (ANSI B27.7M)

Radially assembled E-rings used for shafts provide the ease of “clip on” assembly. Rings for nominal shaft diameters from 1 to
25 mm are shown in Table 9-135.

350
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-133 BASIC RETAINING RING FOR HOLES (ANSI B27.7M)

mm
Bore Dia. Ring Dimensions Groove Dimensions
Approx.
mass
Ring Thicknesses Groove Diameter
per
Equiv. Series & Free All materials Hole Large Small 1000 Groove Groove Edge
inch Size No. Diameter and finishes dia Lug Section Pcs. Width Depth Margin
S S 38M1 D tol t tol P min B nom E nom J nom kg G tol FIM W tol d ref Z min
8 0.315 38M1-8 8.80 +0.25 -0.13 0.4 ± 0.06 0.8 1.7 0.85 0.45 0.05 8.40 +0.06 0.03 0.5 +0.10 0.2 0.6
9 0.354 38M1-9 10.00 +0.25 -0.13 0.6 ± 0.06 1.0 2.1 1.25 0.65 0.11 9.45 +0.06 0.03 0.7 +0.15 0.23 0.7
10 0.393 38M1-10 11.10 +0.25 -0.13 0.6 ± 0.06 1.0 2.1 1.30 0.70 0.14 10.50 +0.10 0.03 0.7 +0.15 0.25 0.8
11 0.433 38M1-11 12.20 +0.25 -0.13 0.6 ± 0.06 1.0 2.5 1.30 0.70 0.17 11.60 +0.10 0.05 0.7 +0.15 0.3 0.9
12 0.472 38M1-12 13.30 +0.25 -0.13 0.6 ± 0.06 1.0 2.5 1.35 0.75 0.19 12.65 +0.10 0.05 0.7 +0.15 0.33 1.0
13 0.512 38M1-13 14.25 +0.25 -0.13 0.9 ± 0.06 1.2 2.9 1.35 0.90 0.35 13.70 +0.10 0.05 1.0 +0.15 0.35 1.1
14 0.551 38M1-14 15.45 +0.25 -0.13 0.9 ± 0.06 1.2 3.3 1.60 0.90 0.39 14.80 +0.10 0.05 1.0 +0.15 0.40 1.2
15 0.531 38M1-15 16.60 +0.25 -0.13 0.9 ± 0.06 1.5 3.3 1.65 0.95 0.42 15.85 +0.10 0.05 1.0 +0.15 0.43 1.3
16 0.63 38M1-16 17.70 +0.25 -0.13 0.9 ± 0.06 1.5 34 1.70 0.95 0.47 16.90 +0.10 0.1 1.0 +0.15 0.45 1.4
17 0.669 38M1-17 18.90 +0.25 -0.13 0.9 ± 0.06 1.5 34 1.70 0.95 0.52 18.00 +0.10 0.1 1.0 +0.15 0.50 1.5
18 0.708 38M1-18 20.05 +0.25 -0.13 0.9 ± 0.06 1.5 3.6 1.8 1.0 0.58 19.05 +0.10 0.1 1.0 +0.15 0.53 1.6
19 0.748 38M1-19 21.10 +0.25 -0.13 0.9 ± 0.06 1.5 3.6 1.8 1.0 0.59 20.10 +0.15 0.1 1.0 +0.15 0.55 1.7
20 0.787 38M1-20 22.25 +025 -0.13 0.9 ± 0.06 1.5 4.0 2.0 1.1 0.70 21.15 +0.15 0.1 1.0 +0.15 0.57 1.7
21 0.826 38M1-21 23.30 +0.40 -0.25 0.9 ± 0.06 1.5 4.0 2.1 1.2 0.82 22.20 +0.15 0.1 1.0 +0.15 0.60 1.8
22 0.866 38M1-22 2440 +0.40 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.5 4.0 2.1 1.2 0.90 23.30 +0.15 0.1 1.2 +0.15 0.65 1.9
23 0.905 38M1-23 2545 +0,40 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.5 4.0 2.2 1.2 1.00 24.35 +0.15 0.1 1.2 +0.15 0.67 2.0
24 0.945 38M1-24 26.55 +0.40 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.5 40 2.3 1.3 1.09 25.4 +0.15 0.1 1.2 +0.15 0.70 2.1
25 0.984 38M1-25 27.75 +0.40 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.5 4.0 2.6 1.3 1.26 26.6 +0.15 0.1 1.2 +0.15 0.80 2.4
26 1.023 38M1-26 28.85 +0.40 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 15 4.0 2.7 1.4 1.3 27.7 +0.15 0.15 1.2 +0.15 0.85 2.6
27 1.063 38M1-27 29.95 +0.65 -0.50 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 2.8 14 1.7 28.8 +0.15 0.15 1.4 +0.15 0.90 2.7
28 1.102 38M1-28 31.10 +0.65 -0.50 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 2.9 1.5 1.8 29.8 +0.15 0.15 1.4 +0.15 0.90 2.7
30 1.181 38M1-30 33.00 +0.65 -0.50 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.0 1.5 2.0 31.9 +0.20 0.15 1.4 +0.15 0.95 2.9
32 1.26 38M1-32 35.35 +0.65 -0.50 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.1 1.6 2.2 33.9 +0.20 0.15 1.4 +0.15 0.95 2.9
34 1.339 38M1-34 37.75 +0.65 -0.50 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.2 1.6 2.3 36.1 +0.20 0.15 1.4 +0.15 1.05 3.2
35 1.378 38M1-35 38.75 +0.65 -0.50 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.3 1.6 2.3 37.2 +0.20 0.15 1.4 +0.15 1.10 3.3
36 1.417 38M1-36 40.00 +0.65 -0.50 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.4 1.7 2.6 38.3 +0.20 0.15 1.4 +0.15 1.15 3.5
37 1.457 38M1-37 41.05 +0.65 -0.50 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.4 1.7 2.9 39.3 +0.20 0.15 1.4 +0.15 1.15 3.5
38 1496 38M1-38 42.15 +0.65 -0.50 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.4 1.7 3.0 40.4 +0.20 0.15 1.4 +0.15 1.20 3.6
40 1.575 38M1-40 44.25 +0.90 -0.65 1.6 ± 0.08 1.9 5.1 4.0 2.0 4.0 42.4 +0.20 0.15 1.75 +0.20 1.20 3.6
42 1.654 38M1-42 46.60 +0.90 -0.65 1.6 ± 0.08 1.9 5.8 4.2 2.1 4.7 44.5 +0.20 0.15 1.75 +0.20 1.25 3.7
45 1.772 38M1-45 49.95 +0.90 -0.65 1.6 ± 0.08 1.9 6.0 4.3 2.1 5.1 47.6 +0.20 0.15 1.75 +0.20 1.30 3.9
46 1.811 38M1-46 51.05 +0.90 -0.65 1.6 ± 0.08 2.3 6.0 4.3 2.1 5.2 48.7 +0.20 0.2 1.75 +0.20 1.35 4.0
47 1.85 38M1-47 52.15 +0.90 -0.65 1.6 ± 0.08 2.3 6.0 4.3 2.2 5.8 49.8 +0.20 0.2 1.75 +0.20 1.40 4.2
48 1.89 38M1-48 53.30 +0.90 -0.65 1.6 ± 0.08 2.3 6.0 4.5 2.3 6.1 50.9 +0.20 0.2 1.75 +0.20 1.45 4.3
50 1.969 38M1-50 55.35 +0.90 -0.65 1.6 ± 0.08 2.3 6.0 4.6 2.3 6.2 53.1 +0.20 0.2 1.75 +0.20 1.55 4.6
52 2.047 38M1-52 57.90 +1.00 -0.75 2.0 ± 0.08 2.3 6.4 4.7 2.3 8.1 55.3 +0.30 0.2 2.15 +0.20 1.65 5.0
55 2.165 38M1-55 61.10 +1.00 -0.75 2.0 ± 0.08 2.3 6.7 5.1 2.5 8.9 58.4 +0.30 0.2 2.15 +0.20 1.70 5.1
57 2.244 38M1-57 63.25 +1.00 -0.75 2.0 ± 0.08 2.3 6.9 5.2 2.5 9.9 60.5 +0.30 0.2 2.15 +0.20 1.75 5.3
58 2.283 38M1-58 64.4 +1.00 -0.75 2.0 ± 0.08 2.3 6.9 5.3 2.6 10.1 61.6 +0.30 0.2 2.15 +0.20 1.80 5.4
60 2.362 38M1-60 66.8 +1.00 -0.75 2.0 ± 0.08 2.3 6.9 5.3 2.6 10.5 63.8 +0.30 0.2 2.15 +0.20 1.90 5.7
62 2.441 38M1-62 68.6 +1.00 -0.75 2.0 ± 0.08 2.7 7.1 5.3 2.6 11.5 65.8 +0.30 0.2 2.15 +0.20 1.90 5.7
63 2.48 38M1-63 69.9 +1.00 -0.75 2.0 ± 0.08 2.7 7.1 5.4 2.7 11.6 66.9 +0.30 0.2 2.15 +0.20 1.95 5.9
65 2.559 38M1-65 72.2 +1.00 -0.75 2.4 ± 0.08 2.7 7.4 5.6 2.8 15.4 69.0 +0.30 0.2 2.55 +0.20 2.00 6.0

351
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-133 BASIC RETAINING RING FOR HOLES (CONT'D) (ANSI B27.7M)

mm
Clearance Gaging Allowable Thrust Loads
Diameter Diameter Sharp corner abutment
SAE 1060
1090 and All Maximum Maximum
For stainless standard allowable allowable
Ring Ring Ring checking steel rings rings corner radii assembly
Series compressed seated ring when used in used in and chamfers load
and in in seated hardened low carbon of retained with Rmax
Size No. bore groove in groove bores steel parts or Chmax
Rc 50 min. bores
3BM1 C1 C2 A min Pr (kN) Pg (kN) Rmax Chmax P'r (kN)
3BM1-8 4.4 4.8 1.4 2.4 1 0.4 0.3 0.8
-9 4.6 5 1.5 4.4 1.2 0.5 0.35 2
-10 5.5 6 1.85 4.9 1.5 0.5 0.35 2
-11 5.7 6.3 1.95 5.4 2 0.6 0.4 2
-12 6.7 7.3 2.25 5.8 2.4 0.6 0.4 2
-13 6.8 7.5 2.35 8.9 2.6 0.7 0.5 4
-14 6.9 7.7 2.65 9.7 3.2 0.7 0.5 4
-15 7.9 8.7 2.8 10.4 3.7 0.7 0.5 4
-16 8.8 9.7 2.8 11 4.2 0.7 0.5 4
-17 9.8 10.8 3.35 11.7 4.9 0.75 0.6 4
-18 10.3 11.3 3.4 12.3 5.5 0.75 0.6 4
-19 11.4 12.5 3.4 13.1 6 0.8 0.65 4
-20 11.6 12.7 3.8 13.7 6.6 0.9 0.7 4
-21 12.6 13.8 4.2 14.5 7.3 0.9 0.7 4
-22 13.5 14.8 4.3 22.5 8.3 0.9 0.7 7.4
-23 14.5 15.9 4.9 23.5 8.9 1 0.8 7.4
-24 15.5 16.9 5.2 24.8 9.7 1 0.8 7.4
-25 16.5 18.1 6 25.7 11.6 1 0.8 7.4
-26 17.5 19.2 5.7 26.8 12.7 1.2 1 7.4
-27 17.4 19.2 5.9 33 14 1.2 1 10.8
-28 18.2 20 6 34 14.6 1.2 1 10.8
-30 20 21.9 6 37 16.5 1.2 1 10.8
-32 22 23.9 7.3 39 17.6 1.2 1 10.8
-34 24 26.1 7.6 42 20.6 1.2 1 10.8
-35 25 27.2 8 43 22.3 1.2 1 10.8
-36 26 28.3 8.3 44 23.9 1.2 1 10.8
-37 27 29.3 8.4 45 24.6 1.2 1 10.8
-38 28 30.4 8.6 46 26.4 1.2 1 10.8
-40 29.2 31.6 9.7 62 27.7 1.7 1.3 17.4
-42 29.7 32.2 9 65 30.2 1.7 1.3 17.4
-45 32.3 34.9 9.6 69 33.8 1.7 1.3 17.4
-46 33.3 36 9.7 71 36 1.7 1.3 17.4
-47 34.3 37.1 10 72 38 1.7 1.3 17.4
-48 35 37.9 10.5 74 40 1.7 1.3 17.4
-50 36.9 40 12.1 77 45 1.7 1.3 17.4
-52 38.6 41.9 11.7 99 50 2 1.6 27.4
-55 40.8 44.2 11.9 105 54 2 1.6 27.4
-57 42.2 45.7 12.5 109 58 2 1.6 27.4
-58 43.2 46.8 13 111 60 2 1.6 27.4
-60 45.5 49.3 12.7 115 66 2 1.6 27.4
-62 47 50.8 14 119 68 2 1.6 27.4
-63 47.8 51.7 14.2 120 71 2 1.6 27.4
3BM1-65 49.4 53.4 14.2 149 75 2 1.6 42

352
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-134 BASIC RETAINING RING FOR SHAFTS (ANSI B27.7M)

mm
Shaft Dia Ring Dimensions Groove Dimensions
Approx.
mass
Thicknesses Groove Groove
per
Diameter
Equiv. Free All materials Hole Large Small 1000 Groove Edge
inch Diameter and finishes dia Lug Section Pcs. Width Depth Margin
S S D tol t tol P min B nom E nom J nom kg G tol FIM W tol d ref Z min
4 0.157 3AM1-4* 3.6 +0.05 -0.1 0.25 ± 0.06 0.6 1.35 0.65 0.4 0.017 3.8 -0.08 0.03 0.32 0.05 0.1 0.3
5 0.197 -5* 4.55 +0.05 -0.1 0.4 ± 0.06 0.6 1.4 0.65 0.4 0.029 4.75 -0.08 0.03 0.5 0.1 0.13 0.4
6 0.236 -6* 5.45 +0.05 -0.1 0.4 ± 0.06 0.6 1.4 0.75 0.5 0.04 5.7 -0.08 0.03 0.5 0.1 0.15 0.5
7 0.275 -7 6.35 +0.05 -0.15 0.6 ± 0.06 1 2.05 0.9 0.6 0.1 6.6 -0.1 0.05 0.7 0.15 0.2 0.6
8 0.315 -8 7.15 +0.05 -0.15 0.6 ± 0.06 1 2.2 1 0.65 0.12 7.5 -0.1 0.05 0.7 0.15 0.25 0.8
9 0.354 -9 8.15 +0.05 -0.15 0.6 ± 0.06 1 2.2 1.15 0.75 0.15 8.45 -0.1 0.05 0.7 0.15 0.28 0.8
10 0.393 -10 9 +0.05 -0.15 0.6 ± 0.06 1 2.2 1.3 0.8 0.19 9.4 -0.1 0.05 0.7 0.15 0.3 0.9
11 0.433 -11 10 +0.05 -0.15 0.6 ± 0.06 1 2.2 1.4 0.85 0.23 10.35 -0.12 0.05 0.7 0.15 0.33 1
12 0.472 -12 10.85 +0.05 -0.15 0.6 ± 0.06 1 2.2 1.5 0.9 0.24 11.35 -0.12 0.05 0.7 0.15 0.33 1
13 0.512 -13 11.9 +0.15 -0.25 0.9 ± 0.06 1.2 2.8 1.6 0.95 0.44 12.3 -0.12 0.1 1 0.15 0.35 1
14 0.551 -14 12.9 +0.15 -0.25 0.9 ± 0.06 1.2 2.8 1.7 1 0.49 13.25 -0.12 0.1 1 0.15 0.38 1.2
15 0.591 -15 13.8 +0.15 -0.25 0.9 ± 0.06 1.2 2.8 1.8 1.05 0.54 14.15 -0.12 0.1 1 0.15 0.43 1.3
16 0.63 -16 14.7 +0.15 -0.25 0.9 ± 0.06 1.2 2.8 2.05 1.15 0.59 15.1 -0.15 0.1 1 0.15 0.45 1.4
17 0.669 -17 15.75 +0.15 -0.25 0.9 ± 0.06 1.2 2.8 2.1 1.15 0.64 16.1 -0.15 0.1 1 0.15 0.45 1.4
18 0.708 -18 16.65 +0.15 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.3 3.45 2.25 1.25 0.92 17 -0.15 0.1 1.2 0.15 0.5 1.5
19 0.748 -19 17.6 +0.15 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.3 3.45 2.35 1.3 0.95 17.95 -0.15 0.1 1.2 0.15 0.53 1.6
20 0.787 -20 18.35 +0.15 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.3 3.45 2.4 1.35 1 18.85 -0.15 0.1 1.2 0.15 0.58 1.7
21 0.826 -21 19.4 +0.15 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.3 3.45 2.5 1.4 1.1 19.8 -0.15 0.1 1.2 0.15 0.6 1.8
22 0.866 -22 20.3 +0,15 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.3 3.45 2.7 1.5 1.3 20.7 -0.15 0.1 1.2 0.15 0.65 1.9
23 0.905 -23 21.25 +0.15 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.3 3.45 2.8 1.6 1.4 21.65 -0.15 0.1 1.2 0.15 0.67 2
24 0.945 -24 22.2 +0.15 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.9 4.2 2.9 1.6 1.5 22.6 -0.15 0.1 1.2 0.15 0.7 2.1
25 0.954 -25 23.1 +0.15 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.9 4.2 2.9 1.7 1.6 23.5 -0.15 0.1 1.2 0.15 0.75 2.3
26 1.023 -26 24.05 +0.15 -0.25 1.1 ± 0.06 1.9 4.2 3 1.7 1.8 24.5 -0.15 0.1 1.2 0.15 0.75 2.3
27 1.063 -27 24.95 +0.25 -0.4 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.1 1.8 2.2 25.45 -0.2 0.1 1.4 0.15 0.78 2.3
28 1.102 -28 25.8 +0.25 -0.4 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.2 1.8 2.3 26.4 -0.2 0.1 1.4 0.15 0.8 2.4
30 1.181 -30 27.9 +0.25 -0.4 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.3 1.8 2.5 28.35 -0.2 0.15 1.4 0.15 0.83 2.5
32 1.26 -32 29.6 +0.25 -0.4 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.6 1.9 2.8 30.2 -0.2 0.15 1.4 0.15 0.9 2.7
34 1.339 -34 31.4 +0.25 -3.4 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.8 2 3.1 32 -0.2 0.15 1.4 0.15 1 3
35 1.278 -35 32.3 +0.25 -0.4 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 4.6 3.9 2.1 3.3 32.9 -0.2 0.15 1.4 0.15 1.05 3.1
36 1.417 -36 33.25 +0.25 -0.4 1.3 ± 0.06 1.9 5.4 4.1 2.2 3.6 33.85 -0.2 0.15 1.4 0.15 1.06 3.2
38 1496 -38 35.2 +0,25 -0.4 1.3 ± 0.06 3.1 5.4 4.3 2.3 4 35.8 -0.3 0.15 1.4 0.15 1.1 3.3
40 1.575 -40 36.75 +0.35 -0.5 1.6 ± 0.08 3.1 6 4.4 2.3 5.6 37.7 -0.3 0.15 1.75 0.2 1.15 3.4
42 1.654 -42 38.8 +0.35 -0.5 1.6 ± 0.08 3.1 6 4.6 2.4 6.3 39.6 -0.3 0.15 1.75 0.2 1.2 3.6
43 1.683 -43 39.65 +0.35 -0.5 1.6 ± 0.08 3.1 6 4.7 2.5 6.7 40.5 -0.3 0.15 1.75 0.2 1.25 3.8
45 1.772 -45 41.6 +0.35 -0.5 1.6 ± 0.08 3.1 6 4.8 2.6 7 42.4 -0.3 0.15 1.75 0.2 1.3 3.9
46 1.811 -46 42.55 +0.35 -0.5 1.6 ± 0.08 3.1 6 4.9 2.6 7.3 43.3 -0.3 0.15 1.75 0.2 1.35 4
NOTES:
1. F.I.M. (full indicator movement) is the maximum allowable deviation of concentricity between groove and bore
2. *Sizes -4, -5, and -6 are available in beryllium copper only.

353
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-134 BASIC RETAINING RING FOR SHAFTS (CONT'D) (ANSI B27.7M)

mm
Clearance Gaging Allowable Thrust Loads
Diameter Diameter Sharp corner abutment
SAE 1060
1090 and All
stainless standard Maximum Maximum
For steel rings rings allowable allowable Calculated
Ring Ring Ring checking used on used on corner radii assembly allowable
Series expanded seated ring when hardened low carbon and chamfers load assembly
and over in seated shafts steel of retained with Rmax rpm
Size No. shaft groove in groove Rc 50 min. shafts parts or Chmax (steel rings)
'
3AM1 C1 C2 K max Pr (kN) Pg (kN) Rmax Chmax P r (kN) rpm
3AM1-4* 7 6.8 4.9 0.6 0.2 0.35 0.25 0.2 70000
-5 8.2 7.9 5.85 1.1 0.3 0.35 0.25 0.5 70000
-6 9.1 8.8 6.95 1.4 0.4 0.35 0.25 0.5 70000
-7 12.3 11.8 8.05 2.6 0.7 0.45 0.3 2.1 60000
-8 13.6 13 9.15 3.1 1 0.5 0.35 2.1 55000
-9 14.5 13.8 10.35 3.5 1.2 0.6 0.35 2.1 48000
-10 15.5 14.7 11.5 3.9 1.5 0.7 0.4 2.1 42000
-11 16.4 15.6 12.6 4.3 1.8 0.75 0.45 2.1 38000
-12 17.4 16.6 13.8 4.7 2 0.8 0.45 2.1 34000
-13 19.7 18.8 15.05 7.5 2.2 0.8 0.5 4 31000
-14 20.7 19.7 15.6 8.1 2.6 0.9 0.5 4 28000
-15 21.7 20.6 17.2 8.7 3.2 1 0.6 4 27000
-16 22.7 21.6 18.35 9.3 3.5 1.1 0.6 4 25000
-17 23.7 22.6 19.35 9.9 4 1.1 0.6 4 24000
-18 26.2 26 20.6 16 4.4 1.2 0.7 6 23000
-19 27.2 25.9 21.7 16.9 4.9 1.2 0.7 6 21500
-20 28.2 26.8 22.65 17.8 5.7 1.2 0.7 6 20000
-21 29.2 27.7 23.8 18.6 6.2 1.3 0.7 6 19000
-22 30.3 28.7 24.9 19.6 7 1.3 0.8 6 18500
-23 31.3 29.6 26 20.5 7.6 1.3 0.8 6 18000
-24 34.1 32.4 27.15 21.4 8.2 1.4 0.8 6 17500
-25 35.1 33.3 28.1 22.3 9.2 1.4 0.8 6 17000
-26 36 34.2 29.25 23.2 9.6 1.5 0.9 6 16500
-27 37.8 35.9 30.35 28.4 10.3 1.5 0.9 8.6 16300
-28 38.8 36.9 31.45 28.4 11 1.6 1 8.6 15800
-30 40.8 38.8 33.6 31.6 12.3 1.6 1 8.6 15000
-32 42.8 40.7 35.9 33.6 14.1 1.7 1 8.6 14800
-34 44.9 42.5 37.9 36 16.7 1.7 1.1 8.6 14000
-35 45.9 43.4 39 31 18.1 1.8 1.1 8.6 13500
-36 48.6 46.1 40.2 38 18.9 1.9 1.2 8.6 13300
-38 50.6 48 41 40 20.5 2 1.2 8.6 12700
-40 54 51.3 44.9 52 22.6 2.1 1.2 13.2 12000
-42 56 53.2 46.9 54 24.8 2.2 1.3 13.2 11000
-43 57 54 47.9 55 26.4 2.3 1.4 13.2 10800
-45 59 55.9 50 58 28.8 2.3 1.4 13.2 10000
-46 60 56.8 50.9 59 30.4 2.4 1.4 13.2 9500

354
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-135 TYPE E RING, RETAINING RING FOR SHAFTS (ANSI B27.7M)

mm
Shaft Dia. Ring Dimensions (mm) Groove Dimensions (mm)

Approx

mass

Ring Thickness per

Equiv Series & Free All materials Outer 1000 Groove Groove Edge

mm inch Size No. Diameter and finishes Dia Bridge pcs Groove Diameter Width Depth Margin

S S 3CM1 D tol t tol Y nom E nom kg G tol FIM W tol d ref Z min

1 0.039 3 CM-1* 0.64 +0.03 -0,08 0.25 ±0.05 2 0.3 0.004 0.72 -0.05 0.04 0.32 +0.05 0.14 0.3
2 0.079 -2 1.3 +0.03 -0.08 0.25 ±0.05 4 0.55 0.014 1.45 -0.05 0.04 0.32 +0.05 0.28 0.6
3 0.118 -3 2.1 +0.03 -0.08 0.4 ± 0.06 5.6 0.65 0.036 2.3 -0.08 0.04 0.5 +0.10 0.35 0.7
4 0.157 -4 2.9 +0.03 -0.08 0.6 ± 0.06 7.2 0.85 0.095 3.1 -0.08 0.05 0.7 +0.15 0.45 0.9
5 0.197 -5 3.7 +0.03 -0.06 0.6 ± 0.06 8.5 0.9 0.13 3.9 -0.08 0.05 0.7 +0.15 0.55 1.1
6 0.236 -6 4.7 +0.03 -0.08 0.6 ± 0.06 11.1 1.15 0.21 4.85 -0.08 0.05 0.7 +0.15 0.58 1.2
7 0.275 -7 5.25 +0.03 -0.08 0.6 ± 0.06 13.4 1.4 0.34 5.55 -0.1 0.08 0.7 +0.15 0.73 1.5
8 0.315 -8 6.15 +0.05 -0.10 0.6 ± 0.06 14.6 1.4 0.35 6.4 -0.1 0.08 0.7 +0,15 0.8 1.6
9 0.354 -9 6.8 +0.05 -0.10 0.9 ± 0.06 15.8 1.5 0.58 7.2 -0.1 0.08 1 +0.15 0.9 1.8
10 0.393 -10 7.6 +0.05 -0.10 0.9 ± 0.06 16.8 1.5 0.68 8 -0.1 0.06 1 +0.15 1 2

11 0.433 -11 8.55 +0.05 -0.10 0.9 ± 0.06 17.4 1.6 0.68 8.9 -0.1 0.1 1 +0.15 1.05 2.1

12 0.472 -12 9.2 +0.05 -0.10 1.1 ± 0.06 18.6 1.8 1 9.6 -0.15 0.1 1.2 +0.15 1.2 2.4
13 0.512 -13 9.95 +0.05 -0.10 1.1 ± 0.06 20.3 2 1.13 10.3 -0.15 0.1 12 +0.15 1.35 2.7
15 0.591 -15 11.4 +0.10 -0.15 1.1 ± 0.06 22.8 2.1 1.4 11.8 -0.15 0.1 1.2 +0.15 1.6 3.2
16 0.630 -16 12.15 +0.10 -0.15 1.1 ± 0.06 23.8 2.3 1.45 12.5 -0.15 0.1 1.2 +0.15 1.75 3.5

18 0.709 -18 13.9 +0.10 -0.15 1.3 ± 0.06 27.2 2.5 2.3 14.3 -0.15 0.1 1.4 +0.15 1.85 3.7

20 0.787 -20 15.6 +0,10 -0.15 1.3 ± 0.06 30 2.8 2.8 16 -0.2 0.1 1.4 +0.15 2 4
22 0.866 -22 17 +0.10 -0.15 1.3 ± 0.06 33 3 3.4 17.4 -0.2 0.1 1.4 +0.15 2.3 4.6
25 0.984 3CM1-25 19.5 +0.10 -0.15 1.3 ± 0.06 37.1 3.3 4.2 20 -0.2 0.1 1.4 +0.15 2.5 5
NOTES:
1. F.I.M. (full indicator movement) is the maximum allowable deviation of concentricity between groove and bore
2. *Size -1 is available in beryllium copper only.

355
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 9-135 TYPE E RING, RETAINING RING FOR SHAFTS (CONT'D) (ANSI B27.7M)

mm
Clearance Allowable Thrust Loads
Diameter Sharp corner abutment
SAE 1060
1090 and All
stainless standard Maximum Maximum
steel rings rings allowable allowable Calculated
Ring Ring used on used on corner radii assembly allowable
Series seated hardened low carbon and chamfers load assembly
and in shafts steel of retained with Rmax rpm
Size No. groove Rc 50 min. shafts parts or Chmax (steel rings)
3CM1 C2 Pr (kN) Pg (kN) Rmax Chmax P'r (kN) rpm
3CM1-1* 2.2 0.06 0.02 0.4 0.25 0.06 40000
-2 4.3 0.13 0.09 0.8 0.5 0.13 40000
-3 6 0.3 0.17 1.1 0.7 0.3 34000
-4 7.6 0.7 0.3 1.6 1.2 0.7 31000
-5 8.9 0.9 0.4 1.6 1.2 0.9 27000
-6 11.5 1.1 0.6 1.6 1.2 1.1 25000
-7 14 1.2 0.8 1.6 1.2 1.2 23000
-8 15.1 1.4 1 1.7 1.3 1.4 21500
-9 16.5 3 1.3 1.7 1.3 3 19500
-10 17.5 3.4 1.6 1.7 1.3 3.4 18000
-11 16 3.7 1.9 1.7 1.3 3.7 16500
-12 19.3 4.9 2.3 1.9 1.4 4.9 15000
-13 21 5.4 2.9 2 1.5 5.4 13000
-15 23.5 6.2 4 2 1.5 6.2 11500
-16 24.5 6.6 4.5 2 1.5 6.6 10000
-18 27.9 8.7 5.4 2.1 1.6 8.7 9000
-20 30.7 9.8 6.5 2.2 1.7 9.8 8000
-22 33.7 10.8 8.1 2.2 1.7 10.8 7000
3CM1-25 37.9 12.2 10.1 2.4 1.9 12.2 5000

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
A complete list of contributing organizations to this section is shown in the Preface, p. 5-8. The publication source used has
been quoted next to each figure or table title. ASME/ANSI standards are designated by ANSI and the standard number, and they
have been published with the permission of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ASME International, Three Park
Avenue, 22S1, New York, NY 10016-5990, USA. ASTM standards have been published courtesy of the American Society for
Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. IFI standards are published with permission from
the Industrial Fastener Institute, 1505 East Ohio Building, Cleveland, Ohio, 44114. Publications provided by ISO, Massey
Ferguson and Chrysler Corporation, have also been used in this section. See Preface for courtesy notes and addresses.

356
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS
TC 2 Fasteners
ISO 272:1982 Fasteners -- Hexagon products -- Widths across flats
ISO 887:2000 Plain washers for metric bolts, screws and nuts for general purposes -- General plan
ISO 1051:1999 Rivet shank diameters
ISO 1207:1992 Slotted cheese head screws -- Product grade A
ISO 1234:1997 Split pins
ISO 1478:1999 Tapping screws thread
ISO 1479:1983 Hexagon head tapping screws
ISO 1481:1983 Slotted pan head tapping screws
ISO 1482:1983 Slotted countersunk (flat) head tapping screws (common head style)
ISO 1483:1983 Slotted raised countersunk (oval) head tapping screws (common head style)
ISO 1580:1994 Slotted pan head screws -- Product grade A
ISO 2009:1994 Slotted countersunk flat head screws (common head style) -- Product grade A
ISO 2010:1994 Countersunk slotted raised head screws (common head style) -- Product grade A
ISO 2338:1997 Parallel pins, of unhardened steel and austenitic stainless steel
ISO 2339:1986 Taper pins, unhardened
ISO 2340:1986 Clevis pins without head
ISO 2341:1986 Clevis pins with head
ISO 2342:1972 Slotted headless screws -- Metric series
ISO 2702:1992 Heat-treated steel tapping screws -- Mechanical properties
ISO 3269:2000 Fasteners -- Acceptance inspection
ISO 4014:1999 Hexagon head bolts -- Product grades A and B
ISO 4015:1979 Hexagon head bolts -- Product grade B -- Reduced shank (shank diameter approximately equal to pitch diameter)
ISO 4016:1999 Hexagon head bolts -- Product grade C
ISO 4017:1999 Hexagon head screws -- Product grades A and B
ISO 4018:1999 Hexagon head screws -- Product grade C
ISO 4026:1993 Hexagon socket set screws with flat point
ISO 4027:1993 Hexagon socket set screws with cone point
ISO 4028:1993 Hexagon socket set screws with dog point
ISO 4029:1993 Hexagon socket set screws with cup point
ISO 4032:1999 Hexagon nuts, style 1 -- Product grades A and B
ISO 4033:1999 Hexagon nuts, style 2 -- Product grades A and B
ISO 4034:1999 Hexagon nuts -- Product grade C
ISO 4035:1999 Hexagon thin nuts (chamfered) -- Product grades A and B
ISO 4036:1999 Hexagon thin nuts (unchamfered) -- Product grade B
ISO 4161:1999 Hexagon nuts with flange -- Coarse thread
ISO 4162:1990 Hexagon flange bolts -- Small series
ISO 4757:1983 Cross recesses for screws
ISO 4759-3:2000 Tolerances for fasteners -- Part 3: Plain washers for bolts, screws and nuts -- Product grades A and C
ISO 4762:1997 Hexagon socket head cap screws
ISO 4766:1983 Slotted set screws with flat point
ISO 4775:1984 Hexagon nuts for high-strength structural bolting with large width across flats -- Product grade B -- Property classes 8 and 10
ISO 7045:1994 Pan head screws with type H or type Z cross recess -- Product grade A
ISO 7046-1:1994 Countersunk flat head screws (common head style) with type H or type Z cross recess -- Product grade A -- Part 1: Steel of property class 4.8
ISO 7046-2:1990 Cross-recessed countersunk flat head screws (common head style) -- Grade A -- Part 2: Steel of property class 8.8, stainless steel and non-
ferrous metals
ISO 7047:1994 Countersunk raised head screws (common head style) with type H or type Z cross recess -- Product grade A
ISO 7048:1998 Cross recessed cheese head screws
ISO 7049:1983 Cross recessed pan head tapping screws
ISO 7050:1983 Cross recessed countersunk (flat) head tapping screws (common head style)
ISO 7051:1983 Cross recessed raised countersunk (oval) head tapping screws
ISO 7053:1992 Hexagon washer head tapping screws
ISO 7089:2000 Plain washers -- Normal series -- Product grade A

357
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 7090:2000 Plain washers, chamfered -- Normal series -- Product grade A
ISO 7091:2000 Plain washers -- Normal series -- Product grade C
ISO 7092:2000 Plain washers -- Small series -- Product grade A
ISO 7093-1:2000 Plain washers -- Large series -- Part 1: Product grade A
ISO 7093-2:2000 Plain washers -- Large series -- Part 2: Product grade C
ISO 7094:2000 Plain washers -- Extra large series -- Product grade C
ISO 7379:1983 Hexagon socket head shoulder screws
ISO 7380:1997 Hexagon socket button head screws
ISO 7411:1984 Hexagon bolts for high-strength structural bolting with large width across flats (thread lengths according to ISO 888) -- Product grade C --
Property classes 8.8 and 10.9
ISO 7412:1984 Hexagon bolts for high-strength structural bolting with large width across flats (short thread length) -- Product grade C -- Property classes 8.8
and 10.9
ISO 7413:1984 Hexagon nuts for structural bolting, style 1, hot-dip galvanized (oversize tapped) -- Product grades A and B -- Property classes 5, 6 and 8
ISO 7414:1984 Hexagon nuts for structural bolting with large width across flats, style 1 -- Product grade B -- Property class 10
ISO 7415:1984 Plain washers for high-strength structural bolting, hardened and tempered
ISO 7416:1984 Plain washers, chamfered, hardened and tempered for high-strength structural bolting
ISO 7417:1984 Hexagon nuts for structural bolting -- Style 2, hot-dip galvanized (oversize tapped) -- Product grade A -- Property class 9
ISO 7434:1983 Slotted set screws with cone point
ISO 7435:1983 Slotted set screws with long dog point
ISO 7436:1983 Slotted set screws with cup point
ISO 7721:1983 Countersunk head screws -- Head configuration and gauging
ISO 7721-2:1990 Countersunk flat head screws -- Part 2: Penetration depth of cross recesses
ISO 8673:1999 Hexagon nuts, style 1, with metric fine pitch thread -- Product grades A and B
ISO 8674:1999 Hexagon nuts, style 2, with metric fine pitch thread -- Product grades A and B
ISO 8675:1999 Hexagon thin nuts (chamfered) with metric fine pitch thread -- Product grades A and B
ISO 8676:1999 Hexagon head screws with metric fine pitch thread -- Product grades A and B
ISO 8678:1988 Cup head square neck bolts with small head and short neck -- Product grade B
ISO 8733:1997 Parallel pins with internal thread, of unhardened steel and austenitic stainless steel
ISO 8734:1997 Parallel pins, of hardened steel and martensitic stainless steel (Dowel pins)
ISO 8735:1997 Parallel pins with internal thread, of hardened steel and martensitic stainless steel
ISO 8736:1986 Taper pins with internal thread, unhardened
ISO 8737:1986 Taper pins with external thread, unhardened
ISO 8738:1986 Plain washers for clevis pins -- Product grade A
ISO 8739:1997 Grooved pins -- Full-length parallel grooved, with pilot
ISO 8740:1997 Grooved pins -- Full-length parallel grooved, with chamfer
ISO 8741:1997 Grooved pins -- Half-length reverse-taper grooved
ISO 8742:1997 Grooved pins -- One-third-length centre grooved
ISO 8743:1997 Grooved pins -- Half-length centre grooved
ISO 8744:1997 Grooved pins -- Full-length taper grooved
ISO 8745:1997 Grooved pins -- Half-length taper grooved
ISO 8746:1997 Grooved pins with round head
ISO 8747:1997 Grooved pins with countersunk head
ISO 8748:1997 Spring-type straight pins -- Coiled, heavy duty
ISO 8749:1986 Pins and grooved pins -- Shear test
ISO 8750:1997 Spring-type straight pins -- Coiled, standard duty
ISO 8751:1997 Spring-type straight pins -- Coiled, light duty
ISO 8752:1997 Spring-type straight pins -- Slotted, heavy duty
ISO 8765:1999 Hexagon head bolts with metric fine pitch thread -- Product grades A and B
ISO 10509:1992 Hexagon flange head tapping screws
ISO 10510:1999 Tapping screw and washer assemblies with plain washers
ISO 10642:1997 Hexagon socket countersunk head screws
ISO 10644:1998 Screw and washer assemblies with plain washers -- Washer hardness classes 200 HV and 300 HV
ISO 10663:1999 Hexagon nuts with flange -- Fine pitch thread
ISO 10664:2005 Hexalobular internal driving feature for bolts and screws
ISO 10666:1999 Drilling screws with tapping screw thread -- Mechanical and functional properties

358
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 10669:1999 Plain washers for tapping screw and washer assemblies -- Normal and large series -- Product grade A
ISO 10673:1998 Plain washers for screw and washer assemblies -- Small, normal and large series -- Product grade A
ISO 13337:1997 Spring-type straight pins -- Slotted, light duty
ISO 14579:2001 Hexalobular socket head cap screws
ISO 14580:2001 Hexalobular socket cheese head screws
ISO 14583:2001 Hexalobular socket pan head screws
ISO 14584:2001 Hexalobular socket raised countersunk head screws
ISO 14585:2001 Hexalobular socket pan head tapping screws
ISO 14586:2001 Hexalobular socket countersunk head tapping screws
ISO 14587:2001 Hexalobular socket raised countersunk (oval) head tapping screws
ISO 14588:2000 Blind rivets -- Terminology and definitions
ISO 14589:2000 Blind rivets -- Mechanical testing
ISO 15071:1999 Hexagon bolts with flange -- Small series -- Product grade A
ISO 15072:1999 Hexagon bolts with flange with metric fine pitch thread -- Small series -- Product grade A
ISO 15480:1999 Hexagon washer head drilling screws with tapping screw thread
ISO 15481:1999 Cross recessed pan head drilling screws with tapping screw thread
ISO 15482:1999 Cross recessed countersunk head drilling screws with tapping screw thread
ISO 15483:1999 Cross recessed raised countersunk head drilling screws with tapping screw thread
ISO 15973:2000 Closed end blind rivets with break pull mandrel and protruding head -- AlA/St
ISO 15974:2000 Closed end blind rivets with break pull mandrel and countersunk head -- AlA/St

TC 2/SC 1
ISO 898-1:1999 Mechanical properties of fasteners made of carbon steel and alloy steel -- Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs
ISO 898-2:1992 Mechanical properties of fasteners -- Part 2: Nuts with specified proof load values -- Coarse thread
ISO 898-5:1998 Mechanical properties of fasteners made of carbon steel and alloy steel -- Part 5: Set screws and similar threaded fasteners not under tensile
stresses
ISO 898-6:1994 Mechanical properties of fasteners -- Part 6: Nuts with specified proof load values -- Fine pitch thread
ISO 898-7:1992 Mechanical properties of fasteners -- Part 7: Torsional test and minimum torques for bolts and screws with nominal diameters 1 mm to 10 mm
ISO 2320:1997 Prevailing torque type steel hexagon nuts -- Mechanical and performance properties
ISO 3506-1:1997 Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless-steel fasteners -- Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs
ISO 3506-2:1997 Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless-steel fasteners -- Part 2: Nuts
ISO 3506-3:1997 Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless-steel fasteners -- Part 3: Set screws and similar fasteners not under tensile stress
ISO 3800:1993 Threaded fasteners -- Axial load fatigue testing -- Test methods and evaluation of results
ISO 4042:1999 Fasteners -- Electroplated coatings
ISO 6157-1:1988 Fasteners -- Surface discontinuities -- Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs for general requirements
ISO 6157-2:1995 Fasteners -- Surface discontinuities -- Part 2: Nuts
ISO 6157-3:1988 Fasteners -- Surface discontinuities -- Part 3: Bolts, screws and studs for special requirements
ISO 7040:1997 Prevailing torque type hexagon nuts (with non-metallic insert), style 1 -- Property classes 5, 8 and 10
ISO 7041:1997 Prevailing torque type hexagon nuts (with non-metallic insert), style 2 -- Property classes 9 and 12
ISO 7042:1997 Prevailing torque type all-metal hexagon nuts, style 2 -- Property classes 5, 8, 10 and 12
ISO 7043:1997 Prevailing torque type hexagon nuts with flange (with non-metallic insert) -- Product grades A and B
ISO 7044:1997 Prevailing torque type all-metal hexagon nuts with flange -- Product grades A and B
ISO 7085:1999 Mechanical and performance requirements of case hardened and tempered metric thread rolling screws
ISO 7719:1997 Prevailing torque type all-metal hexagon nuts, style 1 -- Property classes 5, 8 and 10
ISO 7720:1997 Prevailing torque type all-metal hexagon nuts, style 2 -- Property class 9
ISO 8839:1986 Mechanical properties of fasteners -- Bolts, screws, studs and nuts made of non-ferrous metals
ISO 10484:1997 Widening test on nuts
ISO 10485:1991 Cone proof load test on nuts
ISO 10511:1997 Prevailing torque type hexagon thin nuts (with non-metallic insert)
ISO 10512:1997 Prevailing torque type hexagon nuts (with non-metallic insert), style 1, with metric fine pitch thread -- Property classes 6, 8 and 10
ISO 10513:1997 Prevailing torque type all-metal hexagon nuts, style 2, with metric fine pitch thread -- Property classes 8, 10 and 12
ISO 10683:2000 Fasteners -- Non-electrolytically applied zinc flake coatings
ISO 12125:1997 Prevailing torque type hexagon nuts with flange (with non-metallic insert) with metric fine pitch thread -- Product grades A and B
ISO 12126:1997 Prevailing torque type all-metal hexagon nuts with flange with metric fine pitch thread -- Product grades A and B
ISO 15330:1999 Fasteners -- Preloading test for the detection of hydrogen embrittlement -- Parallel bearing surface method
ISO 16047:2005 Fasteners – Torque/clamp force testing
359
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 16048:2003 Passivation of corrosion-resistant stainless-steel fasteners

TC 2/SC 7
ISO 225:1983 Fasteners -- Bolts, screws, studs and nuts -- Symbols and designations of dimensions
ISO 273:1979 Fasteners -- Clearance holes for bolts and screws
ISO 885:2000 General purpose bolts and screws -- Metric series -- Radii under the head
ISO 888:1976 Bolts, screws and studs -- Nominal lengths, and thread lengths for general purpose bolts
ISO 1891:1979 Bolts, screws, nuts and accessories -- Terminology and nomenclature
ISO 3508:1976 Thread run-outs for fasteners with thread in accordance with ISO 261 and ISO 262
ISO 4753:1999 Fasteners -- Ends of parts with external ISO metric thread
ISO 4755:1983 Fasteners -- Thread undercuts for external metric ISO threads
ISO 4759-1:2000 Tolerances for fasteners -- Part 1: Bolts, screws, studs and nuts -- Product grades A, B and C
ISO 7378:1983 Fasteners -- Bolts, screws and studs -- Split pin holes and wire holes
ISO 8991:1986 Designation system for fasteners
ISO 8992:2005 Fasteners -- General requirements for bolts, screws, studs and nuts
ISO 15065:2005 Countersinks for countersunk head screws with head configuration in accordance with ISO 7721
TC 2/SC 8 Retaining rings
TC 2/SC 9 Hose clamps

21.60 Fasteners
Fasteners for aerospace construction, 49.030
Fasteners related to surgery, prosthetics and orthotics, 11.040.40
21.060.01 Fasteners in general
21.060.10 Bolts, screws, studs
21.060.20 Nuts
21.060.30 Washers, locking elements
21.060.40 Rivets
21.060.50 Pins, nails
21.060.60 Rings, bushes, sleeves, collars
21.060.70 Clamps and staples
21.060.99 Other fasteners
21.080 Hinges, eyelets and other articulated

25.140.01 Hand-held tools in general


ISO 1174-2:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Driving squares -- Part 2: Driving squares for power socket tools
ISO 1703:1983 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Nomenclature
ISO 2351-1:2002 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Machine-operated screwdriver bits -- Part 1: Screwdriver bits for slotted head screws
ISO 2351-2:2002 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Machine-operated screwdriver bits -- Part 2: Screwdriver bits for cross-recessed head screws
ISO 2351-3:2002 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Machine-operated screwdriver bits -- Part 3: Screwdriver bits for hexagon socket screws
ISO 2380-1:1997 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Screwdrivers for slotted-head screws -- Part 1: Tips for hand- and machine-operated screwdrivers
ISO 2725-2:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Square drive sockets -- Part 2: Machine-operated sockets ("impact") -- Dimensions
ISO 2725-3:2001 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Square drive sockets -- Part 3: Machine-operated sockets ("non-impact") -- Dimensions
ISO 3317:1974 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Square drive extension hexagon insert, for power socket wrenches
ISO 4228:1986 Spanners and wrenches -- Spline drive ends for power socket wrenches
ISO 10914:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Sockets and wrenches for spline drive
ISO 11168:1995 Socket wrenches for spark- and glow-plugs
ISO 15744:2002 Hand-held non-electric power tools -- Noise measurement code -- Engineering method (grade 2)

NATIONAL STANDARDS

USA
See the ASME Catalog for the latest standard: <http://catalog.asme.org/home.cfm?Category=CS>
ANSI B18.1.3M—1983 Metric Small Solid Rivets
ANSI B18.2.3.1M—1999 Metric Hex Cap Screws
ANSI B18.2.3.2M—2005 Metric Formed Hex Screws
ANSI B18.2.3.3M—1979 Metric Heavy Hex Screws
ANSI B18.2.3.4M—2001 Metric Hex Flange Screws
ANSI B18.2.3.5M—1979 Metric Hex Bolts
ANSI B18.2.3.6M—1979 Metric Heavy Hex Bolts
ANSI B18.2.3.7M—1979 Metric Heavy Hex Structural Bolts
ANSI B18.2.3.8M—1981 Metric Hex Lag Screws
ANSI B18.2.3.9M—2001 Metric Heavy Hex Flange Screws
360
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ANSI B18.2.4.1M—2002 Metric Hex Nuts, Style 1
ANSI B18.2.4.2M—2005 Metric Hex Nuts, Style 2
ANSI B18.2.4.3M—1979 Metric Slotted Hex Nuts
ANSI B18.2.4.4M—1982 Metric Hex Flange Nuts
ANSI B18.2.4.5M—1979 Metric Hex Jam Nuts
ANSI B18.2.4.6M—1979 Metric Heavy Hex Nuts
ANSI B18.2.7.1M—2002 12-Spline Flange Screws
ANSI B18.3.1M—1986 Socket Head Cap Screws (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.3.2M—1979 Metric Series Hexagon Keys and Bits
ANSI B18.3.3M—1986 Hexagon Socket Head Shoulder Screws (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.3.4M—1986 Hexagon Socket Button Head Cap Screws (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.3.5M—1986 Hexagon Socket Flat Countersunk Head Cap Screws (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.3.6M—1986 Metric Series Hexagon Socket Set Screws
ANSI B18.5.2.1M—1996 Metric Round Head Short Square Neck Bolts
ANSI B18.5.2.2M—1982 Metric Round Head Square Neck Bolts
ANSI B18.5.2.3M—1990 Round Head Square Neck Bolts with Large Head (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.6.5M—2000 Metric Thread Forming and Thread Cutting Tapping Screws
ANSI B18.6.7M—1999 Metric Machine Screws
ANSI B18.7.1M—1984 Metric General Purpose Semi-Tubular Rivets
ANSI B18.8.3M—2000 Spring Pins — Coiled Type (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.8.4M—2000 Spring Pins — Slotted (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.8.5M—2000 Machine Dowel Pins — Hardened Ground (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.8.6M—2000 Cotter Pins (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.8.7M—2000 Clevis Pins
ANSI B18.8.8M—2000 Clevis Pins with Head
ANSI B18.12—2001 Glossary of Terms for Mechanical Fasteners
ANSI B18.13.1M—1998 Screws and Washer Assemblies ---- Sems (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.16M—2004 Prevailing-Torque Type Steel Metric Hex Nuts and Hex Flange Nuts
ANSI B18.16.1M—1979 Mechanical and Performance Requirements for Prevailing-Torque Type
Steel Metric Hex Nuts and Hex Flange Nuts
ANSI B18.16.2M—1979 Torque—Tension Test Requirements for Prevailing-Torque Type Steel
Metric Hex Nuts and Hex Flange Nuts
ANSI B18.16.3M—1998 Dimensional Requirements for Prevailing-Torque Type Steel Metric Hex
Nuts and Hex Flange Nuts
ANSI B18.18.1M—1987 Inspection and Quality Assurance for General Purpose Fasteners
ANSI B18.18.2M—1987 Inspection and Quality Assurance for High-Volume Machine Assembly Metric
Fasteners
ANSI B18.18.3M—1987 Inspection and Quality Assurance for Special Purpose Metric Fasteners
ANSI B18.18.4M—1987 Inspection and Quality Assurance for Fasteners for Specialized Engineered
Applications
ANSI B18.21.2M—1999 Lock Washers (Metric Series)
ANSI B18.22M—1981 Metric Plain Washers
ANSI B18.31.1M-2005 Metric Continuous and Double End Studs
ANSI B27.7M—1977 General Purpose Tapered and Reduced Cross-Section Retaining Rings (Metric)
ANSI B27.8M—1978 General Purpose Metric Tapered and Reduced Cross-Section Retaining Rings—
Type 3DM1-Heavy Duty External Rings,
Type 3EM 1-Reinforced E Rings, Type
3FM1-8C Type Rings

RELATED HANDBOOKS
ISO Standards Handbook - Fasteners and screw threads
3 parts in 2 volumes. This handbook gathers together more than 150 International Standards relating to fasteners and screw threads.
Standards for terminology, nomenclature and other general reference standards, such as those for technical drawings for screw threads
and threaded parts are included in volume 1. The second volume contains product standards for fasteners such as bolts, screws, nuts,
washers, pins and rivets.
Volume 1: Part 1: Terminology and nomenclature, and Part 2: General reference standards. See table of content
th
Year of publication: 2001 5 Ed

USA
Metric Fasteners Standards, (3rd ed. 1999) Industrial Fasteners Institute, 1505 East Ohio Building, Cleveland, Ohio 44114, USA.

Germany
DIN Handbook 10 Fasteners 1 Dimensional Standards for Bolts and Screws (in English).
DIN Handbook 140 Fasteners 4 Dimensional Standards for Nuts and Accessories for Bolt/Nut Assemblies (in English). Beuth Verlag GmbH Burggrafenstrasse
6, D-l000 BERLIN 30, Germany.

France
Recueil de Normes de Boulonnerie — Visserie AFNOR, Tour Europe, Cedex 7, 92080 Paris - La Defense, France.

361
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 10

Steel Material Data1

SUMMARY
Rationalization - The change to metric steel sizes opens up a tremendous opportunity for USA industry to rationalize on fewer
steel sheet, plate, wire, bar, tube and section sizes. Some companies have shown remarkably good results when rationalizing,
steel plates, for example, from 19 inch sizes to 8 metric sizes. Again, the use of the preferred metric sizes shown in Table 4-1 is
the key tool to use.
The preference ratings - F for first choice, S for second choice, and T for third choice - are used in the referenced standards to
promote usage of fewer sizes. Little rationalization of sizes is achieved in a company if one freely selects from all first-choice
sizes listed in the steel tables.
1
The World Ferrous Materials Index is given on p. 470 of this chapter.

INTRODUCTION
The American National Standards Institute issued American National Standard ANSI B32.100 Preferred Metric Sizes for Flat,
Round, Square, Rectangular, and Hexagonal Metric Products. References to the following proposed and approved standards,
which are in complete agreement with the applicable ISO standards, are also included.
ANSI B32.200 Preferred Metric Sizes for Round, Square, and Rectangular Tubular Metal Products Other Than Pipe, and the
ANSI B32.300 Preferred Metric Sizes for Equal and Unequal Leg Angles, T- and Channel-Sections, IPN- and Wide Flange-
Beams Structural Steel.
Major steel-producing countries, such as Japan, Germany, France, and Italy, have produced steel material dimensioned to
metric modules for a number of years. The national standards2 for steel sizes reflect the available commercial sizes in the above
countries. The European countries just listed have developed coordinated EURONORM steel standards issued by the European
Coal and Steel Community. Since 1955, approximately 100 EURONORM standards have been published in German, French,
Italian, and Dutch. These standards are available from Beuth Verlag GmbH, Burggrafenstrasse 6 D-1000 Berlin 30, Germany. A
number of these EURONORM standards have now been modified and published as new ISO or EN standards.
2
For information about the term “standard” as used in this book, please see p.12.

description of tables — The steel material dimension tables list standard metric sizes produced in major countries already using
the metric system. The ISO and ANSI standards are also shown.

Linear dimensions, section areas, and mass per length or area are shown in SI units.
The left column in the tables marked ISO, ANSI, or DIN indicates the preference rating in the standard from which the metric
sizes are chosen. On the right side of the tables, national standards for the applicable products are listed with their specified
preference rating.
The tolerances in the tables are given in millimeters, and they are either ISO, EURONORM, or national standard tolerances
selected from the ISO system of limits and fits. Steel materials produced to the latter tolerances are standard in all major
countries including USA (ANSI B32.100).
All conversions and calculations are processed by a computer with the data shown rounded off to the nearest number in each
case. The computer exponential E-format was selected to cover a wide range of steel sizes and at the same time to present an
accuracy to three significant digits for all numbers shown. The maximum error range is from 0.5 to 0.05%.
Some typical examples of the use of E-format are as follows:

Computer Listing Decimal Value


-1
0.427E - 01 = 0.427 x 10 = 0.0427
0.628E + 00 = 0.628 x 100 = 0.628
0.243E + 01 = 0.243x 101 = 2.43
0.962E + 03 = 0.962 x 103 = 962

The standard density for steel used in ISO and national standards outside Canada and the USA is 1 m3 steel, which has a
7850 kg mass. The standard density factor for steel in the USA is 0.2833 lb/in3, and it differs from the ISO standard by
approximately 0.1%. The mass per unit shown in the steel material tables is calculated using the ISO density factor. The
conversion factor 2.767990E + 04 was used to compute the pound per cubic inch equivalent. One cubic meter steel has 7842 kg
mass using the USA density factor and 7850 kg mass with the ISO factor.

362
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD SHEET METAL STANDARDS
Thicknesses. The following discussion is intended to assist the designer in his or her choice of metric sheet metal sizes and
qualities anywhere in the world. Standard thicknesses for hot-rolled steel sheets are shown in Table 10-1A and for cold-reduced
sheets in Table 10-2A.
ANSI B32.100 is a recently released standard drafted by the author, and it is recommended the first choices shown in the USA
column be chosen if possible. Use the Preferred Sizes in Table 4-1 p. 75 when selecting among all the third choices shown in
the material tables. Most of the above thicknesses are available worldwide.
Material. A worldwide comparison of the designations used for hot-rolled and cold-rolled steels is shown in Tables 10-42A and
B. The ISO, EURONORM, and national standards for each product are also given for easy reference to further details.
Make the material selection from Table 10-42A for hot-rolled and Table 10-42B for cold-rolled steel sheets. Note the ISO
standard number where the desired steel grade is specified, and use it to find the appropriate ISO tolerance for the product.
When steel is specified to other national standards, specify tolerances and steel grades as shown in that standard.

Tolerances. The tolerances for sheet metal are specified in a number of ISO standards and shown in Tables 10-1B through
1H for hot-rolled and in Tables 10-2B through 2E for cold-rolled material. The specific ISO standard number where the
tolerances are specified are shown with the table title in parenthesis.

Coatings. Select the desired ISO coating grade from the Tables 10-42E through 10-42K or the national standard used to
specify the steel sheet product.

Order Example. For hot-rolled steel sheets the desired thickness is selected from Table 10-1A, ISO standard number and
qualities from Table 10-42A, tolerances from Table 10-1B through 10-1H, and coating from Table 10-42E through 10-42K. A
typical example of designation of steel sheet 2 mm thick X 1200 mm wide X 2440 mm long to steel grade HR235, class D (D =
CS Special Killed) and tolerance ± 0.17 mm, as specified in ISO 4995, is as follows: “International Standard 4995, hot-rolled
steel sheet, structural quality, grade HR235 class D, 2 x 1200 X 2440 mm, 40000 kg, for part No. 2345, roof support, mill edge,
furnish report of mechanical properties, maximum lift 4000 kg.”
For cold-rolled steel sheets, the desired thickness is selected from Table 10-2A, ISO standard number and material qualities
from Table 10-42B, tolerances from Table 10-2B through 2E, and coating from Table 10-42E through 42K. A typical example of
designation of cold-rolled steel sheet 1 mm thick X 700 mm wide and 1800 mm long to the steel grade CR220 class B (rimmed
or nonrimmed) and tolerance ± 0.09 mm, as specified in the ISO standard, is as follows: “International Standard 4997, cold-
rolled steel sheet, structural quality, grade CR220 class B, 1 X 700 X 1800 mm, 40 000 kg, for part No. 3456, seat frame —
unexposed, furnish report of mechanical properties, maximum lift 4000 kg.”

WORLD STEEL PLATE STANDARDS


Thicknesses. The standard steel plate thicknesses in most of the major steel-producing countries are shown in Table 10-3A.
Although some differences exist in the various material standards, the first-choice sizes in the ANSI B32.100 standard should be
available worldwide. You will note the few thicknesses considered first choice in the German DIN 1543 standard.

363
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-1A HOT-ROLLED STEEL SHEET AND STRIP THICKNESSES (ANSI B32.100)

SIZE USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


ANSI D MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
B32.100 mm kg/m B32.100 1594 G3193 A46-501 1449 1016
F 1 7.85 F F F F F F
T 1.1 8.63 T S
S 1.2 9.42 S F F 1.25F F
T 1.4 11.0 T S F
T 1.5 11.8 T F F
F 1.6 12.6 F F F F
T 1.7 13.7 T F F
T 1.8 14.1 T S F
S 2 15.7 S F F F F F
T 2.2 17.3 T, 2.3T S 2.3F 2.25F
F 2.5 19.6 F F F F F F
T 2.8 22.0 T S F, 2.6S
S 3 23.5 S F 2.9S F F F
T 3.2 25.1 T F
T 3.5 27.5 T S F
T 3.8 29.8 T 3.6F
F 4 31.4 F F F F F F
4.2 33.0
T 4.5 35.3 T S F F
4.8 37.7 4.75F
S 5 39.2 S F F F F F
T 5.5 43.2 T S 5.6F
F 6 47.1 F F F F F F
T 7 54.9 T S F, 6.3F F
S 8 62.8 S F F F F F
T 9 70.6 T S F
F 10 78.5 F F F F F
T 11 86.3 T F
S 12 94.2 S F F 12.5F
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are shown in Tables 10-1B-10-1H.

364
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-1B THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED STEEL SHEET OF
STRUCTURAL QUALITIES HR235 AND HR275 (ISO 4995, 5002)
mm
Thickness >1.6 >2 >2.5 >3 >4 >5
Width <2 <2.5 <3 <4 <5 <6
>600 <1200 0.17 0.18 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.26
>1200 <1500 0.19 0.21 0.22 0.24 0.26 0.28
>1500 <1800 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.26 0.28 0.29
>1800 - 0.25 0.26 0.27 0.29 0.31

TABLE 10-1C THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED STEEL SHEET OF


STRUCTURAL QUALITIES HR355, HS355, HS390, AND HS420 (ISO 4995, 4996)
mm
Thickness >1.6 >2 >2.5 >3 >4 >5
Width <2 <2.5 <3 <4 <5 <6
>600 <1200 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.26 0.29
>1200 <1500 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.26 0.29 0.31
>1500 <1800 0.23 0.25 0.26 0.29 0.31 0.32
>1800 - 0.27 0.29 0.30 0.32 0.34

TABLE 10-1D THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED STEEL SHEET OF


STRUCTURAL QUALITIES HS460 AND HS490 (ISO 4996)
mm
Thickness >1.6 >2 >2.5 >3 >4 >5
Width <2 <2.5 <3 <4 <5 <6
>600 <1200 0.21 0.22 0.25 0.27 0.30 0.32
>1200 <1500 0.24 0.26 0.27 0.30 0.32 0.35
>1500 <1800 0.26 0.29 0.28 0.32 0.35 0.36
>1800 - 0.31 0.32 0.34 0.36 0.39
NOTES:
1. Tolerances shown are plus and minus.
2. Thickness is measured at any point on the sheet not less than 40 mm from a side edge for untrimmed material and not
less than 25 mm from the edge for trimmed material.
3. The values specified do not apply to the uncropped ends for a length L of a mill edge coil. Length L would be calculated
using the formula: length L in meters = 90/thickness in millimeters provided that the result was not greater than 20 m.

TABLE 10-1E THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED STEEL SHEET OF


QUALITIES HR1, HR2, HR3, AND HR4 (ISO 3573)
mm
Thickness <1.6 >1.6 >2 >2.5 >3 >4 >6 >8 >10
Width <2 <2.5 <3 <4 <6 <8 <10 <12.5
>600 <1200 0.17 0.18 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.27 0.30 0.33 0.36
>1200 <1500 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.23 0.25 0.28 0.31 0.36 0.38
>1500 <1800 0.21 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.29 0.33 0.38 0.41
>1800 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.30 0.38 0.43 0.46

TABLE 10-1F THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR HOT-DIP ZINC COATED


STEEL SHEETS OF QUALITIES 01, 02, 03, 04, and 05 (ISO 3575)
mm
Thickness >0.25 >0.4 >0.6 >0.8 >1 >1 >1.6 >2 >2.5 >3 >4
Width <0.4 <0.6 <0.8 <1 <1.2 <1.6 <2 <2.5 <3 <4 <5
>600 <1200 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.19 0.21 0.22 0.24 0.28
>1200 <1500 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.26 0.29
>1500 <1800 0.11 0.12 0.14 0.15 0.18 0.23 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.30
NOTES:
1. Tolerances shown are plus and minus.
2. Thickness is measured at any point on the sheet not less than 40 mm from a side edge.
365
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-1G THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED STEEL STRIP
OF QUALITIES HR235, HR275, HR1, HR2, HR3, AND HR4 (ISO 6316. 6317)
mm
Thickness <1.5 >1.5 >2 >4 >5 >6 >8 >10
Width <2 <4 <5 <6 <8 <10 <12
>10 <100 0.12 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 -
>100 <600 0.14 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.2 0.22 0.27

TABLE 10-1H THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED


STEEL STRIP OF QUALITIES HR355 (ISO 6316)
mm
Thickness <1.5 >1.5 >2 >4 >5 >6 >8 >10
Width <2 <4 <5 <6 <8 <10 <12
>10 <100 0.13 0.15 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.2 0.21 -
>100 <600 0.15 0.18 0.19 0.2 0.21 0.22 0.24 0.3
NOTES:
1. Tolerances shown are plus and minus.
2. Thickness is measured at any point on the strip not less than 20 mm from a side edge for
mill edge strip and not less than 10 mm from a side edge for edge-trimmed strip.
Measurement shall not be made on top of the shear burr.
3. The values specified do not apply to the uncropped ends of a mill edge coil within 7 m
inclusive of both ends.

366
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-2A COLD ROLLED STEEL SHEET AND STRIP THICKNESSES (ANSI B32.100)

SIZE USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


ANSI D MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
B32.100 mm kg /m B32.100 1595 G3141 A46-402 1449 1541
F 0.1 0.785 F F
S 0.12 0.942 S, 0.11T F, 0.11S
T 0.14 1.10 T S
F 0.16 1.26 F F
T 0.18 1.41 T S
S 0.2 1.57 S F
T 0.22 1.73 T S
F 0.25 1.96 F F
T 0.28 2.20 T S
S 0.3 2.35 S F S
T 0.35 2.75 T S F
F 0.4 3.14 F F F S F
T 0.45 3.53 T S
S 0.5 3.92 S F F S F F
T 0.55 4.32 T S
F 0.6 4.71 F F F S F F
T 0.65 5.10 T
T 0.7 5.49 T, 0.75T S F S F F
S 0.8 6.28 S F F F F F
T 0.9 7.06 T S F S F F
F 1 7.85 F F F F F F
T 1.1 8.63 T S
S 1.2 9.42 S F F F F F
T 1.4 11.0 T S F
T 1.5 11.8 T F F
F 1.6 12.6 F F F F
T 1.8 14.1 T, 1.7T S F
S 2 15.7 S F F F F F
T 2.2 17.3 T, 2.3T S 2.3 F
F 2.5 19.6 F F F F F F
T 2.8 22.0 T, 2.6T S F, 2.6S
S 3 23.5 S F 2.9S 2.99F F F
T 3.2 25.1 T F
T 3.5 27.5 T S
T 3.8 29.8 T
F 4 31.4 F F F
NOTES:
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.
2. The size is national standard as indicated: F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are shown in Tables 10-2B-10-2E.
4. Tolerances specified in the EURONORM 131 standard are similar to the ISO standard tolerances shown in Tables here.

TABLE 10-2B THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEET


OF STRUCTURAL QUALITIES CR220, CR250, CR320, AND CR550 (ISO 4997)
mm
Thickness >0.36 >0.4 >0.6 >0.8 >1 >1.2 >1.6 >2 >2.5
Width <0.4 <0.6 <0.8 <1 <1.2 <1.6 <2 <2.5 <3
>600 <1200 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.17 0.20
>1200 <1500 0.06 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.21
>1500 <1800 - 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.23

367
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-2C THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR COLD-ROLLED CARBON STEEL SHEET
TO HARDNESS REQUIREMENTS OF QUALITIES CRH-50, CRH-60, AND CRH-70 (ISO 5954)
mm
Thickness >0.4 >0.6 >0.8 >1 >1.2 >1.6 >2 >2.5 >3
Width <0.4 <0.6 <0.8 <1 <1.2 <1.6 <2 <2.5 <3 <4
>600 <1200 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.17 0.20 0.22
>1200 <1500 0.06 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.21 0.23
>1500 - 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.23 0.25
NOTES:
1. Tolerances shown are plus and minus.
2. The thickness tolerances for sheets in coil form are the same as for sheets supplied in cut lengths, but in cases where welds
are present, the tolerances shall be double those given over a length of 15 m in the vicinity of the weld.
3. Thickness is measured at any point on the sheet not less than 25 mm from a side edge.
4. Thickness tolerances for hot-dip zinc-coated steel sheets are specified in the ISO 4998 standard and the tolerances are less
than 0.04 larger than the values given in Table 10-2B, which is approximately the thickness of the zinc coating.

TABLE 10-2D THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEET


OF QUALITIES CR1, CR2, CR3, AND CR4 (ISO 3574, 5002, 4999)
mm
Thickness 0.4 < e 0.6 < e 0.8 < e 1<e 1.2 < e 1.6 < e 2<e 2.5 < e 3<e
Width e < 0.4 < 0.6 < 0.8 <1 < 1.2 < 1.6 <2 < 2.5 <3 <4
600 < b < 1200 ± 0.04 ± 0.05 ± 0.07 ± 0.08 ± 0.09 ± 0.11 ± 0.13 ± 0.15 ± 0.18 ± 0.20
1200 < b < 1500 ± 0.05 ± 0.06 ± 0.08 ± 0.09 ± 0.10 ± 0.12 ± 0.14 ± 0.16 ± 0.19 ± 0.21
b > 1500 - ± 0.08 ± 0.09 ± 0.10 ± 0.12 ± 0.14 ± 0.16 ± 0.18 ± 0.21 ± 0.23
NOTES:
1. The thickness tolerances for sheets in coil form are the same as for sheets supplied in cut lengths, but in cases where welds
are present, the tolerances shall be double those given over a length of 15 m in the vicinity of the weld.
2. Thickness is measured at any point on the sheet not less than 25 mm from a side edge. (Values to be taken nearer than 25
mm are subject of negotiation between the purchaser and supplier.)

TABLE 10-2E THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR COLD-ROLLED TIN-COATED


STEEL SHEET OF QUALITIES 01, 02, 03, AND 04 (ISO 5950)
mm
Thickness >0.5 >0.6
Width <0.6 <0.8 >0.8
>600 <1050 0.05 0.07 0.08
NOTES:
1. Tolerances shown are plus and minus.
2. The thickness tolerances for sheets in coil form are the same as for sheets supplied in cut lengths but in cases
where welds are present, the tolerances shall be double those given over a length of 15 m in the vicinity of the weld.
3. Thickness is measured at any point on the sheet not less than 25 mm from a side edge.
4. Unless otherwise stated on the order, the thickness tolerances for all qualities of electrolytic tin-coated steel
sheet should be in accordance with Table 10-2E. When required, special tolerances may be the subject of
agreement between the interested parties.

368
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-3A STEEL PLATE THICKNESSES (ANSI B32.100)

SIZE USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


ANSI D MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
B32.100 mm kg /m B32.100 1184 G3193 A45-005 1449 1543 6669
S 3 23.5 S F F F F
T 3.2 25.1 T
T 3.5 27.5 T S
F 4 31.4 F,3.8T F F,3.6F F F
T 4.5 35.3 T F
T 4.8 37.7 T
S 5 39.2 S F F F F
T 5.5 43.2 T S
F 6 47.1 F F F,5.6F F F
T 7 54.9 T S F F,6.5S
S 8 62.8 S F F F F
T 9 70.6 T S F S
F 10 18.5 F F F F F
T 11 86.3 T S F T
S 12 94.2 S F F F F
T 14 110 T S F ,12.7F F ,13T
T 15 118 T F,13F F F
F 16 126 F F F F F
T 18 141 T S F, 17S S F
S 20 157 S F F ,19F F F
T 22 173 T S F T F
F 25 196 F F F F F
T 28 220 T S F F
S 30 235 S S,25.4F F F
T 32 251 T F F F
T 35 275 T S F
36 283 S F
T 38 298 T F F
F 40 314 F F F S F
T 45 353 T S F F
S 50 392 S F F S F
T 55 432 T S F
F 60 471 F F F
T 70 549 T S F,65F
S 80 628 S F F,75F
T 90 706 T S
F 100 785 F F
T 110 863 T S
S 120 942 S F
T 130 1020 T
T 140 1100 T S
T 150 1180 T
F 160 1260 F F
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F-= First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are shown in Tables 10-3B-10-3D.
4. Thickness not specified. For plate tolerance, see DIN 1543 or UNI 6669.

369
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-3B THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED STRUCTURAL
STEEL PLATES OF YIELD STRESS Re <700 MPa (ISO 7452)
mm
Permissible deviation Maximum deviation in thickness
Nominal
on nominal thickness in the same plate

thickness Class A Class B Width of the plate

e under over under over


< 2000 >2000 >2500 >3000
>3500
< 2500 <3000 <3500 <4000
3<e<5 -0.4 0.8 -0.3 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.9
5<e<8 -0.4 1.1 -0.3 1.2 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0
8 < e < 15 -0.5 1.2 -0.3 1.4 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1
15 < e < 25 -0.6 1.3 -0.3 1.6 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3
25 < e < 40 -0.8 1.4 -0.3 1.9 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3
40 < e < 80 -1.0 1.8 -0.3 2.5 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.5
80 < e < 150 -1.0 2.2 -0.3 2.9 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.6
NOTES:
1. The values are only guaranteed by special agreement at the time of ordering.
2. For nominal widths over 4000 mm, the permissible deviations should be the subject of agreement between
the manufacturer and purchaser.
3. For nominal thicknesses over 150 mm, the permissible deviations should be the subject of agreement between
the manufacturer and the purchaser.
4. The thickness shall be measured at any point more than 15 mm from the edge of the plate.

TABLE 10-3C THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED STRUCTURAL


STEEL WIDE FLATS (150-1250 mm) OF YIELD STRESS Re <700 MPa (ISO 9034)
mm

Permissible deviation on nominal thickness


Nominal thickness

Class A Class B
e
under over under over
4<e<8 0.4 0.6 0.3 0.7
8 < e < 15 0.5 0.7 0.3 0.9
15 < e < 25 0.6 0.8 0.3 1.1
25 < e < 40 0.8 0.9 0.3 1.4
40 < e < 80 1.0 1.4 0.3 2.1

80 < e < 100 1.0 2.2 0.3 2.9


NOTES:
1. For nominal thicknesses over 100 mm, the permissible deviations shall be the subject of
agreement at the time of ordering.
2. The thickness shall be measured at any point situated more than 15 mm from the longitudinal
edges of the wide flat.

TABLE 10-3D THICKNESS TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED


STEEL SHEETS OF QUALITIES HSF 275, HSF355, AND HSF420 (ISO 5951)
mm
Thickness >1.6 >2 >2.5 >3 >4
Widths <2 <2.5 <3 <4 <6
>600 <1200 0.23 0.25 0.26 0.29 0.34
>1200 <1500 0.25 0.28 0.29 0.31 0.35
>1500 <1800 0.28 0.30 0.31 0.33 0.36
>1800 - 0.33 0.34 0.35 0.38
NOTES:
1. Tolerances shown are plus and minus.
2. For grades HSF490 and HSF560, increase the thickness tolerance by 25%.
370
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-4A COLD-DRAWN ROUND STEEL WIRE (ANSI B32.100)

DIA SECTION USA AUSTRALA JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


ANSI D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
B32.100 mm mm kg/km B32.100 1153 G3521 A47-411 4391 177 467
F 0.1 0.00785 0.0617 F F F F F F
T 0.11 0.00950 0.0746 T F
0.112 0.00985 0.0773 S S
S 0.12 0.0113 0.0888 S F F
0.125 0.0123 0.0963 F F
T 0.14 0.0154 0.121 T S F S F F
F 0.16 0.0201 0.158 F F F F F F
T 0.18 0.0254 0.200 T S F S F F
S 0.2 0.0314 0.247 S F F F F F
T 0.22 0.0380 0.298 T F F
0.224 0.0394 0.309 S 0.23F S
F 0.25 0.0491 0.385 F F 0.26F F F 0.24F
T 0.28 0.0615 0.483 T S S F
S 0.3 0.0707 0.555 S 0.29F T
T 0.35 0.0962 0.755 T F 0.34F
0.355 0.0990 0.777 S 0.32F S
F 0.4 0.126 0.986 F F F F F F
T 0.45 0.159 1.25 T S F S F F
S 0.5 0.196 1.54 S F F F F
T 0.55 0.238 1.87 T F F
0.56 0.246 1.93 S S F
F 0.6 0.283 2.22 F F T F
0.63 0.312 2.45 F F F
0.65 0.332 2.60 F F
T 0.7 0.385 3.02 T F F
0.71 0.396 3.11 S S F
S 0.8 0.503 3.95 S F F F F F
T 0.9 0.636 4.99 T S F S F F
F 1 0.785 6.17 F F F F F F
T 1.1 0.950 7.46 T F
1.12 0.985 7.73 S S F
S 1.2 1.13 8.88 S F F
1.25 1.23 9.63 F F F 1.3F
T 1.4 1.54 12.1 T S F S F F
1.5 1.77 13.9 T F
F 1.6 2.01 15.8 F F F F F F
1.7 2.27 17.3 T F
T 1.8 2.54 20 T S F S F F
S 2 3.14 24.7 S F F F F F, 2.1F
T 2.2 3.8 29.3 T F

371
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-4A COLD-DRAWN ROUND STEEL WIRE (CONT'D) (ANSI B32.100)

DIA SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


ANSI D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
B32.100 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1153 G3521 A47-411 4391 177 467
2.24 3.94 0.0309 S 2.3 F S F 2.3 F
F 2.5 4.91 0.0385 F, 2.6T F 2.6 F F F F,2.6F
T 2.8 6.16 0.0483 T S S F F,2.7F
S 3 7.07 0.0555 S 2.9 F T F
3.15 7.79 0.0612 F 3.2 F F F
T 3.5 9.62 0.0755 T F F
3.55 9.90 0.0777 S S F
F 4 12.6 0.0986 F F F F F F F
T 4.5 15.9 0.125 T S F F S F F
S 5 19.6 0.154 S F F F F F F
T 5.5 23.8 0.187 T F F F
5.6 24.6 0.193 S S F
F 6 28.3 0.222 F F F T F
6.3 31.2 0.245 F F F
T 6.5 33.2 0.260 T F F F
T 7 38.5 0.302 T F F F
7.1 39.6 0.311 S S F
S 8 50.3 0.395 S F F F F F F
T 9 63.6 0.499 T S F F S F 9.4 F
F 10 78.5 0.617 F F F F F F F
T 11 95.0 0.746 T F
11.2 98.5 0.773 S S F
S 12 113 0.888 S F
12.5 123 0.963 F F F
T 13 133 1.04 T F
T 14 154 1.21 T S F S F
T 15 177 1.39 T F T
F 16 201 1.58 F F F F F
T 17 227 1.78 T F
T 18 254 2.00 T S F F
T 19 284 2.23 T F
S 20 314 2.47 S F F F

NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated: F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Class B Tolerance shown in Table 10-5B are approximately equivalent to those specified in DIN 177 and other national standards shown.
4. The diameters for spring steel wires shown in Table 10-5A are those specified in the recently published ISO 8458-2, and could be used
as a reference when selecting sizes for Cold Drawn Round Steel Wire.

372
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-5A STEEL WIRE FOR MECHANICAL SPRINGS (ISO 8458-2)
ISO 8458-2
EURONORM EN
USA ANSI B32.100
JAPAN JIS G3522
GERMANY DIN 2076
FRANCE NF A47-301
UK BS 5216
ITALY UNI 3823
AUSTRALIA AS 1472

Nominal Tensile strength, MPa Nominal Tensile strength, MPa


dia Type SL Types SM, DM Types SH, DH dia Type SL Types SM, DM Types SH, DH
mm min max min max min max mm min max min max min max
0.06 - - 2780 3100 2800 3480 1.9 1540 1760 1770 1990 2000 2220
0.09 - - 2740 3060 2800 3430 2 7620 1750 1760 1970 1980 2200
0.1 2710 3020 2800 3380 2.1 1510 7730 1740 1960 1970 2180
0.11 - - 2690 3000 2800 3350 2.25 1490 1710 1720 1930 1940 2150
0.12 - - 2560 2960 2800 3320 2.4 1470 1690 1700 1910 1920 2130
0.14 - - 2620 2910 2800 3250 2.5 1460 1680 1690 1890 1900 2110
0.16 - - 2570 2860 2800 3200 2.6 1450 1660 1670 1880 1890 2100
0.18 - - 2530 2820 2800 3160 2.8 1420 1640 1650 1850 1860 2070
0.2 - - 2500 2790 2800 3110 3 1410 7620 1630 1830 1840 2040
0.22 - - 2470 2760 2770 3080 3.2 1390 1600 7610 1810 1820 2020
0.25 - - 2420 2710 2720 3010 3.4 1370 1580 1590 1780 1790 1990
0.28 - - 2390 2670 2680 2970 3.6 1350 1560 1570 1760 1770 7970
0.3 - - 2370 2650 2660 2940 3.81 1340 1540 1550 1740 1750 1950
0.32 - - 2350 2630 2540 2920 4 1320 1520 1530 1730 1740 1930
0.34 - - 2330 2600 2610 2890 4.25 1310 1500 1510 1700 1710 1900
0.36 - - 2310 2580 2590 2870 4.5 1290 1490 1500 1680 1690 1880
0.38 - - 2290 2560 2570 2850 4.75 1270 1470 1480 1670 1680 1840
0.4 - - 2270 2550 2560 2830 5 1260 1450 1460 1650 1660 1830
0.43 - - 2250 2520 2530 2800 5.3 1240 1430 1440 1630 7640 1820
0.45 - - 2240 2500 2510 2780 5.6 1230 1420 1430 1610 1620 1800
0.48 - - 2220 2480 2490 2760 6 1210 1390 1400 1580 1590 1770
0.5 1910 2190 2200 2470 2480 2740 6.3 7790 1380 1390 7560 1570 7750
0.53 7890 2170 2180 2450 2460 2720 6.5 1180 1370 1380 1550 1560 1740
0.56 1880 2150 2170 2430 2440 2700 7 1160 1340 1350 15.30 1540 1710
0.6 1850 2130 2140 2400 2410 2670 7.5 1140 1320 1330 1500 1510 1680
0.63 1840 2120 2130 2380 2390 2650 8 1120 1300 1310 1480 1490 1660
0.65 1830 2110 2120 2370 2380 2640 8.5 1110 1280 1290 1460 1470 1630
0.7 1800 2080 2090 2350 2360 2610 9 1090 1260 1270 7440 1450 1610
0.8 1770 2040 2050 2300 2310 2560 9.5 1070 1250 1260 1420 1430 1590
0.85 1760 2020 2030 2280 2290 2530 10 1060 1230 1240 1400 1410 1570
0.9 1740 2000 2010 2260 2270 2510 10.5 1050 1210 1220 1380 1390 1550
0.95 1730 1990 2000 2240 2250 2490 11 1040 1200 1210 1370 1380 1530
1 1720 1970 1980 2220 2230 2470 12 1020 1170 1180 1340 1350 1500
1.05 1710 1950 1960 2200 2210 2450 12.5 1010 1160 1170 1320 1330 1480
1.10 1690 1940 1950 2190 2200 2430 13 1000 1150 1160 0.310 1320 1470
1.2 1670 1910 1920 2160 2170 2400 14 - - 1730 1280 1290 1440
1.25 1660 1900 1910 2110 2150 2380 15 - - 1110 1260 1270 1410
1.3 1640 1890 1900 2130 2140 2370 16 - - 7090 1230 1240 1390
1.4 1620 1860 1870 2100 2110 2340 17 - - 1070 1210 1220 1360
1.5 1600 1840 1850 2080 2090 2310 18 - - 1050 1190 1200 1340
1.6 1590 1820 1830 2050 2060 2290 19 - - 1030 1170 1180 1320
1.7 1570 1800 1810 2030 2040 2260 20 - - 1020 1150 1160 1300
1.8 1550 1780 1790 2010 2020 2240
NOTES:
1. Tensile strengths, chemical composition and foreign equivalents to the spring steel grades are
shown in Table 10-51B, columns 1-5.
2. The grades are designated static (S) and dynamic (D) in strengths, low (L), medium (M), and high (H).

373
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-5B TOLERANCES FOR SPRING STEEL WIRE (ISO 8458-1)

Nominal diameter Class A tolerances Class B tolerances

Up to and Diameter Maximum Diameter Maximum


Over
including tolerance ovality* tolerance ovality*
mm mm ± mm mm ± mm mm
0.07 0.18 0.004 0.004 0.008 0.008
0.18 0.35 0.008 0.008 0.015 0.015
0.35 0.80 0.010 0.010 0.020 0.020
0.8 1.4 0.015 0.015 0.025 0.025
1.4 3.15 0.020 0.020 0.035 0.035
3.15 5.6 0.030 0.030 0.045 0.045
5.6 8.5 0.040 0.040 0.060 0.060
8.5 10 0.050 0.050 0.070 0.070
10 15 0.060 0.060 0.090 0.090
15 17.5 0.080 0.080 0.120 0.120
17.5 20 0.100 0.100 0.150 0.150
*Difference between the maximum and minimum diameters of the same cross-section.

374
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-6A HOT-ROLLED ROUND TABLE 10-6B HOT-ROLLED ROUND
STEEL BARS (ISO 1035-1) STEEL WIRE ROD (ISO 8457-1)
ISO 1035-1 ISO 8457-1

EURONORM EU 60 EURONORM EU 17

EN EN
ANSI
USA USA ANSI B32.100
B32.100
JAPAN JIS G3191 JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1013 GERMANY DIN 59110
FRANCE NF A45-003 FRANCE NF
UK BS 6722 UK BS
ITALY UNI 6012 ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS 1027 AUSTRALIA AS

Preferred sizes Second-preference sizes Preferred Cross- Mass per


Diameter Sectional Mass per Diameter Sectional Mass per diameter sectional unit
unit
area area unit length area length
length
2 2 2
mm cm kg/m mm cm kg/m mm mm kg/m
8 0.503 0.395 15 1.77 1.39 5 19.63 0.154
10 0.785 0.617 17 2.27 1.78 5.5 23.76 0.187
12 1.13 0.888 19 2.84 2.23 6 28.27 0.222
14 1.54 1.21 21 3.46 2.72 6.5 33.18 0.26
16 2.01 1.58 23 4.15 3.26 7 38.48 0.302
18 2.54 2 24 4.52 3.55 7.5 44.18 0.347
20 3.14 2.47 26 5.31 4.17 8 50.26 0.395
22 3.80 2.98 27 5.73 4.49 8.5 56,74 0.445
25 4.91 3.85 34 9.08 7.13 9 63.62 0.499
28 6.16 4.83 36 10.2 7.99 9.5 70.88 0.556
30 7.07 5.55 38 11.3 8.9 10 78.54 0.617
32 8.04 6.31 42 13.9 10.9 10.5 86.59 0.68
35 9.62 7.55 47 17.3 13.6 11 95.03 0.746
40 12.6 9.85 48 18.1 14.2 11.5 103.9 0.816
45 15.9 12.5 52 21.2 16.7 12 113.1 0.888
50 19.6 15.4 63 31.2 24.5 12.5 122.7 0.963
55 23.8 18.7 85 56.7 44.5 13 132.7 1.04
60 28.3 22.2 95 70.9 55.6 13.5 143.1 1.12
65 33.2 26 130 133 104 14 153.9 1.21
70 38.5 30.2 150 177 139 14.5 165.1 1.3
75 44.2 34.7 170 227 178 15 176.7 1.39
80 50.3 39.5 190 284 223 15.5 188.7 1.48
90 63.6 49.9 220 380 298 16 201.1 1.58
100 78.5 61.7 16.5 213.8 1.68
110 95 74.6 17 227.0 1.78
120 113 88.8 17.5 240.5 1.89
140 154 121 18 254.5 2
160 201 158 18.5 268.8 2.11
180 254 200 19 283.5 2.23
200 314 247 19.5 298.6 2.34
20 314.2 2.47
NOTE:: 1. Tolerances are specified in ISO 8457-1 and shown 21 346.3 2.72
in Table 10-6D. 22 380.1 2.98
2. The values of mass are based on a density of steel 23 415.5 3.26
3
of 7.85 kg/dm . 24 452.4 3.55
25 490.9 3.85
26 530.9 4.17
27 572.6 4.49
28 615.7 4.83
29 660.5 5.18
30 706.9 5.55

375
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-6C TOLERANCE ON SIZE FOR HOT-ROLLED,
ROUND, SQUARE, AND HEX STEEL BARS (ISO 1035-4)
mm
1
Nominal sizes Tolerance on size for classes
Up to and 2
Over N F S
including
15 ± 0.4 ± 0.3 ± 0.2
15 25 ± 0.5 ± 0.4 ± 0.25
25 35 ± 0.6 ± 0.5 ± 0.3
35 50 ± 0.8 ± 0.6 ± 0.4
3
50 80 ±1 ± 0.8 ± 0.5
80 100 ± 1.3 ±1 -
100 120 ± 1.6 ± 1.3 -
120 160 ±2 ± 1.6 -
160 200 ± 2.5 ±2 -
200 - ± 1.5 % of ± 1.2% of -
size size
NOTES:
1. Diameter of round bars, distance across flats of square and hex bars.
2. Applicable to round bars only.
3. Applicable only to sizes up to and including 65 mm. For larger
sizes, the tolerances should be agreed on at the time of ordering.

TABLE 10-6D TOLERANCES ON DIAMETER


OF ROUND WIRE ROD (ISO 8457-1)
mm

Nominal diameter
Tolerance
on
Up to and
Over diameter
including
- 15 ± 0.4
15 25 ± 0.5
25 30 ± 0.6
See the
30 -
note
NOTE - Tolerance should be agreed at time of ordering.

376
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-7A HOT-ROLLED HALF-ROUND
STEEL WIRE ROD (ISO 8457-1)
ISO
8457-1
EURONORM EU 66, 17
EN

USA ANSI

JAPAN JIS
DIN
GERMANY
59110
FRANCE NF
UK BS
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS
Cross- Mass
Preferred
sectional per
dxr area unit length
2
mm mm kg/m

7 x 3.5 19.24 0.151


8x4 25.13 0.197
9 x 4.5 31.81 0.25
10 x 5 39.27 0.308
11 x 5.5 47.52 0.373
12 x 6 56.55 0.444
13 x 6.5 66.37 0.521
14 x 7 76.97 0.604
15 x 7.5 88.36 0.694
16 x 8 100.5 0.789
17 x 8.5 113.5 0.891
18 x 9 127.2 0.999
19 x 9.5 141.8 1.11
20 x 10 157.1 1.23
21 x 10.5 173.2 1.36
22 x 11 190.1 1.49
23 x 11.5 207.7 1.63
24 x 12 226.2 1.78
25 x 12.5 245.4 1.93
26 x 13 265.5 2.08
28 x 14 307.9 2.42
30 x 15 353.4 2.27
NOTES:
1. Tolerances are specified in ISO 8457-1 and shown in Table 10-7B.
2. The additional sizes 60 x 30 mm and 75 x 37.5 mm are covered
in EURONORM 66 and DIN 59110.
3
3. The values of mass are based on a density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

TABLE 10-7B TOLERANCES FOR HALF-ROUND


WIRE ROD (ISO 8457-1)
mm
Tolerance
Nominal diameter
on diameter
Over Up to and including
- 15 ± 0.4
15 25 ± 0.5
25 30 ± 0.6
30 - See the note

NOTE - Tolerance should be agreed at time of ordering.

377
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-8A HOT-ROLLED SQUARE STEEL BARS (ISO 1035-2)
ISO 1035-2
EURONORM EU 59
EN
ANSI
USA
B32.100
JAPAN JIS 63191
GERMANY DIN 1014
NF A45-
FRANCE
004
UK BS 6722
ITALY UNI 6013
AUSTRALIA AS 1027

Preferred sizes Second Preference sizes


Sectional Mass Sectional Mass
Width area per unit Width area per unit
length length
2 2
mm cm kg/m mm cm kg/m

8 0.64 0.502 28 7.84 6.15


10 1 0.785 32 10.2 8.04
12 1.44 1.13 45 20.2 15.9
14 1.96 1.54 55 30.2 23.7
16 2.56 2.01 90 81 63.6
18 3.24 2.54
20 4 3.14
22 4.84 3.8
25 6.25 4.91
30 9 7.06
35 12.2 9.58
40 16 12.6
50 25 19.6
60 36 28.3
70 49 38.5
80 64 50.2
100 100 78.5
120 144 113
NOTES:
1. Tolerances are specified in ISO 1035-4 and shown
in Tables 10-6C and 10-8C.
3
2. The values of mass are based on a density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

378
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-8B HOT-ROLLED SQUARE STEEL WIRE ROD (ISO 8457-1)
ISO 8457-1
EURONORM EU 17
EN
USA ANSI B32.100
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 59110
FRANCE NF
UK BS
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

Preferred Cross-sectional Mass


width area per unit
a length
2
mm mm kg/m
5 25 0.196
5.5 30.25 0.237
6 36 0.283
7 49 0.385
8 64 0.502
9 81 0.636
10 100 0.785
11 121 0.95
12 144 1.13
13 169 1.33
14 196 1.54
15 225 1.77
16 256 2.01
17 289 2.27
18 324 2.54
19 361 2.83
20 400 3.14
21 441 3.46
22 484 3.8
23 529 4.15
24 576 4.52
25 625 4.91
26 676 5.31
NOTES:
1. Tolerances are specified in ISO 8457-1 and shown in Table 10-8D.
3
2. The values of mass are based on a density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

TABLE 10-8C CORNER RADII FOR TABLE 10-8D TOLERANCES OF SQUARE


SQUARE BARS (ISO 1035-2) mm WIRE ROD (ISO 8457-1) mm
Sizes Corner radii Nominal width Width
Over Up to and including r max a tolerance
12 1 Over Up to and including
12 20 1.5 From 5 15 ± 0.4
20 30 2 15 25 ± 0.5
30 50 2.5 25 - ± 0.6
50 100 3 NOTE - Limited corner radii are permissible
100 120 4

379
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-9A HOT-ROLLED HEX STEEL BARS (EURONORM 61)

EURO- WIDTH SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


NORM D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
61 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3191 A45-006 6722 1015 7061

3.2 8.87 0.0696 3F


4 13.9 0.109 F
5 21.7 0.17 F F
5.5 26.2 0.206 S F
7 42.4 0.333 S, 6F F
8 55.4 0.435 F F
9 70.1 0.551 F
9.5 78.2 0.614 S
10 86.6 0.68 F F F F
10.5 95.5 0.75 S
11 105 0.823 F F
11.5 115 0.899 S
12 125 0.979 F F F
12.5 135 1.06 S
13 146 1.15 S F F S F
13.5 158 1.24 S
F 14 170 1.33 F F S
14.5 182 1.43 S
15 195 1.53 S F F F F
15.5 208 1.63 S
16 222 1.74 F F S
16.5 236 1.85 S
F 17 250 1.96 S F F F S
17.5 265 2.08 S
F 18 281 2.2 F F F F F
18.5 296 2.33 S
19 313 2.45 S F
19.5 329 2.59 S
20 346 2.72 F F F
F 20.5 364 2.86 S F
21 382 3 F S S
F 21.5 400 3.14 F S
22 419 3.29 S F F F
F 22.5 438 3.44 S S F
23 458 3.6 S
F 23.5 478 3.75 F S F
24 499 3.92 F F F F
F 24.5 520 4.08 F S
25 541 4.25 F
F 25.5 563 4.42 S F
NOTE: For notes see end of table.

380
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-9A HOT-ROLLED HEX STEEL BARS (CONT'D) (EURONORM 61)

EURO- WIDTH SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


NORM D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
61 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3191 A45-006 6722 1015 7061
26 585 4.60 S F
27 631 4.96 F F
F 27.5 655 5.14 F
28 679 5.33 S F
F 28.5 703 5.52 F F
29 728 5.72 S F
30 779 6.12 F F F
F 30.5 806 6.32 F
31 832 6.53 S
31.5 859 6.75 F F
32 887 6.96 S F F
33 943 7.40 S S
F 33.5 972 7.63 F
34 1000 7.86 F F S F
35 1060 8.33 F
36 1120 8.81 F F F
37 1190 9.31 F S
F 37.5 1220 9.56 F F
38 1250 9.82 F F
39 1320 10.3 S
F 39.5 1350 10.6 S
40 1390 10.9 S F
41 1460 11.4 F F
42 1530 12.0 S
F 42.5 1560 12.3 F
43 1600 12.6 S S F
44 1680 13.2 S S
45 1750 13.8 S
46 1830 14.4 F F S F
47 1910 15.0 F S
47.5 1950 15.3 F
48 2000 15.7 S F F
49 2080 16.3 S
50 2170 17.0 F F
51 2250 17.7 F S
F 52 2340 18.4 S F F
53 2430 19.1 S F
54 2530 19.8 S
55 2620 20.6 F F F
56 2720 21.3 S
NOTE: For notes see end of table.

381
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-9A HOT-ROLLED HEX STEEL BARS (CONT'D) (EURONORM 61)

EURO- WIDTH SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


NORM D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
61 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3191 A45-006 6722 1015 7061
F 57 2810 22.1 S S F
58 2910 22.9 F F
59 3010 23.7 S
60 3120 24.5 F F
61 3220 25.3 S
F 62 3330 26.1 S F S
63 3440 27.0 S F
64 3550 27.8 S
65 3660 28.7 F F F
66 3770 29.6 S
F 67 3890 30.5 S S
68 4000 31.4 F F
69 4120 32.4 S S
70 4240 33.3 F F
71 4370 34.3 S
F 72 4490 35.2 F S
73 4620 36.2 S F
74 4740 37.2 S
75 4870 38.2 F F
F 78 5270 41.4 F S F
80 5540 43.5 F F
F 83 5970 46.8 S S F
85 6260 49.1 F F
88 6710 52.6 S S
90 7010 55.1 F F
93 7490 58.8 S S
95 7820 61.4 F F
98 8320 65.3 S S
100 8660 68.0 F F
105 9550 75.0 F 103S
115 11500 89.9 F, 120F
130 14600 115 F, 135F
145 18200 143 F, 150F
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other sizes.
3. Tolerances are shown in Table 10-6C.

382
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-9B HOT-ROLLED HEX STEEL WIRE ROD (ISO 8457-1)

ISO 8457-
1
EURONORM EU 17
EN
USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
DIN
GERMANY
59110
FRANCE NF
UK BS
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

Preferred Cross-sectional Mass


thickness, a area per unit length
2
mm mm kg/m

6 31.18 0.245
7 42.44 0.333
8 55.43 0.435
9 70.15 0.551
10 86.6 0.68
11 104.8 0.823
12 124.7 0.979
13 146.4 1.15
14 169.7 1.33
15 194.9 1.53
16 221.7 1.74
17 250.3 1.96
18 280.6 2.2
19 312.6 2.45
20 346.4 2.72
22 419.2 3.29
23 458.1 3.6
24 498.8 3.92
25 541.3 4.25
26 585.4 4.6
27 631.3 4.96
28 679 5.33
NOTES:
1. Tolerances are specified in ISO 8457-1 and shown in Table 10-9C.
3
2. The values of mass are based on a density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

TABLE 10-9C TOLERANCES OF HEX WIRE ROD (ISO 8457-1)

Nominal thickness Thickness


a tolerance
mm
Over Up to and including mm
From 6 15 ± 0.4
15 25 ± 0.5
25 - ± 0.6
NOTE - Limited corner radii are permissible.

383
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-10A HOT-ROLLED FLAT STEEL BARS (ISO 1035-3)
ISO 1035-3

EURONORM EU 58

EN
USA ANSI B32.100
JAPAN JIS G3194
GERMANY DIN 1017
FRANCE NF A45-005
UK BS 6722
ITALY UN16014
AUSTRALIA AS 1256
mm
Mass, kg/m for thickness of
Width 5 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 30 40 50
Preferred sizes

20 0.785 0.942 1.26 1.57 - - - - - - -


25 0.981 1.18 1.57 1.96 2.36 - - - - - -
30 1.18 1.41 1.88 2.36 2.83 3.53 4.71 - - - -
35 1.37 1.65 2.20 2.75 3.30 4.12 5.50 - - - -
40 1.57 1.88 2.51 3.14 3.77 4.71 6.28 - - - -
45 1.77 2.12 2.83 3.53 4.24 5.30 7.07 - - - -
50 1.96 2.36 3.14 3.93 4.71 5.89 7.85 9.81 11.8 - -
60 2.36 2.83 3.77 4.71 5.65 7.07 9.42 11.8 14.1 - -
70 2.75 3.30 4.40 5.50 6.59 8.24 11.0 13.7 16.5 - -
80 3.14 3.77 5.02 6.28 7.54 9.42 12.6 15.7 18.8 25.1 -
90 3.53 4.24 5.65 7.07 8.48 10.6 14.1 17.7 21.2 28.3 -
100 3.93 4.71 6.28 7.85 9.42 11.8 15.7 19.6 23.6 31.4 -
120 - 5.65 7.54 9.42 11.3 14.1 18.8 23.6 28.3 37.7 47.1
150 - 7,07 9.42 11.8 14.1 17.7 23.6 29.4 35.3 47.1 58.9
Second-preference sizes
16 0.628 0.754 1.00 1.26 1.51 - - - - - -
20 - - - - 1.88 2.36 - - - - -
25 - - - - - 2.94 - - - - -
40 - - - - - - - 7.85 9.42 - -
45 - - - - - - - 8.83 10.6 - -
60 - - - - - - - - - 18.8 -
65 2.55 3.06 4.08 5.10 6.12 7.65 10.2 12.8 15.3 20.4 -
70 - - - - - - - - - 22.0 -
75 2.94 3.53 4.71 5.89 7.07 8.83 11.8 14.7 17.7 23.6 -
80 - - - - - - - - - - 31.4
90 - - - - - - - - - - 35.3
100 - - - - - - - - - - 39.2
130 - 6.12 8.16 10.2 12,7 15.3 20.4 25.6 30.6 40.8 51.2
140 - 6.59 8.79 11.0 13.2 16.5 22.0 27.5 33.0 44.0 55.0
NOTES:
3
1. The values of mass are based on a density of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. Tolerances are specified in ISO 1035-4 and shown in Table 10-10C.

384
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-10B HOT-ROLLED FLAT STEEL WIRE ROD (ISO 8457-1)
ISO 8457-1

EUORNORM EU 17

EN
USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 59110
FRANCE NF
UK BS
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

Cross-
Preferred Mass Preferred Cross-sectional Mass
sectional
per unit 1
bxd area 1 bxd area per unit length
length
2 2
mm mm kg/m mm mm kg/m

8x3 24 0.188 22 x 3 66 0.518


8x4 32 0.251 22 x 4 88 0.691
10 x 3 30 0.236 22 x 6 132 1.04
10 x 4 40 0.314 22 x 8 176 1.38
10 x 6 60 0.471 22 x 10 220 1.73
12 x 3 36 0.283 22 x 12 264 2,07
12 x 4 48 0.377 22 x 14 308 2.42
12 x 6 72 0.565 25 x 3 75 0.589
14 x 3 42 0.33 25 x 4 100 0,785
14 x 4 56 0.44 25 x 6 150 1,18
14 x 6 84 0.659 25 x 8 200 1.57
14 x 8 112 0.879 25 x 10 250 1.96
16 x 3 48 0.377 25 x 12 300 2.36
16 x 4 64 0.502 25 x 14 350 2.75
16 x 6 96 0.754 25 x 16 400 3.14
16 x 8 128 1 28 x 3 84 0.659
16 x 10 160 1.26 28 x 4 112 0.879
18 x 3 54 0.424 28 x 6 168 1.32
18 x 4 72 0.565 28 x 8 224 1.76
18 x 6 108 0.848 28 x 10 280 2.2
18 x 8 144 1.13 28 x 12 336 2.64
18 x 10 180 1.41 28 x 14 392 3.08
18 x 12 216 1.7 28 x 16 448 3.52
20 x 3 60 0.471 30 x 3 90 0.706
20 x 4 80 0.628 30 x 4 120 0.942
20 x 6 120 0.942 30 x 6 180 1.41
20 x 8 160 1.26 30 x 8 240 1.88
20 x 10 200 1.57 30 x 10 300 2.36
20 x 12 240 1.88 30 x 12 360 2.83
20 x 14 280 2.2 30 x 14 420 3.3
30 x 16 480 3.77
NOTES:
1. Tolerances are specified in ISO 8457-1 and shown in Table 10-10D.
3
2. The values of mass are based on a density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

385
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-10C TOLERANCES FOR FLAT BAR (ISO 1035-4)

Nominal widths Nominal thicknesses Tolerances on thicknesses for


Up to and Tolerances Up to and nominal widths, b
Over including on width Over including b < 50 mm 50 mm < b < 150 mm
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
- 50 ± 0.8 - 20 ± 0.4 ± 0.5
50 75 ± 1.2 20 40 ± 0.8 ±1
75 100 ± 1.5 40 - - ± 1.5
100 125 ±2
125 150 ± 2.5

TABLE 10-10D TOLERANCES OF RECTANGULAR


WIRE ROD (ISO 8457-1)
Nominal width b or
Nominal thickness d Width Thickness
mm tolerance tolerance
Up to and mm mm
Over including
- 8 - ± 0.3
8 14 ± 0.4 ± 0.4
14 22 ± 0.5 ± 0.4
22 - ± 0.6 -
NOTE - Limited corner radii are permissible.

386
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-11 HOT-ROLLED ROUND STEEL BARS FOR BOLTS AND RIVETS (EURONORM 65)

EURO- DIA SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


NORM D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
65 mm mm kg/m G3104 A45-075 59130 2850

F 7.8 47.8 0.375 ± 0.15 F 7.75F


F 9.35 68.7 0.539 9F ± 0.15 F
F 9.75 74.7 0.586 T ± 0.15 F F
F 10.9 93.3 0.733 10F ± 0.15 10.5F
F 11.75 108 0.851 11F S ± 0.2 F,11F 11.7F
F 12.5 123 0.963 ± 0.2
F 13.5 143 1.12 13F T ± 0.2 F
F 13.75 148 1.17 S ± 0.2 F 13.7F
F 14.1 156 1.23 ± 0.2 14F
F 15.5 189 1.48 T ± 0.2 F
F 15.7 194 1.52 S ± 0.2 F F
F 17.4 238 1.87 16F 17.5T ± 0.2 F
F 17.7 246 1.93 S ± 0.2 F F
F 18.4 266 2.09 ± 0.2
F 18.8 278 2.18 ± 0.2 18.5F
F 19.4 296 2.32 19F ± 0.2 F
F 19.7 305 2.35 F ± 0.2 F F
F 20.3 324 2.54 ± 0.2 F
F 21.3 356 2.90 21.5S ± 0.2
F 21.7 370 2.90 F ± 0.2 F F
F 22.3 391 3.07 22F ± 0.25 F
F 23.25 425 3.33 22.5F ± 0.25 F
F 23.65 439 3.45 23.5S ± 0.25 F F
F 24.25 462 3.53 23.75S ± 0.25 F
F 25.1 495 3.88 25F 24.75T ± 0.25 F
F 26.25 541 4.25 ± 0.25 F
F 26.65 558 4.38 26.5F ± 0.25 F F
F 28.35 631 4.96 28F ± 0.25 F
F 29.25 672 5.27 ± 0.25 F
F 29.6 688 5.40 T ± 0.25 F 29.65F
F 31.5 779 6.12 ± 0.3 F
F 32.55 832 6.53 32F ± 0.3 F 32.5F
F 34.6 940 7.38 32.7T ± 0.3 F
F 35.55 993 7.79 ± 0.3 F 35.5F
F 37.8 1120 8.81 36F ± 0.3 F
F 38.55 1170 9.16 38F ± 0.3 F 38.5F
F 41.5 1350 10.6 40F ± 0.4 F 41.4F
F 44.15 1530 12.0 42F ± 0.4 F
F 44.5 1560 12.2 44F ± 0.4 F 44.4F
F 47.5 1770 13.9 ± 0.4 F 47.4F
F 50.5 2000 15.7 ± 0.4 F
F 51.5 2080 16.4 ± 0.4 F 51.4F

NOTES:
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in EURONORM 65 and shown in the table in the UK column.
4. Round steel bars for cold-formed bolts and rivets are specified in DIN 59115 or EURONORM 108. The following diameters
are specified: 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 7.8, 8, 8.25, 8.5, 8.75, 9, 9.5, 9.75, 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 11.75, 12, 12.5, 13, 13.5, 14, 14.5, 15, 15.5,
16, 16.5, 17, 17.7, 18, 18.5, 19.0, 19.5, 20, 20.5, 21, 21.5, 22, 22.5, 23, 24, 24.5, 25, 26, 26.5, 27, 28, 29, 30 mm.

387
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-12 BRIGHT FINISH ROUND STEEL BARS (DIN 668 Tolerance h11)

DIA SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN D AREA MASS ANSI AS AS NF BS DIN UNI
2
668 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3123 A47-411 4229 668 468

F 1 0.785 0.00617 F F+0-0.06


F 1.5 1.77 0.0139 1.6F F+0-0.06
F 2 3.14 0.0247 S F+0-0.06
F 2.5 4.91 0.0385 F F+0-0.06
F 3 7.07 0.0555 S F F+0-0.06 F
F 3.5 9.62 0.0755 T F+0-0.075 F
F 4 12.6 0.0986 F F F F+0-0.075 F
F 4.5 15.9 0.125 T F F+0-0.075 F
F 5 19.6 0.154 S F F F F+0-0.075 F
F 5.5 23.8 0.187 T F F+0-0.075 F
F 6 28.3 0.222 F F F F F+0-0.075 F
F 6.5 33.2 0.260 T F F+0-0.09 F
F 7 38.5 0.302 T F F F+0-0.09 F,6.8F
F 7.5 44.2 0.347 T F+0-0.09 F,7.2F
F 8 50.3 0.395 S F F F F+0-0.09 F.7.8F
F 8.5 56.7 0.445 T F+0-0.09 F,8.2F
F 9 63.6 0.499 T F F F+0-0.09 F,8.8F
F 9.5 70.9 0.556 T F+0-0.09 F.9.2F
F 10 78.5 0.617 F F F F F+0-0.09 FA AF
F 11 95 0.746 T F F F+0-0.11 F
F 12 113 0.888 S F F F F+0-0.11 F
F 13 133 1.04 T F F+0-0.11 F
F 14 154 1.21 T F F F F F+0-0.11 F
F 15 177 1.39 T F F F+0-0.11 F
F 16 201 1.58 F F F F F F+0-0.11 F
F 17 227 1.78 T F F S F+0-0.11 F
F 18 254 2.00 T F F F F F+0-0.11 F
F 19 284 2.23 T F F F F+0-0.13 F
F 20 314 2.47 S F F F F F+0-0.13 F
F 21 346 2.72 T F S F+0-0.13 F
F 22 380 2.98 T F F S F F+0-0.13 F
F 23 415 3.26 T F S S F+0-0.13 F
F 24 452 3.55 T F F S F F+0-0.13 F
F 25 491 3.85 F F F F F F+0-0.13 F
F 26 531 4.11 T F F F F+0-0.13 F
F 27 573 4.49 F T S F+0-0.13 F
F 28 616 4.83 T F F F F+0-0.13 F
F 29 661 5.19 T S F+0-0.13
F 30 707 5.55 S F F F F F+0-0.13 F
F 32 804 6.31 T F S F F+0-0.16 F
NOTES: For notes see end of table.

388
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-12 BRIGHT FINISH ROUND STEEL BARS (CONT'D) (DIN 668 Tolerance h11)

DIA SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
668 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3123 A47-411 4229 668 468

F 34 908 7.13 S F+0-0.16


F 35 962 7.55 T F F F F F+0-0.16 F
F 36 1020 7.99 T F F S F F+0-0.16 F
F 38 1130 8.90 T F F,37T F F+0-0.16 F
F 40 1260 9.86 F F F F F F+0-0.16 F
F 42 1390 10.9 T F F S F F+0-0.16 F
F 45 1590 12.5 T F F S F F+0-0.16 F
F 48 1810 14.2 T F F F,47T F F+0-0.16 F
F 50 1960 15.4 S F F F F+0-0.16 F
F 52 2120 16.7 F S F+0-0.19 F
F 55 2380 18.7 T F F,54S F+0-0.19 F
F 58 2640 20.7 56T F+0-0.19 F
F 60 2830 22.2 F F F F F+0-0.19 F
F 63 3120 24.5 T 64S F+0-0.19
F 65 3320 26.0 T F F F F+0-0.19 F
F 70 3850 30.2 T F F F F+0-0.19 F
F 75 4420 34.7 T F F F,72S F+0-0.19 F
F 80 5030 39.5 S F F F,76S F+0-0.19
F 85 5670 44.5 T F F F+0-0.22 F
F 90 6360 49.9 T,95T F F F+0-0,22 F
F 100 7850 61.7 F F F F+0-0.22
F 110 9500 74.6 T,105T F F F+0-0.22
F 120 11300 88.3 S F F+0-0.22
F 125 12300 96.3 T F F+0-0.25
F 130 13300 104 T F F+0-0.25
F 140 15400 121 T F F+0-0.25
F 150 17700 139 T F F+0-0.25
F 160 20100 158 F F+0-0.25
F 180 25400 200 T,170T F+0-0.25
F 200 31400 247 S,190T F+0-0.29

NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. The ISO tolerance class h11 is specified in DIN 668 and in ANSI B32.100 as shown in Table 6-22 and also in this table.

389
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-13 BRIGHT FINISH ROUND STEEL BARS (DIN 669 Tolerance h9)

DIA SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
669 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3123 A47-411 4229 669 469

3 7.07 0.0555 S F +0-0.030 F


3.5 9.62 0.0755 T,3.2T +0-0.030 F
4 12.6 0.0986 F,3.8T F F +0-0.030 F
4.5 15.9 0.125 T F +0-0.030 F
F 5 19.6 0.154 S,4.8T F F F F+0-0.030 F
F 5.5 23.8 0.187 T F F+0-0.030 F
F 6 28.3 0.222 F F F F F+0-0.030 F
F 6.5 33.2 0.260 T F F+0-0.036 F
F 7 38.5 0.302 T F F F+0-0.036 F
F 7.5 44.2 0.347 T F+0-0.036
F 8 50.3 0.395 S F F F F+0-0.036 F
F 8.5 56.8 0.445 T F+0-0.036
F 9 63.6 0.499 T F F F+0-0.036 F
F 9.5 70.9 0.556 T F+0-0.036
F 10 78.5 0.617 F F F F F+0-0.036 F
F 11 95.0 0.746 T F F F+0-0.043 F
F 12 113 0.888 S F F F F+0-0.043 F
F 13 133 1.04 T F F F+0-0.043 F
F 14 154 1.21 T F F F F F+0-0.043 F
F 15 177 1.39 T F F F F+0-0.043 F
F 16 201 1.58 F F F F F F+0-0.043 F
F 17 227 1.78 T F F S F+0-0.043 F
F 18 254 2.00 T F F F F F+0-0.043 F
F 19 284 2.23 T F F F F+0-0.052 F
20 314 2.47 S F F F F F+0-0.052 F
F 21 346 2.72 T F S F+0-0.052 F
F 22 380 2.98 T F F S F F+0-0.052 F
F 23 415 3.26 T F S S F+0-0.052 F
F 24 452 3.55 T F F S F F+0-0.052 F
F 25 491 3.85 F F F F F F+0-0.052 F
F 26 531 4.17 T F F F F+0-0.052 F
F 27 573 4.49 F T S F+0-0.052 F
F 28 616 4.83 T F F F F+0-0.052 F
F 29 661 5.19 T S +0-0.052
F 30 707 5.55 S F F F F S+0-0.052 F
31 755 5.92 T S +0-0.062
F 32 804 6.31 T F S F +0-0.062 F
33 855 6.71 F F S +0-0.062
F 34 908 7.13 S +0-0.062
F 35 962 7.55 T F F F F S+0-0.062 F
NOTES: For notes see end of table.

390
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-13 BRIGHT FINISH ROUND STEEL BARS (CONT'D) (DIN 669 Tolerance h9)

DIA SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
669 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3123 A47-411 4229 669 469

F 36 1020 7.99 T F F S F F+0-0.062 F


F 38 1130 8.90 T F F, 37T F S+0-0.062 F
39 1190 9.38 F T S +0-0.062
F 40 1260 9.86 F F F F F F+0-0.062 F
F 42 1390 10.9 T F F S, 41T F, 41S +0-0.062 F
44 1520 11.9 T, 43F +0-0.062
F 45 1590 12.5 T F F S F F+-0.062 F
46 1660 13.0 T +0-0.062
F 48 1810 14.2 T F F F, 47T F +0-0.062 F
F 50 1960 15.4 S F F F F+0-0.062 F
F 52 2120 16.7 F S +0-0.074 F
F 55 2380 18.7 T F F, 54S +0-0.074 F
56 2460 19.3 T F F F+0-0.074
F 58 2640 20.7 +0-0.074 F
F 60 2830 22.2 F F F F S+0-0.074 F
F 63 3120 24.5 T F+0-0.074
F 65 3320 26.0 T F F F, 64S S+0-0.074
68 3630 28.5 S +0-0.074
F 70 3850 30.2 T F F F F+0-0.074
F 75 4420 34.7 T F F F, 72S S+0-0.074
F 80 5030 39.5 S F F F, 76S F+0-0.074
F 85 5670 44.5 T F F +0-0.087
F 90 6360 49.9 T F F F+0-0.087
95 7090 55.6 T F F +0-0.087
F 100 7850 61.7 F F F F+0-0.087
105 8660 68.0 T F F +0-0.087
F 110 9500 74.6 T F F S+0-0.087
115 10400 81.5 F F +0-0.087
F 120 11300 88.8 S F F S+0-0.087
F 125 12300 96.3 T F F F+0-0.100
F 130 13300 104 T F F +0-0.100
F 140 15400 121 T F F F+0-0.100
F 150 17700 139 T F+0-0.100
F 160 20100 158 F F+0-0.100
F 180 25400 200 T,170T F+0-0.100
F 200 31400 247 S,190T F+0-0.115

NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. The ISO tolerance class h9 is specified in DIN 668 and in ANSI B32.100 as shown in Table 6-22 and also in this table.

391
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-14 GROUND OR POLISHED FINISH ROUND STEEL BARS CONT'D) (DIN 59360 Tolerance h7)

DIA SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
59360 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3123 A47-411 4229 59360 5953

F 1 0.785 0.00617 F F+0-0.010


F 1.5 1.77 0.0139 1.6F F+0-0.010
F 2 3.14 0.0247 S F F+0-0.010
F 2.5 4.91 0.0385 F F F+0-0.010
F 3 7.07 0.0555 S F F F+0-0.010 F
F 3.5 9.62 0.0755 T F F+0-0.012 F
F 4 12.6 0.0986 F F F F F+0-0.012 F
F 4.5 15.9 0.125 T F F F+0-0.012 F
F 5 19.6 0.154 S F F F F F+0-0.012 F
F 5.5 23.8 0.187 T F F F+0-0.012 F
F 6 28.3 0.222 F F F F F F+0-0.012 F
F 6.5 33.2 0.26 T F F F+0-0.015 F
F 7 38.5 0.302 T F F F F+0-0.015 F
F 7.5 44.2 0.347 T F F+0-0.015 F
F 8 50.3 0.395 S F F F F F+0-0.015 F
F 8.5 56.7 0.445 T F F+0-0.015 F
F 9 63.6 0.499 T F F F F+0-0.015 F
F 9.5 70.9 0.556 T F F+0-0.015 F
F 10 78.5 0.617 F F F F F F+0-0.015 F
F 11 95 0.746 T F F F+0-0.018 F
F 12 113 0.888 S F F F F+0-0.018 F
F 13 133 1.04 T F F F+0-0.018 F
F 14 154 1.21 T F F F F+0-0.018 F
F 15 177 1.39 T r F F+0-0.018 F
F 16 201 1.58 F F F F F+0-0.018 F
F 17 227 1.78 T F F F+0-0.018 F
F 18 254 2 T F F F F+0-0.018 F
F 19 284 2.23 T F F F+0-0.021 F
F 20 314 2.47 S F F F F+0-0.021 F
F 21 346 2.72 T F F+0-0.021 F
F 22 380 2.98 T F F S F+0-0.021 F
F 23 415 3.26 T F S F+0-0.021 F
F 24 452 3.55 T F F S F+0-0.021 F
F 25 491 3.85 F F F F F+0-0.021 F
F 26 531 4.17 T F F F+0-0.021 F
F 27 573 4.49 F T F+0-0.021 F
F 28 616 4.83 T F F F+0-0.021 F
F 29 661 5.19 T F+0-0.021
F 30 707 5.55 S F F F F+0-0.021 F
F 32 804 6.31 T F S, 31T F+0-0.025 F
For notes see end of table.

392
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-14 GROUND OR POLISHED FINISH ROUND STEEL BARS CONT'D) (DIN 59360 Tolerance h7)

DIA SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
59360 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3123 A47-411 4229 59360 5953

F 34 908 7.13 S F+0-0.025


F 35 962 7.55 T F F F F+0-0.025 F
F 36 1020 7.99 T F F S F+0-0.025 F
F 38 1130 8.90 T F F, 37T F+0-0.025 F
F 40 1260 9.86 F F F F F+0-0.025 F
F 42 1390 10.9 T F F S, 41T F+0-0.025 F
F 45 1590 12.5 T F F S F+0-0.025 F
F 48 1810 14.2 T F F F, 47T F+0-0.025 F
F 50 1960 15.4 S F F F+0-0.025 F
F 52 2120 16.7 F F+0-0.030 F
F 55 2380 18.7 T F F+0-0.030 F
F 58 2640 20.7 56T F+0-0.030 F
F 60 2830 22.2 F F F F+0-0.030 F
F 63 3120 24.5 T F+0-0.030
F 65 3320 26.0 T F - F+0-0.030
F 70 3850 30.2 T F F F+0-0.030
F 75 4420 34.7 T F F F+0-0.030
F 80 5030 39.5 S F F F+0-0.030
F 85 5675 44.5 T F+0-0.035
F 90 6362 49.9 T,96T F+0-0.035
F 100 7854 61.7 F F+0-0.035
F 110 9503 74.6 T,105T F+0-0.035
F 120 11310 88.3 S F+0-0.035
F 125 12270 96.3 T F+0-0.040
F 130 13270 104 T F+0-0.040
F 140 15390 121 T F+0-0.040
F 150 17670 139 T F+0-0.040

NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. The ISO tolerance class h7 is specified in DIN 59360 and in ANSI B32.100 as shown in Table 6-22 and also in this table.
4. The standard DIN 59361 covers steel bars to the same nominal sizes shown for DIN 59360 above, except to ISO tolerance h6,
shown in Table 6-22. The ANSI B32.100 specifies the h6 tolerance to the ANSI preferred sizes.

393
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-15 ROUND SPRING STEEL BARS (JIS G4801)

DIA SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


JIS D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
G4801 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G4801 2077 3871

F 6 28.3 0.222 F F F+0-0.2


F 7 38.5 0.302 T, 6.5T F F+0-0.2 F
F 8 50.3 0.395 S,7.5T F F+0-0.2 F
F 9 63.6 0.499 T,9.5T F F+0-0.2 F
F 10 78.5 0.617 F F F+-0.25 F
F 11 95 0.746 T F+-0.25 F
F 12 113 0.888 S F F+-0.25 S
S 13 133 1.04 T S+-0.25 S
F 14 154 1.21 T F F+-0.25 F
S 15 177 1.39 T S+-0.25 S
F 16 201 1.58 F F F+-0.3 F
S 17 227 1.78 T S+-0.3 S
F 18 254 2 T F F+-0.3 F
S 19 284 2.23 T S+-0.3 S
F 20 314 2.47 S F F+-0.3 F
S 21 346 2.72 T S+-0.4 S
F 22 380 2.98 T F F+-0.4
S 24 452 3.55 T,23T F S+-0.4 S
F 25 491 3.85 F F+-0.4 F
S 26 531 4.17 T S+-0.4 S
F 28 616 4.83 T 27 F+-0.4 F
S 30 707 5.55 S F S+-0.4 S
F 32 804 6.31 T F+-0.4 F
S 34 908 7.13 33 S+-0.5 S
35 962 7.55 T +-0.5
F 36 1020 7.99 T F F+-0.5 F
S 38 1130 8.9 T S+-0.5 S
F 40 1260 9.86 F 39 F+-0.5 F
S 42 1390 10.9 T F S+-0.5 S
F 45 1590 12.5 T F F+-0.5 F
F 48 1810 14.2 T F F+-0.7 S
F 50 1960 15.4 S F F+-0.7 F
S 53 2210 17.3 55T S+-0.7
F 56 2460 19.3 T F F+-0.7
S 60 2830 22.2 F F S+-0.7
F 63 3120 24.5 T F+-0.7
S 65 3320 26 T F S+-0.7
F 70 3850 30.2 T F F+-0.7
S 75 4420 34.7 T F S+-1
F 80 5030 39.5 S F F+-1
NOTES:
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. The tolerances are specified in JIS G4801 and shown in the table.
4. DIN 2077 does not show preferred sizes, and the tolerances specified are slightly closer than those shown.

394
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-16 BRIGHT FINISH SQUARE STEEL BARS (DIN 178 Tolerances h11 and h12)

DIM SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF 8S DIN UNI
2
178 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3123 A47-412 4229 178 472

F 3 9 0.0706 S F+0-0.06 F
F 3.5 12.2 0.0962 F+0-0.075 F
F 4 16 0.126 F F+0-0.075 F
F 4.5 20.2 0.159 F+0-0.075 F
F 5 25 0.196 S F F+0-0.075 F
F 5.5 30.2 0.237 F+0-0.075 F
F 6 36 0.283 F F F F+0-0.075 F
F 7 49 0.385 F T F+0-0.09 F
F 8 64 0.502 S F F T F+0-0.09 F
F 9 81 0.636 F F+0-0.09 F
F 10 100 0.785 F F F T F+0-0.09 F
F 11 121 0.95 F+0-0.11 F
F 12 144 1.13 S F F T F+0-0,11 F
F 13 169 1.33 F F+0-0.11 F
F 14 196 1.54 T F F S F F+0-0.11 F
S 15 225 1.77 F F F+0-0.11 F
F 16 256 2.01 F F F S F F+0-0.11 F
S 17 289 2.27 F F S S+0-0.11 F
F 18 324 2.54 T F S F F+0-0.11 F
S 19 361 2.83 F F S S+0-0.13 F
F 20 400 3.14 S F S F F+0-0.13 F, 21F
F 22 484 3.8 T F S F F+0-0.13 F
S 24 576 4.52 F F S S+0-0.13 F, 23F
F 25 625 4.91 F F F S F F+0-0.13 F
S 27 729 5.72 26T S S+0-0.13 F, 26F
F 28 784 6.15 T F F F F F+0-0.13 F
S 30 900 7.06 S S F S+0-0.13 F
F 32 1020 8.04 F F T F F+0-0.16 F
S 35 1220 9.62 T F 34S F S+0-0.16
F 36 1300 10.2 F S F+0-0.16 F
F 40 1600 12.6 F F F T, 38F F F+0-0.16
F 45 2020 15.9 T F F 43 F, 41S F+0-0.16 41
F 50 2500 19.6 S F F 48 F, 46S F+0-0.19 F, 46F
S 55 3020 23.7 T F F S+0-0.19 F
S 60 3600 28.3 F F F S+0-0.19 F
T 65 4220 33.2 F F T+0-0.19 F
F 70 4900 38.5 T F F F+0-0.3 F
F 80 6400 50.2 S F F F+0-0.3 F
90 8100 63.6 T F, 85S +0-0.3
F 100 10000 78.5 F F F+0-0.35
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances shown are specified in DIN 178 and follow the tolerance class h11, except for sizes larger than 65 mm where
the h12 tolerances are applicable.
4. The sizes 63F and 75T are also specified in the DIN 178 standard.

395
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-17 BRIGHT FINISH HEX STEEL BARS (DIN 176 Tolerances h11 and h12)

DIM SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN D AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
176 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1027 G3123 A47-413 4229 176 470

F 3.2 8.87 0.0696 S F+0-0.075


F 3.5 10.6 0.0833 F+0-0.075 F
F 4 13.9 0.109 F F+0-0.075 F
F 4.5 17.5 0.138 F+0-0.075 F
F 5 21.7 0.17 F F+0-0.075 F
F 5.5 26.2 0.206 S F F F+0-0.075 F
F 6 31.2 0.245 F F F+0-0.075 F
F 7 42.4 0.333 S F F S F+0-0.09 F
F 8 55.4 0.435 F F F S F+0-0.09 F
F 9 70.1 0.551 F F+0-0.09 F
F 10 86.6 0.68 F F F S F+0-0.09 F
F 11 105 0.823 F T F+0-0.11 F
F 12 125 0.979 F T F F+0-0.11 F
F 13 146 1.15 S F F S F F+0-0.11 F
F 14 170 1.33 F F F F F+0-0.11 F
F 15 195 1.53 S F+0-0.11 F
F 16 222 1.74 F F F+0-0.11 F
F 17 250 1.96 S F F F F F+0-0.11 F
18 281 2.2 F +0-0.11 F
F 19 313 2.45 S F F F F F+0-0.13 F
F 21 382 3 F F F F+0-0.13 F,20F
F 22 419 3.29 S F F F F+0-0.13 F
F 24 499 3.92 F F F S.23F F F+0-0.13 F.23F
F 27 631 4.96 F F,26F F,26F F,25F F+0-0.13 F,25F
F 30 779 6.12 F F F F,29F F F+0-0.13 F,26F
F 32 887 6.96 S F F F F+0-0.16 F,28F
F 36 1120 8.81 F,34S F F F,35F F F+0-0.16 F
F 38 1250 9.82 S F+0-0.16
F 41 1460 11.4 F F S.40F F F+0-0.16 F
F 46 1830 14.4 F F F S.42S F F+0-0.16 F
F 50 2170 17.0 F F S F F+0-0.16 F
F 55 2620 20.6 F F F S,54T F F+0-0.19 F
F 60 3120 24.5 F F S.58T F F+0-0.19 F
F 65 3660 28.7 F F F T F F+0-0.19 F
F 70 4240 33.3 F F F F+0-0.3 F
F 75 4870 38.2 F F F F+0-0.3 F
F 80 5540 43.5 F F F F+0-0.3 F
F 85 6260 49.1 F F F+0-0.35
F 90 7010 55.1 F F F+0-0.35
F 95 7820 61.4 F F F+0-0.35
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances shown are specified in DIN 176 and follow the tolerance class h11, except for width across flats larger than 65
mm where the h12 tolerances are applicable.
4. The size 100 mm is First Choice in the USA, German and UK standards.

Material. Steel plates are generally specified with structural or carbon steel types shown in Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, and 10-44.
Other steel types are, of course, used for special applications such as high temperature, extended wear resistance, and high
pressure.
Make the material selection for steel plates in Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44. Note the ISO standard number where the
desired steel grade is specified, and use it to find the appropriate ISO tolerance for the product. When steel is specified to other
national standards, specify tolerances and steel grades as shown in that standard.
396
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Tolerances. The tolerances for steel plates are specified in a number of ISO standards and shown in Tables 10-3B through
10-3D for several steel grades. The specific ISO standard number where the tolerances are specified is shown at the end of the
table title in parentheses.

Surface Condition. Steel plates are normally supplied as rolled or pickled and oiled as specified by the purchaser.

Order Example. For steel plates, the desired thickness is selected from Table 10-3A, ISO standard number and qualities from
Table 10-43A, 10-43B or 10-44, and tolerances from Table 10-3B through 3D. A typical example of designation of hot-rolled
steel plate 3 mm thick X 1200 mm wide and 2440 mm long to the steel grade HSF355 and tolerance ± 0.26 mm, as specified in
the ISO standard, is as follows: “International Standard 5951 hot-rolled steel sheet of higher yield strength with improved
formability, grade HSF355, 3 x 1200 x 2440 mm, 40000 kg, for part No. 54321, bumper reinforcement bracket, pickled and oiled,
edge trimmed, furnish report of mechanical properties, maximum lift 4000 kg.”

WORLD STEEL WIRE STANDARDS


Nominal Diameters. ANSI B32 .100 diameters for cold drawn steel wires are shown in Table 10-4A and for cold drawn spring
steel wire in Table 10-5A.
Apply the rationalization tool given in Table 4-1 to the ANSI B32.100 sizes to the extent practicable. ISO 388 on steel wire
sizes was withdrawn in 1985, and it followed the preferred number series shown in Table 4-2. Some of these sizes are still
covered in national standards, but it is anticipated they will be phased out in the future.

Material. Property designations and standard data for carbon steels for wires are given in Table 10-42C. Qualities range from
low-carbon commercial to high-carbon music wire. A series of alloy spring steel types are shown with worldwide equivalents in
Tables 10-51A and 10-51B. It should be noted that American steel chemistry tolerances are a lot broader than commonly used
in other major industrial countries for high carbon steel wires.

Tolerances. The tolerances for spring steel wire shown in Table 10-5B are specified in ISO 8458-1. Two tolerance classes,
Class A and B, are standard. The Class B tolerances are approximately equivalent to those specified in DIN 177 and other
national standards for steel wire, and they are recommended when ordering steel wire. The tolerances in DIN 177 are also
applicable to bright, normalized, copper, zinc, and tin-coated drawn wire. Tolerances for spring steel wire are specified in ISO
8458-1, and the tolerance Class A is recommended used.

Qualities and Coating. Wire products are specified in the USA as to qualities and coatings shown in tables from steel
suppliers. The wire qualities shown in these tables are generally available worldwide.

Order Example. The wire diameters and national standards numbers are selected from Table 10-4A for regular qualities and
from Table 10-5A for spring steel qualities. Material qualities come from Tables 10-42C, 10-51A, or 10-51B, and tolerances from
Tables 10-5B or from USA steel suppliers.
A typical order example for 500 kg of 1.6 mm diameter steel wire to the German standard is as follows: 500 kg Bright Steel
Wire 1.6 DIN 177, D5-1 in Coils, ISO 8458-1 tolerance Class B.

WORLD STEEL BAR STANDARDS

Nominal Sizes
Table 10-6A. Hot-Rolled Round Steel Bars (ISO 1035-1). The selection of hot rolled rounds to metric standard sizes (8-200
mm in diameter) is made simply from Table 10-6A. As can be seen, most of the ISO and ANSI standard diameters are available
worldwide. It is advised to have the preferred sizes (see Table 4-1) in mind when sizes are chosen. A 16-mm-diameter rod
should be preferred over both 14-mm and 18-mm sizes, which is reflected in the British preference rating. However, they are all
first choice sizes within the ISO standard.
Tolerances are specified in ISO 1035-4 and shown in Table 10-6C, and material qualities are selected from Tables 10-43A,
10-43B, or 10-44.

Table 10-6B. Hot-rolled round steel wire rods are specified in ISO 8457-1 and shown in size range from 5 through 30 mm in
Table 10-6B. Tolerances are shown in Table 10-6D, and material qualities in Table 10-42C.

Table 10-7A. Hot-rolled half-round steel wire rods are specified in ISO 8457-1 and shown in sizes from 7 x 3.5 through 30 X
15 mm in Table 10-7A. Tolerances are shown in Table 10-7B, and material qualities in Table 10-42C.

Table 10-8A. Hot-rolled square steel bars are specified in ISO 1035-2 and shown in sizes from 8 through 120 mm in Table 10-
8A. Tolerances are shown in Table 10-6C, corner radii in Table 10-8C, and material grades in Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44.

Table 10-8B. Hot-rolled square steel wire rods are specified in ISO 8457-1 and shown in sizes from 5 through 26 mm in Table
10-8B. Tolerances are shown in Table 10-8D, and material grades in Table 10-42C.
397
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-9A. Hot-rolled hex steel bars are specified in EURONORM 61 and shown in sizes from 3.2 through 145 mm in Table
10-9A. Tolerances are shown in Table 10-6C, and material qualities in Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44.

Table 10-9B. Hot-rolled hex steel wire rods are specified in ISO 8457-1 and shown in sizes from 6 through 28 mm in Table 10-
9B. Tolerances of hex wire rods are shown in Table 10-9C, and material grades in Table 10-42C.

Table 10-10A. Hot-rolled flat steel bars are specified in ISO 1035-3 and shown in sizes from 16 x 5 through 150 x 50 in Table
10-10A.Tolerances for flat bars are shown in Table 10-10C, and steel materials in Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44.

Table 10-10B. Hot-rolled flat steel wire rods are specified in ISO 8457-1 and shown in sizes from 8 x 3 through 30 x 16 in
Table 10-10B. Tolerances are shown in Table 10-10D, and steel material grades in Table 10-42C.

Table 10-11. Hot-rolled round steel bars for bolts and rivets are specified in EURONORM 65 and shown in size range from 7.8
through 51.5 mm in Table 10-11. The sizes shown are intended for hot-formed bolts and rivets, and the sizes shown in table
note 4 are intended for cold-formed fasteners. Tolerances are specified in EURONORM 65 and shown in table, and the material
grade could be selected from Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44. For example, the steel grade Fe360, shown in Table 10-43A,
column 2, is recommended used.

Table 10-12. Bright finish round steel bars are specified in DIN 668 and in ANSI B32.100 standards and shown in size range
from 1 through 200 mm in Table 10-12. Tolerances are held to the ISO tolerance zone h11 as shown in Table 6-22 or Table 10-
12, and material recommended specified is shown in Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44. See Table 6-1 for preferred shaft basis
fits and Table 6-4 for their limit dimensions.

Table 10-13. Bright finish round steel bars are specified in DIN 669 and in ANSI B32.100 standards and shown in sizes from 3
through 200 mm in Table 10-13. Tolerances specified are held to the ISO tolerance zone h9 as shown in the table, and material
could be selected from Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44. See Table 6-1 for preferred shaft basis fits and Table 6-4 for their limit
dimensions.

Table 10-14. Ground and polished finish round steel bars are specified in DIN 59360 and in ANSI B32.100 standards and
shown in size range from 1 through 150 mm in Table 10-14. Tolerances specified are held to the ISO tolerance zone h7 as
shown in the table. The same nominal sizes shown are specified to the tolerance zone h6 in DIN 59361. The ANSI B32.100
specifies the h6 tolerance to the ANSI preferred sizes. The h6 and h7 tolerances are shown in Table 6-22. Materials
recommended used can be selected from Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44. See Table 6-1 for preferred shaft basis fits and
Table 6-4 and 5 for their limit dimensions.

Table 10-15. Round spring steel bars are specified in JIS G4801 and shown in sizes from 6 through 80 mm in Table 10-15.
The tolerances shown are those specified in the Japanese standard. The German standard do not specify specific sizes, and the
tolerances are slightly tighter than those shown in the table. Select spring steel material from Tables 10-42C, 10-51A, or 10-51B.

Table 10-16. Bright finish square steel bars are specified in DIN 178 and shown in sizes from 3 through 100 mm in Table 10-
16. Tolerances are held to the tolerance zones h11 and h12 as shown in the table, and material may be selected from Tables
10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44.

Table 10-17. Bright finish hex steel bars are specified in DIN 176 and shown in size range from 3.2 through 95 mm in Table
10-17. Steel material can be selected from Table 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44 and the tolerances shown are h11 up to the width
across flats of 65 mm and h12 for larger sizes.

398
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-18. Fright finish flat steel bars with sharp corners are specified in DIN 174 and shown in sizes from 5 X 2 through 100
x 50 mm in Table 10-18. Tolerances are specified in the DIN standard and shown in table and the steel material is selected from
Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44.

TABLE 10-18 BRIGHT FINISH FLAT STEEL BARS WITH SHARP CORNERS (DIN 174)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN AxB AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
174 mm mm kg/m B32.100 G3123 4229 174 757
F 5x 2 10 0.0785 T A+0-0.075 F
F 2.5 12.5 0.0981 S B+0-0.060 F
F 3 15 0.118 T B+0-0.060 F
F 6x 2 12 0.0942 S A+0-0.075 F
F 2.5 15 0.118 F B+0-0.060 F
F 3 18 0.141 S B+0-0.060 F
F 4 24 0.188 F B+0-0.075 F
S 8 x 1.5 12 0.0942 A+0-0.090
F 1.6 12.8 0.1 S B+0-0.060
F 1.6 16 0.126 S B+0-0.060 F
F 2.5 20 0.157 S B+0-0.060 F
F 3 24 0.188 T B+0-0.060 F
F 4 32 0.251 S B+0-0.075 F
F 5 40 0.314 T B+0-0.075 F
F 6 48 0.377 S B+0-0.075 F
S 10 x 1.5 15 0.118 A+0-0.090
F 1.6 16 0.126 F B+0-0.060
F 2 20 0.157 S B+0-0.060 F
F 2.5 25 0.196 F B+0-0.060 F
F 3 30 0.235 S B+0-0.060 F
F 4 5040 0.314 F B+0-0.075 F
F 5 0.392 S B+0-0.075 F
F 6 60 0.471 F B+0-0.075 F, 8F
S 12 x 1.5 18 0.141 A+0-0.110
1.6 19.2 0.151 S B+0-0.060
F 2 24 0.188 T B+0-0.060 F
F 2.5 30 0.235 S B+0-0.060 F
F 3 36 0.283 T F B+0-0.060 F
F 4 48 0.377 S F B+0-0.075 F
F 5 60 0.471 T F B+0-0.075 F
F 6 72 0.565 S F B+0-0.075 F
F 8 96 0.754 T 9F 10F B+0-0.090 F
S 14 x 1.5 21 0.165 A+0-0.110
F 1.6 22.4 0.176 B+0-0.060
F 2 28 0.22 B+0-0.060 F
F 2.5 35 0.275 B+0-0.060 F
F 3 42 0.33 B+0-0.060 F
F 4 56 0.44 B+0-0.075 F
F 5 70 0.549 B+0-0.075 F
F 6 84 0.659 B+0-0.075 F
F 8 112 0.879 B+0-0.090 F, 10F
T 15 x 1.5 22.5 0.177 A+0-0.110
S 1.6 24 0.188 B+0-0.060
S 2 30 0.235 B+0-0.060 S
S 2.5 37.5 0.294 B+0-0.060 S
S 3 45 0.353 B+0-0.060 S
For notes see end of table.

399
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-18 BRIGHT FINISH FLAT STEEL BARS WITH SHARP CORNERS (CONT'D) (DIN 174)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN AxB AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
174 mm mm kg/m B32.100 G3123 4229 174 757

S 15 x4 60 0.471 A+0-0.110 S
S 5 75 0.589 B+0-0.075 S
S 6 90 0.706 B+0-0.075 S
S 8 120 0.942 B+0-0.090 S
S 10 150 1.18 B+0-0.090 S
S 16 x 1.5 24 0.188 A+0-0.110
F 1.6 25.6 0.201 F B+0-0.060
F 2 32 0.251 S B+0-0.060 F
F 2.5 40 0.314 F B+0-0.060 F
F 3 48 0.377 S F B+0-0.060 F
F 4 64 0.502 F F B+0-0.075 F
F 5 80 0.628 S F B+0-0.075 F
F 6 96 0.754 F F B+0-0.075 F
F 8 128 1 S B+0-0.090 F
F 10 160 1.26 F 9F F, 12F B+0-0.090 F,12F
S 18 x 1.5 27 0.212 A+0-0.110
F 1.6 28.8 0.226 B+0-0.060
F 2 36 0.283 B+0-0.060 F
F 2.5 45 0.353 B+0-0.060 F
F 3 54 0.424 B+0-0.060 F
F 4 72 0.565 B+0-0.075 F
F 5 90 0.706 B+0-0.075 F
F 6 108 0.848 B+0-0.075 F
F 8 144 1.13 B+0-0.090 F
F 10 180 1.41 B+0-0.090 F
F 12 216 1.7 B+0-0.110 F
S 20 x 1.5 30 0.235 A+0-0.130
F 1.6 32 0.251 S B+0-0.060
F 2 40 0.314 T B+0-0.060 F
F 2.5 50 0.392 S B+0-0.060 F
F 3 60 0.471 T B+0-0.060 F
F 4 80 0.628 S B+0-0.075 F
F 5 100 0.785 T F B+0-0.075 F
F 6 120 0.942 S F B+0-0.075 F
F 8 160 1.26 T B+0-0.090 F
F 10 200 1.57 S F B+0-0.090 F
F 12 240 1.88 T F B+0-0.110 F
S 15 300 2.35 14T B+0-0.110 F
F 16 320 2.51 S F B+0-0.110
F 22 x2 44 0.345 A+0-0.130 F
F 3 66 0.518 F F B+0-0.060 F, 2.5F
F 4 88 0.691 F B+0-0.075 F
F 5 110 0.863 F F B+0-0.075 F
F 6 132 1.04 F F B+0-0.075 F
F 8 176 1.38 B+0-0.090 F
F 10 220 1.73 9 F,16F B+0-0.090 F
F 12 264 2.07 F, 16F F, 20F B+0-0.110 F,15F
For notes see end of table.

400
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-18 BRIGHT FINISH FLAT STEEL BARS WITH SHARP CORNERS (CONT'D) (DIN 174)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN AxB AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
174 mm mm kg/m B32.100 G3123 4229 174 757

F 25 x2 50.2 0.392 S A+0-0.130 F


F 2.5 62.5 0.491 F B+0-0.060 F
F 3 75 0.589 S F F B+0-0.060 F
F 4 100 0.785 F F B+0-0.075 F
F 5 125 0.981 S F F B+0-0.075 F
F 6 150 1.18 F F F B+0-0.075 F
F 8 200 1.57 S B+0-0.090 F
F 10 250 1.96 F 9F F B+0-0.090 F
F 12 300 2.35 S F F B+0-0.110 F
S 15 375 2.94 B+0-0.110 F
F 16 400 3.14 F F F B+0-0.110
F 20 500 3.92 S 19F F B+0-0.130 F,18F
F 28 x2 56 0.44 A+0-0.130
F 3 84 0.659 8+0-0.060 F
F 4 112 0.379 B+0-0.075 F
F 5 140 1.1 B+0-0.075 F
F 6 168 1.32 B+0-0.075 F
F 8 224 1.76 B+0-0.090 F
F 10 280 2.2 B+0-0.090 F
F 12 336 2.54 B+0-0.110 F
15 420 3.3 B+0-0.110 F
F 16 448 3.52 B+0-0.110
F 20 560 4.4 B+0-0.130 F,18F
S 30 x2 60 0.471 T A+0-0.130
S 2.5 75 0.589 S B+0-0.060
S 3 90 0.706 T B+0-0.060 F
S 4 120 0.942 S B+0-0.075 F
S 5 150 1.18 T B+0-0.075 F
S 6 180 1.41 S B+0-0.075 F
S 8 240 1.88 T B+0-0.090 F
S 10 300 2.35 S B+0-0.090 F
S 12 360 2.83 T B+0-0.110 F
T 15 450 3.53 B+0-0.110 F
S 16 480 3.77 S B+0-0.110
S 20 600 4.71 T B+0-0.130 F, 18F
T 25 750 5.89 S B+0-0.130
F 32 x2 64 0.502 A+0-0.160
F 2.5 80 0.628 B+0-0.060
F 3 96 0.754 F B+0-0.060
F 4 128 1 F B+0-0.075
F 5 160 1.26 F F B+0-0.075
F 6 192 1.51 F F B+0-0.075
F 8 256 2.01 B+0-0.090
F 10 320 2.51 9 F B+0-0.090
S 12 384 3.01 F F B+0-0.110
S 15 480 3.77 B+0-0.110
F 16 512 4.02 F F B+0-0.110
F 20 640 5.02 19 F B+0-0.130
F 25 800 6.28 22 F B+0-0.130
For notes see end of table.

401
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-18 BRIGHT FINISH FLAT STEEL BARS WITH SHARP CORNERS (CONT'D) (DIN 174)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN A xB AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
174 mm mm kg/m B32.100 G3123 4229 174 757

S 35 x 2 70 0.549 T A+0-0.160
S 2.5 87.5 0.687 S B+0-0.060
S 3 105 0.824 T B+0-0.060 F
S 4 140 1.10 S B+0-0.075 F
S 5 175 1.37 T B+0-0.075 F
S 6 210 1.65 S B+0-0.075 F
S 8 280 2.20 T B+0-0.090 F
S 10 350 2.75 S B+0-0.090 F
S 12 420 3.30 T B+0-0.110 F
S 15 525 4.12 B+0-0.110 F
S 16 560 4.40 S B+0-0.110
S 20 700 5.49 T B+0-0.130 F, 18F
S 25 875 6.87 S B+0-0.130
F 36 x 2 72 0.565 A+0-0.160
F 2.5 90 0.106 B+0-0.060
F 3 108 0.848 B+0-0.060
F 4 144 1.13 B+0-0.075
F 5 180 1.41 B+0-0.075
F 6 216 1.70 B+0-0.075
S 8 288 2.26 B+0-0.090
F 10 360 2.83 B+0-0.090
F 12 432 3.39 B+0-0.110
S 15 540 4.24 B+0-0.110
S 16 576 4.52 B+0-0.110
F 20 720 5.65 B+0-0.130
F 25 900 7.06 B+0-0.130
F 40 x 2 80 0.628 S A+0-0.160
F 3 120 0.942 S F B+0-0.060 F
F 4 160 1.26 F B+0-0.075 F
F 5 200 1.57 S F B+0-0.075 F
F 6 240 1.88 F F B+0-0.075 F
F 8 320 2.51 S B+0-0.090 F
F 10 400 3.14 F F B+0-0.090 F
F 12 480 3.77 S F B+0-0.110 F
S 15 600 4.71 B+0-0.110 F
F 16 640 5.02 F F B+0-0.110
F 20 800 6.28 S F B+0-0.130 F, 18F
F 25 1000 7.85 F F B+0-0.130 F
S 30 1200 9.42 S F B+0-0.130
F 32 1280 10.0 B+0-0.250
F 45 x 2 90 0.706 T A+0-0.160
F 3 135 1.06 T F B+0-0.060
F 4 180 1.41 S B+0-0.075
F 5 225 1.77 T F B+0-0.075 F
F 6 270 2.12 S F B+0-0.075 F
F 8 360 2.83 T B+0-0.090 F
F 10 450 3.53 S F B+0-0.090 F
S 12 540 4.24 T F B+0-0.110 F
NOTE: For notes see end of table.

402
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-18 BRIGHT FINISH FLAT STEEL BARS WITH SHARP CORNERS (CONT'D) (DIN 174)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN A xB AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
174 mm mm kg/m B32.100 G3123 4229 174 757

S 45 x 15 675 5.3 A+0-0.160


F 16 720 5.65 S F B+0-0.110
F 20 900 7.06 T F B+0-0.130 F, 18F
F 25 1130 8.83 S F B+0-0.130 F
T 30 1350 10.6 T F B+0-0.130
F 32 1440 11.3 40F B+0-0.250
F 50 x2 100 0.785 T A+0-0.160
F 3 150 1.18 T F B+0-0.060
F 4 200 1.57 S B+0-0.075
F 5 250 1.96 T F F B+0-0.075 F
F 6 300 2.35 S F F B+0-0.075 F
F 8 400 3.14 T B+0-0.090 F
F 10 500 3.92 S 9F F B+0-0.090 F
F 12 600 4.11 T F F B+0-0.110 F
S 15 750 5.89 B+0-0.110 F
F 16 800 6.28 S F F B+0-0.110
F 20 1000 7.85 T 19F F B+0-0.130 F, 18F
F 25 1250 9.81 S F, 22F F B+0-0.130 F
S 30 1500 11.8 T F B+0-0.130
F 32 1600 12.6 40F B+0-0.250
S 55 x3 165 1.3 A+0-0.190
S 3 B+0-0.060
S 4 220 1.73 B+0-0.075
S 5 275 2.16 F B+0-0.075 F
S 8 440 3.45 B+0-0.090 F, 6F
S 10 550 4.32 F B+0-0.090 F
S 12 660 5.18 F B+0-0.110 F
T 15 825 6.48 B+0-0.110 F
S 16 880 6.91 F B+0-0.110
S 20 1100 8.63 F B+0-0.130 F, 18F
25 1380 10.8 F B+0-0.130 F
30 1650 13 F B+0-0.130
32 1760 13.8 40F B+0-0.250
F 56 x 3 168 1.32 A+0-0.190
F 3 B+0-0.060
F 4 224 1.76 B+0-0.075
F 5 280 2.2 B+0-0.075
F 8 448 3.52 B+0-0.090
F 10 560 4.4 B+0-0.090
F 12 672 5.28 B+0-0.110
S 15 840 6.59 B+0-0.110
F 16 896 7.03 B+0-0.110
F 20 1120 8.79 B+0-0.130
F 25 1400 11 B+0-0.130
F 32 1790 14.1 B+0-0.250
For notes see end of table.

403
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-18 BRIGHT FINISH FLAT STEEL BARS WITH SHARP CORNERS (CONT'D) (DIN 174)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN AxB AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
174 mm mm kg/m B32.100 G3123 4229 174 757

S 60 x3 180 1.41 S A+0-0.190


S 3 B+0-0.060
S 4 240 1.88 F B+0-0.075
S 5 300 2.35 S B+0-0.075 F
S 6 360 2.83 F B+0-0.075 F
S 8 480 3.77 S B+0-0.090 F
S 10 600 4.71 F B+0-0.090 F
S 12 720 5.65 S B+0-0.110
T 15 900 7.06 B+0-0.110 F
S 16 960 7.54 F B+0-0.110
S 20 1200 9.42 S B+0-0.130 F, 18F
S 25 1500 11.8 F B+0-0.130 F
T 30 1800 14.1 S B+0-0.130
S 40 2400 18.8 F B+0-0.250
F 63 x3 189 1.48 A+0-0.190
F 3 B+0-0.060
F 4 252 1.98 B+0-0.075
F 5 315 2.47 B+0-0.075
F 6 378 2.97 B+0-0.075
F 8 504 3.96 B+0-0.090
F 10 630 4.95 B+0-0.090
F 12 156 5.93 B+0-0.110
S 15 945 7.42 B+0-0.110
F 16 1010 7.91 B+0-0.110
F 20 1260 9.89 B+0-0.130
F 25 1580 12.4 B+0-0.130
F 32 2020 15.8 B+0-0.250
F 40 2520 19.8 B+0-0.250
S 65 x4 260 2.04 3F A+0-0.190
S 5 325 2.55 F B+0-0.075 F
S 6 390 3.06 F B+0-0.075 F
8 520 4.08 B+0-0.090 F
10 650 5.10 F B+0-0.090 F
12 780 6.12 F B+0-0.110 F
15 975 7.65 B+0-0.110 F
16 1040 8.16 F, 30F B+0-0.110
20 1300 10.2 F, 40F B+0-0.130 F, 18F
25 1630 12.8 F, 50F B+0-0.130 F
F 70 x4 280 2.20 S A+0-0.190
F 5 350 2.15 T B+0-0.075 F
F 6 420 3.30 S B+0-0.075 F
S 8 560 4.40 T B+0-0.090 F
F 10 700 5.49 S B+0-0.090 F
F 12 840 6.59 T B+0-0.110 F
S 15 1050 8.24 B+0-0.110 F
F 16 1120 8.79 S B+0-0.110
For notes see end of table.

404
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-18 BRIGHT FINISH FLAT STEEL BARS WITH SHARP CORNERS (CONT'D) (DIN 174)

SECTIONS USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN Ax B AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
174 mm mm kg/m B32.100 G3123 4229 174 757

F 70 x 20 1400 11 T A+0-0.190 18F


F 20 T B+0-0.130 F
F 25 1750 13.7 S B+0-0.130 F
S 30 2100 16.5 T B+0-0.130
F 40 2800 22 S B+0-0.250
F 80 x5 400 3.14 T F, 3F A+0-0.190
F 6 480 3.77 S F B+0-0.075
F 8 640 5.02 T B+0-0.090
F 10 800 6.28 S F B+0-0.090
F 12 960 7.54 T F B+0-0.110
S 15 1200 9.42 B+0-0.110
F 16 1280 10 S F B+0-0.110
F 20 1600 12.6 T F B+0-0.130
F 25 2000 15.7 S F B+0-0.130
S 30 2400 18.8 T F B+0-0.130
S 40 3200 25.1 S F B+0-0.250
S 50 4000 31.4 T F B+0-0.250
F 90 x5 450 3.53 T F A+0-0.220
F 6 540 4.24 S F B+0-0.075
S 8 720 5.65 T B+0-0.090
F 10 900 7.06 S F B+0-0.090
F 12 1080 8.48 T F B+0-0.110
S 15 1350 10.6 B+0-0.110
F 16 1440 11.3 S F B+0-0.110
F 20 1800 14.1 T F B+0-0.130
F 25 2250 17.7 S F B+0-0.130
30 2700 21.2 T F B+0-0.130
32 2880 22.6 B+0-0.250
40 3600 28.3 S, 50T F,50F B+0-0.250
F 100 x 5 500 3.92 S F A+0-0.220
F 6 600 4.71 F F B+0-0.075
S 8 800 6.28 S B+0-0.090
F 10 1000 7.85 F F B+0-0.090
F 12 1200 9.42 S F B+0-0.110
S 15 1500 11.8 B+0-0.110
F 16 1600 12.6 F F B+0-0.110
F 20 2000 15.7 S F B+0-0.130
S 30 3000 23.5 S,25F F,25F B+0-0.130
S 40 4000 31.4 F F B+0-0.250
S 50 5000 39.2 S F B+0-0.250

NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice;
Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in DIN 174 and shown in the table. The ISO tolerance class h11 applies to thicknesses
from 1.5 through 30 mm and widths from 5 through 100. For thicknesses over 30 mm, the h12 is applicable.
Tolerances for widths over 100 mm are larger as shown.

405
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-19A. Bright steel for parallel key square sections — are specified in DIN 6880 and shown for sizes from 2 x 2
through 22 x 22 mm in Table 10-19A. Tolerances on the width are held to the ISO tolerance zone h9 and the material used for
key stock is shown in Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44. See p. 576 on Keys and Keyways and Table 6-1 for preferred shaft
basis fits and Table 6-4 for their limit dimensions.

TABLE 10-19A BRIGHT STEEL FOR PARALLEL KEYS-SQUARE SECTION (DIN 6880)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN AxB AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
6880 mm mm kg/m 4235 6880

S 2x2 4 0.0314 S A, B+0-0.025

S 3x3 9 0.0706 S A, B+0-0.025

S 4x4 16 0.126 S A, B+0-0.030

F 5x5 25 0.196 F A, B+0-0.030

F 6x6 36 0.283 F A, B+0-0.030

F 7x7 49 0.385 F A, B+0-0.036

F 8x8 64 0.502 F A, B+0-0.036

F 10 x 10 100 0.785 F A, B+0-0.036

F 12 x 12 144 1.13 F A, B+0-0.043

F 14 x 14 196 1.54 F A, B+0-0.043

F 16 x 16 256 2.01 F A, B+0-0.043

F 18 x 18 324 2.54 F A, B+0-0.043

F 20 x 20 400 3.14 F A, B+0-0.052

F 22 x 22 484 3.8 F A, B+0-0.052

NOTES:
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number other size.
3. Tolerances are specified in DIN 6880 and shown in the table. The ISO tolerance class h9
applies to square keys.

406
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-19B. Bright steel for parallel keys — flat sections are specified in DIN 6880 and shown for sizes from 8 x 7 through
100 x 50 mm in Table 10-19B. Tolerances on the width are held to the ISO tolerance zone h9 and the material used for key
stock could be selected from Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44. See p. 576 on Keys and Keyways and Table 6-1 for preferred
shaft basis fits and Table 6-4 for their limit dimensions.

TABLE 10-19B BRIGHT STEEL FOR PARALLEL KEYS-FLAT SECTION (DIN 6880)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN AxB AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
6880 mm mm kg/m 4235 6880

S 8x7 56 0.440 S A+0-0.036


B+0-0.090
S 10 x 8 80 0.628 S A+0-0.036
B+0-0.036
F 12 x 8 96 0.754 F A+0-0.043
B+0-0.036
S 12 x 10 120 0.942 S A+0-0.043
B+0-0.036
F 14 x 9 126 0.989 F A+0-0.043
B+0-0.090
F 16 x 10 160 1.26 F A+0-0.043
B+0-0.090
F 18 x 11 198 1.55 F A+0-0.043
B+0-0.110
F 20 x 12 240 1.88 F A+0-0.052
B+0-0.110
F 22 x 14 308 2.42 F A+0-0.052
B+0-0.110
F 25 x 14 350 2.75 F A+0-0.052
B+0-0.110
S 25 x 22 550 4.32 S A+0-0.052
B+0-0.130
F 28 x 16 448 3.52 F A+0-0.052
B+0-0.110
S 28 x 25 700 5.49 S A+0-0.052
B+0-0.130
F 32 x 18 576 4.52 F A+0-0.062
B+0-0.110
S 32 x 30 960 7.54 S A+0-0.062
B+0-0.130
NOTES:
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.
2. The size is national standard as indicated: F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in DIN 6880 and shown in the table. The ISO tolerance class h9 applies to the key widths.

407
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-19B BRIGHT STEEL FOR PARALLEL KEYS-FLAT SECTION (CONT'D) (DIN 6880)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN Ax B AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
6880 mm mm kg/m 4235 6880

F 36 x 20 720 5.65 F A+0-0.062


B+0-0.130
S 36 x 34 1220 9.61 S A+0-0.062
B+0-0.160
F 40 x 22 880 6.91 F A+0-0.062
B+0-0.130
S 40 x 38 1520 11.9 S A+0-0.062
B+0-0.160
S 45 x 25 1130 8.83 S A+0-0.062
B+0-0.130
S 45 x 43 1940 15.2 S A+0-0.062
B+0-0.160
S 50 x 28 1400 11 S A+0-0.062
B+0-0.130
S 50 x 48 2400 18.8 S A+0-0.062
B+0-0.160
S 56 x 32 1790 14.1 S A+0-0.074
B+0-0.160
S 63 x 32 2020 15.8 S A+0-0.074
B+0-0.160
S 70 x 36 2520 19.8 S A+0-0.074
B+0-0.160
S 80 x 40 3200 25.1 S A+0-0.074
B+0-0.160
T 90 x 45 4050 31.8 T A+0-0.087
B+0-0.160
S 100 x 50 5000 39.2 S A+0-0.087
B+0-0.160
NOTES:
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.
2. The size is national standard as indicated: F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in DIN 6880 and shown in the table. The ISO tolerance class h9 applies to the key widths.

408
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-19C. Bright steel for parallel keys — thin sections are specified in DIN 6880 and shown for sizes from 5 X 3 through
40 X 14 mm in Table 10-19C. Tolerances on the width are held to the ISO tolerance zone h9 and the material used for key stock
should be selected from Tables 10-43A, 10-43B, or 10-44. See p. 576 on Keys and Keyways and Table 6-1 for preferred shaft
basis fits and Table 6-4 for their limit dimensions.

TABLE 10-19C BRIGHT STEEL FOR PARALLEL KEYS-THIN SECTION (DIN 6880)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN AxB AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
6880 mm mm kg/m 6880

S 5x3 15 0.118 S A+0-0.030


B+0-0.060
S 6x4 24 0.188 S A+0-0.030
B+0-0.075
F 7x4 28 0.220 F A+0-0.036
B+0-0.030
F 8x5 40 0.314 F A+0-0.036
B+0-0.030
F 10 x 6 60 0.471 F A+0-0.036
B+0-0.030
F 12 x 6 72 0.565 F A+0-0.043
B+0-0.075
F 14 x 6 84 0.659 F A+0-0.043
B+0-0.075
F 16 x 7 112 0.879 F A+0-0.043
B+0-0.090
F 18 x 7 126 0.989 F A+0-0.043
B+0-0.090
F 20 x 8 160 1.26 F A+0-0.052
B+0-0.090
F 22 x 9 198 1.55 F A+0-0.052
B+0-0.090
F 25 x 9 225 1.77 F A+0-0.052
B+0-0.090
F 28 x 10 280 2.20 F A+0-0.052
B+0-0.090
F 32 x 11 352 2.76 F A+0-0.062
B+0-0.110
F 36 x 12 432 3.39 F A+0-0.062
B+0-0.110
S 40 x 14 560 4.40 S A+0-0.062
B+0-0.110
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice;
Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in DIN 6880 and shown in the table. The ISO tolerance class h9 applies
to the key width.

409
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-20A. Hot-rolled bulb flats are specified in ISO 657-19 and shown in sizes from 80 X 6 through 430 X 17 mm in Table
10-20A. Tolerances and corner radii are shown in Tables 10-20B and 10-20C, and material should be selected from Tables 10-
43A, 10-43B, or 10-44.

TABLE 10-20A HOT-ROLLED BULB FLATS (ISO 657-19)


ISO 657-19
EURONORM EU 67
EN
USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1019
FRANCE NF
UK BS
ITALY UNI
AUSTRAL AS

Section Sectional
Mass Dimensions Surface Centroid
Desig- area properties
nation M A b t C r1 area Cx lx Zx
2 2 3
kg/m cm mm mm mm mm m /m cm cm4 cm
80 x 6 4.87 6.2 80 6 14 4 0.192 4.78 39 8.15
80 x 7 5.5 7 80 7 14 4 0.194 4.69 43.3 9.24
100 x 7 6.86 8.74 100 7 15.5 4.5 0.236 5.87 85.3 14.5
100 x 8 7.65 9.74 100 8 15.5 4.5 0.238 5.78 94.3 16.3
120 x 7 8.25 10.5 120 7 17 5 0.278 7.07 148 21
120 x 8 9.19 11.7 120 8 17 5 0.28 6.96 164 23.6
140 x 7 9.74 12.4 140 7 19 5.5 0.32 8.31 241 29
140 x 8 10.8 13.8 140 8 19 5.5 0.322 8.18 268 32.5
160 x 7 11.4 14.6 160 7 22 6 0.365 9.66 373 38.6
160 x 8 12.7 16.2 160 8 22 6 0.367 9.49 411 43.3
160 x 9 14 17.8 160 9 22 6 0.369 9.36 448 47.9
180 x 8 t4,8 18.9 180 8 25 7 0.411 10.9 609 55.9
180 x 9 16.2 20.7 180 9 25 7 0.413 10.7 663 61.8
180 x 10 17.6 22.5 180 10 25 7 0.415 10.6 717 67.8
200 x 9 18.5 23.6 200 9 28 8 0.457 12.1 841 77.7
200 x 10 20.1 25.6 200 10 28 8 0.459 11.9 1020 85
200 x 11.5 22.5 28.6 200 11.5 28 8 0.462 11.7 1130 96.2
220 x 10 22.8 29 220 10 31 9 0.503 13.4 1400 105
220 x 11.5 25.4 32.3 220 11.5 31 9 0.506 13.1 1550 118
240 x 10 25.4 32.4 240 10 34 10 0.547 14.7 1860 126
240 x 11 27.4 34.9 240 11 34 10 0.549 14.6 2000 137
240 x 12 29.3 37.3 240 12 34 10 0.551 14.4 2130 148
260 x 10 28.3 36.1 260 10 37 11 0.593 16.2 2470 153
260 x 11 30.3 38.7 260 11 37 11 0.593 16 2610 162
260 x 12 32.4 41.3 260 12 37 11 0.595 15.8 2770 175
280 x 11 33.5 42.6 280 11 40 12 0.637 17.4 3330 191
280 x 12 35.7 45.5 280 12 40 12 0.639 17.2 3550 206
300 x 11 36.7 46.7 300 11 43 13 0.681 18.9 4190 222
300 x 12 39 49.7 300 12 43 13 0.683 18.7 4460 239
300 x 13 41.5 52.8 300 13 43 13 0.685 18.5 4720 256
320 x 12 42.5 54.2 320 12 46 14 0.728 20.1 5530 274
320 x 13 45 57.4 320 13 46 14 0.73 19.9 5850 294
340 x 12 46.1 58.8 340 12 49 15 0.772 21.5 6760 313
340 x 14 51.5 65.5 340 14 49 15 0.776 21.1 7540 357
370 x 13 54.6 69.6 370 13 53.5 16.5 0.84 23.5 9470 402
370 x 15 60.5 77 370 15 53.5 16.5 0.844 23 10400 455
400 x 14 63.9 81.4 400 14 58 18 0.908 25.5 12900 507
400 x 16 70.2 89.4 400 16 58 18 0.912 25 14200 568
430 x 15 73.9 94.1 430 15 62.5 19.5 0.976 27.4 17300 628
430 x 17 80.6 103 430 17 62.5 19.5 0.98 26.9 18900 700
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.

410
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-20B TOLERANCE ON WIDTH AND THICKNESSES (ISO 657-19)
mm
Width, b Thickness, t Tolerance on Tolerance on
Up to and Including Up to and
Over width thickness
including and over including
- 120 6 8 ±1,5 + 0.7 -0.3

120 180 7 10 ±2 +1 -0.3


180 300 9 13 ±3 +1 -0.4
300 430 12 17 ±4 + 1,2 -0.4

TABLE 10-20C RADIUS AT CORNER (ISO 657-19)


mm

Thickness, t Radius, r2

Up to and
Over max
including
- 6 1.5
6 9 2
9 13 3

13 17 4

WORLD STEEL TUBE STANDARDS


Nominal Sizes
Table 10-21A. Cold-finished circular hollow sections are specified in ISO 4019 and shown for outside diameters from 21.3
through 355.6 mm in Table 10-21A. Mass per length, section area, and a number of mechanical strength calculating factors are
also given in the table. Tolerances are shown in Tables 10-21C. Material used in manufacturing of cold-finished structural hollow
sections complies with the requirements of ISO 630, 6316, and 5951 as shown in Tables 10- 42A, 10-43A, and 10-43B.

Table 10-21B. Hot-finished circular hollow sections are specified in ISO 657-14 and shown for outside diameters from 21.3
through 457 mm in Table 10-21B. Mass per length, section area, and a number of mechanical strength calculating factors are
also given in the table. Tolerances are shown in Tables 10-21E. Material used in manufacturing of hot-finished structural hollow
sections complies with the requirements of ISO 630, 4951, and 4952 as shown in Tables 10-43A and 10-43B.

Table 10-22A. Cold-finished square hollow sections are specified in ISO 4019 and shown for sizes from 20 X 20 through 400 x
400 mm in Table 10-22A. Mass per length, section area, and a number of mechanical strength calculating factors are also given
in the table. Tolerances are shown in Tables 10-21C and corner radii in Table 10-21D. Material used in manufacturing of cold-
finished structural hollow sections complies with the requirements of ISO 630, 6316, and 5951 standards as shown in Tables 10-
42A, 10-43A and 10-43B.

Table 10-22B. Hot-finished square hollow sections are specified in ISO 657-14 and shown for sizes from 20 X 20 through 400
x 400 mm in Table 10-22B. Mass per length, section area, and a number of mechanical strength calculating factors are also
given in the table. Tolerances are shown in Tables 10-21E and corner radii in Table 10-21F. Material used in manufacturing of
hot-finished structural hollow sections complies with the requirements of ISO 630, 4951, and 4952 as shown in Tables 10-43A
and 10-43B.

Table 10-23A. Cold-finished rectangular hollow sections are specified in ISO 4019 and shown for sizes from 40 X 20 through
500 x 300 mm in Table 10-23A. Mass per length, section area, and a number of mechanical strength calculating factors are also
given in the table. Tolerances are shown in Tables 10-21C and corner radii in Table 10-21D. Material used in manufacturing of
cold-finished structural hollow sections complies with the requirements of ISO 630, 6316, and 5951 as shown in Tables 10-42A,
10-43A, and 10-43B.

Table 10-23B. Hot-finished rectangular hollow sections are specified in ISO 657-14 and shown for sizes from 50 x 30 through
500 X 300 mm in Table 10-23B. Mass per length, section area, and a number of mechanical strength calculating factors are also
given in the table. Tolerances are shown in Tables 10-21E and corner radii in Table 10-21F. Material used in manufacturing of
hot-finished structural hollow sections complies with the requirements of ISO 630, 4951, and 4952 as shown in Tables 10-43A
and 10-43B.

411
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-21A COLD-FINISHED CIRCULAR HOLLOW SECTIONS (ISO 4019)

Outside Thickness Mass per Section Moment of Radius of Section Plastic Torsional Super-
diameter unit length inertia gyration modulus constants ficial area
D T M A I R Z S J C per meter
2 4 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
21.3 1.2 0.59 0.76 0.38 0.712 0.36 0.49 0.77 0.72 0.067
1.6 0.78 0.99 0.48 0.699 0.45 0.62 0.97 0.91 0.067
2 0.95 1.21 0.57 0.686 0.54 0.75 1.14 1.07 0.067
26.9 1.2 0.76 0.97 0.8 0.91 0.6 0.79 1.6 1.19 0.085
1.6 1 1.27 1.02 0.896 0.76 1.03 2.04 1.52 0.085
2 1.23 1.56 1.22 0.883 0.91 1.24 2.44 1.81 0.085
2.6 1.56 1.98 1.48 0.864 1.1 1.54 2.96 2.2 0.085
33.7 1.2 0.96 1.23 1.62 1.15 0.96 1.27 3.24 1.92 0.106
1.6 1.27 1.61 2.08 1.14 1.24 1.65 4.17 2.47 0.106
2 1.56 1.99 2.51 1.12 1.49 2.01 5.02 2.98 0.106
2.6 1.99 2.54 3.09 1.1 1.84 2.52 6.19 3.67 0.106
3.2 2.41 3.07 3.6 1.08 2.14 2.99 7.21 4.28 0.106
4 2.93 3.73 4.19 1.06 2.49 3.55 8.38 4.97 0.106
42.4 1.2 1.22 1.55 3.3 1.46 1.56 2.04 6.6 3,11 0.133
1.6 1.61 2.05 4.27 1.44 2.02 2.66 8.55 4.03 0.133
2 1.99 2.54 5.19 1.43 2.45 3.27 10.4 4.9 0.133
2.6 2.55 3.25 6.46 1.41 3.05 4.12 12.9 6.1 0.133
3.2 3.09 3.94 7.62 1.39 3.59 4.93 15.2 7.19 0.133
4 3.79 4.83 8.99 1.36 4.24 5.92 18 8.48 0.133
48.3 1.2 1.39 1.78 4.93 1.67 2.04 2.66 9.85 4.08 0.152
1.6 1.84 2.35 6.41 1.65 2.65 3.49 12.8 5.31 0.152
2 2.28 2.91 7.81 1.64 3.23 4.29 15.6 6.47 0.152
2.6 2.93 3.73 9.78 1.62 4.05 5.44 19.6 8.1 0.152
3.2 3.56 4.53 11.6 1.6 4.8 6.52 23.2 9.59 0.152
4 4.37 5.57 13.8 1.57 5.7 7.87 27.5 11.4 0.152
5 5.34 6.8 16.2 1.54 6.69 9.42 32.3 13.4 0.152
60.3 1.2 1.75 2.23 9.73 2.09 3.23 4.19 19.5 6.46 0.189
1.6 2.32 2.95 12.7 2.08 4.22 5.51 25.4 8.44 0.189
2 2.88 3.66 15.6 2.06 5.17 6.8 31.2 10.3 0.189
2.6 3.7 4.71 19.7 2.04 6.52 8.66 39.3 13 0.189
3.2 4.51 5.74 23.5 2.02 7.78 10.4 46.9 15.6 0.189
4 5.55 7.07 28.2 2 9.34 12.7 56.3 18.7 0.189
5 6.82 8.69 33.5 1.96 11.1 15.3 67 22.2 0.189
76.1 1.6 2.94 3.74 26 2.63 6.83 8.88 52 13.7 0.239
2 3.65 4.66 32 2.62 8.4 11 64 16.8 0.239
2.6 4.71 6 40.6 2.6 10.7 14.1 81.2 21.3 0.239
3.2 5.75 7.33 48.8 2.58 12.8 17 97.6 25.6 0.239
4 7.11 9.06 59.1 2.55 15.5 20.8 118 31 0.239
5 8.77 11.2 70.9 2.52 18.6 25.3 142 37.3 0.239
88.9 1.6 3.44 4.39 41.8 3.09 9.41 12.2 83.6 18.8 0.279
2 4.29 5.46 51.6 3.07 11.6 15.1 103 23.2 0.279
2.6 5.53 7.05 65.7 3.05 14.8 19.4 131 29.6 0.279
3.2 6.76 8.62 79.2 3.03 17.8 23.5 158 35.6 0.279
4 8.38 10.7 96.3 3 21.7 28.9 193 43.3 0.279
5 10.3 13.2 116 2.97 26.2 35.2 233 52.4 0.279
6.3 12.8 16.3 140 2.93 31.5 43.1 280 63.1 0.279
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

412
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-21A COLD-FINISHED CIRCULAR HOLLOW SECTIONS (CONT'D) (ISO 4019)

Outside Thickness Mass per Section Moment of Radius of Section Plastic Torsional Super-
diameter unit length inertia gyration modulus constants ficial area
D T M A l R Z S J C per meter
2 4 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
114.3 2 5.54 7.06 111 3.97 19.5 25.2 223 38.9 0.359
2.6 7.16 9.12 142 3.95 24.9 32.4 285 49.8 0.359
3.2 8.77 11.2 172 3.93 30.2 39.5 345 60.4 0.359
4 10.9 13.9 211 3.9 36.9 48.7 422 73.9 0.359
5 13.5 17.2 257 3.87 45 59.8 514 89.9 0.359
6.3 16.8 21.4 313 3.82 54.7 73.6 625 109 0.359
7.1 18.8 23.9 345 3.8 60.4 81.7 690 121 0.359
8 21 26.7 379 3.77 66.4 90.6 759 133 0.359
10 25.7 32.8 450 3.7 78.7 109 899 157 0.359
139.7 2.6 8.79 11.2 263 4.85 37.7 48.9 526 75.4 0.439
3.2 10.8 13.7 320 4.83 45.8 59.6 640 91.6 0.439
4 13.4 17.1 393 4.8 56.2 73.7 786 112 0.439
5 16.6 21.2 481 4.77 68.8 90.8 961 138 0.439
6.3 20.7 26.4 589 4.72 84.3 112 1177 169 0.439
7.1 23.2 29.6 652 4.69 93.3 125 1304 187 0.439
8 26 33.1 720 4.66 103 139 1441 206 0.439
10 32 40.7 862 4.6 123 169 1724 247 0.439
168.3 3.2 13 16.6 566 5.84 67.2 87.2 1131 134 0.529
4 16.2 20.6 697 5.81 82.8 108 1394 166 0.529
5 20.1 25.7 856 5.78 102 133 1712 203 0.529
6.3 25.2 32.1 1053 5.73 125 165 2107 250 0.529
7.1 28.2 36 1170 5.7 139 185 2340 278 0.529
8 31.6 40.3 1297 5.67 154 206 2595 308 0.529
10 39 49.7 1564 5.61 186 251 3128 372 0.529
219.1 4 21.2 27 1564 7.61 143 185 3128 286 0.688
5 26.4 33.6 1928 7.57 176 229 3856 352 0.688
6.3 33.1 42.1 2386 7.53 218 285 4772 436 0.688
7.1 37.1 47.3 2660 7.5 243 319 5319 486 0.688
8 41.6 53.1 2960 7.47 270 357 5919 540 0.688
10 51.6 65.7 3598 7.4 328 438 7197 657 0.688
273 4 26.5 33.8 3058 9.51 224 289 6117 448 0.858
5 33 42.1 3781 9.48 277 359 7562 554 0.858
6.3 41.4 52.8 4696 9.43 344 448 9392 688 0.858
7.1 46.6 59.3 5245 9.4 384 502 10490 769 0.858
8 52.3 66.6 5852 9.37 429 562 11700 857 0.858
10 64.9 82.6 7154 9.31 524 692 14310 1048 0.858
12.5 80.3 102 8697 9.22 637 849 17390 1274 0.858
323.9 4 31.6 40.2 5143 11.3 318 409 10290 635 1.02
5 39.3 50.1 6369 11.3 393 509 12740 787 1.02
6.3 49.3 62.9 7929 11.2 490 636 15860 979 1.02
7.1 55.5 70.7 8869 11.2 548 713 17740 1095 1.02
8 62.3 79.4 9910 11.2 612 799 19820 1224 1.02
10 77.4 98.6 12160 11.1 751 986 24320 1501 1.02
12.5 96 122 14850 11 917 1213 29690 1833 1.02
355.6 4 34.7 44.2 6828 12.4 384 495 13660 768 1.12
5 43.2 55.1 8464 12.4 476 615 16930 962 1.12
6.3 54.3 69.1 10550 12.4 593 769 21090 1186 1.12
7.1 61 77.7 11810 12.3 664 862 23610 1328 1.12
8 68.6 87.4 13200 12.3 742 967 26400 1485 1.12
10 85.2 109 16220 12.2 912 1195 32450 1825 1.12
12.5 106 135 19850 12.1 1117 1472 39700 2233 1.12
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.

413
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-21B HOT-FINISHED CIRCULAR HOLLOW SECTIONS (ISO 657-14)

Outside Mass per Moment Radius of Elastic Plastic Torsional Super


diameter Thickness unit Section ficial area
of inertia gyration modulus constants
length per meter
D T M A I R Z S J C
2 4 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
21.3 2.3 1.08 1.37 0.63 0.677 0.59 0.83 1.26 1.18 0.067
3.2 1.43 1.82 0.77 0.65 0.72 1.06 1.54 1.44 0.067
26.9 2.3 1.40 1.78 1.36 0.874 1.01 1.4 2.71 2.02 0.085
3.2 1.87 2.38 1.70 0.846 1.27 1.81 3.41 2.53 0.085
33.7 2.6 1.99 2.54 3.09 1.1 1.84 2.52 6.19 3.67 0.106
3.2 2.41 3.07 3.60 1.08 2.14 2.99 7.21 4.28 0.106
4 2.93 3.73 4.19 1.06 2.49 3.55 8.38 4.97 0.106
42.4 2.6 2.55 3.25 6.46 1.41 3.05 4.12 12.9 6.1 0.133
3.2 3.09 3.94 7.62 1.39 3.59 4.93 15.2 7.19 0.133
4 3.79 4.83 8.99 1.36 4.24 5.92 18 8.48 0.133
48.3 2.9 3.25 4.14 10.7 1.61 4.43 5.99 21.4 8.86 0.152
3.2 3.56 4.53 11.6 1.60 4.80 6.52 23.2 9.59 0.152
4 4.37 5.57 13.8 1.57 5.70 7.87 27.5 11.4 0.152
5 5.34 6.8 16.2 1.54 6.69 9.42 32.3 13.4 0.152
60.3 2.9 4.11 5.23 21.6 2.03 7.16 9.56 43.2 14.3 0.189
3.2 4.51 5.74 23.5 2.02 7.78 10.4 46.9 15.6 0.189
4 5.55 7.07 28.2 2 9.34 12.7 56.3 18.7 0.189
5 6.82 8.69 33.5 1.96 11.1 15.3 67 22.2 0.189
76.1 2.9 5.24 6.67 44.7 2.59 11.8 15.5 89.5 23.5 0.239
3.2 5.75 7.33 48.8 2.58 12.8 17 97.6 25.6 0.239
4 7.11 9.06 59.1 2.55 15.5 20.8 118 31 0.239
5 8.77 11.2 70.9 2.52 18.6 25.3 142 37.3 0.239
88.9 3.2 6.76 8.62 79.2 3.03 17.8 23.5 158 35.6 0.279
4 8.38 10.7 96.3 3 21.7 28.9 193 43.3 0.279
5 10.3 13.2 116 2.97 26.2 35.2 233 52.4 0.279
6.3 12.8 16.3 140 2.93 31.5 43.1 280 63.1 0.279
101.6 3.6 8.7 11.1 133 3.47 26.2 34.6 266 52.5 0.319
5 11.9 15.2 177 3.42 34.9 46.7 355 69.9 0.319
6.3 14.8 18.9 215 3.38 42.3 57.3 430 64.7 0.319
8 18.5 23.5 260 3.32 51.1 70.3 519 102 0.319
10 22.6 28.8 305 3.26 60.1 84.2 611 120 0.319
114.3 3.6 9.83 12.5 192 3.92 33.6 44.1 384 67.2 0.359
5 13.5 17.2 257 3.87 45 59.8 514 89.9 0.359
6.3 16.8 21.4 313 3.82 54.7 73.6 625 109 0.359
8 21 26.7 379 3.77 66.4 90.6 759 133 0.359
10 25.7 32.8 450 3.7 78.7 109 899 157 0.359
139.7 4 13.4 17.1 393 4.8 56.2 73.7 786 112 0.439
5 16.6 21.2 481 4.77 68.8 90.8 961 138 0.439
6.3 20.7 26.4 589 4.72 84.3 112 1177 169 0.439
8 26 33.1 720 4.66 103 139 1441 206 0.439
10 32 40.7 862 4.6 123 169 1724 247 0.439
12.5 39.2 50 1020 4.52 146 203 2040 292 0.439
168.3 4.5 18.2 23.2 777 5.79 92.4 121 1554 185 0.529
5 20.1 25.7 856 5.78 102 133 1712 203 0.529
6.3 25.2 32.1 1053 5.73 125 165 2107 250 0.529
8 31.6 40.3 1297 5.67 154 206 2595 308 0.529
10 39 49.7 1564 5.61 186 251 3128 372 0.529
12.5 48 61.2 1868 5.53 222 304 3737 444 0.529
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

414
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-21B HOT-FINISHED CIRCULAR HOLLOW SECTIONS (CONT'D) (ISO 657-14)

Outside Thick- Mass per Moment Radius of Torsional Super-


Elastic Plastic
unit Section of
diameter ness gyration constants ficial area
length inertia modulus
D T M A l R Z S J C per meter
2 4 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
193.7 5.4 25.1 31.9 1417 6.66 146 192 2834 293 0.609
6.3 29.1 37.1 1630 6.63 168 221 3260 337 0.609
8 36.6 46.7 2016 6.57 208 276 4031 416 0.609
10 45.3 57.7 2442 6.5 252 338 4883 504 0.609
12.5 55.9 71.2 2934 6.42 303 411 5869 606 0.609
16 70.1 89.3 3554 6.31 367 507 7109 734 0.609
219.1 5.9 31 39.5 2247 7.54 205 268 4494 410 0.688
6.3 33.1 42.1 2386 7.53 218 285 4772 436 0.688
8 41.6 53.1 2960 7.47 270 357 5919 540 0.688
10 51.6 65.7 3598 7.4 328 438 7197 657 0.688
12.5 63.7 81.1 4345 7.32 397 534 8689 793 0.688
16 80.1 102 5297 7.2 483 661 10590 967 0.688
20 98.2 125 6261 7.07 572 795 12520 1143 0.688
244.5 6.3 37 47.1 3346 8.42 274 358 6692 547 0.768
8 46.7 59.4 4160 8.37 340 448 8321 681 0.768
10 57.8 73.7 5073 8.3 415 550 10150 830 0.768
12.5 71.5 91.1 6147 8.21 503 673 12290 1006 0.768
16 90.2 115 7533 8.1 616 837 15070 1232 0.768
20 111 141 8957 7.97 733 1011 17910 1465 0.768
273 6.3 41.4 52.8 4696 9.43 344 448 9392 688 0.858
8 52.3 66.6 5852 9.37 429 562 11700 857 0.858
10 64.9 82.6 7154 9.31 524 692 14310 1048 0.858
12.5 80.3 102 8697 9.22 637 849 17390 1274 0.858
16 101 129 10710 9.1 784 1058 21410 1569 0.858
20 125 159 12800 8.97 938 1283 25600 1875 0.858
25 153 195 15130 8.81 1108 1543 30250 2216 0.858
323.9 7.1 55.5 70.7 8869 11.2 548 713 17740 1095 1.02
8 62.3 79.4 9910 11.2 612 799 19820 1224 1.02
10 77.4 98.6 12160 11.1 751 986 24320 1501 1.02
12.5 96 122 14850 11 917 1213 29690 1833 1.02
16 121 155 18390 10.9 1136 1518 36780 2271 1.02
20 150 191 22140 10.8 1367 1850 44280 2734 1.02
25 184 235 26400 10.6 1630 2239 52800 3260 1.02
355.6 8 68.6 87.4 13200 12.3 742 967 26400 1485 1.12
10 85.2 109 16220 12.2 912 1195 32450 1825 1.12
12.5 106 135 19850 12.1 1117 1472 39700 2233 1.12
16 134 171 24660 12 1387 1847 49330 2774 1.12
20 166 211 29790 11.9 1676 2255 59580 3351 1.12
25 204 260 35680 11.7 2007 2738 71350 4013 1.12
406.4 8.8 86.3 110 21730 14.1 1069 1391 43460 2139 1.28
10 97.8 125 24480 14 1205 1572 48950 2409 1.28
12.5 121 155 30030 13.9 1478 1940 60060 2956 1.28
16 154 196 37450 13.8 1843 2440 74900 3686 1.28
20 191 243 45430 13.7 2236 2989 90860 4472 1.28
25 235 300 54700 13.5 2692 3642 109400 5384 1.28
32 295 376 66430 13.3 3269 4497 132900 6539 1.28
457 10 110 140 35090 15.8 1536 1998 70180 3071 1.44
12.5 137 175 43140 15.7 1888 2470 86290 3776 1.44
16 174 222 53960 15.6 2361 3113 107900 4723 1.44
20 216 275 65680 15.5 2874 3822 131400 5749 1.44
25 266 339 79420 15.3 3476 4671 158800 6951 1.44
32 335 427 97010 15.1 4246 5791 194000 8491 1.44
40 411 524 114900 14.8 5031 6977 229900 10060 1.44
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

415
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-21C TOLERANCES FOR COLD-FINISHED HOLLOW SECTIONS (ISO 4019)

NOTES:
1. This tolerance shall be measured at a distance of not less than
100 mm from the end of the section.
2. This tolerance shall be measured independently of the tolerance
on outside dimensions.

TABLE 10-21D CORNER RADIUS (ISO 4019)

FIG. 10-1 MEASUREMENT OF TWIST OF SQUARE


AND RECTANGULAR SECTIONS (ISO 4019, 657-14)

416
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-21E TOLERANCES FOR HOT- FINISHED HOLLOW SECTIONS (ISO 657-14)

TABLE 10-21F CORNER RADIUS (ISO 657-14)

NOTE:
1. The corner conditions and sectional properties for sections of
thickness over 10 mm are dependent upon the process route and
reference should be made to national standards or manufacturer
standards.

417
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-22A COLD-FINISHED SQUARE HOLLOW SECTIONS (ISO 4019)

ISO 4019

EURONORM EU

EN
ANSI
USA
B32.200
JAPAN JIS

GERMANY DIN 59411

FRANCE NF

UK BS 6363

ITALY UNI

AUSTRALIA AS

Mass per Moment of Radius of Torsional Super


Section Plastic
Dimensions Thickness Section ficial
unit length inertia gyration constants
modulus area
per
BxB T M A l R Z S J C meter
2 4 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
1.2 0.67 0.853 0.49 0.75 0.49 0.59 0.82 0.75 0.075
20 x 20 1.6 0.855 1.09 0.59 0.73 0.59 0.73 1.03 0.91 0.073
2 1.02 1.3 0.66 0.71 0.66 0.84 1.2 1.04 0.071
1.2 1.05 1.33 1.81 1.16 1.2 1.42 2,94 1.83 0.115
1.6 1.36 1.73 2.26 1.14 1.51 1.81 3.78 2.31 0.113
30 x 30
2 1.65 2.1 2.64 1.12 1.76 2.15 4,54 2.73 0.111
2.6 2.05 2.62 3.1 1.09 2.07 2.6 5.53 3.24 0.109
1.2 1.42 1.81 4.48 1.57 2.24 2.61 7.16 3,40 0.155
1.6 1.86 2.37 5.71 1.55 2.85 3.37 9.3 4.35 0.153
2 2.28 2.9 6.8 1.53 3.4 4.06 11.3 5.21 0.151
40 x 40
2.6 2.87 3.66 8.22 1.5 4.11 5.01 14.1 6.35 0.149
3.2 3.42 4.36 9.37 1.47 4.68 5.83 16.5 7.31 0.146
4 4.09 5.21 10.5 1.42 5.26 6.74 19.2 8.33 0.143
1.6 2.36 3.01 11.6 1.96 4.63 5.41 1816 7.03 0.193
2 2.91 3.7 13.9 1.94 5.57 6.58 22.7 8.49 0.191
2.6 3.69 4.7 17.1 1.91 6.84 8.2 28.6 10.5 0.189
50 x 50
3.2 4.43 5.64 19.8 1.88 7.94 9.66 33.9 12.3 0.186
4 5.35 6.81 22.9 1.83 9.15 11.4 40.3 14.3 0.183
5 6.39 8.14 25.7 1.78 10.3 13.2 46.9 16.3 0.179
1.6 2.87 3.65 20.5 2.37 6.83 7.93 32.5 10.3 0.233
2 3.53 4.5 24.8 2.35 8.28 9.69 39.9 12.6 0.231
2.6 4.5 5.74 30.8 2.32 10.3 12.2 50.6 15.7 0.229
60 x 60
3.2 5.43 6.92 36.1 2.29 12 14.5 60.5 18.5 0.226
4 6.6 8.41 42.3 2.24 14.1 17.2 72.7 21.8 0.223
5 7.96 10.1 48.6 2.19 16.2 20.2 86 25.3 0.219
1.6 3.37 4.29 33.1 2.78 9.45 10.9 52.1 14.3 0.273
2 4.16 5.3 40.3 2,76 11.5 13.4 64.2 17.5 0.271
2.6 5.32 6.78 50.4 2.73 14.4 16.9 81.6 21.9 0.269
70 x 70
3.2 6.44 8.2 59.5 2.69 17 20.2 98.2 26 0.266
4 7.86 10 70.4 2.65 20.1 24.3 119 31 0.263
5 9.53 12.1 82 2.6 23.4 28.8 142 36.4 0.259
2 4.79 6,10 61.1 3.17 15.3 17.7 96.7 23.1 0.311
2.6 6.14 7.82 76.8 3.13 19.2 22.5 123 29.2 0.309
80 x 80 3.2 7.44 9.48 91.3 3.1 22.8 26.9 149 34.8 0.306
4 9.11 11.6 109 3.06 27.2 32.5 181 41.7 0.303
5 11.1 14.1 128 3.01 32 38.9 218 49.4 0.299
2 5.42 6.9 88.2 3.57 19.6 22.6 139 29.6 0.351
2.6 6.95 8.86 111 3.54 24.7 28.8 177 37.5 0.349
3.2 8.45 10.8 133 3.51 29.5 34.6 214 44.9 0.346
90 x 90
4 10.4 13.2 159 3.47 35.4 42 262 54 0.343
5 12.7 16.1 189 3.42 41.9 50.4 317 64.4 0.339
6.3 15.5 19.7 221 3.35 49.1 60.3 382 76.2 0.333
2.6 7.77 9.9 155 3.95 30.9 35.9 245 46.8 0.389
3.2 9.45 12 185 3.92 37 43.2 297 56.2 0.386
4 1.6 14.8 223 3.88 44.6 52.6 363 68 0.383
100 x 100
5 14.2 18.1 266 3.83 53.1 63.5 442 81.4 0.379
6.3 17.5 22.2 314 3.76 62.8 76.4 536 97 0.373
7.1 19.4 24.7 340 3.71 68 83.6 589 106 0.37
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.

418
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-22A COLD-FINISHED SQUARE HOLLOW SECTIONS (CONTD) (ISO 4019)
ISO 4019

EURONORM EU

EN
ANSI
USA
B32.200
JAPAN JIS
DIN
GERMANY
59411
FRANCE NF

UK BS 6363

ITALY UNI

AUSTRALIA AS

Thick- Mass per Moment Radius of Section Plastic Torsional Super-


Dimensions Section
ness unit length of inertia gyration modulus constants ficial area
BxB T M A l R Z S J C per meter
2 4 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
2.6 8.99 11.5 239 4.56 41.5 48 376 62.8 0.449
3.2 11 14 287 4.53 49.9 58 456 75.6 0.446
4 13.5 17.2 347 4.49 60.4 70.8 560 91.8 0.443
115 x 115
5 16.6 21.1 417 4.44 72.5 85.9 684 111 0.439
6.3 20.4 26 498 4.37 86.5 104 835 133 0.433
7.1 22.7 28.9 542 4.33 94.2 114 922 145 0.43
3.2 11.5 14.6 328 4.74 54.6 63.4 520 82.7 0.466
4 14.1 18 397 4.7 66.2 77.5 639 101 0.463
5 17.4 22.1 478 4.64 79.6 94.2 782 121 0.459
120 x 120 6.3 21.4 27.3 572 4.58 95.3 114 955 146 0.453
7.1 23.8 30.3 624 4.53 104 126 1056 160 0.45
8 26.4 33.6 677 4.49 113 138 1163 175 0.446
10 31.8 40.6 777 4.38 129 162 1376 203 0.437
3.2 13 16.5 473 5.35 70.1 81 746 106 0.526
4 16 20.4 575 5.31 85.2 99.3 919 129 0.523
5 19.7 25.1 695 5.26 103 121 1127 157 0.519
135 x 135 6.3 24.4 31,1 837 5.19 124 148 1383 190 0.513
7.1 27.2 34.6 917 5.15 136 163 1533 208 0.51
8 30.2 38.4 1000 5.1 148 179 1694 228 0.506
10 36.6 46.6 1160 4.99 172 212 2022 267 0.497
4 16.7 21.2 645 5.51 92.1 107 1027 140 0.543
5 20.5 26.1 780 5.46 111 131 1261 169 0.539
6.3 25.4 32.3 941 5.39 134 160 1550 205 0.533
140 x 140
7.1 28.3 36 1032 5.35 147 176 1719 226 0.53
8 31.4 40 1127 5.3 161 194 1901 248 0.526
10 38.1 48.6 1312 5.2 187 230 2274 291 0.517
4 17.9 22.8 800 5.92 107 124 1269 162 0.583
5 22.1 28.1 970 5.87 129 151 1560 197 0.579
6.3 27.4 34.8 174 5.8 156 185 1922 239 0.573
150 x 150
7.1 30.5 38.9 1290 5.76 172 205 2134 263 0.57
8 33.9 43.2 1412 5.71 188 226 2364 289 0.566
10 41.3 52.6 1653 5.61 220 269 2839 341 0.557
4 19.2 24.4 978 6.33 122 142 1547 185 0.623
5 23.7 30.1 1189 6.28 149 173 1904 226 0.619
6.3 29.3 37.4 1442 6.21 180 213 2349 275 0.613
160 x 160
7.1 32.7 41.7 1587 6.17 198 235 2611 303 0.61
8 36.5 46.4 1741 6.12 218 260 2897 334 0.606
10 44.4 56.6 2048 6.02 256 311 3490 395 0.597
4 21 26.8 1293 6.94 148 171 2035 223 0.683
5 26 33.1 1574 6.89 180 209 2508 273 0.679
6.3 32.3 41.1 1917 6.83 219 257 3100 333 0.673
175 x 175
7.1 36.1 46 2115 6.78 242 285 3452 369 0.67
8 40.2 51.2 2325 6.74 266 316 3836 406 0.666
10 49.1 62.6 2751 6.63 314 379 4641 484 0.657
4 21.7 27.6 1411 7,15 157 181 2218 237 0.703
5 26.8 34.1 1719 7.1 191 222 2735 290 0.699
6.3 33.3 42.4 2096 7.03 233 273 3383 354 0.693
180 x 180 7.1 37.2 47.4 2313 6.99 257 303 3768 392 0.69
8 41.5 52.8 2546 6.94 283 336 4189 432 0.686
10 50.7 64.6 3017 6.84 335 404 5074 515 0.677
12.5 61.5 78.4 3520 6.7 391 480 6079 606 0.666
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

419
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-22A COLD-FINISHED SQUARE HOLLOW SECTIONS (CONTD) (ISO 4019)
EURONORM EU

EN
ANSI
USA
B32.200
JAPAN JIS

GERMANY DIN 59411

FRANCE NF

UK BS 6363

ITALY UNI

AUSTRALIA AS

Thick- Mass per Moment Radius of Section Plastic Torsional Super


Dimensions Section
ness unit length of inertia gyration modulus constants ficial area
BxB T M A l R Z S J C per meter
2 4 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
4 24.2 30.8 1954 7.96 195 225 3058 295 0.783
5 29.9 38.1 2388 7.91 239 277 3777 362 0.779
6.3 37.2 47.4 2922 7.85 292 341 4682 444 0.773
200 x 200 7.1 41.6 53.1 3232 7.81 323 379 5223 492 0.77
8 46.5 59.2 3566 7.76 357 421 5815 544 0.766
10 57 72.6 4251 7.65 425 508 7072 651 0.757
12.5 69.4 88.4 4999 7.52 500 607 8521 772 0.746
4 26.7 34 2622 8.78 238 274 4088 360 0.863
5 33.1 42.1 3212 8.73 292 337 5055 442 0.859
6.3 41.2 52.5 3940 8.66 358 417 6277 543 0.853
220 x 220 7.1 46.1 58.7 4367 8.62 397 464 7010 603 0.85
8 51.5 65.6 4828 8.58 439 516 7815 668 0.846
10 63.2 80.6 5782 8.47 526 625 9533 804 0.837
12.5 77.2 98.4 6843 8.34 622 750 11540 957 0.826
4 30.5 38.8 3886 10 311 356 6030 469 0.983
5 37.8 48.1 4771 9.96 382 440 7467 577 0.979
6.3 47.1 60 5873 9.89 470 544 9290 711 0.973
250 x 250 7.1 52.8 67.3 6523 9.85 522 607 10390 791 0.97
8 59.1 75.2 7229 9.8 578 676 11600 878 0.966
10 72.7 92.6 8707 9.7 697 822 14200 1062 0.957
12.5 89 113 10380 9.57 830 992 17260 1272 0.946
4 31.7 40.4 4383 10.4 337 386 6793 508 1.02
5 39.4 50.1 5386 10.4 414 477 8415 626 1.02
6.3 49.1 62.6 6635 10.3 510 591 10480 772 1.01
260 x 260 7.1 55 70.1 7374 10.3 567 659 11720 859 1.01
8 61.6 78.4 8178 10.2 629 734 13090 955 1.01
10 75.8 96.6 9865 10.1 759 894 16040 1156 0.997
12.5 92.9 118 11780 9.98 906 1081 19530 1388 0.986
4 34.9 44.4 5807 11.4 408 466 8975 614 1.12
5 43.3 55.1 7147 11.4 502 576 11130 757 1.12
6.3 54.1 68.9 8823 11.3 619 715 13870 936 1.11
285 x 285 7.1 60.6 77.2 9818 11.3 689 798 15520 1043 1.11
8 67.9 86.4 10910 11.2 765 890 17350 1160 1.11
10 83.7 107 13200 11.1 926 1086 21310 1408 1.1
12.5 103 131 15830 11 1111 1318 26020 1697 1.09
4 36.7 46.8 6794 12 453 518 10480 682 1.18
5 45.6 58.1 8368 12 558 640 13000 842 1.18
6.3 57 72.6 10340 11.9 689 795 16220 1042 1.17
300 x 300 7.1 63.9 81.5 11520 11.9 768 888 18160 1161 1.17
8 71.6 91.2 12800 11.8 853 991 20310 1293 1.17
10 88.4 113 15520 11.7 1035 1211 24970 1572 1.16
12.5 109 138 18660 11.6 1244 1471 30530 1898 1.15
4 39.9 50.8 8677 13.1 534 609 13360 804 1.28
5 49.6 63.1 10700 13 658 754 16580 993 1.28
6.3 62 78.9 13240 13 815 938 20700 1231 1.27
325 x 325 7.1 69.5 88.6 14760 12.9 908 1048 23190 1373 1.27
8 77.9 99.2 16430 12.9 1011 1171 25960 1530 1.27
10 96.2 123 19970 12.8 1229 1433 31950 1865 1.26
12.5 118 151 24080 12.6 1482 1746 39150 2258 1.25
6.3 66.9 85.2 16640 14 951 1093 25940 1436 1.37
7.1 75.1 95.7 18570 13.9 1061 1222 29070 1603 1.37
350 x 350 8 84.2 107 20680 13.9 1182 1366 32560 1787 1.37
10 104 133 25190 13.8 1439 1675 40130 2182 1.36
12.5 128 163 30470 13.7 1741 2044 49250 2648 1.35
8 96.7 123 31270 15.9 1563 1800 48930 2362 1.57
400 x 400 10 120 153 38220 15.8 1911 2214 60430 2892 1.56
12.5 148 188 46430 15.7 2321 2710 74370 3524 1.55
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
420
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-22B HOT-FINISHED SQUARE HOLLOW SECTIONS (ISO 657-14)

EU

EURONORM EN

USA ANSI B32.200

JAPAN JIS

GERMANY DIN 59410

FRANCE NF

UK BS

ITALY UNI

AUSTRALIA AS

Thick- Mass per Moment Radius of Elastic Plastic Torsional Super-


Size Section
ness unit length of inertia gyration modulus constants ficial area
BxB T M A I R Z S J C per meter
2 4 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
2 1.12 1.42 0.76 0.73 0.76 0.95 1.22 1.07 0.076
20 x 20
2.6 1.39 1.78 0.88 0.7 0.88 1.15 1.44 1.23 0.074
2 1.74 2.22 2.88 1.14 1.92 2.32 4.53 2.76 0.116
30 x 30 2.6 2.21 2.82 3.49 1.11 2.33 2.88 5.56 3.3 0.114
3.2 2.65 3.38 4 1.09 2.67 3.37 6.45 3.75 0.113
2.6 3.03 3.86 8.94 1.52 4.47 5.39 14 6.41 0.154
40 x 40 3.2 3.66 4.66 10.4 1.5 5.22 6.4 16.5 7.43 0.153
4 4.46 5.68 12.1 1.46 6.07 7.61 19.5 8.56 0.151
3.2 4.66 5.94 21.6 1.91 8.62 10.4 33.8 12.4 0.193
50 x 50 4 5.72 7,28 25.5 1.87 10.2 12.5 40.4 14.5 0.191
5 6.97 8.88 29.6 1.83 11.9 14.9 47.6 16.7 0.189
3.2 5.67 7.22 38.7 2.31 12.9 15.3 60.1 18.6 0.233
60 x 60 4 6.97 8.88 46.1 2.28 15.4 18.6 72.4 22.1 0.231
5 8.54 10.9 54.4 2.24 18.1 22.3 86.3 25.8 0.229
3.2 6.67 8.5 63 2.72 18 21.2 97.4 26,1 0.273
3.6 7.46 9.5 69.5 2.7 19.9 23.6 108 28.7 0.272
70 x 70
4 8.23 10.5 75.7 2.69 21.6 25.9 118 31.2 0.271
5 10.1 12.9 90.1 2.64 25.7 31.2 142 36.8 0.269
3.2 7.68 9.78 95.8 3.13 24 28.1 148 34.9 0.313
3.6 8.59 10.9 106 3.11 26.5 31.3 164 38.5 0.312
80 x 80 4 9.48 12.1 116 3.1 29 34.3 180 41.9 0.311
5 11.7 14.9 139 3.05 34.7 41.7 217 49.8 0.309
6.3 14.4 18.4 165 3 41.3 50.5 261 58.8 0.306
3.2 8.68 11.1 139 3.54 30.8 35.9 213 45 0.353
3.6 9.72 12.4 154 3.52 34.1 40 237 49.7 0.352
4 10.7 13.7 168 3.5 37.3 44 260 54.2 0.351
90 x 90
5 13.3 16.9 202 3.46 45 53.6 315 64.9 0.349
6.3 16.4 20.9 242 3.41 53.9 65.3 381 77.1 0.346
8 20.4 25.9 288 3.33 64 79.2 459 90.7 0.343
3.2 9.69 12.3 192 3.95 38.5 44.7 295 56.3 0.393
4 12 15.3 234 3.91 46.8 54.9 361 68.2 0.391
5 14.8 18.9 283 3.87 56.6 67.1 439 81.9 0.389
100 x 100
6.3 18.4 23.4 341 3.81 68.2 82 533 97.9 0.386
8 22.9 29.1 408 3.74 81.5 99.9 646 116 0.383
10 27.9 35.5 474 3.65 94.9 119 761 134 0.379
3.2 11.7 14.9 338 4.76 56.4 65.2 516 82.8 0.473
4 14.5 18.5 413 4.73 68.9 80.3 634 101 0.471
5 18 22.9 503 4.69 83.8 98.4 775 122 0.469
120 x 120
6.3 22.3 28.5 610 4.63 102 121 949 147 0.466
8 27.9 35.5 738 4.56 123 149 1159 176 0.463
10 34.2 43.5 870 4.47 145 178 1381 206 0.459
3.6 15.3 19.4 599 5.55 85.6 99.1 929 127 0.548
5 20.9 26.6 801 5.49 114 134 1258 170 0.543
140 x 140 6.3 26 33.1 974 5.42 139 165 1547 206 0.538
8 32.4 41.3 1178 5.34 168 202 1899 248 0.533
10 39.6 50.5 1388 5.24 198 242 2276 292 0.526
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

421
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-22B HOT-FINISHED SQUARE HOLLOW SECTIONS (CONT'D) (ISO 657-14)

ISO 657-14

EU

EURONORM EN

USA ANSI B32.200

JAPAN JIS

GERMANY DIN 59410

FRANCE NF

UK BS

ITALY UNI

AUSTRALIA AS

Thick- Mass per Moment Radius of Elastic Plastic Torsional Super-


Size Section
ness unit length of inertia gyration modulus constants ficial area
BxB T M A I R Z S J C per meter
2 4 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
4 18.1 23.1 816 5.94 109 126 1267 162 0.586
5 22.5 28.6 994 5.89 133 155 1557 1197 0.583
150 x 150 6.3 28 35.6 1212 5.83 162 191 1918 239 0.578
8 34.9 44.5 1471 5.75 196 234 2361 290 0.573
10 42.8 54.5 1741 5.65 232 282 2840 342 0.566
4 19.4 24.7 997 6.35 125 144 1544 185 0.626
5 24 30.6 1217 6.3 152 177 1900 226 0.623
160 x 160 6.3 29.9 38.1 1486 6.24 186 218 2344 275 0.618
8 37.4 47.7 1809 6.16 226 269 2893 334 0.613
10 45.9 58.5 2150 6.06 269 325 3489 396 0.606
4 21.9 27.9 1434 7.17 159 184 2214 237 0.706
5 27.2 34.6 1755 7.12 195 226 2730 290 0.703
180 x 180 6.3 33.9 43.2 2151 7.06 239 280 3376 354 0.698
8 42.5 54.1 2633 6.98 293 346 4182 433 0.693
10 52.2 66.5 3149 6.88 350 419 5069 517 0.686
5 30.3 38.6 2433 7.94 243 281 3770 362 0.783
6.3 37.8 48.2 2991 7.88 299 348 4673 444 0.778
200 x 200
8 47.5 60.5 3676 7.8 368 432 5805 544 0.773
10 58.5 74.5 4417 7.7 442 526 7062 653 0.766
5 33.5 42.6 3266 8.75 297 342 5047 442 0.863
6.3 41.8 53.3 4025 8.69 366 425 6266 543 0.856
220 x 220
8 52.5 66.9 4962 8.61 451 528 7800 668 0.853
10 64.8 82.5 5986 8.52 544 644 9517 805 0.846
5.9 44.8 57.1 5637 9.94 451 521 8720 671 0.98
6.3 47.7 60.8 5984 9.92 479 554 9274 712 0.978
250 x 250
8 60 76.5 7404 9.84 592 690 11580 879 0.973
10 74.2 94.5 8974 9.74 718 845 14170 1063 0.966
5.9 46.7 59.4 6363 10.3 489 565 9831 728 1.02
6.3 49.7 63.3 6755 10.3 520 600 10460 773 1.02
260 x 260
8 62.5 79.7 8368 10.2 644 749 13060 955 1.01
10 77.3 98.5 10150 10.2 781 917 16010 1157 1.01
7.1 64.7 82.4 11720 11.9 781 902 18130 1162 1.18
300 x 300 8 72.6 92.5 13060 11.9 870 1008 20280 1293 1.17
10 89.9 114 15910 11.8 1061 1238 24920 1573 1.17
8 85.2 108 21030 13.9 1202 1386 32500 1788 1.37
350 x 350
10 106 134 25730 13.8 1470 1707 40050 2183 1.37
400 x 400 10 121 154 38930 15.9 1947 2251 60330 2894 1.57
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

422
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-23A COLD-FINISHED RECTANGULAR HOLLOW SECTIONS (ISO 4019)
ISO 4019

EURONORM EU
EN
USA ANSI B32.200
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 59411
FRANCE NF
UK BS 6363
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

Thick- Mass Moment of Radius of Section Plastic Torsional Super-


Size per unit Section inertia gyration modulus ficial
ness constants
length I R Z S area per
DxB T M A X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y J C meter
2 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
1.2 1.05 1.33 2.68 0.91 1.42 0.83 1,34 0,91 1,68 1,04 2.27 1.6 0.115
1.6 1.36 1.73 3.35 1.13 11.39 0.81 1,67 1,13 2,14 1,32 2.9 2 0.113
40 x 20
2 1.65 2.1 3.91 1311 1.36 0.79 1,96 1,31 2,54 1,56 3.45 2.34 0.111
2.6 2.05 2.62 4.57 1.51 1.32 0.76 2,29 1,51 3,06 1,87 4.13 2.74 0.109
1.2 1.42 1.81 6.14 2.8 1.84 1.24 2,46 I 1.87 2.99 2.11 6.24 3.16 0.155
1.6 1.86 2.37 7.82 3.55 1.82 1.22 3.13 2.37 3.86 2.72 8.08 4.03 0.153
2 2.28 2.9 9.32 4.21 1.79 1.2 3.73 2.81 4.66 3.27 9.79 4.82 0.151
50 x 30
2.6 2.87 3.66 11.3 5.06 1.75 1.18 4.5 3.37 5.73 4.02 12.1 5.84 0.149
3.2 3.42 4.36 12.8 5.73 1.72 1.15 5.13 3.82 6.67 4.67 14.1 6.69 0.146
4 4.09 5.21 14.4 6.39 1.66 1.11 5.75 4.26 7.7 5.37 16.3 7.56 0.143
1.6 2.36 3.01 15 8.07 2.23 1.64 5.01 I 4,03 6.06 4.6 17 6.71 0.193
2 2.91 3.7 18.1 9.69 2.21 1.62 6.03 4.85 7.37 5.58 20.8 8.1 0.191
2.6 3.69 4.7 22.2 11.9 2.18 1.59 7.41 5.93 9.18 6.95 26.1 9.98 0.189
60 x 40
3.2 4.43 5.64 25.8 13.7 2.14 1.56 8.6 6.86 10.8 8.18 30.9 11.6 0.186
4 5.35 6.81 29.7 15.7 2.09 1.52 9.91 7.86 12.7 9.62 36.5 13.5 0.183
5 6.39 8.14 33.4 17.6 2.02 1.47 11.1 8.79 14.7 11.1 42.2 15.3 0.179
1.6 2.87 3.65 30.4 10.4 2.88 1.69 7.59 5.21 9.39 5.82 25.3 9.07 0.233
2 3.53 4.5 36.8 12.6 2.86 1.67 9.2 6.29 11.5 7.1 31 11 0.231
2.6 4.5 5.74 45.6 15.5 2.82 1.64 11.4 7.75 14.4 8.9 39 13.6 0.229
80 x 40
3.2 5.43 6.92 53.5 18.1 2.78 1.62 13.4 9.03 17.1 10.5 46.4 16 0.226
4 6.6 8.41 62.6 20.9 2.73 1.58 15.6 10.5 20.4 12.5 55.1 18.7 0.223
5 7.96 10.1 71.6 23.7 2.66 1.53 17.9 11.9 23.9 14.6 64.4 21.4 0.219
1.6 3.37 4.29 46.9 19.11 3.31 2.11 10.4 I 7,63 12.7 8.5 43.6 13 0.273
2 4.16 5.3 57.2 23.2 3.28 2.09 12.7 9.26 15.6 10.4 53.6 15.9 0.271
2.6 5.32 6.78 71.5 28.8 3.25 2.06 15.9 11.5 19.7 13.1 67.9 19.8 0.269
90 x 50
3.2 6.44 8.2 84.5 33.9 3.21 2.03 18.8 13.6 23.5 15.7 81.3 23.5 0.266
4 7.86 10 99.9 39.8 3.16 1.99 22.2 15.9 28.2 18.7 97.8 27.8 0.263
5 9.53 12.1 116 46 3.09 1.95 25.8 18.4 33.4 22.2 116 32.5 0.259
2 4.79 6.1 83.7 38.3 3.7 2.5 16.7 12.8 20.3 14.3 84.4 21.5 0.311
2.6 6.14 7.82 105 48 3.67 2.48 21 16 25.7 18.1 107 27.1 0.309
100 x 60 3.2 7.44 9.48 125 56.8 3.63 2.45 25 18.9 30.9 21.7 129 32.3 0.306
4 9.11 11.6 149 67.4 3.58 2.41 29.8 22.5 37.2 26.2 157 38.5 0.303
5 11.1 14.1 175 78.9 3.52 2.36 35.1 26.3 44.5 31.2 188 45.5 0.299
2 5.42 6.9 131 45 4.35 2.55 21.8 15 26.8 16.6 108 26 0.351
2.6 6.95 8.86 165 56.5 4.31 2.53 27.5 18.8 34.1 21.1 138 32.8 0.349
3.2 8.45 10.8 197 67.1 4.28 2.5 32.8 22.4 41 25.4 166 39.1 0.346
120 x 60
4 10.4 13.2 236 80 4.22 2.46 39.3 26.7 49.7 30.7 202 46.9 0.343
5 12.7 16.1 279 94.1 4.16 2.41 46.5 31.4 59.7 36.7 243 55.6 0.339
6.3 15.5 19.7 327 109 4.07 2.35 54,5. 36.4 71.2 43.7 289 65.1 0.333
2.6 7.77 9.9 201 108 4.5 3.3 33.4 27 40.2 30.5 225 44.7 0.389
3.2 9.45 12 240 129 4.47 3.27 40.1 32.3 48.5 36.8 272 53.7 0.386
4 11.6 14.8 290 155 4.42 3.24 48.3 38.8 58.9 44.7 332 64.8 0.383
120 x 80
5 14.2 18.1 345 184 4.36 3.19 57.6 46.1 71.2 53.9 403 77.5 0.379
6.3 17.5 22.2 408 217 4.28 3.12 68.1 54.3 85.6 64.7 488 92.1 0.373
7.1 19.4 24.7 442 235 4.24 3.08 73.7 58.6 93.6 70.7 535 100 0.37
3.2 11 14 380 193 5.22 3721 54.2 42.9 65.5 48,5 412 71.6 0.446
4 13.5 17.2 460 233 5.17 3.68 65.7 51.8 80 59.2 505 86.9 0.443
140 x 90 5 16.6 21.1 552 279 5.11 3.63 78.9 62 97 71.7 615 105 0.439
6.3 20.4 26 659 332 5.03 3.57 94.2 73.7 117 86.7 749 125 0.433
7,1 22,7 28.9 718 360 4.98 3,53 103 80,1 129 95.2 825 137 0.43
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

423
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-23A COLD-FINISHED RECTANGULAR HOLLOW SECTIONS (CONT’D) (ISO 4019)
ISO 4019

EURONORM EU
EN
USA ANSI B32.200
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 59411
FRANCE NF
UK BS 6363
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

Thick- Mass Moment of Radius of Section Plastic Torsional Super-


Size per unit Section inertia gyration modulus ficial
ness constants
length I R Z S area per
DxB T M A X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y J C meter
2 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
3.2 12 15.2 483 260 5.63 4.13 64.4 52 77.3 58.7 541 86.2 0.486
4 14.8 18.8 587 315 5.59 4.09 78.2 63 94.6 71.8 664 105 0.483
5 18.2 23.1 707 379 5.53 4.04 94.3 75.7 115 87.3 812 127 0.479
150 x 100 6.3 22.4 28.5 848 453 5.45 3.98 113 90.5 140 106 992 152 0.473
7.1 24.9 31.8 927 494 5.4 3.94 124 98.7 154 117 1096 167 0.47
8 27.7 35.2 1008 536 5.35 3.9 134 107 169 128 1206 182 0.466
10 33.4 42.6 1162 614 5.22 3.8 155 123 199 150 1426 211 0.457
3.2 11.5 14.6 486 167 5.77 I 3,38 60.7 41.7 75.1 46.6 405 72.5 0.466
4 14.1 18 589 201 5.72 3.34 73.6 50.3 91.8 56.8 496 87.9 0.463
5 17.4 22.1 708 241 5.65 3.3 88.5 60.2 111 68.9 603 106 0.459
160 x 80 6.3 21.4 27.3 846 286 5.57 3.24 106 71.4 135 83.3 732 126 0.453
7.1 23.8 30.3 923 310 5.52 3.2 115 77.6 149 91.4 806 138 0.45
8 26.4 33.6 1001 335 5.46 3.16 125 83.7 163 100 882 150 0.446
10 31.8 40.6 1146 380 5.32 3.06 143 95 191 117 1031 172 0.437
3.2 13.5 17.2 751 305 6.62 4.22 83.4 61 102 I 68,0 697 104 0.546
4 16.7 21.2 915 370 6.57 4.18 102 74.1 125 83.3 857 127 0.543
5 20.5 26.1 1107 446 6.51 4.13 123 89.3 152 102 1049 154 0.539
180 x 100 6.3 25.4 32.3 1335 536 6.43 4.07 148 107 186 124 1283 185 0.533
7.1 28.3 36 1464 586 6.38 4.03 163 117 205 136 1420 204 0.53
8 31.4 40 1598 637 6.32 3.99 178 127 226 150 1565 222 0.526
10 38.1 48.6 1859 736 6.19 3.89 207 147 268 177 1859 260 0.517
4 17.9 22.8 1186 407 7.21 4.23 119 81.5 147 91 989 142 0.583
5 22.1 28.1 1438 492 7.15 4.18 144 98.3 179 111 1211 172 0.579
6.3 27.4 34.8 1739 591 7.06 4.12 174 118 219 135 1483 208 0.573
200 x 100
7.1 30.5 38.9 1911 647 7.01 4.08 191 129 242 150 1641 228 0.57
8 33.9 43.2 2091 705 6.95 4.04 209 141 267 165 1811 250 0.566
10 41.3 52.6 2444 818 6.82 3.94 244 164 318 195 2154 292 0.557
4 19.2 24.4 1340 613 7.41 5.01 134 102 162 115 1350 172 0.623
5 23.7 30.1 1628 742 7.35 4.96 163 124 199 140 1658 210 0.619
6.3 29.3 37.4 1976 898 7.27 4.9 198 150 244 172 2040 255 0.613
200 x 120
7.1 32.7 41.7 2175 986 7.22 4.86 217 164 270 190 2265 281 0.61
8 36.5 46.4 2386 1079 7.17 4.82 239 180 298 209 2507 308 0.606
10 44.4 56.6 2806 1262 7.04 4.72 281 210 356 250 3007 364 0.597
4 21.7 27.6 1876 941 8.24 5.84 171 134 205 151 1994 224 0.703
5 26.8 34.1 2287 1145 8.18 5.79 208 164 251 185 2456 274 0.699
6.3 33.3 42.4 2789 1392 8.11 5.73 254 199 309 227 3032 334 0.693
220 x 140
7.1 37.2 47.4 3079 1534 8.06 5.69 280 219 343 252 3374 369 0.69
8 41.5 52.8 3389 1685 8.01 5.65 308 241 380 279 3746 407 0.686
10 50.7 64.6 4017 1989 7.89 5.55 365 284 457 334 4523 484 0.677
4 24.2 30.8 2675 1226 9.32 6.31 214 164 258 182 2673 275 0.783
5 29.9 38.1 3270 1496 9.26 6.26 262 199 317 224 3296 337 0.779
6.3 37.2 47.4 4001 1825 9.18 6.2 320 243 391 276 4078 412 0.773
250 x 150 7.1 41.6 53.1 4428 2015 9.14 6.16 354 269 435 306 4543 456 0.77
8 46.5 59.2 4886 2219 9.08 6.12 391 296 482 340 5050 504 0.766
10 57 72.6 5825 2634 8.96 6.02 466 351 582 409 6121 602 0.757
12.5 69.4 88.4 6850 3081 8.8 5.9 548 411 695 488 7341 710 0.746
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

424
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-23A COLD-FINISHED RECTANGULAR HOLLOW SECTIONS (CONT'D)(ISO 4019)
ISO 4019

EURONORM EU
EN
USA ANSI B32.200
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 59411
FRANCE NF
UK BS 6363
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

Thick- Mass Moment of Radius of Section Plastic Torsional Super-


Size per unit Section inertia gyration modulus ficial
ness constants
length I R Z S area per
DxB T M A X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y J C meter
2 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
4 26.7 34 3334 1906 9.9 7.49 256 212 304 237 3813 347 0.863
5 33.1 42.1 4085 2332 9.85 7.44 314 259 375 292 4711 426 0.859
6.3 41.2 52.5 5013 2856 9.77 7.38 386 317 463 361 5844 523 0.853
260 x 180 7.1 46.1 58.7 5557 3163 9.73 7.34 427 351 515 401 6522 580 0.85
8 51.5 65.6 6145 3493 9.68 7.29 473 388 573 446 7267 642 0.846
10 63.2 80.6 7363 4174 9.56 7.2 566 464 694 540 8850 772 0.837
12.5 77.2 98.4 8717 4925 9.41 7.08 671 547 833 647 10690 918 0.826
4 30.5 38.8 5042 2723 11.4 8.38 336 272 399 303 5542 449 0.983
5 37.8 48,1 6 193 3339 11.3 8.33 413 334 492 374 6857 552 0.979
6.3 47.1 60 7624 4104 11.3 8.27 508 410 610 463 8524 680 0.973
300 x 200 7.7 52.8 67.3 8470 4554 11.2 8.23 565 455 680 516 9524 756 0.97
8 59.1 75.2 9389 5042 11.2 8.19 626 504 757 574 10630 838 0.966
10 72.7 92.6 11310 6056 11.1 8.09 754 606 921 698 12990 1012 0.957
12.5 89 113 13490 7200 10.9 7.97 899 720 1112 842 15760 1211 0.946
4 31.7 40.4 5879 2876 12.1 8.44 367 288 439 319 6067 480 1.02
5 39.4 50.1 7226 3529 12,0 8.39 452 353 542 394 7508 590 1.02
6.3 49.1 62,6 8905 4340 11.9 8.33 557 434 671 488 9335 727 1.01
320 x 200 7.1 55 70.1 9898 4818 11,9 8.29 619 482 749 544 10430 809 1.01
8 61.6 78.4 10980 5337 11,8 8,25 686 534 834 605 11640 897 1.01
10 75.8 96.6 13250 6419 11.7 8.15 828 642 1015 736 14240 1084 0.997
12.5 92.9 118 15830 7640 11.6 8.03 989 764 1228 889 17290 1299 0.986
4 34.9 44.4 7767 3836 13.2 9.29 444 349 529 386 8040 580 1.12
5 43.3 55.1 9561 4714 13.2 9.25 546 429 654 477 9959 715 1.12
6.3 54.1 68.9 11810 5811 13.1 9.19 675 528 811 592 12400 883 1.11
350 x 220 7.1 60.6 77.2 13140 6459 13 9.15 751 587 906 661 13870 983 1.11
8 67.9 86.4 14600 7166 13 9.11 834 651 1010 736 15490 1093 1.11
10 83.7 107 17670 8651 12.9 9.01 1010 786 1233 898 18990 1324 1.1
12.5 103 131 21210 10350 12.7 8.89 1212 940 1495 1087 23130 1593 1.09
4 36.7 46.8 10 070 3491 14.7 8.64 503 349 613 382 8227 602 1.18
5 45.6 58.1 12400 4290 14.6 8.59 620 429 758 472 10190 742 1.18
6.3 57 72.6 15330 5286 14.5 8.53 766 529 942 585 12670 916 1.17
400 x 200 7.1 63.9 81.5 17070 5875 14.5 8.49 854 588 1052 653 14170 1020 1.17
8 71.6 91.2 18970 6517 14.4 8.45 949 652 1173 728 15820 1133 1.17
10 88.4 113 23000 7864 14.3 8.36 1150 786 1434 888 19370 1373 1.16
12.5 109 138 27650 9400 14.1 8.24 1383 940 1741 1076 23560 1650 1.15
4 39.9 50.8 11640 5701 15.1 10.6 582 456 692 504 11940 759 1,28
5 49.6 63.1 14350 7023 15.1 10.5 718 562 857 623 14810 937 1.28
6.3 62 78.9 17770 8679 15 10.5 889 694 1066 775 18470 1160 1.27
400 x 250 7.1 69.5 88.6 19810 9665 15 10.4 991 773 1191 866 20680 1294 1.27
8 77.9 99.2 22050 10740 14.9 10.4 1102 860 1330 966 23130 1440 1.27
10 96.2 123 26810 13030 14.8 10.3 1340 1042 1629 1182 28420 1753 1.26
12.5 118 151 32340 15670 14.6 10.2 1617 1254 1983 1438 34750 2118 1.25
6.3 66.9 85.2 23610 9615 16.6 10.6 1049 769 1271 85, 21730 1310 1.37
7.1 75.1 95.7 24340 10710 16.6 10.6 1170 857 1422 952 24340 1461 1.37
450 x 250 8 84.2 107 29340 11920 16.5 10.5 1304 953 1588 1063 27220 1628 1.37
10 104 133 35740 14470 16.4 10.4 1588 1158 1948 1302 33470 1983 1.36
12.5 128 163 43230 17440 16.3 10.3 1921 1395 2376 1586 40960 2400 1.35
6.3 76.8 97.8 34350 15780 18.7 12.7 1374 1052 1647 1165 34060 1766 1.57
7.1 86.2 110 38370 17610 18.7 12.7 1535 1174 1845 1304 38180 1973 1.57
500 x 300 8 96.7 123 42810 19620 18.6 12.6 1712 1308 2063 1458 42770 2202 1.57
10 120 153 52330 23930 18.5 12.5 2093 1596 2537 1791 52740 2693 1.56
12.5 148 188 63590 29000 18.4 12.4 2543 1933 3105 2190 64770 3275 1.55
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

425
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-23B HOT-FINISHED RECTANGULAR HOLLOW SECTIONS (ISO 657-14)

EURONORM EU

EN
ANSI
USA
B32.200
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 59410
FRANCE NF
UK BS
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

Mass Moment Radius Elastic Plastic Torsional Super-


Thick-
Size per unit Section of inertia of gyration modulus ficiel
constants
ness length I R Z S area per
DxB T M A X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y J C meter
2 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
2.6 3.03 3.86 12.4 5.45 1.79 1.19 4.96 3.63 6.21 4.3 12.1 5.9 0.154
50 x 30 3.2 3.66 4.66 14.5 6.31 1.77 1.16 5.82 4.21 7.39 5.08 14.2 6.81 0.153
4 4.46 5.68 17 7.25 1.73 1.13 6.8 4.83 8.81 6.01 16.6 7.79 0.151
3,2 4.66 5.94 28.3 14.8 2.18 1.58 9.44 7.39 11.7 8.75 30.8 11.8 0.193
60 x 40 4 5.72 7.28 33.6 17.3 2.15 1.54 11.2 8.67 14.1 10.5 36.6 13.7 0.191
5 6.97 8.88 39.2 20 2.1 1.5 13.1 10 16.8 12.4 43 15.8 0.189
3.2 5.17 6.58 41.6 17 2.51 1.61 11.9 8.48 14.8 9.93 38.4 13.9 0.213
70 x 40 4 6.34 8.08 49.6 20 2.48 1.57 14.2 9.98 17.9 11.9 45.8 16.3 0.211
5 7.76 9.88 58.3 23.1 2.43 1.53 16.7 11.5 21.5 14.2 53.9 18.8 0.209
3.2 5.67 7.22 58.1 19.1 2.84 1.63 14.5 9.56 18.3 11.1 46.1 16.1 0.233
80 x 40 4 6.97 8.88 69.6 22.6 2.8 1.59 17.4 11.3 22.2 13.4 55.1 18.9 0.231
5 8.54 10.9 82.4 26.2 2.75 1.55 20.6 13.1 26.7 15.9 65 21.9 0.229
3.2 6.67 8.5 90.3 35.6 3.26 2.05 20.1 14.2 24.8 16.4 80.8 23.6 0.273
3.6 7.46 9.5 99.8 39.1 3.24 2.03 22.2 15.6 27.6 18.1 89.3 25.9 0.272
90 x 50
4 8.23 10.5 109 42.5 3.22 2.01 24.2 17 30.3 19.9 97.4 28 0.271
5 10.1 12.9 130 50 3.18 1.97 28.9 20 36.6 23.9 116 32.9 0.269
3.2 7.18 9.14 117 39.1 3.58 12.07 23.5 15.6 29.2 17.9 93.3 26.4 0.293
3.6 8.02 10.2 130 43 3.56 2.05 26 17.2 32.5 19.8 103 29 0.292
100 x 50
4 8.86 11.3 142 46.7 3.55 2.03 28.4 18.7 35.7 21.7 113 31.4 0.291
5 10.9 13.9 170 55.1 3.5 1.99 34 22 43.3 26.1 135 37 0.289
3.2 7.68 9.78 132 59.3 3.68 2.46 26.5 19.8 32.3 22.6 128 32.4 0.313
3.6 8.59 10.9 147 65.4 3.66 2.45 29.3 21.8 36 25.1 142 35.6 0.312
100 x 60 4 9.48 12.1 160 71.3 3.64 2.43 32 23.8 39.5 27.5 156 38.8 0.311
5 11.7 14.9 192 84.7 3.6 2.39 38.5 28.2 48.1 33.3 187 45.9 0.309
6.3 14.4 18.4 230 99.9 3.54 2.33 46 33.3 58.4 40.2 224 53.9 0.306
3.2 8.68 11.1 207 69.7 4.33 2.51 34.5 23.2 42.8 26.2 165 39.3 0.353
3.6 9.72 12.4 230 76.9 4.31 2.49 38.3 25.6 47.6 29.2 183 43.3 0.352
4 10.7 13.7 252 83.8 4.29 2.48 42 27.9 52.4 32 200 47;1 0.351
120 x 60
5 13.3 16.9 304 99.9 4.24 2.43 50.7 33.3 63.9 38.8 242 56 0.349
6.3 16.4 20.9 366 118 4.18 2.38 61 39.4 78 46.9 290 66 0.346
8 20.4 25.9 437 138 4.1 2.31 72.8 45.9 94.8 56.4 344 76.8 0.343
3.2 9.69 12.3 251 134 4.51 3.29 41.8 33.4 50.2 37.9 270 53.8 0.393
4 12 15.3 306 162 4.47 3.26 51 40.5 61.7 46.5 330 65 0.391
5 14.8 18.9 370 195 4.43 3.21 61.7 48.8 75.4 56.7 401 77.9 0.389
120 x 80
6.3 18.4 23.4 447 234 4.37 3.16 74.6 58.4 92.3 69.1 486 93 0.386
8 22.9 29.1 537 278 4.29 3.09 89.5 69.4 113 83.9 586 110 0.383
10 27.9 35.5 628 320 4.2 3 105 80 134 99,4. 688 126 0.379
3.2 10.7 13.6 364 153 5.17 3.35 52 38.1 63.2 42.9 335 63.2 0.433
4 13.3 16.9 445 185 5.13 3.31 63.6 46.3 77.8 52.6 410 76.6 0.431
5 16.4 20.9 541 223 5.09 3.27 77.2 55.8 95.3 64.2 499 92 0.429
140 x 80
6.3 20.4 25.9 656 268 5.03 3.21 93.8 67 117 78.4 606 110 0.426
8 25.4 32.3 793 319 4.95 3.14 113 79.8 143 95.4 732 131 0.423
10 31 39.5 933 369 4.86 3.06 133 92.3 172 113 862 151 0.419
3.2 12.2 15.5 500 267 5.67 4.15 66.6 53.5 79.6 60.2 537 86.3 0.493
4 15.1 19.3 612 326 5.64 4.11 81.6 65.2 98.1 74.1 659 105 0.491
5 18.7 23.9 747 396 5.59 4.07 99.5 79.1 121 90.8 806 127 0.489
150 x 100
6.3 23.3 29.7 910 479 5.53 4.02 121 95.9 148 111 985 153 0.486
8 29.1 37.1 1106 577 5.46 3.94 147 115 183 137 1202 184 0.483
10 35.7 45.5 1312 678 5.37 3.86 175 136 220 164 1431 215 0.479
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

426
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-23B HOT-FINISHED RECTANGULAR HOLLOW SECTIONS (CONT'D) (ISO 657-14)

ISO 657-14

EURONORM EU

EN
ANSI
USA
B32.200
JAPAN JIS

GERMANY DIN 59410

FRANCE NF

UK BS

ITALY UNI

AUSTRALIA AS

Thick- Mass Moment Radius Elastic Plastic Torsional Super-


Size per unit Section of inertia of gyration modulus ficial
ness constants
length I R Z S area per
DxB T M A X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y X-X Y-Y J C meter
2 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 2
mm mm kg/m cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm m
3.2 11.7 14.9 505 171 5.82 3.39 63.1 42.8 77.5 47.8 402 72.6 0.473
4 14.5 18.5 618 208 5.78 3.36 77.2 52.1 95.5 58.7 492 88.1 0.471
5 18 22.9 753 251 5.74 3.31 94.1 62.8 117 71.7 599 106 0.469
160 x 80
6.3 22.3 28.5 917 302 5.68 3.26 115 75.6 144 87.7 729 127 0.466
8 27.9 35.5 1113 361 5.6 3.19 139 90.2 177 107 882 151 0.463
10 34.2 43.5 1318 419 5.5 3.1 165 105 213 127 1041 175 0.459
3.6 15.3 19.4 853 344 6.62 4.21 94.8 68.8 115 76.9 776 116 0.548
5 20.9 26.6 1143 457 6.55 4.14 127 91.3 156 104 1047 154 0.543
180 x 100 6.3 26 33.1 1391 552 6.48 4.08 155 110 192 127 1282 186 0.538
8 32.4 41.3 1686 662 6.39 4 187 132 236 155 1565 223 0.533
10 39.6 50.5 1991 772 6.28 3.91 221 154 283 185 1862 261 0.526
4 18.1 23.1 1215 414 7.25 4.23 121 82.8 150 92.5 987 142 0.586
5 22.5 28.6 1482 502 7.2 4.19 148 100 184 113 1209 172 0.583
200 x 100 6.3 28 35.6 1809 607 7.13 4.13 181 121 226 139 1481 208 0.578
8 34.9 44.5 2200 729 7.03 4.05 220 146 279 170 1810 250 0.573
10 42.8 54.5 2610 853 6.92 3.96 261 171 336 203 2157 293 0.566
4 19.4 24.7 1369 623 7.44 5.02 137 104 165 116 1348 172 0.626
5 24 30.6 1673 758 7.39 4.97 167 126 203 143 1655 210 0.623
200 x 120 6.3 29.9 38.1 2045 921 7.32 4.91 205 154 251 176 2037 255 0.618
8 37.4 47.7 2495 1115 7.23 4.84 250 186 310 216 2504 309 0.613
10 45.9 58.5 2971 1316 7.13 4.74 297 219 374 260 3008 365 0.606
4 21.9 27.9 1911 955 8.27 5.85 174 136 208 153 1991 224 0.706
5 27.2 34.6 2342 1166 8.22 5.8 213 167 256 188 2452 274 0.703
220 x 140 6.3 33.9 43.2 2874 1424 8.16 5.74 261 203 317 232 3027 334 0.698
8 42.5 54.1 3523 1736 8.07 5.67 320 248 393 287 3740 407 0.693
10 52.2 66.5 4220 2065 7.97 5.57 384 295 476 346 4520 485 0.686
5 30.3 38.6 3341 1520 9.3 6.27 267 203 323 227 3290 337 0.783
6,3 37.8 48.2 4112 1862 9.24 6.22 329 248 400 281 4071 412 0.778
250 x 150
8 47.5 60.5 5061 2278 9.15 6.14 405 304 497 348 5042 505 0.773
10 58.5 74.5 6092 2723 9.04 6.05 487 363 605 422 6114 603 0.766
5.9 44.8 57.1 7334 3934 11.3 8.3 489 393 584 443 8003 641 0.98
6.3 47.7 60.8 7786 4173 11.3 8.28 519 417 621 470 8509 680 0.978
300 x 200
8 60 76.5 9646 5151 11.2 8.21 643 515 775 586 10610 839 0.973
10 74.2 94.5 11710 6223 11.1 8.12 780 622 948 716 12970 1013 0.966
7.1 64.7 82.4 17440 5963 14.5 8.51 872 596 1071 662 14150 1020 1.18
400 x 200 8 72.6 92.5 19440 6626 14.5 8.46 972 663 1197 740 15790 1134 1.17
10 89.9 114 23720 8030 14.4 8.37 1186 803 1471 906 19340 1374 1.17
8 85.2 108 29930 12090 16.6 10.6 1330 967 1615 1078 27180 1628 1.37
460 x 250
10 106 134 36650 14740 16.5 10.5 1629 1179 1990 1325 33420 1984 1.37
500 x 300 10 121 154 53460 24330 18.6 12.5 2139 1622 2583 1818 52650 2694 1.57
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

427
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-24A. Seamless (SL) and welded (WE) steel tubes for general use are specified in ISO 2937 and 4200 and shown for
outside diameters from 10.2 through 141.3 mm in Table 10-24A. Nominal dimensions, mass per length, and section areas are
shown in both metric and customary inch units. Tolerances for seamless steel tubes per ISO 2937 have the outside diameter
tolerance of ISO D2 as specified in ISO 5252 and shown in Table 10-24B. Tolerances on wall thicknesses are as follows:
a. T/D < 0.03 T1: ± 15%
b. 0.03 < T/D < 0.1 T2: ± 12.5%
c. T/D > 0.1 D < 168.3 T2: ± 12.5%
D > 168.3 T3: ± 10%

Where T is the specified thickness in millimeters and D is the specified outside diameter in mm.
Material grades for seamless steel tubes are specified in ISO 2937 and shown in Tables 10-24D and 10-24E. The steel types
used for tubing are compared to national standards in Table 10-42D columns 11 through 15.

Table 10-25A. Hollow steel bars for machining are specified in ISO 2938 and shown for outside diameters from 32 through
250 mm in five wall thickness series in Table 10-25A. Tolerances on the outside diameter is + 2%, with a minimum of 1 mm and
- 0, and the wall thickness shall not be more than 5% below the nominal thickness (no minimum). Material grades and delivery
conditions are selected from Tables 10-25B and 10-25C.

Table 10-26A. Seamless precision steel tubing is specified in ISO 3304 and shown for outside diameters from 4 through 260
mm in two diameter series and a number of wall thicknesses in Table 10-26A. Tolerances for outside and inside diameters, as
well as for the wall thicknesses, are also shown in the above table. Select the material grade and the delivery condition from
Tables 10-26D through 10-26I.

Table 10-26B. Welded precision steel tubes are specified in ISO 3305 and shown for outside diameters from 4 through 160
mm in two diameter series and a number of wall thicknesses in Table 10-26B. Tolerances for outside and inside diameters, as
well as for the wall thicknesses, are also shown in the above table. Select the tube delivery condition from Table 10-26D and the
appropriate strength grade from the referenced Table 10-26F through 10-26I. Chemical composition for welded tubes are shown
in Table 10-26K.

Table 10-26C. As-welded and sized precision steel tubes are specified in ISO 3306 and shown for outside diameters from 6
through 160 mm in two diameter series and a number of wall thicknesses in Table 10-26C. Tolerances for outside and inside
diameters, as well as for the wall thicknesses, are also shown in the above table. Select the tube delivery condition from Table
10-26J and the appropriate strength grade from the referenced tables. Chemical composition for welded tubes are shown in
Table 10-26K.

Table 10-27A. Austenitic stainless steel tubes are specified in ISO 1127 and shown in three preference series for outside
diameters from 6 through 1016 mm for a number of wall thicknesses in Table 10-27A. Corresponding national standards are
marked (SL) for seamless and (WE) for welded tubes. Tolerances applicable for stainless steel tubes are on outside diameters;
D1, D2, D3, and D4 and on wall thicknesses; T1, T2, T3, T4, and T5 as specified in ISO 5252 and shown in Tables 10-24B and
10-24C. For wall thicknesses larger than 14.2 mm, see ISO 4200. National standards for stainless steel grades are compared to
ISO grades in Table 10-50.

Table 10-27B. Ferritic and martensitic stainless steel tubes are specified in ISO 1127 and shown in three preference series for
outside diameters from 6 through 1016 mm for a number of wall thicknesses in Table 10-27B. Corresponding national standards
are marked (SL) for seamless and (WE) for welded tubes. Tolerances applicable for stainless steel tubes are on the outside
diameters D1, D2, D3, and D4 and on wall thicknesses T1, T2, T3, T4, and T5 as specified in ISO 5252 and shown in Tables 10-
24B and 10-24C. For wall thicknesses larger than 14.2 mm, see ISO 4200. National standards for stainless steel grades are
compared to ISO grades in Table 10-49.

428
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-24A SEAMLESS (SL) AND WELDED (WE) STEEL TUBES FOR GENERAL USE (ISO 4200, 2937)

ANSI
USA
B36.10M
JIS G3452,4,5 (SL),
JAPAN
G3452,4,5 (WE)
GERMANY DIN 2448 (SL), 2458 (WE)
NF A49-110 (SL), A49-140
FRANCE
(WE)
BS
UK
1775
UNI 4991(SL), 7091
ITALY
(WE)
AS
AUSTRALIA
1238

Outside diameter Thickness, T (mm)


D - Series (mm) 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.4 5.6 6.3 7 8 8.8 10 11 13 14
1 2 3 Masses per unit length, kg/m (See standard)
10.2 L N
12
12.7
13.5 L N
14
16
17.2 L N
18
19
20
21.3 L N H
22
25
25.4
26.9 L N H
30
31.8
32
33.7 L N H
35
38
40
42.4 L N H
44.5
48.3 L N H
51
54
57
60.3 L N H
63.5
70
73 L N H
76.1
82.5
88.9 L N
101.6 L N
108
114.3 L N
NOTES:
1. National standards are marked (SL) for seamless and (WE) for welded tubes.
2. The tube sizes are marked with the following codes in the table; L (STD) for Light or Standard (ANSI) ; N (XS) for
Normal or Extra-Strong(ANSI); H (XXS) for Heavy or Double Extra-Strong (ANSI)
3. Tolerances for seamless or welded steel tubes per ISO 2937 is designated D2 as specified in ISO 5252 and shown in Table 10-24B.
4. The referenced national standard may not fully agree with the ISO tube details shown here yet. See national standards if required.
5. Mechanical properties and chemical composition for seamless steel tubing is specified in ISO 2937 and shown in Tables 10-24D and E.
429
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-24B TOLERANCE CLASSES FOR
TUBES - OUTSIDE DIAMETERS (ISO 5252)

TABLE 10-24C TOLERANCE CLASSES FOR TUBES - WALL THICKNESSES (ISO 5252)

TABLE 10-24D CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF


SEAMLESS STEEL TUBES (ISO 2937)

430
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-24E MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF
SEAMLESS STEEL TUBES (ISO 2937)

NOTES:
1. Tensile and yield strengths are designated by the letters Rm
and Re and shown in MPa or N/mm2.
2. See Table 10-42D, columns 11-15 for equivalent national
steel grades.

431
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-25A HOLLOW STEEL BARS FOR MACHINING (ISO 2938)
ISO 2938

EURONORM EU

EN

USA ANSI

JAPAN JIS

GERMANY DIN

FRANCE NF A49-312

UK BS

ITALY UNI

AUSTRALIA AS

Series 1 Series 2 Series 3 Series 4 Series 5


D
ID T ID T ID T ID T ID T

32 - - - -. 20 6 - - 16 8
36 25 5.5 - - 20 8 - - 16 10
40 28 6 - - 25 7.5 - - 20 10
45 32 6.5 - - 28 8.5 - - 20 12.5
50 36 7 - - 32 9 - - 25 12.5
56 40 8 - - 36 10 - - 28 14
63 50 6.5 45 9 40 11.5 36 13.5 32 15.5
71 56 7.5 50 10.5 45 13 40 15.5 36 17.5
75 60 7.5 56 9.5 50 12.5 45 15 40 17.5
80 63 8.5 56 I 12 50 15 45 17.5 40 20
85 67 9 61 12 55 15 50 17.5 45 20
90 71 9.5 67 11.5 63 13.5 56 17 50 20
95 75 10 69 13 63 16 56 19.5 50 22.5
100 80 10 75 12.5 71 14.5 63 18.5 56 22
106 85 10.5 80 13 71 17.5 63 21.5 56 25
112 90 11 85 13.5 80 16 71 20.5 63 24.5
118 95 11.5 90 14 80 19 71 23.5 63 27.5
125 100 12.5 95 15 90 17.5 80 22.5 71 27
132 106 13 98 17 90 21 80 25 71 30.5
140 112 14 106 17 100 20 90. 25 80 30
150 125 12.5 118 16 106 22 95 27.5 80 35
160 132 14 122 19 112 24 100 30 90 35
170 140 15 130 20 118 26 110 30 100 35
180 150 15 140 20 125 27.5 112 34 100 40
190 160 15 150 20 132 29 118 36 106 42
200 160 20 - - 140 30 - - 112 44
212 170 21 - - 150 31 - - 125 43.5
224 180 22 - - 160 32 - - 132 46
236 190 23 - - 170 33 - - 140 48
250 200 25 - - 180 35 - - 150 50
NOTES:
1. Select the hollow steel bar delivery condition and strength grade from Table 10-25B.
2. Tolerances on the outside diameter are + 2% with a minimum of 1 mm and - 0, and the thickness shall be
not more than 5% below the nominal thickness (no maximum).

432
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-25B DELIVERY CONDITION FOR HOLLOW STEEL BARS (ISO 2938)

Delivery Thickness ReL min Rm Elongation min


Grade
condition mm MPa MPa A % on 5.65 VSo

< 16 335 490 to 610 21


Hot finished 16 to 30 315 490 to 610 21
1 > 30 295 490 to 610 21
< 16 345 490 to 610 21
Normalized 16 to 30 325 490 to 610 21
> 30 315 490 to 610 21
< 16 275 490 to 640 21
Hot finished
> 16 265 490 to 640 21
2
< 16 275 490 to 610 21
Normalized
> 16 265 490 to 610 21
2
NOTE: Tensile and yield strengths are designated by the letters Rm and Re and shown in MPa or N/mm .

TABLE 10-25C CHEMICAL COMPOSITION-LADLE (ISO 2938)

Grade C% Si % Mn % P% S%

1 < 0.20 < 0.50 < 1.6 < 0.045 < 0.045

2 0.32 to 0.39 0.15 to 0.40 0.50 to 0.80 < 0.035 < 0.035

433
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-26A SEAMLESS PRECISION STEEL TUBING (ISO 3304)
USA ANSI

JAPAN JIS

GERMANY DIN 2391

FRANCE NF A49-310

UK BS

ITALY UNI 2898

AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Outside diameter Thickness, T
D - Series 0.5 (0.8) 1 (1.2) 1.5 (1.8) 2 (2.2) 2.5 (2.8) 3 (3.5) 4 (4.5) 5 (5.5) 6 (7) 8 (9) 10 (11) 13 (14) 16
#2 #3 Tol Inside diameters and tolerances (See standard)
4 F S F S

5 F S F S

6 F S F S F S F

8 F S F S F S F S F

10 F S F S F S F S F

12 F S F S F S F S F S F

14 S T S T S T S T S T S T
±0.1
16 F S F S F S F S F S F S F

18 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T

20 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

22 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S

25 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

28 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S

30 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S

32 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

35 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S
±0.15
38 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

40 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

45 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S
±0.2
50 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

56 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T
±0.25
60 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

70 ±0.3 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

80 ±0.35 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

90 ±0.4 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S

100 ±0.45 S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

110 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S
±0.5
120 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

140 ±0.65 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S

160 ±0.8 F S F S F S F S F S F S F

180 ±0.9 S T S T S T S T S T S

200 ±1 F S F S F S F S F

220 ±1.1 T S T S T S T S

240 ±1.2 T S T S T S T S

260 ±1.3 T S T S T S T S

NOTES:

1. Select the diameter wall thickness combinations as follows; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice.

2. Thicknesses in parentheses shall be avoided wherever possible.

3. Tolerance on thickness for tubes of outside diameters 4 and 5 mm: + 20%; 6 and 8 mm: + 15%.

4. Select the tube delivery condition from Table 10-26D and the appropriate strength grade from the

referenced Tables 10-26F through 10-26I.

434
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-26B WELDED PRECISION STEEL TUBES (ISO 3305)

USA ANSI

JAPAN JIS

GERMANY DIN 2393

FRANCE NF

UK BS

ITALY UNI 5921

AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Outside diameter Thickness, T
D - Series 0.5 (0.8) 1 (1.2) 1.5 (1.8) 2 (2.2) 2.5 (2.8) 3 (3.5) 4 (4.5) 5 (5.5) 6 (7) 8 (9) 10 (11) 13 (14) 16
#2 #3 Tol Inside diameters and tolerances (See standard)
4 F S F S

5 F S F S

6 F S F S F S F

8 F S F S F S F S F

10 F S F S F S F S F

12 F S F S F S F S F S F

14 S T S T S T S T S T S T
±0.1
16 F S F S F S F S F S F S F

18 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T

20 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

22 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S

25 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

28 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S

30 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S

32 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

35 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S
±0.15
38 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

40 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

45 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S
±0.2
50 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

56 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T
±0.25
60 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

70 ±0.3 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

80 ±0.35 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

90 ±0.4 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S

100 ±0.45 S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

110 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S
±0.5
120 F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S F

140 ±0.65 S T S T S T S T S T S T S T S

160 ±0.8 F S F S F S F S F S F S F

180 ±0.9 S T S T S T S T S T S

200 ±1 F S F S F S F S F

220 ±1.1 T S T S T S T S

240 ±1.2 T S T S T S T S

260 ±1.3 T S T S T S T S

NOTES:

1. Select the diameter wall thickness combinations as follows; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice.

2. Thicknesses in parentheses shall be avoided wherever possible.

3. Tolerance on thickness for tubes of outside diameters 4 and 5 mm: + 20%; 6 and 8 mm: + 15%.

4. Select the tube delivery condition from Table 10-26D and the appropriate strength grade from the

referenced Tables 10-26F through 10-26I.

435
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-26C AS-WELDED AND SIZED PRECISION STEEL TUBES (ISO 3306)
EURONORM EU

EN
USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN

FRANCE NF

UK BS

ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Outside Thickness , T ± 10 % with ± 0.2 mm min.

diameter (0.8) 1 (1.2) 1.5 (1.8) 2 (2.2) 2.5 (2,8) 3 (3.5) 4 (4.5) 5 (5.5) 6
Series Tole-
Masses per unit length, kg/m
#2 #3 rance
6 0.103 .123

8 0.142 0.173 0.201 0.24

10 0.182 0.222 0.26 0.314

12 ± 0.12 0.221 0.271 0.32 0.398 0.453 0.49

14 0.26 0.321 0.379 0.462 0.542 0.59

16 0.3 0.37 0.438 0.536 0.63 0.69 0.749

18 0.339 0.419 0.497 0.61 0.719 0.79 0.857 0.956

20 0.379 0.469 0.556 0.684 0.808 0.89 0.966 1.08 1.19 1.26

22 0.418 0.518 0.616 0.758 0.897 0.99 1.07 1.2 1.33 1.41

25 ± 0.15 0.477 0.592 0.704 0.869 1.03 1.13 1.24 1.39 1.53 1.63

28 0.537 0.666 0.793 0.98 1.16 1.28 1.4 1.57 1.74 1.85

30 0.576 0.715 0.852 1.05 1.25 1.38 1.51 1.7 1.88 2 2.29

32 0.616 0.765 0.911 1.13 1.34 1.48 1.62 1.82 2.02 2.15 2.46

35 0.838 1 1.24 1.47 1.63 1.78 2 2.22 2.37 2.72


± 0.20
38 0.912 1.09 1.35 1.61 1.78 1.94 2.19 2.43 2.59 2.98 3.35

40 0.962 1.15 1.42 1.7 1.87 2.05 2.31 2.57 2.74 3.15 3.55

45 1.09 1.3 1.61 1.92 2.12 2.32 2.62 2.91 3.11 3.58 4.04

50 ± 0.30 1.21 1.44 1.79 2.14 2.37 2.59 2.93 3.26 3.48 4.01 4.54 5.05

55 1.59 1.98 2.36 2.61 2.86 3.24 3.6 3.85 4.45 5.03 5.6

60 1.74 2.16 2.58 2.86 3.14 3.55 3.95 4.22 4.88 5.52 6.16 6.78

70 ± 0.40 2.04 2.53 3.03 3.35 3.68 4.16 4.64 4.96 5.74 6.51 7.27 8.01 8.75

80 2.33 2.9 3.47 3.85 4.72 4.78 5.33 5.7 6.6 7.5 8.38 9.25 10.1

90 3.27 3.92 4.34 4.76 5.39 6.02 6.44 7.47 8.48 9.49 10.5 11.5 12.4
± 0.5
100 3.64 4.36 4.83 5.31 6.01 6.71 7.18 8.33 9.47 10.6 11.7 12.8 13.9

110 5.33 5.85 6.63 7.4 7.92 9.19 10.5 11.7 12.9 14.2 15.4
± 0.60
120 5.82 6.39 7.24 8.09 8.66 10.1 11.4 12.8 14.2 15.5 16.9

140 ± 0.70 10.1 11.8 13.4 15 16.6 18.2 19.8

160 ± 0.80 15.4 17,3 19,1 21 22.8

NOTES:
1. Thicknesses in parentheses shall be avoided wherever possible.
2. Tolerance on thickness for tubes of outside diameters 6 and 8 mm: + 15%.
3. Select the tube delivery condition from Table 10-26J and the appropriate strength grade from the
referenced tables. Chemical composition for welded tubes is shown in Table 10-26K.
3
4. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

436
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-26D DELIVERY CONDITION FOR SEAMLESS AND
WELDED PRECISION TUBES (ISO 3304)
Mechanical
Description Explanation Symbol
properties
Cold-finished/hard No heat treatment after the last cold-finishing BK See table
(cold-finished process. For this reason the tubes have only 10-26F
as-drawn) slight workability, concerning the extent of
which no guarantee can be given.
Cold-finished/soft After the last heat treatment, there is a light BKW See table
(lightly cold- finishing pass (cold pass); with proper sub- 10-26G
worked) sequent processing the tube can be cold-
formed within certain limits (bending, expand-
ing, etc.).
Annealed After the final cold-finishing process, the tubes GBK
are annealed in a controlled atmosphere. See table
After the annealing treatment, the tubes are GZF 10-26H
descaled mechanically or chemically (pickled).
Normalized The tubes are heated to a temperature above NBK
the upper transformation point and cooled.
Both stages of heat treatment are carried out See table
in a controlled atmosphere. 10-26I
After the normalization treatment, the tubes NZF
are descaled mechanically or chemically
(pickled).

TABLE 10-26E CHEMICAL COMPOSITION ON LADLE ANALYSIS (ISO 3304)

C Si Mn P S
Grade max max max max max
% % % % %
R28 0.10 - 0.30 0.040 0.040
R33 0.16 - 0.70 0.050 0.050
R37 0.17 0.35 0.8 0.050 0.050
R44 0.21 0.35 1.2 0.050 0.050
R50 0.23 0.55 1.6 0.050 0.050

TABLE 10-26F MECHANICAL PROPERTIES IN THE


COLD-FINISHED, AS-DRAWN CONDITION - BK (ISO 3304)

Rm min A min on 5.65√So


Grade
MPa %
R28 400 8
R33 420 6
R37 450 6
R44 520 5
R50 600 4
NOTE: Tensile and yield strength are designated by the
letters Rm and Re and shown in MPa or N/mm2.

TABLE 10-26G MECHANICAL PROPERTIES IN THE


LIGHTLY COLD-WORKED CONDITION - BKW (ISO 3304)

Rm min A min on 5.65√So


Grade
MPa %
R28 350 10
R33 370 10
R37 400 9
R44 450 8
R50 550 7

437
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-26H MECHANICAL PROPERTIES IN THE
ANNEALED CONDITION - GBK, GKM, AND GZF (ISO 3304)

Rm min A min on 5.65√So


Grade
MPa %
R28 270 30
R33 320 27
R37 340 26
R44 400 24
R50 480 23

TABLE 10-26I MECHANICAL PROPERTIES IN


THE NORMALIZED CONDITION - NBK, NKM, AND NZF (ISO 3304)

ReH min Rm min A min on 5.65√So


Grade
MPa MPa %
A28 155 280 28
R33 195 320 25
R37 215 360 24
R44 255 430 22
R50 285 490 21

TABLE 10-26J DELIVERY CONDITION FOR AS-WELDED AND SIZED PRECISION


STEEL TUBES (ISO 3306)

Mechanical
Description Explanation Symbol
properties
No heat treatment after the welding and sizing See table
As-welded and sized process. For this reason, the tubes are KM 10-26L
workable only within certain undefined limits.
After the final sizing process, the tubes are See table
GKM
annealed in a controlled atmosphere. 10-26H
Annealed
After the annealing treatment, the tubes are
GZF
descaled mechanically or chemically (pickled).
The tubes are heated to a temperature above
the upper transformation point and cooled.
NKM
Both stages of heat treatment are carried out See table
Normalized in a controlled atmosphere. 10-26I
After the normalization treatment, the tubes
are descaled mechanically or chemically NZF
(pickled).

TABLE 10-26K CHEMICAL COMPOSITION FOR WELDED TUBES ON LADLE


ANALYSIS (ISO 3305, 3306)
C Si Mn P S
Grade max max max max max

% % % % %
R28 0.13 - 0.60 0.05 0.05
R33 0.16 - 0.70 0.05 0.05
R37 0.17 0.35 0.8 0.05 0.05
R44 0.21 0.35 1.2 0.05 0.05
R50 0.23 0.55 1.6 0.05 0.05
NOTE: Rimmed steel may be used for steel grades R28, R33, and R37.
If used for R33 and R37, the carbon content may be increased to 0.19% max.

438
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-26L MECHANICAL PROPERTIES IN THE
AS-WELDED AND SIZED CONDITION-KM (ISO 3306)

Rm min A min on 5.65√So


Grade
MPa %

R28 300 10
R33 330 8
R37 400 7
R44 430 6
R50 520 5

439
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-27A AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL TUBES (ISO 1127)

USA ANSI B36.19


JAPAN JIS G3459 (SL), G3463 (WE)
GERMANY DIN 2462 (SL), 2463 (WE)
FRANCE NF

UK BS

ITALY UNI 6904

AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Outside diameter Thickness, T
D - Series 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.6 6.3 7.1 8 8.8 10 11 12.5 14.2
#1 #2 #3 Masses per unit length, kg/m (See standard)
6 x x
8 x x
10 x x
10.2 x x x x
12 x x x
13.5 x x x x x x
14 x x x
16 x x x x
17.2 x x x x x
18 x x x
19 x x x x
20 x x x x
21.3 x x x x x x
22 x x
25 x x x x x
25.4 x x x x
26.9 x x x x x x x
30 x x
31.8 x x x x x x
32 x x
33.7 x x x x x x x x
35 x x
38 x x x x x
40 x x x
42.4 x x x x x x
44.5 x x x
48.3 x x x x x x
51 x x x x x x
54 x x x
57 x x x
60.3 x x x x x x x x x
63.5 x x x x
70 x x x
76.1 x x x x x x x x x
82.5 x x
88.9 x x x x x x x x x x
101.6 x x x x x
114.3 x x x x x x x
139.7 x x x x x x x x x
NOTES: 1. The values of mass are based on a density of austenitic steel of 7.97 kg/dm3.
2. National standards are marked (SL) for seamless and (WE) for welded tubes.
3. Tolerances applicable for stainless steel tubes are on outside diameters; D1, D2, D3, and D4 and on
wall thicknesses T1, T2, T3, T4, and T5 as specified in ISO 5252 and shown in Tables 10-24B and 10-24C.
4. For wall thicknesses larger than 14.2 mm and outside diameters larger than 139.7 mm , see ISO 4200.

440
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-27B FERRITIC AND MARTENSITIC STAINLESS STEEL TUBES (ISO 1127)

USA ANSI B36.19


JAPAN JIS G3459 (SL), G3463 (WE)
GERMANY DIN 2462 (SL), 2463 (WE)
FRANCE NF

UK BS

ITALY UNI 6904

AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Outside diameter Thickness, T
D - Series 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.6 6.3 7.1 8 8.8 10 11 12.5 14.2
#1 #2 #3 Masses per unit length, kg/m (See standard)
6 x x
8 x x
10 x x
10.2 x x x x
12 x x x
13.5 x x x x x x
14 x x x
16 x x x x
17.2 x x x x x
18 x x x
19 x x x x
20 x x x x
21.3 x x x x x x
22 x x
25 x x x x x
25.4 x x x x
26.9 x x x x x x x
30 x x
31.8 x x x x x x
32 x x
33.7 x x x x x x x x
35 x x
38 x x x x x
40 x x x
42.4 x x x x x x
44.5 x x x
48.3 x x x x x x
51 x x x x x x
54 x x x
57 x x x
60.3 x x x x x x x x x
63.5 x x x x
70 x x x
76.1 x x x x x x x x x
82.5 x x
88.9 x x x x x x x x x x
101.6 x x x x x
114.3 x x x x x x x x
139.7 x x x x x x x x x
NOTES: 1. The values of mass are based on a density of ferritic and martensitic steel of 7.73 kg/dm3.
2. National standards are marked (SL) for seamless and (WE) for welded tubes.
3. Tolerances applicable for stainless steel tubes are on outside diameters; D1, D2, D3, and D4 and on
wall thicknesses T1, T2, T3, T4, and T5 as specified in ISO 5252 and shown in Tables 10-24B and 10-24C.
4. For wall thicknesses larger than 14.2 mm and outside diameters larger than 139.7 mm , see ISO 4200.

441
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD STEEL SECTION STANDARDS

Nominal Sizes
Table 10-28A. Hot-rolled equal leg angles with round corners are specified in ISO 657-1 and shown for sizes from 20 X 20
through 250 x 250 mm in Table 10-28A. Tolerances are specified in ISO 657-5 and shown in Tables 10-28B and 10-28C.
Material used for angles are most frequently selected from Table 10-43A (for example, ISO 630 Fe360).

TABLE 10-28A HOT-ROLLED EQUAL LEG ANGLES WITH ROUND CORNERS (ISO 657-1)
ISO 657-1

EURONORM EU 56

EN 10056-2
USA ANSI B32.300
JAPAN JIS G3192
GERMANY DIN 1028
FRANCE NF A45-009
UK BS 4848-4
ITALY UNI 5783
AUSTRALIA AS

Sectional Distances of center Sectional properties about axes


Dimensions
Mass of gravity X-X = Y-Y U-U V-V
Designation area
A t rroot CX = CY cu Cv Ix = Iy rx = ry Zx = Zy Iu ru Iv rv Zv
2 4 3 4 4 3
kg/m cm mm mm mm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm
20 x 20 x 3 0.882 1.12 20 3 3.5 0.598 1.41 0.846 0.392 0.59 0.279 0.618 0.742 0.165 0.383 0.195
25 x 25 x 3 1.12 1.42 25 3 3.5 0.723 1.77 1.02 0.803 0.751 0.452 1.27 0.945 0.334 0.484 0.326
25 x 25 x 4 1.45 1.85 25 4 3.5 0.762 1.77 1.08 1.02 0.741 0.586 1.61 0.931 0.43 0.482 0.399
30 x 30 x 3 1.36 1.74 30 3 5 0.835 2.12 1.18 1.4 0.899 0.649 2.22 1.13 0.585 0.581 0.496
30 x 30 x 4 1.78 2.27 30 4 5 0.878 2.12 1.24 1.8 0.892 0.85 2.85 1.12 0.754 0.577 0.607
35 x 35 x 4 2.09 2.67 35 4 5 1 2.47 1.42 2.95 1.05 1.18 4.68 1.32 1.23 0.678 0.865
35 x 35 x 5 2.57 3.28 35 5 5 1.04 2.47 1.48 3 !21 1.04 1.45 5.64 1.31 1.49 0.675 1.01
40 x 40 x 3 1.94 2.35 40 3 6 1.07 2.83 1.52 3.45 1.21 1.18 5.45 1.52 1.44 0.783 949
40 x 40 x 4 2.42 3.08 40 4 6 1.12 2.83 1.58 4.47 1.21 1.55 7.09 1.52 1.86 0.777 1.17
40 x 40 x 5 2.97 3.79 40 5 6 1.16 2.83 1.64 5.43 1.2 1.91 8.6 1.51 2.26 0.773 1.38
45 x 45 x 4 2.74 3.49 45 4 7 1.23 3.18 1.75 6.43 1.36 1.97 10.2 1.71 2.68 0.876 1.53
45 x 45 x 5 3.38 4.3 45 5 7 1.28 3.18 1.81 7.84 1.35 2.43 12.4 1.7 3.26 0.871 1.8
50 X 50 x 4 3.06 3.89 50 4 7 1.36 3.54 1.92 8.97 1.52 2.46 14.2 1.91 3.73 0.979 1.94
50 x 50 x 5 3.77 4.8 50 5 7 1.4 3.54 1.99 11 1.51 3.05 17.4 1.9 4.55 0.973 2.29
50 x 50 x 6 4.47 5.69 50 6 7 1.45 3.54 2.04 12.8 1.5 3.61 20.3 1.89 5.34 0.968 2.61
60 x 60 x 5 4.57 5.82 60 5 8 1.64 4.24 2.32 19.4 1.82 4.45 30.7 2.3 8.03 1.17 3.46
60 x 60 x 6 5.42 6.91 60 6 8 1.69 4.24 2.39 22.8 1.82 5.29 36.1 2.29 9.44 1.17 3.96
60 x 60 x 8 7.09 9.03 60 8 8 1.77 4.24 2.5 29.2 1.8 6.89 46.1 2.26 12.2 1.16 4.86
65 x 65 x 6 5.91 7.53 65 6 9 1.8 4.6 2.55 29.2 1.97 6.21 46.3 2.48 12.1 1.27 4.74
65 x 65 x 8 7.73 9.85 65 8 9 1.89 4.6 2.67 37.5 1.95 8.13 59.4 2.46 15.6 1.26 5.84
70 x 70 x 6 6.38 8.13 70 6 9 1.93 4.95 2.73 36.9 2.13 7.27 58.5 2.68 15.3 1.37 5.6
70 x 70 x 7 7.38 9.4 70 7 9 1.97 4.95 2.79 42.3 2.12 8.41 67.1 2.67 17.5 1.36 6.28
75 x 75 x 6 6.85 8.73 75 6 9 205 0.3 2.9 45.8 2.29 8.41 72.7 2.89 18.9 1.47 6.53
75 x 75 x 8 8.99 114 75 8 9 2.14 5.3 3.02 59.1 2.27 11 93.8 2.86 24.5 1.46 8.09
80 x 80 x 6 7.34 9.35 80 6 10 2.17 5.66 3.07 55.8 2.44 9.57 88.5 3.08 23.1 1.57 7.55
80 x 80 x 8 9.63 12.3 80 8 10 2.26 5.66 3.19 72.2 2.43 12.6 115 3.06 29.9 1.56 9.37
80 x 80 x 10 11.9 15.1 80 10 10 2.34 5.66 3.3 87.5 2.41 15.4 139 3.03 36.4 1.55 11
90 x 90 x 7 9.61 12.2 90 7 11 2.45 6.36 3.47 92.5 2.75 14.1 147 3.46 38.3 1.77 11
90 x 90 x 8 10.9 13.9 90 8 11 2.5 6.36 3.53 104 2.74 16.1 166 3.45 43.1 1.76 12.2
90 x 90 x 9 12.2 15.5 90 9 11 2.54 6.36 3.59 116 2.73 17.9 184 3.44 47.9 1.76 13.3
90 x 9O X 10 15 17.1 90 10 11 2.58 6.36 3.65 127 2.72 19.8 201 3.42 52.6 1.75 14.4
10O X 100 x 8 12.2 15.5 100 8 12 2.74 7.07 3.97 145 3.06 19.9 230 3.85 59.9 1.96 15.5
10O X 100 x 10 15 19.2 100 10 12 2.82 7.07 3.99 177 3.04 24.6 280 3.83 73 1.95 18.3
10O X 100 x 12 17.8 22.7 100 12 12 2.9 7.07 4.11 207 3.02 29.1 328 3.8 85.7 1.94 20.9
120 x 120 x 8 14.7 18.7 120 8 13 3.23 8.49 4.56 255 3.69 29.1 405 4.65 105 2.37 23.1
120 x 120 x 10 18.2 23.2 120 10 13 3.31 8.49 4.69 313 3.67 36 497 0.63 129 2.36 27.5
120 x 120 x 12 21.6 27.5 120 12 13 3.4 8.49 4.8 368 3.65 42.7 584 4.6 152 2.35 31.6
125 x 125 x 8 15.3 19.5 125 8 13 3.35 8.84 4.74 290 3.85 31.7 461 4.85 120 2.47 25.3
125 x 125 x 10 19 24.2 125 10 13 3.44 8.84 4.86 356 3.84 39.3 565 4.83 146 2.46 30.1
125 x 125 x 12 22.6 28.7 125 12 13 3.52 8.84 4.98 418 3.81 46.6 661 4.81 172 2.45 34.6
150 x 150 x 10 23 29.3 150 10 16 4.03 10.6 5.71 624 4.62 56.9 990 5.82 258 2.97 45.1
150 x 150 x 12 27.3 34.8 150 12 16 4.12 10.6 5.83 737 4.6 67.7 1170 5.8 303 2.95 52
150 x 150 x 15 33.8 43 150 15 16 4.25 10.6 6.01 998 4.57 83.5 1430 5.76 370 2.93 61.6
180 x 180 x 15 40.9 52.1 180 15 18 4.98 12.7 7.05 1590 5.52 122 2520 6.96 6.53 3.54 92.7
180 x 180 X 18 48.6 61.9 190 18 18 5.1 12.7 7.22 1870 5.49 145 2960 6.92 768 3.52 106
200 x 200 x 16 48.5 61.8 200 16 18 5.52 14.1 7.81 2340 6.16 162 3720 7.76 960 3.94 123
200 x 200 x 20 59.9 76.3 200 20 18 5.68 14.1 8.04 2850 6.11 199 4530 7.7 1170 3.92 146
200 x 200 x 24 71.1 90.6 200 24 18 5.84 14.1 8.26 3330 6.06 235 5280 7.64 1360 3.9 167
250 x 250 x 28 104 133 250 28 18 7.24 17.7 10.2 7700 7.62 433 12200 9.61 3170 4.89 309
250 x 250 x 35 128 163 250 35 18 7.5 17.7 10.6 9260 7.54 529 14700 9.48 3860 4.87 364
NOTES: 1. First choice sizes are shown with bold type.
2. The values of mass are based on a density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.

442
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-28B TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED
ANGLES - LEG LENGTHS (ISO 657-5)
mm
1
Leg length Tolerance
over up to and including
_ 50 ±1
50 100 ± 1.5
100 150 ±2
150 200 ±3
NOTE: 1. For unequal-leg angles, take the longer leg length as the reference.

TABLE 10-28C TOLERANCES FOR HOT-ROLLED


ANGLES - THICKNESSES (ISO 657-5)
mm
1
Leg length Tolerance
over up to and including

- 50 ± 0.5
50 100 ± 0.8
100 150 ± 1.0
150 200 ± 1.2

NOTE: 1. For unequal leg angles, take the longer leg length as the reference.

443
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-29. Hot-rolled unequal leg angles with round corners are specified in ISO 657-2 and shown for sizes from 30 x 20
through 200 x 150 mm in Table 10-29. Tolerances are specified in ISO 657-5 and shown in Tables 10-28B and 10-28C. Material
used for angles is most frequently selected from Table 10-43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-29 HOT-ROLLED UNEQUAL LEG ANGLES WITH ROUND CORNERS (ISO 657-2)

ISO 657-2
EURONORM EU 57
EN 10056-2
ANSI
USA
B32.300
JAPAN JIS G3192
GERMANY DIN 1029
FRANCE NF A45-010
UK BS 4848-4
ITALY UNI 5784
AUSTRALIA AS

Incli-
Distances of Center Sectional properties about axes
Sectional Dimensions nation
Mass
Designation of gravity X-X Y-Y U-U V-V of V-V
area A B t rroot Cx Cy Cu Cv Ix rx Zx Iy ry Zy Iu ru Iv rv axis
kg/m cm2 mm mm mm mm cm cm cm cm cm4 cm cm3 cm4 cm cm3 cm4 cm cm4 cm tan α
30 x 20 x 3 1.12 1.43 30 20 3 4 0.99 0.502 2.05 1.04 1.25 0.935 0.621 0.437 0.553 0.292 1.43 1 0.256 0.424 0.427
30 x 20 x 4 1.46 1.86 30 20 4 4 1.03 0.541 2.02 1.04 1.59 0.925 0.807 0.553 0.546 0.379 1.81 0.988 0.33 0.421 0.421
40 x 20 x 4 1.77 2.26 40 20 4 4 1.47 0.48 2.58 1.17 3.59 1.26 1.42 0.6 0.514 0.393 3.8 1.3 0.393 0.417 0.252
40 x 25 x 4 1.93 2.46 40 25 4 4 1.36 0.623 2.69 1.35 3.89 1.26 1.47 1.16 0.687 0.619 4.35 1.33 0.7 0.534 0.380
45 x 30 x 5 2.76 3.52 45 30 5 4 1.52 0.779 3.04 1.58 6.98 1.41 2.35 2.47 0.837 1.11 8 1.51 1.45 0.641 0.429
50 x 30 x 4 2.41 3.07 50 30 4 5 1.68 0.701 3.36 1.67 7.71 1.59 2.33 2.09 0.825 0.907 8.53 1.67 1.27 0.644 0.356
50 x 30 x 5 2.96 3.78 50 30 5 5 1.73 0.741 3.33 1.65 9.36 1.57 2.86 2.51 0.816 1.11 10.3 1.65 1.54 0.639 0.352
50 x 40 x 5 3.36 4.28 50 40 5 5 1.55 1.06 3.49 1.85 10.3 1.55 3 5.85 1.17 1.99 13.2 1.75 3.03 0.842 0.621
60 x 30 x 5 3.36 4.28 60 30 5 5 2.17 0.684 3.88 1.77 15.6 1.91 4.07 2.63 0.784 1.14 16.5 1.97 1.71 0.633 0.257
60 x 30 x 6 3.98 5.07 60 30 6 5 2.21 0.723 3.85 1.76 18.2 1.9 4.81 3.05 0.776 1.34 19.3 1.95 2.01 0.63 0.253
60 x 40 x 5 3.76 4.79 60 40 5 6 1.96 0.972 4.10 2.11 17.2 1.89 4.25 6.11 1.13 2.02 19.7 2.03 3.54 0.86 0.434
60 x 40 x 6 4.46 5.68 60 40 6 6 2.00 1.01 4.08 2.10 20.1 1.88 5.03 7.12 1.12 2.38 23.1 2.02 4.16 0.855 0.431
60 x 50 x 6 4.93 6.28 60 50 6 6 1.84 1.34 4.20 2.22 21.7 1.86 5.22 13.7 1.47 3.73 28.5 2.13 6.84 1.04 0.677
60 x 50 x 8 6.44 8.20 60 50 8 6 1.91 1.42 4.18 2.24 27.7 1.84 6.77 17.3 1.45 4.84 36.2 2.1 8.81 1.04 0.672
65 x 50 x 5 4.35 5.54 65 50 5 6 1.99 1.25 4.53 2.39 23.2 2.05 5.14 11.9 1.47 3.19 28.8 2.28 6.32 1.07 0.577
65 x 50 x 6 5.16 6.58 65 50 6 6 2.04 1.29 4.52 2.39 27.2 2.03 6.1 14 1.46 3.77 33.8 2.27 7.43 1.06 0.575
65 x 50 x 8 6.75 8.60 65 50 8 6 2.11 1.37 4.49 2.39 34.8 2.01 7.93 17.7 1.44 4.89 43 2.23 9.57 1.05 0.569
70 x 50 x 6 5.41 6.89 70 50 6 7 2.23 1.25 4.83 2.52 33.4 2.2 7.01 14.2 1.43 3.78 39.7 2.4 7.92 1.07 0.500
70 x 50 x 7 6.25 7.96 70 50 7 7 2.27 1.29 4.81 2.52 38.2 2.19 8.08 16 1.42 4.35 45.3 2.39 9.06 1.07 0.493
75 x 50 x 6 5.65 7.19 75 50 6 7 2.44 1.21 5.12 2.64 40.5 2.37 8.01 14.4 1.42 3.81 48.6 2.55 8.36 1.08 0.435
75 x 50 x 8 7.39 9.41 75 50 8 7 2.52 1.29 5.08 2.62 52.0 2.35 10.4 18.4 1.4 4.95 59.6 2.52 10.8 1.07 0.430
80 x 40 x 6 5.41 6.89 80 40 6 7 2.85 0,.88 5.20 2.38 44.9 2.55 8.73 7.59 1.05 2.44 47.6 2.63 4.93 0.545 0.258
80 x 40 x 8 7.07 9.01 80 40 8 7 2.94 0.96 5.14 2.34 57.6 2.53 11.4 9.61 1.03 3.16 60.9 2.6 6.34 0.838 0.253
80 x 60 x 6 6.37 8.11 80 60 6 8 2.47 1.48 5.57 2.92 51.4 2.52 9.29 24.8 1.75 5.49 62.8 2.78 13.4 1.29 0.547
80 x 60 x 7 7.36 9.38 80 60 7 8 2.51 1.52 5.55 2.92 59.0 2.51 10.7 28.4 1.74 6.34 72 2.77 15.4 1.28 0.546
80 x 60 x 8 8.34 10.6 80 60 8 8 2.55 1.56 5.53 2.92 66.3 2.5 12.2 31.8 1.73 7.16 80.8 2.76 17.3 1.27 0.544
90 x 60 x 8 8.97 11.4 90 60 8 8 2.96 1.48 6.13 3.16 92.3 2.84 15.3 32.8 1.7 7.27 106 3.05 19 1.29 0.434
90 x 65 x 6 7.07 9.01 90 65 6 8 2.79 1.56 6.24 3.27 73.4 2.85 11.8 32.3 1.89 6.53 97.9 3.12 17.8 1.41 0.510
90 x 65 x 8 9.29 11.8 90 65 8 8 2.88 1.64 6.20 3.26 94.9 2.83 15.5 41.5 1.87 8.54 113 3.1 23 1.39 0.507
90 x 75 x 8 9.91 12.6 90 75 8 8 2.72 1.98 6.31 3.35 99.5 2.01 15.8 62.7 2.23 11.4 131 3.22 31.2 1.57 0.679
90 x 75 x 10 12.2 15.6 90 75 10 8 2.80 2.06 6.29 3.35 121 2.79 19.5 75.8 2.21 13.9 159 3.19 38.1 1.56 0.676
90x 75 x 13 15.6 19.8 90 75 13 8 2.97 2.17 6.26 3.38 150 2.75 24.6 93.7 2.17 17.6 196 3.14 47.9 1.55 0.670
100 x 50 x 6 6.84 8.71 100 50 6 8 3.51 1.05 6.55 3.00 89.9 3.21 13.8 15.4 1.33 3.89 95.4 3.31 9,9: 1.07 0.262
100 x 50 x 8 8.97 11.4 100 5o 8 8 3.60 1.13 6.48 2.96 116 3.19 18.2 19.7 1.31 5.08 123 3.28 12.8 1.06 0.258
100 x 50 x 10 11.0 14.1 100 50 10 8 3.68 1.21 6.42 2.93 141 3.16 22.3 23.6 1.29 6.21 149 3.25 15.5 1.05 0.253
100 x 65 x 7 8.77 11.2 100 65 7 10 3.23 1.51 6.83 3.49 113 3.17 16.6 37.6 1.83 7.53 128 3.39 22 1.40 0.415
100 x 65 x 8 9.94 12.7 100 65 8 10 3.27 1.55 6.81 3.47 127 3.16 18.9 42.2 1.83 8.54 144 3.37 24.8 1.40 0.413
100 x 65 x 10 12.3 15.6 100 65 10 10 3.36 1.63 6.76 3.45 154 3.14 23.2 51 1.81 10.5 175 3.35 30.1 1.39 0.410
100 x 75 x 8 10.6 13.5 100 75 8 10 3.10 1.87 6.95 3.65 133 3.14 19.3 64.1 2.16 11.4 162 3.47 34.6 1.60 0.547
100 x 75 x 10 13.0 16.6 100 75 10 10 3.19 1.95 6.92 3.65 162 3.12 23.8 77.6 2.16 14 197 3.45 42.2 1.59 0.544
100 x 75 x 12 15.4 19.7 100 75 12 10 3.27 2.03 6.89 3.65 189 3.1 28 90.2 2.14 16.5 230 3.42 49.5 1.59 0.540
NOTES: 1. First choice sizes are shown with bold type.
2. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.

444
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-29 HOT-ROLLED UNEQUAL LEG ANGLES WITH ROUND CORNERS (CONT’D) (ISO 657-2)

ISO 657-2
EURONORM EU 57
EN 10056-2
ANSI
USA
B32.300
JAPAN JIS G3192
GERMANY DIN 1029
FRANCE NF A45-010
UK BS 4848-4
ITALY UNI 5784
AUSTRALIA AS

Incli-
Distances of Center Sectional properties about axes
Sectional Dimensions nation
Mass
Designation of gravity X-X Y-Y U-U V-V of V-V
area A B t rroot Cx Cy Cu Cv Ix rx Zx Iy ry Zy Iu r u Iv r v axis
kg/m cm2 mm mm mm mm cm cm cm cm cm4 cm cm3 cm4 cm cm3 cm4 cm cm4 cm tan α
100 x 90 x 10 14.2 18.1 100 90 10 10 2.96 2.47 7.04 3.68 172 3.08 24.4 132 2.69 20.1 242 3.66 61.2 1.84 0.797
100 x 90 x 13 18.1 23.1 100 90 13 10 3.08 2.59 7.03 3.71 215 3.05 31.0 164 2.66 25.5 301 3.61 77.1 1.83 0.794
120 x 80 x 8 12.2 15.5 120 80 8 11 3.83 1.87 8.23 4.23 226 3.82 27.6 80.8 2.28 13.2 250 4.10 46.6 1.74 0.437
120 x 80 x 10 15.0 19.1 120 80 10 11 3.92 1.95 8.19 4.21 276 3.80 34.1 98.1 2.26 16.2 317 4.07 56.8 1.72 0.435
120 x 80 x 12 17.8 22.7 120 80 12 11 4.00 2.03 8.15 4.20 323 3.77 40.4 114 2.24 19.1 371 4.04 66.7 1.71 0.431
125 x 75 x 8 12.2 15.5 125 75 8 11 4.14 1.68 8.44 4.20 247 4.00 29.6 67.6 2.09 71.6 274 4.21 40.9 1.63 0.36
125 x 75 x 10 15.0 19.1 125 75 10 11 4.23 1.76 8.39 4.17 302 3.97 36.5 82.1 2.07 14.3 334 4.18 49.9 1.61 0.357
125 x 75 x 12 17.8 22.7 125 75 12 11 4.31 1.84 8.33 4.15 354 3.95 43.2 95.5 2.05 16.9 391 4.15 58.5 1.61 0.354
125 x 90 x 10 16.2 20.6 125 90 10 11 3.95 2.23 8.63 4.52 321 3.95 37.7 140 2.60 20.6 384 4.31 77.4 1.94 0.506
125 x 90 x 13 20.7 26.4 125 90 13 11 4.08 2.34 8.58 4.52 404 3.91 48.0 175 2.57 26.2 481 4.27 97.4 1.92 0.501
135 x 65 x 8 12.2 15.5 135 65 8 11 4.78 1.34 8.79 3.95 291 4.34 33.4 45.2 1.71 8.75 307 4.45 29.4 1.38 0.245
135 x 65 x 10 15.0 19.1 135 65 10 11 4.88 1.42 8.72 3.91 356 4.31 41.3 54.7 1.69 10.8 375 4.43 35.9 1.37 0.243
150 x 75 x 9 15.4 19.6 150 75 9 12 5.26 1.57 9.82 4.50 455 4.82 46.7 77.9 1.99 13.1 483 4.96 50.2 1.60 0.261
150 x 75 x 10 17.0 21.7 150 75 10 12 5.31 1.61 9.79 4.48 501 4.81 51.6 85.6 1.99 14.5 531 4.95 55.1 1.60 0.261
150 x 75 x 12 20.2 25.7 150 75 12 12 5.40 1.69 9.72 4.44 588 4.78 61.3 99.6 1.97 17.1 623 4.92 64.7 1.59 0.258
150 x 75 x 15 24.8 31.7 150 75 15 12 5.52 1.81 9.63 4.40 713 4.75 75.2 119 1.94 21.0 753 4.88 78.6 1.58 0.253
150 x 90 x 10 18.2 23.2 150 90 10 12 5.00 2.04 10.1 5.03 533 4.80 53.3 146 2.51 21.0 591 5.05 88.3 1.95 0.36
150 x 90 x 12 21.6 27.5 150 90 12 12 5.08 2.12 10.1 5.00 627 4.77 63.3 171 2.49 24.8 694 5.02 104 1.94 0.358
150 x 90 x 15 26.6 33.9 150 90 15 12 5.21 2.23 9.98 4.98 761 4.74 77.7 205 2.46 30.4 841 4.98 126 1.93 0.354
150 x 100 x 10 19.0 24.2 150 100 10 12 4.81 2.34 10.3 5.29 553 4.79 54.2 199 2.87 25.9 637 5.13 114 2.17 0.438
150 x 100 x 12 22.5 28.7 150 100 12 12 4.89 2.42 10.2 5.28 651 4.76 64.4 233 2.85 30.7 749 5.11 134 2.16 0.436
150 x 100 x 16 29.5 37.6 150 100 16 12 5.06 2.58 10.2 5.26 834 4.71 83.9 295 2.80 39.8 957 5.05 173 2.14 0.431
180 x 90 x 10 20.5 26.2 180 90 10 12 6.31 1.86 11.8 5.42 882 5.81 75.4 153 2.42 21.4 937 5.99 97.9 1.94 0.264
200 x 100 x 10 23.0 29.2 200 100 10 15 6.93 2.01 13.2 6.05 1220 6.46 93.2 210 2.68 26.3 1290 6.65 135 2.15 0.263
200 x 100 x 12 27.3 34.8 200 100 12 15 7.03 2.10 13.1 6.00 1440 6.43 111 247 2.67 31.3 1530 6.63 159 2.14 0.262
200 x 100 x 14 31.6 40.3 200 100 14 15 7.12 2.18 13.0 5.96 1650 6.41 128 282 2.65 36.1 1750 6.60 182 2.13 0.261
200 x 100 x 16 35.9 45.7 200 100 16 15 7.20 2.26 13.0 5.93 1861 6.38 145 316 2.63 40.8 1972 6.57 205 2.12 0.259
200 x 150 x 12 32.0 40.8 200 150 12 15 6.08 3.61 13.9 7.34 1650 6.36 119 803 4.44 70.5 2030 7.04 430 3.25 0.552
200 x 150 x 15 39.6 50.5 200 150 15 15 6.21 3.73 13.9 7.33 2022 6.33 147 979 4.40 86.9 2476 7.00 526 3.23 0.551
200 x 150 x 20 52.0 66.2 200 150 20 15 6.41 3.93 13.8 7.34 2602 6.27 191 1252 4.35 113 3176 6.92 678 3.20 0.546
200 x 150 x 25 64.0 81.5 200 150 25 15 6.60 4.11 13.7 7.36 3139 6.21 234 1501 4.29 138 3816 6.84 825 3.18 0.541

NOTES: 1. First choice sizes are shown with bold type.


3
2. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

445
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-30. Hot-rolled equal leg angles with sharp corners are specified in DIN 1022 and shown for sizes from LS2O x 20 X 3
through LS50 x 50 x 5 in Table 10-30. Tolerances are specified in DIN 1022 and shown in the table. Typical material specified is
selected from Table 10-43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-30 HOT-ROLLED EQUAL LEG ANGLES WITH SHARP CORNERS (DIN 1022)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN AxAx C AREA MASS ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
1022 mm mm kg/m 1022
F LS 20 x 20 x 3 111 0.871 F F A+-1.0
4 144 1.13 C+-0.5
F LS 25 x 25 x 3 141 1.11 F F A+-1.0
4 184 1.44 C+-0.5
F LS 30 x 30 x 3 171 1.34 F F A+-1.0
4 224 1.76 C+-0.5
F LS 35 x 35 x 4 264 2.07 F A+-1.0
C+-0.5
F LS 40 x 40 x 4 304 2.39 F A+-1.0
5 375 2.94 C+-0:5
F LS 45 x 45 x 5 425 3.34 F A+-1.0
C+-0.5
F LS 50 x 50 x 5 475 3.73 F A+-1.0
C+-0.5
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = first Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the DIN 1022 standard and shown in table.

446
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-31. Bright steel equal leg angles with sharp corners are specified in DIN 59370 and shown for sizes from S10 x 10 x
2 through S60 x 60 x 6 in Table 10-31. Tolerances are specified in DIN 59370 and shown in the table. Recommended material is
shown in Table 10-43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-31 BRIGHT STEEL EQUAL LEG ANGLES WITH SHARP CORNERS (DIN 59370)

SECTION MASS USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


DIN AxAx C R1 AREA kg/m ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
59370 mm mm mm 59370
F S 10 x 10 x 2 0.5 36 0.28 F A+-0.10
F S 12 x 12 x 2 0.5 44 0.35 F A+-0.10
F 3 0.5 63 0.49 F C+-0.10
F S 15 x 15 x 2 0.5 56 0.44 F A+-0.15
F 3 0.5 81 0.64 F C+-0.10
F 4 0.5 104 0.82 F C+-0.10
F S 20 x 20 x 2 0.5 76 0.60 F A+-0.20
F 3 0.5 111 0.87 F C+-0.15
F 4 0.5 144 1.13 F C+-0.15
F S 25 x 25 x 3 0.5 141 1.11 F A+-0.20
F 4 0.5 184 1.44 F C+-0.15
F 5 0.5 225 1.77 F C+-0.15
F S 30 x 30 x 3 0.5 171 1.34 F A+-0.20
F 4 0.5 224 1.76 F C+-0.15
F 5 0.5 275 2.16 F C+-0.15
F S 35 x 35 x 3 0.5 201 1.58 F A+-0.20
F 4 0.5 264 2.07 F C+-0.15
F 5 0.5 325 2.55 F C+-0.15
F S 40 x 40 x 3 0.5 231 1.81 F A+-0.20
F 4 0.5 304 2.39 F C+-0.15
F 5 0.5 375 2.94 F C+-0.15
F S 45 x 45 x 5 0.5 425 3.34 F C+-0.15
F S 50 x 50 x 5 0.5 475 3.73 F A+-0.20
F 6 0.5 564 4.43 F C+-0.15
F S 60 x 60 x 6 0.5 684 5.37 F C+-0.15
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the DIN 59370 standard and shown in table.

447
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-32A. Hot-rolled L sections for shipbuilding is specified in ISO 657-18 and shown for sizes from L200 X 90 X 9
through L500 X 120 X 13.5 mm in Table 10-32A. Tolerances are specified in the above standard and shown in Tables 10-32B
and 10-32C. Material recommended specified is shown in Table 10-43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-32A HOT-ROLLED L SECTIONS FOR SHIPBUILDING (ISO 657-18)

ISO 657-18
EURONORM EU
EN
USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS G3192
GERMANY DIN
FRANCE NF
UK BS
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

Sect- Moment
Cent-
Mass ional Dimension of
area roid inertia
Designation
M A H B t T R r Cx lX
2
kg/m cm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm cm4
L 200 x 90 x 9 X 12 22.0 28.1 200 90 9 12 15 7.5 6.63 1160
L 225 X 90 x 9 x 12 23.8 30.3 225 90 9 12 15 7.5 7.71 1610
L 250 x 90 x 9 x 13 26.2 33.4 250 90 9 13 15 7.5 8.64 2190
L 250 X 90 x 10,5 x 15 30.3 38.5 250 90 10.5 15 15 7.5 8.76 2510
L 250 X 90 x 11,5 x 16 32.7 41.7 250 90 11.5 16 15 7.5 8.90 2710
L 275 x 100 x 10,5 x 14 32.8 41.8 275 100 10.5 14 15 7.5 9.72 3330
L 300 X 100 X 10,5 X 15 35.6 45.3 300 100 10.5 15 15 7.5 10.6 4290
L 300 x 100 x 11,5 X 16 38.5 49.0 300 100 11.5 16 15 7.5 10.7 4630
L 325 x 120 X 10,5 x 14 39.3 50.1 325 120 10.5 14 20 10 11.3 5600
L 325 x 120 X 11,5 x 15 42.6 54.3 325 120 11.5 15 20 10 11.4 6060
L 350 x 120 X 10,5 x 16 43.1 54.9 350 120 10.5 16 20 10 12.0 7110
L 350 x 120 x 11,5 x 18 47.4 60.4 350 120 11.5 18 20 10 12.0 7780
L 375 x 120 x 10,5 x 18 46.9 59.7 375 120 10.5 18 20 10 12.7 8850
L 375 x 120 x 11,5 x 20 51.4 65.4 375 120 11.5 20 20 10 12.7 9650
L 400 x 120 x 11,5 x 23 56.2 71.6 400 120 11.5 23 20 10 13.3 11900
L 425 x 120 x 11,5 x 24 59.3 75.5 425 120 11.5 24 20 10 14.2 14200
L 450 x 120 x 11,5 x 25 62.4 79.5 450 120 11.5 25 20 10 15.1 16800
L 475 x 120 x 11,5 x 28 67.2 85.6 475 120 11.5 28 20 10 15.7 20100
L 475 x 120 x 12,5 x 30 72.4 92.2 475 120 12.5 30 20 10 15.9 21600
L 500 x 120 x 12,5 x 33 77.4 98.6 500 120 12.5 33 20 10 16.5 25500
L 500 X 120 X 13,5 X 35 82.8 105 500 120 13.5 35 20 10 16.6 27100
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

TABLE 10-32B TOLERANCES ON LEG LENGTHS


(ISO 657-18)

Height of web, H Tolerance on


Over Up to and including H and B
- 200 ±3

200 - ±4

448
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-32C TOLERANCES ON FLANGE
THICKNESSES (ISO 657-18)

Thickness, T
Tolerance
Over Up to and including

- 20 + 2.0
- 0.4

20 30 + 2.0
- 0.5

30 35 + 2.5
- 0.6
NOTE: Tolerance on web thickness T shall be +1.6 - 0.4 mm.

Table 10-33. Hot-rolled T sections with equal depth and flange widths are specified in ISO 657-21 and shown for sizes from
T20 x 20 through T140 x 140 mm. Tolerances follow the values shown in Tables 10-28B and 10-28C as specified in DIN 1024.
Recommended material is shown in Table 10-43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-33 HOT-ROLLED T SECTIONS WITH EQUAL DEPTH AND FLANGE WIDTHS (ISO 657-21)

ISO 657-21
EURONORM EU 55
EN
USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1024
FRANCE NF A45-008
UK BS
ITALY UNI 5785
AUSTRALIA AS

Area of Location
Sectional properties about axes
Dimensions of center
Desig- cross- Mass
of gravity X-X Y-Y
section A B T t R1 R2 R3 ex lx Zx rx Iy Zy ry
2 4 3 4 3
nation cm kg/m mm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm
T 20 x 20 1.12 0.88 20 20 3 3 3 1.5 1 0.58 0.38 0.27 0.58 0.20 0.20 0.42
T 25 x 25 1.64 1.29 25 25 3.5 3.5 3.5 2 1 0.73 0.87 0.49 0.73 0.43 0.34 0.51
T 30 x 30 2.26 1.77 30 30 4 4 4 2 1 0.85 1.72 0.80 0.87 0.87 0.58 0.62
T 35 x 35 2.97 2.33 35 35 4.5 4.5 4.5 2.5 1 0.99 3.10 1.23 1.04 1.57 0.90 0.73
T 40 x 40 3.77 2.96 40 40 5 5 5 2.5 1 1.12 5.28 1.84 1.18 2.58 1.29 0.83
T 46 x 46 4.67 3.67 45 45 5.5 5.5 5.5 3 1.5 1.26 8.13 2.51 1.32 4.01 1.78 0.93
T 50 x 50 5.66 4.44 50 50 6 6 6 3 1.5 1.39 12.1 3.36 1.46 6.06 2.42 1.03
T 60 x 60 7.94 6.23 60 60 7 7 7 3.5 2 1.66 23.8 5.48 1.73 12.2 4.07 1.24
T 70 x 70 10.6 8.32 70 70 8 8 8 4 2 1.94 44.5 8.79 2.05 22.1 6.32 1.44
T 75 x 75 11.6 9.08 75 75 8 8 8 4.5 2 2.14 60.5 11.3 2.29 28.1 7.49 1.56
T 80 x 80 13.6 10.7 80 80 9 9 9 4.5 2 2.22 73.7 12.8 2.33 37.0 9.25 1.65
T 90 x 90 17.1 13.4 90 90 10 10 10 5 2.5 2.48 119 18.2 2.64 58.5 13.0 1.85
T 100 x 100 20.9 16.4 100 100 11 11 11 5.5 3 2.74 179 24.6 2.92 88.3 17.7 2.05
T 120 x 120 29.6 23.2 120 120 13 13 13 6.5 3 3.28 366 42.0 3.51 178 29.7 2.45
T 140 x 140 39.9 31.3 140 140 15 15 15 7.5 4 3.80 660 64.7 4.07 330 47.2 2.88
3
NOTE: Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .

449
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-34. Hot-rolled T-steel with round corners and wide base are specified in DIN 1024 and shown for sizes from TB30
through TB60 mm in Table 10-34. Tolerances are as shown in the table and recommended material is selected from Table 10-
43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-34 HOT-ROLLED T-STEEL WITH ROUND CORNERS AND WIDE BASE (DIN 1024)

SECTION USA AUSTRAL JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


AxBxC R1 R2 MASS
DIN AREA ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
1024 mm mm mm mm kg/m 1024
F TB30 60 x 30 x 5.5 3 1.5 464 3.64 A+-1.5
B+-1
C+-0.75
F TB35 70 x 35 x 6 3 1.5 594 4.66 A+-1.5
B+-1
C+-0.75
F TB40 80 x 40 x 7 3.5 2 791 6.21 A+-1.5
B+-1
C+-0.75
F TB50 100 x 50 x 8.5 4 2 1200 9.42 A+-1.5
B+-1
C+-0.75
F TB60 120 x 60 x 10 5 2.5 1700 13.4 A+-2
B+-1.5
C+-1
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the DIN 1024 standard and shown in table.
4. For R1 and R2 locations see figure Table 10-34.

450
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-35. Hot-rolled T-steel with sharp corners are specified in DIN 59051 and shown in size range from TPS20 through
TPS40. The Italian UNI 5681 specifies heavier walls as shown. Tolerances are specified in DIN 59051 and shown in the table.
Recommended steel quality for T-steel is shown in Table 10-43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-35 HOT-ROLLED T-STEEL WITH SHARP CORNERS (DIN 59051)

SECTION USA AUST JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


MASS
DIN Ax Bx C R1 R2 AREA ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
59051 mm mm mm mm kg/m 59051 5681
F TPS 20 20 x 20 x3 0 0 111 0.871 F A,B+-1 F
4 0 0 C+-0.5
F TPS 25 25 x 25 X 3.5 0 0 163 1.28 F A,B+-1 F
4.5 0 0 C+-0.5
F TPS 30 30 x 30 x4 0 0 224 1.76 F A,B+-1 F
5 0 0 C+-0.5
F TPS 35 35 x 35 x 4.5 0 0 295 2.31 F A,B+-1 F
5.5 0 0 C+-0.5
F TPS 40 40 x 40 x5 0 0 375 2.94 F A,B+-1 F
6 0 0 C+-0.5
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated: F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the EURONORM 65 standard and shown in the table column for Germany.
4. For R1 and R2 locations see figure Table 10-34.

451
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-36. Hot-rolled Z-steel with round corners are specified in DIN 1027 and shown for sizes from Z30 through Z200 mm
in Table 10-36. Tolerances are specified in DIN 1027 and shown in the table. Steel material for sections of this type are normally
selected from Table 10-43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-36 HOT-ROLLED Z-STEEL WITH ROUND CORNERS (DIN 1027)

SECTION USA AUST JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


MASS
DIN Ax Bx C R1 R2 AREA ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
1027 mm mm mm mm kg/m A45-205 1027 5398
F Z30 30 x 38 x 4 4.5 2.5 432 3.39 F F A,B+-1
C+-0.5
F Z40 40 x 40 x 4.5 5 2.5 543 4.26 F F A,B+-1
C+-0.5
F Z50 50 x 43 x 5 5.5 3 677 5.31 F F A,B+-1
C+-0.5
F Z60 60 x 45 x 5 6 3 791 6.21 F F A+-1.5
B+-1
C+-0.5
F Z80 80 x 50 x 6 7 3.5 1110 8.71 F A+-1 .5
B+-1
C+-0.5
F Z100 100 x 55 x 6.5 8 4 1450 11.4 F F A+-1.5
B+-1.5
C+-0.75
F Z120 120 x 60 x 7 9 4.5 1820 14.3 F F A+-2
B+-1.5
C+-0.75
F Z140 140 x 65 x 8 10 5 2290 18.0 F F A+-2
B+-1.5
C+-0.75
F Z160 160 x 70 x 8.5 11 5.5 2750 21.6 F A+-4
B+-1.5
C+-0.75
F Z180 180 x 75 x 9.5 12 6 3330 26.1 F A+-4
B+-1.5
C+-0.75
F Z200 200 x 80 x 10 13 6.5 3870 30.4 F A+-4
B+-1.5
C+-0.75
NOTES:
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm'.
2. The size is national standard indicated: F - First Choice; S -- Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number =- Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in DIN 1027 and shown in table.

452
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-37. Hot-rolled small U-steel with round corners are specified in EURONORM 54 and shown in size range from U30 x
15 through U65 x 42 in Table 10-37. Tolerances are specified in EURONORM 54 and shown in the French column. Material
recommended used is shown in Table 10-43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-37 HOT-ROLLED SMALL U-STEEL WITH ROUND CORNERS (EURONORM 54)

EURO- SECTION USA AUST JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


MASS
NORM Ax B C D R1 R2 AREA ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
54 mm mm mm mm kg/m A45-007 1026 5786
F U 30 x 15 4 4.5 4.5 2 221 1.74 F A,B+-1.5 F F
C+-0.5
D-0.5
F U 40 x 20 5 5.5 5 2.5 366 2.87 F A,B+-1.5 F F
C+-0.5
D-0.5
F U 50 x 25 5 6 6 3 497 3.86 F A,B+-1.5 F F
C+-0.5
D-0.5
F U 60 x 30 6 6 6 3 646 5.07 F A,B+-1 .5 F F
C+-0.5
D-0.5

F U 30 x 33 5 7 7 3.5 544 4.27 F A,B+-1.5 F F


C+-0.5
D-0.5
F U 40 x 35 5 7 7 3.5 621 4.87 F A,B+-1.5 F F
C+-0.5
D-0.5
F U 50 x 38 5 7 7 3.5 712 5.59 F A,B+-1.5 F F
C+-0.5
D-0.5
F U 65 x 42 5.5 7.5 7.5 4 903 7.09 F A,B+-1.5 F F
C+-0.5
D-0.5
NOTES:
3
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated: F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in EURONORM 54 and shown in table column for France.
4. Web slope = 8%.

453
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-38. Hot-rolled steel sloping flange channel sections are specified in ISO 657-11 and shown for sizes from CH80 x 8
through CH400 x 59 mm in Table 10-38A. Sectional properties for calculation purposes are also shown in the table. Tolerances
are as specified in ISO 657-13 and shown in Tables 10-38B through 10-38E. Recommended material is shown in Table 10-43A,
column 2.

TABLE 10-38A HOT-ROLLED STEEL SLOPING FLANGE CHANNEL SECTIONS (ISO 657-11)

ISO 657-11
EURONORM EU 24
EN
USA ANSI B32.300
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1026
FRANCE NF A45-202
UK BS
ITALY UN15680
AUSTRALIA AS

Sec- Cent-
Sectional properties about axes
Mass tional Dimensions
roid
Designation area X-X Y-Y
M A H B T t R* r* cX Ix Zx rX ly Zy ry
2 4 3 4 3
kg/m cm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm
CH80 x 8 8.23 10.5 80 45 7.5 5.5 8 4 1.43 102 25.6 3.12 18 5.85 1.3
CH100 x 10 10.3 13.1 100 50 8 5.9 8 4.5 1.51 200 40 3.91 27.2 7.77 1.44
CH120 x 12 12.5 16 120 55 8.5 6.3 8 4.5 1.6 350 58.4 4.68 39.5 10.1 1.57
CH140 x 15 15 19.2 140 60 9 6.7 9 4.5 1.68 570 81.4 5.45 55.3 12.8 1.67
CH160 x 18 18.2 23.2 160 65 10 7.2 9 5.5 1.81 900 113 6.22 79 16.8 1.81
CH180 x 21 21.3 27.2 180 70 10.5 7.7 10 5.5 1.9 1320 147 6.98 105 20.6 1.94
CH200 x 25 25.2 32.1 200 75 11.5 8.2 12 6 2.02 1930 193 7.75 142 26 2.1
CH220 x 29 28.7 36.6 220 80 12 8.7 12 6.5 2.11 2640 240 8.5 183 31 2.23
CH250 x 34 33.9 43.2 250 85 13 9.2 13.5 7 2.2 4000 320 9.63 240 38.2 2.36
CH300 x 45 45.2 57.5 300 100 15 10 15 8 2.6 7800 520 11.6 452 61.1 2.8
CH350 x 52 51.8 66 350 100 16 10.5 16 8 2.48 11900 678 13.4 496 66.3 2.74
CH400 x 59 58.9 75 400 100 17 11 17 8.5 2.38 17200 858 15.2 541 71 2.68
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. *The fillet and toe radii (R and r) are given only for information and for calculating the properties of the sections.

454
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 10-2 STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS (ISO 657-13)

TABLE 10-38B TOLERANCE ON DEPTH (ISO 657-13)


mm
Depth H Tolerance
Over Up to and including on depth
- 200 ±2
200 400 ±3
400 600 ±4

TABLE 10-38C TOLERANCE ON WIDTH OF


FLANGE FOR BEAMS AND COLUMNS (ISO 657-13)
mm
Width of flange B Tolerance on
Over Up to and including width of flange
- 100 ±2
100 125 ± 2.5
125 250 ±4

TABLE 10-38D TOLERANCE ON WIDTH OF


FLANGE FOR CHANNELS (ISO 657-13)
mm
Width of flange B Tolerance on
Including and
Up to width of flange
over
- 75 ±2
75 - ±3

TABLE 10-38E TOLERANCE ON THICKNESS OF


WEB (ISO 657-13)
mm
Thickness of web t
Up to and Tolerance
Over
including
- 10 ± 0.5
10 - ± 5% of t

455
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-39. Hot-rolled IPN-beams with round corners are specified in ISO 657-15 and shown in sizes from SB80 x 6
through SB600 X 131 mm in Table 10-39. Sectional properties for calculation purposes are also shown in the table. Tolerances
are specified in ISO 657-13 and shown in Tables 10-38B through 10-38E. Material specified is recommended selected from
Table 10-43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-39 HOT-ROLLED IPN-BEAMS WITH ROUND CORNERS (ISO 657-15)

ISO 657-15
EURONORM EU 24
EN
USA ANSI B32.300
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1025
FRANCE NF A45-209
UK BS
ITALY UNI 5679
AUSTRALIA AS

Sectional Sectional properties about axes


Mass Dimensions
Designation area X-X Y-Y
M A H B T t R* r* Ix Zx rx Iy Zy ry
2 4 3 4 3
kg/m cm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm cm cm cm cm cm
SB80 x 6 6.03 7.69 80 40 6 4 6 3 77.7 19.4 3.18 5.65 2.82 857
SB100 x 8 8.57 10.9 100 50 6.8 4.5 7 3.5 175 35 4.01 12.3 4.93 1.06
SB120 x 12 11.5 14.7 120 60 7.6 5 8 4 342 57 4.83 23.5 7.84 1.27
SB140 x 15 14.8 18.8 140 70 8.4 5.5 8 4 603 86.2 5.66 41.2 11.8 1.48
SB160 x 18 18.5 23.6 160 80 9.2 6 9 4.5 993 124 6.49 66.7 16.7 1.68
SB180 x 23 22.7 28.9 180 90 10 6.5 10 5 1540 172 7.31 103 22.8 1.89
SB200 x 27 27.2 34.6 200 100 10.8 7 11 5.5 2300 230 8.14 151 30.2 2.09
SB220 x 32 32.1 40.8 220 110 11.6 7.5 11 5.5 3290 299 8.77 216 39.2 2.3
SB240 x 36 36.4 46.3 240 120 12 7.8 12 6 4450 371 9.81 286 47.7 2.49
SB250 x 38 38.4 49 250 125 12.2 7.9 12 6 5130 410 10.2 328 52.4 2.56
SB270 x 41 41.3 52.6 270 125 12.7 8.2 13 6.5 6340 470 11 343 54.9 2.55
SB300 x 46 45.8 58.4 300 130 13.2 8.5 13 6.5 8620 574 12.2 402 61.8 2.62
SB350 x 56 58.8 71.1 350 140 14.6 9.1 15 7.5 14200 812 14.1 556 79.5 2.8
SB400 x 66 65.5 83.5 400 150 15.5 9.7 16 8 21600 1080 16.1 725 96.7 2.95
SB450 x 76 76.1 96.9 450 160 16.5 10.3 16 8 31400 1400 18 940 117 3.11
SB500 x 91 91.2 116 500 170 18.7 11 19 9.5 46600 1870 20 1290 151 3.33
SB550 x 107 107 136 550 180 20.4 12 20 10 65700 2390 21.9 1680 186 3.51
SB600 x 131 131 167 600 210 22.1 13 22 11 97500 3250 24.1 2850 271 4.13
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm .
2. * The fillet and toe radii (R and r) are given only for information and for calculating the properties of the sections.

456
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-40. Hot-rolled wide flange column sections are specified in ISO 657-16 and shown in sizes from SC100 through
SC250 mm in Table 10-40. Sectional properties for calculation purposes are also shown in the table. Tolerances are specified in
ISO 657-13 and shown in Tables 10-38B through 10-38E. Material specified is recommended selected from Table 10-43A,
column 2.

TABLE 10-40 HOT-ROLLED WIDE FLANGE COLUMN SECTIONS (ISO 657-16)

ISO 657-16
EURONORM EU 53
EN
USA ANSI B32.300
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1025
FRANCE NF A45-201
UK BS
ITALY UNI 5397
AUSTRALIA AS

Sectional Sectional properties about axes


Mass area Dimensions X-X Y-Y

Designation M A H B t T R* r* Ix Zx rx ly Zy ry
2 4 3 4 3
kg/m cm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm cm cm cm cm cm
SC100 20 25.5 100 100 6 10 12 6 436 87.2 4.13 136 27.2 2.31
SC120 26.2 33.4 120 120 6.5 11 12 6 842 140 5.02 255 42.6 2.76
SC140 33.3 42.4 140 140 7 12 12 6 1470 211 5.89 438 62.5 3.21
SC160 41.9 53.4 160 160 8 13 15 7.5 2420 303 6.74 695 86.8 3.61
SC180 50.5 64.4 180 180 8.5 14 15 7.5 3740 415 7.62 1060 117 4.05
SC200 60.3 76.8 200 200 9 15 18 9 5530 553 8.48 1530 153 4.46
SC220 70.4 89.8 220 220 9.5 16 18 9 7880 716 9.35 2160 196 4.9
SC250 85.6 109 250 250 10 17 23 11.5 12500 997 10.7 3260 260 5.46
NOTES:
1. EURONORM 53, as well as the German, French, and Italian standards, cover the Wide Flange beams in sizes up to H =
1000 mm and in Light (A), Medium (B, shown here), and Heavy Series (M). Additional sizes not shown here are HE 300; HE
320; HE 340; HE 360; HE 400; HE 450; HE 500; HE 550; HE 600; HE 650; HE 700; HE 800; HE 900; and HE 1000 all in A, B, and M series.
2. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.
3. *The fillet and toe radii (R and r) are given only for information and for calculating the properties.

457
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Table 10-41. Hot-rolled IPE-beams with sharp corners are specified in EN 10034 and shown for sizes from IPE80 through
IPE600 mm in Table 10-41. Tolerances are specified in EURONORM 19 and shown in the table column for France. Material is
recommended selected from Table 10-43A, column 2.

TABLE 10-41 HOT-ROLLED IPE-BEAMS WITH SHARP CORNERS (EN 10034)

SECTION USA AUST JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


MASS
EN A B C D R1 AREA ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
10034 mm mm kg/m A45-205 1025 5398
F IPE080 80 46 3.8 5.2 5 764 6 F A+-2 F F
B+-2
C+-0.5
D+-1
F IPE100 100 55 4.1 5.7 7 1030 8.1 F A+-2 F F
B+-2
C+-0.5
D+-1
F IPE120 120 64 4.4 6.3 7 1320 10.4 F A+-2 F F
B+-2
C+-0.5
D+-1
F IPE140 140 73 4.7 6.9 7 1640 12.9 F A+3-2 F F
8+3-2
C+-0.75
D+-1.5
F IPE160 160 82 5 7.4 9 2010 15.8 F A+3-2 F F
B+3-2
C+-0.75
D+-1.5
F IPE180 180 91 5.3 8 9 2390 18.8 F A+3-2 F F
B+3-2
C+-0.75
D+-1.5
F IPE200 200 100 5.6 8.5 12 2850 22.4 F A+-3 F F
B+-3
C+-0.75
D+-1.5
F IPE220 220 110 5.9 9.2 12 3340 26.2 F A+-3 F F
8+-3
C+-0.75
D+-1.5
F IPE240 240 120 6.2 9.8 15 3910 30.7 F A+-3 F F
B+-3
C+-0.75
D+-1.5
F IPE270 270 135 6.6 10.2 15 4590 36.1 F A+-3 F F
B+-3
C+-0.75
D+-1.5
For notes see end of table.
458
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-41 HOT-ROLLED IPE-BEAMS WITH SHARP CORNERS (CONT'D) (EN 10034)

SECTION USA AUST JAPAN FRANCE UK GERMANY ITALY


MASS
EN A B C D R1 AREA ANSI AS JIS NF BS DIN UNI
2
10034 mm mm kg/m A45-205 1025 5398

F IPE300 300 150 7.1 10.7 15 5380 42.2 F A+-3 F F


B+-3
C+-1
D+-2
F IPE330 330 160 7.5 11.5 18 6260 49.1 F A+-3 F F
B+-3
C+-1
D+-2
F IPE360 360 170 8 12.7 18 7270 57.1 F A+-3 F F
B+-3
C+-1
D+-2
F IPE400 400 180 8.6 13.5 21 8450 66.3 F A+-3 F F
B+-4
C+-1
D+-2
F IPE450 450 190 9.4 14.6 21 9880 77.6 F A+-4 F F
B+-4
C+-1
D+-2
F IPE500 500 200 10.2 16 21 11600 90.7 F A+-4 F F
B+-4
C+-1
D+-2
F IPE550 550 210 11.1 17.2 24 13400 106 F A+-5 F F
B+-4
C+-1
D+-2
F IPE600 600 220 12 19 24 15600 122 F A+-5 F F
B+-4
C+-1
D+-2

NOTES:
1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of steel of 7.85 kg/dm3.
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice; T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in EURONORM 19 and shown in table column for France.
4. The EN 10034 standard has replaced the former EURONORM standards.

459
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD STEEL DESIGNATION CROSS-REFERENCES3
Description of World Designation Systems for Steel
Tables 10-42A through 10-54 compare the steel types chemically defined in an ISO standard to the equivalent steel types in
the national standards of the major industrial countries. The first tables, 10-42A, B, C, and D, are arranged according to product
types. Tables 10-43A (tensile) and 10-43B (yield) covers steel types classified according to strength properties.
Tables 10-44 through 10-51 are grouped according to chemistry and special process features. Tables 10-52 through 10- 54
cover steel and iron qualities in castings.
As a guide for specifying, corresponding national standards numbers are listed for each type of steel in the tables. In cases
where further details about a type of steel are required, the international or national standard should be studied.
3
See World Ferrous Material Index at the end of this chapter.

International Material Cross-References

Table 10-42A. Hot-rolled low carbon steel plate, sheet, and strip in ductile grades, structural grades, and zinc-coated qualities
are given a worldwide comparison in this table.
Table 10-42B. Cold-reduced low carbon steel sheets and strip in commercial and drawing qualities, tin plate, black plate, and
cold-reduced hardness classification are shown.
Table 10-42C. This table gives an international comparison of carbon steels for wire manufacturing and finished spring steel
wire qualities.
Table 10-42D. Steel types are shown which are used in tubular products such as seamless and welded precision, and
seamless mechanical application, as well as for heavy welded tubes.
Table 10-43A. Steel grades for structural and general engineering purposes are shown. These steel types are extensively
used for numerous steel products in EU and throughout the world. The materials are designated according to the minimum
tensile strength in megapascals. For example, Fe 360, where 360 MPa shows the minimum tensile strength for that material.
Table 10-43B. Steel grades for structural and general engineering purposed are shown. The materials are designated
according to the minimum yield strength in megapascals. For example, HSF 275, where 275 MPa shows the minimum yield
strength for that material.
Table 10-44. The carbon steels listed, having carbon contents from C 0.08% maximum to C = 0.98%, are very popular
throughout the world. The various designations and national standards for carbon steels are shown.
Table 10-45A. Tool steels of the unalloyed cold- and hot-work types are specified in ISO 4957 and shown with the heat treat
conditions and chemical compositions in 14 columns in Table 10-45A. Domestic and foreign equivalents are also shown.
Table 10-45B. Tool steels of the alloyed cold-work types are specified in ISO 4957 and shown with the heat treat conditions
and chemical compositions in 22 columns in Table 10-45B. Domestic and foreign equivalents are also shown.
Table 10-45C. High-speed tool steels are specified in ISO 4957 and shown with the heat treat conditions and chemical
compositions in 12 columns in Table 10-45C.
Table 10-46. The free cutting steels specified exhibit the special qualities necessary in machining for chip-breaking.
Table 10-47. The steel types, particularly suited for nitriding and case-hardening processes, are compared internationally.
Table 10-48. Steels used for flame and induction hardening processes were standardized in ISO 683-12. The standard was
withdrawn in 1985; however, these and other corresponding national standards are shown in the table.
Table 10-49. Ferritic and martensitic stainless steel types are covered in ISO 683-13. A worldwide comparison of designations
is shown.
Table 10-50. Austenitic stainless steels from the major industrial countries are shown and compared.
Table 10-51A. Alloy spring steels are described in ISO 683-14. A world comparison of standard steel types is given.
Table 10-51B. Spring steels are specified in ISO 8458-2 and compared internationally for static and dynamic duty springs in
this table.
Table 10-52. Cast irons with laminated, spheroidal and nodular graphite are internationally compared.
Table 10-53. This table lists malleable iron and steel for casting, comparing the various national and international standards.
Table 10-54. Austenitic cast iron designations and qualities are given.

460
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42A HOT-ROLLED STEEL SHEET - STRUCTURAL AND DUCTILE QUALITIES (ISO 630, 4995, 4996, 3573, 3575, 6316, 6317)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ISO 4995 (1.6 - 6 mm Thick; Width >600 mm)
ISO 4996 (1.6 - 6 mm Thick: Width >600 mm)
QUAL ISO 6316 (0.65 - 12 mm Thick; Width <600 mm)
TYPE
Rm 310-510 MPa >330 >370 >450 >430 >460 >490 >530 >570
PHYS
Re >175 MPa 215-235 255-275 335-355 335-355 370--390 400--420 440-460 470-490

A >17 % >23 >20 >19 >22 >20 >19 >17 > 15

CHEM - C <0.18 C <0.21 C <0.22 C <0.20 C <0.20 C <020 C <0.20 C <0.22

- - - Mn <1.60 Mn <1.60 Mn <1.60 Mn <1.70 Mn <1.70 Mn <1.70


-
- - Si <0.55 Si <0.50 Si <0.50 Si <0.50 Si <0.50 Si <0.50
-
- P <0.05 P <0.05 P <0.05 P <0.04 P <0.04 - - -

- S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.04 S <0.04 - - -

ISO ISO 630 ISO 4995 ISO 4995 ISO 4995 ISO 4996 ISO 4996 ISO 4996 ISO 4996 ISO 4996

Fe 310 0 HR 235 B, D HR 275 B, D HR 355 B, D HS 355 C, D HS 390 C, D HS 420 C, D HS 460 C, D HS 490 C, D

ISO 6316 ISO 6316 ISO 6316

HR 235 B, D HR 275 B, D HR 355 B, D

EU EN 10027-1 EN 10027-1 EN 10027-1 EN 10027-1

S185 S235 S275 S355


EU 47

Fe 310 0

USA ASTM A570 ASTM A570 ASTM A570 ASTM A570 ASTM A607 ASTM A607 ASTM A607 ASTM A607 ASTM A607

30 33, 36 40 50 50 55 60 65 70

JAP JIS G3101

SS 34

SS 330

GER

FRA NF A35-501

A34

A33

UK

ITA UNI 7070

Fe 34A

Fe 34B

Fe 34C

AUS AS 1594

HR 200

AS 1405

180

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations applies in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
5. Structural steels in each column may differ in tensile strength and/or chemistry but are equivalent in terms of yield strength.
6. ISO grade class B = E = Rimming or NE = Non-rimming. D = CS = Special Killed.

461
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42A HOT-ROLLED STEEL SHEET - STRUCTURAL AND DUCTILE QUALITIES (CONT'D)(ISO 630, 4995, 4996, 3573, 3575, 6316, 6317)

COL 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
ISO 3573 (1.2 - 12.5 mm Thick; Width >600 mm) Hot-Dip Zinc Coated Sheets
QUAL ISO 6317(0.65 - 12 mm Thick; Width <600 mm) (0.25 - 5 mm Thick: Width <600 mm)
TYPE Commercial Drawing Deep Deep Drawing Commercial Lock Forming Drawing Deep Deep Drawing
Drawing Sp Killed Drawing Sp Killed

PHYS Rm <430 MPa <370 <390 260-430 260-410 260--410

- - - - - - -

- A<25% <26 <28 >24 >26 >29

CHEM C <0.15 C <0.12 C <0.10 C <0.08 C <0.15 C <0.12 C <0.12 C <0.10 C <0.08

Mn < 0 .60 Mn < 0.50 Mn <0.45 Mri < 0.45 Mn < 0.60 Mn < 0.60 Mn < 0.50 Mn < 0 . 45 Mn < 0 . 45

- - - - - - - - -

P <0.05 P <0.04 P <0.03 P <0.03 P <0.05 P <0.04 P <0.04 P <0.03 P <0.03

S <0.05 S <0.04 S <0.03 S <0.03 S <0.05 S <0.04 S <0.04 S <0.03 S <0.03

ISO ISO 3573 ISO 3573 ISO 3573 ISO 3573

HR1 HR2 HR3 HR4

ISO 6317 ISO 6317 ISO 6317 ISO 6317 ISO 3575 ISO 3575 ISO 3575 ISO 3575 ISO 3575

HR1 HR2 HR3 HR4 O1 O2 O3 O4 O5

EU EN 10142 EN 10142 EN 10142 EN 10142

DX51D DX52D DX53D DX54D

USA ASTM A569 ASTM A621 ASTM A622 ASTM A526 ASTM A527 ASTM A528 ASTM A642

AISI CQ AISI DQ AISI DQ

Sp Killed

JAP JIS G3131 JIS G3131 JIS G3131 JIS G3302 JIS G3302 JIS G3302 JIS G3302

SPHC SPHD SPHE SGCC SGCD1 SGC400 SGC490

SGCH SGCD2 SGC440 SGC570

SGCD3

GER St 0, St 1 St 2 St 3 St 4 St 0 St 1 St 2 St 3 St 4

FRA NF A36--301 NF A36-301 NF A36-301 NF A36-301 NF A36--321 NF A36--321 NF A36-321 NF A36-321 NFA36--321

0C 1C 2C 3C I II III IV (Aging) V(Non-Aging)

UK HR 15 HR 14, HS 14 HR 3 HR 2, HS 2 HR 15 HR 14, HS 14 HR 3 HR 2, HS 2

HS 15 HR 4, HS 4 HS 3 HR 1, HS 1 HS 15 HR 4, HS 4 HS 3 HR 1, HS 1

ITA UNI 5867 UNI 5867 UNI 5867 UNI 5867 UNI 5753 UNI 5753 UNI 5753 UNI 5753

Fe P10 Fe P11 Fe P12 Fe P13 Fe ZO Fe Z1 Fe Z2 Fe Z3

AUS AS 1594 AS 1594 AS 1397 AS 1397

HRC HRD GC GD

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations applies in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
5. Structural steels in each column may differ in tensile strength and/or chemistry but are equivalent in terms of yield strength.
6. ISO grade class B = E = Rimming or NE = Non-rimming. D = CS = Special Killed.

462
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42B COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEET - STRUCTURAL AND DUCTILE QUALITIES (ISO 4997, 5954, 3574, 5950, 1111)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip to Hardness (Temper)
Cold--Rolled Steel Sheet (0.36 - 3 mm Thick)
QUAL Classification (0.36 - 4 mm Thick).

Dead Soft Skin Hard Quarter Hard Half Hard Full Hard
TYPE
PHYS >300 >330 >400 -

>220 >250 >320 >550

>22 >20 >16 - 62.5 -75

70 -85

CHEM C >0.15 C >0.20 C >0.20 C >0.20 - - C <0.15 C <0.25 C <0.25

Mn >1.50 Mn >1.50 - - Mn <0.60 Mn <0.60 Mn <0.60

P >0.05 P <0.05 P <0.05 P <0.05 - - P <0.15 P <0.15 P <0.15

S >0.05 S <0.05 5 <0.05 S <0.05 - - S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05

ISO ISO 4997 ISO 4997 ISO 4997 ISO 4997 ISO 5954 ISO 5954 ISO 5954

CR 220 B, D CR 250 B, D CR 320 B, D CR 550 CRH-50 CRH-60 CRH-70

ISO 4998 ISO 4998 ISO 4998 ISO 4998

CR 220 CR 250 CR 320 CR 550

EU EN 10131

USA AISI AISI AISI CR AISI CR AISI CR PQ

DQ CQ PQ 1/4 Hard PQ 1/2 Hard Full Hard

ASTM A109 ASTM A109 ASTM A109 ASTM A109 ASTM A109

Temper 5 Temper 4 Temper 3 Teu-per 2 Temper 1

JAP JIS G3141 JIS G3141 JIS G3141 JIS G3141 JIS G3141

SPCC-A SPEC--S SPCC-4 (Dull SPCC-2 (Dull SPCC-1 (Dull

SPCD-A SPCD--S or Bright) or Bright) or Bright)

SPCE-A SPCE S (Dull or Bright)

GER DIN 1624 DIN 1624 DIN 1624 DIN 1624 DIN 1624

St3G St3LG St2K32 St2K40 SLNK50

St2K60

FRA NF A--- NF A--- NF A--- NF A--- NF A--

F1 F1 F1T1 F1T2 L1T4

Recuit Skin Pass

UK BS 1449 BS 1449 BS 1449 BS 1449 BS 1449

CSA 4BR CSSP 4BR CSQH 4BR CSHH 4BR CSH 4BR

ITA

AUS AS 1595 AS 1595 AS 1595 AS 1595 AS 1595

Temper 5 Temper 4 Temper 3 Temper 2 Temper 1

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations apply in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
5. 1 lb/base box = 22.46 g/m2.
6. 1 oz/ft2 = 305 g/m2.

463
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42B COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEET - STRUCTURAL AND DUCTILE QUALITIES (CONT'D) (ISO 4997, 5954, 3574, 5950, 1111)

COL 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
QUAL Cold-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet Cold-Rolled Tinplate and Blackplate
(0.36-4mm Thick: Width <600mm) (0.50 - 0.85 mm Thick: Width 600 -1050 mm)
Deep Deep
CumrnercIaI Drawing Deep Dead Commercial Drawing Deep
TYPE Drawing Drawing
Drawing Sp Killed Soft Drawing Sp Killed
PHYS Rm<370 MPa <350 <340 <370 <350 <340

A>30 % >34 >36 >31 >35 >37

HR30T<55 <52 <50 <56 <52 <52

- HRB<57 <53 <50 <59 <53 <53

CHEM C <0.15 C <0.12 C <0.10 C <0.08 C <0.15 C <0.12 C <0.10 C <0.08

Mn <0.60 Mn <0.50 Mn <0.45 Mn <0.45 Mn <0.60 Mn <0.50 Mn <0.45 Mn <0.45

P <0.05 P <0.04 P <0.03 P <0.03 P <0.05 P <0.04 P <0.03 P <0.03

S <0.05 S <0.04 S <0.03 S <0.03 S <0.05 S <0.04 S <0.03 S <0.03

ISO ISO 3574 ISO 3574 1903574 ISO 3574 ISO 5950 ISO 5950 ISO 5950 ISO 5950

CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 O1 O2 O3 O4

ISO 4999 ISO 4999 ISO 4999 ISO 4999

T001 T002 T003 T004

EU EN 10130 EN 10130 EN 10130 EN 10203

DCO1 DC03 DC04 T50 T52 T57 T61 T65

USA ASTM A366 ASTM A619 AS'IM A620 ASTM A623M AS"IM A623M ASTM A623M ASTM A623M ASTM A623M

A366 CQ A619 DQ A620 DQ-SK T--1 T--2 T-3 T-4, T-5 T-6

AISI CR AISI CR DQ

JAP JIS G3141 JIS G3141 JIS G3141 JIS G3303 JIS G3303 JIS G3303 JIS G3303 JIS G3303

SPCC SPCD SPCE T-1 T-2 T-3 T-4, T-5 T-6

SPCEN

GER DIN EN 10130 DIN EN 10130 DIN EN 10130 DIN EN 10203

DC01 DC03 DC04 T50 T52 T57 T61 T65

DIN 1623 DIN 1623 DIN 1623 DIN 1616 DIN 1616 DIN 1616 DIN 1616

St1203 St1303 St1405 A B C D

FRA NF EN 10130 NF EN 10130 NF EN 10130 NF EN 10203

DC01 DC03 DC04 T50 T52 T57 T61 T65

NF A36-401 NF A36--401 NF A36-401 NF A36-150 NF A36-150 NF A36--50 NF A36-150

XC XE Z.ES A B C D

UK BS EN 10130 BS EN 10130 BS EN 10130 BS EN 10203

DC01 DC03 DC04 T50 T52 T57 T61 T65

BS 1449 BS 1449 BS 1449 BS 1449

CR 4GP CR 3GP CR2GP CR1PL

ITA UNI EN 10130 UNI EN 10130 UNI EN 10130 UNI EN 10203

DC01 DC03 DC04 T50 T52 T57 T61 T65

UNI 5866 UNI 5866 UNI 5866 UNI 5866 UNI 5755 UNI 5755 UNI 5755 UNI 5755

Fe P00 Fe PO1 Fe P02 Fe P04 A B C D

AUS AS 1595 AS 1595 AS 1595 AS 1517 AS 1517 AS 1517 AS 1517 AS 1517

CRC CRD CRE T1 T2 T3 T4, T5 T6, T6CA

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations apply in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
5. 1 lb/base box = 22.46 g/m2.
6. 1 oz/ft2 = 305 g/m2.

464
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42C CARBON STEELS FOR WIRES AND RODS (ISO 8457-2)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUAL Commercial Low Carbon

TYPE
PHYS
CHEM C < 0.06 C < 0.08 C < 0.10 C = 0.08--0.13 C = 0.13-0.18 C = 0.18-0.23 C = 0.23--0.28 C = 0.28-0.33

Mn = 0.25-0.50 Mn = 0.25-0.50 Mn = 0.25--0.60 Mn = 0.30--0.60 Mn = 0.30-0.60 Mn = 0.40--0.70 All -

- - - - Si <0.35 Si <0.35 Si = 0.15--0.35 All

P < 0.035 - - - - P <0.060 - -

S < 0.035 - - - - S <0.050 - -

N < 0.007 N < 0.007 N < 0.007 N < 0.007 N < 0.007 N < 0.007 N < 0.008 All

ISO ISO 8457-2 ISO 8457-2 ISO 8457-2 ISO 8457-2 ISO 8457-2 ISO 8457-2 ISO 8457-2 ISO 8457-2

3CD5 2CD6 1CD8 2CD10 2CD15 2CD20 2CD25 2CD30

A, B 3CD6 CDO 3CD10 3CD15 3CD20 3CD25 3CD30

2CD5 A, B 3CD0

EU EN 10016

C4D C7D C9D C10D C15D C20D C26D C32D

3CD5 1CD6 1CD8 1CD10 1CD15 2CD20 2CD25 2CD30

3CD6 3CD8 3CD10 3CD15 3CD20 3CD25 3CD30

USA AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI

1005 1006 1008 1010 1015 1020 1025 1030

ASTM A227 Hard Drawn CL I (1570-1800 MPa): CL II (1010-2040 MPa), - ASTM A229 Oil Tempered CL I (1620-1830 MPa);:

JAP JIS G3505 JIS G3505 JIS G3505 JIS G3505 JIS G3505 JIS G3506 JIS G3506

SWRM6 SWRM8 SWRM10 SWRM15 SWRM20 SWRH27 SWRH32

SWRM12 SWRM17 SWRM22

JIS G3521 Hard Drawn Steel Wire to the following 3 classes: SWA (1270-1470 MPa); SWB (1470-1720 MPa): SWC (1'720-1960 MPa)
GER DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140
D6-2 D8-2 D9-1 D12-2 D15-2 D20--2 D26-2

D5-2 Hardness 1 Hardness 2 Hardness 2.5

DIN 17223 Round Spring Steel Wire-Quality Specification 6 Classes: A (1420-1710 MPa): B (1720-2010 MPa)

FRA NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051

FM5-2 FM6-2 FM8--1 FM10-2 FM 15-1 FM18-1, FM18-3 FM26-1 FM32-3

FM5--3 FM6-3 FM8--3 FM10-3 FM15-3 FM20-1, FM20-3 FM26-3

NF A47-301 Round Drawn Steal Wire for Springs: Class B1 (1760-2000 MPa):Class C1 (2000-2200 MPa)

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


015A03 040A04 040A10 040A15 040A20 060A25 060A30

030A04 050A10 050A15 050A20 060A27 060A32

050A04 060A10 060A15

BS 5216 Patented Cold Drawn Steel Spring Wire - Codes NS, HS.Grade 1 (1370-1570 MPa): Grade 2 (1570-1770 MPa):

BS 2803 Oil hardened and Tempered Steel Wire for Springs - Grades I. II, and III (1622-1776 MPa)

ITA UNI 5331 UNI 5332 UNI 5332 UNI 5332

C10 C16 C20 C30

UNI 3823 Round Steel Wire for Springs - Types I, II, III, and IV Class A (1270-1470 MPa): B (1470-1720 MPa):

AUS AS 1442 AS 1442 AS 1442 AS 1442 AS 1442 AS 1442 AS 1442 AS 1442


S 1006 S 1008 S 1010 S 1015 S 1020 S 1025 S 1030

K 1008 K 1010 K 1016 K 1020 K 1026 K 1030


AS 1472 Carbon Steel Spring Wire - Soft Drawn (C = 0.65-0.75%): Oil Hardened (C = 0.55-.085%); Class 1 (1620-1830 MPa):

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations apply in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
5. Tensile strength values shown for finished wire products are valid for 2 mm diameters.

465
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42C CARBON STEELS FOR WIRES AND RODS (CONT'D)(ISO 8457-2)

COL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
QUAL Medium Carbon High Carbon and Strength

TYPE
PHYS
CHEM C=0.33-0.39 C=0.38-0.43 C=0.43-0.46 C=0.48-0.53 C=0.53-0.58 C=0.58-0.63 C=0.63-0.68 C=0.73-0.78 C=0.83-0.88 C=0.93-0.98

- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
P <0.050 - - - - - - - - -

S <0.045 - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - -

ISO ISO 8457-2

2CD35 2CD40 2CD45 2CD50 2CD55 2CD60 2CD65 2CD70 2CD80 2CD95
A.H A.B A.H A.B A,B A,B A.B A.B A,B A.B
3CD35 3CD40 3CD45 3CD50 3CD55 JCD60 3CD65 3CD70 3CD80 3CD95
A.H A.D A,B A,H A,H A,D A,D A.B A.B A,B

EU EN 10016

C38D C42D C48D C50D C56D C60D C66D C76D C86D C92D
2CD35 2CD40 2CD45 2CD50 2CD55 2CD60 2CD65 3CD75 3CD85 3CD95
3CD35 3CD40 3CD45 3CD50 3CD55 3CD60 3CD65 (2CD70) (3CD80) (3CD90)

USA AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI

1035 1040 1045 1050 1055 1060 1065 1070 1080 1086

CL II (1830-2040) - ASTM A228 Music Wire (1940-2150 MPa) ASTM A230 Oil Tempered Valve Spring Quality (1650-1790 MPa)

JAP JIS G3506 JIS G3506 JIS G3506 JIS G3506 JIS G3506 JIS G3506 JIS G3506 JIS G3506 JIS G3506

SWRH37 SWRH42A SWRH47A SWRH52A SWRH57A SWRH62A SWRH67A SWRH72A SWRH82A

SWRH42B SWRH47B SWRH52B SWRH57B SWRH62B SWRH67B SWRH72B SWRH82B

JIS G3521 Hard Drawn Steel Wire to the following 3 classes: SWA (1270-1470 MPa); SWB (1470-1720 MPa): SWC (1'720-1960 MPa) SWRH77A

GER DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140 DIN 17140

D35--2 D45-2 D55-2 D65-2 D75-2 D85-2 D95-2

Hardness 3 Hardness 4 Hardness 5 Hardness 6 Hardness 7 Hardness 8 Hardness 9

C (2020-2210 MPa): II (2110--2350 MPa): FD (1620-1760 MPa): VD (1520--1620 MPa)

FRA NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051 NF A35-051

FM72-3 FM80-3
FM38-3 FM42--3 FM50-3 FM56-3 FM60-3 FM66-3
FM36-3 FM76-3 FM82-3
FM40-3 FM46-3 FM52-3 FM58-3 FM62-3 F7468-3
FM78-3 FM86-3

NF A47-301 Round Drawn Steal Wire for Springs: Class B1 (1760-2000 MPa):Class C1 (2000-2200 MPa)

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970

060A35 060A40 060A47 060A52 060A57 060A62 060A67 060A72 060A86 060A99

060A37 060A42 070A72 060A83 060A96

Grade 3 (1770-1970 MP.) - Codes HD. HD Grade 2 (1570-1770 MP.); Grade 3 (1770-1970 MPa) - Code M Grade 4 (1970-2120 MPa): Grade 5 (2120-2270 MPa)

ITA UNI 5332 UNI 3823 UNI 3823 UNI 3823 UNI 3823 UNI 3823 UNI 3823 UNI 3823 UNI 3823 UNI 3823

C35 Type I Type I Type I Type II Type II Type III Type III Type IV Type IV

C (1720--1960 MPa); D (1960-2210 MPa): E (>2210 MPa)

AUS AS 1442 AS 1442 AS 1442

S1035 S1040 S1045

K1035 K1040 K1045


Hard Drawn (C = 045 - 0.85%) - Range #1 (1600-1840 MPa): #2 (1810-2040 MPa): #3 (2010-2270 MPa)

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations apply in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
5. Tensile strength values shown for finished wire products are valid for 2 mm diameters.

466
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42D STEEL TYPES USED FOR TUBING (ISO 3304, 3305, 3306, 2937, 2938)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUAL Seamless and Welded Precision Tube Plain End As-Welded Precision Tubes
PHYS BK BK BK BK BK KM KM KM

No.1 400- 420-- 450- 520- 600- 320- 330- 400-

6- 6- 6- 5- 4- 10- 8- 7-

PHYS BKW BKW BKW BKW BKW GKM. GZF GKM. GZF GKM. GZF

No.2 350- 370- 400- 450- 550- 270- 320- 340-

10- 10- 9- 8- 7- 27- 27- 26-

PHYS GBK. GZF GBK. GZF GBK. GZF GBK. GZF GBK. GZF NKM. NZF NKM, NZF NKM. NZF

No.3 270- 320- 340- 400- 480- 280- 320- 360-


- - - _ _ 155- 195- 215-
27- 27- 26- 24- 23- 25- 25- 24-

PHYS NBK. NZF NBK. NZF NBK. NZF NBK. NZF NBK. NZF

No.4 280- 320- 360- 410- 490

155- 195- 215- 235- 285

25- 25- 24- 22- 21

CHEM C <0.13 C <0.16 C <0.17 C <0.21 C <0.23 C <0.13 C <0.16 C <0.17

Mn <0.6 Mn <0.7 Mn <0.8 Mn <1.2 Mn<1.5 Mn<0.6 Mn <0.7 Mn <0.8

_ _ 31 <0.35 Si <0.35 Si <0.35 - - Si <0.35

P <0.05 P <0.05 P <0.05 P <0.05 P<0-05 P '0.05 P '0.05 P <0.05

S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05

ISO ISO 3304 ISO 3304 ISO 3304 ISO 3304 ISO 3304 ISO 3306 ISO 3306 ISO 3306

ISO 3305 ISO 3305 ISO 3305 ISO 3305 SO 3305 R28 R33 R37

R28 R33 R37 R44 R50

EU EN 10210

S235JRH S275JOH S355JOH


USA ASTM A519 ASTM A519 ASTM A519 ASTM A519 ASTM A519 ASTM A512 ASTM A512 ASTM A512

and A512 ans A512 and A512 and A512 and A512 MT 1010 MT 1015 MTX 1015

MT 1010 MT 1015 MTX 1015 MT 1020 MTX 1020 MF. MDSA MD. MDSA MD. MDSA

MD. MDSA MD. MDSA MD. MDSA MD. MDSA MD. MDSA NORM-MD-SA NORM-MD-SA NORM-MD-SA

NORM-MD-SR NORM-MD-SR NORM-MD-SR NORM-MD-SR NORM-MD-SR

JAP STKM 11A STKM 12A STKM 12A STKM 12B STKM 18B STKM 11A STKM 12A STKM 12A

STKM 12B STKM 12B STKM 12C STKM 19C STKM 12D

STKM 12C

GER DIN 2391 DIN 2393 DIN 2393 DIN 2391 DIN 2391 DIN 1626 DIN 2394 DIN 2394

St 35 St 34-2 St 37-2 3t 45 St 52.St 55 St 33 SSt 2 SSt 2

DIN 2393 DIN 2393 DIN 1626

St 42-2 St 52-3 St 34

FRA Pr A49-341 Pr A49-341 NF A49-310 Pr A49-341 NF A49-310

TS 28-a TS 34-a TU 37-b TS 42-a TU 52-b

Py A49-341 Pr A49-341

TS 37-a TS 47-a

UK BS 1775 BS 1775 BS 1775 BS 1775 BS 1775 BS 980 BS 1775 BS 1775

CDS-11 CDS-13 CDS-16 CDS-20 CEW-28 ERW-1 HFW-13 HFW--16

CEW-11 CEW-16 CEW-24 BS 980 BS 1775 ERW-13 ERW-16

BS 980 BS 980 CEW-23 CDS-9 ERW-11

CDS-1.CEW-1 CDS-2.CDS-3

CEW-2 ERW-2

ITA UNI 2897 UNI 2897 UNI 2897 UNI 2897 UNI 7091

Fe 35-1 Fe 35-2 Fe 45-2 Fe 52-2 Fe 34

AUS CDS 170 CDS 200, CDS 250 CDS 300 CDS 350 CDs 370 CEW 170 CEW 200 CEW 250

ERW 170 ERW 200 ERW 300 ERW 350 CDS 430 ERW 170 ERW 200 ERW 250

HFS 170 ERW 250 CDs 540 EFW 170 EFW 200 EFW 250

HFS 200 ERW 380

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations apply in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.

467
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42D STEEL TYPES USED FOR TUBING (CONT'D) (ISO 3304, 3305, 3306, 2937, 2938)

COL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Hollow Steel Bars-
Mechanical Application Tubes - Seamless
QUAL Seamless
PHYS KM KM Hot Finished Hot Finished

No.1 Rm=460- MPa 520- 320-440 360-+480 410-530 490-610 540-660 490-610 490-640

195- 215- 235- 285- 275- 335- 275

A5=6- % 5- 25- 24- 22- 21- 20- 21- 21

PHYS GKM. GZF GKM. GZF Normalized Normalized

No.2 Rm=400- MPa 400- 490-610 490--610

345- 275

A5=24- % 23- 21- 21

PHYS NKM. NZF NKM. NZF

No.3 Rm=410- MPa 490

Re=235- MPa 285

A5=22- % 21

PHYS
No.4
CHEM C <0.21 C <0.23 C <0.16 C <0.17 C <0.21 C <0.23 C=0.32-0.39 C <0.2 C=0.32-0.39

Mn <1.2 Mn <1.5 Mn-0.3--0.7 Mn-0.4-0.8 Mn-0.4-1.2 Mn-0.0-1.5 Mn-0.5--0.8 Mn <1.6 Mn-0.5-0.8

Si <0.35 Si <0,35 -- Si <0.35 Si <0.35 Si <0.35 Si-0.15-0.4 Si <0.5 Si-0.15-0.4

P <0.05 P <0.05 P <0.05 P <0.045 P <0.045 P <0.045 P <0.035 P <0.045 P <0.035

S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.045 S <0.045 S <0-045 S <0.035 S <0.045 S <0.035

ISO ISO 3306 ISO 3306 ISO 2937 ISO 2937 ISO 2937 ISO 2937 ISO 2937 ISO 2938 ISO 2938

R44 R50 TS1 TS4 TS9 TS18 C35 1 2

EU
USA ASTM A512 ASTM A512 ASTM A519 ASTM A519 ASTM A519 ASTM A519 ASTM A519 ASTM A618 ASTM A519

MT 1020 MTX 1020 MT 1010 MT 1015 MT 1020 MTX 1020 1045 I 1035

MD, MDSA MD, MDSA N N N N A II A OR N

NORM-MD-SA NORM-MD-SA

JAP JIS G3445 JIS G3445 JIS G3445 JIS G3445 JIS G3445 JIS G3445 JIS G3445 JIS G3445 JIS G3445

STKM 12B STKM 18B STKM 12A STKM 12A STKM 12B STKM 18C STKM 16A STKM 18B STKM 16A

STKM 12C STKM 18C STKM 12B

GER DIN 1626 DIN 1626 DIN 1629 DIN 17175 DIN 17175 DIN 1629 DIN 1629 DIN 1629 DIN 1629

St 37 St 42, St 52 St 00 St 35.8 St 45.8 St 52.4 St 55.4 St 52.4 St 55.4

DIN 2393 DIN 2393 DIN 1629 DIN 1629

St 37-2 St 42, St 52 St 35.4 St 45.4

FRA NF A49-311 NF A49--311 NF A49-311 Pr A49--312 Pr A49-312

TU 37-b TU 52-b TU XC35,TU 56-b TU 52-b TU XC 35

UK BS 1775 BS 1775 BS 980 BS 980 BS 980 BS 980 BS 980 BS 1775 BS 980

ERW-20 HFW-23 CDS-1 CDS-2, CDS-3 CDS-9 CDS-10 CDS-6 HFS--20 ERW-3

ERW-23 BS 1775 BS 1775 BS 4360 BS 4360 BS 4360

CDS--13 CDS-16 43C. 43D, 43E 50B, 50C, 50D 55C, 55E

ITA UNI 7091 UNI 7091 UNI 663 UNI 663 UNI 6403 UNI 663

Fe 37 Fe 42, Fe 52 Fe 35-1 Fe 45-1 C20 Fe 55-1

AUS AS 1450 AS 1450 AS 1450 AS 1450 AS 1450 AS 1450 AS 1450 AS 1450


CEW 350 CEW 300 CDS 200 CDS 250 CDS 300 CDS 430 HFS 350 HFS 300

ERW 350 ERW 300

EFW 350 EFW 300


Nomenclature - USA Nomenclature - ISO KM As Welded and Sized

MD -- Mandrel Drawn BK Cold Finished/Hard GKM Annealed with Controlled Atmosphere


MDSA - Mandrel Drawn - Soft Annealed BWK Cold Finished/Soft GZF Annealed and Pickled
NORM-MDSA - Normalized - Mandrel Drawn, Stress Relieved GBK Annealed with Controlled Atmosphere NKM Normalized with Controlled Atmosphere
HR - Hot Rolled; N - .Normalized; A - Annealed NBK Normalized with Controlled Atmosphere

NZF Notmalized and Pickled

468
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42E HOT-DIP ZINC-COATING GRADES FOR HOT - OR COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEETS (ISO 3575, 4998)

Minimum check limit


Coating
Triple spot test Single spot test
designation 2 2
g/m (of sheet) g/m (of sheet)
Z700 700 595
Z600 600 510
2450 450 385
Z350 350 300
Z275 275 235
Z200 200 170
Z180 180 150
Z100 100 85
Z001 No minimum No minimum
ZF180 180 150
ZF100 100 85
ZF001 No minimum No minimum
The name of coating is not always evenly divided
between the two surfaces of a zinc-coated sheet, neither
is the zinc coating evenly distributed from edge to
edge. However, it can normally be expected that not
less than 40 % of the single-spot check limit will be
found on either surface.
NOTES:
1. Hot dip zinc-coating may be specified for hot-or cold-rolled steel
grades Fe310, HR235, HR275, HR355, CR220, CR250, CR280, CR320,
and CR550 shown in Tables 10-42A or 10-4213, columns 1-4.
2. Coating crass corresponding to the designation 2450, Z600, and
2700 are not available: for steels with minimum yield stresses of
320 MPa and 550 MPa.
3. ''No Minimum" means that there are no established minimum
check limits for triple and single spot tests.

TABLE 10-42F ELECTROLYTIC ZINC-COATING GRADES FOR HOT- OR COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEETS
(ISO 5002)

Nominal thickness per side Nominal coating mass per side


Coating designation (For information only)
2
µm g /m
ZE10/10 1.0 7
ZE25/25 2.5 18
ZE38/38 3.8 27
ZE50/50 5.0 36
ZE75/75 7.5 54
ZE135/0 13.5 96
ZE150/0 15.0 107
NOTES:
1. Electrolytic zinc-coating may be specified for hot- or cold-rolled steel grades HR1, HR2, HR3, HR4, CR1,
CR2, CR3 and CR4 shown in Tables 10-42A or 10-42B, columns 10-13.
2. (1) Equally coated material should be designated as ZE10/10. (2) Differentially coated material
should be designated as ZE50/10. (3) One-side coated material should be designated as ZE38/0.
3. The minimum thickness should not be less than 90% of the nominal thickness shown in the above table.
3
4. The density of zinc used is 7.1 kg/dm .

469
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42G ELECTROLYTIC TIN-COATING GRADES (ISO 5950)

Minimum coating mass limits


Coating Nominal Triple spot test Single spot
desig- coating check limits test check
nation limits
2 2 2
g/m g/m (of sheet) g/m (of sheet)
SN56 5.6 3.7 2.8
SN112 11.2 7.3 5.6
SN168 16.8 11.0 8.2
SN224 22.4 14.6 11.0
Because of the many variables and changing conditions
that are characteristic of continuous tin coating,
the mass of coating is not always evenly divided be
tween the two surfaces of a tin-coated sheet, neither
is the tin coating evenly distributed from edge to edge.
However, it can normally be expected that not less
than 40 % of the single-spot check limit will be found
on either surface.

TABLE 10-42H ELECTROLYTIC TINPLATE EQUALLY COATING GRADES (ISO 1111-1)

Minimum average
1
Nominal coating mass coating mass
1
Code
2 2
g/m g/m
Per Total both Total both
surface surfaces surfaces
E2.8/2.8 2.8 5.6 4.9
E5.6/5.6 5.6 11.2 10.5
E8.4/8.4 8.4 16.8 15.7
E11.2/11.2 11.2 22.4 20.2
1
The code figures are derived from the nominal coating mass on
each surface of the tinplate.

TABLE 10-42I ELECTROLYTIC TINPLATE DIFFERENTIALLY COATING GRADES (ISO 1111-1)

Nominal coating Minimum average


1
mass coating mass
1
Code
2 2
g/m g/m
Heavily Lightly Heavily Lightly
coated coated coated coated
surface surface surface surface
D5.6/2.8 5.6 2.8 4.75 2.25
D8.4/2.8 8.4 2.8 7.85 2.25
D8.4/5.6 8.4 5.6 7.85 4.75
D11.2/2.8 11.2 2.8 10.1 2.25
D11.2/5.6 11.2 5.6 10.1 4.75
1
The code figures are derived from the nominal coating mass on
each surface of the tinplate.

470
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-42J HOT-DIPPED TINPLATE COATING GRADES (ISO 1111-1)

Nominal coating Minimum average


1
mass coating mass
1
Code
2 2
g/m g/m
Total both surfaces Total both surfaces
H12/12 24.0 21.0
H14/14 28.0 24.6
H15/15 30.0 26.0
H17/17 33.6 28.0
NOTE: 1. The code figures are derived from the nominal coating mass on
each surface of the tinplate. In hot-dipped tinplate it is not possible, as
for electrolytic tinplate, intentionally to vary the distribution between
the two surfaces and the total coating is assumed to be equally divided
between the two surfaces.

TABLE 10-42K HOT-DIP TERNE (LEAD ALLOY) COATING GRADES (ISO 4999)

2
Minimum coating mass Iimits, g/m

Coating (total both sides)


designation
Triple spot test Single spot test
check limits check limits

001 No minimum No minimum

050 50 40
075 75 60
100 100 75
120 120 90
NOTES:
1. Hot dip terne coatings may be applied to cold-rolled steel grades
CR1, CR2, CR3, and CR4 shown in Table 10-42B, columns 10-13.
2. ''No minimum" means that there are no established minimum
check limits for triple spot and single spot tests.

471
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-43A STEEL FOR STRUCTURAL AND GENERAL ENGINEERING PURPOSES
(ISO 630, 1052, 5951, 7452, 9034, 4951, 4950-1, 4950-2, 4950-3)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
QUAL
TYPE
PHYS Rm=310-510 MPa 360-460 430-530 490-630 490--640 590-740 690-840

Re>175 MPa >235 >275 >355 >295 >335 >365

A>17 % >25 >22 >21 >20 >15 >10

CHEM - C <0.20 C <0.24 C <0.22 - - -

- P <0.06 P <0.06 P <0.05 P <0.05 P <0.05 P <0.05

- S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05 S <0.05

ISO ISO 630 ISO 630 ISO 630 ISO 630 ISO 1052 ISO 1052 ISO 1052

Fe 310-0 Fe 360 B, C, D Fe 430 B, C, D Fe 510 C, D Fe 490 Fe 590 Fe 690

EU EN 10025 EN 10025 EN 10025 EN 10025 EN 10025 EN 10025 EN 10025


Fe 310-0 Fe 360 B, C Fe 430 B, C Fe 510 C, D Fe 490-2 Fe 590-2 Fe 690-2

EN 10027-1 EN 10027-1 EN 10027-1 EN 10027-1 EN 10027-1 EN 10027-1 EN 10027-1


S185 S235 S275 S355 E295 E355 E360

USA ASTM A570 ASTM A570 ASTM A570 ASTM A572 ASTM A572 ASTM A572 ASTM A572

A C E 50 42 50 55

JAP JIS G3106 JIS G3106 JIS G3106 JIS G3106 JIS G3106
SS 34 SM400A.B.C SM 520 B.C SM 490 D.C SM 570

SS41 SM 490 YD SS 50 SS 55

GER DIN EN 10025 DIN EN 10025 DIN EN 10025 DIN EN 10025 DIN EN 10025 DIN EN 10025 DIN EN 10025
Fe 310-0 Fe 360 B, C Fe 430 B, C Fe 510 C, D Fe 490-2 Fe 590-2 Fe 690-2

DIN 17100 DIN 17100 DIN 17100 DIN 17100 DIN 17100 DIN 17100 DIN 17100
St 33 St 37 St 44 St 52 St 50 St 60 St 70

FRA NF EN 10025 NF EN 10025 NF EN 10025 NF EN 10025 NF EN 10025 NF EN 10025 NF EN 10025


Fe 310-0 Fe 360 B, C Fe 430 B, C Fe 510 C, D Fe 490-2 Fe 590-2 Fe 690-2

NF A35-501 NF A35-501 NF A35-501 NF A35-501 NF A35-501 NF A35-501 NF A35-501

A33 E24 E28 E36 A50 A60 A70

UK BS EN 10025 BS EN 10025 BS EN 10025 BS EN 10025 BS EN 10025 BS EN 10025 BS EN 10025


Fe 310-0 Fe 360 B, C Fe 430 B, C Fe 510 C, D Fe 490-2 Fe 590-2 Fe 690-2

BS 4360 BS 4360 BS 4360 BS 4360 BS 4360

40B, C, D 43B, C, D 50C, D 50B 50D

ITA UNI EN 10025 UNI EN 10025 UNI EN 10025 UNI EN 10025 UNI EN 10025 UNI EN 10025 UNI EN 10025

Fe 310-0 Fe 360 B, C Fe 430 B, C Fe 510 C, D Fe 490-2,Fe 480 Fe 590-2,Fe 580 Fe 690-2,Fe 650

UNI 7070 UNI 7070 UNI 7070 UNI 7070 UNI 7070 UNI 7070 UNI 7070
Fe 33 Fe 37 Fe 44 Fe 52 Fe 50 Fe 60 Fe 70

AUS AS 1594 AS 1594 AS 1594 AS 1204 AS 1204 AS 1204

HR 200 HR 240 HR 340 350 400 500

AS 1405 AS 1405

180 210

RUS GOST 27772 GOST 27772 GOST 27772 GOST 27772 GOST 27772 GOST 27772
S235 S245 S345 S285 S345 S375

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations apply in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
5. Structural steels in each column may differ in tensile strength and/or chemistry but are equivalent in terms of yield strength.
6. ISO grade class B = E = Rimming or NE = Non-rimming. D = CS = Special Killed.

472
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-43B STEEL FOR STRUCTURAL AND GENERAL ENGINEERING PURPOSES
(ISO 630, 1052, 5951, 7452, 9034, 4951, 4950-1, 4950-2, 4950-3)

COL 1 2 3 4 5
QUAL Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet of Higher Yield Strength
(1.6 mm Thick and over: Width 600 mm and over)
TYPE
PHYS Rm>350 MPa >420 >460 >540 >610

Re>275 MPa >355 >420 >490 >560

A>25 % >21 >10 >15 >12

CHEM

ISO ISO 5951 ISO 5951 ISO 5951 ISO 5951 ISO 5951
HSF 275 HSF 355 HSF 420 HSF 490 HSF 560

EU

USA ASTM A570 ASTM A607 ASTM A607 ASTM A607

40 50 60 70

JAP JIS G3101 JIS G3101

SS490 SS540

GER DIN 1623

St52-3

FRA NF A35--501 NF A36-203 NF A36--203 NF A36--203

E 26 (A42) E 335 D E 445 D E 490 D

UK BS 1449 BS 1449 BS 1449 BS 1449


HR 43/35
HR 43/25 FIR 46/40 HR 50/45
HR 50/35
HS 43/25 HR 43/35 HS 46/40 IIS 50/45

HR 50/35

ITA UNI 7070

Fe 52B

Fe 52C

Fe 52D

AUS AS 1594 Ly--ten

HR 280 HR 340

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations apply in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 or 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.

473
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-43B STEEL FOR STRUCTURAL AND GENERAL ENGINEERING PURPOSES (CONT'D)
(ISO 630, 1052, 5951, 7452, 9034, 4951, 4950-1, 4950-2, 4950-3)

COL 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Hot-Rolled Bars. Sections and ISO 4950-2, 3 Hot-Rolled Plates and Wide Flats
QUAL Hollow Sections (ISO 4951) (3-70 mm Thick: Width >600 mm)
TYPE
Rm 470-630 MPa 490-650 530-680 570-720 610-770 670-830 720-890 770-940
PHYS
Re>355 MPa >390 >420 >460 >500 >550 >620 >690

A>22 % >20 >18 >17 >16 >16 >15 >14

CHEM C <0.20 C <0.20 C <0.20 C <0.20 C <0.20 C <0.20 C <0.20 C <0.20

Mn = 0.9-1.6 Mn = 1 -1 .6 Mn =0.7-1.7 Mn =0.7-1.7 Mn =0.7-1.7 Mn =1.7 Mn <1.7 Mn <1.7

Si <0.5 Si <0 5 Si <0.55 Si <0.55 Si <0.55 Si =0.1-0.8 Si =0.1-0.8 Si =0.1-0.8

P <0.035 P <0.035 P <0.03 P <0.03 P <0.03 P <0.03 P <0.03 P <0.03

S <0.035 S <0.035 S <0.03 S <0.03 S <0.03 S <0.03 S <0.03 S <0.03

ISO ISO 4951 ISO 4951 ISO 4950-2.3 ISO 4950-2.3 ISO 4950-2.3 ISO 4950-2.3 ISO 4950-2.3 ISO 4950-2.3

E355 CC.DD E390 CC, DD E420 DD, E E460 DD, E E500 DD, E E550 DD. E E620 DD, E E690 DD, E

ISO 4951

E420 CC, DD

EU

USA ASTM A434

BB

JAP JIS G3128

SHY 685

GER

FRA

UK

ITA

AUS

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations apply in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 or 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.

474
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-44 CARBON STEELS (ISO 683-1)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUAL
TYPE
Rm= 540-690 MPa 580-730 620-760 660-800
Re= 360- MPa 390- 420- 450-
PHYS A=19- % 18- 17- 16-

CHEM C=0.08 max C=0.08-0.13 C=0.13-0.18 C=0.18-0.23 C=0.22-0.29 C=0.27-0.34 C=0.32-0.39 C=0.37-0.44

Mn=0.25-0.40 Mn=0.30-0.60 Mn=0.30-0.60 Mn=0.30-0.60 Mn=0.40-0.70 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.50-0.80


Si=0.10-0.40 all

P=0.45 max, S=0.45 max for ISO types without suffix. P=0.35 max for ISO types E and M

S=0.35 max (type E) . S=0.20-0.40 (type M)

ISO ISO 683-1 ISO 683-1 ISO 683-1 ISO 683-1


C25 C30 C35 C40

C25 E4 C30 E4 C35 E4 C40 E4

C25 M2 C30 M2 C35 M2 C40 M2

EU EN 10083-1, 2
C22 1C25, C25 1C30, C30 1C35, C35 1C40, C40

C22E 2C25, C25E 2C30, C30E 2C35, C35E 2C40, C40E

C22R 3C25, C25R 3C30, C30R 3C35, C35R 3C40, C40R

USA ASTM A576 AS'IM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576

1006 1010 1015 1020 1025 1030 1035 1040

JAP JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051
S10C S15C 520C S25C S30C S35C S40C

GER DIN 17200/17210 DIN 17200/17210 DIN 17200/17210 DIN EN 10083-1, 2 DIN EN 10083-1, 2 DIN EN 10083-1, 2 DIN EN 10083-1, 2

C10 C15 C22 1C25 1C30. C30 1C35. C35 1040. C40

CK22 2025 2C30. Ck30 2C35. Ck35 2C40. Ck40

3C25 3C30, Cm30 3C35. Cm35 3C40, Cm40

FRA NF A35-531 NF A35-531 NF A35-531


NF EN 10083-1, 2 NF EN 10083-1, 2 NF EN 10083-1, 2 NF EN 10083-1, 2

CC10 XC12 CC20 1C25, 2C25 1C30, 2C30 1C35, 2C35 1C40, 2C40

XC10 XC18 3C25 3C30 3C35 3C40

XC25 XC32 CC35 XC38, XC42

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


BS EN 10083-1, 2 BS EN 10083-1, 2 BS EN 10083-1, 2 BS EN 10083-1, 2
030A04 040A10 040A15 040A20
1C25, 2C25 1C30, 2C30 1C35, 2C35 1C40, 2C40
040A04 050A10 050A15 050A20
3C25 3C30 3C35 3C40

060A25, 060A27 060A30, 060A32 060A35 06OA42

070M76 08OM30 060A37 080M40

ITA UNI 5331 UNI 5332 UNI 5332 UNI EN 10083-1, 2 UNI EN 10083-1, 2 UNI EN 10083-1, 2 UNI EN 10083-1, 2

C10 C16 C20 1C25, 2C25 1C30, 2C30 1C35, 2C35 1C40, 2C40

3C25 3C30 3C35 3C40

UNI 5332, C30 UNI 5332, C35 UNI 5332, C40

AUS AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443

S1006 S1010 S1015 S1020 S1025 S1030 S1035 S1040

K1008 K1010 K1016 K1020 K1026 K1030 K1035 K1039

RUS GOST 1050 GOST 1050 GOST 1050 GOST 1050 GOST 1050

20 25 30 35 40

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations apply in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.

475
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-44 CARBON STEELS (CONT'D)(ISO 683-1)

COL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
QUAL
TYPE
PHYS 700-040 720-600 700-930 630--900

400- 510-- 540- 570

14- 13-- 12- 11

CHEM C=0.42--0.50 C=0.47-0.55 C=0.52--0.60 C=0.57-0.65 C=0.60--0.70 C=0.65-0.75 C=0.75-0.88 C=0.85-0.98

Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90

Si=0.10-0.40 all

P=0.45 max, S=0.45 max for ISO types without suffix. P=0.35 max for ISO types E and M

S=0.35 max (type E) . S=0.20-0,40 (type M)

ISO ISO 683-1 ISO 683-1 ISO 683-1 ISO 683-1


C45 C50 C55 C60

C45 E4 C50 E4 C55 E4 C60 E4

C45 M2 C50 M2 C55 M2 C60 M2

EU EN 10083-1, 2
1C45, C45 1C50, C50 1C55, C55 1C60, C60

2C45, C45E 2C50, C50E 2C55, C55E 2C60, C60E

3C45, C45R 3C50, C50R 3C55, C55R 3C60, C60R

USA ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576

1045 1050 1055 1060 1065 1070 1080 1090

JAP JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051


S45C S50C S55C S58C

GER DIN EN 10083-1, 2/DIN 17200/17210

1C45, C45 1C50, C50 1C55, C55 1C60, C60

2C45, Ck45 2C50, Ck50 2C55, Ck55 2C60, Ck60

3C45, Crn45 3C50, Cm50 3C55, Cm55 3C60, Cm60

FRA NF EN 10083-1, 2/NF A35-531 NF A35-531 NF A35-531 NF A35-531


1C45, 2C45 1C50, 2C50 1C55, 2C55 1C60, 2C60 XC65 XC70 XC80

3C45 3C50 3C55 3C60

CC45, XC48 XC55

UK BS EN 10083-1, 2/BS 970


1C45, 2C45 1C50, 2C50 1C55, 2C55 1C60, 2C60 060A67 060A72 060A78 060A96

3C45 3C50 3C55 3C60 080A67 080A72 070A78 080A86

060A47 080A52 080A57 080A62 080A78

080A47, 080M46 060A52 060A57, 070M55 060A62 080A83

ITA UNI EN 10083-1, 2/ UNI 5332 UNI 3545 UNI 3545 UNI 3545 UNI 3545
1C45, 2C45 1C50, 2C50 1C55, 2C55 1C60, 2C60 C60 C70 C75 C90

3C45 3C50 3C55 3C60 C100

C45 C50 C60

AUS AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443 AS 1442/1443

S1045 S1050 K1055 S1058 K1065 S1070 XK1082

K1045 K1050 K1060 K1070

RUS GOST 1050 GOST 1050 GOST 1050 GOST 1050


45 50 55 60

NOTES: 1. The EN and ISO material designations apply in Germany, France, UK, Italy and throughout EU.
2. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
3. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
4. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.

476
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-45A TOOL STEEL (ISO 4957)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6

QUAL Un-Alloyed Cold-Work Tool Steels


TYPE
PHYS Hard anne<183 HB <192 <207 <212 <217 <217
Hard temp 800 oC 790 700 780 770 770
W (ater) W W W W W
Tempg temp180 oC 180 180 180 180 180
Hard>57 HRC >58 >60 >61 >62 >63

CHEM C=0.65-0.74 C=0.75-0.84 C=0.85-0.94 C=0.95-1.09 C=1.10-1.29 C=1.30-1.50


Mn <0.35 Mn <0.35 Mn <0.35 Mn <0.35 Mn <0.35 Mn <0.35
Si <0.35 Si <0.35 Si <0.35 Si <0.35 Si <0.35 Si <0.35
P <0.03 P <0.03 P <0.03 P <0.03 P <0.03 P <0.03
S <0.03 S <0.03 S <0.03 S <0.03 S <0.03 S <0.03

ISO ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957
TC70 TC80 TC90 TC105 TC120 TC140

EU EURONORM 96
CT70 CT80 CT90 CT105 CT120

USA SAE J438/ASTM A686


AISI W1 W108 W109 W110 W112 AISI W2
W1-8 W1-9 W1-10 W1-11 1/2

JAP JIS G4401 JIS G4401 JIS G4401 JIS G4401 JIS G4401 JIS G4401
SK6 SK5 SK4 SK3 SK2 SK1
(SK7) (SK6) (SK5)

GER DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350
C70W2 C80W1 C105W1 C125W C135W

FRA NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590


Y170 Y180 Y190 Y1105 Y2120 Y2140

UK

ITA UNI 2955/I UNI 2955/I UNI 2955/I UNI 2955/I


C70KU C80KU C100KU C120KU

AUS AS 1239
W1A

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to heat treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.
6. Quenching medium: W = Water; O = Oil; A = Air.

477
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-45A TOOL STEEL (CONT'D)(ISO 4957)

COL 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

QUAL Hot-Work Steels


TYPE
Hard anne 277 HB 248 300 229 229 229 235 241
PHYS
Hard temp 850 oC 850 - 1040 1020 1020 1060 1150
O (oil) O - O O O O O
Tempg temp500 oC 500 550 550 550 600 600
Hard 40- HRC 42- - 46- 48- 48- 46- 48-

CHEM C=0.35-0.45 C=0.50-0.60 C=0.30-0.40 C=0.25-0.35 C=0.32-0.42 C=0.35-0.45 C=0.25--0.35 C=0.25-0.35


Mn=0.35-0.65 Mn=0.65-0.95 Mn=0.50-1.50 Mn=0.15-0.45 Mn=0.25-0.55 Mn=0.25-0.55 Mn=0.15-0.45 Mn=0.15-0.45
Si=0.10-0.40 Si=0.10--0.40 Si=0.30-0.80 Si=0.10-0.40 Si=0.90-1.20 Si=0.90-1.20 Si=0.10-0.40 Si=0.10--0.40
Cr=1.70-2.00 Cr=0.95-1.25 Cr=1.50-2.20 Cr=2.50-3.50 Cr=4.50--5.50 Cr=4.50--5.50 Cr=2.00-3.00 Cr=2.50-3.50
Mo=0.40-0.60 Mo=0.30-0.50 Mo=0.40-0.60 Mo=2.50-3.00 Mo=1.20-1.70 Mo=1.20-1.70 - -
Ni-3.6-4.10 Ni=1.50-2.00 - - - - W=4.50-5.10 W=8.50-9.50
V=0.05-0.25 V=0.05-0.25 - V=0.40--0.70 V=0.30--0.50 V=0.85-1.15 V=0.40-0.70 V=0.30-0.50

ISO ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957
40NiCrMoV4 55NiCrMoV2 35CrMo2 30CrMoV3 35CrMoV5 40CrMoV5 30WCrV5 30WCrV9

EU EURONORM 96
55NiCrMoV7 35CrMo8 30CrMoV1211 X37CrMoV51 X40Cr-MoV511 X30WCrV53 X30WCrV93

USA ASTM A681 ASTM A681 ASTM A681 ASTM A681

H12 H11 H13 H21

JAP JIS G4401 JIS G4401 JIS G4401 JIS G4401 JIS G4401
SKT4 SKD62 SKD6 SKD61 SKD5

GER DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350
NiCrMoV6 X32CrMoV33 X38CrMoV51 X40CrMoV51 X30WCrV53 X30WCrV93

FRA NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590


BH 224/5 BH12 BH11 BH13 BH21

UK

ITA

AUS AS 1239 AS 1239 AS 1239


H13A H11A H21A

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to heat treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.
6. Quenching medium: W = Water; O = Oil; A = Air.

478
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-45B TOOL STEEL (ISO 4957)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
QUAL Alloyed Cold-Work Steels
TYPE
PHYS Hard anne-212 HB -248 -241 -229 -229 -229 -223
Hard temp 790 oC 855 865 910 920 910 840
W(water) O(oil) O O O O O
Tempg temp180 oC 180 180 180 180 180 180
Hard >61- HRC >55- >55- >56- >57- >58- >60-
CHEM C=0.95-1.10 C=0.52--0.60 C=0.48-0.55 C=0.40-0.50 C=0.45-0.55 C=0.55-0.65 C=0.95-1.10
Mn=0.35 max Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.70-1.00 Mn=0.15-0-45 Mn=0.35-0.65 Mn=0.15-0.45 Mn=0.15-0.45
Si=0.35 max S=1.50--2.00 Si=0.10-0.40 Si=0.80-1.10 Si=0.80-1.10 S1=0.80-1.10 Si=0.10--0.40
- - Cr=0.90-1..20 Cr=0.90-1.20 C=1.30-1.60 C=0.90-1.20 Cr=1.35-1.65
V=0.10-0.30 - V=0,05-0 .25 V=0.10-0.30 V=0.10-0.30 V=010-0.30
- - - W=1.70-2.30 W=1.70-2.30 W=1.70-2.30 -

ISO ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957
TCV105 60SiMn2 51CrMnV1 45WCrV2 50WCrV2 60WCrV2 100Cr2

EU EURONORM 96
100V2 60SiMn7 51CrMnV4 45WCrV8 55WCrV8 100Cr6

USA SAE J438/ASTM A686/A681


W310
AISI L2 AISI S1 AISI S1 AISI L1
W2-9 1/2

JAP JIS G4404


SKS43

GER DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350
100V1 70Si7 51CrV4 45WCrV7 60WCrV7 100Cr6

FRA NF A35-590
Y1105V

UK BS 4957
BW2

ITA

AUS AS 1239
W2A

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to heat treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

479
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-45B TOOL STEEL (CONT'D) (ISO 4957)

COL 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
QUAL Alloyed Cold-Work Steels
TYPE
PHYS Hard anne<229 HB <229 <229 <241 <255 <248 <255 <121
Hard temp 820 oC 790 800 970 1020 970 970 -
O (oil) O O A (air) A O 0 -
o
Tempg temp180 C 180 180 180 180 180 180 -
Hard >61- HRC >60 >60 >60 >61 >62 >62 -

CHEM C=1.00-1.15 C=0.85-0.95 C=0.90-1.00 C=0.95-1.05 C=1.45-1.75 C=1.90-2.20 C=2.00-2.30 C <0.07


Mn=0.7-1.0 Mn=1.7-2.2 Mn=1.05-1.35 Mn=0.35-0.65 Mn=0.15-0.45 Mn=0.15-0.45 Mn=0.15-0.45 Mn=0.05-0.25
Si=0.1-0.4 Si=0.1-0.4 Si=0.1-0.4 Si=0.1-0.4 Si=0.1-0.4 Si=0.1-0.4 Si=0.1-0.4 Si=0.05-0.25
Cr=0.8-1.1 - Cr=0.35-0.65 Cr=4.5-5.5 Cr=11-13 Cr=11-13 Cr=11-13 Cr=3.5-4.5
W=1.0-1.6 W=0.4-0.7 Mo=0.9-1.4 Mo=0.7-1.0 - - Mo=0.4-0.6
- V=0.1-0-3 V=0.05-0.25 V=0.25-0.45 V=0.5-0.8 - W=0 8-1.1 -

ISO ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957
105WCr1 90MnV2 95MnCrW1 100CrMoV5 160CrMoV12 210Cr12 210CrW12 5CrMo4

EU EURONORM 96
90MnV8 95MnWCr5 X100CrMoV51 X160CrMoV121 X210Cr12 X210CrW121 5CrMo16

USA SAE J438/ASTM A686/A681


AISI 02 AISI 01 AISI A2 AISI D2 AISI D3 AISI D6 AISI P4

JAP JIS G4404 JIS G4404 JIS G4404


SKD12 SKD11 SKD1

GER DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350
90MnCrV8 100MnCrW4 X100CrMoV51 165CrMoV12 X210Cr12 X210CrW12 X6CrMo6

FRA NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590


Z100CDV5 Z160CDV12 Z200C12

UK BS 4659 BS 4659 BS 4659


BA2 BD2 BD3

ITA

AUS AS 1239 AS 1239


D2A D3A

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to heat treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.
6. Quenching medium: W = Water; O = Oil; A = Air.

480
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-45B TOOL STEEL (CONT'D) (ISO 4957)

COL 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
QUAL Alloyed Cold-Work Steels
TYPE
PHYS Hard anne<156 HB - < 223 <235 <255 <285 <285
- - Hard temp 1010 oC 1010 1010 1010 1030
- - O (oil) O O O 0
o
- - Tempg temp 180 C 180 180 180 180
- - Hard >45- HRC >49 >51 >46 >58

CHEM C <0.1 C=0.3-0.4 C=0.16-0.25 C=0.26-0.35 C=0.36-0.45 C=0.33-0.43 C=0.95-1.20


Mn=0.2-0.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn <1 Mn <1 Mn <1 Mn <1 Mn <1
Si=0.1-0.4 Si=0.3-0.8 Si <1 Si <1 Si <1 Si <1 Si <1
Cr=1.8-2.1 Cr=1.5-2.2 Cr=12-14 Cr=12-14 Cr=12.5-14.5 Cr=15-17 Cr=16--18
Mo=0.1-0.3 Mo=0.4-0.6 Mo=1.0-1.5 Mo=0.45-0.75
Ni=0.4-0.6 - Ni <1 Ni <1 Ni <1 - -

ISO ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957
7CrMoNi2 35CrMo2 20Cr13 30Cr13 40Cr13 38CrMo15 110CrMo17

EU

USA SAE J438/ASTM A686/A681


AIS1 P2 AISI P20

JAP

GER

FRA

UK

ITA

AUS

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to heat treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.
6. Quenching medium: W = Water; O = Oil; A = Air.

481
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-45C TOOL STEEL (ISO 4957)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6
QUAL High-Speed Steels
TYPE
PHYS Hard anne<269 HB <255 <255 <255 <269 <293
Hard temp 1260 oC 1200 1210 1220 1210 1280
O (oil) O O O O O
o
Tempg temp 560 C 560 560 560 560 560
Hard >63- HRC >64 >63 >64 >65 >64

CHEM C=0.73-0.83 C=0.95-1.05 C=0.77-0.87 C=0.82-0.92 C=1.15-1.30 C=0.75-0.85


Cr=3.5-4.5 Cr=3.5-4.5 Cr=3.5-4.5 Cr=3.5-4.5 Cr=3.5-4.5 Cr=3.5-4.5
- Mo=8.2-9.2 Mo=8-9 Mo=4.6-5.3 Mo=4.6-5.3 Co=9.5-10.5
V=0.9-1.2 V=1.7-2.2 V=0.9-1.4 V=1.7-2.2 V=2.7-3.2 V=1.3-1.8
W=17.2-18.7 W=1.5-2.1 W=1.4-2.0 W=5.7-6.7 W=5.7-6.7 W=17.2-18.7

ISO ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957
HS 18-0-1 HS 2-9-2 HS 1-8-1 HS 6-5-2 HS 6-5-3 HS 18-0-1-10

EU EURONORM 96
HS 18-0-1 HS 2-9-2 HS 1-8-1 HS 6-5-2 HS 6-5-3 HS 18-0-1-10

USA SAE J438/ASTM A686/A681


AISI T1 AISI M7 AISI H41 AISI M2 AISI M3-2 AISI T5

ASTM A600 ASTM A681 ASTM A597 ASTM A600 ASTM A600
JAP JIS G4403 JIS G4403 JIS G4403 JIS G4403 JIS G4403
SKH2 SKH58 SKH51 SKH53 SKH4

GER DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350
S18-0-1 S2-9-2 S2--9-1 S6-5-2 S6-5-3 S18-1-2-10

FRA NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590


Z80WCV- Z100DCWV- Z85WDCV- Z120WDCV- 280WKCV-

18-04-01 09-04-02--02 06-05-04-02 06-05-04-03 18-10-04-02


UK BS 4659 BS 4659 BS 4659
BT1 BM2 BT5

ITA

AUS AS 1239 AS 1239 AS 1239


T1A M1A M2A

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to heat treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.
6. Quenching medium: W = Water; O = Oil; A = Air.

482
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-45C TOOL STEEL (CONT'D) (ISO 4957)

COL 7 8 9 10 11 12
QUAL High-Speed Steels
TYPE
PHYS Hard anne<277 HB <269 <293 <293 <277 <277
Hard temp 1270 oC 1230 1240 1230 1190 1200
O (oil) O O O O O
o
Tempg temp 560 C 560 560 560 530 540
Hard >64- HRC >64 >65 >66 >66 >66

CHEM C=0.75-0.85 C=0.85-0.95 C=1.45-1.60 C=1.20--1.35 C=1.05-1.20 C=1.05-1.20


Cr=3.5-4.5 Co=4.7-5.2 Co=4.7--5.2 Co=9.5-10.5 Co=7.5-8.5 Co=4.7-5.2
Co=4.7-5.2 Cr=3.5-4.5 Cr=3.5-4.5 Cr=3.5-4.5 Cr=3.5-4.5 Cr=3.5-4.5
Mo=0.7-1.0 Mo=4.6-5.3 Mo=0.7-1.0 Mo=3.2-3.9 Mo=9-10 Mo=3.5-4.2
V=1.1-1.6 V=1.7-2.2 V=4.75-5.55 V=3.0-3.5 V=0.9-1.4 V=1.7-2.2
W=17.2-18.7 W=5.7-6.7 W=11.5-13.0 W=9-10 W=1.3-1.9 W=6.4-7.4

ISO ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957 ISO 4957
HS 18-1-1-5 HS6-5-2-5 HS12-1-5-5 HS10-4-3-10 HS2-9-1-8 HS7-4-2-5

EU EURONORM 96
HS 18-1-1-5 HS6-5-2-5 HS12-1-5-5 HS10-4-3-10 HS2--9-1-8 HS7-4-2-5

USA SAE J438/ASTM A686/A681


T4 AISI T15 AISI M42 AISI M41
ASTM A600

JAP JIS G4403 JIS G4403 JIS G4403 JIS G4403 JIS G4403
SKH3 SKH55 SKH10 SKH57 SKH59

GER DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350 DIN 17350
S18-1-2-5 S6-5-2-5 S12-1-4-5 S10-4-3-10 S2-10-1-8 S7-4-2-5

FRA NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590 NF A35-590


Z80WCV Z90WDKCV Z85WDCV Z130WKCDV Z11ODKCWV

18-05-04-01 06-05-05- 12-05-04-02 10--10--04- 09--08-04-


04-02 04-03 02-01

UK BS 4659 BS 4659 BS 4659 BS 4659 BS 4659


BT4 BM35 BT15 BT42 BM42

ITA

AUS

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to heat treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.
6. Quenching medium: W = Water; O = Oil; A = Air.

483
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-46 FREE-CUTTING STEELS (ISO 683-9)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUAL Non-Hardening Types Case Hardening Types
TYPE
PHYS Rm=490-780 MPa 510-800 510-800 540-830 540-830 490-780 490-780 510-800
Re=390- MPa 410- 410- 430- 430- 390- 390- 410
A=8- % 7- 7- 7- 7- 8- 8- 7

CHEM C=0.13 max C=0.14 max C=0.14 max C=0.15 max C=0.15 max C=0.07-0.13 C=0.07-0.13 C=0.09-0.15
Mn=0.60-1.20 Mn=0.90-1.30 Mn=0.90-1.30 Mn=1.0-1.50 Mn=1.0-1.50 Mn=0.50-0.90 Mn=0.50-0.90 Mn=0.90-1.20
Si=0.05 max Si=0.05 rnax Si=0.05 rnax Si=0.05 rnax Si=0.05 rnax Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40
P=0.11 max P=0.11 max P=0.11 max P=0.11 max P=0.11 max P=0.06 max P=0.06 max P=0.06 max
S=0.18-0.25 S=0.24-0.32 S=0.24-0.32 S=0.30-0.40 S=0.30-0.40 S=0.15-0.25 S=0.15-0.25 S=0.15-0.25
- - Pb=0.15-0.35 - Pb=0.15-0.35 - Pb=0.15-0.35 -

ISO ISO 683-9 ISO 683-9 ISO 683-9 ISO 683-9 ISO 683-9 ISO 683-9 ISO 683-9 ISO 683-9
9S20 11SMn28 11SMnPb28 12SMn35 12SMnPb35 10S20 10SPb20 17SMn20

EU EURONORM 87
10S22 11SMn28 11SMnPb28 12SMn35 12SMnPb35 10S20 10SPb20 22SMn20

USA AISI or SAE


1211 1213 12L13 1214 12L14 1102 1108 1117
1212 1215

JAP JIS G4804 JIS G4804 JIS G4804 JIS G4804 JIS G4804 JIS G4804 JIS G4804
SUM21 SUM22 SUM22L SUM25 SUM24L SUM12 SUM31

GER DIN 1651 DIN 1651 DIN 1651 DIN 1651 DIN 1651 DIN 1651 DIN 1651
9S20 9SMn28 9SMnPb28 9SMn36 9SMnPb36 10S20 10SPb20

FRA NF A35-561 NF A35-561 NF A35-561 NF A35-561 NF A35-562 NF A35-562 NF A35-562


S250 S250Pb S300 S300Pb 13MF4 CC10Pb 13MF4

10F1

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


170H15 080M15 240M07 210M15 212M14

220M07 230M07 045M10

ITA UNI 4838 UNI 4838 UNI 4838 UNI 4838 UNI 4838 UNI 4838 UNI 4838
CF10S20 CF9SMn28 CF9SMnPb28 CF9SMn36 CF9SMnPb36 CF10S20 CF10SPb20

10S20 9SMn23 9SMnPb23 10S22

AUS AS 1442/1443
XS1112 S12L14 CS1100 XS11L12 XS1115
S1214 S=0.08-0.13

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

484
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-46 FREE-CUTTING STEELS (CONT'D)(ISO 683-9)

COL 9 10 11 12 13 14
QUAL Hardening Types
TYPE
PHYS Rm=540-830 MPa 570-760 620-810 740--930 650-840 660-780
Re=410- MPa 390- 420- 510- 450- 360-
A=7- % 14- 14- 12- 11- 9-

CHEM C=0.14-0.20 C=0.32-0.39 C=0.32-0.39 C=0.32-0.39 C=0.42-0.50 C=0.57-0.65


Mn=0.50--0.90 Mn=0.50-0.90 Mn=0.90-1.20 Mn=1.30-1.65 Mn=0.50-0.90 Mn=0.50-0.90
Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40
P=0.06 max P=0.06 max P=0.06 max P=0.06 max P=0.06 max P=0.06 max
S=0.15-0.25 S=0.15-0.25 S=0.15-0.25 S=0.15-0.25 S=0.15-0.25 S=0.15-0.25

ISO ISO 683-9 ISO 683-9 ISO 683-9 ISO 683-9


35S20 35SMn20 44SMn28 46S20

EU EURONORM 87
17S20 35S20 35SMn20 45S20 60S20

USA AISI or SAE


1115 1138 1140 1137 1146 1151
1141 1141
11L41
Pb=0.15-0.35

JAP JIS G4804 JIS G4804


SUM32 SUM41

GER DIN 1651 DIN 1651 DIN 1651


35S20 45S20 60S20

FRA NF A35-562 NF A35-562 NF A35-562 NF A35-562


18MF5 35MF6 35MF6 45MF6.1

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


214M15 212M36 212M36 216M36 216M44
Mn=1.20-1.60 212M44
S=0.10-0.18

ITA UNI 4838 UNI 4838


CF35SMn10 CF44SMn28
35SMn10

AUS AS 1442/1443
K1138 K1137 K1146
S=0.08-0.13 S=0.08-0.13 S=0.08-0.13

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

485
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-47 NITRIDING AND CASE HARDENING STEELS (ISO 683: Parts 10 and 11)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUAL Nitriding Steels (ISO 683-10) Case Hardening Steels (ISO 683-11)
TYPE
Rm=1080-1270
PHYS 1270-1470 780--930 930-1130 490-830 590-930 640-960 830-1180
MPa
Re=880- MPa 1080- 590- 740- 290- 340- 390- 540-
A=10- % 8- 14- 12- 13- 12- 10- 10-

CHEM C=0.28-0.35 C=0.35-0.42 C=0.30-0.37 C=0.38-0.45 C=0.07-0.13 C=0.12-0.18 C=0.12-0.18 C=0.17-0.23


Mn=0.40-0.70 Mn=0.40-0.70 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.30-0.60 Mn=0.30-0.60 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90
Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.20-0.50 Si=0.20-0.50 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40
Cr=2.80-3.30 Cr=3.00-3.50 Cr=1.00-1.30 Cr=1.50-1.80 - - - Cr=0.70-1.00
Mo=0.30-0.50 Mo=0.80-1.10 Mo=0.15-0.25 Mo=0.25-0.40 - - - -
Ni=0.30 max - Al=0.80-1.20 Al=0.80-1.20 - - - -

ISO ISO 683-10 ISO 683-10 ISO 683-10 ISO 683-10 ISO 683-11 ISO 683-11 ISO 683-11 ISO 683-11
31CrMo12 33CrAlMo54 41CrAIMo74 C10 C15E4 C16E4 20Cr4
C15M2 C16M2 20CrS4

EU EURONORM 85 EURONORM 84
31CrMo12 39CrMoV13 34CrAlMo5 41CrAIMo7 2C10 2C15 15Cr2 15Cr2
3C10 3C15

USA ASTM A355 ASTM A355 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 ASTM A576 AISI/SAE
Class D Class A 1010 1015 4615 5120
(135 Mod)

JAP JIS G4202 JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4104
SACM645 S09CK S15CK S20CK SCr420

GER DIN 17211 DIN 17211 DIN 17211 DIN 17211 DIN 17210 DIN 17210 DIN 17210 DIN 17210
31CrMo12 39CYMoV139 34CrAIMo5 41CrAlMo7 C10 C15 17Cr3 20Cr4
Ck10 Ck15, Cm15

FRA NF A35-552 NF A35-552 NF A35-552 NF A35-531 NF A35-531 NF A35-531 NF A35-531


30CD12 30CAD6-12 40CAD6-12 CC10 XC12 CC20 16MC5
XC10

UK BS EN 10083.1 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


722M24 897M39 905M31 905M39 045M10 080M15 523M15 527A19
Cr=1.40-1.80

ITA UNI 8552 UNI 8077 UNI 8552 UNI 5331 UNI 7846 UNI 4838
31CrMo12 36CrMoV12 UNI 8077 C10 C15
UNI 8077 41CrAlMo7
31CrMo12

AUS AS 2506/AS 1442


S1010 S1015 S1016
K1010 K1016

RUS GOST 4543 GOST 1050 GOST 1050 GOST 4543


38Ch2MJuA 10 15 15Ch

2 2
NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm . 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≈ 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

486
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-47 NITRIDING AND CASE HARDENING STEELS (CONT'D)(ISO 683: Parts 10 and 11)

COL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
QUAL Case Hardening Steels (ISO 683-11)
TYPE
Rm=930-1270 MPa 1030--1370 930-1270 980--1320 1030-1370 980-1320 980-1320 1080-1420 1130-1470 1270-1620
PHYS
Re=640- MPa 690-- 640- 640- 690- 640- 640- 740- 780- 880-
A=9- % 8- 9- 8- 8- 8- 8- 8- 8- 7-

CHEM C=0.13-0.19 C=0.15-0.21 C=0.17-0.23 C=0.12- 0.18 C=0.11-0.17 C=0.10-0.16 C=0.17-0.23 C=0.14-0.20 C=0.11-0.17 C=0.12-0.18

Mn=1.00-1.30 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.35-0.65 Mn=0.35-0.65 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.30-0.60 Mn=0.25- 0.55

Cr=0.80-1.10 Cr=0.85-1.15 Cr=0.30--0.50 Cr=0.80-1.10 Cr=1.40-1.70 Cr=0.60-0.90 Cr=0.35-0.65 Cr=0.80-1.10 Cr=0.80-1.10 Cr=1.1-1.4

- Mo=0.15-0.25 Mo=0.40-0.50 - - Mo=0.15-0.24 Mo=0.15-0.25 Mo=0.20-0.30 Mo=0.20-0.30

-- - Ni=1.30-1.70 Ni=1.30-1.70 Ni=2.75-3.25 Ni=0.40-0.70 Ni=1.20-1.60 Ni=3.00-3.50 Ni=3.80-4.30

ISO ISO 683-11 ISO 683-11 ISO 683-11 ISO 683-11 ISO 683-11 ISO 683-11 ISO 683-11 ISO 683-11
16MnCr5 18CrMo4 20MnCr5 15NiCr13 I5NiCr12 20NiCrMo2 17NiCrMo6 18CrNiMo7

16MnCrS5 18CrMoS4 20MnCrS5 20NiCrMoS2

EU EURONORM 84
16MnCr5 18CrMo4 20MoCr4 13NiCrl3 14CrNi6 13NiCr12 20NiCrMo2 17CrNiMo7 17CrNiMo7

ASTM A322 ASTM A322


USA AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE
5115 8620 4718 4320 8620 4320 9310

8617, 8615 Mo=0.08-0.15

JAP JIS G4106 JIS G4105 JIS G4102 JIS G4103 JIS G4103 JIS G4103 JIS G4103
SMnC420 SCM418 SNC815 SNCM220 SNCM420 SNCM625 SNCM815
Cr=0.35-0.70 Cr=0.40-0.65 C=0.20-0.30 Cr=0.70-1.00

Ni=1.60-2.00

GER DIN 17210 DIN 17210 DIN 17210 DIN 17210 DIN 17210 DIN 17210
16MnCr5 20MnCr5 20MoCr5 15CrNi6 21NiCrMo2 17CrNiMo6

16MnCrS5 20MoCrS5 20NiCrMoS2

FRA NF A35-551
16MC5 20MC5 16NC6 16NC6 14NC11 20NCD2 18NCD6 18NCD6 (16NCD13)

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


527M17 805M20 637H17 815M17 635A14 815M17 820M17 659A15

ITA UNI 7846 UNI 7846 UNI 7046 UNI 5331 UNI 5331 UNI 5331 UNI 5331 UNI 7846
16MnCr5 20MnCr5 16NiCrMo2 16CrNi4 16NiCr11 20NiCrMo2 16NiCrMo12 18NiCrMo7

AUS AS 1444 AS 1444


4130 8620
C=0.27-0.33

RUS GOST 4543 GOST 4543


18ChG 18ChGT 20Ch 12ChN3A 12Ch2N4A

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.
487
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-48 FLAME AND INDUCTION HARDENING STEELS (ISO 683: Part 12)

COL 1 2 3 4 5
QUAL
TYPE
PHYS Rm=620-760 MPa 660-800 700-840 740-880 740-880
Re=420- MPa 450- 480- 510- 510-
A5=17- % 16- 14- 13- 12-

CHEM C=0.33-0.39 C=0.38-0.44 C=0.43-0.49 C=0.48-0.55 C=0.50-0.57


Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.40-0.70
Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40

ISO ISO 683-12 ISO 683-12 ISO 683-12 ISO 683-12 ISO 683-12
Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5

EU EURONORM 86
C36 C46 C53

USA ASTM A576 AISI/SAE ASTM A576 ASTM A576 AISI/SAE


1035 1040 1045 1050 1055

JAP JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051 JIS G4051
S35C S40C S45C S50C S55C

GER DIN 17212 DIN 17212 DIN 17212


Cf35 Cf45 Cf53

FRA NF A35-551/NF A35-563


CC35, XC38 XC42 CC45 XC48 XC55
XC42TS XC42TS 52M4TS

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


060A35 060A40 060A47 060A52 060A57
080A35 080A40 080A47 080A52 080A57

ITA UNI 5333/UNI 8551


C35 C40 C43 C50 C48
C36 C45

AUS AS 1442/AS 1444


S1035 S1040 S1045 S1050 S1058
K1035 K1045 K1050 K1055

RUS GOST 1050 GOST 1050 GOST 1050


35 45 50

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

488
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-48 FLAME AND INDUCTION HARDENING STEELS (CONT'D)(ISO 683: Part 12)

COL 6 7 8 9 10 11
QUAL
TYPE Rm=880-1080 MPa 930-1130 980-1180 1080-1270 1030-1230 1030-1230

PHYS Re=640- MPa 740- 780- 880- 830- 830-


A5=12- % 11- 11- 10- 10- 10-

CHEM C=0.42-0.48 C=0.34-0.40 C=0.38-0.44 C=0.38-0.44 C=0.38-0.44 C=0.37-0.43


Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.70-1.00 Mn=0.50-0.80
Cr=0.40-0.60 Cr=0.90-1.20 Cr=0.90-1.20 Cr=0.90-1.20 Cr=0.40--0.60 Cr=0.60-0.90
- - - Mo=0.15-0.30 Mo=0.15-0.30 Mo=0.15-0.30
- - - - Ni=0.40-0.70 Ni=0.70-1.00

ISO ISO 683-12 ISO 683-12 ISO 683-12 ISO 683-12 ISO 683-12 ISO 683-12
Grade 6 Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 Grade 10 Grade 11

EU EURONORM 86
45Cr2 38Cr4 41CrMo4 40NiCrMo3

USA AISI/SAE ASTM A322 AISI/SAE ASTM A322 AISI/SAE


5145 5135 5140 4140 8640
8740

JAP JIS G4104 JIS G4104 JIS G4104 JIS G4105 JIS G4103 JIS G4103
SCr445 SCr435 SCr440 SMC440 SNCM240 SNCM439
Ni=1.60-2.00

GER DIN 17212 DIN 17212 DIN 17212 DIN 17212


45Cr2 38Cr4 42Cr4 41CrMo4

FRA NF A35-551/NF A35-563


42C2 38C4 42C4TS 42CD4TS 40NCD3
35CD4TS

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


630M40 530A36 630M40 708A42 945A40
Cr=0.90-1.20 530M40 708M40 945M38
135M44 709M40 Mn=1.20-1.60
Cr=0.60-0.90

ITA UNI 5333/UNI 8551


45Cr2 36CrMo6 40Cr4 41CrMo4 40NiCrMo4
38Cr4

AUS AS 1442/AS 1444 AS 2506


5145 5140 8740

RUS GOST 4543 GOST 4543 COST 4543 GOST 4543


45G2 38ChA 40Ch 40ChFA

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

489
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-49 STAINLESS STEELS-FERRITIC AND MARTENSITIC (ISO 683: Part 13)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUAL Ferritic Martensitic
TYPE
PHYS Rm=440-640 MPa 410-610 440-640 440-640 440-640 440-640 590--780 640-830
Re=250- MPa 250- 250- 250- 250- 250- 410- 440-
A5=20- % 20- 18- 15- 18- 18- 16- 12-

CHEM C= -0.08 C= -0.08 C= -0.10 C= -0.12 C= -0.10 C= -0.10 C=0.09--0.15 C=0.08-0.15


Mn= -1.0 Mn= -1.0 Mn= -1.0 Mn= -1.5 Mn= -1.0 Mn= -1.0 Mn= -1.0 Mn= -1.5
Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max
Cr=11.5-14.0 Cr=11.5-14.0 Cr=16.0-18.0 Cr=16.0-18.0 Cr=16.0-18.0 Cr=16.0-18.0 Cr=11.5-14.0 Cr=12.0-14.0
Ni= -0.50 Al=0.10-0.30 - Mo= -0.6 Ti=0.5-0.8 Mo=0.9-1.3 -- Mo= -0.6
- Ni= -0.50 Ni= -0.50 Ni= -0.50 Ni= -0.50 - Ni= -1.0 Ni= -1.0

ISO ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13
Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 8 Grade Ba Grade 8b Grade 9c Grade 3 Grade 7

EU EN 10088-1
X6Cr13 X6CrAl13 X8Cr17 X10CrS17 X8CrTi17 X8CrMo17 X12Cr13 X12CrS13

USA AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE


403 405 430 430 F 436 410 416
416Se

JAP JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303
SUS403 SUS405 SUS430 SUS430F SUS434 SUS410 SUS416
SUS429 SUS403 SUS410J1

GER DIN EN 10088-1


DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440
X6Cr13 X6CrAl13 X6Cr17 X6CrTi17 X6CrMo17 X12Cr13 X12CrS13

FRA NF EN 10088-1
NF A35-578 NF A35-578 NF A35-578 NF A35-578 NF A35-578 NF A35-578
Z6C13 Z6CA13 Z8C17 28CD17.01 Z12C13 Z12CF13
Z10C13
UK BS EN 10088-1
BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970
403S17 405S17 430S15 432S19 410S21 416S41
430S17 416S21
ITA UNI EN 10088-1
UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900
X6Cr13 X6CrAl13 X8Cr17 X10CrS17 X8CrMo17 X12Cr13 X12CrS13

AUS AS 1449 AS 1449


430 410

RUS GOST 5632 GOST 5632 GOST 5632 GOST 5632


08Ch13 12Ch17 08Ch17T 12Ch13

2 2
NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm . 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

490
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-49 STAINLESS STEELS-FERRITIC AND MARTENSITIC (CONT'D)(ISO 683: Part 13)

COL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
QUAL Martensitic
TYPE
PHYS Rm=690-880 MPa 830-1030 880-1130 780-980 - - -
Re=490- MPa 640- 690- 590- - - -
A5=14- % 10- 9- 11- - - -

CHEM C=0.16-0.25 C=0.10-0.20 C=0.17-0.25 C=0.26-0.35 C=0.36-0.45 C=0.42--0.50 C=0.95-1.20


Mn= -1.0 Mn= --1.0 Mn= -1.0 Mn= -1.0 Mn= -1.0 Mn= -1.0 Mn= -1.0
Cr=12.0-14.0 Cr=15.0-18.0 Cr=16.0-18.0 Cr=12.0-14.0 Cr=12.5-14.5 Cr=12.5-14.5 Cr=16.0-18.0
Mo= -0.75
Ni= -1.0 Ni=1.5-3.0 Ni=1.5-3.0 Ni= -1.0 Ni= -1.0 Ni= -1.0 Ni= -0.5

ISO ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13
Grade 4 Grade 9 Grade 9b Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 6a Grade A-1b

EU EURONORM 88
X20Cr13 X21CrNi17 X30Cr13 X40Cr13 X45Cr13 X105CrMo17

USA AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE


420 431 420FSe 440C
420F

JAP JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303
SUS420J1 SUS431 SUS420J2 SUS440C
SUS420F SUS440F

GER DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440
X20Cr13 X22CrNi17 X30Cr13 X40Cr13 X105CrMo17

FRA NF A35-578 NF A35-578 NF A35-578


Z20C13 Z30C13 Z40C14

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


420S37 431S29 431S29 420S45
420S29 441S29 C=0.15
416S37 441S49
416S29

ITA UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900
X20Cr13 X14CrNi19 X16CrNi16 X30Cr13 X40Cr14

AUS AS 1449 AS 1449


420 431

RUS GOST 5632 GOST 5632 GOST 5632


COST 5632 COST 5632
20Ch13 14Ch17N2
2 2
NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm . 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

491
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-50 STAINLESS STEELS - AUSTENITIC (ISO 683: Part 13, ISO 2604, 2605)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUAL
TYPE
PHYS Rm=440-640 MPa 490-690 490-690 490-690 490-690 490-690 490-690 590-780
Re=180- MPa 210- 210- 200- 210- 210- 180- 220
A5=40- % 35- 35- 40- 40- 35- 40- -

CHEM C= -0.03 C= -0.08 c= -0.08 C= -0.07 C= -0.12 C= -0.12 C= -0.10 C= -0.15


Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max
Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max
Cr=17.0-19.0 Cr=17.0-19.0 Cr=17.0-19.0 Cr=17.0-19.0 Cr=17.0-19.0 Cr=17.0-19.0 Cr=17.0-19.0 Cr=16.0-18.0
Ni=9.0-12.0 Ni=9.0-12.0 Ni=9.0-12.0 Ni=8.0-11.0 Ni=8.0-10.0 Ni=8.0-10.0 Ni=11.0-13.0 Ni=6.0-8.0
- Ti=0.4-0.8 Nb=0.4-1.0 - - Mo= -0.60 - -

ISO ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13
Grade 10 Grade 15 Grade 16 Grade 11 Grade 12 Grade 17 Grade 13 Grade 14

ISO 2604, 46 ISO 2604, 53 ISO 2604,F50, F51 ISO 2604,47 ISO 2604,48

ISO 2605,TS46 ISO 2605,TS53 ISO 2605,TS50 ISO 2605,TS47 ISO 2605,TS48

P46 P53 P50 P47 P48

EU EURONORM 88
X2CrNi18-10 X6CrNiTi18-10 X6CrNiNb18-10 X5CrNi18-10 X10CrNi10-9 X10CrNiS18-9 X8CrNi18-12 X12CrNi17-7

USA AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE


304L 321 347 304 302 303 305 301

JAP JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303
SUS304L SUS321 SUS347 SUS304 SUS302 SUS303 SUS305 SUS301
SUS303Se

GER DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17224
X2CrNi18-9 X6CrNiTi18-10 X6CrNiNb18-10 X5CrNi18-10 X12CrNi18-8 X10CrNiS18-9 X5CrNi19-11 X12CrNi17-7

FRA NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602


Z2CN18.10 Z6CNT18.11 Z6CNNb18.11 Z6CN18.09 Z10CN18.09 Z10CNF18.09 Z8CN18.12 Z12CN17.08

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


304S12 321S12 347S17 304S15 302S25 303S21 305S19 301S01
303S31

ITA UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900
X2CrNi18-11 X6CrNiTi18-11 X6CrNiNb18-11 X5CrNi18-10 X10CrNi18-09 X10CrNiS18-09 X8CrNi18-12 X12CrNi17-07
X8CrNiTi18-11 X8CrNiNb18-11

AUS AS 1449 AS 1449 AS 1449 AS 1449 AS 1449


304L 321 304 302 303

2 2
NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm . 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

492
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-50 STAINLESS STEELS - AUSTENITIC (CONT'D)(ISO 683: Part 13, ISO 2604, 2605)

COL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
QUAL
TYPE
Rm=440-640 MPa 490-690 490-690 490-690 440-640 490-690 490-690 490-690 490-690 640-830
PHYS
Re=200- MPa 210- 220- 220- 200- 210- 220- 220- 200- 300-
A5=40- % 40- 35- 35- 40- 40- 35- 35- 35- 40-

CHEM C= -0.03 C= -0.07 C= -0.08 C= -0.08 C= -0.03 C= -0.07 C= -0.08 C= -0.08 C= -0.03 C= -0.15

Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=2.0 max Mn=7.5-10.5

Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max Si=1.0 max

Cr=16.0-18.5 Cr=16.0-18.5 Cr=16.0-18.5 Cr=16.0-18.5 Cr=16.0-18.5 Cr=16.0-18.5 Cr=16.0-18.5 Cr=16.0-18.5 Cr=17.5-19.5 Cr=17.0-19.0

Mo=2.0-2.5 Mo=2.0-2.5 Mo=2.0-2.5 Mo=2.0-2.5 Mo=2.5-3.0 Mo=2.5-3.0 Mo=2.5-3.0 Mo=2.5-3.0 Mo=3.0-4.0 -

Ni=11.0-14.0 Ni=10.5-14-0 Ni=10.5-14.0 Ni=10.5-14.0 Ni=11.5-14.5 Ni=11.0-14.5 Ni=11.0-14.5 Ni=11.0-14.5 Ni=14.0-17.0 Ni=4.0-6.0

- - Ti=0.4-0.8 Nb=0.8-1.0 - - Ti=0.4-0.8 Nb=0.8-1.0 - N=0.05-0.25

ISO ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13 ISO 683-13
Grade 19 Grade 20 Grade 21 Grade 23 Grade 19a Grade 20a Grade 21a Grade 23a Grade 24 Grade A-3

ISO 2604,TS57 ISO 2604,TS60 ISO 2605,P50 ISO 2604 ISO 2604 ISO 2604,F66

ISO 2605,P57 ISO 2605,P60 F59,TS58 F62,TS61

ISO 2605,P58 ISO 2605,P61

EU EURONORM 88
X2CrNi- X5CrNi- X6CrNiMo- X6CrNiMo- X2CrNi- X5CrNi- X6CrNiMo- X6CrNiMo- X2CrNi
Mo17-13-2 Mo17-12-2 Ti17-12-2 Nb17-12-2 Mo18-16-4 Mo17-13-3 Ti17-13-3 Nb17-13-3 Mo18-16-4

USA AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE AISI/SAE


316L 316 316L 316 317 202

JAP JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303 JIS G4303
SUS316L SUS316 SUS316L SUS316 SUS317 SUS202

GER DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440 DIN 17440
X2CrNi- X5CrNi- X6CrNiMo- X10CrNiMo- X2CrNi- X5CrNi- X6CrNiMo- X6Cr-NiMo- X2CrNi- X8CrMn
Mo17-13-2 Mo17-12-2 Ti17-12-2 Nb17-12-2 Mo18-14-3 Mo17-13-3 Ti17-12-2 Nb17-12-2 Mo18-16-4 Ni18-8

FRA NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602 NF A35-602
Z2CND17.12 Z6CND17.11 Z8CNDT17.12 Z6CNDNb17.12 Z2CND17.13 Z6CND17.12 Z8CNDT17.13 Z6CNDNb17.13 Z2CND19.15

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


316S12 316S16 320S17 318S17 316S12 316S16 320S17 318S17 317S12

ITA UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900 UNI 6900
X2CrNi- X5CrNi- X6CrNiMo- X6CrNiMo- X2CrNi- X5CrNi- X6CrNiMo- X6CrNiMo- X2CrNi
Mo17-13 Mo17-13 Ti17-12 Nb17-12 Mo17-13 Mo17-13 Ti17-13 Nb17-13 Mo18-16

AUS AS 1449 AS 1449 AS 1449 AS 1449 AS 1449


316L 316 316L 316 317

2 2
NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm . 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

493
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-51A SPRING STEELS (ISO 683: Part 14, ISO 8458-2)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUAL
TYPE
PHYS Rm=1180- MPa 1180- 1270- 1320- 1320- 1370- 1370- 1370-
Re=880- MPa 880- 1080- 1130- 1130- 1180- 1180- 1180-
A5=6- % 6- 6- 6- 6- 5- 5- 6-

CHEM C=0.72-0.85 C=0.72-0.85 C=0.43-0.50 C=0.47-0.55 C=0.52-0.60 C=0.57-0.64 C=0.57-0.64 C=0.52-0.59


Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.60-0.90 Mn=0.70-1.00 Mn=0.70-1.00 Mn=0.70-1.00
Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=1.50-2.00 Si=1.50-2.00 Si=1.50-2.00 Si=1.70-2.20 Si=1.70-2.20 Si=0.15-0.40
- - - - - - Cr=0.25-0.40 Cr=0.60-0.90
P= -0.050 P= -0.035 P= -0.040 P= -0.040 P= -0.040 P= -0.040 P= -0.040 P= -0.035
S= -0.050 S= -0.035 S= -0.040 S= -0.040 S= -0.040 S= -0.040 S= -0.040 S= -0.035

ISO ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14
Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 7 Grade 8

EURONORM 16 EURONORM 89

2CD 70 3CD 75 45Si7 50Si7 55Si7 60Si7 60SiCr8 55Cr3

USA ASTM A322/AISI/SAE


1074 9260 9255 9260 5155
1080

JAP JIS G4801 JIS G4801 JIS G4801 JIS G4801 JIS G4801
SUP3 SUP6 SUP7 SUP7 SUP9

GER DIN 17140M DIN 17221 DIN 17221 DIN 17221 DIN 17221 DIN 17221
D75--2 305i7 51Si7 55Si7 60SiCr7 55Cr3
30Si7

FRA NF A35-551/NF A35-571


XC80 46S7 51S7 55S7 61SC7 55C3

UK BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 BS 970


(060A78) 251A58 250A58 250A61
(070A78) 250A53

ITA UNI 3545 UNI 3545 UNI 3545 UNI 3545


C75 50Si7 55Si8 60SiCr8

AUS AS 1447 AS 1447 AS 1447 AS 1447


K1082S XK9258S XK9261S XK5155S

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

494
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-51A SPRING STEELS (CONT'D) (ISO 683: Part 14, ISO 8458-2)

COL 9 10 11 12 13 14
QUAL
TYPE
PHYS Rm=1370- MPa 1370- 1370- 1370- 1370- 1370-
Re=1180- MPa 1180- 1180- 1180- 1180- 1180-
A5=5- % 6- 6- 6- 6- 6-

CHEM C=0.56-0.64 C=0.56-0.64 C=0.42-0.50 C=0.56-0.64 C=0.48-0.55 C=0.48-0.56


Mn=0.70-1.00 Mn=0.70-1.00 Mn=0.50-0.80 Mn=0.70-1.00 Mn=0.70-1.00 Mn=0.70-1.00
Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=1.30-1.70 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40 Si=0.15-0.40
Cr=0.60-0.90 Cr=0.60-0.90 Cr=0.50-0.75 Cr=0.70-0.90 Cr=0.90-1.20 C=0.90-1.20
- B= -0.0005 Mo=0.15-0.30 Mo=0.25-0.35 Mo=0.15-0.25
- - - - V=0.10-0.20 V=0.07-0.12
P= -0.035 P= -0.035 P= -0.035 P= -0.035 P= -0.035 P= -0.035
S= -0.035 S= -0.035 S= -0.035 S= -0.035 S= -0.035 S= -0.035

ISO ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14 ISO 683-14
Grade 9 Grade 10 Grade 11 Grade 12 Grade 13 Grade 14

EURONORM 89
EU
45SiCrMo6 50CrV4 51CrMoV4

USA ASTM A322/AISI/SAE


5160 51860 4161 6150

JAP JIS G4801 JIS G4801 JIS G4801


SUP11 SUP10 SUP13

GER DIN 17221 DIN 17221


50CrV4 51CrMoV4

FRA NF A35-551/NF A35-571


45SCD6 50CV4 51CDV4

UK BS 970 BS 970
527A60 735A51

ITA UNI 3545


50CrV4

AUS AS 1447
K5160HS

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are shown for reference only.

495
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-51B SPRING STEELS (ISO 8458-2)

COL 1 2 3 4 5
QUAL Steel Wire for, Springs--Static Duty Dynamic Duty
TYPE
PHYS Rm=1520-1750 MPa 1760-1970 1960--2200 1760-1970 1980-2200

CHEM C=0.36-0.89 C=0.36-0.89 C=0.46-1.04 C=0.46-1.04 C=0.46-1.04


Mn=0.24-1.56 Mn=0.24-1.56 Mn=0.24-1.56 Mn=0.24-1.56 Mn=0.24-1.56
Si=0.07-0.38 Si=0.07-0.38 Si=0.07-0.38 Si=0.07-0.38 Si=0.07-0.38
P <0.048 P <0.048 P <0.048 P <0.038 P <0.038
S <0.048 S <0.048 S <0.048 S <0.038 S <0.038

ISO ISO 8458-2 ISO 8458-2 ISO 8458-2 ISO 8458-2 ISO 8458-2
SL SM SH DM DH

USA ASTM A227 ASTM A227 ASTM A228 ASTM A230


HD CLI(1570-1800 MPa) CLII (1810-2040 MPa) MUSIC WIRE VALVE SPRING
ASTM A229 ASTM A229 (1940-2150 MPa) (1650-1790 MPa)
OIL TEMP OIL TEMP
CLI (1620-1830 MPa) CLII (1830-2040 MPa )

JAP JIS G3521 JIS G3521 JIS G3522 JIS G3522 JIS G3522
SWD (1470-1720 MPa) SWC PIANO WIRE WPV SWPB
(1720-1960 MPa) SWPA (1720-1860 MPa) (2010-2210 MPa)
(1810-2010 MPa)

GER DIN 17223 DIN 17223 DIN 17223 DIN 17223


A B C FD
(1420-1710 MPa) (1720-2010 MPa) (2020-2210 MPa) (1620-1760 MPa)
II VD
(2110-2350 MPa) (1520-1620 MPa)

FRA NF A47-301 NF A47-301


B1 C1
(1760-2000 MPa) (2000-2200 MPa)

UK BS 5216 BS 5216 BS 5216 BS 5216M


NS, HS NS, HS, GD3 ND. HD, GD3 GD4
GD2 (1570-1770 MPa) (1770-1970 MPa) (1770-1970 MPa) (1970-2120 MPa)
BS 2803 GD5
GDI,II.III (2120-2270 MPa)
(1622-1776 MPa)

ITA UNI 3823 UNI 3823 UNI 3823 UNI 3545


B C D E
(1470-1720 MPa) (1720-1960 MPa) (1960-2210 MPa) (>2210 MPa)

AUS AS 1447 AS 1447


CL 1 #1 #2 #3
(1620-1830 MPa) (1600-1840 MPa) (1810-2040 MPa) (2010-2270 MPa)

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and A or A5 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, yield strength and elongation.
3. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
4. Steel within each column may differ slightly in chemistry, but compositions are essentially
equivalent for similar response to that treatment.
5. Physical properties are for 2 mm diameter wires and shown for reference only.

496
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-52 CAST IRON WITH LAMINATED, SPHEROIDAL AND NODULAR GRAPHITE (ISO 185, 1083)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
QUAL Laminated (Grey) Cast Iron
TYPE
PHYS Rm=100- MPa 150- 200- 250- 290- 340- 390-

CHEM

ISO ISO 185 ISO 185 ISO 185 ISO 185 ISO 185 ISO 185 ISO 185
Grade 100 Grade 150 Grade 200 Grade 250 Grade 300 Grade 350 Grade 400

USA ASTM A159 and ASTM A159 and ASTM A159 and ASTM A159 and ASTM A159 and ASTM A48 ASTM A48
SAE J 431b SAE J431b SAE J431b SAE J431b SAE J431b 50B Class 55
G1800 G2500 G3000 G3500 G4000 Class 60
ASTM A48 ASTM A48 ASTM A48 ASTM A48 ASTM A48 Class 60B
20B 25B 30B 35B, 40B 45B

JAP JIS G5501 JIS G5501 JIS G5501 JIS G5501 JIS G5501 JIS G5501
FC100 FC150 FC200 FC250 FC300 FC350

GER DIN 1691 DIN 1691 DIN 1691 DIN 1691 DIN 1691 DIN 1691 DIN 1691
GG10 GG15 GG20 GG25 GG30 GG35 GG40

FRA NF A32-101 NF A32-101 NF A32-101 NF A32-101 NF A32-101 NF A32-101 NF A32-101


Ft10 FGL150 FGL200 FGL250 FGL300 FGL350 Ft40

UK BS 1452 BS 1452 BS 1452 BS 1452 BS 1452 BS 1452 BS 1452


Grade 100 Grade 150 Grade 180, 220 Grade 250 Grade 300 Grade 350 Grade 400

ITA UNI 5007 UNI 5007 UNI 5007 UNI 5007 UNI 5007 UNI 5007
G10 G15 G20 G25 G30 G35

AUS AS 1830 AS 1830 AS 1830 AS 1830 AS 1830 AS 1830


Grade T-150 Grade T--200 Grade T-250 Grade T-300 Grade T-350 Grade T-400

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and Rp0.2 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, proof strength and elongation.

497
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-52 CAST IRON WITH LAMINATED, SPHEROIDAL AND NODULAR GRAPHITE (CONT'D)(ISO 185, 1083)

COL 8 9 10 11 12 12 14
QUAL Spheroidal or Nodular Cast Iron
TYPE
PHYS Rm=370- MPa 410- 490-- 590- 690- 800- 900-
Rp0.2=230- MPa 270- 340- 390- 440- - -
A5=17- % 12- 7- 2- 2- 2- 2-

CHEM

ISO ISO 1083 ISO 1083 ISO 1083 ISO 1083 ISO 1083 ISO 1083 ISO 1083
Grade 350-22 Grade 400-15 Grade 500-7 Grade 600-3 Grade 700-2 Grade 800-2 Grade 900-2
400-18, 450-10

USA ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536
Gr 60-40-18 Gr 65-45-12 Gr 80-55-06 Gr 100-70-03 Gr 120-90-02
SAE J434b SAE J434b SAE J434b SAE J434b SAE J434b
D 4018 D 4512 D 5506 D 7003 DQ&T

JAP JIS G5502 JIS G5502 JIS G5502 JIS G5502 JIS 5502
FCD400 FCD500 FCD600 FCD700 FCD800

GER DIN 1693 DIN 1693 DIN 1693 DIN 1693 DIN 1693
GGG40 GGG50 GGG60 GGG70 GGG80

FRA NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301


FGS38-15 FGS400-15 FGS50-7 FGS60/2 FGS70/2 FGS800-2
FGS500-7 FGS600-3 FGS700-2

UK BS 2789 BS 2789 BS 2789 BS 2789 BS 2789 BS 2789


370/17 420/12 500/7 600/3 700/2 800/2

ITA UNI 4544 UNI 4544 UNI 4544


GS42/10 GS50/5 GS55/2

AUS AS G9 AS G9 AS G9 AS G9 AS G9 AS G9
370/17 420/12 500/7 600/3 700/2 800/2

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and Rp0.2 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, proof strength and elongation.

498
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-53A MALLEABLE CAST IRON (ISO 5922)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
QUAL
TYPE Blackheart Whiteheart
PHYS Rm>300 MPa >320 >350 >350 >380 >400 >450
Rp0.2>190 MPa >200 - >200 >220 >260
A>6 % >12 >10 >4 >12 >5 >7
Hardns<150 HB <150 <150 <230 <200 <220 <220

CHEM

ISO ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922
B30-06 B32-12 B35-10 W35-04 W38-12 W40-05 W45-07

USA ASTM A47 ASTM A47


32510 35018

JAP JIS G5702 JIS G5702 JIS G5702 JIS G5703 JIS G5703
FCMB270 FCMB370 FCMB340 FCMW330 FCMW370

GER DIN 1692 DIN 1692 DIN 1692 DIN 1692


GTS35-10 GTW35-04 GTW40-05 GTW45-07

FRA NF A32-702 NF A32-702 NF A32-701 NF A32-701


MN 32-8 MN 35-10 MB 35-7 MB 40-10
MN 38-18

UK BS 6681 BS 6681 BS 6681 BS 6681 BS 6681


290/6 310/10 340/12 340/3 410/4

ITA UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922
B30-06 B32-12 B35-10 W35-04 W38-12 W40-05 W45-07

AUS AS 1832 AS 1832 AS 1832 AS 1832


B300-6 B350-10 W350-4 W400-5

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and Rp0.2 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, proof strength and elongation.

499
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-53A MALLEABLE CAST IRON (CONT'D)(ISO 5922)

COL 8 9 10 11 12 12 14 15
QUAL Pearlitic
TYPE
PHYS Rm>345 MPa >450 >500 >550 >600 >650- >700 >800
Rp0.2>221 MPa >270 >300 >340 >390 >430 >530 >600
A>10 % >6 >5 >4 >3 >2 >2 >1
Hardns<156 HB 150-200 160-220 180--230 200-250 210-260 240-290 270-310

CHEM

ISO ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922 ISO 5922
B35-10 P45-06 P50-05 P55-04 P60-03 P65-02 P70-02 P80-01

USA ASTM A47 ASTM A220 ASTM A220 ASTM A220 ASTM A220 ASTM A220 ASTM A220 ASTM A220
32510 40010 45006 50005 60004 70003 80002 90001
SAE J158 SAE J158 SAE J158 SAE J158 SAE J158 SAE J158
M3210 M4504 M5003 M5503 M7002 M8501

JAP JIS G5702 JIS G5704 JIS G5704 JIS G5704 JIS G5704 JIS G5704
FCMB37 FCMP440 FCMP490 FCMP540 FMMP590 FCMP690
FCMB35 441-265-6 490--304-4 539-343-3 588-392-3 686-510-2

GER DIN 1692 DIN 1692 DIN 1692 DIN 1692 DIN 1692
GTS35-10 GTS45-06 GTS55-04 GTS65-02 GTS70-02

FRA NF A32-702 NF A32-703 NF A32-703 NF A32-703


MN 35-10 MP 50-5 MP 60-3 MP 70-3

UK BS 6687 BS 6687 BS 6687 BS 6687 BS 6687 BS 6687


P45-06 P50-05 P55--04 P60-03 P65-02 P70-02

ITA UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922 UNI ISO 5922
P45-06 P50-05 P55--04 P60-03 P65-02 P70-02

AUS AS 1832 AS 1832 AS 1832 AS 1832


P450-6 P500-4 P550-4 P700-2

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and Rp0.2 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, proof strength and elongation.

500
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-53B CAST CARBON AND ALLOY STEEL (ISO 3755)

COL 1 2 3 4 5
QUAL
TYPE Carbon Steel Castings
PHYS - Rm=400-550 MPa 450-600 480-630 >690
- Re>200 MPa >230 >270 >485
- A>25 % >22 >18 >10
- Z>40 % >31 >25 >15
- KV>30(45) J >25(45) >22 -
Hardns<187 HB <187 131--187 170-229 207-255

CHEM - C= <0.25 C= <0.25 C= <0.25 -


- Mn= <1.00 Mn= <1.20 Mn= <1.20 -
- Si= <0.60 Si= <0.60 Si= <0.60 -
- P= <O.035 P= <0.035 P= <0.035 -
- S= <0.035 S= <0.035 S= <0.035 -
- Ni= <0.40 Ni= <0.40 Ni= <0.40 -
- Cr= <0.35 Cr= <0.35 Cr= <0.35 -
- Cu= <0.40 Cu= <0.40 Cu= <0.40 -
- Mo= <0.15 Mo= <0.15 Mo= <0.15 -
- V= <0.05 V= <0.05 V= <0.05 -

ISO ISO 3755 ISO 3755 ISO 3755


200-400 230-450 270-480
200-400W 230-450W 270-480W

USA SAE J435 SAE J435 SAE J435 SAE J435 SAE J435
Grade 0022 Grade 0025 Grade 0030 Grade 0050A Grade 0050B
ASTM A27 ASTM A27 ASTM A27 ASTM A148
Grade 60-30 Grade 65-35 Grade 70-40 Grade 80-40
ASTM A352 LCA ASTM A352 LCC
ASTM A216 WCA ASTM A216 WCC

JAP JIS G5101 JIS G5101 JIS G5101 JIS G5111 JIS G5111
SC42 SC46 (SCC5A) (SCC5B)
SC37
JIS G5102 JIS G5102 (1618-294- (686-441
SCW42 SCW49 9-15) 9-15)

GER DIN 1681 DIN 1681 DIN 1681


GS38 GS45 GS52

FRA NF A32-051 NF A32-051 NF A32-051 NF A32-051 NF A32-054


XC18M E20-40M E23-45M E26-52M E30-57M
230-400-M2 Trempe & Revenu
HB=207-255
UK BS 3100 BS 3100 BS 3100 BS 3100 BS 3100
Grade AW1 Grade A1 Grade A2 Grade A3 (Grade AW2)
(620-325-12)
(Grade AW3)
(690-370-8)
ITA UNI 3158 UNI 3158 UNI 3158
Fe G400 Fe G450 Fe G520

AUS AS 2074 AS 2074 AS 2074 AS 2074 AS 2074


Grade C1 Grade C3 Grade C4-1 Grade C6 Grade L6A-1

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and Rp0.2 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, proof strength and elongation.
3. The impact energy (KV) is shown in Joules (J).
4. The area reduction (Z) is shown in percentages (%).
5. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.
501
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-53B CAST CARBON AND ALLOY STEEL (CONT'D) (ISO 3755)
COL 6 7 8 9 10
QUAL
TYPE Alloy Steel Castings
PHYS Rm=550-700 MPa >620 >725 >825 >1034
Re>340 MPa >415 >585 >655 >862
A>15 % >20 >17 >14 >10
Z>21 % >40 >35 >30 >22
KV>20 J - - - -
Hardns=163-207 HB 187-241 217-248 248-311 311-363

CHEM C=<0.25 C= Optional C= Optional C= Optional C= Optional


Mn= <1.50 Mn= Optional Mn= Optional Mn= Optional Mn= Optional
Si= <0.60 Si= Optional SI= Optional Si= Optional Si= Optional
P= <0.035 P= <0.04 P= <0.04 P= <0.04 P=<0.04
S= <0.035 S= <0.045 S= <0.045 S= <0.045 S<0.045
Ni= <0.40 Alloy= Alloy= Alloy= Alloy=
Cr= <0.35 Optional Optional Optional Optional
Cu= <0.40 - -
Mo- <0.15 - -
V= <0.05 - -

ISO ISO 3755


340-550
340-550W

USA SAE J435 SAE J435 SAE J435 SAE J435 SAE J435
Grade 0080 Grade 0090 Grade 0105 Grade 0120 Grade 0150
ASTM A148 ASTM A148 ASTM A148 ASTM A148 ASTM A148
Grade 80-50 Grade 90-60 Grade 105-85 Grade 120-95 Grade 150--125
Grade 175-145

JAP JIS G5111 JIS G5111 JIS G5111 JIS G5111 JIS G5111
!SCMn2A SCSiMn2B SCCrm3B SCMnCrM3B SCNCrM2D
(588-343-16-35) (637-441-20-35) (784-588-9-25) (833-637-9-25) (981-784-9-20)

GER DIN 1681 DIN 17205 DIN 17205 DIN 17205


GS60 GS-42CrMo4V GS-42CrMo4V GS-42CrMo4V
HB-217-248 FIB-248-311 HB-311-363

FRA NF A32-054 NF A32--054 NF A32-054 NF A32--054 NF A32-054


25CD4M 35CD4M 42CD4M 35CD4M 35CD4M
Trait Trait
HB=248-311 HB=311-363

UK BS 3100 BS 3100 BS 3100 BS 3100 BS 3100


Grade A4 Grade A5 (Grade BT1) (Grade BT2) (Grade BT3)
(690-495-11) (850-585-8) (100-695-6)

ITA

AUS AS 2074 AS 2074 AS 2074 AS 2074 AS 2074


Grade H3A Grade H2A Grade H3B Grade H7A Grade 119A

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and Rp0.2 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, proof strength and elongation.
3. The impact energy (KV) is shown in Joules (J).
4. The area reduction (Z) is shown in percentages (%).
5. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.

502
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-54 AUSTENITIC CAST IRON (ISO 2892)

COL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUAL
TYPE Spheroidal Graphite (Ductile)
PHYS Rm=390- MPa 370- 390- 370- 370- 440- 370- 370-
Rp0.2=210- MPa 210- 210- 210- 170- 210- 210- 210-
A=15- % 7- 7- 10- 20- 25- 13- 7-

CHEM C= -3.0 C= -3.0 C= -3.0 C= -3.0 C= -3.0 C= -2.6 C= -2.6 C= -2.6


Si=2.0-3.0 Si=1.5-3.0 Si=1.5-3.0 Si=4.5-5.5 Si=1.0-3.0 Si=1.5-2.5 Si=1.5-3.0 Si=1.5-3.0
Mn=6.0-7.0 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=1.5-2.5 Mn=4.0-4.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5
Ni=12.0-14.0 Ni=18.0-22.0 Ni=18.0-22.0 Ni=18.0-22.0 Ni=21.0-24.0 Ni=22.0-24.0 Ni=28.0-32.0 Ni=28.0-32.0
Cr = -0.2 Cr=1.0-2.5 Cr=2.5-3.5 Cr= 1.0-2.5 Cr= -0.5 Cr= -0.2 Cr=1.0-1.5 Cr=2.5-3.5
Cu=0.5 max Cu=0.5 max Cu=0.5 max Cu=0.5 max Cu=0.5 max Cu=0.5 max Cu=0.5 max Cu=0.5 max
P=0.08 max P=0.08 max P=0.08 max P=0.08 max P=0.08 max P=0.08 max P=0.08 max P=0.08 max

ISO ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892
S-NiMn13-7 S-NiCr20-2 S-NiCr20-3 S-NiSiCr- S-Ni22 S-NiMn23-4 S-NiCr30-1 S-NiCr30--3
20-5-2

ASTM A439 ASTM A439 ASTM A439 ASTM A439 ASTM A439
USA Type D-2 Type D-2B Type D-2C Type D -3A Type D-3

JAP

GER DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694
GGG- GGG- GGG- GGG- GGG- GGG- GGG- GGG
NiMn13-7 NiCr20-2 NiCr20-3 NiSiCr20-4-2 Ni22 NiMn23-4 NiCr30-1 NiCr30-3

FRA NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301


S-NM13-7 S--NC20-2 S-NC20-3 S-NSC20-5-2 S-N22 S-NM23-4 S-NC30-1 S-NC30-3

UK BS 3468 BS 3468 BS 3468 BS 3468 BS 3468 BS 3468 BS 3468


AUS202 AUS202
S2 S2G S2M S3 S3
S2 S2W

ITA

AUS

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and Rp0.2 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, proof strength and elongation.
3. The impact energy (KV) is shown in Joules (J).
4. The area reduction (Z) is shown in percentages (%).
5. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.

503
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 10-54 AUSTENITIC CAST IRON (CONT'D)(ISO 2892)

COL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
QUAL Spheroidal Graphite (Ductile) Laminated Graphite (Grey)
TYPE
PHYS Rm=390- MPa 370- 370- 170- 190- 170- 190- 190- 170- 120-

Rp0.2=240- MPa 210- 210- - - - - - - -

- A=20- % 7- - - - - - - -

CHEM C= -2.6 C= -2.4 C= -2.4 C= -3.0 C= -3.0 C= -3.0 C= -3.0 C= -2.5 C= -2.5 C= -2.4
Si=5.0-6.0 Si=1.5-3.0 Si=1.5-3.0 Si=1.0-2.8 Si=1.0-2.8 Si=1.0-2.8 Si=1.0-2.8 Si=1.0-2.0 Si=5.0-6.0 Si=1.0-2.0
Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5 Mn=0.5-1.5
Ni=28-32 Ni=34-36 Ni=34-36 Ni=13.5-17.5 Ni=13.5-17.5 Ni=18-22 Ni=18-22 Ni-28-32 Ni=29-32 Ni=34-36
Cr=4.5-5.5 Cr= -0.2 Cr=2.0-3.0 Cr=1.0-2.5 Cr=2.5-3.5 Cr=1.0-2.5 Cr=2.5-3.5 Cr=2.5-3.5 Cr=4.5-5.5 Cr= -0.2
- - - Cu=5.5-7.5 Cu=5.5-7.5 Cu= -0.5 Cu= -0.5 Cu= -0.5 Cu= -0.5 Cu= -0.5

ISO ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892 ISO 2892
S-NiSi- L-NiCu- L-NiCu- L-NiSi- Cr30-
S-Ni35 S-NiCr35-3 L-NiCr20-2 L-NiCr20-3 L-NiCr30-3 L-Ni35
Cr30-5-5 Cr15-6-2 Cr15-6-3 5-5

ASTM A439 ASTM A439 ASTM A436 ASTM A436 ASTM A436 ASTM A436 ASTM A436 ASTM A436 ASTM A436 ASTM A436
Type D-4 Type D-5 Type D-5B Type 1 Type 1B Type 2 Type 2B Type 3 Type 4 TYPE 5
USA

JAP

GER DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694 DIN 1694
GGG-NiSi- GGG- GGG- GGL-NiCu- GGL-NiCu- GGL-Ni- GGL-Ni- GGL-Ni- GGL-Ni-
GGL-Ni35
Cr30- 5-5 Ni35 NiCr35-3 Cr15-6-2 Cr15-6-3 Cr20-2 Cr20-3 Cr30-3 SiCr30-5-5

FRA NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301 NF A32-301

S-NSC30-5-5 S-N35 S-NC35-3 L-NUC15-6-2 L-NUC15-6-3 L-NC20-2 L-NC20-3 L-NC30-3 L-NSC30-5-5 L-N35

UK BS 3468 BS 3468 BS 3468 BS 3468


AUS101 AUS101 AUS102 AUS102
Grade F1 Grade F1 Grade F2 Grade F3

ITA

AUS AS 1833 AS 1833 AS 1833 AS 1833 AS 1833


AUS101 AUS101 AUS102 AUS102
AUS105
Grade A Grade H Grade A Grade D

NOTES: 1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 ≈ 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa or 7 MPa.
2. Rm, Re and Rp0.2 are ISO symbols for tensile strength, proof strength and elongation.
3. The impact energy (KV) is shown in Joules (J).
4. The area reduction (Z) is shown in percentages (%).
5. Unless otherwise noted steels fall within chemical composition limits shown for that column.

504
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (ISO)

3CD35 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 9


GLOBAL (ISO) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX 3CD35 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 9
DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL 3CD40 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 10
3CD40 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 10
O1 ISO 5950 10-42B 15 3CD45 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 11
O1 ISO 3575 10-42A 14 3CD45 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 11
O2 ISO 5950 10-42B 16 3CD50 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 12
O2 ISO 3575 10-42A 15 3CD50 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 12
O3 ISO 5950 10-42B 17 3CD55 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 13
O3 ISO 3575 10-42A 16 3CD55 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 13
O4 ISO 5950 10-42B 18 3CD60 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 14
O4 ISO 3575 10-42A 17 3CD60 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 14
O5 ISO 3575 10-42A 18 3CD65 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 15
1CD8 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 3 3CD65 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 15
2CD5 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 1 3CD70 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 16
2CD5 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 1 3CD70 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 16
2CD6 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 2 3CD80 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 17
2CD8 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 3 3CD80 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 17
2CD10 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 4 3CD95 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 18
2CD15 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 5 3CD95 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 18
2CD20 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 6 5CrMo4 ISO 4957 10-45B 15
2CD25 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 7 7CrMoNi2 ISO 4957 10-45B 16
2CD30 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 8 9S20 ISO 683-9 10-46 1
2CD35 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 9 10S20 ISO 683-9 10-46 6
2CD35 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 9 10SPb20 ISO 683-9 10-46 7
2CD40 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 10 11SMn28 ISO 683-9 10-46 2
2CD40 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 10 11SMnPb28 ISO 683-9 10-46 3
2CD45 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 11 12SMn35 ISO 683-9 10-46 4
2CD45 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 11 12SMnPb35 ISO 683-9 10-46 5
2CD50 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 12 15NiCr13 ISO 683-11 10-47 12
2CD50 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 12 15NiCr12 ISO 683-11 10-47 14
2CD55 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 13 16MnCr5 ISO 683-11 10-47 9
2CD55 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 13 16MnCrS5 ISO 683-11 10-47 9
2CD60 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 14 17SMn20 ISO 683-9 10-46 8
2CD60 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 14 17NiCrMo6 ISO 683-11 10-47 16
2CD65 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 15 18CrMo4 ISO 683-11 10-47 10
2CD65 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 15 18CrMoS4 ISO 683-11 10-47 10
2CD70 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 16 18CrNiMo7 ISO 683-11 10-47 17
2CD70 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 16 20Cr4 ISO 683-11 10-47 8
2CD80 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 17 20Cr13 ISO 4957 10-45B 18
2CD80 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 17 20CrS4 ISO 683-11 10-47 8
2CD95 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 18 20MnCr5 ISO 683-11 10-47 11
2CD95 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 18 20MnCrS5 ISO 683-11 10-47 11
3CD5 A ISO 8457-2 10-42C 1 20NiCrMo2 ISO 683-11 10-47 15
3CD5 B ISO 8457-2 10-42C 1 20NiCrMoS2 ISO 683-11 10-47 15
3CD6 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 2 30Cr13 ISO 4957 10-45B 19
3CD8 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 3 30CrMoV3 ISO 4957 10-45A 10
3CD10 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 4 30WCrV5 ISO 4957 10-45A 13
3CD15 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 5 30WCrV9 ISO 4957 10-45A 14
3CD20 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 6 31CrMo12 ISO 683-10 10-47 1
3CD25 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 7 33CrAlMo54 ISO 683-10 10-47 3
3CD30 ISO 8457-2 10-42C 8 35CrMo2 ISO 4957 10-45A 9

505
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(ISO)

35CrMo2 ISO 4957 10-45B 17 C35M2 ISO 683-1 10-44 7


35CrMoV5 ISO 4957 10-45A 11 C40 ISO 683-1 10-44 8
35S20 ISO 683-9 10-46 10 C40E4 ISO 683-1 10-44 8
35SMn20 ISO 683-9 10-46 11 C40M2 ISO 683-1 10-44 8
38CrMo15 ISO 4957 10-45B 21 C45 ISO 683-1 10-44 9
40Cr13 ISO 4957 10-45B 20 C45E4 ISO 683-1 10-44 9
40CrMoV5 ISO 4957 10-45A 12 C45M2 ISO 683-1 10-44 9
40NiCrMoV4 ISO 4957 10-45A 7 C50 ISO 683-1 10-44 10
41CrAlMo74 ISO 683-10 10-47 4 C50E4 ISO 683-1 10-44 10
44SMn28 ISO 683-9 10-46 12 C50M2 ISO 683-1 10-44 10
45WCrV2 ISO 4957 10-45B 4 C55 ISO 683-1 10-44 11
46S20 ISO 683-9 10-46 13 C55E4 ISO 683-1 10-44 11
50WCrV2 ISO 4957 10-45B 5 C55M2 ISO 683-1 10-44 11
51CrMnV1 ISO 4957 10-45B 3 C60 ISO 683-1 10-44 12
55NiCrMoV2 ISO 4957 10-45A 8 C60E4 ISO 683-1 10-44 12
60SiMn2 ISO 4957 10-45B 2 C60M2 ISO 683-1 10-44 12
60WCrV2 ISO 4957 10-45B 6 CR1 ISO 3574 10-42B 10
90MnV2 ISO 4957 10-45B 9 CR2 ISO 3574 10-42B 11
95CrMnW1 ISO 4957 10-45B 10 CR3 ISO 3574 10-42B 12
100Cr2 ISO 4957 10-45B 7 CR4 ISO 3574 10-42B 13
100CrMoV5 ISO 4957 10-45B 11 CR220 ISO 4998 10-42B 1
105WCr1 ISO 4957 10-45B 8 CR220B ISO 4997 10-42B 1
110CrMo17 ISO 4957 10-45B 22 CR220D ISO 4997 10-42B 1
160CrMoV12 ISO 4957 10-45B 12 CR250 ISO 4998 10-42B 2
210Cr12 ISO 4957 10-45B 13 CR250B ISO 4997 10-42B 2
210CrW12 ISO 4957 10-45B 14 CR250D ISO 4997 10-42B 2
200-400 ISO 3755 10-53B 2 CR320 ISO 4998 10-42B 3
200-400W ISO 3755 10-53B 2 CR320B ISO 4997 10-42B 3
230-450 ISO 3755 10-53B 3 CR320D ISO 4997 10-42B 3
230-450W ISO 3755 10-53B 3 CR550 ISO 4997 10-42B 4
270-480 ISO 3755 10-53B 4 CR550 ISO 4998 10-42B 4
270-480W ISO 3755 10-53B 4 CRH-50 ISO 5954 10-42B 7
340-550 ISO 3755 10-53B 6 CRH-60 ISO 5954 10-42B 8
340-550W ISO 3755 10-53B 6 CRH-70 ISO 5954 10-42B 9
B30-06 ISO 5922 10-53A 1 DH ISO 8458-2 10-51B 5
B32-12 ISO 5922 10-53A 2 DM ISO 8458-2 10-51B 4
B35-10 ISO 5922 10-53A 8 E355CC ISO 4951 10-43B 6
B35-10 ISO 5922 10-53A 3 E355DD ISO 4951 10-43B 6
C10 ISO 683-11 10-47 5 E390CC ISO 4951 10-43B 7
C15E4 ISO 683-11 10-47 6 E390DD ISO 4951 10-43B 7
C15M2 ISO 683-11 10-47 6 E420CC ISO 4951 10-43B 8
C16E4 ISO 683-11 10-47 7 E420DD ISO 4951 10-43B 8
C16M2 ISO 683-11 10-47 7 E420DD ISO 4950-2,3 10-43B 8
C25 ISO 683-1 10-44 5 E420E ISO 4950-2,3 10-43B 8
C25E4 ISO 683-1 10-44 5 E460DD ISO 4950-2,3 10-43B 9
C25M2 ISO 683-1 10-44 5 E460E ISO 4950-2,3 10-43B 9
C30 ISO 683-1 10-44 6 E500DD ISO 4950-3 10-43B 10
C30E4 ISO 683-1 10-44 6 E500E ISO 4950-3 10-43B 10
C30M2 ISO 683-1 10-44 6 E550DD ISO 4950-3 10-43B 11
C35 ISO 2937 10-42D 15 E550E ISO 4950-3 10-43B 11
C35 ISO 683-1 10-44 7 E620DD ISO 4950-3 10-43B 12
C35E4 ISO 683-1 10-44 7 E620E ISO 4950-3 10-43B 12

506
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(ISO)

E690DD ISO 4950-3 10-43B 13 Grade 8b ISO 683-13 10-49 5


E690E ISO 4950-3 10-43B 13 Grade 9 ISO 683-12 10-48 9
F46 ISO 2604-01 10-50 1 Grade 9 ISO 683-13 10-49 10
F47 ISO 2604-01 10-50 4 Grade 9 ISO 683-14 10-51A 9
F48 ISO 2604-01 10-50 5 Grade 9b ISO 683-13 10-49 11
F50 ISO 2604-01 10-50 3 Grade 9c ISO 683-13 10-49 6
F51 ISO 2604-01 10-50 3 Grade 10 ISO 683-12 10-48 10
F53 ISO 2604-01 10-50 2 Grade 10 ISO 683-13 10-50 1
F59 ISO 2604-01 10-50 13 Grade 10 ISO 683-14 10-51A 10
F62 ISO 2604-01 10-50 14 Grade 11 ISO 683-12 10-48 11
F66 ISO 2604-01 10-50 15 Grade 11 ISO 683-13 10-50 4
Fe490 ISO 1052 10-43A 5 Grade 11 ISO 683-14 10-51A 11
Fe310o ISO 630 10-43A 1 Grade 12 ISO 683-13 10-50 5
Fe310o ISO 630 10-42A 1 Grade 12 ISO 683-14 10-51A 12
Fe360B ISO 630 10-43A 2 Grade 13 ISO 683-13 10-50 7
Fe360C ISO 630 10-43A 2 Grade 13 ISO 683-14 10-51A 13
Fe360D ISO 630 10-43A 2 Grade 14 ISO 683-13 10-50 8
Fe430B ISO 630 10-43A 3 Grade 14 ISO 683-14 10-51A 14
Fe430C ISO 630 10-43A 3 Grade 15 ISO 683-13 10-50 2
Fe430D ISO 630 10-43A 3 Grade 16 ISO 683-13 10-50 3
Fe510C ISO 630 10-43A 4 Grade 17 ISO 683-13 10-50 6
Fe510D ISO 630 10-43A 4 Grade 19 ISO 683-13 10-50 9
Fe590 ISO 1052 10-43A 6 Grade 19a ISO 683-13 10-50 13
Fe690 ISO 1052 10-43A 7 Grade 20 ISO 683-13 10-50 10
Grade 1 ISO 2938 10-42D 16 Grade 20a ISO 683-13 10-50 14
Grade 1 ISO 683-12 10-48 1 Grade 21 ISO 683-13 10-50 11
Grade 1 ISO 683-13 10-49 1 Grade 21a ISO 683-13 10-50 15
Grade 1 ISO 683-14 10-51A 1 Grade 23 ISO 683-13 10-50 12
Grade 2 ISO 2938 10-42D 17 Grade 23a ISO 683-13 10-50 16
Grade 2 ISO 683-12 10-48 2 Grade 24 ISO 683-13 10-50 17
Grade 2 ISO 683-13 10-49 2 Grade 100 ISO 185 10-52 1
Grade 2 ISO 683-14 10-51A 2 Grade 150 ISO 185 10-52 2
Grade 3 ISO 683-12 10-48 3 Grade 200 ISO 185 10-52 3
Grade 3 ISO 683-13 10-49 7 Grade 250 ISO 185 10-52 4
Grade 3 ISO 683-14 10-51A 3 Grade 300 ISO 185 10-52 5
Grade 4 ISO 683-12 10-48 4 Grade 350 ISO 185 10-52 6
Grade 4 ISO 683-13 10-49 9 Grade 350-22 ISO 1083 10-52 8
Grade 4 ISO 683-14 10-51A 4 Grade 400 ISO 185 10-52 7
Grade 5 ISO 683-12 10-48 5 Grade 400-15 ISO 1083 10-52 9
Grade 5 ISO 683-13 10-49 12 Grade 400-18 ISO 1083 10-52 9
Grade 5 ISO 683-14 10-51A 5 Grade 450-10 ISO 1083 10-52 9
Grade 6 ISO 683-12 10-48 6 Grade 500-7 ISO 1083 10-52 10
Grade 6 ISO 683-13 10-49 13 Grade 600-3 ISO 1083 10-52 11
Grade 6 ISO 683-14 10-51A 6 Grade 700-2 ISO 1083 10-52 12
Grade 6a ISO 683-13 10-49 14 Grade 800-2 ISO 1083 10-52 13
Grade 7 ISO 683-12 10-48 7 Grade 900-2 ISO 1083 10-52 14
Grade 7 ISO 683-13 10-49 8 Grade A-1b ISO 683-13 10-49 15
Grade 7 ISO 683-14 10-51A 7 Grade A-3 ISO 683-13 10-50 18
Grade 8 ISO 683-12 10-48 8 HR1 ISO 3573 10-42A 10
Grade 8 ISO 683-13 10-49 3 HR1 ISO 6317 10-42A 10
Grade 8 ISO 683-14 10-51A 8 HR2 ISO 3573 10-42A 11
Grade 8a ISO 683-13 10-49 4 HR2 ISO 6317 10-42A 11

507
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(ISO)

HR3 ISO 3573 10-42A 12 P47 ISO 2604-4 10-50 4


HR3 ISO 6317 10-42A 12 P48 ISO 2604-4 10-50 5
HR4 ISO 3573 10-42A 13 P50 ISO 2604-4 10-50 3
HR4 ISO 6317 10-42A 13 P50 ISO 2604-4 10-50 11
HR235B ISO 4995 10-42A 2 P50-05 ISO 5922 10-53A 10
HR235D ISO 4995 10-42A 2 P53 ISO 2604-4 10-50 2
HR235B ISO 6316 10-42A 2 P57 ISO 2604-4 10-50 9
HR235D ISO 6316 10-42A 2 P58 ISO 2604-4 10-50 13
HR275B ISO 4995 10-42A 3 P60 ISO 2604-4 10-50 10
HR275D ISO 4995 10-42A 3 P61 ISO 2604-4 10-50 14
HR275B ISO 6316 10-42A 3 P55-04 ISO 5922 10-53A 11
HR275D ISO 6316 10-42A 3 P60-03 ISO 5922 10-53A 12
HR355B ISO 4995 10-42A 4 P65-02 ISO 5922 10-53A 13
HR355D ISO 4995 10-42A 4 P70-02 ISO 5922 10-53A 14
HR355B ISO 6316 10-42A 4 P80-01 ISO 5922 10-53A 15
HR355D ISO 6316 10-42A 4 R28 ISO 3304 10-42D 1
HS1-8-1 ISO 4957 10-45C 3 R28 ISO 3305 10-42D 1
HS2-9-1-8 ISO 4957 10-45C 11 R28 ISO 3306 10-42D 6
HS2-9-2 ISO 4957 10-45C 2 R33 ISO 3304 10-42D 2
HS6-5-2 ISO 4957 10-45C 4 R33 ISO 3305 10-42D 2
HS6-5-2-5 ISO 4957 10-45C 8 R33 ISO 3306 10-42D 7
HS6-5-3 ISO 4957 10-45C 5 R37 ISO 3305 10-42D 3
HS7-4-2-5 ISO 4957 10-45C 12 R37 ISO 3306 10-42D 8
HS10-4-3-10 ISO 4957 10-45C 10 R44 ISO 3304 10-42D 4
HS12-1-5-5 ISO 4957 10-45C 9 R44 ISO 3305 10-42D 4
HS18-0-1 ISO 4957 10-45C 1 R44 ISO 3306 10-42D 9
HS18-0-1-10 ISO 4957 10-45C 6 R50 ISO 3304 10-42D 5
HS18-1-1-5 ISO 4957 10-45C 7 R50 ISO 3305 10-42D 5
HS355C ISO 4996 10-42A 5 R50 ISO 3306 10-42D 10
HS355D ISO 4996 10-42A 5 SH ISO 8458-2 10-51B 3
HS390C ISO 4996 10-42A 6 SL ISO 8458-2 10-51B 1
HS390D ISO 4996 10-42A 6 SM ISO 8458-2 10-51B 2
HS420C ISO 4996 10-42A 7 S-Ni22 ISO 2892 10-54 5
HS420D ISO 4996 10-42A 7 S-Ni35 ISO 2892 10-54 10
HS460C ISO 4996 10-42A 8 S-NiCr20-2 ISO 2892 10-54 2
HS460D ISO 4996 10-42A 8 S-NiCr20-3 ISO 2892 10-54 3
HS490C ISO 4996 10-42A 9 S-NiCr30-1 ISO 2892 10-54 7
HS490D ISO 4996 10-42A 9 S-NiCr30-3 ISO 2892 10-54 8
HSF275 ISO 5951 10-43B 1 S-NiCr35-3 ISO 2892 10-54 11
HSF355 ISO 5951 10-43B 2 S-NiMn13-7 ISO 2892 10-54 1
HSF420 ISO 5951 10-43B 3 S-NiMn23-4 ISO 2892 10-54 6
HSF490 ISO 5951 10-43B 4 S-NiSiCr20-5-2 ISO 2892 10-54 4
HSF560 ISO 5951 10-43B 5 S-NiSiCr30-5-5 ISO 2892 10-54 9
L-Ni35 ISO 2892 10-54 18 T001 ISO 4999 10-42B 10
L-NiCr20-2 ISO 2892 10-54 14 T002 ISO 4999 10-42B 11
L-NiCr20-3 ISO 2892 10-54 15 T003 ISO 4999 10-42B 12
L-NiCr30-3 ISO 2892 10-54 16 T004 ISO 4999 10-42B 13
L-NiCuCr15-6-2 ISO 2892 10-54 12 TC70 ISO 4957 10-45A 1
L-NiCuCr15-6-3 ISO 2892 10-54 13 TC80 ISO 4957 10-45A 2
L-NiSiCr30-5-5 ISO 2892 10-54 17 TC90 ISO 4957 10-45A 3
P45-06 ISO 5922 10-53A 9 TC105 ISO 4957 10-45A 4
P46 ISO 2604-4 10-50 1 TC120 ISO 4957 10-45A 5

508
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(ISO, EN)

TC140 ISO 4957 10-45A 6 1CD10 EN10016 10-42C 4


TCV105 ISO 4957 10-45A 1 1CD15 EN10016 10-42C 5
TS1 ISO 2937 10-42D 11 2CD8 EN10016 10-42C 3
TS4 ISO 2937 10-42D 12 2CD20 EN10016 10-42C 6
TS9 ISO 2937 10-42D 13 2CD25 EN10016 10-42C 7
TS18 ISO 2937 10-42D 14 2CD30 EN10016 10-42C 8
TS46 ISO 2604-2 10-50 1 2CD35 EN10016 10-42C 9
TS47 ISO 2604-2 10-50 4 2CD40 EN10016 10-42C 10
TS48 ISO 2604-2 10-50 5 2CD45 EN10016 10-42C 11
TS50 ISO 2604-2 10-50 3 2CD50 EN10016 10-42C 12
TS53 ISO 2604-2 10-50 2 2CD55 EN10016 10-42C 13
TS57 ISO 2604-2 10-50 9 2CD60 EN10016 10-42C 14
TS58 ISO 2604-2 10-50 13 2CD65 EN10016 10-42C 15
TS60 ISO 2604-2 10-50 10 2CD70 EN10016 10-42C 16
TS61 ISO 2604-2 10-50 14 3CD5 EN10016 10-42C 1
W35-04 ISO 5922 10-53A 4 3CD6 EN10016 10-42C 2
W38-12 ISO 5922 10-53A 5 3CD8 EN10016 10-42C 3
W40-05 ISO 5922 10-53A 6 3CD10 EN10016 10-42C 4
W45-07 ISO 5922 10-53A 7 3CD15 EN10016 10-42C 5
3CD20 EN10016 10-42C 6
EUROPEAN (EU) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX 3CD25 EN10016 10-42C 7
DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL 3CD30 EN10016 10-42C 8
1C25 EN10083-2 10-44 5 3CD35 EN10016 10-42C 9
1C30 EN10083-2 10-44 6 3CD40 EN10016 10-42C 10
1C35 EN10083-2 10-44 7 3CD45 EN10016 10-42C 11
1C40 EN10083-2 10-44 8 3CD50 EN10016 10-42C 12
1C45 EN10083-2 10-44 9 3CD55 EN10016 10-42C 13
1C50 EN10083-2 10-44 10 3CD60 EN10016 10-42C 14
1C55 EN10083-2 10-44 11 3CD65 EN10016 10-42C 15
1C60 EN10083-2 10-44 12 3CD70 EN10016 10-42C 16
2C10 EU 84 10-47 5 3CD75 EN10016 10-42C 16
2C15 EU 84 10-47 6 3CD80 EN10016 10-42C 17
2C25 EN10083-1 10-44 5 3CD85 EN10016 10-42C 17
2C30 EN10083-1 10-44 6 3CD90 EN10016 10-42C 18
2C35 EN10083-1 10-44 7 3CD95 EN10016 10-42C 18
2C40 EN10083-1 10-44 8 C4D EN10016-2 10-42C 1
2C45 EN10083-1 10-44 9 C7D EN10016-2 10-42C 2
2C50 EN10083-1 10-44 10 C9D EN10016-2 10-42C 3
2C55 EN10083-1 10-44 11 C10D EN10016-2 10-42C 4
2C60 EN10083-1 10-44 12 C15D EN10016-2 10-42C 5
3C10 EU 84 10-47 5 C20D EN10016-2 10-42C 6
3C15 EU 84 10-47 6 C22 EN10083-2 10-44 4
3C25 EN10083-1 10-44 5 C22E EN10083-2 10-44 4
3C30 EN10083-1 10-44 6 C22R EN10083-2 10-44 4
3C35 EN10083-1 10-44 7 C25 EN10083-2 10-44 5
3C40 EN10083-1 10-44 8 C25E EN10083-2 10-44 5
3C45 EN10083-1 10-44 9 C25R EN10083-2 10-44 5
3C50 EN10083-1 10-44 10 C26D EN10016-2 10-42C 7
3C55 EN10083-1 10-44 11 C30 EN10083-2 10-44 6
3C60 EN10083-1 10-44 12 C30E EN10083-2 10-44 6
1CD6 EN10016 10-42C 2 C30R EN10083-2 10-44 6
1CD8 EN10016 10-42C 3 C32D EN10016-2 10-42C 8

509
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(EN, AISI)

C35 EN10083-2 10-44 7 X6CrAl13 EN10088-1 10-49 2


C35E EN10083-2 10-44 7 X8Cr17 EN10088-1 10-49 3
C35R EN10083-2 10-44 7 X10CrS17 EN10088-1 10-49 4
C38D EN10016-2 10-42C 9 X8CrTi17 EN10088-1 10-49 5
C40 EN10083-2 10-44 8 X8CrMo17 EN10088-1 10-49 6
C40E EN10083-2 10-44 8 X12Cr13 EN10088-1 10-49 7
C40R EN10083-2 10-44 8 X12CrS13 EN10088-1 10-49 8
C42D EN10016-2 10-42C 10
C45 EN10083-2 10-44 9 USA (AISI) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX
C45E EN10083-2 10-44 9 DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL
C45R EN10083-2 10-44 9 O1 AISI 10-45B 10
C48D EN10016-2 10-42C 11 O2 AISI 10-45B 9
C50 EN10083-2 10-44 10 12L13 AISI 10-46 3
C50D EN10016-2 10-42C 12 12L14 AISI 10-46 5
C50E EN10083-2 10-44 10 51B60 AISI 10-51A 10
C50R EN10083-2 10-44 10 202 AISI 10-50 18
C55 EN10083-2 10-44 11 301 AISI 10-50 8
C55E EN10083-2 10-44 11 302 AISI 10-50 5
C55R EN10083-2 10-44 11 30303 AISI 10-50 6
C56D EN10016-2 10-42C 13 304 AISI 10-50 4
C60 EN10083-2 10-44 12 304L AISI 10-50 1
C60D EN10016-2 10-42C 14 305 AISI 10-50 7
C60E EN10083-2 10-44 12 316 AISI 10-50 10
C60R EN10083-2 10-44 12 316 AISI 10-50 14
C66D EN10016-2 10-42C 15 316L AISI 10-50 9
C76D EN10016-2 10-42C 16 316L AISI 10-50 13
C86D EN10016-2 10-42C 17 317 AISI 10-50 17
C92D EN10016-2 10-42C 18 321 AISI 10-50 2
DX51D EN10142 10-42A 14 347 AISI 10-50 3
DX52D EN10142 10-42A 16 403 AISI 10-49 1
DX53D EN10142 10-42A 17 405 AISI 10-49 2
DX54D EN10142 10-42A 18 410 AISI 10-49 7
E295 EN10027-1 10-43A 5 416 AISI 10-49 8
E335 EN10027-1 10-43A 6 416Se AISI 10-49 8
E360 EN10027-1 10-43A 7 420 AISI 10-49 9
S235JRH EN10210 10-42D 3 420F AISI 10-49 9
S275JOH EN10210 10-42D 4 420FSe AISI 10-49 12
S355JOH EN10210 10-42D 5 430 AISI 10-49 3
S185 EN10027-1 10-42A 1 430F AISI 10-49 4
S185 EN10027-1 10-43A 1 431 AISI 10-49 10
S235 EN10027-1 10-42A 2 436 AISI 10-49 6
S235 EN10027-1 10-43A 2 440C AISI 10-49 15
S275 EN10027-1 10-42A 3 1005 AISI 10-42C 1
S275 EN10027-1 10-43A 3 1006 AISI 10-42C 2
S355 EN10027-1 10-42A 4 1006 AISI 10-44 1
S355 EN10027-1 10-43A 4 1008 AISI 10-42C 3
T50 EN10203 10-42B 14 1010 AISI 10-42C 4
T52 EN10203 10-42B 15 1010 AISI 10-44 2
T57 EN10203 10-42B 16 1010 AISI 10-47 5
T61 EN10203 10-42B 17 1015 AISI 10-42C 5
T65 EN10203 10-42B 18 1015 AISI 10-44 3
X6Cr13 EN10088-1 10-49 1 1015 AISI 10-47 6

510
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(AISI)

1020 AISI 10-42C 6 4320 AISI 10-47 16


1020 AISI 10-44 4 4615 AISI 10-47 7
1025 AISI 10-42C 7 4718 AISI 10-47 12
1025 AISI 10-44 5 5115 AISI 10-47 9
1030 AISI 10-42C 8 5120 AISI 10-47 8
1030 AISI 10-44 6 5135 AISI 10-48 7
1035 AISI 10-42C 9 5140 AISI 10-48 8
1035 AISI 10-44 7 5145 AISI 10-48 6
1035 AISI 10-48 1 5155 AISI 10-51A 8
1040 AISI 10-42C 10 5160 AISI 10-51A 9
1040 AISI 10-44 8 6150 AISI 10-51A 13
1040 AISI 10-48 2 8615 AISI 10-47 15
1045 AISI 10-42C 11 8617 AISI 10-47 15
1045 AISI 10-44 9 8620 AISI 10-47 15
1045 AISI 10-48 3 8640 AISI 10-48 10
1050 AISI 10-42C 12 8740 AISI 10-48 10
1050 AISI 10-44 10 9255 AISI 10-51A 5
1050 AISI 10-48 4 9260 AISI 10-51A 4
1055 AISI 10-42C 13 9260 AISI 10-51A 6
1055 AISI 10-44 11 9310 AISI 10-47 17
1055 AISI 10-48 5 A2 AISI 10-45B 11
1060 AISI 10-42C 14 CR AISI 10-42B 10
1060 AISI 10-44 12 CR DQ AISI 10-42B 11
1065 AISI 10-42C 15 CR PQ 1/2 HARD AISI 10-42B 8
1065 AISI 10-44 13 CR PQ 1/4 HARD AISI 10-42B 7
1070 AISI 10-42C 16 CR PQ FULL HARD AISI 10-42B 9
1070 AISI 10-44 14 CQ AISI 10-42B 6
1074 AISI 10-51A 1 CQ AISI 10-42A 10
1080 AISI 10-42C 17 DQ AISI 10-42A 11
1080 AISI 10-44 15 DQ AISI 10-42B 5
1080 AISI 10-51A 1 DQ SP KILLED AISI 10-42A 13
1086 AISI 10-42C 18 D2 AISI 10-45B 12
1090 AISI 10-44 16 D3 AISI 10-45B 13
1102 AISI 10-46 6 H41 AISI 10-45C 3
1108 AISI 10-46 7 L1 AISI 10-45B 7
1115 AISI 10-46 9 L2 AISI 10-45B 3
1117 AISI 10-46 8 M2 AISI 10-45C 4
1137 AISI 10-46 12 M3-2 AISI 10-45C 5
1138 AISI 10-46 10 M7 AISI 10-45C 2
1140 AISI 10-46 11 M41 AISI 10-45C 12
1141 AISI 10-46 10 M42 AISI 10-45C 11
1141 AISI 10-46 12 P4 AISI 10-45B 15
11L41 AISI 10-46 12 P2 AISI 10-45B 16
1146 AISI 10-46 13 P20 AISI 10-45B 17
1151 AISI 10-46 14 S1 AISI 10-45B 4
1211 AISI 10-46 1 S1 AISI 10-45B 5
1212 AISI 10-46 1 T1 AISI 10-45C 1
1213 AISI 10-46 2 T4 AISI 10-45C 7
1214 AISI 10-46 4 T5 AISI 10-45C 6
1215 AISI 10-46 4 T15 AISI 10-45C 9
4140 AISI 10-48 9 W1 AISI 10-45A 1
4161 AISI 10-51A 12 W2 AISI 10-45A 6

511
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (ASTM)

1090 ASTM A576 10-44 16


USA (ASTM) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX 4140 ASTM A322 10-48 9
DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL 4161 ASTM A322 10-51A 12
20B ASTM A48 10-52 1 4320 ASTM A322 10-47 13
25B ASTM A48 10-52 2 4615 ASTM A322 10-47 7
30 ASTM A570 10-42A 1 5135 ASTM A322 10-48 7
30B ASTM A48 10-52 3 5155 ASTM A322 10-51A 8
33 ASTM A570 10-42A 2 5160 ASTM A322 10-51A 9
36 ASTM A570 10-42A 2 51B60 ASTM A322 10-51A 10
35B ASTM A48 10-52 4 6150 ASTM A322 10-51A 13
40 ASTM A570 10-43A 3 8620 ASTM A322 10-47 11
40 ASTM A570 10-43B 1 9255 ASTM A322 10-51A 5
40B ASTM A48 10-52 4 9260 ASTM A322 10-51A 4
42 ASTM A572 10-43A 5 9260 ASTM A322 10-51A 6
45B ASTM A48 10-52 5 32510 ASTM A47 10-53A 2
50 ASTM A607 10-42A 5 32510 ASTM A47 10-53A 8
50 ASTM A570 10-42A 4 35018 ASTM A47 10-53A 3
50 ASTM A572 10-43A 4 40010 ASTM A220 10-53A 9
50 ASTM A607 10-43B 2 60004 ASTM A220 10-53A 12
50 ASTM A572 10-43A 6 70003 ASTM A220 10-53A 13
50B ASTM A48 10-52 6 80002 ASTM A220 10-53A 14
55 ASTM A607 10-42A 6 90001 ASTM A220 10-53A 15
55 ASTM A572 10-43A 7 A ASTM A570 10-43A 1
60 ASTM A607 10-42A 7 A366 CQ ASTM A366 10-42B 10
60 ASTM A607 10-43B 3 A526 ASTM A526 10-42A 14
65 ASTM A607 10-42A 8 A527 ASTM A527 10-42A 15
70 ASTM A607 10-42A 9 A528 ASTM A528 10-42A 16
70 ASTM A607 10-43B 4 A569 ASTM A569 10-42A 10
1006 ASTM A576 10-44 1 A597 ASTM A597 10-45C 4
1010 ASTM A576 10-44 2 A600 ASTM A600 10-45C 1
1010 ASTM A576 10-47 5 A600 ASTM A600 10-45C 5
1015 ASTM A576 10-44 3 A600 ASTM A600 10-45C 6
1015 ASTM A576 10-47 6 A600 ASTM A600 10-45C 12
1020 ASTM A576 10-44 4 A619 DQ ASTM A619 10-42B 11
1025 ASTM A576 10-44 5 A621 ASTM A621 10-42A 11
1030 ASTM A576 10-44 6 A622 ASTM A622 10-42A 13
1035 ASTM A576 10-44 7 A642 ASTM A642 10-42A 18
1035 ASTM A576 10-48 1 A681 ASTM A681 10-45C 3
1035A OR N ASTM A519 10-42D 17 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 3
1040 ASTM A576 10-44 8 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 4
1045 ASTM A576 10-44 9 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 5
1045 ASTM A576 10-48 3 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 9
1045A ASTM A519 10-42D 15 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 10
1050 ASTM A576 10-44 10 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 11
1050 ASTM A576 10-48 4 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 12
1055 ASTM A576 10-44 11 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 13
1060 ASTM A576 10-44 12 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 15
1065 ASTM A576 10-44 13 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 16
1070 ASTM A576 10-44 14 A681 ASTM A681 10-45B 17
1074 ASTM A322 10-51A 1 BB ASTM A434 10-43B 12
1080 ASTM A576 10-44 15 C ASTM A570 10-43A 2
1080 ASTM A322 10-51A 1 CLASS A ASTM A355 10-47 4

512
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(ASTM)

CLASS D ASTM A355 10-47 3 MTX 1015, MD, MDSA ASTM A519 10-42D 3
CLASS 55 ASTM A48 10-52 7 MTX 1015, MD, MDSA ASTM A512 10-42D 8
CLASS 60 ASTM A48 10-52 7 MTX 1020, MD, MDSA ASTM A512 10-42D 5
CLASS 60B ASTM A48 10-52 7 MTX 1020, MD, MDSA ASTM A519 10-42D 5
CLI ASTM A229 10-51B 1 MTX 1020, MD, MDSA ASTM A512 10-42D 10
CLII ASTM A227 10-51B 2 MTX 1020, N ASTM A519 10-42D 14
DQ-SK ASTM A620 10-42B 13 MUSIC WIRE ASTM A228 10-51B 3
E ASTM A570 10-43A 3 T-1 ASTM A623M 10-42B 14
G1800 ASTM A159 10-52 1 T-2 ASTM A623M 10-42B 15
G2500 ASTM A159 10-52 2 T-3 ASTM A623M 10-42B 16
G3000 ASTM A159 10-52 3 T-4 ASTM A623M 10-42B 17
G3500 ASTM A159 10-52 4 T-5 ASTM A623M 10-42B 17
G4000 ASTM A159 10-52 5 T-6 ASTM A623M 10-42B 18
GRADE 60-30 ASTM A27 10-53B 2 TEMPER 1 ASTM A109 10-42B 9
GRADE 65-35 ASTM A27 10-53B 3 TEMPER 2 ASTM A109 10-42B 8
GRADE 60-40-18 ASTM A536 10-52 8 TEMPER 3 ASTM A109 10-42B 7
GRADE 65-45-12 ASTM A536 10-52 9 TEMPER 4 ASTM A109 10-42B 6
GRADE 70-40 ASTM A27 10-53B 4 TEMPER 5 ASTM A109 10-42B 5
GRADE 80-40 ASTM A148 10-53B 5 TYPE 1 ASTM A436 10-54 12
GRADE 80-50 ASTM A148 10-53B 6 TYPE 1B ASTM A436 10-54 13
GRADE 80-55-06 ASTM A536 10-52 10 TYPE 2 ASTM A436 10-54 14
GRADE 90-60 ASTM A148 10-53B 7 TYPE 2B ASTM A436 10-54 15
GRADE 100-70-03 ASTM A536 10-52 12 TYPE 3 ASTM A436 10-54 16
GRADE 105-85 ASTM A148 10-53B 8 TYPE 4 ASTM A436 10-54 17
GRADE 120-90-02 ASTM A536 10-52 13 TYPE 5 ASTM A436 10-54 18
GRADE 120-95 ASTM A148 10-53B 9 TYPE D-2 ASTM A439 10-54 2
GRADE 150-125 ASTM A148 10-53B 10 TYPE D-2B ASTM A439 10-54 3
GRADE 175-145 ASTM A148 10-53B 10 TYPE D-2C ASTM A439 10-54 5
GRADE 45006 ASTM A220 10-53A 10 TYPE D-3 ASTM A439 10-54 8
GRADE 50005 ASTM A220 10-53A 11 TYPE D-3A ASTM A439 10-54 7
H11 ASTM A681 10-45A 11 TYPE D-4 ASTM A439 10-54 9
H12 ASTM A681 10-45A 10 TYPE D-5 ASTM A439 10-54 10
H13 ASTM A681 10-45A 12 TYPE D-5B ASTM A439 10-54 11
H21 ASTM A681 10-45A 14 VALVE SPRING ASTM A230 10-51B 4
HD CLI ASTM A227 10-51B 1 W1-8 ASTM A686 10-45A 2
I ASTM A618 10-42D 16 W1-9 ASTM A686 10-45A 3
II ASTM A618 10-42D 16 W1-10 ASTM A686 10-45A 4
LCA ASTM A352 10-53B 3 W1-11 1/2 ASTM A686 10-45A 5
LCC ASTM A352 10-53B 4 W2-9 1/2 ASTM A686 10-45B 1
MT 1010, MD, MDSA ASTM A512 10-42D 1 WCA ASTM A216 10-53B 3
MT 1010, MD, MDSA ASTM A519 10-42D 1 WCC ASTM A216 10-53B 4
MT 1010, MF, MDSA ASTM A512 10-42D 6
MT 1010, N ASTM A519 10-42D 11
MT 1015, MD, MDSA ASTM A512 10-42D 2
MT 1015, MD, MDSA ASTM A519 10-42D 2
MT 1015, MD, MDSA ASTM A512 10-42D 7
MT 1015, N ASTM A519 10-42D 12
MT 1020, MD, MDSA ASTM A512 10-42D 4
MT 1020, MD, MDSA ASTM A519 10-42D 4
MT 1020, MD, MDSA ASTM A512 10-42D 9
MT 1020, N ASTM A519 10-42D 13
MTX 1015, MD, MDSA ASTM A512 10-42D 3

513
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (SAE)

9255 SAE 10-51A 5


USA (SAE) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX 9260 SAE 10-51A 4
DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL 9260 SAE 10-51A 6
1006 SAE 10-44 1 9310 SAE 10-47 17
1010 SAE 10-44 2 D4018 SAE J434b 10-52 8
1015 SAE 10-44 3 D4512 SAE J434b 10-52 9
1020 SAE 10-42C 6 D5506 SAE J434b 10-52 10
1025 SAE 10-44 5 D7003 SAE J434b 10-52 12
1030 SAE 10-44 6 DQ & T SAE J434b 10-52 13
1035 SAE 10-44 7 G1800 SAE J431b 10-52 1
1040 SAE 10-44 8 G2500 SAE J431b 10-52 2
1045 SAE 10-44 9 G3000 SAE J431b 10-52 3
1050 SAE 10-44 10 G3500 SAE J431b 10-52 4
1055 SAE 10-44 11 G4000 SAE J431b 10-52 5
1060 SAE 10-44 12 GRADE 0022 SAE J435 10-53B 1
1065 SAE 10-44 13 GRADE 0025 SAE J435 10-53B 2
1070 SAE 10-44 14 GRADE 0030 SAE J435 10-53B 3
1074 SAE 10-51A 1 GRADE 0050A SAE J435 10-53B 4
1080 SAE 10-44 15 GRADE 0050B SAE J435 10-53B 5
1080 SAE 10-51A 1 GRADE 0080 SAE J435 10-53B 6
1090 SAE 10-44 16 GRADE 0090 SAE J435 10-53B 7
1102 SAE 10-46 6 GRADE 0105 SAE J435 10-53B 8
1108 SAE 10-46 7 GRADE 0120 SAE J435 10-53B 9
1115 SAE 10-46 9 GRADE 0150 SAE J435 10-53B 10
1117 SAE 10-46 8 H41 SAE J438 10-45C 3
1137 SAE 10-46 12 M2 SAE J438 10-45C 4
1138 SAE 10-46 10 M3-2 SAE J438 10-45C 5
1140 SAE 10-46 11 M41 SAE J438 10-45C 12
1141 SAE 10-46 10 M42 SAE J438 10-45C 11
1141 SAE 10-46 12 M3210 SAE J158 10-53A 8
11L41 SAE 10-46 12 M4504 SAE J158 10-53A 9
1146 SAE 10-46 13 M5003 SAE J158 10-53A 11
1151 SAE 10-46 14 M5503 SAE J158 10-53A 12
1211 SAE 10-46 1 M7 SAE J438 10-45C 2
1212 SAE 10-46 1 M7002 SAE J158 10-53A 13
1213 SAE 10-46 2 M8501 SAE J158 10-53A 14
12L13 SAE 10-46 3 T1 SAE J438 10-45C 1
1214 SAE 10-46 4 T4 SAE J438 10-45C 7
12L14 SAE 10-46 5 T4 SAE J438 10-45C 6
1215 SAE 10-46 4 T15 SAE J438 10-45C 9
4161 SAE 10-51A 12 W108 SAE J438 10-45A 2
4320 SAE 10-47 16 W109 SAE J438 10-45A 3
4718 SAE 10-47 12 W110 SAE J438 10-45A 4
5115 SAE 10-47 9 W112 SAE J438 10-45A 5
5120 SAE 10-47 8 W310 SAE J438 10-45B 1
5155 SAE 10-51A 8
5160 SAE 10-51A 9
51B60 SAE 10-51A 10
6150 SAE 10-51A 13
8615 SAE 10-47 15
8617 SAE 10-47 15
8620 SAE 10-47 15

514
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (JIS)

SCCrM3B JIS G5111 10-53B 8


JAPANESE (JIS) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX SCM418 JIS G4105 10-47 10
DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL SCM440 JIS G4105 10-48 9
FC100 JIS G5501 10-52 1 SCMn2A JIS G5111 10-53B 6
FC150 JIS G5501 10-52 2 SCMnCrM3B JIS G5111 10-53B 9
FC200 JIS G5501 10-52 3 SCNCrM2B JIS G5111 10-53B 10
FC250 JIS G5501 10-52 4 SCr22 JIS G4104 10-47 8
FC300 JIS G5501 10-52 5 SCr420 JIS G4104 10-47 8
FC350 JIS G5501 10-52 6 SCr435 JIS G4104 10-48 7
FCD400 JIS G5502 10-52 9 SCr440 JIS G4104 10-48 8
FCD500 JIS G5502 10-52 10 SCr445 JIS G4104 10-48 6
FCD600 JIS G5502 10-52 11 SMnC420 JIS G4104 10-47 9
FCD700 JIS G5502 10-52 12 SCSiMn2B JIS G5111 10-53B 7
FCD800 JIS G5502 10-52 13 SCW42 JIS G5102 10-53B 2
FCMB35 JIS G5702 10-53A 8 SCW49 JIS G5102 10-53B 3
FCMB37 JIS G5702 10-53A 8 SGCC JIS G3302 10-42A 14
FCMB270 JIS G5702 10-53A 1 SGCH JIS G3302 10-42A 14
FCMB340 JIS G5702 10-53A 3 SGC400 JIS G3302 10-42A 16
FCMB370 JIS G5702 10-53A 2 SGC440 JIS G3302 10-42A 16
FCMP440 JIS G5704 10-53A 9 SGC490 JIS G3302 10-42A 18
FCMP490 JIS G5704 10-53A 10 SGC570 JIS G3302 10-42A 18
FCMP540 JIS G5704 10-53A 11 SGCD1 JIS G3302 10-42A 15
FCMP690 JIS G5704 10-53A 14 SGCD2 JIS G3302 10-42A 15
FCMW330 JIS G5703 10-53A 4 SGCD3 JIS G3302 10-42A 15
FCMW370 JIS G5703 10-53A 5 SK1 JIS G4401 10-45A 6
FMMP590 JIS G5704 10-53A 12 SK2 JIS G4401 10-45A 5
PIANO WIRE-SWPA JIS G3522 10-51B 3 SK3 JIS G4401 10-45A 4
S09CK JIS G4051 10-47 5 SK4 JIS G4401 10-45A 3
S10C JIS G4051 10-44 2 SK5 JIS G4401 10-45A 2
S15C JIS G4051 10-44 3 SK6 JIS G4401 10-45A 1
S15CK JIS G4051 10-47 6 SK7 JIS G4401 10-45A 1
S20C JIS G4051 10-44 4 SKD1 JIS G4404 10-45B 13
S20CK JIS G4051 10-47 7 SKD5 JIS G4401 10-45A 14
S25C JIS G4051 10-44 5 SKD6 JIS G4401 10-45A 11
S30C JIS G4051 10-44 6 SKD11 JIS G4404 10-45B 12
S35C JIS G4051 10-44 7 SKD12 JIS G4404 10-45B 11
S35C JIS G4051 10-48 1 SKD61 JIS G4401 10-45A 12
S40C JIS G4051 10-44 8 SKD62 JIS G4401 10-45A 10
S40C JIS G4051 10-48 2 SKH2 JIS G4403 10-45C 1
S45C JIS G4051 10-44 9 SKH3 JIS G4403 10-45C 7
S45C JIS G4051 10-48 3 SKH4 JIS G4403 10-45C 6
S50C JIS G4051 10-44 10 SKH10 JIS G4403 10-45C 9
S50C JIS G4051 10-48 4 SKH51 JIS G4403 10-45C 4
S55C JIS G4051 10-44 11 SKH53 JIS G4403 10-45C 5
S55C JIS G4051 10-48 5 SKH55 JIS G4403 10-45C 8
S58C JIS G4051 10-44 12 SKH57 JIS G4403 10-45C 10
SACM645 JIS G4202 10-47 4 SKH58 JIS G4403 10-45C 2
SC37 JIS G5101 10-53B 1 SKH59 JIS G4403 10-45C 11
SC42 JIS G5101 10-53B 2 SKS43 JIS G4404 10-45B 1
SC46 JIS G5101 10-53B 3 SKT4 JIS G4401 10-45A 8
SCC5A JIS G5111 10-53B 4 SM400B JIS G3106 10-43A 3
SCC5B JIS G5111 10-53B 5 SM520B JIS G3106 10-43A 4

515
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(JIS)

SM520C JIS G3106 10-43A 4 SUP10 JIS G4801 10-51A 13


SM570 JIS G3106 10-43A 6 SUP11 JIS G4801 10-51A 10
SNC815 JIS G4102 10-47 14 SUP13 JIS G4801 10-51A 14
SNCM220 JIS G4103 10-47 15 SUS202 JIS G4303 10-50 10
SNCM420 JIS G4103 10-47 16 SUS301 JIS G4303 10-50 8
SNCM625 JIS G4103 10-47 17 SUS302 JIS G4303 10-50 5
SNCM815 JIS G4103 10-47 18 SUS303 JIS G4303 10-50 6
SPCC JIS G3141 10-42B 10 SUS303Se JIS G4303 10-50 6
SPCC-A JIS G3141 10-42B 5 SUS304 JIS G4303 10-50 4
SPCC-1 JIS G3141 10-42B 9 SUS304L JIS G4303 10-50 1
SPCC-2 JIS G3141 10-42B 8 SUS305 JIS G4303 10-50 7
SPCC-4 JIS G3141 10-42B 7 SUS316 JIS G4303 10-50 10
SPCEN JIS G3141 10-42B 12 SUS316 JIS G4303 10-50 14
SPCD-A JIS G3141 10-42B 5 SUS316L JIS G4303 10-50 9
SPCD-S JIS G3141 10-42B 6 SUS316L JIS G4303 10-50 13
SPCE JIS G3141 10-42B 12 SUS317 JIS G4303 10-50 17
SPCE-S JIS G3141 10-42B 6 SUS321 JIS G4303 10-50 2
SPCE-A JIS G3141 10-42B 5 SUS347 JIS G4303 10-50 3
SPEC-S JIS G3141 10-42B 6 SUS403 JIS G4303 10-49 1
SPHC JIS G3131 10-42A 10 SUS403 JIS G4303 10-49 7
SPHD JIS G3131 10-42A 12 SUS405 JIS G4303 10-49 2
SPHE JIS G3131 10-42A 13 SUS410 JIS G4303 10-49 7
SS34 JIS G3101 10-42A 1 SUS410J1 JIS G4303 10-49 8
SS34 JIS G3106 10-43A 1 SUS416 JIS G4303 10-49 8
SS41 JIS G3106 10-43A 3 SUS420F JIS G4303 10-49 12
SS50 JIS G3106 10-43A 5 SUS420J1 JIS G4303 10-49 9
SS55 JIS G3106 10-43A 6 SUS420J2 JIS G4303 10-49 12
SS490 JIS G3101 10-43B 1 SUS429 JIS G4303 10-49 4
SS540 JIS G3101 10-43B 3 SUS430 JIS G4303 10-49 3
SM490 JIS G3106 10-43A 5 SUS430F JIS G4303 10-49 4
STKM11A JIS G3445 10-42D 6 SUS431 JIS G4303 10-49 10
STKM12A JIS G3445 10-42D 11 SUS434 JIS G4303 10-49 6
STKM12B JIS G3445 10-42D 13 SUS440C JIS G4303 10-49 15
STKM16A JIS G3445 10-42D 15 SUS440F JIS G4303 10-49 15
STKM16A JIS G3445 10-42D 17 SWB JIS G3521 10-51B 1
STKM18B JIS G3445 10-42D 10 SWC JIS G3521 10-51B 2
STKM18B JIS G3445 10-42D 16 SWPB JIS G3522 10-51B 5
STKM18C JIS G3445 10-42D 10 SWPV JIS G3522 10-51B 4
STKM18C JIS G3445 10-42D 14 SWRH27 JIS G3506 10-42C 7
SUM12 JIS G4804 10-46 6 SWRH32 JIS G3506 10-42C 8
SUM21 JIS G4804 10-46 1 SWRH37 JIS G3506 10-42C 9
SUM22 JIS G4804 10-46 2 SWRH42A JIS G3506 10-42C 10
SUM22L JIS G4804 10-46 3 SWRH42B JIS G3506 10-42C 10
SUM24L JIS G4804 10-46 5 SWRH47A JIS G3506 10-42C 11
SUM25 JIS G4804 10-46 4 SWRH47B JIS G3506 10-42C 11
SUM32 JIS G4804 10-46 9 SWRH52A JIS G3506 10-42C 12
SUM41 JIS G4804 10-46 12 SWRH52B JIS G3506 10-42C 12
SUP3 JIS G4801 10-51A 1 SWRH57A JIS G3506 10-42C 13
SUP6 JIS G4801 10-51A 5 SWRH57B JIS G3506 10-42C 13
SUP7 JIS G4801 10-51A 6 SWRH62A JIS G3506 10-42C 14
SUP7 JIS G4801 10-51A 7 SWRH62B JIS G3506 10-42C 14
SUP9 JIS G4801 10-51A 8 SWRH67A JIS G3506 10-42C 15

516
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(JIS, DIN)

SWRH67B JIS G3506 10-42C 15


SWRH72A JIS G3506 10-42C 16 GERMAN (DIN) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX
SWRH72B JIS G3506 10-42C 16 DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL
SWRH77A JIS G3506 10-42C 16 9S20 DIN 1651 10-46 1

SWRH82A JIS G3506 10-42C 17 9SMn28 DIN 1651 10-46 2


SWRH82B JIS G3506 10-42C 17 9SMn36 DIN 1651 10-46 4
SWRM6 JIS G3505 10-42C 2 9SMnPb28 DIN 1651 10-46 3
SWRM8 JIS G3505 10-42C 3 9SMnPb36 DIN 1651 10-46 5
SWRM10 JIS G3505 10-42C 4 10S20 DIN 1651 10-46 6
SWRM12 JIS G3505 10-42C 4 10SPb20 DIN 1651 10-46 7
SWRM15 JIS G3505 10-42C 5 15CrNi6 DIN 17210 10-47 13
SWRM17 JIS G3505 10-42C 5 16MnCr5 DIN 17210 10-47 9
SWRM20 JIS G3505 10-42C 6 16MnCrS5 DIN 17210 10-47 9
SWRM22 JIS G3505 10-42C 6 17Cr3 DIN 17210 10-47 7
T-1 JIS G3303 10-42B 14 17CrNiMo6 DIN 17210 10-47 17
T-2 JIS G3303 10-42B 15 20Cr4 DIN 17210 10-47 8
T-3 JIS G3303 10-42B 16 20MnCr5 DIN 17210 10-47 10
T-4 JIS G3303 10-42B 17 20MoCr5 DIN 17210 10-47 11
T-5 JIS G3303 10-42B 17 20MoCrS5 DIN 17210 10-47 11
T-6 JIS G3303 10-42B 18 20NiCrMoS2 DIN 17210 10-47 15
21NiCrMo2 DIN 17210 10-47 15
30Si7 DIN 17221 10-51A 3
31CrMo12 DIN 17211 10-47 1
34CrAlMo5 DIN 17211 10-47 3
35S20 DIN 1651 10-46 10
38Cr4 DIN 17212 10-48 7
38Si7 DIN 17221 10-51A 3
38CrMoV139 DIN 17211 10-47 2
41CrAlMo7 DIN 17211 10-47 4
41CrMo4 DIN 17212 10-48 9
42Cr4 DIN 17212 10-48 8
45Cr2 DIN 17212 10-48 6
45S20 DIN 1651 10-46 13
45WCrV7 DIN 17350 10-45B 4
50CrV4 DIN 17221 10-51A 13
51CrMoV4 DIN 17221 10-51A 14
51CrV4 DIN 17350 10-45B 3
51Si7 DIN 17221 10-51A 4
55Cr3 DIN 17221 10-51A 8
55Si7 DIN 17221 10-51A 5
60S20 DIN 1651 10-46 14
60SiCr7 DIN 17221 10-51A 7
60WCrV7 DIN 17350 10-45B 6
70Si7 DIN 17350 10-45B 2
90MnCrV8 DIN 17350 10-45B 9
100Cr6 DIN 17350 10-45B 7
100MnCrW4 DIN 17350 10-45B 10
100V1 DIN 17350 10-45B 1
165CrMoV12 DIN 17350 10-45B 12
A DIN 1616 10-42B 15
A DIN 17223 10-51B 1
B DIN 1616 10-42B 16

517
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(DIN)

B DIN 17223 10-51B 2 Cm40 DIN 17210 10-44 8


C DIN 1616 10-42B 17 Cm45 DIN 17200 10-44 9
C DIN 17223 10-51B 3 Cm45 DIN 17210 10-44 9
C10 DIN 17210 10-47 5 Cm50 DIN 17200 10-44 10
C15 DIN 17210 10-47 6 Cm50 DIN 17210 10-44 10
C22 DIN 17210 10-44 4 Cm55 DIN 17200 10-44 11
C30 DIN 17200 10-44 6 Cm55 DIN 17210 10-44 11
C30 DIN 17210 10-44 6 Cm60 DIN 17200 10-44 12
C30W1 DIN 17350 10-45A 2 Cm60 DIN 17210 10-44 12
C35 DIN 17200 10-44 7 D DIN 1616 10-42B 18
C35 DIN 17210 10-44 7 D5-2 DIN 17140 10-42C 1
C40 DIN 17200 10-44 8 D6-2 DIN 17140 10-42C 1
C40 DIN 17210 10-44 8 D8-2 DIN 17140 10-42C 2
C45 DIN 17200 10-44 9 D9-1 DIN 17140 10-42C 3
C45 DIN 17210 10-44 9 D12-2 DIN 17140 10-42C 4
C50 DIN 17200 10-44 10 D15-2 HARDNESS 1 DIN 17140 10-42C 5
C50 DIN 17210 10-44 10 D20-2 HARDNESS 2 DIN 17140 10-42C 6
C55 DIN 17200 10-44 11 D26-2 HARDNESS 2.5 DIN 17140 10-42C 7
C55 DIN 17210 10-44 11 D35-2 HARDNESS 3 DIN 17140 10-42C 9
C60 DIN 17200 10-44 12 D45-2 HARDNESS 4 DIN 17140 10-42C 11
C60 DIN 17210 10-44 12 D55-2 HARDNESS 5 DIN 17140 10-42C 13
C70W2 DIN 17350 10-45A 1 D65-2 HARDNESS 6 DIN 17140 10-42C 15
C105W1 DIN 17350 10-45A 4 D75-2 DIN 17140 10-51A 1
C125W DIN 17350 10-45A 5 D75-2 HARDNESS 7 DIN 17140 10-42C 16
C135W DIN 17350 10-45A 6 D85-2 HARDNESS 8 DIN 17140 10-42C 17
Cf35 DIN 17212 10-48 1 D95-2 HARDNESS 9 DIN 17140 10-42C 18
Cf45 DIN 17212 10-48 3 FD DIN 17223 10-51B 4
Cf53 DIN 17212 10-48 5 GG10 DIN 1691 10-52 1
Ck10 DIN 17210 10-47 5 GG15 DIN 1691 10-52 2
Ck15 DIN 17210 10-47 6 GG20 DIN 1691 10-52 3
Ck22 DIN 17200 10-44 4 GG25 DIN 1691 10-52 4
Ck22 DIN 17210 10-44 4 GG30 DIN 1691 10-52 5
Ck30 DIN 17200 10-44 6 GG35 DIN 1691 10-52 6
Ck30 DIN 17210 10-44 6 GG40 DIN 1691 10-52 7
Ck35 DIN 17200 10-44 7 GGG40 DIN 1693 10-52 9
Ck35 DIN 17210 10-44 7 GGG50 DIN 1693 10-52 10
Ck40 DIN 17200 10-44 8 GGG60 DIN 1693 10-52 11
Ck40 DIN 17210 10-44 8 GGG70 DIN 1693 10-52 12
Ck45 DIN 17200 10-44 9 GGG80 DIN 1693 10-52 13
Ck45 DIN 17210 10-44 9 GGGNi22 DIN 1694 10-54 5
Ck50 DIN 17200 10-44 10 GGGNi35 DIN 1694 10-54 10
Ck50 DIN 17210 10-44 10 GGGNiCr20-2 DIN 1694 10-54 2
Ck55 DIN 17200 10-44 11 GGGNiCr20-3 DIN 1694 10-54 3
Ck55 DIN 17210 10-44 11 GGGNiCr30-1 DIN 1694 10-54 7
Ck60 DIN 17200 10-44 12 GGGNiCr30-3 DIN 1694 10-54 8
Ck60 DIN 17210 10-44 12 GGGNiCr35-3 DIN 1694 10-54 11
Cm15 DIN 17210 10-47 6 GGGNiMn13-7 DIN 1694 10-54 1
Cm30 DIN 17200 10-44 6 GGGNiMn23-4 DIN 1694 10-54 6
Cm30 DIN 17210 10-44 6 GGGNiSiCr20-4-2 DIN 1694 10-54 4
Cm35 DIN 17200 10-44 7 GGGNiSiCr30-5-5 DIN 1694 10-54 9
Cm35 DIN 17210 10-44 7 GGLNi35 DIN 1694 10-54 18
Cm40 DIN 17200 10-44 8 GGLNiCr20-2 DIN 1694 10-54 14

518
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(DIN)

GGLNiCr20-3 DIN 1694 10-54 15 St3 DIN 1624 10-42A 17


GGLNiCr30-3 DIN 1694 10-54 16 St3G DIN 1624 10-42B 5
GGLNiCuCr15-6-2 DIN 1694 10-54 12 St3LG DIN 1624 10-42B 6
GGLNiCuCr15-6-3 DIN 1694 10-54 13 St4 DIN 1624 10-42A 13
GGLNiSiCr30-5-5 DIN 1694 10-54 17 St4 DIN 1624 10-42A 18
GS38 DIN 1681 10-53B 2 St33 DIN 1626 10-42D 6
GS-42CrMoV4 DIN 17205 10-53B 8 St33 DIN 17100 10-43A 1
GS-42CrMo4V DIN 17205 10-53B 9 St34 DIN 1626 10-42D 8
GS-42CrMo4V DIN 17205 10-53B 10 St34-2 DIN 2393 10-42D 2
GS45 DIN 1681 10-53B 3 St35 DIN 2391 10-42D 1
GS52 DIN 1681 10-53B 4 St35.4 DIN 1629 10-42D 12
GS60 DIN 1681 10-53B 6 St35.8 DIN 17175 10-42D 12
GTS35-10 DIN 1692 10-53A 3 St37 DIN 1626 10-42D 9
GTS35-10 DIN 1692 10-53A 8 St37 DIN 17100 10-43A 2
GTS45-06 DIN 1692 10-53A 9 St37-2 DIN 2393 10-42D 3
GTS55-04 DIN 1692 10-53A 11 St37-2 DIN 2393 10-42D 9
GTS65-02 DIN 1692 10-53A 13 St42 DIN 1626 10-42D 10
GTS70-02 DIN 1692 10-53A 14 St42 DIN 2393 10-42D 10
GTW35-04 DIN 1692 10-53A 4 St42-2 DIN 2393 10-42D 4
GTW40-05 DIN 1692 10-53A 6 St44 DIN 17100 10-43A 3
GTW45-07 DIN 1692 10-53A 7 St45 DIN 2391 10-42D 4
HB-217-248 DIN 17205 10-53B 8 St45.4 DIN 1629 10-42D 13
HB-248-311 DIN 17205 10-53B 9 St45.8 DIN 17175 10-42D 13
HB-311-363 DIN 17205 10-53B 10 St50 DIN 17100 10-43A 5
II DIN 17223 10-51B 3 St52 DIN 1626 10-42D 10
NiCrMoV6 DIN 17350 10-45A 8 St52 DIN 2391 10-42D 5
S2-9-1 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 3 St52 DIN 2393 10-42D 10
S2-9-2 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 2 St52 DIN 17100 10-43A 4
S2-10-1-8 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 11 St52-3 DIN 2393 10-42D 5
S6-5-2 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 4 St52-3 DIN 1623 10-43B 2
S6-5-2-5 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 8 St52.4 DIN 1629 10-42D 14
S6-5-3 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 5 St52.4 DIN 1629 10-42D 16
S7-4-2-5 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 12 St55 DIN 2391 10-42D 5
S10-4-3-10 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 10 St55.4 DIN 1629 10-42D 15
S12-1-4-5 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 9 St55.4 DIN 1629 10-42D 17
S18-0-1 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 1 St60 DIN 17100 10-43A 6
S18-1-2-5 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 7 St70 DIN 17100 10-43A 7
S18-1-2-10 DIN ISO 4957 10-45C 6 St1203 DIN 1623 10-42B 10
SSt2 DIN 2394 10-42D 7 St1303 DIN 1623 10-42B 11
SSt2 DIN 2394 10-42D 8 St1405 DIN 1623 10-42B 13
St0 DIN 1624 10-42A 10 VD DIN 17223 10-51B 4
St0 DIN 1624 10-42A 14 X2CrNi18-9 DIN 17440 10-50 1
St00 DIN 1629 10-42D 11 X2CrNiMo17-13-2 DIN 17440 10-50 9
St1 DIN 1624 10-42A 10 X2CrNiMo18-14-3 DIN 17440 10-50 13
St1 DIN 1624 10-42A 15 X2CrNiMo18-16-4 DIN 17440 10-50 17
St2 DIN 1624 10-42A 11 X5CrNi18-10 DIN 17440 10-50 4
St2 DIN 1624 10-42A 16 X5CrNi19-11 DIN 17440 10-50 7
St2K32 DIN 1624 10-42B 7 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 DIN 17440 10-50 10
St2K40 DIN 1624 10-42B 8 X5CrNiMo17-13-3 DIN 17440 10-50 14
St2K50 DIN 1624 10-42B 9 X6Cr13 DIN 17440 10-49 1
St2K60 DIN 1624 10-42B 9 X6Cr17 DIN 17440 10-49 3
St3 DIN 1624 10-42A 12 X6CrAl13 DIN 17440 10-49 2

519
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(DIN, NF)

X6CrMo6 DIN 17350 10-45B 15 30CD12 NF A35-552 10-47 1


X6CrMo17 DIN 17440 10-49 6 35CD4M NF A32-054 10-53B 7
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2 DIN 17440 10-50 16 35CD4M NF A32-054 10-53B 9
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 DIN 17440 10-50 11 35CD4M NF A32-054 10-53B 10
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 DIN 17440 10-50 15 35CD4TS NF A35-551 10-48 7
X6CrNiNb18-10 DIN 17440 10-50 3 35CD4TS NF A35-563 10-48 7
X6CrNiTi18-10 DIN 17440 10-50 2 35MF6 NF A35-562 10-46 10
X6CrTi17 DIN 17440 10-49 5 35MF6 NF A35-562 10-46 11
X8CrMnNi18-8 DIN 17440 10-50 18 38C4 NF A35-551 10-48 7
X10CrNiMoNb17-12-2 DIN 17440 10-50 12 38C4 NF A35-563 10-48 7
X10CrNiS18-9 DIN 17440 10-50 6 40CAD6-12 NF A35-552 10-47 4
X12Cr13 DIN 17440 10-49 7 40NCD3 NF A35-551 10-48 11
X12CrNi17-7 DIN 17224 10-50 8 40NCD3 NF A35-563 10-48 11
X12CrNi18-8 DIN 17440 10-50 5 42C2 NF A35-551 10-48 6
X12CrS13 DIN 17440 10-49 8 42C2 NF A35-563 10-48 6
X20Cr13 DIN 17440 10-49 9 42C4TS NF A35-551 10-48 8
X22CrNi17 DIN 17440 10-49 11 42C4TS NF A35-563 10-48 8
X30Cr13 DIN 17440 10-49 12 42CD4M NF A32-054 10-53B 8
X30WCrV53 DIN 17350 10-45A 13 42CD4TS NF A35-551 10-48 9
X30WCrV93 DIN 17350 10-45A 14 42CD4TS NF A35-563 10-48 9
X32CrMoV33 DIN 17350 10-45A 10 45MF6.1 NF A35-562 10-46 13
X38CrMoV51 DIN 17350 10-45A 11 45SCD6 NF A35-551 10-51A 11
X40Cr13 DIN 17440 10-49 14 45SCD6 NF A35-571 10-51A 11
X40CrMoV51 DIN 17350 10-45A 12 46S7 NF A35-551 10-51A 3
X100CrMoV51 DIN 17350 10-45B 11 46S7 NF A35-571 10-51A 3
X105CrMo17 DIN 17440 10-49 15 50CV4 NF A35-551 10-51A 13
X210Cr12 DIN 17350 10-45B 13 50CV4 NF A35-571 10-51A 13
X210CrW12 DIN 17350 10-45B 14 51CDV4 NF A35-551 10-51A 14
51CDV4 NF A35-571 10-51A 14
51S7 NF A35-551 10-51A 4
FRENCH (NF) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX 51S7 NF A35-571 10-51A 4
DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL 52CD4TS NF A35-551 10-48 5
0C NF A36-301 10-42A 10 52CD4TS NF A35-563 10-48 5
1C NF A36-301 10-42A 11 55C3 NF A35-551 10-51A 8
2C NF A36-301 10-42A 12 55C3 NF A35-571 10-51A 8
3C NF A36-301 10-42A 13 55S7 NF A35-551 10-51A 5
10F1 NF A35-562 10-46 6 55S7 NF A35-571 10-51A 5
13MF4 NF A35-562 10-46 8 61SC7 NF A35-551 10-51A 7
13MF4 NF A35-562 10-46 6 61SC7 NF A35-571 10-51A 7
14NC11 NF A35-551 10-47 14 230-400-M2 NF A32-051 10-53B 2
16MC5 NF A35-551 10-47 8 A NF A36-150 10-42B 15
16MC5 NF A35-551 10-47 9 A33 NF A35-501 10-42A 1
16NC6 NF A35-551 10-47 13 A33 NF A35-501 10-43A 1
16NC6 NF A35-551 10-47 12 A34 NF A35-501 10-42A 1
16NCD13 NF A35-551 10-47 18 A50 NF A35-501 10-43A 5
18MF5 NF A35-562 10-46 9 A60 NF A35-501 10-43A 6
18NCD6 NF A35-551 10-47 16 A70 NF A35-501 10-43A 7
18NCD6 NF A35-551 10-47 17 B NF A36-150 10-42B 16
20MC5 NF A35-551 10-47 10 B1 NF A47-301 10-51B 2
20NCD2 NF A35-551 10-47 15 BH11 NF A35-590 10-45A 11
25CD4M NF A32-054 10-53B 6 BH12 NF A35-590 10-45A 10
30CAD6-12 NF A35-552 10-47 3 BH13 NF A35-590 10-45A 12

520
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(NF)

BH21 NF A35-590 10-45A 14 F1T1 NF A 10-42B 7


BH224/5 NF A35-590 10-45A 8 F1T2 NF A 10-42B 8
C NF A36-150 10-42B 17 FGL150 NF A32-101 10-52 2
C1 NF A47-301 10-51B 3 FGL200 NF A32-101 10-52 3
CC10 NF A35-531 10-44 2 FGL250 NF A32-101 10-52 4
CC10 NF A35-531 10-47 5 FGL300 NF A32-101 10-52 5
CC10Pb NF A35-562 10-46 7 FGL350 NF A32-101 10-52 6
CC20 NF A35-531 10-44 4 FGS38-15 NF A32-101 10-52 8
CC20 NF A35-531 10-47 7 FGS50-7 NF A32-101 10-52 10
CC35 NF A35-531 10-44 7 FGS60-2 NF A32-101 10-52 11
CC35 NF A35-551 10-48 1 FGS70-2 NF A32-101 10-52 12
CC35 NF A35-563 10-48 1 FGS400-15 NF A32-101 10-52 9
CC45 NF A35-531 10-44 9 FGS500-7 NF A32-101 10-52 10
CC45 NF A35-551 10-48 3 FGS600-3 NF A32-101 10-52 11
CC45 NF A35-563 10-48 3 FGS700-2 NF A32-101 10-52 12
D NF A36-150 10-42B 18 FGS800-2 NF A32-101 10-52 13
E20-40M NF A32-051 10-53B 2 FM5-2 NF A35-051 10-42C 1
E23-45M NF A32-051 10-53B 3 FM5-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 1
E24 NF A35-501 10-43A 2 FM6-2 NF A35-051 10-42C 2
E26 (A42) NF A35-501 10-43B 1 FM6-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 2
E26-52M NF A32-051 10-53B 4 FM8-1 NF A35-051 10-42C 3
E28 NF A35-501 10-43A 3 FM8-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 3
E30-57M NF A32-054 10-53B 5 FM10-2 NF A35-051 10-42C 4
E36 NF A35-501 10-43A 4 FM10-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 4
E355D NF A36-203 10-43B 2 FM15-1 NF A35-051 10-42C 5
E445D NF A36-203 10-43B 3 FM15-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 5
E490D NF A36-203 10-43B 4 FM18-1 NF A35-051 10-42C 6
F1 RECUIT NF A 10-42B 5 FM18-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 6
F1 SKIN PASS NF A 10-42B 6 FM20-1 NF A35-051 10-42C 6
FM20-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 6 Ft10 NF A32-101 10-52 1
FM26-1 NF A35-051 10-42C 7 Ft40 NF A32-101 10-52 7
FM26-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 7 I NF A36-321 10-42A 14
FM32-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 8 II NF A36-321 10-42A 15
FM36-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 9 III NF A36-321 10-42A 16
FM38-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 10 IV (AGING) NF A36-321 10-42A 17
FM40-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 10 L114 NF A 10-42B 9
FM42-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 11 L-N35 NF A32-301 10-54 18
FM46-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 11 L-NC20-2 NF A32-301 10-54 14
FM50-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 12 L-NC20-3 NF A32-301 10-54 15
FM52-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 12 L-NC30-3 NF A32-301 10-54 16
FM56-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 13 L-NSC30-5-5 NF A32-301 10-54 17
FM58-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 13 L-NUC15-6-2 NF A32-301 10-54 12
FM60-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 14 L-NUC15-6-3 NF A32-301 10-54 13
FM62-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 14 MB35-7 NF A32-701 10-53A 4
FM66-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 15 MB40-10 NF A32-701 10-53A 6
FM68-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 15 MN32-8 NF A32-702 10-53A 2
FM72-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 16 MN35-10 NF A32-702 10-53A 3
FM76-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 16 MN35-10 NF A32-702 10-53A 8
FM78-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 16 MN38-18 NF A32-702 10-53A 3
FM80-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 17 MP50-5 NF A32-703 10-53A 10
FM82-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 17 MP60-3 NF A32-703 10-53A 12
FM86-3 NF A35-051 10-42C 17 MP70-3 NF A32-703 10-53A 14

521
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(NF)

S250 NF A35-561 10-46 2 XC55 NF A35-551 10-48 5


S250Pb NF A35-561 10-46 3 XC55 NF A35-563 10-48 5
S300 NF A35-561 10-46 4 XC65 NF A35-531 10-44 13
S300Pb NF A35-561 10-46 5 XC70 NF A35-531 10-44 14
S-N22 NF A32-301 10-54 5 XC80 NF A35-531 10-44 15
S-N35 NF A32-301 10-54 10 XC80 NF A35-551 10-51A 1
S-NC20-2 NF A32-301 10-54 2 XC80 NF A35-571 10-51A 1
S-NC20-3 NF A32-301 10-54 3 XE NF A36-401 10-42B 11
S-NC30-1 NF A32-301 10-54 7 Y170 NF A35-590 10-45A 1
S-NC30-3 NF A32-301 10-54 8 Y180 NF A35-590 10-45A 2
S-NC35-3 NF A32-301 10-54 11 Y190 NF A35-590 10-45A 3
S-NM13-7 NF A32-301 10-54 1 Y1105 NF A35-590 10-45A 4
S-NM23-4 NF A32-301 10-54 6 Y1105V NF A35-590 10-45B 1
S-NSC20-5-2 NF A32-301 10-54 4 Y2120 NF A35-590 10-45A 5
S-NSC30-5-5 NF A32-301 10-54 9 Y2140 NF A35-590 10-45A 6
TS28-a PR A49-341 10-42D 1 Z2CND17.12 NF A35-602 10-50 9
TS34-a PR A49-341 10-42D 2 Z2CND17.13 NF A35-602 10-50 13
TS37-a PR A49-341 10-42D 3 Z2CN18.10 NF A35-602 10-50 1
TS42-a PR A49-341 10-42D 4 Z2CND19.15 NF A35-602 10-50 17
TS47-a PR A49-341 10-42D 5 Z6C13 NF A35-578 10-49 1
TU37-b NF A49-310 10-42D 3 Z6CA13 NF A35-578 10-49 2
TU37-b NF A49-311 10-42D 12 Z6CND17.11 NF A35-602 10-50 10
TU52-b NF A49-310 10-42D 5 Z6CND17.12 NF A35-602 10-50 14
TU52-b NF A49-311 10-42D 14 Z6CN18.09 NF A35-602 10-50 4
TU52-b NF A49-312 10-42D 16 Z6CNDNb17.12 NF A35-602 10-50 12
TU56-b NF A49-311 10-42D 15 Z6CNDNb17.13 NF A35-602 10-50 16
TUXC35 NF A49-311 10-42D 15 Z6CNNb18.11 NF A35-602 10-50 3
TUXC35 NF A49-312 10-42D 17 Z6CNT18.11 NF A35-602 10-50 2
V (NON-AGING) NF A36-321 10-42A 18 Z8C17 NF A35-578 10-49 3
XC NF A36-401 10-42B 10 Z8CD17.01 NF A35-578 10-49 6
XC10 NF A35-531 10-44 2 Z8CN18.12 NF A35-602 10-50 7
XC10 NF A35-551 10-47 5 Z8CNDT17.12 NF A35-602 10-50 11
XC12 NF A35-531 10-44 3 Z8CNDT17.13 NF A35-602 10-50 15
XC12 NF A35-551 10-47 6 Z10C13 NF A35-578 10-49 7
XC18 NF A35-531 10-44 3 Z10CN18.09 NF A35-602 10-50 5
XC18M NF A35-051 10-53B 1 Z10CNF18.09 NF A35-602 10-50 6
XC25 NF A35-531 10-44 5 Z12C13 NF A35-578 10-49 7
XC32 NF A35-531 10-44 6 Z12CF13 NF A35-578 10-49 8
XC38 NF A35-531 10-44 8 Z12CN17.08 NF A35-602 10-50 8
XC38 NF A35-551 10-48 1 Z20C13 NF A35-578 10-49 9
XC38 NF A35-563 10-48 1 Z30C13 NF A35-578 10-49 12
XC42 NF A35-531 10-44 8 Z40C14 NF A35-578 10-49 14
XC42 NF A35-551 10-48 2 Z80WCV18-4-1 NF A35-590 10-45C 1
XC42 NF A35-563 10-48 2 Z80WCV18-5-4-1 NF A35-590 10-45C 7
XC42TS NF A35-551 10-48 1 Z80WKCV18-10-4-2 NF A35-590 10-45C 6
XC42TS NF A35-563 10-48 1 Z85WDCV6-5-4-2 NF A35-590 10-45C 4
XC42TS NF A35-551 10-48 3 Z85WDCV12-5-4-2 NF A35-590 10-45C 9
XC42TS NF A35-563 10-48 3 Z90WDKCV6-5-5-4-2 NF A35-590 10-45C 8
XC48 NF A35-531 10-44 9 Z100CDV5 NF A35-590 10-45B 11
XC48 NF A35-551 10-48 4 Z100DCWV9-4-2-2 NF A35-590 10-45C 2
XC48 NF A35-563 10-48 4 Z110DKCWV9-8-4-2-1 NF A35-590 10-45C 11
XC55 NF A35-531 10-44 11 Z120WDCV6-5-4-3 NF A35-590 10-45C 5

522
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(NF, BS)

Z130WKCDV10-10-4-4-3 NF A35-590 10-45C 10


Z160CDV12 NF A35-590 10-45B 12 BRITISH (BS) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX
Z200C12 NF A35-590 10-45B 13 DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL
ZES NF A36-401 10-42B 13 015A03 BS 970 10-42C 1
030A04 BS 970 10-42C 2
030A04 BS 970 10-44 1
040A04 BS 970 10-42C 2
040A04 BS 970 10-44 1
040A10 BS 970 10-42C 4
040A10 BS 970 10-44 2
040A15 BS 970 10-42C 5
040A10 BS 970 10-44 3
040A20 BS 970 10-42C 6
040A20 BS 970 10-44 4
045M10 BS 970 10-46 6
045M10 BS 970 10-47 5
050A04 BS 970 10-42C 2
050A10 BS 970 10-42C 4
050A10 BS 970 10-44 2
050A15 BS 970 10-42C 5
050A15 BS 970 10-44 3
050A20 BS 970 10-42C 6
050A10 BS 970 10-44 4
060A10 BS 970 10-42C 4
060A15 BS 970 10-42C 5
060A25 BS 970 10-42C 7
060A25 BS 970 10-44 5
060A27 BS 970 10-42C 7
060A27 BS 970 10-44 5
060A30 BS 970 10-42C 8
060A30 BS 970 10-44 6
060A32 BS 970 10-42C 8
060A32 BS 970 10-44 6
060A35 BS 970 10-42C 9
060A35 BS 970 10-44 7
060A35 BS 970 10-48 1
060A37 BS 970 10-42C 9
060A37 BS 970 10-44 7
060A40 BS 970 10-42C 10
060A40 BS 970 10-48 2
060A42 BS 970 10-42C 10
060A42 BS 970 10-44 8
060A47 BS 970 10-42C 11
060A47 BS 970 10-44 9
060A47 BS 970 10-48 3
060A57 BS 970 10-42C 13
060A57 BS 970 10-44 11
060A57 BS 970 10-48 5
060A62 BS 970 10-42C 14
060A62 BS 970 10-44 12
060A67 BS 970 10-42C 15
060A67 BS 970 10-44 13

523
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(BS)

060A72 BS 970 10-42C 16 170H15 BS 970 10-46 1


060A72 BS 970 10-44 14 210M15 BS 970 10-46 6
060A78 BS 970 10-44 15 212M14 BS 970 10-46 8
060A78 BS 970 10-51A 1 212M36 BS 970 10-46 10
060A83 BS 970 10-42C 17 212M36 BS 970 10-46 11
060A86 BS 970 10-42C 17 212M44 BS 970 10-46 13
060A96 BS 970 10-42C 18 214M15 BS 970 10-46 9
060A96 BS 970 10-44 16 216M36 BS 970 10-46 12
060A99 BS 970 10-42C 18 216M44 BS 970 10-46 13
070A72 BS 970 10-42C 16 220M07 BS 970 10-46 1
070A78 BS 970 10-44 15 230M07 BS 970 10-46 2
070A78 BS 970 10-51A 1 240M07 BS 970 10-46 4
070M55 BS 970 10-44 11 250A53 BS 970 10-51A 4
070M76 BS 970 10-44 5 250A58 BS 970 10-51A 5
080A35 BS 970 10-48 1 250A61 BS 970 10-51A 6
080A40 BS 970 10-48 2 251A58 BS 970 10-51A 4
080A47 BS 970 10-44 9 290/6 BS 6681 10-53A 1
080A47 BS 970 10-48 3 301S01 BS 970 10-50 8
080A52 BS 970 10-44 10 302S25 BS 970 10-50 5
080A52 BS 970 10-48 4 303S21 BS 970 10-50 6
080A57 BS 970 10-44 11 303S31 BS 970 10-50 6
080A57 BS 970 10-48 5 304S12 BS 970 10-50 1
080A62 BS 970 10-44 12 304S15 BS 970 10-50 4
080A67 BS 970 10-44 13 305S19 BS 970 10-50 7
080A72 BS 970 10-44 14 310/10 BS 6681 10-53A 2
080A78 BS 970 10-44 15 316S12 BS 970 10-50 9
080A83 BS 970 10-44 15 316S12 BS 970 10-50 13
080A86 BS 970 10-44 16 316S16 BS 970 10-50 10
080M15 BS 970 10-46 2 316S16 BS 970 10-50 14
080M15 BS 970 10-47 6 317S12 BS 970 10-50 17
080M30 BS 970 10-44 6 318S17 BS 970 10-50 12
080M40 BS 970 10-44 8 318S17 BS 970 10-50 16
080M46 BS 970 10-44 9 320S17 BS 970 10-50 11
40B BS 4360 10-43A 2 320S17 BS 970 10-50 15
40C BS 4360 10-43A 2 321S12 BS 970 10-50 2
40D BS 4360 10-43A 2 340/3 BS 6681 10-53A 4
43B BS 4360 10-43A 3 340/12 BS 6681 10-53A 3
43C BS 4360 10-42D 13 347S17 BS 970 10-50 3
43C BS 4360 10-43A 3 370/17 BS 2789 10-52 8
43D BS 4360 10-42D 13 403S17 BS 970 10-49 1
43D BS 4360 10-43A 3 405S17 BS 970 10-49 2
43E BS 4360 10-42D 13 410/4 BS 6681 10-53A 6
50B BS 4360 10-42D 14 410S21 BS 970 10-49 7
50B BS 4360 10-43A 5 416S21 BS 970 10-49 8
50C BS 4360 10-42D 14 416S29 BS 970 10-49 9
50C BS 4360 10-43A 4 416S37 BS 970 10-49 9
50D BS 4360 10-42D 14 416S41 BS 970 10-49 8
50D BS 4360 10-43A 4 420/12 BS 2789 10-52 9
50D BS 4360 10-43A 6 420S29 BS 970 10-49 9
55C BS 4360 10-42D 15 420S37 BS 970 10-49 9
55E BS 4360 10-42D 15 420S45 BS 970 10-49 12
135M44 BS 970 10-48 6 430S15 BS 970 10-49 3

524
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(BS)

430S17 BS 970 10-49 3 BW2 BS 4659 10-45B 1


431S29 BS 970 10-49 10 CDS-1 BS 980 10-42D 1
431S29 BS 970 10-49 11 CDS-1 BS 980 10-42D 11
432S19 BS 970 10-49 6 CDS-2 BS 980 10-42D 3
441S29 BS 970 10-49 10 CDS-2 BS 980 10-42D 12
441S49 BS 970 10-49 10 CDS-3 BS 980 10-42D 3
500/7 BS 2789 10-52 10 CDS-3 BS 980 10-42D 12
523M15 BS 970 10-47 7 CDS-6 BS 980 10-42D 15
527A19 BS 970 10-47 8 CDS-9 BS 980 10-42D 5
527A60 BS 970 10-51A 9 CDS-9 BS 980 10-42D 13
527M17 BS 970 10-47 9 CDS-10 BS 980 10-42D 14
530A36 BS 970 10-48 7 CDS-11 BS 1775 10-42D 1
530M40 BS 970 10-48 7 CDS-13 BS 1775 10-42D 2
600/3 BS 2789 10-52 11 CDS-13 BS 1775 10-42D 11
630M40 BS 970 10-48 6 CDS-16 BS 1775 10-42D 3
630M40 BS 970 10-48 8 CDS-16 BS 1775 10-42D 12
635A14 BS 970 10-47 15 CDS-20 BS 1775 10-42D 4
637H17 BS 970 10-47 12 CEW-1 BS 980 10-42D 1
659A15 BS 970 10-47 18 CEW-2 BS 980 10-42D 1
700/2 BS 2789 10-52 12 CEW-11 BS 1775 10-42D 1
708A42 BS 970 10-48 9 CEW-16 BS 1775 10-42D 3
708M40 BS 970 10-48 9 CEW-23 BS 1775 10-42D 4
709M40 BS 970 10-48 9 CEW-24 BS 1775 10-42D 4
722M24 BS 970 10-47 1 CEW-28 BS 1775 10-42D 5
735A51 BS 970 10-51A 13 CR1PL BS 1449 10-42B 13
800/2 BS 2789 10-52 13 CR2GP BS 1449 10-42B 12
805M20 BS 970 10-47 11 CR3GP BS 1449 10-42B 11
815M17 BS 970 10-47 13 CR4GP BS 1449 10-42B 10
815M17 BS 970 10-47 16 CSA4BR BS 1449 10-42B 5
820M17 BS 970 10-47 17 CSH4BR BS 1449 10-42B 9
897M39 BS 970 10-47 2 CSHH4BR BS 1449 10-42B 8
905M31 BS 970 10-47 3 CSQH4BR BS 1449 10-42B 7
905M39 BS 970 10-47 4 CSSP4BR BS 1449 10-42B 6
945A40 BS 970 10-48 10 ERW-1 BS 980 10-42D 6
945M38 BS 970 10-48 10 ERW-2 BS 980 10-42D 3
AUS101 BS 3468 10-54 12 ERW-3 BS 980 10-42D 17
AUS101 BS 3468 10-54 13 ERW-11 BS 1775 10-42D 6
AUS102 BS 3468 10-54 14 ERW-13 BS 1775 10-42D 7
AUS102 BS 3468 10-54 15 ERW-16 BS 1775 10-42D 8
AUS202 BS 3468 10-54 2 ERW-20 BS 1775 10-42D 9
AUS202 BS 3468 10-54 3 ERW-23 BS 1775 10-42D 10
BA2 BS 4659 10-45B 11 GD2 BS 5216 10-51B 1
BD2 BS 4659 10-45B 12 GD3 BS 5216 10-51B 2
BD3 BS 4659 10-45B 13 GD3 BS 5216 10-51B 4
BM2 BS 4659 10-45C 4 GD4 BS 5216M 10-51B 5
BM35 BS 4659 10-45C 8 GD5 BS 5216M 10-51B 5
BM42 BS 4659 10-45C 11 GDI BS 2803 10-51B 1
BT1 BS 4659 10-45C 1 GDII BS 2803 10-51B 1
BT4 BS 4659 10-45C 7 GDIII BS 2803 10-51B 1
BT5 BS 4659 10-45C 6 GRADE 100 BS 1452 10-52 1
BT15 BS 4659 10-45C 9 GRADE 150 BS 1452 10-52 2
BT42 BS 4659 10-45C 10 GRADE 180 BS 1452 10-52 3

525
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(BS)

GRADE 220 BS 1452 10-52 3 HS4 BS 1449 10-42A 16


GRADE 250 BS 1452 10-52 4 HS14 BS 1449 10-42A 11
GRADE 300 BS 1452 10-52 5 HS14 BS 1449 10-42A 16
GRADE 350 BS 1452 10-52 6 HS15 BS 1449 10-42A 10
GRADE 400 BS 1452 10-52 7 HS15 BS 1449 10-42A 14
GRADE A1 BS 3100 10-53B 2 HS43/25 BS 1449 10-43B 1
GRADE A2 BS 3100 10-53B 3 HS46/40 BS 1449 10-43B 3
GRADE A3 BS 3100 10-53B 4 HS50/45 BS 1449 10-43B 4
GRADE A4 BS 3100 10-53B 6 ND BS 5216 10-51B 4
GRADE A5 BS 3100 10-53B 7 NS BS 5216 10-51B 1
GRADE AW1 BS 3100 10-53B 1 NS BS 5216 10-51B 2
GRADE AW2 BS 3100 10-53B 5 P45-06 BS 6687 10-53A 9
GRADE AW3 BS 3100 10-53B 5 P50-05 BS 6687 10-53A 10
GRADE BT1 BS 3100 10-53B 8 P55-04 BS 6687 10-53A 11
GRADE BT2 BS 3100 10-53B 9 P65-02 BS 6687 10-53A 13
GRADE BT3 BS 3100 10-53B 10 P70-02 BS 6687 10-53A 14
GRADE F1 BS 3468 10-54 12 S2 BS 3468 10-54 1
GRADE F1 BS 3468 10-54 13 S2 BS 3468 10-54 2
GRADE F2 BS 3468 10-54 14 S2G BS 3468 10-54 5
GRADE F3 BS 3468 10-54 15 S2M BS 3468 10-54 6
GRADE P60-3 BS 6687 10-53A 12 S2W BS 3468 10-54 3
HD BS 5216 10-51B 4 S3 BS 3468 10-54 7
HFS-20 BS 1775 10-42D 16 S3 BS 3468 10-54 8
HFW-13 BS 1775 10-42D 7
HFW-16 BS 1775 10-42D 8
HFW-23 BS 1775 10-42D 10
HR1 BS 1449 10-42A 13
HR1 BS 1449 10-42A 18
HR2 BS 1449 10-42A 13
HR2 BS 1449 10-42A 18
HR3 BS 1449 10-42A 12
HR3 BS 1449 10-42A 17
HR4 BS 1449 10-42A 11
HR4 BS 1449 10-42A 16
HR14 BS 1449 10-42A 11
HR14 BS 1449 10-42A 16
HR15 BS 1449 10-42A 10
HR15 BS 1449 10-42A 14
HR43/25 BS 1449 10-43B 1
HR43/35 BS 1449 10-43B 2
HR46/40 BS 1449 10-43B 3
HR50/35 BS 1449 10-43B 2
HR50/45 BS 1449 10-43B 4
HS BS 5216 10-51B 1
HS BS 5216 10-51B 2
HS1 BS 1449 10-42A 13
HS1 BS 1449 10-42A 18
HS2 BS 1449 10-42A 13
HS2 BS 1449 10-42A 18
HS3 BS 1449 10-42A 12
HS3 BS 1449 10-42A 17
HS4 BS 1449 10-42A 11

526
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (UNI)

C20 UNI 6403 10-42D 14


ITALIAN (UNI) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX C20 UNI 5332 10-44 4
DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL C30 UNI 5332 10-42C 8
9SMn23 UNI 4838 10-46 2 C30 UNI 5332 10-44 6
9SMnPb23 UNI 4838 10-46 3 C35 UNI 5332 10-42C 9
10S20 UNI 4838 10-46 1 C35 UNI 5332 10-44 7
10S22 UNI 4838 10-46 6 C35 UNI 5333 10-48 1
16CrNi4 UNI 5331 10-47 12 C35 UNI 8551 10-48 1
16MnCr5 UNI 7846 10-47 9 C36 UNI 5333 10-48 1
16NiCr11 UNI 5331 10-47 14 C36 UNI 8551 10-48 1
16NiCrMo2 UNI 7846 10-47 11 C40 UNI 5332 10-44 8
16NiCrMo12 UNI 5331 10-47 16 C40 UNI 5333 10-48 2
18NiCrMo7 UNI 7846 10-47 17 C40 UNI 8551 10-48 2
20MnCr5 UNI 7846 10-47 10 C43 UNI 5333 10-48 3
20NiCrMo2 UNI 5331 10-47 15 C43 UNI 8551 10-48 3
31CrMo12 UNI 8077 10-47 1 C45 UNI 5332 10-44 9
31CrMo12 UNI 8552 10-47 1 C45 UNI 5333 10-48 3
35SMn10 UNI 4838 10-46 10 C45 UNI 8551 10-48 3
36CrMo6 UNI 5333 10-48 7 C48 UNI 5333 10-48 5
36CrMo6 UNI 8551 10-48 7 C48 UNI 8551 10-48 5
36CrMoV12 UNI 8077 10-47 2 C50 UNI 5332 10-44 10
38Cr4 UNI 5331 10-48 7 C50 UNI 5333 10-48 4
38Cr4 UNI 8551 10-48 7 C50 UNI 8551 10-48 4
40Cr4 UNI 5333 10-48 8 C60 UNI 3545 10-44 13
40Cr4 UNI 8551 10-48 8 C60 UNI 5332 10-44 12
40NiCrMo4 UNI 5333 10-48 11 C70 UNI 3545 10-44 14
40NiCrMo4 UNI 8551 10-48 11 C75 UNI 3545 10-44 15
41CrAlMo7 UNI 8077 10-47 4 C75 UNI 3545 10-51A 2
41CrAlMo7 UNI 8552 10-47 4 C90 UNI 3545 10-44 16
41CrMo4 UNI 5331 10-48 9 C100 UNI 3545 10-44 16
41CrMo4 UNI 8551 10-48 9 CF9SMn28 UNI 4838 10-46 2
45Cr2 UNI 5333 10-48 6 CF9SMnPb28 UNI 4838 10-46 3
45Cr2 UNI 8551 10-48 6 CF9SMn36 UNI 4838 10-46 4
50CrV4 UNI 3545 10-51A 13 CF9SMnPb36 UNI 4838 10-46 5
50Si7 UNI 3545 10-51A 4 CF10S20 UNI 4838 10-46 1
55Si8 UNI 3545 10-51A 5 CF10S20 UNI 4838 10-46 6
60SiCr8 UNI 3545 10-51A 7 CF10SPb20 UNI 4838 10-46 7
A UNI 5755 10-42B 15 CF35SMn10 UNI 4838 10-46 10
B UNI 5755 10-42B 16 CF44SMn28 UNI 4838 10-46 13
B UNI 3823 10-51B 1 D UNI 5755 10-42B 18
B30-06 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 1 D UNI 3823 10-51B 3
B32-12 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 2 E UNI 3823 10-51B 5
B35-10 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 3 Fe33 UNI 7070 10-43A 1
C UNI 5755 10-42B 17 Fe34 UNI 7091 10-42D 8
C UNI 3823 10-51B 2 Fe34A UNI 7070 10-42A 1
C10 UNI 5331 10-42C 4 Fe34B UNI 7070 10-42A 1
C10 UNI 5331 10-44 2 Fe34C UNI 7070 10-42A 1
C10 UNI 5331 10-47 5 Fe35-1 UNI 663 10-42D 12
C15 UNI 7846 10-47 6 Fe35-1 UNI 2897 10-42D 2
C16 UNI 5532 10-42C 5 Fe35-2 UNI 2897 10-42D 3
C16 UNI 5332 10-44 3 Fe37 UNI 7091 10-42D 9
C20 UNI 5332 10-42C 6 Fe37 UNI 7070 10-43A 2

527
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(UNI)

Fe42 UNI 7091 10-42D 10 TYPE I UNI 3823 10-42C 11


Fe44 UNI 7070 10-43A 3 TYPE I UNI 3823 10-42C 12
Fe45-1 UNI 663 10-42D 13 TYPE II UNI 3823 10-42C 13
Fe45-2 UNI 2897 10-42D 4 TYPE II UNI 3823 10-42C 14
Fe50 UNI 7070 10-43A 5 TYPE III UNI 3823 10-42C 15
Fe52 UNI 7070 10-43A 4 TYPE III UNI 3823 10-42C 16
Fe52 UNI 7091 10-42D 10 TYPE IV UNI 3823 10-42C 17
Fe52-2 UNI 2897 10-42D 5 TYPE IV UNI 3823 10-42C 18
Fe52B UNI 7070 10-43B 1 X2CrNi18-11 UNI 6900 10-50 1
Fe52C UNI 7070 10-43B 1 X2CrNiMo17-13 UNI 6900 10-50 9
Fe52D UNI 7070 10-43B 1 X2CrNiMo17-13 UNI 6900 10-50 13
Fe55-1 UNI 663 10-42D 15 X2CrNiMo18-16 UNI 6900 10-50 17
Fe60 UNI 7070 10-43A 6 X5CrNi18-10 UNI 6900 10-50 4
Fe70 UNI 7070 10-43A 7 X5CrNiMo17-13 UNI 6900 10-50 10
Fe480 UNI 7070 10-43A 5 X5CrNiMo17-13 UNI 6900 10-50 14
Fe580 UNI 7070 10-43A 6 X6Cr13 UNI 6900 10-49 1
Fe650 UNI 7070 10-43A 7 X6CrAl13 UNI 6900 10-49 2
FeG400 UNI 3158 10-53B 2 X6CrNiMoNb17-12 UNI 6900 10-50 12
FeG450 UNI 3158 10-53B 3 X6CrNiMoNb17-13 UNI 6900 10-50 16
FeG520 UNI 3158 10-53B 4 X6CrNiMoTi17-12 UNI 6900 10-50 11
FeP00 UNI 5866 10-42B 10 X6CrNiMoTi17-13 UNI 6900 10-50 15
FeP01 UNI 5866 10-42B 11 X6CrNiNb18-11 UNI 6900 10-50 3
FeP02 UNI 5866 10-42B 12 X6CrNiTi18-11 UNI 6900 10-50 2
FeP04 UNI 5866 10-42B 13 X8Cr17 UNI 6900 10-49 3
FeP10 UNI 5867 10-42A 10 X8CrMo17 UNI 6900 10-49 6
FeP11 UNI 5867 10-42A 11 X8CrNi18-12 UNI 6900 10-50 7
FeP12 UNI 5867 10-42A 12 X8CrNiNb18-11 UNI 6900 10-50 3
FeP13 UNI 5867 10-42A 13 X8CrNiTi18-11 UNI 6900 10-50 2
FeZ0 UNI 5753 10-42A 14 X10CrNi18-09 UNI 6900 10-50 5
FeZ1 UNI 5753 10-42A 15 X10CrNiS18-09 UNI 6900 10-50 6
FeZ2 UNI 5753 10-42A 16 X10CrS17 UNI 6900 10-49 4
FeZ3 UNI 5753 10-42A 17 X12Cr13 UNI 6900 10-49 7
G10 UNI 5007 10-52 1 X12CrS13 UNI 6900 10-49 8
G15 UNI 5007 10-52 2 X12CrNi17-07 UNI 6900 10-50 8
G20 UNI 5007 10-52 3 X14CrNi19 UNI 6900 10-49 10
G25 UNI 5007 10-52 4 X16CrNi16 UNI 6900 10-49 11
G30 UNI 5007 10-52 5 X20Cr13 UNI 6900 10-49 9
G35 UNI 5007 10-52 6 X30Cr13 UNI 6900 10-49 12
GS42/10 UNI 4544 10-52 9 X40Cr14 UNI 6900 10-49 13
GS50/5 UNI 4544 10-52 10
GS55/2 UNI 4544 10-52 11
P45-06 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 9
P50-05 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 10
P55-04 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 11
P60-03 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 12
P65-02 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 13
P70-02 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 14
W35-04 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 4
W38-12 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 5
W40-05 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 6
W45-07 UNI ISO 5922 10-53A 7
TYPE I UNI 3823 10-42C 10

528
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (AS)

CDS350 AS 1450 10-42D 4


AUSTRALIAN (AS) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX CDS370 AS 1450 10-42D 5
DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL CDS430 AS 1450 10-42D 5
#1 AS 1472 10-51B 2 CDS430 AS 1450 10-42D 15
#2 AS 1472 10-51B 4 CDS540 AS 1450 10-42D 5
#3 AS 1472 10-51B 5 CEW170 AS 1450 10-42D 6
180 AS 1405 10-42A 1 CEW200 AS 1450 10-42D 7
180 AS 1405 10-43A 1 CEW250 AS 1450 10-42D 8
210 AS 1405 10-43A 2 CEW300 AS 1450 10-42D 10
302 AS 1449 10-50 5 CEW350 AS 1450 10-42D 9
303 AS 1449 10-50 6 CL1 AS 1472 10-51B 1
304 AS 1449 10-50 4 CRC AS 1595 10-42B 10
304L AS 1449 10-50 1 CRD AS 1595 10-42B 12
316 AS 1449 10-50 10 CRE AS 1595 10-42B 13
316 AS 1449 10-50 14 CS1100 AS 1442 10-46 4
316L AS 1449 10-50 9 CS1100 AS 1443 10-46 4
316L AS 1449 10-50 13 D2A AS 1239 10-45B 12
317 AS 1449 10-50 17 D3A AS 1239 10-45B 13
321 AS 1449 10-50 2 EFW170 AS 1450 10-42D 6
350 AS 1204 10-43A 4 EFW200 AS 1450 10-42D 7
370/17 AS G9 10-52 8 EFW250 AS 1450 10-42D 8
400 AS 1204 10-43A 5 EFW300 AS 1450 10-42D 10
410 AS 1449 10-49 7 EFW350 AS 1450 10-42D 9
420 AS 1449 10-49 9 ERW170 AS 1450 10-42D 1
420/12 AS G9 10-52 9 ERW170 AS 1450 10-42D 6
430 AS 1449 10-49 3 ERW200 AS 1450 10-42D 2
500 AS 1204 10-43A 6 ERW200 AS 1450 10-42D 7
500/7 AS G9 10-52 10 ERW250 AS 1450 10-42D 2
600/3 AS G9 10-52 11 ERW250 AS 1450 10-42D 8
700/2 AS G9 10-52 12 ERW300 AS 1450 10-42D 3
800/2 AS G9 10-52 13 ERW300 AS 1450 10-42D 10
4130 AS 1444 10-47 10 ERW350 AS 1450 10-42D 4
5140 AS 1442 10-48 8 ERW350 AS 1450 10-42D 9
5140 AS 1444 10-48 8 ERW380 AS 1450 10-42D 5
5145 AS 1442 10-48 6 GC AS 1397 10-42A 14
5145 AS 1444 10-48 6 GD AS 1397 10-42A 16
8620 AS 1444 10-47 15 GRADE A AS 1833 10-54 12
8740 AS 2506 10-48 10 GRADE A AS 1833 10-54 14
AUS101 AS 1833 10-54 12 GRADE B AS 1833 10-54 13
AUS101 AS 1833 10-54 13 GRADE A AS 1833 10-54 15
AUS102 AS 1833 10-54 14 GRADE C1 AS 2074 10-53B 1
AUS102 AS 1833 10-54 15 GRADE C3 AS 2074 10-53B 2
AUS105 AS 1833 10-54 16 GRADE C4-1 AS 2074 10-53B 3
B300-6 AS 1832 10-53A 1 GRADE C6 AS 2074 10-53B 4
B350-10 AS 1832 10-53A 3 GRADE H2A AS 2074 10-53B 7
CDS170 AS 1450 10-42D 1 GRADE H3A AS 2074 10-53B 6
CDS200 AS 1450 10-42D 2 GRADE H3B AS 2074 10-53B 8
CDS200 AS 1450 10-42D 12 GRADE H7A AS 2074 10-53B 9
CDS250 AS 1450 10-42D 2 GRADE H9A AS 2074 10-53B 10
CDS250 AS 1450 10-42D 13 GRADE L6A-1 AS 2074 10-53B 5
CDS300 AS 1450 10-42D 3 GRADE T-150 AS 1830 10-52 2
CDS300 AS 1450 10-42D 14 GRADE T-200 AS 1830 10-52 3

529
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(AS)

GRADE T-250 AS 1830 10-52 4 K1045 AS 1442 10-48 3


GRADE T-300 AS 1830 10-52 5 K1045 AS 1444 10-48 3
GRADE T-350 AS 1830 10-52 6 K1050 AS 1442 10-44 10
GRADE T-400 AS 1830 10-52 7 K1050 AS 1443 10-44 10
H11A AS 1239 10-45A 12 K1050 AS 1442 10-48 4
H13A AS 1239 10-45A 11 K1050 AS 1444 10-48 4
H21A AS 1239 10-45A 14 K1055 AS 1442 10-44 11
HFS170 AS 1450 10-42D 1 K1055 AS 1443 10-44 11
HFS200 AS 1450 10-42D 2 K1055 AS 1442 10-48 5
HFS300 AS 1450 10-42D 17 K1055 AS 1444 10-48 5
HFS350 AS 1450 10-42D 16 K1060 AS 1442 10-44 12
HR200 AS 1594 10-42A 1 K1060 AS 1443 10-44 12
HR200 AS 1594 10-43A 1 K1065 AS 1442 10-44 13
HR240 AS 1594 10-43A 2 K1065 AS 1443 10-44 13
HR280 AS 1594 10-43B 1 K1070 AS 1442 10-44 14
HR340 AS 1594 10-43A 3 K1070 AS 1443 10-44 14
HR340 LY-TEN 10-43B 2 K1082S AS 1447 10-51A 1
HRC AS 1594 10-42A 10 K1137 AS 1442 10-46 12
HRD AS 1594 10-42A 13 K1137 AS 1443 10-46 12
K1008 AS 1442 10-42C 3 K1138 AS 1442 10-46 10
K1008 AS 1442 10-44 1 K1138 AS 1443 10-46 10
K1008 AS 1443 10-44 1 K1146 AS 1442 10-46 13
K1010 AS 1442 10-42C 4 K1146 AS 1443 10-46 13
K1010 AS 1443 10-44 2 K5160HS AS 1447 10-51A 9
K1010 AS 1443 10-44 2 M1A AS 1239 10-45C 3
K1010 AS 1442 10-47 5 M2A AS 1239 10-45C 4
K1010 AS 2506 10-47 5 P450-6 AS 1832 10-53A 9
K1016 AS 1442 10-42C 5 P500-4 AS 1832 10-53A 10
K1016 AS 1442 10-44 3 P550-4 AS 1832 10-53A 11
K1016 AS 1443 10-44 3 P700-2 AS 1832 10-53A 14
K1016 AS 1442 10-47 7 S1006 AS 1442 10-42C 2
K1016 AS 2506 10-47 7 S1006 AS 1442 10-44 1
K1020 AS 1442 10-42C 6 S1006 AS 1443 10-44 1
K1020 AS 1442 10-44 4 S1008 AS 1442 10-42C 3
K1020 AS 1443 10-44 4 S1010 AS 1442 10-42C 4
K1026 AS 1442 10-42C 7 S1010 AS 1442 10-44 2
K1026 AS 1442 10-44 5 S1010 AS 1443 10-44 2
K1026 AS 1443 10-44 5 S1010 AS 1442 10-47 5
K1030 AS 1442 10-42C 8 S1010 AS 2506 10-47 5
K1030 AS 1442 10-44 6 S1015 AS 1442 10-42C 5
K1030 AS 1443 10-44 6 S1015 AS 1442 10-44 3
K1035 AS 1442 10-42C 9 S1015 AS 1443 10-44 3
K1035 AS 1442 10-44 7 S1015 AS 1442 10-47 6
K1035 AS 1443 10-44 7 S1015 AS 2506 10-47 6
K1035 AS 1442 10-48 1 S1016 AS 1442 10-47 7
K1035 AS 1444 10-48 1 S1016 AS 2506 10-47 7
K1039 AS 1442 10-44 8 S1020 AS 1442 10-42C 6
K1039 AS 1443 10-44 8 S1020 AS 1442 10-44 4
K1040 AS 1442 10-42C 10 S1020 AS 1443 10-44 4
K1045 AS 1442 10-42C 11 S1025 AS 1442 10-42C 7
K1045 AS 1442 10-44 9 S1025 AS 1442 10-44 5
K1045 AS 1443 10-44 9 S1025 AS 1443 10-44 5

530
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX (CONT’D)(AS, GOST)

S1030 AS 1442 10-42C 8 XK9258S AS 1447 10-51A 5


S1030 AS 1442 10-44 6 XK9261S AS 1447 10-51A 6
S1030 AS 1443 10-44 6 XS1112 AS 1442 10-46 2
S1035 AS 1442 10-42C 9 XS1112 AS 1443 10-46 2
S1035 AS 1442 10-44 7 XS11L12 AS 1442 10-46 5
S1035 AS 1443 10-44 7 XS11L12 AS 1443 10-46 5
S1035 AS 1442 10-48 1 XS1115 AS 1442 10-46 8
S1035 AS 1444 10-48 1 XS1115 AS 1443 10-46 8
S1040 AS 1442 10-42C 10
S1040 AS 1442 10-44 8 RUSSIAN (GOST) FERROUS MATERIALS INDEX
S1040 AS 1443 10-44 8 DESIGNATION STANDARD TABLE COL
S1040 AS 1442 10-48 2 08Ch13 GOST 5632 10-49 1
S1040 AS 1444 10-48 2 08Ch17T GOST 5632 10-49 5
S1045 AS 1442 10-42C 11 10 GOST 1050 10-47 5
S1045 AS 1442 10-44 9 12Ch2N4A GOST 4543 10-47 17
S1045 AS 1443 10-44 9 12ChN3A GOST 4543 10-47 13
S1045 AS 1442 10-48 3 12Ch13 GOST 5632 10-49 7
S1045 AS 1444 10-48 3 12Ch17 GOST 5632 10-49 3
S1050 AS 1442 10-44 10 14Ch17N2 GOST 5632 10-49 11
S1050 AS 1443 10-44 10 15 GOST 1050 10-47 6
S1050 AS 1442 10-48 4 15Ch GOST 4543 10-47 7
S1050 AS 1444 10-48 4 18ChG GOST 4543 10-47 9
S1058 AS 1442 10-44 12 18ChGT GOST 4543 10-47 10
S1058 AS 1443 10-44 12 20 GOST 1050 10-44 4
S1058 AS 1442 10-48 5 20Ch GOST 4543 10-47 11
S1058 AS 1444 10-48 5 20Ch13 GOST 5632 10-49 9
S1070 AS 1442 10-44 14 25 GOST 1050 10-44 5
S1070 AS 1443 10-44 14 30 GOST 1050 10-44 6
S1214 AS 1442 10-46 2 35 GOST 1050 10-44 7
S1214 AS 1443 10-46 2 35 GOST 1050 10-48 1
S12L14 AS 1442 10-46 3 38ChA GOST 4543 10-48 7
S12L14 AS 1443 10-46 3 38Ch2MJuA GOST 4543 10-48 4
T1 AS 1517 10-42B 14 40 GOST 1050 10-44 8
T1A AS 1239 10-45C 1 40Ch GOST 4543 10-48 8
T2 AS 1517 10-42B 15 40ChFA GOST 4543 10-48 9
T3 AS 1517 10-42B 16 45 GOST 1050 10-44 9
T4 AS 1517 10-42B 17 45 GOST 1050 10-48 3
T5 AS 1517 10-42B 17 45G2 GOST 4543 10-48 6
T6 AS 1517 10-42B 18 50 GOST 1050 10-44 10
T6CA AS 1517 10-42B 18 50 GOST 1050 10-48 4
TEMPER 1 AS 1595 10-42B 9 55 GOST 1050 10-44 11
TEMPER 2 AS 1595 10-42B 8 60 GOST 1050 10-44 12
TEMPER 3 AS 1595 10-42B 7 S235 GOST 27772 10-43A 2
TEMPER 4 AS 1595 10-42B 6 S245 GOST 27772 10-43A 3
TEMPER 5 AS 1595 10-42B 5 S285 GOST 27772 10-43A 5
W1A AS 1239 10-45A 4 S345 GOST 27772 10-43A 4
W2A AS 1239 10-45B 1 S345 GOST 27772 10-43A 6
W350-4 AS 1832 10-53A 4 S375 GOST 27772 10-43A 7
W400-5 AS 1832 10-53A 6
XK1082 AS 1442 10-44 15
XK1082 AS 1443 10-44 15
XK5155S AS 1447 10-51A 8

531
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS

TC 17 Steel
ISO 657-1:1989 Hot-rolled steel sections -- Part 1: Equal-leg angles -- Dimensions
ISO 657-2:1989 Hot-rolled steel sections -- Part 2: Unequal-leg angles -- Dimensions
ISO 657-5:1976 Hot-rolled steel sections -- Part 5: Equal-leg angles and unequal-leg angles -- Tolerances for metric and inch series
ISO 657-11:1980 Hot-rolled steel sections -- Part 11: Sloping flange channel sections (Metric series) -- Dimensions and sectional
properties
ISO 657-15:1980 Hot-rolled steel sections -- Part 15: Sloping flange beam sections (Metric series) -- Dimensions and sectional
properties
ISO 657-16:1980 Hot-rolled steel sections -- Part 16: Sloping flange column sections (metric series) -- Dimensions and sectional
properties
ISO 657-18:1980 Hot-rolled steel sections -- Part 18: L sections for shipbuilding (metric series) -- Dimensions, sectional properties and
tolerances
ISO 657-19:1980 Hot-rolled steel sections -- Part 19: Bulb flats (metric series) -- Dimensions, sectional properties and tolerances
ISO 657-21:1983 Hot-rolled steel sections -- Part 21: T-sections with equal depth and flange width -- Dimensions
ISO 1005-1:1994 Railway rolling stock material -- Part 1: Rough-rolled tyres for tractive and trailing stock -- Technical delivery conditions
ISO 1005-2:1986 Railway rolling stock material -- Part 2: Tyres, wheel centres and tyred wheels for tractive and trailing stock --
Dimensional, balancing and assembly requirements
ISO 1005-3:1982 Railway rolling stock material -- Part 3: Axles for tractive and trailing stock -- Quality requirements
ISO 1005-4:1986 Railway rolling stock material -- Part 4: Rolled or forged wheel centres for tyred wheels for tractive and trailing stock --
Quality requirements
ISO 1005-6:1994 Railway rolling stock material -- Part 6: Solid wheels for tractive and trailing stock -- Technical delivery conditions
ISO 1005-7:1982 Railway rolling stock material -- Part 7: Wheelsets for tractive and trailing stock -- Quality requirements
ISO 1005-8:1986 Railway rolling stock material -- Part 8: Solid wheels for tractive and trailing stock -- Dimensional and balancing
requirements
ISO 1005-9:1986 Railway rolling stock material -- Part 9: Axles for tractive and trailing stock -- Dimensional requirements
ISO 1035-1:1980 Hot-rolled steel bars -- Part 1: Dimensions of round bars
ISO 1035-2:1980 Hot-rolled steel bars -- Part 2: Dimensions of square bars
ISO 1035-3:1980 Hot-rolled steel bars -- Part 3: Dimensions of flat bars
ISO 1035-4:1982 Hot-rolled steel bars -- Part 4: Tolerances
ISO 2605-3:1985 Steel products for pressure purposes -- Derivation and verification of elevated temperature properties -- Part 3: An
alternative procedure for deriving the elevated temperature yield or proof stress properties when data are limited
ISO 4885:1996 Ferrous products -- Heat treatments -- Vocabulary
ISO 4948-1:1982 Steels -- Classification -- Part 1: Classification of steels into unalloyed and alloy steels based on chemical composition
ISO 4948-2:1981 Steels -- Classification -- Part 2: Classification of unalloyed and alloy steels according to main quality classes and main
property or application characteristics
ISO/TS 4949:2003 Steel names based on letter symbols
ISO 5948:1994 Railway rolling stock material -- Ultrasonic acceptance testing
ISO 6303:1981 Pressure vessel steels not included in ISO 2604, Parts 1 to 6 -- Derivation of long-time stress rupture properties
ISO 6929:1987 Steel products -- Definitions and classification
ISO 6933:1986 Railway rolling stock material -- Magnetic particle acceptance testing
ISO/TR 7468:1981 Summary of average stress rupture properties of wrought steels for boilers and pressure vessels
ISO/TR 7705:1991 Guidelines for specifying Charpy V-notch impact prescriptions in steel specifications

TC 17/SC 1
ISO 437:1982 Steel and cast iron -- Determination of total carbon content -- Combustion gravimetric method
ISO 439:1994 Steel and iron -- Determination of total silicon content -- Gravimetric method
ISO 629:1982 Steel and cast iron -- Determination of manganese content -- Spectrophotometric method
ISO 671:1982 Steel and cast iron -- Determination of sulphur content -- Combustion titrimetric method
ISO 4829-1:1986 Steel and cast iron -- Determination of total silicon content -- Reduced molybdosilicate spectrophotometric method --
Part 1: Silicon contents between 0,05 and 1,0 %
ISO 4829-2:1988 Steel and iron -- Determination of total silicon content -- Reduced molybdosilicate spectrophotometric method -- Part 2:
Silicon contents between 0,01 and 0,05 %

532
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO/TR 4830-4:1978 Steel -- Determination of low carbon contents -- Part 4: Coulometric method after combustion
ISO 4934:2003 Steel and iron -- Determination of sulfur content -- Gravimetric method
ISO 4935:1989 Steel and iron -- Determination of sulfur content -- Infrared absorption method after combustion in an induction furnace
ISO 4937:1986 Steel and iron -- Determination of chromium content -- Potentiometric or visual titration method
ISO 4938:1988 Steel and iron -- Determination of nickel content -- Gravimetric or titrimetric method
ISO 4939:1984 Steel and cast iron -- Determination of nickel content -- Dimethylglyoxime spectrophotometric method
ISO 4940:1985 Steel and cast iron -- Determination of nickel content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 4941:1994 Steel and iron -- Determination of molybdenum content -- Thiocyanate spectrophotometric method
ISO 4942:1988 Steel and iron -- Determination of vanadium content -- N-BPHA spectrophotometric method
ISO 4943:1985 Steel and cast iron -- Determination of copper content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 4945:1977 Steel -- Determination of nitrogen content -- Spectrophotometric method
ISO 4946:1984 Steel and cast iron -- Determination of copper content -- 2,2'-Diquinolyl spectrophotometric method
ISO 4947:1986 Steel and cast iron -- Determination of vanadium content -- Potentiometric titration method
ISO 9441:1988 Steel -- Determination of niobium content -- PAR spectrophotometric method
ISO 9556:1989 Steel and iron -- Determination of total carbon content -- Infrared absorption method after combustion in an induction
furnace
ISO 9647:1989 Steel and iron -- Determination of vanadium content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 9658:1990 Steel -- Determination of aluminium content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO/TR 9769:1991 Steel and iron -- Review of available methods of analysis
ISO 10138:1991 Steel and iron -- Determination of chromium content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 10153:1997 Steel -- Determination of boron content -- Curcumin spectrophotometric method
ISO 10278:1995 Steel -- Determination of manganese content -- Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometric method
ISO 10280:1991 Steel and iron -- Determination of titanium content -- Diantipyrylmethane spectrometric method
ISO 10697-1:1992 Steel -- Determination of calcium content by flame atomic absorption spectrometry -- Part 1: Determination of acid-
soluble calcium content
ISO 10697-2:1994 Steel -- Determination of calcium content by flame atomic absorption spectrometry -- Part 2: Determination of total
calcium content
ISO 10698:1994 Steel -- Determination of antimony content -- Electrothermal atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 10700:1994 Steel and iron -- Determination of manganese content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 10701:1994 Steel and iron -- Determination of sulfur content -- Methylene blue spectrophotometric method
ISO 10702:1993 Steel and iron -- Determination of nitrogen content -- Titrimetric method after distillation
ISO 10714:1992 Steel and iron -- Determination of phosphorus content -- Phosphovanadomolybdate spectrophotometric method
ISO/TR 10719:1994 Steel and iron -- Determination of non-combined carbon content -- Infrared absorption method after combustion in an
induction furnace
ISO 10720:1997 Steel and iron -- Determination of nitrogen content -- Thermal conductimetric method after fusion in a current of inert
gas
ISO 11652:1997 Steel and iron -- Determination of cobalt content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 11653:1997 Steel -- Determination of high cobalt content -- Potentiometric titration method after separation by ion exchange
ISO 13898-1:1997 Steel and iron -- Determination of nickel, copper and cobalt contents -- Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission
spectrometric method -- Part 1: General requirements and sample dissolution
ISO 13898-2:1997 Steel and iron -- Determination of nickel, copper and cobalt contents -- Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission
spectrometric method -- Part 2: Determination of nickel content
ISO 13898-3:1997 Steel and iron -- Determination of nickel, copper and cobalt contents -- Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission
spectrometric method -- Part 3: Determination of copper content
ISO 13898-4:1997 Steel and iron -- Determination of nickel, copper and cobalt contents -- Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission
spectrometric method -- Part 4: Determination of cobalt content
ISO/TS 13899-1:2004 Steel -- Determination of Mo, Nb and W contents in alloyed steel -- Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission
spectrometric method -- Part 1: Determination of Mo content
ISO 13899-2:2005 Steel -- Determination of Mo, Nb and W contents in alloyed steel -- Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission
spectrometric method -- Part 2: Determination of Nb content
ISO/TS 13899-3:2005 Steel -- Determination of Mo, Nb and W contents in alloyed steel -- Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission
spectrometric method -- Part 3: Determination of W content
ISO 13900:1997 Steel -- Determination of boron content -- Curcumin spectrophotometric method after distillation
ISO 13902:1997 Steel and iron -- Determination of high sulfur content -- Infrared absorption method after combustion in an induction
533
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
furnace
ISO 14284:1996 Steel and iron -- Sampling and preparation of samples for the determination of chemical composition
ISO/TR 15349-1:1998 Unalloyed steel -- Determination of low carbon content -- Part 1: Infrared absorption method after combustion in an
electric resistance furnace (by peak separation)
ISO 15349-2:1999 Unalloyed steel -- Determination of low carbon content -- Part 2: Infrared absorption method after combustion in an
induction furnace (with preheating)
ISO/TR 15349-3:1998 Unalloyed steel -- Determination of low carbon content -- Part 3: Infrared absorption method after combustion in an
electric resistance furnace (with preheating)
ISO 15350:2000 Steel and iron -- Determination of total carbon and sulfur content -- Infrared absorption method after combustion in an
induction furnace (routine method)
ISO 15351:1999 Steel and iron -- Determination of nitrogen content -- Thermal conductimetric method after fusion in a current of inert
gas (Routine method)
ISO 15353:2001 Steel and iron -- Determination of tin content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method (extraction as Sn-SCN)
ISO 15355:1999 Steel and iron -- Determination of chromium content -- Indirect titration method
ISO 17053:2005 Steel and iron -- Determination of oxygen -- Infrared method after fusion under inert gas
ISO/TR 17055:2002 Steel -- Determination of silicon content -- Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometric method
ISO 17058:2004 Steel and iron -- Determination of arsenic content -- Spectrophotometric method
ISO 17925:2004 Zinc and/or aluminium based coatings on steel -- Determination of coating mass per unit area and chemical
composition -- Gravimetry, inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry and flame atomic absorption
spectrometry
TC 17/SC 3
ISO 630:1995 Structural steels -- Plates, wide flats, bars, sections and profiles
ISO 1052:1982 Steels for general engineering purposes
ISO 4950-1:1995 High yield strength flat steel products -- Part 1: General requirements
ISO 4950-2:1995 High yield strength flat steel products -- Part 2: Products supplied in the normalized or controlled rolled condition
ISO 4950-3:1995 High yield strength flat steel products -- Part 3: Products supplied in the heat-treated (quenched + tempered) condition
ISO 4951-1:2001 High yield strength steel bars and sections -- Part 1: General delivery requirements
ISO 4951-2:2001 High yield strength steel bars and sections -- Part 2: Delivery conditions for normalized, normalized rolled and as-rolled
steels
ISO 4951-3:2001 High yield strength steel bars and sections -- Part 3: Delivery conditions for thermomechanically-rolled steels
ISO 4952:2006 Structural steels with improved atmospheric corrosion resistance
ISO 6930-1:2001 High yield strength steel plates and wide flats for cold forming -- Part 1: Delivery conditions for thermomechanically-
rolled steels
ISO 6930-2:2004 High yield strength steel plates and wide flats for cold forming -- Part 2: Delivery condition for normalized, normalized
rolled and as-rolled steels
ISO 7452:2002 Hot-rolled structural steel plates -- Tolerances on dimensions and shape
ISO 7778:1983 Steel plate with specified through-thickness characteristics
ISO 7788:1985 Steel -- Surface finish of hot-rolled plates and wide flats -- Delivery requirements
ISO 9034:1987 Hot-rolled structural steel wide flats -- Tolerances on dimensions and shape
ISO 20723:2004 Structural steels -- Surface condition of hot-rolled sections -- Delivery requirements
ISO 24314:2006 Structural steels -- Structural steels for building with improved seismic resistance -- Technical delivery conditions

TC 17/SC 4
ISO 683-1:1987 Heat-treatable steels, alloy steels and free-cutting steels -- Part 1: Direct-hardening unalloyed and low-alloyed wrought
steel in form of different black products
ISO 683-9:1988 Heat-treatable steels, alloy steels and free-cutting steels -- Part 9: Wrought free-cutting steels
ISO 683-10:1987 Heat-treatable steels, alloy steels and free-cutting steels -- Part 10: Wrought nitriding steels
ISO 683-11:1987 Heat-treatable steels, alloy steels and free-cutting steels -- Part 11: Wrought case-hardening steels
ISO 683-14:2004 Heat-treatable steels, alloy steels and free-cutting steels -- Part 14: Hot-rolled steels for quenched and tempered
springs
ISO 683-15:1992 Heat-treatable steels, alloy steels and free-cutting steels -- Part 15: Valve steels for internal combustion engines
ISO 683-17:1999 Heat-treated steels, alloy steels and free-cutting steels -- Part 17: Ball and roller bearing steels
ISO 683-18:1996 Heat-treatable steels, alloy steels and free- cutting steels -- Part 18: Bright products of unalloyed and low alloy steels
ISO 4954:1993 Steels for cold heading and cold extruding
ISO 4955:2005 Heat-resistant steels
534
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 4957:1999 Tool steels
ISO 6931-1:1994 Stainless steels for springs -- Part 1: Wire
ISO 6931-2:2005 Stainless steels for springs -- Part 2: Narrow strip
ISO 9442:1988 Steel -- Hot-rolled ribbed and grooved flats for spring leaves -- Tolerances and dimensions
ISO 9443:1991 Heat-treatable and alloy steels -- Surface quality classes for hot-rolled round bars and wire rods -- Technical delivery
conditions
ISO 9444:2002 Continuously hot-rolled stainless steel strip, plate/sheet and cut lengths -- Tolerances on dimensions and form
ISO 9445:2002 Continuously cold-rolled stainless steel narrow strip, wide strip, plate/sheet and cut lengths -- Tolerances on
dimensions and form
ISO/TR 11637:1997 Boron treated engineering steels for quenching and tempering
ISO 11692:1994 Ferritic-pearlitic engineering steels for precipitation hardening from hot-working temperatures
ISO/TS 15510:2003 Stainless steels -- Chemical composition
ISO 16143-1:2004 Stainless steels for general purposes -- Part 1: Flat products
ISO 16143-2:2004 Stainless steels for general purposes -- Part 2: Semi-finished products, bars, rods and sections
ISO 16143-3:2005 Stainless steels for general purposes -- Part 3: Wire
ISO 18286:2004 Hot-rolled stainless steel plates -- Tolerances on dimensions and shape

TC 17/SC 7
ISO 642:1999 Steel -- Hardenability test by end quenching (Jominy test)
ISO 643:2003 Steels -- Micrographic determination of the apparent grain size
ISO 2639:2002 Steels -- Determination and verification of the depth of carburized and hardened cases
ISO 3651-1:1998 Determination of resistance to intergranular corrosion of stainless steels -- Part 1: Austenitic and ferritic-austenitic
(duplex) stainless steels -- Corrosion test in nitric acid medium by measurement of loss in mass (Huey test)
ISO 3651-2:1998 Determination of resistance to intergranular corrosion of stainless steels -- Part 2: Ferritic,austenitic and ferritic-
austenitic (duplex) stainless steels -- Corrosion test in media containing sulfuric acid
ISO 3754:1976 Steel -- Determination of effective depth of hardening after flame or induction hardening
ISO 3763:1976 Wrought steels -- Macroscopic methods for assessing the content of non-metallic inclusions
ISO 3887:2003 Steels -- Determination of depth of decarburization
ISO 4967:1998 Steel -- Determination of content of nonmetallic inclusions -- Micrographic method using standard diagrams
ISO 4968:1979 Steel -- Macrographic examination by sulfur print (Baumann method)
ISO 4969:1980 Steel -- Macroscopic examination by etching with strong mineral acids
ISO 4970:1979 Steel -- Determination of total or effective thickness of thin surface-hardened layers
ISO 5949:1983 Tool steels and bearing steels -- Micrographic method for assessing the distribution of carbides using reference
photomicrographs
ISO 9042:1988 Steels -- Manual point counting method for statistically estimating the volume fraction of a constituent with a point grid
ISO 14250:2000 Steel -- Metallographic characterization of duplex grain size and distributions
ISO 17577:2006 Steel -- Ultrasonic testing for steel flat products of thickness equal to or greater than 6 mm

TC 17/SC 9
ISO 11949:1995 Cold-reduced electrolytic tinplate
ISO 11950:1995 Cold-reduced electrolytic chromium/chromium oxide-coated steel
ISO 11951:1995 Cold-reduced blackplate in coil form for the production of tinplate or electrolytic chromium/chromium oxide-coated steel

TC 17/SC 10
ISO 4978:1983 Flat rolled steel products for welded gas cylinders
ISO 9327-1:1999 Steel forgings and rolled or forged bars for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 1: General
requirements
ISO 9327-2:1999 Steel forgings and rolled or forged bars for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 2: Non-alloy and
alloy (Mo, Cr and CrMo) steels with specified elevated temperature properties
ISO 9327-3:1999 Steel forgings and rolled or forged bars for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 3: Nickel steels
with specified low temperature properties
ISO 9327-4:1999 Steel forgings and rolled or forged bars for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 4: Weldable fine
grain steels with high proof strength
ISO 9327-5:1999 Steel forgings and rolled or forged bars for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 5: Stainless
535
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
steels
ISO 9328-1:2003 Steel flat products for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 1: General requirements
ISO 9328-2:2004 Steel flat products for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 2: Non-alloy and alloy steels with
specified elevated temperature properties
ISO 9328-3:2004 Steel flat products for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 3: Weldable fine grain steels,
normalized
ISO 9328-4:2004 Steel flat products for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 4: Nickel-alloy steels with specified
low temperature properties
ISO 9328-5:2004 Steel flat products for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 5: Weldable fine grain steels,
thermomechanically rolled
ISO 9328-6:2004 Steel flat products for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 6: Weldable fine grain steels,
quenched and tempered
ISO 9328-7:2004 Steel flat products for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 7: Stainless steels
ISO/TR 15461:1997 Steel forgings -- Testing frequency, sampling conditions and test methods for mechanical tests

TC 17/SC 11
ISO 3755:1991 Cast carbon steels for general engineering purposes
ISO 4986:1992 Steel castings -- Magnetic particle inspection
ISO 4987:1992 Steel castings -- Penetrant inspection
ISO 4990:2003 Steel castings -- General technical delivery requirements
ISO 4991:2005 Steel castings for pressure purposes
ISO 4992-1:2006 Steel castings -- Ultrasonic examination -- Part 1: Steel castings for general purposes
ISO 4992-2:2006 Steel castings -- Ultrasonic examination -- Part 2: Steel castings for highly stressed components
ISO 4993:1987 Steel castings -- Radiographic inspection
ISO 9477:1992 High strength cast steels for general engineering and structural purposes
ISO 11970:2001 Specification and approval of welding procedures for production welding of steel castings
ISO 11971:1997 Visual examination of surface quality of steel castings
ISO 11972:1998 Corrosion-resistant cast steels for general applications
ISO 11973:1999 Heat-resistant cast steels and alloys for general applications
ISO 13520:2002 Determination of ferrite content in austenitic stainless steel castings
ISO 13521:1999 Austenitic manganese steel castings
ISO 13583-1:2000 Centrifugally cast steel and alloy products -- Part 1: General testing and tolerances
ISO 13583-2:2003 Centrifugally cast steel and alloy products -- Part 2: Heat resistant materials
ISO 14737:2003 Cast non-alloy and low alloy steels for general applications
ISO 16468:2005 Investment castings (steel, nickel alloys and cobalt alloys) -- General technical requirements
ISO 19959:2005 Visual examination of the surface condition of investment castings -- Steel, nickel alloys and cobalt alloys
ISO 19960:2005 Cast steels and alloys with special physical properties

TC 17/SC 12
ISO 3573:1999 Hot-rolled carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities
ISO 3574:1999 Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities
ISO 3575:2005 Continuous hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities
ISO 4960:1999 Cold-reduced carbon steel strip with a carbon content over 0,25 %
ISO 4995:2001 Hot-rolled steel sheet of structural quality
ISO 4996:1999 Hot-rolled steel sheet of high yield stress structural quality
ISO 4997:1999 Cold-reduced steel sheet of structural quality
ISO 4998:2005 Continuous hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of structural quality
ISO 4999:2005 Continuous hot-dip terne (lead alloy) coated cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial, drawing and structural
qualities
ISO 5000:2005 Continuous hot-dip aluminium-silicon-coated cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities
ISO 5001:1999 Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet for vitreous enamelling
ISO 5002:1999 Hot-rolled and cold-reduced electrolytic zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities
ISO 5950:2000 Continuous electrolytic tin-coated cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities
536
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 5951:2001 Hot-rolled steel sheet of higher yield strength with improved formability
ISO 5952:2005 Continuously hot-rolled steel sheet of structural quality with improved atmospheric corrosion resistance
ISO 5954:1998 Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet according to hardness requirements
ISO 6316:2000 Hot-rolled steel strip of structural quality
ISO 6317:2000 Hot-rolled carbon steel strip of commercial and drawing qualities
ISO 6932:2001 Cold-reduced carbon steel strip with a maximum carbon content of 0,25 %
ISO 9364:2006 Continuous hot-dip aluminium/zinc-coated steel sheet of commercial, drawing and structural qualities
ISO 10384:2001 Hot-rolled carbon steel sheet as defined by chemical composition
ISO 13887:2004 Cold-reduced steel sheet of higher yield strength with improved formability
ISO 13976:2005 Hot-rolled steel sheet in coils of structural quality and heavy thickness
ISO 14590:2005 Cold-reduced steel sheet of high tensile strength and low yield point with improved formability
ISO 14788:2005 Continuous hot-dip zinc-5 % aluminium alloy coated steel sheet
ISO 15812:2001 Continuous mill flat rolled products -- Guidelines for improved ordering communication
ISO 16160:2005 Continuously hot-rolled steel sheet products -- Dimensional and shape tolerances
ISO 16162:2005 Continuously cold-rolled steel sheet products -- Dimensional and shape tolerances
ISO 16163:2005 Continuously hot-dipped coated steel sheet products -- Dimensional and shape tolerances
ISO 16172:2006 Continuous hot-dip metallic-coated steel sheet for corrugated steel pipe
ISO 20805:2005 Hot-rolled steel sheet in coils of higher yield strength with improved formability and heavy thickness for cold forming

TC 17/SC 15
ISO 5003:1980 Flat bottom railway rails and special rail sections for switches and crossings of non-treated steel -- Technical delivery
requirements
ISO 6305-2:1983 Railway components -- Technical delivery requirements -- Part 2: Unalloyed carbon steel baseplates
ISO 6305-3:1983 Railway components -- Technical delivery requirements -- Part 3: Steel sleepers
ISO 6305-4:1985 Railway components -- Technical delivery requirements -- Part 4: Untreated steel nuts and bolts and high-strength
nuts and bolts for fish-plates and fastenings
TC 17/SC 16
ISO 6934-1:1991 Steel for the prestressing of concrete -- Part 1: General requirements
ISO 6934-2:1991 Steel for the prestressing of concrete -- Part 2: Cold-drawn wire
ISO 6934-3:1991 Steel for the prestressing of concrete -- Part 3: Quenched and tempered wire
ISO 6934-4:1991 Steel for the prestressing of concrete -- Part 4: Strand
ISO 6934-5:1991 Steel for the prestressing of concrete -- Part 5: Hot-rolled steel bars with or without subsequent processing
ISO 6935-1:1991 Steel for the reinforcement of concrete -- Part 1: Plain bars
ISO 6935-2:1991 Steel for the reinforcement of concrete -- Part 2: Ribbed bars
ISO 6935-3:1992 Steel for the reinforcement of concrete -- Part 3: Welded fabric
ISO 10144:1991 Certification scheme for steel bars and wires for the reinforcement of concrete structures
ISO 10544:1992 Cold-reduced steel wire for the reinforcement of concrete and the manufacture of welded fabric
ISO 11082:1992 Certification scheme for welded fabric for the reinforcement of concrete structures
ISO/TR 12662:1997 Certification scheme for prestressing steels
ISO 14654:1999 Epoxy-coated steel for the reinforcement of concrete
ISO 14655:1999 Epoxy-coated strand for the prestressing of concrete
ISO 14656:1999 Epoxy powder and sealing material for the coating of steel for the reinforcement of concrete
ISO 14657:2005 Zinc-coated steel for the reinforcement of concrete
ISO 15630-1:2002 Steel for the reinforcement and prestressing of concrete -- Test methods -- Part 1: Reinforcing bars, wire rod and wire
ISO 15630-2:2002 Steel for the reinforcement and prestressing of concrete -- Test methods -- Part 2: Welded fabric
ISO 15630-3:2002 Steel for the reinforcement and prestressing of concrete -- Test methods -- Part 3: Prestressing steel
ISO 16020:2005 Steel for the reinforcement and prestressing of concrete -- Vocabulary

TC 17/SC 17
ISO 7900:2006 Steel wire and wire products for fences -- Zinc- and zinc-alloy-coated steel barbed wire
ISO 7989:1988 Zinc coatings for steel wire
ISO 7989-1:2006 Steel wire and wire products -- Non-ferrous metallic coatings on steel wire -- Part 1: General principles
537
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 8458-1:2002 Steel wire for mechanical springs -- Part 1: General requirements
ISO 8458-2:2002 Steel wire for mechanical springs -- Part 2: Patented cold-drawn non-alloy steel wire
ISO 8458-3:2002 Steel wire for mechanical springs -- Part 3: Oil-hardened and tempered wire
ISO 16120-1:2001 Non-alloy steel wire rod for conversion to wire -- Part 1: General requirements
ISO 16120-2:2001 Non-alloy steel wire rod for conversion to wire -- Part 2: Specific requirements for general purpose wire rod
ISO 16120-3:2001 Non-alloy steel wire rod for conversion to wire -- Part 3: Specific requirements for rimmed and rimmed-substitute, low-
carbon steel wire rod
ISO 16120-4:2001 Non-alloy steel wire rod for conversion to wire -- Part 4: Specific requirements for wire rod for special applications
ISO 16124:2004 Steel wire rod -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 16650:2004 Bead wire
ISO 23717:2006 Steel wire and wire products -- Hose reinforcement wire

TC 17/SC 19
ISO 6758:1980 Welded steel tubes for heat exchangers
ISO 6759:1980 Seamless steel tubes for heat exchangers
ISO 9302:1994 Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Electromagnetic testing for
verification of hydraulic leak-tightness
ISO 9303:1989 Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Full peripheral ultrasonic
testing for the detection of longitudinal imperfections
ISO 9304:1989 Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Eddy current testing for the
detection of imperfections
ISO 9305:1989 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Full peripheral ultrasonic testing for the detection of transverse
imperfections
ISO 9329-1:1989 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 1: Unalloyed steels with specified
room temperature properties
ISO 9329-2:1997 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 2: Unalloyed and alloyed steels
with specified elevated temperature properties
ISO 9329-3:1997 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 3: Unalloyed and alloyed steels
with specified low temperature properties
ISO 9329-4:1997 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 4: Austenitic stainless steels
ISO 9330-1:1990 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 1: Unalloyed steel tubes with
specified room temperature properties
ISO 9330-2:1997 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 2: Electric resistance and induction
welded unalloyed and alloyed steel tubes with specified elevated temperature properties
ISO 9330-3:1997 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 3: Electric resistance and induction
welded unalloyed and alloyed steel tubes with specified low temperature properties
ISO 9330-4:2000 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 4: Submerged arc-welded unalloyed
and alloyed steel tubes with specified elevated temperature properties
ISO 9330-5:2000 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 5: Submerged arc-welded unalloyed
and alloyed steel tubes with specified low temperature properties
ISO 9330-6:1997 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Technical delivery conditions -- Part 6: Longitudinally welded austenitic
stainless steel tubes
ISO 9402:1989 Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Full peripheral magnetic
transducer/flux leakage testing of ferromagnetic steel tubes for the detection of longitudinal imperfections
ISO 9598:1989 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Full peripheral magnetic transducer/flux leakage testing of
ferromagnetic steel tubes for the detection of transverse imperfections
ISO 9764:1989 Electric resistance and induction welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Ultrasonic testing of the weld seam for
the detection of longitudinal imperfections
ISO 9765:1990 Submerged arc-welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Ultrasonic testing of the weld seam for the detection of
longitudinal and/or transverse imperfections
ISO 10124:1994 Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Ultrasonic testing for the
detection of laminar imperfections
ISO 10332:1994 Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Ultrasonic testing for the
verification of hydraulic leak-tightness
ISO 10543:1993 Seamless and hot-stretch-reduced welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Full peripheral ultrasonic thickness
testing
ISO 11484:1994 Steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Qualification and certification of non-destructive testing (NDT) personnel

538
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 11496:1993 Seamless and welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Ultrasonic testing of tube ends for the detection of laminar
imperfections
ISO 12094:1994 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Ultrasonic testing for the detection of laminar imperfections in strips/plates
used in the manufacture of welded tubes
ISO 12095:1994 Seamless and welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Liquid penetrant testing
ISO 12096:1996 Submerged arc-welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Radiographic testing of the weld seam for the detection of
imperfections
ISO 13663:1995 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Ultrasonic testing of the area adjacent to the weld seam for the detection
of laminar imperfections

ISO 13664:1997 Seamless and welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Magnetic particle inspection of the tube ends for the
detection of laminar imperfections
ISO 13665:1997 Seamless and welded steel tubes for pressure purposes -- Magnetic particle inspection of the tube body for the
detection of surface imperfections
TC 17/SC 20
ISO 377:1997 Steel and steel products -- Location and preparation of samples and test pieces for mechanical testing
ISO 404:1992 Steel and steel products -- General technical delivery requirements
ISO 2566-1:1984 Steel -- Conversion of elongation values -- Part 1: Carbon and low alloy steels
ISO 2566-2:1984 Steel -- Conversion of elongation values -- Part 2: Austenitic steels
ISO/TR 6306:1989 Chemical analysis of steel -- Order of listing elements
ISO/TR 10108:1989 Steel -- Conversion of hardness values to tensile strength values
ISO 10474:1991 Steel and steel products -- Inspection documents

TC 25 Cast iron and pig iron


TC 105 Steel wire ropes
TC 111 Round steel link chains, chain slings, components and accessories

25.200 Heat treatment


25.220 Surface treatment and coating
Including processes and equipment for surface treatment and coating
Corrosion of metals, see 77.060
Heat treatment, see 25.200
Paint coating, see 87.020 Surface treatment and coating in aerospace industry, see 49.040
25.180 Industrial furnaces

RELATED HANDBOOKS
ISO
Handbook 28: Pipes, fittings and valves (2 volumes)
Vol. 1: Metallic products (1986).
Vol. 2: Plastic products (1986).
Handbook 29: Steel (3 volumes)
Vol. 1: General rules; chemical analysis; test methods; dimensions and tolerances (1986).
Vol. 2: Steel for general use, steels for structural purposes: steel for pressure purposes; heat treated steels (1986).
Vol. 3: Coated steel, tinplate and blackplate; railway steel products; steel tubes; magnetic steels (1986).
Handbook 31: Mechanical testing of metallic materials (1988).
Available from ANSI or ISO; see Table 1-1 or go to link http://www.iso.org/iso/en/prods-
services/otherpubs/Handbooks.PublicationList?CLASSIFICATION=HANDBOOKS.

539
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 11

Nonferrous Material
SUMMARY
Only copper and aluminum products are covered in this chapter. Major industrial countries, such as Japan, Germany,
France, and Italy, have produced nonferrous material dimensioned to metric modules for a number of years, and the
material standards1 for nonferrous sizes reflect the available commercial sizes in these countries.
The American National Standards Institute issued American National Standards B32.100-2005 for preferred metric sizes
for flat, round, square, rectangular, and hexagonal metal products. The preferred metric sizes were the result of the
informational input of representatives from industries and professional societies, as well as the experience of other
countries where the metric system has been in use.

DESCRIPTION OF TABLES
The nonferrous material dimension tables given in this chapter list standard metric sizes produced in major countries
using the metric system. Linear dimensions, section areas, and mass per length of area are shown both in SI units and in
customary inch units in the left-hand portions of each table. The left-most columns in the tables, which are headed in
vertical fashion by ISO, ANSI, DIN, or BS, indicates the preference rating in the appropriate standard from which the
metric sizes are chosen. In the right-hand portions of the tables, national standards for the applicable products are listed
with their specified preference ratings.
Tolerances shown in the right-hand portions of the tables are in millimeters, and are listed by column under a heading
noting the original standard. Most of the tolerances are specified within the ISO system of limits and fits which is covered
in national product standards throughout the world.
All conversions and calculations were processed by a computer, and the data shown are rounded off to the nearest
number in each case. The computer exponential “E” format (see Table 2-2) was selected in order to cover a wide range of
sizes and at the same time present a three-significant-digit accuracy for all numbers shown. The maximum error range is
from 0.5% to 0.05%. The standard density for copper used is 8900 kg mass per cubic meter, and for aluminum, 2700 kg
mass per cubic meter. The density is not constant, and varies with added alloying materials.

WORLD STANDARDS FOR NONFERROUS PLATE AND SHEET


Table 11-1. Cold Rolled Copper and Copper Alloy Sheets (ANSI B32.100). The nominal thicknesses in the range
from 0.1 to 10 mm have been based on the ANSI B32.100 standard, and the tolerances shown are based on DIN 1751 for
cold rolled copper sheets.

Table 11-2. Cold Rolled Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheets (ANSI B32.100). Aluminum sheets are shown in
sizes ranging from 0.25 to 15 mm thicknesses with preference ratings as specified in ANSI B32.100. The tolerances
shown are for aluminum sheets of Material Group I in DIN 1783, which is applicable for most aluminum sheet products.

Table 11-3. Cold Rolled Copper and Copper Alloy Plates (ANSI B32.100). Copper plates in thicknesses from 3 to 50
mm are shown in Table 11-3, and the selection of sizes has been based on ANSI B32.100. The tolerances listed are
those specified in the Japanese Standard JIS H3111 for oxygen-free copper sheets and plates.

Table 11-4. Hot Rolled Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Plates (ANSI B32.100). Hot-rolled aluminum plates in
thicknesses from 5 to 100 mm have been selected from ANSI B32.100, and some tolerances from DIN 59600 for sheets
and rounds made of hot rolled aluminum are also shown.

540
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORLD NONFERROUS WIRE STANDARDS
Table 11-5. Copper Wires for Electrical Winding (DIN 46461). The wire diameters in ranges from 0.04 to 8 mm, and
the tolerances shown in Table 11-5 have been based on DIN 46461. The above standard is an agreement with IEC 182-4
for basic dimensions of winding wires and the ISO 388 diameter of wire recommendation.

Table 11-6. Aluminum Wire Sizes for Electrical Winding (BS 4391). Aluminum wire diameters in sizes ranging from
0.1 to 10 mm have been based on BS 4391. The tolerances shown are those from DIN 46420.

WORLD NONFERROUS BAR STANDARDS


Table 11-7. Round Copper Bar Sizes (DIN 1756 - ISO Tolerance h11). Round copper bars in sizes ranging from 3 to
80 mm with tolerances based on the DIN 1756 are shown in Table 11-7.

Table 11-8. Round Aluminum Bar Sizes (DIN 1798 - ISO Tolerance h11). The aluminum bar diameters shown in
Table 11-8 range from 3 to 100 mm, and the tolerances and nominal sizes are based on DIN 1798 for round aluminum
bars.

Table 11-9. Square Copper Bar Sizes (DIN 1761 - ISO Tolerance h11). Square copper bars in sizes ranging from 2 to
100 mm are shown in Table 11-9, and the tolerances and sizes up to 60 mm are specified in DIN 1761 for square drawn
copper bars.

Table 11-10. Square Aluminum Bar Sizes (DIN 1796 - ISO Tolerance h11). Aluminum bars with square cross
sections are shown for sizes ranging from 3 to 200 mm in Table 11-10. The nominal sizes and tolerances listed in the
above tables have been based on data from DIN 1796 on square drawn aluminum bars.

Table 11-11. Hexagon Copper Bar Sizes (DIN 1763 - ISO Tolerance h11). Copper bars with hexagonal cross
sections in sizes ranging from 3 to 115 mm are shown in Table 11-11. Widths across flats and tolerances listed are
specified in DIN 1763 for hexagon drawn copper bars. Products with ISO limits and fits tolerances shown are available in
countries using the metric system.

Table 11-12. Hexagon Aluminum Bar Sizes (DIN 1797 - ISO Tolerance h11). Hexagon aluminum bars in sizes
ranging from 3 to 105 mm are compared worldwide in Table 11-12. DIN 1797 has been the basis for sizes and tolerances
listed.

Table 11-13. Rectangular Copper Bar Sizes (DIN 1759). National standards for rectangular copper bars in sizes
ranging from 5 x 2 to 150 x 40 mm have been compared in Table 11-13. DIN 1759 has provided the basis for nominal
sizes and tolerances shown. The German standard tolerances listed are applicable for material in Group I as defined in
DIN 1759, which covers most copper and copper alloy types.

Table 11-14. Rectangular Aluminum Bar Sizes (DIN 1769). DIN 1769 covers drawn aluminum and aluminum alloy
bars and the tolerances shown are for material group I (group II has larger tolerances). See the standard for the aluminum
alloys belonging to each group.

WORLD NONFERROUS TUBE STANDARDS


Table 11-15. Copper Tubing for General Purposes (ISO 274). ISO 274 specifies dimensions for copper tubes for
circular sections, and copper tubes in sizes ranging from 3 to 80 mm are listed and compared with national standards in
major countries on the metric system. The deviation shown in Table 11-15 is for seamless copper tubes, and it is an
average tolerance applicable to the outside tube diameter.

Table 11-16. Aluminum Tubing for General Purposes (DIN 1795). Seamless aluminum tubes for general purposes in
sizes ranging from 3 to 60 mm diameters are compared worldwide in Table 11-16. The tolerances for the outside
diameters shown in “A” in the table are specified in DIN 1795 as a mean value.

541
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-1 COLD ROLLED COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY SHEETS (ANSI B32.100)

SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


ANSI D MASS ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
B32.100 mm kg/m B32.100 H3111 1751 2870 3233 1566
F 0.1 0.89 F F±0.02 F F
T 0.11 0.979 T ± 0.02 S
S 0.12 1.07 S F± 0.02 F
T 0.14 1.25 T ± 0.02 S
F 0.16 1.42 F 0.15F F± 0.02 0.15 F F
T 0.18 1.6 T F±0.03 S
S 0.2 1.78 S F F±0.03 F F
T 0.22 1.96 T F±0.03 S
F 0.25 2.22 F F F±0.03 F F F
T 0.28 2.49 T ±0.03 S
S 0.3 2.67 S F F±0.03 F F F
T 0.35 3.11 T F ±0.03 F S
F 0.4 3.56 F F F±0.04 F F F
T 0.45 4 T F F±0.04 S
S 0.5 4.45 S F F±0.04 F F F
T 0.55 4.89 T ±0.04 S S
F 0.6 5.34 F F F±0.04 F F F
T 0.7 6.23 T, 0.65T F F±0.04 S F S
S 0.8 7.12 S, 0.75T F F±0.05 F F F
T 0.9 8.01 T F±0.05 S F S
F 1 8.9 F F F±0.05 F F F
T 1.1 9.79 T F±0.05 S
S 1.2 10.7 S F F±0.06 F F F
T 1.4 12.5 T F F±0.06 F S
T 1.5 13.3 T F F±0.07 F
F 1.6 14.2 F F F±0.07 F F F
T 1.8 16 T, 1.7T F F±0.07 F S
S 2 17.8 S F F±0.08 F F F
T 2.2 19.6 T 2.3F F±0.08 F S
F 2.5 22.2 F F F±0.09 F F F
T 2.8 24.9 T, 2.6T F±0.09 F S
S 3 26.7 S F F±0.1 F F F
T 3.2 28.5 T F F±0.1 F
T 3.5 31.1 T F F±0.11 F S
F 4 35.6 F, 3.8T F F±0.12 F F F
T 4.5 40 T F±0.13 F S
S 5 44.5 S F F±0.13 F F F
T 5.5 48.9 T S
F 6 53.4 F F F F F
T 7 62.3 T F F S
S 8 71.2 S, 7.5T F F F F
T 9 80 T F S
F 10 89 F F F F F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1751 and shown in that column.

542
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-2 COLD ROLLED ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM ALLOY SHEETS (ANSI B32.100)

SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


ANSI D MASS ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
B32.100 mm kg/m B32.100 1783 DD5 4196 1123
F 0.25 0.675 F F F
T 0.28 0.756 T S
S 0.3 0.81 S F F
T 0.35 0.945 T S
F 0.4 1.08 F F±0.02 F F F
T 0.45 1.21 T S
S 0.5 1.35 S F±0.03 F F F
T 0.55 1.48 T S
F 0.6 1.62 F F±0.03 F F F
T 0.7 1.89 T, 0.65T S S
S 0.8 2.16 S, 0.75T F±0.03 F F F
T 0.9 2.43 T S S
F 1 2.7 F F±0.04 F F F
T 1.1 2.97 T S
S 1.2 3.24 S F±0.04 F F F
T 1.4 3.78 T S
T 1.5 4.05 T F±0.04 F
F 1.6 4.32 F F F
T 1.8 4.86 T, 1.7T F±0.05 S
S 2 5.4 S F±0.05 F F F
T 2.2 5.94 T S
F 2.5 6.75 F F±0.06 F F F
T 2.8 7.56 T, 2.6T S
S 3 8.1 S F±0.07 F F F
T 3.5 9.45 T F±0.08 S
F 4 10.8 F F±0.09 F F F
T 4.5 12.1 T S
S 5 13.5 S F±0.1 F F F
T 5.5 14.8 T S
F 6 16.2 F F F F F
T 7 18.9 T S
S 8 21.6 S, 7.5T F F F F
T 9 24.3 T S
F 10 27 F F F F F
S 12 32.4 S, 11T F
T 15 40.5 T, 14T F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1783 and shown in that column.

543
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-3 COLD ROLLED COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY PLATES (ANSI B32.100)

SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


ANSI D MASS ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
B32.100 mm kg/m B32.100 H3111 1751 2875 3233 1566
S 3 26.7 S F±0.09 F F F F
T 3.2 28.5 T F±0.09 F F
T 3.5 31.1 T F±0.11 F F
T 3.8 33.8 T F±0.11
F 4 35.6 F F±0.11 F F F F
4.2 37.4 F±0.11
T 4.5 40 T F±0.11 F F
4.8 42.7 F±0.11
S 5 44.5 S F±0.11 F F F F
T 5.5 48.9 T F±0.14
F 6 53.4 F F±0.14 F F F
T 7 62.3 T, 7.5T F±0.14 F
S 8 71.2 S F±0.14 F F F
T 9 80.1 T F±0.2
F 10 89 F F±0.2 F F F
T 11 97.9 T F±0.2 F
S 12 107 S F±0.2 F F F
T 14 125 T F±0.25 S
T 15 133 T F±0.25
F 16 142 F F±0.25 F F
T 18 160 T ±0.25 S
S 20 178 S F±0.25 F F
T 22 196 T ±1.4% S
F 25 222 F ±1.4% F F
T 28 249 T ±1.4% S F
S 30 267 S ±1.4% F
T 32 285 T F
T 35 311 T S
T 38 338 T 36 F
F 40 356 F F F
T 45 400 T S F
S 50 445 S F F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the Japanese standard JIS H3111 and shown in that column.

544
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-4 HOT ROLLED ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM ALLOY PLATES (ANSI B32.100)

SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


ANSI D MASS ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
B32.100 mm kg/m B32.100 59600 1470 4196 1184
S 5 13.5 S, 4.5T F±0.18 F F
F 6 16.2 F, 5.5T F±0.2 F F
T 7 18.9 T S
S 8 21.6 S, 7.5T F±0.21 F F F
T 9 24.3 T S
F 10 27 F F±0.24 F F F
T 11 29.7 T S
S 12 32.4 S F±0.27 F F
T 14 37.8 T S S
T 15 40.5 T F±0.32
F 16 43.2 F F F
T 18 48.6 T S S
S 20 54 S F±0.4 F F
T 22 59.4 T S S
F 25 67.5 F F±0.47 F F
T 28 75.6 T S S
S 30 81 S F±0.55 F
T 32 86.4 T F
T 35 94.5 T S 36S
F 40 108 F, 38T F±0.7 F F
T 45 121 T S S
S 50 135 S F F
T 55 148 T S S
F 60 162 F F F
T 70 189 T S S
75 202 S
S 80 216 S F F
T 90 243 T S S
F 100 270 F F F
3
NOTES: 1.Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 59600 and shown in that column.

545
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-5 COPPER WIRES FOR ELECTRICAL WINDING (DIN 46461)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


DIN D AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
46461 mm mm kg/m B32.100 H3503 46461 C31-111 2873 3605 1573
F 0.04 1.26E-03 1.12E-05 F F±8% F F
F 0.045 1.59E-03 1.42E-05 T F±8% S
F 0.05 1.96E-03 1.75E-05 S F±8% F F
F 0.056 2.46E-03 2.19E-05 0.055T F±8% S
S 0.06 2.83E-03 2.52E-05 F S±8% T
F 0.063 3.12E-03 2.77E-05 0.065T F±8% F F
S 0.07 3.85E-03 3.45E-05 T S±8%
F 0.071 3.96E-03 3.52E-05 F±8% F S
F 0.08 5.03E-03 4.47E-05 S F±8% F F
F 0.09 6.36E-03 5.66E-05 T F±8% F S
F 0.1 7.85E-03 6.99E-05 F F±8% F F F F
S 0.11 9.50E-03 8.46E-05 T S±8% F
F 0.112 9.85E-03 8.77E-05 F±7% F $ S
S 0.12 1.13E-02 1.01E-04 S S±7% F
F 0.125 1.23E-02 1.09E-04 F±7% F F F
S 0.13 1.33E-02 1.18E-04 S±7%
F 0.14 1.54E-02 1.37E-04 T F±7% F S F S
S 0.15 1.77E-02 1.57E-04 S±7% S
F 0.16 2.01E-02 1.75E-04 F F±7% F F F F
F 0.18 2.54E-02 2.26E-04 T F±7% F S F S
F 0.2 3.14E-02 2.80E-04 S F±6% F F F F
S 0.22 3.80E-02 3.30E-04 T S±6% F
F 0.224 3.94E-02 3.51E-04 F±6% F S S
F 0.25 4.91E-02 4.37E-04 F F±6% F F F F
F 0.28 6.16E-02 5.46E-04 T F±6% F S F S
5 0.3 7.07E-02 6.29E-04 S S±6% S F
F 0.315 7.79E-02 6.94E-04 F±5% F F F
S 0.32 8.04E-02 7.16E-04 S±5% F
S 0.35 9.62E-02 8.56E-04 T S±5% F
F 0.355 9.90E-02 8.81E-04 F±5% F S 0.38E S
F 0.4 1.26E-01 1.12E-03 F F±5% F F F F
F 0.45 1.59E-01 1.42E-03 T F±5% F S F.0.42F S
F 0.5 1.96E-01 1.75E-03 S F±5% F F F.0.48F F
S 0.55 2.38E-01 2.11E-03 T S±4% F.0.52F
F 0.56 2.46E-01 2.19E-03 F±4% F S 0.58 F S
S 0.6 2.63E-01 2.52E-03 F S±4% S F
F 0.63 0.312 2.77E-03 F±4% F F F
S 0.65 0.332 2.95E-03 S±4% F
S 0.7 0.385 3.43E-03 T S±4% F
F 0.71 0.396 3.52E-03 F±4% F S S
F 0.75 0.442 3.93E-03 F±4% F T F
F 0.8 0.503 4.47E-03 S F±4% F F F F
F 0.85 0.567 5.05E-03 F±4% F T F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1751 and shown in that column.

546
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-5 COPPER WIRES FOR ELECTRICAL WINDING (CONT'D)(DIN 46461)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


DIN D AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
46461 mm mm kg/m B32.100 H3503 46461 C31-111 2873 3605 1573
F 0.9 6.36E-01 5.66E-03 T F±4% F S F S
F 0.95 7.09E-01 6.31E-03 F±4% F T F
F 1 7.85E-01 6.99E-03 F F±4% F F F F
F 1.06 8.82E-01 7.850E-03 F±4% F T
S 1.1 9.500E-01 8.46E-03 T S±4% F
F 1.12 9.85E-01 8.77E-03 F±4% F S S
1.18 1.090E+00 9.73E-03 ±4% F T
S 1.2 1.13E+00 1.010E-02 S S±4% F
F 1.25 1.230E+00 1.09E-02 F±4% F F F
1.32 1.370E+00 1.22E-02 ±4% F T 1.3 F
F 1.4 1.540E+00 1.370E-02 T F±4% F S F S
F 1.5 1.770E+00 1.570E-02 F±4% F T F
F 1.6 2.010E+00 1.790E-02 F F±4% F F F F
1.7 2.270E+00 2.020E-02 ±4% F T F
F 1.8 2.540E+00 2.260E-02 T F±4% F S F S
1.9 2.84E+00 2.520E-02 ±4% F T F
F 2 3.140E+00 2.800E-02 S F±4% F F F F
2.12 3.530E+00 3.140E-02 ±4% F T 2.1 F
S 2.2 3.900E+00 3.380E-02 T S±4% F
F 2.24 3.94E+00 3.51E-02 F±4% F S S
2.36 4.37E+00 3.890E-02 2.4T ±4% F T 2.3 F
F 2.5 4.910E+00 4.37E-02 F F±4% F F F, 2.4F F
2.65 5.52E+00 4.910E-02 2.6T ±4% F T 2.6 F
F 2.8 6.16E+00 5.480E-02 T F±4% F S F S
F 3 7.07E+00 6.29E-02 S F±4% F T F
F 3.15 1.790E+00 6.94E-02 F±4% F F F
S 3.2 8.04E+00 7.16E-02 T S±4% F
3.35 8.91E+00 7.840E-02 ±4% F T
S 3.5 9.620E+00 8.56E-02 T S±4% F
F 3.55 9.90E+00 8.81E-02 F±4% F S S
3.75 1.100E+01 9.830E-02 3.8T ±4% F T 3.8 F
F 4 1.260E+01 1.12E-01 F F±4% F F F F
4.25 1.420E+01 1.26E-01 ±4% F T 4.2 F
F 4.5 1.590E+01 1.42E-01 T F±4% F S F S
4.75 1.77E+01 1.58E-01 4.8T ±4% F T 4.8 F
F 5 1.960E+01 1.750E-01 S F±4% F F F F
5.3 2.21E+01 1.96E-01 ±4% F T 5.2 F
S 5.5 2.38E+01 2.11E-01 T S±4% F
F 5.6 2.46E+01 2.19E-01 F±4% F S 5.8 F S
F 6 2.83E+01 2.52E-01 F F±4% F T F
F 6.3 3.12E+01 2.77E-01 6.5T F±4% F F 6.5F F
7.1 3.96E+01 3.52E-01 7T ±4% F S 7F S
8 5.03E+01 4.47E-01 S ±4% F F F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1751 and shown in that column.

547
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-6 ALUMINUM WIRE SIZES FOR ELECTRICAL WINDING (BS 4391)

MASS
SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK AUSTRAL
PER ITALY
BS D AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
4391 mm mm kg/m B32.100 46420 4391 3817 1153
F 0.1 7.850E-03 2.120E-05 F F±0.02 F F
S 0.112 9.850E-03 2.660E-05 0.11T F±0.02 S S
F 0.125 1.230E-02 3.330E-05 0.12S F±0.02 F F
S 0.14 1.540E-02 4.160E-05 T F±0.02 S S
F 0.16 2.010E-02 5.430E-05 F F±0.02 F F
S 0.18 2.540E-02 6.870E-05 T F±0.02 S S
F 0.2 3.140E-02 8.480E-05 S F±0.02 F F F
0.22 3.800E-02 1.03E-01 T ±0.02 F
S 0.224 3.940E-02 1.06E-04 F±0.02 S S
F 0.25 4.910E-02 1.330E-04 F F±0.025 F F F
S 0.28 6.160E-02 1.660E-04 T F±0.025 S F S
0.3 7.070E-02 1.910E-04 S ±0.025 F
F 0.315 7.790E-02 2.100E-04 F±0.025 F 0.32 F F
0.35 9.620E-02 2.600E-04 T ±0.025 F
S 0.355 9.900E-02 2.670E-04 F±0.025 S S
F,
F 0.4 1.260E-01 3.390E-04 F F±0.03 F
0.38F
F
F,
S 0.45 1.590E-01 4.290E-04 T F±0.03 S
0.42F
S
F,
F 0.5 1.96E-01 5.300E-04 S F±0.03 F
0.48F
F
F,
0.55 2.380E-01 6.410E-04 T ±0.03
0.52F
S 0.56 2.460E-01 6.65E-04 F±0.03 S 0.58 F S
0.6 2.830E-01 7.63E-04 F ±0.03 F
F 0.63 3.120E-01 8.420E-04 F±0.03 F F
0.65 3.32E-01 8.960E-04 ±0.03 F
0.7 3.850E-01 1.040E-03 T ±0.03 F
S 0.71 3.960E-01 1.070E-03 F±0.04 S S
T 0.75 4.420E-01 1.190E-03 ±0.04 T F T
F 0.8 5.030E-01 1.36E-03 S F±0.04 F F F
T 0.85 5.670E-01 1.53E-03 ±0.04 T F T
S 0.9 6.360E-01 1.720E-03 T F±0.04 S F S
T 0.95 7.090E-01 1.91E-03 ±0.04 T F T
F 1 7.850E-01 2.120E-03 F F±0.04 F F F
T 1.06 8.820E-01 2.380E-03 F±0.05 T T
1.1 9.500E-01 2.570E-03 T ±0.05 F
S 1.12 9.850E-01 2.660E-03 F±0.05 S 1.15F S
T 1.18 1.090E+00 2.950E-03 F±0.05 T T
1.2 1.130E+00 3.05E-03 S ±0.05 F
F 1.25 1.23E+00 3.31E-03 F±0.05 F F F
T 1.32 1.37E+00 3.690E-03 F±0.05 T 1.3 F T
S 1.4 1.54E+00 4.16E-03 T F±0.05 S F,1.35F S
T 1.5 1.77E+00 4.77E-03 F±0.05 T F T
F 1.6 2.01E+00 5.43E-03 F F±0.05 F F,1.55F F
T 1.7 2.27E+00 6.13E-03 F±0.05 T F T
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 46420 and shown in that column.

548
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-6 ALUMINUM WIRE SIZES FOR ELECTRICAL WINDING (CONT'D)(BS 4391)

MASS
SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL
PER
BS D AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
4391 mm mm kg/m B32.100 46420 4391 3817 1153
S 1.8 2.54E+00 6.870E-03 T F±0.05 S F,1.75F S
T 1.9 2.84E+00 7.66E-03 F±0.05 T F T
F 2 3.140E+00 8.48E-03 S F±0.05 F F,1.95F F
T 2.12 3.53E+00 9.530E-03 F±0.05 T 2.1 F T
2.2 3.800E+00 1.03E-02 T F±0.05 F
S 2.24 3.94E+00 1.060E-02 ±0.05 S S
2.3 4.150E+00 1.12E-02 ±0.06 F
T 2.36 4.370E+00 1.180E-02 F±0.06 T 2.35F T
F 2.5 4.910E+00 1.330E-02 F F±0.06 F F,2.4F F
T 2.65 5.52E-02 1.490E-02 2.6T F±0.06 T 2.6 F T
S 2.8 6.160E+00 1.660E-02 T F±0.06 S F, 2.7F S
T 3 7.070E+00 1.91E-02 S F±0.06 T F, 2.9F T
F 3.15 7.790E+00 2.10E-02 F±0.08 F 3.2 F F
T 3.35 8.810E+00 2.38E-02 3.2T F±0.08 T 3.4 F T
3.5 9.62E+00 2.60E-02 T ±0.08 F
S 3.55 9.900E+00 2.67E-02 F±0.08 S 3.6 F S
T 3.75 1.100E+01 2.98E-02 3.8T F±0.08 T 3.8F T
F 4 1.26E+01 3.39E-02 F F±0.08 F F, 3.85F F
T 4.25 1.47E+01 3.83E-02 F±0.08 T 4.2F T
S 4.5 1.59E+01 4.290E-02 T F±0.08 S F S
T 4.75 1.770E+01 4.780E-02 4.8T F±0.08 T 4.8 F T
F 5 1.960E+01 5.30E-03 S F±0.08 F F F
T 5.3 2.210E+01 5.96E-02 F±0.08 T 5.2 F T
5.5 2.38E+01 6.410E-02 T ±0.08 F
S 5.6 2.46E+01 6.65E-02 F±0.08 S S
5.8 2.64E+01 7.130E-02 ±0.08 F
T 6 2.83E+01 7.63E-02 F F±0.08 T F T
F 6.3 3.12E+01 8.42E-02 F±0.1 F F
6.5 3.32E+01 9.96E-02 T ±0.1 F
T 6.7 3.53E+01 9.52E-02 F±0.1 T T
7 3.850E+01 1.040E-01 T ±0.1 F
S 7.1 3.96E+01 1.07E-01 F±0.1 S S
T 7.5 4.42E+01 1.19E-01 T F±0.1 T F T
F 8 5.030E+01 1.36E-01 S F±0.1 F F F
T 8.5 5.670E+01 1.53E-01 T T T
S 9 6.360E+01 1.72E-01 T S S
T 9.5 7.090E+01 1.91E-01 T T T
F 10 7.850E+01 2.12E-01 F F F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 46420 and shown in that column.

549
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-7 ROUND COPPER BAR SIZES (DIN 1756 - ISO Tolerance h11)

MASS
SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL
PER
DIN D AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1756 mm mm kg/m B32.100 H3403 1756 4229 3606 1027
F 3 7.07E+00 6.29E-02 S F+0-0.06 F F F
S 3.5 9.620E+00 8.560E-02 T, 3.2T S+0-0.08 F
F 4 1.260E+01 1.12E-01 F, 3.8T F+0-0.08 F F F
S 4.5 1.590E+01 1.420E-01 T S+0-0.08 F
F 5 1.960E+01 1.75E-01 S, 4.8T F+0-0.08 F F F
S 5.5 2.380E+01 2.110E-01 T S+0-0.08 F
F 6 2.83E+01 2.52E-01 F F+0-0.08 F F F
S 6.5 3.320E+01 2.950E-01 T S+0-0.09 S
S 7 3.850E+01 3.43E-01 T S+0-0.09 F F F
F 8 5.030E+01 4.470E-01 S, 7.5T F+0-0.09 F F F
S 9 6.360E+01 5.660E-01 T, 8.5T S+0-0.09 F F F
F 10 7.95E+01 6.99E-01 F, 9.5T F+0-0.09 F F F
S 11 9.500E+01 8.46E-01 T S+0-0.11 F
F 12 1.13E+02 1.010E+00 S F+0-0.11 F F F
S 14 1.540E+02 1.370E+00 T, 13T S+0-0.11 F F F
15 1.770E+02 1.570E+00 T +0-0.11 F
F 16 2.010E+02 1.790E+00 F F+0-0.11 F F F
S 18 2.540E+02 2.260E+00 T, 17T S+0-0.11 F F F
F 20 3.140E+02 2.80E+00 S, 19T F+0-0.13 F F F
S 22 3.800E+02 3.380E+00 T, 21T S+0-0.13 F F F
24 4.520E+02 4.030E+00 T, 23T +0-0.13 F F
F 25 4.910E+02 4.370E+00 F F+0-0.13 F F
26 5.31E+02 4.73E+00 T +0-0.13 F
S 28 6.160E+02 5.480E+00 T S+0-0.13 F F 27 F
30 7.07E+02 6.29E+00 S +0-0.13 F F
F 32 8.040E+02 7.16E+00 T F+0-0.16 F F
34 9.080E+02 8.08E+00 +0-0.16 F 33 F
S 36 1.020E+03 9.060E+00 T, 35T S+0-0.16 35 F F F
38 1.130E+03 1.01E+01 T +0-0.16 F
F 40 1.26E+03 1.120E+01 F F+0-0.16 F F 39 F
42 1.390E+03 1.23E+01 T +0-0.16 F F
S 45 1.590E+03 1.42E+01 T S+0-0.16 F F F
49 1.810E+03 1.61E+01 48T +0-0.16 F F
F 50 1.960E+03 1.75E+01 S F+0-0.16 F F F
52 2.120E+03 1.890E+01 +0-0.19 F
55 2.380E+03 2.11E+01 T +0-0.19 F F
S 56 2.460E+03 2.190E+01 T S+0-0.19 F
S 60 2.030E+03 2.520E+01 F S+0-0.19 F F F
F 63 3.120E+03 2.770E+01 T F+0-0.19 F
65 3.320E+03 2.95E+01 T +0-0.19 F F
S 70 3.850E+03 3.43E+01 T S+0-0.19 F F
S 75 4.420E+03 3.93E+01 T S+0-0.19 F
F 80 5.030E+03 4.47E+01 S F+0-0.19 F F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1756 and shown in that column.

550
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-8 ROUND ALUMINUM BAR SIZES (DIN 1798 - ISO Tolerance h11)

MASS
SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL
PER
DIN D AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1798 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1798 A50-731 4229 3818 1027
F 3 7.07E+00 1.910E-02 S F+0-0.06 F F F F
S 3.5 9.62E+00 2.60E-02 T, 3.2T S+0-0.08 F
F 4 1.26E+01 3.390E-02 F, 3.8T F+0-0.08 F F F F
S 4.5 1.59E+01 4.29E-02 T S+0-0.08 F
F 5 1.960E+01 5.30E-02 S F+0-0.08 F F F F
S 5.5 2.380E+01 6.41E-02 T S+0-0.08 F
F 6 2.83E+01 7.630E-02 F F+0-0-09 F F F F
S 6.5 3.32E+01 8.96E-02 T S+0-0.09 F
S 7 3.85E+01 1.04E-01 T S+0-0-09 F F F F
F 8 5.030E+01 1.36E-01 S F+0-0.09 F F F F
S 9 6.36E+01 1.72E-01 T, 8.5T S+0-0.09 F F F F
F 10 7.850E+01 2.120E-01 F, 9.5T F+0-0.09 F F F F
S 11 9.50E+01 2.570E-01 T S+0-0.11 F F
F 12 1.13E+02 3.05E-01 S F+0-0-11 F F F F
13 1.330E+02 3.580E-01 T +0-0.11 F F
S 14 1.540E+02 4.160E-01 T S+0-0.11 F F F F
15 1.77E+02 4.770E-01 T +0-0.11 F F
F 16 2.01E+02 5.43E-01 F F+0-0.11 F F F F
S 18 2.54E+02 6.870E-01 T, 17T S+0-0.11 F F F,17F F
F 20 3.14E+02 8.480E-01 S, 19T F-0-0.13 F F F,19F F
S 22 3.800E+02 1.03E+00 T, 21T S+0-0-13 F F F,21F F
24 4.520E+02 1.22E+00 T, 23T +0-0.13 F F,23F F
F 25 4.91E+02 1.33E+00 F F+0-0.13 F F F,26F
S 28 6.16E+02 1.66E+00 T, 26T S+0-0.13 F,26F F F,27F 27 F
30 7.07E+02 1.91E+00 S +0-0.13 F F F F
F 32 8.04E+02 2.17E+00 T F+0-0.16 F F F,33F 33F
S 36 1.02E+03 2.75E+00 T, 35 T S+0-0.16 F,34F 35 F F,35F F
38 1.130E+03 3.06E+00 T +0-0.16 F F
F 40 1.26E+03 3.39E+00 F F+0-0.16 F F F, 39F 39 F
42 1.39E+03 3.74E+00 T +0-0.16 F F
S 45 1.59E+03 4.29E+00 T S+0-0.16 F F F F
48 1.81E+03 4.89E+00 T +0-0.16 F F F
F 50 1.96E+03 5.30E+00 S F+0-0.16 F F F F
55 1.38E+03 6.41E+00 T +0-0.19 F F 52F F
S 56 2.46E+03 6.65E+00 T S+0-0.19 F
60 2.83E+03 7.63E+00 F +0-0.19 F F F, 58F F
F 63 3.120E+03 8.42E+00 T F+0-0.19 F
65 3.32E+03 8.96E+00 T +0-0.19 F F
S 70 3.85E+03 1.04E+01 T S+0-0.30 F F, 67F F
75 4.420E+03 1.19E+01 T +0-0.30 F F
F 80 5.03E+03 1.36E+01 S F+0-0.30 F F F
S 90 6.36E+03 1.72E+01 T S+0-0.35 F F, 85F F
F 100 7.850E+03 2.12E+01 F F+0-0.35 F F, 95F F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1798 and shown in that column.

551
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-9 SQUARE COPPER BAR SIZES (DIN 1761 - ISO Tolerance h11)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


DIN D AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1761 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1761 4229 3217 1027
F 2 4.00E+00 3.56E-02 F+0-0.06
F 2.2 4.840E+00 4.31E-02 F+0-0.06
F 2.5 6.250E+00 5.560E-02 F+0-0.06
F 2.8 7.84E+00 6.98E-02 F+0-0.06
F 3 9.00E+00 8.01E-02 S F+0-0.06 F
F 3.5 1.220E+01 1.090E-01 F+0-0.08
F 4 1.60E+01 1.42E-01 F F+0-0.08 F F
F 4.5 2.02E+01 1.80E-01 F+0-0.08 F
F 5 2.500E+01 2.22E-01 S F+0-0.08 -F F
F 5.5 3.02E+01 2.69E-01 F+0-0.08 F
F 6 3.60E+01 3.20E-01 F F+0-0.08 F F F
F 7 4.90E+01 4.36E-01 F+0-0.09 F
F 8 6.40E+01 5.700E-01 S F+0-0.09 F F F
F 9 8.10E+01 7.21E-01 F+0-0.09 F
F 10 1.00E+02 8.90E-01 F F+0-0.09 F F F
F 11 1.21E+02 1.08E+00 F+0-0.11 F
F 12 1.44E+02 1.28E+00 S F+0-0.11 F F F
F 13 1.69E+02 1.50E+00 F+0-0.11
F 14 1.96E+02 1.74E+00 T F+0-0.11 F F F
15 2.25E+02 2.2000E+00 +0-0.11 F
F 16 2.560E+02 2.28E+00 F F+0-0.11 F F F
F 17 2.89E+02 2.57E+00 F+0-0.11 F
18 3.24E+02 2.88E+00 T +0-0.11 F F F

F 19 3.61E+02 3.21E+00 F+0-0.11 F

20 4.000E+02 3.560E+00 S +0-0.13 F F F


F 21 4.41E+02 3.92E+00 F+0-0.13
F 22 4.94E+02 4.31E+00 T F+0-0.13 F F
F 24 5.760E+02 5.13E+00 F+0-0.13 F
25 6.25E+02 5.56E+00 F +0-0.13 F F F
F 27 7.29E+02 6.490E+00 28T F+0-0.13 F
F 30 9.00E+02 8.01E+00 S F+0-0.13 F F
F 32 1.020E+03 9.110E+00 F+0-0.16 F F F
F 36 1.300E+03 1.15E+01 35T F+0-0.16 F F 35 F
40 0.160E404 1.42E+01 F +0-0.16 F
F 41 1.68E+03 1.50E+01 F+0-0.16
F 46 2.12E+03 1.89E+01 45T F+0-0.16 F 45F
F 50 2.50E+03 2.22E+01 S F+0-0.16 F F
F 55 3.02E+03 2.69E+01 T F+0-0.19 F
F 60 3.60E+03 3.20E+01 F F+0-0.19 F
70 4.90E+03 4.36E+01 T +0-0.19 F
80 6.40E+03 5.70E+01 S +0-0.19 F
90 8.10E+03 7.21E+01 T +0-0.22 F
100 1.00E+04 8.90E+01 F +0-0.22 F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1761 and shown in that column.

552
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-10 SQUARE ALUMINUM BAR SIZES (DIN 1796 - ISO Tolerance h11)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


DIN D AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1796 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1796 450-732 4229 3821 1027
F 3 9.00E+00 2.430E-02 S F+0-0.06 F F F
F 3.5 1.220E+01 3.310E-02 F+0-0.08 F
F 4 1.600E+01 4.320E-02 F F+0-0.08 F F F
F 4.5 2.02E+01 5.470E-02 F+0-0.08 F
F 5 2.50E+01 6.75E-02 S F+0-0-08 F F F
F 5.5 3.02E+01 8.17E-02 F+0-0.08 F
F 6 3.60E+01 9.720E-02 F F+0-0.08 F F F F
F 7 4.90E+01 1.32E-01 F+0-0.09 F F
F 8 6.40E+01 1.73E-01 S F+0-0.09 F F F F
F 9 8.10E+01 2.19E-01 F+0-0.09 F F
F 10 1.00E+02 2.700E-01 F F+0-0.09 F F F F
F 11 1.21E+02 3.27E-01 F+0-0.11 F F
F 12 1.44E+02 3.890E-01 S F+0-0.11 F F F F
F 13 1.69E+02 4.560E-01 F+0-0.11
F 14 1.960E+02 5.290E-01 T F+0-0.11 F F F F
F 15 2.250E+02 6.070E-01 F+0-0.11 F F
16 2.56E+02 6.930E-01 F +0-0.11 F F F F
F 17 2.89E+02 7.800E-01 F+0-0.11 F F
18 3.24E+02 8.75E-01 T +0+0.11 F F F F
F 19 3.61E+02 9.75E-01 F+0-0.13 F
20 4.00E+02 1.08E+00 S +0-0.13 F F F F
F 22 4.84E+02 1.31E+00 T F+0-0.13 F F F
F 24 5.76E+02 1.56E+00 F+0-0.13 F
25 6.250E+02 1.69E+00 F +0-0.13 F F F
F 27 7.290E+02 1.970E+00 F+0-0.13 F, 26F
28 7.840E+02 2.12E+00 T +0-0.13 F F
F 30 9.000E+02 2.430E+00 S F+0-0.13 F F F
F 32 1.020E+03 2.76E+00 F+0-0.16 F F F F
35 1.22E+03 3.310E+00 T +0-0.16 F F
F 36 1.30E+03 3.50E+00 F+0-0.16 F F F
40 1.600E+03 4.320E+00 F +0-0.16 F F
F 41 1.68E+03 4.54E+00 F+0-0.16 F
45 2.02E+03 5.470E+00 T +0-0.16 F F
F 46 2.12E+03 5.71E+00 F+0-0.16 F F
F 50 2.50E+03 6.75E+00 S F+0-0.16 F F F F
F 55 3.02E+03 8.17E+00 T F+0-0.19 F F F
F 60 3.600E+03 9.720E+00 F F+0-0.19 F F F, 65F
70 4.90E+03 1.32E+01 T +0-0.19 F, 75F F, 75F
80 6.400E+03 1.73E+01 S +0-0.19 F, 85F F, 85F
100 1.00E+04 2.70E+01 F, 90T +0-0.22 F, 90F F, 90F
120 1.44E+04 3.850E+01 S, 110T +0-0.22 F, 110F 95 F
160 2.560E+04 6.910E+01 F, 140T +0-0.25 F, 140F
200 4.000E+04 1.08E+02 S, 180T +0-0.29 F, 180F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3.Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1796 and shown in that column.

553
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-11 HEXAGON COPPER BAR SIZES (DIN 1763 - ISO Tolerance h11)

MASS
SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL
PER
DIN D AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1763 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1763 4229 3216 1027
F 3 7.790E+00 6.94E-02 F F+0-0.06 F
3.2 8.570E+00 7.890E-02 S +0-0.08 F F
F 3.5 1.060E+01 9.440E-02 F+0-0.08 F
F 4 1.390E+01 1.23E-01 F F+0-0.08 F F F
F 6.5 1.750E+01 1.560E-01 F+0-0.08 F
F 5 2.17E+01 1.93E-01 F F+0-0.08 F F F
F 5.5 2.62E+01 2.330E-01 S F+0-0.08 F F
F 6 3.12E+01 2.77E-01 F F+0-0.08 F
F 7 4.24E+01 3.780E-01 S F+0-0.09 F F F
F 8 5.54E+01 4.930E-01 F F+0-0.09 F F F
F 9 7.010E+01 6.24E-01 F+0-0.09 F
F 10 8.66E+01 7.71E-01 F F+0-0.09 F F F
F 11 1.050E+02 9.33E-01 F+0-0.11 F F
F 12 1.25E+02 1.11E+00 F F+0-0.11 F F
F 13 1.460E+02 1.300E+00 S F+0-0.11 F F
F 14 1.70E+02 1.51E+00 F F+0-0.11 F F
15 1.95E-04 1.73E+00 S +0-0.11
F 17 2.50E+02 0.223E+0I S, 16F F+0-0.11 F F F
18 2.81E+02 2.50E+00 F +0-0.11
F 19 3.11E+05 2.78E+00 F+0-0.13 F F F
F 21 3.820E+02 3.40E+00 F, 19S F+0-0.13
F 22 4.19E+02 3.73E+00 S F+0-0.13 F F
F 24 4.99E+02 4.44E+00 F F+0-0.13 F F F
F 27 6.31E+02 5.62E+00 F F+0-0.13 F F
F 30 7.79E+02 6.94E+00 F F+0-0.13 F F F
F 32 8.870E+02 7.89E+00 S F+0-0.16 F F
F 36 1.12E+03 9.99E+00 F, 34F F+0-0.16 F F F
F 41 1.46E+03 1.30E+01 F F+0-0.16 F F
F 46 1.83E+03 1.630E+01 F F+0-0.16 F F F
F 50 2.17E+03 1.93E+01 F F+0-0.16 F F
F 55 2.62E+03 2.33E+01 F F+0-0.19 F F F
F 60 3.12E+03 2.77E+01 F F+0-0.19 F
65 3.66E+03 3.26E+01 F +0-0.19 F F
70 4.24E+03 3.780E+01 F +0-0-19 F
75 4.87E+03 4.34E+01 F +0-0-19 F F
80 5.540E+03 4.93E+01 F +0-0-19 F
85 6.26E+03 5.57E+01 F +0-0.22 F F
90 7.01E+03 6.24E+01 F +0-0-22 F
95 7.82E+03 6.96E+01 F +0-0.22 F F
100 9.66E+03 7.71E+01 F +0-0.22 F F
105 9.55E+03 8.50E+01 F +0-0.22
115 1.15E+04 1.02E+02 F +0-0.22

3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1763 and shown in that column.

554
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-12 HEXAGON ALUMINUM BAR SIZES (DIN 1797 - ISO Tolerance h11)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


DIN D AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1797 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1797 A50-733 4229 3820 1027
F 3 7.790E+00 2.100E-02 F F+0-0.06 F F
3.2 8.87E+00 2.390E-02 S +0-0.08 F F
F 3.5 1.06E+01 2.86E-02 F+0-0.08 F
F 4 1.39E+01 3.74E-02 F F+0-0.08 F F F
F 4.5 1.75E+01 4.73E-02 F+0-0.08 F
F 5 2.17E+01 5.85E-02 F F+0-0.08 F F F F
F 5.5 2.62E+01 7.07E-02 S F+0-0.08 F F F F
F 6 3.12E+01 8.42E-02 F F+0-0.08 F F
F 7 4.240E+01 1.15E-01 S F+0-0.09 F F F F
F 8 6.54E+01 1.50E-01 F F+0-0.09 F F F F
F 9 7.010E+01 1.89E-01 F+0-0.09 F F
F 10 8.66E+01 2.34E-01 F F+0-0.09 F F F F
F 11 1.05E+02 2.83E-01 F+0-0.11 F F F
F 12 1.25E+02 3.37E-01 F F+0-0.11 F F F
F 13 1.46E+02 3.95E-01 S F+0-0.11 F F F
F 14 1.70E+02 4.58E-01 F F+0-0.11 F F F
F 15 1.95E+02 5.26E-01 S F+0-0.11
16 2.22E+02 5.99E-01 F +0-0.11 F
F 17 2.50E+02 6.76E-01 S F+0-0.11 F F F F
18 2.81E+02 7.58E-01 F +0-0.11 F
F 19 3.13E+02 8.44E-01 S F+0-0.13 F F F F
20 3.46E+02 9.35E-01 +0-0.13 F
21 3.820E+02 1.03E+00 F +0-0.13 F
F 22 4.19E+02 1.13E+00 S F+0-0.13 F F F
F 24 4.990E+02 1.35E+00 F F+0-0.13 F, 23F F F F
25 5.41E+02 1.460E+00 +0-0.13 F
F 27 6.31E+02 1.70E+00 S F+0-0.13 F F F
28 6.79E+02 1.83E+00 +0-0.13 F
F 30 7.790E+02 2.10E+00 F F+0-0.13 F, 26F F F F
F 32 8.87E+02 2.39E+00 S F+0-0.16 F F F
F 36 1.12E+03 3.03E+00 F, 34F F+0-0.16 F, 29F F F F
F 41 1.46E+03 3.93E+00 F F+0-0.16 40 F F F
F 46 1.83E+03 4.95E+00 F F+0-0.16 F, 45F F F F
F 50 2.17E+03 5.85E+00 F F+0-0.16 F F F
F 55 2.62E+03 7.07E+00 F F+0-0.19 F F F F
F 60 3.12E+03 8.42E+00 F F+0-0.19 F F F
65 3.660E+03 4.88E+00 F +0-0.19 F F
75 4.870E+03 1.32E+01 F, 70F +0-0.19 F, 70F F
85 6.26E+03 1.69E+01 F, 80F +0-0.22 F, 80F F
95 7.82E+03 2.110E+01 F, 90F +0-0.22 F, 90F F
100 8.66E+03 2.34E+01 F +0-0.22 F
105 9.55E+03 2.58E+01 F +0-0.22

3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1797 and shown in that column.

555
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-13 RECTANGULAR COPPER BAR SIZES (DIN 1759)

MASS
SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL
PER
DIN AxB AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1759 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1759 4229 3607 1256
F 5x2 1.00E+01 8.90E-02 T F A±0.08 F
F 3 1.500E+01 1.33E-01 T, 2.5S F B±0.05 F, 2.5F
F 4 2.00E+01 1.78E-01 F B±0.07 F
F 6x2 1.20E+01 1.07E-01 S F A±0.08 F
F 3 1.80E+01 1.60E-01 S, 2.5F F B±0.05 F, 2.5F
F 6 2.40E+01 2.14E-01 F F B±0.07 F
F 5 3.00E+01 2.67E-01 F B±0.07 F
F 8x2 1.60E+01 1.420E-01 T, 1.6S F A±0.08 F
F 3 2.40E+01 2.14E-01 T, 2.5S F B±0.05 F, 2.5F
F 4 3.200E+01 2.850E-01 S F B±0.07 F
F 5 4.000E+01 3.56E-01 T F B±0.07 F
F 6 4.80E+01 4.270E-01 S F B±0.07 F
F 10 x 2 2.00E+01 1.76E-01 F F A±0.08 F, 1.6F F F, 1.6F
F 3 3.00E+01 2.67E-01 S, 2.5F F B±0.05 F F, 2.5F F
F 4 4.00E+01 3.56E-01 F F B±0.07 F F F
F 5 5.00E+01 4.45E-01 S F B±0.07 F F F
F 6 6.000E+01 5.34E-01 F F B±0.07 F F F
F 8 8.00E+01 7.12E-01 S F B±0.08 F F F
F 12 x 2 2.400E+01 2.14E-01 T, 1.6S F A±0.1 F, 1.6F F F, 1.6F
F 3 3.60E+01 3.26E-01 T, 2.5S F B±0.05 F Fs2-5F F
F 4 4.80E+01 4.27E-01 S F B±0.07 F F F
F 5 6.00E+01 1.34E-01 T F B±0.07 F F
F 6 7.20E+01 6.41E-01 S F B±0.07 F F F
F 8 9.60E+01 8.54E-01 F B±0.09 F F F
F 10 1.20E+02 1.07E+00 F B±0.09 F F F
F 15 x 2 3.00E+01 2.67E-01 F A±0.1
F 3 4.50E+01 4.00E-01 F B±0.05
F 4 6.00E+01 5.34E-01 F B±0.07
F 5 7.50E+01 6.67E-01 F B±0.07
F 6 9.00E+01 8.01E-01 F B±0.07
F 8 1.20E+02 1.07E+00 F B±0.09
F 10 1.50E+02 1.33E+00 F B±0.09
F 12 1.80E+02 1.60E+00 F B±0.1
16 X 1.6 2.560E+01 2.28E-01 F F 2F F
3 4.80E+01 4.270E-01 S F F, 2.5F F
4 6.400E+01 5.70E-01 F F F F
6 9.600E+01 8.54E-01 F F F, 5F F
8 1.28E+02 1.14E+00 S F F F
10 1.60E+02 1.42E+00 F F F F
12 1.92E+02 1.710E+00 F F F
F 18 x 2 3.600E+01 3.20E-01 F A±0.1
F 3 5.400E+01 4.81E-01 F B±0.05
F 4 7.20E+01 6.41E-01 F B±0.07
F 5 9.00E+01 8.01E-01 F B±0.07
F 6 1.08E+02 9.610E-01 F B±0.07
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3.Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1759 and shown in the
column for France.

556
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-13 RECTANGULAR COPPER BAR SIZES (CONT'D)(DIN 1759)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


AxB AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
DIN mm mm kg/m B32.100 1759 4229 3607 1256
F 18 x8 1.44E+02 1.28E+00 F A±0.1
F 8 1.44E+02 1.28E+00 F B±0.09
F 10 1.80E+02 1.60E+00 F B±0.09
F 12 2.160E+02 1.920E+00 F B±0.1
F 15 2.700E+02 2.40E+00 F B±0.1
F 20 x2 4.000E+01 3.560E-01 T F A±0.15 F F F
F 3 6.000E+01 5.34E-01 T F B±0.05 F, 2.5F F
F 4 8.000E+01 7.120E-01 S F B±0.07 F F F
F 5 1.000E+02 8.90E-01 T F B±0.07 F F F
F 6 1.200E+02 1.070E+00 S F B±0.07 F F F
F 8 1.600E+02 1.420E+00 T F B±0.09 F
F 10 2.000E+02 1.780E+00 S F B±0.09 F F F
F 12 2.400E+02 2.14E+00 T F B±0.1 F F F
F 15 3.000E+02 2.67E+00 F B±0.1
16 3.200E+02 2.850E+00 B±0.1 F F
F 18 3.600E+02 3.200E+00 F B±0.1
F 25 x2 5.000E+01 4.450E-01 S F A±0.15 F
F 3 7.500E+01 6.670E-01 S, 2.5F F B±0.05 F F, 2.5F F
F 4 1.000E+02 8.900E-01 F F B±0.07 F F F
F 5 1.250E+02 1.110E+00 S F B±0.07 F F F
F 6 1.500E+02 1.330E+00 F F B±0.07 F F F
F 8 2.00E+02 1.78E+00 S F B±0.09 F F F
F 10 2.500E+02 2.22E+00 F F B±0.09 F F F
F 12 3.000E+02 2.67E+00 S F B±0.1 F F F
F 15 3.750E+02 3.340E+00 F B±0.1
16 4.000E+02 3.560E+00 F B±0.1 F
F 18 4.500E+02 4.000E+00 F B±0.1
F 20 5.00E+02 4.450E+00 S F B±0.15 F F
F 30 x3 9.000E+01 8.010E-01 T F A±0.15 F 32X2F F
F 3 9.000E+01 8.010E-01 T F B±0.05 F 32x3F F
F 4 1.200E+02 1.070E+00 S F B±0.07 F 32x4F F
F 5 1.500E+02 1.330E+00 T F B±0.07 F 32X5F F
F 6 1.800E+02 1.600E+00 S F B±0.07 F 32x6F F
F 8 2.400E+02 2.140E+00 T F B±0.09 F 32X8F F
F 10 3.000E+02 2.67E+00 S F B±0.09 F 32X10F F
F 12 3.600E+02 0.32.0E+01 T F B±0.1 F 32x12F F
F 15 4.500E+02 4.000E+00 F B±0.1
16 4.800E+02 4.270E+00 S B±0.1 F F
F 18 5.40E+02 4.810E+00 F B±0.1
F 20 6.000E+02 5.340E+00 T F B±0.15 F F
F 25 7.500E+02 6.670E+00 S F B±0.15 F F
F 40 X 3 1.200E+02 1.070E+00 S F A±0.2 F 2F F
F 3 1.200E+02 1.070E+00 S F B±0.07 F F, 2.5F F
F 4 1.600E+02 1.42E+00 F F B±0.09 F F
F 5 2.000E+02 1.780E+00 S F B±0.09 F F
F 6 2.400E+02 2.140E+00 F F B±0.09 F F F
F 8 3.200E+02 2.850E+00 S F B±0.1 F F F
F 10 4.000E+02 3.560E+00 F F B±0.1 F F F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1759 and shown in that column.

557
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-13 RECTANGULAR COPPER BAR SIZES (CONT'D)(DIN 1759)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


DIN AxB AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1759 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1759 4229 3607 1256
F 40 x12 4.800E+02 4.27E+00 S F A±0.2 F F F
F 12 4.800E+02 4.270E+00 S F B±0.12 F F F
F 15 6.000E+02 5.34E+00 F B±0.12
16 6.400E+02 5.700E+00 F B±0.12 F F F
F 18 7.200E+02 6.410E+00 F B±0.12
F 20 8.000E+02 7.12E+00 S F B±0.15 F F
F 25 1.000E+03 8.900E+00 F F B±0.15 F F
F 30 1.200E+03 1.070E+01 S F B±0.15 F F
F 35 1.400E+03 1.250E+01 F B±0.2
F 50 x 3 1.500E+02 1.330E+00 T F A±0.2 F 2F F
F 3 1.500E+02 1.33E+00 T F B±0.07 F F, 2.5F F
F 4 2.000E+02 1.780E+00 S F B±0.09 F F F
F 5 2.500E+02 2.220E+00 T F B±0.09 F
F 6 3.000E+02 2.670E+00 S F B±0.09 F F F
F 8 4.000E+02 3.560E+00 T F B±0.1 F
F 10 5.00E+02 4.450E+00 S F B±0.1 F F F
F 12 6.000E+02 5.340E+00 T F B±0.12 F F F
F 15 7.500E+02 6.670E+00 F B±0.12
16 8.000E+02 7.12E+00 S B±0.12 F
F 18 9.000E+02 8.010E+00 F B±0.12
F 20 1.000E+03 8.900E+00 T F B±0.12 F F
F 25 1.250E+03 1.110E+01 S F B±0.15 F F
F 30 1.500E+03 1.330E+01 T F B±0.15 F F
F 35 1.750E+03 1.560E+01 F B±0.2
F 40 2.000E+03 1.780E+01 S F B±0.2 F F
F 60 x3 1.800E+02 1.600E+00 S F A±0.25
F 3 1.800E+02 1.600E+00 S F B±0.09
F 4 2.400E+02 2.140E+00 F F B±0.11 F 63X4F F
F 5 3.000E+02 2.670E+00 S F B±0.11 63X5F
F 6 3.600E+02 3.200E+00 F F B±0.11 F 63X6F F
F 8 4.800E+02 4.270E+00 S F B±0.12 F 63X8F F
F 10 6.000E+02 5.340E+00 F F B±0.12 F 63X10F F
F 12 7.200E+02 6.410E+00 S F B±0.15 F 63X12F F
F 15 9.000E+02 8.010E+00 F B±0.15
16 9.600E+02 8.540E+00 F B±0.15 F 63X16F
F 18 1.080E+03 9.610E+00 F B±0.15
F 20 1.200E+03 1.070E+01 S F B±0.2 F F
F 25 1.500E+03 1.330E+01 F F B±0.2 F F
30 1.800E+03 1.600E+01 S F B±0.2 F F
F 35 2.100E+03 1.870E+01 F B±0.25
F 40 2.400E+03 2.140E+01 F F B±0.25 F, 50F F, 50F
F 80 4 3.20E+02 2.850E+00 F A±0.25 F F F
F 5 4.000E+02 3.560E+00 T F B±0.11 F
F 6 4.800E+02 4.270E+00 S F B±0.11 F F F
S 8 6.400E+02 5.700E+00 T F B±0.12 F
F 10 8.000E+02 7.120E+00 S F B±0.12 F F F
F 12 9.600E+02 8.540E+00 T F B±0.15 F F F
F 15 1.200E+03 1.07E+01 F B±0.15
16 1.280E+03 1.14E+01 S B±0.15 F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1759 and shown in the column for France.

558
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-13 RECTANGULAR COPPER BAR SIZES (CONT'D)(DIN 1759)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


DIN AxB AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1759 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1759 4229 3607 1256
F 80 x18 1.440E+03 1.28E+01 F A±0.25
F 18 1.440E+03 1.28E+01 F B±0.15
F 20 1.60E+03 1.420E+01 T F B±0.2 F F
F 25 2.000E+03 1.78E+01 S F B±0.2 F F
F 30 2.40E+03 2.140E+01 T F B±0.2 F F
F 35 2.80E+03 2.49E+01 F B±0.25 50F 50F
F 40 3.20E+03 2.85E+01 S F B±0.25 F, 60F F, 60F
F 100 x 5 5.00E+02 4.450E+00 S F A±0.25 4F F,4F 4F
F 6 6.00E+02 5.34E+00 F F B±0.12 F F F
F 8 8.00E+02 7.120E+00 S F B±0.15 F
F 10 1.00E+03 8.90E+00 F F B±0.15 F F F
F 12 1.20E+03 1.07E+01 S F B±0.18 F F F
F 15 1.500E+03 1.330E+01 F B±0.18
16 1.60E+03 1.42E+00 F F B±0.18 F F F
F 18 1.018E+05 1.60E+01 F B±0.18
F 20 2.00E+03 1.780E+01 S F B±0.23 F F
F 25 2.50E+03 2.220E+01 F F B±0.23 F F
F 30 3.000E+03 2.670E+01 S F B±0.23 F, 50F F, 50F
F 35 3.500E+03 3.11E+01 F B±0.3 60F 60F
F 40 4.000E+03 3.56E+01 F F B±0.3 F, 80F F, 80F
120 x6 7.200E+02 6.41E+00 F A±0.3 125X6F
F 6 7.200E+02 6.410E+00 F B±0.12
F 8 9.60E+02 8.54E+00 F B±0.15 125X8F
F 10 1.20E+03 1.07E+01 F B±0.15 125X10F
F 12 1.440E+03 1.280E+01 F B±0.18 125X12F
F 15 1.800E+03 1.600E+01 F B±0.18 125X16F
F 18 2.160E+03 1.920E+01 F B±0.18
F 20 2.400E+03 2.140E+01 F B±0.23
F 25 3.000E+03 2.670E+01 F B±0.23
F 30 3.600E+03 3.200E+01 F B±0.23
F 35 4.200E+03 3.740E+01 F B±0.3
F 40 4.800E+03 4.270E+01 F B±0.3
140 X10 1.400E+03 1.250E+01 F A±0.4
F 10 1.400E+03 1.250E+01 F B±0.18
F 15 2.100E+03 1.870E+01 F B±0.2
F 20 2.80E+03 2.490E+01 F B±0.25
F 25 3.50E+03 3.11E+01 F B±0.25
F 30 4.200E+03 3.740E+01 F B±0.25
F 35 4.900E+03 4.360E+01 F B±0.4
F 40 5.600E+03 4.980E+01 F B±0.4
F 150 X10 1.500E+03 1.330E+01 F A±0.4 160X8F
F 10 1.500E+03 1.330E+01 F B±0.18 160X10F
F 15 2.250E+03 2.000E+01 F B±0.2 160X12F
F 20 3.00E+03 2.670E+01 F B±0.25 160X16F
F 25 3.750E+03 3.340E+01 F B±0.25
F 30 4.500E+03 4.000E+01 F B±0.25
F 35 5.250E+03 4.670E+01 F B±0.4
F 40 6.00E+03 5.34E+01 F B±0.4
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1759 and shown in the column for France.

559
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-14 DRAWN RECTANGULAR ALUMINUM BAR SIZES (DIN 1769)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


DIN AxB AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1769 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1769 A50-734 4229 3822 1256
F 5X 2 1.000E+01 2.700E-02 T F A±0.08 F F
F 3 1.50E+01 4.05E-02 T, 2.5S F B±0.06 F F
F 4 2.000E+01 5.40E-02 S F B±0.06 F
F 6X 2 1.20E+01 3.24E-02 S F B±0.06 F F
F 3 1.80E+01 4.860E-02 S, 2.5F F B±0.06 F F
F 4 2.40E+01 6.48E-02 F F B±0.06 F F
F 5 3.000E+01 8.10E-02 F B±0.06
F 8X 2 1.600E+01 4.320E-02 T F A±0.08 F F
F 3 2.40E+01 6.48E-02 T, 2.5S F B±0.06 F F
F 4 3.20E+01 8.64E-02 S F B±0.06 F F
F 5 4.000E+01 1.08E-01 T F B±0.06 F F
F 6 4.80E+01 1.300E-01 S F B±0.06
F 10 X 2 2.00E+01 5.400E-02 S F A±0.08 F F
F 3 3.00E+01 8.100E-02 S, 2.5F F B±0.06 F F F F
F 4 4.000E+01 1.08E-01 F F B±0.06 F F
F 5 5.00E+01 1.35E-01 S F B±0.06 F F
F 6 6.000E+01 1.62E-01 F F B±0.06 F F
F 8 8.00E+01 2.16E-01 F B±0.08 F
F 12 X 2 2.40E+01 6.48E-02 T, 1.6S F A±0.1 F 2.5 F F
F 3 3.600E+01 9.72E-02 T, 2.5S F B±0.06 F F F F
F 4 4.80E+01 1.30E-01 S F B±0.06 F F F F
F 5 6.00E+01 1.62E-01 T F B±0.06 F F
F 6 7.200E+01 1.94E-01 S F B±0.06 F F F
F 8 9.600E+01 2.590E-01 F B±0.08 F F
F 10 1.20E+02 3.24E-01 F B±0.08 F F F
F 15 X 2 3.000E+01 8.10E-02 F A±0.1 F F
F 3 4.500E+01 1.21E-01 F B±0.06 F F
F 4 6.00E+01 1.62E-01 F B±0.06 F F
F 5 7.500E+01 2.02E-01 F B±0.06 F F
F 6 9.00E+01 2.43E-01 F B±0.06 F
F 8 1.26E+02 3.24E-01 F B±0.08 F F
F 10 1.50E+02 4.05E-01 F B±0.08 F F
F 12 1.80E+02 4.86E-01 F B±0.1
16 X 2.5 4.00E+01 1.08E-01 F S F 2F
3 4.800E+01 1.30E-01 S S F F F
4 6.40E+01 1.73E-01 F S F F S
5 8.00E+01 2.16E-01 S S F
6 9.60E+01 2.59E-01 F S F F
8 1.28E+02 3.46E-01 S S F
10 1.60E+02 4.32E-01 F S F F S
F 18 X 2 3.60E+01 9.72E-02 F A±0.1 F
F 3 5.40E+01 1.46E-01 F B±0.06 F
F 4 7.200E+01 1.94E-01 F B±0.06 F
F 5 9.00E+01 2.430E-01 F B±0.06 F
F 6 1.08E+02 2.92E-01 F B±0.06
3
NOTES: (1) Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
(2) The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
(3) Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1769 and shown in that column.

560
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-14 DRAWN RECTANGULAR ALUMINUM BAR SIZES (CONT'D)(DIN 1769)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


DIN AxB AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1769 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1769 A50-734 4229 3822 1256
F 18 x8 1.44E+02 3.89E-01 F A±0.1 F
F 10 1.80E+02 4.860E-01 F B±0.08 F
F 12 2.16E+02 5.83E-01 F B±0.1
F 15 2.70E+02 7.29E-01 F B±0.1
F 20 x2 4.000E+01 1.080E-01 T F A±0.15 F 2.5F F
F 3 6.00E+01 1.62E-01 T F B±0.06 F F F
F 4 8.00E+01 2.16E-01 S F B±0.06 F F F
F 5 1.00E+02 2.70E-01 T F B±0.06 F F
F 6 1.20E+02 3.24E-01 S F B±0.06 F F F
F 8 1.60E+02 4.32E-01 T F B±0.08 F F
F 10 2.00E+02 5.40E-01 S F B±0.08 F F F
F 12 2.40E+02 6.48E-01 T F B±0.1 F F
F 15 3.000E+02 8.10E-01 16S F B±0.1 F
F 18 3.60E+02 9.72E-01 F B±0.1
F 25 x2 5.00E+01 1.35E-01 S F A±0.15 F 2.5F F
F 3 7.50E+01 2.02E-01 S, 2.5F F B±0.06 F F F
F 4 1.00E+02 2.70E-01 F F B±0.06 F F F
F 5 1.25E+02 3.37E-01 S F B±0.06 F F
F 6 1.50E+02 4.05E-01 F F B±0.06 F F F
F 8 2.00E+02 5.40E-01 S F B±0.08 F F
F 10 2.50E+02 6.75E-01 F F B±0.08 F F F F
F 12 3.00E+02 8.10E-01 S F B±0.1 F F F
F 15 3.75E+02 1.01E+00 16F F B±0.1 F 16 F F 16 F
F 18 4.50E+02 1.21E+00 F B±0.1
F 20 5.00E+02 1.35E+00 S F B±0.15 F
F 30 x3 9.00E+01 2.43E-01 T F A±0.15 F F F 32X3F
F 4 1.20E+02 3.24E-01 S F B±0.06 F F 32X4F
F 5 1.50E+02 4.05E-01 T F B±0.06 F F
F 6 1.800E+02 4.86E-01 S F B±0.06 F F 32X6F
F 8 2.40E+02 6.48E-01 T F B±0.08 F F
F 10 3.000E+02 8.10E-01 S F B±0.08 F F F 32X10F
F 12 3.60E+02 9.72E-01 T F B±0.1 F F 32X12S
F 15 4.500E+02 1.21E+00 16S F B±0.1 F F 32X16S
F 18 5.40E+02 1.46E+00 F B±0.1
F 20 6.00E+02 0.162F+01 T F B±0.15 F 32X20S
F 25 7.50E+02 2.02E+00 S F A±0.15
F 40 x3 1.20E+02 3.24E-01 S F A±0.2 F F F F
F 4 1.60E+02 4.320E-01 F F B±0.08 F F F F
F 5 2.00E+02 5.40E-01 S F B±0.08 F F
F 6 2.40E+02 6.48E-01 F F B±0.08 F F F
F 8 3.20E+02 8.64E-01 S F B±0.1 F F
F 10 4.000E+02 1.08E+00 F F B±0.1 F F F F
F 12 4.80E+02 1.300E+00 S F B±0.12 F F F
F 15 6.00E+02 1.62E+00 16F F B±0.12 F F 16F
F 18 7.20E+02 1.94E+00 F B±0.12
F 20 8.00E+02 2.16E+00 S F B±0.15 F F F
F 25 1.00E+03 2.70E+00 F F B±0.15 F F
F 30 1.20E+03 3.240E+00 S F B±0.15
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1769 and shown in that column.

561
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-14 DRAWN RECTANGULAR ALUMINUM BAR SIZES (CONT'D)(DIN 1769)

SIZE MASS PER USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRAL


DIN AxB AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS
2
1769 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1769 A50-734 4229 3822 1256
F 40 35 1.400E+03 3.780E+00 F A±0.2
F 35 1.400E+03 3.780E+00 F B±0.2
F 50 3 1.500E+02 4.050E-01 T F A±0.2 F F
F 4 2.000E+02 5.400E-01 S F B±0.08 F F F
F 5 2.500E+02 6.750E-01 T F B±0.08 F F
F 6 3.000E+02 8.10E-01 S F B±0.08 F F F
F 8 4.000E+02 1.08E+00 T F B±0.1 F F
F 10 5.000E+02 1.35E+00 S F B±0.1 F F F F
F 12 6.00E+02 1.62E+00 T F B±0.12 F F F
F 15 7.500E+02 2.02E+00 16S F B±0.12 F F 16S
F 18 9.000E+02 2.43E+00 F B±0.12
F 20 1.00E+03 2.70E+00 T F B±0.15 F F F
F 25 1.250E+03 3.37E+00 S F B±0.15 F F F
F 30 1.500E+03 4.05E+00 T F B±0.15 F
F 35 1.750E+03 4.720E+00 F B±0.2
F 40 2.000E+03 5.400E+00 F B±0.2
F 60 x3 1.80E+02 4.860E-01 S F A±0.25 F F
F 4 2.400E+02 6.48E-01 F F B±0.1 S
F 5 3.000E+02 8.10E-01 S F B±0.1 F
F 6 3.600E+02 9.720E-01 F F B±0.1 F F F
F 8 4.800E+02 1.30E+00 S F B±0.1 F
F 10 6.000E+02 1.620E+00 F F B±0.1 F F S
F 12 7.200E+02 1.940E+00 S F B±0.12 F F
F 15 9.00E+02 2.430E+00 16F F B±0.12 16S
F 18 1.080E+03 2.920E+00 F B±0.12
F 20 1.20E+03 3.240E+00 S F B±0.15 S
F 25 1.500E+03 4.050E+00 F F B±0.15 F S
F 30 1.800E+03 4.860E+00 S F B±0.15
F 35 2.100E+03 5.670E+00 F B±0.2
F 40 2.400E+03 6.480E+00 F F B±0.2
F 80 x4 3.200E+02 8.640E-01 F A±0.25 3F F
F 5 4.000E+02 1.080E+00 T F B±0.1 F
F 6 4.800E+02 1.30E+00 S F B±0.1 F F F
F 8 6.400E+02 1.730E+00 T F B±0.1 F
F 10 8.00E+02 2.160E+00 S F B±0.1 F F F
F 12 9.600E+02 2.590E+00 T F B±0.12 F F
F 15 1.200E+03 3.24E+00 16S F B±0.12 F 16F
F 18 1.440E+03 3.89E+00 F B±0.12
F 20 1.600E+03 4.320E+00 T F B±0.15 F
F 25 2.000E+03 5.40E+00 S F B±0.15 F F
F 30 2.400E+03 6.480E+00 T F B±0.15
F 35 2.800E+03 7.560E+00 F B±0.2
F 40 3.200E+03 8.64E+00 S F B±0.2
F100 x5 5.000E+02 1.350E+00 S F A±0.28 3F F 4F
F 6 6.00E+02 1.620E+00 F F B±0.12 F F F
F 8 8.000E+02 2.160E+00 S F B±0.12 F
F 10 1.00E+03 2.700E+00 F F B±0.12 F F F
F 12 1.200E+03 3.240E+00 S F B±0.15 F F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1769 and shown in that column.

562
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-14 DRAWN RECTANGULAR ALUMINUM BAR SIZES (CONT'D)(DIN 1769)

MASS
SIZE USA JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK AUSTRAL
PER ITALY

DIN AxB AREA LENGTH ANSI JIS DIN NF BS UNI AS


2
1769 mm mm kg/m B32.100 1769 A50-734 4229 3822 1256
F 100 x 15 1.500E+03 4.050E+00 16F F A±0.28 16F F 16S
F 18 1.300E+03 4.860E+00 F B±0.15
F 20 2.000E+03 5.40E+00 S F B±0.2 S
F 25 2.50E+03 6.75E+00 F F B±0.2 F F
F 30 3.00E+03 8.100E+00 S F B±0.2
F 35 3.500E+03 9.45E+00 F B±0.25
F 40 4.000E+03 1.08E+01 F F B±0.25
F 120 x6 7.200E+02 1.94E+00 F A±0.28 F
F 8 9.600E+02 2.59E+00 F B±0.12 F
F 10 1.20E+03 3.24E+00 F B±0.12 F F
F 12 1.440E+03 3.89E+00 F B±0.15
F 15 1.900E+03 4.86E+00 F B±0.15 16 F F
F 18 2.160E+03 5.83E+00 F B±0.15
F 20 2.40E+03 6.480E+00 F B±0.2
F 25 3.00E+03 8.100E+00 F B±0.2
F 30 3.600E+03 9.720E+00 F B±0.2
F 35 4.20E+03 1.130E+01 F B±0.25
F 40 4.80E+03 1.30E+01 F B±0.25
F 140 x8 1.120E+03 3.02E+00 F A±0.32
F 10 1.400E+03 3.780E+00 F B±0.12
F 12 1.680E+03 4.540E+00 F B±0.15
F 15 2.10E+03 5.670E+00 F B±0.15
F 18 2.52E+03 6.80E+00 F B±0.15
F 20 2.80E+03 7.560E+00 F B±0.2
F 25 3.500E+03 9.45E+00 F B±0.2
F 30 4.200E+03 1.130E+01 F B±0.2
F 35 4.90E+03 1.32E+01 F B±0.3
F 40 6.600E+03 1.51E+01 F B±0.3
F 160 x8 1.280E+03 3.460E+00 F A±0.32 6F 6F
F 10 1.600E+03 4.320E+00 F B±0.12 F F F
F 12 0.1921+04 5.18E+00 F B±0.15 F
F 15 0.2401+04 6.48E+00 F B±0.15 16F F 16S
F 18 2.880E+03 7.78E+00 F B±0.15
F 20 3.200E+03 8.64E+00 F B±0.2 S
F 25 4.000E+03 1.08E+01 F B±0.2 F
F 30 4.800E+03 1.30E+01 F B±0.2
F 35 5.600E+03 1.51E+01 F B±0.3
F 40 6.400E+03 1.73E+01 F B±0.3
F 180 x 10 1.80E+03 4.86E+00 F A±0.35
F 10 1.800E+03 4.86E+00 F B±0.15
F 12 2.160E+03 5.83E+00 F B±0.2
F 15 2.700E+03 7.29E+00 F B±0.2
F 18 3.240E+03 8.75E+00 F B±0.2
F 20 3.600E+03 9.72E+00 F B±0.25
F 25 4.50E+03 1.21E+01 F B±0.25
F 30 1.3400E+03 1.46E+01 F B±0.25
F 35 6.300E+03 1.70E+01 F B±0.35
F 40 7.200E+03 1.940E+01 F B±0.35
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1769 and shown in that column.
563
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-15 COPPER TUBING FOR GENERAL PURPOSES (DIN 1754)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS H3611
GERMANY DIN 1754
FRANCE NF A51-103

UK BS 2871

ITALY UNI 1455


AS 1572
AUSTRALIA
mm
Outside diameter Thickness, T
D - Series 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
#1 #2 Tol Inside diameters and tolerances (See standard)
3 F F F S

4 F F F S
±0.05
5 F F F F

6 F F F F

8 F F F F F S
±0.06
10 F F F F F S S

12 F F F F F F S

14 F S F F F F S

15 ±0.08 F S F F F F S S

16 S F F F F F F S

18 F F F F S S S S S S S

20 F F F F F S S S S S S

22 F F F F S S S S S S

25 ±0.12 F F F F S S S S S S

28 F F F F S S S S S S

30 F F F F S S S S S S

32 S F F F S S S S S S

35 F F F F S S S S S

38 F F F F S S S S S
±0.15
40 F F F F S S S S S

42 F F F S S S S S

50 F F F F S S S S

3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of copper of 8.9 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1754 and shown.

564
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 11-16 ALUMINUM TUBING FOR GENERAL PURPOSES (DIN 1795)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1795
FRANCE NF A50-737

UK BS 2871

ITALY UNI 1455

AUSTRALIA AS 1572 mm
Outside diameter Thickness, T
D - Series 0.5 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 6 8 10 12 16
#1 #2 Tol Inside diameters and tolerances (See standard)
3 F F F

4 F F F

5 F F F
±0.04
6 F F F

8 F F F F F

10 F F F F F F F

12 F F F F F F F F F

14 F F F F F F F F F

15 F F F F F F F F F

16 F F F F F F F F

18 F F F F F F F F F F
±0.05
20 F F F F F F F F F F

22 F F F F F F F F F

25 F F F F F F F F F

28 F F F F F F F F F F

30 F F F F F F F F F F

32 F F F F F F F F F F

35 F F F F F F F F F F

38 F F F F F F F F F F
±0.06
40 F F F F F F F F F F F

42 F F F

50 F F F F F F F F F F F F F

55 F F F F F F F F F F F F F
±0.08
60 F F F F F F F F F F F F F
3
NOTES: 1. Mass is calculated on the basis of density of aluminum of 2.7 kg/dm .
2. The size is national standard as indicated; F = First Choice; S = Second Choice;
T = Third Choice; Number = Other Size.
3. Tolerances are specified in the German standard DIN 1795 and shown in table.

565
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS
TC 18 Zinc and zinc alloys
TC 18/SC 1
ISO 713:1975 Zinc -- Determination of lead and cadmium contents -- Polarographic method
ISO 714:1975 Zinc -- Determination of iron content -- Photometric method
ISO 715:1975 Zinc -- Determination of lead content -- Polarographic method
ISO 1053:1975 Zinc -- Determination of copper content -- Spectrophotometric method
ISO 1054:1975 Zinc -- Determination of cadmium content -- Polarographic method
ISO 1055:1975 Zinc and zinc alloys -- Determination of iron content -- Spectrophotometric method
ISO 1169:2006 Zinc alloys -- Determination of aluminium content -- Volumetric method
ISO 1570:1975 Zinc and zinc alloys -- Determination of tin content -- Spectrophotometric method
ISO 1976:1975 Zinc alloys -- Determination of copper content -- Electrolytic method
ISO 2576:1972 Chemical analysis of zinc alloys -- Polarographic determination of lead and cadmium in zinc alloys containing copper
ISO 2741:1973 Zinc alloys -- Complexometric determination of magnesium
ISO 3750:1976 Zinc alloys -- Determination of magnesium content -- Atomic absorption method
ISO 3815-1:2005 Zinc and zinc alloys -- Part 1: Analysis of solid samples by optical emission spectrometry
ISO 3815-2:2005 Zinc and zinc alloys -- Part 2: Analysis by inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectrometry
ISO 20081:2005 Zinc and zinc alloys -- Method of sampling -- Specifications
TC 18/SC 2
ISO 301:2006 Zinc alloy ingots intended for casting
TC 18/SC 3
ISO 752:2004 Zinc ingots
TC 26 Copper and copper alloys
ISO 196:1978 Wrought copper and copper alloys -- Detection of residual stress -- Mercury(I) nitrate test
ISO 197-1:1983 Copper and copper alloys -- Terms and definitions -- Part 1: Materials
ISO 197-2:1983 Copper and copper alloys -- Terms and definitions -- Part 2: Unwrought products (Refinery shapes)
ISO 197-3:1983 Copper and copper alloys -- Terms and definitions -- Part 3: Wrought products
ISO 197-4:1983 Copper and copper alloys -- Terms and definitions -- Part 4: Castings
ISO 197-5:1980 Copper and copper alloys -- Terms and definitions -- Part 5: Methods of processing and treatment
ISO 431:1981 Copper refinery shapes
ISO 1190-1:1982 Copper and copper alloys -- Code of designation -- Part 1: Designation of materials
ISO 1553:1976 Unalloyed copper containing not less than 99,90 % of copper -- Determination of copper content -- Electrolytic method
ISO 1554:1976 Wrought and cast copper alloys -- Determination of copper content -- Electrolytic method
ISO 1810:1976 Copper alloys -- Determination of nickel (low contents) -- Dimethylglyoxime spectrophotometric method
ISO 1811-1:1988 Copper and copper alloys -- Selection and preparation of samples for chemical analysis -- Part 1: Sampling of cast unwrought
products
ISO 1811-2:1988 Copper and copper alloys -- Selection and preparation of samples for chemical analysis -- Part 2: Sampling of wrought products
and castings
ISO 1812:1976 Copper alloys -- Determination of iron content -- 1,10- Phenanthroline spectrophotometric method
ISO 2543:1973 Copper and copper alloys -- Determination of manganese -- Spectrophotometric method
ISO 2624:1990 Copper and copper alloys -- Estimation of average grain size
ISO 2626:1973 Copper -- Hydrogen embrittlement test
ISO 3110:1975 Copper alloys -- Determination of aluminium as alloying element -- Volumetric method
ISO 3111:1975 Copper alloys -- Determination of tin as alloying element -- Volumetric method
ISO 3112:1975 Copper and copper alloys -- Determination of lead -- Extracting titration method
ISO 3220:1975 Copper and copper alloys -- Determination of arsenic -- Photometric method
ISO 4739:1985 Wrought copper and copper alloy products -- Selection and preparation of specimens and test pieces for mechanical testing
ISO 4740:1985 Copper and copper alloys -- Determination of zinc content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 4741:1984 Copper and copper alloys -- Determination of phosphorus content -- Molybdovanadate spectrometric method
ISO 4742:1984 Copper alloys -- Determination of nickel content -- Gravimetric method
ISO 4743:1984 Copper alloys -- Determination of nickel content -- Titrimetric method
ISO 4744:1984 Copper and copper alloys -- Determination of chromium content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO/TR 4745:1978 High conductivity copper -- Spiral elongation test
ISO 4746:1977 Oxygen-free copper -- Scale adhesion test
ISO 4748:1984 Copper alloys -- Determination of iron content -- Na2EDTA titrimetric method

566
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 4749:1984 Copper alloys -- Determination of lead content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 4751:1984 Copper and copper alloys -- Determination of tin content -- Spectrometric method
ISO 5956:1984 Copper and copper alloys -- Determination of antimony content -- Rhodamine B spectrometric method
ISO 5959:1984 Copper and copper alloys -- Determination of bismuth content -- Diethyldithiocarbamate spectrometric method
ISO 5960:1984 Copper alloys -- Determination of cadmium content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 6437:1984 Copper alloys -- Determination of chromium content -- Titrimetric method
ISO 6957:1988 Copper alloys -- Ammonia test for stress corrosion resistance
ISO 7266:1984 Copper and copper alloys -- Determination of sulfur content -- Combustion titrimetric method
TC 79 Light metals and their alloys
ISO 3134-1:1985 Light metals and their alloys -- Terms and definitions -- Part 1: Materials
ISO 3134-2:1985 Light metals and their alloys -- Terms and definitions -- Part 2: Unwrought products
ISO 3134-3:1985 Light metals and their alloys -- Terms and definitions -- Part 3: Wrought products
ISO 3134-4:1985 Light metals and their alloys -- Terms and definitions -- Part 4: Castings
ISO 3134-5:1981 Light metals and their alloys -- Terms and definitions -- Part 5: Methods of processing and treatment
TC 79/SC 1
ISO 791:1973 Magnesium alloys -- Determination of aluminium -- 8-hydroxyquinoline gravimetric method
ISO 792:1973 Magnesium and magnesium alloys -- Determination of iron -- Orthophenanthroline photometric method
ISO 793:1973 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of iron -- Orthophenanthroline photometric method
ISO 794:1976 Magnesium and magnesium alloys -- Determination of copper content -- Oxalyldihydrazide photometric method
ISO 795:1976 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of copper content -- Oxalyldihydrazide photometric method
ISO 796:1973 Aluminium alloys -- Determination of copper -- Electrolytic method
ISO 797:1973 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of silicon -- Gravimetric method
ISO 808:1973 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of silicon -- Spectrophotometric method with the reduced
silicomolybdic complex
ISO 809:1973 Magnesium and magnesium alloys -- Determination of manganese -- Periodate photometric method (Manganese
content between 0,01 and 0,8 %)
ISO 810:1973 Magnesium and magnesium alloys -- Determination of manganese -- Periodate photometric method (Manganese
content less than 0,01 %)
ISO 886:1973 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of manganese -- Photometric method (Manganese content
between 0,005 and 1,5 %)
ISO 1118:1978 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of titanium -- Spectrophotometric chromotropic acid method
ISO 1178:1976 Magnesium alloys -- Determination of soluble zirconium -- Alizarin sulphonate photometric method
ISO 1783:1973 Magnesium alloys -- Determination of zinc -- Volumetric method
ISO 1784:1976 Aluminium alloys -- Determination of zinc -- EDTA titrimetric method
ISO 1975:1973 Magnesium and magnesium alloys -- Determination of silicon -- Spectrophotometric method with the reduced
silicomolybdic complex
ISO 2297:1973 Chemical analysis of aluminium and its alloys -- Complexometric determination of magnesium
ISO 2353:1972 Magnesium and its alloys -- Determination of manganese in magnesium alloys containing zirconium, rare earths,
thorium and silver -- Periodate photometric method
ISO 2354:1976 Magnesium alloys -- Determination of insoluble zirconium -- Alizarin sulphonate photometric method
ISO 2355:1972 Chemical analysis of magnesium and its alloys -- Determination of rare earths -- Gravimetric method
ISO 3255:1974 Magnesium and magnesium alloys -- Determination of aluminium -- Chromazurol S photometric method
ISO 3256:1977 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of magnesium -- Atomic absorption spectrophotometric method
ISO 3978:1976 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of chromium -- Spectrophotometric method using
diphenylcarbazide, after extraction
ISO 3979:1977 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of nickel -- Spectrophotometric method using dimethylglyoxime
ISO 3980:1977 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of copper -- Atomic absorption spectrophotometric method
ISO 3981:1977 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of nickel -- Atomic absorption spectrophotometric method
ISO 4058:1977 Magnesium and its alloys -- Determination of nickel -- Photometric method using dimethylglyoxime
ISO 4192:1981 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of lead content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric
method
ISO 4193:1981 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of chromium content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric
method
ISO 4194:1981 Magnesium alloys -- Determination of zinc content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric method
ISO 5194:1981 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of zinc content -- Flame atomic absorption spectrometric
method

567
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 5196-1:1980 Magnesium alloys -- Determination of thorium -- Part 1: Gravimetric method
ISO 5196-2:1980 Magnesium alloys -- Determination of thorium -- Part 2: Titrimetric method
ISO 6827:1981 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Determination of titanium content -- Diantipyrylmethane photometric method
ISO/TR 7242:1981 Chemical analysis of light metals and their alloys -- Statistical interpretation of inter-laboratory trials
TC 79/SC 2
ISO 2085:1976 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Check of continuity of thin anodic oxide coatings -- Copper sulphate test
ISO 2106:1982 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Determination of mass per unit area (surface density) of anodic oxide coatings --
Gravimetric method
ISO 2128:1976 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Determination of thickness of anodic oxide coatings -- Non-destructive
measurement by split-beam microscope
ISO 2135:1984 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Accelerated test of light fastness of coloured anodic oxide coatings using artificial
light
ISO 2143:1981 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Estimation of loss of absorptive power of anodic oxide coatings after sealing --
Dye spot test with prior acid treatment
ISO 2376:1972 Anodization (anodic oxidation) of aluminium and its alloys -- Insulation check by measurement of breakdown potential
ISO 2931:1983 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Assessment of quality of sealed anodic oxide coatings by measurement of
admittance or impedance
ISO 3210:1983 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Assessment of quality of sealed anodic oxide coatings by measurement of the loss
of mass after immersion in phosphoric-chromic acid solution
ISO 3211:1977 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Assessment of resistance of anodic oxide coatings to cracking by deformation
ISO 6581:1980 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Determination of the fastness to ultra-violet light of coloured anodic oxide
coatings
ISO 6719:1986 Anodized aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Measurement of reflectance characteristics of aluminium surfaces using
integrating-sphere instruments
ISO 7583:1986 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Vocabulary
ISO 7599:1983 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- General specifications for anodic oxide coatings on aluminium
ISO 7668:1986 Anodized aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Measurement of specular reflectance and specular gloss at angles of 20
degrees, 45 degrees, 60 degrees or 85 degrees
ISO 7759:1983 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Measurement of reflectivity characteristics of aluminium surfaces using abridged
goniophotometer or goniophotometer
ISO/TR 8125:1984 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys -- Determination of colour and colour difference of coloured anodic coatings
ISO 8251:1987 Anodized aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Measurement of wear resistance and wear index of anodic oxidation
coatings with an abrasive wheel wear test apparatus
ISO 8252:1987 Anodized aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Measurement of mean specific abrasion resistance of anodic
oxidation coatings with an abrasive jet test apparatus
ISO 8993:1989 Anodized aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Rating system for the evaluation of pitting corrosion -- Chart method
ISO 8994:1989 Anodized aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Rating system for the evaluation of pitting corrosion -- Grid method
ISO 10074:1994 Specification for hard anodic oxidation coatings on aluminium and its alloys
ISO 10215:1992 Anodized aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Visual determination of image clarity of anodic oxidation coatings --
Chart scale method
ISO 10216:1992 Anodized aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Instrumental determination of image clarity of anodic oxidation
coatings -- Instrumental method
ISO/TR 11728:1993 Anodized aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Accelerated test of weather fastness of coloured anodic oxide
coatings using cyclic artificial light and pollution gas
TC 79/SC 4
ISO 115:2003 Unalloyed aluminium ingots for remelting -- Classification and composition
TC 79/SC 5
ISO 2377:1972 Magnesium alloy sand castings -- Reference test bar
ISO 3116:2001 Magnesium and magnesium alloys -- Wrought magnesium alloys
ISO 7773:1983 Magnesium alloys -- Round bars and tubes -- Dimensional tolerances
ISO 8287:2000 Magnesium and magnesium alloys -- Unalloyed magnesium -- Chemical composition
ISO 16220:2005 Magnesium and magnesium alloys -- Magnesium alloy ingots and castings
ISO 23079:2005 Magnesium and magnesium alloys -- Returns -- Requirements, classification and acceptance
TC 79/SC 6
ISO 209-1:1989 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Chemical composition and forms of products -- Part 1: Chemical
composition
ISO 209-2:1989 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Chemical composition and forms of products -- Part 2: Forms of
products
ISO 2142:1981 Wrought aluminium, magnesium and their alloys -- Selection of specimens and test pieces for mechanical testing

568
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 5193:1981 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Drawn round bars -- Tolerances on shape and dimensions (Symmetric
plus and minus tolerances on diameter)
ISO 6361-1:1986 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy sheets, strips and plates -- Part 1: Technical conditions for inspection and
delivery
ISO 6361-2:1990 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy sheets, strips and plates -- Part 2: Mechanical properties
ISO 6361-3:1985 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy sheets, strips and plates -- Part 3: Strips -- Tolerances on shape and
dimensions
ISO 6361-4:1988 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy sheets, strips and plates -- Part 4: Sheets and plates -- Tolerances on
form and dimensions
ISO 6362-1:1986 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and profiles -- Part 1: Technical conditions for
inspection and delivery
ISO 6362-2:1990 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and profiles -- Part 2: Mechanical properties
ISO 6362-3:2001 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and profiles -- Part 3: Extruded rectangular
bars -- Tolerances on shape and dimensions
ISO 6362-4:1988 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and profiles -- Part 4: Extruded profiles --
Tolerances on shape and dimensions
ISO 6362-5:2001 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and profiles -- Part 5: Extruded round, square
and hexagonal bars -- Tolerances on shape and dimensions
ISO 6363-1:1988 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy cold-drawn rods/bars and tubes -- Part 1: Technical conditions for
inspection and delivery
ISO 6363-2:1993 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy cold-drawn rods/bars and tubes -- Part 2: Mechanical properties
ISO 6363-4:1991 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy cold-drawn rods/bars and tubes -- Part 4: Drawn rectangular bars --
Tolerances on form and dimensions
ISO 6363-5:1992 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy cold-drawn rods/bars and tubes -- Part 5: Drawn square and hexagonal
bars -- Tolerances on form and dimensions
ISO 6365-1:1988 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy cold-drawn wire -- Part 1: Technical conditions for inspection and
delivery
ISO 7271:1982 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Foil and thin strip -- Dimensional tolerances
ISO 7274:1981 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Drawn round bars -- Tolerances on shape and dimensions (All minus
tolerances on diameter)
TC 79/SC 7
ISO 2378:1972 Aluminium alloy chill castings -- Reference test bar
ISO 2379:1972 Aluminium alloy sand castings -- Reference test bar
ISO 3522:2006 Cast aluminium alloys -- Chemical composition and mechanical properties
ISO 7722:1985 Aluminium alloy castings produced by gravity, sand, or chill casting, or by related processes -- General conditions
for inspection and delivery
ISO 9915:1992 Aluminium alloy castings -- Radiography testing
ISO 9916:1991 Aluminium alloy and magnesium alloy castings -- Liquid penetrant inspection
ISO 10049:1992 Aluminium alloy castings -- Visual method for assessing the porosity
TC 79/SC 9
ISO 2107:2004 Aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Wrought products --Temper designations
RELATED HANDBOOKS
ISO
Handbook 30 Nonferrous Metals (1986). Available from ANSI; see Table 1-1. http://www.iso.org/iso/en/prods-
services/otherpubs/Handbooks.PublicationList?CLASSIFICATION=HANDBOOKS.
USA
Metals Handbook
Volume 1: Properties and Selection of Metals
Volume 2: Heat Treating, Cleaning and Finishing
Volume 3: Machining
Volume 4: Forming
Available from American Society of Materials, Materials Park, Ohio, USA, OH 44703
Standards Handbook for Copper and Copper Alloy Wrought Mill Products
Available from Copper Development Association, 260 Madison Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, NY 10016, USA.
Germany
DIN Handbook 26 Standards for Copper and Copper Alloys (in German) (4th ed., 1991)
DIN Handbook 27 Standards for Aluminum and Light Metals (in German) (5th ed., 1987)
Available from Beuth Verlag GmbH. Burggrafenstrasse 6, DE-1000, Berlin 30, Germany.
France
AFNOR Summary of French Standards for Light Metals (in French)
Available from AFNOR, Tour Europe, CEDEX 7, FR-92049 Paris La Defense Cedex, France.
UK
Metallic Materials Specification Handbook, Robert B. Ross.
Available from Halsted Press, a Division of John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 605 Third Ave., New York, NY 10158, USA.
569
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 12

Bearings
SUMMARY
Roller bearings have been subject to extensive world standardization efforts. Ball and cylindrical roller bearings are the most
prevalent bearing types in countries using the metric system. The secretariat for the Technical Committee ISO/TC4 Rolling
Bearings is held by Sweden. Its first recommendation, R15 for radial bearings boundary dimensions, was issued in 1955, and
the second edition of this important standard1 received worldwide approval in 1968. The largest ball and cylindrical roller bearing
manufacturing companies in the world have adhered to the ISO recommendation, so that today a number of bearing types,
produced by different manufacturing companies, can be interchanged.
The American National Standards Institute (ANSI), representing the USA position on an international level, and the American
Bearing Manufacturers Association, Inc. (ABMA), are responsible for rolling element bearing standardization in the USA These
standards are published as ANSI/ABMA standards and are available from either of the above organizations.
ANSI/ABMA 20 describes metric design radial ball, cylindrical roller, and spherical roller bearings conforming to the basic
boundary plans, which contain radial bearing parameters from the following international standards:

• ISO 15 (boundary dimensions)


• ISO 464 (snap rings and grooves)
• ISO 492 (tolerances)
• ISO 582 (chamfer dimensions)
• ISO 5753 (radial clearances)

Thrust bearings of ball cylindrical roller, and spherical roller types are specified in ANSI/ABMA 24.1, which covers thrust
bearing parameters from the following international standards:

• ISO 104 (boundary dimensions)


• ISO 199 (thrust ball bearing tolerances)
• ISO 582 (for chamfer dimensions)

A commitment to the customary inch measuring system has caused slow progress in the world standardization of such bearing
types as needle and tapered roller bearings.
The secretariat for ISO/TC123 - Plain Bearings is held by Russia, where several standards have been issued on the subject,
as shown on p. 539. self-aligning bushings would fall in the category of TC 123. However, the Russians have no interest in this
matter. Self-aligning bushings will be covered by TC4/SC7. Subcommittee 7 is handled by Germany.
Self-aligning bushings are now covered in the three-part standard ISO 6124, as shown on p. 542.
1
For information about the term “standard” as used in this book, please see p.12.

BALL AND CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS

GENERAL
National standards and industry manufacturing practices for ball and cylindrical roller bearings conform mostly to the ISO
standards. This provides references to important national standards on bearings, and enables worldwide specification data to be
used for the selection and procurement of bearings.

BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS FOR BALL AND CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS


Bearing boundary dimensions are valuable, and ball and cylindrical roller bearings of various internal designs and the same
dimension series are interchangeable. Boundary dimensions for radial roller bearings are specified in ISO 15.
Thrust roller bearings with flat seats have their boundary dimensions specified in ISO 104.
ANSI/ABMA 20 agrees with the ISO standards.
The corner radii or nominal chamfers on the bearings are specified for the various dimension series in ISO 15, and ISO 582
describes the chamfer dimension limits and maximum shaft and housing fillet radius for metric series bearings.
The bearing chamfers specified in most new standards conform to ISO 582, where the smallest single chamfer dimension,
rsmin, is specified. The conversion from the old nominal chamfer dimension to the new minimum dimension is shown in
Table 12-1.

570
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-1 BEARING CHAMFERS (ISO 582)

rnom rs min
0.1 0.05
0.15 0.08
0.2 0.1
0.3 0.15
0.4 0.2
0.5 0.3
1 0.6
1.5 1
2 1,1*
2.5 1.5 d - Nominal bearing bore diameter
3 2 r = Nominal chamfer dimension
3.5 2.1* rs min = The smallest single chamfer dimension
4 3 rs max = The largest single chamfer dimension
5 4
6 5
8 6
10 7.5
12 9.5
15 12
18 15
22 19

GENERAL NOTE: If it is desirable to accommodate bearings having dimensions in accordance with earlier international
Standards and Recommendations, the shaft or housing fillet radius should not exceed these smaller values.
NOTE:
1. *In ISO 582-1972 the rs min values were 1 mm and 2 mm respectively.

TOLERANCING
Tolerance limits for dimensions and runouts are covered in ISO 492 for radial ball and roller bearings and in ISO 199 for thrust
bearings. A normal class and Classes 6, 5, 4, and 2, listed in increasing order of precision, are defined in the ISO standards.
Table 12-2 shows how these tolerance classes are related to other national standards.
ANSI/ABMA 20 defines five tolerance classes for ball bearings as follows: ABEC1, ABEC3, ABEC5, ABEC7, and ABEC9. For
roller bearings there are three tolerance classes: RBEC1, RBEC3, and RBEC5.

571
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-2 WORLD BEARING TOLERANCE CLASSES

ISO USA Japan Germany France UK Italy Australia


492 ANSI/ JIS DIN NF BS UNI
199 ABMA B 1514 620 E22-321 292 4505
20 4506
Normal ABEC1 Normal
RBEC1 0 P0 0 0 0
Class 6 ABEC3 6 P6 6 6 6
RBEC3
Class 5 ABEC5 5 P5 5 5 5
RBEC5
Class 4 ABEC7 4 P4 4 4 4
ABEC9 2 P2 2 2 2
NOTES:
1. ISO 492 is applicable to radial ball and roller bearing tolerances and ISO 199 to thrust bearings.
2. For other tolerances and special requirements, such as internal bearing clearance or heat stabilization temperatures, see national standards referred to in
Table 12-2.

IDENTIFICATION CODES
The identification codes for bearings are specified in national standards shown in Table 12-3.
ANSI/ABMA 20 conforms to the previous ISO/R300 recommendations, and the DIN standard has a different identification
code. However, a cross reference to the previous ISO/R300 system is shown in the German standard.
The ISO identification codes have been used in the bearing tables in this section; a brief description of the designation system
is as follows.
The ISO identification code system has a basic number and supplementary numbers, as shown in Table 12-4. The basic
bearing number consists of a bore dimension in millimeters, a type code when the first letter indicates class of bearing (B = radial
ball bearings; R = cylindrical roller bearings; S = self-aligning roller bearings; T thrust ball and roller bearings), and the dimension
code, the diameter and width (or height) of bearings.

TABLE 12-3 WORLD BEARING IDENTIFICATION CODE STANDARDS

USA ANSI/ABMA 20
Japan JIS B1513
Germany DIN 623
France NF E22-395
UK BS 292
Italy UNI 5417
Australia AS

TABLE 12-4 SCHEMATIC ARRANGEMENT OF A COMPLETE ISO/R300 CODE NUMBER

Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5

Basic Number Supplementary Number

Outside Internal Lubricants

diameter Modification fit and and Special


Bore Type and width of design tolerances preservatives requirements
(or height)

0 AAA 0 AAAA 0 A 0

The basic bearing code numbers are shown in the tables for ball and roller bearings. For a complete bearing code designation
system, refer to ANSI/ABMA 20.
The description of how to use the ANSI identification code system has been kept to a minimum here, since future changes to
the above system are expected.

572
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
POPULAR BALL AND CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARING TYPES
The most popular deep-groove, angular contact, double row, self-aligning and thrust ball bearings are shown in Table 12-5.
ISO and national standards for each bearing type as well as their names in English (E), German (G), French (F), and Italian (I)
are also given in the table.

Deep-Groove Ball Bearings. The single-row, deep-groove ball bearings of the ISO dimension series 10, 02, and 03 shown in
Table 12-5 are generally available from 10 to 100 mm and larger shaft diameters. They can be supplied with single or double
shields or seals and with grooves for retaining rings, and are well-suited for light to medium radial loads at high speeds. The
largest number of bearings sold are of type BC 02.

Angular Contact Ball Bearings. Ball bearings of the single row, angular contact types of the dimension series 02 and 03, with
shaft diameters from 10 to 110 mm, are shown in Table 12-5. Bearings are generally available for sizes ranging from 25 to 180
mm shaft diameters. The angular contact bearings are suited for light to medium radial loads and for light axial loads in one
direction at high speeds.

Double Row Ball Bearings. Double row ball bearings of the ISO dimension series 32 and 33 and shaft diameters from 10
(15) to 110 mm are shown in Table 12-5. They are generally available, and are well-suited for light to medium radial loads and
light thrust loads in both directions at high speeds.

Self-Aligning Ball Bearings. Self-aligning ball bearings of the ISO dimension series 02 and 22 having nominal shaft
diameters, as shown in Table 12-5, are commercially available. They are used when some shaft deflection is expected, but are
less popular than the self-aligning roller bearings shown in Table 12-6. Self-aligning ball bearings might be preferred over self-
aligning roller bearings when applications are for small-shaft diameter sizes with height axial and radial loads and high speeds.

Self-Aligning Taper Roller Thrust Bearings. Self-aligning taper roller thrust bearings of the dimension series 94 and with
bore diameters from 60 to 140 mm are listed in Table 12-5 and are well-suited for heavy thrust loads and some shaft deflections
at low to medium speeds.

Ball Thrust Bearings. Ball thrust bearings of the dimension series 11 having nominal bore diameters from 30 to 200 mm are
listed in Table 12-5. For proper functioning, particularly at high speeds, a minimum thrust load is required. Ball thrust bearings
are suitable for light to medium axial loads and for high speeds.

Cylindrical Roller Bearings. Single-row cylindrical roller bearings with nominal shaft diameters from 25 to 170 mm in
dimension series 02 and shaft sizes from 20 to 160 mm in dimension series 03 are shown in Table 12-6. They are well suited for
heavy radial loads, cannot transmit any axial forces, and are recommended for use at moderate speeds when no shaft deflection
is expected.

Self-Aligning Roller Bearings. Spherical roller bearings in dimension series 22 with bore sizes ranging from 25 to 180 mm
and in dimension series 30 and 31 with shaft diameters from 110 to 480 mm are shown in Table 12-6. The self-aligning roller
bearings are available with cylindrical or 1:12 tapered bores to the nominal dimensions shown and are well suited for heavy
radial loads and moderate axial loads at medium rotating speeds. Bearings will perform satisfactorily with some shaft deflections.
The most popular bearing type is the SD 22.

TABLE 12-5A WORLD BALL AND THRUST BEARING STANDARDS -


DEEP GROOVE BALL BEARINGS - SINGLE ROW
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPE BC - DIMENSION SERIES 10

USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r

JAPAN JIS B1521 10 BC10 10 26 8 0.3 60 BC10 60 95 18 1.1


GERMANY DIN 625 12 BC10 12 28 8 0.3 65 BC10 65 100 18 1.1
FRANCE NF E22-300 15 BC10 15 32 9 0.3 70 BC10 70 110 20 1.1
UK BS 292 17 BC10 17 35 10 0.3 75 BC10 75 115 20 1.1
ITALY UNI 4473 20 BC10 20 42 12 0.6 80 BC10 80 125 22 1.1
AUSTRALIA AS 25 BC10 25 47 12 0.6 85 BC10 85 130 22 1.1
30 BC10 30 55 13 1 90 BC10 90 140 24 1.5
NOTES: 35 BC10 35 62 14 1 95 BC10 95 145 24 1.5
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 40 BC10 40 68 15 1 100 BC10 100 150 24 1.5
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 45 BC10 45 75 16 1 105 BC10 105 160 26 2
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 50 BC10 50 80 16 1 110 BC10 110 170 28 2
55 BC10 55 90 18 1.1 120 BC10 120 180 28 2

573
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-5B WORLD BALL AND THRUST BEARING STANDARDS -
DEEP GROOVE BALL BEARINGS - SINGLE ROW
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPE BC - DIMENSION SERIES 02

USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r


JAPAN JIS B1521 10 BC02 10 30 9 0.6 45 BC02 45 85 19 1
GERMANY DIN 625 12 BC02 12 32 10 0.6 50 BC02 50 90 20 1
FRANCE NF E22-300 15 BC02 15 35 11 0.6 55 BC02 55 100 21 1.5
UK BS 292 17 BC02 17 40 12 0.6 60 BC02 60 110 22 1.5
ITALY UNI 4203 20 BC02 20 47 14 1 65 BC02 65 120 23 1.5
AUSTRALIA AS 22 BC02 22 50 14 1 70 BC02 70 125 24 1.5
25 BC02 25 52 15 1 75 BC02 75 130 25 1.5
NOTES: 28 BC02 28 58 16 1 80 BC02 80 140 26 2
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 30 BC02 30 62 16 1 85 BC02 85 150 28 2
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 32 BC02 32 65 17 1 90 BC02 90 160 30 2
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 35 BC02 35 72 17 1.1 95 BC02 95 170 32 2.1
40 BC02 40 80 18 1.1 100 BC02 100 180 34 2.1

TABLE 12-5C WORLD BALL AND THRUST BEARING STANDARDS -


DEEP GROOVE BALL BEARINGS - SINGLE ROW
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPE BC - DIMENSION SERIES 10

USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r

JAPAN JIS B1521 10 BC03 10 35 11 0.6 45 BC03 45 100 25 1.5


GERMANY DIN 625 12 BC03 12 37 12 1 50 BC03 50 110 27 2
FRANCE NF E22-300 15 BC03 15 42 13 1 55 BC03 55 120 29 2
UK BS 292 17 BC03 17 47 14 1 60 BC03 60 130 31 2.1
ITALY UNI 4204 20 BC03 20 52 15 1.1 65 BC03 65 140 33 2.1
AUSTRALIA AS 22 BC03 22 56 16 1.1 70 BC03 70 150 35 2.1
25 BC03 25 62 17 1.1 75 BC03 75 160 37 2.1
NOTES: 28 BC03 28 68 18 1.1 80 BC03 80 170 39 2.1
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 30 BC03 30 72 19 1.1 85 BC03 85 180 41 3
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 32 BC03 32 75 20 1.1 90 BC03 90 190 43 3
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 35 BC03 35 80 21 1.5 95 BC03 95 200 45 3
40 BC03 40 90 23 1.5 100 BC03 100 215 47 3

TABLE 12-5D WORLD BALL AND THRUST BEARING STANDARDS –


ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARINGS - SINGLE ROW
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPE BT - DIMENSION SERIES 02

USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r

JAPAN JIS B1522 10 BT02 10 30 9 0.6 60 BT02 60 110 22 1.5


GERMANY DIN 628 12 BT02 12 32 10 0.6 65 BT02 65 120 23 1.5
FRANCE NF E22-300 15 BT02 15 35 11 0.6 70 BT02 70 125 24 1.5
UK BS 292 17 BT02 17 40 12 0.6 75 BT02 75 130 25 1.5
ITALY UNI 6336 20 BT02 20 47 14 1 80 BT02 80 140 26 2
AUSTRALIA AS 25 BT02 25 52 15 1 85 BT02 85 150 28 2
30 BT02 30 62 16 1 90 BT02 90 160 30 2
NOTES: 35 BT02 35 72 17 1.1 95 BT02 95 170 32 2.1
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 40 BT02 40 80 18 1.1 100 BT02 100 180 34 2.1
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 45 BT02 45 85 19 1.1 105 BT02 105 190 36 2.1
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 50 BT02 50 90 20 1.1 110 BT02 110 200 38 2.1
55 BT02 55 90 21 1.5

574
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-5E WORLD BALL AND THRUST BEARING STANDARDS -
ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARINGS - SINGLE ROW
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPE BT - DIMENSION SERIES 03

USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r

JAPAN JIS B1522 10 BT03 10 35 11 0.6 60 BT03 60 130 31 2.1


GERMANY DIN 628 12 BT03 12 37 12 1 65 BT03 65 140 33 2.1
FRANCE NF E22-300 15 BT03 15 42 13 1 70 BT03 70 150 35 2.1
UK BS 292 17 BT03 17 47 14 1 75 BT03 75 160 37 2.1
ITALY UNI 20 BT03 20 52 15 1.1 80 BT03 80 170 39 2.1
AUSTRALIA AS 25 BT03 25 62 17 1.1 85 BT03 85 180 41 3
30 BT03 30 72 19 1.1 90 BT03 90 190 43 3
NOTES: 35 BT03 35 80 21 1.5 95 BT03 95 200 45 3
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 40 BT03 40 90 23 1.5 100 BT03 100 215 47 3
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 45 BT03 45 100 25 1.5 105 BT03 105 225 49 3
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 50 BT03 50 110 27 2 110 BT03 110 240 50 3
55 BT03 55 120 29 2

TABLE 12-5F WORLD BALL AND THRUST BEARING STANDARDS -


DOUBLE ROW BALL BEARINGS
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPE BE - DIMENSION SERIES 32

USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r

JAPAN JIS B1521 10 BE32 10 30 14 0.6 60 BE32 60 110 37 1.5


GERMANY DIN 628 12 BE32 12 32 16 0.6 65 BE32 65 120 38 1.5
FRANCE NF E22-300 15 BE32 15 35 16 0.6 70 BE32 70 125 40 1.5
UK BS 17 BE32 17 40 18 0.6 75 BE32 75 130 41 1.5
ITALY UNI 4211 20 BE32 20 47 21 1 80 BE32 80 140 44 2
AUSTRALIA AS 25 BE32 25 52 21 1 85 BE32 85 150 49 2
30 BE32 30 62 24 1 90 BE32 90 160 52 2
NOTES: 35 BE32 35 72 27 1.1 95 BE32 95 170 56 2.1
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 40 BE32 40 80 30 1.1 100 BE32 100 180 60 2.1
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 45 BE32 45 85 30 1.1 105 BE32 105 190 65 2.1
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 50 BE32 50 90 30 1.1 110 BE32 110 200 70 2.1
55 BE32 55 100 30 1.1

TABLE 12-5G WORLD BALL AND THRUST BEARING STANDARDS -


DOUBLE ROW BALL BEARINGS
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPE BE - DIMENSION SERIES 33

USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r

JAPAN JIS B1521 15 BE33 15 42 19 1 60 BE33 60 130 54 2.1


GERMANY DIN 628 17 BE33 17 47 22 1 65 BE33 65 140 59 2.1
FRANCE NF E22-300 20 BE33 20 52 22 1.1 70 BE33 70 150 64 2.1
UK BS 25 BE33 25 62 25 1.1 75 BE33 75 160 68 2.1
ITALY UNI 4212 30 BE33 30 72 30 1.1 80 BE33 80 170 68 2.1
AUSTRALIA AS 35 BE33 35 80 35 1.5 85 BE33 85 180 73 3
40 BE33 40 90 37 1.5 90 BE33 90 190 73 3
NOTES: 45 BE33 45 100 40 1.5 95 BE33 95 200 78 3
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 50 BE33 50 110 44 2 100 BE33 100 215 83 3
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 55 BE33 55 120 49 2 105 BE33 105 225 87 3
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 110 BE33 110 240 92 3
575
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-5H WORLD BALL AND THRUST BEARING STANDARDS –
SELF - ALIGNING BALL BEARINGS
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPE BS - DIMENSION SERIES 02, 22

USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r

JAPAN JIS B1523 10 BS02 10 30 9 0.6 17 BS22 17 40 16 0.6


GERMANY DIN 630 12 BS02 12 32 10 0.6 20 BS22 20 47 18 1
FRANCE NF E22-300 15 BS02 15 35 11 0.6 25 BS22 25 52 18 1
UK BS 297 17 BS02 17 40 12 0.6 30 BS22 30 62 20 1
ITALY UNI 4477, 79 20 BS02 20 47 14 1 35 BS22 35 72 23 1.1
AUSTRALIA AS 25 BS02 25 52 15 1 40 BS22 40 80 23 1.1
30 BS02 30 62 16 1 45 BS22 45 85 23 1.1
NOTES: 35 BS02 35 72 17 1.1 50 BS22 50 90 23 1.1
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 40 BS02 40 80 18 1.1 55 BS22 55 100 25 1.5
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 45 BS02 45 85 19 1.1 60 BS22 60 110 28 1.5
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 50 BS02 50 90 20 1.1 65 BS22 65 120 31 1.5
55 BS02 55 100 21 1.5 70 BS22 70 125 31 1.5

TABLE 12-5I WORLD BALL AND THRUST BEARING STANDARDS -


SELF - ALIGNING TAPER ROLLER THRUST BEARING
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO BEARING TYPE TS - DIMENSION SERIES 94
USA ANSI DESIGNATION dw Dg H Dw dg Hw Hg A r
JAPAN JIS B1539 60 TS94 60 130 42 123 89 15 20 38 2.5
GERMANY DIN 728 65 TS94 65 140 45 133 96 16 21 42 3
FRANCE NF 70 TS94 70 150 48 142 103 17 23 44 3
UK BS 3134 75 TS94 75 160 51 152 109 18 24 47 3
ITALY UNI 6043 80 TS94 80 170 54 162 117 19 26 50 3.5
AUSTRALIA AS 85 TS94 85 180 58 170 125 21 28 54 3.5
90 TS94 90 190 60 180 132 22 29 56 3.5
NOTES: 100 TS94 100 210 67 200 146 24 32 62 4
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 110 TS94 110 230 73 220 162 26 35 69 4
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 120 TS94 120 250 78 236 174 29 37 74 5
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 130 TS94 130 270 85 255 189 31 41 81 5
140 TS94 140 280 85 268 199 31 41 86 5

TABLE 12-5J WORLD BALL AND THRUST BEARING STANDARDS -


BALL THRUST BEARINGS
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO BEARING TYPE TA - DIMENSION SERIES 11
USA ANSI DESIGNATION d d2 D H r DESIGNATION d d2 D H r
JAPAN JIS B1539 30 TA11 30 32 47 11 1 90 TA11 90 92 120 22 1.5
GERMANY DIN 728 35 TA11 35 37 52 12 1 100 TA11 100 102 135 25 1.5
FRANCE NF 40 TA11 40 42 60 13 1 110 TA11 110 112 145 25 1.5
UK BS 3134 45 TA11 45 47 65 14 1 120 TA11 120 122 155 25 1.5
ITALY UNI 6043 50 TA11 50 52 70 14 1 130 TA11 130 132 170 30 1.5
AUSTRALIA AS 55 TA11 55 57 78 16 1 140 TA11 140 142 180 31 1.5
60 TA11 60 62 85 17 1.5 150 TA11 150 152 190 31 1.5
65 TA11 65 67 90 18 1.5 160 TA11 160 162 200 31 1.5
NOTES: 70 TA11 70 72 95 18 1.5 170 TA11 170 172 215 34 2
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 75 TA11 75 77 100 19 1.5 180 TA11 180 183 225 34 2
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 80 TA11 80 82 105 19 1.5 190 TA11 190 193 240 37 2
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 85 TA11 85 87 110 19 1.5 200 TA11 200 203 250 37 2
576
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-6A WORLD CYLINDRICAL AND SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARING
STANDARDS - CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS - SINGLE ROW
mm
SYANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPE RN - DIMENSION SERIES 02
USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r
JAPAN JIS B1533 25 RN02 25 52 15 1 85 RN02 85 150 28 2
GERMANY DIN 635 30 RN02 30 62 16 1 90 RN02 90 160 30 2
FRANCE NF E22-300 35 RN02 35 72 17 1.1 95 RN02 95 170 32 2.1
UK BS 292 40 RN02 40 80 18 1.1 100 RN02 100 180 34 2.1
ITALY UNI 4481 45 RN02 45 85 19 1.1 105 RN02 105 190 36 2.1
AUSTRALIA AS 50 RN02 50 90 20 1.1 110 RN02 110 200 38 2.1
55 RN02 55 100 21 1.5 120 RN02 120 215 40 2.1
60 RN02 60 110 22 1.5 130 RN02 130 230 40 3
NOTES: 65 RN02 65 120 23 1.5 140 RN02 140 250 42 3
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 70 RN02 70 125 24 1.5 150 RN02 150 270 45 3
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 75 RN02 75 130 25 1.5 160 RN02 160 290 48 3
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 80 RN02 80 140 26 2 170 RN02 170 310 52 4

TABLE 12-6B WORLD CYLINDRICAL AND SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARING


STANDARDS - CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS - SINGLE ROW
mm
SYANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPE RN - DIMENSION SERIES 03
USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r
JAPAN JIS B1533 20 RN03 20 52 15 1.1 80 RN03 80 170 39 2.1
GERMANY DIN 635 25 RN03 25 62 17 1.1 85 RN03 85 180 41 3
FRANCE NF E22-300 30 RN03 30 72 19 1.1 90 RN03 90 190 43 3
UK BS 292 35 RN03 35 80 21 1.5 95 RN03 95 200 45 3
ITALY UNI 4482 40 RN03 40 90 23 1.5 100 RN03 100 215 47 3
AUSTRALIA AS 45 RN03 45 100 25 1.5 105 RN03 105 225 49 3
50 RN03 50 110 27 2 110 RN03 110 240 50 3
55 RN03 55 120 29 2 120 RN03 120 260 55 3
NOTES: 60 RN03 60 130 31 2.1 130 RN03 130 280 59 4
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 65 RN03 65 140 33 2.1 140 RN03 140 300 62 4
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 70 RN03 70 150 35 2.1 150 RN03 150 320 65 4
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 75 RN03 75 160 37 2.1 160 RN03 160 340 68 4

TABLE 12-6C WORLD CYLINDRICAL AND SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARING


STANDARDS - SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARINGS – SELF - ALIGNING
mm
SYANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPES SD, SC, SL - DIMENSION SERIES 22
USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r
JAPAN JIS B1535 25 SD22 25 52 18 1 85 SD22 85 150 36 2
GERMANY DIN 635 30 SD22 30 62 20 1 90 SD22 90 160 40 2
FRANCE NF E22-314 35 SD22 35 72 23 1.1 95 SD22 95 170 43 2.1
UK BS 40 SD22 40 80 23 1.1 100 SD22 100 180 46 2.1
ITALY UNI 4489 45 SD22 45 85 23 1.1 110 SD22 110 200 53 2.1
AUSTRALIA AS 50 SD22 50 90 23 1.1 120 SD22 120 215 58 2.1
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore 55 SD22 55 100 25 1.5 130 SD22 130 230 64 3
(Taper 1 to 12) 60 SD22 60 110 28 1.5 140 SD22 140 250 68 3
NOTES: 65 SD22 65 120 31 1.5 150 SD22 150 270 73 3
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 70 SD22 70 125 31 1.5 160 SD22 160 290 80 3
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 75 SD22 75 130 31 1.5 170 SD22 170 310 86 4
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 80 SD22 80 140 33 2 180 SD22 180 320 86 4

577
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-6D WORLD CYLINDRICAL AND SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARING
STANDARDS - SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARINGS – SELF - ALIGNING
mm
SYANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPES SD, SC, SL - DIMENSION SERIES 30
ANSI/ABMA
USA DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r
20
JAPAN JIS B1533 110 SD30 110 170 45 2 260 SD30 260 400 104 4
GERMANY DIN 635 120 SD30 120 180 46 2 280 SD30 280 420 106 4
FRANCE NF E22-300 130 SD30 130 200 52 2 300 SD30 300 460 118 4
UK BS 292 140 SD30 140 210 53 2 320 SD30 320 480 121 4
ITALY UNI 4482 150 SD30 150 225 56 2.1 340 SD30 340 520 133 5
AUSTRALIA AS 160 SD30 160 240 60 2.1 360 SD30 360 540 134 5
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore 170 SD30 170 260 67 2.1 380 SD30 380 560 135 5
(Taper 1 to 12) 180 SD30 180 280 74 2.1 400 SD30 400 600 148 5
NOTES: 190 SD30 190 290 75 2.1 420 SD30 420 620 150 5
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous 200 SD30 200 310 82 2.1 440 SD30 440 650 157 6
ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20. 220 SD30 220 340 90 3 460 SD30 460 680 163 6
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15. 240 SD30 240 360 92 3 480 SD30 480 700 165 6

TABLE 12-6E WORLD CYLINDRICAL AND SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARING


STANDARDS - SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARINGS – SELF - ALIGNING
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 15 BEARING TYPES SD, SC, SL - DIMENSION SERIES 31

USA ANSI/ABMA 20 DESIGNATION d D B r DESIGNATION d D B r

JAPAN JIS B1535 110 SD31 110 180 56 2 260 SD31 260 440 144 4
GERMANY DIN 635 120 SD31 120 200 62 2 280 SD31 280 460 146 5
FRANCE NF E22-314 130 SD31 130 210 64 2 300 SD31 300 500 160 5
UK BS 140 SD31 140 225 68 2.1 320 SD31 320 540 176 5
ITALY UNI 4485 150 SD31 150 250 80 2.1 340 SD31 340 580 190 5
AUSTRAL AS 160 SD31 160 270 86 2.1 360 SD31 360 600 192 5
170 SD31 170 280 88 2.1 380 SD31 380 620 194 5
180 SD31 180 300 96 3 400 SD31 400 650 200 6
190 SD31 190 320 104 3 420 SD31 420 700 224 6
200 SD31 200 340 112 3 440 SD31 440 720 226 6
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore 220 SD31 220 370 120 4 460 SD31 460 750 240 7.5
(Taper 1 to 12) 240 SD31 240 400 128 4 480 SD31 480 790 248 7.5
NOTES:
1. Bearing codes are according to the previous ISO/R300 standard and ANSI/ABMA 20.
2. The radii shown are rs min as specified in ISO 15.

NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS


GENERAL
Needle bearings for the standards shown in Table 12-7 are readily available throughout the world.

DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS


Boundary dimensions and tolerances for drawn cup needle roller bearings are specified in ISO 3245. These bearings are of small
radial section and useful where space is limited. The needle bearings are normally retained in the housing by press fit, and no retaining
shoulders are required. The use of split housings is not recommended.
The radial load capacity is moderate to high for bearings with hardened and ground shaft or inner ring. However, no thrust load can
be transmitted. The bearings should not be used where dynamic overloads can be expected. Drawn cup needle roller bearings are
generally available in two types, one with a full complement of needle rollers and the other with caged rollers. Full complement types
are best suited for moderate speeds, and caged types perform well at high speeds.
The boundary plans shown in Table 12-7 do not conform to ISO 15. The dimensions listed for drawn cup needle roller bearings are
the preferred sizes chosen from two large tables of standard sizes shown in ISO 3245. The diameter series 1 is specified in DIN 618,
and may become the only series in a new ISO standard in its final stages of approval. Do not specify diameter series 2 unless you
know the bearing is available.
578
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
CAM FOLLOWERS
Cam followers of the stud or the yoke types are specified for light and heavy duty in ISO 6278.
Stud type cam followers of the light series are shown for roller diameter sizes from 13 through 62 mm in Table 12-7. Yoke type cam
followers of the light series are shown for roller diameter sizes from 16 through 180 mm in Table 12-7.

MACHINED RINGS NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS


Machined rings needle roller bearings are specified in ISO 1206 and ISO 3097.
Machined ring bearings without inner ring are shown for shaft sizes 5 through 160 mm in Table 12-7. Machined ring bearings (inner
and outer ring) are shown for shaft sizes 5 through 140 mm in Table 12-7.
A brief description of the performance of the bearing is as follows: The machined rings needle-roller bearings are of moderately small
radial section, and they are, therefore, useful where space is limited. The bearings should be retained in the housing by shoulders or
rings and may be used in split housings. The radial load capacity for these bearings is moderate to high, but no thrust load can be
transmitted. These bearing types may be used where the possibility of some dynamic overload exists, and they perform quite well at
high speeds.

BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES


Basic dimensions for machined-type needle roller bearings are shown in ISO 1206 standard for dimension series 48 (ISO 15) with
110 — 360 mm shaft diameters and for dimension series 49 with 5—160 mm inside diameters. Tolerances for these bearings are
covered in ISO 3097. The boundary dimensions for the series 49 bearings are shown in Table 12-7 in nominal shaft diameters from 5
to 160 mm for bearings without inner rings and from 5 to 140 mm for complete needle bearings.

CAGED AND LOOSE NEEDLE ROLLERS FOR RADIAL AND THRUST BEARINGS
Radial Needle Roller and Cage Assemblies. Needle roller and cage assemblies are supplied without auxiliary inner and outer rings.
Housing and shafts should be hardened and ground to serve as raceways, and the space requirements kept to a minimum. The
assembly provides high radial and no thrust load capacity, and is well-suited for high-speed applications. Radial needle cage
assemblies are specified in ISO 3030 for shaft sizes from 5 to 60 mm in diameter series IC, and for shaft sizes from 10 to 100 mm in
diameter series 2C, 3C, and 4C. Nominal dimensions for radial needle cage assemblies are shown in Table 12-7.

Axial or Thrust Needle Roller and Cage Assemblies. Axial needle roller and cage assemblies may be used in conjunction with
hardened and ground thrust washers or may operate against machine elements of proper hardness and finish. Generally, thrust needle
roller and cage assemblies are used with radial bearings. The needle cage assemblies must be piloted to maintain concentricity with
shaft centerline and the needle rollers have high speed and axial load capacity when properly assembled. The basic dimensions for
thrust needle roller and cage assemblies are specified in ISO 3031 and shown in Table 12-7.

Loose Needle Rollers. A complement of hardened needle rollers used with ground shaft and housing as raceways provides the
maximum radial load capacity in a minimum space. The loose rollers will operate at moderate speeds, and are specified in ISO 3096.
The basic dimensions are shown in Table 12-7.

579
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-7A WORLD NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS
DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS (SERIES 1 AND 2)
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 3245 DIAMETER SERIES 1

USA ANSI/ABMA 18-1 FW D WIDTH B FW D WIDTH B


JAPAN JIS 4 8 8 20 26 12 16

GERMANY DIN 618 5 9 9 22 28 12 16

FRANCE NF E22-372 6 10 9 25 32 16 20
UK BS 7 11 9 28 35 16 20
ITALY UNI 8 12 10 30 37 16 20
AUSTRA AS 9 13 10 35 42 16 20
10 14 10 40 47 16 20
12 16 10 45 52 16 20
14 20 12 16 50 58 20 24
TOLERANCES IN MICROMETERS 16 22 12 16 55 63 20 24
Delta Fw min = 18 24 12 16
Fw Fw min - Fw
DIAMETER SERIES 2
over incl. high low

3 6 + 28 +10 FW D WIDTH B FW D WIDTH B

6 10 + 31 + 13 8 14 10 14 22 30 14 20
10 18 + 34 + 16 9 15 10 16 25 35 18 28
18 30 + 41 + 20 10 16 10 16 28 38 18 28
30 50 + 50 + 25 12 18 12 16 30 40 18 28
50 70 + 60 + 30 14 22 14 18 32 42 18 28
NOTES: 1. The minimum roller complement bore diameter is 15 23 14 20 35 45 20 28
checked with the cup mounted in a ring gage. The diameter of 16 24 14 20 38 48 20 28
which is equal to the low limit of N6. See Table 6-13. 17 25 14 20 40 50 20 28
2. A recommended way of checking Delta Fw min is by means 18 26 14 20 42 52 20 28
of GO and NOGO plug gages. 20 28 14 20 45 55 20 28

TABLE 12-7B WORLD NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS


MACHINED RING NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS WITH CAGE

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


USA ANSI/ABMA 18-1 TYPE NA DIAMETER SERIES 21, 51 and 81
JAPAN JIS FW D WIDTH B FW D WIDTH B FW D WIDTH B

GERMANY DIN 15 28 18 21 25 70 95 34 41 48 150 185 48 56 65

FRANCE NF 17 30 18 21 25 75 100 34 41 48 160 195 48 56 65


UK BS 20 33 18 21 25 80 105 34 41 48 170 210 56 65 75
ITALY UNI 25 38 18 21 25 85 110 34 41 48 180 220 56 65 75
AUSTRALIA AS 30 45 21 25 29 90 120 41 48 56 190 230 56 65 75
35 50 21 25 29 95 125 41 48 56 200 240 56 65 75
NOTES: 1. The minimum roller complement bore 40 55 21 25 29 100 130 41 48 56 210 250 56 65 75
diameter is checked with the cup mounted in a 45 60 21 25 29 105 135 41 48 56 220 270 71 82 95
ring gage. The diameter of which is equal to the 50 70 29 34 38 110 140 41 48 56 240 290 71 82 95
low limit of N6. See Table 6-13. 55 75 29 34 38 120 155 48 56 65 260 310 71 82 95
2. A recommended way of checking Delta Fw min 60 80 29 34 38 130 165 48 56 65 280 330 71 82 95
is by means of GO and NOGO plug gages. 65 85 29 34 38 140 175 48 56 65 300 350 71 82 95
3. For tolerances see Table 12-7A.
4. Diameter series specified in ISO 15.
5. Dimension series 21 = width series 2 and diameter series 1 (ISO 15).
6. Dimension series 49 is applicable except for those dimensions marked with an asterisk (*).

580
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-7C WORLD NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS -
MACHINED INNER RINGS FOR NEEDLE ROLLER REARINGS (AMERICAN TYPE)

STANDARDS/FIGURE DIMENSIONS
USA ANSI/ABMA 18-1 TYPE NR DIAMETER SERIES 21, 51 and 81
JAPAN JIS d D WIDTH B d D WIDTH B
GERMANY DIN 10 15 18.5 21.5 25.5 60 70 34.5 41.5 48.5
FRANCE NF 12 17 18.5 21.5 25.5 65 75 34.5 41.5 48.5
UK BS 15 20 18.5 21.5 25.5 70 80 34.5 41.5 48.5
ITALY UNI 17 25 18.5 21.5 25.5 75 85 34.5 41.5 48.5
AUSTRALIA AS 20 25 18.5 21.5 25.5 80 90 41.5 48.5 56.5
25 30 21.5 25.5 29.5 85 95 41.5 48.5 56.5
30 35 21.5 25.5 29.5 90 100 41.5 48.5 56.5

35 40 21.5 25.5 29.5 95 105 41.5 48.5 56.5

40 45 21.5 25.5 29.5 100 110 41.5 48.5 56.5


40 50 29.5 34.5 38.5 105 120 48.5 56.5 65.5
45 55 29.5 34.5 38.5 110 130 48.5 56.5 65.5
50 60 29.5 34.5 38.5 120 140 48.5 56.5 65.5
55 65 29.5 34.5 38.5 130 150 48.5 56.5 65.5
NOTES:
1. The minimum roller complement bore diameter is checked with the cup mounted
in a ring gage. The diameter of which is equal to the low limit of N6. See Table 6-13.
2. A recommended way of checking Delta Fw min is by means of GO and NOGO plug gages.
3. For tolerances see Table 12-7A.
4. Diameter series specified in ISO 15.
5. Dimension series 21 = width series 2 and diameter series 1 (ISO 15).
6. Dimension series 49 is applicable except for those dimensions marked with an asterisk (*).

TABLE 12-7D WORLD NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS -


MACHINED INNER RINGS FOR NEEDLE ROLLER REARINGS (AMERICAN TYPE)

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


ISO TYPE NR DIAMETER SERIES 21, 51 and 81
USA ANSI/ABMA 18-1 FW D B FW D B FW D B FW D B
JAPAN JIS 5 11* 10 22 30 13 52 68 22 85 105 30
GERMANY DIN 6 12* 10 25 37 17 55 70* 22 90 110 30
FRANCE NF 7 13 10 28 39 17 58 72 22 95 115* 30
UK BS 8 15 10 30 42 17 60 75* 22 100 120 35
ITALY UNI 9 17 10 32 45 17 63 80 25 105 125 35
AUSTRALIA AS 10 19 11 35 47 17 65 82* 25 110 130 35
12 20 11 40 52 20 68 85 25 115 140 40
14 22 13 42 55 20 70 88 25 125 150 40
16 24 13 45 58* 20 72 90 25 135 165 43
18 26* 13 48 62 22 75 95* 30 150 180 50
20 28 13 50 65* 22 80 100 30 160 190 50
NOTES:
1. The minimum roller complement bore diameter
is checked with the cup mounted in a ring gage.
The diameter of which is equal to the low limit of N6.
See Table 6-13.
2. A recommended way of checking Delta Fw min is by means of GO and NOGO plug gages.
3. For tolerances see ISO 3097 standard.
4. Diameter series specified in ISO 15.
5. Dimension series 21 = width series 2 and diameter series 1 (ISO 15).
6. Dimension series 49 is applicable except for those dimensions marked with an asterisk (*).

581
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-7E WORLD NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS -
COMPLETE NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS WITH MACHINED RING
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
TYPE NM DIAMETER SERIES 1C
ISO 3030 FW EW BC FW EW BC
USA ANSI/ABMA 18.1 5 8 8 - 20 24 10 13
JAPAN JIS 6 9 8 10 22 26 10 13
GERMANY DIN 5405 7 10 8 10 25 29 10 13
FRANCE NF 8 11 10 13 28 33 13 17
UK BS 9 12 10 13 30 35 13 17
ITALY UNI 10 13 10 13 32 37 13 17
AUSTRALIA AS 12 15 10 13 35 40 13 17
14 18 10 13 40 45 17 27
15 19 10 13 45 50 17 27
16 20 10 13 50 55 20 27
17 21 10 13 55 61 20 30
18 22 10 13 60 65 20 30
NOTES:
1. The minimum roller complement bore diameter is checked with the cup mounted
in a ring gage. The diameter of which is equal to the low limit of N6. See Table 6-13.
2. A recommended way of checking Delta Fw min is by means of GO and NOGO plug gages.
3. For tolerances see ISO 3030. Tolerances for BC -0.2 and -0.55 mm.
4. Diameter series specified in ISO 15.
5. Dimension series 21 = width series 2 and diameter series 1 (ISO 15).
6. Dimension series 49 is applicable except for those dimensions marked with an asterisk (*).

TABLE 12-7F WORLD NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS -


RADIAL NEEDLE ROLLER AND CAGE ASSEMBLIES
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
TYPE NM DIAMETER SERIES 1C
ISO 3030 FW EW BC FW EW BC
USA ANSI/ABMA 18.1 5 8 8 - 20 24 10 13
JAPAN JIS 6 9 8 10 22 26 10 13
GERMANY DIN 5405 7 10 8 10 25 29 10 13
FRANCE NF 8 11 10 13 28 33 13 17
UK BS 9 12 10 13 30 35 13 17
ITALY UNI 10 13 10 13 32 37 13 17
AUSTRALIA AS 12 15 10 13 35 40 13 17
14 18 10 13 40 45 17 27
15 19 10 13 45 50 17 27
16 20 10 13 50 55 20 27
17 21 10 13 55 61 20 30
18 22 10 13 60 65 20 30
NOTES:
1. The minimum roller complement bore diameter is checked with the cup mounted
in a ring gage. The diameter of which is equal to the low limit of N6. See Table 6-13.
2. A recommended way of checking Delta Fw min is by means of GO and NOGO plug gages.
3. For tolerances see ISO 3030. Tolerances for BC -0.2 and -0.55 mm.
4. Diameter series specified in ISO 15.
5. Dimension series 21 = width series 2 and diameter series 1 (ISO 15).
6. Dimension series 49 is applicable except for those dimensions marked with an asterisk (*).

582
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-7G WORLD NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS -
THRUST NEEDLE ROLLER AND CAGE ASSEMBLIES
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
DC1 DC DW DC1 DC DW
ISO 3031 15 28 2 50 70 3
USA ANSI/ABMA 21.1 16 29 2 55 78 3
JAPAN JIS 17 30 2 60 85 3
GERMANY DIN 5405 18 31 2 65 90 3
FRANCE NF E22-374 20 35 2 70 95 4
UK BS 25 42 2 75 100 4
ITALY UNI 30 47 2 80 105 4
AUSTRALIA AS 35 52 2 85 110 4
40 60 3 90 120 4
45 65 3 100 135 4
NOTE:
1. For tolerances see ISO 3031.
Tolerance for cage outside diameter Dc c12. See Table 6-19.
Tolerance for cage bore diameter DC1 E11. See Table 6-8.

TABLE 12-7H WORLD NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS – NEEDLE ROLLERS


mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
LW
DW r
ISO 3096 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 35 40 50

USA ANSI 1 x x x x
JAPAN JIS 1.5 x x x x x x
GERMANY DIN 5402 2 x x x x x x x
FRANCE NF E22-383 2.5 x x x x x x x x x
0.1
UK BS 3 x x x x x x x x x x x
ITALY UNI 3.5 x x x x x x x x x x x
AUSTRA AS 4 x x x x x x x x x x
5 x x x x x x x x x
NOTES:
1. Radius limits for rounded end needle rollers Rmin = RW/2 and Rmax = LW/2.
in a ring gage. The diameter of which is equal to the low limit of N6. See Table 6-13.
2. For tolerances see ISO 3096.

TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS

GENERAL
World standardization of metric tapered roller bearings has been attempted by ISO since 1963, when the first part of ISO/R355 was
issued. Eight parts of the above standard have been published to date.
A new ISO Standard for Metric Tapered Roller Bearings has now been published. This new standard will replace ISO/R355 in total.

BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS FOR TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS


Table 12-9 shows the boundary dimensions for the metric tapered roller bearings taken from the new ISO 355. The bearing corners
have been specified as minimum to ensure that fillets can be designed that will not interfere with the bearing corners.

TOLERANCING
Metric radial tapered roller bearings are covered in ANSI/ABMA 19.1 and correspond with ISO 355 (for boundary dimensions) and
ISO 492 (for tolerances).

583
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ANSI/ABMA
19.1 ISO 492
C 5 (except for Vdp, VDp, Vdmp, VDmp, Kia, Kea)
B 4 (except for Vdp, VDp, Kea, Sea)
A —
K Normal Class
N 6X

SERIES DESIGNATION
The ISO standard specifies a three-symbol dimension series designation in order of contact angle series designation, diameter series
designation, and width series designation. The definitions for these designations are shown in Table 12-8. The dimension series
designation for each standard metric tapered roller bearing is shown in the boundary dimension tabulation, Table 12-9.
Bearings with similar geometrical characteristics are referred to the same dimension series. Each dimension series is designated by a
combination of three symbols: the first is a numeric value for the contact angle range (angle series); the second is an alphanumeric
value for the outside diameter to bore diameter relationship range (diameter series); and the third is an alphanumeric value for the
width to section height relationship range (width series).

TAPERED ROLLER BEARING SELECTION


Bearing boundary dimensions, as seen in Table 12-9, have been grouped by contact angle series designation and then listed within
each group in ascending order of (a) bore size,

(b) outside diameter, and (c) width. Table 12-8 shows the geometric definition for the boundary dimension tabulation symbols used in
Table 12-9. These symbols denote basic dimensions, except for chamfers, which are shown as minimums.
The bearing rating may be calculated using the formulas shown in ISO 281 (ANSI/ABMA 11). It is recommended that the
manufacturer be contacted for ratings and availability of specific bearings.
A typical bearing selection could be based on the dimension series designation as follows:

General Purpose Application (60-mm Bore)


Dimension Series Designations: 2CC, 2CD, 2ED
Combination General Purpose and Heavy-Pinion Applications (60-mm Bore)
Dimension Series Designation: 4FE
Pinion Applications (60-mm Bore)
Dimension Series Designation: 5DD, 5ED
High-Speed Applications (60-mm Bore)
Dimension Series Designation: 4CB
Steep Angle High Thrust Applications (60-mm Bore)
Dimension Series Designation: 7FC

584
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-8 ANGLE, DIAMETER, AND WIDTH SERIES DESIGNATIONS (ISO 355)

d = bearing bore diameter, nominal


D = bearing outside diameter, nominal
T = bearing width, nominal
B = cone width, nominal
C = cup width, nominal
E = cup small inside diameter, nominal
α = bearing contact angle, nominal
r1 = cone back face chamfer height
r1smin = smallest single r1
r2 = cone back face chamfer width
r2smin = smallest single r2
r3 = cup back face chamfer height
r3smin = smallest single r3
r4 = cup back face chamfer width
r4smin = smallest single r4
r5 = cone and cup front face chamfer height and width

585
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-9A WORLD TAPERED ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS - GENERAL PURPOSE APPLICATION
mm
STANDARDS DIMENSIONS
IS0 355 ANGLE SERIES DESIGNATION ANGLE SERIES DESIGNATION
ANSI/ABMA
USA DESIG d D B C T r1, r2 r3, r4 DESIG d D B C T r1, r2 r3, r4
19.1
JAPAN JIS B1534 15 2FB 15 42 13 11 14.25 1 1 35 2DE 35 72 28 22 28 1.5 1.5
GERMANY DIN 720 17 2DB 17 40 12 11 13.25 1 1 35 2EE 35 78 32.5 27 33 2.5 2
FRANCE NF R95-506 17 2DD 17 40 16 14 17.25 1 1 35 2FB 35 80 21 18 22.75 2 1.5
UK BS 3134 17 2FB 17 47 14 12 15.25 1 1 35 2FE 35 80 31 25 32.75 2 1.5
ITALY UNI 6042 17 2FD 17 47 19 16 20.25 1 1 40 2BC 40 62 15 12 15 0.6 0.6
AUSTRAL AS 20 2BD 20 37 12 9 12 0.3 0.3 40 2BE 40 68 22 18 22 1 1
20 2DC 20 45 17.5 13.5 17 1 1 40 2CD 40 75 24 19.5 24 2 2
FIGURE 20 2DB 20 47 14 12 15.25 1 1 40 2CE 40 75 26 20.5 26 1.5 1.5
20 2DD 20 47 18 15 19.25 1 1 40 2DE 40 80 32 25 32 1.5 1.5
20 2ED 20 50 22 18.5 22 2 1.5 40 2EE 40 85 32.5 28 33 2.5 2
20 2FB 20 52 15 13 16.25 1.5 1.5 40 2FB 40 90 23 20 25.25 2 1.5
20 2FD 20 52 21 1B 22.25 1.5 1.5 40 2FD 40 90 33 27 35.25 2 1.5
22 2BC 22 40 12 9 12 0.3 0.3 45 2BC 45 68 15 12 15 0.6 0.6
22 2CC 22 47 17.5 13.5 17 1 1 45 2CE 45 75 24 19 24 1 1
22 2FD 22 52 22 18.5 22 2 1.5 45 2CD 45 80 24 19.5 24 2 2
2.5
25 2BD 25 42 12 9 12 0.3 0.3 45 2ED 45 95 35 30 36 2.5
_
25 2CE 25 47 17 14 17 0.6 0.6 45 2FB 45 100 25 22 27.25 2 1.5
25 2CC 25 50 17.5 13.5 17 1.5 1 45 2FD 45 100 36 30 38.25 2 1.5
25 2CD 25 52 18 16 19.25 1 1 50 2BC 50 72 15 12 15 0.6 0.6
25 2pE 25 52 22 18 22 1 1 50 2CE 50 80 24 19 24 1 1
25 2$E 25 58 26 21 26 2 1.5 50 2CD 50 85 24 19.5 24 2 2
25 2FB 25 62 17 15 18.25 1.5 1.5 50 2ED 50 100 35 30 36 2.5 2.5
25 2FD 25 62 24 20 25.25 1.5 1.5 50 2FB 50 110 27 23 29.25 2.5 2
28 2BD 28 45 12 9 12 0.3 0.3 50 2FD 50 110 40 33 42.25 2.5 2
28 2CD 28 55 19.5 15.5 19 1.5 1.5 55 2BC 55 80 17 14 17 1 1
28 2DE 28 58 24 19 24 1 1 55 2CC 55 85 18.5 14 18 2 2
28 2ED 28 65 27 22 27 2 2 55 2CE 55 90 27 21 27 1.5 1.5
30 2BD 30 47 12 9 12 0.3 0.3 55 2CD 55 95 27 21.5 27 2 2
30 2CE 30 55 20 16 20 1 1 55 2ED 55 110 39 32 39 2.5 2.5
30 2CD 30 58 19.5 15.5 19 1.5 1.5 55 2FB 55 120 29 25 31.5 2.5 2
30 2DE 30 62 25 19.5 25 1 1 55 2FD 55 120 43 35 45.5 2.5 2
30 2EE 30 68 29 24 29 2 2 60 2BC 60 85 17 14 17 1 1
30 2FB 30 72 19 16 20.75 1.5 1.5 60 2CC 60 90 18.5 14 18 2 2
30 2FD 30 72 27 23 28.75 1.5 1.5 60 2CE 60 95 27 21 27 1.5 1.5
32 2BD 32 52 15 10 14 0.6 0.6 60 2CD 60 100 27 21.5 27 2 2
32 2CD 32 62 21 17 21 1.5 1.5 60 2EE 6G 115 39 33 40 2.5 2.5
32 2DE 32 65 26 20.5 26 1 1 60 2FB 60 130 31 26 33.5 3 2.5
NOTE: The tapered roller bearings shown 32 2ED 32 72 29 24 29 2 2 60 2FD 60 130 46 37 48.5 3 2.5
in this table are those included in ISO 355. 35 2BD 35 55 14 11.5 14 0.6 0.6 65 2BC 65 90 17 14 17 1 1
The national standards listed may not 35 2CE 35 62 21 17 21 1 1 65 2CC 65 100 22 17.5 22 2 2
agree with the ISO standard yet. 35 2DD 35 68 23 18.5 23 2 2 65 2CE 65 100 27 21 27 1.5 1.5

586
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-9B WORLD TAPERED ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS - GENERAL PURPOSE APPLICATION
mm
STANDARDS DIMENSIONS
IS0 355 ANGLE SERIES DESIGNATION ANGLE SERIES DESIGNATION
USA DESIG d D B C T r1, r2 r3, r4 DESIG d D B C T r1, r2 r3, r4
ANSI/ABMA 19.1 20 3CC 20 42 15 12 15 0.6 0.6 55 3DB 55 100 21 18 22.75 2 1.5
JAPAN JIS B1534 22 3CC 22 44 15 11.5 15 0.6 0.6 55 3DC 55 100 25 21 26.75 2 1.5
GERMANY DIN 720 25 3CC 25 57 15 13 16.25 1 1 55 3DE 55 100 35 27 35 2 1.5
FRANCE NF R95-506 30 3DB 30 62 16 14 17.25 1 1 60 3CE 60 100 30 23 30 1.5 1.5
UK BS 3134 30 3DC 30 62 20 17 21.25 1 1 60 3EB 60 110 22 19 23.75 2 1.5
ITALY UNI 6042 32 3DB 32 65 17 15 18.25 1 1 60 3EC 60 110 28 24 29.75 2 1.5
AUSTRAL AS 35 3DB 35 72 17 15 18.25 1.5 1.5 60 3EE 60 110 38 29 38 2 1.5
35 3DC 35 72 23 19 24.25 1.5 1.5 65 3DE 65 110 34 26.5 34 1.5 l.5
FIGURE 40 3CD 40 68 19 14.5 19 1 1 65 3EB 65 120 23 20 24.75 2 1.5
40 3DB 40 80 18 16 19 .75 1.5 1.5 65 3EC 65 120 31 27 32.75 2 1.5
40 3DC 40 80 23 19 24.75 1.5 1.5 65 3EE 65 120 41 32 41 2 1.5
45 3CC 45 75 20 15.5 20 1 1 65 3FE 65 135 51 43 52 5 3
45 3CE 45 80 26 20.5 26 1.5 1.5 70 3DE 70 120 37 29 37 2 1.5
45 3DB 45 45 19 i6 20.75 1.5 1.5 70 3EB 70 125 24 21 26.25 2 1.5
45 3DC 45 85 23 19 24.75 1.5 1.5 70 3EC 70 1.25 31 27 33.25 2 l.5
45 30E 45 85 32 25 32 1.5 1.5 70 3EE 70 125 41 32 41 2 1.5
50 3CC 50 80 20 15.5 20 1 1 75 3DE 75 125 37 29 37 2 1.5
50 3CE 50 85 26 20 26 1.5 1.5 75 3EE 75 130 41 31 41 2 1.5
50 3D8 50 90 20 17 21.75 1.5 1.5 75 3FE 75 145 51 43 52 5 3
50 3DC 50 90 23 19 24.75 1.5 1.5 80 3CC 80 125 29 22 29 1.5 1.5
50 3DE 50 90 32 24.5 32 1.5 1.5 80 3DE 80 130 37 29 37 2 1.3
55 3CC 55 90 23 17.5 23 1.5 1.5 80 3EB 80 140 26 22 28.25 2.5 2
55 3CE 55 95 30 23 30 1.5 1.5 80 3EC 80 140 33 28 35.25 2.5 2
NOTE: The tapered roller bearings shown in this table are those included in ISO 355.
The national standards listed may not agree with the ISO standard yet.

TABLE 12-9C WORLD TAPERED ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS - GENERAL PURPOSE APPLICATION
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
IS0 355 ANGLE SERIES DESIGNATION ANGLE SERIES DESIGNATION

USA DESIG d D B C T r1, r2 r3, r4 DESIG d D B C T r1, r2 r3, r4


ANSI/ABMA 19.1 20 4DB 20 45 14 10 14 1 1 50 4FE 50 105 40 34 41 4 2.5
JAPAN JIS B1534 22 4CB 22 47 14 10 14 1 1 55 4CB 55 95 20 15.5 21 2 2
GERMANY DIN 720 25 4CC 25 47 15 11.5 15 0.6 0.6 55 4FE 55 115 42 37 44 5 2.5
FRANCE NF
25 4CB 25 50 14 10 14 1 1 60 4CC 60 95 23 17.5 23 1.5 1.5
R95-506
UK BS 3134 28 4CC 28 52 16 12 16 1 1 60 4CB 60 100 20 15.5 21 2 2
ITALY UNI 6042 28 4CB 28 55 14.5 11 15 1 1 60 4FE 60 125 46 40 48 5 2.5
AUSTRAL AS 30 4CC 30 55 17 13 17 1 1 65 4CC 65 100 23 17.5 23 1.5 1.5
30 4CB 30 60 16.5 12.5 17 1 1 65 4CB 65 105 20 15.5 21 2 2
32 4CC 32 58 17 13 17 1 1 70 4CB 70 110 20 15.5 21 2 2
32 4DB 32 65 17.5 13.5 18 1 1 70 4CC 70 110 25 19 25 1.5 1.5
35 4CC 35 62 16 14 18 1 1 70 4FE 70 140 51 43 52 5 3
35 4DB 35 70 18 14 19 1 1 75 4CB 75 115 20 15.5 21 2 2
40 4CB 40 75 18 14 19 1 1 75 4CC 75 115 25 19 25 1.5 1.5
45 4DB 45 85 20 15.5 21 2 2 75 4DB 75 130 25 22 27.25 2 1.5
50 4DB 50 90 20 15.5 21 2 2 75 4DC 75 130 31 27 33.25 2 1.5
NOTE: The tapered roller bearings shown in this table are those included in ISO 355.
The national standards listed may not agree with the ISO standard yet.

587
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-9D WORLD TAPERED ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS - PINION APPLICATION
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
USA DESIG d D B C T r1, r2 r3, r4 DESIG d D B C T r1, r2 r3, r4

ANSI/ABMA 19.1 20 5DD 20 47 18 15 19.25 1 1 50 5DC 50 90 23 18 24.75 1.5 1.5

JAPAN JIS B1534 25 5CD 25 52 18 15 19.25 1 1 50 5ED 50 100 34.5 29 36 4 2

GERMANY DIN 720 28 5DD 28 58 19 16 20.25 1 1 50 5FD 50 110 40 33 42.25 2.5 2

FRANCE NF R95-506 30 5DC 30 62 20 17 21.25 1 1 55 5DD 55 100 28.5 24 30 4 2.5

UK BS 3134 30 5FD 30 72 27 23 28.75 1.5 1.5 55 5ED 55 105 34.5 29 36 4 2.5

ITALY UNI 6042 32 5DC 32 65 21.5 17 22 1 1 55 5FD 55 120 43 35 45.5 2.5 2

AUSTRAL AS 32 5FD 32 75 28 23 29.75 1.5 1.5 60 5DD 60 110 32 27 34 4 2.5

35 5DC 35 72 23 19 24.25 1.5 1.5 60 5ED 60 115 38 31 39 4 2.5


35 5FE 35 80 31 25 32.75 2 1.5 60 5FD 60 130 46 37 48.5 3 2.5
40 5DC 40 80 23 19 24.75 1.5 1.5 65 5DD 65 115 32 27 34 4 2.5
40 5DD 40 80 26.5 21.5 27 4 2 65 5ED 65 120 38 31 39 4 2.5
40 5FD 40 90 33 27 35.25 2 1.5 65 5GD 65 140 48 39 51 3 2.5
45 5DC 45 85 23 19 24.75 1.5 1.5 70 5DD 70 125 34.5 30 37 4 2.5
45 5ED 45 90 31 26 32 4 2 70 5ED 70 130 40 34 42 4 2.5
45 5FD 45 100 36 30 38.25 2 1.5 70 5GD 70 150 51 42 54 3 2.5
NOTE: The tapered roller bearings shown in this table are those included in ISO 355.
The national standards listed may not agree with the ISO standard yet.

TABLE 12-9E WORLD TAPERED ROLLER BEARING STANDARDS - STEEP ANGLE HIGH THRUST APPLICATIONS
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
IS0 355 ANGLE SERIES DESIGNATION ANGLE SERIES DESIGNATION
USA ANSI/ DESIG d D B C T r1, r2 r3, r4 DESIG d D B C T r1, r2 r3, r4
ABMA 19.1 25 7FB 25 62 17 13 18.25 1.5 1.5 50 7FB 50 110 27 19 29.25 2.5 2
JAPAN JIS 30 7FB 30 72 19 14 20.75 1.5 1.5 55 7FC 55 115 31 23.5 34 3 3
GERMANY DIN 35 7FB 35 80 21 15 22.75 2 1.5 55 7FB 55 120 29 21 31.5 2.5 2
FRANCE NF 40 7FB 40 90 23 17 25.25 2 1.5 60 7FC 60 125 33.5 26 37 3 3
UK BS 45 7FC 45 95 26.5 20 29 2.5 2.5 60 7FB 60 130 31 22 33.5 3 2.5
ITALY UNI 45 7FB 45 100 25 18 27.25 2 1.5 65 7FC 65 130 33.5 26 37 3 3
AUSTRAL AS 50 7FC 50 105 29 22 32 3 3 65 7GB 65 140 31 23 36 3 2.5
NOTES:
1. The tapered roller bearings shown in this table are those included in ISO 355.
The national standards listed may not agree with the ISO standard yet.
2. Self-aligning tapered roller thrust bearings to existing metric standards are shown in Table 12-5I.

PLAIN BEARINGS AND SELF-ALIGNING BUSHINGS


GENERAL
The ISO technical committee TC 123 has developed several standards for plain bearings. Other national standards referred to in
Table 12-10 do not necessarily agree with the ISO standards yet. They are shown only for reference purposes. The worldwide
standardization of self-aligning bushings has been assigned to TC 4.

PLAIN CYLINDRICAL BEARINGS WITH OR WITHOUT FLANGE MADE FROM SINTERED MATERIAL
Dimensions and tolerances for plain bearings made from sintered material are specified in sizes ranging from 1 to 60 mm in ISO 2795
and shown in sizes from 3 to 60 mm in Table 12-10. It is envisaged that as far as possible the same outside diameters will be
recommended for all types of plain bearings. The outside diameters for thin-wall series are shown in columns marked D1, the normal
series in columns marked D2, and the preferred plain bearing lengths are shown under L. A further reduction of the preferred nominal
diameters (d) in the ISO standard is recommended by this text (see Preferred Numbers, Table 4-1).

PLAIN SPHERICAL BEARINGS MADE FROM SINTERED MATERIAL


Dimensions and tolerances for spherical bearings made from sintered material are covered in ISO 2795 in sizes from 1 to 20 mm
nominal diameters. The largest sizes are shown in Table 12-10.

PLAIN WRAPPED BEARINGS (BUSHES)


Dimensions and tolerances for plain wrapped bearings in nominal housing diameters from 6 to 150 mm are specified in ISO 3547,
and the recommended dimensions for bearing housing sizes from 12 to 60 mm are shown in Table 12-10. Other details concerning
tolerances, chamfers, and lubrication grooves are shown in the ISO standard.
588
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
PLAIN THIN-WALLED HALF BEARINGS
ISO 3548 gives the main dimensions and tolerances for thin-walled half bearings for use in reciprocating machinery in the housing
size range from 20 to 500 mm. The housing and inside diameters for sizes from 25 to 120 mm are shown in Table 12-10. For
recommended tolerances, notches, and lubrication grooves, see ISO 3548.

SELF-ALIGNING BUSHINGS
The ISO standards for self-aligning bushings are based on DIN 648 and it is an extension of existing European aircraft standards.
The following series are covered in ISO 6124-1 and shown in Table 12-11.

Series E — Basic series (nominal diameters from 4 to 300 mm)


Series G — Heavy series (nominal diameters from 4 to 280 mm)
Series EW — Bearing with extended inner ring (see ISO 6124-2)
Series C — Boundary dimensions (see ISO 6124-3)

TABLE 12-10A WORLD PLAIN BEARING STANDARDS -


PLAIN CYLINDRICAL BEARINGS MADE FROM SINTERED MATERIAL
mm
SYANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
d D1 D2 L d D1 D2 L
ISO 2795 3 6 5 3 4 22 28 27 15 20 25 30
USA ANSI 4 8 7 3 4 6 25 32 30 20 25 30 35
JAPAN JIS 5 9 8 4 5 8 28 36 33 20 25 30 40
GERMANY DIN 1850 6 10 9 4 6 10 30 38 35 20 25 30 40
FRANCE NF 7 11 10 5 8 10 32 40 38 20 25 30 40
UK BS 4480 8 12 11 6 8 12 35 45 41 25 35 40 50
ITALY UNI 9 14 12 6 10 14 38 48 44 25 35 45 55
AUSTRALIA AS 10 16 14 8 10 16 40 50 46 30 40 50 60
12 18 16 8 12 20 42 52 48 30 40 50 60
14 20 18 10 14 20 45 55 51 35 45 55 65
15 21 19 10 15 25 48 58 55 35 50 70
16 22 20 12 16 25 50 60 58 35 50 70
18 24 22 12 18 30 55 65 63 40 55 70
20 26 25 15 20 25 30 60 72 0.68 50 60 70
See notes below.

TABLE 12-10B WORLD PLAIN BEARING STANDARDS -


PLAIN FLANGED BEARINGS MADE FROM SINTERED MATERIAL
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
d D1 D2 L T d D1 D2 L T
ISO 2795 3 6 9 4 1.5 22 28 34 15 20 25 30 3
USA ANSI 4 8 12 3 4 6 2 25 32 39 20 25 30 3.5
JAPAN JIS 5 9 13 4 5 8 2 28 36 44 20 25 30 4
GERMANY DIN 1850 6 10 14 4 6 10 2 30 38 46 20 25 30 4
FRANCE NF 7 11 15 5 8 10 2 32 40 48 20 25 30 4
UK BS 4480 8 12 16 6 8 12 2 35 45 55 25 35 40 5
ITALY UNI 9 14 19 6 10 14 2.5 38 48 58 25 35 45 5
AUSTRALIA AS 10 16 22 8 10 16 3 40 50 60 30 40 50 5
12 18 24 8 12 20 3 42 52 62 30 40 50 5
14 20 26 10 14 20 3 45 55 65 35 45 55 5
15 21 27 10 15 25 3 48 58 68 35 50 5
16 22 28 12 16 25 3 50 60 70 35 50 5
18 24 30 12 18 30 3 55 65 75 40 55 5
20 26 32 15 20 25 30 3 60 72 84 50 60 6
NOTES:
1. For the thin series, from diameter 20 mm (included), the last value for length is not applicable.
2. For tolerance limits, see Chapter 6.
3. Tolerance for housing diameter should normally be H10, but this depends on the method of assembly. Where an easier fit
is preferred for lighter self-alignment, G10 is suggested.
4. A cylindrical surface is permissible on the sphere at the center of the bearing length. The diameter of the resulting cylinder
shall be not less than 75% of the spherical diameter.
5. TOLERANCES ; Housing: H7; Fitted bore size: H7; Flange diameter, thickness and length: js13; Insertion pin: m5;
Concentricity (full indicator movement): IT9

589
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-10C WORLD PLAIN BEARING STANDARDS -
PLAIN SPHERICAL BEARINGS MADE FROM SINTERED MATERIAL
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 2795 d D L d D L
USA ANSI 2 5 3 9 18 12
JAPAN JIS 2.5 6 4 10 22 14
GERMANY DIN 3 8 6 12 22 15
FRANCE NF 4 10 8 14 24 17
UK BS 4480 5 12 9 15 27 20
ITALY UNI 6 14 10 16 28 20
AUSTRALIA AS 7 16 11 18 30 20
8 16 11 20 36 25
NOTES:
1. For the thin series, from diameter 20 mm (included), the last value for length is not applicable.
2. For tolerance limits, see Chapter 6.
3. Tolerance for housing diameter should normally be H10, but this depends on the method of assembly. Where an easier fit
is preferred for lighter self-alignment, G10 is suggested.
4. A cylindrical surface is permissible on the sphere at the center of the bearing length. The diameter of the resulting cylinder
shall be not less than 75% of the spherical diameter.
5. TOLERANCES ; Housing: H7; Fitted bore size: H7; Flange diameter, thickness and length: js13; Insertion pin: m5;
Concentricity (full indicator movement): IT9

TABLE 12-10D WORLD PLAIN BEARING STANDARDS - PLAIN THIN-WALLED HALF BEARINGS
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 3548 D d D d
USA ANSI 25 22 21.5 56 52.5 52 51
JAPAN JIS 26 23 22.5 60 56.5 56 55
GERMANY DIN 28 25 24.5 63 59.5 59 58
FRANCE NF 30 27 26.5 67 63 62 61
UK BS 4480 32 29 28.5 28 71 67 66 65
ITALY UNI 34 31 30.5 30 75 71 70 69
AUSTRALIA AS 36 33 32.5 32 80 76 75 74
38 35 34.5 34 85 81 80 79
40 36.5 36 35 90 85 84 83
42 38.5 38 37 95 90 89 88
45 41.5 41 40 100 95 94 93
48 44.5 44 43 105 100 99 98
50 46.5 46 45 110 105 104 103
53 49.5 49 48 120 115 114 113
NOTES:
1. For the thin series, from diameter 20 mm (included), the last value for length is not applicable.
2. For tolerance limits, see Chapter 6.
3. Tolerance for housing diameter should normally be H10, but this depends on the method of assembly. Where an easier fit
is preferred for lighter self-alignment, G10 is suggested.
4. A cylindrical surface is permissible on the sphere at the center of the bearing length. The diameter of the resulting cylinder
shall be not less than 75% of the spherical diameter.
5. TOLERANCES ; Housing: H7; Fitted bore size: H7; Flange diameter, thickness and length: js13; Insertion pin: m5;
Concentricity (full indicator movement): IT9

590
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-10E WORLD PLAIN BEARING STANDARDS - PLAIN WRAPPED (BUSHES) BEARINGS
mm
STANDARDS DIMENSIONS
D d L D d L
ISO 3547 12 10.5 10 10 15 20 28 25 24 20 25 30 40
USA ANSI 13 11.5 11 10 15 20 30 27 26 20 25 30 40
JAPAN JIS 14 12.5 12 10 15 20 32 29 28 20 25 30 40
GERMANY DIN 1498 15 13 12 10 15 20 34 31 30 20 25 30 40
FRANCE NF 16 14 13 15 20 25 36 33 32 25 40 50
UK BS 1131 17 15 14 15 20 25 38 35 34 25 40 50
ITALY UNI 18 16 15 15 20 25 40 37 36 25 40 50

AUSTRALIA AS FIGURE 19 17 16 15 20 25 42 39 38 25 40 50

20 18 17 15 20 25 45 42 41 40 25 40 50
21 19 18 15 20 25 30 48 45 44 43 25 40 50
22 20 19 15 20 25 30 50 47 46 45 25 40 60
24 22 21 15 20 25 30 53 50 49 48 25 40 60
25 23 22 15 20 25 30 56 52 51 50 25 40 60
26 22 22 20 25 30 40 60 56 55 54 30 50 70
NOTES:
1. For the thin series, from diameter 20 mm (included), the last value for length is not applicable.
2. For tolerance limits, see Chapter 6.
3. Tolerance for width, L ±0.25.
is preferred for lighter self-alignment, G10 is suggested.
4. A cylindrical surface is permissible on the sphere at the center of the bearing length. The diameter of the resulting cylinder
shall be not less than 75% of the spherical diameter.
5. TOLERANCES ; Housing: H7; Fitted bore size: H7; Flange diameter, thickness and length: js13; Insertion pin: m5;
Concentricity (full indicator movement): IT9

TABLE 12-11A WORLD SELF-ALIGNING BUSHING STANDARDS -


SPHERICAL PLAIN BEARINGS (BASIC SERIES E)
mm
STANDARDS DIMENSIOND
IS0 6124-1 BASIC SERIES E BASIC SERIES E
USA ANSI d1 r1 r2 α d1 r1 r2 α
d D B C d D B C
JAPAN JIS min min min approx min min min approx

GERMANY DIN 648 4 12 5 3 6 0.3 0.3 16° 50 75 35 28 55 0.6 1 6°


FRANCE NF 5 14 6 4 7 0.3 0.3 13° 60 90 44 36 66 1 1 6°
UK BS 6 14 6 4 8 0.3 0.3 13° 70 105 49 40 77 1 1 6°
ITALY UNI 8 16 8 5 10 0.3 0.3 15° 80 120 55 45 88 1 1 6°
AUSTRALIA AS 10 19 9 6 13 0.6 0.3 12° 90 130 60 50 98 1 1 5°
FIGURE 12 22 10 7 15 0.6 0.6 10° 100 150 70 55 109 1 1 7°
14 26 12 9 18 0.6 0.6 8° 110 160 70 55 120 1 1 6°
15 26 12 9 18 0.6 0.6 8° 120 180 85 78 138 1 1 6°
16 30 14 10 20 0.6 0.6 10° 140 210 90 70 150 1 1 7°
17 30 14 10 20 0.6 0.6 10° 160 230 105 80 170 1 1 8°
20 35 16 12 24 0.6 0.6 9° 180 260 105 80 192 1.1 1.1 6°
24 42 20 16 29 0.6 0.6 7° 200 290 130 100 212 1.1 1.1 7°
25 42 20 16 29 0.6 0.6 7° 220 320 135 100 238 1.1 1.1 8°
30 47 22 18 34 0.6 0.6 6° 240 340 140 100 265 1.1 1.1 8°
35 55 25 20 39 0.6 1.0 6° 260 370 150 110 285 1.1 1.1 7°
40 62 28 22 45 0.6 1.0 7° 280 400 155 120 310 1.1 1.1 6°
45 68 32 25 50 0.6 1.0 7° 300 430 165 120 330 1.1 1.1 7°
NOTE: For tolerances see ISO 6125 standard.

591
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 12-11B WORLD SELF- ALIGNING BUSHING STANDARDS -
SPHERICAL PLAIN BEARINGS (HEAVY SERIES G)
mm
STANDARDS DIMENSIONS
IS0 6124-1 HEAVY SERIES G HEAVY SERIES G
USA ANSI d1 r1 r2 α d1 r1 r2α
d D B C d D B C
JAPAN JIS min min min approx min min min approx
GERMANY DIN 648 4 14 7 4 7 0.3 0.3 20° 50 90 56 36 57 0.6 1 17°
FRANCE NF 5 16 9 5 8 0.3 0.3 21° 60 105 63 40 67 1 1 17°
UK BS 6 16 9 5 9 0.3 0.3 21° 70 120 70 45 77 1 1 16°
ITALY UNI 8 19 11 6 11 0.3 0.3 21° 80 130 75 50 67 1 1 14°
AUSTRALIA AS 10 22 12 7 13 0.6 0.6 18° 90 150 85 55 98 1 1 15°
FIGURE 12 26 15 9 16 0.6 0.6 18° 100 160 85 55 110 1 1 14°
14 30 16 10 19 0.6 0.6 16° 110 180 100 70 122 1 1 12°
15 30 16 10 19 0.6 0.6 16° 120 210 115 70 132 1 1 16°
16 35 20 12 21 0.6 0.6 19° 140 230 130 80 151 1 1 16°
17 35 20 12 21 0.6 0.6 19° 160 260 135 80 176 1 1.1 16°
20 42 25 16 24 0.6 0.6 17° 180 290 155 100 196 1.1 1.1 14°
24 47 28 18 29 0.6 0.6 17° 200 320 165 100 220 1.1 1.1 15°
25 47 28 18 29 0.6 0.6 17° 220 340 175 100 243 1.1 1.1 16°
30 55 32 20 34 0.6 1 17° 240 370 190 110 263 1.1 1.1 15°
35 62 35 22 39 0.6 1 16° 260 400 205 120 283 1.1 1.1 15°
40 68 40 25 44 0.6 1 17° 280 430 210 120 310 1.1 1.1 15°
45 75 43 28 50 0.6 1 15°
For tolerances see ISO 6125 standard.

592
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS

TC 4 Rolling bearings
ISO 15:1998 Rolling bearings -- Radial bearings -- Boundary dimensions, general plan
ISO 104:2002 Rolling bearings -- Thrust bearings -- Boundary dimensions, general plan
ISO 113:1999 Rolling bearings -- Plummer block housings -- Boundary dimensions
ISO 246:1995 Rolling bearings -- Cylindrical roller bearings, separate thrust collars -- Boundary dimensions
ISO 464:1995 Rolling bearings -- Radial bearings with locating snap ring -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 582:1995 Rolling bearings -- Chamfer dimensions -- Maximum values
ISO 1132-1:2000 Rolling bearings -- Tolerances -- Part 1: Terms and definitions
ISO 1132-2:2001 Rolling bearings -- Tolerances -- Part 2: Measuring and gauging principles and methods
ISO 1224:1984 Rolling bearings -- Instrument precision bearings
ISO 2982-1:1995 Rolling bearings -- Accessories -- Part 1: Tapered sleeves -- Dimensions
ISO 2982-2:2001 Rolling bearings -- Accessories -- Part 2: Locknuts and locking devices -- Dimensions
ISO 3290:2001 Rolling bearings -- Balls -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 5593:1997 Rolling bearings -- Vocabulary
ISO 8443:1999 Rolling bearings -- Radial ball bearings with flanged outer ring -- Flange dimensions
ISO 12043:1995 Rolling bearings -- Single-row cylindrical roller bearings -- Chamfer dimensions for loose rib and non-rib sides
ISO 12044:1995 Rolling bearings -- Single-row angular contact ball bearings -- Chamfer dimensions for outer ring non-thrust side
ISO 15241:2001 Rolling bearings -- Symbols for quantities
ISO 15242-1:2004 Rolling bearings -- Measuring methods for vibration -- Part 1: Fundamentals
ISO 15242-2:2004 Rolling bearings -- Measuring methods for vibration -- Part 2: Radial ball bearings with cylindrical bore and outside
surface
ISO 15242-3:2006 Rolling bearings -- Measuring methods for vibration -- Part 3: Radial spherical and tapered roller bearings with cylindrical
bore and outside surface
ISO 15243:2004 Rolling bearings -- Damage and failures -- Terms, characteristics and causes
ISO 21107:2004 Rolling bearings and spherical plain bearings -- Search structure for electronic media -- Characteristics and performance
criteria identified by attribute vocabulary
TC 4/SC 4
ISO 199:2005 Rolling bearings -- Thrust bearings -- Tolerances
ISO 492:2002 Rolling bearings -- Radial bearings -- Tolerances
ISO 5753:1991 Rolling bearings -- Radial internal clearance

TC 4/SC 5
ISO 1206:2001 Rolling bearings -- Needle roller bearings, dimension series 48, 49 and 69 -- Boundary dimensions and tolerances
ISO 3030:1996 Rolling bearings -- Radial needle roller and cage assemblies -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 3031:2000 Rolling bearings -- Thrust needle roller and cage assemblies, thrust washers -- Boundary dimensions and tolerances
ISO 3096:1996 Rolling bearings -- Needle rollers -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 3245:1997 Rolling bearings -- Needle roller bearings, drawn cup without inner rings -- Boundary dimensions and tolerances
ISO 7063:2003 Rolling bearings -- Needle roller bearing track rollers -- Boundary dimensions and tolerances

TC 4/SC 6
ISO 3228:1993 Rolling bearings -- Cast and pressed housings for insert bearings
ISO 9628:2006 Rolling bearings -- Insert bearings and eccentric locking collars -- Boundary dimensions and tolerances

TC 4/SC 7
ISO 6811:1998 Spherical plain bearings -- Vocabulary
ISO 12240-1:1998 Spherical plain bearings -- Part 1: Radial spherical plain bearings
ISO 12240-2:1998 Spherical plain bearings -- Part 2: Angular contact radial spherical plain bearings
ISO 12240-3:1998 Spherical plain bearings -- Part 3: Thrust spherical plain bearings
593
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 12240-4:1998 Spherical plain bearings -- Part 4: Spherical plain bearing rod ends
TC 4/SC 8
ISO 76:2006 Rolling bearings -- Static load ratings
ISO 281:1990 Rolling bearings -- Dynamic load ratings and rating life
ISO/TR 8646:1985 Explanatory notes on ISO 281/1-1977
ISO/TR 10657:1991 Explanatory notes on ISO 76
ISO 14728-1:2004 Rolling bearings -- Linear motion rolling bearings -- Part 1: Dynamic load ratings and rating life
ISO 14728-2:2004 Rolling bearings -- Linear motion rolling bearings -- Part 2: Static load ratings
ISO 15312:2003 Rolling bearings -- Thermal speed rating -- Calculation and coefficients
ISO/TS 16799:1999 Rolling bearings -- Dynamic load ratings and rating life -- Discontinuities in the calculating of basic dynamic load ratings

TC 4/SC 9
ISO 355:1977 Rolling bearings -- Metric tapered roller bearings -- Boundary dimensions and series designations
ISO 10317:1992 Rolling bearings -- Metric tapered roller bearings -- Designation system

TC 4/SC 11
ISO 10285:1992 Rolling bearings, linear motion, recirculating ball, sleeve type -- Metric series
ISO 13012:1998 Rolling bearings, linear motion, recirculating ball, sleeve type -- Accessories

TC 123 Plain bearings


ISO 4378-1:1997 Plain bearings -- Terms, definitions and classification -- Part 1: Design, bearing materials and their properties
ISO 4378-2:1983 Plain bearings -- Terms, definitions and classification -- Part 2: Friction and wear
ISO 4378-3:1983 Plain bearings -- Terms, definitions and classification -- Part 3: Lubrication
ISO 4378-4:1997 Plain bearings -- Terms, definitions and classification -- Part 4: Calculation parameters and their symbol
ISO 4384-2:1982 Plain bearings -- Hardness testing of bearing metals -- Part 2: Solid materials
ISO 4385:1981 Plain bearings -- Compression testing of metallic bearing materials
ISO 4386-2:1982 Plain bearings -- Metallic multilayer plain bearings -- Part 2: Destructive testing of bond for bearing metal layer
thicknesses greater than or equal to 2 mm
ISO 6279:1979 Plain bearings -- Aluminium alloy for solid bearings
ISO 6280:1981 Plain bearings -- Requirements on backings for thick-walled multilayer bearings
ISO 7904-1:1995 Plain bearings -- Symbols -- Part 1: Basic symbols
ISO 7904-2:1995 Plain bearings -- Symbols -- Part 2: Applications

TC 123/SC 2
ISO 4381:2000 Plain bearings -- Lead and tin casting alloys for multilayer plain bearings
ISO 4382-1:1991 Plain bearings -- Copper alloys -- Part 1: Cast copper alloys for solid and multilayer thick-walled plain bearings
ISO 4382-2:1991 Plain bearings -- Copper alloys -- Part 2: Wrought copper alloys for solid plain bearings
ISO 4383:2000 Plain bearings -- Multilayer materials for thin-walled plain bearings
ISO 4384-1:2000 Plain bearings -- Hardness testing of bearing metals -- Part 1: Compound materials
ISO 4386-1:1992 Plain bearings -- Metallic multilayer plain bearings -- Part 1: Non-destructive ultrasonic testing of bond
ISO 4386-3:1992 Plain bearings -- Metallic multilayer plain bearings -- Part 3: Non-destructive penetrant testing
ISO 6279:2006 Plain bearings -- Aluminium alloys for solid bearings
ISO/TR 6281:1990 Plain bearings -- Testing under conditions of hydrodynamic and mixed lubrication in test rigs -- Guidelines
ISO 6282:1983 Plain bearings -- Metallic thin-walled half bearings -- Determination of the sigma 0,01*-limit
ISO 6691:2000 Thermoplastic polymers for plain bearings -- Classification and designation
ISO 7146:1993 Plain bearings -- Terms, characteristics and causes of damage and changes in appearance
ISO 7148-1:1999 Plain bearings -- Testing of the tribological behaviour of bearing materials -- Part 1: Testing of bearing metals
ISO 7148-2:1999 Plain bearings -- Testing of the tribological behaviour of bearing materials -- Part 2: Testing of polymer-based
bearing materials
ISO 7905-1:1995 Plain bearings -- Bearing fatigue -- Part 1: Plain bearings in test rigs and in applications under conditions of
hydrodynamic lubrication
ISO 7905-2:1995 Plain bearings -- Bearing fatigue -- Part 2: Test with a cylindrical specimen of a metallic bearing material
594
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 7905-3:1995 Plain bearings -- Bearing fatigue -- Part 3: Test on plain strips of a metallic multilayer bearing material
ISO 7905-4:1995 Plain bearings -- Bearing fatigue -- Part 4: Tests on half-bearings of a metallic multilayer bearing material
ISO/TR 10129:1993 Plain bearings -- Testing of bearing metals -- Resistance to corrosion by lubricants under static conditions
ISO 10129:2006 Plain bearings -- Testing of bearing metals -- Resistance to corrosion by lubricants under static conditions

TC 123/SC 3
ISO 2795:1991 Plain bearings -- Sintered bushes -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 3547-1:2006 Plain bearings -- Wrapped bushes -- Part 1: Dimensions
ISO 3547-2:2006 Plain bearings -- Wrapped bushes -- Part 2: Test data for outside and inside diameter
ISO 3547-3:2006 Plain bearings -- Wrapped bushes -- Part 3: Lubrication holes, lubrication grooves and lubrication indentations
ISO 3547-4:2006 Plain bearings -- Wrapped bushes -- Part 4: Materials
ISO 3548:1999 Plain bearings -- Thin-walled half bearings with or without flange -- Tolerances, design features and methods
of test
ISO 4379:1993 Plain bearings -- Copper alloy bushes
ISO 6524:1992 Plain bearings -- Thin-walled half-bearings -- Checking of peripheral length
ISO 6525:1983 Plain bearings -- Ring type thrust washers made from strip -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 6526:1983 Plain bearings -- Pressed bimetallic half thrust washers -- Features and tolerances
ISO 11687-1:1995 Plain bearings -- Pedestal plain bearings -- Part 1: Pillow blocks
ISO 11687-2:1995 Plain bearings -- Pedestal plain bearings -- Part 2: Side flange bearings
ISO 11687-3:1995 Plain bearings -- Pedestal plain bearings -- Part 3: Centre flange bearings
ISO 12128:2001 Plain bearings -- Lubrication holes, grooves and pockets -- Dimensions, types, designation and their
application to bearing bushes
ISO 12129-1:1995 Plain bearings -- Part 1: Fits
ISO 12129-2:1995 Plain bearings -- Part 2: Tolerances on form and position and surface roughness for shafts, flanges and thrust
collars
ISO 16287:2005 Plain bearings -- Thermoplastic bushes -- Dimensions and tolerances

TC 123/SC 4
ISO 7902-1:1998 Hydrodynamic plain journal bearings under steady-state conditions -- Circular cylindrical bearings -- Part 1:
Calculation procedure
ISO 7902-2:1998 Hydrodynamic plain journal bearings under steady-state conditions -- Circular cylindrical bearings -- Part 2:
Functions used in the calculation procedure
ISO 7902-3:1998 Hydrodynamic plain journal bearings under steady-state conditions -- Circular cylindrical bearings -- Part 3:
Permissible operational parameters
ISO 12130-1:2001 Plain bearings -- Hydrodynamic plain tilting pad thrust bearings under steady-state conditions -- Part 1:
Calculation of tilting pad thrust bearings
ISO 12130-2:2001 Plain bearings -- Hydrodynamic plain tilting pad thrust bearings under steady-state conditions -- Part 2:
Functions for calculation of tilting pad thrust bearings
ISO 12130-3:2001 Plain bearings -- Hydrodynamic plain tilting pad thrust bearings under steady-state conditions -- Part 3: Guide
values for the calculation of tilting pad thrust bearings
ISO 12131-1:2001 Plain bearings -- Hydrodynamic plain thrust pad bearings under steady-state conditions -- Part 1: Calculation
of thrust pad bearings
ISO 12131-2:2001 Plain bearings -- Hydrodynamic plain thrust pad bearings under steady-state conditions -- Part 2: Functions for
the calculation of thrust pad bearings
ISO 12131-3:2001 Plain bearings -- Hydrodynamic plain thrust pad bearings under steady-state conditions -- Part 3: Guide values
for the calculation of thrust pad bearings
ISO 12167-1:2001 Plain bearings -- Hydrostatic plain journal bearings with drainage grooves under steady-state conditions -- Part
1: Calculation of oil-lubricated plain journal bearings with drainage grooves
ISO 12167-2:2001 Plain bearings -- Hydrostatic plain journal bearings with drainage grooves under steady-state conditions -- Part
2: Characteristic values for the calculation of oil-lubricated plain journal bearings with drainage grooves
ISO 12168-1:2001 Plain bearings -- Hydrostatic plain journal bearings without drainage grooves under steady-state conditions --
Part 1: Calculation of oil-lubricated plain journal bearings without drainage grooves
ISO 12168-2:2001 Plain bearings -- Hydrostatic plain journal bearings without drainage grooves under steady-state conditions --
Part 2: Characteristic values for the calculation of oil-lubricated plain journal bearings without drainage grooves
TC 123/SC 5
ISO 12132:1999 Plain bearings -- Quality assurance of thin- walled half bearings -- Design FMEA

595
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 12301:1992 Plain bearings -- Quality control techniques and inspection of geometrical and material quality characteristics
ISO 12302:1993 Plain bearings -- Quality characteristics -- Statistical process control (SPC)
ISO 12303:1995 Plain bearings -- Quality characteristics -- Calculation of machine and process capabilities
ISO 12306:1994 Plain bearings -- Measurement of wall thickness of thin-walled half-bearings and thin-walled bushes
ISO 12307-1:1994 Plain bearings -- Wrapped bushes -- Part 1: Checking the outside diameter
ISO 12307-2:2000 Plain bearings -- Checking of wrapped bushes -- Part 2: Checking the inside diameter
ISO 12308:1994 Plain bearings -- Quality assurance -- Sample types -- Definitions, applications and testing
ISO 13778:1999 Plain bearings -- Quality assurance of thin-walled half bearings -- Selective assembly of bearings to achieve a
narrow clearance range

21.100 Bearings
21.100.01 Bearings in general
21.100.10 Plain bearings
21.100.20 Rolling bearings

NATIONAL STANDARDS
USA
ABMA STANDARDS FOR BALL AND ROLLER BEARINGS AND BALLS
See Online Catalog of Standards; http://www.techstreet.com/cgi-bin/browsePublisher?publisher=ABMA
ANSI/ABMA 1 1990: Terminology for Anti-Friction Ball and Roller Bearings and Parts
ANSI/ABMA 4 1984: Tolerance Definitions and Gaging Practices for Ball and Roller Bearings
ANSI/ABMA 7 1988: Shaft and Housing Fits for Metric Radial Ball and Roller Bearings (Except
Tapered Roller Bearings) Conforming to Basic Boundary Plans
ANSI/ABMA 8.1 1986: Ball and Roller Bearing — Mounting Accessories, Metric Design
ANSI/ABMA 9 1990: Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings
ANSI/ABMA 10 1989: Metal Balls
ANSI/ABMA 11 1990: Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings
ANSI/ABMA 12 1985: Instrument Ball Bearings — Metric Design
ANSI/ABMA 13 1987: Rolling Bearing Vibration and Noise (Methods of Measuring)
ANSI/ABMA 14 1979: Housings for Bearings with Spherical Outside Surfaces
ANSI/ABMA 15 1991: Ball Bearings With Spherical Outside Surfaces and Extended Inner Ring
Width (Includes Eccentric Locking Collars)
ANSI/ABMA 16.1 1988: Airframe Ball, Roller, and Needle Roller Bearings — Metric Design
ANSI/ABMA 17 1980: Needle Rollers — Metric Design
ANSI/ABMA 18.1 1988: Needle Roller Bearings — Radial, Metric Design
ANSI/ABMA 19.1 1987: Tapered Roller Bearings — Radial, Metric Design
ANSI/ABMA 20 1987: Radial Bearings of Ball, Cylindrical Roller and Spherical Roller Types, Metric
Design
ANSI/ABMA 21.1 1988: Thrust Needle Roller and Cage Assemblies and Thrust Washers — Metric
Design
ANSI/ABMA 22.1 1989: Spherical Plain Radial Bearings, Joint Type — Metric Design
ANSI/ABMA 24.1 1989: Thrust Bearings of Ball, Cylindrical Roller and Spherical Roller Types —
Metric Design
Metric thrust tapered roller bearings are not covered by an ANSI/ABMA standard.

RELATED HANDBOOKS
ISO
Handbook 27 Bearings (1986). Available from ANSI, see p. 27.

Germany
DIN Handbook 24 Waelzlager (in German) (1995). Available from Beuth Verlag, GmbH, Burggrafenstrasse 6, DE-1000 Berlin 30, Germany.

596
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 13

Mechanical Power Transmission Systems


SUMMARY
The purpose of this section is to describe world standards1 for the most commonly used power source in industry — the
electric motor — and some of the important power transmission components, such as transmission chains and sprockets,
endless belt drives, metric module gearing, splines and serrations, and keys and keyways. Some standards for these items have
been based on the metric measuring system, and the others on the customary inch system. The main differences will be pointed
out in this chapter to facilitate worldwide interchangeability of parts. A number of ISO and IEC standards have been issued on
the subject, and some of the most important standards, as well as the ISO technical committee organizing the technical work
behind each standard, are listed at the end of the chapter. Note that the technical committees are designated by the letters TC,
followed by the appropriate committee number.
Information presented in ISO and IEC standards and draft proposals have been included, but since they are subject to change,
care should be exercised with some of the material presented.
1
For information about the term “standard” as used in this book, please see p.12.

ELECTRIC MOTORS
INTRODUCTION
The material presented in this chapter is intended to give a brief introduction into standards related to the usage of electric
motors; IEC has published several important standards on this subject and is active in developing standards for rotating
electrical machines through its IEC/TC2 working groups and committees.

ROTATING SPEEDS
North America uses alternating electrical current with 60 Hz frequency, but most of the world uses 50 Hz power supply.

The synchronous rotating speed for induction motors is calculated by using the following formula:

F • 120 (rpm) frequency • 120 (rpm)


n = --------------- --------------------------- (13-1)
p number of poles

Electric motors (other than dc) rotate with speeds depending on the frequency of the power supply, and the most commonly
used output speeds produced for industry are shown in Table 13-1.

POWER OUTPUT RATINGS


The nominal power outputs in kilowatts (kW) are specified in IEC 72-1 and shown in Table 13-2 for output ratings from 0.06 to
250 kW.
Preferred output powers for larger electric motors in a size range from 280 to 1000 kW are specified in IEC 72-1.

TABLE 13-1 NOMINAL SYNCHRONOUS OUTPUT SPEEDS (rpm) FOR MOTORS OPERATING ON A 50 Hz OR
60 Hz ac SUPPLY

SPEED (rpm)
POLES 50 Hz 60 Hz
2 3000 3600
4 1500 1800
6 1000 1200
8 750 900
10 600 720

597
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-2 NOMINAL POWER OUTPUTS FOR ELECTRIC MOTORS (IEC 72-1)

kW
2 1
Primary series Secondary series hp

0.06 1/12

0.09 1/8
0.12 1/6
0.18 1/4
0.25 1/3
0.37 1/2
0.55 3/4
0.75 1
1.1 1.5
1.5 2
1.8
2.2 3
3
3.7 5
4
5.5 7.5
6.3
7.5 10
10
11 15
13
15 20
17
18.5 25
20
22 30
25
30 40
33
37 50
40
45 60
50
55 75
63
75 100
80
90 125
100
110 150
125
132 175

150 200
160 220
185 250
200 270
220 300
250 350
NOTES:
1. 1 hp = 746 W.
2. To be used as intermediate values only in cases of special need.

598
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FOOT-MOUNTED ELECTRIC MOTORS (IEC 72-1)

DESIGNATION OF FOOT- MOUNTED MOTORS


Foot-mounted machines may be designated by the frame number, immediately followed by the diameter of the shaft
extension. When the frame number does not end with a letter, frame number and shaft diameter are separated by a dash.

examples: 12M 28
80 — 7

When a foot-mounted machine is also provided with a flange at the driven end, the flange number may be added immediately
after the shaft diameter. Frame numbers for the various basic size ac motors are shown in Table 13-3.

SHAFT HEIGHT FOR ELECTRIC MOTORS


ISO 496 specifies shaft heights for driving and driven machines in all possible sizes, since it is based on the preferred
numbering series R5, R10, R20, and R40 (R Renard; see Table 4-2 in Chapter 4). The number of standard heights in IEC 72-1
is limited to the standard heights in the R20 series except for the shaft height, 132 mm, taken from the R40 series and
substituting the shaft heights 125 and 140 mm. The only rounded off preferred number in ISO 496 and IEC 72-1 is the 224 mm,
replaced by the 225-mm shaft height.
The IEC 72-1 shaft heights with tolerances for electric motors are shown in Table 13-3, in the second and third columns, under
the “H” heading.

FOOT BASE DIMENSIONS AND MOUNTING BOLT SIZES


IEC 72-1 specifies the basic foot-mounting dimensions in millimeters and the recommended coarse threaded metric fasteners
required to anchor down the motor; the metric values are shown in Table 13-3. For inch conversion and a more complete
description of the rotating electrical machines, see IEC 72-1.

599
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-3 BASIC DIMENSIONS FOR FOOT MOUNTED ELECTRIC MOTORS (IEC 72-1)

4 2
H A B C K
3
Frame Nominal Maximum Nominal Tolcrance Bolt or
1
number deviation screw
mm mm mm mm mm mm µm µm
56 M 56 -0.5 90 71 36 5.8 +300 0 M5
63 M 63 -0.5 100 80 40 7 + 360 0 M6
71 M 71 -0.5 112 90 45 7 + 360 0 M6
80 M 80 -0.5 125 100 50 10 + 360 0 M8
90S 90 -0.5 140 100 56 10 + 360 0 M8
90 L 90 -0.5 140 125 56 10 +360 0 M8
100 S 100 -0.5 160 112 63 12 +430 0 M10
100 L 100 -0.5 160 140 63 12 + 430 0 M10
112 S 112 -0.5 190 114 70 12 + 430 0 M10
112 M 112 -0.5 190 140 70 12 + 430 0 M10
(112 L) 112 -0.5 190 159 70 12 + 430 0 M10
132 S 132 -0.5 216 140 89 12 + 430 0 M10
132 M 132 -0.5 216 178 89 12 + 430 0 M10
(132 L) 132 -0.5 216 203 89 12 +430 0 M10
160 S 160 -0.5 254 178 108 14.5 + 430 0 M12
160 M 160 -0.5 254 210 108 14.5 + 430 0 M12
160 L 160 -0.5 254 254 108 14.5 +430 0 M12
180 S 180 -0.5 279 203 121 14.5 + 430 0 M12
180 M 180 -0.5 279 241 121 14.5 + 430 0 M12
180 L 180 -0.5 279 279 121 14.5 + 430 0 M12
200 S 200 -0.5 318 228 133 18.5 + 520 0 M16
200 M 200 -0.5 318 267 133 I8,5 + 520 0 M16
200 L 200 -0.5 318 305 133 18.5 + 520 0 M16
225 S 225 -0.5 356 286 149 18.5 + 520 0 M16
225 M 225 -0.5 356 311 149 18.5 + 520 0 M16
(225 L) 225 -0.5 356 356 149 18.5 + 520 0 M16
250 S 250 -0.5 406 311 168 24 + 520 0 M20
250 M 250 -0.5 406 349 168 24 + 520 0 M20
(250 L) 250 -0.5 406 406 168 24 + 520 0 M20
280 S 280 -1 457 368 190 24 + 520 0 M20
280 M 280 -1 457 419 190 24 + 520 0 M20
(280 L) 280 -1 457 457 190 24 + 520 0 M20
315 S 315 -1 508 406 216 28 + 520 0 M24
315 M 315 -1 508 457 216 28 + 520 0 M24
(315 L) 315 -1 508 508 216 28 + 520 0 M24
355 S 355 -1 610 500 254 28 + 520 0 M24
355 M 355 -1 610 560 254 28 + 520 0 M24
355 L 355 -1 610 630 254 28 + 520 0 M24
400 S 400 -1 686 560 280 35 + 620 0 M30
400 M 400 -1 686 630 280 35 + 620 0 M30
400 L 400 -1 686 710 280 35 + 620 0 M30
NOTES:
1. Frame numbers within brackets should be regarded as non-preferred for a.c. induction machines.
2. Open-ended slots are not permitted.
3. These tolerances are ISO H14 as shown in Table 6-10.
4. Those dimensions are preferred-Additional recommended values for B dimension are given in IEC 72-1.

600
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-4 BASIC DIMENSIONS FOR FLANGE-MOUNTED ELECTRIC MOTORS (IEC 72-1)

2
Flange M N P R S Tapped T
number Number Free holes (FF) holes Maximum
3
of (FT)
1
FF-FT Nominal ISO tolerance holes Nominal ISO tolerance
mm mm µm µm mm mm mm µm µm thread mm
55 55 40 j6 + 11 -5 70 0 4 5.8 H14 + 300 0 M5 2.5
65 65 50 j6 + 11 -5 80 0 4 5.8 H14 + 300 0 M5 2.5
75 75 60 j6 + 12 -7 90 0 4 5.8 H14 + 300 0 M5 2.5
85 85 70 j6 + 12 -7 105 0 4 7 H14 + 360 0 M6 2.5
100 100 80 j6 + 12 -7 120 0 4 7 H14 + 360 0 M6 3
115 115 95 j6 + 13 -9 140 0 4 10 H14 + 360 0 M8 3
130 130 110 j6 + 13 -9 160 0 4 10 H14 + 360 0 M8 3.5
165 165 130 j6 + 14 -11 200 0 4 12 H14 + 430 0 M10 3.5
215 215 180 j6 + 14 -11 250 0 4 14.5 H14 + 430 0 M12 4
265 265 230 j6 + 16 -13 300 0 4 14.5 H14 + 430 0 M12 4
300 300 250 j6 + 16 -13 350 0 4 18.5 H14 + 520 0 M16 5
350 350 300 j6 + 16 -16 400 0 4 18.5 H14 + 520 0 M16 5
400 400 350 j6 + 18 -18 450 0 8 18.5 H14 + 520 0 M16 5
500 500 450 j6 + 20 -20 550 0 8 18.5 H14 + 520 0 M16 5
600 600 550 js6 + 22 -22 660 0 8 24 H14 + 520 0 M20 6
740 740 680 js6 + 25 -25 800 0 8 24 H14 + 520 0 M20 6
940 940 880 js6 + 28 -28 1000 0 8 28 H14 + 520 0 M24 6
1080 1080 1000 js6 + 28 -28 1150 0 8 28 H14 + 520 0 M24 6
NOTES:
1. This table does not apply to FI flange.
2. The external outline of mounting flanges up to and including FF300 and FT300 may be other than circular.
Dimension P may deviate from that given in the table only on the minus side.
3. For FT flange-mounted machines, it is recommended that the free holes in the mounting part should
be as shown in column S for the corresponding size of FF flange.

601
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-5 CYLINDRICAL SHAFT END DETAILS (IEC 72-1)

Diameter E2 Key Keyway


1
D
F (FA) GD (GF) F (FA) GE (GH)
(DA) (EA)
Tol Tolerance3 GA See
Nom- Tolerance Tolerance
(GC) note
Nom Nom Nom Nom Tol
Desig- h9 Desig N9 P9 Nom- 5
inal nation nation inal4
ISO ISO
mm µm µm mm mm µm µm mm µm µm mm µm µm µm µm mm µm µm mm Nm
7 j6 +7 -2 16 2 0 -25 2 h9 0 -25 2 -4 -29 -6 -31 1.2 +100 0 7.8 0.25
9 j6 +7 -2 20 3 0 -25 3 h9 0 -25 1 -4 -29 -6 -31 1.8 +100 0 10.2 0.63
11 j6 +8 -3 23 4 0 -30 4 h9 0 -30 4 0 -30 -12 -42 2.5 +100 0 12.5 1.25
14 j6 +8 -3 30 5 0 -30 5 h9 0 -30 5 0 -30 -12 -42 3 +100 0 16 2.8
16 j6 +8 -3 40 5 0 -30 5 h9 0 -30 5 0 -30 -12 -42 3 +100 0 18 4.1
18 j6 +8 -3 40 6 0 -30 6 h9 0 -30 6 0 -30 -12 -42 7.5 +100 0 20.5 7.1
19 j6 +9 -4 40 6 0 -30 6 h9 0 -30 6 0 -30 -12 -42 3.5 +100 0 21.5 8.25
22 j6 +9 -4 50 6 0 -30 6 h9 0 -30 6 0 -30 -12 -42 3.5 +100 0 24.5 14
24 j6 +9 -4 50 8 0 -36 7 h11 0 -90 8 0 -36 -15 -51 4 +200 0 27 18
28 j6 +9 -4 60 8 0 -36 7 h11 0 -90 8 0 -36 -15 -51 4 +200 0 31 31.5
32 k6 +18 +2 80 10 0 -36 8 h11 0 -90 10 0 -36 -15 -51 5 +200 0 35 50
38 k6 +18 +2 80 10 0 -36 8 h11 0 -90 10 0 -36 -15 -51 5 +200 0 41 90
42 k6 +18 +2 110 12 0 -43 8 h11 0 -90 12 0 -43 -18 -61 5 +200 0 45 125
48 k6 +18 +2 110 14 0 -43 9 h11 0 -90 14 0 -43 -18 -61 5.5 +200 0 51.5 200
55 m6 +30 +11 110 16 0 -43 10 h11 0 -90 16 0 -43 -18 -61 6 +200 0 59 355
60 m6 +30 +11 140 18 0 -43 11 h11 0 -110 18 0 -43 -I8 -61 7 +200 0 64 450
65 m6 +30 +11 140 18 0 -43 11 h11 0 -110 18 0 -43 -18 -61 7 +200 0 69 630
70 m6 +30 +11 140 20 0 -52 12 h11 0 -110 20 0 -52 -22 -74 7.5 +200 0 74.5 800
75 m6 +30 +11 140 20 0 -52 12 h11 0 -110 20 0 -52 -22 -74 7.5 +200 0 79.5 1000
80 m6 +30 +11 170 22 0 -52 14 h11 0 -110 22 0 -52 -22 -74 9 +200 0 85 1250
85 m6 +35 +13 170 22 0 -52 14 h11 0 -110 22 0 -52 -22 -74 9 +200 0 90 1600
90 m6 +35 +13 170 25 0 -52 14 h11 0 -110 25 0 -52 -22 -74 9 +200 0 95 1900
95 m6 +35 +13 170 25 0 -52 14 h11 0 -110 25 0 -52 -22 -74 9 +200 0 100 2300
100 m6 +35 +13 210 28 0 -52 16 h11 0 -110 28 0 -52 -22 -74 10 +200 0 106 2800
110 m6 +35 +13 210 28 0 -52 16 h11 0 -110 28 0 -52 -22 -74 10 +200 0 116 4000

NOTES:
1. For diameters up to 25 mm, a shoulder of 0.5 mm is considered sufficient.
2. In cases where the service conditions are well defined, shaft extensions might also be selected
in accordance with existing ISO standards.
3. The keyway tolerance N9 applies for normal keys and P9 for fitted keys.
4. Tolerances for GA can be calculated from values of the other dimensions given in the table.
5. Greatest permissible torque on continuous duty for ac motor. The torque values are chosen from the
R40 series. In cases where the operating conditions are well defined, torque values might also be selected in
accordance with existing ISO standards.

602
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FLANGE-MOUNTED ELECTRIC MOTORS (IEC 72-1)

DESIGNATION OF FLANGE-MOUNTED MOTORS


Machines having only flange mounting may be designated by the diameter of the shaft extension and immediately followed by
the flange number.

example: 28FF215

Note the different position of shaft diameter compared with foot-mounted motor designations.

BASIC DIMENSIONS FOR FLANGE-MOUNTED ELECTRIC MOTORS


Detailed dimensions for flanges and mounting holes for electric motors are specified in the IEC 72-1, and the most important
sizes and tolerances for flange numbers from FF55 to FF1080 are shown in Table 13-4. The position of holes in mounting the
flange is shown in Table 13-4 for flanges having 4 holes, with a 45 deg. mounting angle. For flanges with 8 holes, the mounting
angle would be 22.5 deg. When a flange mounted machine also has feet, the holes in the flange are spaced similarly to those
noted above while the flange clamping surface is perpendicular to the mounting plane of the feet. Metric fasteners recommended
have ISO first choice metric coarse thread.

CYLINDRICAL SHAFT-END DETAILS


Parallel shaft end dimensions for foot- and flange-mounted electric motors are specified in IEC 72-1; the most important sizes
are listed in Table 13-5. Cylindrical and conical shaft ends for driving and driven machines are also specified in ISO 775. The
selected shaft sizes in IEC 72-1 are the same as the long series specified in ISO 775. The ISO standard has many intermediate
shaft diameters and a short cylindrical shaft series, as well as several types of tapered shaft ends, with or without keys.

POWER TRANSMISSION CHAINS AND SPROCKETS


Most national and international standards on power transmission chains are soft-converted, customary inch standards. There’s
a difference between the European and the American roller chains of types specified in ISO 606 and 1275, and transmission
chains of both types are not interchangeable. They are, however, covered in the ISO standards, and the American types are
included in several national standards in Europe and the world.
A brief summary of the most important standards for chains is shown in Table 13-6. A selection guide for chains, indicating the
ISO designations and the most important mechanical data for each type, is also presented in the table.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RELATING TO ISO STANDARDS

ISO 606. The North American standard ANSI B29.1 has been modified to be more closely aligned with ISO 606.

ISO 1275. Extended (double) pitch precision roller chains are shown in Table 13-6, with curved side plates. This type is also
supplied with straight waist side plates and/or conveyor-chain attachment plates.

ISO 1395. Short pitch transmission bush (rollerless) chains are standardized in ANSI B29.1 and larger pitches in ANSI 29. 12.

ISO 487. This ISO standard covers steel roller chains for agricultural machinery and it has no corresponding ANSI standard.
(This type of roller chain is not produced in North America.)

ISO 1977-1, -2 and -3. These ISO standards apply to metric-dimensioned bush, plain, and flanged roller chains of both solid
and hollow bearing pin types designed for general conveying and mechanical handling duties. It has limited usage and
acceptance, and no corresponding American standard exists. The nearest ANSI type is the B29. 15 standard for heavy duty
roller conveyer chains.

ISO 3512. This international standard is the ISO version of ANSI B29.10, specifying heavy-duty offset sidebar power
transmission roller chains and separate teeth.

ISO 4347. A similar standard to the ANSI B29.8 on leaf chains is published in the ISO 4347 standard.

ISO 4348. An ISO version of the ANSI B29.17 standard on flat top conveyor chains is now covered in ISO 4348.

See p. 651 for a more complete list of related ISO standards.

603
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-6A WORLD POWER TRANSMISSION CHAIN STANDARDS - SINGLE PITCH TRANSMISSION
PRECISION ROLLER CHAINS

STANDARDS FIGURE DETAILS


TYPE A-American DESIGNATION: ISO 606 No. USAGE: Power transmission.
(TYPE B-European) 05B, 06B, 08A, 08B, 10A, 10B, PITCH: Type A 12.7-76.2 mm
ISO 606 (606) 12A,12B, 16A, 16B, 20A, 20B, Type B 8 - 114.3 mm
USA ANSI B29.1 24A, 24B, 28A, 28B, 32A, 32B, MAX SPEED: 8000 RPM
JAPAN JIS B1802 (B1801) 40A, 40B, 48A, 48B, 56B, 64BS, MAX POWER:
GERMANY DIN 8188 (8187) 72B 360 kW (SINGLE STRAND)
FRANCE NF E26-102, E23-102 EXAMPLE: 05 = 05/16 inch pitch 1200 kW (FOUR STRANDS)
UK BS (228) STRENGTH: Type A 14 -500 kN
ITALY UNI 2578 (2579) Type B 4.4-900 kN
AUSTRALIA AS 1532 (1532) Proof Load 33%
NOTES:
1. Conversion factors: 1 mm = 0.0394 in.; 1 kN = 225 Ib (F); 1 m/s = 200 ft/min; 1 kW = 1.34 hp.
2. Ratings based on ISO Standards.

TABLE 13-6B WORLD POWER TRANSMISSION CHAIN STANDARDS - EXTENDED (DOUBLE) PITCH
PRECISION ROLLER CHAINS

STANDARDS FIGURE DETAILS


TYPE A-American DESIGNATION: USAGE:
(TYPE B-European) ISO 1275 CHAIN NO. Power transmission and material
ISO 1275 (1275) 208A, 208B, 210A, 210B, 212A handling (less speed and
USA ANSI B29.4 Conveyor 212B, 216A, 216B, 220A, 220B power than ISO 606 chains)
ANSI B29.3 Transmis 224A, 224B, 228A, 220B REMARKS: Usually used in
JAPAN JIS EXAMPLE: 208 - 2 DOUBLE single widths. Can be used
GERMANY DIN 8181 (8181) PITCH with conveyor attachment
FRANCE NF E26-103, E23-102 08 08/16 INCH PITCH plates. Types A and B
UK BS (4687) PITCH: Type A 12.7-76.2 mm not interchangeable.
ITALY UNI Type B 8 - 114.3 mm MAX SPEED: 1300 RPM
AUSTRALIA AS SPROCKET: Single or double cut MAX POWER: 69 kW
see ISO 1275). Number of teeth STRENGTH:
range from 5 to 75. Type A 13.8-124.6 kN
Preferred: 7, 9, 10, 11, 13, 19 Type B 17.8-169 kN
Proof Load 33%
LUBRICATION: Optional
NOTES:
1. Conversion factors: 1 mm = 0.0394 in.; 1 kN = 225 Ib (F); 1 m/s = 200 ft/min; 1 kW = 1.34 hp.
2. Ratings based on ISO Standards.

604
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-6C WORLD POWER TRANSMISSION CHAIN STANDARDS - SHORT PITCH
TRANSMISSION PRECISION BUSH (ROLLERLESS) CHAINS

STANDARDS FIGURE DETAILS


ISO 1395 DESIGNATION: SPROCKET: Machines (see
USA ANSI B29.12 ISO 1395 CHAIN NO: ISO 1395). Number of teeth
JAPAN JIS .04C range from 9 to 150. Preferred:
GERMANY DIN 8164 .06C 17,19, 21, 23, 25, 38, 57, 76,
FRANCE NF E26-104, EXAMPLE: 95 and 114
E23-104 1.04C,1.06C SINGLE WIDTH MAX SPEED: -
UK BS 2.04C, 2.06C DOUBLE WIDTH MAX POWER: -
ITALY UNI 3.04C, 3.06C TRIPLE WIDTH STRENGTH:

AUSTRALIA AS USAGE: 10.5 and 23.7 kN

Power transmission and Proof Load 33%


material handling. REMARKS: Used in single,
LUBRICATION: Optional double and triple widths.
Can have conveyor attachment
plates.
NOTES: 1. Conversion factors: 1 mm = 0.0394 in.; 1 kN = 225 Ib (F); 1 m/s = 200 ft/min; 1 kW = 1.34 hp.
2. Ratings based on ISO Standards.

TABLE 13-6D WORLD POWER TRANSMISSION CHAIN STANDARDS –


STEEL ROLLER CHAINS

STANDARDS FIGURE DETAILS


ISO 487 DESIGNATION: Number of teeth range front 9 to 34.
USA ANSI B29.19 ISO 487 CHAIN NO. Preferred: 9,11,13,15,17,18, 27, 30
JAPAN JIS B1801 S32, S42, S45, S52 STRENGTH: 8-44 kN
GERMANY DIN 8189 S55, S62. S77, S88 Proof Load: 33%
FRANCE NF E26-105, PITCH: 29.2 - 66.3 mm REMARKS: Usually used in single
E23-105 USAGE: Agriculture, building, widths. Can be used with conveyor
UK BS 2947 material handling attachment plates (types K1-extended
ITALY UNI SPROCKET: Cast or machine fin- straight link; M1-bent link plate)
AUSTRALIA AS ished teeth. Material cast iron ISO LUBRICATION: Optional
185 grade 15 (see Table 10-52).
NOTES: 1. Conversion factors: 1 mm = 0.0394 in.; 1 kN = 225 Ib (F); 1 m/s = 200 ft/min; 1 kW = 1.34 hp.
2. Ratings based on ISO Standards.

TABLE 13-6E WORLD POWER TRANSMISSION CHAIN STANDARDS -


CONVEYOR CHAINS (METRIC SERIES)

STANDARDS FIGURE DETAILS


ISO 1977 DESIGNATION: grade 15 (see Table 10-52).
USA ANSI ISO 1977 CHAIN NO. Number of teeth range from 8 to 32.
JAPAN JIS TYPE M: M20, M28, M40, M56, Preferred: 8,10,12,16 and 24.
GERMANY DIN 8165 M80, M112, M160, LUBRICATION: Optional
FRANCE NF E26-106, M224, M315, M450, PITCH: Type M 40 -1000 mm
E23-106 M630, M900 Type MC 63 - 500
UK BS 4116 TYPE MC: MC28, MC56, MC112, STRENGTH: Type M; 20-900 kN
ITALY UNI MC224 Type MC; 28-224 kN
AUSTRALIA AS USAGE: Material handling REMARKS: Used in single widths.
SPROCKET: Specified in ISO 1977 Can be uaed with conveyor attach-
Part 2. Material cast iron ISO 185 ment plates (types K1,K2, and K3)
NOTES: 1. Conversion factors: 1 mm = 0.0394 in.; 1 kN = 225 Ib (F); 1 m/s = 200 ft/min; 1 kW = 1.34 hp.
2. Ratings based on ISO Standards.

605
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-6F WORLD POWER TRANSMISSION CHAIN STANDARDS -
INVERTED TOOTH (SILENT) CHAINS

STANDARDS FIGURE DETAILS


ISO DESIGNATION:
USA ANSI B29.2 USAGE:
JAPAN JIS Power transmission.
GERMANY DIN 8190 MAX SPEED: -
FRANCE NF MAX POWER: -
UK BS STRENGTH:
ITALY UNI LUBRICATION: Optional
AUSTRALIA AS
NOTES: 1. Conversion factors: 1 mm = 0.0394 in.; 1 kN = 225 Ib (F); 1 m/s = 200 ft/min; 1 kW = 1.34 hp.
2. Ratings based on ISO Standards.

TABLE 13-6G WORLD POWER TRANSMISSION CHAIN STANDARDS -


HEAVY DUTY CRANKED LINK TRANSMISSION CHAINS

STANDARDS FIGURE DETAILS


ISO 3512 DESIGNATION: PITCH: 63.5-177.8 mm
USA ANSI B29.10 ISO 3512 CHAIN NO. SPROCKET: Number of teeth
JAPAN JIS 2010, 2512, 2814, 3315, range from 7 to 24.
GERMANY DIN 8182 3618, 4020, 4824, 5628 STRENGTH: 262-2068 kN
FRANCE NF E26-109, DESIGNATION EXAMPLE: SPEED: 600 RPM MAX
E23-109 2010: 20- 20/8 INCH PITCH POWER: 315 kW MAX
UK BS 10-10/16 INCH BEARING PIN DIA LUBRICATION: Desirable
ITALY UNI USAGE: Power transmission at all speeds and generally
AUSTRALIA AS (heavy duty and dirty used at high speeds
environment)
NOTES: 1. Conversion factors: 1 mm = 0.0394 in.; 1 kN = 225 Ib (F); 1 m/s = 200 ft/min; 1 kW = 1.34 hp.
2. Ratings based on ISO Standards.

TABLE 13-6H WORLD POWER TRANSMISSION CHAIN STANDARDS – LEAF CHAIN

STANDARDS FIGURE DETAILS


ISO 4347 DESIGNATION: USAGE: Lirting purposes
USA ANSI B29.8 TYPES: LH (ANSI B29.8 SERIES SHEAVES: Min diameter = 5 x pitch
JAPAN JIS SIDE PLATES) LUBRICATION: Desirable
GERMANY DIN 8152 LL (ISO 606B SERIES SIDE REMARKS: Cranked links not
FRANCE NF E26-107 PLATES) available
UK BS ISO 4347 CHAIN NO. LH TYPES PITCH: Type LH 12.7-50.8
ITALY UNI LH08, LH10, LH12, LH16, LH20, Type LL 12.7-76.2
AUSTRALIA AS LH24, LH28, LH32 ALL WITH STRENGTH:
LACING SUFFIX. 23, 34 or 46. Type LH 22.2 - 578 kN
LL TYPES: LL08, LL10, LL12, Type LL 17.8-1200 kN
LL16, LL20, LL24. LL29, LL32, SPEED: SLOW
LL40, LL48 ALL WITH LACING POWER: RATED ONLY IN
SUFFIX 22, 44 or 66 TENSION
NOTES: 1. Conversion factors: 1 mm = 0.0394 in.; 1 kN = 225 Ib (F); 1 m/s = 200 ft/min; 1 kW = 1.34 hp.
2. Ratings based on ISO Standards.

606
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-6I WORLD POWER TRANSMISSION CHAIN STANDARDS -
HINGE TYPE FLAT TOP CONVEYOR CHAINS

STANDARDS FIGURE DETAILS


ISO 4348 DESIGNATION: SPROCKET: Number of teeth
USA ANSI B29.17 ISO 4348 CHAIN NO: from 12 to 41
JAPAN JIS 24A26 (A-Austenitic Type A - Radius tooth form;
GERMANY DIN 8153 stainless steel) Type B - Straight tooth form.
FRANCE NF E26-108, 24C26 (C-Carbon or alloy PITCH: 38.1 mm
E23-108 steel) STRENGTH: 24A26; 8 kN
UK BS USAGE: Conveyors for bulk 24C26; 10 kN
ITALY UNI material, containers, packages, REMARKS: Odd number of
AUSTRALIA AS or small parts. "actual" teeth are preferred
LUBRICATION: Not required in order to extend wear
life of sprockets
NOTES: 1. Conversion factors: 1 mm = 0.0394 in.; 1 kN = 225 Ib (F); 1 m/s = 200 ft/min; 1 kW = 1.34 hp.
2. Ratings based on ISO Standards.

ENDLESS-BELT DRIVES
Endless-belt drives are used to transmit power in a wide variety of types and sizes of machinery. The ability to transmit a wide
range of power efficiently and economically is one of the main advantages of endless-belt drives. They also allow for versatility in
the positioning of the driveR or driveN unit, and offer an excellent means of achieving large speed ratios.

BASIC TYPES OF ENDLESS-BELT DRIVES

V-Belt Drives. These are the most popular of the endless-belt drives. They are manufactured in a wide variety of cross
sections and types to handle general power transmission requirements for industrial and agricultural machinery, automobiles,
and commercial vehicles.
There are International Standards (ISO) applying to most types of V-belt drives, and many of the industrialized nations have
their national standards as well. A typical V-belt cross section is shown in Fig. 13-1.
V-belts are specified by a cross-section designation which also denotes belt type. Nominal belt top width and nominal belt
thickness are also often specified.

Synchronous Belt Drives. While synchronous belt drives are suitable for general power transmission, they are usually used
on applications where an exact speed ratio must be maintained between the driveR and driveN units. Typical applications are
automotive camshaft drives and machinetool drives where indexing is critical.

FIG. 13-1 TYPICAL V-BELT CROSS SECTION (Courtesy of Gates Rubber Company)

This type of endless belt was originally developed in the U.S., where standards have been in existence for some time.
International standards have been developed now by ISO/TC 41, and they are as follows: 5288, 5294, 5295, 5296-1, 5296-2,
9010, and 9011; see p. 590 for complete title and year of issue.
Figure 13-2 shows the method by which a synchronous belt transmits power as the teeth of the belt mate with teeth on the
pulley.

607
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Special Belt Drives. The most popular type of endless belt in the special-belt category, is the V-ribbed belt. A cross sectional
sketch of this type of belt is shown in Fig. 13-3.

FIG. 13-2 SYNCHRONOUS BELT DRIVE (Courtesy of the Rubber Manufacturers Association)

FIG. 13-3 V-RIBBED BELT (Courtesy of the Gates Rubber Company)

Small V-ribs on the bottom of the belt mate with corresponding grooves in the pulley to help guide the belt and to transmit
power. Since the belt ribs fill the grooves completely, it does not have the full wedging characteristics of a V-belt.
The thickness of a V-ribbed belt is small in comparison to its width; thus it has the capability of operating satisfactorily on small
pulley diameters.
V-ribbed belts are now specified in the following ISO standards: 8370, 9981, and 9982; see p. 590 for complete title and year
of issue.

NARROW, JOINED, INDUSTRIAL V-BELT DRIVES


For most drives, multiple V-belts will operate trouble-free for a long period of time. However, V-belts can become unstable and
tend to turn over or come off in certain industrial applications — especially those with high pulsating or shock loads. By joining
two or more belts with a tie-band, a more stable operation will result. The basic area of application for narrow joined industrial V-
belts is the same as for narrow industrial V-belts except for the added advantage of more stability.
The narrow joined V-belt was developed in the U.S. and was designed to operate in the 9N, 15N, and 25N sheave grooves.
The freedom of interchangeability between belts and sheave grooves, of approximately the same dimensions, does not apply to
joined type belts. If the belt does not fit the sheave grooves in a precise manner, the sheave-groove land may interfere with the
belt tie-band. Table 13-7 shows a sketch of a joined type belt, as well as the technical data on belt and groove dimensions as
shown in ISO 5290. Other ISO standards on joined V-belts are as follows: 5291 and 8419; see p. 590 for complete title and year
of issue.

NARROW AUTOMOTIVE V-BELT DRIVES


Narrow automotive V-belt drives are used to transmit power to automotive engine accessories such as cooling fans, water
pumps, generators, etc. The narrow-type belts are used on passenger cars as well as on small- to medium-sized trucks. Large

608
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
trucks and earthmoving machinery often use the larger conventional cross-section automotive belts. Narrow automotive V-belts
are usually used as single belts although they are sometimes used in matched sets of two or more.
North America, as well as the European countries, have used the same basic belts for several years. Complete
interchangeability is attainable among the narrow automotive V-belts built in all industrialized countries of the world. Table 13-7
gives the various standards that apply to narrow automotive V-belts, as well as the belt and groove dimensions.

VARIABLE-SPEED AGRICULTURAL V-BELT DRIVES


Variable-speed agricultural V-belts are used on a variety of farm machinery where variable driven speeds are desirable. They
also provide a very economical and practical method of obtaining infinite speed variation. The traction drive on a combine is a
very popular example. This allows farm machinery to operate at the optimum speed for increased efficiency.
Variable-speed agricultural V-belts were developed in North America and standardized by the American Society of Agricultural
Engineers (ASAE). The five cross sections standardized by ASAE are used universally around the world. ISO 3410 standardizes
the ASAE cross sections on an international level.
Table 13-7 gives the technical data on belt and sheave-groove dimensions. Many variable-speed drives use one variable
sheave along with a regular fixed-pitched sheave. Technical data can be applied to both types. The pitch width (lp) of the
variable sheave is measured with the sheave fully closed. The groove depth from the pitch line is measured with the sheave fully
open.

CLASSICAL AGRICULTURAL V-BELT DRIVES


Classical agricultural V-belts are used for a wide variety of power transmission applications on farm machinery where variable
speed is not required. They provide an economical method of transmitting power with the added advantage of having shock-
absorbing characteristics.
In most industrial countries, V-belt and sheave-groove dimensions recommended for classical agricultural V-belts are
essentially the same as those recommended for classical industrial V-belts. Therefore, belts produced by the various industrial
nations of the world are usually interchangeable. Since belt and sheave-groove dimensions are essentially the same as those
listed in Table 13-7 for classical industrial V-belts — A, B, C, D, and E cross sections — they will not be repeated for agricultural
classical V-belts.

SYNCHRONOUS-BELT DRIVES
Synchronous belts can be used for most types of power transmission but, as the name implies, are especially designed for
applications where the driveN rpm must be synchronized with the driveR rpm. Synchronous belts are available in several sizes
which can handle lightly loaded applications such as film projectors to heavily loaded applications such as large machine tools.
Synchronous-belt drives were developed and standardized in the USA Their usage has spread to all industrialized nations of
the world, most of which have adopted the USA dimensions. To allow interchangeability, all dimensions pertaining to the teeth
on the belt and pulley must be maintained very closely. International standards have been developed, based on the USA
dimensions, to ensure worldwide interchangeability.
Table 13-7 also gives technical data on the basic dimensions of the synchronous belt tooth, as well as the approximate kW
range for each of the cross sections.

V-RIBBED BELT DRIVES


Usually, the V-ribbed type belt is used in the general industrial power transmission area. It is not, however, restricted to this area, and
is sometimes used on automotive accessory drives as well as on drives for agricultural machinery and appliances.
This belt has the capability of operating over small diameter pulleys, but generally requires higher tensions than a V-belt because it
does not incorporate the full wedging principle; it is available in a wide variety of number of ribs per belt.
This type of belt is used primarily in North America. Any use in Europe or other countries of the world would be based on the
standards established in the USA V-ribbed belts are now specified in ISO 9982.
The belt cross section is specified by the spacing between the ribs. This is shown as dimension e in Table 13-7. Other pertinent
dimensions of the belt are also shown in Table 13-7. The USA standard, published jointly by the Rubber Manufacturers Association
and the Mechanical Power Transmission Association, gives complete specifications for manufacturing the pulley grooves.

TABLE 13-7A WORLD ENDLESS-BELT STANDARDS - NARROW INDUSTRIAL V-BELTS


mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 4183, 4184 TYPE1,2 lp W T kW Dmin e hmin α
4

USA RMA/MPTA IP/22 9N 9 8 1-30 67 10.3 8 36 38 40 42


JAPAN
3
JIS 15N 15 13 20-200 180 17.5 13.7 38 40 42
GERMANY DIN 7753 25N 25 23 150-1000 315 28.6 22.6 38 40 42
FRANCE NF T47-117 SPZ 8.5 9.5 8 1-30 63 12 9 34 38
UK BS 3790 SPA 11 13 10 20-40 90 15 11 34 38
ITALY UNI SPB 14 16 13 30-200 140 19 14 34 38
AUSTRA AS B243 SPC 19 22 18 100-1000 224 26 19 34 38
See notes below.

609
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-7B WORLD ENDLESS-BELT STANDARDS - CLASSICAL INDUSTRIAL V-BELTS (SECTIONS Y & Z)
mm

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


ISO 4183, 1,2
TYPE lp W T kW Dmin e hmin
α
4
4184
USA Y 5.3 6.5 4 0-1 20 8 4.7 32 36
JAPAN JIS K6323 Z 8.5 10 6 0-2 50 12 7 34 38
GERMANY DIN 2215
FRANCE NF T47-106
UK BS 1440
UNI
ITALY
5265/5266
AUSTRALIA AS 1215
See notes below.

TABLE 13-7C WORLD ENDLESS-BELT STANDARDS - CLASSICAL INDUSTRIAL V-BELTS (SECTIONS A, B,


C, D & E)
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 4183, 4184 TYPE1,2 lp W T kW Dmin e hmin α
4

USA RMA/MPTA IP/20 A 11 13 8 1-8 75 15 8.7 34 38


JAPAN JIS K6323 B 14 17 11 6-20 125 19 10.8 34 38
GERMANY DIN 2215 C 19 22 14 15-75 200 25.5 14.3 36 38
FRANCE NF T47-106 D 27 32 19 50-600 355 37 19.9 36 38
UK BS 1440 E 32 38 25 500-1000 500 44.5 23.4 36 38
ITALY UNI 5265/5266
AUSTRAL AS 1215
See notes below.

TABLE 13-7D WORLD ENDLESS-BELT STANDARDS - NARROW JOINED INDUSTRIAL V-BELTS


mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 5290, 8419, 5291 TYPE1,2 lp W T kW Dmin e p α
4

USA RMA/MPTA IP/22


3
9J - 9 10 1-30 67 10.3 8.9 36 38 40 42
JAPAN JIS 15J - 15 16 20-200 180 17.5 15.2 38 40 42
GERMANY DIN 20J - 20 20 150-1000 265 24.4 20.3 38 40 42
FRANCE NF 25J - 25 25 150-1000 315 28.6 25.4 38 40 42
UK BS
ITALY UNI
AUSTRAL AS
See notes below.

TABLE 13-7E WORLD ENDLESS-BELT STANDARDS - NARROW AUTOMOTIVE V-BELT DRIVES


mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 2790 TYPE1,2 lp W T kW Dmin e hmin α
4

AV10 8.5 10 8 -- 67 -- 11 36
USA SAE J636b
AV13 11 13 10 -- 90 -- 13.15 36
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 7753
FRANCE NF PR R155-03
UK BS AU150
ITALY UNI
AUSTRAL AS
NOTES:
1. lp = pitch width; W = belt width; T = belt height; kW = approx. belt power range (1 kW = 1.34 hp); Dmin = approx. minimum sheave dia;
e = groove center distance; h = groove depth from pitch line; p = groove depth from outside of sheave; α = sheave groove angle.
2. Types 9N, 15N, and 25N are standard belts in North America and Australia. These types are also designated 3V, 5V, 8V, respectively.
3. These belts are not designated by pitch width.
4. Groove angle in degrees (°) depends on sheave diameter.

610
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-7F WORLD ENDLESS-BELT STANDARDS - VARIABLE SPEED AGRICULTURAL V-BELTS
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 3410 TYPE1,2 lp W T kW Dmin e hmin α
4

USA ASAE S211.3 HI 23.6 25.4 12.7 -- 170 -- 13 26


JAPAN JIS HJ 30.0 31.8 15.1 -- 210 -- 16 26
GERMANY DIN HK 35.5 38.1 17.5 -- 255 -- 19 26
FRANCE NF HL 41.4 44.5 19.8 -- 300 -- 22 26
UK BS 3733 HM 47.5 50.8 22.2 -- 340 -- 25 26
ITALY UNI
AUSTRAL AS
See notes below.

TABLE 13-7G WORLD ENDLESS-BELT STANDARDS - SYNCHRONOUS BELTS


mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 5296, 5294 TYPE1,2 Pitch S kW Dmin ht hs β
USA RMA/MPTA IP-24 XL 5.080 2.57 0-1 16 1.27 2.3 50
JAPAN JIS B9078 L 9.525 4.65 0-3 30 1.91 3.6 40
GERMANY DIN H 12.700 6.12 2-35 57 2.29 4.3 40
FRANCE NF XH 22.225 12.57 20-75 141 6.35 11.2 40
UK BS 4548 XXH 31.750 19.05 50-150 202 9.53 15.7 40
ITALY UNI
AUSTRAL AS
See notes below.

TABLE 13-7H WORLD ENDLESS-BELT STANDARDS - V-RIBBED BELTS


mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
ISO 9982 TYPE1,2 e T kW Dmin h α
4

USA RMA/MPTA IP-26 H 1.6 3 0-2 20 1.34 40


JAPAN JIS J 2.34 4 1-7 33 2.15 40
GERMANY DIN K 3.56 7 5-15 55 3.64 40
FRANCE NF L 4.7 10 10-25 75 5.4 40
UK BS M 9.4 17 20-200 180 11.18 40
ITALY UNI
AUSTRAL AS
NOTES:
1. lp = pitch width; W = belt width; T = belt height; kW = approx. belt power range (1 kW = 1.34 hp); Dmin = approx. minimum sheave dia;
e = groove center distance; h = groove depth from pitch line; p = groove depth from outside of sheave; α = sheave groove angle, degrees.
2. S = belt tooth width at root; ht = belth tooth height; hs = belt height; β = belt tooth angle, degrees.

GEARING
Gearing is one of the subjects singled out for attention because of its key importance in machinery, power systems,
transportation equipment, and instrumentation. Gears range in size from tiny, delicate watch and instrument gearing to massive
rolling-mill and earthmoving equipment gears; they are used throughout almost every industry and are a basic component
permeating all sorts of designs. This, in turn, has made them a standard interchangeable component that must reflect design
standards, be compatible with entire systems of which they are apart, and conform to the prevalent units of measure.
Furthermore, in the interest of worldwide product markets and the need for easy and efficient maintenance and field repairs, it is
advantageous to have gears conform to international standards, preferably one basic design standard, and units of measure.

PRESENT STATUS OF GEAR STANDARDS


The whole world is now switching to the metric module gears as specified in the ISO standards. Europe (except the UK) and
Japan have designed and produced metric module gears for a number of years. The extensive list of gear standards from
Germany and Japan, and how the metric gears are performing in the automobiles produced there, should not require additional
comments. European and Japanese gear-manufacturing companies now produce gears used in American cars at rapidly
increasing rates.

611
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Britain is within the European Union, and they will have to use the EN or ISO standards once they are accepted by 71% or
more of the CEN member countries.
The developing countries are mostly in the advantageous situation of entering the technological era just when the metric gear
system has been designated as the preferred and ultimate system. These countries are following good advice and are
developing their gear standards around the international ISO standards. The only exceptions are isolated cases of remaining
with the inch diametral pitch due to inherited equipment and standards from “inch nations” that either were in control of those
countries in the past, or introduced inch gearing during early years of economic assistance for development. These cases are
rapidly phasing out.

TRANSITION PERIOD
In the transition period in North America, some use of the customary inch design standards will take place. It is, however, not
quite as difficult as some people have been led to believe. Many of the gear formulas are dimensionless, or the dimensions
cancel out. In other cases, the diametral pitch factor must be substituted by 25.4 divided by the module as shown later.

SYMBOLS
The symbols used here are the symbols specified in AGMA standards. Increasingly specified and used throughout the world
are the glossary and terms specified in ISO 1122-1 with symbols from the older ISO 701. The symbols used in the rest of the
world will be used in North America after a transition period.

METRIC GEARING
METRIC MODULE
The metric module and inch diametrical pitch gears both have involute-shaped gear teeth, which is defined by the identical
basic rack specified in ISO 53 and shown in Fig. 13-4. Metric and inch gears are, therefore, identical in shape but reduced or
enlarged in size, and they are, therefore, not interchangeable (see Table 13-8).
In the inch system, diametral pitch was created as a convenient means for relating pitch diameters to center distance. Thus,
diametral pitch is defined as:

N (Number of teeth per inch of pitch diameter)


P = ------------------------------------------------------------- (13-2)
D
where
N = number of teeth
D = pitch diameter
P = diametrical pitch

From this relationship there are particular integer-values of diametral pitch that yield integer values for center distance in inches.
Thus 8, 16, 32, and 64 diametral pitches, to mention only some, provide tooth numbers which can result in center distances that
are even inches and/or convenient fractions of an inch. In the metric system the module is analogous to pitch, and is defined as:

D
m = ---- (amount of pitch diameter per tooth, in millimeters) (13-3)
N

This defines the module as analogous to the reciprocal of diametral pitch. However, the module is a dimension (length of pitch
diameter per tooth), whereas diametral pitch is the number of teeth to a unit length of pitch diameter. Convenient center
distances in metric measure are obtained by choosing integer module values and selected fractional values.

FIG. 13-4 REPRESENTATION OF THE PROFILE OF MODULE (ISO 53) m = 1 (OR OF DIAMETRAL PITCH P = 1)

612
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-8 METRIC/INCH GEAR EQUIVALENTS (Courtesy of Stock Drive Products)

Circular
Diameteral Module Circular Pitch Tooth Thickness Addendum
Pitch, P m in mm in mm in mm
0.5 50.808 6.2832 159.594 3.1416 79.809 2 50.808
0.5086 50 6.184 157.08 3.0921 78.54 1.9685 50
0.564 45 5.566 141.372 2.785 70.686 1.773 45
0.605 42 5.195 131.947 2.5964 65.973 1.6529 42
0.651 39 4.824 122.522 2.4129 61.261 1.5361 39
0.706 36 4.453 113.097 2.2249 56.549 1.4164 36
0.75 33.8667 4.1888 106.396 2.0943 53.198 1.3333 33.867
0.77 33 4.082 103.673 2.04 51.836 1.2987 33
0.847 30 3.711 94.248 1.8545 47.124 1.1806 30
0.941 27 3.339 84.823 1.6693 42.412 1.0627 27
1 25.4 3.1416 79.8 1.5708 39.898 1 25.4
1.058 24 2.9685 75.398 1.4847 37.699 0.9452 24
1.155 22 2.721 69.115 1.3600 34.558 0.8658 22
1.27 20 2.4737 62.832 1.2368 31.416 0.7874 20
1.4111 18 2.2263 56.548 1.1132 28.274 0.7087 18
1.5 16.9333 2.0944 53.198 1.0472 26.599 0.6667 16.933
1.5875 16 1.979 50.267 0.9894 25.133 0.6299 16
1.8143 14 1.7316 43.983 0.8658 21.991 0.5512 14
2 12.7 1.5708 39.898 0.7854 19.949 0.5 12.7
2.1167 12 1.4842 37.699 0.742 18.85 0.4724 12
2.5 10.16 1.2566 31.918 0.6283 15.959 0.4 10.16
2.54 10 1.2368 31.415 0.6184 15.708 0.3937 10
2.8222 9 1.1132 28.275 0.5565 14.137 0.3543 9
3 8.4667 1.0472 26.599 0.5235 13.3 0.3333 8.467
3.1416 8.0851 1 25.4 0.5 12.7 0.3183 8.085
3.175 8 0.9895 25.133 0.4948 12.566 0.315 8
3.5 7.2571 0.8976 22.799 0.4488 11.399 0.2857 7.257
3.6286 7 0.8658 21.991 0.4329 10.996 0.2756 7
3.9078 6.5 0.8039 20.42 0.402 10.21 0.2559 6.5
4 6.35 0.7854 19.949 0.3927 9.975 0.25 6_350
4.2333 6 0.7421 18.85 0.371 9.425 0.2362 6
4.6182 5.5 0.6803 17.279 0.3401 8.639 0.2165 5.5
5 5.0801 0.6283 15.959 0.3142 7.979 0.2 5.08
5.0802 5 0.6184 15.707 0.3092 7.854 0.1968 5
5.3474 4.75 0.5875 14.923 0.2938 7.461 0.187 4.75
5.6444 4.5 0.5566 14.133 0.2783 7.069 0.1772 4.5
6 4.2333 0.5236 13.299 0.2618 6.65 0.1667 4.233
6.35 4 0.4947 12.555 0.2473 6.283 0.1575 4
6.7733 3.75 0.4638 11.781 0.2319 5.89 0.1476 3.75
7 3.6286 0.4488 11.399 0.2244 5.7 0.1429 3.629
7.2571 3.5 0.4329 10.996 0.2164 5.498 0.1378 3.5
7.8154 3.25 0.402 10.211 0.201 5.105 0.1279 3.25
8 3.175 0.3927 9.974 0.1964 4.989 0.125 3.175
8.4667 3 0.3711 9.426 0.1855 4.713 0.1181 3
9 2.8222 0.3491 8.867 0.1745 4.432 0.1111 2.822
9.2364 2.75 0.3401 8.639 0.17 4.319 0.1082 2.75
10 2.54 0.3142 7.981 0.1571 3.99 0.1 2.54
10.16 2.5 0.3092 7.854 0.1546 3.927 0.0984 2.5
NOTE: Bold face modules and diametral pitches designate preferred values.

613
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-9 WORLD STANDARD MODULES AND DIAMETRAL PITCHES OF CYLINDRICAL GEARS

Module DIAMETRAL PITCH Module m (mm)


m P 25.4/P ISO JAPAN GERMANY FRANCE UK ITALY AUSTRALIA
AS DR
mm 1/in mm 54 JIS B1701 DIN 780 NF E23-011 BS 4582 UNI 6586
74059
0.05 F
0.055 S
0.06 F
0.07 S S
0.08 F F, 0.075T
0.09 S S, 0.085T
0.1 F F F, 0.095T
0.11 S S, 0.105T
0.12 F F, 0.115T
0.14 S S , 0.13T
0.16 0.15S F F, 0.15T
0.18 S S, 0.17T
0.20 F F F, 0.19T
0.22 S S, 0.21T
0.25 S F F, 0.24T
0.28 S S, 0.26T
0.3 F F F
0.35 S S S, 0.32T
0.4 F F F, 0.38T
0.45 S S S, 0.42T
0.5 F F F F, 0.48T F
0.55 S S S S, 0.52T
0.6 F F F F, 0.58T
0.65 T S T
0.7 S F S F
0.75 S S T S
0.8 F F F F
0.85 S T
0.9 S F S F
0.95 S T
1 F F F F F BS 436 F F
1.125 S S S S S S
1.25 20 1.27 F F F F F F F
1.375 18 1.41111 S S S S S S
1.5 16 1.5875 F F F F F F F
1.75 14 1.81429 S S S S S S S
2 12 2.11667 F F F F F F F
2.25 11 2.30909 S S S S S S S
2.5 10 2.54 F F F F F F F
2.75 9 2.82222 S S S S S S S
3 8 3.175 F F F F F F F
3.25 T T T T T
3.5 7 3.62857 S S S S S S S
3.75 T T T T T
4 6 4.23333 F F F F F F F
4.5 5.5 4.61818 S S S S S S S
5 5 5.08 F F F F F F F
5.5 4.5 5.64444 S S S S S S S
6 4 6.35 F F F F F F F
6.5 T T T T T
7 3.5 7.25714 S S S S S S S
8 3 8.46667 F F F F F F F
9 2.75 9.23636 S S S S S S S
10 2.5 10.16000 F F F F F F F
11 2.25 11.28889 S S S S S S S
12 2 12.7 F F F F F F F
14 1.75 14.51429 S S S S S S S
16 1.5 16.93333 F F F F F F F
18 S S S S S S S
20 1.25 20.32 F F F F F F F
22 S S S S S S S
25 1 25.4 F F F F F F F
28 0.875 29.02857 S S S S S S S
32 0.75 33.86667 F F F F F F F
36 S S S S S S S
40 0.625 40.64 F F F F F F F
45 S S S S S S S
50 0.5 50.8 F F F, 60F F F F F
NOTE: F = First Choice, S = Second Choice, T = Third Choice, Number = other module. Preference rating listed
in ISO column refers to both modules and diametral pitches. All other national standards have metric modules only.

614
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
One consequence is that each system, inch diametral pitch and metric module, have adopted preferred standard values which
are non-interchangeable. (Table 13-8 lists commonly used pitches in both systems. Their correspondence is best portrayed in
the circular tooth thickness measure.)
Note too, that the term “diametral pitch” belongs to the inch system. In the metric system, the nearest analogous pitch is
termed “module,” and the world “pitch” is reserved for tooth spacing along the pitch circle. In the inch system, the tooth spacing
measure is more accurately called “circular” pitch.

ISO METRIC MODULE TOOTH PROPORTIONS


ISO metric gearing, defined in terms of a basic rack, is applicable to cylindrical gears of the spur and helical types with involute
teeth. ISO 53 (1st issue, 1957) provides tooth proportions. Because the world contains considerable inch gearing, this standard
has a dual purpose in that it also lists data for inch diametral pitch gears.
Tooth proportions for metric gears are given in terms of the basic rack, Fig. 13-4 dimensions, in millimeters, and are
normalized for module, m = 1. Corresponding values for other modules are obtained by multiplying each dimension by the value
of the specific module m. The standard applies to cylindrical gears of the spur and helical varieties. Note that the same basic
rack defines inch diametral pitch gears, with the data in the figure normalized for diametral pitch 1.
tooth form — the rack is straight-sided, full-depth; forming the basis of full-depth interchangeable gears
pressure angle (20 deg.) — this conforms to worldwide acceptance of 20 deg. as the most versatile pressure angle
addendum — this is equal to the module m, which conforms to the American practice of 1/P
dedendum — a value of 1.250 m is used, which corresponds to recent American practice, in ANSI 6.1-1968 and AGMA 201.02
root radius — this is slightly greater than current American standards specify
tip radius — A maximum tip rounding is specified. This is a deviation from American standards which do not specify rounding.
However, as a maximum of limit value, this does not prevent American technology from specifying a tip radius as near zero as
possible.
Note that the basic rack for metric gears and the basic rack for American inch diametral pitch gears are essentially identical.
2
For metric gears, specific size dimensions are obtained by multiplying the given basic rack tooth dimensions by m (the module)
. Gears conforming to diametral pitch American standards have tooth proportions sized by dividing the basic rack dimensions by
the specific diametral pitch (P).
The ISO metric gear standard will permit wide interchangeability of products. A dedendum of 1.250 m will permit inter
changeability with all DIN and JIS gears. A major step to wide interchangeability will be to limit module choice to a practical
number of preferred modules as standard values within the standard. (See preferred modules in Table 13-9.)
2
To avoid any possible confusion in this chapter, the symbol in italicized type, m, is used to designate “module” values in formulas, etc. However, care
must be taken — particularly when using other publications — that the module symbol is not confused with that for metric linear measure, the meter (m).

AMERICAN GEAR STANDARDS


American gearing has been guided by several standards affording the designer a choice of pressure angles (14½, 20, and 25
deg.) and dedendum choices (1.157/p and 1 .250/p). In particular, fine-pitch gears (20 diametral pitch and finer) have followed a
special design standard involving a dedendum of (1.200 + 0.002)/P. This means American gear designers and users, in
changing to metric standards, must make additional accommodations if previously using one of these ANSI or AGMA standards.
For details of these other standards and also tooth proportions of the basic rack, see references on p. 596.
American gear standards have been generated and sponsored by two organizations. The AGMA (American Gear
Manufacturers Association) has been the chief generator and ANSI sponsors many of the AGMA standards including the most
basic. A complete list of current AGMA standards can be obtained from AGMA headquarters. For links to the complete AGMA
catalog go to page p. 653.

615
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 13-5 BASIC GEOMETRY OF MESH SPUR GEAR PAIR (Courtesy of Stock Drive Products)

An important point to remember is that currently all ANSI and AGMA standards are committed to inch gearing. There is no
information about metric gearing in any of these standards. However, there is now an AGMA committee studying metrication,
and presumably there will be recommendations and standards in the future.
AGMA 390.03 includes gear quality classifications and much detail regarding gear errors and quality parameters. Tolerance
limits for quality grades are given, which makes this information somewhat parallel to that given in ISO 1328, although the
figures are not identical.

616
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Japanese Gear Standards
Gearing in Japan is guided by the Japanese Industrial Standards Committee through its JIS standards. These are based on
the metric module, and essentially conform to the ISO metric module system. The key JIS gear standards are also listed at the
end of this chapter.

German Gear Standards


The German Industrial Standards (DIN), which have been formulated and used for a longtime, have had wide popularity
throughout Europe and have strongly influenced the ISO gear standards. Utilizing the metric module, the DIN standards have set
the stage for worldwide metric gearing. Current DIN standards and the accepted ISO gear standards differ in only minor details.
The key DIN gear standards in English are listed at the end of this chapter, and they specify a detailed metric module gear
calculation.

French Gear Standards


The French standards on gears, which are listed at the end of this chapter, are similar to the ISO standards listed in brackets.

UK Gear Standards
Great Britain’s early industrial development gave rise to a collection of British Standards (BS). Until the 1960’s, the BS gear
standards were entirely wedded to the inch diametral pitch system. However, upon Britain’s implementation of an earnest
program to convert to the metric system, BS standards based on the metric module have been generated. Thus, BS standards
currently cover both systems. The key standards for both systems are listed at the end of this chapter. The terms and definitions
are in accordance with ISO 1122, and the notations have been derived from ISO 701. The grades and elemental tolerances are
generally in accordance with an agreement reached within the ISO.
It should be noted that BS and American inch diametral gears are not interchangeable. The basic racks are very nearly the
same, but differences in some details prevent complete compatibility of gears.
The major differences between BS metric gearing and ISO gear standards are as follows:
(a) The total depth is permitted to vary between 2.25 and 2.40. This added clearance allows use of different manufacturing
techniques.
(b) The root radius is limited to be within 0.25 - 0.39.

Italian Gear Standards


A series of UNI standards have been published that correspond to the ISO standards.

Australian Gear Standards


The standards listed for Australia are based on the customary inch system.

INTERCHANGEABILITY OF METRIC MODULE AND INCH DIAMETRAL GEARS


Limitations — If equations (13-2) and (13-3) are solved for pitch diameter and these values are set equal to one another by
introduction of the conversion factor 25.4, then there is the relationship:

P X m = 25.4 (13-4)

This shows that inch diametral pitch and the metric module are related by the decimal factor 25.4. Conversion results in decimal
values for one or the other measure. This means convenient values in one system will not be convenient values in the other. The
result is that each system, inch diametral pitch and

617
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-10 BASIC SPUR GEAR DESIGN
EQUATIONS

618
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 13-6 BASIC GEAR GEOMETRY, NOMENCLATURE, AND SYMBOLS FOR BEVEL GEARING (Courtesy of
Stock Drive Products)

619
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 13-6 BASIC GEAR GEOMETRY, NOMENCLATURE, AND SYMBOLS FOR BEVEL GEARING (CONT'D)
(Courtesy of Stock Drive Products)

metric module, has adopted preferred standard values which are non-interchangeable. Table 13-8 lists commonly used
pitches/modules of both systems with preferred values in boldface type. Corresponding equivalent values are given, but these
are of no help, since odd-valued pitches and modules are usually not tooled in gear manufacturing shops.

CONVERTING PRACTICES BETWEEN THE METRIC AND INCH SYSTEMS


Table 13-8 indicates that exact conversion and replacement of inch gearing with metric gearing is impossible, assuming using
special tooling is not permitted. The best that can be done is to shift to the nearest standard module when converting from the
inch system. Keep in mind, however, that preferred module sizes exist in different countries (see Table 13-9).The degree of non-
correspondence is best measured by the circular pitch and the circular-tooth thickness values.
The consequence is that metrication of gearing requires a completely new design regarding gear dimensions and center
distance. This also involves new gear cutting tools. But there is a special exception in the case of helical gear meshes. Referring
to the equation for center distance based on the pitch diameters:

C = N1 + N2 (13-5)
2Pn cosψ

620
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 13-7 FORCE VECTORS IN MESHED GEARS (Courtesy of Stock Drive Products)

Replacing the normal diametral pitch Pn with the nearest standard module will yield an inexact equivalent center distance C.
However, the helix angle, ψ , can be adjusted slightly to bring the center distance into proper exact value. This procedure is
practical as long as the helical gears are produced by hobbing and the setting of the helix angle is an open option.

PREFERRED MODULES AND NATIONAL PRACTICES


The generalized list of preferred modules identified in Table 13-8 is narrowed to a smaller number by ISO as shown in the
column marked ISO 54 in Table 13-9. Most metric gear countries have developed national standards which have settled on a
limited number of preferred modules. The preferred modules vary among the major metric countries. An overall view of national
preferences for selected countries is given in Table 13-9.
621
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
KINEMATICS OF GEARING: GEAR GEOMETRY AND DEFINITIONS
The basic geometry of a meshed spur gear pair is shown in Fig. 13-5, including key symbols. Similar terms apply to helical
gearing with the introduction of a helix angle, ψ). Formulas for the various parameters are given in Table 13-10. Geometry of
bevel gearing is presented in Fig. 13-6. Force vectors associated with the transmission of torque for spur, helical, and bevel
gearing are defined in Fig. 13-7. Magnitudes of forces are computed as follows:

General Terms
Fn = normal tooth force between teeth
Ft = tangenital force in plane of rotation
Fb = component of force directed toward gear center
Fu = component of force in axial direction
Φ = pressure angle
Ft
n
For spur gearing F = ---------- (13-6)
cos Φ

Fb = F t tan Φ = Fn sin Φ (13-7)


Ft
For helical gearing Fn = −−−−−−−−−− (13-8)
cos ψ cos Φ

F t sin Φn
Fb
= ---------------- = Fn sin Φn (13-9)
cos ψ cos Φ

Fa = Fn cos Φn sin Φ (13-10)

tan Φn
Where tan Φ = ---------- (13-11)
cos ψ
Φn = normal pressure angle
ψ = helix angle

for bevel gearing

Ft
n
F = ---------------- (13-12)
cos Φ

Fb = Ft sin Φ sin γ (13-13)

Fa = Ft sin Φ cos γ (13-14)


Where
γ = Bevel gear pitch angle

KINEMATIC GEARING FORMULAS


Many kinematic equations are universal, that is, independent of the specific units of length and therefore can be used with inch
or metric units. However, units must be consistent throughout; i.e., all measures must be in millimeters (or whatever other unit
chosen). An example of a universal units equation is:

In Eq. (13-15), mp is the contact ratio and the outside radius Ro, base circle radius Rb, center distance C, and circular pitch Pc.
must be consistent units. For metric usage, all dimensions are in millimeters, and for American inch use, all dimensions must be
in inches. This equation, when applied to standard gears, can be manipulated to yield:

622
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
In this form, the equation is completely free of units and clearly shows it is equally applicable to metric and inch gears. However,
in the form of Eq. (13-16), this is a restricted and limited contact ratio equation in that it is applicable only to standard metric
gears whose addendums are module m, and to standard inch gears with addendum values 1/P.
A large number of equations are independent of the measuring units system, and with metrification there is no problem. Most
of the kinematic design equations that appear in American gear text books and that are associated with inch system gears are
suitable for use with metric gear dimensions, provided that a proper substitution of module m is made for pitch.

For equations involving diametral pitch:


25 4
P is replaced by --------
m
Then recalling:
P X pc = π

For equations involving circular pitch:


π
pc is replaced by -------- m
25.4

NOTE: When converting between metric module and the inch diametral pitch, the conversion factor and relationship can be
remembered from the simple product of the two pitch measures, as previously given by Eq. (13-4):

rn X P = 25.4

By this means, all kinematic equations involving pitch parameters can be utilized for calculations. However, by the preceding
conversion substitutions, equation results are still inch measurements. Thus, this is a way to adapt the metric module to the inch
system of kinematic design equations.

Basic kinematic and geometric design equations for spur gears in both metric module and inch diametral pitch forms are given
in Table 13-10. These equations show the essence of using the module versus inch diametral pitch. There are many other
equations which are identical in both systems. Equations 9 and 15 of Table 13-10 are examples. Others are:

1. over-pins measurement formula


2. relationship of tooth thicknesses at different radii from the gear center
3. long and short addendum equations
4. profile-shifted gear design equations: i.e., enlarged gear teeth; non-standard center distances; etc.

GEAR STRENGTH AND DURABILITY RATING FORMULAS


SI Units. Users of metric gearing, predominately in Europe and Japan, have developed strength and durability formulas that
utilize metric units. Ultimately, when some time in the relatively near future SI units become universal and exclusively used,
these formulations will need to be slightly modified to conform to the basic SI units. However, present metric-based formulas are
essentially in conformance except for scale (cm2 vs m2, etc.), and will be readily converted and directly usable with SI units.
Thus, there will be no difficulty associated with any of the metric-based formulas now in use.

CONVERSION OF CLASSICAL STRENGTH FORMULAS FOR METRIC USAGE


Lewis Formula. The oldest and most classic strength formula is that of Wilbur Lewis, presented in 1892. Now bearing his
name, the Lewis Equation formulates beam strength as:

FSY
Wb = --------- (13-17)
P
where
F = gear-face width, inches
P = diametral pitch
S = stress, lb/in2
Y = Lewis tooth form factor
Wb = transmitted tooth force, lb

Lewis developed this equation using inch units, and its application in America has been on that basis. However, since Y is a
dimensionless factor, the equation is equally suitable for use with metric units. In metric countries, the Lewis equation has had
equally wide use. For use with metric units, it is more convenient to introduce the Lewis factor based on circular pitch, y, where
the two Lewis factors are related by:
Y
y = ------ (13-18)
π
623
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Then the metric formulation is (expressed in SI units):

W’b = πmF1S1y (13-19)

and for metric units:

W’b = transmitted tooth force, in newtons (N)3


F1 = face width, in millimeters
m = module, in millimeters
y = Lewis factor, dimensionless
S1 = stress, megapascals (MPa)4

Associated with inch gearing, the same value of the Lewis factor, y, can be used. However, this is limited to metric gears that
have addendums and dedendums proportioned in the same values as the American gear standards for which the y factor
applies. Fortunately, the metric ISO gear standard and American inch gears are compatible in this regard. Nevertheless, this
may not be true of all metric gears (non-ISO standard), and one must carefully watch for this possible difference, then use the
proper Lewis factory if a difference exists.
3
One newton (N) = 1/9.806650 kg force or approximately 102 gram force, or 1 N = 1/4.448222 lb force or approximately 4 oz
force.
4
One megapascal = 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 1/9.806650 kilogram per square millimeter or approximately 0.1 kgf/mm2. 1000 psi =
6.894757 MPa ≅ 7 MPa.

Buckingham Equations. Of equal notoriety are Buckingham’s classical formulas for predicting gear mesh dynamic loading and
durability. These classical equations are:

Dynamic loading:

where
Wd = total dynamic load
W = applied load
V = pitchline velocity, ft per min
F = face width of gears, inches
C = deformation factor

Wear formula (surface durability):

where
Ww = equivalent static load for wear
D = pitch diameter of pinion, inches
K = load stress factor
Q = ratio factor

Although the original equations were refined by Buckingham and others over many years of use, all versions are intimately
related to the inch and other customary units because of the introduction of constants and factors, such as C and K, and the
disregard for consistency of units. Neither equation can fulfill a dimensional test, and therefore, are arbitrary arrangements of
dimensioned parameters. Thus, they are largely empirically assembled parameter equations which give desired results. Units
cannot be arbitrarily converted to metric measures without making appropriate changes to the empirically set constants and
various factors. The result is that these equations and many similar strength and durability formulas are inappropriate when
using metric gearing and SI units.

AGMA Rating Formulas. In the USA, wide use is made of the AGMA rating formulas, which are based upon the inch system.
For spur gears the basic formulas are as follows:

624
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Strength

Surface Durability

Terms are defined in Table 13-11.


These formulas are directly related to the inch system through specific inch unit terms, the various factors, and the fact that the
equations are not dimensionally consistent. Therefore, they cannot be arbitrarily used for metric gearing. These formulas are
usable, provided all metric gear dimensions are converted to customary units (to inches, diametral pitch, etc.). However, such an
intermediary step reduces the utility and value of the formulas, since many of the factors come from graphs and tables which are
also in customary units, requiring further intermediary conversions. An example is the velocity factor KV . This factor comes from
graph plots of pitch line velocities in feet per minute units.

625
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-11 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS IN AGMA RATING FORMULAS

Term Strength Durability

Load:
Transmitted Load wt wt
Dynamic Factor Kv Cv
Overload Factor Ko Co
Size:
Pinion Pitch Diameter ... d
Net Face Width F F
Transverse Diametral Pitch Pd ...
Size Factor Ks Cs
Stress Distribution:
Load Distribution Factor Km Cm
Geometry Factor J I
Surface Condition Factor ... Cf
Stress:
Calculated Stress St Sc
Allowable Stress Sat Sac
Elastic Coefficient ... Cp
Hardness-Ratio Factor ... CH
Life Factor KL CL
Temperature Factor KT CT
Factor of Safety KR CR

Until these formulas and backup data are all converted to metric, usage of the formulas will be somewhat awkward. To assist,
Eqs. (13-22) and (13-24) are modified to permit application to metric gears using preferred SI units. Equation (13-26) needs no
conversion factor as long as the indicated metric SI units are consistently used. This is because the introduction of face width in
millimeters and the metric module cancel each other’s conversion factors. Equation (13-27) requires the 0.083 factor to
accommodate conversion of W1t ,d1 and F1 within the radical.

where
S’t = bending stress, megapascals5 (1 MPa = 1 N/mm2)
S’c = surface stress, megapascals
Wt = transmitted tooth load, newtons (N) 5
m = module, millimeters
F’ = face width, millimeters
d’ = pitch diameter, millimeters

The values of J and I will be, as now presented in AGMA literature, for inch gears, provided that the metric gears have
addendums and dedendums in the same proportion.
Factors such as KV and KS must be obtained from inch-based values in the literature by converting the associated metric
values that define the design conditions. Other miscellaneous factors, such as KO, KR , and KL, are independent of the units
system, and are directly applicable as listed in AGMA standards
1
For notes on the megapascal and newton, see page 568.

626
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
SPLINES
INTRODUCTION
Splines are used to transmit power from the power source to a driven machine. The use of splines is especially well suited for
applications that require axial flexibility, such as engine drive shafts, transmission output, etc. The most important types of
splines are the straight spline, the involute spline, and serrations, shown in Fig. 13-8.

STRAIGHT SPLINE
Metric-dimensioned straight-sided splines for cylindrical shafts are specified in ISO 14, and the sizes recommended have been
in use for a number of years by countries already on the metric system.
ISO 14 specifies one light and one medium series of straight-sided splines for cylindrical shafts with internal centering. Minor
diameters in the range 11—112 mm are shown in Table 13-12A, and the corresponding tolerances are shown in Table 13-12B.
More details about spline gaging are specified in ISO 14.
The values shown in Table 13-12A ford, D, and B are the nominal dimensions common to shaft and hub. The profile of a
splined shaft or hub is designated by stating in order: the number of splines N, the minor diameter d, and the outside diameter D,
all in millimeters as follows: 6 x 23 X 26.

FIG. 13-8 STRAIGHT-SIDED AND INVOLUTE SPLINES

627
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-12A STRAIGHT-SIDED SPLINES FOR CYLINDRICAL SHAFTS (ISO 14)

ISO 14

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS B1601
GERMANY DIN 5461
FRANCE NF
UK BS
ITALY UNI 219-225
AUSTRALIA AS

Light series Medium series


d
D B D B
Designation N Designation N
mm mm mm mm mm
11 6 x 11 x 14 6 14 3
13 6 x 13 x 16 6 16 3.5
16 6 x 16 x 20 6 20 4
18 6 x 18 x 22 6 22 5
21 6 x 21 x 25 6 25 5
23 6 x 23 x 26 6 26 6 6 x 23 x 28 6 28 6
26 6 x 26 x 30 6 30 6 6 x 26 x 32 6 32 6
28 6 x 28 x 32 6 32 7 6 x 28 x 34 6 34 7
32 8 x 32 x 36 8 36 6 8 x 32 x 38 8 38 6
36 8 x 36 x 40 8 40 7 8 x 36 x 42 8 42 7
42 8 x 42 x 46 8 46 8 8 x 42 x 48 8 48 8
46 8 x 46 x 50 8 50 9 8 x 46 x 54 8 54 9
52 8 x 52 x 58 8 58 10 8 x 52 x 60 8 60 10
62
56 8 x 56 x 62 8 10 8 x 56 x 65 8 65 10
_
62 8 x 62 x 68 8 68 12 8 x 62 x 72 8 72 12
72 10 x 72 x 78 10 78 12 10 x 72 x 82 10 82 12
82 10 x 82 x 88 10 88 12 10 x 82 x 92 10 92 12
92 10 x 92 x 98 10 98 14 10 x 92 x 102 10 102 14
102 10 x 102 x 108 10 108 16 10 x 102 x 112 10 112 16
112 10 x 112 x 120 10 120 18 10 x 112 x 125 10 125 18

TABLE 13-12B TOLERANCES ON HOLES AND SHAFTS (ISO 14)

Tolerance on hole
Tolerances on shaft
Not treated Treated
Mounting type
after broaching after broaching

B D d B D d B D d
d10 a11 f7 Sliding
H9 H10 H7 H11 H10 H7 f9 a11 g7 Close sliding
h10 a11 h7 Fixed
NOTE: 1. See Chapter 6 for details about tolerance zones shown.

628
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
METRIC MODULE INVOLUTE SPLINE SUMMARY
ISO 4156 became a standard in 1981, and it is completely interchangeable with ANSI B92.2M described here. When
specifying splines, the following data must be provided:

1. Metric module involute spline per ANSI B92.2M.


2. The module (m). Select it from Table 13-13.
3. The number of teeth (Z) 6—100. The pitch diameter D = m Z.
4. The pressure angle 30, 37.5, or 45 deg. and root type. Most frequently specified is 30 deg. with
fillet root as shown in Fig. 13-9B.
5. Spline fit class (H/h, H/f, H/e, or H/d), and spline tolerance class (4, 5, 6, or 7), as shown in Fig.
13-10. Most frequently specified are the fit H/h and the tolerance classes 5 or 6.

See Table 13-14 for typical drawing data to be specified.

INTRODUCTION
The ANSI B92.2M involute spline standard is a hard metric standard. It is not interchangeable with components made to ANSI
B92.I or other previous inch standards.
ANSI B92.2M was formerly published in three parts, but the latest version contains general involute design details, as well as
inspection data in the same volume. Some minor corrections have also been made to the previously published standards on
metric splines. ISO 4156 is the result of a cooperative effort between the ANSI B92 Committee and other members of the
ISO/TC 14-2 Involute Spline Committee.
Many of the features of the previous ANSI B92.1- l970 standard have been retained, such as 30, 37.5, and 45 deg. pressure
angles; flat root and fillet root side fits; the four tolerance classes 4, 5, 6, and 7; tables for a single fit class; and the effective fit
concept.

629
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-13A BASIC DIMENSIONS FOR SPLINES - ILLUSTRATED (ANSI B92.2M)

Basic Space Width or


Tooth Thickness on Base Pitch
Module P
1 Pitch Circle b
Tooth
Ebsc or Sbsc

m
αD 30 deg αD 37.5 deg αD 45 deg αD 30 deg αD 37.5 deg αD 45 deg

10 15.708 15.708 - 27.2070 24.9239 -

8 12.566 12.566 - 21.7656 19.9391 -

6 9.425 9.425 - 16.3242 14.9544 -

5 7.854 7.854 - 13.6035 12.4620 -

4 6.283 6.283 - 10.8828 9.96957 -

3 4.712 4.712 - 8.16210 7.47718 -

2.5 3.927 3.927 3.927 6.80175 6.23098 5.55360

2 3.142 3.142 3.142 5.44140 4.98479 4.44288

1.75 2.749 2.749 2.749 4.76122 4.36169 3.88752

1.5 2.356 2.356 2.356 4.08105 3.73859 3.33216

1.25 1.963 1.963 1.963 3.40088 3.11549 2.77680

1 1.571 1.571 1.571 2.72070 2.49239 2.22144

0.75 1.178 1.178 1.178 2.04052 1.86929 1.66608

0.5 0.785 0.785 0.785 1.36035 1.24620 1.11072

0.25 - - 0.393 - - 0.555360

NOTE: 1. Shown to illustrate relative tooth sizes for various spline modules for αD = 30 deg. pressure angle.
630
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-13B BASIC DIMENSIONS FOR SPLINES - FACTORED TO MODULES (ISO 4156)

Pressure angles
30°
37,5 ° 45°
flat root fillet root
major space height 0,75 m 0,9 m 0,7 m 0,6 m
major tooth height 0,5 m 0,5 m 0,45 m 0,4 m
hs 0,6 m 0,6 m 0,55 m 0,5 m
minor tooth height 0,75 m 0,9 m 0,7 m 0,6 m
root radius rFi 0,2 m 0,4 m 0,3 m 0,25 m
root radius rFe 0,2 m 0,4 m 0,3 m 0,25 m

FIG. 13-9A PROFILE OF THE BASIC RACK FOR FIG. 13-9B PROFILE OF THE BASIC RACK FOR
30 deg. FLAT ROOT SPLINE (ANSI B92.2M) 30 deg. FILLET ROOT SPLINE (ANSI B92.2M)

FIG. 13-9C PROFILE OF THE BASIC RACK FOR FIG. 13-9D PROFILE OF THE BASIC RACK FOR
37.5 deg. FILLET ROOT SPLINE (ANSI B92 2M) 45 deg. FILLET ROOT SPLINE (ANSI B92.2M)

Among the major differences are: use of the module in place of pitch; dimensions are in millimeters rather than inches; the
“basic rack,” removal of the major diameter fit; and use of the ISO symbols in place of those previously used.
In addition, provision has been made for calculating three defined clearance fits, although tables for these fits are not included
in the standard.
The standard recognizes the fact that proper assembly between mating splines is dependent only on the spline being within
effective specifications from the tip of the tooth to the form diameter. Therefore, the internal component major diameter is shown
as a maximum dimension and the external component minor diameter is shown as a minimum dimension. The minimum internal
major diameter and the maximum external minor diameter must clear the specified form diameter and thus do not need any
additional control.
All dimensions listed in the standard are for the finished part. Therefore, any compensation that must be made for operations
which take place during processing, such as heat treatment, must be taken into account when selecting the tolerance level for
manufacturing.
The female and male spline parts are toleranced, based on the hole basis principle where the female parts are held to H
tolerance zones and the male part is toleranced to fit the hole. See Table 6-1.
The standard has the same internal minimum effective space width and external maximum effective tooth thickness for all
tolerance classes. This basic concept makes it possible to have interchangeable assembly between mating splines made to this
standard, regardless of the tolerance class of the individual members. This allows a tolerance class “mix” of mating members,
which is often an advantage where one member is less difficult to produce than its mate, and the “average” tolerance applied to
631
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
the two units is such that it satisfies the design need. For instance, this can be the result of specification of Class 5 tolerance to
one member and Class 7 to its mate, thus approximating a Class 6 assembly tolerance.
If the fit in this standard does not satisfy a particular design need and a specific amount of effective clearance or press fit is
desired, the change shall be made only to the external spline by a reduction or an increase in effective tooth thickness and a
similar change in actual tooth thickness. The minimum effective space width in this standard is always basic. This basic
minimum effective space width should always be retained when special designs are derived from the concept of this standard.

PRESSURE ANGLE (STANDARD)


Standard pressure angles included in this standard for involute splines are 30, 37.5, and 45 deg.
The 30 deg. pressure angle with fillet root spline shown in Fig. 13-9B should be specified for most types of applications.

TYPE OF FIT
This standard deals with only one type of fit, the side fit, for 30, 37.5, and 45 deg. pressure angle splines.
Side Fit. In this fit, the mating members contact on the sides of the teeth only; major and minor diameters are clearance
dimensions. The tooth sides act as drivers and centralize mating splines.
Spline Fit Classes. This standard provides the side fit in four spline fit classes as follows.

Minimum Effective Clearance, cv


Spline Fit Class (equals es from Table 13-15)
H/h zero
H/f f
H/e e
H/d d

The tooth thickness modifications h, f, e, and d are fundamental deviations selected from ISO 286, “ISO System of Limits and
Fits,” which are applied to the external spline by shifting the tooth thickness total tolerance below the basic tooth thickness by the
amount of the tooth thickness modification to provide a prescribed minimum effective clearance. The most frequently specified fit
is the H/h.

SPACE WIDTH AND TOOTH THICKNESS, TOTAL TOLERANCE (T + λ)


Class of Tolerances. This standard includes four classes of total tolerance (T + λ) on space width and tooth thickness selected
from a combination of international tolerances (IT) in ISO 286 (see Table 6-30). The following are the tolerance classes and their
corresponding combinations of IT tolerance grades. Most frequently specified are the tolerance classes 5 and 6.

Total Tolerances
Spline Tolerance Tolerance Grades1
Class (IT)
4 (IT6 +IT9)
5 (IT7±IT10)
6 (IT8 + IT11)
7 (IT9+IT12)
1
NOTE: Pitch diameter tolerance plus tooth thickness tolerance.

632
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 13-10 SPLINE FIT CLASSES (ISO 4156)

633
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-14 DRAWING DATA - 30 deg. WITH FILLET ROOT (ANSI B92.2M)

Internal Involute Spline Data External Involute Spline Data

FILLET ROOT SIDE FIT TOLERANCE CLASS - (1) FILLET ROOT SIDE FIT TOLERANCE CLASS - (1)

NUMBER OF
(1) NUMBER OF TEETH (1)
TEETH
MODULE (1) MODULE (1)
PRESSURE
30 deg PRESSURE ANGLE 30 deg
ANGLE
xx.xxxx
BASE DIAMETER BASE DIAMETER xx.xxxx REF.
REF.
xx.xxxx
PITCH DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER xx.xxxx REF.
REF.
xx.xx
MAJOR DIAMETER MAJOR DIAMETER xx.xx/xx.xx
MAX.
FORM DIAMETER xx.xx FORM DIAMETER xx.xx
MINOR DIAMETER xx.xx/xx.xx MINOR DIAMETER xx.xx MIN.
CIRCULAR SPACE WIDTH CIRCULAR TOOTH THICKNESS
MAX. ACTUAL xx.xxx MAX. EFFECTIVE xx.xxx
MIN. EFFECTIVE xx.xxx MIN. ACTUAL xx.xxx
MAX MEASUREMENT BETWEEN PINS xx.xxx REF. MIN MEASUREMENT OVER PINS xx.xxx REF.
PIN DIAMETER xx.xxx PIN DIAMETER xx.xxx
FILLET RADIUS
See Std FILLET RADIUS (Optional) See Std
(Optional)
NOTE: The above drawing data is required for the spline specifications.
(1) Specify.

634
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-15 FUNDAMENTAL DEVIATIONS USED IN SPLINE FITS (ISO 4156)

Pitch diameter Fundamental deviation esv in µm at


pitch diameter D
Relative
to
D space
Relative to tooth thickness S for externals
mm width E
for
internals
For
d e f h js k H
<3 -20 -14 -6 0 0
> 3 to 6 -30 -20 -10 0 0
> 6 to 10 -40 -25 -13 0 0
> 10 to 18 -50 -32 -16 0 0
> 18 to 30 -65 -40 -20 0 0
> 30 to 50 -80 -50 -25 0 0
> 50 to 80 -100 -60 -30 0 0

> 80 to 120 -120 -72 -36 0 see note see note 0

> 120 to 180 -145 -85 -43 0 1 2 0

> 180 to 250 -170 -100 -50 0 0

> 250 to 315 -190 -110 -56 0 0

> 315 to 400 -210 -125 -62 0 0

> 400 to 500 -230 -135 -68 0 0

> 500 to 630 -260 -145 -76 0 0

> 630 to 800 -290 -160 -80 0 0

> 800 to 1000 -320 -170 -86 0 0

NOTES:
1. +(T+λ)/2 relative to tolerance class considered.
2. +(T+λ) relative to tolerance class considered.
3. For T+ λ see class of tolerances.

KEYS AND KEYWAYS


INTRODUCTION
The data presented in this chapter is based on the following ISO standards: ISO 773, 774, 2491, and 3912. These standards
include standards for square, rectangular, and flat-section parallel, tapered, and woodruff keys with their corresponding
keyways. The above standards are generally accepted and included in national standards in the major industrial countries of the
world already on the metric system.

MATERIAL
The ISO standards listed above recommend the use of a key steel having a tensile strength of not less than 590 MPa (86,000
psi) in the finished condition. Keys are generally produced from ISO steel Fe 590 (see Table 10-43A).

DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES


Dimensions and tolerances for keys and keyway sections are shown in Tables 13-16 through 13-27 and standard lengths in
Table 13-25. Tolerance on length is not specified in the ISO standards. DIN 6885 specifies the tolerances in lengths shown in
Table 13-16. ISO and national standards are also listed for each type.

635
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-16 TOLERANCES FOR KEY LENGTHS (DIN 6885)

Key length (mm) Tolerance (mm)

from to key keyway

10 28 -0.2 +0.2
32 80 -0.3 +0.3
90 250 -0.5 +0.5

FITS
Three classes of standard fits are shown in Tables 13-17 and 13-18; they are “free,” “normal,” and “close” fits. These have
been used in Europe with satisfaction for many years. Brief definitions of the fits follow:
free - where the hub is required to slide over the key when in use
normal - where the key is to be inserted in the keyway with minimum fitting, as is required for mass production assembly
close - where an accurate fit of key is required. In this class, fitting will be required under maximum material conditions and if it
is required to obtain these conditions, some selection of components may be necessary.

636
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-17 RECTANGULAR OR SQUARE PARALLEL KEYS (ISO 773)

mm
Width Thickness Chamfer Range of lengths
b h s l2
1
Nominal Tolerance (h9) Nominal Tolerance min max from to
2 0 2 0 0.16 0.25 6 20
3 -0.025 3 -0.025 0.16 0.25 6 36
4 0 4 0 0.16 0.25 8 45
5 5 0.25 0.40 10 56
-0.030 -0.030
6 6 0.25 0.40 14 70
8 0 7 0.25 0.40 18 90
10 -0.036 8 0.40 0.60 22 110
12 8 0 0.40 0.60 28 140
14 0 9 -0.090 0.40 0.60 36 160
16 -0.043 10 0.40 0.60 45 180
18 11 0.40 0.60 50 200
20 12 0.60 0.80 56 220
22 0 14 0 0.60 0.80 63 250
25 -0.052 14 -0.110 0.60 0.80 70 280
28 16 0.60 0.80 80 320
32 18 0.60 0.80 90 360
36 20 1.00 1.20 100 400
40 0 22 0 1.00 1.20 - -
45 -0.062 25 -0.130 1.00 1.20 - -
50 28 1.00 1.20 - -
56 32 1.60 2.00 - -
63 0 32 1.60 2.00 - -
70 -0.074 36 0 1.60 2.00 - -
80 40 -0.160 2.50 3.00 - -
90 0 45 2.50 3.00 - -
100 -0.087 50 2.50 3.00 - -
NOTES:
1. Tolerance on thickness h of the key: square section - h9; rectangular section - h11 (see Chapter 6, Table 6-22).
2. Preferred lengths are shown in Table 13-25.
3. The ANSI B18.25.3M specify square and rectangular keys and keyways in widths from 2 to 100 mm.
They are not interchangeable with keys and keyways made to the ISO standards shown here,

637
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-18 KEYWAYS FOR RECTANGULAR OR SQUARE PARALLEL KEYS (ISO 773)

mm
Shaft Key 1 Keyway
Width Depth2
Diameter b Radius
Section Tolerance Shaft t1 Hub t2

d bXh Free keys Normal keys Close keys r


Shaft and
hub
over to nom Shaft Hub Shaft Hub P9 nom tol nom tol max min
H9 D10 N9 JS9

6 8 2X2 2 +0.025 +0.060 -0.004 +0.0125 -0.006 1.2 1 0.16 0.08


8 10 3X3 3 0 +0.020 -0.029 -0.0125 -0.031 1.8 +0.1 1.4 +0.1 0.16 0.08
10 12 4X4 4 +0.030 +0.078 0 +0.015 -0.012 2.5 0 1.8 0 0.16 0.08
12 17 5X5 5 3 2.3 0.25 0.16
17 22 6X6 6 0 +0.030 -0.03 -0.015 -0.042 3.5 2.8 0.25 0.16
22 30 8X7 8 +0.036 +0.098 0 +0.018 -0.015 4 3.3 0.25 0.16

30 38 10 X 8 10 0 +0.040 -0.036 -0.018 -0.051 5 3.3 0.4 0.25

38 44 12 X 8 12 5 3.3 0.4 0.25


44 50 14 X 9 14 +0.043 +0.120 0 +0.0215 -0.018 5.5 3.8 0.4 0.25
50 58 16 X 10 16 0 +0.050 -0.043 -0.0215 -0.061 6 +0.2 4.3 +0.2 0.4 0.25
58 65 18 X 11 18 7.0 0 4.4 0 0.4 0.25
65 75 20 X 12 20 7.5 4.9 0.6 0.4
75 85 22 X 14 22 +0,052 +0.149 0 +0.026 -0.022 9 5.4 0.6 0.4
85 95 25 X 14 25 0 +0.065 -0.052 -0.026 -0.074 9 5.4 0.6 0.4
95 110 28 X 16 28 10 6.4 0.6 0.4

110 130 32 X 18 32 11 7.4 0.6 0.4

130 150 36 X 20 36 12 8.4 1 0.7


150 170 40 X 22 40 +0.062 +0.180 0 +0.031 -0.026 13 9.4 1 0.7
170 200 45 X 25 45 0 +0.080 -0.062 -0.031 -0.088 15 10.4 1 0.7
200 230 50 X 28 50 17 11.4 1 0.7
230 260 56 X 32 56 20 +0.3 12.4 +0.3 1.6 1.2
260 290 63 X 32 63 +0.074 +0.220 0 +0.037 -0.032 20 0 12.4 0 1.6 1.2
290 330 70 X 36 70 0 +0.100 -0.074 -0.037 -0.106 22 14.4 1.6 1.2
330 380 80 X 40 80 25 15.4 2.5 2
380 440 90 X 45 90 +0.087 +0.260 0 +0.0435 -0.037 28 17.4 2.5 2
440 500 100 X 50 100 0 +0.120 -0.087 -0.0435 -0.124 31 19.5 2.5 2
NOTES:
1. The relation between the diameter and the section of key applies to normal use.
2. The depth of keyways in shafts and hubs should be obtained by direct measurement or by measuring
the dimensions (d - t1) and (d + t2).

638
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-19 TAPERED KEYS WITH OR WITHOUT GIB HEAD (ISO 774)

mm

Width Thickness Chamfer Range of lengths Gib head


2
h h S l h1
1
Nominal Tolerance (h9) Nominal Tolerance min max from to Nominal
2 0 2 0 0.16 0.25 6 20 -
3 -0.025 3 -0.025 0.16 0.25 6 36 -
4 0 4 0 0.16 0.25 8 45 7
5 -0.030 5 -0.030 0.25 0.40 10 56 8
6 6 0.25 0.40 14 70 10
8 0 7 0.25 0.40 18 90 11
10 -0.036 8 0 0.40 0.60 22 110 12
12 8 -0.090 0.40 0.60 28 140 12
14 0 9 0.40 0.60 36 160 14
16 -0.043 10 0.40 0.60 45 180 16
18 11 0.40 0.60 50 200 18
20 12 0.60 0.80 56 220 20
22 0 14 0 0.60 0.80 63 250 22
25 -0.052 14 -0.110 0.60 0.80 70 280 22
28 16 0.60 0.80 80 320 25
32 18 0.60 0.80 90 360 28
36 20 1.00 1.20 100 400 32
40 0 22 0 1.00 1.20 - - 36
45 -0.062 25 -0.130 1.00 1.20 - - 40
50 28 1.00 1.20 - - 45
56 32 1.60 2.00 - - 50
63 0 32 1.60 2.00 - - 50
70 -0.074 36 0 1.60 2.00 - - 56
80 40 -0.160 2.50 3.00 - - 63
90 0 45 2.50 3.00 - - 70
100 -0.087 50 2.50 3.00 - - 80
NOTES:
1. Tolerance on thickness h of the key: square section - h9; rectangular section - h11 (see Chapter 6, Table 6-22).
2. Preferred lengths are shown in Table 13-25.

639
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-20 KEYWAYS FOR TAPERED KEYS WITH OR WITHOUT GIB HEAD (ISO 774)

mm
1
Shaft Key Keyway
Width
2
Depth
Diameter Section Shaft and hub Radius
3
d b Shaft t1 Hub t2 r
over to bxh nom tol D10 nom tol nom tol max min
6 8 2X2 2 +0.060 1.2 0.5 0.16 0.08
8 10 3X3 3 +0.020 1.8 0.9 0.16 0.08
10 12 4X4 4 2.5 +0.1 1.2 +0.1 0.16 0.08
12 17 5X5 5 +0.078 3 0 1.7 0 0.25 0.16
17 22 6X6 6 +0.030 3.5 2.2 0.25 0.16
22 30 8X7 8 +0.098 4 2.4 0.25 0.16
30 38 10 X 8 10 -0.040 5 2.4 0.4 0.25
38 44 12 X 8 12 5 2.4 0.4 0.25
44 50 14 X 9 14 +0.120 5.5 2.9 0.4 0.25
50 58 16 X 10 16 +0.050 6 +0.2 3.4 +0.2 0.4 0.25

58 65 18 X 11 18 7 0 3.4 0 0.4 0.25

65 75 20 X 12 20 7.5 3.9 0.6 0.4


75 85 22 X 14 22 +0.149 9 4.4 0.6 0.4
85 95 25 X 14 25 +0.065 9 4.4 0.6 0.4
95 110 28 X 16 28 10 5.4 0.6 0.4
110 130 32 X 18 32 11 6.4 0.6 0.4
130 150 36 X 20 36 12 7.1 1 0.7
150 170 40 X 22 40 +0180 13 8.1 1 0.7
170 200 45 X 25 45 + 0.080 15 9.1 1 0.7
200 230 50 X 28 50 17 10.1 1 0.7
230 260 56 X 32 56 20 +0.3 11.1 +0.3 1.6 1.2
260 290 63 X 32 63 +0.220 20 0 11.1 0 1.6 1.2
290 330 70 X 36 70 +0.100 22 13.1 1.6 1.2
330 380 80 X 40 80 25 14.1 2.5 2
380 440 90 X 45 90 +0.260 28 16.1 2.5 2
440 500 100 X 50 100 +0.120 31 18.1 2.5 2
NOTES:
1. The relation between the diameter and the section of key applies to normal use.
2. The depth of keyways in shafts and hubs should be obtained by direct measurement or by
measuring the dimensions (d - t1) and (d + t2).

640
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-21 THIN PARALLEL KEYS (ISO 2491)

mm
1 2
Width Thickness Chamfer Length
b h s l
Range
nom tol (h9) nom tol (h11) min max from to
5 0 3 +0 -0.060 0.25 0.4 10 56
6 -0.030 4 0.25 0.4 14 70
8 0 5 0.25 0.4 18 90
10 -0.036 6 0 0.4 0.6 22 110
12 6 -0.075 0.4 0.6 28 140
14 0 6 0.4 0.6 36 160
16 -0.043 7 0.4 0.6 45 180
18 7 0.4 0.6 50 200
20 8 0 0.6 0.8 56 220

22 0 9 -0.090 0.6 0.8 63 250


25 -0.052 9 0.6 0.8 70 280
28 10 0.6 0.8 80 320
32 0 11 0 0.6 0.8 90 360
36 -0.062 12 -0.110 1 1.2 100 400
NOTES:
1. Tolerance on thickness h of the key: square section - h9; rectangular section - h11 (see Chapter 6, Table 6-22).
2. Preferred lengths are shown in Table 13-25.

641
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-22 KEYWAYS FOR THIN PARALLEL KEYS (ISO 2491)

mm
1
Shaft Key Keyway
Diameter Section Width
Depth2 Radius
d b
Tolerance for class fit
Close

Free Normal Shaft Shaft t1 Hub t2 r


and
Shaft Hub Shaft Hub hub
over to bxh nom H9 D10 N9 JS9 P9 nom tol nom tol max min
12 17 5x3 5 +0,030 + 0,078 0 -0.012 1.8 1.4 0.25 0.16
17 22 6x 4 6 0 +0,030 -0.030 ±0,015 -0.042 2.5 1.8 0.25 0.16
22 30 8X5 8 +0,036 +0,098 0 -0.015 3 + 0,1 2.3 + 0,1 0.25 0.16
30 38 10 x 6 10 0 +0,040 -0.036 ±0.018 -0.051 3.5 0 2.8 0 0.4 0.25
38 44 12 x 6 12 3.5 2.8 0.4 0.25
44 50 14 x 6 14 +0,043 + 0,120 0 ±0,0215 -0.018 3.5 2.8 0.4 0.25
50 58 16 x 7 16 0 +0,050 -0.043 -0.061 4 3.3 0.4 0.25
58 65 18 x 7 18 4 3.3 0.4 0.25

65 75 20 x 8 20 5 3.3 0.6 0.4


75 85 22 x 9 22 +0,052 +0,149 0 -0.022 5.5 + 0,2 3.8 +0,2 0.6 40
85 95 25 x 9 25 0 +0.065 -0.052 ±0.026 -0.074 5.5 0 3.8 0 0.6 0.4
95 110 28 x 10 28 6 4.3 0.6 0.4

110 130 32 x 11 32 +0,062 +0,180 0 -0.026 7 4.4 0.6 0.4


130 150 36 x 12 36 0 +0,080 -0.062 ±0,031 -0.088 7.5 4.9 1 0.7
NOTES:
1. The relation between the diameter and the section of key applies to normal use.
2. The depth of keyways in shafts and hubs should be obtained by direct measurement or by measuring
the dimensions (d - t1) and (d + t2).

642
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-23 THIN TAPER KEYS WITH OR WITHOUT GIB HEAD (ISO 2492)

mm
1 2
Width Thickness Chamfer Length Gib head
l
b h s h1
Range
3 3
nom tol h9 nom tol h11 min max from to nom
8 0 5 0.25 0.4 20 70 8
10 -0.036 6 0 0.4 0.6 25 90 10
12 6 -0.075 0.4 0.6 32 125 10
14 0 6 0.4 0.6 36 140 10
16 -0.043 7 0.4 0.6 45 180 11
18 7 0.4 0.6 50 200 11
20 8 0 0.6 0.8 56 220 12
22 0 9 -0.090 0.6 0.8 63 250 14
25 -0.052 9 0.6 0.8 70 280 14
28 10 0.6 0.8 80 320 16
32 11 0.6 0.8 90 360 18
36 12 1 1.2 100 400 20
40 0 14 0 1 1.2 125 400 22
45 -0.062 16 -0.110 1 1.2 140 400 25
50 18 1 1.2 160 400 28
NOTES:
1. Only the longitudinal edges and those of the rounded ends shall be chamfered; the other edges shall be merely broken.
2. For key lengths see Table 13-25.
3. The tolerances h9 and h11 apply only to the dimensions of the section of the key.

643
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-24 THIN TAPER KEYS WITH OR WITHOUT GIB HEAD (ISO 2492)

mm
1 3
Shaft Key Keyway (hub) FIat (shaft)
2 2
Diameter Section Width Depth Radius Height
d bXh b t2 r t1
over to nom tol D10 nom tol max min nom tol
22 30 8x5 8 +0,098 1.7 0.25 0.16 3
30 38 10 x 6 10 +0,040 2.2 +0,1 0.4 0.25 3.5 +0,1
38 44 12 x 6 12 2.2 0 0.4 0.25 3.5 0
44 50 14 x 6 14 +0,120 2.2 0.4 0.25 3.5
50 58 16 x 7 16 +0,050 2.4 0.4 0.25 4
58 65 18 x 7 18 2.4 0.4 0.25 4
65 75 20 x 8 20 2.4 0.6 0.4 5
75 85 22 x 9 22 +0,149 2.9 0.6 0.4 5.5
85 95 25 x 9 25 +0,065 2.9 +0,2 0.6 0.4 5.5 +0,2
95 110 28 x 10 28 3.4 0 0.6 0.4 6 0
110 130 32 x 11 32 3.4 0.6 0.4 7
130 150 36 x 12 36 3.9 1 0.7 7.5
150 170 40 x 14 40 +0,180 4.4 1 0.7 9
170 200 45 x 16 45 +0,080 5.4 1 0.7 10
200 230 50 x 18 50 6.4 1 0.7 11
NOTES:
1. The relation between the diameter of the shaft and the section of the key must be strictly respected.
2. The depth of the keyway in the hub and the height of the flat on the shaft should be obtained by direct measurement or
by measuring the dimensions (d - t1) and (d + t2).
3. Subject to agreement between customer and manufacturer, the flat on the shaft may be replaced by a keyway with the
same width (including tolerances) as that of the keyway in !he hub and with a depth equal (including tolerances) to the
height of the flat.

644
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-25 PREFERRED LENGTHS OF KEYS

Type of Key
1,2
Length square rectangular thin thin taper
mm square rectangular taper taper rectangular rectangular
6 x - x - - -
8 x - x - - -
10 x - x - x -
12 x - x - x -
14 x - x - -
16 x - x - x -
18 x x x X x -
20 x x x x x x
22 x x x x x x
25 x x x x x x
28 x x x x x x
32 x x x x x x
36 x x x x x x
40 x x x x X x
45 x x x x x x
50 x x x x x x
56 x x x x x x
63 x x x x x x
70 x x x x x x
80 - x - x x x
90 - x - x x x
100 - x - x x x
110 - x - x x x
125 - x - x x x
140 - x - x x x
160 - x - x x x
180 - x - x x x
200 - x - x x x
220 - x - x x x
250 - x - x x x
280 - X - x x x
320 - x - x x x
360 - x - x x x
400 - x - x x x
NOTES:
1. The lengths are those shown as standards in ISO 773, 774, 2491, 2492.
2. The nominal lengths for keys shown are specified in national standards in countries already on the metric system.

645
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-26 WOODRUFF KEYS (ISO 3912)

mm

Width Height Diameter Chamfer


1
b h D S
nominal tolerance nominal tolerance nominal tolerance min max
2
h9 h11 h12
1 1.4 0 4 0 -0.120 0.16 0.25
1.5 2.6 -0.060 7 0.16 0.25
2 0 2.6 7 0 0.16 0.25
2 -0.025 3.7 0 10 -0.150 0.16 0.25
2.5 3.7 -0.075 10 0.16 0.25
3 5 13 0 0.16 0.25
3 6.5 16 -0.180 0.16 0.25
4 6.5 16 0.25 0.4
4 7.5 19 0 -0.210 0.25 0.4
5 0 6.5 0 16 0 -0.180 0.25 0.4
5 -0.030 7.5 -0.090 19 0.25 0.4
5 9 22 0 0.25 0.4
6 9 22 -0.210 0.25 0.4
6 10 25 0.25 0.4
8 0 11 0 28 0.4 0.6
10 -0.036 13 -0.110 32 0 -0.250 0.4 0.6
NOTES:
1. This form should only be adopted by agreement between the interested parties.
2. In this case, the height h2 of the key shall be equal to 0.8 times the height of the Woodruff key of normal form,
i.e., h2 = 0.8h1. The calculated value shall be rounded off to the nearest 0.1 mm.
3. A closer tolerance may be adopted subject to agreement between the interested parties.

646
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-27 WOODRUFF KEYWAYS (ISO 3912)

mm
Width
Depth
b
Key size Tolerance
Radius
of normal form Shaft Hub R
b x h1 x D Nomi-
Normal fit
Close fit t1 t2
or equivalent nal Shaft
Whitney form Shaft Hub and hub
N9 JS9 P9 nom tol nom tol max min
1 x 1,4 x 4 1 1 0.6 0.16 0.08

1,5 x 2,6 x 7 1.5 2 +0.1 0.8 0.16 0.08


2 x 2,6 x 7 2 -0.004 ±0,012 -0.006 1.8 0 1 0.16 0.08
2 x 3,7 x 10 2 -0.029 -0.031 2.9 1 0.16 0.08
2,5 x 3,7 x 10 2.5 2.7 1.2 0.16 0.08
3 x 5 x 13 3 3.8 1.4 +0.1 0.16 0.08
3 x 6,5 x 16 3 5.3 1.4 0 0.16 0.08
4 x 6,5 x 16 4 5 +0,2 1.8 0.25 0.16
4 x 7.5 x 19 4 6 0 1.8 0.25 0.16
5 x 6,5 x 16 5 0 ±0,015 -0.012 4.5 2.3 0.25 0.16
5 x 7,5 x 19 5 -0.030 -0.042 5.5 2.3 0.25 0.16

5 x 9 x 22 5 7 2.3 0.25 0.16


6 x 9 x 22 6 6.5 +0.3 2.8 0.25 0.16
6 x 10 x 25 6 7.5 0 2.8 +0.2 0.25 0.16
8 x 11 x 28 8 0 -0.015 8 3.3 0 0.4 0.25
±0,018
10 x 13 x 32 10 -0.036 -0.051 10 3.3 0.4 0.25

647
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 13-28 RELATIONSHIP: SHAFT DIAMETER - KEY SIZE (ISO 3912)
mm

Shaft diameter Key size


of normal form
Series 1 Series 2
b x h1 x D
or equivalent
Over Including Over Including
Whitney form
3 4 3 4 1 x 1,4 x 4
4 5 4 6 1,5 x 2,6 x 7
5 6 6 8 2 x 2,6 x 7
6 7 8 10 2 x 3,7 x 10
7 8 10 12 2,5 x 3,7 x 10
8 10 12 15 3 x 5 x 13
10 12 15 18 3 x 6,5 x 16
12 14 18 20 4 x 6,5 x 16
14 16 20 22 4 x 7,5 x 19
16 18 22 25 5 x 6.5 x 16
18 20 25 28 5 x 7,5 x 19
20 22 28 32 5 x 9 x 22
22 25 32 36 6 x 9 x 22
25 28 36 40 6 x 10 x 25
28 32 40 - 8 x 11 x 28
32 38 - - 10 x 13 x 32

RELATED IEC STANDARDS


Electric Motors
IEC 60034-1 ed. 10.2 (1999-08-31) Rotating electrical machines Part 1: rating and performance
IEC 60034-2-am2 ed. 3.0 (1996-11-19) Rotating electrical machines Part 2: methods for determining losses and efficiency of rotating electrical machinery from
tests (excluding machines for traction vehicles)
IEC 60034-3 Cor.1 ed. 4.0 (1997-12-11) Rotating electrical machines Part 3: ratings and characteristics of three phase, 50 Hz turbine-type machines
IEC 60034-4-am1 ed. 2.0 (1995-04-26) Recommendations for rotating electrical machinery (excluding machines for traction vehicles) Part 4: Methods for
determining synchronous machine quantities from tests
IEC 60034-5 ed. 4.0 (2000-12-21) Rotating electrical machines Part 5: degrees of protection of enclosures for rotating machinery
IEC 34-6 Rotating electrical machines Part 6: methods of cooling rotating machinery
IEC 60034-7 ed. 2.1 (2001-02-27) Rotating electrical machines Part 7: symbols for types of construction and mounting arrangements of rotating electrical
machinery
IEC 60034-8 ed. 2.0 (2002-07-12) Rotating electrical machines Part 8: terminal markings and direction of rotation of rotating machines
IEC 60034-9 ed. 3.0 (1997-07-30) Rotating electrical machines Part 9: noise limits
IEC 60038-am1 ed. 6.0 (1994-09-22) Standard voltages
IEC 60059 ed. 2.0 (1999-06-24) Standard current ratings
IEC 72-1 Dimensions and output ratings for foot mounted electrical machines with frame numbers 355-1000
IEC 72-2 First supplement
IEC 317 Specifications of winding wires can be found in this standard, which has 40 parts sold separately. The first few parts are as follows:
IEC 60317-0-1 ed. 2.1 (2000-01-14) Enamelled round copper wire. Specifies the general requirements of enamelled round copper wires with or without bonding
layer.
IEC 60317-0-2 ed. 2.1 (2000-01-14) Enamelled rectangular copper wire. Specifies the general requirements of enamelled rectangular copper winding wires with
or without bonding layer.
IEC 60317-0-3 ed. 2.1 (2000-01-31) Enamelled round aluminum wire. Specifies the general requirements of enamelled round aluminum winding wires with or
without bonding layer.
IEC 60317-0-4 ed. 2.1 (2000-01-31) Glazed fibre wound bare or enamelled rectangular copper wire. Specifies the general requirements of enamelled
rectangular copper winding wires with or without bonding layer.
IEC 60317-1-am1 ed. 3.0 (1997-03-12) Polyvinyl acetal enamelled round copper wire, class 106
IEC 60317-2-am1 ed. 3.0 (1997-12-22) Solderable polyurethane enamelled round copper wire, class 130, with a bonding layer.
IEC 617-1-13 Recommended graphical symbols. IEC 617 has been incorporated into a database standard.

RELATED ISO STANDARDS


TC 14 Shafts for machinery and accessories
ISO 14:1982 Straight-sided splines for cylindrical shafts with internal centering -- Dimensions, tolerances and verification
ISO 496:1973 Driving and driven machines -- Shaft heights
ISO 3117:1977 Tangential keys and keyways
ISO 3912:1977 Woodruff keys and keyways
ISO 4156-1:2005 Straight cylindrical involute splines -- Metric module, side fit -- Part 1: Generalities
ISO 4156-2:2005 Straight cylindrical involute splines -- Metric module, side fit -- Part 2: Dimensions
ISO 4156-3:2005 Straight cylindrical involute splines -- Metric module, side fit -- Part 3: Inspection

648
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TC 41 Pulleys and belts (including veebelts)
TC 41/SC 1
ISO 22:1991 Belt drives -- Flat transmission belts and corresponding pulleys -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 155:1998 Belt drives -- Pulleys -- Limiting values for adjustment of centres
ISO 254:1998 Belt drives -- Pulleys -- Quality, finish and balance
ISO 255:1990 Belt drives -- Pulleys for V-belts (system based on datum width) -- Geometrical inspection of grooves
ISO 1081:1995 Belt drives -- V-belts and V-ribbed belts, and corresponding grooved pulleys -- Vocabulary
ISO 1604:1989 Belt drives -- Endless wide V-belts for industrial speed-changers and groove profiles for corresponding pulleys
ISO 1813:1998 Belt drives -- V-ribbed belts, joined V-belts and V-belts including wide section belts and hexagonal belts -- Electrical conductivity
of antistatic belts: Characteristics and methods of test
ISO 2790:2004 Belt drives -- V-belts for the automotive industry and corresponding pulleys -- Dimensions
ISO 3410:1989 Agricultural machinery -- Endless variable-speed V-belts and groove sections of corresponding pulleys
ISO 4183:1995 Belt drives -- Classical and narrow V-belts -- Grooved pulleys (system based on datum width)
ISO 4184:1992 Belt drives -- Classical and narrow V-belts -- Lengths in datum system
ISO 5287:2003 Belt drives -- Narrow V-belts for the automotive industry -- Fatigue test
ISO 5289:1992 Agricultural machinery -- Endless hexagonal belts and groove sections of corresponding pulleys
ISO 5290:2001 Belt drives -- Grooved pulleys for joined narrow V-belts -- Groove sections 9N/J, 15N/J and 25N/J (effective system)
ISO 5291:1993 Belt drives -- Grooved pulleys for joined classical V-belts -- Groove sections AJ, BJ, CJ and DJ (effective system)
ISO 5292:1995 Belt drives -- V-belts and V-ribbed belts -- Calculation of power ratings
ISO 8370-1:1993 Belt drives -- Dynamic test to determine pitch zone location -- Part 1: V-belts
ISO 8370-2:1993 Belt drives -- Dynamic test to determine pitch zone location -- Part 2: V-ribbed belts
ISO 8419:2003 Belt drives -- Narrow V-belts -- Sections 9N/J, 15N/J and 25N/J (lengths in the effective system)
ISO 9608:1994 V-belts -- Uniformity of belts -- Test method for determination of centre distance variation
ISO 9980:1990 Belt drives -- Grooved pulleys for V-belts (system based on effective width) -- Geometrical inspection of grooves
ISO 9981:1998 Belt drives -- Pulleys and V-ribbed belts for the automotive industry -- PK profile: Dimensions
ISO 9982:1998 Belt drives -- Pulleys and V-ribbed belts for industrial applications -- PH, PJ, PK, PL and PM profiles: dimensions

ISO 11749:1995 Belt drive -- V-ribbed belts for the automotive industry -- Fatigue test

TC 41/SC 3
ISO 22:1991 Belt drives -- Flat transmission belts and corresponding pulleys -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 155:1998 Belt drives -- Pulleys -- Limiting values for adjustment of centres
ISO 254:1998 Belt drives -- Pulleys -- Quality, finish and balance
ISO 255:1990 Belt drives -- Pulleys for V-belts (system based on datum width) -- Geometrical inspection of grooves
ISO 1081:1995 Belt drives -- V-belts and V-ribbed belts, and corresponding grooved pulleys -- Vocabulary
ISO 1604:1989 Belt drives -- Endless wide V-belts for industrial speed-changers and groove profiles for corresponding pulleys
ISO 1813:1998 Belt drives -- V-ribbed belts, joined V-belts and V-belts including wide section belts and hexagonal belts -- Electrical conductivity
of antistatic belts: Characteristics and methods of test
ISO 2790:2004 Belt drives -- V-belts for the automotive industry and corresponding pulleys -- Dimensions
ISO 3410:1989 Agricultural machinery -- Endless variable-speed V-belts and groove sections of corresponding pulleys
ISO 4183:1995 Belt drives -- Classical and narrow V-belts -- Grooved pulleys (system based on datum width)
ISO 4184:1992 Belt drives -- Classical and narrow V-belts -- Lengths in datum system
ISO 5287:2003 Belt drives -- Narrow V-belts for the automotive industry -- Fatigue test
ISO 5289:1992 Agricultural machinery -- Endless hexagonal belts and groove sections of corresponding pulleys
ISO 5290:2001 Belt drives -- Grooved pulleys for joined narrow V-belts -- Groove sections 9N/J, 15N/J and 25N/J (effective system)
ISO 5291:1993 Belt drives -- Grooved pulleys for joined classical V-belts -- Groove sections AJ, BJ, CJ and DJ (effective system)
ISO 5292:1995 Belt drives -- V-belts and V-ribbed belts -- Calculation of power ratings
ISO 8370-1:1993 Belt drives -- Dynamic test to determine pitch zone location -- Part 1: V-belts
ISO 8370-2:1993 Belt drives -- Dynamic test to determine pitch zone location -- Part 2: V-ribbed belts
ISO 8419:2003 Belt drives -- Narrow V-belts -- Sections 9N/J, 15N/J and 25N/J (lengths in the effective system)
ISO 9608:1994 V-belts -- Uniformity of belts -- Test method for determination of centre distance variation
ISO 9980:1990 Belt drives -- Grooved pulleys for V-belts (system based on effective width) -- Geometrical inspection of grooves
ISO 9981:1998 Belt drives -- Pulleys and V-ribbed belts for the automotive industry -- PK profile: Dimensions
ISO 9982:1998 Belt drives -- Pulleys and V-ribbed belts for industrial applications -- PH, PJ, PK, PL and PM profiles: dimensions
ISO 11749:1995 Belt drive -- V-ribbed belts for the automotive industry -- Fatigue test

TC 41/SC 3
ISO 251:2003 Conveyor belts with textile carcass -- Widths and lengths

649
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 252:1988 Conveyor belts -- Ply adhesion between constitutive elements -- Test method and requirements
ISO 252-1:1999 Textile conveyor belts -- Adhesive strength between constitutive elements -- Part 1: Methods of test
ISO 282:1992 Conveyor belts -- Sampling
ISO 283:1990 Conveyor belts -- Full thickness tensile strength and elongation -- Specifications and method of test
ISO 283-1:2000 Textile conveyor belts -- Full thickness tensile testing -- Part 1: Determination of tensile strength, elongation at break and
elongation at the reference load
ISO 284:2003 Conveyor belts -- Electrical conductivity -- Specification and test method
ISO 340:2004 Conveyor belts -- Laboratory scale flammability characteristics -- Requirements and test method
ISO 432:1989 Ply type conveyor belts -- Characteristics of construction
ISO 433:1991 Conveyor belts -- Marking
ISO 505:1999 Conveyor belts -- Method for the determination of the tear propagation resistance of textile conveyor belts
ISO 583:1990 Conveyor belts with a textile carcass -- Tolerances on total thickness and thickness of covers -- Direct measurement method
ISO 583-1:1999 Conveyor belts with a textile carcass -- Total thickness and thickness of elements -- Part 1: Methods of test
ISO 703:1988 Conveyor belts -- Troughability -- Characteristics of transverse flexibility and test method
ISO 703-1:1999 Conveyor belts -- Transverse flexibility and troughability -- Part 1: Test method
ISO 1120:2002 Conveyor belts -- Determination of strength of mechanical fastenings -- Static test method

ISO 3684:1990 Conveyor belts -- Determination of minimum pulley diameters


ISO 4195-1:1987 Conveyor belts -- Heat resistance -- Part 1: Test method
ISO 4195-2:1988 Conveyor belts -- Heat resistance -- Part 2: Specifications
ISO 5284:1986 Conveyor belts -- List of equivalent terms
ISO 5285:2004 Conveyor belts -- Guidelines for storage and handling
ISO 5293:2004 Conveyor belts -- Determination of minimum transition distance on three idler rollers
ISO 7590:2001 Steel cord conveyor belts -- Methods for the determination of total thickness and cover thickness
ISO 7622-1:1984 Steel cord conveyor belts -- Longitudinal traction test -- Part 1: Measurement of elongation
ISO 7622-2:1984 Steel cord conveyor belts -- Longitudinal traction test -- Part 2: Measurement of tensile strength
ISO 7623:1996 Steel cord conveyor belts -- Cord-to-coating bond test -- Initial test and after thermal treatment
ISO 8094:1984 Steel cord conveyor belts -- Adhesion strength test of the cover to the core layer
ISO 9856:2003 Conveyor belts -- Determination of elastic and permanent elongation and calculation of elastic modulus
ISO 10247:1990 Conveyor belts -- Characteristics of covers -- Classification
ISO 14890:2003 Conveyor belts -- Specification for rubber or plastics covered conveyor belts of textile construction for general use
ISO 15147:1999 Light conveyor belts -- Tolerances on widths and lengths of cut light conveyor belts
ISO 15236-1:2005 Steel cord conveyor belts -- Part 1: Design, dimensions and mechanical requirements for conveyor belts for general use
ISO 15236-2:2004 Steel cord conveyor belts -- Part 2: Preferred belt types
ISO 15236-4:2004 Steel cord conveyor belts -- Part 4: Vulcanized belt joints
ISO 16851:2004 Textile conveyor belts -- Determination of the net length of an endless (spliced) conveyor belt
ISO 18573:2003 Conveyor belts -- Test atmospheres and conditioning periods
ISO 21178:2005 Light conveyor belts -- Determination of electrical resistances
ISO 21179:2005 Light conveyor belts -- Determination of the electrostatic field generated by a running light conveyor belt
ISO 21180:2005 Light conveyor belts -- Determination of the maximum tensile strength
ISO 21181:2005 Light conveyor belts -- Determination of the relaxed elastic modulus
ISO 21182:2005 Light conveyor belts -- Determination of the coefficient of friction
ISO 21183-1:2005 Light conveyor belts -- Part 1: Principal characteristics and applications
ISO 21183-2:2005 Light conveyor belts -- Part 2: List of equivalent terms

TC 41/SC 4
ISO 5288:2001 Synchronous belt drives -- Vocabulary
ISO 5294:1989 Synchronous belt drives -- Pulleys
ISO 5295:1987 Synchronous belts -- Calculation of power rating and drive centre distance
ISO 5296-1:1989 Synchronous belt drives -- Belts -- Part 1: Pitch codes MXL, XL, L, H, XH and XXH -- Metric and inch dimensions
ISO 5296-2:1989 Synchronous belt drives -- Belts -- Part 2: Pitch codes MXL and XXL -- Metric dimensions
ISO 9010:1997 Synchronous belt drives -- Automotive belts
ISO 9011:1997 Synchronous belt drives -- Automotive pulleys
ISO 9563:1990 Belt drives -- Electrical conductivity of antistatic endless synchronous belts -- Characteristics and test method
ISO 12046:1995 Synchronous belt drives -- Automotive belts -- Determination of physical properties
ISO 13050:1999 Curvilinear toothed synchronous belt drive systems

TC 41 Technical programme
TC 41/SC 1 Friction
650
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TC 41/SC 3 Conveyor belts
TC 41/SC 4 Synchronous belt drives

TC 60 Gears
ISO 53:1998 Cylindrical gears for general and heavy engineering -- Standard basic rack tooth profile
ISO 54:1996 Cylindrical gears for general engineering and for heavy engineering -- Modules
ISO 677:1976 Straight bevel gears for general engineering and heavy engineering -- Basic rack
ISO 678:1976 Straight bevel gears for general engineering and heavy engineering -- Modules and diametral pitches
ISO 1328-1:1995 Cylindrical gears -- ISO system of accuracy -- Part 1: Definitions and allowable values of deviations relevant to corresponding
flanks of gear teeth
ISO 1328-2:1997 Cylindrical gears -- ISO system of accuracy -- Part 2: Definitions and allowable values of deviations relevant to radial composite
deviations and runout information
ISO 1340:1976 Cylindrical gears -- Information to be given to the manufacturer by the purchaser in order to obtain the gear required
ISO 1341:1976 Straight bevel gears -- Information to be given to the manufacturer by the purchaser in order to obtain the gear required
ISO 2490:1996 Single-start solid (monobloc) gear hobs with tenon drive or axial keyway, 1 to 40 module -- Nominal dimensions
ISO 4468:1982 Gear hobs -- Single start -- Accuracy requirements
ISO 8579-1:2002 Acceptance code for gear units -- Part 1: Test code for airborne sound
ISO 8579-2:1993 Acceptance code for gears -- Part 2: Determination of mechanical vibrations of gear units during acceptance testing
ISO/TR 10064-1:1992 Cylindrical gears -- Code of inspection practice -- Part 1: Inspection of corresponding flanks of gear teeth
ISO/TR 10064-2:1996 Cylindrical gears -- Code of inspection practice -- Part 2: Inspection related to radial composite deviations, runout, tooth
thickness and backlash
ISO/TR 10064-3:1996 Cylindrical gears -- Code of inspection practice -- Part 3: Recommendations relative to gear blanks, shaft centre distance and
parallelism of axes
ISO/TR 10064-4:1998 Cylindrical gears -- Code of inspection practice -- Part 4: Recommendations relative to surface texture and tooth contact pattern
checking
ISO/TR 10064-5:2005 Cylindrical gears -- Code of inspection practice -- Part 5: Recommendations relative to evaluation of gear measuring instruments

ISO/TR 13593:1999 Enclosed gear drives for industrial applications


ISO 18653:2003 Gears -- Evaluation of instruments for the measurement of individual gears
ISO 81400-4:2005 Wind turbines -- Part 4: Design and specification of gearboxes

TC 60/SC 1
ISO 701:1998 International gear notation -- Symbols for geometrical data
ISO 1122-1:1998 Vocabulary of gear terms -- Part 1: Definitions related to geometry
ISO 1122-2:1999 Vocabulary of gear terms -- Part 2: Definitions related to worm gear geometry
ISO 10825:1995 Gears -- Wear and damage to gear teeth -- Terminology
ISO/TR 10828:1997 Worm gears -- Geometry of worm profiles

TC 60/SC 2
ISO 6336-1:1996 Calculation of load capacity of spur and helical gears -- Part 1: Basic principles, introduction and general influence factors
ISO 6336-2:1996 Calculation of load capacity of spur and helical gears -- Part 2: Calculation of surface durability (pitting)
ISO 6336-3:1996 Calculation of load capacity of spur and helical gears -- Part 3: Calculation of tooth bending strength
ISO 6336-5:2003 Calculation of load capacity of spur and helical gears -- Part 5: Strength and quality of materials
ISO 6336-6:2006 Calculation of load capacity of spur and helical gears -- Part 6: Calculation of service life under variable load
ISO 9083:2001 Calculation of load capacity of spur and helical gears -- Application to marine gears
ISO 9084:2000 Calculation of load capacity of spur and helical gears -- Application to high speed gears and gears of similar requirements
ISO 9085:2002 Calculation of load capacity of spur and helical gears -- Application for industrial gears
ISO 10300-1:2001 Calculation of load capacity of bevel gears -- Part 1: Introduction and general influence factors
ISO 10300-2:2001 Calculation of load capacity of bevel gears -- Part 2: Calculation of surface durability (pitting)
ISO 10300-3:2001 Calculation of load capacity of bevel gears -- Part 3: Calculation of tooth root strength
ISO 13691:2001 Petroleum and natural gas industries -- High-speed special-purpose gear units
ISO/TR 13989-1:2000 Calculation of scuffing load capacity of cylindrical, bevel and hypoid gears -- Part 1: Flash temperature method
ISO/TR 13989-2:2000 Calculation of scuffing load capacity of cylindrical, bevel and hypoid gears -- Part 2: Integral temperature method
ISO 14104:1995 Gears -- Surface temper etch inspection after grinding
ISO/TR 14179-1:2001 Gears -- Thermal capacity -- Part 1: Rating gear drives with thermal equilibrium at 95 °C sump temperature
ISO/TR 14179-2:2001 Gears -- Thermal capacity -- Part 2: Thermal load-carrying capacity
ISO 14635-1:2000 Gears -- FZG test procedures -- Part 1: FZG test method A/8,3/90 for relative scuffing load-carrying capacity of oils
ISO 14635-2:2004 Gears -- FZG test procedures -- Part 2: FZG step load test A10/16, 6R/120 for relative scuffing load-carrying capacity of high EP
oils

651
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 14635-3:2005 Gears -- FZG test procedures -- Part 3: FZG test method A/2,8/50 for relative scuffing load-carrying capacity and wear
characteristics of semifluid gear greases

ISO 23509:2006 Bevel and hypoid gear geometry


ISO technical programme:
TC 60/JWG 1 Joint ISO/TC 60-IEC/TC 88 WG: Wind turbine gearboxes. The convener can be reached through: DS
TC 60/WG 2 Accuracy of gears. The convener can be reached through: ANSI
TC 60/SC 1 Nomenclature and wormgearing
TC 60/SC 2 Gear capacity calculation

TC 100 Chains and chain wheels for power transmission and conveyors
ISO 487:1998 Steel roller chains, types S and C, attachments and sprockets
ISO 606:2004 Short-pitch transmission precision roller and bush chains, attachments and associated chain sprockets
ISO 1275:2006 Double-pitch precision roller chains and sprockets for transmission and conveyors
ISO 1977:2006 Conveyor chains, attachments and sprockets
ISO 3512:1992 Heavy-duty cranked-link transmission chains
ISO 4347:2004 Leaf chains, clevises and sheaves -- Dimensions, measuring forces and tensile strengths
ISO 4348:1983 Flat-top chains and associated chain wheels for conveyors
ISO 6971:2002 Cranked-link drag chains of welded construction, attachments and sprockets
ISO 6972:2002 Cranked-link mill chains of welded construction, attachments and sprockets
ISO 6973:1986 Drop-forged rivetless chains for conveyors
ISO 9633:2001 Cycle chains -- Characteristics and test methods
ISO 10190:1992 Motor cycle chains -- Characteristics and test methods
ISO 10823:2004 Guidelines for the selection of roller chain drives
ISO 13203:2005 Chains, sprockets and accessories -- List of equivalent terms
ISO 15654:2004 Fatigue test method for transmission precision roller chains

TC 100 Technical programme


TC 100/WG 8 Short-pitch transmission precision roller chains and chain wheels (Revision of ISO 606)
The convener can be reached through: BSI
TC 100/WG 9 Leaf chains, clevises and sheaves (Revision of ISO 4347)
The convener can be reached through: ANSI
TC 100/WG 10 Guidance on the selection of roller chain drives (Revision of ISO 10823)
The convener can be reached through: ANSI
TC 100/WG 12 Fatigue test methods for transmission precision roller chains
The convener can be reached through: SAC
TC 100/WG 13 Flat-top chains and sprockets for conveyors (Revision of ISO 4348)
The convener can be reached through: ANSI
TC 100/WG 14 Motor cycle chains -- Characteristics and test methods (revision of ISO 10190)
The convener can be reached through: JISC

TC 101 Continuous mechanical handling equipment


ISO 1049:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Vibrating conveyors and feeders with rectangular or
trapezoidal trough
ISO 1050:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Screw conveyors
ISO 1535:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Troughed belt conveyors (other than portable conveyors)
-- Belts
ISO 1536:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Troughed belt conveyors (other than portable conveyors)
-- Belt pulleys
ISO 1537:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Troughed belt conveyors (other than portable conveyors)
-- Idlers
ISO 1807:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Oscillating conveyors and shaking or reciprocating
feeders with rectangular or trapezoidal trough
ISO 1815:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Vibrating feeders and conveyors with tubular trough
ISO 1816:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials and unit loads -- Belt conveyors -- Basic characteristics of
motorized driving pulleys
ISO 1819:1977 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Safety code -- General rules
ISO 2109:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Light duty belt conveyors for loose bulk materials
ISO 2139:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Oscillating conveyors and shaking or reciprocating
feeders with tubular trough
ISO 2140:1975 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Apron conveyors
652
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 2148:1974 Continuous handling equipment -- Nomenclature
ISO 2326:1972 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Aeroslides
ISO 2327:1972 Pneumatic handling appliances for loose bulk materials -- Piping
ISO 2406:1974 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Mobile and portable conveyors -- Constructional specifications
ISO 3265:1974 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Wagon tipplers handling rail-borne wagons (rotary, side
discharge and end discharge) -- Safety code
ISO 3284:1974 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Dimensions of bends for use in pneumatic handling
ISO 3435:1977 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Classification and symbolization of bulk materials
ISO 3569:1976 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Classification of unit loads
ISO 4123:1979 Belt conveyors -- Impact rings for carrying idlers and discs for return idlers -- Main dimensions
ISO 5031:1977 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Couplings and hose components used in pneumatic
handling -- Safety code
ISO/TR 5045:1979 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Safety code for belt conveyors -- Examples for guarding of nip points
ISO/TR 5046:1977 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Safety code for conveyors and elevators with chain-elements -- Examples for
guarding of nip points
ISO/TR 5047:1982 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Chain conveyors with bearing devices or load carriers -- Examples of protection
against injuries by load carriers
ISO 5048:1989 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Belt conveyors with carrying idlers -- Calculation of operating power and tensile
forces
ISO 5049-1:1994 Mobile equipment for continuous handling of bulk materials -- Part 1: Rules for the design of steel structures
ISO 5050:1981 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Vertical bucket elevators with calibrated round steel link chains -- General
characteristics
ISO 5051:1981 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Deep elevator bucket with flat rear wall -- Main dimensions
ISO 7119:1981 Continuous mechanical handling equipment for loose bulk materials -- Screw conveyors -- Design rules for drive power
ISO 7149:1982 Continuous handling equipment -- Safety code -- Special rules
ISO 7189:1983 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Apron conveyors -- Design rules
ISO 7190:1981 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Bucket elevators -- Classification
ISO/TR 8435:1984 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Safety code for belt conveyors -- Examples for protection of pinch points on idlers

ISO 8456:1985 Storage equipment for loose bulk materials -- Safety code
ISO/TR 9172:1987 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Safety code for screw conveyors -- Examples of guards for trapping and shearing
points
ISO 9851:1990 Continuous mechanical handling equipment -- Overhead electrical monorail conveyors -- Definitions and safety rules

TC 101 Technical programme: Continuous mechanical handling equipment


21.120 Shafts and couplings
21.120.01 Shafts and couplings in general
21.120.10 Shafts
21.120.20 Couplings
21.120.30 Keys and keyways, splines
21.120.40 Balancing and balancing machines
21.120.99 Other standards related to shafts and couplings

USA
The 60 page AGMA Publications Catalog <http://www.agma.org> list new and old AGMA and ISO standards as well as available software.
Prices and how to purchase the required documents or software are also listed.

JAPAN
JIS B0102-1988 Glossary of gear terms
JIS B0121-1988 Gear notation - Symbols for geometrical data
JIS B1701-1973 Involute gear tooth profile and dimensions
JIS B1702-1976 Accuracy for spur and helical gears
JIS B1703-1976 Backlash for spur and helical gears
JIS B1704-1978 Accuracy for bevel gears
JIS B1705-1973 Backlashes for bevel gears
JIS B1721-1973 Shapes and dimensions of spur gears for general engineering
JIS B1722-1974 Shapes and dimensions of helical gears for general use
JIS B1723-1977 Dimensions for cylindrical worm gears
JIS B1741-1977 Tooth contact marking of gears
JIS B1751-1976 Master cylindrical gears
JIS B1752-1989 Methods of Measurement for spur and helical gears
JIS B1753-1976 Measuring method of noise and gears
JIS B4350-1991 Gear cutter - Tooth profiles and dimensions
653
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
JIS B4351-1985 Straight bevel gear generating cutters (Type G)
JIS B4354-1988 Single thread gear hobs
JIS B4355-1988 Single thread fine pitch gear hobs
JIS F7451-1978 Marine bevel gears
NOTE: Standards available in English from ANSI or JIS. Websites listed in Table 1-1.

Germany
DIN 780-1:1977 Series of modules for gears; modules for spur gears (corresponds to ISO 54:1977)
DIN 780-2:1977 Series of modules for gears; modules for cylindrical worm gear transmissions
DIN 867:1986 Basic rack tooth profiles for involute teeth of cylindrical gears for general engineering and heavy engineering (corresponds to ISO 53:1974)
DIN 3960:1980 Definitions on involute cylindrical gears Sheet 1 and gear pairs; classification of the equations.
DIN 3961:1978 Tolerances for cylindrical gear teeth; bases
DIN 3967:1978 System of gear fits; backlash, tooth thickness allowances, tooth thickness tolerances; principles.
DIN 3971:1980 Definitions and parameters for bevel gears and bevel gear pairs
DIN 3975:1976 Terms and definitions for cylindrical worm gears with shaft angle 90 deg. (corresponds to ISO 1122-1:1983)
DIN 3976:1980 Cylindrical worms: dimensions, correlation of shaft center distances and gear ratios of worm gear drives
DIN 3990-1:1987 Calculation of load capacity of cylindrical gears; introduction and general influence factors (corresponds to ISO 6336-1)
DIN 3990-2:1987 Calculation of load capacity cylindrical gears; calculation of pitting resistance (corresponds to ISO 6336-2)
DIN 3990-3:1987 Calculation of load capacity of cylindrical gears; calculation of tooth strength (corresponds to ISO 6336-3)
DIN 3990-4:1987 Calculation of load capacity of cylindrical gears; calculation of scuffing load capacity
DIN 3990-5:1987 Calculation for load capacity of cylindrical gears; endurance limits and material qualities (corresponds to ISO 6336-5)
DIN 3990-6:1989 Calculation of load capacity of cylindrical gears; calculation of service strength
DIN 3990-11:1989 Calculation of load capacity of cylindrical gears; application standard for industrial gears; detailed method
DIN 3990-12:1987 Calculation of load capacity of cylindrical gears; application standard for industrial gears; simplified method
DIN 3990-21:1989 Calculation of load capacity of cylindrical gears; application standard for high speed gears; application standard for high speed
gears and gears of similar requirement
DIN 3990-31:1990 Calculation of load capacity of cylindrical gears; application standard for marine gears
DIN 3990-41:1990 Calculation of load capacity of cylindrical gears; application standard for vehicle gears
DIN 3992:1964 Addendum modification of external spur and helical gears
DIN 3994:1963 Addendum modification of straight spur gears in the 05-system; introduction
DIN 3995-1:1967 Straight external spur gears in the 05-system, center distances and pressure angles on the pitch circle
DIN 3995-2:1963 Straight external spur gears in the 05-system, root diameter
DIN 3995-3:1963 Straight external spur gears in the 05-system, tip diameter
DIN 3995-4:1963 Straight external spur gears in the 05-system, base tangent length
DIN 3995-5:1963 Straight external spur gears in the 05-system, gauge distance over balls for determination of tooth thickness
DIN 3995-6:1963 Straight external spur gears in the 05-system, chord of the pitch circle between the flanks of a tooth and chordal height
DIN 3995-7:1963 Straight external spur gears in the 05-system, contact ratio
DIN 3995-8:1963 Straight external spur gears in the 05-system, sliding speed at tooth tip
DIN 5461, 2, 3, 4, 5 Spline shaft connections with straight flanks (Introduction, light, medium, and heavy series) - Tolerances
DIN 5480 Sheet 1-14 Involute spline (30 deg. pressure angle with modules from 0.6 to 10)
DIN 5481 Sheet 1 Internal and external serrations
NOTE: Standards available in English from ANSI or DIN. Websites listed in Table 1-1.

France
NF E 23-001:1972 Glossary of gears (similar to ISO 1122)
NF E 23-002:1988 Glossary of worm gears
NF E 23-005:1965 Gearing - Symbols (similar to ISO 701)
NF E 23-006:1967 Tolerances (for spur gears with involute teeth (similar to ISO 1328)
NF E 23-011:1979 Cylindrical gears for general and heavy engineering - Basic rack and modules (similar to ISO 53, 54)
NF L 32-611:1955 Calculating spur gears to NF L 32-610
NF E 23-012:1986 Cylindrical gears - Information to be given to the manufacturer by the producer (ISO 1340)

United Kingdom
BS 235:1987 Specification for gears for electric traction
BS 436: Spur and helical gears
Part 1:1987 Basic rack form, pitches and accuracy (diametrical pitch series)
Part 2:1984 Basic rack form, modules and accuracy (1-50 metric modules). Related but not equivalent to ISO 53, 54, 1328, 1340, 1341.
Part 3:1986 Method for calculation of contact and root bending stress limitations for metallic involute gears. Related but not equivalent to ISO 6336-1, -2, and -3.
BS 545:1987 Specifications for bevel gears (machine cut). Related but not equivalent to ISO 677 and 678.
BS 721: Specification for worm gearing
Part 2:1983 Metric units
BS 978: Specification for fine pitch gears
Part 1:1990 Involute spur and helical gears
Part 2:1990 Cycloidal type gears
654
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Part 3:1990 Bevel gears
Part 5:1965 Hobs and cutters
BS 1807:1988 Specification for marine main propulsion gears and similar drives: metric module
BS 2007:1989 Specification for circular gear shaving cutters, 1 to 8 metric module, accuracy requirements
BS 2062: Specification for gear hobs
Part 1:1991 Hobs for general purposes, 1-20 d.p., inclusive
Part 2:1991 Hobs for gears for turbine reduction and similar drives
BS 2518: Specifications for rotary form relieved gear cutters
Part 1:1989 Diametrical pitch
Part 2:1989 Metric module
BS 2519: Glossary for gears
Part 1:1976 Geometrical definitions
Part 2:1976 Notation, identical to ISO 701
BS 2697:1989 Specification for rack type gear cutters, metric module. Technically equivalent to ISO 53. Related to but not equivalent to ISO 54.
BS 3696: Specification for master gears
Part 1:1990 Spur and helical gears (metric module). Related to but not equivalent to ISO 53 and 54.
BS 4185: Machine tool components
Part 6:1990 Specification for changing gears
Part 11:1990 Recommendations for accuracy grades of gears. Related to but not equivalent to ISO 1328.
BS 4517:1990 Specification for dimensions of spur and helical geared motor units (metric series)
BS 4582: Specification for fine pitch gears (metric module)
Part 1:1990 Involute spur and helical gear modules less than 1 mm
Part 2:1986 Hobs and cutters
BS 5221:1987 Specification for general purpose, metric module gear hobs. Technically equivalent to ISO 2490 and 4468.
BS 5246:1990 Specification for pinion type cutters for spur gears - 1-8 metric module. Related to but not equivalent to ISO 53 and 54.
BS 6413: Lubricants, industrial oils and related products (class L)
Part 6:1991 Classification for family C (gears), identical to ISO 6743-6:1990
NOTE: Standards available from ANSI or BSI. Websites listed in Table 1-1.

Italy
UNI 3521:1954 Gearing - Module series
UNI 3522:1954 Gearing - Basic rack
UNI 4430:1960 Spur gears - Order information for straight and bevel gears
UNI 4760:1961 Gearing - Glossary and geometrical definitions
UNI 6586:1969 Modules and diametral pitches of cylindrical and straight bevel gears for general engineering and heavy engineering (correspond to ISO 54 and 678)
UNI 6587:1969 Basic rack of cylindrical gears for general engineering (corresponds to ISO 53)
UNI 6588:1969 Basic rack of straight bevel gears for general engineering and heavy engineering (corresponds to ISO 677)
UNI 6773:1970 International gear notation-Symbols for geometrical data (corresponds to ISO 701)

Australia
AS 2075:1991 Glossary of terms and notations for gears. It is based on ISO 1122.1. It also provides symbols from ISO 701.
AS 2938:1987 Gears, Spur and helical - Guide to specifications and ratings. Based on AGMA standards.
A related IBM PC compatible diskette is also available (SP-001-1987).

RELATED HANDBOOKS
ISO
Handbook 32 Mechanical transmissions (1988). Available from ANSI; see p. 27.

REFERENCES
1. Dudleys Gear Handbook (New York: McGraw-Hill), 2nd edition, 1991.
2. Michalec, G. W. Precision Gearing: Theory and Practice, (New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, NY, 1966, Chapters 4 and 5
3. Handbook of Metric Gears, Catalog Q400, Designatronics, Inc., New Hyde Park, New York, 11042-5416
4. Handbook of Metric Drive Components, Catalog 777, Designatronics, Inc., New Hyde Park, NY 11042-5416.

655
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 14

Fluid Power Systems and Components

SUMMARY
Fluid power systems are those that transmit and control power through the use of a pressurized fluid (liquid or gas) within an
enclosed circuit. Fluid power includes the technologies of hydraulics, pneumatics, and fluid logic. The world standards1
presented in this chapter deal, for the most part, with hydraulic fluid power systems and components.
The National Fluid Power Association (NFPA) (see Table 1-1) administers the secretariat of the ISO TC 131 on fluid power,
and a number of standards have been approved and published.
The ISO standards presented in this chapter conform, with some exceptions, to the national standards and industry practices
in all major industrial countries.
1
For information about the term “standard” as used in this book, please see p. 12.

NOMINAL PRESSURES
The recommended SI units for hydraulic pressure is the pascal (1 Pa = 1 N/mm2). The bar was widely used throughout Europe
and 1 MPa equals 10 bar and 1 kPa equals 10 mbar (millibar). To bring practical units for volumetric flow in line with theoretical
calculations, the cubic meter per second (m3/s) or liter per second (L/s) is recommended for use instead of the cubic meter and
liter per minute (simplifications of power calculations).
ISO 2944 recommended pressures for fluid power are shown in Table 14-1.

PUMPS AND MOTORS

MOUNTING FLANGES AND SHAFTS


ISO 3019-2 covers the preferred metric series pumps and motors, and mounting flanges and shaft dimensions are shown in
Tables 14-2—14-6. Nonpreferred metric sizes are shown in ISO 3019-2 Appendix A and soft converted inch pumps are covered
in ISO 3019-1.
Nominal shaft end diameters d in Fig. 14-1 and Fig. 14-2 in relation to flange spigot diameter S is selected from Table 14-5, as
recommended in the ISO 775.
Shaft end shapes shall be one of the following types:

(1) Cylindrical shaft end with key (see Fig. 14-1).


(2) Conical shaft end with key and external thread (see Fig. 14-2).
(3) Metric involute spline shaft end in accordance with ISO 4156. The module of involute spline shaft end, and the number
of teeth, which corresponds to the diameter d1 are selected from Table 14-6.
Parallel keys are according to ISO 773 and woodruff keys to ISO 3912 (see Chapter 13).

IDENTIFICATION CODE
Code for Mounting Flanges
When it is required to identify mounting flanges in accordance with this part of ISO 3019, the following code shall be used:
(a) Use the word “Flange.”
(b) Refer to this part of ISO 3019: ISO 30 19-2.
(c) Indicate the size reference of the flange by using the spigot diameter (5) in millimeters.
(d) Indicate the flange shape, using the following code:
(1) oval flange with two holes: A
(2) square flange with four holes: B
(3) rectangular flange with four holes: C
(e) Indicate the number of fixing holes: 2 or 4.
(f) “H” indicates clearance holes (preferred).
(g) “W” indicates short spigot; “L” indicates long spigot.

Code for Shaft Ends


When it is required to identify shaft ends in accordance with this part of ISO 3019, the following code shall be used:
(a) Use the words “Shaft end.”
(b) Refer to this part of ISO 3019: ISO 3019-2.
(c) Indicate the shape of the shaft end using the following code:
(1) cylindrical shaft end with key, but without internal thread: E
(2) conical shaft end with external thread: F
(3) metric involute spline shaft end: K
(d) Indicate the size reference of the shaft by using the nominal diameter (d1) in millimeters.
(e) “N” indicates short shaft; “M” indicates long shaft.
656
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 14-1 NOMINAL PRESSURES-GAGE PRESSURES IN kPa AND MPa1 (ISO 2944)

kPa (kilopascal) MPa (megapascal)

1 10 100 1 10 100

(1.25 (12.5) (125) (1.25) (12.5)


1.6 16 160 1.6 16
(2) (20) (200) (2) 20
2.5 25 250 2.5 25
(3.15) (31.5) (315) (3.15) 31.5
4 40 400 4 40
(5) (50) (500) (5) 50
6.3 63 630 6.3 63
(8) (80) (800) (8) 80
NOTES:
1. Non-preferred values are in parenthesis.
2. 1 kPa (kilopascal) = 10 mbar = 0.145 psi.
3. 1 MPa (megapascal) = 145 psi.

FIG. 14-1 CYLINDRICAL SHAFT FIG. 14-2 CONICAL SHAFT END WITH KEY
END WITH KEY (ISO 3019-2) AND EXTERNAL THREAD (ISO 3019-2)

657
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 14-2 TWO-BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE (ISO 3019-2)

mm
Short Long
Short end long spigot versions spigot spigot
version version
Fixings
S K Bolts Clearance a b w c r N L
holes Z
h8 max max +0.5 max max Y F +1 M max
(slots)
Quan- Nom d 0 (r min 0
X
tity size H13 = 0) mm/mm
32 56 75 50 16+1-0 15.5
M6 6.6 0.3 0.08
40 63 80 56
0.2
50 80 106 65 7 1.5 0.5 8
M8 9 0.0015
63 100 0.5 125 80 20+1-0 19.5
80 109 2 M10 11 140 100 0.25
100 140 M12 14 177 125 0.3 0.1 25+1-0 24.5
125 180 M16 18 224 150 32+1-0 31.5
1 9 2 1.6 10
160 224 M20 22 280 200 0.35 0.002 40+1-0 39.5
200 280 M24 21 335 236 50+1.2-0 49.5
NOTES:
1. Tolerances: See Table 6-10 for H13 and Table 6-22 for h8 tolerances.
2. Slots instead of holes: optional.
3. Geometric tolerancing symbols shown in Chapter 3. The tolerances Y and Z are for the unladen condition.
Rigid couplings may require tighter tolerances.
4. Surface Texture symbols shown in Chapter 5.
5. The decimal marker used in the ISO standard and in this table is a comma ","

658
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 14-3 FOUR-BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE (ISO 3019-2)

Short Long
Short and long spigot versions spigot spigot
version version
Fixings
S K Clearance a b w c r N
Z
h8 Bolts holes max max +0.5 max max +1 L
Y M
(slots) 0 (r min 0 max
Quan- Nom d = 0) mm/
x
tity size H13 mm
63 85 106 80 0.2
M8 9 7 1.5 0.5 8 20+1-0 19.5
80 103 0.5 125 100 0.25 0.0015
100 125 M10 11 160 125 0.3 25+1-0 24.5
125 160 4 M12 14 200 150 32+1-0 31.5
160 200 M16 18 250 190 9 2 1.6 0.35 10 40+1-0 39.5
1 0.002
200 250 M20 22 300 236
50+1.2-0 49.5
250 315 M24 26 375 301 0.4
NOTES:
1. Tolerances: See Table 6-10 for H13 and Table 6-22 for h8 tolerances.
2. Slots instead of holes: optional.
3. Geometric tolerancing symbols shown in Chapter 3. The tolerances Y and Z are for the unladen condition.
Rigid couplings may require tighter tolerances.
4. Surface Texture symbols shown in Chapter 5.
5. The decimal marker used in the ISO standard and in this table is a comma ","

659
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 14-4 RECTANGULAR MOUNTING FLANGE (ISO 3019-2)

mm
Short Long
Short and long spigot versions spigot spigot
version version
Fixings
S Clearance a b H w c r Y Z N M L
Bolts
h8 K P holes (slots) max max max +0.5 max max +1 max
Quan- Nom d 0 (r min mm/ 0
X
tity size H13 = 0) mm
50 68 72 M6 6.6 0.3 82 62 86 0.15
63 85 90 106 80 110 7 1.5 0.5 0.2 8 20+1-0 19.5
M8 9 0.0015
80 103 109 0.5 125 100 136 25
100 125 132 4 M10 11 160 125 169 0.3 25+1-0 24.5
125 160 170 M12 14 200 150 207 32+1-0 31.5
9 2 1.6 10
160 200 212 M16 18 1 250 190 261 0.35 0.002 40+1-0 39.5
200 250 265 M20 22 300 236 324 50+1.2-0 49.5
NOTES:
1. Tolerances: See Table 6-10 for H13 and Table 6-22 for h8 tolerances.
2. Slots instead of holes: optional.
3. Geometric tolerancing symbols shown in Chapter 3. The tolerances Y and Z are for the unladen condition.
Rigid couplings may require tighter tolerances.
4. Surface Texture symbols shown in Chapter 5.
5. The decimal marker used in the ISO standard and in this table is a comma ","

660
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 14-5 PREFERRED SERIES TABLE 14-6 COMPATIBLE METRIC INVOLUTE
OF SHAFT ENDS (ISO 3019-2) SPLINE SHAFT ENDS (ISO 3019-2)
mm mm
Shaft end
Flange spigot Nominal Involute spline shaft end
d1
S
First choice Second choice shaft end Number Maximum
32 10 - diameter Module of teeth major
40 12 - d diameter
50 12 16 10 0.5 19 10
63 16 20 12 0.75 15 12
80 20 25 16 1 15 16
100 25 32 20 1 19 20
125 32 40 25 1 24 25
160 40 50 32 1 31 32
200 50 63 40 1 39 40
250 63 - 50 2.5 19 50
63 2.5 24 62.5

DESIGNATION EXAMPLES
A four-hole square mounting flange of spigot diameter 100 mm, having short spigot with clearance holes, shall be designated
as follows:
Flange ISO 3019-2 - 100B4HW

A conical shaft end, with external thread, of nominal diameter (d1) 63 mm, short series, shall be designated as follows:
Shaft end ISO 3019-2 - F63N

Designating both the flange and the shaft end is shown in the following example:
Flange and shaft end ISO 3019-2 -100B4HW - F63N

USE OF MOUNTING FLANGE CASTINGS SPECIFIED IN ISO 3019-1


Certain short spigot flanges in this part of ISO 3019 can be made from similar castings specified in ISO 3019-1 having
adequate machining allowance for the spigots. Table 14-7 provides a cross-reference.

TABLE 14-7 FLANGES AS PER ISO 3019-2 AND THE RELATED FLANGE CASTINGS AS PER (ISO 3019-1)

Flange in accordance with Flange castings


this part of ISO 3019 (ISO 3019-2) in accordance with
ISO 3019-1
Relevant Identification Identification
reference code code
50A2 W 50-2
80A2 W 82-2
Table 14-2 100A2 W 101-2
125A2 W 127-2
160A2 W 152-2
100134 W 101-4
Table 14-3 125134 W 127-4
250134 W 177-4

661
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
DISPLACEMENT SERIES
The recommended displacement values for pumps and motors shown in Table 14-8 are based on ISO 3662. This International
Standard establishes the geometric displacements (V) of hydraulic fluid power pumps and motors having rotating or oscillating
drives (see Table 14-8).
The volumes shown are also applicable to variable displacement units; in such cases, the values refer to the maximum
displacement.
The geometric displacements shown in Table 14-8 may be used as guidelines for the design of positive displacement hydraulic
fluid power pumps and motors and can be used to generate other basic design criteria and normal ratings.

TABLE 14-8 NOMINAL VALUES FOR GEOMETRIC DISPLACEMENTS (V) GEOMETRIC DISPLACEMENT IN
mL/r (milliliter/revolution) (ISO 3662)
mL/r
0.1 1 10 100 1000
(11.2) (112) (1120)
1.25 12.5 125 1250
(14) (140) (1400)
0.16 1.6 16 160 1600
(18) (180) (1800)
2 20 200 2000
(22.4) (224) (2240)
0.25 2.5 25 250 2500
(28) (280) (2800)
3.15 31.5 315 3150
(35.5) (355) (3550)
0.4 4 40 400 4000
(45) (450) (4500)
5 50 500 5000
(56) (560) (5600)
0.63 6.3 63 630 6300
(71) (710) (7100)
8 80 800 8000
(90) (900) (9000)
NOTES:
1. The nominal geometric displacement is the displacement assigned to hydraulic fluid power pumps and motors for the
purpose of convenient designation.
2. Specify values of displacements in excess of 9 000 mL/rev with R20 numbers, R10 is the preferred series (see Chapter 4, Table 4-2).
3. Values printed in parentheses are nonpreferred values.
4. The decimal marker used in the ISO standard and in this table is a comma ",".

CYLINDERS

NOMINAL PRESSURE RATINGS


The recommended nominal pressures used for hydraulic and pneumatic fluid power cylinders are specified in ISO 3322 (see
Table 14-9).

TABLE 14-9 NOMINAL PRESSURES FOR CYLINDERS (ISO 3322)

MPa 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 40


NOTES:
1. 1 MPa (megapascal) = 10 bar = 145 psi.
2. Stated values are given as gauge pressure.
3. Any other values required should be selected from ISO 2944.

662
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
BORE AND PISTON ROD DIAMETERS
A metric series of cylinder bore and piston rod diameters for applications to hydraulic and pneumatic fluid power cylinders are
specified in ISO 3320 (see Fig. 14-3). The first choice diameters are shown in Tables 14-10 and 14-11.

FIG. 14-3 BORE AND PISTON ROD DIAMETERS (ISO 3320)

TABLE 14-10 CYLINDER BORE (ISO 3320)


mm

8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50
d1
63 80 100 125 160 200 250 320 400

TABLE 14-11 PISTON ROD DIAMETERS (ISO 3320)


mm
4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25
d2 28 32 36 40 45 50 56 63 70 80 90 100
110 125 140 160 180 200 220 250 280 320 360
NOTE: An extension upwards of the diameter ranges may, if required,
be made using the R20 series of preferred numbers. See Table 4-2 p. 78.

PISTON ROD THREAD


The piston rod thread is a thread with which the piston rod is connected to any components outside the cylinder (see Fig. 14-
4). The recommended piston rod thread sizes for hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are specified in ISO 4395 (see Table 14-12).

FIG. 14-4 FEMALE AND SHOULDERED MALE PISTON


ROD THREADS (for thread lengths, see ISO 4395)

TABLE 14-12 PISTON ROD THREADS (ISO 4395)

*M3 X 0.35 M18 X 1.5 *M48 X 2 *M140 X 4


*M4 X 0.5 *M20 X 1.5 M56 X 2 *M160 X 4
*M5 X 0.5 (*M22 X 1.5) *M64 X 3 M180 X 4
*M6 X 0.75 M24 X 2 M72 X 3 *M200 X 4
*M8 X 1 (*M27 X 2) *M80 X 3 *M220 X 4
*M 10 X 1.25 M30 X 2 M90 X 3 M250 X 6
*M12 X 1.25 (*M33 X 2) *M100 X 3 *M280 X 6
(*M14 X 1.5) M36 X 2 M110 X 3
*M16 X 1.5 *M42 X 2 M125 X 4
NOTES:
1. *Nominal size for female and shouldered male piston rod thread (see Fig. 14-4).
2. Second choice sizes are shown in parentheses ( ).
3. Metric thread details are shown in Table 8-2.
663
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
CYLINDER TUBE SIZES
The following discussion applies to steel hydraulic and pneumatic cylinder tubes with inside diameters from 25 mm up to 400
mm. The bores of the tubes have been specially finished with or without metal removal.
A range of preferred thicknesses is specified for each of the metric bore sizes designated as standards for hydraulic and
pneumatic cylinders. Two tables of thicknesses are included to cover both cold-finished and hot-finished steel tubes.

Cylinder Barrels Made from Cold-Finished Tubes. Preferred sizes appropriate for cylinders made from cold-finished steel
tubes are listed in Table 14-13 by inside diameter, wall thickness, and outside diameter. The inside diameter sizes, from 25 mm
to 200 mm, are selected from those in ISO 3320. The tube dimensions may be specified by either inside diameter and wall
thickness or inside diameter and outside diameter.

Cylinder Barrels Made from Hot-Finished Tubes. Preferred sizes appropriate for cylinders made from hot-finished steel
tubes are listed in Table 14-14 by inside diameter and outside diameter. The inside diameter sizes, from 63 mm to 400 mm, are
selected from those in ISO 3320.
The outside diameter sizes of hot-finished tubes are selected from ISO 64. The tube dimensions for hot-finished tubes can be
specified only by inside diameter and outside diameter.

Tolerances. The tolerances on inside diameter, outside diameter, and thickness shall be those included in “Specification for
Steel Hydraulic and Pneumatic Cylinder Tubes” (ISO 4394).

TABLE 14-13 PREFERRED SIZES FOR CYLINDER BARRELS MADE FROM COLD-FINISHED STEEL TUBES
(ISO 4394)
mm

Wall Thickness
Bore 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 5 6 7.5 10 12.5 15 20
Outside Diameters
25 28 31 35 40
32 35 36 38 42 47
40 45 46 50 55
50 55 56 60 65 70 75
63 68 69 73 75 78 83 88
80 85 86 90 92 95 100 105 110
100 105 106 110 112 115 120 125 130
125 132 135 137 140 145 150 155 165

160 165 170 175 180 185 190 200

200 210 215 220 225 230 240

TABLE 14-14 PREFERRED SIZES FOR CYLINDER BARRELS MADE FROM HOT-FINISHED STEEL TUBES
(ISO 4394)
mm
Bore Outside Diameter
63 76.1 82.5 88.9 101.6
80 101.6 108 114.3 127
100 127 133 139.7 152.4
125 152.4 159 168.3 177.8
160 193.7 219.1 244.5 -
200 244.5 273 298.5 -
250 273 298.5 323.9 355.6
320 355.6 368 406.4 419
400 419 457 508 559

CYLINDER TUBE SPECIFICATIONS


Scope. ISO 4394 covers round steel tubes, of seamless or welded type, in the hot or cold worked condition, with plain ends.
The bores are specially finished with or without metal removal. The tubes are dimensionally defined by: (a) inside diameter and
thickness, or (b) inside diameter and outside diameter.
This standard defines the mechanical properties, dimensional tolerances, surface finishes, and technical delivery conditions. A
recommended designation for purchase orders is also shown.
The tubes covered by ISO 4394 are intended for use as barrels in a wide variety of hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders. Note:
Steel should not be considered as the only material suitable for such applications.

Mechanical Properties and Chemical Composition. The mechanical properties specified in ISO 4394 are shown in Tables
14-15 and 14-16. The sulfur and phosphor content of steel must be below 0.05% each, and the carbon content held below
0.25%.
664
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
surface finish — bore surface finish values are specified in Ra (centerline-average—see Chapter 5), and the commercial classes
are shown in Table 14-17

Tolerances
Inside Diameter. Five classes of tolerances are recognized: H8, H9, H11, H12, and H13 in accordance with Chapter 6.
Tolerances include ovality and taper.
Tolerances H8 and H9 can normally be supplied only if the ratio of the tube’s inside diameter to its thickness is less than 20:1.
Tolerance H11 can normally be supplied only if the ratio of the tube’s inside diameter to its thickness is less than 25:1.
Special tolerances, other than shown, can be specified.

Outside Diameter. Two classes of tolerances are recognized: Class 1, for cold finished or machined tubes, as shown in Table
14-18; Class 2, for hot finished tubes. Class 2 tolerances shall be ± 1% of the nominal outside diameter (minimum of ± 0.5 mm).
Tolerances include ovality and taper.

Thickness and Eccentricity. If the inside diameter and thickness of the tube are specified, then the thickness measured at any
cross section along the tube length must not vary from the nominal thickness by more than ± 10%. This figure includes
eccentricity.

TABLE 14-15 TUBES WITH LOWER TENSILE PROPERTIES AND GREATER DUCTILITY (ISO 4394)

Rm
Steel 1, 2 ReL or RP (0.2) minimum
minimum A3
4
a <10 mm 10 mm<a<20 mm 20 mm<a<50 mm
Grade
MPa BHN MPa MPa MPa %
HP 1 360 102 235 225 215 24
HP 2 490 140 335 310 285 21
HP 3 550 163 460 450 420 17
See notes to Table 14-16.

TABLE 14-16 TUBES WITH HIGHER TENSILE PROPERTIES (ISO 4394)

Rm 3
Steel 1, 2
ReL or RP (0.2) minimum A
minimum
Grade MPa BHN MPa %
HP 4 450 126 380 10
HP 5 550 163 440 10
HP 6 640 190 540 10
NOTES:
2 2
1. 1 MPa = 1 N/mm ≅ 0.1 kgf/mm . 1000 psi = 6.894757 MPa ≅ 7 Mpa.
2. Rm, ReL, and Rp (0.2) are ISO symbols for tensile strength, lower yield stress, and 0.2% proof stress respectively.
3. A = minimum elongation (%) on 5.65 \/So (So = cross section area of gage length).
4. a = nominal thickness of tube in mm.

TABLE 14-17 CLASSES OF SURFACE FINISH (Ra) (ISO 4394)

Classes
Ra
a b c d e f
0.125 0.2 0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2 micrometers
5 8 16 32 63 125 microinches
- N4 N5 N6 N7 N8 ISO 1302 roughness no.

665
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 14-18 TOLERANCES ON OUTSIDE DIAMETERS (ISO 4394)
mm
Outside Diameters
Up to and Tolerances
Over
Including
30 ±0.10
30 40 ±0.15
40 50 ±0.20
50 60 ±0.25
60 70 ±0.30
70 80 ±0.35
80 90 ±0.40
90 100 ±0.45
100 120 ±0.50
120 140 ±0.65
140 150 ±0.75
150 160 ±0.80
160 170 ±0.85
170 180 ±0.90
180 190 ±0.95
190 200 ±1.00
200 210 ±1.05
210 220 ±1.10
220 230 ±1.15
230 240 ±1.20

Order Example. To order a seamless tube, 5 m long with an outside diameter 60 mm, inside diameter 50 mm (see Table 14-
13), steel grade HP 5 (Table 14-16), surface finish d (Table 14-17), inside diameter tolerance H9, specify the tube as follows:
5 m seamless tube 60 x 50 ISO 4394 Steel Grade HP5, Finish d, Tolerance H9

CONDUCTORS
THREADS FOR PORTS AND FITFING ENDS
The ISO 6149 standard for metric port and fitting end dimensions specifies 0-rings of three other types or seals. The standard
thread sizes are as follows:
M5 x 0.8, M8 x 1, M10 x 1, M12 x 1.5, M14 x 1.5, M16 x 1.5, M18 x 1.5, M22 x 1.5, M27 x 2, M33 x 2, M42 x 2, M50 x 2,
M60 x 2. See Table 14-23A for metric 0-ring port sizes and Table 14-23C for the corresponding 0-rings.

LINE TUBING SIZES


The line tubing sizes recommended to be used for fluid conductors are specified in ISO 4397, as shown in Table 14-19.
The tube sizes in Table 14-19 have been in use in Europe for many years. (For details concerning the ISO and national
standards for seamless and welded metric tubes, refer to Tables 10-26A through 10-26C.) The just mentioned hydraulic metric
tube sizes are marketed in the USA.

TABLE 14-19 LINE TUBING SIZES (ISO 4397)

Outside diameters (mm) 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50

HOSE SIZES
The recommended series of inside diameters of hoses made by rubber or plastics are specified in ISO 4397, as shown in
Table 14-20.

TABLE 14-20 HOSE INSIDE DIAMETERS (ISO 4397)

Hose I. D. (mm) 3.2 5 6.3 8 10 12.5 16 19* 20 25 31.5 38* 40 50 51

NOTE: *For hydraulic purposes.


666
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
NOMINAL PRESSURE RATINGS FOR CONDUCTORS
The nominal pressure ratings to be used for connectors and associated components are given in ISO 4399. See Table 14-21.

TABLE 14-21 NOMINAL PRESSURES FOR CONDUCTORS (ISO 4399)

Nominal Pressures in MPa

0.25 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 20 25 31.5 (35) 40 50 63


NOTES:
1. Non-preferred values are in parentheses.
2. 1 MPa (megapascal) = 10 bar = 145 psi.

667
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
FIG. 14-5 TYPICAL O-RING CONFIGURATION (ISO 3601-1)

IDENTIFICATION CODE (ISO 3601-1)


0-rings shall be designated by a six-character alphanumeric size identification code which shall be arranged exactly as shown
in the example below for a general-purpose 0-ring with an inside diameter, d1, of 3,55 mm and a section diameter, d2, of 1,8 mm

TABLE 14-22 LETTER SYMBOL FOR SECTION DIAMETER (ISO 3601-1)

O-Ring
Cross-section
Letter symbol
(section diameter)
d2 mm
1.8 A
2.65 B
3.55 C
5.3 D
7 E

Further examples of size identification code:


Size code d 2 x d1 Application
D2300G 5,3 mm x 230 mm General purpose
E4620G 7 mm x 462 mm General purpose

668
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
SEALING DEVICES
O-RING SIZES AND TOLERANCES
The metric 0-ring port sizes specified in ISO 6149-1 are shown in Table 14-23A; the corresponding 0-rings according to SAE
J2244/1 in Table 14-23C. The details for the ISO 6149-1 identification port types are shown in Table 14-23B. 0-Ring dimensions
for general use specified in ISO 3601-1 are listed in Table 14-23D. ISO 3601-1 for 0-rings will be composed of two parts, as
follows:

Part 1: Inside diameters, cross sections, tolerances, and size code identification for an “0”, series of metric 0-rings
Part 3: Quality acceptance criteria

The inside diameters for 0-rings shown in Table 14-23D are based on the preferred number series (see Chapter 4 for the
Renard Series) and the range of sizes was checked against production records. The order of preference, when choosing inside
diameters for 0-Rings, should be as follows: I.D. to R5 (first choice), R10 (second choice), R20 (third choice), R40 (fourth choice)
and R80 (fifth choice). See Tables 4-2 and 4-3. It is recommended that inside diameters for special size 0-Rings, not shown in
Table 14-23B, be chosen from the Renard series of preferred numbers.

TABLE 14-23A DIMENSIONS OF METRIC PORT (ISO 6149-1)

mm
1
Thread d2 d3 d4 d5 L1 L2 L3 L4 Z°

(d1 x P) min4 min5 ref2 +0.1-0 +0.4-0 min3 max min ±1°
M8 x 1 17 14 3 12.5 9.1 1.6 11.5 1 10 12°

M10 x 1 20 16 4.5 14.5 11.1 1.6 11.5 1 10 12°

M12 x 1,5 23 19 6 17.5 13.8 2.4 14 1.5 11.5 15°


6
M14 x 1,5 25 21 7.5 19.5 15.8 2.4 14 1.5 11.5 15°

M16 x 1,5 28 24 9 22.5 17.8 2.4 15.5 1.5 13 15°

M18 x 1,5 30 26 11 24,5 19.8 2.4 17 2 14.5 15°


7
M20 x 1,5 32 27 - 25.5 21.8 2.4 - 2 14.5 15°

M22 x 1,5 34 29 14 27.5 23.8 2.4 18 2 15.5 15°

M27 x 2 40 34 18 32.5 29.4 3.1 22 2 19 15°

M33 x 2 49 43 23 41.5 35.4 3.1 22 2.5 19 15°

M42 x 2 60 52 30 50.5 44.4 3.1 22.5 2.5 19.5 15°

M48 x 2 66 57 36 55.5 50.4 3.1 25 2.5 22 15°

M60 x 2 76 67 44 65.5 62,4 3,1 27,5 2,5 24,5 15°


NOTES:
For notes see next page.
669
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
NOTES to Table 14-23A.
1. Conforming to ISO 261, tolerance grade 6H in accordance with ISO 965-1. Tap drills in accordance with ISO 2306, class 6H.
2. For reference only. Connecting hole application may require a different size.
3. The tap drill depths given require the use of a bottoming tap to produce the specified full thread lengths. Where standard taps are
used, the tap drill depths shall be increased accordingly
4. Spotface diameter with identification ridge.
5. Spotface diameter without identification ridge.
6. Preferred for diagnostic port applications.
7. For cartridge valve cavity applications only, see ISO 7789.
8. For identification of port (see Table 14-23B.

TABLE 14-23B PORT IDENTIFICATION (ISO 6149-1)

mm

Thread d6
(d1 x P) +0.5
0
M8 x 1 14
M10 x 1 16
M12 x 1,5 19
M14 x 1,5 21
M16 x 1,5 24
M18 x 1,5 26
1
M20 x 1,5 27
M22 x 1,5 29
M27 x 2 34
M33 x 2 43
M42 x 2 52
M48 x 2 57
M60 x 2 67
NOTE: 1. For cartridge valve cavities only (see ISO 7789).

670
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 14-23C O-RING DIMENSIONS FOR STUD ENDS (SAE J2244/2)

mm
Inside Diameter Cross Section Diameter
Thread Size d8 d9
tol ± tol ±
M8 X 1 6.1 0.20 1.6 0.08
M10 X 1 8.1 0.20 1.6 0.08
M12 X 1.5 9.3 0.20 2.2 0.08
M14 X 1.5 11.3 0.20 2.2 0.08
M16 X 1.5 13.3 0.20 2.2 0.08
M18 X 1.5 15.3 0.20 2.2 0.08
M22 X 1.5 19.3 0.22 2.2 0.08
M27 X 2 23.6 0.24 2.9 0.09
M30 X 21 26.6 0.26 2.9 0.09
M33 X 2 29.6 0.29 2.9 0.09
M42 X 2 38.6 0.37 2.9 0.09
M48 X 2 44.6 0.43 2.9 0.09
M60 X 2 56.6 0.51 2.9 0.09
M20 X 1.52 17.3 0.22 2.2 0.08
NOTES:
1. Not included in ISO 6149.
2. For plug for cartridge valve cavity only. (See ISO 7789).

671
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 14-23D O-RING DIMENSIONS FOR GENERAL USE (ISO 3601-1)

Inside Dia Cross Section Dia Inside Dia Cross Section Dia Inside Dia Cross Section Dia
d2 d2 d2
d1 d1 d1
1.8 2.65 3.55 5.3 7 1.8 2.65 3.55 5.3 7 1.8 2.65 3.55 5.3 7
TOL ± ±0.08 ±0.09 ±0.1 ±0.13 ±0.15 TOL ± ±0.08 ±0.09 ±0.1 ±0.13 ±0.15 TOL ± ±0.08 ±0.09 ±0.1 ±0.13 ±0.15

1.8 0.13 x 35.5 0.34 x x 160 1.27 x x x


2 0.13 x 36.5 0.35 x x 165 1.31 x x x
2.24 0.13 x 37.5 0.36 x x 170 1.34 x x x

2.5 0.13 x 38.7 0.37 x x 175 1.38 x x x

2.8 0.14 x 40 0.38 x x 180 1.41 x x x


3.15 0.14 x 41.2 0.39 x x 185 144 x x x
3.55 0.14 x 42.5 0.4 x x 190 1.48 x x x
3.75 0.14 x 43.7 0.41 x x 195 1.51 x x x
4 0.14 x 45 0.42 x x 200 1.55 x x x
4.5 0.14 x 46.2 0.43 x x 206 1.59 x x
4.87 0.15 x 47.5 0.44 x x 212 1.63 x x
5 0.15 x 48.7 0.45 x x 218 1.67 x x
5.15 0.15 x 50 0.46 x x 224 1.71 x x
5.3 0.15 x 51.5 0.47 x x 230 1.75 x x
5.6 0.15 x 53 0.48 x x 236 1.79 x x
6 0.15 x 54.5 0.5 x x 243 1.83 x x
6.3 0.15 x 56 0.51 x x 250 1.88 x x
6.7 0.16 x 58 0.52 x x 258 1.93 x x
6.9 0.16 x 60 0.54 x x 265 1.98 x x
7.1 0.16 x 61.5 0.55 x x 272 2.02 x x
7.5 0.16 x 63 0.56 x x 280 2.08 x x
8 0.16 x 65 0.58 x x 290 2.14 x x
8.5 0.16 x 67 0.59 x x 300 2.21 x x
8.75 0.17 x 69 0.61 x x 307 2.25 x x
9 0.17 x 71 0.63 x x 315 2.3 x x
9.5 0.17 x 73 0.64 x x 325 2.37 x x
10 0.17 x 75 0.66 x x 335 2.43 x x
10.6 0.18 x 77.5 0.67 x x 345 2.49 x x
11.2 0.18 x 80 0.69 x x 355 2.56 x x
11.8 0.19 x 82.5 0.71 x x 365 2.62 x x
12.5 0.19 x 85 0.73 x x 375 2.68 x x
13.2 0.19 x 87.5 0.75 x x 387 2.76 x x
14 0.19 x x 90 0.77 x x 400 2.84 x x
15 0.2 x x 92.5 0.79 x x 412 2.91 x
16 0.2 x x 95 0.81 x x 425 2.99 x
17 0.21 x x 97.5 0.83 x x 437 3.07 x
18 0.21 x x 100 0.84 x x 450 3.15 x
19 0.22 x x 103 0.87 x x 462 3.22 x
20 0.22 x x 106 0.89 x x 475 3.3 x
21.2 0.23 x x 109 0.91 x x x 487 3.37 x
22.4 0.24 x x 112 0.93 x x x 500 3.45 x
23.6 0.24 x x 115 0.95 x x x 515 3.54 x
25 0.25 x x 118 0.97 x x x 530 3.63 x
25.8 0.26 x x 122 1 x x x 545 3.72 x
26.5 0.26 x x 125 1.03 x x x 560 3.81 x
28 0.28 x x 128 1.05 x x x 580 3.93 x
30 0.29 x x 132 1.08 x x x 600 4.05 x
31.5 0.31 x x 136 1.1 x x x 615 4.13 x
32.5 0.32 x x 140 1.13 x x x 630 4.22 x
33.5 0.32 x x 145 1.17 x x x 650 4.34 x
34.5 0.33 x x 150 1.2 x x x 670 4.46 x
155 1.24 x x x
NOTE: See Fig. 14-5 for typical O-ring configuration.

672
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ROTARY SHAFT LIP SEAL SIZES
The basic dimensions for lip seals are specified in ISO 6194-1, and the recommended values are shown in Table 14-24. Seals
for the shown basic dimensions and with various lip designs are supplied in countries already using the metric system.

TABLE 14-24 BASIC DIMENSIONS FOR LIP SEALS (ISO 6194-1)

mm
d1 D b d1 D b d1 D b d1 D b
`
6 16 7 52 7 45 65 8 120 150 12
25
6 22 7 28 40 7 50 68 8 130 160 12
7 22 7 28 47 7 50 72 8 140 170 15
8 22 7 28 52 7 55 72 8 150 180 15
8 24 7 30 42 7 55 80 8 160 190 15
9 22 7 30 47 7 60 80 8 170 200 15
10 22 7 30 52 7 60 85 8 180 210 15
10 25 7 32 45 8 65 85 10 190 220 15
12 24 7 32 47 8 65 90 10 200 230 15
12 25 7 32 52 8 70 90 10 220 250 15
12 30 7 35 50 8 70 95 10 240 270 15
15 26 7 35 52 8 75 95 10 260 300 20
15 30 7 35 55 8 75 100 10 280 320 20
15 35 7 38 55 8 80 100 10 300 340 20
16 30 7 38 58 8 80 110 10 320 360 20
18 30 7 38 62 8 85 110 12 340 380 20
18 35 7 40 55 8 85 120 12 360 400 20
20 35 7 40 62 8 90 120 12 380 420 20
20 40 7 42 55 8 95 120 12 400 440 20
22 35 7 42 62 8 100 125 12
22 40 7 45 62 8 110 140 12
22 47 7
25 40 7
25 47 7

673
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
PISTON AND ROD SEAL HOUSING DIMENSIONS
Housing dimensions for piston and rod seals are published in ISO 5597, and the basic sizes are shown in Table 14-25 piston
seals and Table 14-26 rod seals. The dimensions shown conform to industrial practices in countries already using
the metric system.

TABLE 14-25 PISTON SEAL HOUSING DIMENSIONS FOR HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS (ISO 5597)

mm
b
Bore diameter Radial depth Inside diameter Axial length
D S d L r
short medium long max
16 8
20 4 12 5 6.3 -
17
25
5 15 6.3 8 76
4 24 5 6.3 - 0.3
32
5 22 6.3 8 16
4 32 5 6.3 -
40
30
5 6.3 8 16
40
50
7.5 35 9.5 12.5 25 0.4
5 53 6.3 8 16 0.3
63
48
7.5 9.5 12.5 25 0.4
65
80
10 60 12.5 16 32 0.6
7.5 85 9.5 12.5 25 0.4
100
80
10 12.5 16 32 0.6
105
125 12.5 100 16 20 40 0.8
10 140 12.5 16 32 0.6
160
135
12.5 16 20 40
175
200
15 170 20 25 50
0.8
12.5 225 16 20 40
250
220
15 20 25 50
320 290
400 360 63
20 25 32 1
500 460
NOTES:
1. See Table 14-10 for bore diameters.
2. The application of the axial lengths specified in Table 14-25 (short, medium, and long) depends upon the respective
working conditions.
3. The Lead-in Chamfer C equals one-half of the radial depth S, C = S/2.
674
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 14-26 ROD SEAL HOUSING DIMENSIONS FOR HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS (ISO 5597)

mm
Rod diameter Radial depth Outside diameter Axial length
r
d S D L
short medium long max
6 14
8 4 16 5 6.3 14.5
18
10 5 - 8 16
20
4 5 6.3 14.5
12
5 - 8 16
22
4 5 6.3 14.5
14 5 - 8 16
24
4 5 6.3 14.5
16 5 - 8 16 0.3
26
4 5 6.3 14.5
18 5 - 8 16
28
4 5 6.3 14.5
20 5 - 8 16
30
4 5 6.3 14.5
22 5 32 - 8 16
4 33 5 6.3 14.5
25 35 -
5 8 16
38 6.3
28 7.5 43 - 12.5 25 0.4
5 42 6.3 8 16 0.3
32
7.5 47 - 12.5 25 0.4

675
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 14-26 ROD SEAL HOUSING DIMENSIONS FOR HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS (CONT'D)(ISO 5597)
mm
Rod diameter Radial depth Outside diameter Axial length
r
L
d S D
short medium long max
36 5 46 6.3 16 0.3
7.5 51 - 12.5 25 0.4
40 5 50 6.3 8 16 0.3
7.5 55 - 12.5 25 0.4
45 5 55 6.3 8 16 0.3
7.5 60 - 12.5 25 0.4
50 5 60 6.3 8 16 0.3
7.5 65 -
12.5 25 0.4
56 71 9.5
10 76 - 16 32 0.6
63 7.5 78 9.5 12.5 25 0.4
10 83 - 16 32 0.6
70 7.5 85 9.5 12.5 25 0.4
10 90 - 16 32 0.6
80 7.5 95 9.5 12.5 25 0.4
10 100 - 16 32 0.6
90 7.5 105 9.5 12.5 25 0.4
10 110 -
16 32 0.6
100 120 12.5
12.5 125 - 20 40 0.8
110 10 130 12.5 16 32 0.6
12.5 135 - 20 40 0.6
125 10 145 12.5 16 32 0.6
12.5 150 - 20 40 0.8

140 10 160 12.5 16 32 0.6


12.5 165 -
20 40
160 185 16
15 190 - 25 50

180 12.5 205 16 20 40


15 210 - 25 50
0.8
200 12.5 225 16 20 40
230

220 5 250

250 280 20 25 50

280 310

320 360
20 25 32 63 1
360 400
NOTES:
1. See Table 14-10 for rod diameters.
2. The application of the axial lengths specified in Table 14-26 (short, medium and long) depends
upon the respective working conditions.
3. The Lead-in Chamfer C equals one half of the radial depth S, C = S/2.

676
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS
TC 131 Fluid power systems
ISO 5596:1999 Hydraulic fluid power -- Gas-loaded accumulators with separator -- Ranges of pressures and volumes and characteristic
quantities
ISO 10945:1994 Hydraulic fluid power -- Gas-loaded accumulators -- Dimensions of gas ports
ISO 10946:1999 Hydraulic fluid power -- Gas-loaded accumulators with separator -- Selection of preferred hydraulic ports
ISO 16030:2001 Pneumatic fluid power -- Connections -- Ports and stud ends

TC 131/SC 1
ISO 1219-1:2006 Fluid power systems and components -- Graphic symbols and circuit diagrams -- Part 1: Graphic symbols
ISO 1219-2:1995 Fluid power systems and components -- Graphic symbols and circuit diagrams -- Part 2: Circuit diagrams
ISO 2944:2000 Fluid power systems and components -- Nominal pressures
ISO 5598:1985 Fluid power systems and components -- Vocabulary

TC 131/SC 2
ISO 3019-1:2001 Hydraulic fluid power -- Dimensions and identification code for mounting flanges and shaft ends of displacement pumps and
motors -- Part 1: Inch series shown in metric units
ISO 3019-2:2001 Hydraulic fluid power -- Dimensions and identification code for mounting flanges and shaft ends of displacement pumps and
motors -- Part 2: Metric series
ISO 3662:1976 Hydraulic fluid power -- Pumps and motors -- Geometric displacements
ISO 4391:1983 Hydraulic fluid power -- Pumps, motors and integral transmissions -- Parameter definitions and letter symbols

TC 131/SC 3
ISO 3320:1987 Fluid power systems and components -- Cylinder bores and piston rod diameters -- Metric series
ISO 3321:1975 Fluid power systems and components -- Cylinder bores and piston rod diameters -- Inch series
ISO 3322:1985 Fluid power systems and components -- Cylinders -- Nominal pressures
ISO 4393:1978 Fluid power systems and components -- Cylinders -- Basic series of piston strokes
ISO 4394-1:1980 Fluid power systems and components -- Cylinder barrels -- Part 1: Requirements for steel tubes with specially finished bores
ISO 4395:1978 Fluid power systems and components -- Cylinders -- Piston rod thread dimensions and types
ISO 6020-1:1998 Hydraulic fluid power -- Mounting dimensions for single rod cylinders, 16 MPa (160 bar) series -- Part 1: Medium series
ISO 6020-2:2006 Hydraulic fluid power -- Mounting dimensions for single rod cylinders, 16 MPa (160 bar) series -- Part 2: Compact series
ISO 6020-3:1994 Hydraulic fluid power -- Mounting dimensions for single rod cylinders, 16 MPa (160 bar) series -- Part 3: Compact series with
bores from 250 mm to 500 mm
ISO 6022:2006 Hydraulic fluid power -- Mounting dimensions for single rod cylinders, 25 MPa (250 bar) series
ISO 6099:2001 Fluid power systems and components -- Cylinders -- Identification code for mounting dimensions and mounting types
ISO 6430:1992 Pneumatic fluid power -- Single rod cylinders, 1 000 kPa (10 bar) series, with integral mountings, bores from 32 mm to 250
mm -- Mounting dimensions
ISO 6432:1985 Pneumatic fluid power -- Single rod cylinders -- 10 bar (1 000 kPa) series -- Bores from 8 to 25 mm -- Mounting dimensions
ISO 6537:1982 Pneumatic fluid power systems -- Cylinder barrels -- Requirements for non-ferrous metallic tubes
ISO 7180:1986 Pneumatic fluid power -- Cylinders -- Bore and port thread sizes
ISO 7181:1991 Hydraulic fluid power -- Cylinders -- Bore and rod area ratios
ISO 8131:1992 Hydraulic fluid power -- Single rod cylinders, 16 MPa (160 bar) compact series -- Tolerances
ISO 8132:2006 Hydraulic fluid power -- Single rod cylinders, 16 MPa (160 bar) medium and 25 MPa (250 bar) series -- Mounting dimensions
for accessories
ISO 8133:2006 Hydraulic fluid power -- Single rod cylinders, 16 MPa (160 bar) compact series -- Mounting dimensions for accessories
ISO 8135:1999 Hydraulic fluid power -- Single rod cylinders, 16 MPa (160 bar) medium and 25 MPa (250 bar) series -- Tolerances
ISO 8138:1998 Hydraulic fluid power -- Single rod cylinders, 16 MPa (160 bar) compact series -- Port dimensions
ISO 8139:1991 Pneumatic fluid power -- Cylinders, 1 000 kPa (10 bar) series -- Rod end spherical eyes -- Mounting dimensions
ISO 8140:1991 Pneumatic fluid power -- Cylinders, 1 000 kPa (10 bar) series -- Rod end clevis -- Mounting dimensions
ISO 10099:2001 Pneumatic fluid power -- Cylinders -- Final examination and acceptance criteria
ISO 10100:2001 Hydraulic fluid power -- Cylinders -- Acceptance tests
ISO 10762:1997 Hydraulic fluid power -- Cylinder mounting dimensions -- 10 MPa (100 bar) series
ISO/TS Hydraulic fluid power -- Cylinders -- Method for determining the buckling load
13725:2001
ISO 13726:1998 Hydraulic fluid power -- Single rod cylinders, 16 MPa (160 bar) compact series with bores from 250 mm to 500 mm --
Accessory mounting dimensions
ISO 15552:2004 Pneumatic fluid power -- Cylinders with detachable mountings, 1 000 kPa (10 bar) series, bores from 32 mm to 320 mm --
Basic, mounting and accessories dimensions
ISO 16656:2004 Hydraulic fluid power -- Single rod, short-stroke cylinders with bores from 32 mm to 100 mm for use at 10 MPa (100 bar) --
Mounting dimensions
677
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO/TR Pneumatic fluid power -- Cylinders -- Load capacity of pneumatic slides and their presentation method
16806:2003
ISO 21287:2004 Pneumatic fluid power -- Cylinders -- Compact cylinders, 1000 kPa (10 bar) series, bores from 20 mm to 100 mm

TC 131/SC 4
ISO 1179:1981 Pipe connections, threaded to ISO 228/1, for plain end steel and other metal tubes in industrial applications
ISO 4397:1993 Fluid power systems and components -- Connectors and associated components -- Nominal outside diameters of tubes and
nominal inside diameters of hoses
ISO 4399:1995 Fluid power systems and components -- Connectors and associated components -- Nominal pressures
ISO 6149-1:2006 Connections for hydraulic fluid power and general use -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 261 metric threads and O-ring sealing -
- Part 1: Ports with truncated housing for O-ring seal
ISO 6149-2:2006 Connections for hydraulic fluid power and general use -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 261 metric threads and O-ring sealing -
- Part 2: Dimensions, design, test methods and requirements for heavy-duty (S series) stud ends
ISO 6149-3:2006 Connections for hydraulic fluid power and general use -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 261 metric threads and O-ring sealing -
- Part 3: Dimensions, design, test methods and requirements for light-duty (L series) stud ends
ISO 6149-4:2006 Connections for fluid power and general use -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 261 metric threads and O-ring sealing -- Part 4:
Dimensions, design, test methods and requirements for external hex and internal
ISO 6150:1988 Pneumatic fluid power -- Cylindrical quick-action couplings for maximum working pressures of 10 bar, 16 bar and 25 bar (1
MPa, 1,6 Mpa, and 2,5 MPa) -- Plug connecting dimensions, specifications, application guidelines and testing
ISO 6162-1:2002 Hydraulic fluid power -- Flange connectors with split or one-piece flange clamps and metric or inch screws -- Part 1: Flange
connectors for use at pressures of 3,5 MPa (35 bar) to 35 MPa (350 bar), DN 13 to DN 127
ISO 6162-2:2002 Hydraulic fluid power -- Flange connectors with split or one-piece flange clamps and metric or inch screws -- Part 2: Flange
connectors for use at pressures of 35 MPa (350 bar) to 40 MPa (400 bar), DN 13 to DN 51
ISO 6164:1994 Hydraulic fluid power -- Four-screw, one-piece square-flange connections for use at pressures of 25 MPa and 40 MPa (250
bar and 400 bar)
ISO 6605:2002 Hydraulic fluid power -- Hoses and hose assemblies -- Test methods
ISO 7241-1:1987 Hydraulic fluid power -- Quick-action couplings -- Part 1: Dimensions and requirements
ISO 7241-2:2000 Hydraulic fluid power -- Quick-action couplings -- Part 2: Test methods
ISO 8434-1:1994 Metallic tube connections for fluid power and general use -- Part 1: 24 degree compression fittings
ISO 8434-2:1994 Metallic tube connections for fluid power and general use -- Part 2: 37 degree flared fittings
ISO 8434-3:2005 Metallic tube connections for fluid power and general use -- Part 3: O-ring face seal connectors
ISO 8434-4:1995 Metallic tube connections for fluid power and general use -- Part 4: 24 degree cone connectors with O-ring weld-on nipples
ISO 9974-1:1996 Connections for general use and fluid power -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 261 threads with elastomeric or metal-to-metal
sealing -- Part 1: Threaded ports
ISO 9974-2:1996 Connections for general use and fluid power -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 261 threads with elastomeric or metal-to-metal
sealing -- Part 2: Stud ends with elastomeric sealing (type E)
ISO 9974-3:1996 Connections for general use and fluid power -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 261 threads with elastomeric or metal-to-metal
sealing -- Part 3: Stud ends with metal-to-metal sealing (type B)
ISO 9974-4:2006 Connections for general use and fluid power -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 261 threads with elastomeric or metal-to-metal
sealing -- Part 4: Dimensions, design, test methods and requirements for external hex and internal hex port plugs
ISO 10763:1994 Hydraulic fluid power -- Plain-end, seamless and welded precision steel tubes -- Dimensions and nominal working pressures
ISO 11926-1:1995 Connections for general use and fluid power -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 725 threads and O-ring sealing -- Part 1: Ports
with O-ring seal in truncated housing
ISO 11926-2:1995 Connections for general use and fluid power -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 725 threads and O-ring sealing -- Part 2: Heavy-
duty (S series) stud ends
ISO 11926-3:1995 Connections for general use and fluid power -- Ports and stud ends with ISO 725 threads and O-ring sealing -- Part 3: Light-
duty (L series) stud ends
ISO 12151-1:1999 Connections for hydraulic fluid power and general use -- Hose fittings -- Part 1: Hose fittings with ISO 8434-3 O-ring face seal
ends
ISO 12151-2:2003 Connections for hydraulic fluid power and general use -- Hose fittings -- Part 2: Hose fittings with ISO 8434-1 and ISO 8434-4
24 degree cone connector ends with O-rings
ISO 12151-3:1999 Connections for hydraulic fluid power and general use -- Hose fittings -- Part 3: Hose fittings with ISO 6162 flange ends
ISO 14743:2004 Pneumatic fluid power -- Push-in connectors for thermoplastic tubes
ISO 15171-1:1999 Connections for fluid power and general use -- Hydraulic couplings for diagnostic purposes -- Part 1: Coupling not for
connection under pressure
ISO 15171-2:2000 Connections for fluid power and general use -- Hydraulic couplings for diagnostic purposes -- Part 2: Coupling with M16 x 2
end for connection under pressure
ISO 16028:1999 Hydraulic fluid power -- Flush-face type, quick-action couplings for use at pressures of 20 MPa (200 bar) to 31,5 MPa (315
ISO/TR 17165- bar) – Specifications
2:2006 Hydraulic fluid power -- Hose assemblies -- Part 2: Recommended practices for hydraulic hose assemblies
ISO 19879:2005 Metallic tube connections for fluid power and general use -- Test methods for hydraulic fluid power connections

TC 131/SC 5
ISO 4400:1994 Fluid power systems and components -- Three-pin electrical plug connectors with earth contact -- Characteristics and
requirements
ISO 4401:2005 Hydraulic fluid power -- Four-port directional control valves -- Mounting surfaces
678
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 4411:1986 Hydraulic fluid power -- Valves -- Determination of pressure differential/flow characteristics
ISO 5599-1:2001 Pneumatic fluid power -- Five-port directional control valves -- Part 1: Mounting interface surfaces without electrical connector
ISO 5599-2:2001 Pneumatic fluid power -- Five-port directional control valves -- Part 2: Mounting interface surfaces with optional electrical
connector
ISO 5599-3:1990 Pneumatic fluid power -- Five-port directional control valves -- Part 3: Code system for communication of valve functions
ISO 5781:2000 Hydraulic fluid power -- Pressure-reducing valves, sequence valves, unloading valves, throttle valves and check valves --
Mounting surfaces
ISO 5782-1:1997 Pneumatic fluid power -- Compressed-air filters -- Part 1: Main characteristics to be included in suppliers' literature and
product marking requirements
ISO 5782-2:1997 Pneumatic fluid power -- Compressed-air filters -- Part 2: Test methods to determine the main characteristics to be included in
supplier's literature
ISO 5783:1995 Hydraulic fluid power -- Code for identification of valve mounting surfaces and cartridge valve cavities
ISO 5784-1:1988 Fluid power systems and components -- Fluid logic circuits -- Part 1: Symbols for binary logic and related functions
ISO 5784-2:1989 Fluid power systems and components -- Fluid logic circuits -- Part 2: Symbols for supply and exhausts as related to logic
symbols
ISO 5784-3:1989 Fluid power systems and components -- Fluid logic circuits -- Part 3: Symbols for logic sequencers and related functions
ISO 6263:1997 Hydraulic fluid power -- Compensated flow-control valves -- Mounting surfaces
ISO 6264:1998 Hydraulic fluid power -- Pressure-relief valves -- Mounting surfaces
ISO 6301-1:1997 Pneumatic fluid power -- Compressed-air lubricators -- Part 1: Main characteristics to be included in supplier's literature and
product-marking requirements
ISO 6301-2:2006 Pneumatic fluid power -- Compressed-air lubricators -- Part 2: Test methods to determine the main characteristics to be
included in supplier's literature
ISO 6952:1994 Fluid power systems and components -- Two-pin electrical plug connectors with earth contact -- Characteristics and
requirements
ISO 6953-1:2000 Pneumatic fluid power -- Compressed air pressure regulators and filter-regulators -- Part 1: Main characteristics to be
included in literature from suppliers and product-marking requirements
ISO 6953-2:2000 Pneumatic fluid power -- Compressed air pressure regulators and filter-regulators -- Part 2: Test methods to determine the
main characteristics to be included in literature from suppliers
ISO 7368:1989 Hydraulic fluid power -- Two-port slip-in cartridge valves -- Cavities
ISO 7789:1998 Hydraulic fluid power -- Two-, three- and four-port screw-in cartridge valves -- Cavities
ISO 7790:1997 Hydraulic fluid power -- Four-port modular stack valves and four-port directional control valves, sizes 02, 03 and 05 --
Clamping dimensions
ISO 8778:2003 Pneumatic fluid power -- Standard reference atmosphere
ISO 9461:1992 Hydraulic fluid power -- Identification of valve ports, subplates, control devices and solenoids
ISO 10372:1992 Hydraulic fluid power -- Four- and five-port servovalves -- Mounting surfaces
ISO 11727:1999 Pneumatic fluid power -- Identification of ports and control mechanisms of control valves and other components
ISO 12238:2001 Pneumatic fluid power -- Directional control valves -- Measurement of shifting time
ISO 15217:2000 Fluid power systems and components -- 16 mm square electrical connector with earth contact -- Characteristics and
requirements
ISO 15218:2003 Pneumatic fluid power -- 3/2 solenoid valves -- Mounting interface surfaces
ISO 15407-1:2000 Pneumatic fluid power -- Five-port directional control valves, sizes 18 mm and 26 mm -- Part 1: Mounting interface surfaces
without electrical connector
ISO 15407-2:2003 Pneumatic fluid power -- Five-port directional control valves, sizes 18 mm and 26 mm -- Part 2: Mounting interface surfaces
with optional electrical connector
ISO 16873:2002 Hydraulic fluid power -- Pressure switches -- Mounting surfaces
ISO 16874:2004 Hydraulic fluid power -- Identification of manifold assemblies and their components
ISO 17082:2004 Pneumatic fluid power -- Valves -- Data to be included in supplier literature
ISO 20401:2005 Pneumatic fluid power systems -- Directional control valves -- Specification of pin assignment for electrical round connectors
of diameters 8 mm and 12 mm

TC 131/SC 6
ISO 2941:1974 Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Verification of collapse/burst resistance
ISO 2942:2004 Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Verification of fabrication integrity and determination of the first bubble point
ISO 2943:1998 Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Verification of material compatibility with fluids
ISO 3722:1976 Hydraulic fluid power -- Fluid sample containers -- Qualifying and controlling cleaning methods
ISO 3723:1976 Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Method for end load test
ISO 3724:1976 Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Verification of flow fatigue characteristics
ISO 3938:1986 Hydraulic fluid power -- Contamination analysis -- Method for reporting analysis data
ISO 3968:2001 Hydraulic fluid power -- Filters -- Evaluation of differential pressure versus flow characteristics
ISO 4021:1992 Hydraulic fluid power -- Particulate contamination analysis -- Extraction of fluid samples from lines of an operating system
ISO 4405:1991 Hydraulic fluid power -- Fluid contamination -- Determination of particulate contamination by the gravimetric method
ISO 4406:1999 Hydraulic fluid power -- Fluids -- Method for coding the level of contamination by solid particles
679
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 4407:2002 Hydraulic fluid power -- Fluid contamination -- Determination of particulate contamination by the counting method using an
optical microscope
ISO/TR Hydraulic fluid power -- Component cleanliness -- Guidelines for achieving and controlling cleanliness of components from
10949:2002 manufacture to installation
ISO 11170:2003 Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Sequence of tests for verifying performance characteristics
ISO 11171:1999 Hydraulic fluid power -- Calibration of automatic particle counters for liquids
ISO 11500:1997 Hydraulic fluid power -- Determination of particulate contamination by automatic counting using the light extinction principle
ISO 11943:1999 Hydraulic fluid power -- On-line automatic particle-counting systems for liquids -- Methods of calibration and validation
ISO/TR Hydraulic fluid power -- Calibration of liquid automatic particle counters -- Procedures used to certify the standard reference
16144:2002 material SRM 2806
ISO/TR Impact of changes in ISO fluid power particle counting -- Contamination control and filter test standards
16386:1999
ISO/TS Hydraulic fluid power -- Assembled systems -- Verification of cleanliness
16431:2002
ISO 16860:2005 Hydraulic fluid power -- Filters -- Test method for differential pressure devices
ISO 16889:1999 Hydraulic fluid power filters -- Multi-pass method for evaluating filtration performance of a filter element
ISO 18413:2002 Hydraulic fluid power -- Cleanliness of parts and components -- Inspection document and principles related to contaminant
collection, analysis and data reporting

TC 131/SC 7
ISO 3601-1:2002 Fluid power systems -- O-rings -- Part 1: Inside diameters, cross-sections, tolerances and size identification code
ISO 3601-3:2005 Fluid power systems -- O-rings -- Part 3: Quality acceptance criteria
ISO 3601-5:2002 Fluid power systems -- O-rings -- Part 5: Suitability of elastomeric materials for industrial applications
ISO 3939:1977 Fluid power systems and components -- Multiple lip packing sets -- Methods for measuring stack heights
ISO 5597:1987 Hydraulic fluid power -- Cylinders -- Housings for piston and rod seals in reciprocating applications -- Dimensions and
tolerances
ISO 6072:2002 Hydraulic fluid power -- Compatibility between fluids and standard elastomeric materials
ISO 6194-1:1982 Rotary shaft lip type seals -- Part 1: Nominal dimensions and tolerances
ISO 6194-2:1991 Rotary shaft lip type seals -- Part 2: Vocabulary
ISO 6194-3:1988 Rotary shaft lip type seals -- Part 3: Storage, handling and installation
ISO 6194-4:1999 Rotary shaft lip type seals -- Part 4: Performance test procedures
ISO 6194-5:1990 Rotary shaft lip type seals -- Part 5: Identification of visual imperfections
ISO 6195:2002 Fluid power systems and components -- Cylinder-rod wiper-ring housings in reciprocating applications -- Dimensions and
tolerances
ISO 6547:1981 Hydraulic fluid power -- Cylinders -- Piston seal housings incorporating bearing rings -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 7425-1:1988 Hydraulic fluid power -- Housings for elastomer-energized, plastic-faced seals -- Dimensions and tolerances -- Part 1: Piston
seal housings
ISO 7425-2:1989 Hydraulic fluid power -- Housings for elastomer-energized, plastic-faced seals -- Dimensions and tolerances -- Part 2: Rod
seal housings
ISO 7986:1997 Hydraulic fluid power -- Sealing devices -- Standard test methods to assess the performance of seals used in oil hydraulic
reciprocating applications
ISO 10766:2006 Hydraulic fluid power -- Cylinders -- Housing dimensions for rectangular-section-cut bearing rings for pistons and rods
ISO 16589-1:2001 Rotary shaft lip-type seals incorporating thermoplastic sealing elements -- Part 1: Nominal dimensions and tolerances
ISO 16589-2:2001 Rotary shaft lip-type seals incorporating thermoplastic sealing elements -- Part 2: Vocabulary
ISO 16589-3:2001 Rotary shaft lip-type seals incorporating thermoplastic sealing elements -- Part 3: Storage, handling and installation
ISO 16589-4:2001 Rotary shaft lip-type seals incorporating thermoplastic sealing elements -- Part 4: Performance test procedures
ISO 16589-5:2001 Rotary shaft lip-type seals incorporating thermoplastic sealing elements -- Part 5: Identification of visual imperfections

TC 131/SC 8
ISO 4392-1:2002 Hydraulic fluid power -- Determination of characteristics of motors -- Part 1: At constant low speed and constant pressure
ISO 4392-2:2002 Hydraulic fluid power -- Determination of characteristics of motors -- Part 2: Startability
ISO 4392-3:1993 Hydraulic fluid power -- Determination of characteristics of motors -- Part 3: At constant flow and at constant torque
ISO 4409:1986 Hydraulic fluid power -- Positive displacement pumps, motors and integral transmissions -- Determination of steady-state
performance
ISO 4412-1:1991 Hydraulic fluid power -- Test code for determination of airborne noise levels -- Part 1: Pumps
ISO 4412-2:1991 Hydraulic fluid power -- Test code for determination of airborne noise levels -- Part 2: Motors
ISO 4412-3:1991 Hydraulic fluid power -- Test code for determination of airborne noise levels -- Part 3: Pumps -- Method using a parallelepiped
microphone array
ISO 6358:1989 Pneumatic fluid power -- Components using compressible fluids -- Determination of flow-rate characteristics
ISO 6403:1988 Hydraulic fluid power -- Valves controlling flow and pressure -- Test methods
ISO 8426:1988 Hydraulic fluid power -- Positive displacement pumps and motors -- Determination of derived capacity
680
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 9110-1:1990 Hydraulic fluid power -- Measurement techniques -- Part 1: General measurement principles
ISO 9110-2:1990 Hydraulic fluid power -- Measurement techniques -- Part 2: Measurement of average steady-state pressure in a closed
conduit
ISO 10767-1:1996 Hydraulic fluid power -- Determination of pressure ripple levels generated in systems and components -- Part 1: Precision
method for pumps
ISO 10767-2:1999 Hydraulic fluid power -- Determination of pressure ripple levels generated in systems and components -- Part 2: Simplified
method for pumps
ISO 10767-3:1999 Hydraulic fluid power -- Determination of pressure ripple levels generated in systems and components -- Part 3: Method for
motors
ISO 10770-1:1998 Hydraulic fluid power -- Electrically modulated hydraulic control valves -- Part 1: Test methods for four-way directional flow
control valves
ISO 10770-2:1998 Hydraulic fluid power -- Electrically modulated hydraulic control valves -- Part 2: Test methods for three-way directional flow
control valves
ISO 10771-1:2002 Hydraulic fluid power -- Fatigue pressure testing of metal pressure-containing envelopes -- Part 1: Test method
ISO 15086-1:2001 Hydraulic fluid power -- Determination of the fluid-borne noise characteristics of components and systems -- Part 1:
Introduction
ISO 15086-2:2000 Hydraulic fluid power -- Determination of the fluid-borne noise characteristics of components and systems -- Part 2:
Measurement of the speed of sound in a fluid in a pipe
ISO 16902-1:2003 Hydraulic fluid power -- Test code for the determination of sound power levels of pumps using sound intensity techniques:
Engineering method -- Part 1: Pumps
ISO 17559:2003 Hydraulic fluid power -- Electrically controlled hydraulic pumps -- Test methods to determine performance characteristics

TC 131/SC 9
ISO 4413:1998 Hydraulic fluid power -- General rules relating to systems
ISO 4414:1998 Pneumatic fluid power -- General rules relating to systems
ISO 7745:1989 Hydraulic fluid power -- Fire-resistant (FR) fluids -- Guidelines for use

TC 131 Technical programme


Subcommittees
TC 131/SC 1 Terminology, classification and symbols
TC 131/SC 2 Pumps, motors and integral transmissions
TC 131/SC 3 Cylinders
TC 131/SC 4 Connectors and similar products and
components
TC 131/SC 5 Control products and components
TC 131/SC 6 Contamination control
TC 131/SC 7 Sealing devices
TC 131/SC 8 Product testing
TC 131/SC 9 Installations and systems

21.140 Seals, glands. Seals for pipe and hose assemblies, 23.040.80
ISO 4708:2000 Composition cork -- Gasket material -- Test methods
ISO 4709:2000 Composition cork -- Gasket material -- Classification system, requirements, sampling, packaging and marking
ISO 9222-1:1989 Technical drawings -- Seals for dynamic application -- Part 1: General simplified representation
ISO 9222-2:1989 Technical drawings -- Seals for dynamic application -- Part 2: Detailed simplified representation

23 Fluid systems and components for general use Measurement of fluid flow, see 17.120
23.020 Fluid storage devices
Small containers for transportation of fluids and bulk materials, see 55.140
Storage devices for petroleum products and natural gas, see 75.200
23.040 Pipeline components and pipelines
Pipeline components and pipelines for petroleum products and natural gas, see 75.200
23.060 Valves
23.080 Pumps
Pumps for fluid power systems, see 23.100.10
Vacuum pumps, see 23.160

23.100 Fluid power systems


23.120 Ventilators. Fans. Air-conditioners
Marine ventilation and air-conditioning systems, see 47.020.90
Mining ventilation and air-conditioning systems, see 73.100.20
681
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Ventilation and air-conditioning in buildings, see 91.140.30
23.140 Compressors and pneumatic machines
Compressed air, see 71.100.20
23.160 Vacuum technology Including vacuum pumps

NATIONAL STANDARDS
USA
Contact the National Fluid Power Association (NFPA) for national standards:
NFPA's Online Store — Buy Industry Standards and More!

682
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 15

Manufacturing Engineering

SUMMARY
The introduction of metric drill sizes to manufacturing creates an opportunity to rationalize the number of drills used. Table
15-1 shows some preferred metric drill sizes, together with the customary inch fraction, number, and letter sizes. The table
shows all sizes in decimal millimeter or inch, and it makes it convenient to phase out non-preferred inch sizes.

INTRODUCTION
Standards1 for small tools used in removing material from workpieces are being developed worldwide by ISO Technical
Committee TC 29. Metric standards for various types of cutting tools are very important, since they tie in with most other
metric standards of parts and components in the mechanical design field. The use of metric threaded fasteners, for
example, might require drill sizes for clearance and tapping holes, and a metric cutting tool for the counter-bores.
Metric cutting tool standards in this chapter enable one to find the most important dimensions, as well as references to
other national standards on the subject.
1
For information about the term “standard” as used in this book, please see p. 12.

TWIST DRILLS
World standards for parallel shank and Morse taper-shank twist drills have been used by countries already on the metric
system for years. The metric diameters for twist drills have been selected from an arithmetic number series where the
difference between one size and the next smaller size remains constant. A selection of nominal diameters, based on the
preferred number series, would reduce the number of standard sizes substantially, and a preferred number diameter series
has been under consideration by TC 29.

LIMITS OF TOLERANCE ON DIAMETER


The tolerance on diameter, as measured across the lands at the outer corners, is h8 as specified in the ISO System of
Limits and Fits (see Table 6-22).

TOLERANCE ON LENGTH
Each flute and overall length may vary between the values specified for the range in question and those specified in the
general tables for the ranges immediately above and below.
In the case of taper-shank drills, if the next larger or smaller overall length is associated with a different taper shank from
that of the length in question, then the permissible upper or lower limit must be that of the next larger or smaller overall
length minus the difference between the lengths of the taper shanks concerned.

PARALLEL-SHANK TWIST DRILLS


Parallel-shank twist drills are generally made of highspeed steel.
Designation of a twist drill with long parallel shank (see Table 15-4), 30-mm diameter, and made of high-speed steel, is as
follows: Long Twist Drill 30 BS 328, Part 1.

683
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-1 DRILL SIZES WITH DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS

DRILL SIZE DECIMALS DRILL SIZE DECIMALS


mm INCH mm INCH mm INCH mm INCH
0.1 0.0039 0.7 0.0276
NO.97 0.15 0.0059 NO.70 0.71 0.028
NO.96 0.16 0.0063 NO.69 0.74 0.0292
NO.95 0.17 0.0067
NO.94 0.18 0.0071 0.75 0.0295
NO.93 0.19 0.0075 NO.68 0.79 0.031
NO.92 0.2 0.0079 1/32 0.8 0.0313

0.2 0.0079 0.8 0.0315


NO.91 0.21 0.0083 NO.67 0.81 0.032
NO.90 0.22 0.0087 NO.66 0.84 0.033
NO.89 0.23 0.0091
NO.88 0.24 0.0095 0.85 0.0335
NO.87 0.25 0.01 NO.65 0.89 0.035
NO.86 0.27 0.0105
NO.85 0.28 0.011 0.9 0.0354
NO.84 0.29 0.0115 NO.64 0.91 0.036
NO.63 0.94 0.037
0.3 0.0118
NO.83 0.3 0.012 0.95 0.0374
NO.82 0.32 0.0125 NO.62 0.97 0.038
NO.81 0.33 0.013 NO.61 0.99 0.039
NO.80 0.34 0.0135
1 0.0394
0.35 0.0138 NO.60 1.02 0.04
NO.79 0.37 0.0145 NO.59 1.04 0.041
1/64 0.4 0.0156
1.05 0.0413
0.4 0.0158 NO.58 1.07 0.042
NO.78 0.41 0.016 NO.57 1.09 0.043

0.45 0.0177 1.1 0.0433


NO.77 0.46 0.018 1.15 0.0453
NO.56 1.18 0.0465
0.5 0.0197 3/64 1.19 0.0469
NO.76 0.51 0.02
NO.75 0.53 0.021 1.2 0.0472
1.25 0.0492
0.55 0.0217 1.3 0.0512
NO.74 0.57 0.0225 NO.55 1.32 0.052

0.6 0.0236 1.35 0.0531


NO.73 0.61 0.024 NO.54 1.4 0.055
NO.72 0.64 0.025
1.4 0.0551
0.65 0.0256 1.45 0.0571
NO.71 0.66 0.026 1.5 0.0591
GO STOP CAUTION GO STOP CAUTION

684
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-1 DRILL SIZES WITH DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS (CONT'D)

DRILL SIZE DECIMALS DRILL SIZE DECIMALS


mm INCH mm INCH mm INCH mm INCH

NO.53 1.51 0.0595 2.45 0.0965


NO.40 2.49 0.098
1.55 0.061
1/16 1.59 0.0625 2.5 0.0984
NO.39 2.53 0.0995
1.6 0.063 NO.38 2.58 0.1015
NO.52 1.61 0.0635
2.6 0.1024
1.65 0.065 NO.37 2.64 0.104
1.7 0.0669
NO.51 1.7 0.067 2.7 0.1063
NO.36 2.71 0.1065
1.75 0.0689 7/64 2.78 0.1094
NO.50 1.78 0.07 NO.35 2.79 0.11

1.8 0.0709 2.8 0.1102


1.85 0.0728 NO.34 2.82 0.111
NO.49 1.85 0.073 NO.33 2.87 0.113

1.9 0.0748 2.9 0.1142


NO.48 1.93 0.076 NO.32 2.95 0.116

1.95 0.0768 3 0.1181


1/64 1.98 0.0781 NO.31 3.05 0.12
NO.47 1.99 0.0785
3.1 0.122
2 0.0787 1/8 3.18 0.125
2.05 0.0807
NO.46 2.06 0.081 3.2 0.126
NO.45 2.08 0.082 NO.30 3.26 0.1285

2.1 0.0827 3.3 0.1299


2.15 0.0846 3.4 0.1339
NO.44 2.18 0.086 NO.29 3.45 0.136

2.2 0.0866 3.5 0.1378


2.25 0.0886 NO.28 3.57 0.1405
NO.43 2.26 0.089 9/64 3.57 0.1406

2.3 0.0906 3.6 0.1417


2.35 0.0925 NO.27 3.66 0.144
NO.42 2.37 0.0935
3/32 2.38 0.0938 3.7 0.1457
NO.26 3.73 0.147
2.4 0.0945 NO.25 3.8 0.1495
NO.41 2.44 0.096

GO STOP CAUTION GO STOP CAUTION

685
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-1 DRILL SIZES WITH DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS (CONT'D)

DRILL SIZE DECIMALS DRILL SIZE DECIMALS


mm INCH mm INCH mm INCH mm INCH

3.8 0.1496 13/64 5.16 0.2031


NO.24 3.86 0.152 NO.6 5.18 0.204

3.9 0.1535 5.2 0.2047


NO.23 3.91 0.154 NO.5 5.22 0.2055
5/32 3.97 0.1562
NO.22 3.99 0.157 5.3 0.2087
NO.4 5.31 0.209
4 0.1575
NO.21 4.04 0.159 5.4 0.2126
NO.20 4.09 0.161 NO.3 5.41 0.213

4.1 0.1614 5.5 0.2165


4.2 0.1654 7/32 5.56 0.2188
NO.19 4.22 0.166
5.6 0.2205
4.3 0.1693 NO.2 5.61 0.221
NO.18 4.31 0.1695
11/64 4.37 0.1719 5.7 0.2244
NO.17 4.39 0.173 NO.1 5.79 0.228

4.4 0.1732 5.8 0.2283


NO.16 4.5 0.177
5.9 0.2323
4.5 0.1772 A 5.94 0.234
NO.15 4.57 0.18 15/64 5.95 0.2344

4.6 0.1811 6 0.2362


NO.14 4.62 0.182 B 6.05 0.238
NO.13 4.7 0.185 6.1 0.2402
C 6.15 0.242
4.7 0.185 6.2 0.2441
3/16 4.76 0.1875 D 6.25 0.246
NO.12 4.8 0.189 6.3 0.248
1/4 6.35 0.25
4.8 0.189 E 6.35 0.25
NO.11 4.85 0.191
6.4 0.252
4.9 0.1929 6.5 0.2559
NO.10 4.91 0.1935 F 6.53 0.257
NO.9 4.98 0.196
6.6 0.2598
5 0.1968 G 6.63 0.261
NO.8 5.05 0.199
6.7 0.2638
5.1 0.2008 17/64 6.75 0.2656
NO.8 5.11 0.201 H 6.76 0.266

GO STOP CAUTION GO STOP CAUTION

686
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-1 DRILL SIZES WITH DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS (CONT'D)

DRILL SIZE DECIMALS DRILL SIZE DECIMALS


mm INCH mm INCH mm INCH mm INCH

6.8 0.2677 11/32 8.73 0.3438


6.9 0.2717 8.8 0.3465
I 6.91 0.272 S 8.84 0.348

7 0.2756 8.9 0.3504


J 7.04 0.277 9 0.3543
T 9.09 0.358
7.1 0.2795
K 7.14 0.281 9.1 0.3583
9/32 7.14 0.2812 23/64 9.13 0.3594

7.2 0.2835 9.2 0.3622


7.3 0.2874 9.3 0.3661
L 7.37 0.29 U 9.35 0.368

7.4 0.2913 9.4 0.3701


M 7.49 0.295 9.5 0.374
3/8 9.53 0.375
7.5 0.2953 V 9.58 0.377
19/64 7.54 0.2969
9.6 0.378
7.6 0.2992 9.7 0.3819
N 7.67 0.302 9.8 0.3858
W 9.8 0.386
7.7 0.3031
7.8 0.3071 9.9 0.3898
7.9 0.311 25/64 9.92 0.3906
5//16 7.94 0.3125
10 0.3937
8 0.315 X 10.08 0.397
O 8.03 0.316
10.2 0.4016
8.1 0.3189 Y 10.26 0.404
8.2 0.3228
P 8.2 0.323 10.3 0.4058
13/32 10.32 0.4062
8.3 0.3268 Z 10.49 0.413
21/64 8.33 0.3281
10.5 0.4134
8.4 0.3307 27/64 10.72 0.4219
Q 8.43 0.332
10.8 0.4252
8.5 0.3346 11 0.4331
8.6 0.3386 7/16 11.11 0.4375
R 8.61 0.339
11.2 0.4409
8.7 0.3425 11.5 0.4528

GO STOP CAUTION GO STOP CAUTION

687
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-1 DRILL SIZES WITH DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS (CONT'D)

DRILL SIZE DECIMALS DRILL SIZE DECIMALS


mm INCH mm INCH mm INCH mm INCH

29/64 11.51 0.4531 18.5 0.7284


11.8 0.4646 47/64 18.65 0.7344
15/32 11.91 0.4688
19 0.748
12 0.4724 3//4 19.05 0.75
12.2 0.4803 49/64 19.45 0.7656
31/64 12.3 0.4844
19.5 0.7677
12.5 0.4921 25/32 19.84 0.7812
1//2 12.7 0.5
20 0.7874
13 0.5118 51/64 20.24 0.7969
33/64 13.1 0.5156
17/32 13.5 0.5313 20.5 0.8071
13/16 20.64 0.8125
13.5 0.5315
35/64 13.89 0.5469 21 0.8268
53/64 21.03 0.8281
14 0.5512 27/32 21.43 0.8438
9//16 14.29 0.5625
21.5 0.8465
14.5 0.5709 55/64 21.83 0.8594
37/64 14.68 0.5781
22 0.8661
15 0.5906 7//8 22.23 0.875
19/32 15.08 0.5938
39/64 15.48 0.6094 22.5 0.8858
57/64 22.62 0.8906
15.5 0.6102
5//8 15.88 0.625 23 0.9055
29/32 23.02 0.9062
16 0.6299 59/64 23.42 0.9219
41/64 16.27 0.6406
23.5 0.9252
16.5 0.6496 15/16 23.81 0.9375
21/32 16.67 0.6562
24 0.9449
17 0.6693 61/64 24.21 0.9531
43/64 17.07 0.6719
11//16 17.46 0.6875 24.5 0.9646
31/32 24.61 0.9688
17.5 0.689
45/64 17.86 0.7031 25 0.9842
63/64 25 0.9844
18 0.7087 1 25.4 1
23/32 18.26 0.7188

GO STOP CAUTION GO STOP CAUTION

688
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
JOBBER SERIES
Parallel-shank twist drills of the short type (jobber series) are standardized in ISO 235. Nominal diameters and lengths, as
well as other national standards, are shown in Table 15-2. The national standards shown conform to the ISO standard.

TABLE 15-2 PARALLEL SHANK TWIST DRILLS (JOBBER SERIES) (ISO 235)
USA ANSI B94.11M

JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 338
FRANCE NF E66-067, 072
UK BS 328-1
ITALY UNI 5620
AUSTRALIA AS 2438
mm
d l1 l d l1 l d l1 l d l1 l d l1 l
0.2 1.4 3.8 7.8 11.8 94 142
2.5
0.22 1.45 18 40 3.9 7.9 11.9
0.25 1.5 4 43 75 8 12
0.28 3 1.55 4.1 8.1 12.1
30 75 117
0.3 1.6 4.2 8.2 12.2
20 43
0.32 1.65 4.3 8.3 12.3
0.35 4 1.7 4.4 8.4 12.4
0.38 1.75 4.5 47 80 8.5 12.5
101 151
0.4 1.8 4.6 8.6 12.6
22 46
0.42 1.85 4.7 8.7 12.7
5 20
0.45 1.9 4.8 8.8 12.8
0.48 1.95 4.9 8.9 12.9
0.5 2 5 9 13
6 22 24 49 52 86 81 125
0.52 2.05 5.1 9.1 13.1
0.55 2.1 5.2 9.2 13.2
0.58 7 24 2.15 5.3 9.3 13.3
0.6 2.2 5.4 9.4 13.4
0.62 8 26 2.25 27 53 5.5 9.5 13.5
0.65 2.3 5.6 9.6 13.6
108 160
0.68 2.35 5.7 57 93 9.7 13.7
0.7 2.4 5,80- 9.8 13.8
9 28
0.72 2.45 5.9 9.9 13.9
0.75 2.5 6 10 14
30 57
0.78 2.55 6.1 10.1 87 133 14.25
0.8 2.6 6.2 10.2 14.5
10 30 114 169
0.82 2.65 6.3 10.3 14.75
0.85 2.7 6.4 63 101 10.4 15
0.88 2.75 6.5 10.5 15.25
0.9 2.8 6.6 10.6 15.5
11 32 120 178
0.92 2.85 33 61 6.7 10.7 15.75
0.95 2.9 6.8 10.8 16
0.98 2.95 6.9 10.9 16.5
125 184
1 12 34 3 7 11 17
1.05 3.1 7.1 69 109
11.1 17.5 130 191
1.1 3.2 36 55 7.2 11.2 94 142 18
14 36
1.15 3.3 7.3 11.3 18.5
135 198
1.2 3.4 7.4 11.4 19
1.25 16 38 3.5 7.5 11.5 19.5
39 70 140 205
1.3 3.6 7.6 11.6 20
75 117
1.35 18 40 3.7 7.7 11.7
NOTE: 1. The tolerance on diameter d measured near the point is h8 as shown in Table 6-22 p.112.

689
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
STUB SERIES
Extra-short (stub series) parallel-shank twist drills are covered in ISO 235, for nominal diameters ranging from 0.5 to 40
mm. The standard diameters and lengths, in the range of 0.5—40 mm, are shown in Table 15-3, and the dimensions
conform to those in other national standards shown.

TABLE 15-3 PARALLEL SHANK TWIST DRILL (STUB SERIES) (ISO 235)

USA ANSI B94.11M


JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1897
FRANCE NF E66-061
UK BS 328-1
ITALY UNI 5621
AUSTRALIA AS 2438

mm
d l1 l d l1 l d l1 l d l1 l
0.5 3 20 9.5 40 84 18.5 27.5
0.8 5 24 9.8 18.75 64 127 27.75 81 162
1 6 26 10 19 28
43 89
1.2 8 30 10.2 19.25 28.25
1.5 9 32 10.5 19.5 28.5
66 131
1.8 11 36 10.8 19.75 28.75
2 12 38 11 20 29
84 168
2.2 13 40 11.2 47 95 20.25 29.25
2.5 14 43 11.5 20.5 29.5
68 136
2.8 11.8 20.75 29.75
16 46
3 12 21 30
3.2 18 49 12.2 21.25 30.25
3.5 20 52 12.5 21.5 30.5
51 102
3.8 12.8 21.75 70 141 30.75
87 174
4 22 55 13 22 31
4.2 13.2 22.25 31.25
4.5 24 58 13.5 22.5 31.5
4.8 13.8 54 107 22.75 31.75
5 26 62 14 23 72 146 32
5.2 14.25 23.25 32.5 90 180
5.5 14.5 23.5 33
56 111
5.8 28 66 14.75 23.75 33.5
6 15 24 34
6.2 15.25 24.25 34.5
31 70 75 151 93 186
6.5 15.5 24.5 35
58 115
6.8 15.75 24.75 35.5
7 16 25 36
34 74
7.2 16,25 25.25 36.5
96 193
7.5 16.5 25.5 37
60 119.
7.8 16.75 25.75 37.5
78 156
8 17 26 38
37 79
8.2 17.25 26.25 38.6
8.5 17.5 26.5 39 100 200
62 123
8.8 17.75 26.75 39.5
9 40 84 18 27 81 162 40
9.2 18.25 64 127 27.25
NOTE: 1. The tolerance on diameter d measured near the point is h8 as shown in Table 6-22 p.112.

690
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
LONG SERIES
Long series parallel-shank twist drills are specified in ISO 494 in sizes ranging from 1 to 31.5 mm, nominal diameters.
Linear dimensions are shown in Table 15-4; they are the same as in other national standards shown.

TABLE 15-4 PARALLEL SHANK TWIST DRILLS (LONG SERIES) (ISO 494)

USA ANSI B94.11M


JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 340
FRANCE NFE66-068
UK BS 328-1
ITALY UNI 5619
AUSTRALIA AS 2438

mm
d l1 l d l1 l d l1 l d l1 l
1 33 56 3.6 6.2 8.8
73 112
1.1 37 60 3.7 6.3 8.9
1.2 3.8 6.4 9
41 65 97 148
1.3 3.9 6.5 9.1
115 175
1.4 4 78 119 6.6 9.2
45 70
1.5 4.1 6.7 9.3
1.6 4.2 6.8 9.4
50 76
1.7 4.3 6.9 9.5
1.8 4.4 7 9.6
53 80
1.9 4.5 82 126 7.1 9.7
102 156
2 4.6 7.2 9.8
56 85
2.1 4.7 7.3 9.9
2.2 4.8 7.4 10
59 90
2.3 4.9 7.5 10.1 121 1184
2.4 5 7.6 10.2
87 132
2.5 62 95 5.1 7.7 10.3
2.6 5.2 7.8 10.4
2.7 5.3 7.9 10.5
2.8 5.4 8 10.6
66 100 109 165
2.9 5.5 8.1 10.7
3 5.6 8.2 10.8
3.1 5.7 91 139 8.3 10.9
3.2 69 106 5.8 8.4 11 128 195
3.3 5.9 8.5 11.1
3.4 6 8.6 11.2
73 112 115 175
3.5 6.1 97 148 8.7 11.3
NOTE: 1. The tolerance on diameter d measured near the point is h8 as shown in Table 6-22 p.112.

691
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-4 PARALLEL SHANK TWIST DRILLS (LONG SERIES) (CONT'D) (ISO 494)

USA ANSI B94.11M


JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 340
FRANCE NFE66-068
UK BS 328-1
ITALY UNI 5619
AUSTRALIA AS 2438

mm
d l1 l d l1 l d l1 l d l1 l
11.4 13.9 20 166 254 26.25
140 214 190 290
11.5 14 20.25 26.5
11.6 128 195 14.25 20.5 26.75
171 261
11.7 14.5 20.75 27
144 220
11.8 14.75 21 27.25
195 298
11.9 15 21.25 27.5
12 15.25 21.5 27.75
12.1 15.5 21.75 176 268 28
149 227
12.2 15.75 22 28.25
12.3 16 22.25 28.5
12.4 16.25 22.5 28.75
12.5 16.5 22.75 29
134 205 154 235 201 307
12.6 16.75 23 180 275 29.25
12.7 17 23.25 29.5
12.8 17.25 23.5 29.75
12.9 17.5 23.75 30
158 241
13 17.75 24 30.25
13.1 18 24.25 30.5
185 282
13.2 18.25 24.5 30.75
207 316
13.3 18.5 24.75 31
162 247
13.4 18.75 25 31.25
13.5 19 25.25 31.5
140 214
13.6 19.25 25.5
190 290
13.7 19.5 166 254 25.75
13.8 19.75 26
NOTE: 1. The tolerance on diameter d measured near the point is h8 as shown in Table 6-22 p.112.

692
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
EXTRA-LONG SERIES
The extra-long parallel-shank twist drill series is covered in ISO 3292 in the size range from 2 to 14 mm. Nominal
dimensions for extra-long twist drills are shown in Table 15-5, and the sizes conform to other national standards shown.

TABLE 15-5 EXTRA-LONG TWIST DRILLS WITH PARALLEL SHANKS (ISO 3292)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1869
FRANCE NF E66-075
UK BS 328-1
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Preferred
l = 125 l = 160 l = 200 l = 250 l = 315 l = 400
diameters
l1 = 80 l1 = 100 l1 = 125 l1 = 160 l1 = 200 l1 = 250
d h8
2 x x
2.5 x x
3 x x
3.5 x x x
4 x x x x
4.5 x x x x
5 x x x x
5.5 x x x x
6 x x x x
6.5 x x x x
7 x x x x
7.5 x x x x
8 x x x
8.5 x x x
9 x x x
9.5 x x x
10 x x x
10.5 x x x
11 x x x
11.5 x x x
12 x x x
12.5 x x x
13 x x x
13.5 x x x
14 x x x
Ranges 2 2 Over 2.65 Over 3.35 Over 3.75 Over 4.75
of to to to to to to
diameters 2.65 4.75 7.5 14 14 14
NOTE: 1. The tolerance on diameter d measured near the point is h8 as shown in Table 6-22 p.112.

693
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-6 EXTRA-LONG TWIST DRILLS WITH MORSE TAPER SHANKS (ISO 3291)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1870
FRANCE NF E66-076
UK BS 328-1
ITALY UNI 5622
AUSTRALIA AS

mm

Preferred Morse
l = 200 l = 250 l = 315 l = 400 l = 500 l = 630 l = 710
diameters taper
l1 = 125 l1 = 160 l1 = 200 l1 = 250 l1 = 315 l1 = 400 l1 = 450
d h8 shank No.

6 x x x
6.5 x x x
7 x x x
7.5 x x x
8 x x x
8.5 x x x
x 1
9 x x
-
9.5 x x x
10 x x x x
10.5 x x x x
11 x x x x
11.5 x x x x
12 x x x
12.5 x x x
2
13 x x x 1 or 2
13.5 x x x
14 x x x
14.5 x x x x
15 x x x x
15.5 x x x x
16 x x x x 2
16.5 x x x x
17 x x x x
17.5 x x x

Ranges 6 6 6 Over 9.5 Over 14 Over 23.02 Over 40


of to to to to to to to
diameters 11.8 17 23.02 40 50 50 50

NOTES:
1. The tolerance on diameter d measured near the point is h8 as shown in Table 6-22 p. 112.
2. Drills in the diameter range 12 to 14 mm may have either Morse taper shank size No. 1 or 2. Member bodies will have to
choose one or the other for inclusion in their national standards.

694
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-6 EXTRA-LONG TWIST DRILLS WITH MORSE TAPER SHANKS(CONT'D) (ISO 3291)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1870
FRANCE NF E66-076
UK BS 328-1
ITALY UNI 5622
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Preferred Morse
l = 200 l = 250 l = 315 l = 400 l = 500 l = 630 l = 710
diameters taper
l1 = 125 l1 = 160 l1 = 200 l1 = 250 l1 = 315 l1 = 400 l1 = 450
d h8 shank No.
18 x x x
18.5 x x x
19 x x x
19.5 x x x
20 x x x
20.5 x x x 2
21 x x x
21.5 x x x
22 x x x
22.5 x x x
23 x x x
23.5 x x x
24 x x x
24.5 x x x
25 x x x
25.5 x x x
26 x x x
26.5 x x x
27 x x x 3
27.5 x x x
28 x x x
28.5 x x x
29 x x x
29.5 x x x
30 x x x
31 x x x
32 x x x
33 x x x
34 x x x
35 x x x
36 x x x
37 x x x
38 x x x
39 x x x
40 x x x
41 x x x 4
42 x x x
43 x x x
44 x x x
45 x x x
46 x x x
47 x x x
48 x x x
49 x x x
50 x x x
Ranges 6 6 6 Over 9.5 Over 14 Over 23.02 Over 40
of to to to to to to to
diameters 11.8 17 23.02 40 50 50 50
NOTE: For notes see first page of this table.

695
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
CARBIDE-TIPPED TYPE
Parallel-shank twist drills with carbide tips are standardized in ISO 3440, in sizes from 3 to 20 mm. National standards for
carbide-tipped drills of several types and nominal dimensions are shown in Table 15-7.

TABLE 15-7 CARBIDE-TIPPED TWIST DRILLS WITH PARALLEL SHANKS (ISO 3440)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS

GERMANY DIN 8037 (8038 plastics)

FRANCE NF
UK BS
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Preferred Diameter range
diameters d h8 l1 l2
d over up to
3 2.5 3 50 20
3.5
3 4 56 25
4
4.5
4 5 63 28
5
5.5
6 5 6.5 71 32
6.5
7
7.5 6.5 8 80 40
8
8.5
9 8 9.5 85 45
9.5
10
10.5 9.5 11 95 50
11
11.5
12 11 13 106 56
13
14
13 15 118 63
15
16
15 17 132 71
17
18
17 19 150 80
19
20 19 20 160 90
NOTES: 1. The tolerance on diameter d measured near the point is h8 as shown in Table 6-22 p. 112.
o o
2. The point angle for metalworking shall be 118 and in the working of plastics shall be 85 .

MORSE TAPER-SHANK TWIST DRILLS—STANDARD SHANK, OVERSIZE SHANK, AND CORE DRILLS
Morse taper-shank twist drills with standard shank, oversize shank, and the core-drill type are specified in ISO 235 (core
drills) standards in nominal diameters from 3 to 100 mm. National standards and nominal dimensions for the three types of
drills are shown in Table 15-9.

EXTRA-LONG SERIES
Morse taper twist drills of the extra-long series are covered in ISO 3291 size range from 6 to 50 mm. Nominal dimensions
and other national standards for the above drill types are shown in Table 15-6.
696
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
CARBIDE-TIP SERIES
ISO 3441 specifies Morse taper twist drills with carbide tips, in sizes from 8 to 50 mm. National standards and basic
dimensions are shown in Table 15-8.

TABLE 15-8 CARBIDE-TIPPED TWIST DRILLS WITH MORSE TAPER SHANKS (ISO 3441)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS B4110
GERMANY DIN 8041
FRANCE NF
UK BS
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Preferred Diameter range Morse Preferred Diameter range Morse
diameters d h8 l1 l2 taper diameters d h8 l1 l2 taper
d over up to No. d over up to No.
8 - 8 130 40 26
8.5 27 25 28 262 112
9 8 9.5 135 45 28
9.5 29
10 30
1 28 32 275 125
10.5 9.5 11 140 50 31
11 32
11.5 33
12 11 13 146 56 34
32 36 290 140
13 35
14 36
13 15 168 63
15 37
16 38 4
15 17 175 71 2 36 40 310 160
17 39
18 40
17 19 185 80
19 41
20 42
21 19 22 215 90 43 40 45 330 180
22 44
3
23 45
24 22 25 225 100 46
25 47
48 45 50 350 200
49
50
NOTES: 1. The tolerance on diameter d measured near the point is h8 as shown in Table 6-22 p.112.
o o
2. The point angle for metalworking shall be 118 and in the working of plastics shall be 85 .

697
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-9 MORSE TAPER SHANK TWIST DRILLS AND CORE DRILLS (ISO 235)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 345, 343
FRANCE NF E66-071, 074

UK BS 328-1
ITALY UNI 5620
AUSTRALIA AS 2438

mm
Standard Oversize Standard Oversize Standard Oversize
d l1 shank shank d l1 shank shank d l1 shank shank
l MT l MT l MT l MT l MT l MT
3 33 114 12 21 145 243 266
3.2 36 117 12.2 21.25
3.5 39 120 12.5 21.5
101 182 199
3.8 12.8 21.75 150 248 271

4 43 124 13 1 2 22 2 3
4.2 13.2 22.25
4.5 47 128 13.5 22.5
4.8 13.8 108 189 206 22.75 253 276
5 52 133 14 23 155
5.2 14.25 23.25
276
5.5 14.5 23.5
114 212
5.8 57 138 14.75 23.75
6 15 24
6.2 15.25 24.25
63 144 160 281
6.5 15.5 24.5
120 218
6.8 15.75 24.75
_ _
7 16 25
69 150 _ _
7.2 16.25 25.25
1 _ _
7.5 16.5 25.5
125 223
7.8 16.75 25.75
165 286
8 17 26
75 156
8.2 17.25 26.25
8.5 17.5 2 26.5 3
130 228
8.8 17.75 26.75
9 18 27
81 162
9.2 18.25 27.25
170 291 319
9.5 18.5 27.5
135 233 256
9.8 18.75 27.75
10 19 28
87 168
10.2 19.25 28.25 4

10.5 19.5 3 28.5


140 238 261
10.8 19.75 28.75
11 20 29 175 296 324
11.2 94 175 20.25 29.25
11.5 20.5 145 243 266 15.5
11.8 20.75 29.75
NOTES: 1. The tolerance on diameter d measured near the point is h8 as shown in Table 6-22 p. 112.
2. Twist drills have standard or oversize shanks and core drills have standard shanks only.
3. Morse taper shanks are according to ISO 296. See Table 15-19 for taper details and national standard references.
698
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-9 MORSE TAPER SHANK TWIST DRILLS AND CORE DRILLS (CONT'D)(ISO 235)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 345, 343
FRANCE NF E66-071, 074

UK BS 328-1
ITALY UNI 5620
AUSTRALIA AS 2438

mm
Standard Oversize Standard Oversize Standard Oversize
d l1 shank shank d l1 shank shank d l1 shank shank
l MT l MT l MT l MT l MT l MT
30 175 296 324 44 69
30.25 44.5 210 359 397 70 250 437 504
30.5 45 71
30.75 3 45.5 72
180 301 329 4 5 6
31 46 73
255 442 509
31.25 46.5 215 364 402 74
31.5 47 5 75
4
31.75 306 334 47.5 76 447 514
32 48 77
32.5 185 48.5 78 260
334 514
33 49 220 369 407 79
33.5 49.5 80
34 50 81
34.5 50.5 374 412 82
190 339
35 51 83 265 519
225
35.5 52 412 84
36 _ _ 53 85
36.5 54 86
195 344
37 55 230 417 87
37.5 56 88 270 524
4 6 _ _
38 57 _ _ 89
38.5 58 90
235 422
39 200 349 59 91
5
39.5 60 92
40 61 93 275 529
40.5 62 240 427 94
41 63 95
41.5 205 354 392 64 96
42 5 65 97
245 432 499
42.5 66 6 98 280 534
43 67 99
210 359 397
43.5 68 250 437 504 100
NOTES: 1. The tolerance on diameter d measured near the point is h8 as shown in Table 6-22 p.112.
2. Twist drills have standard or oversize shanks and core drills have standard shanks only.
3. Morse taper shanks are according to ISO 296. See Table 15-19 for taper details and national standard references.

699
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
COMBINED DRILLS AND COUNTERSINKS

CENTER DRILLS—TYPES A, B, AND R


The following three types of center drills and holes are covered in the ISO standard as shown below:

ISO 866 — Type A. Combined drills and countersinks (center drills) for center holes without protecting
chamfers.
ISO 2540 — Type B. Combined drills and countersinks (center drills) for center holes with protecting
chamfers.
ISO 2541 — Type R. Combined drills and countersinks (center drills) for center holes with radius form.

The ISO recommended drill sizes are specified in the national standards as shown, except for the nominal diameter 0.63
mm, which is not a normal size in DIN 332 and 333.
The three center drill types are shown in Table 15-10, and their associated recommended holes, in Table 15-11.

700
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-10 COMBINED DRILLS AND COUNTERSINKS (CENTER DRILLS) (ISO 866, 2540, and 2541)

TYPE A B R
ISO 866 2540 2541
USA ANSI B94 11M
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 333 320 333
FRANCE NF E66-051 E66-051 E66-051

UK BS 328/II 328/II 328/II


ITALY UNI 3223 3223
AUSTRALIA AS 1913 1913 1913

mm
P
TYPE A TYPE B TYPE R
R
E d d1 l L d1 d2 l L d1 r l L
1 2
F k12 h9 max-min max-min h9 k12 max-min max-min h9 max-min approx max-min
S 0.5 1-0.8
S 0.63 1.2-0.9 21-19
S 0.8 3.15 1.5-1.1
F 1 1.9-1.3 4 2.12 1.9-1.3 37.5-33.5 3.15 3.15-2.5 3 33.5-29.5
33.5-29.5
S 1.25 2.2-1.6 5 2.65 2.2-1.6 42-38 3.15 4-3.15 3.3 33.5-29.5
F 1.6 4 2.8-2 37.5-33.5 6.3 3.35 2.8-2 47-43 4 5-4 4.25 37.5-33.5
.
F 2 5 3.3-2.5 42-38 8 4.25 3.3-2.5 52-48 5 6.3-5 5.4 42-38
F 2.5 6.3 4.1-3.1 47-43 10 5.3 4.1-3.1 59-53 6.3 8-6.3 6.7 47-43
F 3.15 8 4.9-3.9 52-48 11.2 6.7 4.9-3.9 63-57 8 10-8 8.5 52-48
F 4 10 6.2-5 59-53 14 0.5 6.2-5 70-64 10 12.5-10 10.6 59-53
S 5 12.5 7.5-6.3 66-60 18 10.6 7.5-6.3 78-72 12.5 16-12.5 13.2 66-60
F 6.3 16 9.2-8 74-68 20 13.2 9.2-8 83-77 16 20-16 17 74-68
S 8 20 11.5-10.1 83-77 25 17 11.5-10.1 103-97 20 25-20 21.1 83-77
F 10 25 14.2-12.8 103-97 31.5 21.2 14.2-12.8 128-122 25 31.5-25 26.8 103-97
NOTES:
1. Preference ratings are based on ISO recommendations; F = first choice; S = second choice.
2. The ISO tolerance h9 and k12 are specified in Chapter 6 p.112 and p.114.

701
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-11 RECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS FOR CENTER HOLES (ISO 866, 2540, and 2541)

Type A B R
ISO 866 2540 2541
USA ANSI B94.11M
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 332 332 332
FRANCE NF E60-051 E60-051 E60-051
UK BS 328/11 328/11 328/11
ITALY UNI 3222 3222
AUSTRALIA AS 1913 1913 1913

mm

TYPE A TYPE B TYPE R


1 d
PREF
2 lmin D lmin D D
k12
S 0.5 0.8 1.06
S 0.63 0.9 1.32
S 0.8 1.1 1.7
F 1 1.3 2.12 1.3 3.15 2.12
S 1.25 1.6 2.65 1.6 4 2.65
F 1.6 2 3.35 2 5 3.35
F 2. 2.5 4.25 2.5 6.3 4.25
F 2.5 3.1 5.3 3.1 8 5.3
F 3.15 3.9 6.7 3.9 10 6.7
F 4 5 8.5 5 12.5 8.5
S 5 6.3 10.6 6.3 16 10.6
F 6.3 8 13.2 8 18 13.2
S 8 10.1 17 10.1 22.4 17
F 10 12.8 21.2 12.8 28 21.2
NOTES:
1. Preference ratings are based on ISO recommendations; F = first choice; S = second choice.
2. The ISO tolerance h9 and k12 are specified in Chapter 6 p.112 and p.114.

COUNTERSINKS FOR 60, 90, AND 120 deg. ANGLES WITH PARALLEL OR MORSE TAPER SHANKS
ISO 3293 and 3294 describe countersinks for 60, 90, and 120 deg. angles. This cutting tool is used in a preformed hole
with larger diameter than the diameter d2 shown in Tables 15-12 and 15-13. The ISO standards cover eight nominal sizes
ranging from 16 to 80 mm with Morse taper shanks, and six nominal sizes ranging from 8 to 25 mm, with parallel shanks.
The nominal dimensions for the above countersinks are shown in Table 15-12 (Morse taper shanks) and Table 15-13
(parallel shanks).

702
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-12 COUNTERSINKS FOR 60, 90, AND 120 deg. ANGLES WITH MORSE TAPER SHANKS
(ISO 3293)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
DIN 334 (60°), 335 (90°), 347
GERMANY
(120°)
FRANCE NF E66-249
UK BS 328-5
ITALY UNI 6848
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Overall length Body length Morse taper
Nominal size Small diameter
l1 l2 shank

d1 d2 α = 60° α = 90° & 120° α = 60° α = 90° & 120° No.

16 3.2 97 93 24 20 1
20 4 120 116 28 24 2
25 7 125 121 33 29 2
31.5 9 132 124 40 32 2
40 12.5 160 150 45 35 3
50 16 165 153 50 38 3
63 20 200 185 58 43 4
80 25 215 196 73 54 4
NOTES:
o o o o
1. α = 60 , 90 or 120 inclusive (tolerance: +0-1 ).
2. Front end design optional.

703
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-13 COUNTERSINKS FOR 60, 90, AND 120 deg. ANGLES WITH PARALLEL SHANKS (ISO 3294)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 334 (60°), 335 (90°), 347 (120°)
FRANCE NF E66-250
UK BS 328-5
ITALY UNI 6847
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Nominal size Small diameter Overall length l1 Body length l2 Shank diameter
d1 d2 α = 60° α = 90° & 120° α = 60° α = 90° & 120° d3 h9
8 1.6 48 44 16 12 8
10 2 50 46 18 14 8
12.5 2.5 52 48 20 18 8
16 3.2 60 56 24 20 10
20 4 64 60 28 24 10
25 7 69 65 33 29 10
NOTES:
o o o o
1. α = 60 , 90 or 120 inclusive (tolerance: +0-1 ).
2. Front end design optional.

704
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-14 SQUARES FOR PARALLEL SHANK REAMERS (ISO 237)

mm

Preferred Preferred
Shank diameter* Shank diameter Driving
Driving square shank shank
d d square
diameter diameter

over to a l4 over to a l4
1.06 1.18 0.9 1.12 10.6 11.8 9 12 11.2

1.18 1.32 1 1,25 11.8 13.2 10 13 12.5


1.32 1.5 1.12 1.4 13.2 15 11.2 14 14
1.5 1.7 1.6 15 17 12.5 16 16
4
1,70 1.9 1.4 1.8 17 19 14 18 18
1.9 2.12 1.6 2 19 21.2 16 20 20
2.12 2.36 1.8 2.24 21,20 23.6 18 22 22.4
2.36 2.65 2 2.5 23.6 26.5 20 24 25
2.65 3 2.24 2.8 26.5 30 22.4 26 28
3 3.35 2.5 5 3.15 30 33.5 25 28 31.5
3.35 3.75 2.8 3.55 33.5 37.5 28 31 35.5
3,75 4.25 3.15 4 37.5 42.5 31.5 34 40
6
4.25 4.75 3.55 4.5 42.5 47.5 35.5 38 45
4.75 5.3 4 5 47.5 53 40 42 50
7
5.3 6 4.5 5.6 53 60 45 46 56
6 6.7 5 6.3 60 67 50 51 63
8
6.7 7.5 5.6 7.1 67 75 56 56 71
7.5 8.5 6.3 9 8 75 85 63 62 80
8.5 9.5 7.1 10 9 85 95 71 68 90
9.5 10.6 8 11 10 95 106 80 75 100
NOTE: *From a number of possible diameters in a particular step, choose the
value nearest to the preferred value (see the last column of the table).

REAMERS
Reamers are generally used to produce a precision round hole with parallel or tapered walls in steel or metal, after the
hole is formed. The amount of material removed with reamers is small, and hand reamers and light machine reamers are
frequently used. Therefore, a lead must be provided, and most types have a 45 deg. chamfer angle.
ISO and national standards for metric reamers are shown in Tables 15-18 through 15-20. Some national standards
deviate substantially from the ISO recommendations, and in those cases, a reference only indication follows the national
standards number.
705
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TOLERANCE ON CUTTING DIAMETER
The tolerance on the cutting diameter, measured immediately behind the chamfer or taper lead, is the ISO tolerance m6,
as shown in Table 6-24.
Special tolerances in the cutting diameters for reamers are standardized in ISO 522.
Standardizing reamer limits to suit the grades of holes provided in the ISO system of limits and fits, and the adopted
reamer limits probably will meet the basic demand of users working to the ISO System of Limits and Fits standard. The
reamers are intended to produce H8 holes, and by selection will also be suitable for H7 holes.

TOLERANCE ON LENGTH
For hand, parallel machine, machine chucking, and machining jig reamers, each flute and overall length may vary
between the values specified for the range in question and those specified in the appropriate general tables for the ranges
immediately above and below that range.
In the case of taper-shank reamers, if the next larger or smaller overall length is associated with a different taper shank
from that of the length in question, then the permissible upper or lower limit shall be that of the next larger or smaller overall
length, plus or minus the difference between the lengths of the taper shanks concerned.

TOLERANCE ON PARALLEL SHANK DIAMETER


The tolerance on the diameter for parallel shanks is h9 for hand reamers and h9 for machine (chucking) and Morse finishing
reamers. The limits are shown in Table 6-22 and the diameter and squares are shown in Table 15-14.

DESIGNATION
Reamers are designated with their proper name and the nominal diameter. The national standards number is also
included in a complete specification as follows:

Hand Reamer 16 BS 122: Part 2.

HAND REAMERS AND LONG-FLUTED MACHINE REAMERS


ISO 236 covers hand reamers and long-fluted machine reamers in nominal diameters from 1.5 to 71 mm.
Hand reamers have virtually parallel cutting edges with taper and bevel lead, the shank of the nominal diameter of the
cutting edges, and a square on the end. Basic dimensions for reamers of this type are shown in Table 15-15.
The taper lead is approximately 1 deg. and the length of the taper is 1½ times the diameter of the reamer, or 20 mm,
whichever is smaller. Long-taper lead reamers, similar in all respects to parallel hand reamers except that the cutting edges
are tapered, must have 4/5 of the flute length tapered and 1/5 parallel. Nominal sizes under 16 mm diameter have a taper
of approximately 1 in 96, and sizes 16 mm and above, have a taper of approximately 1 in 64.
Parallel machine reamers are designated long, fluted machine reamers with Morse taper shanks in ISO 236. Nominal
sizes from 7 to 71 mm are shown in Table 15-16.

706
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-15 HAND REAMERS WITH PARALLEL SHANKS (ISO 236-1)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 206 (reference only)
FRANCE NF E74-103
UK BS 122-2
ITALY UNI 6852
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
d l1 l a l4 d l1 l a l4
(1.5) 20 41 1.12 22
107 215 18 22
1.6 21 44 1.25 (23)
1.8 23 47 1.4 (24)
4
2 25 50 1.6 25 115 231 20 I 24
2.2 27 54 1.8 (26)
2.5 29 58 2 (27)
2.8 31 62 2.24
28 124 247 22.4 26
3 5 (30)
3.5 35 71 2.8 32 133 265 25 28
4 38 76 3.15 (34)
6
4.5 41 81 3.55 (35) 142 284 28 31
5 44 87 4 36
5.5 7 (38)
47 93 4.5
6 40 152 305 31.5 34
7 54 107 5.6 8 (42)
8 58 115 6.3 9 (44)
9 62 124 7.1 10 45 163 326 35.5 38
10 66 133 8 11 (46)
11 71 142 9 12 (48)
12 50 174 347 40 42
76 152 10 13
(13) (52)
14 (55)
81 163 11.2 14
(15) 56
184 367 45 46
16 87 175 12.5 16
(58)
(17) (60)
18 93 188 14 18
(62)
(19) 63 194 387 50 51
20 100 201 16 20
67
(21) 71 203 406 56 56
NOTES:
1. Diameters shown in brackets ( ) are second choices.
2. Dimensions and tolerances for squares are shown in Table 15-14.
3. Tolerance for shank diameter in h8 (see Table 6-22) and cutting diameter is m6 (see Table 6-24).
Length tolerances are defined under "Reamers".

707
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-16 PARALLEL MACHINE REAMERS WITH MORSE TAPER SHANKS (ISO 236-2)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS B4403
GERMANY DIN
FRANCE NF E74-109
UK BS 122-2
ITALY UNI 6839
AUSTRAL AS

mm
d l1 l MT d l1 l MT
7 54 134 32 133 293
8 58 138 (34)
9 62 142 (35) 142 302
10 66 146 36
1
11 71 151 (38)
12 40 152 312
76 156 4
(13) (42)
14 161 (44)
81
(15) 181 45 163 323
16 (46)
87 187
(17) (48)
334
18 50 174
93 193
(19) 2 (52) 371
20 (55)
100 200
(21) 56
184 381
22 (58)
107 207
(23) (60) 5
(24) (62)
25 115 242 63 194 391
(26) 67
(27) 3 71 203 400
28 124 251

(30)
NOTES:
1. Diameters shown in brackets ( ) are second choices.
2. MT = Morse Taper Number. See Table 15-19 for taper details and standard references.
3. Tolerance for shank diameter in h8 (see Table 6-22) and cutting diameter is m6 (see Table 6-24).
Length tolerances are defined under "Reamers".

708
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-17 MACHINE (CHUCKING) REAMERS WITH TAPER SHANKS (ISO 521)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS B4403
GERMANY DIN 208 (Reference only)
FRANCE NF E66-015
UK BS 122-2
ITALY UNI 6854
AUSTRAL AS

mm
d l1 l MT d l1 l MT
5.5 (24)
138 26 268 68
6 25
7 150 31 (26) 273 70 3
8 156 33 28 277 71
9 162 36
1
(30) 281 73
10 168 38 32 317 77
11 175 41 (34) 321 78
12 (35)
182 44
(13) 36 325 79
14 189 47 (38)
329 81
15 204 50 40
4
16 210 52 (42) 333 82
(17) 214 54 (44)
336 83
18 219 56 2 45
(19) 223 58 (46) 340 84
20 228 60 (48)
344 86
22 237 64 50
NOTES:
1. Diameters shown in brackets () are second choices.
2. MT = Morse Taper Number. See Table 15-19 for taper details and standard references.
3. Tolerance for shank diameter in h8 (see Table 6-22) and cutting diameter is m6 (see Table 6-24).
Length tolerances are defined under "Reamers".

709
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-18 MACHINE (CHUCKING) REAMERS WITH PARALLEL SHANKS (ISO 521)
USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 212 (Reference only)
FRANCE NF E66-014
UK BS 122-2
ITALY UNI 6853
AUSTRAL AS

For d up to 3.75 mm

For d over 3.75 mm

mm
d d1 L l l1 d d1 L l l1
1.4 1.4 6 5.6 93 26 36
40 8
(1,5) 1.5 7 7.1 109 31 40
1.6 1.6 43 9 8 8 117 33 42
1.8 1.8 46 10 9 9 125 36 44
2 2 49 11 10 133 38
2.2 2.2 53 12 11 142 41
10 46
2.5 2.5 57 14 12 151 44
2.8 2.8 (13)
61 15
3 3 14 160 47
3.2 3.2 65 16 (15) 12.5 162 50 50
3.5 3.5 70 18 16 170 52
4 4 75 19 32 (17) 175 54
14 52
4.5 4.5 80 21 33 18 182 56
5 5 86 23 34 (19) 189 58
16 58
5.5 5.6 93 26 36 20 195 60
NOTES:
1. Diameters shown in brackets () are second choices.
2. Tolerance for shank diameter in h8 (see Table 6-22) and cutting diameter is m6 (see Table 6-24).
Length tolerances are defined under "Reamers".

MACHINE CHUCKING REAMERS WITH PARALLEL OR MORSE TAPER SHANKS


Machine chucking reamers with virtually parallel cutting edges are standardized in ISO 521, and reamers with Morse
taper shanks are shown in Table 15-17 in sizes from 5.5 to 50 mm nominal diameters. Reamers of this type are used in
lathe tailstocks or in turrets.
Also specified in ISO 521 are parallel reamers designated machine chucking reamers with parallel shanks. Reamers in
sizes from 1.4 to 20 mm cutting diameters are shown in Table 15-18.

710
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
MORSE TAPER REAMERS
Reamers to produce self-holding taper sockets of small metric types, numbers 4 and 6, and customary Morse taper
numbers 0—6, are defined in ISO 2250. The basic dimensions for reamers with parallel shanks and Morse taper shanks
are shown in Table 15-19. The diameters and squares of parallel shanks are according to ISO 237 (see Table 15-14). The
self-holding taper for tool shanks conforms to ISO 296 (see Table 15-19).

TABLE 15-19 FINISHING REAMERS FOR MORSE AND METRIC TAPERS (ISO 2550)

Reamer Tool taper


ISO 2250 296
USA ANSI B94.2 B5.10
JAPAN JIS B4401 B4003
GERMANY DIN 228
FRANCE NF E66-017 E66-531
UK BS 328-4 1660
ITALY UNI 533
AUSTRALIA AS

Taper mm Morse Taper mm d1

Rate of taper shank Rate of


Designation
taper
d L I l1
No.
Designation
taper
d L I l1 h9

Metric No. 4 1 : 20.000 4.000 106 30 22 1 Metric No. 4 1 : 20.000 4.000 48 30 22 4


Metric No. 6 1 : 20.000 6.000 116 40 30 1 Metric No. 6 1 : 20.000 6.000 83 40 30 6
Morse No. 0 1 : 19.212 9.045 137 61 48 1 Morse No. 0 1 : 19.212 9.045 93 61 48 8
Morse No. 1 1 : 20.047 12.065 142 66 50 1 Morse No. 1 1 : 20.047 12.065 102 66 50 10
Morse No. 2 1 : 20.020 17.780 173 79 61 2 Morse No. 2 1 : 20.020 17.780 121 79 61 14
Morse No. 3 1 :19.922 23.825 212 96 76 3 Morse No. 3 1 :19.922 23.825 146 96 76 20
Morse No. 4 1 :19.254 31.267 263 119 97 4 Morse No. 4 1 : 19.254 31.267 179 119 97 25
Morse No. 5 1 : 19.002 44.399 331 150 124 5 Morse No. 5 1 :19.002 44.399 222 150 124 31.5
Morse No. 6 1 : 19.180 63.348 389 208 176 5 Morse No. 6 1 :19.180 63.348 300 208 176 45
NOTES:
1. Dimensions and tolerances for squares are shown in Table 15-14.
2. Morse taper shanks are according to ISO 296. See above for taper details and national standard references.
3. Limits for the ISO tolerance h9 are shown in Table 6-22 p.112.

HAND AND MACHINE PIN REAMERS


ISO 3465, 3466, and 3467 specify reamers with a 1:50 taper intended to produce holes for taper pins manufactured to
ISO 2339, ranging in size from 0.6 to 50 mm nominal diameters. These reamers, according to their shank drive, are
grouped into three categories as follows:

ISO 3465 Hand taper pin reamers (0.6—50 mm)

ISO 3466 Machine taper pin reamers with parallel shanks (2—12 mm)

ISO 3467 Machine taper pin reamers with Morse taper shanks (5—50 mm)

The hand taper pin reamer standard ISO 3465 covers the total range of hole sizes for available tapered pins to ISO 2339,
and the nominal sizes are shown in Table 15-20.
711
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-20 TAPER PIN REAMERS (ISO 3465)

Type A = Hand taper pin reamer (shown below) Type A B C


Type B = Machine taper pin reamers with parallel shanks ISO 3465 3466 3467
Type C = Machine taper pin reamers with Morse taper shanks USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS B4411 B4410
GERMANY DIN 9 1898A 1898B
FRANCE NF E66-011 E66-009 E66-010
UK BS 328-4 328-4 328-4
ITALY UNI 6856
AUSTRALIA AS

Taper 1 : 50 mm
d d1 t y y1 d2 d3 I d4 L

nom h11
0.6 0.76 8 5 7 0.5 0.9 20 3.15 38
0.8 1.04 12 5 7 0.7 1.18 24 3.15 42
1 1.32 16 5 7 0.9 1.46 28 3.15 46
1.2 1.6 20 5 7 1.1 1.74 32 3.15 50
1.5 2 25 5 7 1.4 2.14 37 3.15 57
2 2.7 35 5 8 1.9 2.86 48 3.15 68
2.5 3.2 35 5 8 2.4 3.36 48 3.15 68
3 3.9 45 5 8 2.9 4.06 58 4 80
4 5.1 55 5 8 3.9 5.26 68 5 93
5 6.2 60 5 8 4.9 6.36 73 6.3 100
6 7.8 90 5 10 5.9 8 105 8 135
8 10.6 130 5 10 7.9 10.8 145 10 180
10 13.2 160 5 10 9.9 13.4 175 12.5 275
12 15.6 180 10 20 11.8 16 210 14 255
16 20 200 10 20 15.8 20.4 230 18 280
20 24.4 220 10 20 19.8 24.8 250 22.4 310
25 29.8 240 15 45 24.7 30.7 300 28 370
30 35.2 260 15 45 29.7 36.1 320 31.5 400
40 45.6 280 15 45 39.7 46.5 340 40 430
50 56 300 15 45 49.7 56.9 360 50 460
NOTES:
1. For limit dimensions to the ISO tolerance h11 see Table 6-22 p.112.
2. Detail dimensions to square drive are shown in Table 15-14.

OTHER REAMERS
Machine bridge reamers used to produce 1:10 tapered holes for rivets are standardized in ISO 2238 for nominal sizes,
ranging from 6 to 50 mm. See ISO standard referred to for nominal dimensions for bridge reamers.
Shell reamers with 1:30 taper bore and slot drive are covered in ISO 2402 for diameters 9.9 to 101.6 mm. Arbors for
these shell reamers are described in the same standard, and for nominal dimensions for the components mentioned, see
ISO 2402.

END MILLS
END MILLS WITH PARALLEL OR MORSE TAPER SHANKS: STANDARD AND LONG SERIES
The nominal diameters to the metric end mills shown in ISO 1641 have been chosen based on the preferred number
series R40 (Renard 40 — see Chapter 4); on ISO 523; and on current practices in countries already on the metric system.
End mills with parallel shanks in sizes from 2 to 38 mm are covered in ISO 1641. Morse taper-shank end mills in nominal
sizes from 6.3 to 63 mm, are covered in the same ISO standard.
712
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
END MILLS WITH 7124 TAPER SHANKS: STANDARD AND LONG SERIES
ISO 2324 specifies nominal dimensions for end mills with 7/24 taper shanks, in sizes from 25 to 80 mm, nominal
diameters.

SHELL END MILLS WITH PLAIN BORE AND TENON DRIVE


End mills with plain bore and tenon drive made of a single steel piece are standardized in ISO 2586. The shell end mills
are intended for fitting to the end of cutter arbors, and nominal dimensions for seven cutters are shown in Table 15-21.

TABLE 15-21 SHELL END MILLS WITH PLAIN BORE AND TENON DRIVE (ISO 2586)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 1880
FRANCE NF E66-214

UK BS 122-3
ITALY UNI 3903
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
D d L l d1 d5 *
js16 H7 min min min min
40 16 32 18 22 33
50 22 36 20 30 41
63 27 40 22 38 49
80 27 45 22 38 49
100 32 50 25 45 59
125 40 56 28 56 71
160 50 63 31 67 91
*The disengagement of 0,5 mm on the rear face is optional.
NOTE: ISO tolerances js16 p.113 and H7 p.100 are defined in Chapter 6. The tenon seatings shall be in
accordance with the metric series of ISO 240. These cutters are with helicoidal teeth angled to the right or left.

GENERAL APPLICATION MILLING CUTTERS

DIMENSIONS FOR LONG MILLING-MACHINE ARBORS AND ACCESSORIES


Dimensions for 7/24 taper quick-release tool shanks are shown in Table 15-22. Dimensions for milling cutting arbors and
accessories are specified in ISO 839 and ISO 240 and provide interchangeability for milling cutters to other ISO standards.

713
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-22 7/24 TAPERS FOR TOOL SHANKS FOR MANUAL CHANGING (QUICK RELEASE) (ISO 297)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN
FRANCE NF E60-024
UK BS 1660
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Desig- Taper Cylindrical tenon Collar Thread
nation L d1 b t d4 2 l2 l3 l4 +0
D1 z l1 p d3 y w d2 g l5
No. h12 a10 H12 max max min min -0,5
30 31.75 0.4 68.4 48.4 17.4 3 16.5 1.6 16.1 16.2 0.12 13 16 M12 24 34 62.9 5.5
40 44.45 0.4 93.4 65.4 25.3 5 24 1.6 16.1 22.5 0.12 17 21.5 M16 32 43 85.2 8.2
45 57.15 0.4 106.8 82.8 32.4 6 30 3.2 19.3 29 0.12 21 26 M20 40 53 96.8 10
50 69.85 0.4 126.8 101.8 39.6 8 38 3.2 25.7 35.3 0.2 26 32 M24 47 62 115.3 11.5
55 88.9 0.4 164.8 126.8 50.4 9 48 3.2 25.7 45 0.2 26 36 M24 47 62 153.3 11.5
60 107.95 0.4 206.8 161.8 60.2 10 58 3.2 25.7 60 0.2 32 44 M30 59 76 192.8 14
65 133.35 0.4 246 202 75 12 72 4 32.4 72 0.3 38 52 M36 70 89 230 16
70 165.1 0.4 296 252 92 14 90 4 32.4 86 0.3 38 52 M36 70 89 280 16
75 203.2 0.4 370 307 114 16 110 5 40.5 104 0.3 50 68 M48 92 115 350 20
80 254 0.4 469 394 140 18 136 6 40.5 132 0.3 50 68 M48 92 115 449 20

30 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80

UN UN UN UN UN UN UN UN UN UN
g 0,500-13 0,625-11 0,75-10 1,000-8 1,000-8 1,25-7 1,375-6 1,375-6 1,750-5 1,750-5
NOTES:
1. D1: Basic diameter enclosed in the gage plane.
2. Thread diameter g: This is either a metric thread M with coarse pitch or, if expressly
stated, a UN thread. In every case, the appropriate symbol M or UN should be marked on
the component.
3. For tolerances a10 see Table 6-18 and H12 see Table 6-10.
4. Optional groove. Without groove, cylindrical joining surface with diameter D3 = D1 +0-0,5.

CYLINDRICAL CUTTERS WITH PLAIN BORE AND KEY DRIVE


ISO 2584 describes four solid and four interlocking cutters in sizes ranging from 50 to 160 mm outside diameters.
Nominal dimensions for cutters have been based on ISO 523 and ISO 240, and interchangeability with other types of
similar ISO cutters is secured worldwide. Nominal dimensions and other national standards for these cutters are shown in
Table 15-23.

714
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-23 CYLINDRICAL CUTTERS WITH PLAIN BORE AND KEY DRIVE (ISO 2584)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN
FRANCE NF E66-226
UK BS 122-3
ITALY UNI 3902
AUSTRALIA AS

mm mm
D d L D d L
js16 H7 40 50 63 70 80 100 125 js16 H7 80 100 125 160 200 250
50 22 x x x 80 32 x x
63 27 x x 100 40 x x
80 32 x x 125 50 x x
100 40 x x 160 60 x x
NOTES:
1. The bore and keyway dimensions shall be in accordance with the metric series of ISO 240.
2. For tolerances H7 see Table 6-10 and js16, see Table 6-23.

TABLE 15-24 SLOTTING CUTTERS WITH PLAIN BORE AND KEY DRIVE (ISO 2585)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN
FRANCE NFE66-226
UK BS122-3
ITALY UNI3902
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
1 2
D d d1 L
js16 H7 min 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 36 40
50 16 27 x x x x x
63 22 34 x x x x x x x
80 27 41 x x x x x x x x
100 x x x x x x x x x x
32 47
125 x x x x x x x x x
160 x x x x x x x x x x
40 55
200 x x x x x x x x x x x
NOTES:
1. The bore and keyway dimensions shall he in accordance with the metric series of ISO 240.
2. The tolerance on thickness L of the cutter is to be determined by agreement between the interested parties as a function
of the tolerance of the part to be produced.
3. For tolerances H7 see Table 6-10 and js16 see Table 6-23.
715
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-25 SIDE AND FACE MILLING CUTTERS WITH PLAIN BORE AND KEY DRIVE (ISO 2587)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN885
FRANCE NFE66-244, 245
UK BS122-3
ITALY UNI3905
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
L
D d d1
k11
js16 H7 min 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 36 40
50 16 27 X X X X X
63 22 34 X X X X X X X X
80 27 41 X X X X X X X X X
100 32 47 X X X X X X X X X X
125 32 47 X X X X X X X X X X
160 40 55 X X X X X X X X X X
200 40 55 X X X X X X X X X X X
NOTES:
1. The bore and keyway dimensions shall he in accordance with the metric series of ISO 240.
2. For the ISO tolerances js16, H7 and k11 see Chapter 6.

716
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-26 METRIC MODULE GEAR MILLING CUTTERS (ISO 2490)

USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN
FRANCE NFE66-223
UK BS5221
ITALY UNI
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
Outside Bore Overall Hub depth
Module
diameter diameter length
1st choice 2nd choice 3rd choice D d L c min
1 50 22 32 3
1.125 50 22 32 3
1.25 50 22 40 3
1.375 50 22 40 3
1.5 63 27 45 3
1.75 63 27 50 3
2 63 27 50 3
2.25 71 27 56 3
2.5 71 27 63 3
2.75 71 27 63 3
3 80 32 71 3
3.25 80 32 71 3
3.5 80 32 71 4
3.75 90 32 80 4
4 90 32 80 4
4.5 90 32 90 4
5 100 32 100 4
5.5 112 40 112 4
6 112 40 112 4
6.5 112 40 118 4
7 118 40 125 4
8 125 40 140 4
9 140 40 150 4
10 150 40 170 4
11 160 50 180 5
12 170 50 200 5
14 190 50 224 5
16 212 60 250 5
18 236 60 28o 5
20 250 60 300 5
NOTES: 1. Axial gashing is permitted up to 6 deg. lead angle.
2. Hubs may be either parallel or conical.
3. Hub diameter D, is determined at the manufacturer's discretion. The diameter shall be
as large as possible and in all cases greater than the spacing ring diameter as given in ISO 839.
Milling machine arbors with 7/24 tapers and milling machine accessories (see Table 15-22).
717
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
SLOTTING CUTTERS WITH PLAIN BORE AND KEY DRIVE
Slotting cutters with outside diameters ranging from 50 to 200 mm, and standard widths from 4 to 40 mm, are specified in
ISO 2585. Nominal dimensions for slotting cutters are shown in Table 15-24.

SIDE AND FACE MILLING CUTTERS WITH PLAIN BORE AND KEY DRIVE
ISO 2587 describes side and face milling cutters with plain bore and key drive in sizes ranging from 50 to 200 mm outside
diameters and widths from 4 to 40 mm. Nominal dimensions and national standards for cutters are shown in Table 15-25.

SPECIAL METRIC COMPONENT MILLING CUTTERS

METRIC MODULE GEAR MILLING CUTTERS


World standards for metric module gears are shown in Table 13-9. National standards for milling cutters to produce metric
module gears as well as some basic cutter dimensions are shown in Table 15-26.

WOODRUFF KEY-SEAT CUTTERS


T-slot cutters to produce Woodruff key seats and their cord responding nominal Woodruff key sizes and standards are
shown in Table 15-27.

718
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
T-SLOT CUTTERS WITH PARALLEL OR MORSE TAPER SHANKS
ISO 3337 describes T-slot cutters with parallel shafts in sizes from 11 to 60 mm, nominal diameters, and cutter widths
from 3.5 to 28 mm; basic dimensions are shown in Table 15-28. T-slot cutters with Morse taper shanks in sizes from 18 to
95 mm nominal diameters, and cutter widths from 8 to 44 mm, as well as standard sizes with the corresponding basic
dimensions are shown in Table 15-29.

TABLE 15-27 WOODRUFF KEY SEAT CUTTERS


(Courtesy: Metric & Multistandard Components Corporation)

Type A B Key
USA ANSI
JAPAN JIS
GERMANY DIN 850A 850B 6880
FRANCE NF E66-234 E27-653
UK BS
ITALY UNI 3916
AUSTRALIA AS

mm
NOMINAL Woodruff Key
A W B C NOM
SIZE
SIZE
1 X 1.4 4.5 1 50 6 1 x 1.4
1.5 X 2.6 7.5 1.5 50 6 1.5 x 2.6
2 X 2.6 7.5 2 50 6 2 x 2.6
2 X 3.7 10.5 2 50 6 2 x 3.7
(2 X 5) 13.5 2 50 10 2x5
2.5 X 3.7 10.5 2.5 50 6 2.5 x 3.7
3 X 3.7 10.5 3 50 6 3 x 3.7
3X5 13.5 3 55 10 3x5
3 X 6.5 16.5 3 55 10 3 x 6.5
(3 X 7.5) 19.5 3 55 10 3 x 7.5
4X5 13.5 4 55 10 4x5
4 X 6.5 16.5 4 55 10 4 x 6.5
4 X7.5 19.5 4 55 10 4 x 7.5
(4 X 9) 22.5 4 60 10 4x9
5 X 6.5 16.5 5 55 10 5 x 6.5
5 X 7.5 19.5 5 55 10 5 x 7.5
5X9 22.5 5 60 10 5x9
5 X 10 25.5 5 60 10 5 x 10
6 X 7.5 19.5 6 60 10 6 x 7.5
6X9 22.5 6 60 10 6x9
6 X 10 25.5 6 60 10 6 x 10
6 X 11 28.5 6 60 10 6 x 11
(6 X 13) 32.5 6 65 10 6 x 13
8X9 22.5 8 60 10 8x9
8 X 11 28.5 8 60 10 8 x 11
8 X 13 32.5 8 60 10 8 x 13
(8 X 15) 38.5 8 65 12 8 x 15
(8 X 16) 45.5 8 65 12 8 x 16
10 X 11 28.5 10 65 12 10 x 11
10 X 13 32.5 10 65 12 10 x 13
10 X 16 45.5 10 65 12 10 x 16
NOTE: Sizes shown in brackets ( ) are second choice sizes.

719
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-28 T-SLOT CUTTERS WITH PARALLEL SHANKS (ISO 3337)

mm

b c d1 l 1 f g For
d L
h12 h12 max +1-0 max max slot of

11 3.5 4 10 53.5 5
12.5 6 5 11 10 57 6
16 7 14 62 1 8
8 0.6
18 8 17 70 10
12.5
21 9 10 20 74 12
25 11 12 23 82 14
16 1.6
32 14 15 28 90 18
40 18 19 34 25 108 22
1
50 22 25 42 124 2.5 28
31.5
60 28 30 51 139 36
NOTE: 1. Tolerance on d: h8 for plain parallel shanks, h6 for flatted parallel shanks. The ISO tolerances h6, h8 and h12 are
shown in Table 6-22. Chamfers f and g may be replaced by radii of the same value. These are optional configurations. Parallel
shanks and flatted parallel shanks are in accordance with ISO 3338. Designation of cutters: The cutters are designated by the
values given in the column "For slot of."

720
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-29 T-SLOT CUTTERS WITH MORSE TAPER SHANKS (ISO 3337)

mm

b c d1 l f g Morse For
L
h12 h12 max +1-0 max max taper No. slot of

18 8 8 17 82 1 10
1
21 9 10 20 98 0.6 12
25 11 12 23 103 2 14
1.6
32 14 15 28 111 18
40 18 19 34 138 3 22
1
50 22 25 42 173 2.5 28
4
60 28 30 51 188 36
72 35 36 58 229 1.6 4 42
85 40 42 64 240 5 48
2 6
95 44 44 71 251 54
NOTES:
1. The ISO tolerance h12 is specified in Table 6-22.
2. Chamfers f and g may be replaced by radii of the same value. These are optional configurations.
3. Morse taper shanks: Tapers having tapped holes in accordance with ISO 296.
4. Designation of cutters: The cutters are designated by the values given in the column "For slot of."

INDEXABLE THROWAWAY CARBIDE INSERTS AND TOOL HOLDERS


CARBIDE INSERTS
ISO 883, ISO 3364, and ISO 3365 relate to carbide inserts which are indexable and are clamped in position in a holder
instead of being attached to the shank by brazing. ISO 883 describes inserts to two tolerance classes as follows:

U = utility or least precision (usually ground tip and bottom faces)


G = ground or precision (usually ground all over)

Dimensions are specified for utility and precision triangular and square inserts for single-point tools with negative and
positive top-rake angles (see Table 15-30).
ISO 3364 and ISO 3365 specify inserts of the following tolerance classes:

M = precision molded (may be ground top and bottom)


G = ground or precision (usually ground all over)

The preceding standard applies to triangular, square, 80 deg. rhombic, and 55 deg. rhombic inserts for single-point tools
with negative top-rake angle (see Table 15-31).

NOTE: ISO tolerances js16 and H7 are defined in Chapter 6. The tenon seatings shall be in accordance with the metric series of ISO 240. These cutters
are with helicoidal teeth angled to the right or left.
721
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
CARBIDE INSERT DESIGNATION SYSTEM
A summary of the ISO 1832 recommendation on carbide insert designation systems is shown in Table 15-32, and the
letter symbols, with minor exceptions, conform to these recommendations worldwide. The designation code number in
metrics is a six-digit number describing the size, thickness, and cutting-point radius for inserts rounded off, as shown in
Table 15-32. This metric code is used in those major industrial countries of the world already on the metric system; see
ANSI B94.4.

CARBIDE INSERT TOOL HOLDERS


Holders for carbide inserts are not standardized worldwide as yet, and reference to the American ANSI B94.45 Precision
Indexable Insert Holders, where tool holders for triangular, square, and rhombic (diamond) carbide inserts are described,
should be useful.

TABLE 15-30A THROWAWAY CARBIDE INDEXABLE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLES -


TRIANGULAR INSERTS FOR TOOLS WITH NEGATIVE TOP RAKE ANGLE
mm

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


3
ISO 883 DESIGNATION A T R
USA ANSI B94.25 TNUN 6.35 3.18 0.4 0.8
JAPAN JIS B4104 TNUN 9.52 (3.18) 4.78 (0.4) 0.8 1.2 (1.6)
GERMANY DIN 4968 TNUN 12.70 4.78 (6.35) (0.4 0.8) 1.2 1.6 (3.2)
FRANCE NF E66-307 TNUN (15.88) (6.35 7.92) (1.2 1.6 2.4)
UK BS 4193/I TNUN (19.05) (7.92 9.52) (1.6 2.4 3.2)
ITALY UNI TNUN (25.4) (11.13) (3.2)
AUSTRAL AS TNGN 6.35 3.18 0.4 (0.8)
TNGN 9.52 (3.18) 4.78 (0.4) 0.8 1.2 (1.6 2.4)
TNGN 12.70 4.78 (6.35) (0.4 0.8) 1.2 (1.6 3.2)
TNGN (15.88) (6.35 7.92) (0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4)
TNGN (19.05) (6.35 7.92) (1.6)
TNGN (25.40) (9.52) (2.4)
See note below

TABLE 15-30B THROWAWAY CARBIDE INDEXABLE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLES -


TRIANGULAR INSERTS FOR TOOLS WITH POSITIVE TOP RAKE ANGLE
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
3
ISO 883 DESIGNATION A T R
USA ANSI B94.25 TPUN (6.35) (3.18) (0.8)
JAPAN JIS B4104 TPUN 9.52 3.18 0.8 1.2
GERMANY DIN 4968 TPUN 12.70 4.78 (0.8) 1.2 1.6
FRANCE NF E66-307 TPUN (15.88) (6.35) (1.2 1.6 2.4)
UK BS 4193/I TPUN (19.05) (7.92) (3.2)
ITALY UNI TPGN (6.35) 3.18 0.4 0.8
AUSTRAL AS TPGN 9.52 3.18 (4.78) (0.4) 0.8 1.2 (1.6)
TPGN 12.70 (3.18) 4.78 (0.4 0.8) 1.2 (1.6 3.2)
TPGN (15.88) (6.35) (1.2 1.6 2.4)
NOTES:
1. Dimensions shown in brackets ( ) are not ISO standard sizes.
2. These types are not covered in the standard.
3. Tolerance Class U = least precision (utility); G = Precision (ground); see Table 15-32.

722
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-30C THROWAWAY CARBIDE INDEXABLE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLES -
SQUARE INSERTS FOR TOOLS WITH NEGATIVE TOP RAKE ANGLE
mm

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


3
ISO 883 DESIGNATION A T R
USA ANSI B94.25 SNUN 9.52 3.18 0.4 0.8
JAPAN JIS B4104 SNUN 12.70 (3.18) 4.78 (0.4) 0.8 1.2 (1.6)
GERMANY DIN 4968 SNUN 15.88 4.78 (6.35) 1.2 1.6
FRANCE NF E66-307 SNUN 19.05 4.78 (6.35) (0.8) 1.2 1.6
UK BS 4193/I SNUN (25.40) (7.92 9.52) 1.6 2.4
ITALY UNI SNGN 9.52 3.18 0.8 (1.2 1.6 2.4)
AUSTRAL AS SNGN 12.70 (3.18) 4.78 (0.4) 0.8 1.2 (1.6 2.4)
SNGN (15.88) (4.78) (0.8 1.2 1.6)
SNGN (19.05) (4.78 6.35) (0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 3.2)
SNGN (25.40) (7.92 9.52) (1.6)
See note below

TABLE 15-30D THROWAWAY CARBIDE INDEXABLE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLES -


SQUIRE INSERTS FOR TOOLS WITH POSITIVE TOP RAKE ANGLE
mm

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


3
ISO 883 DESIGNATION A T R
USA ANSI B94.25 SPUN (9.52) (3.18) (0.8)
JAPAN JIS B4104 SPUN 12.70 3.18 (4.78) 0.8 1.2
GERMANY DIN 4968 SPUN 19.05 4.78 (1.2) 1.6
FRANCE NF E66-307 SPGN (9.52) (3.18) (0.8 1.2)
UK BS 4193/I SPGN 12.7 3.18 (4.78) (0.4) 0.8 1.2 (1.6)
ITALY UNI SPGN (15.88) (4.78) (0.8 1.2 1.6)
AUSTRAL AS SPGN (19.5) (4.78) (0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 3.2)
See note below

TABLE 15-30E THROWAWAY CARBIDE INDEXABLE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLES -


RHOMBIC INSERTS FOR TOOLS WITH NEGATIVE AND POSITIVE (CPG) TOP RAKE ANGLE
mm
STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS
3
ISO DESIGNATION A T R
USA ANSI B94.25 CNUN 12.70 3.18 4.78 0.4 0.8 1.2
JAPAN JIS CNUN 15.88 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
GERMANY DIN CNUN 19.05 4.78 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
FRANCE NF CNGN 12.70 3.18 4.78 0.4 0.8 1.2
UK BS 4193/I CNGN 15.88 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
ITALY UNI CNGN 19.05 4.78 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
AUSTRAL AS CPGN 12.70 3.18 4.78 0.4 0.8 1.2
CPGN 19.05 4.78 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
NOTES:
1. Dimensions shown in brackets ( ) are not ISO standard sizes.
2. These types are not covered in the standard.
3. Tolerance Class U = least precision (utility); G = Precision (ground); see Table 15-32.

723
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-31A THROWAWAY CARBIDE INDEXABLE INSERTS WITH HOLES
TRIANGULAR INSERTS FOR TOOLS WITH POSITIVE TOP RAKE ANGLE
mm

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


3
ISO 3364 DESIGNATION A T H R
USA ANSI B94.25 TNMA (6.35) (3.18) (2.26) (0.8)
JAPAN JIS TNMA 9.52 (3.18) 4.78 3.81 0.8 1.2
GERMANY DIN TNMA 12.70 4.78 5.16 0.8 1.2 1.6
FRANCE NF TNMA (15.88) (6.35) (6.35) (0.8 1.2 1.6)
UK BS TNMA (19.05) (9.52) (7.92) (2.4)
ITALY UNI TNMG (6.35) (3.18) (2.26) (0.8)
AUSTRAL AS TNMG 9.52 (3.18) 4.78 3.81 0.8 1.2 (1.6)
TNMG 12.70 4.78 5.16 0.8 1.2 1.6 (3.2)
TNMG (15.88) (6.35) (6.35) (0.8 1.2 1.6)
TNMG (19.05) (9.52) (7.92) (2.4)
See note below

TABLE 15-31B THROWAWAY CARBIDE INDEXABLE INSERTS WITH HOLES


SQUARE INSERTS WITH HOLE FOR TOOLS WITH NEGATIVE TOP RAKE ANGLE
mm

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


3
ISO 3364 DESIGNATION A T H R
USA ANSI B94.25 SNMA (9.52) (3.18) (3.81) (0.8)
JAPAN JIS SNMA 12.70 4.78 5.16 0.8 1.2 (1.6)
GERMANY DIN SNMA (15.88) (6.35) (6.35) (1.2)
FRANCE NF SNMA 19.05 6.35 7.92 1.2 1.6
UK BS SNMA (25.40) (9.52) (9.12) (2.4)
ITALY UNI SNMG 9.52 3.18 3.81 0.4 0.8 (1 .2)
AUSTRAL AS SNMG 12.70 4.78 5.16 0.8 1.2 1.6)
SNMG (15.88) (6.35) (6.35) (1.2)
SNMG 19.05 6.35 7.92 1.2 1.6
SNMG (25.40) (9.52) (9.12) (2.4)
See note below

TABLE 15-31C THROWAWAY CARBIDE INDEXABLE INSERTS WITH HOLES


80o RHOMBIC INSERTS WITH HOLE FOR TOOLS WITH NEGATIVE TOP RAKE ANGLE
mm

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


3
ISO 3364 DESIGNATION A T H R
USA ANSI B94.25 CNMA 12.70 (3.18) 4.78 5.16 (0.4) 0.8 1.2
JAPAN JIS CNMA (15.88) (6.35) (6.35) (0.8 1.2 1.6)
GERMANY DIN CNMA 19.05 (4.78) 6.35 7.92 (0.8) 1.2 1.6
FRANCE NF CNGA (2) 12.70 3.18 4.78 5.16 0.4 0.8 1.2
UK BS CMGA 15.88 6.35 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
ITALY UNI CMGA 19.05 4.78 6.35 7.92 0.8 1.2 1.6
AUSTRAL AS CNMG 12.70 (3.18) 4.78 5.16 (0.4) 0.8 1.2
CNMG (15.88) (6.35) (6.35) (0.8 1.2 1.6)
CNMG 19.05 (4.78) 6.35 7.92 (0.8) 1.2 1.6
CNGG (2) 12.70 3.18 4.78 5.16 0.4 0.8 1.2
CNGG 15.88 6.35 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
CNGG 19.05 4.78 6.35 7.92 0.8 1.2 1.6
NOTES:
1. Dimensions shown in brackets ( ) are not ISO standard sizes.
2. These types are not covered in ISO 3364.
3. Tolerance class M = Precision molded; G = Ground precision and special condition A = with hole;
G = with hole and chip grooves (both sides); see Table 15-32.

724
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-31D THROWAWAY CARBIDE INDEXABLE INSERTS WITH HOLES
55o RHOMBIC INSERTS WITH HOLE FOR TOOLS WITH NEGATIVE TOP RAKE ANGLE
mm

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


3
ISO 3364 DESIGNATION A T H R
USAANSI B94.25 DNMA 12.70 (3.18) 4.78 5.16 (0.4) 0.8 1.2
JAPANJIS DNMA 15.88 (4.78) 6.35 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
GERMANYDIN DNGA 12.70 3.18 4.78 5.16 0.4 0.8 1.2
FRANCENF DNGA 15.88 4.78 6.35 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
UKBS DNMG 12.70 (3.18) 4.78 5.16 (0.4) 0.8 1.2
ITALYUNI DNMG 15.88 (4.78) 6.35 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
AUSTRALAS DNGG 12.70 3.18 4.78 5.16 0.4 0.8 1.2
DNGG 15.88 4.78 6.35 6.35 0.8 1.2 1.6
See note below

TABLE 15-31E THROWAWAY CARBIDE INDEXABLE INSERTS WITH HOLES


35° RHOMBIC INSERTS WITH HOLE FOR TOOLS WITH NEGATIVE TOP RAKE ANGLE
mm

STANDARDS FIGURE DIMENSIONS


3
ISO 3364 DESIGNATION A T H R
USA ANSI B94.25 VNMA 9.52 4.78 3.81 0.4 0.8
JAPAN JIS VNMA 12.70 4.78 5.16 0.4 0.8 1.2
GERMANY DIN VNGA 9.52 4.78 3.81 0.4 0.8
FRANCE NF VNGA 12.70 4.78 5.16 0.4 0.8 1.2
UK BS VNMG 9.52 4.78 3.81 0.4 0.8
ITALY UNI VNMG 12.70 4.78 5.16 0.4 0.8 1.2
AUSTRAL AS VNGG 9.52 4.78 3.81 0.4 0.8
VNGG 12.70 4.78 5.16 0.4 0.8 1.2
NOTES:
1. Dimensions shown in brackets ( ) are not ISO standard sizes.
2. These types are not covered in ISO 3364.
3. Tolerance class M = Precision molded; G = Ground precision and special condition A = with hole;
G = with hole and chip grooves (both sides); see Table 15-32.

725
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 15-32 ISO INDEXABLE THROWAWAY INSERT DESIGNATION SYSTEM
(Courtesy of British Standard BS 4193: Part 2) (ISO 1832)

(Courtesy of British Standard BS 4193: Part 2) (ISO 1832)

Designation Examples:
1. Triangular insert for tools with negative top rake angle, tolerance, class "U", plain tip "N" and dimensions
A = 12.7 mm; T = 4.78 mm; R = 1.6 (see Table 15-30): TNUN-120416
2. Square insert for holders with positive top rake angle, tolerance Class "G", plain tip "N", and dimensions
A = 12.7 mm; T = 3.18 mm; R = 1.2 mm (see Table 15-30): SPGN-120312
3. 55° rhombic insert for tools with negative top rake angle, tolerance Class "M", with hole but without chip curler grooves,
and dimensions A = 15.88 mm; T = 4.78 mm; R = 1.2 mm (see Table 15-31): DNMA-150412

726
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
RELATED ISO STANDARDS
TC 29 Small tools
ISO 234-1:1983 Files and rasps -- Part 1: Dimensions
ISO 234-2:1982 Files and rasps -- Part 2: Characteristics of cut
ISO 237:1975 Rotating tools with parallel shanks -- Diameters of shanks and sizes of driving squares
ISO 239:1999 Drill chuck tapers
ISO 296:1991 Machine tools -- Self-holding tapers for tool shanks
ISO 297:1988 7/24 tapers for tool shanks for manual changing
ISO 1080:1975 Machine tools -- Morse taper shanks -- Cotter slots with taper keys
ISO 1180:1983 Shanks for pneumatic tools and fitting dimensions of chuck bushings
ISO 1651:1974 Tube drawing mandrels
ISO 1684:1975 Wire, bar and tube drawing dies -- Specifications
ISO 2336-1:1996 Hacksaw blades -- Part 1: Dimensions for hand blades
ISO 2336-2:2006 Hacksaw blades -- Part 2: Dimensions for machine blades
ISO 2726:1995 Woodworking tools -- Metal-bodied bench planes, plane cutters and cap irons
ISO 2729:1995 Woodworking tools -- Chisels and gouges
ISO 2730:1973 Woodworking tools -- Wooden bodied planes
ISO 2804:1996 Wire, bar or tube drawing dies -- As-sintered pellets of hardmetal (carbide) -- Dimensions
ISO 2924:1973 Solid and segmental circular saws for cold cutting of metals -- Interchangeability dimensions of the drive -- Saw diameter range 224 to 2 240 mm
ISO 2935:1974 Circular saw blades for woodworking -- Dimensions
ISO 3002-1:1982 Basic quantities in cutting and grinding -- Part 1: Geometry of the active part of cutting tools -- General terms, reference systems, tool and working
angles, chip breakers
ISO 3002-2:1982 Basic quantities in cutting and grinding -- Part 2: Geometry of the active part of cutting tools -- General conversion formulae to relate tool and working
angles
ISO 3002-3:1984 Basic quantities in cutting and grinding -- Part 3: Geometric and kinematic quantities in cutting
ISO 3002-4:1984 Basic quantities in cutting and grinding -- Part 4: Forces, energy, power
ISO 3002-5:1989 Basic quantities in cutting and grinding -- Part 5: Basic terminology for grinding processes using grinding wheels
ISO 3295:1975 Narrow bandsaw blades for woodworking -- Dimensions
ISO 3685:1993 Tool-life testing with single-point turning tools
ISO 4875-1:2006 Metal cutting band saw blades -- Part 1: Definitions and terminology
ISO 4875-2:2006 Metal cutting band saw blades -- Part 2: Basic dimensions and tolerances
ISO 4875-3:1978 Metal cutting band saw blades -- Part 3: Characteristics relating to each type of blade
ISO 5396:1977 Hardmetal heading dies -- Terminology
ISO 5407:1981 As-sintered hardmetal pellets used in heading dies -- Dimensions and tolerances
ISO 5421:1977 Ground high speed steel tool bits
ISO 7294:1983 Saw teeth for woodworking saws -- Profile shape -- Terminology and designation
ISO 8688-1:1989 Tool life testing in milling -- Part 1: Face milling
ISO 8688-2:1989 Tool life testing in milling -- Part 2: End milling
ISO 9270:1992 7/24 tapers for tool shanks for automatic changing -- Tapers for spindle noses
ISO 9524:1993 Machine tools -- Front faces of spindle holders for machining centres -- Functional dimensions
ISO 10887:1999 Key type three-jaw drill chucks -- Specification
ISO 10888:1999 Keyless type three-jaw drill chucks -- Specification
ISO 10889-1:2004 Tool holders with cylindrical shank -- Part 1: Cylindrical shank, location bore -- Technical delivery conditions
ISO 10889-2:2004 Tool holders with cylindrical shank -- Part 2: Type A, shanks for tool holders of special designs
ISO 10889-3:2004 Tool holders with cylindrical shank -- Part 3: Type B with rectangular radial seat
ISO 10889-4:2004 Tool holders with cylindrical shank -- Part 4: Type C with rectangular axial seat
ISO 10889-5:1997 Tool holders with cylindrical shank -- Part 5: Type D with more than one rectangular seat
ISO 10889-6:2004 Tool holders with cylindrical shank -- Part 6: Type E with cylindrical seat
ISO 10889-7:2004 Tool holders with cylindrical shank -- Part 7: Type F with taper seat
ISO 10889-8:1997 Tool holders with cylindrical shank -- Part 8: Type Z, accessories
ISO 10897:1996 Collets for tool holders with taper ratio 1:10 -- Collets, hoders,nuts
ISO 11054:2006 Cutting tools -- Designation of high-speed steel groups
ISO 12164-1:2001 Hollow taper interface with flange contact surface -- Part 1: Shanks -- Dimensions
ISO 12164-2:2001 Hollow taper interface with flange contact surface -- Part 2: Receivers – Dimensions
ISO 13399-1:2006 Cutting tool data representation and exchange -- Part 1: Overview, fundamental principles and general information model
ISO/TS 13399-100:2004 Cutting tool data representation and exchange -- Part 100: Definitions, principles and methods for reference dictionaries
ISO 15488:2003 Collets with 8 degree setting angle for tool shanks -- Collets, nuts and fitting dimensions
ISO 15601:2000 Hammers -- Technical specifications concerning steel hammer heads -- Test procedures
ISO 15641:2001 Milling cutters for high speed machining -- Safety requirements

727
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TC 29/SC 2
ISO 235:1980 Parallel shank jobber and stub series drills and Morse taper shank drills
ISO 236-1:1976 Hand reamers
ISO 236-2:1976 Long fluted machine reamers, Morse taper shanks
ISO 238:1974 Reduction sleeves and extension sockets for tools with Morse taper shanks
ISO 240:1994 Milling cutters -- Interchangeability dimensions for cutter arbors or cutter mandrels
ISO 494:1975 Parallel shank twist drills -- Long series
ISO 521:1975 Machine chucking reamers with parallel shanks or Morse taper shanks
ISO 522:1975 Special tolerances for reamers
ISO 529:1993 Short machine taps and hand taps
ISO 839-1:1976 Milling machine arbors with 7/24 tapers -- Part 1: Dimensions
ISO 839-2:1977 Milling machine arbors with 7/24 tapers -- Part 2: Accessories
ISO 866:1975 Centre drills for centre holes without protecting chamfers -- Type A
ISO 1641-1:2003 End mills and slot drills -- Part 1: Milling cutters with cylindrical shanks
ISO 1641-2:1978 End mills and slot drills -- Part 2: Milling cutters with Morse taper shanks
ISO 1641-3:2003 End mills and slot drills -- Part 3: Milling cutters with 7/24 taper shanks
ISO 2238:1972 Machine bridge reamers
ISO 2250:1972 Finishing reamers for morse and metric tapers, with parallel shanks and morse taper shanks
ISO 2283:2000 Long shank taps with nominal diameters from M3 to M24 and 1/8 in to 1 in -- Reduced shank taps
ISO 2284:1987 Hand taps for parallel and taper pipe threads -- General dimensions and marking
ISO 2296:1972 Metal slitting saws with fine and coarse teeth -- Metric series
ISO 2306:1972 Drills for use prior to tapping screw threads
ISO 2402:1972 Shell reamers with taper bore (taper bore 1 : 30 (included)) with slot drive and arbors for shell reamers
ISO 2540:1973 Centre drills for centre holes with protecting chamfer -- Type B
ISO 2541:1972 Centre drills for centre holes with radius form -- Type R
ISO 2568:1988 Hand- and machine-operated circular screwing dies and hand-operated die stocks
ISO 2584:1972 Cylindrical cutters with plain bore and key drive -- Metric series
ISO 2585:1972 Slotting cutters with plain bore and key drive -- Metric series
ISO 2586:1985 Shell end mills with plain bore and tenon drive -- Metric series
ISO 2587:1972 Side and face milling cutters with plain bore and key drive -- Metric series
ISO 2780:2006 Milling cutters with tenon drive -- Interchangeability dimensions with cutter arbors -- Metric series
ISO 2857:1973 Ground thread taps for ISO metric threads of tolerances 4H to 8H and 4G to 6G coarse and fine pitches -- Manufacturing tolerances on the threaded
portion
ISO 2940-1:1974 Milling cutters mounted on centring arbors having a 7/24 taper -- Fitting dimensions -- Centring arbors
ISO 2940-2:1974 Milling cutters mounted on centring arbors having a 7/24 taper -- Inserted tooth cutters
ISO 3291:1995 Extra-long Morse taper shank twist drills
ISO 3292:1995 Extra-long parallel shank twist drills
ISO 3293:1975 Morse taper shank countersinks for angles 60 degrees, 90 degrees and 120 degrees inclusive
ISO 3294:1975 Parallel shank countersinks for angles 60, 90 and 120 degrees inclusive
ISO 3314:1975 Shell drills with taper bore (taper bore 1 : 30 (included)) with slot drive
ISO 3337:2000 T-slot cutters with cylindrical shanks and with Morse taper shanks having tapped hole
ISO 3338-1:1996 Cylindrical shanks for milling cutters -- Part 1: Dimensional characteristics of plain cylindrical shanks
ISO 3338-2:2000 Cylindrical shanks for milling cutters -- Part 2: Dimensional characteristics of flatted cylindrical shanks
ISO 3338-3:1996 Cylindrical shanks for milling cutters -- Part 3: Dimensional characteristics of threaded shanks
ISO 3438:2003 Subland twist drills with Morse taper shanks for holes prior to tapping screw threads
ISO 3439:2003 Subland twist drills with cylindrical shanks for holes prior to tapping screw threads
ISO 3465:1975 Hand taper pin reamers
ISO 3466:1975 Machine taper pin reamers with parallel shanks
ISO 3467:1975 Machine taper pin reamers with Morse taper shanks
ISO 3855:1977 Milling cutters -- Nomenclature
ISO 3859:2000 Inverse dovetail cutters and dovetail cutters with cylindrical shanks
ISO 3860:1976 Bore cutters with key drive -- Form milling cutters with constant profile
ISO 3936:1993 Reduction sleeves with tenon drive with external and internal 7/24 taper -- Dimensions
ISO 3937:1985 Cutter arbors with tenon drive -- Dimensions
ISO 3940:1977 Tapered die-sinking cutters with parallel shanks
ISO 4202:1978 Reduction sleeves with external 7/24 taper for tools with Morse taper shanks
ISO 4203:1978 Parallel shank tools -- Driving tenons and sockets -- Dimensions
ISO 4204:1977 Countersinks, 90 degrees, with Morse taper shanks and detachable pilots
ISO 4205:1991 Countersinks, 90 degrees, with parallel shanks and solid pilots

728
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 4206:1991 Counterbores with parallel shanks and solid pilots
ISO 4207:1977 Counterbores with Morse taper shanks and detachable pilots
ISO 4208:1977 Detachable pilots for use with counterbores and 90 degrees countersinks -- Dimensions
ISO 4230:1987 Hand- and machine-operated circular screwing dies for taper pipe threads -- R series
ISO 4231:1987 Hand- and machine-operated circular screwing dies for parallel pipe threads - G series
ISO 4247:1977 Jig bushes and accessories for drilling purposes -- Dimensions
ISO 4248:1978 Jig bushes -- Definitions and nomenclature
ISO 5413:1993 Machine tools -- Positive drive of Morse tapers
ISO 5414-1:2002 Tool chucks (end mill holders) with clamp screws for flatted cylindrical shank tools -- Part 1: Dimensions of the driving system of tool shanks
ISO 5414-2:2002 Tool chucks (end mill holders) with clamp screws for flatted cylindrical shank tools -- Part 2: Connecting dimensions of chucks and designation
ISO 5415:1977 Reduction sleeves with 7/24 external and Morse internal taper and incorporated screw
ISO 5419:1982 Twist drills -- Terms, definitions and types
ISO 5420:1983 Reamers -- Terms, definitions and types
ISO 5468:2006 Rotary and rotary impact masonry drill bits with hardmetal tips -- Dimensions
ISO 5967:1981 Taps and thread cutting -- Nomenclature of the main types and terminology
ISO 5968:1981 Circular screwing dies -- Terminology
ISO 5969:1979 Ground thread taps for pipe threads G series and Rp series -- Tolerances on the threaded portion
ISO 6108:1978 Double equal angle cutters with plain bore and key drive
ISO 7079:1981 Core drills with parallel shanks and with Morse taper shanks
ISO 7226:1988 Hexagonal dienuts
ISO 8051:1999 Long shank taps with nominal diameters from M3 to M10 -- Full-diameter shank taps with recess
ISO 8830:1991 High-speed steel machine taps with ground threads -- Technical specifications
ISO 10898:1992 Spot drills
ISO 10899:1996 High-speed steel two-flute twist drills -- Technical specifications
ISO 12197:1996 Woodruff keaseat cutters -- Dimensions
TC 29/SC 5
ISO 525:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- General requirements
ISO 603-1:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 1: Grinding wheels for external cylindrical grinding between centres
ISO 603-2:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 2: Grinding wheels for centreless external cylindrical grinding
ISO 603-3:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 3: Grinding wheels for internal cylindrical grinding
ISO 603-4:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 4: Grinding wheels for surface grinding/peripheral grinding
ISO 603-5:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 5: Grinding wheels for surface grinding/face grinding
ISO 603-6:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 6: Grinding wheels for tool and tool room grinding
ISO 603-7:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 7: Grinding wheels for manually guided grinding
ISO 603-8:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 8: Grinding wheels for deburring and fettling/snagging
ISO 603-9:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 9: Grinding wheels for high-pressure grinding
ISO 603-10:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 10: Stones for honing and superfinishings
ISO 603-11:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 11: Hand finishing sticks
ISO 603-12:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 12: Grinding wheels for deburring and fettling on a straight grinder
ISO 603-13:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 13: Grinding wheels for deburring and fettling on a vertical grinder
ISO 603-14:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 14: Grinding wheels for deburring and fettling/snagging on an angle grinder
ISO 603-15:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Dimensions -- Part 15: Grinding wheels for cutting-off on stationary or mobile cutting-off machines
ISO 603-16:1999 Bonded abrasive produtcs -- Dimensions -- Part 16: Grinding wheels for cutting-off on hand held power tools
ISO 666:1996 Machine tools -- Mounting of plain grinding wheels by means of hub flanges
ISO 1929:1993 Abrasive belts -- Dimensions, tolerances and designation
ISO 2421:2003 Coated abrasives -- Cylindrical sleeves
ISO 2976:1973 Abrasive belts -- Selection of width/length combinations
ISO 3366:1999 Coated abrasives -- Abrasive rolls
ISO 3919:1993 Coated abrasives -- Flap wheels with shafts -- Dimensions and designation
ISO 5429:1977 Coated abrasives -- Flap wheels with incorporated flanges or separate flanges -- Designation and dimensions
ISO 6103:1999 Bonded abrasive products -- Permissible unbalances of grinding wheels as delivered -- Testing
ISO 6104:2005 Superabrasive products -- Rotating grinding tools with diamond or cubic boron nitride -- General survey, designation and multilingual nomenclature
ISO 6105-1:2004 Blanks for superabrasive cutting-off wheels -- Part 1: Manually guided cutting-off in building and civil engineering
ISO 6105-2:2004 Blanks for superabrasive cutting-off wheels -- Part 2: Hand-held cutting-off in building and civil engineering
ISO 6106:1979 Abrasive products -- Grain sizes of diamond or cubic boron nitride
ISO 6344-1:1998 Coated abrasives -- Grain size analysis -- Part 1: Grain size distribution test
ISO 6344-2:1998 Coated abrasives -- Grain size analysis -- Part 2: Determination of grain size distribution of macrogrits P12 to P220
ISO 6344-3:1998 Coated abrasives -- Grain size analysis -- Part 3: Determination of grain size distribution of microgrits P240 to P2500
ISO 8486-1:1996 Bonded abrasives -- Determination and designation of grain size distribution -- Part 1: Macrogrits F4 to F220

729
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 8486-2:1996 Bonded abrasives -- Determination and designation of grain size distribution -- Part 2: Microgrits F230 to F1200
ISO 9136-1:2004 Abrasive grains -- Determination of bulk density -- Part 1: Macrogrits
ISO 9136-2:1999 Abrasive grains -- Determination of bulk density -- Part 2: Microgrits
ISO 9137:1990 Abrasive grains -- Determination of capillarity
ISO 9138:1993 Abrasive grains -- Sampling and splitting
ISO 9284:1992 Abrasive grains -- Test-sieving machines
ISO 9285:1997 Abrasive grains and crude -- Chemical analysis of fused aluminium oxide
ISO 9286:1997 Abrasive grains and crude -- Chemical analysis of silicon carbide
ISO 13942:2000 Bonded abrasive products -- Limit deviations and run-out tolerances
ISO 15635:2001 Coated abrasives -- Flap discs
ISO 15636:2003 Back-up pads for vulcanized fibre discs
ISO 15637-1:2002 Holding fixtures of cylindrical abrasive sleeves -- Part 1: Holding fixtures with shank for hand-held grinding machines
ISO 15637-2:2002 Holding fixtures of cylindrical abrasive sleeves -- Part 2: Holding fixtures for stationary machines
ISO 16057:2002 Coated abrasives -- Vulcanized fibre discs
ISO 21537-1:2004 Clamping flanges for superabrasive cutting-off wheels -- Part 1: Natural stone
ISO 21537-2:2004 Clamping flanges for superabrasive cutting-off wheels -- Part 2: Building and construction
ISO 21538:2004 Blanks for superabrasive cutting-off wheels -- Mounting and fixing bores -- Building construction and civil engineering
ISO 21948:2001 Coated abrasives -- Plain sheets
ISO 21949:2001 Coated abrasives -- Plain sheets with holes for dust extraction
ISO 21950:2001 Coated abrasives -- Plain discs
ISO 21951:2001 Coated abrasives -- Plain discs with holes for dust extraction
ISO 22917:2004 Superabrasives -- Limit deviations and run-out tolerances for grinding wheels with diamond or cubic boron nitride
ISO/TR 24857:2006 Synthetic industrial diamond grit products -- Single-particle compressive failure strength -- "DiaTest-SI" system
TC 29/SC 8
ISO 6751:1998 Tools for moulding -- Ejector pins with cylindrical head
ISO 6752:1984 Round punches with 60 degrees conical head and straight shank
ISO 6753-1:1994 Tools for pressing and moulding -- Machined plates -- Part 1: Machined plates for press tools, jigs and fixtures
ISO 6753-2:1998 Tools for pressing and moulding -- Machined plates -- Part 2: Machined plates for moulds
ISO 8017:1985 Mould guide pillars, straight and shouldered, and locating guide pillars, shouldered
ISO 8018:1985 Mould guide bushes, headed, and locating guide bushes, headed
ISO 8020:2002 Tools for pressing -- Punches with cylindrical head and straight or reduced shank
ISO 8404:2003 Tools for moulding -- Angle pins
ISO 8405:1998 Tools for moulding -- Ejector sleeves with cylindrical head -- Basic series for general purposes
ISO 8406:2001 Tools for moulding -- Mould bases -- Round locating elements and spacers
ISO 8693:1998 Tools for moulding -- Flat ejector pins
ISO 8694:1998 Tools for moulding -- Shouldered ejector pins
ISO 8695:1987 Tools for pressing -- Punches -- Nomenclature and terminology
ISO 8977:2003 Tools for pressing -- Matrixes
ISO 9181:1990 Tools for pressing -- Round punches with 60 degrees conical head and reduced shank
ISO 9182-1:1992 Tools for pressing -- Guide pillars -- Part 1: Types
ISO 9182-2:1992 Tools for pressing -- Guide pillars -- Part 2: Type A, straight pillars
ISO 9182-3:1992 Tools for pressing -- Guide pillars -- Part 3: Type B, end-locking pillars
ISO 9182-4:1992 Tools for pressing -- Guide pillars -- Part 4: Type C, pillars with taper lead and bush
ISO 9182-5:1992 Tools for pressing -- Guide pillars -- Part 5: Type D, end-locking pillars with flange
ISO 9183-1:1990 Tools for pressing -- Wear plates for press dies -- Part 1: Type A
ISO 9183-2:1993 Tools for pressing -- Wear plates for press dies -- Part 2: Type B
ISO 9448-1:1991 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 1: Forms
ISO 9448-2:1991 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 2: Form A, gliding bushes, plain, type 1
ISO 9448-3:1991 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 3: Form B, ball cage bushes, plain, type 1
ISO 9448-4:1991 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 4: Form C, gliding bushes, headed, type 1
ISO 9448-5:1991 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 5: Form D, ball cage bushes, headed, type 1
ISO 9448-6:1991 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 6: Form E, gliding bushes, flanged, type 1
ISO 9448-7:1991 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 7: Form F, ball cage bushes, flanged, type 1
ISO 9448-8:1991 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 8: Form G, gliding bushes, stepped, type 1
ISO 9448-9:1992 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 9: Form B, ball cage bushes, plain, type 2
ISO 9448-10:1992 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 10: Form E, gliding bushes, flanged, type 2
ISO 9448-11:1992 Tools for pressing -- Guide bushes -- Part 11: Form F, ball cage bushes, flanged, type 2
ISO 9449:1990 Tools for moulding -- Centring sleeves
ISO 10069-1:1991 Tools for pressing -- Elastomer pressure springs -- Part 1: General specification

730
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 10069-2:1991 Tools for pressing -- Elastomer pressure springs -- Part 2: Specification of accessories
ISO 10071:1991 Tools for pressing -- Ball-lock punches
ISO 10071-1:2001 Tools for pressing -- Ball-lock punches -- Part 1: Ball-lock punches for light duty
ISO 10072:2004 Tools for moulding -- Sprue bushes -- Dimensions
ISO 10073:1991 Tools for moulding -- Support pillars
ISO 10242-1:1998 Tools for pressing -- Punch holder shanks -- Part 1: Type A
ISO 10242-2:1991 Tools for pressing -- Punch holder shanks -- Part 2: Type C
ISO 10242-3:1991 Tools for pressing -- Punch holder shanks -- Part 3: Type D
ISO 10243:1991 Tools for pressing -- Compression springs with rectangular section -- Housing dimensions and colour coding
ISO 10907-1:1996 Tools for moulding -- Locating rings -- Part 1: Locating rings for mounting without thermal insulating sheets in small or medium moulds -- Types A
and B
ISO 11415:1997 Tools for pressing -- Die sets
ISO 11900-1:1994 Tools for pressing -- Ball-lock punch retainers -- Part 1: Types A and B, rectangular and square for light duty
ISO 11900-2:2001 Tools for pressing -- Ball-lock punch retainers -- Part 2: Types C and D, reduced for light duty
ISO 11900-3:2004 Tools for pressing -- Ball-lock punch retainers -- Part 3: Type E, reduced for heavy duty
ISO 11901-1:2003 Tools for pressing -- Gas springs -- Part 1: General specifications
ISO 11901-2:2004 Tools for pressing -- Gas springs -- Part 2: Specification of accessories
ISO 11903:1996 Tools for pressing -- Guide pillar mountings
ISO 12165:2000 Tools for moulding -- Components of compression and injection moulds and diecasting dies -- Terms and symbols
ISO 15600:2000 Tools for moulding -- Thermal insulating sheets for injection moulds
ISO 16366:2001 Tools for pressing -- L-shaped guides
ISO 16367:2001 Tools for pressing -- Guide plates -- U- and V-blocks
ISO 16915:2003 Tools for moulding -- Sprue pullers
ISO 16916:2004 Tools for moulding -- Tool specification sheet for injection moulds
TC 29/SC 9
ISO 241:1994 Shanks for turning and planing tools -- Shapes and dimensions of the section
ISO 242:1975 Carbide tips for brazing on turning tools
ISO 243:1975 Turning tools with carbide tips -- External tools
ISO 504:1975 Turning tools with carbide tips -- Designation and marking
ISO 513:2004 Classification and application of hard cutting materials for metal removal with defined cutting edges -- Designation of the main groups and groups of
application
ISO 514:1975 Turning tools with carbide tips -- Internal tools
ISO 883:1985 Indexable hardmetal (carbide) inserts with rounded corners, without fixing hole -- Dimensions
ISO 1832:2004 Indexable inserts for cutting tools -- Designation
ISO 3286:1976 Single point cutting tools -- Corner radii
ISO 3364:1997 Indexable hardmetal (carbide) inserts with rounded corners, with cylindrical fixing hole -- Dimensions
ISO 3365:1985 Indexable hardmetal (carbide) inserts with wiper edges, without fixing hole -- Dimensions
ISO 5608:1995 Turning and copying tool holders and cartridges for indexable inserts -- Designation
ISO 5609:1998 Boring bars for indexable inserts -- Dimensions
ISO 5610:1998 Single-point tool holders for turning and copying, for indexable inserts -- Dimensions
ISO 5611:1995 Cartridges, type A, for indexable inserts -- Dimensions
ISO 6261:1995 Boring bars (tool holders with cylindrical shank) for indexable inserts -- Designation
ISO 6262-1:1982 End mills with indexable inserts -- Part 1: End mills with flatted parallel shank
ISO 6262-2:1982 End mills with indexable inserts -- Part 2: End mills with Morse taper shank
ISO 6462:1983 Face milling cutters with indexable inserts -- Dimensions
ISO 6986:1983 Side and face milling (slotting) cutters with indexable inserts -- Dimensions
ISO 6987:1998 Indexable hard material inserts with rounded corners, with partly cylindrical fixing hole -- Dimensions
ISO 7755-1:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 1: General specifications
ISO 7755-2:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 2: Cylindrical burrs (style A)
ISO 7755-3:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 3: Cylindrical round- (ball-) nose burrs (style C)
ISO 7755-4:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 4: Spherical burrs (style D)
ISO 7755-5:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 5: Oval burrs (style E)
ISO 7755-6:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 6: Arch round- (ball-) nose burrs (style F)
ISO 7755-7:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 7: Arch pointed-nose burrs (style G)
ISO 7755-8:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 8: Flame burrs (style H)
ISO 7755-9:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 9: 60 degrees and 90 degrees cone burrs (styles J and K)
ISO 7755-10:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 10: Conical round- (ball-) nose burrs (style L)
ISO 7755-11:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 11: Conical pointed-nose burrs (style M)
ISO 7755-12:1984 Hardmetal burrs -- Part 12: Inverted cone burrs (style N)
731
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 9361-1:1991 Indexable inserts for cutting tools -- Ceramic inserts with rounded corners -- Part 1: Dimensions of inserts without fixing hole
ISO 9361-2:1991 Indexable inserts for cutting tools -- Ceramic inserts with rounded corners -- Part 2: Dimensions of inserts with cylindrical fixing hole
ISO 9766:1990 Drills with indexable inserts -- Cylindrical shanks with a parallel flat
ISO 10145-1:1993 End mills with brazed helical hardmetal tips -- Part 1: Dimensions of end mills with parallel shank
ISO 10145-2:1993 End mills with brazed helical hardmetal tips -- Part 2: Dimensions of end mills with 7/24 taper shank
ISO 10910:1995 Classification and designation of approximate chip control zones for indexable inserts with chipbreakers
ISO 10911:1994 Solid hardmetal end mills with parallel shank -- Dimensions
ISO 11529-1:1998 Milling cutters -- Designation -- Part 1: Shank type end mills of solid or tipped design
ISO 11529-2:1998 Milling cutters -- Designation -- Part 2: Shank type and bore type milling cutters with indexable inserts
ISO 16462:2004 Cubic boron nitride inserts, tipped or solid -- Dimensions, types
ISO 16463:2004 Polycristalline diamond inserts, tipped -- Dimensions, types

TC 29/SC 10
ISO 691:1997 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Wrench and socket openings -- Tolerances for general use
ISO 1085:1999 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Double-ended wrenches -- Size pairing
ISO 1173:2001 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Drive ends for hand- and machine-operated screwdriver bits and connecting parts -- Dimensions, torque
testing
ISO 1174-1:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Driving squares -- Part 1: Driving squares for hand socket tools
ISO 1174-2:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Driving squares -- Part 2: Driving squares for power socket tools
ISO 1703:1983 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Nomenclature
ISO 1711-1:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Technical specifications -- Part 1: Hand-operated wrenches and sockets
ISO 2236:1991 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Forged and tubular socket wrenches -- Maximum outside head dimensions
ISO 2351-1:2002 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Machine-operated screwdriver bits -- Part 1: Screwdriver bits for slotted head screws
ISO 2351-2:2002 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Machine-operated screwdriver bits -- Part 2: Screwdriver bits for cross-recessed head screws
ISO 2351-3:2002 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Machine-operated screwdriver bits -- Part 3: Screwdriver bits for hexagon socket screws
ISO 2352:2000 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Spiral ratchet screwdriver ends -- Dimensions
ISO 2380-1:2004 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Screwdrivers for slotted-head screws -- Part 1: Tips for hand- and machine-operated screwdrivers
ISO 2380-2:2004 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Screwdrivers for slotted-head screws -- Part 2: General requirements, lengths of blades and marking of hand-
operated screwdrivers
ISO 2725-1:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Square drive sockets -- Part 1: Hand-operated sockets -- Dimensions
ISO 2725-2:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Square drive sockets -- Part 2: Machine-operated sockets ("impact") -- Dimensions
ISO 2725-3:2001 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Square drive sockets -- Part 3: Machine-operated sockets ("non-impact") -- Dimensions
ISO 2936:2001 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Hexagon socket screw keys
ISO 3315:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Driving parts for hand-operated square drive socket wrenches -- Dimensions and tests
ISO 3316:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Attachments for hand-operated square drive socket wrenches -- Dimensions and tests
ISO 3317:1974 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Square drive extension hexagon insert, for power socket wrenches
ISO 3318:1990 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Double-headed open-ended wrenches, double-headed ring wrenches and combination wrenches -- Maximum
widths of heads
ISO 4228:1986 Spanners and wrenches -- Spline drive ends for power socket wrenches
ISO 4229:1977 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Single-head engineer's wrenches -- Gaps from 50 to 120 mm
ISO 5742:2004 Pliers and nippers -- Nomenclature
ISO 5743:2004 Pliers and nippers -- General technical requirements
ISO 5744:2004 Pliers and nippers -- Methods of test
ISO 5745:2004 Pliers and nippers -- Pliers for gripping and manipulating -- Dimensions and test values
ISO 5746:2004 Pliers and nippers -- Engineer's and "Lineman's" pliers -- Dimensions and test values
ISO 5747:1995 Pliers and nippers -- Lever assisted side cutting pliers, end and diagonal cutting nippers -- Dimensions and test values
ISO 5748:2004 Pliers and nippers -- End cutting nippers -- Dimensions and test values
ISO 5749:2004 Pliers and nippers -- Diagonal cutting nippers -- Dimensions and test values
ISO 6787:2001 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Adjustable wrenches
ISO 6788:1997 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Four-way socket wrenches -- Dimensions and torque test
ISO 6789:2003 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Hand torque tools -- Requirements and test methods for design conformance testing, quality conformance
testing and recalibration procedure
ISO 7738:2001 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Combination wrenches -- Lengths of wrenches and maximum thickness of heads
ISO 8764-1:2004 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Screwdrivers for cross-recessed head screws -- Part 1: Driver tips
ISO 8764-2:2004 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Screwdrivers for cross-recessed head screws -- Part 2: General requirements, lengths of blades and marking
of hand-operated screwdrivers
ISO 8976:2004 Pliers and nippers -- Multiple slip joint pliers -- Dimensions and test values
ISO 8979:2004 Pliers and nippers for electronics -- Nomenclature

732
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 9242:1988 Pliers and nippers -- Construction worker's pincers -- Dimensions and test values
ISO 9243:1988 Pliers and nippers -- Carpenter's pincers -- Dimensions and test values
ISO 9343:2004 Pliers and nippers -- Slip joint pliers -- Dimensions and test values
ISO 9654:2004 Pliers and nippers for electronics -- Single-purpose nippers -- Cutting nippers
ISO 9655:2004 Pliers and nippers for electronics -- Single-purpose pliers -- Pliers for gripping and manipulating
ISO 9656:2004 Pliers and nippers for electronics -- Test methods
ISO 9657:2004 Pliers and nippers for electronics -- General technical requirements
ISO 10102:2001 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Double-headed open-ended engineers' wrenches -- Length of wrenches and thickness of the heads
ISO 10103:2001 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Double-headed, flat and offset, box wrenches -- Length of wrenches and thickness of the heads
ISO 10104:2001 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Double-headed, deep offset and modified offset, box wrenches -- Length of wrenches and thickness of the
heads
ISO 10914:1996 Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Sockets and wrenches for spline drive
ISO 11168:1995 Socket wrenches for spark- and glow-plugs
TC 29 Technical programme
Subcommittees
TC 29/SC 2 Drills, reamers, milling cutters and milling machine accessories
TC 29/SC 4 Screwing taps and dies
TC 29/SC 5 Grinding wheels and abrasives
TC 29/SC 8 Tools for pressing and moulding
TC 29/SC 9 Tools with cutting edges made of hard cutting materials
TC 29/SC 10 Assembly tools for screws and nuts, pliers and nippers
Projects
ISO/CD 13399-1 Cutting tool data representation and exchange -- Part 1: Overview, fundamental principles and general information model
ISO/WD 13399-2 Cutting tool data representation and exchange -- Part 2: Cutting item information model
ISO/AWI TS 13399-100 Cutting tool data representation and exchange -- Part 100: Classification of data and dictionary of terms
ISO/CD 15488 Collets with 8 degree setting angle for tool shanks -- Collets, nuts and fitting dimensions
TC 39 Machine tools
ISO 229:1973 Machine tools -- Speeds and feeds
ISO 298:1973 Machine tools -- Lathe centres -- Sizes for interchangeability
ISO 299:1987 Machine tool tables -- T-slots and corresponding bolts
ISO 447:1984 Machine tools -- Direction of operation of controls
ISO 2562:1973 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Slide units
ISO 2727:1973 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Headstocks
ISO 2769:1973 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Wing bases for slide units
ISO 2891:1977 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Centre bases and columns
ISO 2905:1985 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Spindle noses and adjustable adaptors for multi-spindle heads
ISO 2912:1973 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Multi-spindle heads -- Casing and input drive shaft dimensions
ISO 2934:1973 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Wing base for columns
ISO 3371:1975 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Rotary tables and multi-sided centre bases for rotary tables
ISO 3408-1:2006 Ball screws -- Part 1: Vocabulary and designation
ISO 3408-2:1991 Ball screws -- Part 2: Nominal diameters and nominal leads -- Metric series
ISO 3408-3:2006 Ball screws -- Part 3: Acceptance conditions and acceptance tests
ISO 3408-4:2006 Ball screws -- Part 4: Static axial rigidity
ISO 3408-5:2006 Ball screws -- Part 5: Static and dynamic axial load ratings and operational life
ISO 3476:1975 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Tenon drive and flanges for mounting multi- spindle heads
ISO 3589:1975 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Integral way columns
ISO 3590:1976 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Spindle units
ISO 3610:1976 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Support brackets
ISO 3970:1977 Modular units for machine tool construction -- Integral way columns -- Floor-mounted type
ISO 5169:1977 Machine tools -- Presentation of lubrication instructions
ISO 5170:1977 Machine tools -- Lubrication systems
ISO 6898:1984 Open front mechanical power presses -- Capacity ratings and dimensions
ISO 6899:1984 Acceptance conditions of open front mechanical power presses -- Testing of the accuracy
ISO 7388-1:1983 Tool shanks with 7/24 taper for automatic tool changers -- Part 1: Shanks Nos. 40, 45 and 50 -- Dimensions
ISO 7388-2:1984 Tool shanks with 7/24 taper for automatic tool changers -- Part 2: Retention knobs for shanks Nos. 40, 45 and 50 -- Dimensions and mechanical
characteristics
ISO 8526-1:1990 Modular units for machine tools -- Workholding pallets -- Part 1: Workholding pallets up to 800 mm nominal size
ISO 8526-2:1990 Modular units for machine tools -- Workholding pallets -- Part 2: Workholding pallets of nominal size greater than 800 mm
ISO 8540:1993 Open front mechanical power presses -- Vocabulary
ISO 9188:1993 Machine tools -- Straight-sided single-action mechanical power presses from 400 kN up to and including 4 000 kN nominal force -- Characteristics and
733
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
dimensions
ISO 9189:1993 Machine tools -- Straight-sided high-speed mechanical power presses from 250 kN up to and including 4 000 kN nominal force -- Characteristics and
dimensions
TC 39/SC 2
ISO 230-1:1996 Test code for machine tools -- Part 1: Geometric accuracy of machines operating under no-load or finishing conditions
ISO 230-2:2006 Test code for machine tools -- Part 2: Determination of accuracy and repeatability of positioning numerically controlled axes
ISO 230-3:2001 Test code for machine tools -- Part 3: Determination of thermal effects
ISO 230-4:1996 Test code for machine tools -- Part 4: Circular tests for numerically controlled machine tools
ISO 230-6:2002 Test code for machine tools -- Part 6: Determination of positioning accuracy on body and face diagonals (Diagonal displacement tests)
ISO 1701-1:2004 Test conditions for milling machines with table of variable height -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 1: Machines with horizontal spindle
ISO 1701-2:2004 Test conditions for milling machines with table of variable height -- Testing of accuracy -- Part 2: Machines with vertical spindle
ISO 1708:1989 Acceptance conditions for general purpose parallel lathes -- Testing of the accuracy
ISO 1984-1:2001 Test conditions for manually controlled milling machines with table of fixed height - Testing of the accuracy -- Part 1: Machines with horizontal spindle
ISO 1984-2:2001 Test conditions for manually controlled milling machines with table of fixed height - Testing of the accuracy -- Part 2: Machines with vertical spindle
ISO 1985:1998 Machine tools -- Test conditions for surface grinding machines with vertical grinding wheel spindle and reciprocating table -- Testing of the accuracy
ISO 1986-1:2001 Test conditions for surface grinding machines with horizontal grinding wheel spindle and reciprocating table -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 1: Machines
with a table length of up to 1 600 mm
ISO 2407:1997 Test conditions for internal cylindrical grinding machines with horizontal spindle -- Testing of accuracy
ISO 2423:1982 Acceptance conditions for radial drilling machines with the arm adjustable in height -- Testing of accuracy
ISO 2433:1999 Machine tools -- Test conditions for external cylindrical and universal grinding machines with a movable table -- Testing of accuracy
ISO 2772-1:1973 Test conditions for box type vertical drilling machines -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 1: Geometrical tests
ISO 2772-2:1974 Test conditions for box type vertical drilling machines -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 2: Practical test
ISO 2773-1:1973 Test conditions for pillar type vertical drilling machines -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 1: Geometrical tests
ISO 2773-2:1973 Test conditions for pillar type vertical drilling machines -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 2: Practical test
ISO 3070-0:1982 Acceptance conditions for boring and milling machines with horizontal spindle -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 0: General introduction
ISO 3070-2:1997 Test conditions for boring and milling machines with horizontal spindle -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 2: Table-type machines
ISO 3070-3:1997 Test conditions for boring and milling machines with horizontal spindle -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 3: Floor type machines with detached, stationary
work-holding table
ISO 3070-4:1998 Test conditions for boring and milling machines with horizontal spindle -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 4: Planer type machines with movable column
ISO 3190:1975 Test conditions for turret and single spindle co-ordinate drilling machines with vertical spindle -- Testing of the accuracy
ISO 3655:1986 Acceptance conditions for vertical turning and boring lathes with one or two columns and a single fixed or movable table -- General introduction and testing
of the accuracy
ISO 3686-1:2000 Test conditions for high accuracy turret and single spindle coordinate drilling and boring machines with table of fixed height with vertical spindle -- Testing
of the accuracy -- Part 1: Single column type machines
ISO 3686-2:2000 Test conditions for high accuracy turret and single spindle coordinate drilling and boring machines with table of fixed height with vertical spindle -- Testing
of the accuracy -- Part 2: Portal type machines with moving table
ISO 3875:2004 Machine tools -- Test conditions for external cylindrical centreless grinding machines -- Testing of the accuracy
ISO 4703:2001 Test conditions for surface grinding machines with two columns -- Machines for grinding slideways -- Testing of the accuracy
ISO 5734:1986 Acceptance conditions of mechanical dividing heads for machine tools -- Testing of accuracy
ISO 6155:1998 Machine tools -- Test conditions for horizontal spindle turret and single spindle automatic lathes -- Testing of the accuracy
ISO 6480:1983 Conditions of acceptance for horizontal internal broaching machines -- Testing of the accuracy
ISO 6481:1981 Acceptance conditions for vertical surface type broaching machines -- Testing of accuracy
ISO 6545:1992 Acceptance conditions for gear hobbing machines -- Testing of the accuracy
ISO 6779:1981 Acceptance conditions for broaching machines of vertical internal type -- Testing of accuracy
ISO 8636-1:2000 Machine tools -- Test conditions for bridge-type milling machines -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 1: Fixed bridge (portal-type) machines
ISO 8636-2:1988 Acceptance conditions for plano-milling machines -- Testing of the accuracy -- Part 2: Gantry-type machines
ISO 8956:1986 Acceptance conditions for copying attachments, integral or otherwise, for lathes -- Testing of the accuracy
ISO 10791-1:1998 Test conditions for machining centres -- Part 1: Geometric tests for machines with horizontal spindle and with accessory heads (horizontal Z-axis)
ISO 10791-2:2001 Test conditions for machining centres -- Part 2: Geometric tests for machines with vertical spindle or universal heads with vertical primary rotary axis
(vertical Z-axis)
ISO 10791-3:1998 Test conditions for machining centres -- Part 3: Geometric tests for machines with integral indexable or continuous universal heads (vertical Z -axis)
ISO 10791-4:1998 Test conditions for machining centres -- Part 4: Accuracy and repeatability of positioning of linear and rotary axes
ISO 10791-5:1998 Test conditions for machining centres -- Part 5: Accuracy and repeatability of positioning of work-holding pallets
ISO 10791-6:1998 Test conditions for machining centres -- Part 6: Accuracy of feeds, speeds and interpolations
ISO 10791-7:1998 Test conditions for machining centres -- Part 7: Accuracy of a finished test piece
ISO 10791-8:2001 Test conditions for machining centres -- Part 8: Evaluation of contouring performance in the three coordinate planes
ISO 10791-9:2001 Test conditions for machining centres -- Part 9: Evaluation of the operating times of tool change and pallet change
ISO 11090-1:1998 Machine tools -- Test conditions for die sinking electro-discharge machines (EDM) -- Terminology and testing of accuracy -- Part 1: Single column
machines (cross slide table type and fixed table type)
ISO 11090-2:1998 Machine tools -- Test conditions for die sinking electro-discharge machines (EDM) -- Terminology and testing of accuracy -- Part 2: Two column machines
(slide-head type and cross-slide table type)
ISO 13041-1:2004 Test conditions for numerically controlled turning machines and turning centres -- Part 1: Geometric tests for machines with a horizontal workholding
spindle
734
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 13041-4:2004 Test conditions for numerically controlled turning machines and turning centres -- Part 4: Accuracy and repeatability of positioning of linear and rotary axes
ISO 13041-5:2006 Test conditions for numerically controlled turning machines and turning centres -- Part 5: Accuracy of feeds, speeds and interpolations
ISO 13041-7:2004 Test conditions for numerically controlled turning machines and turning centres -- Part 7: Evaluation of contouring performance in the coordinate planes
ISO 13041-8:2004 Test conditions for numerically controlled turning machines and turning centres -- Part 8: Evaluation of thermal distortions
ISO 14137:2000 Machine tools -- Test conditions for wire electrical-discharge machines (wire EDM) -- Terminology and testing of the accuracy
TC 39/SC 4
ISO 7006:1981 Woodworking machines -- Diameters of spindles for receiving circular sawblades
ISO 7007:1983 Woodworking machines -- Table bandsawing machines -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7008:1983 Woodworking machines -- Single blade circular saw benches with or without travelling table -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7009:1983 Woodworking machines -- Single spindle moulding machines -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7568:1986 Woodworking machines -- Thickness planing machines with rotary cutterblock for one-side dressing -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7569:1986 Woodworking machines -- Planing machines for two-, three- or four-side dressing -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7570:1986 Woodworking machines -- Surface planing and thicknessing machines -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7571:1986 Woodworking machines -- Surface planing machines with cutterblock for one-side dressing -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7945:1985 Woodworking machines -- Single spindle boring machines -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7946:1985 Woodworking machines -- Slot mortising machines -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7947:1985 Woodworking machines -- Two-, three- and four-side moulding machines -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7948:1987 Woodworking machines -- Routing machines -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7949:1985 Woodworking machines -- Veneer pack edge shears -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7950:1985 Woodworking machines -- Single chain mortising machines -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7957:1987 Woodworking machines -- Radial circular saws -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7958:1987 Woodworking machines -- Single blade stroke circular sawing machines for lengthwise cutting of solid woods and panels -- Nomenclature and acceptance
conditions
ISO 7959:1987 Woodworking machines -- Double edging precision circular sawing machines -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7983:1988 Woodworking machines -- Single blade circular sawing machines with travelling table -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7984:1988 Woodworking machines -- Technical classification of woodworking machines and auxiliary machines for woodworking
ISO 7987:1985 Woodworking machines -- Turning lathes -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 7988:1988 Woodworking machines -- Double-end tenoning machines -- Nomenclature and acceptance conditions
ISO 9264:1988 Woodworking machines -- Narrow belt sanding machines with sliding table or frame -- Nomenclature
ISO 9265:1988 Woodworking machines -- Multi-spindle boring machines -- Nomenclature
ISO 9266:1988 Woodworking machines -- Universal tool and cutter sharpeners -- Nomenclature
ISO 9267:1988 Woodworking machines -- Bandsaw blade sharpening machines -- Nomenclature
ISO 9375:1989 Woodworking machines -- Disc sanding machines with spindle in fixed position -- Nomenclature
ISO 9414:1989 Woodworking machines -- Curtain coating machines -- Nomenclature
ISO 9415:1989 Woodworking machines -- Wide belt sanding machines -- Nomenclature
ISO 9451:1989 Woodworking machines -- Hand-loading veneering presses for flat surfaces -- Nomenclature
ISO 9452:1989 Woodworking machines -- Crosswise veneer splicing machines -- Nomenclature
ISO 9535:1989 Woodworking machines -- Machines for production of core stock from laths -- Nomenclature
ISO 9536:1989 Woodworking machines -- Mortising machines with oscillating tool action -- Nomenclature
ISO 9537:1989 Woodworking machines -- Single-end edge bonding machines -- Nomenclature
ISO 9558:1989 Woodworking machines -- Veneer slicing machines -- Nomenclature
ISO 9566:1989 Woodworking machines -- Single-end tenoning machines with several spindles -- Nomenclature
ISO 9567:1989 Woodworking machines -- Horizontal shredding machines for wood wool production, quadruple effect -- Nomenclature
ISO 9615:1989 Woodworking machines -- Vertical shredding machines for wood wool production, with hydraulic clamping -- Nomenclature
ISO 9616:1989 Woodworking machines -- Circular sawing machines for building sites -- Nomenclature
ISO 9617:1989 Woodworking machines -- Lifting tables and stages -- Nomenclature
TC 39/SC 6
ISO 230-5:2000 Test code for machine tools -- Part 5: Determination of the noise emission
ISO 7960:1995 Airborne noise emitted by machine tools -- Operating conditions for woodworking machines
TC 39/SC 8
ISO 702-1:2001 Machine tools -- Connecting dimensions of spindle noses and work holding chucks -- Part 1: Conical connection
ISO 702-2:1975 Machine tools -- Spindle noses and face plates -- Sizes for interchangeability -- Part 2: Camlock type
ISO 702-3:1975 Machine tools -- Spindle noses and face plates -- Sizes for interchangeability -- Part 3: Bayonet type
ISO 702-4:2004 Machine tools -- Connecting dimensions of spindle noses and work holding chucks -- Part 4: Cylindrical connection
ISO 3089:1991 Self-centring manually-operated chucks for machine tools -- Acceptance test specifications (geometrical tests)
ISO 3442:1991 Self-centring chucks for machine tools with two-piece jaws (tongue and groove type) -- Sizes for interchangeability and acceptance test specifications
ISO 9401:1991 Machine tools -- Jaw mountings on power chucks
ISO 16156:2004 Machine-tools safety -- Safety requirements for the design and construction of work holding chucks
TC 39 Technical programme
Subcommittees
735
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TC 39/SC 2 Test conditions for metal cutting machine tools
TC 39/SC 4 Woodworking machines
TC 39/SC 6 Noise of machine tools
TC 39/SC 8 Work holding spindles and chucks
Projects
ISO/CD 369 Machine tools -- Symbols for indications appearing on machine tools
ISO/WD 3408-1 Ball screws -- Part 1: Vocabulary and designation
ISO/WD 3408-3 Ball screws -- Part 3: Acceptance conditions and acceptance tests
ISO/WD 3408-4 Ball screws -- Part 4: Axial rigidity
ISO/WD 3408-5 Ball screws -- Part 5: Static and dynamic axial load ratings and operational lifetime
ISO/AWI 7388-1 Tool shanks with 7/24 taper for automatic tool changers -- Part 1: Shanks Nos. 40, 45 and 50 -- Dimensions
ISO/AWI 7388-2 Tool shanks with 7/24 taper for automatic tool changers -- Part 2: Retention knobs for shanks Nos. 40, 45 and 50 -- Dimensions and
mechanical characteristics
TC 44 Welding and allied processes
ISO 2400:1972 Welds in steel -- Reference block for the calibration of equipment for ultrasonic examination
ISO 5187:1985 Welding and allied processes -- Assemblies made with soft solders and brazing filler metals -- Mechanical test methods
ISO 10564:1993 Soldering and brazing materials -- Methods for the sampling of soft solders for analysis
ISO 15614-10:2005 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure test -- Part 10: Hyperbaric dry welding
ISO 18279:2003 Brazing -- Imperfections in brazed joints
TC 44/SC 3
ISO 544:2003 Welding consumables -- Technical delivery conditions for welding filler materials -- Type of product, dimensions, tolerances and markings
ISO 636:2004 Welding consumables -- Rods, wires and deposits for tungsten inert gas welding of non-alloy and fine-grain steels -- Classification
ISO 1071:2003 Welding consumables - Covered electrodes, wires, rods and tubular cored electrodes for fusion welding of cast iron - Classification
ISO 2401:1972 Covered electrodes -- Determination of the efficiency, metal recovery and deposition coefficient
ISO 5187:1985 Welding and allied processes -- Assemblies made with soft solders and brazing filler metals -- Mechanical test methods
ISO 6848:2004 Arc welding and cutting -- Nonconsumable tungsten electrodes -- Classification
ISO 14171:2002 Welding consumables -- Wire electrodes and wire-flux combinations for submerged arc welding of non alloy and fine grain steels -- Classification
ISO 14172:2003 Welding consumables -- Covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding of nickel and nickel alloys -- Classification
ISO 14174:2004 Welding consumables -- Fluxes for submerged arc welding -- Classification
ISO 14175:1997 Welding consumables -- Shielding gases for arc welding and cutting
ISO 14341:2002 Welding consumables -- Wire electrodes and deposits for gas shielded metal arc welding of non alloy and fine grain steels -- Classification
ISO 15792-1:2000 Welding consumables -- Test methods -- Part 1: Test methods for all-weld metal test specimens in steel, nickel and nickel alloys
ISO 15792-2:2000 Welding consumables -- Test methods -- Part 2: Preparation of single-run and two-run technique test specimens in steel
ISO 15792-3:2000 Welding consumables -- Test methods -- Part 3: Classification testing of positional capacity and root penetration of welding consumables in a fillet weld
ISO 16834:2006 Welding consumables -- Wire electrodes, wires, rods and deposits for gas-shielded arc welding of high strength steels -- Classification
ISO 17632:2004 Welding consumables -- Tubular cored electrodes for gas shielded and non-gas shielded metal arc welding of non-alloy and fine grain steels --
Classification
ISO 17633:2004 Welding consumables -- Tubular cored electrodes and rods for gas shielded and non-gas shielded metal arc welding of stainless and heat-resisting
steels -- Classification
ISO 17634:2004 Welding consumables -- Tubular cored electrodes for gas shielded metal arc welding of creep-resisting steels -- Classification
ISO 18273:2004 Welding consumables -- Wire electrodes, wires and rods for welding of aluminium and aluminium alloys -- Classification
ISO 18274:2004 Welding consumables -- Wire and strip electrodes, wires and rods for arc welding of nickel and nickel alloys -- Classification
TC 44/SC 5
ISO 4136:2001 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Transverse tensile test
ISO 5173:2000 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Bend tests
ISO 5178:2001 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Longitudinal tensile test on weld metal in fusion welded joints
ISO 7963:2006 Welds in steel -- Calibration block No. 2 for ultrasonic examination of welds
ISO 9015-1:2001 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Hardness testing -- Part 1: Hardness test on arc welded joints
ISO 9015-2:2003 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Hardness testing -- Part 2: Microhardness testing of welded joints
ISO 9016:2001 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Impact tests -- Test specimen location, notch orientation and examination
ISO 9017:2001 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Fracture test
ISO 9018:2003 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Tensile test on cruciform and lapped joints
ISO/TR 16060:2003 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Etchants for macroscopic and microscopic examination
ISO 17635:2003 Non-destructive testing of welds -- General rules for fusion welds in metallic materials
ISO 17636:2003 Non-destructive testing of welds -- Radiographic testing of fusion-welded joints
ISO 17637:2003 Non-destructive testing of welds -- Visual testing of fusion-welded joints
ISO 17638:2003 Non-destructive testing of welds -- Magnetic particle testing
ISO 17639:2003 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Macroscopic and microscopic examination of welds
ISO 17641-1:2004 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Hot cracking tests for weldments -- Arc welding processes -- Part 1: General
ISO 17642-1:2004 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Cold cracking tests for weldments -- Arc welding processes -- Part 1: General
ISO 17653:2003 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Torsion test of resistance spot welds
ISO 17654:2003 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Resistance welding -- Pressure test on resistance seam welds

736
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 17655:2003 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Method for taking samples for delta ferrite measurement
ISO 22825:2006 Non-destructive testing of welds -- Ultrasonic testing -- Testing of welds in austenitic steels and nickel-based alloys
ISO 22826:2005 Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials -- Hardness testing of narrow joints welded by laser and electron beam (Vickers and Knoop hardness
tests)
ISO 23277:2006 Non-destructive testing of welds -- Penetrant testing of welds -- Acceptance levels
ISO 23278:2006 Non-destructive testing of welds -- Magnetic particle testing of welds -- Acceptance levels
TC 44/SC 6
ISO 669:2000 Resistance welding -- Resistance welding equipment -- Mechanical and electrical requirements
ISO 693:1982 Dimensions of seam welding wheel blanks
ISO 865:1981 Slots in platens for projection welding machines
ISO 1089:1980 Electrode taper fits for spot welding equipment -- Dimensions
ISO 5182:1991 Welding -- Materials for resistance welding electrodes and ancillary equipment
ISO 5183-1:1998 Resistance welding equipment -- Electrode adaptors, male taper 1:10 -- Part 1: Conical fixing, taper 1:10
ISO 5183-2:2000 Resistance spot welding -- Electrode adaptors, male taper 1:10 -- Part 2: Parallel shank fixing for end-thrust electrodes
ISO 5184:1979 Straight resistance spot welding electrodes
ISO 5821:1979 Resistance spot welding electrode caps
ISO 5822:1988 Spot welding equipment -- Taper plug gauges and taper ring gauges
ISO 5826:1999 Resistance welding equipment -- Transformers -- General specifications applicable to all transformers
ISO 5827:1983 Spot welding -- Electrode back-ups and clamps
ISO 5828:2001 Resistance welding equipment -- Secondary connecting cables with terminals connected to water-cooled lugs -- Dimensions and characteristics
ISO 5829:1984 Resistance spot welding -- Electrode adaptors, female taper 1 : 10
ISO 5830:1984 Resistance spot welding -- Male electrode caps
ISO 6210-1:1991 Cylinders for robot resistance welding guns -- Part 1: General requirements
ISO 7284:1993 Resistance welding equipment -- Particular specifications applicable to transformers with two separate secondary windings for multi-spot welding, as
used in the automobile industry
ISO 7285:1995 Pneumatic cylinders for mechanized multiple spot welding
ISO 7286:1986 Graphical symbols for resistance welding equipment
ISO 7931:1985 Insulation caps and bushes for resistance welding equipment
ISO 8167:1989 Projections for resistance welding
ISO 8205-1:2002 Water-cooled secondary connection cables for resistance welding -- Part 1: Dimensions and requirements for double-conductor connection cables
ISO 8205-2:2002 Water-cooled secondary connection cables for resistance welding -- Part 2: Dimensions and requirements for single-conductor connection cables
ISO 8205-3:1993 Water-cooled secondary connection cables for resistance welding -- Part 3: Test requirements
ISO 8430-1:1988 Resistance spot welding -- Electrode holders -- Part 1: Taper fixing 1:10
ISO 8430-2:1988 Resistance spot welding -- Electrode holders -- Part 2: Morse taper fixing
ISO 8430-3:1988 Resistance spot welding -- Electrode holders -- Part 3: Parallel shank fixing for end thrust
ISO 9312:1990 Resistance welding equipment -- Insulated pins for use in electrode back-ups
ISO 9313:1989 Resistance spot welding equipment -- Cooling tubes
ISO 10656:1996 Electric resistance welding -- Integrated transformers for welding guns
ISO 12145:1998 Resistance welding equipment -- Angles for mounting spot welding electrodes
ISO 12166:1997 Resistance welding equipment -- Particular specifications applicable to transformers with one secondary winding for multi-spot welding, as used in the
automobile industry
TC 44/SC 7
ISO/TR 581:2005 Weldability -- Metallic materials -- General principles
ISO 581:1980 Weldability -- Definition
ISO 857-1:1998 Welding and allied processes -- Vocabulary -- Part 1: Metal welding processes
ISO 2553:1992 Welded, brazed and soldered joints -- Symbolic representation on drawings
ISO 4063:1998 Welding and allied processes -- Nomenclature of processes and reference numbers
ISO 6520-1:1998 Welding and allied processes -- Classification of geometric imperfections in metallic materials -- Part 1: Fusion welding
ISO 6520-2:2001 Welding and allied processes -- Classification of geometric imperfections in metallic materials -- Part 2: Welding with pressure
ISO 6947:1990 Welds -- Working positions -- Definitions of angles of slope and rotation
ISO 9692-1:2003 Welding and allied processes -- Recommendations for joint preparation -- Part 1: Manual metal-arc welding, gas-shielded metal-arc welding, gas
welding, TIG welding and beam welding of steels
ISO 9692-2:1998 Welding and allied processes -- Joint preparation -- Part 2: Submerged arc welding of steels
ISO 9692-3:2000 Welding and allied processes -- Recommendations for joint preparation -- Part 3: Metal inert gas welding and tungsten inert gas welding of aluminium
and its alloys
ISO 9692-4:2003 Welding and allied processes -- Recommendations for joint preparation -- Part 4: Clad steels
ISO 17658:2002 Welding -- Imperfections in oxyfuel flame cuts, laser beam cuts and plasma cuts -- Terminology
ISO 17659:2002 Welding -- Multilingual terms for welded joints with illustrations
ISO/TS 17845:2004 Welding and allied processes -- Designation system for imperfections
TC 44/SC 8
ISO 2503:1998 Gas welding equipment -- Pressure regulators for gas cylinders used in welding, cutting and allied processes up to 300 bar
ISO 3253:1998 Gas welding equipment -- Hose connections for equipment for welding, cutting and allied processes

737
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 3821:1998 Gas welding equipment -- Rubber hoses for welding, cutting and allied processes
ISO 5171:1995 Pressure gauges used in welding, cutting and allied processes
ISO 5172:1995 Manual blowpipes for welding, cutting and heating -- Specifications and tests

ISO 5175:1987 Equipment used in gas welding, cutting and allied processes -- Safety devices for fuel gases and oxygen or compressed air -- General specifications,
requirements and tests
ISO 5186:1995 Oxygen/fuel gas blowpipes (cutting machine type) with cylindrical barrels -- General specifications and test methods
ISO 7287:2002 Graphical symbols for thermal cutting equipment
ISO 7289:1996 Quick-action couplings with shut-off valves for gas welding, cutting and allied processes
ISO 7291:1999 Gas welding equipment -- Pressure regulators for manifold systems used in welding, cutting and allied processes up to 300 bar
ISO 7292:1997 Flowmeter regulators used on cylinders for welding, cutting and allied processes -- Classification and specifications
ISO 8206:1991 Acceptance tests for oxygen cutting machines -- Reproducible accuracy -- Operational characteristics
ISO 8207:1996 Gas welding equipment -- Specification for hose assemblies for equipment for welding, cutting and allied processes
ISO 9012:1998 Gas welding equipment -- Air-aspirated hand blowpipes -- Specifications and tests
ISO 9013:2002 Thermal cutting -- Classification of thermal cuts -- Geometrical product specification and quality tolerances
ISO 9090:1989 Gas tightness of equipment for gas welding and allied processes
ISO 9539:1988 Materials for equipment used in gas welding, cutting and allied processes
ISO 12170:1996 Gas welding equipment -- Thermoplastic hoses for welding and allied processes
ISO 14112:1996 Gas welding equipment -- Small kits for gas brazing and welding
ISO 14113:1997 Gas welding equipment -- Rubber and plastic hoses assembled for compressed or liquefied gases up to a maximum design pressure of 450 bar
ISO 14114:1999 Gas welding equipment -- Acetylene manifold systems for welding, cutting and allied processes -- General requirements
ISO 15296:2004 Gas welding equipment -- Vocabulary -- Terms used for gas welding equipment
ISO 15615:2002 Gas welding equipment -- Acetylene manifold systems for welding, cutting and allied processes -- Safety requirements in high-pressure devices
TC 44/SC 9
ISO 10882-1:2001 Health and safety in welding and allied processes -- Sampling of airborne particles and gases in the operator's breathing zone -- Part 1: Sampling of
airborne particles
ISO 10882-2:2000 Health and safety in welding and allied processes -- Sampling of airborne particles and gases in the operator's breathing zone -- Part 2: Sampling of
gases
ISO 15011-1:2002 Health and safety in welding and allied processes -- Laboratory method for sampling fume and gases generated by arc welding -- Part 1: Determination
of emission rate and sampling for analysis of particulate fume
ISO 15011-2:2003 Health and safety in welding and allied processes -- Laboratory method for sampling fume and gases generated by arc welding -- Part 2: Determination
of emission rates of gases, except ozone
ISO 15011-3:2002 Health and safety in welding and allied processes -- Laboratory method for sampling fume and gases generated by arc welding -- Part 3: Determination
of ozone concentration using fixed point measurements
ISO 15011-4:2006 Health and safety in welding and allied processes -- Laboratory method for sampling fume and gases -- Part 4: Fume data sheets
ISO/TS 15011-5:2006 Health and safety in welding and allied processes -- Laboratory method for sampling fume and gases -- Part 5: Identification of thermal-degradation
products generated when welding or cutting through products composed wholly or partly of organic materials
ISO 15012-1:2004 Health and safety in welding and allied processes -- Requirements testing and marking of equipment for air filtration -- Part 1: Testing of the separation
efficiency for welding fume
ISO 17846:2004 Welding and allied processes -- Health and safety -- Wordless precautionary labels for equipment and consumables used in arc welding and cutting
TC 44/SC 10
ISO 3834-1:1994 Quality requirements for welding -- Fusion welding of metallic materials -- Part 1: Guidelines for selection and use
ISO 3834-2:1994 Quality requirements for welding -- Fusion welding of metallic materials -- Part 2: Comprehensive quality requirements
ISO 3834-3:1994 Quality requirements for welding -- Fusion welding of metallic materials -- Part 3: Standards quality requirements
ISO 3834-4:1994 Quality requirements for welding -- Fusion welding of metallic materials -- Part 4: Elementary quality requirements
ISO 5817:2003 Welding -- Fusion-welded joints in steel, nickel, titanium and their alloys (beam welding excluded) -- Quality levels for imperfections
ISO 8166:2003 Resistance welding -- Procedure for the evaluation of the life of spot welding electrodes using constant machine settings
ISO 9956-4:1995 Specification and approval of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Part 4: Welding procedure tests for the arc welding of aluminium and its alloys
ISO 10042:1992 Arc-welded joints in aluminium and its weldable alloys -- Guidance on quality levels for imperfections
ISO 13916:1996 Welding -- Guidance on the measurement of preheating temperature, interpass temperature and preheat maintenance temperature
ISO 13918:1998 Welding -- Studs and ceramic ferrules for arc stud welding
ISO 13919-1:1996 Welding -- Electron and laser-beam welded joints -- Guidance on quality levels for imperfections -- Part 1: Steel
ISO 13919-2:2001 Welding -- Electron and laser beam welded joints -- Guidance on quality levels for imperfections -- Part 2: Aluminium and its weldable alloys
ISO 13920:1996 Welding -- General tolerances for welded constructions -- Dimensions for lengths and angles -- Shape and position
ISO 14327:2004 Resistance welding -- Procedures for determining the weldability lobe for resistance spot, projection and seam welding
ISO 14554-1:2000 Quality requirements for welding -- Resistance welding of metallic materials -- Part 1: Comprehensive quality requirements
ISO 14554-2:2000 Quality requirements for welding -- Resistance welding of metallic materials -- Part 2: Elementary quality requirements
ISO 14555:2006 Welding -- Arc stud welding of metallic materials
ISO 14744-1:2000 Welding -- Acceptance inspection of electron beam welding machines -- Part 1: Principles and acceptance conditions
ISO 14744-2:2000 Welding -- Acceptance inspection of electron beam welding machines -- Part 2: Measurement of accelerating voltage characteristics
ISO 14744-3:2000 Welding -- Acceptance inspection of electron beam welding machines -- Part 3: Measurement of beam current characteristics
ISO 14744-4:2000 Welding -- Acceptance inspection of electron beam welding machines -- Part 4: Measurement of welding speed
ISO 14744-5:2000 Welding -- Acceptance inspection of electron beam welding machines -- Part 5: Measurement of run-out accuracy
738
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 14744-6:2000 Welding -- Acceptance inspection of electron beam welding machines -- Part 6: Measurement of stability of spot position
ISO 15607:2003 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- General rules
ISO/TR 15608:2000 Welding -- Guidelines for a metallic materials grouping system
ISO 15609-1:2004 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure specification -- Part 1: Arc welding
ISO 15609-2:2001 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure specification -- Part 2: Gas welding
ISO 15609-3:2004 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure specification -- Part 3: Electron beam welding
ISO 15609-4:2004 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure specification -- Part 4: Laser beam welding
ISO 15609-5:2004 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure specification -- Part 5: Resistance welding
ISO 15610:2003 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Qualification based on tested welding consumables
ISO 15611:2003 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Qualification based on previous welding experience
ISO 15612:2004 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Qualification by adoption of a standard welding procedure
ISO 15613:2004 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Qualification based on pre-production welding test
ISO 15614-1:2004 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure test -- Part 1: Arc and gas welding of steels and arc
welding of nickel and nickel alloys
ISO 15614-5:2004 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure test -- Part 5: Arc welding of titanium, zirconium and
their alloys
ISO 15614-6:2006 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure test -- Part 6: Arc and gas welding of copper and its
alloys
ISO 15614-8:2002 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure test -- Part 8: Welding of tubes to tube-plate joints
ISO 15614-11:2002 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure test -- Part 11: Electron and laser beam welding
ISO 15614-12:2004 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials -- Welding procedure test -- Part 12: Spot, seam and projection welding
ISO 15616-1:2003 Acceptance tests for CO2-laser beam machines for high quality welding and cutting -- Part 1: General principles, acceptance conditions
ISO 15616-2:2003 Acceptance tests for CO2-laser beam machines for high quality welding and cutting -- Part 2: Measurement of static and dynamic accuracy
ISO 15616-3:2003 Acceptance tests for CO2-laser beam machines for high quality welding and cutting -- Part 3: Calibration of instruments for measurement of gas flow
and pressure
ISO 15620:2000 Welding -- Friction welding of metallic materials
ISO/TS 17477:2003 Acceptance tests for CO2-laser beam machines for welding and cutting using 2D moving optics type
ISO 17652-1:2003 Welding -- Test for shop primers in relation to welding and allied processes -- Part 1: General requirements
ISO 17652-2:2003 Welding -- Test for shop primers in relation to welding and allied processes -- Part 2: Welding properties of shop primers
ISO 17652-3:2003 Welding -- Test for shop primers in relation to welding and allied processes -- Part 3: Thermal cutting
ISO 17652-4:2003 Welding -- Test for shop primers in relation to welding and allied processes -- Part 4: Emission of fumes and gases
ISO 17660-1:2006 Welding -- Welding of reinforcing steel -- Part 1: Load-bearing welded joints
ISO 17660-2:2006 Welding -- Welding of reinforcing steel -- Part 2: Non load-bearing welded joints
ISO/TR 17663:2001 Welding -- Guidelines for quality requirements for heat treatment in connection with welding and allied processes (ISO/TR 17663:2000)
ISO/TR 17671-1:2002 Welding -- Recommendations for welding of metallic materials -- Part 1: General guidance for arc welding
ISO/TR 17671-2:2002 Welding -- Recommendations for welding of metallic materials -- Part 2: Arc welding of ferritic steels
ISO/TR 17671-3:2002 Welding -- Recommendations for welding of metallic materials -- Part 3: Arc welding of stainless steels
ISO/TR 17671-4:2002 Welding -- Recommendations for welding of metallic materials -- Part 4: Arc welding of aluminium and aluminium alloys
ISO/TR 17671-5:2004 Welding -- Recommendations for welding of metallic materials -- Part 5: Welding of clad steels
ISO/TR 17671-6:2005 Welding -- Recommendations for welding of metallic materials -- Part 6: Laser beam welding
ISO/TR 17671-7:2004 Welding -- Recommendations for welding of metallic materials -- Part 7: Electron beam welding
ISO/TR 17844:2004 Welding -- Comparison of standardised methods for the avoidance of cold cracks
ISO 18278-1:2004 Resistance welding -- Weldability -- Part 1: Assessment of weldability for resistance spot, seam and projection welding of metallic materials
ISO 18278-2:2004 Resistance welding -- Weldability -- Part 2: Alternative procedures for the assessment of sheet steels for spot welding
ISO/TR 20172:2006 Welding -- Grouping systems for materials -- European materials
ISO/TR 20173:2005 Welding -- Grouping systems for materials -- American materials
ISO/TR 20174:2005 Welding -- Grouping systems for materials -- Japanese materials
ISO 22827-1:2005 Acceptance tests for Nd:YAG laser beam welding machines -- Machines with optical fibre delivery -- Part 1: Laser assembly
ISO 22827-2:2005 Acceptance tests for Nd:YAG laser beam welding machines -- Machines with optical fibre delivery -- Part 2: Moving mechanism
TC 44/SC 11
ISO 9606-1:1994 Approval testing of welders -- Fusion welding -- Part 1: Steels
ISO 9606-2:2004 Qualification test of welders -- Fusion welding -- Part 2: Aluminium and aluminium alloys
ISO 9606-3:1999 Approval testing of welders -- Fusion welding -- Part 3: Copper and copper alloys
ISO 9606-4:1999 Approval testing of welders -- Fusion welding -- Part 4: Nickel and nickel alloys
ISO 9606-5:2000 Approval testing of welders -- Fusion welding -- Part 5: Titanium and titanium alloys, zirconium and zirconium alloys
ISO 14731:1997 Welding coordination -- Tasks and responsibilities
ISO 14732:1998 Welding personnel -- Approval testing of welding operators for fusion welding and of resistance weld setters for fully mechanized and automatic welding
of metallic materials
ISO 15618-1:2001 Qualification testing of welders for underwater welding -- Part 1: Diver-welders for hyperbaric wet welding
ISO 15618-2:2001 Qualification testing of welders for underwater welding -- Part 2: Diver-welders and welding operators for hyperbaric dry welding
TC 44/SC 12
ISO 3677:1992 Filler metal for soft soldering, brazing and braze welding -- Designation
ISO 5179:1983 Investigation of brazeability using a varying gap test piece
ISO 9453:2006 Soft solder alloys -- Chemical compositions and forms
739
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 9454-1:1990 Soft soldering fluxes -- Classification and requirements -- Part 1: Classification, labelling and packaging
ISO 9454-2:1998 Soft soldering fluxes -- Classification and requirements -- Part 2: Performance requirements
ISO 9455-1:1990 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 1: Determination of non-volatile matter, gravimetric method
ISO 9455-2:1993 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 2: Determination of non-volatile matter, ebulliometric method
ISO 9455-3:1992 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 3: Determination of acid value, potentiometric and visual titration methods
ISO 9455-5:1992 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 5: Copper mirror test
ISO 9455-6:1995 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 6: Determination and detection of halide (excluding fluoride) content
ISO 9455-8:1991 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 8: Determination of zinc content
ISO 9455-9:1993 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 9: Determination of ammonia content
ISO 9455-10:1998 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 10: Flux efficacy tests, solder spread method
ISO 9455-11:1991 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 11: Solubility of flux residues
ISO 9455-12:1992 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 12: Steel tube corrosion test
ISO 9455-13:1996 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 13: Determination of flux spattering
ISO 9455-14:1991 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 14: Assessment of tackiness of flux residues
ISO 9455-15:1996 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 15: Copper corrosion test
ISO 9455-16:1998 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 16: Flux efficacy tests, wetting balance method
ISO 9455-17:2002 Soft soldering fluxes -- Test methods -- Part 17: Surface insulation resistance comb test and electrochemical migration test of flux residues
ISO 10564:1993 Soldering and brazing materials -- Methods for the sampling of soft solders for analysis
ISO 12224-1:1997 Solder wire, solid and flux cored -- Specification and test methods -- Part 1: Classification and performance requirements
ISO 12224-2:1997 Flux cored solder wire -- Specification and test methods -- Part 2: Determination of flux content
ISO 12224-3:2003 Solder wire, solid and flux cored -- Specifications and test methods -- Part 3: Wetting balance test method for flux cored solder wire efficacy
ISO 18279:2003 Brazing -- Imperfections in brazed joints
TC 44 Technical programme
Subcommittees
TC 44/SC 3 Welding consumables
TC 44/SC 5 Testing and inspection of welds
TC 44/SC 6 Resistance welding
TC 44/SC 7 Representation and terms
TC 44/SC 8 Equipment for gas welding, cutting and allied processes
TC 44/SC 9 Health and safety
TC 44/SC 10 Unification of requirements in the field of metal welding
TC 44/SC 11 Qualification requirements for welding and allied processes personnel
TC 44/SC 12 Soldering and brazing materials
TC 184 Industrial automation systems and integration
ISO 11161:1994 Industrial automation systems -- Safety of integrated manufacturing systems -- Basic requirements

TC 184/SC 1
ISO 841:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Numerical control of machines -- Coordinate system and motion nomenclature
ISO 2806:1994 Industrial automation systems -- Numerical control of machines -- Vocabulary
ISO 2972:1979 Numerical control of machines -- Symbols
ISO 3592:2000 Industrial automation systems -- Numerical control of machines -- NC processor output -- File structure and language format
ISO 4342:1985 Numerical control of machines -- NC processor input -- Basic part program reference language
ISO 4343:2000 Industrial automation systems -- Numerical control of machines -- NC processor output -- Post processor commands
ISO/TR 6132:1981 Numerical control of machines -- Operational command and data format
ISO 6983-1:1982 Numerical control of machines -- Program format and definition of address words -- Part 1: Data format for positioning, line motion and contouring
control systems
ISO 14649-1:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Physical device control -- Data model for computerized numerical controllers -- Part 1: Overview
and fundamental principles
ISO 14649-10:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Physical device control -- Data model for computerized numerical controllers -- Part 10: General
process data
ISO 14649-11:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Physical device control -- Data model for computerized numerical controllers -- Part 11: Process
data for milling
ISO 22093:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Physical device control -- Dimensional Measuring Interface Standard (DMIS)
ISO 23570-1:2005 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Distributed installation in industrial applications -- Part 1: Sensors and actuators
ISO 23570-2:2005 Industrial automation systems and integration - Distributed installation in industrial applications -- Part 2: Hybrid communication bus
ISO 23570-3:2006 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Distributed installation in industrial applications -- Part 3: Power distribution bus

TC 184/SC 2
ISO 8373:1994 Manipulating industrial robots -- Vocabulary
ISO 9283:1998 Manipulating industrial robots -- Performance criteria and related test methods
ISO 9409-1:2004 Manipulating industrial robots -- Mechanical interfaces -- Part 1: Plates
ISO 9409-2:2002 Manipulating industrial robots -- Mechanical interfaces -- Part 2: Shafts

740
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 9787:1999 Manipulating industrial robots -- Coordinate systems and motion nomenclatures
ISO 9946:1999 Manipulating industrial robots -- Presentation of characteristics
ISO 10218:1992 Manipulating industrial robots -- Safety
ISO 11593:1996 Manipulating industrial robots -- Automatic end effector exchange systems -- Vocabulary and presentation of characteristics
ISO/TR 13309:1995 Manipulating industrial robots -- Informative guide on test equipment and metrology methods of operation for robot performance evaluation in
accordance with ISO 9283
ISO 14539:2000 Manipulating industrial robots -- Object handling with grasp-type grippers -- Vocabulary and presentation of characteristics
ISO 15187:2000 Manipulating industrial robots -- Graphical user interfaces for programming and operation of robots (GUI-R)

TC 184/SC 4
ISO 10303-1:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1: Overview and fundamental principles
ISO 10303-11:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 11: Description methods: The EXPRESS
language reference manual
ISO 10303-11:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 11: Description methods: The EXPRESS
language reference manual
ISO/TR 10303-12:1997 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 12: Description methods: The EXPRESS-I
language reference manual
ISO 10303-21:2002 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 21: Implementation methods: Clear text
encoding of the exchange structure
ISO 10303-22:1998 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 22: Implementation methods: Standard data
access interface
ISO 10303-23:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 23: Implementation methods: C++ language
binding to the standard data access interface
ISO 10303-24:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 24: Implementation methods: C language
binding of standard data access interface
ISO/TS 10303-27:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 27: Implementation methods: Java TM
programming language binding to the standard data access interface with Internet/Intranet extensions
ISO/TS 10303-28:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 28: Implementation methods: XML
representations of EXPRESS schemas and data
ISO 10303-31:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 31: Conformance testing methodology and
framework: General concepts
ISO 10303-32:1998 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 32: Conformance testing methodology and
framework: Requirements on testing laboratories and clients
ISO 10303-34:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 34: Conformance testing methodology and
framework: Abstract test methods for application protocol implementations
ISO/TS 10303-35:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 35: Conformance testing methodology and
framework: Abstract test methods for standard data access interface (SDAI) implementations
ISO 10303-41:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 41: Integrated generic resources: Fundamentals
of product description and support
ISO 10303-41:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 41: Integrated generic resource: Fundamentals
of product description and support
ISO 10303-42:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 42: Integrated generic resource: Geometric and
topological representation
ISO 10303-42:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 42: Integrated generic resources: Geometric and
topological representation
ISO 10303-43:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 43: Integrated generic resources: Representation
structures
ISO 10303-43:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 43: Integrated generic resource: Representation
structures
ISO 10303-44:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 44: Integrated generic resources: Product
structure configuration
ISO 10303-44:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 44: Integrated generic resource: Product
structure configuration
ISO 10303-45:1998 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 45: Integrated generic resource: Materials

ISO 10303-46:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 46: Integrated generic resources: Visual
presentation
ISO 10303-47:1997 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 47: Integrated generic resource: Shape variation
tolerances
ISO 10303-49:1998 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 49: Integrated generic resources: Process
structure and properties
ISO 10303-50:2002 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 50: Integrated generic resource: Mathematical
constructs
ISO 10303-55:2005 Industrial automation systems -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 55: Integrated generic resource : Procedural and hybrid
representation
ISO 10303-101:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 101: Integrated application resources:
Draughting
ISO 10303-104:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 104: Integrated application resource: Finite
element analysis
ISO 10303-105:1996 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 105: Integrated application resource: Kinematics
ISO 10303-107:2006 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 107: Integrated application resource -- Finite
741
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
element analysis definition relationships
ISO 10303-108:2005 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 108: Integrated application resource:
Parameterization and constraints for explicit geometric product models
ISO 10303-109:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 109: Integrated application resource: Kinematic
and geometric constraints for assembly models
ISO 10303-201:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 201: Application protocol: Explicit draughting

ISO 10303-202:1996 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 202: Application protocol: Associative draughting

ISO 10303-203:1994 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 203: Application protocol: Configuration
controlled 3D designs of mechanical parts and assembiles
ISO 10303-204:2002 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 204: Application protocol: Mechanical design
using boundary representation
ISO 10303-207:1999 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 207: Application protocol: Sheet metal die
planning and design
ISO 10303-209:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 209: Application protocol: Composite and
metallic structural analysis and related design
ISO 10303-210:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 210: Application protocol: Electronic assembly,
interconnection, and packaging design
ISO 10303-212:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 212: Application protocol: Electrotechnical
design and installation
ISO 10303-214:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 214: Application protocol: Core data for
automotive mechanical design processes
ISO 10303-215:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 215: Application protocol: Ship arrangement

ISO 10303-216:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 216: Application protocol: Ship moulded forms

ISO 10303-218:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 218: Application protocol: Ship structures
ISO 10303-224:2006 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 224: Application protocol: Mechanical product
definition for process planning using machining features
ISO 10303-225:1999 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 225: Application protocol: Building elements
using explicit shape representation
ISO 10303-227:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 227: Application protocol: Plant spatial
configuration
ISO 10303-232:2002 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 232: Application protocol: Technical data
packaging core information and exchange
ISO/TS 10303-304:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 304: Abstract test suite: Mechanical design using
boundary representation
ISO/TR 10303-307:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 307: Abstract test suite: Sheet metal die planning
and design
ISO/TS 10303-324:1999 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 324: Abstract test suite: Mechanical product
definition for process plans using machining features
ISO/TS 10303-325:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 325: Abstract test suite: Building elements using
explicit shape representation
ISO/TS 10303-332:2002 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 332: Abstract test suite: Technical data
packaging core information and exchange
ISO 10303-501:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 501: Application interpreted construct: Edge-
based wireframe
ISO 10303-502:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 502: Application interpreted construct: Shell-
based wireframe
ISO 10303-503:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 503: Application interpreted construct:
Geometrically bounded 2D wireframe
ISO 10303-504:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 504: Application interpreted construct:
Draughting annotation
ISO 10303-505:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 505: Application interpreted construct: Drawing
structure and administration
ISO 10303-506:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 506: Application interpreted construct:
Draughting elements
ISO 10303-507:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 507: Application interpreted construct:
Geometrically bounded surface
ISO 10303-508:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 508: Application interpreted construct: Non-
manifold surface
ISO 10303-509:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 509: Application interpreted construct: Manifold
surface
ISO 10303-510:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 510: Application interpreted construct:
Geometrically bounded wireframe
ISO 10303-511:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 511: Application interpreted construct:
Topologically bounded surface
ISO 10303-512:1999 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 512: Application interpreted construct: Faceted
boundary representation
ISO 10303-513:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 513: Application interpreted construct:
Elementary boundary representation

742
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 10303-514:1999 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 514: Application interpreted construct: Advanced
boundary representation
ISO 10303-515:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 515: Application interpreted construct:
Constructive solid geometry
ISO 10303-517:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 517: Application interpreted construct:
Mechanical design geometric presentation
ISO 10303-518:2002 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 518: Application interpreted construct:
Mechanical design shaded presentation
ISO 10303-519:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 519: Application interpreted construct: Geometric
tolerances
ISO 10303-520:1999 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 520: Application interpreted construct:
Associative draughting elements
ISO 10303-521:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 521: Application interpreted construct: Manifold
subsurface
ISO 10303-522:2006 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 522: Application interpreted construct: Machining
features
ISO 10303-523:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 523: Application interpreted construct: Curve
swept solid
ISO/TS 10303-1001:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1001: Application module: Appearence
assignment
ISO/TS 10303-1002:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1002: Application module: Colour
ISO/TS 10303-1003:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1003: Application module: Curve appearance

ISO/TS 10303-1004:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1004: Application module: Elemental geometric
shape
ISO/TS 10303-1005:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1005: Application module: Elemental topology

ISO/TS 10303-1006:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1006: Application module: Foundation
representation
ISO/TS 10303-1007:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1007: Application module: General surface
appearance
ISO/TS 10303-1008:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1008: Application module: Layer assignment

ISO/TS 10303-1009:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1009: Application module: Shape appearance
and layers
ISO/TS 10303-1010:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1010: Application module: Date time

ISO/TS 10303-1011:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1011: Application module: Person organization

ISO/TS 10303-1012:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1012: Application module: Approval

ISO/TS 10303-1013:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1013: Application module: Person organization
assignement
ISO/TS 10303-1014:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1014: Application module: Date time assignment

ISO/TS 10303-1015:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1015: Application module: Security classification

ISO/TS 10303-1016:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1016: Application module: Product categorization

ISO/TS 10303-1017:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1017: Application module: Product identification

ISO/TS 10303-1018:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1018: Application module: Product version

ISO/TS 10303-1019:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1019: Application module: Product view
definition
ISO/TS 10303-1020:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1020: Application module: Product version
relationship
ISO/TS 10303-1021:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1021: Application module: Identification
assignment
ISO/TS 10303-1022:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1022: Application module: Part and version
identification
ISO/TS 10303-1023:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1023: Application module: Part view definition

ISO/TS 10303-1024:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1024: Application module: Product relationship

ISO/TS 10303-1025:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1025: Application module: Alias identification

ISO/TS 10303-1026:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1026: Application module: Assembly structure

ISO/TS 10303-1027:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1027: Application module: Contextual shape
positioning
ISO/TS 10303-1030:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1030: Application module: Property assignment

ISO/TS 10303-1032:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1032: Application module: Shape property
assignment

743
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO/TS 10303-1033:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1033: Application module: External model

ISO/TS 10303-1034:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1034: Application module: Product view
definition properties
ISO/TS 10303-1036:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1036: Application module: Independent property

ISO/TS 10303-1038:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1038: Application module: Independent property
representation
ISO/TS 10303-1039:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1039: Application module: Geometric validation
property representation
ISO/TS 10303-1040:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1040: Application module: Process property
assignment
ISO/TS 10303-1041:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1041: Application module: Product view
definition relationship
ISO/TS 10303-1042:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1042: Application module: Work request
ISO/TS 10303-1043:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1043: Application module: Work order
ISO/TS 10303-1044:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1044: Application module: Certification

ISO/TS 10303-1046:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1046: Application module: Product replacement
ISO/TS 10303-1047:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1047: Application module: Activity
ISO/TS 10303-1049:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1049: Application module: Activity method

ISO/TS 10303-1054:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1054: Application module: Value with unit

ISO/TS 10303-1055:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1055: Application module: Part definition
relationship
ISO/TS 10303-1056:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1056: Application module: Configuration item

ISO/TS 10303-1057:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1057: Application module: Effectivity
ISO/TS 10303-1058:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1058: Application module: Configuration
effectivity
ISO/TS 10303-1059:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1059: Application module: Effectivity application

ISO/TS 10303-1060:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1060: Application module: Product concept
identification
ISO/TS 10303-1061:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1061: Application module: Project
ISO/TS 10303-1062:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1062: Application module: Contract
ISO/TS 10303-1064:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1064: Application module: Event
ISO/TS 10303-1065:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1065: Application module: Time interval
ISO/TS 10303-1068:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1068: Application module: Constructive solid
geometry 3d
ISO/TS 10303-1070:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1070: Application module: Class
ISO/TS 10303-1105:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1105: Application module: Multi linguism
ISO/TS 10303-1106:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1106: Application module: Extended measure
representation
ISO/TS 10303-1113:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1113: Application module: Group
ISO/TS 10303-1114:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1114: Application module: Classification
assignment
ISO/TS 10303-1118:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1118: Application module: Measure
representation
ISO/TS 10303-1121:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1121: Application module: Document and
version identification
ISO/TS 10303-1122:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1122: Application module: Document assignment

ISO/TS 10303-1123:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1123: Application module: Document definition

ISO/TS 10303-1124:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1124: Application module: Document structure

ISO/TS 10303-1126:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1126: Application module: Document properties

ISO/TS 10303-1127:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1127: Application module: File identification

ISO/TS 10303-1128:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1128: Application module: External item
identification assignment
ISO/TS 10303-1132:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1132: Application module: Associative text

ISO/TS 10303-1133:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1133: Application module: Single part
representation
ISO/TS 10303-1134:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1134: Application module: Product structure

ISO/TS 10303-1136:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1136: Application module: Text appearance

744
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO/TS 10303-1140:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1140: Application module: Requirement
identification and version
ISO/TS 10303-1141:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1141: Application module: Requirement view
definition
ISO/TS 10303-1142:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1142: Application module: Requirement view
definition relationship
ISO/TS 10303-1164:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1164: Application module: Product as individual

ISO/TS 10303-1210:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1210: Application module: Set theory
ISO/TS 10303-1214:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1214: Application module: System breakdown

ISO/TS 10303-1215:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1215: Application module: Physical breakdown

ISO/TS 10303-1216:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1216: Application module: Functional breakdown

ISO/TS 10303-1217:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1217: Application module: Zonal breakdown

ISO/TS 10303-1218:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1218: Application module: Hybrid breakdown

ISO/TS 10303-1228:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1228: Application module: Representation with
uncertainty
ISO/TS 10303-1233:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1233: Application module: Requirement
assignment
ISO/TS 10303-1240:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1240: Application module: Organization type

ISO/TS 10303-1241:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1241: Application module: Information rights

ISO/TS 10303-1242:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1242: Application module: Position in
organization
ISO/TS 10303-1243:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1243: Application module: Experience
ISO/TS 10303-1244:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1244: Application module: Qualifications
ISO/TS 10303-1245:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1245: Application module: Type of person

ISO/TS 10303-1246:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1246: Application module: Attribute classification

ISO/TS 10303-1248:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1248: Application module: Product breakdown

ISO/TS 10303-1249:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1249: Application module: Activity method
assignment
ISO/TS 10303-1250:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1250: Application module: Attachment slot

ISO/TS 10303-1251:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1251: Application module: Interface
ISO/TS 10303-1252:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1252: Application module: Probability
ISO/TS 10303-1253:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1253: Application module: Condition
ISO/TS 10303-1254:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1254: Application module: Condition evaluation
ISO/TS 10303-1255:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1255: Application module: State definition

ISO/TS 10303-1256:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1256: Application module: State observed

ISO/TS 10303-1257:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1257: Application module: Condition
characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1258:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1258: Application module: Observation
ISO/TS 10303-1259:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1259: Application module: Activity as realized

ISO/TS 10303-1260:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1260: Application module: Scheme

ISO/TS 10303-1261:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1261: Application module: Activity method
implementation
ISO/TS 10303-1262:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1262: Application module: Task specification

ISO/TS 10303-1263:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1263: Application module: Justification
ISO/TS 10303-1265:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1265: Application module: Envelope
ISO/TS 10303-1266:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1266: Application module: Resource
management
ISO/TS 10303-1267:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1267: Application module: Required resource

ISO/TS 10303-1268:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1268: Application module: Resource item

ISO/TS 10303-1269:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1269: Application module: Resource as realized

ISO/TS 10303-1270:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1270: Application module: Message
ISO/TS 10303-1271:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1271: Application module: State characterized

745
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO/TS 10303-1272:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1272: Application module: Activity characterized

ISO/TS 10303-1273:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1273: Application module: Resource property
assignment
ISO/TS 10303-1274:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1274: Application module: Probability distribution

ISO/TS 10303-1275:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1275: Application module: External class
ISO/TS 10303-1276:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1276: Application module: Location
ISO/TS 10303-1277:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1277: Application module: Location assignment

ISO/TS 10303-1278:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1278: Application module: Product group
ISO/TS 10303-1280:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1280: Application module: Required resource
characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1281:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1281: Application module: Resource item
characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1282:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1282: Application module: Resource
management characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1283:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1283: Application module: Resource as realized
characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1285:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1285: Application module: Work request
characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1286:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1286: Application module: Work order
characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1288:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1288: Application module: Management
resource information
ISO/TS 10303-1289:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1289: Application module: AP239 management
resource information
ISO/TS 10303-1290:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1290: Application module: Document
management
ISO/TS 10303-1291:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1291: Application module: Plib class reference

ISO/TS 10303-1294:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1294: Application module: Application module:
Interface lifecycle
ISO/TS 10303-1295:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1295: Application module: AP239 properties

ISO/TS 10303-1296:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1296: Application module: Condition evaluation
characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1297:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1297: Application module: AP239 document
management
ISO/TS 10303-1298:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1298: Application module: Activity method
characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1300:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1300: Application module: Work output
ISO/TS 10303-1301:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1301: Application module: Work output
characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1340:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1340: Application module: Name assignment

ISO/TS 10303-1348:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1348: Application module: Requirement
management
ISO/TS 10303-1357:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1357: Application module: Selected item
ISO/TS 10303-1358:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1358: Application module: Location assignment
characterized
ISO/TS 10303-1364:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1364: Application module: Event assignment

ISO/TS 10303-1365:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1365: Application module: Time interval
assignment
ISO/TS 10303-1501:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1501: Application module: Edge based
wireframe
ISO/TS 10303-1502:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1502: Application module: Shell based wireframe

ISO/TS 10303-1507:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1507: Application module: Geometrically
bounded surface
ISO/TS 10303-1509:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1509: Application module: Manifold surface

ISO/TS 10303-1510:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1510: Application module: Geometrically
bounded wireframe
ISO/TS 10303-1511:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1511: Application module: Topologically
bounded surface
ISO/TS 10303-1512:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1512: Application module: Faceted boundary
representation
ISO/TS 10303-1514:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Product data representation and exchange -- Part 1514: Application module: Advanced boundary
representation
ISO 13584-1:2001 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Parts library -- Part 1: Overview and fundamental principles

746
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 13584-20:1998 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Parts library -- Part 20: Logical resource: Logical model of expressions

ISO 13584-24:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Parts library -- Part 24: Logical resource: Logical model of supplier library
ISO 13584-25:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Parts library -- Part 25: Logical resource: Logical model of supplier library with
aggregate values and explicit content
ISO 13584-26:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Parts library -- Part 26: Logical resource: Information supplier identification
ISO 13584-31:1999 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Parts library -- Part 31: Implementation resources: Geometric programming
interface
ISO 13584-42:1998 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Parts library -- Part 42: Description methodology: Methodology for structuring
part families
ISO 13584-101:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Parts library -- Part 101: Geometrical view exchange protocol by parametric
ISO 13584-102:2006 program
Industrial automation systems and integration -- Parts library -- Part 102: View exchange protocol by ISO 10303 conforming
specification
ISO 15531-1:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Industrial manufacturing management data -- Part 1: General overview
ISO 15531-31:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Industrial manufacturing management data -- Part 31: Resource information
ISO 15531-43:2006 model
Industrial automation systems and integration -- Industrial manufacturing management data -- Part 43: Manufacturing flow
management data: Data model for flow monitoring and manufacturing data exchange
ISO 15926-1:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Integration of life-cycle data for process plants including oil and gas production
facilities -- Part 1: Overview and fundamental principles
ISO 15926-2:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Integration of life-cycle data for process plants including oil and gas production
facilities -- Part 2: Data model
ISO 18629-1:2004 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Process specification language -- Part 1: Overview and basic principles
ISO 18629-11:2005 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Process specification language -- Part 11: PSL core
ISO 18629-44:2006 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Process specification language -- Part 44: Definitional extension: Resource
extensions
ISO/TS 18876-1:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Integration of industrial data for exchange, access and sharing -- Part 1:
Architecture overview and description
ISO/TS 18876-2:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Integration of industrial data for exchange, access and sharing -- Part 2:
Integration and mapping methodology
TC 184/SC 5
ISO 9506-1:2003 Industrial automation systems -- Manufacturing Message Specification -- Part 1: Service definition
ISO 9506-2:2003 Industrial automation systems -- Manufacturing Message Specification -- Part 2: Protocol specification
ISO/TR 10314-1:1990 Industrial automation -- Shop floor production -- Part 1: Reference model for standardization and a methodology for identification
of requirements
ISO/TR 10314-2:1991 Industrial automation -- Shop floor production -- Part 2: Application of the reference model for standardization and methodology
ISO/TR 11065:1992 Industrial automation glossary
ISO/TR 12186:1993 Manufacturing automation programming language environment overview (MAPLE)

ISO 13281:1997 Industrial automation systems -- Manufacturing Automation Programming Environment (MAPLE) -- Functional architecture
ISO 13281-2:2000 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Manufacturing Automation Programming Environment (MAPLE) -- Part 2:
Services and interfaces
ISO/TR 13283:1998 Industrial automation -- Time-critical communications architectures -- User requirements and network management for time-
critical communications systems
ISO 14258:1998 Industrial automation systems -- Concepts and rules for enterprise models
ISO 15704:2000 Industrial automation systems -- Requirements for enterprise-reference architectures and methodologies
ISO 15745-1:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Open systems application integration framework -- Part 1: Generic reference
description
ISO 15745-2:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Open systems application integration framework -- Part 2: Reference description
for ISO 11898-based control systems
ISO 15745-3:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Open systems application integration framework -- Part 3: Reference description
for IEC 61158-based control systems
ISO 15745-4:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Open systems application integration framework -- Part 4: Reference description
for Ethernet-based control systems
ISO 16100-1:2002 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Manufacturing software capability profiling for interoperability -- Part 1:
Framework
ISO 16100-2:2003 Industrial automation systems and integration -- Manufacturing software capability profiling for interoperability -- Part 2: Profiling
ISO 16100-3:2005 methodology
Industrial automation systems and integration -- Manufacturing software capability profiling for interoperability -- Part 3: Interface
ISO 16100-4:2006 services, protocols and capability templates
Industrial automation systems and integration -- Manufacturing software capability profiling for interoperability -- Part 4:
ISO 19439:2006 Conformance test methods, criteria and reports
ISO 20242-1:2005 Enterprise integration -- Framework for enterprise modeling
Industrial automation systems and integration -- Service interface for testing applications -- Part 1: Overview
IEC 62264-1:2003 Enterprise-control system integration -- Part 1: Models and terminology
747
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
IEC 62264-2:2004 Enterprise-control system integration -- Part 2: Model object attributes
TC 184 Technical programme
Subcommittees
TC 184/SC 1 Physical device control
TC 184/SC 2 Robots for manufacturing environment
TC 184/SC 4 Industrial data
TC 184/SC 5 Architecture, communications and integration frameworks
25 Manufacturing engineering
25.020 Manufacturing forming processes
25.040 Industrial automation systems
IT applications in industry, see 35.240.50
25.060 Machine tool systems
25.080 Machine tools
Woodworking machines, see 79.120.10
25.100 Cutting tools
Including industrial diamonds
Woodworking tools, see 79.120.20
25.100.01 Cutting tools in general
25.100.10 Turning tools
25.100.20 Milling tools
25.100.25 Tools for planing and broaching machines
25.100.30 Drills, countersinks, reamers
25.100.40 Saws
25.100.50 Taps and threading dies
25.100.60 Files
25.100.70 Abrasives
25.100.99 Other cutting tools
25.120 Chipless working equipment
25.140 Hand-held tools
Tools for working with voltages, see 13.260
25.160 Welding, brazing and soldering
Including gas welding, electric welding, plasma welding, electron beam welding, plasma cutting, etc.
25.180 Industrial furnaces
25.200 Heat treatment
25.220 Surface treatment and coating
Including processes and equipment for surface treatment and coating
Corrosion of metals, see 77.060
Heat treatment, see 25.200
Paint coating, see 87.020
Surface treatment and coating in aerospace industry, see 49.040

NATIONAL STANDARDS
USA
United States Cutting Tool Institute < http://www.uscti.com >

RELATED HANDBOOKS
ISO
Handbook 5: Machine tools
Handbook 6: Tools (available from ANSI; see Table 1-1)
Vol. 1 (2nd ed. 1987)
Vol. 2 (2nd ed. 1987)
Germany
DIN Handbook 6: Cutting Tools (in German)
Available from Beuth Verlag, GmbH, Burggrafenstrasse 6,
D-l000, Berlin 30, Germany.

748
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 16

Quality Management and Environmental Management Systems


(ISO 9000 and ISO 14000)

SUMMARY
ISO 9000 and ISO 14000
The ISO 9000 and ISO 14000 families are among ISO's most widely known and successful standards ever. ISO 9000 Quality
Management System (QMS) has become an international reference for quality requirements in business to business dealings, and
ISO 14000 Environmental Management System (EMS) looks set to achieve at least as much, if not more, in helping organizations to
meet their environmental challenges.

The ISO 9000:2000 QMS is replacing the 1994 standards as follows;

ISO 9000:2000, entitled Fundamentals and Vocabulary, describes the fundamentals of a QMS and specifies the terminology
for a QMS. It was developed on the basis of previous standards: ISO 8402:1994, Vocabulary, and lS0 9000-1:1994, Selection
and Use.

ISO 9001:2000 Quality management systems - Requirements specifies requirements for a QMS where an organization
needs to demonstrate its ability to provide products that meet customer requirements and applicable regulatory requirements
and aims to enhance customer satisfaction. The three quality assurance requirement standards ISO 9001:1994, ISO
9002:1994, and ISO 9003:1994 are replaced by a single quality management system requirement standard, ISO 9001:2000
Quality management systems - Requirements.

ISO 9004:2000 Quality management systems - Guidelines for performance improvements, QMS, Guidelines for
performance improvement, which replaces ISO 9004-1:1994, provides guidelines for both the effectiveness and efficiency of
the QMS. The aim of this standard is the improvement of the performance of an organization and the satisfaction of customers
and other interested parties. ISO 9004:2000 Quality management systems - Guidelines for performance improvements,
although considerably rewritten, was developed using the format and structure of ISO 9001:2000 Quality management
systems - Requirements.

ISO 9000 is concerned with "quality management". This means what the organization does to enhance customer satisfaction by
meeting customer and applicable regulatory requirements and continually to improve its performance in this regard. ISO 14000 is
primarily concerned with "environmental management". This means what the organization does to minimize harmful effects on the
environment caused by its activities, and continually to improve its environmental performance.

Worldwide equivalents of the ISO 9000:2000 series standards are shown in Table 16-1A for the eight major industrial countries and in
Table 16-1B for 79 countries to the ISO 9000:2000 series standards.

The ISO 14000 EMS includes standards as follows;

ISO launched the new technical committee, ISO/TC 207, Environmental management, in 1993.
The ISO 14000 family addresses various aspects of EMS. The first two EMS standards published in 1996 are as follows; ISO 14001
provides the requirements for an EMS and ISO 14004 gives general EMS guidelines.

An environmental management system meeting the requirements of ISO 14001 is a management tool enabling an organization of any
size or type to control the environmental impact of its activities, products or services, and to improve its environmental performance
continually. An environmental management system makes possible a structured approach to setting environmental objectives and
targets, to achieving these and to demonstrating that they have been achieved. . ISO has many other standards dealing with specific
environmental issues. The intention of ISO 14001 is to provide a framework for an overall, strategic approach to your organization’s
environmental policy, plans and actions.
ISO 14001 gives the generic requirements for an environmental management system. The underlying philosophy is that whatever
your business, the requirements of an effective EMS are the same. This has the effect of establishing a common “language” or
framework for communicating about environmental management issues between organizations and their customers, regulators, the
public and other stakeholders.
Implementing an ISO 14001-based environmental management system, and using other tools from the ISO 14000 family, will give
you far more than just confidence that you are complying with legislation. The ISO 14000 approach forces you to take a hard look at all
areas where your business has an environmental impact. And the systematic ISO 14001 approach leads to benefits like the following:
• reduced cost of waste management
• savings in consumption of energy and materials
• lower distribution costs
• improved corporate image among regulators, customers and the public
• framework for continuous improvement of your environmental performance.

749
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
The manager who is “too busy managing the business” to listen to good sense about environmental management could actually be
costing the business plenty. Just think, for example, of the lost opportunities for achieving benefits like those above.
The ISO 14000 standards are management tools that will help your business achieve environmental goals that go way beyond
acquiring a mere “green sheen”.
If you are the type of manager who recognizes good sense when you hear or see it, checking out the ISO 14000 standards could be the
first step in making a real difference to your business’s bottom line!
ISO 19011:2002 Guidelines for quality and/or environmental management systems auditing provides guidance on auditing
quality and environmental management systems, and was jointly developed by ISO/TC 176 and ISO/TC 207. ISO/TC 207 is
responsible for the ISO 14000 family of EMS standards. The ISO 19011:2002 replaces not only ISO 10011 Parts 1, 2, and 3,
used for QMS auditing, but also the EMS auditing standards in the ISO 14000 family, namely ISO 14010, lS0 14011, and ISO
14012.

Together the six standards (ISO 9000, ISO 9001, ISO 9004, ISO 14001, ISO 14004 and ISO 19011) form a coherent set of QMS and
EMS standards facilitating mutual understanding in national and international trade.

The vast majority of ISO standards are highly specific to a particular product, material, or process. However, the standards that have
earned the ISO 9000 and ISO 14000 families a worldwide reputation are known as "generic management system standards". "Generic"
(see Table 16-4) means that the same standards can be applied to any organization, large or small, whatever its product - including
whether its "product" is actually a service - in any sector of activity, and whether it is a business enterprise, a public administration, or a
government department. "Management system" refers to what the organization does to manage its processes, or activities. "Generic"
also signifies that no matter what the organization is or does, if it wants to establish a quality management system or an environmental
management system, then such a system has a number of essential features which are spelled out in the relevant standards of the ISO
9000 or ISO 14000 families.

WORLDWIDE MANUFACTURING IMPACT


The ISO Quality Management System standards are implemented by more than 540 000 organizations in 160 countries. They are
being used to provide a universal framework for quality management. As trade barriers are torn down and Europe is now economically
unified, ISO 9000 is becoming a tool to ensure cross-border quality.

There is no longer a need for a German customer to specify (in French) the quality requirements to a French supplier as long as he is
registered to the QMS (no language barrier).

ISO 9000 is designated EN ISO 9000 in Europe (EN standards for EUROPEAN NORM, which means standard in English, German
and French). (See Table 16-1A for designations.)

On this side of the Atlantic, the standards also are being adopted as ANSI/ASQ Q9000 series standards. They have also been
adopted by NATO, the US Department of Defense, Canada, and Mexico. In addition, 160 countries around the world have adopted the
QMS. (See Table 16-1B.) The ISO 9000 series are the best selling standards in the history of the ISO, under whose auspices they were
developed. ISO 9000 even has outsold the international weights and measurement standards.

COMPETITIVE IMPACT
What does this mean from a competitive point of view? Right now, the European Union (EU) recommends that companies that
produce regulated products, such as medical devices, construction products, industrial safety equipment, telecommunications terminal
equipment, gas appliances, commercial scales, and possibly other products, should be registered in order to help obtain product
certification. The EU is encouraging other producers to register their systems, and so far, about 20 000 European companies have
been registered. Approximately 65% of the registered European companies are located in the UK.

ISO 9000 is becoming a de facto market requirement for companies that wish to do business with the EU. If two suppliers are trying to
land the same contract in Europe, the supplier who has achieved registration of its quality system to ISO 9000 standards has a clear
competitive edge.

At Du Pont, our plants and businesses regularly receive inquiries from European customers about the QMS status, which has spurred
Du Pont’s registration efforts. At our European facilities, where the pressure is greatest, we have registered more than 35 plant sites,
and are working toward certification of others. And we are catching up in the USA. So far, 14 plants or businesses have been registered
domestically, and many others are involved in the registration process.

Because the EU’s support of the ISO 9000 standards has increased their international importance, it is reasonable to believe that the
adoption of the standards by the Department of Defense and major USA companies like Du Pont will result in ISO 9000 becoming
increasingly important here. And the QMS is catching on elsewhere in the world. The Japanese, for example, not only have adopted the
standards, but also have mounted a major national effort to get their companies registered. Some experts believe that within five years
the QMS registration will be necessary for businesses to stay competitive.

The QMS need not be complicated, however. It is not an awards program like the Baldrige, and it does not require the use of any
state-of-the-art systems. As a matter of fact, you do not even have to use any prescribed method of process control, such as Shewhart,
CUSUM, or engineering process control. As long as you document what you do, do what you document, and produce the quality of
product you have promised to your customers, you can be registered.

750
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
In many ways, you call the shots because the QMS does not set up ‘quality cops” looking over your shoulder, telling you what to do.
You, however, must determine what shots you want to call: What system do you want to document? How are you doing now? What are
your current quality trends? What error rates can you afford to institutionalize? What must you do to bring each aspect of your system
up to a level that you will be comfortable with? How good must your system be to produce the quality of product you want to sell? What
customers do you want to reach? Who do you want to compete with?

These are the kinds of questions the QMS forces you to ask. The questions and the answers you give provide valuable insight into
your company’s operations. And, oftentimes, the systems that companies end up registering are significant improvements over what
they started with before ISO 9000.

TABLE 16-1A WORLDWIDE EQUIVALENCE OF THE ISO 9000:2000 SERIES OF STANDARDS

1 2 3 4 5
GLOBAL ISO 9000 : 2000 ISO 9001 : 2000 ISO 9004 : 2000 ISO 10012 : 2003 ISO 19011 : 2002
USA ANSI/ASQ Q9000 ANSI/ASQ Q9001 ANSI/ASQ Q9004 ANSI/ASQ Q10012 ANSI/ASQ QE19011
Japan JIS Z9900 JIS Z9901 JIS Z9904
Germany DIN EN ISO 9000 DIN EN ISO 9001 DIN EN ISO 9004 DIN EN ISO 10012 DIN EN ISO19011
France NF EN ISO 9000 NF EN ISO 9001 NF EN ISO 9004 NF EN ISO 10012 NF EN ISO19011
UK BS EN ISO 9000 BS EN ISO 9001 BS EN ISO 9004 BS EN ISO 10012 BS EN ISO19011
Italy UNI EN ISO 9000 UNI EN ISO 9001 UNI EN ISO 9004 UNI EN ISO 10012 UNI EN ISO19011
Canada CAN/CSA ISO 9000 CAN/CSA ISO 9001 CAN/CSA ISO 9004 CAN/CSA ISO 10012 CAN/CSA ISO 19011
Australia AS/NZS ISO 9000 AS/NZS ISO 9001 AS/NZS ISO 9004 AS/NZS ISO 10012 AS/NZS ISO 19011
NOTES:
1. ISO 9000 : 2000 Quality management systems — Fundamentals and vocabulary. This standard replaces the former standards ISO 8402 and ISO 9000-1.
2. ISO 9001 : 2000 Quality management systems — Requirements. This standard replaces the former standards ISO 9001, ISO 9002 and ISO 9003.
3. ISO 9004 : 2000 Quality management systems — Guidelines for performance improvements. This standard replaces the former standard ISO 9004-1.
4. ISO 10012 : 2003 Measurement management systems — Requirements for measurement processes and measurement equipment.
This standard replaces the former standards ISO 10012-1 and ISO 10012-2.
5. ISO 19011 : 2002 Guidelines for quality and/or environmental management systems auditing. Replaces ISO 10011-1 ,-2, -3, ISO 14010, ISO 14011, and ISO 14012.
6. The European Union (EU) publish standards identified by the prefix EN.
7. COPANT = Pan American Standards Commission.
8.The countries listed in Table 16-1B adopted the ISO 9000:1987 series standards. Now there are twice as many countries adopting the ISO 9000:2000 series standards.

TABLE 16-1B WORLDWIDE EQUIVALENCE OF ISO 9000: 2000 SERIES OF STANDARDS

GLOBAL ISO 9000 : 2000 ISO 9001 : 2000 ISO 9004 : 2000 ISO 10012 : 2003 ISO 19011 : 2002
6
EU EN ISO 9000 EN ISO 9001 EN ISO 9004 EN ISO 10012 EN ISO 19011
7
COPANT COPANT - ISO 9000 COPANT - ISO 9001 COPANT - ISO 9004 COPANT - ISO 10012 COPANT - ISO 19011
8
Algeria NA 539 NA 540 NA 547
IRAM-IACC-ISO
Argentina IRAM-IACC-ISO E9001 IRAM-IACC-ISO E9004
E9000
Australia AS/NZS ISO 9000 AS/NZS ISO 9001 AS/NZS ISO 9004 AS/NZS ISO 10012 AS/NZS ISO 19011
Austria ÖNORM EN 9000 ÖNORM EN 9001 ÖNORM EN ISO 10012 ÖNORM EN ISO 19011
Barbados BNS 180 BNS 181 BNS 184
Belgium NBN EN 9000 NBN EN 9001 NBN EN 9004 NBN EN ISO 10012 NBN EN ISO 19011
Brazil NBR/ISO 9000 NBR/ISO 9001: 1990 NBH/ISO 9004
Bulgaria BDS 9.000 BDS 9.001 BDS 9.004
Canada CAN/CSA ISO 9000 CAN/CSA ISO 9001 CAN/CSA ISO 9004 CAN/CSA ISO 10012 CAN/CSA ISO 19011
Chile NCH-ISO 9000 NCH-ISO 9001 NCH-ISO 9004
China GB/T 19000 GB/T 19001 GB/T 19004
Colombia NTC-ISO 9000 NTCASO 9001 NTC-ISO 9004 ÖNORM EN ISO 10012 ÖNORM EN ISO 19011
Croatia HRN ISO 9000 HRN ISO 9001 HRN ISO 9004 HRN EN ISO 10012 HRN EN ISO 19011
Cuba NC-ISO 9000 NC-ISO 9001 NC-ISO 9004
Cyprus CYS ISO 9000 CYS ISO 9001 CYS ISO 9004
Czech Republic CSN ISO 9000 CSN ISO 9001 CSN ISO 9004
Denmark DS EN ISO 9000 DS EN ISO 9001 DS EN ISO 9004 DS EN ISO 10012 DS EN ISO 19011
Egypt ES/ISO 9000 ES/ISO 9001 ES/ISO 9004
Finland SFS EN ISO 9000 SFS EN ISO 9001 SFS EN ISO 9004 SFS EN ISO 10012 SFS EN ISO 19011
France NF EN ISO 9000 NF EN ISO 9001 NF EN ISO 9004 NF EN ISO 10012 NF EN ISO19011
Germany DIN EN ISO 9000 DIN EN ISO 9001 DIN EN ISO 9004 DIN EN ISO 10012 DIN EN ISO19011
Greece ELOT EN ISO 9000 ELOT EN ISO 9001 ELOT EN ISO 9004 ELOT EN ISO 10012 ELOT EN ISO19011
Hungary MSZ EN ISO 9000 MSZ EN ISO 9001 MSZ EN ISO 9004 MSZ EN ISO 10012 MSZ EN ISO19011
Iceland IST ISO 9000 IST ISO 9001 IST ISO 9004
India IS 14000 IS 14001 IS 14004
Indonesia SNI 19-9000 SNI 19-9001 SNI 19-9004
Ireland I.S. EN ISO 9000 I.S. EN ISO 9001 I.S. EN ISO 9004 I.S. EN ISO 10012 I.S. EN ISO19011
Israel SI 2000 SI 2001 SI 2004
Italy UNI EN ISO 9000 UNI EN ISO 9001 UNI EN ISO 9004 UNI EN ISO 10012 UNI EN ISO19011
Jamaica JS ISO 9000 JS ISO 9001 JS ISO 9004

751
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 16-1B WORLDWIDE EQUIVALENCE OF ISO 9000 : 2000 SERIES OF STANDARDS (CONT'D)

GLOBAL ISO 9000 : 2000 ISO 9001 : 2000 ISO 9004 : 2000 ISO 10012 : 2003 ISO 19011 : 2002
6
EU EN ISO 9000 EN ISO 9001 EN ISO 9004 EN ISO 10012 EN ISO 19011
7
COPANT COPANT - ISO 9000 COPANT - ISO 9001 COPANT - ISO 9004 COPANT - ISO 10012 COPANT - ISO 19011
Japan JIS Z9900 JIS Z9901 JIS Z9904
Korea. Republic of KS A9000 KS A9001 KS A9004
Malawi MBS-ISO 9000 MBS-ISO 9004
Malaysia MS-ISO 9000 MS-ISO 9001 MS-ISO 9004
Mexico NOM-CC-2 NOM-CC-3 NOM-CC-6
Mongolia UST/ISO 9001
Netherlands N EN ISO 9000 N EN ISO 9001 N EN ISO 9004 N EN ISO 10012 N EN ISO19011
New Zealand NZS 9000 NZS 9001 NZS 9004
Norway NS EN ISO 9000 NS EN ISO 9001 NS EN ISO 9004 NS EN ISO 10012 NS EN ISO19011
Pakistan PS:3000 PS: 3001 PS: 3004
Papua New Guinea PNGS 1359 PNGS 1360 PNGS 1353
Peru NTP-ISO 9000 NTP-ISO 9001 NIP-ISO 9004
Philippines PNS 1000 PNS1001 PNS 1004
Poland PN EN ISO 9000 PN EN ISO 9001 PN EN ISO 9004 PN EN ISO 10012 PN EN ISO19011
Portugal NP EN ISO 9000 NP EN ISO 9001 NP EN ISO 9004 NP EN ISO 10012 NP EN ISO19011
Romania STAS ISO 9000 STAS ISO 9001 STAS ISO 9004 1991 STAS EN ISO 10012 STAS EN ISO19011
Russian Federation GOST 40.9001
Singapore SS/ISO 9000 SS/ISO 9001 SS/ISO 9004
Slovakia CSN ISO 9000 CSN ISO 9001 CSN ISO 9004
Slovenia SLS ISO 9000 SLS ISO 9001
South Africa SABS/ISO 9000 SABS/ISO 9001 SABS/ISO 9004
Spain UNEEN ISO 9000 UNE EN ISO 9001 UNE EN ISO 9004 UNE EN ISO 10012 UNE EN ISO19011
Sri Lanka SLS 825.Part 2 SLS 825:Part 3 SLS 825 Part 6
Sweden SS EN ISO 9000 SS EN ISO 9001 SS EN ISO 9004 SS EN ISO 10012 SS EN ISO19011
Switzerland SN EN ISO 9000 SN EN ISO 9001 SN EN ISO 9004 SN EN ISO 10012 SN EN ISO19011
Syria S.N.S.1148 S.N.S.1149 S.N.S.1152
Tanzania TZS 500 TZS 501 TZS 504
Thailand TIS ISO 9000 TIS ISO 9001 TIS ISO 9004
Trinidad and Tobago TTS 165 400 TTS 165 401 ITS 165 404
Tunisia NT 110.18 NT 110.19 NT 110.22
Turkey TS-ISO 9000 TS-ISO 9001 TS-ISO 9004
UK BS EN ISO 9000 BS EN ISO 9001 BS EN ISO 9004 BS EN ISO 10012 BS EN ISO19011
Uruguay UNIT ISO 9000 UNIT ISO 9001 UNIT ISO 9004
USA ANSI/ASQ Q9000 ANSI/ASQ Q9001 ANSI/ASQ Q9004 ANSI/ASQ QE19011
Venezuela COVENIN-ISO 9000 COVENIN-ISO 9001 COVENIN-ISO 9004
Viet Nam TCVN 5200 TCVN 5201 TCVN 5204
Yugoslavia JUS-ISO 9000 JUS-ISO 9001 JUS-ISO 9004
Zimbabwe SAZS 300 Part 5 SAZS 300 Part 1 SAZS 300 Part 4

COST VERSUS BENEFITS


The QMS was designed to be attainable by any well-run enterprise. The cost of the QMS , however, will depend on where you start. If
you have just won a Baldrige award, registration of a plant or business might take you a few days. But if your quality system needs to
be improved or created from the ground up, the process can take as long as a year and cost $100 000 or more. Another challenge
facing managers is that the QMS demands up-to-date documentation of each procedure and work instruction.

The unwritten rule concerning an ISO 9000 audit is, if all personnel were suddenly replaced, the new people, properly trained, could
use the documentation to continue making the product or providing the service as before. It takes a good deal of accurate, well written
documentation to meet this goal.

The ultimate challenge of the QMS is to make the system pay off. To get the most out of the investment you make in registration,
seize the opportunity to construct a solid quality foundation on which you can build. For many companies, quality has been a vague
concept that managers talk about but actually do not like, do not care about, or do not understand. The QMS brings quality down to
earth and defines it chapter by chapter, verse by verse. It takes the mystery out of quality so managers can understand it and
implement it.

The bottom-line benefits of the QMS also are significant. The British Standards Institution, a leading British Registrar, estimates that
registered firms reduce operating costs by 10% on the average. Of course, the actual savings will depend on where you start and on
how committed you are to getting the greatest possible benefit out of the registration process. But, if our experience at Du Pont is any
example, you can expect sizable returns.

752
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Du Pont has long stressed continuous improvement throughout the corporation, so its plants and businesses approached ISO 9000
certification with well-developed quality systems. Some of the following benefits reported at various Du Pont facilities have been a direct
result of the QMS : At one plant, on-time delivery increased from 70% to 90%; at another, cycle time went from 15 days to 1 ½ days; a
product line went from a 72% to a 92% first pass yield; a business sector developed specifications for 316 finished products that
previously did not have any; and one site reduced the number of test procedures from more than 3000 to 2000 methods. The list goes
on, but it is quite clear that at Du Pont, the QMS has improved competitiveness by saving money and improving quality.

Many executives feel that their quality systems have progressed beyond what the QMS requires; others may be applying for the
Baldrige. But this misses the point because the QMS has tremendous universal applications. Since the QMS can be applied to all
companies in a country’s economy, these standards raise that country’s overall consistency in the quality of goods and services
produced. This, in turn, strengthens its overall competitiveness.

Moreover, the QMS sustains that competitiveness. ISO 9000 requires surveillance audits to make sure the quality system does not
atrophy, and that it continues to meet the requirements of the standards. If you abandon the practices that led to registration, you will be
deregistered. The QMS is not a fad; it is a way of doing business — it locks quality into both enterprises and whole economies.

ACCREDITATION AND REGISTRARS

EUROPEAN UNION (EU)


The European Organization for Testing and Certification (EOTC) was created in April 1990 under a memorandum of understanding with
the European Commission (EC), European Committee for Standardization (CEN), the European Committee for Electrotechnical
Standardization (CENELEC), and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) countries. The EOTC was formed to promote the
mutual recognition of test results, certification procedures, and quality system assessments and registrations in nonregulated product
areas throughout the EU. The EOTC will also be responsible for providing technical assistance to the EU in the implementation of some
EU legislation, especially in the preparation of mutual recognition agreements with non-EU countries. EOTC attained legal status under
Belgian Law in April 1993 and operates under a General Assembly composed of an increasing number of representatives of all relevant
interests from both the public and private sectors. Its role as the focal point for conformity assessment in Europe is achieved by actively
encouraging the formation of Sectoral Committees (four to date) through which it gives recognition to Agreement Groups (mutual
recognition agreements) composed of calibration or testing laboratories or certification bodies that operate in accordance with EOTC
Guidelines. There are 11 recognized Agreement Groups to date. For further information on the EOTC, contact: EOTC, Rue
d’Egmontstraat 15, B-1050 Brussels, Belgium; Phone: 32 25 02 41 41; Fax: 32 25 02 42 39.

USA - RAB
The Registrar Accreditation Board (RAB)1 is an affiliate of the American Society for Quality (ASQ) and ANSI. RAB is the source for
information on ANSI-RAB NAP-accredited registrars, RAB-accredited training course providers and RAB-certified auditors. Information
on RAB's new Aerospace Auditor certification was added.
The RAB site lets you search for auditors, training courses, or accredited registrars as well as quality management systems programs
and environmental management systems programs. How to find or train to become EMS or environmental auditor, RAB IATCA QMS
auditor, QMS auditor, or QMS internal auditor is also available from this website.
The RAB and ANSI have now formed a joint organization named American National Accreditation Program for Registrars of Quality
Systems (ANAPRQS) and the registrars they have accredited can be obtained from ANSI or ANAPRQS, c/o ASQ (see Table 1-1 for
address).
Programs similar to that of the ANAPRQS have been underway in Canada, in a number of European countries, and elsewhere in the
world for some time.

NIST-NVCASE
The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), through its Office of Standards Services, offers a voluntary program to
evaluate and recognize organizations which support conformity assessment activities.

The National Voluntary Conformity Assessment Systems Evaluation (NVCASE) Program includes activities related to laboratory
testing, product certification, and quality system registration. After NVCASE evaluation, NIST provides recognition to qualified USA
organizations that effectively demonstrate conformance with established criteria. The ultimate goal is to help USA manufacturers satisfy
applicable product requirements mandated by foreign or USA regulatory authorities through conformity assessment procedures..

NVCASE recognition (1) provides regulatory authorities with a basis for having confidence that qualifying USA conformity assessment
bodies are competent, and (2) facilitates the acceptance of USA products in foreign regulated markets based on USA conformity
assessment results.

NVCASE does not unilaterally establish program areas. Operational areas are established only after a formal request from a
conformity assessment body (CAB) and concurrence of need from the affected industry sector. If another USA government agency has
domestic regulatory responsibility for a sector, that agency will be consulted prior to any program action by NIST.

Conformity assessment activities may be conducted on three levels (1) the conformity level (e.g., product testing, product certification
and quality system registration), (2) the accreditation level (e.g., the evaluation of testing laboratories, certification bodies, or a
management system registrar by an independent body) and (3) the recognition of accreditors. NVCASE does not operate at the
conformity level. NVCASE recognition may be sought by a body that accredits other bodies, (i.e., an accreditor of laboratories, certifiers
753
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
or registrars). If acceptable accreditation is not available elsewhere, a body may be accredited directly by NVCASE to perform a
function (i.e., to certify specific products).

In the NVCASE evaluation process, an applicant provides NIST with sufficient information to allow thorough assessment. The
applicant's management system is thoroughly reviewed based on established internationally accepted criteria, such as ISO 9000 series.
The criteria for technical operation are based on internationally accepted criteria such as ISO/IEC Standard 17025 (or ISO/IEC Guide
25 until it is phased out) for laboratories and ISO/IEC Guide 58 for their accreditors, ISO/IEC Guide 61 for accreditors of registrars or
product certifiers, ISO/IEC Guide 65 for product certifiers, and ISO/IEC Guide 62 for registrars.

Each participant must undergo an initial on-site assessment prior to obtaining recognition. All elements of non-conformance must be
resolved before recognition will be granted. Once an organization is recognized, follow-up assessments are conducted on a regular
two-year cycle, with periodic surveillance visits, both announced and unannounced. NVCASE recognition is effective until either
voluntary or involuntary termination. The NVCASE program is described in Code of Federal Regulations, 15 CFR, Part 28 6.

NVCASE maintains listings of all recognized bodies, including the organization name, address, pertinent contacts and the scope of
recognition.

For more information about specific areas visit one of the following websites;

• 15CFR, PART 286 National Voluntary Conformity Assessment System Evaluation (NVCASE) Program

• NVCASE Program Handbook Procedures for Obtaining NIST Recognition as an Accreditor, NIST IR 6440

• Federal Resister Notice for NVCASE Program

• List of Recognized Conformity Assessment Bodies

• Telecommunication Certification Bodies Program

NIST-NCSCI
The Department of Commerce’s National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) is the host of National Center for Standards
and Certification Information (NCSCI). NCSCI is part of the Standards Services Division within NIST's Technology Services.

NCSCI provides research services on standards, technical regulations and conformity assessment procedures for non-agricultural
products. The Center is a central repository for standards-related information in the United States and has access to USA, foreign and
international documents and contact points through its role as the USA national inquiry point under the World Trade Organization
Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade. The Program maintains a database on NIST and Department of Commerce staff
participation in standards developing activities.
1
When RAB joined with ANSI, it became known as American National Accreditation Program for Registrars of Quality Systems
(ANAPRQS).
2
It is likely that the new ISO Guides 40, 61, and 62 (which cover the operation of certification and quality system registration programs,
and accreditation schemes for those activities) together with ISO/IEC Guides 25 and 58 (which cover the operation of testing and
calibration laboratories and laboratory accreditation schemes) will be replaced by QMS standards in the future.

QUALITY SYSTEM REGISTRATION


Quality system registration or approval (sometimes misnamed “quality system certification3”) involves the assessment and periodic
audit of the adequacy of a supplier’s quality system by a third party, known as a quality system registrar. When a supplier’s system
conforms to the registrar’s interpretation of the QMS, the registrar issues the supplier a “certificate of registration.” Interpretations of the
QMS may not be consistent from one registrar to another.

Note that the supplier’s quality system is registered, not an individual product. Consequently, quality system registration does not
imply product conformity to any given set of requirements. Registration programs can be conducted in conjunction with or
independently from a certification4 program. Registrars may or may not concurrently operate a product certification program.

The number of USA - based organizations offering consulting services, assessment, and/or quality system registration is growing
rapidly. There are 750 organizations worldwide. See Table 16-2 for a list of Quality Systems Registrars.

TABLE 16-2 Independent Association of Accredited Registrars (IAAR) or


member list http://www.iaar.org/memberList.cfm
3
ISO/IEC Guide 48 uses the term “register,” although many Europeans continue to use the term “certify.”
4
Certiflcation is defined in ISO Guide 2-1991 as the: “procedure by which a third party gives written assurance that a product, process, or service
conforms to specific requirements.” Additional information is available from: National Center for Standards and Certification Information (NCSCI)
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), TRF Building, Room A163, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20899 USA. Phone: 301 975 4040 Fax: 301
th
926 1559 and Office of EU and Regional Affairs, International Trade Administration, Room 3036, 14 and Constitution Ave., SW. Washington, DC
20230 USA. Phone: 202 482 5276 Fax: 202 482 2155

Both agencies are located in the Department of Commerce and can refer interested parties to other sources of information within and
outside the federal government.
754
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
The National Accreditation Council for Certification Bodies (NACCB) has accredited 36 certification and inspection organizations in
the UK to perform ISO 9000 registration audits, according to the latest NACCB Directory of Accredited Certification Bodies.

The Dutch Council for Certification, Raad voor de Certificatie (RvC), has accredited 38 organizations (see Table 16-2) to perform
quality system audits based on the ISO 9000 criteria.

AUDIT
THIRD PARTY AUDIT
ISO 9000 originally was developed with a traditional two party audit system in mind in which the customer directly audits the supplier.
But when the Europeans adopted the QMS, they also anticipated third party registration. In this system, an independent third party
registrar registers that the quality system, as documented and implemented, meets the requirements of the QMS.

Third party audit places great importance on quality systems — a critical factor in the EU. Companies have two outputs, revenue and
products. Financial outputs are measured by the balance sheet; products are measured by quality. Just as companies require an
impartial auditor to examine financial systems, a third party auditor should assess quality systems. It guarantees that everything is on
the up and up, and is particularly important in helping to guarantee quality across international borders. Buyers will gain confidence that
they can expect to consistently receive a high level of product consistency.

SECOND PARTY AUDIT


Second party audit evaluations are also common. In these cases, it is usually the buyer who requires and conducts quality system
evaluations of the suppliers. These evaluations are mandatory only for companies wishing to become suppliers to that buyer.

INTERNAL AUDIT
As your quality system implementation moves forward, it is critical to measure progress. The primary measuring technique is the
internal audit. Regular audits must be scheduled to identify problems and check the effectiveness of corrective actions.

The QMS requires a system of internal audits, but it does not specify the level of training necessary for auditors. In addition to training
internal auditors on the requirements of the standards, expect to spend two or three days training them on auditing techniques.

The management representative and the leader of the auditing program should take a more intensive five-day “lead assessor” course,
the same training that licensed the QMS registrars complete. The leaders of the effort will be more effective if they have auditing
expertise.

ISO 9000 AUDITOR CERTIFICATION PROGRAM


The American National Accreditation Program for Registrars of Quality Systems has started a Certification Program for Auditors of
Quality Systems. The auditor program is designed around international standards, including the ISO 10011 guidelines for auditing
quality systems. The scheme is also designed to be compatible with the UK, auditor registration scheme for the assessors of quality
systems. The UK system is operated and administered by the Institute of Quality Assurance (IQA).

Participation in any of the program’s three grades requires various levels of education, training (including the QMS), and work
experience. The three grades are:

• Quality Systems Provisional Auditor (QS-PA) is an entry grade for those who have not conducted audits under the
observation of a certified Quality Systems Lead Auditor (QS-LA), including those with little or no quality systems auditing experience.
QS-PA certification allows a person to participate on an audit team, under observation, to gain the experience needed for advancement
of grade to Quality Systems Auditor.

• Quality Systems Auditor (QS-A) certification recognizes a person’s competence to function as a member of a quality systems
audit team.

• Quality Systems Lead Auditor (QS-LA) certification recognizes a person’s competence to lead quality systems audit teams.

When the program is fully developed, advancement under the system will require QS-PA’s and QS-A’s to meet program certification
criteria and participate in a required number of audits under the observership of an ANAPRQS-certified (see USA-RAB) QS-LA before
advancing to the next level.

755
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
THE PROCESS APPROACH
Any activity, or set of activities, that uses resources to transform inputs to outputs can be considered to be a process.

For organizations to function effectively, they have to identify and manage numerous interrelated and interacting processes. Often,
the output from one process will directly form the input into the next process. The systematic identification and management of the
processes employed within an organization and particularly the interactions between such processes is referred to as a “process
approach”.

The intent of the QMS is to encourage the adoption of the process approach to manage an organization.

Figure 16-1 illustrates the process-based quality management system described the ISO 9000 family of standards. This illustration
shows the interested parties play a significant role in providing inputs to the organization. Monitoring the satisfaction of interested
parties requires the evaluation of information relating to the perception of interested parties as to the extent to which their needs and
expectations have been met. The model shown in Fig. 16-1 does not show processes at a detailed level.

FIG. 16-1 MODEL OF PROCESS-BASED QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ISO 9000)

756
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GETTING STARTED
Implementing your ISO 9001:2000 quality management system

1. Identify the goals you want to achieve


Typical goals may be:

• Be more efficient and profitable

Produce products and services that consistently meet customer requirements

• Achieve customer satisfaction

• Increase market share

• Maintain market share

• Improve communications and morale in the organization

• Reduce costs and liabilities

• Increase confidence in the production system

2. Identify what others expect of you


These are the expectations of interested parties (stakeholders) such as:

• Customers and end users

• Employees

• Suppliers

• Shareholders

• Society

3. Obtain information about the QMS family

• For general information, look to this brochure

• For more detailed information, see ISO 9000:2000, ISO 9001:2000 and ISO 9004:2000

• For supporting information, refer to the ISO Web site

• For implementation case studies and news of ISO 9000 developments worldwide, read the ISO publication ISO Management
Systems.

4. Apply the QMS family of standards in your management system.


Decide if you are seeking certification that your quality management system is in conformance with ISO 9001:2000 or if you are
preparing to apply for a national quality award.

• Use ISO 9001:2000 as the basis for certification

• Use ISO 9004:2000 in conjunction with your national quality award criteria to prepare for a national quality award

5. Obtain guidance on specific topics within the quality management system


These topic-specific standards are:

• ISO 10006 for project management

• ISO 10007 for configuration management

• ISO 10012 for measurement systems

• ISO 10013 for quality documentation


757
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
• ISO/TR 10014 for managing the economics of quality

• ISO 10015 for training

• ISO/TS 16949 for automotive suppliers

• ISO 19011 for auditing

6. Establish your current status, determine the gaps between your quality management system and the
requirements of the QMS
You may use one or more of the following:

• Self assessment

• Assessment by an external organization

7. Determine the processes that are needed to supply products to your customers
Review the requirements of the QMS on Product Realization to determine how they apply or do not apply to your quality management
system including;

• Customer related processes

• Design and/or development

• Purchasing

• Production and service operations

• Control of measuring and monitoring devices

8. Develop a plan to close the gaps in step 6 and to develop the processes in step 7
Identify actions needed to close the gaps, allocate resources to perform these actions, assign responsibilities and establish a
schedule to complete the needed actions. ISO 9001:2000 Paragraphs 4.1 and 7.1 provide the information you will need to consider
when developing the plan.

9. Carry out your plan


Proceed to implement the identified actions and track progress to your schedule

10. Undergo periodic internal assessment


Use ISO 19011 for guidance in auditing, auditor qualification and managing audit programs

11. Do you need to demonstrate conformance?


If yes, go to step 12
If no, go to step 13

You may need or wish to show conformance (certification/registration) for various purposes, for example:

• Contractual requirements

• Market reasons or customer preference

• Regulatory requirements

• Risk management

• To set a clear goal for your internal quality development (motivation)

758
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
12. Undergo independent audit
Engage an accredited registration/certification body to perform an audit and certify that your quality management system complies
with the requirements of ISO 9001:2000.

13. Continue to improve your business


Review the effectiveness and suitability of your quality management system. ISO 9004:2000 provides a methodology for
improvement.

Maintaining the benefits and continual improvement


Most new users obtain measurable benefits early in the process of deploying the standard requirements in their operations. These
initial benefits are generally due to improvements in their organization and internal communication. The benefits must be strengthened
through effective internal auditing and management review of system performance. Like all systems, it either improves or becomes less
effective. It does not remain static for long.

When you adopt the QMS, you must strive for the satisfaction of your customers and the continual improvement of your quality
management system. Continual improvement is a process of increasing the effectiveness of your organization to fulfill your quality
policy and your quality objectives. The QMS requires that you plan and manage the processes necessary for the continual improvement
of your quality management system. ISO 9004:2000 provides information that will be helpful in going beyond ISO 9001:2000 to
improving the efficiency of your operation. It is recommended that you obtain data from various sources, both internal and external, to
assess the appropriateness of your quality system goals. This information can also be used to improve the performance of your
processes.

Some organizations may expand their management systems by extending the ISO 9001:2000 structure to include the requirements of
ISO 14001:1996, environmental management systems. The structural and organizational requirements of the two management
systems have been designed to be compatible.

The future evolution of the QMS


In order for the QMS family to maintain its effectiveness, the standards are periodically reviewed in order to benefit from new
developments in the quality management field and also from user feedback. ISO/TC 176, which is made up of experts from businesses
and other organizations around the world, monitors the use of the standards to determine how they can be improved to meet user
needs and expectations when the next revisions are due in approximately five years' time. ISO/TC 176 will continue to integrate quality
assurance, quality management, sector specific initiatives and various quality awards within the QMS.

ISO's commitment to sustaining the QMS momentum through reviews, improvement and streamlining of the standards guarantees that
your investment in the QMS today will continue to provide effective management solutions well into the future.

Implementing a structured management system requires careful planning, project control, and milestone measurement. Without a
disciplined approach, however, the activity will never produce results.

How Much Documentation is Currently in Place?


This is where painful honesty is required. All companies have systems, but how many systems rely on the memory of trusted key staff
members? If a longtime staff member is sick or leaves the job, is it really true that “everyone knows what to do?” In many companies,
process documentation does not exist on paper, but in the collective memory of company employees.

Another uncomfortable truth managers must face is that the process may be out of control. Not only does the process differ from the
manager’s conception, but it is constantly changing without benefit of regular audit or review.

To correct this, a company must review every functional part. Do sales and marketing staffs follow systems to ensure that all relevant
data needed is collected so that customer needs are met? Does the design staff receive all required data to meet customer
expectations, and is it always in the same format? Does the design staff have control of documents and drawings? Do design
procedures ensure that constraints of manufacturability, testability maintainability, reliability, and safety are considered?

In addition, a company trying to determine its level of documentation should consider whether all the data required to procure,
engineer into production, build, inspect, test, store, deliver, and maintain a product is provided in a consistent format. Do all these
departments have clear instructions as to how the overall tasks are to be performed? Is all testing performed to the same specifications
on controlled, calibrated test equipment? Do you have records to prove that control exists?

These are just some of the questions companies seeking registration must address when evaluating current documentation. Many
companies are shocked by the lack of positive answers to any of these questions.

Phil Crosby, the familiar quality expert, draws a parallel between the way many companies operate and a game of ice hockey. No two
games are ever the same. By contrast, Crosby points to ballet, an art that encompasses multiple elements of activity drawn together
under a planned, controlled set of conditions so that every performance is essentially the same. He says that running a company can
be like ballet, if planning, rehearsal, review, and control are part of the corporate “score.”

The decision to implement a documented quality system based on the QMS is going to affect every element of your organization. It
will result in significant changes in the way a company does business. It is essential that the program be driven by support from the very
759
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
top with a real commitment to succeed. Whether or not the registration effort is undertaken to achieve registration or is used as an
internal quality management tool makes no difference in the degree of commitment or effort that will be required.

Obtaining management “buy-in” is not always easy. When the demand for registration is customer driven, then most senior executives
recognize the sensible course. When this is not the case, the program has to be sold to them in the same way as any other venture
which will cost time and money.

Here are the key points to emphasize:

• Registration enables a company to visibly demonstrate its commitment to quality.

• Registration may provide opportunities to enter markets which are open only to registered firms.

• The QMS will improve the ability to collect quality metrics and thereby improve the quality costs program.

• The QMS will enhance the ability to develop stable processes and eliminate costly surprise events.

• The QMS will improve overall business efficiency by eliminating wasteful and unnecessary duplication in management systems.

• The QMS is simply a better way to do business.

Once the company is committed, the process should be treated in the same way as any other major business undertaking. This is a
significant project, and requires a project management approach regardless of whether the company is small or large. Good things
never happen by accident; they are always planned, and this program also requires planning.

The first step is assigning someone the responsibility and authority to drive the project. This person does not necessarily have to be
the quality manager. The standard tells us that the management representative should be a person who, “irrespective of other
responsibilities,” ensures that the system in support of the standard is effectively maintained. The quality manager may provide input,
but should not necessarily drive the process. This is a management system for the business. Every member of the firm, from the CEO
to the janitor, needs to have involvement and input.

Once appointed, the project manager needs a team with which to work. Volunteers should be drawn from all levels and areas of the
company. To generate interest in volunteering, the project manager should undertake a program of general ISO awareness. Schedule
time to enable every member of the company to attend a short (a few hours is sufficient) awareness session explaining what the QMS
is, how the standard will affect work, and what the benefits will be.

The next step is to develop a set of goals for the process.

Eleven goals are outlined below.

Month 1
(a) Seek good, reliable, well-informed the QMS training for the team. Either send key members out for this, or bring it in-house.

Buying Hints

(1) Have the tutors helped other companies work toward successful registration?

(2) Have the tutors worked in the QMS companies?

(3) Do not use Lead Auditor training as a means of learning how to implement the QMS. Use a proper implementation program,
or start with a two-day “What is the QMS ” introductory session.

(b) Are you going to use a consultant to assist the process?

Although many companies achieve the QMS registration without using consulting, it may be a good investment for many companies.
A consultant used only for odd days here and there can help keep the program on track.

(4) Is the consultant a UK or RAB Certified Auditor?

(5) The CQA qualification from the ASQ is not the same.

(6) Has the consultant helped other companies through the process of registration to one of the QMS?

(7) Ask for references. Good consultants should be able to provide them!

Months 2 and 3
(c) Business analysis: Is it to be a unified system or departmentalized to reflect different business units? Analyze and decide.

(d) Create a high-level flow chart of the data flow through the entire business activity from order intake to customer delivery. This
should show the information flow through the company, not the activities associated with departments. It is important that this chart
shows what is, not what should be.
760
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
(e) Review the chart and determine if it is the right way for things to happen. If not, redraw the flow chart to reflect what should be
happening.

(f) Analyze departments that are demonstrated by the flow chart and determine how many of them are already documented. Note
the information; it will be valuable in the future.

Month 4
(g) Take each of the major departmental blocks on the chart and allocate them to individual project team members. Their task is
to take the activity into that department and begin working with individual employees to develop a flow chart of the activities within that
area. Again, this is high level, not detailed. There is plenty of time for detail later.

(h) Using the flow charts, find out what documents may already exist to cover some of these activities, and mark them down.

It is not atypical for organizations to discover that they have a significant number of written procedures already in place. Part of the
task at this stage is to identify those procedures, drawing them together into a framework so that they can become part of the QMS.
Unless they are hopelessly out of date, these documents should never be discarded. They are systems which are already working for
you. Do not try to reinvent the wheel.

Month 5
(i) Determine what is missing for a system-wide structure of documented procedures. The system should link all departments
effectively, thereby ensuring that the needed information will flow smoothly through the company. We call this process gap analysis,
and it will often include an audit of the active system. In order to receive an objective view of the situation, many companies choose to
employ an independent consultant to perform this audit. Often, when company personnel are in the middle of it all, it is too easy to think
the situation is in much worse or much better shape than it actually is.

Buying Hint

(1) Check the QMS credentials of the consultant you want to use for this exercise, as well as their audit skills and experience. At
this stage of the process, the last thing you can afford is a poor gap analysis audit.

(j) Begin generating missing documentation. Everyone involved should help generate the missing documentation — nobody
knows the way any particular job is performed better than the person who is doing the task on a daily basis. This rule applies from the
chief executive down to the maintenance staff. Get them all involved in flow-chart activity, and then get them involved in writing the
procedures and work instructions. Provide a framework, and do the editorial work afterwards to generate a consistent style. Make sure
that the true author and owner of every document in the system is the person who has to use it to do the job.

This is true empowerment. It gives each individual the opportunity to participate in determining how a particular job should be
performed, and allows participation in the creation of the management system.

(k) Now you have a complete system! Verify that it meets all of the clauses of the standard you are aiming for by doing a
schedule of conformity analysis, and then move into the full implementation stage of the operation.

QUALITY MANUAL
Document what you do and do what you document. There is no purpose in making impressive statements in the manual if you do not
do what you document (see ISO 10013).

Who should write the Quality Manual?

It is recommended that the Quality Assurance Manager be responsible for writing and editing the Quality Manual. In order to save
time and money, he or she should use example manuals from companies already registered which may be purchased or borrowed.
See Table 16-2 for possible sources. Modify the text to suit your company’s requirements and solicit input from the people on the floor
performing the work.

Documentation should help customers and auditors understand how a quality management system addresses requirements of the
QMS. One such method will be demonstrated later.

However, companies must remember that a quality system program belongs to its creators and no other individual or organization.
The process of obtaining registration must be secondary to the real-time organizational benefits of having an effective and fully
functional quality management system.

Quality system documentation and manuals are not required to resemble any standard or conform to any preordained numbering
system. Manuals do not have to use formal language or even the same tense. A quality system and its documentation must be written
to reflect the way a particular company operates.

761
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
LAYERS OF STRUCTURE
The first requirement is to evaluate how a documented system will be structured. Quality systems have moved increasingly into the
commercial arena in the last 15 years. A clear pattern has developed that may be described as current “best practice,” although there
are other ways to achieve the same results.

The documentation hierarchy has four tiers or layers. Each layer develops a steadily increasing level of detail about company
operations and methods. These layers are shown in Fig. 16-2, and consist of quality manual, company operating procedures, work
instructions, and records.

The layers in Fig. 16-2 are presented as a broad-based triangle. The volume of documentation increases as the process moves
deeper into the system. All documentation, however, should cascade from one level to the next to meet traceability and control
requirements. Dividing the system in this way applies the political philosophy of “divide and rule” to the control of paperwork. The
system should be structured so that changes at one level will virtually never affect a higher level, but may affect the levels below.

WHAT TO DO FIRST
Write a procedure outlining the document control methods and practices. Control techniques should be established before any
attempt is made to structure a quality manual.

What elements should be addressed in a procedure? The hierarchy diagram shows the procedure as a document that explains the
“what,” “when,” “where,” and “who” of the system. It will also at times describe the high-level “how.”

These questions and answers should be considered when creating a procedure.

1. What should this procedure achieve? Define the scope and purpose of the document.

2. Who should perform this task? Define the responsibilities by precise job title.

3. What is the task? Outline and describe the task as simply as possible. Include when and, if appropriate, where the task
occurs.

4. Are there any related activities? List any other documents directly integrated with the task.

5. How is the task demonstrated? Detail the records created.

FIG. 16-2 THE DOCUMENTATION HIERARCHY

762
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
IMPORTANT ISSUES
These five basic questions focus and simplify the task of creating both procedures and work instructions. A procedure’s scope
statement enables differentiation between procedures that have company-wide application and those that are created for a single
department or activity. For example, allow for differences in the document control complexity between software engineering and the
goods receiving department.

By applying this basic formula to the process, the documentation author is forced to think in clear, logical steps. When describing the
task itself, the best approach is to create a flow chart of the activity. This approach also forces a disciplined, logical approach.

In writing the text, remember the KISS principle: Keep It Short and Simple. Use straightforward words and terms; do not use this
documentation to demonstrate a vast and sophisticated command of the English language.

SUGGESTIONS FOR WRITING


Follow novelist George Orwell’s suggestion that before a sentence is written, six questions should be asked.

1. What am I trying to say?

2. What words will best express it?

3. What image or idiom will make it more clear?

4. Is this image fresh enough to have an effect?

5. Could I have put it more shortly?

6. Have I said anything which is ugly?

More ground rules to follow include:

• Make the meaning very clear.

• Sift out all irrelevant material.

• Ensure that the text is grammatically correct. Avoid the use of passive verbs and split infinitives.

• Search out errors in spelling and punctuation.

• Avoid jargon and “committee language.”

• Use the simplest language to convey the thought.

• Use clear words and phrases.

• Use short sentences.

• Use punctuation thoughtfully and in a way to aid understanding.

• Separate ideas into individual sentences or paragraphs.

Remember that these are documents written to enable coworkers to perform their tasks more efficiently and consistently. To achieve
this goal:

• Do not write in an antagonistic manner.

• Do not write in a condescending manner.

• Do not write in a supercilious manner.

Documentation users are intelligent. They just have different skills.

763
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
WORK INSTRUCTIONS
These same rules should be applied to the writing of work instructions. Usually this level of documentation is machine, task, or
product specific. Work instructions should be written by those who know and perform the tasks. These employees should be consulted
when creating the work instruction data.

Not only is this method efficient, it also creates pride of ownership in the documentation. Authors are far more likely to ensure that the
documentation is current, properly applied, and that any required changes are made. This level of support from documentation users
makes it far easier to maintain.

Once created, the document must be controlled. Key elements which will ensure that document control is simple and effective
include:

• Create a numbering system which can flow down from procedures to work instructions and that provides a visible numeric or
alphanumeric link.

• Give every document a clear and simple name.

• Number each page of every document number in an “x” of “y” format where “y” is the total number of pages in the document.

• Keep a record of the document’s issue or revision status clearly visible on the document itself, and include brief details of any
changes.

• Keep a record of the authorized holders of every document with the master copy.

• Establish a method for clearly identifying uncontrolled copies of documents. Keep the records up to date.

GENERIC PRODUCT CATEGORIES


The ISO TC 176 has identified four generic product categories:

• Hardware

• Software

• Processed Materials

• Services

These four generic product categories are described in Table 16-3. The ISO TC 176, Subcommittee 1 has developed formal
definitions based on the descriptions of the four generic product categories in this table.

The definitions for “product” and the generic product category “service” are published in the ISO 9000 standard. “Product” is defined
as the result of activities or processes. Notes to the definition point out that a product can be tangible or intangible or a combination
thereof and that, for practical reasons, products can be classified in the four generic product categories introduced in Table 16-3.
“Service” is defined as the results generated by activities at the interface between the supplier and the customer and by supplier
internal activities to meet the customer needs. Notes to the definition point out that the supplier or the customer may be represented at
the interface by personnel or equipment, that customer activities at the interface may be essential to the service delivery, that delivery
or use of tangible products may form part of the service delivery, and that a service may be linked with the manufacture and supply of
tangible products.

We believe the four generic product categories are the kinds of product that need explicit attention in quality management and quality
assurance standardization.

764
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 16-3 GENERIC PRODUCT CATEGORIES
Generic
Kinds of Product
Product Category
Products consisting of manufactured pieces,
Hardware
parts, or assemblies thereof
Products, such as computer software,
consisting of written or otherwise recordable
Software
information, concepts, transactions, or
procedures
Products (final or intermediate) consisting
of solids, liquids, gases, or combinations
thereof, including particulate materials,
Processed Materials ingots, filaments, or sheet structures
Note: Processed materials typically are
delivered (packaged) in containers such as
drums, bags, tanks, cans, pipelines, or rolls.
Intangible products which may be the entire
or principal offering or incorporated features
of the offering, relating to activities such as
planning, selling, directing, delivering,
improving, evaluating, training, operating,
or servicing a tangible product
Services Note: All generic product categories provide
value to the customer only at the times and
places the customer interfaces with and
perceives benefits from the product. However,
the value from a service often is provided
primarily by activities at a particular time
and place of interface with the customer.

VISION MISSION AND KEY STRATEGIES


The vision of ISO/TC 176 is that, through its worldwide acceptance and use, the QMS standards will provide an effective means for
improving the performance of individual organizations and providing confidence to people and organizations that products (goods and
services) will meet their expectations thereby enhancing trade, global prosperity and individual well-being.

ISO/TC 176's mission is to:


o identify and understand user needs in the field of quality management;

o develop standards that respond effectively to the expectations of users;

o support implementation of these standards; and

o facilitate meaningful evaluation of the resulting implementations using the ISO process to achieve international consensus and
compatibility with other ISO/IEC management standards.

The ISO/TC 176 Key Strategies to achieve this vision and mission are:
1. Provide for a clear understanding of the role of quality in relation to the management (leading and operating) of an
organization and the application of related concepts and principles.

2. Minimize proliferation of standards within the QMS family.

3. Work towards minimizing the proliferation of standards in the field of quality management developed externally to TC 176
using a joint and cooperative approach with the ISO/IEC TC’s and other bodies involved.

4. Ensure the integrity of the ISO 9000 family of standards and provide for the integrity of their implementation and of the
evaluation of their implementation.

5. Maximize usefulness of the QMS standards, facilitating effective implementation together with other ISO/IEC management
system standards, using a joint and cooperative approach with the other TC’s involved.

The Technical Committee ISO/TC 176 has classified the documents according to the management system standard (MSS) types
A, B or C. These MSS types are defined as follows:

765
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Type A – Management Systems Requirements Standard
Standard that is intended to provide the marketplace with relevant specifications for the management system of an
organization to demonstrate its capability to meet internal and external requirements (e.g. by assessment of that
capability by internal or external parties)
Examples
- Management systems requirements standards (specifications).
- Management systems sector-specific requirements standards.

Type B – Management Systems Guidelines Standards


Standard that is intended to assist an organization to implement and/or to enhance its management system by
providing additional guidance to the elements of a management system requirements standard, or stand-alone
guidance with no equivalence to a management systems requirements standard.
Examples
- Guidance on the use of management system requirements standards.
- Guidance on the establishment of a management system.
- Guidance on the improvement/enhancement of a management system.
- Management system sector-specific guidelines standards.

Type C – Management Systems Related Standards


Standard that is intended to provide further information on specific parts of the management system or guidance
on related supporting techniques, in addition to management system standards.
Examples
- Management system terminology documents.
- Standards on auditing, documentation, training, monitoring, measurement and performance evaluation.
- Standards on labeling and life–cycle assessment.
For further information visit Web sites:

ISO: www.iso.org

ISO/TC 176: www.tc176.org

ISO/TC 176 Subcommittee 2: www.bsi.org.uk/iso-tc176-sc2

Information on the ISO 9000 standards is also available from ANSI, ASQ or from the ISO Central Secretariat ISO 9000 enquiry
service. Sales enquiries should also be directed to ANSI, ASQ or to the ISO Central Secretariat sales department.

ISO publishes the bimonthly ISO Management Systems, which provides updates on these families of standards and news on their
implementation around the world. A Spanish-language edition is published by the Spanish national standards institute, AENOR.
http://www.iso.org/iso/en/iso9000-14000/iso9000/selection_use/furtherinfo.html
The increase in the importance of ISO 9000 is reflected in the attendance of related meetings held since 1980. The ISO 9000 Forum
meeting held in Paris, 1992-03, attracted 500 quality assurance professionals; the ISO TC 176 meeting in Madrid, 1991-10, was
attended by 223 delegates from 35 countries; the ISO TC 176 meeting held in Ottawa, 1980, attracted 32 delegates from nine
countries.

RELATED ISO STANDARDS


TC 176 Quality management and quality assurance
ISO/TS 16949:2002 Quality management systems -- Particular requirements for the application of ISO 9001:2000 for automotive production and
relevant service part organizations
TC 176/SC 1
ISO 9000:2005 Quality management systems -- Fundamentals and vocabulary
TC 176/SC 2
ISO 9001:2000 Quality management systems -- Requirements
ISO 9004:2000 Quality management systems -- Guidelines for performance improvements
ISO 10005:2005 Quality management systems -- Guidelines for quality plans
ISO 10006:2003 Quality management systems -- Guidelines for quality management in projects
ISO 10007:2003 Quality management systems -- Guidelines for configuration management
TC 176/SC 3
ISO 10002:2004 Quality management -- Customer satisfaction -- Guidelines for complaints handling in organizations
ISO 10012:2003 Measurement management systems -- Requirements for measurement processes and measuring equipment
ISO/TR 10013:2001 Guidelines for quality management system documentation
ISO 10014:2006 Guidelines for managing the economics of quality
ISO 10015:1999 Quality management -- Guidelines for training
ISO/TR 10017:2003 Guidance on statistical techniques for ISO 9001:2000
ISO 10019:2005 Guidelines for the selection of quality management system consultants and use of their services

766
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 19011:2002 Guidelines for quality and/or environmental management systems auditing
ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7
ISO 3535:1977 Forms design sheet and layout chart
ISO 5806:1984 Information processing -- Specification of single-hit decision tables
ISO 5807:1985 Information processing -- Documentation symbols and conventions for data, program and system flowcharts, program
network charts and system resources charts
ISO/IEC 6592:2000 Information technology -- Guidelines for the documentation of computer-based application systems
ISO 6593:1985 Information processing -- Program flow for processing sequential files in terms of record groups
ISO/IEC 8631:1989 Information technology -- Program constructs and conventions for their representation
ISO 8790:1987 Information processing systems -- Computer system configuration diagram symbols and conventions
ISO 8807:1989 Information processing systems -- Open Systems Interconnection -- LOTOS -- A formal description technique based on the
temporal ordering of observational behaviour
ISO/IEC 9126-1:2001 Software engineering -- Product quality -- Part 1: Quality model
ISO/IEC TR 9126-2:2003 Software engineering -- Product quality -- Part 2: External metrics
ISO/IEC TR 9126-3:2003 Software engineering -- Product quality -- Part 3: Internal metrics
ISO/IEC TR 9126-4:2004 Software engineering -- Product quality -- Part 4: Quality in use metrics
ISO 9127:1988 Information processing systems -- User documentation and cover information for consumer software packages
ISO/IEC TR 9294:2005 Information technology -- Guidelines for the management of software documentation
ISO/IEC 10746-1:1998 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Reference model: Overview
ISO/IEC 10746-2:1996 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Reference Model: Foundations
ISO/IEC 10746-3:1996 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Reference Model: Architecture
ISO/IEC 10746-4:1998 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Reference Model: Architectural semantics
ISO/IEC 10746-4:1998 Computational formalization
ISO/IEC 11411:1995 Information technology -- Representation for human communication of state transition of software
ISO/IEC TR 12182:1998 Information technology -- Categorization of software
ISO/IEC 12207:1995 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes
ISO/IEC 13235-1:1998 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Trading function: Specification
ISO/IEC 13235-3:1998 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Trading Function -- Part 3: Provision of Trading Function using
OSI Directory service
ISO/IEC 14102:1995 Information technology -- Guideline for the evaluation and selection of CASE tools
ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 Information technology -- Software measurement -- Functional size measurement -- Part 1: Definition of concepts
ISO/IEC 14143-2:2002 Information technology -- Software measurement -- Functional size measurement -- Part 2: Conformity evaluation of
software size measurement methods to ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998
ISO/IEC TR 14143-3:2003 Information technology -- Software measurement -- Functional size measurement -- Part 3: Verification of functional size
measurement methods
ISO/IEC TR 14143-4:2002 Information technology -- Software measurement -- Functional size measurement -- Part 4: Reference model
ISO/IEC TR 14143-5:2004 Information technology -- Software measurement -- Functional size measurement -- Part 5: Determination of functional
domains for use with functional size measurement
ISO/IEC 14143-6:2006 Information technology -- Software measurement -- Functional size measurement -- Part 6: Guide for use of ISO/IEC 14143
series and related International Standards
ISO/IEC TR 14471:1999 Information technology -- Software engineering -- Guidelines for the adoption of CASE tools
ISO/IEC 14568:1997 Information technology -- DXL: Diagram eXchange Language for tree-structured charts
ISO/IEC 14598-1:1999 Information technology -- Software product evaluation -- Part 1: General overview
ISO/IEC 14598-2:2000 Software engineering -- Product evaluation -- Part 2: Planning and management
ISO/IEC 14598-3:2000 Software engineering -- Product evaluation -- Part 3: Process for developers
ISO/IEC 14598-4:1999 Software engineering -- Product evaluation -- Part 4: Process for acquirers
ISO/IEC 14598-5:1998 Information technology -- Software product evaluation -- Part 5: Process for evaluators
ISO/IEC 14598-6:2001 Software engineering -- Product evaluation -- Part 6: Documentation of evaluation modules
ISO/IEC 14750:1999 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Interface Definition Language
ISO/IEC 14752:2000 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Protocol support for computational interactions
ISO/IEC 14753:1999 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Interface references and binding
ISO/IEC 14756:1999 Information technology -- Measurement and rating of performance of computer-based software systems
ISO/IEC TR 14759:1999 Software engineering -- Mock up and prototype -- A categorization of software mock up and prototype models and their use
ISO/IEC 14764:2006 Software Engineering -- Software Life Cycle Processes -- Maintenance
ISO/IEC 14769:2001 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Type Repository Function
ISO/IEC 14771:1999 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Naming framework
ISO/IEC 15026:1998 Information technology -- System and software integrity levels

767
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO/IEC TR 15271:1998 Information technology -- Guide for ISO/IEC 12207 (Software Life Cycle Processes)
ISO/IEC 15288:2002 Systems engineering -- System life cycle processes
ISO/IEC 15289:2006 Systems and software engineering -- Content of systems and software life cycle process information products
(Documentation)
ISO/IEC 15414:2006 Information technology -- Open distributed processing -- Reference model -- Enterprise language
ISO/IEC 15437:2001 Information technology -- Enhancements to LOTOS (E-LOTOS)
ISO/IEC 15474-1:2002 Information technology -- CDIF framework -- Part 1: Overview
ISO/IEC 15474-2:2002 Information technology -- CDIF framework -- Part 2: Modelling and extensibility
ISO/IEC 15475-1:2002 Information technology -- CDIF transfer format -- Part 1: General rules for syntaxes and encodings
ISO/IEC 15475-2:2002 Information technology -- CDIF transfer format -- Part 2: Syntax SYNTAX.1
ISO/IEC 15475-3:2002 Information technology -- CDIF transfer format -- Part 3: Encoding ENCODING.1
ISO/IEC 15476-1:2002 Information technology -- CDIF semantic metamodel -- Part 1: Foundation
ISO/IEC 15476-2:2002 Information technology -- CDIF semantic metamodel -- Part 2: Common
ISO/IEC 15476-3:2006 Information technology -- CDIF semantic metamodel -- Part 3: Data definitions
ISO/IEC 15476-4:2005 Information technology -- CDIF semantic metamodel -- Part 4: Data models
ISO/IEC 15476-6:2006 Information technology -- CDIF semantic metamodel -- Part 6: State/event models
ISO/IEC 15504-1:2004 Information technology -- Process assessment -- Part 1: Concepts and vocabulary
ISO/IEC 15504-2:2003 Information technology -- Process assessment -- Part 2: Performing an assessment
ISO/IEC 15504-3:2004 Information technology -- Process assessment -- Part 3: Guidance on performing an assessment
ISO/IEC 15504-4:2004 Information technology -- Process assessment -- Part 4: Guidance on use for process improvement and process capability
determination
ISO/IEC 15504-5:2006 Information technology -- Process Assessment -- Part 5: An exemplar Process Assessment Model
ISO/IEC TR 15846:1998 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes -- Configuration Management
ISO/IEC 15909-1:2004 Software and system engineering -- High-level Petri nets -- Part 1: Concepts, definitions and graphical notation
ISO/IEC 15910:1999 Information technology -- Software user documentation process
ISO/IEC 15939:2002 Software engineering -- Software measurement process
ISO/IEC 15940:2006 Information Technology -- Software Engineering Environment Services
ISO/IEC 16085:2006 Systems and software engineering -- Life cycle processes -- Risk management
ISO/IEC TR 16326:1999 Software engineering -- Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 12207 to project management
ISO/IEC 18019:2004 Software and system engineering -- Guidelines for the design and preparation of user documentation for application
software
ISO/IEC 19500-2:2003 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Part 2: General Inter-ORB Protocol (GIOP)/Internet Inter-ORB
Protocol (IIOP)
ISO/IEC 19501:2005 Information technology -- Open Distributed Processing -- Unified Modeling Language (UML) Version 1.4.2
ISO/IEC TR 19759:2005 Software Engineering -- Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK)
ISO/IEC TR 19760:2003 Systems engineering -- A guide for the application of ISO/IEC 15288 (System life cycle processes)
ISO/IEC 19761:2003 Software engineering -- COSMIC-FFP -- A functional size measurement method
ISO/IEC 19770-1:2006 Information technology -- Software asset management -- Part 1: Processes
ISO/IEC 20000-1:2005 Information technology -- Service management -- Part 1: Specification
ISO/IEC 20000-2:2005 Information technology -- Service management -- Part 2: Code of practice
ISO/IEC 20926:2003 Software engineering -- IFPUG 4.1 Unadjusted functional size measurement method -- Counting practices manual
ISO/IEC 20968:2002 Software engineering -- Mk II Function Point Analysis -- Counting Practices Manual
ISO/IEC 23026:2006 Software Engineering -- Recommended Practice for the Internet -- Web Site Engineering, Web Site Management, and Web
Site Life Cycle
ISO/IEC 24570:2005 Software engineering -- NESMA functional size measurement method version 2.1 -- Definitions and counting guidelines for
the application of Function Point Analysis
ISO/IEC 25000:2005 Software Engineering -- Software product Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE) -- Guide to SQuaRE
ISO/IEC 25051:2006 Software engineering -- Software product Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE) -- Requirements for quality of
Commercial Off-The-Shelf (COTS) software product and instructions for testing
ISO/IEC 25062:2006 Software engineering -- Software product Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE) -- Common Industry Format
(CIF) for usability test reports
ISO/IEC 90003:2004 Software engineering -- Guidelines for the application of ISO 9001:2000 to computer software
TC 207 Environmental management
ISO Guide 64:1997 Guide for the inclusion of environmental aspects in product standards
ISO 14050:2002 Environmental management -- Vocabulary
ISO/TR 14062:2002 Environmental management -- Integrating environmental aspects into product design and development
ISO 14064-1:2006 Greenhouse gases -- Part 1: Specification with guidance at the organization level for quantification and reporting of greenhouse
gas emissions and removals

768
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO 14064-2:2006 Greenhouse gases -- Part 2: Specification with guidance at the project level for quantification, monitoring and reporting of
greenhouse gas emission reductions or removal enhancements
ISO 14064-3:2006 Greenhouse gases -- Part 3: Specification with guidance for the validation and verification of greenhouse gas assertions
TC 207/SC 1
ISO 14001:2004 Environmental management systems -- Requirements with guidance for use
ISO 14001:1996 Environmental management systems -- Specification with guidance for use
ISO 14004:2004 Environmental management systems -- General guidelines on principles, systems and support techniques
TC 207/SC 2
ISO 14015:2001 Environmental management -- Environmental assessment of sites and organizations (EASO)
TC 207/SC 3
ISO 14020:2000 Environmental labels and declarations -- General principles
ISO 14021:1999 Environmental labels and declarations -- Self-declared environmental claims (Type II environmental labelling)
ISO 14024:1999 Environmental labels and declarations -- Type I environmental labelling -- Principles and procedures
ISO/TR 14025:2000 Environmental labels and declarations -- Type III environmental declarations
TC 207/SC 4
ISO 14031:1999 Environmental management -- Environmental performance evaluation -- Guidelines
ISO/TR 14032:1999 Environmental management -- Examples of environmental performance evaluation (EPE)
TC 207/SC 5
ISO 14040:1997 Environmental management -- Life cycle assessment -- Principles and framework
ISO 14041:1998 Environmental management -- Life cycle assessment -- Goal and scope definition and inventory analysis
ISO 14042:2000 Environmental management -- Life cycle assessment -- Life cycle impact assessment
ISO 14043:2000 Environmental management -- Life cycle assessment -- Life cycle interpretation
ISO/TR 14047:2003 Environmental management -- Life cycle impact assessment -- Examples of application of ISO 14042
ISO/TS 14048:2002 Environmental management -- Life cycle assessment -- Data documentation format
ISO/TR 14049:2000 Environmental management -- Life cycle assessment -- Examples of application of ISO 14041 to goal and scope definition and
inventory analysis

RELATED EN STANDARDS1
EN 45 001 General criteria for the operations of testing laboratories. Withdrawn, Superseded
EN 45 002 General criteria for the assessment of testing laboratories
EN 45 003 General criteria for laboratory accreditation bodies
EN 45 011 General criteria for certification bodies operating product certification. Withdrawn, Superseded
EN 45 012 General criteria for certification bodies operating Quality System certification Withdrawn, Superseded
EN 45 013 General criteria for certification bodies operating certification of personnel. Withdrawn, Superseded
EN 45 014 General criteria for suppliers' declaration of conformity. Withdrawn, Superseded
1
All the listed EN Standards are adopted as National Standards throughout Europe. They are designated as follows: Germany-DIN EN 45001;
France - NF EN 45001; UK - BS EN 45001; Italy - UNI EN 45001. See RELATED BSI STANDARDS.

USA - ANSI/ASQ STANDARDS


Download instantly from the ASQ e-Standards website: http://e-standards.asq.org.
To view the entire portfolio of standards (both those published and those under development) visit the Online Standards Work Program. Available from
ASQ Quality Press Online Bookstore: http://qualitypress.asq.org. Mailing address; ASQ Customer Service, 611 East Wisconsin Avenue, POB 3005,
Milwaukee Wisconsin 53201-3005 USA.. Call ASQ toll free at 800 248 1946 or 414 272 8575 (outside the USA and Canada)

ASQ's Standards Portfolio


http://standardsgroup.asq.org/workprogram/index.html
ASQ e-mail: [email protected], 600 North Plankinton Avenue POB 3005, Milwaukee WI 53203 USA
Q9000:2000 Quality management system – Fundamentals and vocabulary
Q9001:2000 Quality management system - Requirements
Q9004:2000 Quality management system – Guidelines for performance improvements
Q10005:1995 Quality management – Guidelines for quality plans
Q10006:2003 Quality management systems – Guidelines for quality management in projects
Q10007:2003 Quality management systems – Guidelines for configuration management
M10012:2003 Measurement management systems – Requirements for measurement processes and measuring equipment
E14001:1996 Environmental management system – Specification with guidance for use
E14004:1996 Environmental management system – General guidance on principles, systems and supporting techniques
E14015:2001 Environmental management – Environmental assessment of sites and organizations (EASO)
QE19011:2002 Guidelines for quality and/or environmental management system auditing

USA – NIST - NCSCI ISONET member; National Center for Standards and Certification Information (NCSCI)
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 2150, GAITHERSBURG, Maryland 20899-2150 Tel. + 1 301 975 40 40 Fax + 1 301 926 15
59, E-mail [email protected], Web http://nist.gov/ncsci
UK
BS EN ISO 9000-3:1997 Quality management and quality assurance standards. Guidelines for the application of ISO 9001:1994 to the development,
supply, installation and maintenance of computer software
BS 5750: Pt 0; Sect 0.1 = ISO 9000-1:1987 withdrawn,
replaced by ISO 9000:2000
BS 5750:Pt 0; Sect 0.2 = ISO 9004:1987 withdrawn,
769
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Replaced by ISO 9004:2000
BS 5750:Pt 1 withdrawn, replaced by ISO 9001:2000
BS 5750:Pt 2 withdrawn, replaced by ISO 9001:2000
BS 5750: Pt 3 withdrawn, replaced by ISO 9001:2000
BS 5750:PT 4 = ISO 9000-2:1997, withdrawn, not replaced,
Equivalent product = BSI Handbook 10181 "Transition to ISO 9001:2000"
BS 5750:PT 8 = ISO 9004-2, withdrawn, not replaced
BS 5750:PT 13, withdrawn, replaced by BS EN ISO 9000-3:1997. Now under revision by
ISO/IEC JTC1/SC 7, new edition expected in 2003, but may be re-numbered as ISO/IEC 90000-3
BS 7501:1989, EN 45001:1989 General criteria for the operation of testing laboratories Withdrawn, Superseded
BS EN ISO/IEC 17025:2000 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories
BS 7502:1989, EN 45002:1989 General criteria for the assessment of testing laboratories
BS EN 45011:1998 General requirements for bodies operating product certification systems
BS 7511:1989, EN 45011:1989 General criteria for certification bodies operating product certification Withdrawn, Superseded
BS EN 45012:1998 General requirements for bodies operating assessment and certification/registration of quality systems
BS 7512:1989, EN 45012:1989 General criteria for certification bodies operating quality system certification Withdrawn, Superseded
BS 7513:1989, EN 45013:1989 General criteria for certification bodies operating certification of personnel Withdrawn, Superseded
BS EN ISO/IEC 17024:2003 Conformity Assessment. General requirements for bodies operating certification of persons
BS 7514:1989, EN 45014:1989 General criteria for suppliers' declaration of conformity Withdrawn, Superseded
BS EN 45014:1998 General criteria for supplier's declaration of conformity.

RELATED ISO/IEC GUIDES


General terms and their definitions concerning standardization and
Guide 2:1996
related activities
Guide 7:1994 Guidelines for drafting of standards suit
able for use for conformity assessment
Guide 22:1996 Information on manufacturer's declaration
of conformity with standards or other
technical specifications
Guide 23:1982 Methods of indicating conformity with
standards for third-party certification
systems
Guide 25:1990 General requirements for the competence of calibration
and testing laboratories. See ISO/IEC TR 13233:1994
Guide 27:1983 Guidelines for corrective action to be taken
by a certification body in the event of misuse
of its mark of conformity
Guide 28:1982 General rules for a model third-party certification
system for products
Guide 43-1:1997 Proficiency testing by interlaboratory comparisons -
Part 1: Development and operation of proficiency testing
schemes
Guide 43-2:1997 Proficiency testing by interlaboratory comparisons -
Part 2: Selection and use of proficiency testing schemes
by laboratory accreditation bodies
Guide 53:1988 An approach to the utilization of a supplier's
quality system in third party product
certification
Guide 58:1993 Calibration and testing laboratory accreditation
systems-General requirements for operation and recognition
Guide 60:1994 Code of good practice for conformity
assessment
Guide 61:1996 General requirements for certification or
registration body assessment and accreditation systems
Guide 62:1996 General requirements for bodies operating
assessment and certification/registration of quality systems
Guide 64:1997 Guide for the inclusion of environmental aspects in product standards

RELATED ISO HANDBOOKS


A complete list of publications and products related to quality management can be found on ISO online at the following link:
http://www.iso.org/iso/en/prods-services/otherpubs/Handbooks.PublicationList?CLASSIFICATION=HANDBOOKS
Statistical methods for quality control (2 volumes)

Statistical processing and interpretation of test and inspection results. Includes the two basic tools used in sampling throughout the
world sampling by attributes and by variables several standards relating to the use of data which are averaged. Also includes
standards on the precision of test methods, vocabulary, process control charts, etc.

Volume 1:
Statistical methods in general; Terminology and symbols; Acceptance sampling
See table of contents, 2000, Ed. 5, 710 p., ISBN 92-67-10320-2

Volume 2:

770
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Measurement methods and results; Interpretation of statistical data; Process control
See table of contents, 2000, Ed. 5, 748 p., ISBN 92-67-10321-0

ISO Standards Compendium: ISO 9000 - Quality management

The Compendium gathers in one volume the 14 standards and technical reports making up the ISO 9000 family. This includes the revised ISO 9000,
ISO 9001 and ISO 9004, published on 15 December 2000. These standards underwent a major overhaul, based on feedback from ISO 9000 users
around the world, to focus them sharply on helping organizations to achieve customer satisfaction and continual improvement. 2001, 9th ed., 424 p.
ISBN 92-67-10340-7

ISO Standards collection of CD-ROM: ISO 9000 - Quality management

This CD-ROM contains the complete collection of ISO 9000 generic quality management standards. The collection includes the ISO 10000 series on
supporting technologies, such as quality system auditing. 2001, Version 3, bilingual, ISBN 92-67-01127-8

ISO 9001 for Small Businesses

The handbook has been written by a group of experts participating in ISO/TC 176, the ISO technical committee which
developed the revised ISO 9000:2000 series. Their target audience is the small business operator who has neither the time nor
the resources to spend on ISO 9001:2000 training courses. The full text of ISO 9001:2000 is included in boxes, section by
section, accompanied by explanations, examples and implementation guidance in everyday terms. 2002, 2nd, 186 p.

ISO Management Systems


ISO's management system standards are implemented by more than 540 000 organizations in 160
countries. A worldwide overview of ISO 9000 and ISO 14000-related developments is provided by the
bimonthly journal ISO Management Systems.

ISO Management Systems is available in English, French and Spanish editions.

Subscribe NOW at CHF 126 per year


for 6 issues!

Subscription form: for the English version

Subscription form: for the French version

• Sample articles

USA
New at Quality Press:

• Statistical Quality Control for the Six Sigma Green Belt - Bhisham C. Gupta and H. Fred Walker (09-NOV-06)

• Six Sigma for Financial Services - Rowland Hayler and Michael Nichols (27-OCT-06)

• Environmental Management Quick and Easy - Kausek, Joe (17-OCT-06)

• Six Sigma for Business Excellence - Przekop, Penelope (12-OCT-06)

• Leading Innovation - Jeff DeGraff and Shawn Quinn (12-OCT-06)


Best Sellers

• The Certified Manager of Quality/Organizational Excellence Handbook - Westcott, Russell T. (25-AUG-05)

• The ASQ Auditing Handbook, Third Edition - J.P. Russell, editing director (14-JUN-05)

• The Quality Toolbox, Second Edition - Tague, Nancy R. (02-AUG-04)

• Making Change Work - Brien Palmer (30-MAY-03)

• The Process Auditing Techniques Guide - Russell, J.P. (05-FEB-03)

771
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Chapter 17

Conversion Factors and Program*


SUMMARY
The conversion factors shown in Table 17-1 will satisfy most of your requirements – their accuracy is within 0.2%. Less frequently used rounded conversion
factors are shown in Table 17-2. Accurate conversion factors are shown in Table 17-3. Multiplication factors shown with an asterisk “*” are exact, others are
rounded to the nearest seventh significant digit in accordance with the ANSI SI 10 standard. There are two conversion programs as follows: (1) Conversion
Program (ANSI factors) and (2) Global Conversion Program.
The Conversion Program can use accurate (Table 17-3) or rounded conversion factors, and you may take the simple steps as follows;
1. Select Type of Conversion: inch-metric, metric-inch, inch-inch or metric-metric.
2. Select Class: length, area, volume, mass, etc
3. Select Unit: From: in, ft, yd, etc. To: mm, m, km, etc.
4. Select number of decimal places shown in output: From 0 to 6.
5. Enter Value to be converted and click on Convert.
6. Read or copy Result.
For more exact results click on Search Accurate Conversion Factor List, and search entries by typing the first few letters in the conversion you are looking for.
After you click on that name, the program will enter preferred metric unit and conversion factor. Follow steps 4 through 6 shown above.

TABLE 17-1 CONVERSION FACTORS (ROUNDED)

QUANTITY1 METRIC UNIT2 INCH UNIT3 CONVERSION


mm in mm = in x 25.4
Length m ft m = ft x 0.305
km mi km = mi x 1.61
mm2 in2 mm2 = in2 x 645
Area m2 ft2 m2 = ft2 x 0.0929
hm2 (ha) acre hm2 = acre x 0.405
km2 mi2 km2 = mi2 x 2.59
mL tsp (1/3 tbs) mL = tsp x 4.93
mL in3 mL = in3 x 16.4
Volume L galUSA L = gal x 3.79
L = galImp x 4.55
kL (m3) yd3 kL = yd3 x 0.765
g oz g = oz x 28.3
Mass kg lb kg = lb x 0.454
Mg (t = 1000 kg) tonshort (2000 lb) Mg = tonshort x 0.907
o
C o
F o
C = (oF-32)/1.8
Temperature K o
F K = (oF-32)/1.8 + 273
K o
C K = oC + 273
Speed m/s ft/s m/s = ft/s x 0.305
km/h mi/h km/h = mi/h x 1.61
NOTES; 1. The word QUANTITY means a measurable attribute of a phenomenon or of matter in this publication.
2. METRIC UNITS for Length, Area, Volume, etc are shown in Chapter 2.
3. Other INCH UNITS are shown in Table 17-2.
4. Select any of the 400 conversion factors (ANSI SI 10) shown in Table 17-3 and use for special conversions.
Use Conversion Program <http://www.kok.com/conversi.htm>.
5. Inch Units in Metric* such as; Length - one inch = 25 mm (25.4 mm exactly); one foot = 300 mm; one yard = 1 m; one chain = 20 m; one furlong = 200 m;
2 2
¼ mile = 400 m; ½ mile = 800 m; one mile = 1600 m; Area - one square foot = 0.1 m ; one acre = 4000 m ; Volume – one spice measure = 1 mL;
one teaspoon = 5 mL; one tablespoon = 15 mL; one fluid ounce = 30 mL; ½ cup = 125 mL; one cup = 0.25 L; one pint = 0.5 L; one fifth gallon = 0.75 L;
one quart = 1 L; one gallon = 4 L; Mass - one pound = 500 g; one ton = 1 Mg (1000 kg).

NOTE: *KOK metricUSA.org owns the copyright to the conversion program.


ASME Press editions do not have access to the program.
772
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 17-2 OTHER CONVERSION FACTORS (ROUNDED)

Length Units Mass Units


1 foot = 12 in = 0.305 m 1 ounceavoirdupois = 438 gr = 28.3 g
1 yard = 3 ft = 0.914 m 1 pound = 16 oz = 454 g
1 milestat = 5280 ft = 1.61 km 1 tonshort = 2000 lb = 0.907 Mg
1 mil = 0.001 in = 25.4 µm. 1 tonlong = 2240 lb = 1.106 Mg
1 microinch = 0.000001 in = 25.4 nm 1 grain = 1/7000 lb = 64.8 mg
1 pointprinters = 0.0138 in = 0.351 mm 1 carat = 3.09 gr = 200 mg
1 pointcomputer = 1/72 in = 0.353 mm 1 scruple = 20 gr = 1.30 g
1 footsurvey = 1200/3937 m = 0.3048006 m 1 pennyweight = 24 gr = 1.56 g
1 link = 7.92 in = 0.201 m 1 dram = 27.34 gr = 1.77 g
1 rod = 16.5 ft = 25 link = 5.03 m 1 dramapo = 60 gr = 3.89 g
1 chain = 66 ft = 100 link = 20.1 m 1 ouncetroy = 480 gr = 31.1 g
1 furlong = 660 ft =10 chain = 201 m 1 poundtroy = 12 oztroy = 373 g
1 fathom = 6 ft = 1.83 m 1 stone = 14 lb = 6.35 kg
1 cable length = 600 ft = 183 m 1 slug = 32.2 lb = 14.6 kg
1 milenaut = 6076 ft = 1.85 km 1 hundredweight = 100 lb = 45.4 kg
Area Units Temperature Units
1 in2 = 645 mm2 1 deg Fahrenheit = 1 deg Rankine = 1/1.8 K (kelvin) or oC
2 2 2
1 ft = 144 in = 0.0929 m -40oF = -40oC = 233 K
2 2 2 o o
1 yd = 9 ft = 0.836 m 0 F= 17.8 C = 255 K
1 square (roofing) 100 ft2 = 9.29 m2 32oF = 0oC = 273 K
2 2 o o
1 acre = 43560 ft = 4047 m 50 F = 10 C = 283 K
1 mi2 = 640 acres = 2.59 km2 68oF = 20oC = 293 K
2 2 o o
1 township = 36 mi = 93.2 km 86 F = 30 C = 303 K
o
Volume Units 104 F = 40oC = 313 K
3 o o
1 in = 16.4 mL 212 F = 100 C = 373 K
1 ozUSA fluid = 2 tbs = 8 dramfluid = 29.6 mL Velocity Units
1 cup = 8 ozUSA fluid = 0.237 L linear;
1 pintUSA fluid = 16 ozUSA fluid = 0.473 L 1 foot/sec = 0.305 m/s
1 quartUSA fluid = 32 ozUSA fluid = 0.946 L 1 mile/hour = 1.47 ft/s = 1.61 km/h
1 galUSA 128 ozUSA fluid 3.79 L 1 knot minaut/h = 1.69 ft/s = 1.85 km/h
1 ft3 = 1728 in3 = 28.3 L angular;
1 yard3 27 ft3 = 0.765 kL or m3 1 RPM (r/min) = 1/60 1/s
1 drop = 0.0821 mL 1 deg/min = 0.291 mrad/s
1 babyspoon = 12 dp = 0.986 mL 1 deg/sec = 0.0175 rad/s
1 teaspoon = 60 dp = 4.93 mL frequency
1 tablespoon = 3 tsp = 14.8 mL 1 cycle/min = 1/60 c/s = 1/60 Hz
1 gill = 4 ozUSA fluid = 118 mL Acceleration Units
3
1 pintUSA dry = 33.6 in = 0.551 L linear;
3
1 quartUSA dry = 67.2 in = 1.10 L 1 foot/sec2 = 0.305 m/s2
3
1 galUSA dry = 269 in = 4.40 L 1 in/sec2 = 0.0254 m/s2
1 peck = 2 galUSA dry = 8.81 L angular;
2
1 bushel = 8 galUSA dry = 35.2 L 1 degree/sec = 0.0175 rad/s2
3
1 galIMP = 277 in = 4.55 L gravity;
2
1 barrelexc oil = 31.5 galUSA = 119 L 1 g (on Earth) = 32.2 ft/s = 9.81 m/s2
1 barreloil = 42 galUSA = 159 L Force Unit
1 cord ft = 16 ft3 = 0.454 kL 1 pound force = 4.45 N
1 cord = 8 cord ft = 3.63 kL 1 ounce force = 0.278 N
3
1 tonregister = 100 ft 2.83 kL 1 poundal = 1 lb ft/s2 0.138 N
3
1 acre ft = 43560 ft 1233 kL 1 kip = 1000 lbf = 4.45 kN
1 tonshort force = 2000 lbf = 8.90 kN

773
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 17-2 OTHER CONVERSION FACTORS (CONT’D)(ROUNDED)

Force Unit (CONT'D) Density Unit


1 dyne = 0.01 mN mass;
1 kilogram force = 1 kilopond = 9.81 N 1 lb/ft3 = 16 kg/m3
1 tonmetric force = 1000 kgf = 9.81 kN 1 lb/in3 = 27.7 Mg/m3
1 newton 1N= 1 kg•m/s2 1 lb/gal = 120 kg/m3
3
Torque Unit 1 kg/dm = 1 g/cm3 = 1 Mg/m3
1 lbf x ft = 1.36 N•m gravity force;
1 lbf x in = 0.113 N•m 1 lbf/ft3 = 157 N/m3
1 ozf x in = 7.06 mN•m 1 lbf/in3 = 271 kN/m3
1 kgf x m = 9.81 N•m 1 kgf/dm3 = 9.81 kN/m3
Pressure Unit power;
2
1 lbf/in = 1 psi = 6.89 kPa 1 Btu/(ft2•sec) = 11.3 kW/m2
1 lbf/ft2 = 47.9 Pa 1 cal/(cm2•sec) = 41.8 kW/m2
1 atmint = 14.697 lbf/in2 = 101.325 kPa 1 W/in2 = 1.55 kW/m2
1 bar = 100 kPa Coefficient of Thermal Expansion Unit
1 inch Hg = 3.38 kPa 1/oF = 1.8/oC = 1.8/K
1 inch H2O = 0.249 kPa Thermal Conductivity Unit
1 kgf/cm2 = 1 at = 98.1 kPa 1 Btu in/(h•ft2•oF) = 0.144 W/(m•K)
o
1 mm Hg = 1 torr = 133 Pa 1 Btu/(h•ft• F) = 1.73 W/(m•K)
1 mm H2O = 9.81 Pa Fuel Consumption Unit
Stress Unit 1 mi/gal = 235 L/(100 km)
1 lbf/in2 = 1 psi = 6.89 kPa 1 mi/gal = 0.425 km/L
2
1 kip/in = 1 ksi = 6.89 MPa 1 lb/(hp•h) = SFC = 0.169mg/J
Work Unit 1 gal/(hp•h) = SFC = 1.41 µL/J
energy; 1 g/(kW•h) = 0.278 µg/J
1 lbf x ft = 1.36 N•m = 1.36 J Elasticity Unit
1 Btu = 1.055 kJ linear;
1 calheat = 4.19 J 1 lbf/in = 175 N/m
1 Calnutrition = 4.19 kJ 1 lbf/ft = 14.6 N/m
1 kgf x m = 9.81 J torsion;
1 erg = 1 dyne•cm = 0.1 µJ 1 lbf•ft/rad = 1.36 N•m/rad
1 kilowatt x hour = 3.6 MJ 1 kgf•m/rad = 9.81 N•m/rad
heat capacity; Flow Unit
1 Btu/lb = 2.33 kJ/kg volume;
1 cal/g = 1 kcal/kg = 4.19 kJ/kg 1 GPM = 1 gal/min = 63.1 mL/s
3
specific heat capacity; 1 CFM = 1 ft /min = 0.472 L/s
1 Btu/(lb•oF) = 4.19 kJ/(kg•K) 1 gal/h = 1.05 mL/s
Power Unit mass;
1 lbf x ft/sec = 1.36 W 1 lb/min = 7.56 g/s
1 lbf x ft/min = 22.6 mW 1 lb/sec = 0.454 kg/s
1 hpcust = 550 lbf•ft/s = 0.746 kW Mass Moment of Inertia Unit
2
1 hpmetric = 75 kgf•m/s = 0.735 kW 1 lb•ft = 42.1 g•m2
1 Btu/h = 0.293 W 1 lb•in2 = 0.293 g•m2
1 tonrefrig = 3.52 kW Area Moment of Inertia Unit
Time Unit Second, Polar;
1 minute (min) = 60 s 1 in4 = 416 000 mm4
4
1 hour (h) = 3600 s 1 cm = 10 000 mm4
1 day (d) = 86 400 s First, Section modulus;
3
Angle Unit 1 in = 16 400 mm3
1 degree (o) = 3
0.0175 rad 1 cm = 1 000 mm3
1 min (') = 0.291 mrad Surface Tension Unit
1 sec (") = 4.84 µrad 1 lbf/ft = 14.6 N/m

774
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Conversion Factors (ACCURATE)

Accurate conversion factors are shown in Table 17-3. Multiplication factors shown with an asterisk “*” are exact, others are
rounded to the nearest seventh significant digit in accordance with the ANSI SI 10 standard.

The computer E format is used to indicate the power of 10 by which the number must be multiplied to obtain the correct value.
For examples of how to use the E format, see Table 2-7.

775
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 17-3 CONVERSION FACTORS (ACCURATE) (ANSI SI 10)

To convert from to Multiply by


abampere ampere(A) 1.000 000*E+01
abcoulomb coulomb (C) 1.000 000*E+01
abfarad farad (F) 1.000 000*E+09
abhenry henry (H) 1.000 000*E-09
abmho siemens (S) 1.000 000*E+09
abohm ohm (Ω) 1.000 000*E-09
abvolt volt (V) 1.000 000*E-08
acre foot (USA survey) meter3 (m3) 1.233 5 E+03
acre (USA survey) meter2 (m2) 4.046 873 E+03 (1)
ampere hour coulomb (C) 3.600 000*E+03
are (dam2) meter2 (m2) 1.000 000*E+02
angstrom meter (m) 1.000 000*E-10
astronomical unit meter (m) 1.495 979 E+11 (2)
atmosphere (standard) pascal (Pa) 1.013 25*E+05
atmosphere (technical = 1 kgf/cm2) pascal (Pa) 9.806 65*E+04
bar pascal (Pa) 1.000 000*E+05
barn meter2 (m2) 1.000 000*E-28
barrel (for petroleum, 42 gal) meter3 (m3) 1.589 873 E-01
biot (see also abampere) ampere (A) 1.000 000*E+01
board foot meter3 (m3) (3)
British thermal unit (International Table) joule (J) 1.055 056 E+03 (4)
British thermal unit (mean) joule (J) 1.055 87 E+03
British thermal unit (thermochemical) joule (J) 1.054 350 E+03
British thermal unit (39oF) joule (J) 1.059 67 E+03
British thermal unit (59oF) joule (J) 1.054 80 E+03
British thermal unit (60oF) joule (J) 1.054 68 E+03
Btu (International Table) ft/h•ft2 •oF
(k, thermal conductivity) watt per meter kelvin (W/m•K) 1.730 735 E+00 (4)
Btu (thermochemical) ft/h•ft2•oF
(k, thermal conductivity) watt per meter kelvin (W/m•K) 1.729 577 E+00 (4)
Btu (International Table) in/h•ft2•oF
(k, thermal conductivity) watt per meter kelvin (W/m•K) 1.442 279 E-01 (4)
Btu (thermochemical) in/h•ft2•oF
(k, thermal conductivity) watt per meter kelvin (W/m•K) 1.441 314 E-01 (4)
Btu (International Table) in/s•ft2 •oF
(k, thermal conductivity) watt per meter kelvin (W/m•K) 5.192 204 E+02 (4)
Btu (thermochemical) in/s•ft2•oF
(k, thermal conductivity) watt per meter kelvin (W/m•K) 5.188 732 E+02 (4)
Btu per cubic foot (Btu/ft3) joule per cubic meter (J/m3) 3.725 895 E+04 (4)
Btu (International Table)/h watt (W) 2.930 711 E-01 (4)
Btu (thermochemical)/h watt (W) 2.928 751 E-01 (4)
Btu (thermochemical)/min watt (W) 1.757 250 E+01 (4)
Btu (International Table)/s watt (W) 1.054 350 E+03 (4)
Btu (International Table)/ft2 joule per meter2 (J/m2) 1.135 653 E+04 (4)
Btu (thermochemical)/ft2 joule per meter2 (J/m2) 1.134 893 E+04 (4)
Btu (thermochemical)/ft2 watt per meter2 (W/m2) 3.152 481 E+00 (4)
Btu (thermochemical)/ft2•min watt per meter2 (W/m2) 1.891 489 E+02 (4)
Btu (thermochemical)/ft2•s watt per meter2 (W/m2) 1.134 893 E+04 (4)
Btu (thermochemical)/in2•s watt per meter2 (W/m2) 1.634 246 E+06 (4)
Btu (International Table)/h•ft2•oF
(C, thermal conductance) watt per meter2 kelvin (W/m2•K) 5.678 263 E+00 (4)

776
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 17-3 CONVERSION FACTORS (ACCURATE)(CONT'D) (ANSI SI 10)

To convert from to Multiply by


Btu (thermochemical)/h•ft2•oF
(C, thermal conductance) watt per meter2 kelvin (W/m2•K) 5.674 466 E+00 (4)
Btu (International Table)/s•ft2•oF watt per meter2 kelvin (W/m2•K) 2.044 175 E+04 (4)
Btu (thermochemical)/s•ft2•oF watt per meter2 kelvin (W/m2•K) 2.042 808 E+04 (4)
Btu (International Table)/lb joule per kilogram (J/kg) 2.326 000*E+03 (4)
Btu (thermochemical)/lb joule per kilogram (J/kg) 2.324 444 E+03 (4)
Btu (International Table)/lb•oF
(c, heat capacity) joule per kilogram kelvin(J/kg•K) 4.186 800*E+03 (4)
Btu (thermochemical)/lb•oF
(c, heat capacity) joule per kilogram kelvin(J/kg•K) 4.184 000 E+03 (4)
bushel (USA dry) meter3 (m3) 3.523 907 E-02 (5)
caliber (inch) meter (m) 2.540 000*E-02
calorie (International Table) joule (J) 4.186 800*E+00 (4)
calorie (mean) joule (J) 4.190 02 E+00 (4)
calorie (thermochemical) joule (J) 4.184 000*E+00 (4)
calorie (15oC) joule (J) 4.185 80 E+00 (4)
calorie (20oC) joule (J) 4.181 90 E+00 (4)
calorie (kilogram, International Table) joule (J) 4.186 800*E+03 (4)
calorie (kilogram, mean) joule (J) 4.190 02 E+03 (4)
calorie (kilogram, thermochemical) joule (J) 4.184 000*E+03 (4)
cal (thermochemical)/cm2 joule per meter2(J/m2) 4.184 000*E+04 (4)
cal (International Table)/g joule per kilogram (J/kg) 4.186 800*E+03 (4)
cal (thermochemical)/g joule per kilogram (J/kg) 4.184 000*E+03 (4)
cal (International Table)/g•oC joule per kilogram kelvin (J/kg•K) 4.186 800*E+03 (4)
cal (thermochemical)/g•oC joule per kilogram kelvin (J/kg•K) 4.184 000*E+03 (4)
cal (thermochemical)/min watt (W) 6.973 333 E-02 (4)
cal (thermochemical)/s watt (W) 4.184 000*E+00 (4)
cal (thermochemical)/cm2•min watt per meter2 (W/m2) 6.973 333 E+02 (4)
cal (thermochemical)/cm2•s watt per meter2 (W/m2) 4.184 000*E+04 (4)
cal (thermochemical)/cm•s•oC watt per meter kelvin (W/m•K) 4.184 000*E+02 (4)
carat (metric) kilogram (kg) 2.000 000*E-04
centimeter of mercury (0oC) pascal (Pa) 1.333 22 E+03
centimeter of water (4oC) pascal (Pa) 9.806 38 E+01
centipoise pascal second (Pa•s) 1.000 000*E-03
centistokes meter2 per second (m2/s) 1.000 000*E-06
circular mil meter2 (m2) 5.067 075 E-10
clo kelvin meter2 per watt (K•m2/W) 2.003 712 E-01
cup meter3 (m3) 2.365 882 E-04
curie becquerel (Bq) 3.700 000*E+10
day (mean solar) seconds (s) 8.640 000 E+04
day (sidereal) seconds (s) 8.616 409 E+04
degree (angle) radian (rad) 1.745 329 E-02
degree Celsius kelvin (K) tK = tC + 273.15
degree centigrade
degree Fahrenheit degree Celsius tC = (tF - 32)/1.8
degree Fahrenheit kelvin (K) tK = (tF + 459.67)/1.8
degree Rankine kelvin (K) tK = tR/1.8
o
F•h•ft2/Btu (International Table)
(R, thermal resistance) kelvin meter2 per watt (K•m2/W) 1.761 102 E-01
o
F•h•ft2/Btu (thermochemical)
(R, thermal resistance) kelvin meter2 per watt (K•m2/W) 1.762 280 E-01

777
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 17-3 CONVERSION FACTORS (ACCURATE)(CONT'D) (ANSI SI 10)

To convert from to Multiply by


denier kilogram per meter (kg/m) 1.111 111 E-07
dyne newton(N) 1.000 000*E-05
dyne•cm newton meter (N•m) 1.000 000*E-07
dyne/cm2 pascal (Pa) 1.000 000*E-01
electronvolt joule (J) 1.602 19 E-19
EMU of capacitance farad (F) 1.000 000*E+09
EMU of current ampere(A) 1.000 000*E+01
EMU of electric potential volt (V) 1.000 000*E-08
EMU of inductance henry (H) 1.000 000*E-09
EMU of resistance ohm (Ω) 1.000 000*E-09
ESU of capacitance farad (F) 1.112 650 E-12
ESU of current ampere(A) 3.335 6 E-10
ESU of electric potential volt (V) 2.997 9 E+02
ESU of inductance henry (H) 8.987 554 E+11
ESU of resistance ohm (Ω) 8.987 554 E+11
erg joule (J) 1.000 000*E-07
erg/cm2•s watt per meter2 (W/m2) 1.000 000*E-03
erg/s watt (W) 1.000 000*E-07
faraday (based on carbon-12) coulomb (C) 9.648 70 E+04
faraday (chemical) coulomb (C) 9.649 57 E+04
faraday (physical) coulomb (C) 9.652 19 E+04
fathom meter (m) 1.828 8 E+00
fermi (femtometer) meter (m) 1.000 000*E-15
fluid ounce (USA) meter3 (m3) 2.957 353 E-05
foot meter (m) 3.048 000*E-01
foot (USA survey)1 meter (m) 3.048 006 E-01
foot of water (39.2oF) pascal (Pa) 2.988 98 E+03
ft2 meter2 (m2) 9.290 304*E-02
ft2/h (thermal diffusivity) meter2 per second (m2/s) 2.580 640*E-05
ft2/s meter2 per second (m2/s) 9.290 304*E-02
ft3 (volume; section modulus) meter3 (m3) 2.831 685 E-02
ft3/min meter3 per second (m3/s) 4.719 474 E-04
ft3/s meter3 per second (m3/s) 2.831 685 E-02
ft4 (moment of section) meter4 (m4) 8.630 975 E-03 (6)
ft/h meter per second (m/s) 8.466 667 E-05
ft/min meter per second (m/s) 5.080 00*E-03
ft/s meter per second (m/s) 3.048 000*E-01
ft/s2 meter per second2 (m/s2) 3.048 000*E-01
footcandle lux (lx) 1.076 391 E+01
footlambert candela per meter2 (cd/m2) 3.426 259 E+00
ft•lbf joule (J) 1.355 818 E+00
ft•lbf/h watt (W) 3.766 161 E-04
ft•lbf/min watt (W) 2.259 697 E-02
ft•lbf/s watt (W) 1.355 818 E+00
ft•poundal joule (J) 4.214 011 E-02
free fall, standard (g) meter per second2 (m/s2) 9.806 650*E+00
gal meter per second2 (m/s2) 1.000 000*E-02
gallon (Canadian liquid) meter3 (m3) 4.546 090 E-03
gallon (UK liquid) meter3 (m3) 4.546 092 E-03
gallon (USA dry) meter3 (m3) 4.404 884 E-03
gallon (USA liquid) meter3 (m3) 3.785 412 E-03

778
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 17-3 CONVERSION FACTORS (ACCURATE)(CONT'D) (ANSI SI 10)

To convert from to Multiply by


gal (USA liquid)/day meter3 per second (m3/s) 4.381 264 E-08
gal (USA liquid)/min meter3 per second (m3/s) 6.309 020 E-05
gal (USA liquid)/hp•h
(SFC, specific fuel consumption) meter3 per joule (m3/J) 1.410 089 E-09
gamma tesla (T) 1.000 000*E-09
gauss tesla (T) 1.000 000*E-04
gilbert ampere(A) 7.957 747 E-01
gill (UK) meter3 (m3) 1.420 654 E-04
gill (USA) meter3 (m3) 1.182 941 E-04
grad degree (angular) 9.000 000*E-01
grad radian (rad) 1.570 796 E-02
grain (1/7000 lb avoirdupois) kilogram (kg) 6.479 891*E-05
grain (lb avoirdupois/7000)/gal
(USA liquid) kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 1.711 806 E-02
gram kilogram (kg) 1.000 000*E-03
g/cm3 kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 1.000 000*E+03
gram-force/cm2 pascal (Pa) 9.806 650*E+01
hectare meter2 (m2) 1.000 000*E+04
horsepower (550 ft•lbf/s) watt (W) 7.456 999 E+02
horsepower (boiler) watt (W) 9.809 50 E+03
horsepower (electric) watt (W) 7.460 000*E+02
horsepower (metric 75 kgf•m/s) watt (W) 7.354 99 E+02
horsepower (water) watt (W) 7.460 43 E+02
horsepower (UK) watt (W) 7.457 0 E+02
hour (mean solar) second (s) 3.600 000 E+03
hour (sidereal) second (s) 3.590 170 E+03
hundredweight (long) kilogram (kg) 5.080 235 E+01
hundredweight (short) kilogram (kg) 4.535 924 E+01
inch meter (m) 2.540 000*E-02
inch of mercury (32oF) pascal (Pa) 3.386 38 E+03
inch of mercury (60oF) pascal (Pa) 3.376 85 E+03
inch of water (39.2oF) pascal (Pa) 2.490 82 E+02
inch of water (60oF) pascal (Pa) 2.488 4 E+02
in2 meter2 (m2) 6.451 600*E-04
in3 (volume; section modulus) meter3 (m3) 1.638 706 E-05 (7)
in3/min meter3 per second (m3/s) 2.731 177 E-07
in4 (moment of section) meter4 (m4) 4.162 314 E-07 (6)
in/s meter per second (m/s) 2.540 000*E-02
in/s2 meter per second2 (m/s2) 2.540 000*E-02
kayser 1 per meter (1/m) 1.000 000*E+02
kelvin degree Celsius tC = tK - 273.15
kilocalorie (International Table) joule (J) 4.186 800*E+03
kilocalorie (mean) joule (J) 4.190 02 E+03
kilocalorie (thermochemical) joule (J) 4.184 000*E+03
kilocalorie (thermochemical)/min watt (W) 6.973 333 E+01
kilocalorie (thermochemical)/s watt (W) 4.184 000*E+03
kilogram-force (kgf) newton(N) 9.806 650*E+00
kgf•m newton meter (N•m) 9.806 650*E+00
kgf•s /m (mass)
2
kilogram (kg) 9.806 650*E+00
kgf/cm 2
pascal (Pa) 9.806 650*E+04

779
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 17-3 CONVERSION FACTORS (ACCURATE)(CONT'D) (ANSI SI 10)

To convert from to Multiply by


kgf/m2 pascal (Pa) 9.806 650*E+00
kgf/mm2 pascal (Pa) 9.806 650*E+06
km/h meter per second (m/s) 2.777 778 E-01
kilopond newton(N) 9.806 650*E+00
kW•h joule (J) 3.600 000*E+06
kip (1000 lbf) newton(N) 4.448 222 E+03
kip/in2 (ksi) pascal (Pa) 6.894 757 E+06
knot (international) meter per second (m/s) 5.144 444 E-01
lambert candela per meter2 (cd/m2) 1/π * E+04
lambert candela per meter2 (cd/m2) 3.183 099 E+03
langley joule per meter2(J/m2) 4.184 000*E+04
league meter (m) (1)
light year meter (m) 9.460 55 E+15
liter meter3 (m3) 1.000 000*E-03 (8)
maxwell weber (Wb) 1.000 000*E-08
mho siemens (S) 1.000 000*E+00
microinch meter (m) 2.540 000*E-08
micron meter (m) 1.000 000*E-06
mil meter (m) 2.540 000*E-05
mile (international) meter (m) 1.609 344*E+03
mile (statute) meter (m) 1.609 3 E+03
mile (USA survey)1 meter (m) 1.609 347 E+03
mile (international nautical) meter (m) 1.852 000*E+03
mile (UK nautical) meter (m) 1.853 184*E+03
mile (USA nautical) meter (m) 1.852 000*E+03
mi2 (international) meter2 (m2) 2.589 988 E+06
mi2 (USA survey)1 meter2 (m2) 2.589 998 E+06
mi/h (international) meter per second (m/s) 4.470 400*E-01
mi/h (international) kilometer per hour (km/h) 1.609 344*E+00
mi/min (international) meter per second (m/s) 2.682 240*E+01
mi/s (international) meter per second (m/s) 1.609 344*E+03
millibar pascal (Pa) 1.000 000*E+02
millimeter of mercury (0oC) pascal (Pa) 1.333 22 E+02
minute (angle) radian (rad) 2.908 882 E-04
minute (mean solar) second (s) 6.000 000 E+01
minute (sidereal) second (s) 5.983 617 E+01
month (mean calendar) second (s) 2.628 000 E+06
oersted ampere per meter (A/m) 7.957 747 E+01
ohm centimeter ohm meter (Ω•m) 1.000 000*E-02
ohm circular-mil ohm millimeter2 per meter
per foot (Ω•mm2/m) 1.662 426 E-03
ounce (avoirdupois) kilogram (kg) 2.834 952 E-02
ounce (troy or apothecary) kilogram (kg) 3.110 348 E-02
ounce (UK fluid) meter3 (m3) 2.841 307 E-05
ounce (USA fluid) meter3 (m3) 2.957 353 E-05
ounce-force newton(N) 2.780 139 E-01
ozf•in newton meter (N•m) 7.061 552 E-03
oz (avoirdupois)/gal (UK liquid) kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 6.236 021 E+00
oz (avoirdupois)/gal (USA liquid) kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 7.489 152 E+00
oz (avoirdupois)/in3 kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 1.729 994 E+03
oz (avoirdupois)/ft2 kilogram per meter2 (kg/m2) 3.051 517 E-01

780
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 17-3 CONVERSION FACTORS (ACCURATE)(CONT'D) (ANSI SI 10)

To convert from to Multiply by


oz (avoirdupois)/yd 2
kilogram per meter (kg/m )
2 2
3.390 575 E-02
parsec2 meter (m) 3.085 678 E+16
peck (USA) meter3 (m3) 8.809 768 E_03
pennyweight kilogram (kg) 1.555 174 E-03
perm (0oC) kilogram per pascal second
meter2 (kg/Pa•s•m2) 5.721 35 E-11
perm (23 C)o
kilogram per pascal second
meter2 (kg/Pa•s•m2) 5.745 25 E-11
perm•in (0 C) o
kilogram per pascal second
meter (kg/Pa•s•m) 1.453 22 E-12
perm•in (23 C) o
kilogram per pascal second
meter (kg/Pa•s•m) 1.459 29 E-12
phot lumen per meter2 (lm/m2) 1.000 000*E+04
pica (printer's) meter (m) 4.217 518 E-03
pint (USA dry) meter3 (m3) 5.506 105 E-04
pint (USA liquid) meter3 (m3) 4.731 765 E-04
point (printer's) meter (m) 3.514 598*E-04
poise (absolute viscosity) pascal second (Pa•s) 1.000 000*E-01
pound (lb avoirdupois) kilogram (kg) 4.535 924 E-01 (9)
pound (troy or apothecary) kilogram (kg) 3.732 417 E-01
lb•ft2 (moment of inertia) kilogram meter2(kg•m2) 4.214 011 E-02
lb•in2 (moment of inertia) kilogram meter2(kg•m2) 2.926 397 E-04
lb/ft•h pascal second (Pa•s) 4.133 789 E-04
lb/ft•s pascal second (Pa•s) 1.488 164 E+00
lb/ft2 kilogram per meter2 (kg/m2) 4.882 428 E+00
lb/ft3 kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 1.601 846 E+01
lb/gal (UK liquid) kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 9.977 633 E+01
lb/gal (USA liquid) kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 1.198 264 E+02
lb/h kilogram per second (kg/s) 1.259 979 E-04
lb/hp•h
(SFC, specific fuel consumption) kilogram per joule (kg/J) 1.689 659 E-07
lb/in3 kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 2.767 990 E+04
lb/min kilogram per second (kg/s) 7.559 873 E-03
lb/s kilogram per second (kg/s) 4.535 924 E-01
lb/yd3 kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 5.932 764 E-01
poundal newton(N) 1.382 550 E-01
poundal/ft2 pascal (Pa) 1.488 164 E+00
poundal•s/ft2 pascal second (Pa•s) 1.488 164 E+00
pound-force (lbf) newton(N) 4.448 222 E+00 (10)
lbf•ft newton meter (N•m) 1.355 818 E+00
lbf•ft/in newton meter per meter (N•m/m) 5.337 866 E+01
lbf•in newton meter (N•m) 1.129 848 E-01
lbf•in/in newton meter per meter (N•m/m) 4.448 222 E+00
lbf•s/ft2 pascal second (Pa•s) 4.788 026 E+01
lbf/ft newton per meter (N/m) 1.459 390 E+01
lbf/ft2 pascal (Pa) 4.788 026 E+01
lbf/in newton per meter (N/m) 1.751 268 E+02
lbf/in2 (psi) pascal (Pa) 6.894 757 E+03
lbf/lb (thrust/weight [mass] ratio) newton per kilogram (N/kg) 9.806 650 E+00
quart (USA dry) meter3 (m3) 1.101 221 E-03
quart (USA liquid) meter3 (m3) 9.463 529 E-04

781
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
TABLE 17-3 CONVERSION FACTORS (ACCURATE)(CONT'D) (ANSI SI 10)

To convert from to Multiply by


rad (radiation dose absorbed) gray (Gy) 1.000 000*E-02
rhe 1 per pascal second (1/Pa•s) 1.000 000*E+01
rod meter (m) (1)
roentgen coulomb per kilogram (C/kg) 2.58 E-04
second (angle) radian (rad) 4.848 137 E-06
second (sidereal) second (s) 9.972 696 E-01
section meter2 (m2) (1)
shake second (s) 1.000 000*E-08
slug kilogram (kg) 1.459 390 E+01
slug/ft•s pascal second (Pa•s) 4.788 026 E+01
slug/ft3 kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 5.153 788 E+02
statampere ampere(A) 3.335 640 E-10
statcoulomb coulomb (C) 3.335 640 E-10
statfarad farad (F) 1.112 650 E-12
stathenry henry (H) 8.987 554 E+11
statmho siemens (S) 1.112 650 E-12
statohm ohm (Ω) 8.987 554 E+11
statvolt volt (V) 2.997 925 E+02
stere meter3 (m3) 1.000 000*E+00
stilb candela per meter2 (cd/m2) 1.000 000*E+04
stokes (kinematic viscosity) meter2 per second (m2/s) 1.000 000*E-04
tablespoon meter3 (m3) 1.478 676 E-05
teaspoon meter3 (m3) 4.928 922 E-06
tex kilogram per meter (kg/m) 1.000 000*E-06
therm joule (J) 1.055 056 E+08
ton (assay) kilogram (kg) 2.916 667 E-02
ton (long, 2240 lb) kilogram (kg) 1.016 047 E+03
ton (metric, Mg) kilogram (kg) 1.000 000*E+03
ton (nuclear equivalent of TNT) joule (J) 4.184 E+09 (11)
ton (refrigeration) watt (W) 3.516 800 E+03
ton (register) meter3 (m3) 2.831 685 E+00
ton (short, 2000 lb) kilogram (kg) 9.071 847 E+02
ton (long)/yd3 kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 1.328 939 E+03
ton (short)/yd3 kilogram per meter3 (kg/m3) 1.186 553 E+03
ton (short)/h kilogram per second (kg/s) 2.519 958 E-01
ton-force (2000 lbf) newton(N) 8.896 444 E+03
tonne kilogram (kg) 1.000 000*E+03
torr (mm Hg, 0oC) pascal (Pa) 1.333 22 E+02
township meter2 (m2) (1)
unit pole weber (Wb) 1.256 637 E-07
W •h joule (J) 3.600 000*E+03
W •s joule (J) 1.000 000*E+00
W/cm2 watt per meter2 (W/m2) 1.000 000*E+04
W/in2 watt per meter2 (W/m2) 1.550 003 E+03
yard meter (m) 9.144 000*E-01
yd2 meter2 (m2) 8.361 274 E-01
yd3 meter3 (m3) 7.645 549 E-01
yd3/min meter3 per second (m3/s) 1.274 258 E-02
year (calendar) second (s) 3.153 600 E+07
year (sidereal) second (s) 3.155 815 E+07
year (tropical) second (s) 3.155 693 E+07

782
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
NOTES:
(1) Since 1893 the USA basis for length measurement has been derived from metric standards. In 1959 a small refinement was
made in the definition of the yard to resolve discrepancies both in this country and abroad, which changed its length from
3600/3937 m to 0.9144 m exactly. The result in the new value being shorter by two parts in a million.
At the same time it was decided that any data in feet derived from and published as a result of geodetic surveys within the
USA would remain with the old standard (1 ft = 1200/3937 m) until further decision. This foot is named the USA survey foot.
As a result the USA land measurements in USA customary units will relate to the meter by the old standard. All the
conversion factors in this table for units referenced to this footnote are based on the USA survey foot, rather than the
international foot.
Conversion factors for the land measures given below may be determined from the following relationships:
1 league = 3 miles (exactly)
1 rod = 16½ feet (exactly)
1 section = 1 square mile (exactly)
1 township = 36 square miles (exactly)
(2) This value conflicts with the value printed in NBS 330. The value requires updating in NBS 330.
(3) No conversion factor is given for board foot because the board foot is not a well-defined unit of volume. Calculation of the
number of board feet in a piece of lumber is based on the nominal dimension of the cross section.
(4) The British thermal unit used in these tables is the International Table Btu. The Fifth International Conference on the
Properties of Steam (London, July 1956) defined the calorie (International Table) as 4.1868 J. Therefore the exact
conversion factor for the Btu (International Table) is 1.055 055 852 62 kJ. Other conversion factors for the Btu include the
following:
British thermal unit (mean) 1055.87 J
British thermal unit (thermochemical) 1054.350 J
o
British thermal unit (39 F) 1059.67 J
British thermal unit (59 oF) 1054.80 J
British thermal unit (60 oF) 1054.68 J
The calorie used in these tables is the thermochemical calorie, defined as 4.184 J exactly, which has
been widely used in scientific work. Other calories that have been seen practical application include
the following:
calorie (International Table) 4.186 8 J (by definition)
calorie (mean) 4.190 02 J
calorie (15 oC) 4.185 80 J
calorie (20 oC) 4.181 90 J
The International Table calorie has been frequently used in European engineering work. Various
kilocalories have often been used, sometimes being called “kilogram-calories.” The so-called “calorie”
(or Calorie) used in the field of nutrition is in fact a kilocalorie.
(5) Agricultural are sold by the bushel in the USA. The mass per unit volume of such products varies considerably owing to
differences in variety, size, or condition of the commodity, tightness of pack, degree in which the container is heaped, etc.
The following conversion factors for one bushel are used by the USA Department of Agriculture for statistical purposes:
barley 21.8 kg
corn, shelled 25.4 kg
oats 14.5 kg
potatoes 27.2 kg
soybeans 27.2 kg
wheat 27.2 kg
(6) This is sometimes called the moment of inertia of a plain section about a specified axis.
(7) The exact conversion factor is 1.638 706 4 E-05.
(8) In 1964 the General Conference on Weight and Measures adopted the name liter for the cubic decimeter. Prior to this
3
decision the liter differed slightly (previous value, 1.000 028 dm ) and in expression of precision volume measurement this
fact must be kept in mind.
(9) The exact conversion factor is 4.535 923 7 E-01.
(10) The exact conversion factor is 4.448 221 615 260 5 E+00.
(11) Defined (not measured) value.

783
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
Conversion and Rounding Guide

Definitions
A clear understanding of the terms used in this design standard will help ensure reliable conversion and rounding practices.
These terms and definitions are as follows:

1. accuracy: The degree of conformity of a measured or calculated value to some referenced value, which may be specified
or unknown. This concept includes the systematic error of an operation, which is seldom negligible or known exactly. See
precision.
2. deviation: The algebraic difference between a size and the corresponding basic (nominal) size.
3. digit: One of the ten numerals (0 to 9) in the decimal number system.
4. dimension: A geometric element in a design, such as length or angle, or the magnitude of such a quantity.
5. feature: The general term applied to a physical portion of a part, such as a surface, pin, tab, hole, or slot.
6. figure (numerical): An arithmetic value expressed by one or more digits.
7. inch-pound (inch, customary, or imperial) units: Units based on the yard and the pound commonly used in NA and
defined by the National Institute of Standards and Technology. Note that units having the same names in other countries
may differ in magnitude.
8. nominal value (basic size): A value assigned for designation. The size to which limits or deviations are assigned.
9. precision: The degree of mutual agreement between individual measurements, namely their repeatability and
reproducibility. See accuracy.
10. significant digits: Any digits in a number that is necessary to define a numerical value.
11. tolerance: The amount by which the value of a quantity is allowed to vary; thus, the tolerance is the algebraic difference
between the maximum and minimum limits.

Engineering specification and drawing conversion. Conversion of critical limit dimensions may require limits to be rounded
inwards or maximum size rounded down and minimum size rounded up if existing specified limits must be maintained. It is more
precise to convert limits rather than nominal size and tolerance where conversion errors accumulate. See SAE J390 Dual
Dimensioning or SAE J916 Rules for SAE use of SI (metric) units.
:
For everyday rounding of metric values obtained by converting untoleranced inch-pound values, the following simplified rules
are suggested; for more sophisticated rounding rules, see ANSI SI 10 or referenced SAE standards.

(a) If the inch-pound value is expressed by a combination of units such as feet and inches, or pound and ounces, first express
it in terms of the smaller unit.
Example: Change 14 ft 5 in to 173 in.

(b) When the digits to be discarded begin with a 5 or more, increase the last digit retained by one unit.
Example: 8.3745, if rounded to three digits, would be 8.37; if rounded to four digits, 8.375.

(c) Multiply the inch-pound value by the conversion factor. If the first significant* digit of the metric value is equal to or larger
than the first significant digit of the inch-pound value, round the metric value to the same number of significant digits as there
are in the inch-pound value.

*One or more zeros at the beginning of a number are not called “significant”. Zeros at the end of a number are not considered
significant unless their use results in a number that is closer to the true value than would occur if the number were increased or
decreased.

Examples: 11 mi x 1.609 km/mi = 17.699 km, which rounds to 18 km.


61 mi x 1.609 km/mi = 98.149 km, which rounds to 98 km.

If smaller, round to one more significant digit.


Examples: 66 mi x 1.609 km/mi = 106.194 km, which rounds to 106 km.
8 ft x 0.3048 m/ft = 2.438 m, which rounds to 2.4 m.

(d) Exceptions: It is sometimes better to round to one less digit than specified above. For example, according to Rule (c), 26
pounds per square inch air pressure in a tire would be converted as follows:
Example: 26 psi* x 6.895 kPa/psi = 179.27 kPa, which rounds to 179 kPa.
2
*psi is the abbreviation for pound-force per square inch (lbf/in ).

However, 180 kPa – where the zero is not a significant digit – usually would be better, because tire pressures typically are not
precise.

The rule do not apply to conversion of oF to oC scale.

784
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
(e) These simplified rules do not eliminate the necessity for using good judgment. If you believe that a dimension given as 8
ft is valid to the nearest 1/10 inch, you should consider it to mean 96.0 inches [per(a)] and treat it as having three significant
digits. The rounded dimension then would be 2.438 m, instead of 2.4 m.

Where an inch-pound value represents a maximum or minimum limit that must be respected, the rounding must be in a
direction that does not violate the original limit.

RELATED ISO STANDARDS


TC 12 Quantities, units, symbols, conversion factors

785
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GENERAL INDEX
AFBMA, address of, 18 round head square neck, 228, 229, 253*, 254*, 255*
AFNOR, address of, 18 Break mandrel blind rivets, 326, 329*, 331*
AGMA, address of, 18 Break mandrel closed end blind rivets, 327, 333*, 335*
gear standards, 652, 653 British gear standards, 617, 654, 655
rating formulas, 623-626 BSI, address of, 19
AISI, address of, 18 Buckingham equations for gearing, 624
American gear standards, 652, 653 Bushings, self-aligning, 589
American National Accreditation Program for Registrar of
Quality Systems, see ANAPRQS Cap screws, hexagon head, 243, 262*
American National Standards Institute, see ANSI socket head, 243, 282*
ANAPRQS, 753 Carbide inserts and tool holders, indexable throwaway, 721
ANMC, address of, 18 CCPA, address of, 19
ANSI, address of, 18 CDA, address of, 19
catalog, 21 CEE, address of, 19
fastener standards, 360 CEN, 19
publications available from, 21 address of, 19
API, address of, 18 catalog, 23
AS, see SAA CENELEC, 17
ASAC, 17 address of, 19
address of, 18 CGPM, address of, 19
ASAE, address of, 18 CIPM, address of, 19
Asian Standards Advisory Committee, see ASAC Classes of thread fit (ISO), 163
ASM, address of, 18 Clearance holes for metric bolts and screws, 226, 229*
ASME, address of, 18 Clevis pins, 338, 345*, 348*
ASQC, address of, 18 Coated threads, designations for, 163
ASTM, address of, 18 Coatings standards, ISO, see TC 107
Audit, internal, 755 Coiled Spring pins, 337, 341*
second party, 755 Combined drills and countersinks, 700, 701*
third party, 755 Comparison of R.. to roughness number, 86
Australian gear standards, 617 Conductors, fluid power, 666
Conversion factors, exact or nearly exact, 775-783
Ball and cylindrical roller bearings, 570 frequently used rounded, 772-774
Bar standards, world nonferrous, 541 use of, 784, 785
Bearings, 570-596 Conversion of prime dimensions on an engineering drawing, 55
ball and cylindrical roller, 570 Conversion program, 772
roller, 573 inch-metric, 772
needle roller, 578 metric-inch, 772
plain, 588 inch-inch, 772
tapered roller, 583 metric-metric, 772
Bearing standards, plain, 593, 594 COPANT, 17
roller, 592 address of, 19
Belt drives, agricultural V-, 609 Copper and copper alloy standards, ISO, 566, 567
automotive V-, 608 Cotter pins, split, 337, 338*
endless-, 607-611 Countersinks, combined drills and, 700
industrial V-, 608 Cross references, international material, 461-504
synchronous, 609 world steel designations, 460
V-, 607 CSA, see SCC
V-ribbed, 608, 609 Cutters, metric milling, 718
Blind rivets, 326, 327 milling, 718
Bolt loads, basis for calculating proof and ultimate, 216 T-slot, 719
Bolts, clearance holes for metric, 229* Woodruff key-seat, 718, 719*
flat countersunk square neck, see plow bolts Cutting tools, metal, 683-748
hex cap screws, 228, 224* Cylinders, fluid power, 662-667
plow, 230, 257* Cylindrical roller bearings, ball and, 570

NOTE: *Dimension Table.

786
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GENERAL INDEX (CONT'D)
Designations for steel, world, 460 Flat countersunk head machine screws, 256, 271*, 272*
DIN, address of, 19 Flat countersunk square neck bolts, 230, 257*
Direction of lay, symbols for, 88 Flat washers, 321, 322*
Double end studs, 280, 284, 289* Fluid power, conductors, 666
Drawing practice, engineering, 46-74 cylinders, 662-667
Drills and countersinks, combined, 700 pressures, 656, 657*
Drills, twist, 683-699 pumps and motors, 656-660
Dryseal pipe threads, 191 sealing devices, 667-677
Dual systems of measure on a drawing, 54 ISO standards for, 677-681
systems and components, 656-682
ECISS, 17 Foot-mounted electric motors, 599, 600*
ECSC, 17 French gear standards, 617, 654
address of, 19
Electric motors, 597-602 Gage design, screw thread, 163
flange-mounted, 601*, 603 Gagemakers,
foot-mounted, 599, 600* tolerance chart, 139*
IEC standards for, 648 tolerances, metric translation of customary inch, 145*
ISO standards for, 648 Gage marking, examples of, 174, 175
Endless-belt drives, 607-611 Gages
End mills, 713 for ISO metric screw threads, 168
Engineering drawing, conversion of prime dimensions on, 55 for verification of product external thread, threaded and
dual systems of measure on an, 53 plain ring, snap and indicating thread, 172
German method of indicating surface texture on an, 86 for verification of product internal threads, threaded and
prime measuring unit on, 54 plain, 172
Engineering drawing practice, 46-74 marking of, 174
ISO standards for, 63-74 thread setting plug, 172
systems of measure for, 53 Gaging,
tolerancing in, 56 and verification of product threads, 172, 173
EOTC, address of, 753 boundary profiles for screw thread, 172
E-rings for shafts, 350, 355* product threads, limitations in, 174
EU, 12, 753 GATT, see WTO
address of, 755 Gearing, 611-626
EURONORM, see ECSC AGMA rating formulas, 624-626
European Coal and Steel Community, see ECSC Buckingham equations, 624
European Committee for Standardization, see CEN conversion of classical strength formulas for metric usage,
European Electrical Standards Coordinating Committee 623, 626
see CENELEC converting practices between metric and inch systems, 620
European Organization for Testing and Certification, see formulas for kinematic, 622
EOTC Lewis formula, 623
European Union, see EU metric, 611-626
preferred modules and national practices, 62
Fasteners, 196-361 Gear standards, AGMA, 652, 653
general specifications for, 196 American, 616
installation of threated, 226 Australian, 617, 655
length specifications for, 212 British, 617, 655
marking, 216 French, 617, 654
nuts, 220 ISO, 649, 650
strength properties for threaded, 214 Italian, 617, 655
Fastener standard handbooks metric, 361 Japanese JIS, 617, 653
Fastener standards, 356-361 Gear strength and durability rating formulas, 623
ANSI, 360 Gear-tooth proportions, metric, 611-615
Fastener standards index, world metric, 197-211 Geometric tolerancing training charts, 57-62
Ferrous material data, 362-539 German DIN gear standards, 617, 653, 654
Ferrous materials index, world, 505-531
First angle projection, 52 Helical spring lock washers, 324, 323*, 324*
Flange head screws, 12-point, 243, 264* Hex flange head machine screws, 258, 278*
Flange-mounted electrical motors, 603 Hex flange head screws, 228, 250*
Hex head cap screws and bolts, 228, 244*
NOTE: *Dimension Table.

787
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GENERAL INDEX (CONT'D)
Hex head machine screws, 258, 277* fluid power standards, 677-681
Hex nuts, 301, 312*, 313* gear standards, 649-651
Hex nuts, slotted, 301, 314* general metric screw threads, development of, 151
Hex socket head cap screws, 243, 262* light metals and their alloys standards, 565, 568
Hex socket set screws, 279, 288*, 289* limits and fits, see ISO system of limits and fits
Holes for tapping screws, 227 machine tools standards, 726-747
metallic coating standards, see TC 107
IEC, 13 metric module tooth proportions, 615
address of, 20 metric screw threads, gages for, 168-175
standards for electrical motors, 648 paper sizes,46, 49*
IFI, address of, 20 plain bearings standards, 593
Index, ANSI standards, 792-793 roller bearings standard, 592
ISO standards, 794-806 roller chain standards, 603, 651
ISO tolerance zones, 95 small tool standards, 360
world ferrous materials, 505-531 ISO standards, accelerating pace in publication of, 12
world metric fastener standards, 198-211 for engineering drawing practices, 63, 72
Inserts, carbide, 721 for preferred numbers, 78
Inspection of workpieces, ISO system of limits and fits for, for steel, 532-539
126-149 tolerances and deviations, 128
Installation of threaded fasteners, 226 ISO system of limits and fits, 90-128
Interchangeability of metric module and inch diametral bilateral tolerances in, 122
gears, 617 definitions in, 121
International Electromechanical Commission, see IEC description of the, 121
International material cross references, 360, 361 designation in, 122
International Organization for Standardization, see ISO fundamental deviations in, 121
International pipe threads, 192 hole-basis or shaft-basis fits in, 122
International standard, evolution of an, 16 non-toleranced dimensions in, 1256
International system of measuring units, see SI practical application of the, 125
Involute, splines, 629 preferred fits, 123
ISO, 15, 20 tolerance zone index, 95
address of, 20 tolerances on angles in, 127
bulletin of, 22 unilateral tolerances in, 122
catalog of, 22 ISO system of limits and fits, inspection of,
directives of, 23 workpieces, 129-149
members of, 15, 21 absolute tolerance, 129, 130
memento of, 23 comparators, 142
index of, 794-806 fixed limit gages, 138
objectives of, 14 gage blocks, 141
organization of, 15 gagemakers tolerances, 129, 139*
participation of, 17 general principles of inspection, 137
status report of, 17 GO and NOGO gaging, principles, 137
video film, 23 limit dimensions, plug gage, 131-132*
ISO 9000, 749-771 limit dimensions, ring gage, 133-134*
audit, 755 limit-indicating gages, see comparators
auditor certification program, 755 metric translation of customary inch, 145*
competitive impact, 750 terms and definitions, 129
cost versus benefits, 752 ISO thread designations, 151
generic, 764 ISO V-belt standards, 648, 649
quality manual, 761 Italian gear standards, 617, 655
summary, 749
worldwide equivalence 2000 version*, 749, 751* Japanese JIS gear standards, 617, 653
worldwide equivalence 2000 version, 751, 752 JIS, see JISC
worldwide manufacturing impact, 750 JISC, address of, 20
ISO basic thread profile, 162 JSA, address of, 20
classes of thread fit, 163
copper and copper alloys standards, 566 Keys and keyways, 635
date, all numeric writing of, 34 standards for, 648
fastener standards, 356-360 Kinematic gearing formulas, 622

NOTE: *Dimension Table.


788
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GENERAL INDEX (CONT'D)
Length specifications, fasteners, 212 NFPA, address of, 20
Lettering conventions in engineering drawing practices, 51 NIST, address of, 20
Lewis formula, 568 Nonferrous bar standards, world, 541
Light metal and light alloy standards, ISO, 566, 568 Nonferrous material, 540-569
Limits and fits for inspection of workpieces, ISO system of, Nonferrous material standards, handbooks, 569
90-128 Nonferrous plate and sheet standards, world, 540
Limits and fits, history of the ISO system of, 120 Nonferrous tube standards, world, 541
ISO system for tolerances and deviations, 90-128 Nonferrous wire standards, world, 541
Line conventions in engineering drawing practices, 49-50 Nonsealing pipe threads, 192
Locknuts, hexagon steel, 302, 318*, 319*
Lock washers, helical spring, 323*, 324* Nuts, 120
Low (JAM) nuts, 226, 301, 316* designation of, 220
hardness of, 220
Machine screws, 255 Hexagon, 301, 312*, 313*
flat countersunk head, 256, 271*, 272* low, 226, 301, 316*
general data on, 258 marking, 221
hex head, 258, 277* materials and processes for, 220
oval countersunk head, 256, 273*, 274*
pan head, 258, 275*, 276* projection weld, 302, 320*
Machine tool standards, ISO, 726-748 proof load of, 220
Marking fasteners, 216 requirements for, 220
Marking of gages, 174 slotted hexagon, 301, 314*
Materials index, world ferrous, 505-531 steel Locknuts,302, 318*, 319*
Measuring force for wire measurements of 60-deg. threads, NVCASE, 753
172
Mechanical power transmission systems, 597-655 Ordering metric hardware, 196
Metal cutting tools, 683-748 O-ring, metric port sizes, and tolerances, 667, 669*, 670*
Metric fastener standards index, world, 198-211 Oval countersunk head machine screws, 256, 273*, 274*
Metric fastener standards handbooks, 361
Metric gearing, 612-626 Pacific Area Standards Congress (PASO), 17, 21
Metric gear-tooth proportions, 615 Pan American Standards Commission (COPANT), 17, 21
Metric hardware, ordering, 196 Pan head machine screws, 258, 275*, 276*
Metric module, 612 Paper sizes, ISO, 48
Metric standards, the key to world trade, 12 Parallel pins, 337, 343*
Metric system (SI), see also SI, 29-45 PASC, address of, 21
Milling cutters, 714 Pins, 337
Miniature screw threads, 190-192 clevis, 338, 345*, 348*
Miniature screw threads standard, world metric, 192* coiled spring, 337, 341*
basic thread profile, 190, 191 cotter, 337, 338*
external, 191 dowel, 337, 342*
internal, 191 parallel, 337, 343*
Motors, electrical, 597-603 roll, see slotted spring
flange-mounted electric, 603 slotted spring, 337, 339*
fluid power, 656-682 split cotter, 337, 338*
foot-mounted electric, 597-600* taper, 338, 344*
IEC standards for electric, 648
ISO standards for electric, 648 Pipe threads, 192
Plain bearings, 588
National Center for Standards and Certification Information, Plain bearings standards, ISO, 593, 594
see NCSCI Plate and sheet standards, world nonferrous, 540
National Institute for Standards and Technology, see NIST Plow bolts, 230, 257*
National standards organizations, 17 Plug gages, thread setting, 172
address of, 18 Power transmission systems, mechanical, 597-655
National Voluntary Conformity Assessment System Evalu Preferred sizes, 75*
tion, see NVCASE fits, 90, 123
NBS, see NIST tolerances, 95, 123
Needle roller bearings, 578 Preferred numbers 75-81
NEMA, address of, 20 derivation of, 76
NF, see AFNOR designation of, 77
ISO standards for 81
NOTE: *Dimension Table.

789
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GENERAL INDEX (CONT'D)
max.
more rounded values of, see ISO 497 Roughness number, comparison of R to, 86
multiplication or division series of, 80 Round head square neck bolts, 228, 253*, 254*, 255*
nomenclature and definitions, 76
producing a logarithmic scale from 81 SAA, address of, 21
series of, 78* SAE, address of, 21
Pressure bases, miscellaneous, 43 Sampling lengths, 87
Pressures, for fluid power, 656, 657* SCC, address of, 21
Prime measuring unit on drawing, 54 Screw and washer assemblies, see SEMS
Production costs, surface texture versus, 84 Screws, clearance hole for metric bolts and, 226, 229*
Product threads acceptability, 169 machine, 255
Conformance gaging in, 169 set, 279, 287*, 288*
gaging and verification of, 171 tapping, 284
limitations in gaging, 174 12-point spline flange head, 243, 264*
screw thread conformance in, 169 Screw thread gaging, standard temperature, 170
types of gages for verification of, 171 Screw threads, 150-195
verification of external, 173 development of ISO general metric, 151
verification of internal, 172 dryseal pipe, 193
Projection in engineering drawing practices, 52, 53 gages for ISO metric, 171
Projection weld nuts, 302, 320* international pipe, 192
Proof and ultimate bolt loads, basis for calculating, 216 ISO general metric, 151
Publications available from ANSI, 21 miniature, 191
Pumps and motors, fluid power, 651-661 non-sealing pipe, 192, 193
standards for, 193-195
Quality Assurance, trapezoidal, 175
ASQ standards for, 768 Screw thread standards, world metric, 152
BS standards for, 768 world metric miniature, 191, 192*
cost versus benefits, 752 Sealing devices, fluid power, 667-677
EN standards for, 767 Self-aligning bushings, 589
ISO handbooks, 770 SEMS, 274, 276, 281*, 282*, 283*
ISO standards for, 766-767 SES, address of, 21
publications, ISO/IEC, 769 Set screws, 279, 286*, 287*
specifications, see ISO 9000 Sheet metal standards, world, 362
Quality management system (QMS), Sheet standards, world nonferrous plate and, 540
registration, 754 SI, 29-45
SI base units, definition of, 31*, 43, 44
RAB, see ANAPRQS SI metric units, 29*, 30*
Reamers, 705 and symbols, 29*, 30*
designation, 706 list of recommended units, 29*, 30*
hand and long fluted machine, 706 derived units, 32
hand and machine pin, 711 prefixes, 31*
machine chucking, 710 Slotted hexagon nuts, 301, 314*
Morse taper, 711 Slotted spring pins, 337, 339*
tolerance on cutting diameter, 705 SME, address of, 21
tolerance on length, 706 Small tool standards, ISO, 360, 726-748
tolerance on parallel shank diameter, 706 Socket head cap screws, 243, 262*
Registrars, Splines, 629-635
accreditation and, 753 involute, 629
list of North American, 754* Table 16-2 standards for, 648
Registration accreditation board, see RAB straight, 627, 628*
Retaining rings, 350, 350-356* Split cotter pins, 337, 338*
Rivets, 326 Square neck bolts, flat countersunk, 230, 257*
RMA, address of, 21 round head, 228, 253*, 254*, 255*
Roller bearings, ball and cylindrical, 570 Standard conditions and physical constants, 43
ISO standards, 592-593 Standardization, analytical, 14
needle, 578 conservative, 14
tapered, 583 ISO definition of, 13
Roller chain standards, ISO, 603, 651
Roll pins, see slotted spring
NOTE: *Dimension Table.
790
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
GENERAL INDEX (CONT'D)
levels of, 14 setting plug gages, 172
objectives of, 14 Threaded fasteners,
role of, 13 installation of, 226
Standards, accelerating pace in publication of ISO, 12 strength properties for, 214
development of, 14 Threads, screw, see screw threads, 150-195
evolution of international, 16 Title block information in engineering drawing practice, 52
key to world trade, 12 Tolerances and deviations, ISO system of limits and fits, 90, 128
ISO definition of, 13 Tolerances,
user acceptance of, 15 choices of surface finish and, 83
Standards index, world metric fastener, 198-211 for steel bars, 376-386
ANSI numerical, 792 for steel tubes, 411
ISO numerical, 794 Tolerancing,
Standards organizations, acronyms and addresses in engineering drawing practices, 56
to important, 18-21 training charts, geometric, 57-63
national, 17 Tool holders, indexable throwaway carbide inserts and, 721
regional, 17 Tool standard, ISO machine, 726-747
world, 11-28 ISO small, 360, 731-732
Standard temperature in screw thread gaging, 170 Tools, metal cutting, 683-748

Steel, Torque values for metric fasteners, recommended, 227, 243*

bar materials, 397 Trapezoidal screw threads, 175-190, 178-182*


bar tolerances, 376-386 tolerances for, 182-190*
designation cross references, world, 460, 461 T-slot cutters, 719
plate standards, world, 363 Tube standards, world nonferrous, 541
section standards, ISO, 442 12-point spline flange head screws, 243, 264*
standards, ISO, 532-539 Twist drills, 683-699
tube materials, 411
tube standards, world,411 ULI, address of, 21
tube tolerances, 416 UNI, address of, 21
wire standards, world, 460 USCTI, address of', 21
world designation systems for, 460
Straight splines, 627, 628* V-belt drives, 607
Strength properties for threaded fasteners, 214 agricultural, 609
Studs, set screws and double end, 280, 284, 289* automotive, 608
Surface finish and tolerances, choice of, 83 industrial, 608
Surface roughness, commonly produced, 85 V-belt standards, ISO,648-649
Surface texture, 82-89 Verification of product internal threads, threaded and plain
definitions of, 83 gages for, 171
German method of indicating, 86 V-ribbed belt drives, 609, 611*
sampling lengths in, 87
standards for, 88, 89 Washers, 321, 322*
symbols for, 82 Wire standards, world nonferrous, 541
versus production costs, 82 Woodruff key-seat cutters,718, 719
Symbols for the direction of lay, 88 World,
Symbols for surface texture, 82,83 designation systems for steel, 460
Synchronous belt drives, 607 ferrous materials index, 505-531
Svstem of measure for engineering drawings, 53, 54 metric fastener standards index, 197-211
metric miniature screw threads standard, 192
Tap drill sizes, recommended metric, 227*, 230 metric screw thread standards, 152
Tapered roller bearings, 583 quality assurance standards, 766-769
Tapered pins, 338, 344* sheet metal standards, 362
Tapping screws, 218, 284 steel bar standards, 397
head types for, 285, 289 steel designation cross references, 366
screw threads for, 298, 299 steel plate standards, 363
strength grades for, 300 steel section standards, 442
Taylor principle, 137 steel tube standards, 411
Third angle projection, 52 steel wire standards, 397
Thread, designations, ISO, 151 World Trade Organization, see WTO
profile dimensions, gage, 152 WTO, 12
see screw threads
NOTE: *Dimension Table.
791
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ANSI INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ANSI/ASME B1.2 171 ANSI/ASME B18.3.3M 243, 267*, 360 ANSI/ASME B29.1 603, 604
ANSI/ASME B1.3M 194 ANSI/ASME B18.3.4M 243, 268*, 360 ANSI/ASME B29.2 606
ANSI/ASME B1.6M 171 ANSI/ASME B18.3.5M 198, 243, 269*, 360 ANSI/ASME B29.3 604
ANSI/ASME B1.7 171 ANSI/ASME B18.3.6M 200, 279, 286*, ANSI/ASME B29.4 604
ANSI/ASME B1.7M 194 287*, 288*, 360 ANSI/ASME B29.8 603
ANSI/ASME B1.10 170, 194 ANSI/ASME B18.5.1 197 ANSI/ASME B29.10 603
ANSI/ASME B1.13M 151, 152, 163, 164 ANSI/ASME B18.5.2.1 M 197,228, 253*, 360 ANSI/ASME B29.12 603, 605
165-168*, 169, 170 ANSI/ASME B18.5.2.2M 229, 254*, 360 ANSI/ASME B29.15 603
171, 172, 194, 232 ANSI/ASME B18.5.2.3M 229, 255*, 360 ANSI/ASME B29.17 603
ANSI/ASME B1.16M 169, 170, 172-174 ANSI/ASME B18.6.4 202, 288 ANSI/ASME B29.19 605
194 ANSI/ASME B18.6.5M 201,217, 218, 222 ANSI/ASME B32.3 364*, 367*, 369*
ANSI/ASME B1.18M 194 227, 228*, 269, 274 384*, 399-405*
ANSI/ASME B1.19M 194 284, 285, 288 ANSI/ASME B32.4 371-372*, 373*, 375*
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 194 290*, 291-299, 301, 378*, 380-382*,
ANSI/ASME B1.20.3 194 304-306, 311, 360 388-396*, 397
ANSI/ASME B1.20.5 194 ANSI/ASME B18.6.7M 199, 255, 256, 258 ANSI/ASME B32.5 434-435*
ANSI/ASME B1.20.7 194 271*, 272-280 ANSI/ASME B36.10M 429
ANSI/ASME B1.21M 152, 194 291-295, 360 ANSI/ASME B36.19 440-441*
ANSI/ASME B1.22M 194 ANSI/ASME B18.7.1 M 207, 208 ANSI/ASME B46.1 171
ANSI/ASME B1.30M 194 328*,329, 360 ANSI/ASME B47.1 140
ANSI/ASME B2.1 192, 193, 194 ANSI/ASME B18.8.3M 208, 337, 341*, 361 ANSI/ASME B89.1.6 171
ANSI/ASME B2.2 192, 194 ANSI/ASME B18.8.4M 208, 337 ANSI/ASME B89.1.9 171
ANSI/ASME B3.12 211 339*, 340, 361 ANSI/ASME B89.3.1 171
ANSI/ASME B4.2 90-125* ANSI/ASME B18.8.5M 208, 337 ANSI/ASME B92.1 629
ANSI/ASME B4.4M 129-145* 342*, 343, 361 ANSI/ASME B92.2M 629, 630-631*, 634*
ANSI/ASME B6.1 615 ANSI/ASME B18.8.6M 337, 361 ANSI/ASME B94.2 711
ANSI/ASME B18.1.3M 207, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.8.7M 361 ANSI/ASME B94.4 722
ANSI/ASME B18.2.3.1 M 197, 213 228, 232, ANSI/ASME B18.8.8M 361 ANSI/ASME B94.11M 691
244*, 258, 259-261 ANSI/ASME B18.8.200M 208, 209 ANSI/ASME B94.45 722
360 338*, 345*, 346, 347 ANSI/ASME B94.25 722-725*
ANSI/ASME B18.2.3.2M 228, 245*, 360 348*, 349, 350 ANSI/ASME Y14.1 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.3.3M 228, 246*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.12 242, 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.1M 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.3.4M 198, 228, 250*, 251* ANSI/ASME B18.13.1M 200, 269, 272, 276 ANSI/ASME Y14.2M 72
360 281*, 282*, 283*, 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.3M 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.3.5M 228, 247*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.16.1M 309, 321, 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.4M 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.3.6M 228, 248*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.16.2M 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.5M 47, 56, 57, 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.3.7M 228, 249*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.16.3M 302, 318*, 319*, 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.5.1M 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.3.8M 203, 229, 256*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.17.1 199 ANSI/ASME Y14.5.2 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.3.9M 228, 252*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.18.1 M 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.6 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.4.1M 220, 301, 312*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.18.2M 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.7.1 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.4.2M 220, 301, 313*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.18.3M 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.7.2 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.4.3M 301, 314*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.18.4M 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.8M 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.4.4M 301, 315*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.21.2M 205, 206, 217, 276 ANSI/ASME Y14.13M 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.4.5M 203, 301, 316*, 360 323*, 324*, 325*, 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.18M 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.4.6M 302, 317*, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.22M 321, 322*, 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.24 72
ANSI/ASME B18.2.7.1M 198, 243, 264*, ANSI/ASME B18.23.2M 205, 206 ANSI/ASME Y14.32.1M 72
265, 266, 360 ANSI/ASME B18.31.1M 280, 284, 289* ANSI/ASME Y14.34M 72
ANSI/ASME B18.3.1M 198, 243, 262*, 270 ANSI/ASME B27.7M 209, 210, 350, ANSI/ASME Y14.35M 72
360 351-356*, 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.36M 72
ANSI/ASME B18.3.2M 360 ANSI/ASME B27.8M 361 ANSI/ASME Y14.38 72
NOTE: *Dimension Table.

792
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ANSI INDEX (CONT'D)

Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page


ANSI/ASME Y14.40.0 72 ANSI/AGMA 2015-1-A01 653 ANSI/ASTM A600 482
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.2 72 ANSI/AGMA 2101-C95 653 ANSI/ASTM A607 461, 473
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.3 72 ANSI/AGMA 2111-A98 653 ANSI/ASTM A618 468
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.5 72 ANSI/AGMA 6109-A00 653 ANSI/ASTM A619 464
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.7 72 ANSI/AGMA 6110-F97 653 ANSI/ASTM A620 464
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.9 72 ANSI/AGMA 6011-H98 653 ANSI/ASTM A621 462
ANSI/ASME Y14.40.12 72 ANSI/AGMA 6123-A88 653 ANSI/ASTM A622 462
ANSI/ASME Y14.41 72 ANSI/AGMA 6133-B98 653 ANSI/ASTM A623M 464
ANSI/ASME Y14.42 72 ANSI/AGMA 9005-E02 653 ANSI/ASTM A642 462
ANSI/ASME Y14.100 72 ANSI/AGMA ISO 10064-1 653 ANSI/ASTM A681 477-483
ANSI/ASME Y32.4 72 ANSI/AGMA ISO 10064-2 653 ANSI/ASTM A686 477-483
ANSI/ASME Y32.7 72 ANSI/AGMA ISO 1328-1 653 ANSI/ASTM B211 323, 324
ANSI/ASME Y32.18 72 ANSI/AGMA ISO 1328-2 653 ANSI/ASTM E18 215
ANSI/ASME Z17.1 76 ANSI/IEEE/ASTM SI 10 31*-36* ANSI/ASTM F568 214-221*, 289
ANSI/ABMA 1 595 ANSI/ASTM A27 501 ANSI/ASTM F606 216
ANSI/ABMA 4 595 ANSI/ASTM A47 499, 500 ANSI/ASTM F835M 267
ANSI/ABMA 7 595 ANSI/ASTM A48 497
ANSI/ABMA 8.1 595 ANSI/ASTM A109 463
ANSI/ABMA 9 595 ANSI/ASTM A148 501, 502
ANSI/ABMA 10 595 ANSI/ASTM A159 497
ANSI/ABMA 11 584, 595 ANSI/ASTM A216 501
ANSI/ABMA 12.1 595 ANSI/ASTM A220 500
ANSI/ABMA 13 595 ANSI/ASTM A227 496
ANSI/ABMA 14 595 ANSI/ASTM A228 496
ANSI/ABMA 15 595 ANSI/ASTM A229 496
ANSI/ABMA 16.1 595 ANSI/ASTM A230 496
ANSI/ABMA 17 595 ANSI/ASTM A322 487, 489, 495
ANSI/ABMA 18.1 580-582*, 595 ANSI/ASTM A325M 249
ANSI/ABMA 19.1 586-588*, 595 ANSI/ASTM A352 473
ANSI/ABMA 20 570-576*, 595 ANSI/ASTM A354 214
ANSI/ABMA 21.1 583, 595 ANSI/ASTM A355 486
ANSI/ABMA 22.1 595 ANSI/ASTM A366 464
ANSI/ABMA 24.1 595 ANSI/ASTM A434 474
ANSI/ASQ Q9000 750-752, 768 ANSI/ASTM A436 504
ANSI/ASQ Q9001 751, 752, 768 ANSI/ASTM A439 503, 504
ANSI/ASQ Q9004 751, 752, 768 ANSI/ASTM A449 214
ANSI/ASQ Q10005 768 ANSI/ASTM A512 467, 468
ANSI/ASQ Q10006 768 ANSI/ASTM A519 467, 468
ANSI/ASQ Q10007 768 ANSI/ASTM A526 462
ANSI/ASQ M10012 751, 752, 768 ANSI/ASTM A527 462
ANSI/ASQ E14001 768 ANSI/ASTM A528 462
ANSI/ASQ E14004 768 ANSI/ASTM A536 498
ANSI/ASQ E14015 768 ANSI/ASTM A563M 220, 224*, 225*, 226*
ANSI/ASQ QE19011 751, 752, 768 303, 312-319
ANSI/AGMA 915-1-A02 652 ANSI/ASTM A569 462, 462
ANSI/AGMA 915-3-A99 652 ANSI/ASTM A570 461, 472, 473, 512
ANSI/AGMA 925-A03 652 ANSI/ASTM A572 472
ANSI/AGMA 927-A01 652 ANSI/ASTM A574 247, 264, 268, 269
ANSI/AGMA 1106-A97 652 ANSI/ASTM A576 475, 476, 488
ANSI/AGMA 2009-B01 652 ANSI/ASTM A597 482
NOTE: *Dimension Table.

793
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 1 69 ISO 251 649 ISO 642 535
ISO 3 75*, 78*, 79*, 81 ISO 252 650 ISO 643 535
ISO 4 69 ISO 252-1 650 ISO 657-1 442*, 532
ISO 7-1 194 ISO 254 649 ISO 657-2 444-445*, 532
ISO 7-2 194 ISO 255 649 ISO 657-5 443*, 532
ISO 8 67 ISO 259 67 ISO 657-11 454*, 532
ISO 9 67 ISO 259-2 67 ISO 657-13 455*, 532
ISO 14 628*, 648 ISO 261 194 ISO 657-14 414-417*
ISO 15 593 ISO 262 153, 161*, 194 421-422*
ISO 17 81 ISO 263 194 426-427*, 532
ISO 18 67 ISO 272 357 ISO 657-15 456*, 532
ISO 22 649 ISO 273 229*, 360 ISO 657-16 457*, 532
ISO 31-0-up 45 ISO 281 594 ISO 657-18 448-449*, 532
ISO 53 612*, 651 ISO 282 650 ISO 657-19 410-411*, 532
ISO 54 651 ISO 283 650 ISO 657-21 449*, 532
ISO 68-1 162*, 194 ISO 284 650 ISO 657-1-up 532
ISO 68-2 194 ISO 286-1 69, 128 ISO 666 729
ISO 76 594 ISO 286-2 69, 128 ISO 669 737
ISO 104 593 ISO 296 727, 734 ISO 671 532
ISO 113 593 ISO 297 714*, 727, 734 ISO 677 651
ISO 115 568 ISO 290 734 ISO 678 651
ISO 128-1 to 50 64-66 ISO 298 733 ISO 683-1-up 534, 535
ISO 129-1 64 ISO 299 733 ISO 690 69
ISO 155 649 ISO 301 566 ISO 690-2 69
ISO 156 648 ISO 340 385-587*, 650 ISO 691 732
ISO 196 566 734 ISO 693 737
ISO 197-1 566 ISO 355 594 ISO 701 651
ISO 197-2 566 ISO 370 45 ISO 702-1 735
ISO 197-3 566 ISO 377 539 ISO 702-2 735
ISO 197-4 566 ISO 404 539 ISO 702-3 735
ISO 197-5 566 ISO 406 69 ISO 702-4 735
ISO 199 593 ISO 431 566 ISO 703 650
ISO 209-1 568 ISO 432 650 ISO 703-1 650
ISO 209-2 568 ISO 433 650 ISO 713 566
ISO 214 67 ISO 437 532 ISO 714 566
ISO 215 67 ISO 439 532 ISO 715 566
ISO 216 46-49* ISO 447 733 ISO 724 193
ISO 225 360 ISO 463 69, 146 ISO 724 194
ISO 228-1 194 ISO 464 593 ISO 752 566
ISO 228-2 194 ISO 487 652 ISO/R 773 637-638*
ISO 229 733 ISO 492 593 ISO/R 774 639-640*
ISO 230-1 734 ISO 494 691-692*, 728 ISO 791 567
ISO 230-2 734 ISO 496 648 ISO 792 567
ISO 230-3 734 ISO 497 81 ISO 793 567
ISO 230-4 734 ISO 504 731 ISO 794 567
ISO 230-5 735 ISO 505 650 ISO 795 567
ISO 230-6 734 ISO 513 731 ISO 796 567
ISO 233 67 ISO 514 731 ISO 797 567
ISO 233-2 67 ISO 521 709-710*, 728 ISO 808 567
ISO 233-3 67 ISO 522 728 ISO 809 567
ISO 234-1 727 ISO 525 729 ISO 810 567
ISO 234-2 727 ISO 529 728 ISO 832 69
ISO 235 689-690*, 728 ISO 544 736 ISO 839-1 728
ISO 236-1 707*, 728 ISO 581 737 ISO 839-2 728
ISO 236-2 708*, 728 ISO 582 571*, 593 ISO 841 740
ISO 237 705*, 727 ISO 583 650 ISO 843 67
ISO 238 728 ISO 583-1 650 ISO 857-1 737, 741
ISO 239 727 ISO 603-1-up 729 ISO 864 738
ISO 240 649, 728 ISO 606 652 ISO 865 737
ISO 241 731 ISO 629 532 ISO 866 701-702*- 728
ISO 242 731 ISO 630 534 ISO 883 722-723*, 731
ISO 243 731 ISO 636 736 ISO 885 360
ISO 246 593
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.

794
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 886 567 ISO 1219-1 677 ISO 2107 569
ISO 887 357 ISO 1219-2 677 ISO 2108 69
ISO 888 212, 360 ISO 1224 593 ISO 2109 652
ISO 898-1 359 ISO 1234 357 ISO 2128 568
ISO 898-2 359 ISO 1275 652 ISO 2135 568
ISO 898-5 359 ISO 1302 70, 89 IS0 2139 652
ISO 898-6 359 ISO 1328-1 651 ISO 2140 662
ISO 898-7 359 ISO 1328-2 651 ISO 2142 568
ISO 965-1 194 ISO 1340 651 ISO 2143 568
ISO 965-2 194 ISO 1341 651 ISO 2145 67
ISO 965-3 194 ISO 1478 194, 357 ISO 2148 653
ISO 965-4 194 ISO 1479 357 ISO 2162-1 65
ISO 965-5 194 ISO 1481 357 ISO 2162-2 65
ISO 999 69 ISO 1482 357 ISO 2162-3 65
ISO 1000 45 ISO 1483 357 ISO 2203 65
ISO 1005-1 532 ISO/R 1501 191-192* ISO 2236 732
ISO 1005-2 532 ISO 1502 146, 194 ISO 2238 728
ISO 1005-3 532 ISO 1535 652 ISO 2250 728
ISO 1005-4 532 ISO 1536 652 ISO 2283 728
ISO 1005-6 532 ISO 1537 652 ISO 2284 728
ISO 1005-7 532 ISO 1553 566 ISO 2296 728
ISO 1005-8 532 ISO 1554 566 ISO 2297 567
ISO 1005-9 532 ISO 1570 566 ISO 2306 728
ISO 1035-1 375*, 532 ISO 1580 357 ISO 2320 359
ISO 1035-2 378-379*, 532 ISO 1604 649 ISO 2326 653
ISO 1035-3 384*, 532 ISO 1641-1 728 ISO 2327 653
ISO 1035-4 376*, 386*, 532 ISO 1641-2 728 ISO 2336-1 727
ISO 1049 652 ISO 1641-3 728 ISO 2336-2 727
ISO 1050 652 ISO 1651 727 ISO 2338 343*, 357
ISO 1051 328*, 357 ISO 1660 70 ISO 2339 357
ISO 1052 534 ISO 1684 727 ISO 2340 357
ISO 1053 566 ISO 1701-1 734 ISO 2341 357
ISO 1054 566 ISO 1701-2 734 ISO 2342 357
ISO 1055 566 ISO 1701-3 735 ISO 2351-1 360, 732
ISO 1071 736 ISO 1703 360, 732 ISO 2351-2 360, 732
ISO 1080 727, 734 ISO 1708 734 ISO 2351-3 360, 732
ISO 1081 649 ISO 1711-1 732 ISO 2352 732
ISO 1085 732 ISO 1783 567 ISO 2353 567
ISO 1086 67 ISO 1784 567 ISO 2354 567
ISO 1089 737 ISO 1807 652 ISO 2355 567
ISO 1101 64, 69, 127 ISO 1810 566 ISO 2376 568
ISO 1106-1 739 ISO 1811-1 566 ISO 2377 568
ISO 1106-2 739 ISO 1811-2 566 ISO 2378 569
ISO 1106-3 739 ISO 1812 566 ISO 2379 569
ISO 1111-1 470-471 ISO 1813 649 ISO 2380-1 360, 732
ISO 1118 567 ISO 1815 652 ISO 2380-2 732
ISO 1119 70 ISO 1816 652 ISO 2384 67
ISO 1120 650 ISO 1819 652 ISO 2400 736
ISO 1122-1 651 ISO 1829 70, 128 ISO 2401 736
ISO 1122-2 651 ISO 1832 726*, 731 ISO 2402 728
ISO 1127 440-441 ISO 1891 360 ISO 2406 653
ISO 1132-1 593 ISO 1929 729 ISO 2407 734
ISO 1132-2 693 ISO 1975 567 ISO 2421 729
ISO 1169 566 ISO 1976 566 ISO 2423 734
ISO 1173 732 ISO 1977 652 ISO 2433 734
ISO 1174-1 732 ISO 1984-1 734 ISO 2437 739
ISO 1174-2 360, 732 ISO 1984-2 734 ISO 2490 651, 717*
ISO 1178 567 ISO 1985 734 ISO 2491 648, 741-742*
ISO 1179 678 ISO 1986-1 734 ISO 2492 648, 743, 744*
ISO 1180 727 ISO 2009 357 ISO 2503 737
ISO 1190-1 566 ISO 2010 357 ISO 2504 738
ISO 1206 593 ISO 2085 568 ISO 2533 128
ISO 1207 357 ISO 2106 568
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.

795
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 2538 70 ISO 2937 429-431* ISO 3290 593
ISO 2540 701-702*, 728 ISO 2938 432-433* ISO 3291 694-695*, 728
ISO 2541 701-702*, 728 ISO 2940-1 728 ISO 3292 693*,728
ISO 2543 566 ISO 2940-2 728 ISO 3293 703, 728
ISO 2550 711* ISO 2941 679 ISO 3294 704*, 728
ISO 2553 737 ISO 2942 679 ISO 3295 727
ISO 2560 738 ISO 2943 679 ISO 3297 69
ISO 2562 733 ISO 2944 657*, 677 ISO 3304 734*, 737-738*
ISO 2566-1 539 ISO 2972 740 ISO 3305 735-738*
ISO 2566-2 539 ISO 2976 729 ISO 3306 736*, 738-739*
ISO 2568 729 ISO 29821 593 ISO 3314 728
ISO 2576 566 ISO 2982-2 593 ISO 3315 732
ISO 2584 715*, 728 ISO 3002-1 727 ISO 3316 732
ISO 2585 715*, 728 ISO 3002-2 727 ISO 3317 360, 732
ISO 2586 713*, 728 ISO 3002-3 727 ISO 3318 732
ISO 2587 716*, 728 ISO 3002-4 727 ISO 3320 663, 677
ISO 2594 66 ISO 3002-5 727 ISO 3321 677
ISO 2605-3 532 ISO 3019-1 661, 677 ISO 3322 662, 677
ISO 2624 566 ISO 3019-2 657-661*, 677 ISO 3337 720-721*, 728
ISO 2626 566 ISO 3030 593 ISO 3338-1 728
ISO 2639 535 ISO 3031 593 ISO 3338-2 728
ISO 2692 63, 70 ISO 3040 70 ISO 3338-3 728
ISO 2702 357 ISO 3070-0 734 ISO 3364 724-725*, 731
ISO 2709 68 ISO 3070-2 734 ISO 3365 731
ISO 2725-1 732 ISO 3070-3 734 ISO 3366 729
ISO 2725-2 360, 732 ISO 3070-4 734 ISO 3371 733
ISO 2725-3 360, 732 ISO 3089 735 ISO 3408-1 733
ISO 2726 727 ISO 3096 593 ISO 3408-2 733
ISO 2727 733 ISO 3098-0 64 ISO 3408-3 733
ISO 2729 727 ISO 3098-2 64 ISO 3408-4 733
ISO 2730 727 ISO 3098-3 64 ISO 3408-5 733
ISO 2741 566 ISO 3098-4 64 ISO 3410 649
ISO 2768-1 70, 128 ISO 3098-5 64 ISO 3435 653
ISO 2768-2 70, 128 ISO 3098-6 64 ISO 3438 728
ISO 2769 733 ISO 3110 566 ISO 3439 728
ISO 2772-1 734 ISO 3111 566 ISO 3442 735
ISO 2772-2 734 ISO 3112 566 ISO 3465 712*, 728
ISO 2773-1 734 ISO 3116 568 ISO 3466 728
ISO 2773-2 734 ISO 3117 648 ISO 3467 728
ISO 2780 728 ISO 3134-1 567 ISO 3476 733
ISO 2788 69 ISO 3134-2 567 ISO 3506-1 359
ISO 2789 69 ISO 3134-3 567 ISO 3506-2 359
ISO 2790 649 ISO 3134-4 567 ISO 3506-3 359
ISO 2795 589-590*, 595 ISO 3134-5 567 ISO 3508 360
ISO 2804 727 ISO 3166-1 67 ISO 3511-1 66
ISO 2806 740 ISO 3166-2 67 ISO 3511-2 66
ISO 2857 729 ISO 3166-3 67 ISO 3511-3 66
ISO 2891 733 ISO 3190 734 ISO 3511-4 66
ISO 2901 176-177* ISO 3210 568 ISO 3512 652
178, 182*, 194 ISO 3211 568 ISO 3522 568
ISO 2902 176*, 178-182*, 194 ISO 3220 566 ISO 3535 767
ISO 2903 178, 182* ISO 3245 593 ISO 3547-1 595
183*, 190*, 194 ISO 3253 737 ISO 3547-2 595
ISO 2904 178, 182*, 194 ISO 3255 567 ISO 3547-3 595
ISO 2905 733 ISO 3256 567 ISO 3547-4 595
ISO 2912 733 ISO 3265 653 ISO 3548 595
ISO 2924 727 ISO 3269 357 ISO 3569 653
ISO 2931 568 ISO 3274 70, 146 ISO 3573 365*, 536
ISO 2934 733 ISO 3284 653 ISO 3574 368*, 536
ISO 2935 727 ISO 3286 731 ISO 3575 366*, 469*, 536
ISO 2936 732
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.
796
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 3580 738 ISO 3968 679 ISO 4248 729
ISO 3581 738 ISO 3970 733 ISO 4287 70, 89
ISO 3589 733 ISO 3978 567 ISO 4288 70, 89
ISO 3590 733 ISO 3979 567 ISO 4291 70, 89
ISO 3592 740 ISO 3980 567 ISO 4292 70, 89
ISO 3599 70, 146 ISO 3981 567 ISO 4342 740
ISO 3601-1 668*, 672-673* ISO 4014 357 IS0 4343 740
680 ISO 4015 357 ISO 4347 652
ISO 3601-3 680 ISO 4016 357 ISO 4348 682
ISO 3601-6 680 ISO 4017 357 ISO 4378-1 594
ISO 3602 67 ISO 4018 357 ISO 4378-2 594
ISO 3610 733 ISO 4019 412-416*, 418* ISO 4378-3 594
ISO 3611 70, 146 420, 423, 425 IS0 4378-4 594
ISO 3650 70, 146 ISO 4021 679 ISO 4379 595
ISO 3651-1 535 ISO 4026 357 ISO 4361 593
ISO 3651-2 535 ISO 4027 357 ISO 4382-1 594
ISO 3655 734 ISO 4028 357 ISO 4382-2 594
ISO 3662 662*, 677 ISO 4029 357 ISO 4383 594
ISO 3677 739 ISO 4032 357 ISO 4384-1 594
ISO 3684 650 ISO 4033 357 ISO 4384-2 593
ISO 3685 727 ISO 4034 357 ISO 4385 593
ISO 3686-1 734 ISO 4035 357 ISO 4386-1 594
ISO 3686-2 734 ISO 4036 357 ISO 4386-2 593
ISO 3722 679 ISO 4042 359 ISO 43863 594
ISO 3723 679 ISO 4058 567 ISO 4391 677
ISO 3724 679 ISO 4063 737 ISO 4392-1 680
ISO 3750 566 ISO 4066 66 ISO 4392-2 680
ISO 3751 565 ISO 4067-1 67 ISO 4392-3 680
ISO 3752 566 ISO 4067-2 66 ISO 4393 677
ISO 3754 535 ISO 4067-6 67 ISO 4394-1 664-666*, 677
ISO 3755 536 ISO 4069 66 ISO 4395 663*, 677
ISO 3763 535 ISO 4123 653 ISO 4397 666*, 678
ISO 3766 66 ISO 4136 736 ISO 4399 667*, 678
ISO 3800 359 ISO 4156-1 631-635*, 648 ISO 4400 678
ISO 3815-1 566 ISO 4156-2 631-635*, 648 ISO 4401 678
ISO 3815-2 566 ISO 4156-3 631-635*, 648 ISO 4405 679
ISO 3816 566 ISO 4157-1 66 ISO 4406 679
ISO 3817 566 ISO4157-2 66 ISO 4407 680
ISO 3821 738 ISO 4157-3 66 ISO 4409 680
ISO 3834-1 738 ISO 4161 357 ISO 4411 679
ISO 3834-2 738 ISO 4162 357 ISO 4412-1 680
ISO 3834-3 738 ISO 4172 66 ISO 4412-2 680
ISO 3834-4 738 ISO 4183 649 ISO 4412-3 680
ISO 3855 728 ISO 4184 649 ISO 4413 681
ISO 3859 728 ISO 4192 567 ISO 4414 681
ISO 3860 728 ISO 4193 567 ISO 4468 651
ISO 3870 648 ISO 4194 567 ISO 4469 650
ISO 3875 734 ISO 4195-1 650 ISO 4703 734
ISO 3887 535 ISO 4195-2 650 ISO 4708 681
ISO 3901 69 ISO 4202 728 ISO 4709 681
ISO 3912 646-648* ISO 4203 728 ISO 4739 566
ISO 3919 729 ISO 4204 728 ISO 4740 566
ISO 3936 728 IS0 4205 728 ISO 4741 566
ISO 3937 728 IS0 4206 729 ISO 4742 566
ISO 3938 679 IS0 4207 729 ISO 4743 566
ISO 3939 680 ISO 4208 729 ISO 4744 566
ISO 3940 728 ISO 4228 360, 732 ISO 4746 566
ISO 3952-1 65 IS0 4229 732 ISO 4748 566
ISO 3952-2 65 IS0 4230 729 ISO 4749 567
ISO 3952-3 65 ISO 4231 729 ISO 4751 567
ISO 3952-4 65 ISO 4247 729 ISO 4753 360
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.
797
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 4755 360 ISO 5049-1 653 ISO 5479 128
ISO 4757 357 ISO 5050 653 ISO 5593 593
ISO 4759-1 213, 360 ISO 5051 653 ISO 5596 677
ISO 4759-3 357 ISO 5122 67 ISO 5597 675-677*, 680
ISO 4762 357 ISO 5123 67 ISO 5598 677
ISO 4766 357 ISO 5127 67 ISO 5599-1 679
ISO 4775 357 ISO 5169 733 ISO 5599-2 679
ISO 4829-1 532 ISO 5170 733 ISO 5599-3 679
ISO 4829-2 532 ISO 5171 738 ISO 5608 731
ISO 4875-1 727 ISO 5172 738 ISO 5609 731
ISO 4875-2 727 ISO 5173 736 ISO 5610 731
ISO 4875-3 727 ISO 5175 738 ISO 5611 731
ISO 4885 532 ISO 5178 736 ISO 5725-1 128
ISO 4934 533 ISO 5179 739 ISO 5725-2 128
ISO 4935 533 ISO 5182 737 ISO 5725-3 128
ISO 4937 533 ISO 5183-1 737 ISO 5725-4 128
ISO 4938 533 ISO 5183-2 737 ISO 5725-5 128
ISO 4939 533 ISO 5184 737 ISO 5725-6 128
ISO 4940 533 ISO 5186 738 ISO 5734 734
ISO 4941 533 ISO 5187 736 ISO 5742 727, 732
ISO 4942 533 ISO 5193 569 ISO 5743 732
ISO 4943 533 ISO 5194 567 ISO 5744 732
ISO 4945 533 ISO 5196-1 568 ISO 5745 732
ISO 4946 533 ISO 5196-2 568 ISO 5746 732
ISO 4947 533 ISO 5252 430 ISO 5747 732
ISO 4948-1 532 ISO 5261 64 ISO 5748 732
ISO 4948-2 532 ISO 5284 650 ISO 5749 732
ISO 4950-1 534 ISO 5285 650 ISO 5753 593
ISO 4950-2 534 ISO 5287 649 ISO 5781 679
ISO 4950-3 534 ISO 5288 650 ISO 5782-1 679
ISO 4951-1 534 ISO 5289 649 ISO 5782-2 679
ISO 4951-2 534 ISO 5290 649 ISO 5783 679
ISO 4951-3 534 ISO 5291 649 IS0 5784-1 679
ISO 4952 534 ISO 5292 649 ISO 5784-2 679
ISO 4954 534 ISO 5293 650 ISO 5784-3 679
ISO 4955 534 ISO 5294 650 ISO 5806 767
ISO 4957 535 ISO 5295 650 ISO 5807 767
ISO 4960 536 ISO 5296-1 650 ISO 5817 738
ISO 4964 538 ISO 5296-2 650 ISO 5821 739
ISO 4967 535 ISO 5396 727 ISO 5822 737
ISO 4968 535 ISO 5407 727 ISO 5826 737
ISO 4969 535 ISO 5408 194 ISO 5827 737
ISO 4970 535 ISO 5413 729 ISO 5828 737
ISO 4978 535 ISO 5414-1 729 ISO 5829 737
ISO 4986 536 ISO 5414-2 729 ISO 5830 737
ISO 4987 536 ISO 5415 729 ISO 5845-1 65
ISO 4990 536 ISO 5419 729 ISO 5845-2 65
ISO 4991 536 ISO 5420 729 ISO 5864 194
ISO 4992-1 536 ISO 5421 727 ISO 5948 532
ISO 4992-2 536 ISO 5426-2 68 ISO 5949 535
ISO 4993 536 ISO 5429 729 ISO 5950 368*, 470*, 536
ISO 4995 365*, 536 ISO 5436 146 ISO 5951 371*, 537
ISO 4996 359*, 536 ISO 5436-1 70,146 ISO 5952 537
ISO 4997 367*, 536 ISO 5436-2 70 ISO 5954 368*, 537
ISO 4998 469*, 536 ISO 5455 65 ISO 5956 567
ISO 4999 368*, 536 ISO 5456-1 65 ISO 5959 567
ISO 5000 536 ISO 5456-2 65 ISO 5960 567
ISO 5001 536 ISO 5456-3 65 ISO 5963 69
ISO 5002 359*, 368*, 469*, 536 ISO 5456-4 65 ISO 5964 69
ISO 5003 532 ISO 5457 65 ISO 5967 729
ISO 5031 653 ISO 5458 70, 128 ISO 5968 729
ISO 5048 653 ISO 5459 70 ISO 5969 729
ISO 5468 729 ISO 6020-1 677
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.
798
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 6020-2 677 ISO 6362-3 569 ISO 6933 532
ISO 6020-3 677 ISO 6362-4 569 ISO 6934-1 537
ISO 6022 677 ISO 6362-5 569 ISO 6934-2 537
ISO 6072 680 ISO 6363-1 569 ISO 6934-3 537
ISO 6099 677 ISO 6363-2 569 ISO 6934-4 537
ISO 6103 729 ISO 6363-4 569 ISO 6934-5 537
ISO 6104 729 ISO 6363-5 569 ISO 6935-1 537
ISO 6105 729 ISO 6365-1 569 ISO 6935-2 537
ISO 6106 729 ISO 6403 680 ISO 6935-3 537
ISO 6108 728 ISO 6410-1 65 ISO 6947 737
ISO 6124-1 591-592* ISO 6410-2 65 ISO 6952 679
ISO 6149-1 669-670*, 678 ISO 6410-3 65 ISO 6953-1 679
ISO 6149-2 678 ISO 6411 65 ISO 6953-2 679
ISO 6149-3 678 ISO 6412-1 66 ISO 6957 567
ISO 6149-4 678 ISO 6412-2 66 ISO 6971 652
ISO 6150 678 ISO 6412-3 66 ISO 6972 652
ISO 6155 734 ISO 6413 65 ISO 6973 652
ISO 6157-1 359 ISO 6414 65 ISO 6981 678
ISO 6157-2 359 ISO 6428 65 ISO 6982 678
ISO 6157-3 359 ISO 6430 677 ISO 6983-1 740
ISO 6162 678 ISO 6431 678 ISO 6986 731
ISO 6164 678 ISO 6432 677 ISO 6987 731
ISO 6194-1 674*, 680 ISO 6433 65 ISO 7006 735
ISO 6194-2 680 ISO 6437 567 ISO 7007 735
ISO 6194-3 680 ISO 6462 731 ISO 7008 735
ISO 6194-4 680 ISO 6480 734 ISO 7009 735
ISO 6194-5 680 ISO 6481 734 ISO 7040 359
ISO 6195 680 ISO 6520-1 737 ISO 7041 359
ISO 6210-1 737 ISO 6520-2 737 ISO 7042 359
ISO 6261 737 ISO 6524 595 ISO 7043 359
ISO 6262-1 737 ISO 6525 595 ISO 7044 359
ISO 6262-2 737 ISO 6526 595 ISO 7045 357
ISO 6263 679 ISO 6537 677 ISO 7046-1 357
ISO 6264 679 ISO 6545 734 ISO 7046-2 357
ISO 6278 593 ISO 6547 680 ISO 7047 357
ISO 6279 593 ISO 6581 568 ISO 7048 357
ISO 6280 593 ISO 6605 678 ISO 7049 357
ISO 6282 594 ISO 6630 68 ISO 7050 357
ISO 6284 66 ISO 6691 594 ISO 7051 357
ISO 6301-1 679 ISO 6719 568 ISO 7053 357
ISO 6301-2 679 ISO 6751 730 ISO 7063 593
ISO 6303 532 ISO 6752 730 ISO 7079 729
ISO 6305-2 532 ISO 6753-1 730 ISO 7083 66
ISO 6305-3 532 ISO 6753-2 730 ISO 7085 359
ISO 6305-4 532 ISO 6758 538 ISO 7989 357
ISO 6316 366*, 537 ISO 6759 538 ISO 7090 358
ISO 6317 366*, 537 ISO 6779 734 ISO 7091 358
ISO 6336-1 651 ISO 6787 732 ISO 7092 358
ISO 6336-2 651 ISO 6788 732 ISO 7093-1 358
ISO 6336-3 651 ISO 6789 732 ISO 7093-2 358
ISO 6336-5 651 ISO 6811 593 ISO 7094 358
ISO 6336-6 651 ISO 6827 568 ISO 7098 67
ISO 6344-1 729 ISO 6848 736 ISO 7119 653
ISO 6344-2 729 ISO 6861 68 ISO 7144 68
ISO 6344-3 729 ISO 6898 733 ISO 7146 594
ISO 6357 67 ISO 6899 733 ISO 7148-1 594
ISO 6358 680 ISO 6906 70, 146 ISO 7148-2 594
ISO 6361-1 569 ISO 6929 532 ISO 7149 653
ISO 6361-2 569 ISO 6930-1 534 ISO 7154 68
ISO 6361-3 569 ISO 6931-i 535 ISO 7180 677
ISO 6361-4 569 ISO 6931-2 535 ISO 7181 677
ISO 6362-1 569 ISO 6932 537 ISO 7189 653
ISO 6362-2 569 ISO 7190 653
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.

799
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 7200 65 ISO 7755-4 731 ISO 8205-1 737
ISO 7220 68, 69 ISO 7755-5 731 ISO 8205-2 737
ISO 7226 729 ISO 7755-6 731 ISO 8205-3 737
ISO 7241-1 678 ISO 7755-7 731 ISO 8206 738
ISO 7241-2 678 ISO 7755-8 731 ISO 8207 738
ISO 7266 567 ISO 7755-9 731 ISO 8251 568
ISO 7271 569 ISO 7755-10 731 ISO 8252 568
ISO 7274 569 ISO 7755-11 731 ISO 8287 568
ISO 7275 68 ISO 7755-12 731 ISO 8322-2 147
ISO 7284 737 ISO 7759 568 ISO 8322-7 147
ISO 7285 737 ISO 7773 568 ISO 8322-8 147
ISO 7286 737 ISO 7778 534 ISO 8322-10 147
ISO 7287 738 ISO 7788 534 ISO 8366 730
ISO 7289 738 ISO 7789 679 ISO 8370-1 649
ISO 7291 738 ISO 7790 679 ISO 8370-2 649
ISO 7292 738 ISO 7863 70, 146 ISO 8373 740
ISO 7294 727 ISO 7900 537 ISO 8404 730
ISO 7368 679 ISO 7902-1 595 ISO 8405 730
ISO 7378 360 ISO 7902-2 595 ISO 8406 730
ISO 7379 358 ISO 7902-3 595 ISO 8419 649
ISO 7380 358 ISO 7904-1 593 ISO 8426 680
ISO 7388-1 733 ISO 7904-2 593 ISO 8430-1 737
ISO 7388-2 733 ISO 7905-1 594 ISO 8430-2 737
ISO 7411 357 ISO 7905-2 594 ISO 8430-3 737
ISO 7412 357 ISO 7905-3 595 ISO 8434-1 678
ISO 7413 357 ISO 7905-4 595 ISO 8434-2 678
ISO 7414 357 ISO 7931 737 ISO 8434-3 678
ISO 7415 357 ISO 7945 735 ISO 8434-4 678
ISO 7416 358 ISO 7946 735 ISO 8434-5 679
ISO 7417 358 ISO 7947 735 ISO 8443 593
ISO 7425-1 680 ISO 7948 735 ISO 8456 652
ISO 7425-2 680 ISO 7949 735 ISO 8457-1 375-377*, 379*
ISO 7434 358 ISO 7950 735 383-386*, 537
ISO 7435 358 ISO 7957 735 ISO 8458-1 538
ISO 7436 358 ISO 7958 735 ISO 8458-2 374, 538
ISO 7437 66 ISO 7959 735 ISO 8458-3 373, 537
ISO 7452 370*, 534 ISO 7960 735 ISO 8459-1 768
ISO 7518 66 ISO 7963 736 ISO 8459-2 68
ISO 7519 66 ISO 7983 735 ISO 8459-3 68
ISO 7568 735 ISO 7984 735 ISO 8459-4 68
ISO 7569 735 ISO 7986 680 ISO 8459-5 68
ISO 7570 735 ISO 7987 735 ISO 8486-1 729
ISO 7571 735 ISO 7988 735 ISO 8486-2 730
ISO 7573 65 ISO 7989 357, 537 ISO 8512-1 70, 147
ISO 7583 568 ISO 8015 70 ISO 8512-2 70, 147
ISO 7590 650 ISO 8017 730 ISO 8526-1 733
ISO 7599 568 ISO 8018 730 ISO 8526-2 733
ISO 7622-1 650 ISO 8020 730 ISO 8540 733
ISO 7622-2 650 ISO 8048 66 ISO 8560 66
ISO 7623 650 ISO 8051 729 ISO 8579-1 651
ISO 7668 568 ISO 8062 70, 128 ISO 8579-2 651
ISO 7719 359 ISO 8094 650 ISO 8601 34, 45
ISO 7720 359 ISO 8131 677 ISO 8636-1 734
ISO 7721 358 ISO 8132 677 ISO 8636-2 734
ISO 7721-2 358 ISO 8133 677 ISO 8673 358
ISO 7722 569 ISO 8135 677 ISO 8674 358
ISO 7738 732 ISO 8137 677 ISO 8675 358
ISO 7745 681 ISO 8138 677 ISO 8676 358
ISO 7755-1 731 ISO 8139 677 ISO 8678 358
ISO 7755-2 731 ISO 8140 677 ISO 8688-1 727
ISO 7755-3 731 ISO 8166 738 ISO 8688-2 727
ISO 8167 737
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.

800
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 8693 730 ISO 9090 738 ISO 9330-1 538
ISO 9694 730 ISO 9110-1 681 ISO 9330-2 538
ISO 8695 730 ISO 9110-2 681 ISO 9330-3 538
ISO 8733 358 ISO 9127 767 ISO 9330-4 538
ISO 8734 358 ISO 9136 730 ISO 9330-5 538
ISO 8735 358 ISO 9136-2 730 ISO 9330-6 538
ISO 8736 358 ISO 9137 730 ISO 9343 733
ISO 8737 358 ISO 9138 730 ISO 9361-1 732
ISO 8738 358 ISO 9175-1 64 ISO 9361-2 732
ISO 8739 358 ISO 9175-2 64 ISO 9364 537
ISO 8740 358 ISO 9176 64 ISO 9375 735
ISO 8741 358 ISO 9177-1 64 ISO 9401 735
ISO 8742 358 ISO 9177-2 64 ISO 9402 538
ISO 8743 358 ISO 9177-3 64 ISO 9409-1 740
ISO 8744 358 ISO 9178-1 64 ISO 9409-2 740
ISO 8745 358 ISO 9178-2 64 ISO 9414 735
ISO 8746 358 ISO 9178-3 64 ISO 9415 735
ISO 8747 358 ISO 9180 64 ISO 9431 66
ISO 8748 358 ISO 9181 730 ISO 9441 533
ISO 8749 358 ISO 9182-1 730 ISO 9442 535
ISO 8750 358 ISO 9182-2 730 ISO 9443 535
ISO 8751 358 ISO 9182-3 730 ISO 9444 535
ISO 8752 358 ISO 9182-4 730 ISO 9445 535
ISO 8764-1 732 ISO 9182-5 730 ISO 9446 535
ISO 8764-2 732 ISO 9183-1 730 ISO 9447 535
ISO 8765 358 ISO 9183-2 730 ISO 9448-1 730
ISO 8777 68 ISO 9188 733 ISO 9448-2 730
ISO 8778 679 ISO 9189 734 ISO 9448-3 730
ISO 8785 70, 89 ISO 9222-1 65, 681 ISO 9448-4 730
ISO 8790 767 ISO 9222-2 65, 681 ISO 9448-5 730
ISO 8807 767 ISO 9230 69 ISO 9448-6 730
ISO 8826-1 65 ISO 9242 733 ISO 9448-7 730
ISO 8826-2 65 ISO 9243 733 ISO 9448-8 730
ISO 8830 729 ISO 9264 735 ISO 9448-9 730
ISO 8839 359 ISO 9265 735 ISO 9448-10 730
ISO 8956 734 ISO 9266 735 ISO 9448-11 730
ISO 8957 69 ISO 9267 735 ISO 9449 730
ISO 8976 732 ISO 9270 735 ISO 9451 735
ISO 8977 730 ISO 9283 740 ISO 9452 735
ISO 8979 732 ISO 9284 730 ISO 9453 739
ISO 8991 360 ISO 9285 730 ISO 9454-1 740
ISO 8992 360 1S0 9286 730 ISO 9454-2 740
ISO 8993 568 ISO 9302 538 ISO 9455-1 740
ISO 8994 568 ISO 9303 538 ISO 9455-2 740
ISO 9000 756, 766 ISO 9304 538 ISO 9455-3 740
ISO 9000-3 766 ISO 9305 538 ISO 9455-5 740
ISO 9000-4 766 ISO 9312 737 ISO 9455-6 740
ISO 9001 766 ISO 9313 737 ISO 9455-8 740
ISO 9004 766 ISO 9327-1 535 ISO 9455-9 740
ISO 9010 650 ISO 9327-2 535 ISO 9455-10 740
ISO 9011 650 ISO 9327-3 535 ISO 9455-11 740
ISO 9012 738 ISO 9327-4 535 ISO 9455-12 740
ISO 9013 738 ISO 9327-5 535 ISO 9455-13 740
ISO 9015-1 736 ISO 9328-1 536 ISO 9455-14 740
ISO 9015-2 736 ISO 9328-2 536 ISO 9455-15 740
ISO 9016 736 ISO 9328-3 536 ISO 9455-16 740
ISO 9017 736 ISO 9328-4 536 ISO 9455-17 740
ISO 9018 736 ISO 9328-5 536 ISO 9461 679
ISO 9034 370, 534 ISO 9329-1 538 ISO 9477 536
ISO 9042 535 ISO 9329-2 538 ISO 9506-1 747
ISO 9083 651 ISO 9329-3 538 ISO 9506-2 747
ISO 9084 651 ISO 9329-4 538 ISO 9524 735
ISO 9085 651
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.
801
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 9535 735 ISO 9962-1 64 ISO 10300-1 651
ISO 9536 735 ISO 9962-2 64 ISO 10300-2 651
ISO 9537 735 ISO 9962-3 64 ISO 10300-3 651
ISO 9539 738 ISO 9974-1 678 ISO 10303-1-up 741-746
ISO 9556 533 ISO 9974-2 678 ISO 10317 53, 594
ISO 9558 735 IS0 9974-3 678 ISO 10324 69
ISO 9563 650 IS0 9974-4 678 ISO 10332 538
ISO 9566 735 ISO 9980 649 ISO 10347 650
ISO 9567 735 ISO 9981 649 ISO 10360-1 70
ISO 9598 538 ISO 9982 649 ISO 10360-2 70, 147
ISO 9606-1 739 ISO 9984 68 ISO 10360-3 70, 147
ISO 9606-2 739 ISO 9985 68 ISO 10360-4 70, 147
ISO 9606-3 739 ISO 10002 766 ISO 10360-5 71
ISO 9606-4 739 ISO 10005 766 ISO 10360-6 71
ISO 9606-5 739 ISO 10006 766 ISO 10372 679
ISO 9608 649 ISO 10007 766 ISO 10384 537
ISO 9615 735 ISO 10012 766 ISO 10444 69
ISO 9616 735 ISO 10012-1 128 ISO 10474 539
ISO 9617 735 ISO 10012-2 128 ISO 10484 359
ISO 9628 593 ISO 10014 766 ISO 10485 359
ISO 9633 652 ISO 10015 766 ISO 10509 358
ISO 9647 533 ISO 10019 766 ISO 10510 358
ISO 9654 733 ISO 10042 732 ISO 10511 359
ISO 9655 733 ISO 10049 569 ISO 10512 359
ISO 9656 733 ISO 10069-1 730 ISO 10513 359
ISO 9657 733 ISO 10069-2 731 ISO 10543 538
ISO 9658 533 ISO 10071 731 ISO 10544 537
ISO 9692 737 ISO 10071-1 731 ISO 10564 36, 740
ISO 9692-2 737 ISO 10072 731 ISO 10578 71
ISO 9692-3 737 ISO 10073 731 ISO 10579 71
ISO 9706 68 ISO 10074 568 ISO 10628 66
ISO 9707 69 ISO 10099 677 ISO 10642 358
ISO 9764 538 ISO 10100 677 ISO 10644 358
ISO 9765 538 ISO 10102 733 ISO 10656 737
ISO 9766 732 ISO 10103 733 ISO 10663 358
ISO 9787 741 ISO 10104 733 ISO 10664 358
ISO 9851 653 ISO 10124 538 ISO 10666 358
ISO 9856 650 ISO 10129 595 ISO 10669 359
ISO 9915 569 ISO 10135 65 ISO 10673 359
ISO 9916 569 ISO 10138 533 ISO 10683 359
ISO 9946 741 ISO 10144 537 ISO 10697-1 533
ISO 9956-1 740 ISO 10145-1 732 ISO 10697-2 533
ISO 9956-2 740 ISO 10145-2 732 ISO 10698 533
ISO 9956-3 740 ISO 10153 533 ISO 10700 533
ISO 9956-4 738 ISO 10160 68 ISO 10701 533
ISO 9956-5 741 ISO 10161-1 68 ISO 10702 533
ISO 9956-6 741 ISO 10161-2 68 ISO 10714 533
ISO 9956-7 741 ISO 10190 652 ISO 10720 533
ISO 9956-8 741 ISO 10209-1 65 ISO 10754 68
ISO 9956-10 741 ISO 10209-2 65 ISO 10762 677
ISO 9956-11 741 ISO 10209-4 66 ISO 10763 678
ISO 9957-1 64 ISO 10215 568 ISO 10766 680
ISO 9957-2 64 ISO 10216 568 ISO 10767-1 681
ISO 9957-3 64 ISO 10218 741 ISO 10767-2 681
ISO 9958-1 64 ISO 10242-1 731 ISO 10767-3 681
ISO 9958-2 64 ISO 10242-2 731 ISO 10770-1 681
ISO 9959-1 64 ISO 10242-3 731 ISO 10770-2 681
ISO 9959-2 64 ISO 10243 731 ISO 10771-1 681
ISO 9960-1 64 ISO 10247 650 ISO 10791-1 734
ISO 9960-2 64 ISO 10278 533 ISO 10791-2 734
ISO 9960-3 64 ISO 10280 533 ISO 10791-3 734
ISO 9961 64 ISO 10285 594 ISO 10791-4 734
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.
802
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 10791-5 734 ISO 11749 649 ISO 12301 596
ISO 10791-6 734 ISO 11798 68 ISO 12302 596
ISO 10791-7 734 ISO 11800 68 ISO 12303 596
ISO 10791-8 734 ISO 11843-1 128 ISO 12306 596
ISO 10791-9 734 ISO 11843-2 128 ISO 12307-1 596
ISO 10823 652 ISO 11900-1 731 ISO 12307-2 596
ISO 10825 652 ISO 11900-2 731 ISO 12308 596
ISO 10882-1 738 ISO 11901-1 731 ISO 12753-1 64
ISO 10882-2 738 ISO 11901-2 731 ISO 12753-2 64
ISO 10887 727 ISO 11903 731 ISO 12756 64
ISO 10088 727 ISO 11926-1 678 ISO 12757-1 64
ISO 10889-1 727 ISO 11926-2 678 ISO 12757-2 64
ISO 10889-2 727 ISO11926-3 678 ISO 13012 594
ISO 10889-3 727 ISO 11940 68 ISO 13041-1 734
ISO 10889-4 727 ISO 11943 680 ISO 13041-4 735
ISO 10889-5 727 ISO 11949 535 ISO 13041-5 735
ISO 10889-6 727 ISO 11950 535 ISO 13041-7 735
ISO 10889-7 727 ISO 11951 535 ISO 13041-8 735
ISO 10889-8 727 ISO 11970 536 ISO 13050 650
ISO 10897 727 ISO 11971 536 ISO 13203 652
ISO 10898 729 ISO 11972 536 ISO 13281 747
ISO 10899 729 ISO 11973 536 ISO 13281-2 747
ISO 10907-1 731 ISO 12043 593 ISO 13337 359
ISO 10910 732 ISO 12044 593 ISO 13399-1 727
ISO 10911 732 ISO 12046 650 ISO 13620 536
ISO 10914 360, 733 ISO 12083 68 ISO 13521 536
ISO 10945 677 ISO 12085 71, 89 ISO 13565-1 71, 89
ISO 10946 677 ISO 12094 539 ISO 13565-2 71, 89
ISO 10957 69 ISO 12096 539 ISO 13565-3 71, 89
ISO 11054 727 ISO 12125 359 ISO 13567-1 66
ISO 11082 537 ISO 12126 359 ISO 13567-2 66
ISO 11090-1 734 ISO 12128 595 ISO 13583-1 536
ISO 11090-2 734 ISO 12129-1 595 ISO 13584-1 746
ISO 11091 66 ISO 12129-2 595 ISO 13584-20 747
ISO 11095 128 ISO 12130-1 595 ISO 13584-26 747
ISO 11108 68 ISO 12130-2 595 ISO 13584-31 747
ISO 11161 742 ISO 12130-3 595 ISO 13584-42-up 747
ISO 11168 360, 733 ISO 12131-1 595 ISO 13663 539
ISO 11170 680 ISO 12131-2 595 ISO 13664 539
ISO 11171 680 ISO 12131-3 595 ISO 13665 539
ISO 11415 731 ISO 12132 595 ISO 13691 651
ISO 11442 65 ISO 12145 737 ISO 13715 65
ISO 11442-1 65 ISO 12151-1 678 ISO 13716 66
ISO 11442-2 65 ISO 12151-2 678 ISO 13726 677
ISO 11442-3 65 ISO 12151-3 679 ISO 13778 596
ISO 11442-4 65 ISO 12164-1 727 ISO 13887 537
ISO 11442-5 65 ISO 12164-2 727 ISO 13898-1 533
ISO 11484 538 ISO 12165 731 ISO 13898-2 533
ISO 11496 539 ISO 12166 737 ISO 13898-3 533
ISO 11500 680 ISO 12167-1 595 ISO 13898-4 533
ISO 11529-1 732 ISO 12167-2 595 ISO 13899-2 533
ISO 11529-2 732 ISO 12168-1 595 ISO 13900 533
ISO 11540 64 ISO 12168-2 595 ISO 13902 533
ISO 11562 71, 89 ISO 12170 738 ISO 13916 738
ISO 11593 741 ISO 12179 71, 147 ISO 13918 738
ISO 11620 69 ISO 12197 729 ISO 13919-1 738
ISO 11652 533 ISO 12224-1 740 ISO 13919-2 738
ISO 11653 533 ISO 12224-2 740 ISO 13920 128, 738
ISO 11687-1 595 ISO 12224-3 740 ISO 13942 730
ISO 11687-2 595 ISO 12238 679 ISO 13976 537
ISO 11687-3 595 ISO 12240-1 593 ISO 14001 767
ISO 11692 535 ISO 12240-2 593 ISO 14004 767
ISO 11727 679 ISO 12240-3 593 ISO 14015 767
ISO 12240-4 594 ISO 14020 767
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.
803
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 14021 767 ISO 14660-2 71 ISO 15616-1 739
ISO 14024 767 ISO 14728-1 594 ISO 15616-2 739
ISO 14031 767 ISO 14728-2 594 ISO 15616-3 739
ISO 14040 767 ISO 14731 739 ISO 15618-1 739
ISO 14041 734, 767 ISO 14732 739 ISO 15618-2 739
ISO 14042 767 ISO 14743 678 ISO 15620 739
ISO 14043 767 ISO 14744-1 738 ISO 15630-1 537
ISO 14050 767 ISO 14744-2 738 ISO 15630-2 537
ISO 14064-1 767 ISO 14744-3 738 ISO 15630-3 537
ISO 14064-2 767 ISO 14744-4 738 ISO 15635 730
ISO 14064-3 767 ISO 14744-5 738 ISO 15641 727
ISO 14104 651 ISO 14744-6 739 ISO 15654 652
ISO 14112 738 ISO 14788 537 ISO 15704 747
ISO 14113 738 ISO 14890 650 ISO 15706 69
ISO 14114 738 ISO 14978 71 ISO 15707 69
ISO 14137 735 ISO 15011-1 740 ISO 15744 360
ISO 14145-1 64 ISO 15011-2 738 ISO 15745-1 up 747
ISO 14145-2 64 ISO 15011-3 738 ISO 15785 65
ISO 14171 736 ISO 15011-4 738 ISO 15787 65
ISO 14172 736 ISO 15012-1 738 ISO 15792-1 736
ISO 14174 736 ISO 15065 360 ISO 15792-2 736
ISO 14175 736 ISO 15071 359 ISO 15792-3 736
ISO 14250 535 ISO 15072 359 ISO 15812 537
ISO 14253-1 71 ISO 15086-1 681 ISO 15836 68
ISO 14258 747 ISO 15086-2 681 ISO 15919 68
ISO 14284 534 ISO 15147 650 ISO 15924 68
ISO 14327 738 ISO 15171-1 678 ISO 15926-1 747
ISO 14341 736 ISO 15171-2 678 ISO 15926-2 747
ISO 14416 68 ISO 15187 741 ISO 15973 359
ISO 14531-1 up 747 ISO 15217 679 ISO 15974 359
ISO 14539 741 ISO 15218 679 ISO 16016 65
ISO 14639 743 ISO 15226 65 ISO 16018 64
ISO 14554-1 738 ISO 15236-1 650 ISO 16020 537
ISO 14554-2 738 ISO 15236-2 650 ISO 16028 678
ISO 14555 738 ISO 15236-4 650 ISO 16030 677
ISO 14579 359 ISO 15241 593 ISO 16047 359
ISO 14580 359 ISO 15242-1 593 ISO 16048 360
ISO 14583 359 ISO 15242-2 593 ISO 16100-1 up 747
ISO 14584 359 ISO 15242-3 593 ISO 16120-1 up 538
ISO 14685 358 ISO 15243 593 ISO 16124 538
ISO 14586 358 ISO 15296 738 ISO 16143-1 534
ISO 14587 358 ISO 15312 594 ISO 16143-2 534
ISO 14588 358 ISO 15330 359 ISO 16143-3 534
ISO 14589 358 ISO 15349-2 534 ISO 16156 735
ISO 14590 537 ISO 15350 534 ISO 16160 537
ISO 14617-1 66 ISO 15351 534 ISO 16162 537
ISO 14617-2 66 ISO 15353 534 ISO 16163 537
ISO 14617-3 66 ISO 15356 534 ISO 16172 537
ISO 14617-4 66 ISO 15407-1 679 ISO 16220 568
ISO 14617-5 66 ISO 15480 359 ISO 16287 595
ISO 14617-6 67 ISO 15481 359 ISO 16366 731
ISO 14617-7 67 ISO 15482 359 ISO 16367 731
ISO 14617-8 67 ISO 15483 359 ISO 16462 732
ISO 14617-9 67 ISO 15488 727 ISO 16463 732
ISO 14617-10 67 ISO 15489-1 69 ISO 16468 536
ISO 14617-11 67 ISO 15511 68 ISO 16589-1 680
ISO 14617-12 67 ISO 15552 677 ISO 16589-2 680
ISO 14617-13 67 ISO 15600 731 ISO 16589-3 680
ISO 14617-14 67 ISO 15601 727 ISO 16589-4 680
ISO 14617-15 67 ISO 15607 739 ISO 16589-5 680
ISO 14635-1 651 ISO 15609-1 up 739-741 ISO 16650 538
ISO 14635-2 661 ISO 15612 739 ISO 16656 677
ISO 14635-3 652 ISO 15613 739 ISO 16834 736
ISO 14649-1 up 740 ISO 15614-1 up 736, 739 ISO 16851 650
ISO 14654 537 ISO 15614-11 741 ISO 16860 680
ISO 14655 537 ISO 15614-8 741 ISO 16873 679
ISO 14656 537 ISO 15614-10 741 ISO 16874 679
ISO 14660-1 71 ISO 15615 738
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.
804
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO 16889 680 ISO 21127 68 ISO/IEC 14143-2 767
ISO 16902 681 ISO 21178 650 ISO/IEC TR 14143-3 767
ISO 16915 731 ISO 21179 650 ISO/IEC TR 14143-4 767
ISO 16916 731 ISO 21180 650 ISO/IEC TR 14143-5 767
ISO 17053 534 ISO 21181 650 ISO/IEC 14143-6 767
ISO 17058 534 ISO 21182 650 ISO/IEC TR 14471 767
ISO 17082 679 ISO 21183-1 650 ISO/IEC 14568 767
ISO 17450-2 73 ISO 21183-2 650 ISO/IEC 14598-1 767
ISO 17559 681 ISO 21537-1 729 ISO/IEC 14598-2 767
ISO 17632 736 ISO 21537-2 729 ISO/IEC 14598-3 767
ISO 17633 736 ISO 21170 592 ISO/IEC 14598-4 767
ISO 17634 736 ISO 21287 678 ISO/IEC 14598-5 767
ISO 17635 736 ISO 21538 729 ISO/IEC 14598-6 767
ISO 17636 736 ISO 21948 730 ISO/IEC 14750 767
ISO 17637 736 ISO 21949 730 ISO/IEC 14752 767
ISO 17638 736 ISO 21950 730 ISO/IEC 14753 767
ISO 17639 736 ISO 21951 730 ISO/IEC 14756 767
ISO 17640 736 ISO 22093 740 ISO/IEC TR 14759 767
ISO 17641-1 736 ISO 22310 69 ISO/IEC 14764 767
ISO 17641-2 736 ISO 22825 737 ISO/IEC 14769 767
ISO 17642-1 736 ISO 22826 737 ISO/IEC 14771 767
ISO 17642-2 736 ISO 22827-1 739 ISO/IEC 15026 767
ISO 17642-3 736 ISO 22827-2 739 ISO/IEC TR 15271 768
ISO 17643 736 ISO 22917 729 ISO/IEC 15288 768
ISO 17652-1 up 739 ISO 23079 568 ISO/IEC 15289 768
ISO 17653 736 ISO 23081-1 69 ISO/IEC 15414 768
ISO 17654 736 ISO 23277 737 ISO/IEC 15437 768
ISO 17655 737 ISO 23278 737 ISO/IEC 15474-1 768
ISO 17657-1 737 ISO 23509 652 ISO/IEC 15474-2 768
ISO 17657-2 737 ISO 23570-1 740 ISO/IEC 15475-1 768
ISO 17657-3 737 ISO 23570-2 740 ISO/IEC 15475-2 768
ISO 17657-4 737 ISO 23570-3 740 ISO/IEC 15475-3 768
ISO 17657-5 737 ISO 23717 538 ISO/IEC 15476-1 768
ISO 17658 737 ISO 23950 69 ISO/IEC 15476-2 768
ISO 17659 737 ISO 24034 736 ISO/IEC 15476-3 768
ISO 17660-1 739 ISO 24314 534 ISO/IEC 15476-4 768
ISO 17660-2 739 ISO 80000-3 45 ISO/IEC 15476-6 768
ISO 17671-1, 2 739 ISO 80000-4 45 ISO/IEC 15504-1 768
ISO 17677 535 ISO 81400-4 651 ISO/IEC 15504-2 768
ISO 17845 737 ISO 81714-1 67 ISO/IEC 15504-3 768
ISO 17846 738 ISO 82045-5 66 ISO/IEC 15504-4 768
ISO 17925 734 ISO/IEC 15504-5 768
ISO 17933 68 ISO/IEC JTC1 ISO/IEC TR 15846 768
ISO 18084 731 ISO/IEC 6592 767 ISO/IEC 15909-1 768
ISO 18273 736 ISO 6593 767 ISO/IEC 15910 768
ISO 18274 736 ISO/IEC 8631 767 ISO/IEC 15939 768
ISO 18275 736 ISO 8790 767 ISO/IEC 15940 768
ISO 18276 736 ISO 8807 767 ISO/IEC 16085 768
ISO 18278-1 739 ISO/IEC 9126-1 767 ISO/IEC TR 16326 768
ISO 18278-2 739 ISO/IEC TR 9126-2 767 ISO/IEC 18019 768
ISO 18279 736, 740 ISO/IEC TR 9126-3 767 ISO/IEC 19500-2 768
ISO 18286 534 ISO/IEC TR 9126-4 767 ISO/IEC 19501 768
ISO 18573 650 ISO 9127 767 ISO/IEC TR 19759 768
ISO 18629-1 up 747 ISO/IEC TR 9294 767 ISO/IEC TR 19760 768
ISO 18653 651 ISO/IEC 10746-1 767 ISO/IEC 19761 768
ISO 19011 767 ISO/IEC 10746-2 767 ISO/IEC 19770-1 768
ISO 19439 747 ISO/IEC 10746-3 767 ISO/IEC 20000-1 768
ISO 19879 678 ISO/IEC 10746-4 767 ISO/IEC 20000-2 768
ISO 19959 536 ISO/IEC 11411 767 ISO/IEC 20926 768
ISO 19960 536 ISO/IEC TR 12182 767 ISO/IEC 20968 768
ISO 20081 566 ISO/IEC 12207 767 ISO/IEC 23026 768
ISO 20242-1 747 ISO/IEC 13235-1 767 ISO/IEC 24570 768
ISO 20401 679 ISO/IEC 13235-3 767 ISO/IEC 25000 768
ISO 20723 534 ISO/IEC 14102 767 ISO/IEC 25051 768
ISO 20805 537 ISO/IEC 14143-1 767 ISO/IEC 25062 768
ISO 21107 593 ISO/IEC 90003 768
NOTE: *Dimension Table. See page 806 for notes to this Index.

805
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use
ISO INDEX
Standard Page Standard Page Standard Page
ISO Drafts ISO/TR 11065 747 ISO/TS 12181-2 71, 89
ISO/CD 1275 651 ISO/TR 11255 732 ISO/TS 13725 677
ISO/DIS 4347 651 ISO/TR 11637 535 ISO/TS 12780-1 up 71
ISO/DIS 10823 651 ISO/TR 11728 568 ISO/TS 12781-1 up 71
ISO/DIS 15654 651 ISO/TR 11941 68 ISO/TS 13399-2 727
ISO/CD 13399-1 733 ISO/TR 12186 747 ISO/TS 13899-1 up 533
ISO/CD 15488 733 ISO/TR 12662 537 ISO/TS 14048 767
ISO/TR 13283 747 ISO/TS 14253-2 71
ISO/R ISO/TR 13309 741 ISO/TS 14253-3 71
ISO/R 1938 70, 128 ISO/TR 13567-3 66 ISO/TS 15011-5 738
ISO/TR 13583 650 ISO/TS 15530-3 72
ISO/TR ISO/TR 13593 651 ISO/TS 16431 680
ISO/TR 581 737 ISO/TR 13989-1 651 ISO/TS 16610-1-49 72, 89
ISO/TR 4467 650 ISO/TR 13989-2 651 ISO/TS 16799 593
ISO/TR 4745 566 ISO/TR 14025 767 ISO/TS 16949 766
ISO/TR 4830-4 533 ISO/TR 14032 767 ISO/TS 16952 67
ISO/TR 4949 532 ISO/TR 14047 767 ISO/TS 17450-1 72
ISO/TR 5045 653 ISO/TR 14049 767 ISO/TS 17450-2 72
ISO/TR 5046 653 ISO/TR 14061 767 ISO/TS 17477 739
ISO/TR 5047 653 ISO/TR 14062 767 ISO/TS 17845 737
ISO/TR 5460 70 ISO/TR 14179-1 651 ISO/TS 18876-1 747
ISO/TR 6132 740 ISO/TR 14179-2 851 ISO/TS 18876-2 747
ISO/TR 6281 594 ISO/TR 14638 71 ISO/TS 21748 128
ISO/TR 6306 539 ISO/TR 15349-1 534 ISO/TS 21749 128
ISO/TR 7242 568 ISO/TR 15349-3 534 ISO/TS 23081-1 70
ISO/TR 7468 532 ISO/TR 15461 536 ISO/TS 23165-1 72
ISO/TR 7705 532 ISO/TR 155489-2 69 ISO/ISP
ISO/TR 8125 568 ISO/TR 15510 535 ISO/ISP 14226-1 746
ISO/TR 8393 68 ISO/TR 15570 72 ISO/ISP 14226-2 746
ISO/TR 8435 653 ISO/TR 15608 739 ISO/ISP 14226-3 746
ISO/TR 8545 67 ISO/TR 16015 72 IEC
ISO/TR 8646 594 ISO/TR 16060 736 IEC 34-1 648
ISO/TR 9172 653 ISO/TR 16165-2015 678 IEC 34-2 648
ISO/TR 9769 533 ISO/TR 16386 680 IEC 34-3 648
ISO/TR 10013 766 ISO/TR 16570 72, 128 IEC 34-4 648
ISO/TR 10014 767 ISO/TR 16806 678 IEC 34-5 648
ISO/TR 10017 766 IS0/TR 17055 534 IEC 34-6 648
ISO/TR 10064-1 651 ISO/TR 17450-1 72 IEC 34-7 648
ISO/TR 10064-2 651 ISO/TR 17641-3 736 IEC 34-8 648
ISO/TR 10064-3 651 ISO/TR 17663 739 IEC 34-9 648
ISO/TR 10064-4 651 ISO/TR 17671-1 up 739 IEC 38 648
ISO/TR 10064-5 651 ISO/TR 17844 739 IEC 59 648
ISO/TR 10108 539 ISO/TR 19033 66 IEC 72-1 648
ISO/TR 10127 66 ISO/TR 20172 739 IEC 72-2 648
ISO/TR 10303-12 up 743-745 ISO/TR 20173 739 IEC 317 648
ISO/TR 10314-1 747 ISO/TR 20174 739 IEC 317-0-1 648
ISO/TR 10314-2 747 ISO/TR 20983 69 IEC 317-0-2 648
ISG/TR 10357 649 ISO/TR 21449 69 IEC 317-0-3 648
ISO/TR 10450 742 ISO/TR 22971 128 IEC 317-0-4 648
ISO/TR 10495 651 ISO/TR 24857 730 IEC 317-1 648
ISO/TR 10562 743 IEC 317-2 648
ISO/TR 10623 65 ISO/PAS IEC 317-3-40 648
ISO/TR 10657 594 ISO/PAS 22720 747 IEC 617-1-13 648
ISO/TR 10719 533 ISO/PAS 16739 747 IEC 62264-1 747
IS0/TR 10828 651 ISO/TS IEC 62264-2 748
ISO/TR 10949 680 ISO/TS 10303-27 up 741 IEC 81714-2 67
ISO/TR 11032 743 ISO/TS 12180-1 71, 89 IEC 81714-3 67
ISO/TR 11062 743 ISO/TS 12180-2 71, 89 IEC 82045-1 64
ISO/TS 12181-1 71, 89 IEC 82045-2 64
*Dimension Table. NOTES: 1. See last pages of each chapter for year of publication.
2. See website http://www.iso.org for up to date details about the status of each publication.

806
Downloaded From: http://ebooks.asmedigitalcollection.asme.org/ on 01/06/2016 Terms of Use: http://www.asme.org/about-asme/terms-of-use

You might also like